openSUSE Translation Commits
Threads by month
- ----- 2024 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2023 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2022 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2021 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2020 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2019 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2018 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2017 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2016 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2015 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2014 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
December 2014
- 13 participants
- 67 discussions
31 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-31 14:15:14 +0100 (Wed, 31 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90913
Modified:
trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po
Log:
Translation (fr)
yast2-apparmor.fr.po: Traduction finie, ?\195?\160 relire (traduction de complain/enforce pas satisfaisante) (Antoine)
storage.fr.po: Traduction finie, ?\195?\160 relire (Antoine)
ldap.fr.po: Traductions finies, ?\195?\160 relire (Antoine)
Committed with Vertaal on …
[View More]behalf of guillaume
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:15:04 UTC (rev 90912)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:15:14 UTC (rev 90913)
@@ -1,40 +1,50 @@
# French translations for opensuse-i package.
# Copyright (C) 2014 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
-# Automatically generated, 2014.
+# Automatically generated <>, 2014.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n"
-"Language-Team: none\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-30 17:22+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antoine BELVIRE <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net\n"
+"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"
#. hint to error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:252
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vérifiez que le serveur LDAP soit lancé et atteignable."
#. hint to error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:256
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
-"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid."
+"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server "
+"Certificate is valid."
msgstr ""
+"Impossible d'établir le chiffrement TLS.\n"
+"Vérifiez que le bon certificat CA soit installé et que le certificat du "
+"serveur soit valide."
#. hint to error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:260
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
"Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled."
msgstr ""
+"Impossible d'établir le chiffrement TLS.\n"
+"Vérifiez que le serveur ait activé la prise en charge de StartTLS."
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:530
@@ -82,33 +92,44 @@
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:549
+#, fuzzy
msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server."
-msgstr "Un problème s'est produit lors de la connexion au serveur LDAP."
+msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de la connexion au serveur LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:553
+#, fuzzy
msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server."
-msgstr "Un problème s'est produit lors de la lecture des données à partir du serveur LDAP."
+msgstr ""
+"Un problème est survenu lors de la lecture des données à partir du serveur "
+"LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:557
+#, fuzzy
msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de l'écriture des utilisateurs LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:561
+#, fuzzy
msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Un problème est survenu lors de l'écriture des groupes LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:565
+#, fuzzy
msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server."
msgstr ""
+"Un problème est survenu lors de l'écriture des données sur le serveur LDAP."
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:569
+#, fuzzy
msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server."
-msgstr "Un problème s'est produit lors de la lecture du schéma à partir du serveur LDAP."
+msgstr ""
+"Un problème est survenu lors de la lecture du schéma à partir du serveur "
+"LDAP."
# TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__19
#. default error message
@@ -133,8 +154,9 @@
#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
#: src/Ldap.rb:800
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Really keep this configuration?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Voulez-vous réellement conserver cette configuration ?"
#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
#: src/Ldap.rb:865
@@ -153,8 +175,9 @@
#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed
#. @return password
#: src/Ldap.rb:973
+#, fuzzy
msgid "BindDN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BindDN"
# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2
#. password entering label
@@ -191,7 +214,8 @@
"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Un objet ayant le DN sélectionné existe, mais il ne s'agit pas d'un objet de modèle.\n"
+"Un objet ayant le DN sélectionné existe, mais il ne s'agit pas d'un objet de "
+"modèle.\n"
"Sélectionnez-en un autre.\n"
#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN
@@ -227,10 +251,12 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Si l'attribut peut avoir plus de valeurs, ajoutez de nouvelles entrées\n"
-"avec l'option <b>Ajouter une valeur</b>. Parfois, le bouton contient la liste des\n"
+"avec l'option <b>Ajouter une valeur</b>. Parfois, le bouton contient la "
+"liste des\n"
" valeurs possibles à utiliser pour attribut actuel.\n"
" Si la valeur de l'attribut modifié doit être un nom distinct (DN),\n"
-" il est possible de le choisir dans l'arborescence LDAP grâce à l'option <b>Parcourir</b>.\n"
+" il est possible de le choisir dans l'arborescence LDAP grâce à l'option "
+"<b>Parcourir</b>.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows.
@@ -324,7 +350,8 @@
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
-"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
+"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults "
+"when\n"
"the new object is created.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Définissez ici les valeurs des attributs qui appartiennent à un\n"
@@ -340,7 +367,8 @@
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
-"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
+"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be "
+"replaced\n"
"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -365,12 +393,21 @@
#. general help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62
msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Parcourez l'arborescence LDAP dans la partie gauche de la boite de dialogue.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Parcourez l'arborescence LDAP dans la partie gauche de la boite de "
+"dialogue.</p>"
#. help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64
-msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Une fois l'objet LDAP sélectionné dans l'arborescence, le tableau montre les données de l'objet. Utilisez <b>Modifier</b> pour modifier la valeur de l'attribut sélectionné. Utilisez <b>Enregistrer</b> pour sauvegarder les modifications que vous avez apportées à LDAP.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object "
+"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use "
+"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Une fois l'objet LDAP sélectionné dans l'arborescence, le tableau montre "
+"les données de l'objet. Utilisez <b>Modifier</b> pour modifier la valeur de "
+"l'attribut sélectionné. Utilisez <b>Enregistrer</b> pour sauvegarder les "
+"modifications que vous avez apportées à LDAP.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__21
#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows)
@@ -379,7 +416,8 @@
"There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
"Discard these changes?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Certaines modifications n'ont pas été enregistrées dans l'entrée actuellement affichée.\n"
+"Certaines modifications n'ont pas été enregistrées dans l'entrée "
+"actuellement affichée.\n"
"Ignorer ces modifications ?\n"
# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__14
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:15:04 UTC (rev 90912)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:15:14 UTC (rev 90913)
@@ -14,15 +14,15 @@
# Patricia Vaz <patricia(a)suse.de>, 2005.
# Benoit Verduyn <benoit.verduyn(a)videotron.ca>, 2008.
# Fabien Crespel <fabien(a)crespel.net>, 2011.
+# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014.
# Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>, 2012, 2014.
-# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 11:38-0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-30 17:39+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
@@ -46,10 +46,13 @@
"\n"
"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"N'utilisez ce programme que si vous êtes habitué à partitionner des disques durs.\n"
+"N'utilisez ce programme que si vous êtes habitué à partitionner des disques "
+"durs.\n"
"\n"
-"Ne partitionnez jamais des disques qui peuvent être, de quelque façon que ce soit, \n"
-"en cours d'utilisation (monté, swap, etc.), sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
+"Ne partitionnez jamais des disques qui peuvent être, de quelque façon que ce "
+"soit, \n"
+"en cours d'utilisation (monté, swap, etc.), sauf si vous savez exactement ce "
+"que vous faites.\n"
"Sinon, la table de partition ne sera pas transmise au noyau,\n"
"ce qui risque fortement d'entraîner une perte de données.\n"
"\n"
@@ -123,7 +126,8 @@
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
msgstr ""
"Aucune proposition automatique possible.\n"
-"Veuillez spécifier manuellement les points de montage dans la boite de dialogue 'Partitionneur'."
+"Veuillez spécifier manuellement les points de montage dans la boite de "
+"dialogue 'Partitionneur'."
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__175
#. TRANSLATORS: button text
@@ -192,7 +196,9 @@
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
-msgstr "Pas assez d'espace disponible pour proposer des instantanés pour le volume racine."
+msgstr ""
+"Pas assez d'espace disponible pour proposer des instantanés pour le volume "
+"racine."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
@@ -447,7 +453,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Utilisée par Windows</b> représente la taille de la partition que Windows utilise.\n"
+"<b>Utilisée par Windows</b> représente la taille de la partition que Windows "
+"utilise.\n"
"</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__135
@@ -534,7 +541,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Une erreur s'est produite.\n"
"\n"
-"Des erreurs sont présentes dans le système de fichiers de votre partition Windows.\n"
+"Des erreurs sont présentes dans le système de fichiers de votre partition "
+"Windows.\n"
"\n"
"Démarrez Windows et corrigez ces erreurs en exécutant\n"
"Scandisk et Défrag.\n"
@@ -574,7 +582,9 @@
#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
-msgstr "Votre système ne peut être configuré qu'avec l'option de partition personnalisée."
+msgstr ""
+"Votre système ne peut être configuré qu'avec l'option de partition "
+"personnalisée."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__44
#. Win NT / 2000
@@ -722,8 +732,11 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr "Aucun disque n'a été trouvé. Utilisez le CD de mise à jour, s'il est disponible, pour l'installation."
+msgid ""
+"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Aucun disque n'a été trouvé. Utilisez le CD de mise à jour, s'il est "
+"disponible, pour l'installation."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__47
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
@@ -740,7 +753,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Tous les disques durs détectés automatiquement dans votre système\n"
-"sont montrés ici. Sélectionnez le disque dur sur lequel installer &product;.\n"
+"sont montrés ici. Sélectionnez le disque dur sur lequel installer "
+"&product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__48
@@ -858,7 +872,8 @@
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"La partition /home ne sera pas formatée. Après l'installation, assurez-vous\n"
-"que les appartenances des dossiers personnels (home) sont correctement configurées."
+"que les appartenances des dossiers personnels (home) sont correctement "
+"configurées."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__444
#. label text
@@ -1084,7 +1099,8 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Vous n'avez pas assigné de partition racine pour\n"
-"l'installation. Cela ne fonctionne pas. Assignez le point de montage racine \"/\"\n"
+"l'installation. Cela ne fonctionne pas. Assignez le point de montage racine "
+"\"/\"\n"
"à une partition.\n"
"\n"
"Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
@@ -1100,8 +1116,10 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Vous avez tenté de monter une partition FAT sur l'un des points de montage \n"
-"suivants : /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Cela risque de poser des problèmes.\n"
-"Utilisez un système de fichiers Linux, tel que ext3 ou ext4, pour ces points de montage.\n"
+"suivants : /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Cela risque de poser des "
+"problèmes.\n"
+"Utilisez un système de fichiers Linux, tel que ext3 ou ext4, pour ces points "
+"de montage.\n"
"\n"
"Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
@@ -1224,8 +1242,10 @@
msgstr ""
"Attention : Selon votre configuration, vous avez l'intention d'amorcer\n"
"votre machine depuis la partition racine (/) qui dépasse, malheureusement,\n"
-"le cylindre %1. Votre BIOS ne semble pas capable d'amorcer des partitions au-delà\n"
-"du cylindre %1. Cela signifie que votre installation de %2 ne pourra pas être \n"
+"le cylindre %1. Votre BIOS ne semble pas capable d'amorcer des partitions au-"
+"delà\n"
+"du cylindre %1. Cela signifie que votre installation de %2 ne pourra pas "
+"être \n"
"amorcée directement.\n"
"\n"
"Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
@@ -1305,7 +1325,8 @@
"%2 rencontrera des problèmes lors de l'amorçage, car vous\n"
"n'avez pas de partition %1 séparée sur votre disque RAID.\n"
"\n"
-"Cela provoquera de sérieux problèmes avec la configuration normale de l'amorçage.\n"
+"Cela provoquera de sérieux problèmes avec la configuration normale de "
+"l'amorçage.\n"
"\n"
"Si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous êtes en train de faire, \n"
"utilisez une partition normale pour vos fichiers sous %1.\n"
@@ -1326,7 +1347,8 @@
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
+"\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1334,9 +1356,12 @@
"\n"
"Vous n'avez pas assigné de partition swap. Nous recommandons généralement \n"
"de créer et d'assigner une partition swap. \n"
-"Les partitions swap sur votre système sont répertoriées dans la fenêtre principale\n"
-"avec le type \"Linux Swap\". Une partition de swap assignée correspond au point\n"
-"de montage \"swap\". Vous pouvez assigner plus d'une partition swap, si désiré.\n"
+"Les partitions swap sur votre système sont répertoriées dans la fenêtre "
+"principale\n"
+"avec le type \"Linux Swap\". Une partition de swap assignée correspond au "
+"point\n"
+"de montage \"swap\". Vous pouvez assigner plus d'une partition swap, si "
+"désiré.\n"
"\n"
"Vraiment utiliser cette configuration, sans partition swap ?\n"
@@ -1373,11 +1398,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
+"points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
"En cas de doute, vous devriez revenir en arrière et marquer cette\n"
-"partition comme devant être formatée, surtout si elle est assignée à un point de\n"
+"partition comme devant être formatée, surtout si elle est assignée à un "
+"point de\n"
"montage standard tel que /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__69
@@ -1388,7 +1415,8 @@
"\n"
"Really keep the partition unformatted?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Si vous décidez de formater la partition, toutes les données qu'elle contient seront perdues.\n"
+"Si vous décidez de formater la partition, toutes les données qu'elle "
+"contient seront perdues.\n"
"\n"
"Vraiment conserver la partition non formatée ?\n"
@@ -1452,21 +1480,27 @@
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Impossible de supprimer le périphérique (%1) car il s'agit d'une partition logique et\n"
-"une autre partition logique portant un numéro plus élevé est actuellement utilisée.\n"
+"Impossible de supprimer le périphérique (%1) car il s'agit d'une partition "
+"logique et\n"
+"une autre partition logique portant un numéro plus élevé est actuellement "
+"utilisée.\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__209
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
+"mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
+"extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"La partition étendue sélectionnée contient des partitions actuellement montées :\n"
+"La partition étendue sélectionnée contient des partitions actuellement "
+"montées :\n"
"%1\n"
-"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la partition étendue.\n"
+"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la "
+"partition étendue.\n"
"Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__70
@@ -1640,7 +1674,8 @@
"Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n"
msgstr ""
"Le caractère '/' n'est plus autorisé dans une étiquette de volume.\n"
-"Modifiez votre étiquette de volume pour qu'elle ne contienne pas ce caractère.\n"
+"Modifiez votre étiquette de volume pour qu'elle ne contienne pas ce "
+"caractère.\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__7
#. help text, richtext format
@@ -1650,13 +1685,16 @@
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
+"disabled, \n"
"this is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montage dans /etc/fstab par :</b>\n"
"Normalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/fstab\n"
-"par le nom du périphérique. Ceci peut être changé pour localiser le système de fichiers\n"
-"à monter en recherchant un UUID ou un label de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas tous être\n"
+"par le nom du périphérique. Ceci peut être changé pour localiser le système "
+"de fichiers\n"
+"à monter en recherchant un UUID ou un label de volume. Les systèmes de "
+"fichiers ne peuvent pas tous être\n"
"montés par UUID ou label de volume. Ce n'est pas possible si une option\n"
"est désactivée.\n"
@@ -1665,13 +1703,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
+"makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Étiquette du volume :</b>\n"
-"Le nom saisi dans ce champ est utilisé comme étiquette de volume. Ceci n'a normalement\n"
-"de sens que lorsque vous activez l'option pour monter selon l'étiquette du volume.\n"
+"Le nom saisi dans ce champ est utilisé comme étiquette de volume. Ceci n'a "
+"normalement\n"
+"de sens que lorsque vous activez l'option pour monter selon l'étiquette du "
+"volume.\n"
"Une étiquette de volume ne peut pas contenir le caractère / ou des espaces.\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__3
@@ -1734,14 +1775,16 @@
"is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"La longueur maximale du nom de volume pour le système de fichiers sélectionné\n"
+"La longueur maximale du nom de volume pour le système de fichiers "
+"sélectionné\n"
"est %1. Le nom de volume a été tronqué pour être conforme à cette taille.\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__11
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label."
-msgstr "Vous devez spécifier un label de volume si vous voulez monter par label."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous devez spécifier un label de volume si vous voulez monter par label."
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__12
#. popup text
@@ -1820,7 +1863,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"La partition sélectionnée (%1) est actuellement montée sur %2.\n"
-"Si vous modifiez des paramètres (tels que le point de montage ou le type de système\n"
+"Si vous modifiez des paramètres (tels que le point de montage ou le type de "
+"système\n"
"de fichiers), vous risquez d'endommager votre installation Linux.\n"
"\n"
"Démontez, si possible, la partition. Si vous n'êtes pas sûr, nous\n"
@@ -1839,7 +1883,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Le système de fichiers sur la partition ne peut pas être réduit par YaST2.\n"
-"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système de fichiers."
+"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système "
+"de fichiers."
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__18
#. Popup text
@@ -1850,8 +1895,10 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique ne peut pas être réduit par YaST2.\n"
-"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système de fichiers."
+"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique ne peut pas être réduit par "
+"YaST2.\n"
+"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système "
+"de fichiers."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320
@@ -1877,8 +1924,10 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Le système de fichiers sur la partition sélectionnée ne peut pas être étendu par YaST2.\n"
-"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de fichiers."
+"Le système de fichiers sur la partition sélectionnée ne peut pas être étendu "
+"par YaST2.\n"
+"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de "
+"fichiers."
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__18
#. Popup text
@@ -1889,8 +1938,10 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique sélectionné ne peut pas être étendu par YaST2.\n"
-"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de fichiers."
+"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique sélectionné ne peut pas être "
+"étendu par YaST2.\n"
+"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de "
+"fichiers."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__14
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361
@@ -1900,11 +1951,15 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378
msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
-msgstr "Vous avez réduit la taille d'une partition avec un système de fichiers reiserfs."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous avez réduit la taille d'une partition avec un système de fichiers "
+"reiserfs."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
-msgstr "Vous avez réduit la taille d'un volume logique avec un système de fichiers reiserfs."
+msgstr ""
+"Vous avez réduit la taille d'un volume logique avec un système de fichiers "
+"reiserfs."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387
msgid ""
@@ -1915,7 +1970,8 @@
"Shrink the file system now?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Il est possible de réduire un système de fichiers reiser, mais cette fonction\n"
+"Il est possible de réduire un système de fichiers reiser, mais cette "
+"fonction\n"
"n'a pas été testée à fond. Une sauvegarde des données est recommandée.\n"
"\n"
"Réduire maintenant le système de fichiers ?"
@@ -1926,12 +1982,14 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
+"partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"Le périphérique sélectionné contient des partitions actuellement montées :\n"
"%1\n"
-"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la table de partitions.\n"
+"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la "
+"table de partitions.\n"
"Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1980,11 +2038,15 @@
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Créer et supprimer des sous-volumes à partir d'un système de fichiers Btrfs.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Créer et supprimer des sous-volumes à partir d'un système de fichiers "
+"Btrfs.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Activer les instantanés automatiques pour un système de fichiers Btrfs avec snapper.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Activer les instantanés automatiques pour un système de fichiers Btrfs "
+"avec snapper.</p>"
# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__44
#. label text
@@ -2035,7 +2097,8 @@
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-"Uniquement les noms de sous-volumes commençant par \"%1\" sont actuellement autorisés !\n"
+"Uniquement les noms de sous-volumes commençant par \"%1\" sont actuellement "
+"autorisés !\n"
"Ajout automatique de \"%1\" devant le nom du sous-volume."
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39
@@ -2045,7 +2108,9 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1713
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
-msgstr "Les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent dans cette boite de dialogue seront perdues."
+msgstr ""
+"Les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent dans cette boite de dialogue "
+"seront perdues."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__269
#. help text for cryptofs
@@ -2092,17 +2157,21 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
+"tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel que /tmp ou /var/ tmp. \n"
+"Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel que /"
+"tmp ou /var/ tmp. \n"
"Si vous laissez vide le mot de passe de chiffrement, le système créera \n"
-"pour vous un mot de passe aléatoire au démarrage du système. Cela signifie que vous\n"
-"perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du système.\n"
+"pour vous un mot de passe aléatoire au démarrage du système. Cela signifie "
+"que vous\n"
+"perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du "
+"système.\n"
"</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__85
@@ -2112,14 +2181,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
+"system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Si vous oubliez votre mot de passe, vous perdrez l'accès aux données de votre système de fichiers.\n"
+"Si vous oubliez votre mot de passe, vous perdrez l'accès aux données de "
+"votre système de fichiers.\n"
"Choisissez donc votre mot de passe avec précaution. Une combinaison\n"
"de lettres et de chiffres est recommandée. Pour garantir que \n"
"le mot de passe a été saisi correctement, vous devez l'entrer deux fois.\n"
@@ -2132,13 +2203,15 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
+"at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Vous devez différencier majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe devrait avoir\n"
+"Vous devez différencier majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe devrait "
+"avoir\n"
"au moins %1 caractères et, en règle générale, ne contenir aucun caractère\n"
"spécial (par exemple les lettres accentuées).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2190,14 +2263,17 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
+"is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Si le système de fichiers chiffré ne contient pas de fichiers système et si par conséquent il n'est\n"
-"pas nécessaire pour la mise à jour, vous pouvez sélectionner l'option <b>Ignorer</b>. Dans ce cas, le\n"
+"Si le système de fichiers chiffré ne contient pas de fichiers système et si "
+"par conséquent il n'est\n"
+"pas nécessaire pour la mise à jour, vous pouvez sélectionner l'option "
+"<b>Ignorer</b>. Dans ce cas, le\n"
"système de fichiers n'est pas accessible pendant la mise à jour.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2215,7 +2291,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Avertissement : avec votre configuration actuelle, votre installation\n"
"rencontrera des problèmes au démarrage, car le disque sur lequel\n"
-"votre partition /boot est présente ne contient pas d'étiquette de disque GPT.\n"
+"votre partition /boot est présente ne contient pas d'étiquette de disque "
+"GPT.\n"
"\n"
"Il sera probablement impossible de démarrer une telle configuration.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2258,8 +2335,10 @@
"\n"
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Vous avez sélectionné de ne pas monter automatiquement au démarrage un système de fichiers\n"
-"qui peut contenir les fichiers nécessaires au bon fonctionnement du système.\n"
+"Vous avez sélectionné de ne pas monter automatiquement au démarrage un "
+"système de fichiers\n"
+"qui peut contenir les fichiers nécessaires au bon fonctionnement du "
+"système.\n"
"\n"
"Cela risque d'engendrer des problèmes.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2289,7 +2368,8 @@
"\n"
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Vous avez défini l'option montable par les utilisateurs pour un système de fichiers\n"
+"Vous avez défini l'option montable par les utilisateurs pour un système de "
+"fichiers\n"
"susceptible de contenir des fichiers devant être exécutables.\n"
"\n"
"Cela provoque généralement des problèmes.\n"
@@ -2312,7 +2392,8 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
-msgstr "Seuls les périphériques swap peuvent avoir comme point de montage swap."
+msgstr ""
+"Seuls les périphériques swap peuvent avoir comme point de montage swap."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__115
#. && mount!="swap" )
@@ -2334,8 +2415,11 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__117
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259
-msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr "Caractère incorrect dans le point de montage. Ne pas utiliser \"`'!\"%#\" dans un point de montage."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr ""
+"Caractère incorrect dans le point de montage. Ne pas utiliser \"`'!\"%#\" "
+"dans un point de montage."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__414
#. error popup text
@@ -2418,8 +2502,10 @@
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant, continuer sans démontage ou annuler.\n"
-"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites."
+"Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant, continuer sans démontage ou "
+"annuler.\n"
+"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous "
+"faites."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__117
#. button text
@@ -2435,19 +2521,24 @@
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant ou annuler.\n"
-"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites."
+"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous "
+"faites."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de réduire le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
+msgstr ""
+"Il n'est pas possible de réduire le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr "Il n'est pas possible d'étendre le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
+msgstr ""
+"Il n'est pas possible d'étendre le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté."
+msgstr ""
+"Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il "
+"est monté."
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
@@ -2538,7 +2629,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>En sélectionnant une des entrées de la table, vous pouvez naviguer dans les informations détaillées à propos du périphérique.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>En sélectionnant une des entrées de la table, vous pouvez naviguer dans "
+"les informations détaillées à propos du périphérique.</p>"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
@@ -2555,7 +2648,8 @@
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
msgstr ""
-"Le démarrage de la configuration iSCSI annulera tous les changements en cours.\n"
+"Le démarrage de la configuration iSCSI annulera tous les changements en "
+"cours.\n"
"Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration iSCI ?"
#. popup text
@@ -2565,7 +2659,8 @@
"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call FCoE configuration?"
msgstr ""
-"Le démarrage de la configuration FCoE annulera tous les changements en cours.\n"
+"Le démarrage de la configuration FCoE annulera tous les changements en "
+"cours.\n"
"Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration FCoE ?\n"
#. popup text
@@ -2576,7 +2671,8 @@
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Le démarrage de la configuration Multipath annulera tous les changements en cours.\n"
+"Le démarrage de la configuration Multipath annulera tous les changements en "
+"cours.\n"
"Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration Multipath ?\n"
#. popup text
@@ -2585,7 +2681,8 @@
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
msgstr ""
-"Le démarrage de la configuration DASD annulera tous les changements en cours.\n"
+"Le démarrage de la configuration DASD annulera tous les changements en "
+"cours.\n"
"Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration DASD ?"
#. popup text
@@ -2594,7 +2691,8 @@
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
msgstr ""
-"Le démarrage de la configuration zFCP annulera tous les changements en cours.\n"
+"Le démarrage de la configuration zFCP annulera tous les changements en "
+"cours.\n"
"Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration zFCP ?"
#. popup text
@@ -2603,7 +2701,8 @@
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
msgstr ""
-"Le démarrage de la configuration XPRAM annulera tous les changements en cours.\n"
+"Le démarrage de la configuration XPRAM annulera tous les changements en "
+"cours.\n"
"Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration XPRAM ?"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__154
@@ -2898,8 +2997,9 @@
#. radio button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Données et applications tierces"
#. radio button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
@@ -2933,11 +3033,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
+"existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Si vous voulez chiffrer toutes les données sur le\n"
-"volume, sélectionnez <b>Chiffrer le périphérique</b>. Modifier le chiffrement sur un\n"
+"volume, sélectionnez <b>Chiffrer le périphérique</b>. Modifier le "
+"chiffrement sur un\n"
"volume existant supprimera toutes ses données.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__88
@@ -2948,7 +3050,8 @@
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Choisissez ensuite si la partition doit être montée.\n"
-"Le cas échéant, spécifiez le point de montage ( /, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)</p>"
+"Le cas échéant, spécifiez le point de montage ( /, /boot, /home, /var, "
+"etc.)</p>"
# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__62
#. set globals
@@ -3036,7 +3139,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"N'oubliez pas que ce système de fichiers n'est protégé que s'il n'est\n"
-"pas monté. Une fois monté, il offre le même niveau de sécurité que les autres\n"
+"pas monté. Une fois monté, il offre le même niveau de sécurité que les "
+"autres\n"
"systèmes de fichiers Linux.\n"
"</p"
@@ -3050,7 +3154,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Le système de fichiers utilisé pour ce volume est swap. Vous pouvez laisser \n"
+"Le système de fichiers utilisé pour ce volume est swap. Vous pouvez "
+"laisser \n"
"le mot de passe de chiffrement vide, mais alors la swap ne pourra plus être\n"
"utilisée pour l'hibernation (mise en veille sur disque).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3067,7 +3172,8 @@
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
-msgstr "Le redimensionnement n'est pas supporté par le périphérique sous-jacent."
+msgstr ""
+"Le redimensionnement n'est pas supporté par le périphérique sous-jacent."
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__65
#. popup text
@@ -3078,7 +3184,8 @@
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner la partition sélectionnée car le système de fichiers\n"
+"Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner la partition sélectionnée car le système "
+"de fichiers\n"
"de cette partition ne prend pas le redimensionnement en charge.\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__54
@@ -3506,7 +3613,10 @@
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
-msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment créer une table des partitions sur %1 ? Ceci effacera toutes les données sur %1 ainsi que toutes les volumes RAIDs ou les groupes de volumes utilisant des partitions sur %1."
+msgstr ""
+"Voulez-vous vraiment créer une table des partitions sur %1 ? Ceci effacera "
+"toutes les données sur %1 ainsi que toutes les volumes RAIDs ou les groupes "
+"de volumes utilisant des partitions sur %1."
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
#. error popup
@@ -3557,7 +3667,8 @@
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
"La partition %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Elle ne peut pas être modifiée.\n"
-"Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'elle n'est pas en cours d'utilisation."
+"Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'elle n'est pas en cours "
+"d'utilisation."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__18
#. error popup text
@@ -3587,8 +3698,10 @@
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
-"La partition %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Elle ne peut être redimensionnée.\n"
-"Pour redimensionner %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'elle n'est pas en cours d'utilisation."
+"La partition %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Elle ne peut être "
+"redimensionnée.\n"
+"Pour redimensionner %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'elle n'est pas en cours "
+"d'utilisation."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__18
#. error popup text
@@ -3892,7 +4005,8 @@
"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>YaST a scanné votre disque dur et a trouvé un ou plusieurs système(s)\n"
-"Linux existant(s) avec des points de montage. Ces anciens points de montage sont\n"
+"Linux existant(s) avec des points de montage. Ces anciens points de montage "
+"sont\n"
"affichés dans le tableau.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
@@ -3962,13 +4076,15 @@
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
"La partition sélectionnée est utilisée par le groupe de volumes \"%1\".\n"
-"Pour conserver le système dans un état cohérent, le groupe de volumes suivant\n"
+"Pour conserver le système dans un état cohérent, le groupe de volumes "
+"suivant\n"
"et ses volumes logiques seront supprimés :\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
-msgstr "Supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le groupe de volumes \"%2\" maintenant ?"
+msgstr ""
+"Supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le groupe de volumes \"%2\" maintenant ?"
# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__20
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
@@ -4080,12 +4196,15 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
+"file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Nom du chemin du fichier loop :</b><br>Ceci doit être un chemin absolu vers le fichier\n"
-"contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle chiffré à configurer.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Nom du chemin du fichier loop :</b><br>Ceci doit être un chemin absolu "
+"vers le fichier\n"
+"contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle chiffré à configurer.</"
+"p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
@@ -4096,8 +4215,10 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Créer un fichier loop :</b><br>Si cette option est cochée, le fichier sera \n"
-"créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. <b>REMARQUE :</b> si le \n"
+"<p><b>Créer un fichier loop :</b><br>Si cette option est cochée, le fichier "
+"sera \n"
+"créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. <b>REMARQUE :</b> si "
+"le \n"
"fichier existe déjà, toutes les données qu'il contient seront perdues.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4108,7 +4229,8 @@
"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Taille :</b><br>c'est la taille du fichier de boucle (loop). Le système de fichiers\n"
+"<p><b>Taille :</b><br>c'est la taille du fichier de boucle (loop). Le "
+"système de fichiers\n"
"créé dans le périphérique de boucle chiffré aura cette taille.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4121,8 +4243,10 @@
"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>REMARQUE :</b> Lors de l'installation, YaST ne peut effectuer aucune vérification de\n"
-"taille de fichier et de chemins d'accès car le système de fichiers n'est pas \n"
+"<p><b>REMARQUE :</b> Lors de l'installation, YaST ne peut effectuer aucune "
+"vérification de\n"
+"taille de fichier et de chemins d'accès car le système de fichiers n'est "
+"pas \n"
"accessible. Il sera créé à la fin de l'installation. Soyez prudent \n"
"en attribuant la taille et le chemin d'accès du fichier.</p>\n"
@@ -4167,7 +4291,8 @@
"the create flag."
msgstr ""
"Le nom de fichier \"%1\" n'existe pas\n"
-"et l'indicateur pour le créer est désactivé. Soit vous utilisez un fichier existant, soit vous activez\n"
+"et l'indicateur pour le créer est désactivé. Soit vous utilisez un fichier "
+"existant, soit vous activez\n"
"l'indicateur de création."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__162
@@ -4218,8 +4343,10 @@
"The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
-"Le fichier de chiffrement %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut être modifié.\n"
-"Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'il n'est pas en cours d'utilisation."
+"Le fichier de chiffrement %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut être "
+"modifié.\n"
+"Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'il n'est pas en cours "
+"d'utilisation."
# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46
#. heading
@@ -4278,7 +4405,8 @@
"The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
msgstr ""
-"Le nom du groupe de volumes contient des caractères interdits. Les caractères\n"
+"Le nom du groupe de volumes contient des caractères interdits. Les "
+"caractères\n"
"autorisés sont les caractères alphanumériques, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" et \"+\"."
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39
@@ -4318,7 +4446,9 @@
#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le groupe de volumes \"%1\" et tous les volumes logiques associés ?"
+msgstr ""
+"Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le groupe de volumes \"%1\" et tous les "
+"volumes logiques associés ?"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__100
#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
@@ -4364,13 +4494,17 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Entrez le nom et la taille d'extension physique du nouveau groupe de volumes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Entrez le nom et la taille d'extension physique du nouveau groupe de "
+"volumes.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__368
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez les volumes physiques qui devront faire parti du groupe de volumes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Sélectionnez les volumes physiques qui devront faire parti du groupe de "
+"volumes.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__383
#. label for input field
@@ -4408,11 +4542,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
+"higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Entrez la taille ainsi que le nombre et la taille des\n"
-"bandes (stripes) pour le nouveau volume logique. Le nombre de bandes ne peut être\n"
+"bandes (stripes) pour le nouveau volume logique. Le nombre de bandes ne peut "
+"être\n"
"supérieur au nombre de volumes physiques du groupe de volumes.</p>"
#. helptext
@@ -4427,10 +4563,14 @@
"Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count."
msgstr ""
"<p>Les <b>volumes dynamiques</b> peuvent être créés avec une taille\n"
-"arbitraire. Or l'espace est alloué à la demande depuis le <b>pool de stockage</b>.\n"
-"On peut donc créer un volume dynamique d'une taille plus grande que celle du\n"
-"<b>pool de stockage</b>. Bien sûr, quand il y a vraiment des données à écrire sur\n"
-"le volume dynamique, le pool de stockage doit être en mesure de satisfaire la demande.\n"
+"arbitraire. Or l'espace est alloué à la demande depuis le <b>pool de "
+"stockage</b>.\n"
+"On peut donc créer un volume dynamique d'une taille plus grande que celle "
+"du\n"
+"<b>pool de stockage</b>. Bien sûr, quand il y a vraiment des données à "
+"écrire sur\n"
+"le volume dynamique, le pool de stockage doit être en mesure de satisfaire "
+"la demande.\n"
"Les volumes dynamiques ne peuvent avoir un nombre fixé de segments."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__358
@@ -4468,11 +4608,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
+"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que <b>volume normal</b>.\n"
-"Ceci est le choix par défaut et correspond à des volumes logiques tels qu'ils existaient avant l'apparition du <b>Thin Provisioning</b> (allocation fine et dynamique).\n"
+"Ceci est le choix par défaut et correspond à des volumes logiques tels "
+"qu'ils existaient avant l'apparition du <b>Thin Provisioning</b> (allocation "
+"fine et dynamique).\n"
"En cas de doute, c'est probablement le meilleur choix.</p>"
#. helptext
@@ -4480,20 +4623,26 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
+"such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que <b>pool de stockage</b>.\n"
-"Cela signifie que les <b>volumes dynamiques</b> allouent l'espace à la demande depuis un tel pool.</p>"
+"<p>Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que <b>pool de stockage</"
+"b>.\n"
+"Cela signifie que les <b>volumes dynamiques</b> allouent l'espace à la "
+"demande depuis un tel pool.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</"
+"b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que <b>volume dynamique</b>.\n"
-"Cela signifie que le volume alloue l'espace à la demande depuis un <b>pool de stockage</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que <b>volume dynamique</"
+"b>.\n"
+"Cela signifie que le volume alloue l'espace à la demande depuis un <b>pool "
+"de stockage</b>.</p>"
# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__20
#. heading for frame
@@ -4560,13 +4709,17 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
+"unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
-"Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques inutilisés adéquats pour créer un groupe de volumes.\n"
+"Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques inutilisés adéquats pour créer un "
+"groupe de volumes.\n"
"\n"
-"Pour utiliser la gestion par volumes logiques (LVM), au moins une partition inutilisée de type 0x8e\n"
-"(ou 0x83) ou un périphérique RAID inutilisé est requis. Modifier la table des partitions en conséquence."
+"Pour utiliser la gestion par volumes logiques (LVM), au moins une partition "
+"inutilisée de type 0x8e\n"
+"(ou 0x83) ou un périphérique RAID inutilisé est requis. Modifier la table "
+"des partitions en conséquence."
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
#. error popup
@@ -4802,7 +4955,8 @@
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-"Vous avez modifié le partitionnement ou les paramètres de stockage. Ces changements\n"
+"Vous avez modifié le partitionnement ou les paramètres de stockage. Ces "
+"changements\n"
"seront perdus si vous quittez le partitionneur avec %1.\n"
"Vraiment quitter ?"
@@ -4825,8 +4979,12 @@
# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__18
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
-msgstr "La configuration NFS n'est pas disponible. Vérifiez que le paquet yast2-nfs-client est correctement installé."
+msgid ""
+"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"La configuration NFS n'est pas disponible. Vérifiez que le paquet yast2-nfs-"
+"client est correctement installé."
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
@@ -4859,37 +5017,50 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
+"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0 :</b> ce niveau augmente les performances de votre disque.\n"
-"Il n'y a <b>PAS</b> de redondance dans ce mode. En cas de défaillance de l'un des périphériques, il ne sera pas possible de récupérer les données.</p>\n"
+"Il n'y a <b>PAS</b> de redondance dans ce mode. En cas de défaillance de "
+"l'un des périphériques, il ne sera pas possible de récupérer les données.</"
+"p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__131
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
+"on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
+"partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 1 :</b> <br>Ce mode a la meilleure redondance. Il peut être\n"
-"utilisé avec deux disques ou plus. Ce mode maintient une copie exacte de toutes\n"
-"les données sur tous les disques. Tant qu'un disque au moins fonctionne, aucune donnée\n"
-"n'est perdue. Les partitions utilisées doivent être à peu près de la même taille.</p>\n"
+"utilisé avec deux disques ou plus. Ce mode maintient une copie exacte de "
+"toutes\n"
+"les données sur tous les disques. Tant qu'un disque au moins fonctionne, "
+"aucune donnée\n"
+"n'est perdue. Les partitions utilisées doivent être à peu près de la même "
+"taille.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__132
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
+"disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
+"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 5 :</b> <br>Ce mode assure la gestion d'un grand nombre de\n"
-"disques et offre encore une certaine redondance. Ce mode peut être utilisé avec trois disques ou plus.\n"
-"Si l'un des disques tombe en panne, toutes les données seront encore intactes.\n"
-"Si deux disques tombent en panne en même temps, toutes les données seront perdues</p>\n"
+"disques et offre encore une certaine redondance. Ce mode peut être utilisé "
+"avec trois disques ou plus.\n"
+"Si l'un des disques tombe en panne, toutes les données seront encore "
+"intactes.\n"
+"Si deux disques tombent en panne en même temps, toutes les données seront "
+"perdues</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4907,12 +5078,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
+"the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ajouter des partitions au RAID.</b> Suivant le niveau \n"
-"de RAID utilisé, l'espace disque utilisable est la somme de ces partitions (RAID0),\n"
-"la taille de la plus petite partition (RAID 1) ou (N-1) multiplié par la plus petite partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
+"de RAID utilisé, l'espace disque utilisable est la somme de ces partitions "
+"(RAID0),\n"
+"la taille de la plus petite partition (RAID 1) ou (N-1) multiplié par la "
+"plus petite partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__481
#. helptext
@@ -4985,12 +5160,16 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
+"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
+"the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Taille des blocs :</b><br>Il s'agit de la plus petite taille\n"
-"de données qui peut être allouée sur les disques. Une taille adéquate pour RAID 5 est 128 Ko. Pour RAID 0,\n"
-"32 Ko constituent un bon point de départ. Pour RAID 1, la taille des blocs n'a pas beaucoup d'importance.</p>\n"
+"de données qui peut être allouée sur les disques. Une taille adéquate pour "
+"RAID 5 est 128 Ko. Pour RAID 0,\n"
+"32 Ko constituent un bon point de départ. Pour RAID 1, la taille des blocs "
+"n'a pas beaucoup d'importance.</p>\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__460
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
@@ -5002,10 +5181,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
+"with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'algorithme de parité à utiliser avec RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric est celui qui offre un maximum de performance sur les disques classiques à plateaux rotatifs.\n"
+"Left-symmetric est celui qui offre un maximum de performance sur les disques "
+"classiques à plateaux rotatifs.\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -5096,7 +5277,9 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID."
-msgstr "Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques pour permettre la création d'un volume RAID."
+msgstr ""
+"Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques pour permettre la création d'un "
+"volume RAID."
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
#. error popup
@@ -5144,7 +5327,8 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141
msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques RAID sauf les RAID BIOS</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques RAID sauf les RAID BIOS</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204
@@ -5316,17 +5500,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</"
+"i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
+"and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Monter par défaut par</b> donne la méthode de montage pour les nouveaux\n"
-"systèmes de fichiers créés. <i>Nom du périphérique</i> utilise le nom de périphérique\n"
-"noyau qui n'est pas fixe. <i>ID du périphérique</i> et <i>chemin d'accès au périphérique</i>\n"
-"utilisent les noms générés par udev à partir des informations matérielles. Cela devrait être\n"
-"fixe mais malheureusement, ce n'est pas toujours vrai. Enfin, <i>UUID</i> et\n"
-"<i>étiquette du volume</i> utilisent l'UUID et le label du système de fichiers.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Monter par défaut par</b> donne la méthode de montage pour les "
+"nouveaux\n"
+"systèmes de fichiers créés. <i>Nom du périphérique</i> utilise le nom de "
+"périphérique\n"
+"noyau qui n'est pas fixe. <i>ID du périphérique</i> et <i>chemin d'accès au "
+"périphérique</i>\n"
+"utilisent les noms générés par udev à partir des informations matérielles. "
+"Cela devrait être\n"
+"fixe mais malheureusement, ce n'est pas toujours vrai. Enfin, <i>UUID</i> "
+"et\n"
+"<i>étiquette du volume</i> utilisent l'UUID et le label du système de "
+"fichiers.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
@@ -5341,14 +5533,20 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
+"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
+"aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Alignement des partitions nouvellement créées</b>\n"
-"détermine comment les partitions créées sont alignées. <b>Cylinder</b> est l'alignement traditionnel aux limites de cylindre du disque. <b>Optimal</b> aligne \n"
-"les partitions pour de meilleures performances en accord avec les conseils fournis \n"
-"par le noyau Linux ou essaye d'être compatible avec Windows Vista et Windows 7.</p>\n"
+"détermine comment les partitions créées sont alignées. <b>Cylinder</b> est "
+"l'alignement traditionnel aux limites de cylindre du disque. <b>Optimal</b> "
+"aligne \n"
+"les partitions pour de meilleures performances en accord avec les conseils "
+"fournis \n"
+"par le noyau Linux ou essaye d'être compatible avec Windows Vista et Windows "
+"7.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
@@ -5366,7 +5564,8 @@
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Informations visibles sur les périphériques\n"
-"de stockage</b> permet de cacher les informations dans les tableaux et le résumé.</p>"
+"de stockage</b> permet de cacher les informations dans les tableaux et le "
+"résumé.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__269
#. helptext
@@ -5433,7 +5632,8 @@
"have no logical volumes.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Cette vue affiche les périphériques qui n'ont pas de point de\n"
-"montage assigné, les disques qui ne sont pas partitionnés et les groupes de volumes qui\n"
+"montage assigné, les disques qui ne sont pas partitionnés et les groupes de "
+"volumes qui\n"
"n'ont pas de volume logique.</p>"
#. popup message
@@ -5632,27 +5832,38 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
+"cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Cette boîte de dialogue sert à définir les classes d'adresse pour les\n"
-"périphériques du RAID. Les classes disponibles sont A, B, C, D et E mais, dans\n"
-"beaucoup de cas, moins de classes sont nécessaires (par exemple seulement A et B).</p>"
+"périphériques du RAID. Les classes disponibles sont A, B, C, D et E mais, "
+"dans\n"
+"beaucoup de cas, moins de classes sont nécessaires (par exemple seulement A "
+"et B).</p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
+"the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
+"in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
+"currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez placer un périphérique dans une classe en faisant un clic droit\n"
-"sur le périphérique et en choisissant la classe appropriée dans le menu déroulant.\n"
-"En appuyant sur la touche Ctrl ou Majuscule, vous pouvez sélectionner plusieurs\n"
-"périphériques et les placer dans une classe d'un seul coup. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser\n"
-"les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\" pour placer les périphériques sélectionnés dans cette classe.</p>"
+"<p>Vous pouvez placer un périphérique dans une classe en faisant un clic "
+"droit\n"
+"sur le périphérique et en choisissant la classe appropriée dans le menu "
+"déroulant.\n"
+"En appuyant sur la touche Ctrl ou Majuscule, vous pouvez sélectionner "
+"plusieurs\n"
+"périphériques et les placer dans une classe d'un seul coup. Vous pouvez "
+"aussi utiliser\n"
+"les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\" pour placer les périphériques sélectionnés dans "
+"cette classe.</p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340
@@ -5661,7 +5872,8 @@
"devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
"<p>Après avoir choisi les classes pour les périphériques, vous\n"
-"pouvez ordonner les périphériques en cliquant sur les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\"."
+"pouvez ordonner les périphériques en cliquant sur les boutons \"%1\" ou "
+"\"%2\"."
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351
@@ -5677,14 +5889,17 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
-#| "class B until all classes with assigned devices. The comes second device of class A,\n"
+#| "class B until all classes with assigned devices. The comes second device "
+#| "of class A,\n"
#| "econd device of class B and so on."
msgid ""
"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
+"follow."
msgstr ""
-"<b>Entrelacés</b> place le premier périphérique de classe A, puis le premier\n"
+"<b>Entrelacés</b> place le premier périphérique de classe A, puis le "
+"premier\n"
"de classe B, etc., jusqu'à la dernière classe. Ensuite viennent le deuxième\n"
"périphérique de la classe A, le deuxième de la classe B, et ainsi de suite."
@@ -5693,15 +5908,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "All devices withou a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n"
-#| "When you leave the popup the current order is used as order of devices in the RAID to\n"
+#| "When you leave the popup the current order is used as order of devices in "
+#| "the RAID to\n"
#| "be created.</p>"
msgid ""
"All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n"
"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n"
"order in the RAID to be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Tous les périphériques sans classe sont placés à la fin de la liste des périphériques.\n"
-"L'ordre des périphériques dans le RAID à créer sera celui présent au moment de quitter\n"
+"Tous les périphériques sans classe sont placés à la fin de la liste des "
+"périphériques.\n"
+"L'ordre des périphériques dans le RAID à créer sera celui présent au moment "
+"de quitter\n"
"la boite de dialogue.</p>"
#. dialog help text
@@ -5709,22 +5927,33 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
+"devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
+"expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
+"part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
+"then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"En cliquant sur le bouton \"<b>%1</b>\", vous pouvez sélectionner un fichier contenant\n"
-"des lignes avec une expression régulière et un nom de classe (par exemple \"sda.* A\"). Tous\n"
-"les périphériques qui correspondent à l'expression régulière d'une ligne seront placés dans\n"
-"la classe indiquée sur la même ligne. L'expression régulière peut correspondre :\n"
+"En cliquant sur le bouton \"<b>%1</b>\", vous pouvez sélectionner un fichier "
+"contenant\n"
+"des lignes avec une expression régulière et un nom de classe (par exemple "
+"\"sda.* A\"). Tous\n"
+"les périphériques qui correspondent à l'expression régulière d'une ligne "
+"seront placés dans\n"
+"la classe indiquée sur la même ligne. L'expression régulière peut "
+"correspondre :\n"
"* au nom donné par le noyau (par exemple /dev/sda1),\n"
-"* au chemin udev (par exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1),\n"
-"* à l'identifiant udev (par exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n"
-"Dans le cas où un nom de périphérique correspond à plusieurs expressions régulières, c'est\n"
+"* au chemin udev (par exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-"
+"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1),\n"
+"* à l'identifiant udev (par exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-"
+"part1).\n"
+"Dans le cas où un nom de périphérique correspond à plusieurs expressions "
+"régulières, c'est\n"
"la première correspondance qui est retenue."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__25
@@ -5768,12 +5997,15 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
+"Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Taille tmpfs :</b>\n"
-"La taille peut être soit entrée par un nombre suivi de K,M,G pour Kilo-, Méga- ou Giga octets ou\n"
-"par un nombre suivi par un pourcentage, signifiant un pourcentage de mémoire.</p>"
+"La taille peut être soit entrée par un nombre suivi de K,M,G pour Kilo-, "
+"Méga- ou Giga octets ou\n"
+"par un nombre suivi par un pourcentage, signifiant un pourcentage de mémoire."
+"</p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
@@ -5784,7 +6016,8 @@
#. popup text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
-msgstr "La valeur doit être comprise entre 0 et 32767. Faites une autre entrée."
+msgstr ""
+"La valeur doit être comprise entre 0 et 32767. Faites une autre entrée."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
@@ -5793,7 +6026,8 @@
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Priorité swap :</b>\n"
-"Entrez la priorité swap. Plus le nombre est grand, plus la priorité est élevée.</p>\n"
+"Entrez la priorité swap. Plus le nombre est grand, plus la priorité est "
+"élevée.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
@@ -5805,12 +6039,15 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
+"installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Monter en lecture seule :</b>\n"
-"L'écriture sur le système de fichiers est impossible. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n"
-"Lors de l'installation, le système de fichier est toujours monté en lecture-écriture.</p>"
+"L'écriture sur le système de fichiers est impossible. La valeur par défaut "
+"est \"false\" (faux).\n"
+"Lors de l'installation, le système de fichier est toujours monté en lecture-"
+"écriture.</p>"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
@@ -5824,7 +6061,8 @@
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pas de date d'accès :</b>\n"
-"Les dates d'accès ne sont pas actualisées lorsqu'un fichier est lu. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).</p>\n"
+"Les dates d'accès ne sont pas actualisées lorsqu'un fichier est lu. La "
+"valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
@@ -5840,7 +6078,8 @@
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montable par utilisateur :</b>\n"
-"Le système de fichiers peut être monté par n'importe quel utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).</p>\n"
+"Le système de fichiers peut être monté par n'importe quel utilisateur. La "
+"valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).</p>\n"
# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__0
#. button text
@@ -5854,14 +6093,20 @@
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></"
+"tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
+"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Ne pas monter au démarrage du système :</b>\n"
-"Le système de fichiers n'est pas monté automatiquement lors du démarrage du système.\n"
-"Une entrée est créée dans /etc/fstab et le système de fichiers est monté avec\n"
-"les options adéquates lorsque la commande <tt>mount <pointDeMontage></tt>\n"
-"est entrée (<pointDeMontage> est le répertoire sur lequel le système de fichiers est monté). La valeur par défaut est faux.</p>\n"
+"Le système de fichiers n'est pas monté automatiquement lors du démarrage du "
+"système.\n"
+"Une entrée est créée dans /etc/fstab et le système de fichiers est monté "
+"avec\n"
+"les options adéquates lorsque la commande <tt>mount <pointDeMontage></"
+"tt>\n"
+"est entrée (<pointDeMontage> est le répertoire sur lequel le système "
+"de fichiers est monté). La valeur par défaut est faux.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
@@ -5892,16 +6137,23 @@
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
+"impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mode de journalisation des données :</b>\n"
"Spécifie le mode de journalisation des données de fichiers.\n"
-"<tt>journal</tt> -- toutes les données sont consignées dans le journal avant d'être\n"
-"écrites dans le système de fichiers principal. Impact le plus important sur les performances.<br>\n"
-"<tt>ordered</tt> -- toutes les données sont forcées directement vers le système de fichiers principal\n"
-"avant que leurs méta-données soient consignées dans le journal. Impact moyen sur les performances.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordre des données n'est pas conservé. Aucun impact sur les performances.< /p>\n"
+"<tt>journal</tt> -- toutes les données sont consignées dans le journal avant "
+"d'être\n"
+"écrites dans le système de fichiers principal. Impact le plus important sur "
+"les performances.<br>\n"
+"<tt>ordered</tt> -- toutes les données sont forcées directement vers le "
+"système de fichiers principal\n"
+"avant que leurs méta-données soient consignées dans le journal. Impact moyen "
+"sur les performances.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordre des données n'est pas conservé. Aucun impact "
+"sur les performances.< /p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
@@ -5932,7 +6184,8 @@
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Attributs étendus de l'utilisateur :</b>\n"
-"Permet les attributs étendus de l'utilisateur sur le système de fichiers.</p>\n"
+"Permet les attributs étendus de l'utilisateur sur le système de fichiers.</"
+"p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
@@ -5941,18 +6194,24 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__117
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
-msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
-msgstr "Caractère incorrect dans la valeur d'option. Ne pas utiliser d'éspace ou de tabulation. Ré-essayer."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+"Caractère incorrect dans la valeur d'option. Ne pas utiliser d'éspace ou de "
+"tabulation. Ré-essayer."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
+"etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Valeur option arbitraire :</b>\n"
-"Dans ce champ, entrez n'importe quelle option de montage légale autorisée dans le quatrième champ de /etc/fstab.\n"
+"Dans ce champ, entrez n'importe quelle option de montage légale autorisée "
+"dans le quatrième champ de /etc/fstab.\n"
"Les options multiples sont séparées par des virgules.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5967,7 +6226,8 @@
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Table de caractères pour noms de fichiers :</b>\n"
-"Définissez la table de caractères à utiliser pour l'affichage des noms de fichiers dans les partitions Windows. </p>\n"
+"Définissez la table de caractères à utiliser pour l'affichage des noms de "
+"fichiers dans les partitions Windows. </p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
@@ -5978,10 +6238,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
+"systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Page de code pour les noms courts FAT :</b>\n"
-"Cette page de code est utilisée pour la conversion des caractères de noms courts sur les systèmes de fichiers FAT. </p>\n"
+"Cette page de code est utilisée pour la conversion des caractères de noms "
+"courts sur les systèmes de fichiers FAT. </p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__317
#. label text
@@ -5994,10 +6256,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
+"is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<b>Nombre de FAT :</b>\n"
-"Spécifiez le nombre de tables d'allocation de fichiers dans le système de fichiers. La valeur par défaut est 2.</p>"
+"Spécifiez le nombre de tables d'allocation de fichiers dans le système de "
+"fichiers. La valeur par défaut est 2.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__319
#. label text
@@ -6010,10 +6274,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
+"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
+"for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Taille FAT :</b>\n"
-"Spécifie le type de tables d'allocation de fichiers utilisé (12, 16 ou 32 bits). Avec l'option auto, YaST sélectionnera automatiquement la valeur la plus adaptée à la taille du système de fichiers.</p>\n"
+"Spécifie le type de tables d'allocation de fichiers utilisé (12, 16 ou 32 "
+"bits). Avec l'option auto, YaST sélectionnera automatiquement la valeur la "
+"plus adaptée à la taille du système de fichiers.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__323
#. label text
@@ -6025,7 +6293,9 @@
#. popup text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr "La valeur minimale pour \"Entrées du répertoire racine\" est 112. Essayez à nouveau."
+msgstr ""
+"La valeur minimale pour \"Entrées du répertoire racine\" est 112. Essayez à "
+"nouveau."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__325
#. help text, richtext format
@@ -6048,10 +6318,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
+"in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Fonction de hachage :</b>\n"
-"Spécifie le nom de la fonction de hachage qui sera utilisée pour trier les noms de fichiers dans les répertoires.</p>\n"
+"Spécifie le nom de la fonction de hachage qui sera utilisée pour trier les "
+"noms de fichiers dans les répertoires.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__328
#. label text
@@ -6064,10 +6336,15 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
+"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
+"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
+"2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Révision FS :</b>\n"
-"Cette option définit la révision du format reiserfs à utiliser. '3.5' est compatible avec les noyaux de la série 2.2.x. '3.6' est plus récent, mais ne peut être utilisée qu'avec des noyaux 2.4 ou plus récents.</p>\n"
+"Cette option définit la révision du format reiserfs à utiliser. '3.5' est "
+"compatible avec les noyaux de la série 2.2.x. '3.6' est plus récent, mais ne "
+"peut être utilisée qu'avec des noyaux 2.4 ou plus récents.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__307
#. label text
@@ -6081,10 +6358,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
+"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
+"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Taille des blocs :</b>\n"
-"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 512, 1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille par défaut de 4096 est utilisée.</p>\n"
+"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 512, "
+"1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille par "
+"défaut de 4096 est utilisée.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -6118,10 +6399,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
+"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-nœuds :</b>\n"
-"L'option \"Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-nœuds\" spécifie le pourcentage maximal d'espace pouvant être attribué aux i-nœuds dans le système de fichiers.</p>\n"
+"L'option \"Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-nœuds\" spécifie le "
+"pourcentage maximal d'espace pouvant être attribué aux i-nœuds dans le "
+"système de fichiers.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__335
#. label text
@@ -6136,12 +6420,14 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
+"or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>I-nœuds alignés :</b>\n"
-"L'option \"i-nœuds alignés\" est utilisée pour spécifier si l'allocation des i-nœuds\n"
+"L'option \"i-nœuds alignés\" est utilisée pour spécifier si l'allocation des "
+"i-nœuds\n"
"est alignée ou non . Par défaut, les i-nœuds sont alignés ce qui\n"
"est généralement plus efficace que l'accès non-aligné.</p>\n"
@@ -6167,10 +6453,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
+"aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Taille du log</b>\n"
-"Spécifiez la taille du log (en Mo). Si auto est sélectionné, la valeur par défaut est 40% de la taille de l'agrégat.</p>\n"
+"Spécifiez la taille du log (en Mo). Si auto est sélectionné, la valeur par "
+"défaut est 40% de la taille de l'agrégat.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__342
#. label text
@@ -6213,10 +6501,15 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
+"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
+"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Taille des blocs :</b>\n"
-"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille des blocs est définie en fonction de la taille du système de fichiers et de l'usage auquel il est destiné.</p>\n"
+"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 1024, "
+"2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille des blocs est "
+"définie en fonction de la taille du système de fichiers et de l'usage auquel "
+"il est destiné.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__309
#. label text
@@ -6236,17 +6529,21 @@
"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n"
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
+"reasonable\n"
"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Octets par i-nœud :</b>\n"
"Spécifiez le rapport octets/i-nœuds. YaST crée un i-nœud tous les \n"
"<octetsParInœud> octets sur le disque. Plus la proportion d'octets \n"
"par i-nœud est élevée, moins il y aura d'i-nœuds créés.\n"
-"En principe, cette valeur ne doit pas être inférieure à la taille d'un bloc \n"
+"En principe, cette valeur ne doit pas être inférieure à la taille d'un "
+"bloc \n"
"du système de fichiers, car dans ce cas trop d'i-nœuds seraient créés. Il \n"
-"n'est pas possible d'augmenter le nombre d'i-nœuds sur un système de fichiers\n"
-"après sa création, veillez à entrer une valeur adéquate pour ce paramètre.</p>\n"
+"n'est pas possible d'augmenter le nombre d'i-nœuds sur un système de "
+"fichiers\n"
+"après sa création, veillez à entrer une valeur adéquate pour ce paramètre.</"
+"p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__311
#. label text
@@ -6268,8 +6565,16 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
-msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Pourcentage de blocs réservés à root :</b> Spécifiez le pourcentage des blocs réservés au super-utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est calculée pour avoir normalement 1 Go de réservé. La valeur maximale par défaut est 5.0, la valeur minimale par défaut est 0.1.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
+"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
+"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
+"default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Pourcentage de blocs réservés à root :</b> Spécifiez le pourcentage "
+"des blocs réservés au super-utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est calculée "
+"pour avoir normalement 1 Go de réservé. La valeur maximale par défaut est "
+"5.0, la valeur minimale par défaut est 0.1.</p>"
# TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__21
#. checkbox text
@@ -6284,7 +6589,8 @@
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Désactiver les vérifications régulières :</b>\n"
-"Désactive la vérification régulière du système de fichiers au démarrage.</p>\n"
+"Désactive la vérification régulière du système de fichiers au démarrage.</"
+"p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
@@ -6298,7 +6604,8 @@
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Index des répertoires :</b>\n"
-"Permet l'utilisation d'arborescences B hachées pour accélérer les recherches dans les grands répertoires.</p>\n"
+"Permet l'utilisation d'arborescences B hachées pour accélérer les recherches "
+"dans les grands répertoires.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
@@ -6309,11 +6616,13 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
+"really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pas de journal :</b>\n"
-"Supprime l'utilisation de la journalisation sur le système de fichiers. Ne l'activer que\n"
+"Supprime l'utilisation de la journalisation sur le système de fichiers. Ne "
+"l'activer que\n"
"si vous savez ce que vous faites.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
@@ -6340,7 +6649,8 @@
"\n"
"Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions sur le disque %1 telles quelles ou\n"
"les formater et leur assigner des points de montage, mais vous ne pouvez\n"
-"pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce disque ici.\n"
+"pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce "
+"disque ici.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
@@ -6375,9 +6685,12 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\n"
-"Vous pouvez initialiser la table de partitions du disque dans le partitionneur\n"
-"pour experts en sélectionnant \"Expert\"->\"Créer une nouvelle table de partitions\", \n"
-"mais ceci détruira toutes les données sur toutes les partitions de ce disque.\n"
+"Vous pouvez initialiser la table de partitions du disque dans le "
+"partitionneur\n"
+"pour experts en sélectionnant \"Expert\"->\"Créer une nouvelle table de "
+"partitions\", \n"
+"mais ceci détruira toutes les données sur toutes les partitions de ce "
+"disque.\n"
#. popup text
#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
@@ -6478,7 +6791,8 @@
"Les volumes suivants contiennent une signature de chiffrement mais les\n"
"mots de passe ne sont pas encore connus.\n"
"Les mots de passe doivent être connus si les volumes sont nécessaires soit\n"
-"lors d'une mise à jour, soit s'ils contiennent un volume physique LVM chiffré."
+"lors d'une mise à jour, soit s'ils contiennent un volume physique LVM "
+"chiffré."
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
@@ -6556,7 +6870,8 @@
#| "\n"
#| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
#| "disk %2 are used.\n"
-msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgid ""
+"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"La partition %1 n'a pas pu être supprimée car les autres partitions\n"
@@ -6610,7 +6925,8 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera indirectement\n"
+"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera "
+"indirectement\n"
"le périphérique %2 qui contient une swap active qui est nécessaire \n"
"à l'installation.\n"
@@ -6621,8 +6937,10 @@
"device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera indirectement\n"
-"le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n"
+"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera "
+"indirectement\n"
+"le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer "
+"l'installation.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5317
@@ -6896,7 +7214,8 @@
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326
msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type."
-msgstr "<b>Type de système de fichiers</b> affiche le type du système de fichiers."
+msgstr ""
+"<b>Type de système de fichiers</b> affiche le type du système de fichiers."
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331
@@ -6923,19 +7242,23 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
msgid ""
"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
+"by\n"
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Monter par</b> indique le mode de montage du\n"
-"système de fichiers : (Kernel) par nom du noyau, (Label) par étiquette, (UUID) par\n"
-"UUID du système de fichiers, (ID) par ID de périphérique et (Path) par chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n"
+"système de fichiers : (Kernel) par nom du noyau, (Label) par étiquette, "
+"(UUID) par\n"
+"UUID du système de fichiers, (ID) par ID de périphérique et (Path) par "
+"chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
msgid ""
"A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
+"volume\n"
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Un point d'interrogation (?) indique que\n"
@@ -6956,11 +7279,14 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
+"it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
-"Un astérisque (*) après le point de montage indique un système de fichiers qui\n"
-"n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, du fait que l'option <tt>noauto</tt> soit\n"
+"Un astérisque (*) après le point de montage indique un système de fichiers "
+"qui\n"
+"n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, du fait que l'option <tt>noauto</"
+"tt> soit\n"
"définie dans <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -7371,8 +7697,12 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
-msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
-msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows."
+msgid ""
+"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
+"under Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. "
+"Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
@@ -7449,7 +7779,8 @@
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>La proposition peut créer une partition personnelle séparée. Son système\n"
-"de fichiers peut être sélectionné dans la liste déroulante correspondante.</p>"
+"de fichiers peut être sélectionné dans la liste déroulante correspondante.</"
+"p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
@@ -7555,7 +7886,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Attention : Avec votre configuration actuelle, votre installation de\n"
#~ "%1 rencontrera des problèmes lors de l'amorçage, car vous n'avez pas de\n"
-#~ "partition \"boot\" et votre partition \"root\" est un volume logique LVM.\n"
+#~ "partition \"boot\" et votre partition \"root\" est un volume logique "
+#~ "LVM.\n"
#~ "Ceci ne fonctionne pas.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous êtes en train de faire,\n"
@@ -7591,18 +7923,24 @@
#~ msgstr "Partitionneur de disque"
#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available."
-#~ msgstr "L'interface en ligne de commande pour le module de partitionnement n'est pas disponible."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "L'interface en ligne de commande pour le module de partitionnement n'est "
+#~ "pas disponible."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
-#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n"
-#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n"
+#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file "
+#~ "system,\n"
+#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /"
+#~ "boot.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous avez monté une partition avec Btrfs sur le point de\n"
-#~ "montage /. Cela risque de poser des problèmes. Utilisez un système de fichiers Linux, tel\n"
-#~ "que ext3 ou ext4, pour ce point de montage, ou une partition supplémentaire pour /boot.\n"
+#~ "montage /. Cela risque de poser des problèmes. Utilisez un système de "
+#~ "fichiers Linux, tel\n"
+#~ "que ext3 ou ext4, pour ce point de montage, ou une partition "
+#~ "supplémentaire pour /boot.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n"
@@ -7623,7 +7961,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Échec lors du retrait de certains périphériques."
#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available"
-#~ msgstr "Interface ligne de commande pour le module de partitionnement indisponible"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Interface ligne de commande pour le module de partitionnement indisponible"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__208
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7641,7 +7980,8 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Cliquez sur Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Si vous continuez, YaST2 essaiera de démonter la partition avant de l'effacer.\n"
+#~ "Si vous continuez, YaST2 essaiera de démonter la partition avant de "
+#~ "l'effacer.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n"
@@ -7676,15 +8016,22 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
#~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
-#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
-#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
+#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
+#~ "to mount\n"
+#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
+#~ "can be\n"
+#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
+#~ "possible.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Montage dans /etc/fstab par :</b>\n"
-#~ "Normalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/fstab\n"
-#~ " par le nom du périphérique. Vous pouvez changer ces informations d'identification pour\n"
-#~ " rechercher le système de fichiers à monter à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas\n"
-#~ " tous être montés à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Si l'option correspondante est désactivée, cette opération est impossible.\n"
+#~ "Normalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/"
+#~ "fstab\n"
+#~ " par le nom du périphérique. Vous pouvez changer ces informations "
+#~ "d'identification pour\n"
+#~ " rechercher le système de fichiers à monter à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un "
+#~ "nom de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas\n"
+#~ " tous être montés à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Si l'option "
+#~ "correspondante est désactivée, cette opération est impossible.\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__4
# Shorten translated string; agreed by flermen 2001-01-27.
@@ -7714,23 +8061,32 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "Le système de fichiers est actuellement montée sur %1.\n"
-#~ "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté.\n"
+#~ "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il "
+#~ "est monté.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Démonter le système de fichiers et essayez à nouveau de le redimensionner.\n"
+#~ "Démonter le système de fichiers et essayez à nouveau de le "
+#~ "redimensionner.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
-#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n"
-#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n"
+#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
+#~ "tmp.\n"
+#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will "
+#~ "create \n"
+#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose "
+#~ "all \n"
#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel que /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n"
-#~ " Vous pouvez laisser vide le mot de passe crypté. Dans ce cas, le système créera \n"
-#~ " automatiquement un mot de passe aléatoire lors du démarrage du système. Cela signifie que vous\n"
-#~ "perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du système.\n"
+#~ "Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel "
+#~ "que /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n"
+#~ " Vous pouvez laisser vide le mot de passe crypté. Dans ce cas, le système "
+#~ "créera \n"
+#~ " automatiquement un mot de passe aléatoire lors du démarrage du système. "
+#~ "Cela signifie que vous\n"
+#~ "perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du "
+#~ "système.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130
@@ -7795,15 +8151,19 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
#~ "method for newly created file systems.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Monté par défaut par</b> donne la méthode de montage pour le systèmes de fichiers dernièrement créés.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Monté par défaut par</b> donne la méthode de montage pour le "
+#~ "systèmes de fichiers dernièrement créés.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__78
#~ msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr "<P>Pour utiliser ces points de montage, <BR>cliquez sur <B>Oui</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Pour utiliser ces points de montage, <BR>cliquez sur <B>Oui</B>.</P>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__79
#~ msgid "<P>To ignore these mount points, <BR> press <B>No</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr "<P>Pour ignorer ces points de montage,<BR>cliquez sur <B>Non</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Pour ignorer ces points de montage,<BR>cliquez sur <B>Non</B>.</P>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__251
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7852,7 +8212,8 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "AVERTISSEMENT :\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vous avez sélectionné une partition swap mais n'avez pas indiqué à YaST de la formater.\n"
+#~ "Vous avez sélectionné une partition swap mais n'avez pas indiqué à YaST "
+#~ "de la formater.\n"
#~ "Cette partition swap sera probablement inutilisable.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Modifier la configuration ?\n"
@@ -7884,17 +8245,24 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__97
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n"
-#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n"
-#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n"
+#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this "
+#~ "action\n"
+#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large "
+#~ "disks.\n"
+#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it "
+#~ "looks\n"
#~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n"
#~ "performs various checks. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "En fonction de la taille de votre disque et de la vitesse du processeur, cette action\n"
-#~ "peut prendre un certain temps. Cela peut prendre quelques minutes pour les très gros disques.\n"
-#~ "Souvent, la barre de progression n'affiche pas une progression linéaire. Même si cela\n"
-#~ "semble lent près de la fin (\"95 %\"), soyez patient. L'outil de formatage \n"
+#~ "En fonction de la taille de votre disque et de la vitesse du processeur, "
+#~ "cette action\n"
+#~ "peut prendre un certain temps. Cela peut prendre quelques minutes pour "
+#~ "les très gros disques.\n"
+#~ "Souvent, la barre de progression n'affiche pas une progression linéaire. "
+#~ "Même si cela\n"
+#~ "semble lent près de la fin (\"95 %\"), soyez patient. L'outil de "
+#~ "formatage \n"
#~ "effectue différentes vérifications. </p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__98
@@ -7974,8 +8342,10 @@
#~ " table de partition.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions du disque %1$s telles quelles.\n"
-#~ " Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage. En revanche,\n"
-#~ " vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce\n"
+#~ " Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage. En "
+#~ "revanche,\n"
+#~ " vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des "
+#~ "partitions de ce\n"
#~ "disque avec cet outil."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__46
@@ -8007,8 +8377,10 @@
#~ "par cet outil.\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions du disque %1$s telles quelles.\n"
-#~ " Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage. En revanche,\n"
-#~ " vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce\n"
+#~ " Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage. En "
+#~ "revanche,\n"
+#~ " vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des "
+#~ "partitions de ce\n"
#~ "disque avec cet outil."
#~ msgid ""
@@ -8027,7 +8399,8 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions du disque %1$s telles quelles.\n"
#~ "Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage.\n"
-#~ "En revanche, vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimmensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce\n"
+#~ "En revanche, vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimmensionner ou "
+#~ "supprimer des partitions de ce\n"
#~ "disque avec cet outil."
#~ msgid ""
@@ -8037,7 +8410,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Votre disque %1$s contient %2$lu partitions. Le pilote de noyau\n"
#~ "ne peut pas gérer plus de %3$lu partitions.\n"
-#~ "Les partitions dont le numéro est supérieur à %3$lu ne sont pas accessibles."
+#~ "Les partitions dont le numéro est supérieur à %3$lu ne sont pas "
+#~ "accessibles."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have the following options:\n"
@@ -8054,9 +8428,11 @@
#~ " - Utiliser les anciens pilotes IDE : redémarrer et ajouter\n"
#~ " 'hwprobe=-modules.pata' comme argument au noyau\n"
#~ " - Repartitionner votre système pour que 15 partitions maximum soient\n"
-#~ " utilisées. Pour repartitionner, utiliser votre système d'exploitation existant.\n"
+#~ " utilisées. Pour repartitionner, utiliser votre système d'exploitation "
+#~ "existant.\n"
#~ " - Utiliser LVM puisqu'il peut fournir un nombre arbitraire et\n"
-#~ " flexible de partitions de type block devices. Cela nécessite aussi une repartition."
+#~ " flexible de partitions de type block devices. Cela nécessite aussi "
+#~ "une repartition."
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__32
#~ msgid "Setting disk label of disk %1$s to %2$s"
@@ -8074,16 +8450,22 @@
#~ msgstr "Effacer le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s)"
#~ msgid "Formatting device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s "
-#~ msgstr "Formatage du volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) avec %3$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formatage du volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) avec %3$s"
#~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s"
-#~ msgstr "Formater le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formater le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s "
+#~ "avec %3$s"
#~ msgid "Format encrypted device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s"
-#~ msgstr "Formater le volume crypté d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formater le volume crypté d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) pour "
+#~ "%4$s avec %3$s"
#~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s"
-#~ msgstr "Formater le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) avec %3$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formater le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) avec %3$s"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__425
#~ msgid "Setting type of partition %1$s to %2$X"
@@ -8121,7 +8503,8 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__422
#~ msgid "Create encrypted multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s"
-#~ msgstr "Créer la partition multipath chiffrée %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Créer la partition multipath chiffrée %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__422
#~ msgid "Create extended multipath partition %1$s (%2$s)"
@@ -8143,7 +8526,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Formater la partition multipath %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
#~ msgid "Format encrypted multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s"
-#~ msgstr "Formater la partition multipath chiffrée %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formater la partition multipath chiffrée %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__421
#~ msgid "Format multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s"
@@ -8182,7 +8566,8 @@
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__32
#~ msgid "Set disk label of multipath disk %1$s to %2$s"
-#~ msgstr "Configurer l'étiquette de disque à %2$s pour le disque multipath %1$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Configurer l'étiquette de disque à %2$s pour le disque multipath %1$s"
#~ msgid "Deleting raid partition %1$s"
#~ msgstr "Suppression de la partition raid %1$s"
@@ -8362,25 +8747,38 @@
#~ msgstr "Création du périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s du fichier %2$s"
#~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
-#~ msgstr "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que %5$s avec %4$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que "
+#~ "%5$s avec %4$s"
-#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
-#~ msgstr "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier crypté %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que %5$s avec %4$s"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with "
+#~ "%4$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier crypté %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant "
+#~ "que %5$s avec %4$s"
#~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s)"
#~ msgstr "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s du fichier %2$s (%3$s)"
#~ msgid "Formatting file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s "
-#~ msgstr "Formatage du périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) avec %4$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formatage du périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) avec %4$s"
#~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
-#~ msgstr "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que %5$s avec %4$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que "
+#~ "%5$s avec %4$s"
-#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
-#~ msgstr "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier crypté %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que %5$s avec %4$s"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier crypté %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en "
+#~ "tant que %5$s avec %4$s"
#~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s"
-#~ msgstr "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) avec %4$s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) avec %4$s"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__162
#~ msgid "Deleting logical volume %1$s"
@@ -8479,7 +8877,8 @@
#~ msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s"
#~ msgstr "Créer le RAID logiciel %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
-#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s"
#~ msgstr "Créer le RAID logiciel crypté %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s"
#~ msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %3$s"
@@ -8750,14 +9149,16 @@
#~ msgstr "Espace disponible (%1)"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n"
+#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations "
+#~ "in\n"
#~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n"
#~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n"
#~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n"
#~ "the used blocks of the file system towards the start of the partition.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Votre système de fichiers NTFS a %1 %3 espace libre disponible.\n"
-#~ "En raison de certaines limitations, NTFS resizer ne peuvent être réduits que jusqu'à\n"
+#~ "En raison de certaines limitations, NTFS resizer ne peuvent être réduits "
+#~ "que jusqu'à\n"
#~ "%2 %3.\n"
#~ "Afin de pouvoir réduire davantage le système de fichiers, amorcez votre\n"
#~ "système Windows et exécutez le programme de défragmentation du disque\n"
@@ -8790,7 +9191,8 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Le redimensionnement ne sera effectif qu'après avoir confirmé tous vos\n"
-#~ "paramètres dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation. D'ici là, votre partition %1\n"
+#~ "paramètres dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation. D'ici là, "
+#~ "votre partition %1\n"
#~ "ne changera pas.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -8837,7 +9239,8 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>Entrez la valeur de la taille à laquelle la partition %1 doit être réduite.\n"
+#~ "<p>Entrez la valeur de la taille à laquelle la partition %1 doit être "
+#~ "réduite.\n"
#~ "</p>"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__61
@@ -8967,7 +9370,9 @@
#~ "périphériques DASD actifs."
#~ msgid "<p>Enter the size and stripe number of the new logical volume.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Veuillez entrer la taille et le numéro de bande du nouveau volume logique.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Veuillez entrer la taille et le numéro de bande du nouveau volume "
+#~ "logique.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__53
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9080,9 +9485,11 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous avez modifié les paramètres d'une partition actuellement\n"
-#~ " montée. Dans certains cas, cela risque d'endommager votre installation Linux.\n"
+#~ " montée. Dans certains cas, cela risque d'endommager votre installation "
+#~ "Linux.\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Ne continuez que si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites. En cas de doute,\n"
+#~ " Ne continuez que si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites. En cas de "
+#~ "doute,\n"
#~ " cliquez sur Annuler.\n"
#~ " \n"
@@ -9095,42 +9502,68 @@
#~ "tout changer sauf le début et la taille de la partition.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__272
-#~ msgid "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez d'abord le type de la partition et précisez si cette partition doit ou non être formatée.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition "
+#~ "should be formatted.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Sélectionnez d'abord le type de la partition et précisez si cette "
+#~ "partition doit ou non être formatée.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__88
#~ msgid "<p>Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Spécifiez ensuite le point de montage ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Spécifiez ensuite le point de montage ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__89
-#~ msgid "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Si vous voulez changer le cylindre de départ ou de fin, effacez cette partition pour en créer une autre avec les nouveaux paramètres. Toutes les données de cette partition seront perdues.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create "
+#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be "
+#~ "lost.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Si vous voulez changer le cylindre de départ ou de fin, effacez cette "
+#~ "partition pour en créer une autre avec les nouveaux paramètres. Toutes "
+#~ "les données de cette partition seront perdues.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__275
-#~ msgid "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Spécifiez maintenant l'emplacement de la nouvelle partition sur votre disque dur.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. </p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Spécifiez maintenant l'emplacement de la nouvelle partition sur votre "
+#~ "disque dur.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__276
#~ msgid "<p>Please enter the starting cylinder number of the partition. </p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Entrez le numéro du cylindre de départ de la partition.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__277
-#~ msgid "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Entrez ensuite soit le numéro du cylindre de fin soit le nombre de cylindres à partir du premier cylindre (par exemple +66).</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from "
+#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Entrez ensuite soit le numéro du cylindre de fin soit le nombre de "
+#~ "cylindres à partir du premier cylindre (par exemple +66).</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__278
-#~ msgid "<p>It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K).</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Il est également possible de spécifier directement la taille de la partition (par exemple +100M ou +20000K)</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e."
+#~ "g., +100M or +20000K).</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Il est également possible de spécifier directement la taille de la "
+#~ "partition (par exemple +100M ou +20000K)</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__279
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n"
-#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n"
-#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).</p>\n"
+#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from "
+#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n"
+#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., "
+#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Entrez le numéro du cylindre de départ de la partition.\n"
-#~ "Spécifiez ensuite soit le numéro du cylindre de fin, soit le nombre de cylindres (par exemple +66).\n"
-#~ "Il est également possible de spécifier directement la taille de la partition (par exemple +2G ou +100M or +20000K)</p>\n"
+#~ "Spécifiez ensuite soit le numéro du cylindre de fin, soit le nombre de "
+#~ "cylindres (par exemple +66).\n"
+#~ "Il est également possible de spécifier directement la taille de la "
+#~ "partition (par exemple +2G ou +100M or +20000K)</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__280
#~ msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>"
@@ -9141,13 +9574,15 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "This is intended for <b>experts</b>.\n"
#~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk <b>partitions</b>\n"
-#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</b>\n"
+#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select <b>automatic</"
+#~ "b>\n"
#~ "partitioning.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Cette option s'adresse aux <b>experts</b>.\n"
-#~ "Si vous ne maîtrisez pas le concept des <b>partitions</b> de disques durs,\n"
+#~ "Si vous ne maîtrisez pas le concept des <b>partitions</b> de disques "
+#~ "durs,\n"
#~ "vous devriez revenir en arrière et sélectionner le partitionnement\n"
#~ "<b>automatique</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -9156,13 +9591,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Please note that <b>nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n"
-#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n"
+#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation "
+#~ "dialog.\n"
#~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Notez que <b>rien ne sera écrit sur votre disque dur</b> tant que\n"
-#~ "vous n'aurez pas validé toute l'installation dans le dernier dialogue de l'installation.\n"
+#~ "vous n'aurez pas validé toute l'installation dans le dernier dialogue de "
+#~ "l'installation.\n"
#~ "Jusque là, vous pouvez interrompre l'installation en toute sécurité.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -9176,7 +9613,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b>Rien ne sera écrit sur votre disque dur</b> tant que\n"
-#~ "vous n'aurez pas validé toutes les modifications en cliquant sur le bouton \"Appliquer\".\n"
+#~ "vous n'aurez pas validé toutes les modifications en cliquant sur le "
+#~ "bouton \"Appliquer\".\n"
#~ "Jusque là, vous pouvez interrompre l'installation en toute sécurité.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -9196,11 +9634,13 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__284
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n"
+#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard "
+#~ "disks.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Le tableau à droite montre les partitions actuelles de tous vos disques durs.\n"
+#~ "Le tableau à droite montre les partitions actuelles de tous vos disques "
+#~ "durs.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__285
@@ -9243,20 +9683,26 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__292
#~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1st primary partition on the 1st disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1ère partition primaire sur le 1er disque.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1ère partition primaire sur le 1er disque.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__293
#~ msgid "<p><tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2nd primary partition on the 1st disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2ème partition primaire sur le 1er disque.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2ème partition primaire sur le 1er disque.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__294
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n"
-#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n"
+#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition "
+#~ "on\n"
+#~ "the first disk. <b>Note:</b> this is always #5, even if there are less "
+#~ "than four\n"
#~ "primary partitions.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1ère partition logique dans la partition étendue du\n"
-#~ "1er disque. <b>Note :</b> le numéro est toujours 5, même s'il existe moins de quatre\n"
+#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1ère partition logique dans la partition étendue "
+#~ "du\n"
+#~ "1er disque. <b>Note :</b> le numéro est toujours 5, même s'il existe "
+#~ "moins de quatre\n"
#~ "partitions primaires.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__295
@@ -9267,13 +9713,16 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n"
-#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n"
+#~ "<b>primary partitions</b> on any hard disk, because the respective table "
+#~ "in the\n"
#~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Sur une plateforme i386 (PC normal), il ne peut pas y avoir plus de quatre\n"
-#~ "<b>partitions primaires</b> pour chaque disque étant donné que la table des partitions sur le\n"
+#~ "Sur une plateforme i386 (PC normal), il ne peut pas y avoir plus de "
+#~ "quatre\n"
+#~ "<b>partitions primaires</b> pour chaque disque étant donné que la table "
+#~ "des partitions sur le\n"
#~ "secteur maître d'amorçage ne peut pas contenir plus de quatre entrées.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -9285,23 +9734,29 @@
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Les vieux PC peuvent avoir un <b>BIOS</b> permettant seulement l'amorçage\n"
+#~ "Les vieux PC peuvent avoir un <b>BIOS</b> permettant seulement "
+#~ "l'amorçage\n"
#~ "de partitions au dessous de la limite du cylindre <b>1024</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__25
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n"
+#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it "
+#~ "ends below this\n"
#~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n"
-#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n"
+#~ "<b>/boot</b>, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single "
+#~ "cylinder\n"
#~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Si vous avez un vieux PC et voulez amorcer à partir d'une partition, faites\n"
-#~ "en sorte qu'elle se trouve en dessous de la limite des 1024 premiers cylindres. Créez, \n"
-#~ "si besoin, une partition séparée et montez-la sous <b>/boot</b>. Une partition\n"
+#~ "Si vous avez un vieux PC et voulez amorcer à partir d'une partition, "
+#~ "faites\n"
+#~ "en sorte qu'elle se trouve en dessous de la limite des 1024 premiers "
+#~ "cylindres. Créez, \n"
+#~ "si besoin, une partition séparée et montez-la sous <b>/boot</b>. Une "
+#~ "partition\n"
#~ "d'un seul cylindre (64 Mo au minimum) est en général suffisante.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -9309,12 +9764,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an <b>extended partition</b>.\n"
-#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</b>.\n"
+#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more <b>logical partitions</"
+#~ "b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "L'une des quatre partitions primaires peut être une <b>partition étendue</b>.\n"
-#~ "Cette partition étendue peut contenir une ou plusieurs <b>partitions logiques.</b>.\n"
+#~ "L'une des quatre partitions primaires peut être une <b>partition étendue</"
+#~ "b>.\n"
+#~ "Cette partition étendue peut contenir une ou plusieurs <b>partitions "
+#~ "logiques.</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__93
@@ -9330,20 +9788,24 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "La partition étendue ne peut pas contenir elle-même de données.\n"
#~ "Pour utiliser cet espace, vous devez y créer des partitions logiques.\n"
-#~ "Ces partitions logiques peuvent contenir des partitions Linux de tout type\n"
-#~ "(systèmes de fichiers ou partition d'échange Linux) ou des partitions pour\n"
+#~ "Ces partitions logiques peuvent contenir des partitions Linux de tout "
+#~ "type\n"
+#~ "(systèmes de fichiers ou partition d'échange Linux) ou des partitions "
+#~ "pour\n"
#~ "d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__302
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can even\n"
+#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as <b>GRUB</b>, you can "
+#~ "even\n"
#~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Avec un gestionnaire d'amorçage avancé tel que <b>GRUB</b>, vous pouvez même\n"
+#~ "Avec un gestionnaire d'amorçage avancé tel que <b>GRUB</b>, vous pouvez "
+#~ "même\n"
#~ "amorcer votre système à partir d'une partition logique.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -9352,56 +9814,70 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "The extended partition will <b>overlap</b> with the logical\n"
#~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n"
-#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n"
+#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 "
+#~ "to 500.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Les partitions logiques sont <b>à l'intérieur</b> de la partition étendue : pour une partition étendue située sur les cylindres 200 à 500,\n"
-#~ "l'emplacement des partitions logiques peut être par exemple de 200 à 250, 251 à 400 et 401 à 500.\n"
+#~ "Les partitions logiques sont <b>à l'intérieur</b> de la partition "
+#~ "étendue : pour une partition étendue située sur les cylindres 200 à 500,\n"
+#~ "l'emplacement des partitions logiques peut être par exemple de 200 à 250, "
+#~ "251 à 400 et 401 à 500.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point indicates a file system that is\n"
-#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n"
+#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> "
+#~ "option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Un astérisque (*) après le point de montage indique un système de fichiers qui\n"
-#~ " n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, du fait que l'option <tt>noauto</tt> est définie dans <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n"
+#~ "Un astérisque (*) après le point de montage indique un système de "
+#~ "fichiers qui\n"
+#~ " n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, du fait que l'option "
+#~ "<tt>noauto</tt> est définie dans <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The column labeled <b>F</b> contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the partition is encrypted. \n"
+#~ "The column labeled <b>F</b> contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the "
+#~ "partition is encrypted. \n"
#~ "<tt>F</tt> means the partition is selected to be formatted.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "La colonne étiquetée <b>F</b> contient des indicateurs. <tt>C</tt> signifie que la partition est codée. \n"
-#~ "<tt>F</tt> signifie que la partition est sélectionnée pour être formatée.\n"
+#~ "La colonne étiquetée <b>F</b> contient des indicateurs. <tt>C</tt> "
+#~ "signifie que la partition est codée. \n"
+#~ "<tt>F</tt> signifie que la partition est sélectionnée pour être "
+#~ "formatée.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Used By</b> tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not use such\n"
+#~ "<b>Used By</b> tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not "
+#~ "use such\n"
#~ "things, it is perfectly normal for this column to be empty.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Utilisé par</b> indique si un périphérique est utilisé par LVM, RAID ou EVMS. Si vous n'utilisez pas ce type de \n"
+#~ "<b>Utilisé par</b> indique si un périphérique est utilisé par LVM, RAID "
+#~ "ou EVMS. Si vous n'utilisez pas ce type de \n"
#~ "configuration, ce champ sera vide.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Mount By</b> indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel Name,\n"
+#~ "<b>Mount By</b> indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel "
+#~ "Name,\n"
#~ "(L) by Label, (U) by UUID, (I) by Device ID, and (P) by Device Path.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Monté par</b> indique le mode de montage du système de fichiers : (K) par nom du noyau,\n"
-#~ " (L) par label, (U) par UUID, (I) par ID de périphérique et (P) par chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n"
+#~ "<b>Monté par</b> indique le mode de montage du système de fichiers : (K) "
+#~ "par nom du noyau,\n"
+#~ " (L) par label, (U) par UUID, (I) par ID de périphérique et (P) par "
+#~ "chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9410,22 +9886,28 @@
#~ "partition on DASD to use for IPL.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Si vous voulez avoir un système de fichiers root sur des disques SCSI, ajoutez\n"
+#~ "Si vous voulez avoir un système de fichiers root sur des disques SCSI, "
+#~ "ajoutez\n"
#~ "une partition /boot sur DASD à utiliser pour IPL.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__90
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n"
+#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard "
+#~ "disks.\n"
#~ "<b>Nothing will be written to your hard disk</b>\n"
-#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n"
+#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation "
+#~ "dialog.\n"
#~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Le tableau à droite indique les partitions actuelles sur l'ensemble des disques durs.\n"
+#~ "Le tableau à droite indique les partitions actuelles sur l'ensemble des "
+#~ "disques durs.\n"
#~ " <b>Aucune donnée n'est inscrite sur le disque dur</b>\n"
-#~ " tant que vous ne confirmez pas que vous voulez procéder à l'installation complète dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation.\n"
-#~ " Jusqu'à cette étape, vous pouvez annuler l'installation en toute sécurité.</p>"
+#~ " tant que vous ne confirmez pas que vous voulez procéder à l'installation "
+#~ "complète dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation.\n"
+#~ " Jusqu'à cette étape, vous pouvez annuler l'installation en toute "
+#~ "sécurité.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -9464,7 +9946,8 @@
#~ "disk.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Si vous avez sélectionné un disque DASD pour le formater à un niveau inférieur\n"
+#~ "Si vous avez sélectionné un disque DASD pour le formater à un niveau "
+#~ "inférieur\n"
#~ " avec la commande dasdfmt, une croix <tt>X</tt> s'affiche \n"
#~ " dans la troisième colonne de la ligne\n"
#~ " correspondant à ce disque.</p>\n"
@@ -9481,9 +9964,12 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b>Les partitions</b> sont désignés comme suit : </p>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda1 </tt>Première partition sur le premier disque DASD.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda2 </tt>Deuxième partition sur le premier disque DASD.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda3 </tt>Troisième partition sur le premier disque DASD.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda1 </tt>Première partition sur le premier disque DASD.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda2 </tt>Deuxième partition sur le premier disque DASD.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
+#~ "<p><tt>/dev/dasda3 </tt>Troisième partition sur le premier disque DASD.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ "<p><tt>/dev/sda1</tt>, etc., pour SCSI.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__111
@@ -9492,7 +9978,8 @@
#~ "Enter a size from 1M to %1. For example, 40M or 1G."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La taille que vous avez spécifiée est incorrecte.\n"
-#~ "Vous devez spécifier une taille allant de 1 Mo à %1. Par exemple, 40 Mo ou 1 Go."
+#~ "Vous devez spécifier une taille allant de 1 Mo à %1. Par exemple, 40 Mo "
+#~ "ou 1 Go."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__111
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9709,83 +10196,106 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Logical volumes are\n"
#~ "usable almost everywhere normal <b>disk partitions</b> can be used.\n"
-#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n"
+#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, "
+#~ "as swap \n"
#~ "or as raw partitions for databases.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Les volumes logiques sont\n"
-#~ "utilisables presque partout où les <b>partitions de disque</b> normales peuvent être utilisées. \n"
-#~ "Vous pouvez créer des systèmes de fichiers dans les volumes logiques et les utiliser, par exemple,\n"
+#~ "utilisables presque partout où les <b>partitions de disque</b> normales "
+#~ "peuvent être utilisées. \n"
+#~ "Vous pouvez créer des systèmes de fichiers dans les volumes logiques et "
+#~ "les utiliser, par exemple,\n"
#~ "en tant que swap ou comme partitions raw pour vos bases de données.</p>\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__30
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "If there is still unallocated\n"
-#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use <b>reiserfs</b> as your file system,\n"
+#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use <b>reiserfs</b> as your "
+#~ "file system,\n"
#~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n"
#~ "is <b>mounted</b> and in <b>use</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "S'il y a encore de l'espace physique non alloué\n"
-#~ "dans un groupe de volumes et si vous utilisez <b>reiserfs</b> comme système de\n"
-#~ "fichiers, vous pouvez agrandir un volume logique et le système de fichiers\n"
-#~ "correspondant même s'il est <b>monté</b> et <b>en cours d'utilisation</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ "dans un groupe de volumes et si vous utilisez <b>reiserfs</b> comme "
+#~ "système de\n"
+#~ "fichiers, vous pouvez agrandir un volume logique et le système de "
+#~ "fichiers\n"
+#~ "correspondant même s'il est <b>monté</b> et <b>en cours d'utilisation</b>."
+#~ "</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__105
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n"
#~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n"
-#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n"
+#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be "
+#~ "increased \n"
#~ "later while your system is in use.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Les volumes logiques doivent bien entendu être assez grands\n"
-#~ "pour contenir tous les fichiers à installer maintenant, mais vous ne devez\n"
-#~ "pas nécessairement allouer dès maintenant tout votre espace physique. Les\n"
-#~ "systèmes de fichiers pourront toujours être agrandis plus tard, pendant le\n"
+#~ "pour contenir tous les fichiers à installer maintenant, mais vous ne "
+#~ "devez\n"
+#~ "pas nécessairement allouer dès maintenant tout votre espace physique. "
+#~ "Les\n"
+#~ "systèmes de fichiers pourront toujours être agrandis plus tard, pendant "
+#~ "le\n"
#~ "fonctionnement de votre système.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__372
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Add partitions</b> (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Ajouter des partitions</b> (appelées volumes physiques) à votre groupe de volumes.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Add partitions</b> (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</"
+#~ "p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Ajouter des partitions</b> (appelées volumes physiques) à votre "
+#~ "groupe de volumes.</p>"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__106
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The volume group forms the <b>storage pool</b> from which your logical volumes,\n"
+#~ "The volume group forms the <b>storage pool</b> from which your logical "
+#~ "volumes,\n"
#~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Le groupe de volumes forme le <b>pool de stockage</b> à partir duquel vos volumes logiques,\n"
+#~ "Le groupe de volumes forme le <b>pool de stockage</b> à partir duquel vos "
+#~ "volumes logiques,\n"
#~ "tels que partitions virtuelles, sont alloués.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__374
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n"
+#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one "
+#~ "volume \n"
#~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n"
#~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n"
#~ "that belongs to that volume group.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Normalement, il n'est pas nécessaire d'avoir plus d'un groupe de volumes.\n"
-#~ "Mais si vous avez besoin de plusieurs groupes pour des raisons spéciales,\n"
+#~ "Normalement, il n'est pas nécessaire d'avoir plus d'un groupe de "
+#~ "volumes.\n"
+#~ "Mais si vous avez besoin de plusieurs groupes pour des raisons "
+#~ "spéciales,\n"
#~ "vous pouvez les créer ici. Chaque groupe de volumes doit avoir au moins\n"
#~ "une partition appartenant à ce groupe.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__375
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Each physical volume belongs <b>to exactly one</b> volume group. Assign all\n"
+#~ "Each physical volume belongs <b>to exactly one</b> volume group. Assign "
+#~ "all\n"
#~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Chaque volume physique appartient <b>à exactement un</b> groupe de volumes.\n"
-#~ "Assignez toutes les partitions à utiliser avec Linux LVM aux groupes de volumes.</p>\n"
+#~ "Chaque volume physique appartient <b>à exactement un</b> groupe de "
+#~ "volumes.\n"
+#~ "Assignez toutes les partitions à utiliser avec Linux LVM aux groupes de "
+#~ "volumes.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__376
#~ msgid ""
@@ -9822,7 +10332,8 @@
#~ "</li>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<li>\n"
-#~ "À la prochaine étape, ajoutez des <b>volumes physiques</b> (voir paragraphe ci-dessous).\n"
+#~ "À la prochaine étape, ajoutez des <b>volumes physiques</b> (voir "
+#~ "paragraphe ci-dessous).\n"
#~ "</li>\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__31
@@ -9832,7 +10343,8 @@
#~ "</li></ol><br>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<li>\n"
-#~ "À la dernière étape, créez des <b>volumes logiques</b> (voir paragraphe ci-dessous).\n"
+#~ "À la dernière étape, créez des <b>volumes logiques</b> (voir paragraphe "
+#~ "ci-dessous).\n"
#~ "</li></ol><br>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__381
@@ -9895,7 +10407,9 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__404
#~ msgid "&View all mount points, not just the current volume group"
-#~ msgstr "&Afficher tous les points de montage, pas uniquement ceux du groupe de volumes actuel"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "&Afficher tous les points de montage, pas uniquement ceux du groupe de "
+#~ "volumes actuel"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__405
#~ msgid "A&dd"
@@ -10035,7 +10549,8 @@
#~ "NFS mount, or MD device.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner un périphérique de disque, un groupe de volumes LVM, un volume physique LVM\n"
+#~ "Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner un périphérique de disque, un groupe de "
+#~ "volumes LVM, un volume physique LVM\n"
#~ "un montage NFS ou un périphérique MD.\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__66
@@ -10058,7 +10573,8 @@
#~ "freed disk space?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Vous avez réduit une partition suivie par une partition nouvellement créée.\n"
+#~ "Vous avez réduit une partition suivie par une partition nouvellement "
+#~ "créée.\n"
#~ " Faut-il automatiquement accroître cette partition nouvellement créée\n"
#~ " pour qu'elle utilise l'espace disque ainsi libéré ?\n"
@@ -10123,7 +10639,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "La valeur de la fin de partition est incorrecte.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Entrez le numéro du cylindre de fin (par exemple, 77), un décalage (par exemple, +122),\n"
+#~ "Entrez le numéro du cylindre de fin (par exemple, 77), un décalage (par "
+#~ "exemple, +122),\n"
#~ "ou la taille de la partition (par exemple, +100M ou +1.8G)"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -10179,7 +10696,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "Vous avez modifié le FSID d'une partition existante.\n"
-#~ "Dans certains cas, cela peut avoir de sérieuses conséquences, en particulier\n"
+#~ "Dans certains cas, cela peut avoir de sérieuses conséquences, en "
+#~ "particulier\n"
#~ "si vous modifiez le FSID d'une partition appartenant à un autre\n"
#~ "système d'exploitation. Ne continuez que si vous savez\n"
#~ "exactement ce que vous faites.\n"
@@ -10201,7 +10719,8 @@
#~ "Really quit the main dialog?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vous avez modifié le partitionnement.\n"
-#~ "Ces modifications seront perdues si vous quittez la boîte de dialogue avec %1.\n"
+#~ "Ces modifications seront perdues si vous quittez la boîte de dialogue "
+#~ "avec %1.\n"
#~ "Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la boîte de dialogue ?\n"
# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__15
@@ -10374,7 +10893,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les données que vous avez entrées sont incorrectes.\n"
#~ "Insérez une taille d'extensions physiques allant de\n"
-#~ "8Ko à 512Mo dans la suite des puissances de 2, par ex. \"4M\" ou \"512K\"\n"
+#~ "8Ko à 512Mo dans la suite des puissances de 2, par ex. \"4M\" ou \"512K"
+#~ "\"\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__101
#~ msgid ""
@@ -10405,12 +10925,14 @@
#~ "To use RAID, at least two partitions of type 0xFD (or 0x83)\n"
#~ "are required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n"
#~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n"
-#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0xFD.\n"
+#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to "
+#~ "0xFD.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour utiliser RAID, vous avez besoin d'au moins deux partitions de type\n"
#~ "0xFD (ou 0x83). Modifiez votre table des partitions en conséquence.\n"
#~ "Dans la plupart des cas, cela peut être fait de la manière suivante : \n"
-#~ "Cliquez sur 'Créer', sélectionnez 'Ne pas formater' et configurez l'ID de la partition à 0xFD.\n"
+#~ "Cliquez sur 'Créer', sélectionnez 'Ne pas formater' et configurez l'ID de "
+#~ "la partition à 0xFD.\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__434
#~ msgid "Too many loop devices (cryptofs ...)"
@@ -10571,7 +11093,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p><b>%1:</b><br>ceci doit être un chemin absolu vers le fichier\n"
-#~ "contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle codé à configurer.</p>\n"
+#~ "contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle codé à configurer.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
@@ -10581,7 +11104,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p><b>%1:</b><br>si cette option est cochée, le fichier sera \n"
-#~ "créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. <b>REMARQUE :</b> si le \n"
+#~ "créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. <b>REMARQUE :</b> si "
+#~ "le \n"
#~ "fichier existe déjà, toutes les données contenues sont perdues.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Edit Loop Device Setup of %1"
@@ -10668,11 +11192,16 @@
#~ "être manipulées par la version actuelle du raid logiciel.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>This mode allow access to the same physical device\n"
-#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller card. This mode can be used with at least two devices<p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Multipath:</b> <br>This mode allow access to the same physical "
+#~ "device\n"
+#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller "
+#~ "card. This mode can be used with at least two devices<p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Multipath :</b> <br>Ce mode permet l'accès au même périphérique physique\n"
-#~ "à travers différents contrôleurs pour la redondance contre une défaillance dans une carte contrôleur. Ce mode peut être utilisé avec au moins deux périphériques<p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Multipath :</b> <br>Ce mode permet l'accès au même périphérique "
+#~ "physique\n"
+#~ "à travers différents contrôleurs pour la redondance contre une "
+#~ "défaillance dans une carte contrôleur. Ce mode peut être utilisé avec au "
+#~ "moins deux périphériques<p>\n"
#~ msgid "Auto&detect Multipath"
#~ msgstr "Auto&détecter Multipath"
@@ -10688,17 +11217,22 @@
#~ "<p>The list contains the devices that could be automatically\n"
#~ "detected for multipath setup. Disable the devices not to \n"
#~ "have activated by double-clicking the table line and continue when \n"
-#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid devices\n"
+#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid "
+#~ "devices\n"
#~ "are created.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>If you deselect lines, the names of the raid devices \n"
#~ "after the deselected lines will be changed.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>La liste contient les périphériques qui n'ont pas pu être détectés\n"
-#~ "automatiquement pour la configuration multipath. Désactivez les périphériques\n"
-#~ "que vous ne souhaitez pas actifs en double-cliquant la ligne du tableau et continuez\n"
-#~ "lorsque vous avez terminé. Si vous retournez en arrière, aucun de ces périphériques multipath raid\n"
+#~ "automatiquement pour la configuration multipath. Désactivez les "
+#~ "périphériques\n"
+#~ "que vous ne souhaitez pas actifs en double-cliquant la ligne du tableau "
+#~ "et continuez\n"
+#~ "lorsque vous avez terminé. Si vous retournez en arrière, aucun de ces "
+#~ "périphériques multipath raid\n"
#~ "auto-détectés ne sera créé.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Si vous désélectionnez les lignes, les noms des périphériques raid après\n"
+#~ "<p>Si vous désélectionnez les lignes, les noms des périphériques raid "
+#~ "après\n"
#~ "les lignes désélectionnées seront changés.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "RAID Wizard: Multipath Autodetection"
@@ -10739,7 +11273,8 @@
#~ "lost if you exit the dialog with %1.\n"
#~ "Continue?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Les modifications apportées à votre configuration RAID jusqu'à présent seront \n"
+#~ "Les modifications apportées à votre configuration RAID jusqu'à présent "
+#~ "seront \n"
#~ "perdues si vous quittez la boîte de dialogue via %1.\n"
#~ "Continuer quand même ?\n"
@@ -10747,11 +11282,14 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Expert options:</b><br>Here, set\n"
#~ "things like chunk size to get the best performance\n"
-#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this RAID.</p>\n"
+#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this "
+#~ "RAID.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Options pour experts :</b><br> Vous pouvez définir des paramètres\n"
-#~ "tels que la taille des blocs afin d'obtenir de votre système une performance\n"
-#~ "optimale. Ces paramètres sont utilisés pour toutes les partitions de ce RAID.</p>\n"
+#~ "tels que la taille des blocs afin d'obtenir de votre système une "
+#~ "performance\n"
+#~ "optimale. Ces paramètres sont utilisés pour toutes les partitions de ce "
+#~ "RAID.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The RAID to change (%1) is already created on disk.\n"
@@ -10846,7 +11384,9 @@
#~ msgstr "Il n'y a pas de disque partitionnable disponible."
#~ msgid "You may use dasdfmt in Expert-Button to low level format disks."
-#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser dasdfmt dans Expert-Button pour les disques de format de faible niveau."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vous pouvez utiliser dasdfmt dans Expert-Button pour les disques de "
+#~ "format de faible niveau."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__47
#~ msgid "&Create RAID..."
@@ -10961,7 +11501,8 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__17
#~ msgid "Select the partition to edit in the main dialog."
-#~ msgstr "Sélectionner la partition à modifier dans la boîte de dialogue principale."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sélectionner la partition à modifier dans la boîte de dialogue principale."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "No DASD disk selected.\n"
@@ -10973,7 +11514,9 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
#~ "Really do this?"
-#~ msgstr "L'appel de la configuration iSCSI annule tous les changements actuels.Voulez-vous vraiment faire ça ?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "L'appel de la configuration iSCSI annule tous les changements actuels."
+#~ "Voulez-vous vraiment faire ça ?"
# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__9
#~ msgid "Rereading disk information..."
@@ -10984,10 +11527,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button.</p>\n"
+#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button."
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Pour créer un partitionnement basé sur LVM ou EVMS, choisissez le bouton correspondant.</p>\n"
+#~ "Pour créer un partitionnement basé sur LVM ou EVMS, choisissez le bouton "
+#~ "correspondant.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__33
#~ msgid "ID %1: %2"
@@ -11007,7 +11552,8 @@
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__160
#~ msgid "All the settings were written and are ready to use."
-#~ msgstr "Tous les paramètres ont été enregistrés et sont prêts à l'utilisation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Tous les paramètres ont été enregistrés et sont prêts à l'utilisation."
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__71
#~ msgid "LVM configuration"
@@ -11022,7 +11568,8 @@
#~ "A mounted file system cannot be added to a volume group."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le périphérique %1 est déjà monté sur %2. \n"
-#~ "Un système de fichiers monté ne peut pas être ajouté à un groupe de volumes."
+#~ "Un système de fichiers monté ne peut pas être ajouté à un groupe de "
+#~ "volumes."
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__85
#~ msgid ""
@@ -11068,8 +11615,12 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Voulez-vous continuer ?\n"
-#~ msgid "<p>The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. </p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>La partie supérieure de ce dialogue contient les fonctionnalités relatives aux containers. Ici, créez et modifiez les containers EVMS.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related "
+#~ "functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. </p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>La partie supérieure de ce dialogue contient les fonctionnalités "
+#~ "relatives aux containers. Ici, créez et modifiez les containers EVMS.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -11078,8 +11629,10 @@
#~ "devices that use the available space of the current container.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "La partie inférieure de cette liste contient tous les périphériques EVMS disponibles.\n"
-#~ "Si un container EVMS au moins est disponible, vous pouvez créer de nouveaux\n"
+#~ "La partie inférieure de cette liste contient tous les périphériques EVMS "
+#~ "disponibles.\n"
+#~ "Si un container EVMS au moins est disponible, vous pouvez créer de "
+#~ "nouveaux\n"
#~ "périphériques qui utilisent l'espace disponible du container actuel.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__100
@@ -11090,7 +11643,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Les données entrées sont incorrectes.\n"
#~ "Insérez une taille d'extensions physiques allant de\n"
-#~ " 8 Ko à 512 Go dans la suite des puissances de 2, par ex., 4 Mo ou 512 Ko.\n"
+#~ " 8 Ko à 512 Go dans la suite des puissances de 2, par ex., 4 Mo ou 512 "
+#~ "Ko.\n"
#~ msgid "Modify Existing EVMS Container"
#~ msgstr "Modifier le container EVMS existant"
@@ -11104,7 +11658,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Change the settings for an EVMS container.\n"
-#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when creating\n"
+#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when "
+#~ "creating\n"
#~ "the container.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Changer les paramètres d'un container EVMS.\n"
@@ -11235,12 +11790,14 @@
#~ "To use LVM, at least one partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83)\n"
#~ "is required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n"
#~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n"
-#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0x8e.\n"
+#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to "
+#~ "0x8e.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Pour utiliser LVM, vous avez besoin au minimum d'une partition de type\n"
#~ "0x8e (ou 0x83). Modifiez votre table des partitions en conséquence.\n"
#~ "Dans la plupart des cas, cela peut être fait de la manière suivante : \n"
-#~ "Cliquez sur 'Créer', sélectionnez 'Ne pas formater' et configurez l'ID de la partition à 0x8e.\n"
+#~ "Cliquez sur 'Créer', sélectionnez 'Ne pas formater' et configurez l'ID de "
+#~ "la partition à 0x8e.\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__392
#~ msgid "Available size:"
@@ -11270,8 +11827,12 @@
#~ msgid "Delete Partition Table"
#~ msgstr "Effacer la table de partitions"
-#~ msgid "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread the partition table?"
-#~ msgstr "Le fait de relire la table de partition annule toutes les modifications en cours. Voulez-vous vraiment relire la table de partition ?"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread "
+#~ "the partition table?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Le fait de relire la table de partition annule toutes les modifications "
+#~ "en cours. Voulez-vous vraiment relire la table de partition ?"
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__82
#~ msgid "Select a loop device entry."
@@ -11339,7 +11900,8 @@
#~ "Set the charset used to display file names on the partition.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Table de caractères pour noms de fichiers :</b>\n"
-#~ "Définissez la table de caractères utilisée pour l'affichage des noms de fichiers dans la partition.</p>\n"
+#~ "Définissez la table de caractères utilisée pour l'affichage des noms de "
+#~ "fichiers dans la partition.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Use &Old LVM1 Compatible Metadata Format"
#~ msgstr "Utiliser un format Metadata compatible &ancien LVM1"
@@ -11360,8 +11922,12 @@
#~ msgid "Ba&se Partition Setup on This Proposal"
#~ msgstr "Configuration de partition de ba&se associée à cette proposition"
-#~ msgid "<p>You rejected the proposal. Use one of the options to continue partitioning.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Vous avez refusé la proposition. Utilisez l'une de ces options pour poursuivre le partitionnement.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>You rejected the proposal. Use one of the options to continue "
+#~ "partitioning.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Vous avez refusé la proposition. Utilisez l'une de ces options pour "
+#~ "poursuivre le partitionnement.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -11374,36 +11940,48 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Disk Controller Configuration</b></big></p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Here, configure disk controllers by modifying the corresponding kernel module.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Here, configure disk controllers by modifying the corresponding kernel "
+#~ "module.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>The table at top contains the controllers to configure. If\n"
#~ "there is more than one controller, select the controller\n"
#~ "by clicking a line in the table. The order in the table determines\n"
#~ "the order in which kernel modules are loaded. Use <b>Move Up</b> and\n"
#~ "<b>Move Down</b> to change the order.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Module to Use</b> selects the kernel module to use for the current controller. Alternative modules are available for some controllers.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Module to Use</b> selects the kernel module to use for the current "
+#~ "controller. Alternative modules are available for some controllers.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>The module status is shown in <b>Module Currently Loaded</b>.\n"
#~ "With <b>Load Module in initrd</b> set whether the module should be\n"
#~ "loaded during boot.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>For <b>Module Parameters</b>, enter any parameters for the module.\n"
#~ "This is often not needed.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Test Loading of Module</b> tests whether the module can be loaded with the specified parameters. This test is recommended if you have made changes.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Test Loading of Module</b> tests whether the module can be loaded "
+#~ "with the specified parameters. This test is recommended if you have made "
+#~ "changes.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Configuration du contrôleur de disque</b></big></p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Pour configurer des contrôleurs de disque, modifiez ici le module du kernel correspondant.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Pour configurer des contrôleurs de disque, modifiez ici le module du "
+#~ "kernel correspondant.</p>\n"
#~ " <p>Le tableau supérieur contient les contrôleurs à configurer. Si\n"
#~ "plusieurs contrôleurs sont répertoriés, cliquez sur une ligne du tableau\n"
-#~ "pour sélectionner le contrôleur qui vous intéresse. L'ordre dans le tableau détermine \n"
-#~ "l'ordre dans lequel les modules sont chargés. Cliquez sur <b>Monter</b> et\n"
+#~ "pour sélectionner le contrôleur qui vous intéresse. L'ordre dans le "
+#~ "tableau détermine \n"
+#~ "l'ordre dans lequel les modules sont chargés. Cliquez sur <b>Monter</b> "
+#~ "et\n"
#~ " <b>Descendre</b> pour changer cet ordre.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
-#~ " <p>L'option <b>Module à utiliser</b> permet de sélectionner le module de kernel à utiliser pour le contrôleur actuel. D'autres modules sont disponibles pour certains contrôleurs.</p>\n"
+#~ " <p>L'option <b>Module à utiliser</b> permet de sélectionner le module de "
+#~ "kernel à utiliser pour le contrôleur actuel. D'autres modules sont "
+#~ "disponibles pour certains contrôleurs.</p>\n"
#~ " <p>L'état du module est affiché dans <b>Module chargé actuellement</b>.\n"
-#~ " L'option <b>Charger le module dans initrd</b> permet de définir si le module doit être\n"
+#~ " L'option <b>Charger le module dans initrd</b> permet de définir si le "
+#~ "module doit être\n"
#~ " chargé au démarrage.</p>\n"
#~ " <p>Dans <b>Paramètres du module</b>, saisissez les paramètres adéquats.\n"
#~ " Cette opération n'est généralement pas nécessaire.</p>\n"
-#~ " <p>L'option <b>Tester le chargement du module</b> permet de tester le chargement du module avec les paramètres définis. Ce test est recommandé si des modifications ont été apportées.</p>\n"
+#~ " <p>L'option <b>Tester le chargement du module</b> permet de tester le "
+#~ "chargement du module avec les paramètres définis. Ce test est recommandé "
+#~ "si des modifications ont été apportées.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "&Module to Use"
#~ msgstr "&Module à utiliser"
@@ -11464,7 +12042,8 @@
#~ "Try executing /sbin/mkinitrd manually and checking the error messages.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "L'exécution de mkinitrd a échoué.\n"
-#~ "Essayez d'exécuter /sbin/mkinitrd manuellement et de vérifier les messages d'erreur.\n"
+#~ "Essayez d'exécuter /sbin/mkinitrd manuellement et de vérifier les "
+#~ "messages d'erreur.\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__21
#~ msgid ""
@@ -11481,8 +12060,11 @@
#~ msgid "Enabling and Disabling of Disk Controller Modules"
#~ msgstr "Activation et desactivation des modules de controleur de disque"
-#~ msgid "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available"
-#~ msgstr "L'interface ligne de commande pour le module de contrôleur de disque n'est pas disponible"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "L'interface ligne de commande pour le module de contrôleur de disque "
+#~ "n'est pas disponible"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<p>Please wait, while the storage is being initialized.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:15:04 UTC (rev 90912)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:15:14 UTC (rev 90913)
@@ -7,23 +7,24 @@
# Patricia Vaz <patricia(a)suse.de>, 2003.
# Francoise Lermen <flermen(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2001, 2002.
# Karine Nguyen <karine(a)suse.de>, 2001.
-# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>, 2008, 2012.
# Fabien Crespel <fabien(a)crespel.net>, 2009, 2010.
# Sylvain ZUCCA <sylvainsjc(a)gmail.com>, 2012.
# Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>, 2012.
+# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>, 2008, 2012, 2014.
+#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-23 16:45+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-30 17:43+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antoine BELVIRE <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
+"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: French\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
@@ -73,8 +74,12 @@
#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90
-msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile."
-msgstr "Faites une sélection dans la liste des profils et cliquez sur Suivant pour supprimer le profil."
+msgid ""
+"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+"Faites une sélection dans la liste des profils et cliquez sur Suivant pour "
+"supprimer le profil."
# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__214
#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93
@@ -86,7 +91,8 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it."
msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it."
-msgstr "Sélectionnez un profil dans la liste et cliquez sur Suivant pour l'éditer."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez un profil dans la liste et cliquez sur Suivant pour l'éditer."
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__63
#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89
@@ -165,8 +171,12 @@
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr "Cette opération a généré l'erreur suivante. Vérifiez votre installation et les paramètres de profil d'AppArmor."
+msgid ""
+"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and "
+"AppArmor profile settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Cette opération a généré l'erreur suivante. Vérifiez votre installation et "
+"les paramètres de profil d'AppArmor."
# TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
@@ -264,7 +274,9 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
-msgstr "Une adresse e-mail est requise pour chaque méthode de notification sélectionnée."
+msgstr ""
+"Une adresse e-mail est requise pour chaque méthode de notification "
+"sélectionnée."
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
@@ -294,10 +306,12 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
msgid ""
-"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
+"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
+"enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>État AppArmor</b><br>Ceci indique si le module d'application des stratégies AppArmor \n"
+"<p><b>État AppArmor</b><br>Ceci indique si le module d'application des "
+"stratégies AppArmor \n"
"est chargé et fonctionne.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
@@ -305,7 +319,8 @@
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Notification des évènements de sécurité</b><br>Configurez cet outil si vous voulez \n"
+"<p><b>Notification des évènements de sécurité</b><br>Configurez cet outil si "
+"vous voulez \n"
"être averti par e-mail lorsque des violations d'accès se produisent.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
@@ -313,7 +328,8 @@
"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Modes de profil</b><br>Utilisez cet outil pour changer la façon dont AppArmor \n"
+"<p><b>Modes de profil</b><br>Utilisez cet outil pour changer la façon dont "
+"AppArmor \n"
"utilise les profils individuels.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
@@ -389,16 +405,25 @@
msgstr "Erreurs trouvées dans les profils AppArmor"
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57
-msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> "
-msgstr "<p>Vous devez résoudre ces problèmes pour lancer AppArmor ou utiliser les outils de gestion des profils.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the "
+"profile management tools can be used.</p> "
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Vous devez résoudre ces problèmes pour lancer AppArmor ou utiliser les "
+"outils de gestion des profils.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64
msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running "
-msgstr "<p>Pour obtenir une description de la syntaxe des profils AppArmor, exécutez "
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Pour obtenir une description de la syntaxe des profils AppArmor, exécutez "
#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70
-msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: "
-msgstr "<p>Une documentation complète sur AppArmor est disponible dans le Guide d'administration situé dans le répertoire : "
+msgid ""
+"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the "
+"Administration guide located in the directory: "
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Une documentation complète sur AppArmor est disponible dans le Guide "
+"d'administration situé dans le répertoire : "
# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__46
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -880,56 +905,91 @@
"this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n"
"and group ownership.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Dans un système dans lequel l'option [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] est définie, \n"
-"ceci permet de passer outre la restriction de modification de l'appartenance \n"
+"<ul><li>Dans un système dans lequel l'option [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] est "
+"définie, \n"
+"ceci permet de passer outre la restriction de modification de "
+"l'appartenance \n"
"de fichier et de groupe.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE."
+"</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasser tous les accès DAC, y compris l'accès en exécution ACL si \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
+"<ul><li>Outrepasser tous les accès DAC, y compris l'accès en exécution ACL "
+"si \n"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par "
+"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n"
-"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n"
+"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is "
+"defined. \n"
"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions DAC sur la lecture et la recherche \n"
-"des fichiers et des répertoires, y compris les restrictions ACL si [_POSIX_ACL] est défini. \n"
+"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions DAC sur la lecture et la "
+"recherche \n"
+"des fichiers et des répertoires, y compris les restrictions ACL si "
+"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. \n"
"L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files, where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files, "
+#| "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID "
+#| "is applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where "
+"file\n"
"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n"
"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées sur les fichiers, où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique\n"
+"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées sur "
+"les fichiers, où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique\n"
"à l'ID de l'utilisateur, sauf si CAP_FSETID est applicable.\n"
"Ne remplace pas les restrictions MAC et DAC. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
-msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
-msgstr "<ul><li>Outrepasse les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur effectif doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du paramétrage des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe effectif (ou une des ID de groupes supplémentaires) doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID sur ce fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de chown(2) (non mis en oeuvre). </li></ul>"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user ID "
+#| "shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits "
+#| "on that file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary "
+#| "group IDs) shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on "
+#| "that file; that the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful "
+#| "return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file "
+"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the "
+"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the "
+"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and "
+"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not "
+"implemented). </li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ul><li>Outrepasse les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur "
+"effectif doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du "
+"paramétrage des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe "
+"effectif (ou une des ID de groupes supplémentaires) doit correspondre à l'ID "
+"du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID sur ce "
+"fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de "
+"chown(2) (non mis en oeuvre). </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n"
-"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n"
+"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of "
+"the process \n"
"receiving the signal.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Outrepasse la restriction selon laquelle l'ID de l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n"
-"d'un processus qui envoie un signal doit correspondre à l'ID de l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n"
+"<ul><li>Outrepasse la restriction selon laquelle l'ID de l'utilisateur réel "
+"ou effectif \n"
+"d'un processus qui envoie un signal doit correspondre à l'ID de "
+"l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n"
"du processus qui reçoit le signal.</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79
@@ -937,8 +997,10 @@
"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setgid(2) </li> <li> Autorise setgroups(2) </li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les gids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket. </li></ul>"
+"<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setgid(2) </li> <li> Autorise setgroups(2) "
+"</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise les gids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par "
+"socket. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85
msgid ""
@@ -946,7 +1008,8 @@
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setuid(2) (fsuid inclus) </li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket. </li></ul>"
+"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par "
+"socket. </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91
msgid ""
@@ -958,8 +1021,12 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>"
-msgstr "<ul><li>Autorise la modification des attributs de fichier S_IMMUTABLE et S_APPEND</li></ul>"
+msgid ""
+"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</"
+"li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ul><li>Autorise la modification des attributs de fichier S_IMMUTABLE et "
+"S_APPEND</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -977,37 +1044,44 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<ul><li> Allow interface configuration</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n"
+#| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</"
+#| "li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow setting debug option on sockets</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow modification of routing tables</li>"
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</"
+"li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Autorise la configuration des interfaces</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'administration du pare-feu IP, du masquage et de la comptabilisation</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise l'administration du pare-feu IP, du masquage et de la "
+"comptabilisation</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise le paramétrage de l'option de débogage sur les sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la modification des tables de routage</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n"
+#| "<li> Allow setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on "
+#| "sockets</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow clearing driver statistics</li>"
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</"
+"li> \n"
"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
"<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Autorise la configuration de la propriété d'un processus ou groupe de processus arbitrairement sur les sockets</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'association à n'importe quelle adresse pour le proxy transparent</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise la configuration de la propriété d'un processus ou groupe de "
+"processus arbitrairement sur les sockets</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise l'association à n'importe quelle adresse pour le proxy "
+"transparent</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la configuration du TOS (type de service)</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la configuration du mode de promiscuité</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'effacement des statistiques du pilote</li>"
@@ -1026,7 +1100,8 @@
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Autorise la multidiffusion</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise la lecture/l'écriture de registres spécifiques aux périphériques</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise la lecture/l'écriture de registres spécifiques aux "
+"périphériques</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'activation des sockets de contrôle ATM</li>\n"
"</ul>"
@@ -1046,13 +1121,17 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<ul><li> Allow locking of shared memory segments</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow mlock and mlockall (which doesn't really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>"
+#| "<li> Allow mlock and mlockall (which doesn't really have anything to do "
+#| "with IPC) </li></ul>"
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n"
+"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock "
+"and\n"
"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Autorise le verrouillage des segments de mémoire partagée</li> <li>\n"
-" Autoriser mlock et mlockall (qui n'a pas vraiment de rapport avec IPC) </li></ul>"
+"<ul><li> Autorise le verrouillage des segments de mémoire partagée</li> "
+"<li>\n"
+" Autoriser mlock et mlockall (qui n'a pas vraiment de rapport avec IPC) </"
+"li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149
msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>"
@@ -1060,10 +1139,12 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</"
+"li> \n"
"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Insérer et retirer des modules du noyau - modifier le noyau sans limite</li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Insérer et retirer des modules du noyau - modifier le noyau sans "
+"limite</li> \n"
"<li> Modifier cap_bset </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159
@@ -1076,7 +1157,8 @@
"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Autorise l'accès ioperm/iopl </li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'envoi de messages USB à tout périphérique via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
+"<li> Autorise l'envoi de messages USB à tout périphérique via /proc/bus/usb "
+"</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165
#, fuzzy
@@ -1092,7 +1174,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of process accounting </li></ul>"
msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>"
-msgstr "<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la comptabilité des processus </li></ul>"
+msgstr ""
+"<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la comptabilité des processus </li></"
+"ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179
#, fuzzy
@@ -1110,7 +1194,8 @@
"<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la Secure Attention Key (SAK)</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'administration du périphérique aléatoire (random)</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'examen et la configuration des quotas de disque</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise la configuration du syslog du noyau (comportement de printk)</li>"
+"<li> Autorise la configuration du syslog du noyau (comportement de printk)</"
+"li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185
#, fuzzy
@@ -1130,7 +1215,8 @@
"<li> Autorise la configuration du nom de domaine</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la configuration du nom d'hôte</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'appel à bdflush()</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise mount() et umount(), configurer une nouvelle connexion smb</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise mount() et umount(), configurer une nouvelle connexion smb</"
+"li> \n"
"<li> Autorise certains ioctl d'autofs</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192
@@ -1152,40 +1238,51 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<li> Allow removing semaphores</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
+#| "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, "
+#| "semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
msgid ""
"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n"
-"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
+"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores "
+"and shared memory</li> \n"
"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Autorise la suppression de sémaphores</li> \n"
-"<li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN pour changer la propriété des files de messages IPC, des sémaphores et de la mémoire partagée</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise le verrouillage/déverrouillage de segments de mémoire partagée</li> \n"
+"<li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN pour changer la propriété des files de "
+"messages IPC, des sémaphores et de la mémoire partagée</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise le verrouillage/déverrouillage de segments de mémoire "
+"partagée</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation de l'espace d'échange</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket</li>"
+"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par "
+"socket</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n"
+#| "<li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</"
+#| "li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>"
+#| "<li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
+#| "ioctls)</li>"
msgid ""
"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>"
+"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
+"ioctls)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Autorise la configuration de la lecture anticipée et le vidage des buffers sur les périphériques blocs</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise la configuration de la géométrie dans le pilote de disquette (floppy)</li>\n"
+"<li> Autorise la configuration de la lecture anticipée et le vidage des "
+"buffers sur les périphériques blocs</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise la configuration de la géométrie dans le pilote de disquette "
+"(floppy)</li>\n"
"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation de DMA dans le pilote xd</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques md (comme ci-dessus, mais avec des ioctl supplémentaires)</li>"
+"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques md (comme ci-dessus, mais "
+"avec des ioctl supplémentaires)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212
#, fuzzy
@@ -1202,23 +1299,28 @@
msgstr ""
"<li> Autorise la configuration du pilote ide</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'accès au périphérique nvram</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques apm_bios, serial et bttv (TV)</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de support isdn CAPI</li>"
+"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques apm_bios, serial et bttv "
+"(TV)</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise les commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de support isdn "
+"CAPI</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n"
+#| "<li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</"
+#| "li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</"
+"li> \n"
"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Autorise la lecture de portions non-standardisées de l'espace de configuration PCI</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise la lecture de portions non-standardisées de l'espace de "
+"configuration PCI</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'ioctl de débogage DDI pour le pilote sbpcd</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise la configuration des ports série</li> \n"
"<li> Autorise l'envoi de commandes qic-117 brutes</li>"
@@ -1234,9 +1336,11 @@
" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation du Tagged Queuing sur les contrôleurs SCSI\n"
+"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation du Tagged Queuing sur les "
+"contrôleurs SCSI\n"
"et l'envoi de commandes SCSI arbitraires</li> \n"
-"<li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé de chiffrage sur le système de fichiers loopback</li></ul>"
+"<li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé de chiffrage sur le système de "
+"fichiers loopback</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232
#, fuzzy
@@ -1246,52 +1350,69 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<ul><li> Allow raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n"
-#| "<li> Allow use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n"
+#| "<ul><li> Allow raising priority and setting priority on other (different "
+#| "UID) processes</li> \n"
+#| "<li> Allow use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own "
+#| "processes and setting \n"
#| "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different "
+"UID) processes</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own "
+"processes and setting \n"
"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Autorise l'augmentation de la priorité et la configuration de la priorité sur d'autres processus (UID différent)</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise l'utilisation de l'ordonnancement FIFO et round-robin (temps réel) sur ses propres processus et la configuration \n"
+"<ul><li> Autorise l'augmentation de la priorité et la configuration de la "
+"priorité sur d'autres processus (UID différent)</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise l'utilisation de l'ordonnancement FIFO et round-robin (temps "
+"réel) sur ses propres processus et la configuration \n"
"de l'algorithme d'ordonnancement utilisé par un autre processus.</li> \n"
-" <li> Autorise la configuration de l'affinité de processeur sur les autres processus </li></ul>"
+" <li> Autorise la configuration de l'affinité de processeur sur les autres "
+"processus </li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n"
-"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>"
+"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling "
+"resources)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Outrepasser les limites de ressources. Définir les limites de ressources.</li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Outrepasser les limites de ressources. Définir les limites de "
+"ressources.</li> \n"
"<li> Outrepasser les limites de quotas.</li> \n"
"<li> Outrepasser l'espace réservé sur le système de fichiers ext2</li> \n"
-"<li> Modifier le mode de journalisation des données sur le système de fichier ext3 (utilise les ressources de journalisation)</li>"
+"<li> Modifier le mode de journalisation des données sur le système de "
+"fichier ext3 (utilise les ressources de journalisation)</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
+#| "<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you "
+#| "can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
#| "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
#| "<li> Allow more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
#| "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
#| "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>"
msgid ""
-"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
+"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you "
+"can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> REMARQUE : ext2 respecte fsuid lors de la vérification des remplacements de ressources, vous pouvez donc également utiliser fsuid pour les remplacements</li> \n"
-"<li> Outrepasse les restrictions de taille sur les files d'attente de messages IPC</li> \n"
-"<li> Autorise les interruptions supérieures à 64 Hz depuis l'horloge temps réel</li> \n"
-"<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de consoles pour l'allocation de consoles</li> \n"
+"<li> REMARQUE : ext2 respecte fsuid lors de la vérification des "
+"remplacements de ressources, vous pouvez donc également utiliser fsuid pour "
+"les remplacements</li> \n"
+"<li> Outrepasse les restrictions de taille sur les files d'attente de "
+"messages IPC</li> \n"
+"<li> Autorise les interruptions supérieures à 64 Hz depuis l'horloge temps "
+"réel</li> \n"
+"<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de consoles pour l'allocation de consoles</"
+"li> \n"
"<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de keymaps</li></ul>"
#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261
@@ -1370,9 +1491,12 @@
"(into <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> file), but still permitted, so \n"
"that application's behavior is not restricted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Le <b>mode Réclamation</b> est un mode d'apprentissage du profil qui journalise l'activité \n"
-"des applications. Toute violation des règles du profil AppArmor est journalisée \n"
-"(dans le fichier <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</li>), mais reste autorisée, de sorte \n"
+"<p>Le <b>mode Réclamation</b> est un mode d'apprentissage du profil qui "
+"journalise l'activité \n"
+"des applications. Toute violation des règles du profil AppArmor est "
+"journalisée \n"
+"(dans le fichier <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</li>), mais reste autorisée, de "
+"sorte \n"
"que le comportement de l'application n'est pas restreint.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43
@@ -1382,9 +1506,11 @@
"but not permitted (e.g. an application cannot access files, unless it is\n"
"permitted to do so by the profile).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Lorsque le profil est en <b>mode Application</b>, l'application est protégée par \n"
+"<p>Lorsque le profil est en <b>mode Application</b>, l'application est "
+"protégée par \n"
"AppArmor. Les règles du profil sont imposées et leur violation journalisée,\n"
-"mais non autorisée (par exemple une application ne peut pas accéder aux fichiers, sauf\n"
+"mais non autorisée (par exemple une application ne peut pas accéder aux "
+"fichiers, sauf\n"
"si le profil lui en donne expressément le droit).</p>"
#. Button for showing active or all profiles
@@ -1400,12 +1526,14 @@
#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+#, fuzzy
msgid "enforce"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "application"
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+#, fuzzy
msgid "complain"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "réclamation"
# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__41
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
@@ -1483,9 +1611,12 @@
"alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n"
"event must be to send an alert.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'écran Notification d’évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer des alertes \n"
-"e-mail lors d’évènements de sécurité. Dans les étapes suivantes, spécifiez à quelle fréquence \n"
-"les alertes sont envoyées, qui les reçoit, et quelle doit être la gravité de l’évènement de sécurité \n"
+"<p>L'écran Notification d’évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer "
+"des alertes \n"
+"e-mail lors d’évènements de sécurité. Dans les étapes suivantes, spécifiez à "
+"quelle fréquence \n"
+"les alertes sont envoyées, qui les reçoit, et quelle doit être la gravité de "
+"l’évènement de sécurité \n"
"pour déclencher une alerte.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38
@@ -1509,7 +1640,8 @@
#| "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
#| "<br>For example:<br> <tt>SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability \n"
#| "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-#| "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
+#| "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 "
+#| "16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n"
@@ -1517,7 +1649,8 @@
"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
+"2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Notification résumée :</b> La notification résumée affiche \n"
@@ -1525,7 +1658,8 @@
"d'occurrences individuelles, ainsi que la date de la dernière occurrence. \n"
"<br>Par exemple :<br> <tt>SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability \n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
+"2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53
@@ -1539,10 +1673,14 @@
"and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Notification détaillée :</b> La notification détaillée affiche \n"
-"les évènements de sécurité AppArmor journalisés, non modifiés. Elle vous informe \n"
-"chaque fois qu'un évènement survient et écrit une ligne dans le journal verbeux. Ces \n"
-"évènements de sécurité incluent la date et l'heure à laquelle l’évènement est survenu, quand \n"
-"le profil d'application autorise et refuse l'accès, et le type de permission d'accès au fichier \n"
+"les évènements de sécurité AppArmor journalisés, non modifiés. Elle vous "
+"informe \n"
+"chaque fois qu'un évènement survient et écrit une ligne dans le journal "
+"verbeux. Ces \n"
+"évènements de sécurité incluent la date et l'heure à laquelle l’évènement "
+"est survenu, quand \n"
+"le profil d'application autorise et refuse l'accès, et le type de permission "
+"d'accès au fichier \n"
"qui est autorisé ou refusé.</p>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61
@@ -1607,10 +1745,14 @@
"occur."
msgstr ""
"<li>Sélectionnez le <b>niveau de gravité</b> le plus bas pour lequel une \n"
-"notification doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront journalisés et \n"
-"les notifications envoyées au moment indiqué par la fréquence lorsque les évènements \n"
-"seront de gravité égale ou supérieure au niveau sélectionné. Si la fréquence est \n"
-"1 jour, la notification sera envoyée quotidiennement, si des évènements de sécurité \n"
+"notification doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront "
+"journalisés et \n"
+"les notifications envoyées au moment indiqué par la fréquence lorsque les "
+"évènements \n"
+"seront de gravité égale ou supérieure au niveau sélectionné. Si la fréquence "
+"est \n"
+"1 jour, la notification sera envoyée quotidiennement, si des évènements de "
+"sécurité \n"
"surviennent."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91
@@ -1623,7 +1765,8 @@
"or services denied.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<b>Niveaux de gravité :</b> ils sont numérotés de 1 à 10, \n"
-"10 étant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier <b>severity.db</b> \n"
+"10 étant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier <b>severity.db</"
+"b> \n"
"définit le niveau de gravité des évènements de sécurité potentiels. \n"
"Les niveaux de gravité sont déterminés par l'importance des \n"
"différents évènements de sécurité, comme l'accès à certaines ressources \n"
@@ -1632,10 +1775,12 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n"
-"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>"
+"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</"
+"li>"
msgstr ""
"<li>Sélectionnez <b>Inclure les évènements de sécurité inconnus</b> si \n"
-"vous voulez inclure les évènements qui n'ont pas été évalués avec un indice de gravité.</li>"
+"vous voulez inclure les évènements qui n'ont pas été évalués avec un indice "
+"de gravité.</li>"
# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16
#. ----------------------------
@@ -1645,12 +1790,15 @@
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
-"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n"
+"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control "
+"module. \n"
"You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n"
"by using the suggestions made by AppArmor."
msgstr ""
-"Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de contrôle d'accès AppArmor. \n"
-"Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité extrêmement robustes et optimisés \n"
+"Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de contrôle "
+"d'accès AppArmor. \n"
+"Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité extrêmement robustes et "
+"optimisés \n"
"en utilisant les suggestions faites par AppArmor."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111
@@ -1660,8 +1808,10 @@
"that display were logged during the normal application \n"
"execution test previously performed. <br>"
msgstr ""
-"AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques \n"
-"ou que vous définissez les permissions d'exécution pour ces entrées. Les questions \n"
+"AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources "
+"spécifiques \n"
+"ou que vous définissez les permissions d'exécution pour ces entrées. Les "
+"questions \n"
"affichées ont été enregistrées lors du test d'exécution normale \n"
"de l'application précédemment mené. <br>"
@@ -1688,8 +1838,12 @@
msgstr "<b>Modes d'accès</b><br>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126
-msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:"
-msgstr "Les modes de permissions d'accès aux fichiers consistent en des combinaisons des six modes suivants :"
+msgid ""
+"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six "
+"modes:"
+msgstr ""
+"Les modes de permissions d'accès aux fichiers consistent en des combinaisons "
+"des six modes suivants :"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129
msgid "<li>r - read</li>"
@@ -1873,30 +2027,44 @@
"populaires tels que csh(1), bash(1), zsh(1)."
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196
-msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
-msgstr "<li><b>*</b> peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, sauf '/'<li>"
+msgid ""
+"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
+msgstr ""
+"<li><b>*</b> peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, "
+"sauf '/'<li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199
-msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>"
-msgstr "<li><b>**</b> peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, y compris '/'</li>"
+msgid ""
+"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</"
+"li>"
+msgstr ""
+"<li><b>**</b> peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, y "
+"compris '/'</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202
msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>"
-msgstr "<li><b>?</b> peut se substituer à un caractère quelconque, sauf '/'</li>"
+msgstr ""
+"<li><b>?</b> peut se substituer à un caractère quelconque, sauf '/'</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205
-msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid ""
+"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> se substitue à un caractère a, b ou c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+msgid ""
+"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> se substitue à un caractère a, b, ou c</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>"
-msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> crée deux règles : une qui correspond à ab, une qui correspond à cd</li>"
+msgid ""
+"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match "
+"cd</li>"
+msgstr ""
+"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> crée deux règles : une qui correspond à ab, une qui "
+"correspond à cd</li>"
#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214
msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>"
@@ -1908,7 +2076,8 @@
#| "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n"
#| "execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n"
#| "environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n"
-#| "variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n"
+#| "variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize "
+#| "the\n"
#| "enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n"
#| "The variables are:"
msgid ""
@@ -2058,7 +2227,9 @@
#. Update table values
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602
msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined."
-msgstr "L'entrée ne sera pas ajoutée. Le nom ou les autorisations de l'entrée ne sont pas définis."
+msgstr ""
+"L'entrée ne sera pas ajoutée. Le nom ou les autorisations de l'entrée ne "
+"sont pas définis."
#. Prompts the user for a hatname
#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"]
@@ -2095,25 +2266,38 @@
"enter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
msgstr ""
"Vous n'avez pas donné de nom au hat que vous voulez ajouter.\n"
-"Veuillez entrer un nom de hat pour en créer un nouveau, ou cliquez sur Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant."
+"Veuillez entrer un nom de hat pour en créer un nouveau, ou cliquez sur "
+"Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant."
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
-msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
-msgstr "Le profil contient déjà le nom du hat fourni. Saisissez un nouveau nom ou cliquez sur Abandonner pour arrêter cet assistant."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a "
+#| "different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
+msgid ""
+"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name "
+"or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
+msgstr ""
+"Le profil contient déjà le nom du hat fourni. Saisissez un nouveau nom ou "
+"cliquez sur Abandonner pour arrêter cet assistant."
#. FIXME: format these texts better
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. \n"
-#| "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
-msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
+#| "<p>In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual "
+#| "profile. \n"
+#| "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a "
+#| "modification dialog.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing "
+"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Ce formulaire vous permet d'afficher et de modifier le contenu d'un profil donné. \n"
-"Pour les entrées existantes, double-cliquez sur les permissions pour accéder à une boîte de dialogue de modification.</p>"
+"<p>Ce formulaire vous permet d'afficher et de modifier le contenu d'un "
+"profil donné. \n"
+"Pour les entrées existantes, double-cliquez sur les permissions pour accéder "
+"à une boîte de dialogue de modification.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933
@@ -2126,55 +2310,69 @@
"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Définition des permissions :</b><br><code> r - lecture <br> \n"
-"w - écriture<br>l - lien<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - verrouillage du fichier<br>\n"
-"a - ajout au fichier<br>x - exécution<br> i - hérité<br> p - profil distinct<br>\n"
+"w - écriture<br>l - lien<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - verrouillage du "
+"fichier<br>\n"
+"a - ajout au fichier<br>x - exécution<br> i - hérité<br> p - profil "
+"distinct<br>\n"
"P - profil distinct <br> (*exéc. propre)<br> u - sans contrainte<br>\n"
"U -sans contrainte<br> (*exéc. propre)</code></p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942
-msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Ajouter une entrée :</b><br> Sélectionnez le type de ressource à ajouter dans la liste déroulante.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop "
+"down list.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Ajouter une entrée :</b><br> Sélectionnez le type de ressource à "
+"ajouter dans la liste déroulante.</p>"
#. help text - part x1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile</li>"
msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Fichier</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de fichier à ce profil.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><ul><li><b>Fichier</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de fichier à ce profil.</li>"
#. help text - part x2
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile</li>"
msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr "<li><b>Répertoire</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de répertoire à ce profil.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+"<li><b>Répertoire</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de répertoire à ce profil.</li>"
#. help text - part x3
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile</li>"
msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr "<li><b>Capacité</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de capacité à ce profil.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+"<li><b>Capacité</b><br>Ajouter une entrée de capacité à ce profil.</li>"
#. help text - part x4
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959
msgid ""
"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n"
-"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>"
+"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load "
+"time.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Inclusion</b><br>Ajouter une entrée d'inclusion à ce profil. Cette option \n"
-"inclut le contenu de l'entrée de profil d'un autre fichier dans ce profil au moment du chargement.</li>"
+"<li><b>Inclusion</b><br>Ajouter une entrée d'inclusion à ce profil. Cette "
+"option \n"
+"inclut le contenu de l'entrée de profil d'un autre fichier dans ce profil au "
+"moment du chargement.</li>"
#. help text - part x5
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963
msgid ""
"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n"
-"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n"
+"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the "
+"profile. \n"
"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Entrée réseau</b><br>Ajouter une règle de réseau à ce profil. \n"
-"Cette option vous autorisera à spécifier les privilèges d'accès au réseau pour le profil. \n"
+"Cette option vous autorisera à spécifier les privilèges d'accès au réseau "
+"pour le profil. \n"
"Vous pouvez spécifier une famille d'adresse réseau et le type de socket.</li>"
#. help text - part x6
@@ -2182,45 +2380,62 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile - called a Hat. \n"
-#| "This option is analagous to manually creating a new profile, which can selected \n"
-#| "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat aware</b> \n"
-#| "application. For more information on changehat please see <b>man changehat</b> on your \n"
+#| "This option is analagous to manually creating a new profile, which can "
+#| "selected \n"
+#| "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat "
+#| "aware</b> \n"
+#| "application. For more information on changehat please see <b>man "
+#| "changehat</b> on your \n"
#| "system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgid ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n"
-"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n"
+"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be "
+"selected\n"
"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n"
"aware</b> application. \n"
-"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
+"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system "
+"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Ajouter à ce profil un sous-profil, appelé \"Hat\". Cette\n"
-"option est analogue à la création manuelle d'un nouveau profil et ne peut être sélectionnée \n"
-"que lors de l'exécution dans le contexte d'une invite de la part d'une application \n"
+"option est analogue à la création manuelle d'un nouveau profil et ne peut "
+"être sélectionnée \n"
+"que lors de l'exécution dans le contexte d'une invite de la part d'une "
+"application \n"
"<b>supportant changehat</b>. \n"
-"Pour plus d'informations sur changehat, reportez-vous à <b>man changehat</b> sur votre système ou au Guide d'administration de Novell AppArmor.</li>"
+"Pour plus d'informations sur changehat, reportez-vous à <b>man changehat</b> "
+"sur votre système ou au Guide d'administration de Novell AppArmor.</li>"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__182
#. help text - part x7
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977
msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>"
-msgstr "</ul></p><p><b>Modifier l'entrée :</b><br>Modifiez l'entrée sélectionnée.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"</ul></p><p><b>Modifier l'entrée :</b><br>Modifiez l'entrée sélectionnée.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__182
#. help text
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982
-msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Supprimer une entrée :</b><br>Supprime l'entrée sélectionnée de ce profil.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Supprimer une entrée :</b><br>Supprime l'entrée sélectionnée de ce "
+"profil.</p>"
#. help text - part y1
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n"
-"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n"
-"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:"
+"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping "
+"the environment \n"
+"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These "
+"variables are:"
msgstr ""
-"<b>*Exéc. propre</b><br>L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux permissions d'exécution \n"
-"profil distinct et sans contrainte. Elle renforce la sécurité en supprimant certaines variables \n"
-"de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Les variables sont les suivantes :"
+"<b>*Exéc. propre</b><br>L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux permissions "
+"d'exécution \n"
+"profil distinct et sans contrainte. Elle renforce la sécurité en supprimant "
+"certaines variables \n"
+"de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Les variables sont les "
+"suivantes :"
# TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__80
#. help text - part y2
@@ -2292,9 +2507,15 @@
#. Widget activated in the table
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage Include entries."
-msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries."
-msgstr "Les entrées d'inclusion ne peuvent pas être modifiées. Sélectionnez Ajouter ou Supprimer pour gérer les entrées d'inclusion."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage "
+#| "Include entries."
+msgid ""
+"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include "
+"entries."
+msgstr ""
+"Les entrées d'inclusion ne peuvent pas être modifiées. Sélectionnez Ajouter "
+"ou Supprimer pour gérer les entrées d'inclusion."
#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294
@@ -2307,8 +2528,12 @@
msgstr "Sélectionner le fichier à inclure"
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335
-msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n"
-msgstr "Fichier #include invalide. Les fichiers inclus doivent être situés dans l'un des répertoires suivants : \n"
+msgid ""
+"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these "
+"directories: \n"
+msgstr ""
+"Fichier #include invalide. Les fichiers inclus doivent être situés dans l'un "
+"des répertoires suivants : \n"
# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__40
#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379
@@ -2335,7 +2560,8 @@
msgstr "Échec de la copie de %s."
#~ msgid "Synchronization error between frontend and backend."
-#~ msgstr "Erreur de synchronisation entre interface graphique et interface dorsale."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Erreur de synchronisation entre interface graphique et interface dorsale."
# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16
#~ msgid "AppArmor Profile Wizard"
@@ -2343,12 +2569,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n"
-#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n"
+#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you "
+#~ "run the application, AppArmor will collect\n"
#~ "information about system resources it accesses.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><h1>Application à profiler</h1>\n"
-#~ "Sélectionner l'application que vous voulez profiler. Ensuite, lorsque vous lancerez l'application, AppArmor collectera\n"
-#~ "des informations à propos des ressources systèmes auxquelles elle accède.</p>"
+#~ "Sélectionner l'application que vous voulez profiler. Ensuite, lorsque "
+#~ "vous lancerez l'application, AppArmor collectera\n"
+#~ "des informations à propos des ressources systèmes auxquelles elle accède."
+#~ "</p>"
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__246
#~ msgid "Application to Profile"
@@ -2372,12 +2601,14 @@
#~ msgstr "Mettre à jour le profil"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>Program Name Pattern:</b><br> When you enter a program name or pattern \n"
+#~ "<b>Program Name Pattern:</b><br> When you enter a program name or "
+#~ "pattern \n"
#~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n"
#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n"
#~ "occurred for a specific program.<br>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>Motif de nom de programme :</b><br> si vous entrez un nom de programme ou motif \n"
+#~ "<b>Motif de nom de programme :</b><br> si vous entrez un nom de programme "
+#~ "ou motif \n"
#~ "correspondant au nom de l'exécutable binaire du programme en question, \n"
#~ "le rapport affichera les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits \n"
#~ "pour un programme spécifique.<br>"
@@ -2394,12 +2625,15 @@
#~ "confiné par un profil spécifique.<br>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>PID Number:</b> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies \n"
+#~ "<b>PID Number:</b> Process ID number is a number that uniquely "
+#~ "identifies \n"
#~ "one specific process or running program (this number is valid only \n"
#~ "during the lifetime of that process).<br>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>Numéro PID :</b> le numéro d'ID de processus est un nombre qui identifie de \n"
-#~ "manière unique un processus ou programme spécifique (ce nombre n'est valide que \n"
+#~ "<b>Numéro PID :</b> le numéro d'ID de processus est un nombre qui "
+#~ "identifie de \n"
+#~ "manière unique un processus ou programme spécifique (ce nombre n'est "
+#~ "valide que \n"
#~ "pendant la durée de vie de ce processus).<br>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2407,9 +2641,12 @@
#~ "events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected \n"
#~ "severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>Niveau de gravité :</b> sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas \n"
-#~ "pour les évènements de sécurité que vous voulez inclure dans le rapport. \n"
-#~ "Le niveau de gravité sélectionné, et les niveaux supérieurs, seront inclus dans les rapports.<br>"
+#~ "<b>Niveau de gravité :</b> sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus "
+#~ "bas \n"
+#~ "pour les évènements de sécurité que vous voulez inclure dans le "
+#~ "rapport. \n"
+#~ "Le niveau de gravité sélectionné, et les niveaux supérieurs, seront "
+#~ "inclus dans les rapports.<br>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. \n"
@@ -2417,8 +2654,10 @@
#~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<b>Détail :</b> une source à laquelle le profil a refusé l'accès. \n"
-#~ "Ceci inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Vous pouvez utiliser ce champ pour \n"
-#~ "signaler les ressources qui ne sont pas autorisées à être accédées par des profils.<br>"
+#~ "Ceci inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Vous pouvez utiliser ce champ "
+#~ "pour \n"
+#~ "signaler les ressources qui ne sont pas autorisées à être accédées par "
+#~ "des profils.<br>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants \n"
@@ -2430,12 +2669,14 @@
#~ "r (lecture) w (écriture) l (lien) x (exécution)<br>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening \n"
+#~ "<b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually "
+#~ "happening \n"
#~ "with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n"
#~ "or AUDITING.<br>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<b>Type d'accès :</b> le type d'accès décrit ce qui se passe vraiment \n"
-#~ "lors de l’évènement de sécurité. Les options sont : PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n"
+#~ "lors de l’évènement de sécurité. Les options sont : PERMITTING, "
+#~ "REJECTING, \n"
#~ "et AUDITING.<br>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2447,33 +2688,47 @@
#~ "pathname in the field provided.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<b>CSV ou HTML :</b> vous permet d'exporter un fichier CSV (valeurs \n"
-#~ "séparées par des virgules) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les champs de données \n"
-#~ "dans les entrées de journal avec des virgules, en utilisant un format de données standard \n"
-#~ "pouvant être importé dans les applications de type tableur. Vous pouvez entrer \n"
-#~ "un chemin pour votre rapport exporté en saisissant le chemin complet dans \n"
+#~ "séparées par des virgules) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les champs de "
+#~ "données \n"
+#~ "dans les entrées de journal avec des virgules, en utilisant un format de "
+#~ "données standard \n"
+#~ "pouvant être importé dans les applications de type tableur. Vous pouvez "
+#~ "entrer \n"
+#~ "un chemin pour votre rapport exporté en saisissant le chemin complet "
+#~ "dans \n"
#~ "le champ adéquat.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived \n"
#~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>La boîte de dialogue Configuration du rapport permet de filtrer le rapport archivé \n"
-#~ "sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par <b>Plage de dates</b> :"
+#~ "<p>La boîte de dialogue Configuration du rapport permet de filtrer le "
+#~ "rapport archivé \n"
+#~ "sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par <b>Plage de dates</"
+#~ "b> :"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ol><li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active.</li> \n"
-#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n"
-#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol></p>"
+#~ "<ol><li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active.</"
+#~ "li> \n"
+#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report."
+#~ "</li> \n"
+#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of "
+#~ "parameters.</li></ol></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ol><li>Cliquez sur <b>Filtrer par plage de dates</b>. Les champs deviennent actifs.</li> \n"
-#~ "<li>Saisissez les dates de début et de fin qui délimitent la portée du rapport.</li> \n"
-#~ "<li>Saisissez les autres paramètres de filtrage. Voir ci-dessous pour les définitions des paramètres.</li></ol></p>"
+#~ "<ol><li>Cliquez sur <b>Filtrer par plage de dates</b>. Les champs "
+#~ "deviennent actifs.</li> \n"
+#~ "<li>Saisissez les dates de début et de fin qui délimitent la portée du "
+#~ "rapport.</li> \n"
+#~ "<li>Saisissez les autres paramètres de filtrage. Voir ci-dessous pour les "
+#~ "définitions des paramètres.</li></ol></p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the \n"
+#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in "
+#~ "the \n"
#~ "Report Configuration Dialog:<br>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Les définitions suivantes vous aident à saisir les paramètres de filtrage dans \n"
+#~ "Les définitions suivantes vous aident à saisir les paramètres de filtrage "
+#~ "dans \n"
#~ "la boîte de dialogue Configuration du rapport :<br>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2504,10 +2759,14 @@
#~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and \n"
#~ "customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>Rapport d'incident de sécurité :</b> un rapport détaillant la sécurité \n"
-#~ "des applications pour un hôte unique. Il rapporte les violations de règles pour \n"
-#~ "les applications confinées localement pendant une période de temps spécifique. \n"
-#~ "Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport, ou ajouter de nouvelles versions.</p>"
+#~ "<b>Rapport d'incident de sécurité :</b> un rapport détaillant la "
+#~ "sécurité \n"
+#~ "des applications pour un hôte unique. Il rapporte les violations de "
+#~ "règles pour \n"
+#~ "les applications confinées localement pendant une période de temps "
+#~ "spécifique. \n"
+#~ "Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport, ou ajouter de nouvelles "
+#~ "versions.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays \n"
@@ -2519,99 +2778,188 @@
#~ "suivants :<br>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. \n"
-#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are \n"
-#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three \n"
+#~ "<p>The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are "
+#~ "scheduled to run. \n"
+#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default "
+#~ "settings are \n"
+#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to "
+#~ "up to three \n"
#~ "email recipients.<br>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>La page de résumé des rapports planifiés montre pour quand est prévue l'exécution des rapports. \n"
-#~ "Les rapports peuvent être configurés pour s'exécuter tous les mois, toutes les semaines, tous les jours, \n"
-#~ "ou toutes les heures. Les paramètres par défaut sont tous les jours à minuit. Les rapports peuvent aussi être \n"
-#~ "envoyés par e-mail, lorsqu'ils sont achevés, à jusqu'à trois destinataires.<br>"
+#~ "<p>La page de résumé des rapports planifiés montre pour quand est prévue "
+#~ "l'exécution des rapports. \n"
+#~ "Les rapports peuvent être configurés pour s'exécuter tous les mois, "
+#~ "toutes les semaines, tous les jours, \n"
+#~ "ou toutes les heures. Les paramètres par défaut sont tous les jours à "
+#~ "minuit. Les rapports peuvent aussi être \n"
+#~ "envoyés par e-mail, lorsqu'ils sont achevés, à jusqu'à trois "
+#~ "destinataires.<br>"
-#~ msgid "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports:<br>"
-#~ msgstr "Dans la section Définir le planning, vous pouvez planifier les trois types de rapports suivants :<br>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types "
+#~ "of security reports:<br>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dans la section Définir le planning, vous pouvez planifier les trois "
+#~ "types de rapports suivants :<br>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>The View Archive Reports form enables you to view \n"
-#~| "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived \n"
-#~| "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-down \n"
-#~| "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, AUD \n"
-#~| "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the \n"
-#~| "<b>View</b> button.<br><br> You can view reports from one or more systems if \n"
-#~| "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>"
+#~| "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-"
+#~| "archived \n"
+#~| "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-"
+#~| "down \n"
+#~| "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, "
+#~| "AUD \n"
+#~| "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and "
+#~| "click the \n"
+#~| "<b>View</b> button.<br><br> You can view reports from one or more "
+#~| "systems if \n"
+#~| "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory."
+#~| "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n"
-#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br><br> You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>"
+#~ "<p>The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously "
+#~ "generated\n"
+#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use "
+#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in "
+#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report "
+#~ "details, select a report and click the <b>View</b> button.<br><br> You "
+#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /"
+#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Le formulaire Afficher les rapports archivés permet de consulter les rapports \n"
-#~ "précédemment générés, situés dans le répertoire /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Les cases à cocher en haut du formulaire permettent de limiter les rapports affichés dans la liste aux catégories suivantes : rapports SIR, rapports AUD ou rapports ESS. Pour consulter les détails d'un rapport, sélectionnez le rapport puis cliquez sur le bouton <b>Afficher</b>.<br><br> Vous pouvez consulter les rapports provenant d'un ou plusieurs systèmes si vous déplacez les rapports vers le répertoire /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Le formulaire Afficher les rapports archivés permet de consulter les "
+#~ "rapports \n"
+#~ "précédemment générés, situés dans le répertoire /var/log/apparmor/reports-"
+#~ "archived. Les cases à cocher en haut du formulaire permettent de limiter "
+#~ "les rapports affichés dans la liste aux catégories suivantes : rapports "
+#~ "SIR, rapports AUD ou rapports ESS. Pour consulter les détails d'un "
+#~ "rapport, sélectionnez le rapport puis cliquez sur le bouton <b>Afficher</"
+#~ "b>.<br><br> Vous pouvez consulter les rapports provenant d'un ou "
+#~ "plusieurs systèmes si vous déplacez les rapports vers le répertoire /var/"
+#~ "log/apparmor/reports-archived.</p>"
#~ msgid "repConfHelp"
#~ msgstr "repConfHelp"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Security Incident Report (SIR):</b> A report that displays security \n"
-#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy violations \n"
-#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The SIR \n"
-#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two types \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Security Incident Report (SIR):</b> A report that displays "
+#~ "security \n"
+#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy "
+#~ "violations \n"
+#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The "
+#~ "SIR \n"
+#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two "
+#~ "types \n"
#~ "of security events are defined as follows:"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Rapport d'incident de sécurité (SIR) :</b> un rapport affichant les évènements \n"
-#~ "de sécurité utiles à un administrateur. Le SIR rapporte les violations de stratégies pour \n"
-#~ "les applications confinées localement pendant la période de temps spécifiée. Le SIR \n"
-#~ "rapporte les exceptions et les changements d'état du moteur de stratégie. Ces deux types \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Rapport d'incident de sécurité (SIR) :</b> un rapport affichant les "
+#~ "évènements \n"
+#~ "de sécurité utiles à un administrateur. Le SIR rapporte les violations de "
+#~ "stratégies pour \n"
+#~ "les applications confinées localement pendant la période de temps "
+#~ "spécifiée. Le SIR \n"
+#~ "rapporte les exceptions et les changements d'état du moteur de stratégie. "
+#~ "Ces deux types \n"
#~ "d’évènements de sécurité sont définis comme suit :"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ul> <li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a resource \n"
-#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n"
-#~ "<li><b>Policy Engine State Changes:</b> Enforces policy for applications and \n"
-#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n"
-#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n"
-#~ "Select the report from the archive, then <b>View</b> to see the report details.</p>"
+#~ "<ul> <li><b>Policy Exceptions:</b> When an application requests a "
+#~ "resource \n"
+#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</"
+#~ "li> \n"
+#~ "<li><b>Policy Engine State Changes:</b> Enforces policy for applications "
+#~ "and \n"
+#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a "
+#~ "policy \n"
+#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</"
+#~ "li></ul> \n"
+#~ "Select the report from the archive, then <b>View</b> to see the report "
+#~ "details.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ul> <li><b>Exceptions de stratégie :</b> lorsqu'une application demande une ressource \n"
+#~ "<ul> <li><b>Exceptions de stratégie :</b> lorsqu'une application demande "
+#~ "une ressource \n"
#~ "non définie dans son profil, un évènement de sécurité est généré.</li> \n"
-#~ "<li><b>Changements d'état du moteur de stratégie :</b> applique les stratégies pour les applications\n"
-#~ "et maintient son propre état, y compris pendant le démarrage et l'arrêt des moteurs, pendant le \n"
-#~ "rechargement des stratégies et lors de l'activation ou la désactivation d'une fonction de sécurité globale.</li></ul>\n"
-#~ "Sélectionnez le rapport dans l'archive, puis cliquez sur <b>Afficher</b> pour voir les détails du rapport.</p>"
+#~ "<li><b>Changements d'état du moteur de stratégie :</b> applique les "
+#~ "stratégies pour les applications\n"
+#~ "et maintient son propre état, y compris pendant le démarrage et l'arrêt "
+#~ "des moteurs, pendant le \n"
+#~ "rechargement des stratégies et lors de l'activation ou la désactivation "
+#~ "d'une fonction de sécurité globale.</li></ul>\n"
+#~ "Sélectionnez le rapport dans l'archive, puis cliquez sur <b>Afficher</b> "
+#~ "pour voir les détails du rapport.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Applications Audit Report (AUD):</b> An auditing tool \n"
-#~| "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined \n"
-#~| "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network \n"
-#~| "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the \n"
-#~| "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or \n"
-#~| "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an \n"
-#~| "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program (confined or \n"
-#~| "unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is performing \n"
+#~| "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are "
+#~| "confined \n"
+#~| "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming "
+#~| "network \n"
+#~| "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the "
+#~| "date the \n"
+#~| "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined "
+#~| "program or \n"
+#~| "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile "
+#~| "for an \n"
+#~| "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program "
+#~| "(confined or \n"
+#~| "unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is "
+#~| "performing \n"
#~| "(enforce/complain).</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Applications Audit Report (AUD):</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain).</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Rapport d'audit d'applications (AUD) :</b> outil d'audit qui indique quels serveurs d'applications s'exécutent et s'ils sont confinés par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'applications sont des applications qui acceptent les connexions réseau entrantes. Ce rapport fournit l'adresse IP de la machine hôte, la date d'exécution du Rapport d'audit d'applications, le nom et le chemin du serveur d'application ou du programme non confiné, le profil suggéré ou un paramètre fictif pour un profil de programme non confiné, l'ID de processus, l'état du programme (confiné ou non) et le type de confinement que le profil met en œuvre (appliqué/réclamation).</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Applications Audit Report (AUD):</b> An auditing tool that reports "
+#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by "
+#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming "
+#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, "
+#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the "
+#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a "
+#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID "
+#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of "
+#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain).</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Rapport d'audit d'applications (AUD) :</b> outil d'audit qui "
+#~ "indique quels serveurs d'applications s'exécutent et s'ils sont confinés "
+#~ "par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'applications sont des applications qui "
+#~ "acceptent les connexions réseau entrantes. Ce rapport fournit l'adresse "
+#~ "IP de la machine hôte, la date d'exécution du Rapport d'audit "
+#~ "d'applications, le nom et le chemin du serveur d'application ou du "
+#~ "programme non confiné, le profil suggéré ou un paramètre fictif pour un "
+#~ "profil de programme non confiné, l'ID de processus, l'état du programme "
+#~ "(confiné ou non) et le type de confinement que le profil met en œuvre "
+#~ "(appliqué/réclamation).</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Executive Security Summary (ESS):</b> A combined report, \n"
-#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n"
-#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n"
+#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. "
+#~ "This \n"
+#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines "
+#~ "if each \n"
#~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n"
-#~ "<b>/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b>. This report provides the host \n"
-#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n"
-#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n"
-#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n"
+#~ "<b>/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b>. This report provides the "
+#~ "host \n"
+#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total "
+#~ "number \n"
+#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, "
+#~ "and the \n"
+#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a "
+#~ "range \n"
#~ "of SIR reports.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Résumé de sécurité exécutif (ESS) :</b> rapport combiné, composé \n"
-#~ "d'un ou plusieurs rapports de haut niveau provenant d'une ou plusieurs machines. \n"
-#~ "Ce rapport fournit une vue unique des évènements de sécurité sur plusieurs machines \n"
-#~ "si les données de chaque machine sont copiées dans le répertoire d'archivage des rapports, \n"
-#~ "<b>/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b>. Ce rapport indique l'adresse IP de la machine hôte, \n"
-#~ "les dates de début et de fin des évènements sondés, le nombre total de rejets, \n"
-#~ "le nombre total d’évènements, la moyenne des niveaux de gravité signalés, ainsi que \n"
-#~ "le plus haut niveau de gravité signalé. Une ligne du rapport ESS représente une plage \n"
+#~ "d'un ou plusieurs rapports de haut niveau provenant d'une ou plusieurs "
+#~ "machines. \n"
+#~ "Ce rapport fournit une vue unique des évènements de sécurité sur "
+#~ "plusieurs machines \n"
+#~ "si les données de chaque machine sont copiées dans le répertoire "
+#~ "d'archivage des rapports, \n"
+#~ "<b>/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived</b>. Ce rapport indique l'adresse "
+#~ "IP de la machine hôte, \n"
+#~ "les dates de début et de fin des évènements sondés, le nombre total de "
+#~ "rejets, \n"
+#~ "le nombre total d’évènements, la moyenne des niveaux de gravité signalés, "
+#~ "ainsi que \n"
+#~ "le plus haut niveau de gravité signalé. Une ligne du rapport ESS "
+#~ "représente une plage \n"
#~ "de rapports SIR.</p>"
#~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page "
@@ -2827,7 +3175,8 @@
#~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<b>Évènements de sécurité AppArmor</b><p>\n"
-#~ "Ce tableau affiche les évènements correspondant à vos critères de recherche.\n"
+#~ "Ce tableau affiche les évènements correspondant à vos critères de "
+#~ "recherche.\n"
#~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data"
#~ msgstr "Données de rapport d’évènement AppArmor"
@@ -2895,13 +3244,17 @@
#~ msgstr "Base de données d’évènements non initialisée."
#~ msgid "The events database has not been populated. No records exist."
-#~ msgstr "La base de données d’évènements n'a pas été complétée. Aucun enregistrement présent."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La base de données d’évènements n'a pas été complétée. Aucun "
+#~ "enregistrement présent."
#~ msgid "Query Returned Empty List."
#~ msgstr "La requête a retourné une liste vide."
#~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query."
-#~ msgstr "La base de données d'évènements n'a aucun enregistrement correspondant à la recherche."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La base de données d'évènements n'a aucun enregistrement correspondant à "
+#~ "la recherche."
#~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page "
#~ msgstr "Rapport d’évènement archivé - Page"
@@ -3132,8 +3485,12 @@
#~ msgid "Audit"
#~ msgstr "Audit"
-#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again."
-#~ msgstr "AppArmor ne semble pas être démarré. Veuillez activer AppArmor et réessayer."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try "
+#~ "again."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "AppArmor ne semble pas être démarré. Veuillez activer AppArmor et "
+#~ "réessayer."
# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__6
#~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s."
@@ -3160,7 +3517,8 @@
#~ "application on your system.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cet assistant va vous aider à créer un nouveau profil de sécurité \n"
-#~ "AppArmor pour une application. Vous pouvez aussi l'utiliser pour améliorer \n"
+#~ "AppArmor pour une application. Vous pouvez aussi l'utiliser pour "
+#~ "améliorer \n"
#~ "un profil existant en autorisant AppArmor à apprendre de nouveaux \n"
#~ "comportements d'applications. \n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3291,7 +3649,8 @@
#~ msgstr "# Période : %s - %s\n"
#~ msgid "# The following filters were used for report generation:\n"
-#~ msgstr "# Les filtres suivants ont été utilisés pour la génération du rapport :\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# Les filtres suivants ont été utilisés pour la génération du rapport :\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "# Filter: %s, Value: %s\n"
@@ -3374,7 +3733,9 @@
#~ msgstr "Impossible d'ouvrir %s. Impossible d'ajouter le rapport : %s"
#~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s"
-#~ msgstr "La duplication de nom de rapport n'est pas autorisé. N'a pas programmé de nouveau rapport : %s"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La duplication de nom de rapport n'est pas autorisé. N'a pas programmé de "
+#~ "nouveau rapport : %s"
#~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed."
#~ msgstr "Impossible d'ouvrir : %s. Aucun changement effectué."
@@ -3382,30 +3743,44 @@
#~ msgid "ag_reports_sched: Unknown instruction %s or arg: %s"
#~ msgstr "ag_reports_sched : instruction %s inconnue ou argument %s inconnu"
-#~ msgid "<p>Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Consultez-le pour obtenir des informations détaillées sur AppArmor.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Consultez-le pour obtenir des informations détaillées sur AppArmor.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n"
-#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n"
+#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID "
+#~ "is \n"
#~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ul><li>Outrepasser toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées sur les fichiers,\n"
-#~ "où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique à l'ID de l'utilisateur, sauf si CAP_FSETID est \n"
+#~ "<ul><li>Outrepasser toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées "
+#~ "sur les fichiers,\n"
+#~ "où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique à l'ID de "
+#~ "l'utilisateur, sauf si CAP_FSETID est \n"
#~ "applicable. Ne remplace pas les restrictions MAC et DAC. </li></ul>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n"
-#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n"
-#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n"
-#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n"
-#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
+#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID "
+#~ "bits on that \n"
+#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) "
+#~ "shall match \n"
+#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the "
+#~ "S_ISUID and \n"
+#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not "
+#~ "implemented). </li></ul>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ul><li>Outrepasser les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur effectif \n"
-#~ "doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du paramétrage des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de \n"
-#~ "ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe effectif (ou l'un des ID de groupe supplémentaires) doit correspondre \n"
-#~ "à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID sur ce fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et \n"
-#~ "S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de chown(2) (non implémenté). </li></ul>"
+#~ "<ul><li>Outrepasser les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur "
+#~ "effectif \n"
+#~ "doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du paramétrage "
+#~ "des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de \n"
+#~ "ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe effectif (ou l'un des ID de groupe "
+#~ "supplémentaires) doit correspondre \n"
+#~ "à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID "
+#~ "sur ce fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et \n"
+#~ "S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de chown(2) (non implémenté). </li></"
+#~ "ul>"
# TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__28
#~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below."
@@ -3413,20 +3788,25 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n"
-#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
+#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this "
+#~ "wizard."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Le profil contient déjà le nom du hat fourni. \n"
-#~ "Veuillez entrer un nom différent pour réessayer, ou cliquez sur Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant."
+#~ "Veuillez entrer un nom différent pour réessayer, ou cliquez sur "
+#~ "Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Generate Reports Help</b> <p>If there were, in fact, \n"
-#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n"
-#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p><p>Thank you for your time, \n"
+#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to "
+#~ "be), \n"
+#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.</p><p>Thank you for your "
+#~ "time, \n"
#~ "and have a nice day.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Aide sur la génération de rapports</b> <p>Si une aide vous \n"
#~ "était destinée (ce qui, incidemment, ne sera pas le cas), cette aide \n"
-#~ "se trouverait ici.</p><p> Merci pour votre disponibilité, bonne journée.</p>"
+#~ "se trouverait ici.</p><p> Merci pour votre disponibilité, bonne journée.</"
+#~ "p>"
# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__125
#~ msgid "Weds"
@@ -3459,13 +3839,33 @@
#~ msgid "Abo(r)t"
#~ msgstr "Abandonne(r)"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p><p>Complain mode is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not restrict the application's behavior.</p><p>Profiles in enforce mode are protected by AppArmor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Configuration du mode des profils</b><br>Cet outil vous permet de mettre les profils AppArmor en mode réclamation ou en mode imposition.</p><p>Le mode réclamation correspond à un état d'apprentissage du profil dans lequel l'activité des applications est consignée sans que leur comportement soit restreint.</p><p>En mode imposition, les profils sont protégés par AppArmor.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows you to set "
+#~ "AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p><p>Complain mode "
+#~ "is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not "
+#~ "restrict the application's behavior.</p><p>Profiles in enforce mode are "
+#~ "protected by AppArmor.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Configuration du mode des profils</b><br>Cet outil vous permet de "
+#~ "mettre les profils AppArmor en mode réclamation ou en mode imposition.</"
+#~ "p><p>Le mode réclamation correspond à un état d'apprentissage du profil "
+#~ "dans lequel l'activité des applications est consignée sans que leur "
+#~ "comportement soit restreint.</p><p>En mode imposition, les profils sont "
+#~ "protégés par AppArmor.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ " <b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>\n"
-#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n"
-#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. <br><br>\n"
+#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access "
+#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security "
+#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests "
+#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute "
+#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during "
+#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n"
+#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security "
+#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize "
+#~ "the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will "
+#~ "assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration "
+#~ "Guide for step-by-step instructions. <br><br>\n"
#~ " <b>Access Modes</b><br>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " File permission access modes consists of combinations of\n"
@@ -3551,16 +3951,21 @@
#~ "\t<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n"
#~ " '/'<li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, "
+#~ "including '/'</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting "
+#~ "'/'</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or "
+#~ "c</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or "
+#~ "c</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match\n"
+#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule "
+#~ "to match\n"
#~ " cd</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " </ul>\n"
@@ -3570,11 +3975,14 @@
#~ " <b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n"
+#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and "
+#~ "unconstrained \n"
#~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n"
#~ " environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n"
-#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n"
-#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n"
+#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to "
+#~ "sanitize the\n"
+#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling "
+#~ "process.\n"
#~ " The variables are:\n"
#~ " <ul> \n"
#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n"
@@ -3600,11 +4008,22 @@
#~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " <b>Assistant de profil AppArmor</b><br>\n"
-#~ " Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de contrôle d'accès AppArmor. Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité robustes et hautement optimisés en suivant les suggestions d'AppArmor. AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques ou définissiez des autorisations d'exécution pour les entrées. Les questions qui s'affichent ont été enregistrées lors du test normal d'exécution de l'application précédemment effectué. <br>\n"
-#~ " Le texte d'aide suivant décrit en détail la syntaxe du profil de sécurité utilisée par AppArmor. <br><br>À chaque étape, vous pouvez personnaliser l'entrée de profil en modifiant la réponse proposée. Cette présentation vous aidera à effectuer les choix appropriés. Vous trouverez des instructions détaillées dans le guide d'administration.<br><br>\n"
+#~ " Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de "
+#~ "contrôle d'accès AppArmor. Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité "
+#~ "robustes et hautement optimisés en suivant les suggestions d'AppArmor. "
+#~ "AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources "
+#~ "spécifiques ou définissiez des autorisations d'exécution pour les "
+#~ "entrées. Les questions qui s'affichent ont été enregistrées lors du test "
+#~ "normal d'exécution de l'application précédemment effectué. <br>\n"
+#~ " Le texte d'aide suivant décrit en détail la syntaxe du profil de "
+#~ "sécurité utilisée par AppArmor. <br><br>À chaque étape, vous pouvez "
+#~ "personnaliser l'entrée de profil en modifiant la réponse proposée. Cette "
+#~ "présentation vous aidera à effectuer les choix appropriés. Vous trouverez "
+#~ "des instructions détaillées dans le guide d'administration.<br><br>\n"
#~ " <b>Modes d'accès</b><br>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Les modes d'autorisation d'accès aux fichiers sont des combinaisons des\n"
+#~ " Les modes d'autorisation d'accès aux fichiers sont des "
+#~ "combinaisons des\n"
#~ " six modes suivants :\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <ul> <li>r - lecture</li>\n"
@@ -3620,16 +4039,20 @@
#~ " <br><br>\n"
#~ " <b>Mode lecture</b><br>\n"
#~ " Autorise le programme à ouvrir la ressource \n"
-#~ " en lecture. L'accès en lecture est indispensable pour les scripts shell \n"
+#~ " en lecture. L'accès en lecture est indispensable pour les "
+#~ "scripts shell \n"
#~ " et divers autres contenus interprétés et détermine si un\n"
-#~ " processus d'exécution peut créer un fichier core dump ou y être attaché avec\n"
-#~ " ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) est utilisé par des utilitaires tels que\n"
+#~ " processus d'exécution peut créer un fichier core dump ou y "
+#~ "être attaché avec\n"
+#~ " ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) est utilisé par des utilitaires tels "
+#~ "que\n"
#~ " strace(1), ltrace(1) et gdb(1).)\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <b>Mode écriture</b><br>\n"
#~ " Autorise le programme à accéder en écriture à la\n"
-#~ " ressource. Les fichiers doivent avoir cette autorisation pour que\n"
+#~ " ressource. Les fichiers doivent avoir cette autorisation pour "
+#~ "que\n"
#~ " la liaison puisse être supprimée.\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
@@ -3655,13 +4078,15 @@
#~ " dans un autre exécutable et accorder des droits d'exécution \n"
#~ " non confiné, il est possible d'ignorer les contraintes \n"
#~ " obligatoires imposées à tous les processus confinés.\n"
-#~ " Pour plus d'informations sur les contraintes, reportez-vous à la page de manuel\n"
+#~ " Pour plus d'informations sur les contraintes, reportez-vous à "
+#~ "la page de manuel\n"
#~ " subdomain(7).\n"
#~ " <br><br> <b>Mode exécution de profil discret </b><br>\n"
#~ " Ce mode requiert qu'un profil de sécurité discret soit\n"
#~ " défini, pour une ressource exécutée lors d'une transition\n"
#~ " de domaine AppArmor. Si aucun profil n'est défini,\n"
-#~ " l'accès sera refusé. Incompatible avec les entrées d'exécution hérité et\n"
+#~ " l'accès sera refusé. Incompatible avec les entrées "
+#~ "d'exécution hérité et\n"
#~ " sans contrainte.\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br> \n"
@@ -3671,32 +4096,39 @@
#~ " est créé, le fichier lié DOIT disposer\n"
#~ " des mêmes droits d'accès que la liaison créée\n"
#~ " (si ce n'est que la destination ne doit pas nécessairement\n"
-#~ " avoir d'accès à la liaison). L'accès à la liaison est requis pour\n"
+#~ " avoir d'accès à la liaison). L'accès à la liaison est requis "
+#~ "pour\n"
#~ " supprimer la liaison d'un fichier.\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <b>Globbing</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " Les ressources de fichier peuvent être spécifiées avec une syntaxe de globbing\n"
-#~ " similaire à celle utilisée par les shells répandus, tels que csh(1),\n"
+#~ " Les ressources de fichier peuvent être spécifiées avec une syntaxe "
+#~ "de globbing\n"
+#~ " similaire à celle utilisée par les shells répandus, tels que "
+#~ "csh(1),\n"
#~ " bash(1), zsh(1).\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <ul>\n"
-#~ " \t<li><b>*</b> peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe quelle longueur, le caractère \n"
+#~ " \t<li><b>*</b> peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe "
+#~ "quelle longueur, le caractère \n"
#~ " '/'<li>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe quelle longueur, y compris le caractère '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " \t<li><b>**</b> peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de "
+#~ "n'importe quelle longueur, y compris le caractère '/'</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " <li><b>?</b> peut remplacer n'importe quel caractère (un seul), à l'exception de '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>?</b> peut remplacer n'importe quel caractère (un seul), "
+#~ "à l'exception de '/'</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> remplace l'un des caractères a, b ou c</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> remplace l'un des caractères a, b ou c</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> se développe en une règle pour correspondre à ab, une règle pour correspondre\n"
+#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> se développe en une règle pour correspondre à "
+#~ "ab, une règle pour correspondre\n"
#~ " à cd</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " </ul>\n"
@@ -3706,10 +4138,14 @@
#~ " <b>Exéc. propre - pour exécution aséptisé</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " L'option Exéc. propre, pour les autorisations d'exécution profil discret et\n"
-#~ " sans contrainte, renforce la sécurité en nettoyant l'environnement\n"
-#~ " hérité par le programme enfant de variables spécifiques. Il vous sera \n"
-#~ " demandé si vous voulez nettoyer l'environnement, si vous avez choisi\n"
+#~ " L'option Exéc. propre, pour les autorisations d'exécution profil "
+#~ "discret et\n"
+#~ " sans contrainte, renforce la sécurité en nettoyant "
+#~ "l'environnement\n"
+#~ " hérité par le programme enfant de variables spécifiques. Il vous "
+#~ "sera \n"
+#~ " demandé si vous voulez nettoyer l'environnement, si vous avez "
+#~ "choisi\n"
#~ " 'p' ou 'u' durant la création du profil.\n"
#~ " Les variables sont les suivantes :\n"
#~ " <ul> \n"
@@ -3738,8 +4174,17 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ " <b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>\n"
-#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n"
-#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions.<br><br>\n"
+#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access "
+#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security "
+#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests "
+#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute "
+#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during "
+#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. <br>\n"
+#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security "
+#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may customize "
+#~ "the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist "
+#~ "you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide "
+#~ "for step-by-step instructions.<br><br>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " <b>Access Modes</b><br>\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3791,7 +4236,8 @@
#~ " This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n"
#~ " be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n"
#~ " rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section\n"
-#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution rights,\n"
+#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution "
+#~ "rights,\n"
#~ "\t it is possible to bypass the mandatory\n"
#~ " constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n"
#~ " For more information on what is constrained, see the\n"
@@ -3823,16 +4269,22 @@
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " <ul>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n"
+#~ " <li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, "
+#~ "excepting\n"
#~ " '/'<li>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, "
+#~ "including '/'</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character excepting "
+#~ "'/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or "
+#~ "c</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or "
+#~ "c</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule "
+#~ "to match cd</li>\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ " </ul>\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3841,11 +4293,14 @@
#~ " <b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n"
+#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and "
+#~ "unconstrained \n"
#~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n"
#~ " enviroment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n"
-#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n"
-#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n"
+#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to "
+#~ "sanitize the\n"
+#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling "
+#~ "process.\n"
#~ " The variables are:\n"
#~ " <ul> \n"
#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n"
@@ -3872,13 +4327,24 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ " <b>Assistant de profil AppArmor</b><br>\n"
-#~ " Cet assistant présente des entrées générées par le module de contrôle d'accès AppArmor. Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité robustes et optimisés en suivant les suggestions d'AppArmor. AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques ou définissiez des autorisations d'exécution pour les entrées. Les questions qui s'affichent ont été enregistrées lors du test normal d'exécution de l'application précédemment effectué. <br>\n"
-#~ " Le texte d'aide suivant décrit en détail la syntaxe du profil de sécurité utilisée par AppArmor. <br><br>À chaque étape, vous pouvez personnaliser l'entrée de profil en modifiant la réponse proposée. Cette présentation vous aidera à effectuer les choix appropriés. Vous trouverez des instructions détaillées dans le guide d'administration.\n"
+#~ " Cet assistant présente des entrées générées par le module de contrôle "
+#~ "d'accès AppArmor. Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité robustes et "
+#~ "optimisés en suivant les suggestions d'AppArmor. AppArmor suggère que "
+#~ "vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques ou "
+#~ "définissiez des autorisations d'exécution pour les entrées. Les questions "
+#~ "qui s'affichent ont été enregistrées lors du test normal d'exécution de "
+#~ "l'application précédemment effectué. <br>\n"
+#~ " Le texte d'aide suivant décrit en détail la syntaxe du profil de "
+#~ "sécurité utilisée par AppArmor. <br><br>À chaque étape, vous pouvez "
+#~ "personnaliser l'entrée de profil en modifiant la réponse proposée. Cette "
+#~ "présentation vous aidera à effectuer les choix appropriés. Vous trouverez "
+#~ "des instructions détaillées dans le guide d'administration.\n"
#~ " <br><br>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <b>Modes d'accès</b><br>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " Les modes d'autorisation d'accès aux fichiers sont des combinaisons des \n"
+#~ " Les modes d'autorisation d'accès aux fichiers sont des combinaisons "
+#~ "des \n"
#~ " six modes suivants :\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <ul> <li>r - lecture</li>\n"
@@ -3894,9 +4360,11 @@
#~ " <br><br>\n"
#~ " <b>Mode lecture</b><br>\n"
#~ " Autorise le programme à ouvrir la ressource \n"
-#~ " en lecture. L'accès en lecture est indispensable pour les scripts shell \n"
+#~ " en lecture. L'accès en lecture est indispensable pour les "
+#~ "scripts shell \n"
#~ "et divers autres contenus interprétés. Il détermine si un\n"
-#~ " processus d'exécution peut créer un fichier core dump ou y être attaché avec\n"
+#~ " processus d'exécution peut créer un fichier core dump ou y être attaché "
+#~ "avec\n"
#~ " ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) est utilisé par des utilitaires tels que\n"
#~ " strace(1), ltrace(1) et gdb(1).)\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
@@ -3929,13 +4397,15 @@
#~ " dans un autre exécutable et en accordant des droits d'exécution \n"
#~ " non confiné, il est possible d'ignorer les contraintes \n"
#~ " obligatoires imposées à tous les processus confinés.\n"
-#~ " Pour plus d'informations sur les contraintes, reportez-vous à la page de manuel\n"
+#~ " Pour plus d'informations sur les contraintes, reportez-vous à "
+#~ "la page de manuel\n"
#~ " subdomain(7).\n"
#~ " <br><br> <b>Mode exécution de profil discret </b><br>\n"
#~ " Ce mode requiert qu'un profil de sécurité discret soit\n"
#~ " défini, pour une ressource exécutée lors d'une transition\n"
#~ " de domaine AppArmor. En l'absence d'aucun profil défini,\n"
-#~ " l'accès est refusé. Incompatible avec les entrées d'exécution hérité et\n"
+#~ " l'accès est refusé. Incompatible avec les entrées d'exécution hérité "
+#~ "et\n"
#~ " sans contrainte.\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
@@ -3952,22 +4422,27 @@
#~ " <b>Globbing</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " Les ressources de fichier peuvent être spécifiées avec une syntaxe de globbing\n"
+#~ " Les ressources de fichier peuvent être spécifiées avec une syntaxe de "
+#~ "globbing\n"
#~ " similaire à celle utilisée par les shells répandus, tels que csh(1),\n"
#~ " bash(1), zsh(1).\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " <ul>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>*</b> peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe quelle longueur, excluant le caractère \n"
+#~ " <li><b>*</b> peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de "
+#~ "n'importe quelle longueur, excluant le caractère \n"
#~ " '/'<li>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " <li><b>**</b> peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe quelle longueur, comprenant le caractère '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>**</b> peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de "
+#~ "n'importe quelle longueur, comprenant le caractère '/'</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ " <li><b>?</b> peut remplacer n'importe quel caractère unique, à l'exception de '/'</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>?</b> peut remplacer n'importe quel caractère unique, à "
+#~ "l'exception de '/'</li>\n"
#~ " <li><b>[abc]</b> remplace l'un des caractères a, b ou c</li>\n"
#~ " <li><b>[a-c]</b> remplace l'un des caractères a, b ou c</li>\n"
-#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> se développe en une règle pour correspondre à ab, une règle pour correspondre à cd</li>\n"
+#~ " <li><b>{ab,cd}</b> se développe en une règle pour correspondre à "
+#~ "ab, une règle pour correspondre à cd</li>\n"
#~ " \n"
#~ " </ul>\n"
#~ " \n"
@@ -3976,10 +4451,13 @@
#~ " <b>Exéc. propre (exécution après nettoyage)</b>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ " L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux autorisations d'exécution profil discret et sans contrainte.\n"
+#~ " L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux autorisations d'exécution "
+#~ "profil discret et sans contrainte.\n"
#~ " Elle renforce la sécurité en supprimant certaines variables \n"
-#~ " de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Le système vous demandera si vous voulez nettoyer\n"
-#~ "l'environnement, si vous choisissez 'p' ou 'u' durant la création du profil.\n"
+#~ " de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Le système "
+#~ "vous demandera si vous voulez nettoyer\n"
+#~ "l'environnement, si vous choisissez 'p' ou 'u' durant la création du "
+#~ "profil.\n"
#~ " Les variables sont les suivantes :\n"
#~ " <ul> \n"
#~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n"
@@ -4005,34 +4483,412 @@
#~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n"
#~ " \n"
-#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> <li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> <li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> <li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> <li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting
read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> <li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
-#~ msgstr "<ul><li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé d'attention sécurisée</li> <li> Autoriser l'administration du périphérique aléatoire</li> <li> Autoriser l'examen et la configuration des quotas de disque</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration du syslog du kernel (comportement printk)</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration du nom de domaine</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration du nom d'hôte</li> <li> Autoriser l'appel de bdflush()</li> <li> Autoriser mount() et umount(), lors de la configuration d'une nouvelle connexion smb</li> <li> Autoriser des autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Autoriser nfsservctl</li> <li> Autoriser VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Autoriser la lecture/l'écriture de la configuration pci sur alpha</li> <li> Autoriser irix_prctl sur mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Autoriser le vidage du cache sur m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Autoriser la suppression des sémaphores</li> <li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN vers les files d'attente de messages IPC \"chown\", le
s sémaphores et la mémoire partagée</li> <li> Autoriser le verrouillage/déverrouillage d'un segment de mémoire partagée</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/la désactivation des échanges</li> <li> Autoriser les pids modifiés à la transmission des préférences de socket</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration des tampons de lecture anticipée et de vidage sur les périphériques de blocs</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration de la géométrie dans le lecteur de disquettes</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/la désactivation de DMA sur le pilote xd</li> <li> Autoriser la gestion des périphériques md (généralement au dessus, mais des ioctls supplémentaires)</li> <li> Autoriser l'adaptation du pilote ide</li> <li> Autoriser l'accès au périphérique nvram</li> <li> Autoriser la gestion du périphérique apm_bios, serial et bttv (TV)</li> <li> Autoriser les commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de prise en charge CAPI isdn</li> <li> Autoriser la lecture des parties non standardis�
�es de l'espace de configuration pci</li> <li> Autoriser DDI à déboguer ioctl sur le pilote sbpcd</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration des ports série</li> <li> Autoriser l'envoi des commandes qic-117 brute</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/la désactivation des files d'attente marqués sur les contrôleurs SCSI et l'envoi de commandes SCSI arbitraires</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration de clés de codage sur les systèmes de fichiers loopback</li></ul>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow "
+#~ "administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and "
+#~ "configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's "
+#~ "syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> "
+#~ "<li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> "
+#~ "<li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> "
+#~ "Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow "
+#~ "VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> "
+#~ "<li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all "
+#~ "cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> "
+#~ "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, "
+#~ "semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared "
+#~ "memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged "
+#~ "pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and "
+#~ "flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in "
+#~ "floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> "
+#~ "Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
+#~ "ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to "
+#~ "the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and "
+#~ "bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI "
+#~ "support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci "
+#~ "configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> "
+#~ "<li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 "
+#~ "commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI "
+#~ "controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting "
+#~ "encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ul><li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé d'attention sécurisée</li> "
+#~ "<li> Autoriser l'administration du périphérique aléatoire</li> <li> "
+#~ "Autoriser l'examen et la configuration des quotas de disque</li> <li> "
+#~ "Autoriser la configuration du syslog du kernel (comportement printk)</li> "
+#~ "<li> Autoriser la configuration du nom de domaine</li> <li> Autoriser la "
+#~ "configuration du nom d'hôte</li> <li> Autoriser l'appel de bdflush()</li> "
+#~ "<li> Autoriser mount() et umount(), lors de la configuration d'une "
+#~ "nouvelle connexion smb</li> <li> Autoriser des autofs root ioctls</li> "
+#~ "<li> Autoriser nfsservctl</li> <li> Autoriser VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> "
+#~ "Autoriser la lecture/l'écriture de la configuration pci sur alpha</li> "
+#~ "<li> Autoriser irix_prctl sur mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Autoriser le "
+#~ "vidage du cache sur m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Autoriser la "
+#~ "suppression des sémaphores</li> <li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN vers "
+#~ "les files d'attente de messages IPC \"chown\", les sémaphores et la "
+#~ "mémoire partagée</li> <li> Autoriser le verrouillage/déverrouillage d'un "
+#~ "segment de mémoire partagée</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/la "
+#~ "désactivation des échanges</li> <li> Autoriser les pids modifiés à la "
+#~ "transmission des préférences de socket</li> <li> Autoriser la "
+#~ "configuration des tampons de lecture anticipée et de vidage sur les "
+#~ "périphériques de blocs</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration de la "
+#~ "géométrie dans le lecteur de disquettes</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/"
+#~ "la désactivation de DMA sur le pilote xd</li> <li> Autoriser la gestion "
+#~ "des périphériques md (généralement au dessus, mais des ioctls "
+#~ "supplémentaires)</li> <li> Autoriser l'adaptation du pilote ide</li> <li> "
+#~ "Autoriser l'accès au périphérique nvram</li> <li> Autoriser la gestion du "
+#~ "périphérique apm_bios, serial et bttv (TV)</li> <li> Autoriser les "
+#~ "commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de prise en charge CAPI isdn</li> "
+#~ "<li> Autoriser la lecture des parties non standardisées de l'espace de "
+#~ "configuration pci</li> <li> Autoriser DDI à déboguer ioctl sur le pilote "
+#~ "sbpcd</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration des ports série</li> <li> "
+#~ "Autoriser l'envoi des commandes qic-117 brute</li> <li> Autoriser "
+#~ "l'activation/la désactivation des files d'attente marqués sur les "
+#~ "contrôleurs SCSI et l'envoi de commandes SCSI arbitraires</li> <li> "
+#~ "Autoriser la configuration de clés de codage sur les systèmes de fichiers "
+#~ "loopback</li></ul>"
-#~ msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be to send an alert. <br><br><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without providing details. <br>For example:<br> dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004<br><br> <b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. <br>For example:<br> SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.<br><br> <b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays unmodified
, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security events include the date and time the event occurred, when the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br> Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br<br> <ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you select <b>1 day</b> from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <br><br> <li> Enter the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications
. </li><br><br> <li>Select the lowest <b>severity level</b> for which a notification should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events occur.<br><br> <b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The <b>severity.db</b> file defines the severity level of potential security events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</li> <li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>"
-#~ msgstr "L'écran de notification d'évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer des alertes par message électronique pour les évènements de sécurité. Dans les étapes suivantes, indiquez la fréquence d'envoi des alertes, les destinataires et la gravité de l'évènement de sécurité nécessaire à l'envoi d'une alerte. <br><br><b>Types de notifications</b><br> <b>Notification succincte :</b> la notification succincte récapitule le nombre total d'évènements système sans fournir de détails. <br>Par exemple :<br> dhcp-101.up.wirex.com a rencontré 10 évènements de sécurité depuis le mardi 12 oct. 2004 à 11:10:00.<br><br> <b>Notification récapitulative :</b> la notification récapitulative affiche les évènements de sécurité AppArmor consignés et liste le nombre d'occurrences individuelles, avec la date de la dernière occurrence. <br>Par exemple :<br> Sous-domaine - AUTORISATION d'accès au profil de capacité \"setgid\" (httpd2-prefork(6347) /usr/sb
in/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 fois (la dernière, le samedi 9 oct. 2004 à 16:05:54).<br><br> <b>Notification détaillée :</b> la notification détaillée affiche les évènements de sécurité AppArmor consignés non modifiés. Elle vous indique chaque fois qu'un évènement se produit et écrit une nouvelle ligne dans le journal détaillé. Ces évènements de sécurité incluent la date et l'heure de l'évènement, quand le profil de l'application autorise ou refuse l'accès, ainsi que le type d'accès au fichier autorisé ou rejeté. La notification détaillée signale également plusieurs messages que l'outil logprof utilise pour interpréter les profils. <br>Par exemple :<br> 9 oct. 15:40:31. Sous-domaine - AUTORISATION d'accès r au profil /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork). <br<br> <ol> <li> Pour chaque type de notification à activer, sélectionnez la fréquence de notification so
uhaitée. Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez <b>1 jour</b> dans la liste déroulante, vous recevrez des notifications quotidiennes des évènements de sécurité, s'ils se produisent.</li> <br><br> <li> Entrez l'adresse de messagerie électronique des utilisateurs qui doivent recevoir les notifications succinctes, récapitulatives ou détaillées. </li><br><br> <li>Sélectionnez le <b>niveau de sécurité</b> le plus faible pour lequel une notification doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront consignés et les notifications seront envoyées à l'heure indiquée par l'intervalle lorsque les évènements correspondent ou dépassent le niveau de sécurité sélectionné. Si l'intervalle est d'1 jour, la notification sera envoyée quotidiennement, si des évènements de sécurité se produisent.<br><br> <b>Niveaux de sécurité :</b> ils sont numérotés de un à dix, dix représentant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier <b>severity.db</b> définit le n
iveau de sécurité des évènements de sécurité potentiels. Les niveaux de sécurité sont déterminés par l'importance des différents évènements de sécurité (par exemple, l'accès à certaines ressources ou le refus de certains services).</li> <li>Sélectionnez <b>Inclure les évènements de sécurité inconnus</b> si vous souhaitez inclure les évènements qui ne correspondent pas à un chiffre de niveau de sécurité.</li> </ol>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts "
+#~ "for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are "
+#~ "sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be "
+#~ "to send an alert. <br><br><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse "
+#~ "Notification:</b> Terse notification summarizes the total number of "
+#~ "system events without providing details. <br>For example:<br> dhcp-101."
+#~ "up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 "
+#~ "2004<br><br> <b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification "
+#~ "displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of "
+#~ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. "
+#~ "<br>For example:<br> SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability "
+#~ "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /"
+#~ "usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004."
+#~ "<br><br> <b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays "
+#~ "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an "
+#~ "event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security "
+#~ "events include the date and time the event occurred, when the "
+#~ "application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the "
+#~ "type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose "
+#~ "Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to "
+#~ "interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br> Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: "
+#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) "
+#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br<br> "
+#~ "<ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select "
+#~ "the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you "
+#~ "select <b>1 day</b> from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily "
+#~ "notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <br><br> <li> Enter "
+#~ "the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or "
+#~ "Verbose notifications. </li><br><br> <li>Select the lowest <b>severity "
+#~ "level</b> for which a notification should be sent. Security events will "
+#~ "be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the "
+#~ "interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity "
+#~ "level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if "
+#~ "security events occur.<br><br> <b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered "
+#~ "one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The "
+#~ "<b>severity.db</b> file defines the severity level of potential security "
+#~ "events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different "
+#~ "security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</"
+#~ "li> <li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if you would like "
+#~ "to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "L'écran de notification d'évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer "
+#~ "des alertes par message électronique pour les évènements de sécurité. "
+#~ "Dans les étapes suivantes, indiquez la fréquence d'envoi des alertes, les "
+#~ "destinataires et la gravité de l'évènement de sécurité nécessaire à "
+#~ "l'envoi d'une alerte. <br><br><b>Types de notifications</b><br> "
+#~ "<b>Notification succincte :</b> la notification succincte récapitule le "
+#~ "nombre total d'évènements système sans fournir de détails. <br>Par "
+#~ "exemple :<br> dhcp-101.up.wirex.com a rencontré 10 évènements de sécurité "
+#~ "depuis le mardi 12 oct. 2004 à 11:10:00.<br><br> <b>Notification "
+#~ "récapitulative :</b> la notification récapitulative affiche les "
+#~ "évènements de sécurité AppArmor consignés et liste le nombre "
+#~ "d'occurrences individuelles, avec la date de la dernière occurrence. "
+#~ "<br>Par exemple :<br> Sous-domaine - AUTORISATION d'accès au profil de "
+#~ "capacité \"setgid\" (httpd2-prefork(6347) /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork "
+#~ "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 fois (la dernière, le samedi 9 oct. "
+#~ "2004 à 16:05:54).<br><br> <b>Notification détaillée :</b> la notification "
+#~ "détaillée affiche les évènements de sécurité AppArmor consignés non "
+#~ "modifiés. Elle vous indique chaque fois qu'un évènement se produit et "
+#~ "écrit une nouvelle ligne dans le journal détaillé. Ces évènements de "
+#~ "sécurité incluent la date et l'heure de l'évènement, quand le profil de "
+#~ "l'application autorise ou refuse l'accès, ainsi que le type d'accès au "
+#~ "fichier autorisé ou rejeté. La notification détaillée signale également "
+#~ "plusieurs messages que l'outil logprof utilise pour interpréter les "
+#~ "profils. <br>Par exemple :<br> 9 oct. 15:40:31. Sous-domaine - "
+#~ "AUTORISATION d'accès r au profil /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-"
+#~ "prefork(6068) /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork). "
+#~ "<br<br> <ol> <li> Pour chaque type de notification à activer, "
+#~ "sélectionnez la fréquence de notification souhaitée. Par exemple, si vous "
+#~ "sélectionnez <b>1 jour</b> dans la liste déroulante, vous recevrez des "
+#~ "notifications quotidiennes des évènements de sécurité, s'ils se "
+#~ "produisent.</li> <br><br> <li> Entrez l'adresse de messagerie "
+#~ "électronique des utilisateurs qui doivent recevoir les notifications "
+#~ "succinctes, récapitulatives ou détaillées. </li><br><br> <li>Sélectionnez "
+#~ "le <b>niveau de sécurité</b> le plus faible pour lequel une notification "
+#~ "doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront consignés et les "
+#~ "notifications seront envoyées à l'heure indiquée par l'intervalle lorsque "
+#~ "les évènements correspondent ou dépassent le niveau de sécurité "
+#~ "sélectionné. Si l'intervalle est d'1 jour, la notification sera envoyée "
+#~ "quotidiennement, si des évènements de sécurité se produisent.<br><br> "
+#~ "<b>Niveaux de sécurité :</b> ils sont numérotés de un à dix, dix "
+#~ "représentant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier <b>severity."
+#~ "db</b> définit le niveau de sécurité des évènements de sécurité "
+#~ "potentiels. Les niveaux de sécurité sont déterminés par l'importance des "
+#~ "différents évènements de sécurité (par exemple, l'accès à certaines "
+#~ "ressources ou le refus de certains services).</li> <li>Sélectionnez "
+#~ "<b>Inclure les évènements de sécurité inconnus</b> si vous souhaitez "
+#~ "inclure les évènements qui ne correspondent pas à un chiffre de niveau de "
+#~ "sécurité.</li> </ol>"
-#~ msgid "<ul> <li>GCONV_PATH</li><li>GETCONF_DIR</li><li>HOSTALIASES</li><li>LD_AUDIT</li><li>LD_DEBUG</li><li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</li><li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li><li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li><li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</li><li>LD_PRELOAD</li><li>LD_PROFILE</li><li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</li><li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li><li>LOCALDOMAIN</li><li>LOCPATH</li><li>MALLOC_TRACE</li><li>NLSPATH</li><li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</li><li>RES_OPTION</li><li>TMPDIR</li><li>TZDIR</li></ul></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<ul> <li>GCONV_PATH</li><li>GETCONF_DIR</li><li>HOSTALIASES</li><li>LD_AUDIT</li><li>LD_DEBUG</li><li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</li><li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li><li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li><li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</li><li>LD_PRELOAD</li><li>LD_PROFILE</li><li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</li><li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li><li>LOCALDOMAIN</li><li>LOCPATH</li><li>MALLOC_TRACE</li><li>NLSPATH</li><li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</li><li>RES_OPTION</li><li>TMPDIR</li><li>TZDIR</li></ul></p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<ul> <li>GCONV_PATH</li><li>GETCONF_DIR</li><li>HOSTALIASES</"
+#~ "li><li>LD_AUDIT</li><li>LD_DEBUG</li><li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</"
+#~ "li><li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li><li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li><li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</"
+#~ "li><li>LD_PRELOAD</li><li>LD_PROFILE</li><li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</"
+#~ "li><li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li><li>LOCALDOMAIN</li><li>LOCPATH</"
+#~ "li><li>MALLOC_TRACE</li><li>NLSPATH</li><li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</"
+#~ "li><li>RES_OPTION</li><li>TMPDIR</li><li>TZDIR</li></ul></p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<ul> <li>GCONV_PATH</li><li>GETCONF_DIR</li><li>HOSTALIASES</"
+#~ "li><li>LD_AUDIT</li><li>LD_DEBUG</li><li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</"
+#~ "li><li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li><li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li><li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</"
+#~ "li><li>LD_PRELOAD</li><li>LD_PROFILE</li><li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</"
+#~ "li><li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li><li>LOCALDOMAIN</li><li>LOCPATH</"
+#~ "li><li>MALLOC_TRACE</li><li>NLSPATH</li><li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</"
+#~ "li><li>RES_OPTION</li><li>TMPDIR</li><li>TZDIR</li></ul></p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <br><br> <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Number:</b
> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht
ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>La boîte de dialogue Configuration des rapports permet de filtrer le rapport archivé sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par <b>Plage de dates</b> :<br><br> <ol> <li>Cliquez sur <b>Filtrer par plage de dates</b>. Les champs deviennent actifs. <li>Saisissez les dates de début et de fin qui limitent la portée du rapport. <li>Saisissez les autres paramètres de filtrage. Consultez les définitions des paramètres ci-dessous. </ol> Les définitions suivantes permettent d'entrer les paramètres de filtrage dans la boîte de dialogue de Configuration des rapports : <br><br> <b>Schéma de nom de programme :</b> lorsque vous entrez un nom de programme ou un schéma qui correspond au nom du binaire exécutable du programme en question, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits pour un programme spécifique.<br><br> <b>Schéma de nom de profil :</b> lorsque vous entrez le nom du profil, le rapport affiche les évènements
de sécurité qui sont générés pour le profil spécifié. Vous pouvez utiliser cela pour consulter ce qui est confiné par un profil spécifique.<br><br> <b>Numéro PID :</b> le numéro d'identification de processus identifie de manière unique un processus ou un programme en cours d'exécution. Ce numéro n'est valable que pendant la durée de vie du processus.<br><br> <b>Niveau de gravité :</b> sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour les évènements de sécurité que vous souhaitez inclure dans le rapport. Le niveau de gravité sélectionné et les niveaux supérieurs seront inclus dans le rapport.<br><br> <b>Détails :</b> une source auquel le profil a refusé l'accès. Cela inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Utilisez ce champ pour indiquer les ressources auxquelles les profils ne peuvent pas accéder.<br><br> <b>Mode :</b> Le Mode est l'autorisation accordée par le profil au programme ou au processus auquel il s'applique. Les options suivantes sont
disponibles : r (lecture) w (écriture) l (liaison) x (exécution)<br><br> <b>Type d'accès :</b> Le type d'accès décrit ce qui se passe réellement avec l'évènement de sécurité. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : PERMISSION, REJET ou AUDIT.<br><br> <b>CSV ou HTML :</b> permet d'exporter un fichier au format CSV (valeurs séparées par des virgules) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les différents composants de données des entrées de journal par des virgules à l'aide d'un format de données standard, ce qui permet de les importer dans des applications orientées-tableaux. Vous pouvez entrer un chemin pour le rapport exporté en indiquant le chemin d'accès complet dans le champ fourni.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived "
+#~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</"
+#~ "b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become "
+#~ "active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of "
+#~ "the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for "
+#~ "definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to "
+#~ "enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: "
+#~ "<br><br> <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or "
+#~ "pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of "
+#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for "
+#~ "a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter "
+#~ "the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that "
+#~ "are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is "
+#~ "being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Number:</b> Process "
+#~ "ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or "
+#~ "running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that "
+#~ "process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity "
+#~ "level for security events that you would like to be included in the "
+#~ "report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the "
+#~ "reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied "
+#~ "access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to "
+#~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> "
+#~ "<b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the "
+#~ "program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w "
+#~ "(write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type "
+#~ "describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options "
+#~ "are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> "
+#~ "Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or html file. The "
+#~ "CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a "
+#~ "standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You "
+#~ "can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full "
+#~ "pathname in the field provided.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>La boîte de dialogue Configuration des rapports permet de filtrer le "
+#~ "rapport archivé sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par "
+#~ "<b>Plage de dates</b> :<br><br> <ol> <li>Cliquez sur <b>Filtrer par plage "
+#~ "de dates</b>. Les champs deviennent actifs. <li>Saisissez les dates de "
+#~ "début et de fin qui limitent la portée du rapport. <li>Saisissez les "
+#~ "autres paramètres de filtrage. Consultez les définitions des paramètres "
+#~ "ci-dessous. </ol> Les définitions suivantes permettent d'entrer les "
+#~ "paramètres de filtrage dans la boîte de dialogue de Configuration des "
+#~ "rapports : <br><br> <b>Schéma de nom de programme :</b> lorsque vous "
+#~ "entrez un nom de programme ou un schéma qui correspond au nom du binaire "
+#~ "exécutable du programme en question, le rapport affiche les évènements de "
+#~ "sécurité qui se sont produits pour un programme spécifique.<br><br> "
+#~ "<b>Schéma de nom de profil :</b> lorsque vous entrez le nom du profil, le "
+#~ "rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui sont générés pour le "
+#~ "profil spécifié. Vous pouvez utiliser cela pour consulter ce qui est "
+#~ "confiné par un profil spécifique.<br><br> <b>Numéro PID :</b> le numéro "
+#~ "d'identification de processus identifie de manière unique un processus ou "
+#~ "un programme en cours d'exécution. Ce numéro n'est valable que pendant la "
+#~ "durée de vie du processus.<br><br> <b>Niveau de gravité :</b> "
+#~ "sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour les évènements de "
+#~ "sécurité que vous souhaitez inclure dans le rapport. Le niveau de gravité "
+#~ "sélectionné et les niveaux supérieurs seront inclus dans le rapport."
+#~ "<br><br> <b>Détails :</b> une source auquel le profil a refusé l'accès. "
+#~ "Cela inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Utilisez ce champ pour "
+#~ "indiquer les ressources auxquelles les profils ne peuvent pas accéder."
+#~ "<br><br> <b>Mode :</b> Le Mode est l'autorisation accordée par le profil "
+#~ "au programme ou au processus auquel il s'applique. Les options suivantes "
+#~ "sont disponibles : r (lecture) w (écriture) l (liaison) x "
+#~ "(exécution)<br><br> <b>Type d'accès :</b> Le type d'accès décrit ce qui "
+#~ "se passe réellement avec l'évènement de sécurité. Les options suivantes "
+#~ "sont disponibles : PERMISSION, REJET ou AUDIT.<br><br> <b>CSV ou HTML :</"
+#~ "b> permet d'exporter un fichier au format CSV (valeurs séparées par des "
+#~ "virgules) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les différents composants de "
+#~ "données des entrées de journal par des virgules à l'aide d'un format de "
+#~ "données standard, ce qui permet de les importer dans des applications "
+#~ "orientées-tableaux. Vous pouvez entrer un chemin pour le rapport exporté "
+#~ "en indiquant le chemin d'accès complet dans le champ fourni.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p>The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated version of one of the following reports. <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>L'écran Rapport sur demande AppArmor affiche une version instantanément générée de l'un des rapports suivants. <b>Résumé de sécurité d'exécution :</b> un rapport combiné, composé d'un ou de plusieurs rapports d'incidents de sécurité venant de une ou plusieurs machines. Ce rapport permet de voir d'un seul coup d'œil les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits sur différentes machines.<br><br> <b>Rapport d'audit d'applications :</b> un outil d'audit qui indiquent quels serveurs d'application sont en cours d'exécution et si les applications sont confinées par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'application permettent d'accepter les connexions réseau entrantes. <br><br> <b>Rapport d'incident de sécurité :</b> un rapport qui affiche la sécurité d'application pour un hôte unique. Il indique les violations de stratégies des applications confinées localement pendant une durée spécifique. Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport ou ajouter
de nouvelles versions.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated "
+#~ "version of one of the following reports. <b>Executive Security Summary:</"
+#~ "b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports "
+#~ "from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of "
+#~ "security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit "
+#~ "Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are "
+#~ "running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. "
+#~ "Application servers are applications that accept incoming network "
+#~ "connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that "
+#~ "displays application security for a single host. It reports policy "
+#~ "violations for locally confined applications during a specific time "
+#~ "period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>L'écran Rapport sur demande AppArmor affiche une version "
+#~ "instantanément générée de l'un des rapports suivants. <b>Résumé de "
+#~ "sécurité d'exécution :</b> un rapport combiné, composé d'un ou de "
+#~ "plusieurs rapports d'incidents de sécurité venant de une ou plusieurs "
+#~ "machines. Ce rapport permet de voir d'un seul coup d'œil les évènements "
+#~ "de sécurité qui se sont produits sur différentes machines.<br><br> "
+#~ "<b>Rapport d'audit d'applications :</b> un outil d'audit qui indiquent "
+#~ "quels serveurs d'application sont en cours d'exécution et si les "
+#~ "applications sont confinées par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'application "
+#~ "permettent d'accepter les connexions réseau entrantes. <br><br> "
+#~ "<b>Rapport d'incident de sécurité :</b> un rapport qui affiche la "
+#~ "sécurité d'application pour un hôte unique. Il indique les violations de "
+#~ "stratégies des applications confinées localement pendant une durée "
+#~ "spécifique. Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport ou ajouter "
+#~ "de nouvelles versions.</p>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> <ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <b>Program Name Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the executable process of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> <b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the security profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID Num
ber:</b> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values
) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "La boîte de dialogue Configuration des rapports permet de filtrer le rapport sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par <b>Plage de dates</b> :<br><br> <ol> <li>Cliquez sur <b>Filtrer par plage de dates</b>. Les champs deviennent actifs. <li>Saisissez les dates de début et de fin qui limitent la portée du rapport. <li>Saisissez les autres paramètres de filtrage. Consultez les définitions des paramètres ci-dessous. </ol> Les définitions suivantes permettent d'entrer les paramètres de filtrage dans la boîte de dialogue de Configuration des rapports : <b>Schéma de nom de programme :</b> lorsque vous entrez un nom de programme ou un schéma qui correspond au nom du processus exécutable en question, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits pour un programme spécifique.<br><br> <b>Schéma de nom de profil :</b> lorsque vous entrez le nom du profil de sécurité appliqué au processus, le rapport affiche les évène
ments de sécurité qui sont générés pour le profil spécifié. Vous pouvez utiliser cela pour consulter ce qui est confiné par un profil spécifique.<br><br> <b>Numéro PID :</b> le numéro d'identification de processus identifie de manière unique un processus ou un programme en cours d'exécution. Ce numéro n'est valable que pendant la durée de vie du processus.<br><br> <b>Niveau de gravité :</b> sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour les évènements de sécurité que vous souhaitez inclure dans le rapport. Le niveau de gravité sélectionné et les niveaux supérieurs seront inclus dans le rapport.<br><br> <b>Détails :</b> une source auquel le profil a refusé l'accès. Cela inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Utilisez ce champ pour indiquer les ressources auxquelles les profils ne peuvent pas accéder.<br><br> <b>Mode :</b> Le Mode est l'autorisation accordée par le profil au programme ou au processus auquel il s'applique. Les options suivantes s
ont disponibles : r (lecture) w (écriture) l (liaison) x (exécution)<br><br> <b>Type d'accès :</b> Le type d'accès décrit ce qui se passe réellement avec l'évènement de sécurité. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : PERMISSION, REJET ou AUDIT.<br><br> <b>CSV ou HTML :</b> permet d'exporter un fichier au format CSV (comma separated values) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les différents composants de données des entrées de journal par des virgules à l'aide d'un format de données standard, ce qui permet de les importer dans des applications orientées-tableaux. Vous pouvez entrer un chemin pour le rapport exporté en indiquant le chemin d'accès complet dans le champ fourni.<br><br>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report "
+#~ "selected in the previous screen. To filter by <b>Date Range:</b><br><br> "
+#~ "<ol> <li>Click <b>Filter By Date Range</b>. The fields become active. "
+#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the "
+#~ "report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions "
+#~ "of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the "
+#~ "filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: <b>Program Name "
+#~ "Pattern:</b> When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the "
+#~ "name of the executable process of interest, the report will display "
+#~ "security events that have occurred for a specific program.<br><br> "
+#~ "<b>Profile Name Pattern:</b> When you enter the name of the security "
+#~ "profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the "
+#~ "security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use "
+#~ "this to see what is being confined by a specific profile.<br><br> <b>PID "
+#~ "Number:</b> Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one "
+#~ "specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the "
+#~ "lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the "
+#~ "lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be "
+#~ "included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be "
+#~ "included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the "
+#~ "profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can "
+#~ "use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by "
+#~ "profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the "
+#~ "profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The "
+#~ "options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access "
+#~ "Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the "
+#~ "security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING."
+#~ "<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated "
+#~ "values) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log "
+#~ "entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-"
+#~ "oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report "
+#~ "by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La boîte de dialogue Configuration des rapports permet de filtrer le "
+#~ "rapport sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par <b>Plage de "
+#~ "dates</b> :<br><br> <ol> <li>Cliquez sur <b>Filtrer par plage de dates</"
+#~ "b>. Les champs deviennent actifs. <li>Saisissez les dates de début et de "
+#~ "fin qui limitent la portée du rapport. <li>Saisissez les autres "
+#~ "paramètres de filtrage. Consultez les définitions des paramètres ci-"
+#~ "dessous. </ol> Les définitions suivantes permettent d'entrer les "
+#~ "paramètres de filtrage dans la boîte de dialogue de Configuration des "
+#~ "rapports : <b>Schéma de nom de programme :</b> lorsque vous entrez un nom "
+#~ "de programme ou un schéma qui correspond au nom du processus exécutable "
+#~ "en question, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui se sont "
+#~ "produits pour un programme spécifique.<br><br> <b>Schéma de nom de "
+#~ "profil :</b> lorsque vous entrez le nom du profil de sécurité appliqué au "
+#~ "processus, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui sont générés "
+#~ "pour le profil spécifié. Vous pouvez utiliser cela pour consulter ce qui "
+#~ "est confiné par un profil spécifique.<br><br> <b>Numéro PID :</b> le "
+#~ "numéro d'identification de processus identifie de manière unique un "
+#~ "processus ou un programme en cours d'exécution. Ce numéro n'est valable "
+#~ "que pendant la durée de vie du processus.<br><br> <b>Niveau de gravité :</"
+#~ "b> sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour les évènements de "
+#~ "sécurité que vous souhaitez inclure dans le rapport. Le niveau de gravité "
+#~ "sélectionné et les niveaux supérieurs seront inclus dans le rapport."
+#~ "<br><br> <b>Détails :</b> une source auquel le profil a refusé l'accès. "
+#~ "Cela inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Utilisez ce champ pour "
+#~ "indiquer les ressources auxquelles les profils ne peuvent pas accéder."
+#~ "<br><br> <b>Mode :</b> Le Mode est l'autorisation accordée par le profil "
+#~ "au programme ou au processus auquel il s'applique. Les options suivantes "
+#~ "sont disponibles : r (lecture) w (écriture) l (liaison) x "
+#~ "(exécution)<br><br> <b>Type d'accès :</b> Le type d'accès décrit ce qui "
+#~ "se passe réellement avec l'évènement de sécurité. Les options suivantes "
+#~ "sont disponibles : PERMISSION, REJET ou AUDIT.<br><br> <b>CSV ou HTML :</"
+#~ "b> permet d'exporter un fichier au format CSV (comma separated values) ou "
+#~ "HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les différents composants de données des "
+#~ "entrées de journal par des virgules à l'aide d'un format de données "
+#~ "standard, ce qui permet de les importer dans des applications orientées-"
+#~ "tableaux. Vous pouvez entrer un chemin pour le rapport exporté en "
+#~ "indiquant le chemin d'accès complet dans le champ fourni.<br><br>"
-#~ msgid "<p>The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients.<br><br> In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports:<br><br> <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> <b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally conf
ined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>La page résumé des rapports planifiés indique les moments planifiés pour l'exécution des rapports. Les rapports peuvent être configurés pour s'exécuter tous les mois, toutes les semaines, tous les jours ou toutes les heures. Le paramétrage par défaut est tous les jours à minuit. Les rapports, une fois terminés, peuvent être envoyés par e-mail à trois destinataires au plus.<br><br> Dans la section de définition de la planification, vous pouvez planifier les trois types de rapports de sécurité suivants :<br><br> <b>Résumé de sécurité d'exécution :</b> un rapport combiné, composé d'un ou de plusieurs rapports d'incidents de sécurité venant de une ou plusieurs machines. Ce rapport permet d'afficher en un seul coup d'œil les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits sur différentes machines.<br><br> <b>Rapport d'audit d'applications :</b> un outil d'audit qui indiquent quels serveurs d'application sont en cours d'exécution et si les a
pplications sont confinées par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'application permettent d'accepter les connexions réseau entrantes. <br><br> <b>Rapport d'incident de sécurité :</b> un rapport qui affiche la sécurité d'application pour un hôte unique. Il indique les violations de stratégies des applications confinées localement pendant une durée spécifique. Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport ou ajouter de nouvelles versions.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are "
+#~ "scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or "
+#~ "hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also "
+#~ "be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients.<br><br> In "
+#~ "the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of "
+#~ "security reports:<br><br> <b>Executive Security Summary:</b> A combined "
+#~ "report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or "
+#~ "more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on "
+#~ "multiple machines.<br><br> <b>Applications Audit Report:</b> An auditing "
+#~ "tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the "
+#~ "applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are "
+#~ "applications that accept incoming network connections. <br><br> "
+#~ "<b>Security Incident Report:</b> A report that displays application "
+#~ "security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally "
+#~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and "
+#~ "customize this report, or add new versions.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>La page résumé des rapports planifiés indique les moments planifiés "
+#~ "pour l'exécution des rapports. Les rapports peuvent être configurés pour "
+#~ "s'exécuter tous les mois, toutes les semaines, tous les jours ou toutes "
+#~ "les heures. Le paramétrage par défaut est tous les jours à minuit. Les "
+#~ "rapports, une fois terminés, peuvent être envoyés par e-mail à trois "
+#~ "destinataires au plus.<br><br> Dans la section de définition de la "
+#~ "planification, vous pouvez planifier les trois types de rapports de "
+#~ "sécurité suivants :<br><br> <b>Résumé de sécurité d'exécution :</b> un "
+#~ "rapport combiné, composé d'un ou de plusieurs rapports d'incidents de "
+#~ "sécurité venant de une ou plusieurs machines. Ce rapport permet "
+#~ "d'afficher en un seul coup d'œil les évènements de sécurité qui se sont "
+#~ "produits sur différentes machines.<br><br> <b>Rapport d'audit "
+#~ "d'applications :</b> un outil d'audit qui indiquent quels serveurs "
+#~ "d'application sont en cours d'exécution et si les applications sont "
+#~ "confinées par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'application permettent d'accepter "
+#~ "les connexions réseau entrantes. <br><br> <b>Rapport d'incident de "
+#~ "sécurité :</b> un rapport qui affiche la sécurité d'application pour un "
+#~ "hôte unique. Il indique les violations de stratégies des applications "
+#~ "confinées localement pendant une durée spécifique. Vous pouvez modifier "
+#~ "et personnaliser ce rapport ou ajouter de nouvelles versions.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement module is loaded and functioning.</p> <p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p> <p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual profiles.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>État AppArmor</b><br>Cet outil indique si le module d'imposition des stratégies AppArmor est chargé et fonctionne.</p> <p><b>Notification des évènements de sécurité</b><br>Configurez cet outil pour recevoir des e-mails vous avertissant des violations de droits d'accès.</p> <p><b>Mode des profils</b><br>Cet outil permet de modifier le mode d'utilisation des différents profils par AppArmor.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
+#~ "enforcement module is loaded and functioning.</p> <p><b>Security Event "
+#~ "Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want to be notified by "
+#~ "email when access violations have occurred.</p> <p><b>Profile Modes</"
+#~ "b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual "
+#~ "profiles.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>État AppArmor</b><br>Cet outil indique si le module d'imposition "
+#~ "des stratégies AppArmor est chargé et fonctionne.</p> <p><b>Notification "
+#~ "des évènements de sécurité</b><br>Configurez cet outil pour recevoir des "
+#~ "e-mails vous avertissant des violations de droits d'accès.</p> <p><b>Mode "
+#~ "des profils</b><br>Cet outil permet de modifier le mode d'utilisation des "
+#~ "différents profils par AppArmor.</p>"
#~ msgid "Email address is too long. Please enter another address."
#~ msgstr "Adresse e-mail trop longue. Saisissez une autre adresse."
#~ msgid "Error in email address format. Please use \"name@host\" format."
-#~ msgstr "Erreur de format de l'adresse e-mail. Veuillez respecter le format \"nom@hôte\"."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Erreur de format de l'adresse e-mail. Veuillez respecter le format "
+#~ "\"nom@hôte\"."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
31 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-31 14:15:04 +0100 (Wed, 31 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90912
Modified:
trunk/lcn/fr/po/update-desktop-files-kde.fr.po
Log:
Translation (fr)
update-desktop-files-kde.fr.po: Traduction de quelques cha?\195?\174nes (Antoine)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of guillaume
Modified: trunk/lcn/fr/po/update-desktop-files-kde.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/fr/po/update-desktop-files-kde.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:11:20 …
[View More]UTC (rev 90911)
+++ trunk/lcn/fr/po/update-desktop-files-kde.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:15:04 UTC (rev 90912)
@@ -2,20 +2,23 @@
#
# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)free.fr>, 2007, 2008.
# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012.
+# Sylvain Tostain <locnar(a)gmx.fr>, 2014.
+# Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>, 2014.
+#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:23+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 21:17+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Sylvain Tostain <locnar(a)gmx.fr>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-30 18:24+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Antoine Belvire <antoine.belvire(a)laposte.net>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/konversation/themes/alternative/index.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(index.desktop)"
@@ -414,9 +417,10 @@
msgstr "Un disque ZIP"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/krename.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(krename.desktop)"
msgid "A batch renamer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Outil de renommage par lots"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/messageviewer/plugins/bodypartformatter/application_ms-tnef.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(application_ms-tnef.desktop)"
@@ -1033,9 +1037,10 @@
msgstr "Casse-briques extraterrestre"
#: /usr/share/kservices5/kded/baloosearchfolderupdater.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(baloosearchfolderupdater.desktop)"
msgid "Allows automatic updates of Search Folders"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Autorise la mise à jour automatique des dossiers de recherche"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/shareprovider/simplestimagehosting/metadata.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)"
@@ -1636,14 +1641,16 @@
msgstr "BTS 10200"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/backintime-kde4.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(backintime-kde4.desktop)"
msgid "Back In Time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Back In Time"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/backintime-kde4-root.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(backintime-kde4-root.desktop)"
msgid "Back In Time (root)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Back In Time (root)"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Civil/civil_backflow_preventer.desktop
msgctxt "Name(civil_backflow_preventer.desktop)"
@@ -1721,9 +1728,10 @@
msgstr "Chauve-souris"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/krename.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(krename.desktop)"
msgid "Batch File Renamer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Outil de renommage par lots"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/battery/metadata.desktop
msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)"
@@ -2211,9 +2219,10 @@
msgstr "Graveur de CD..."
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kchmviewer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(kchmviewer.desktop)"
msgid "CHM file viewer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Visualiseur de fichiers CHM"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/CMOS/collection.desktop
msgctxt "Name(collection.desktop)"
@@ -3366,9 +3375,10 @@
msgstr "Tableau de bord par défaut pour les ultra portables"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/layout-templates/org.kde.plasma-desktop.defaultPanel/metadata.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)"
msgid "Default Panel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tableau de bord par défaut"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/ksmserver/themes/default/metadata.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)"
@@ -3386,9 +3396,10 @@
msgstr "Thème par défaut"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/desktoptheme/openSUSElight/metadata.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)"
msgid "Default openSUSE theme"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Thème openSUSE par défaut"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Basic_Flowchart/delay.desktop
msgctxt "Name(delay.desktop)"
@@ -4066,9 +4077,10 @@
msgstr "Gestionnaire du pilote"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/yakuake.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(yakuake.desktop)"
msgid "Drop-down Terminal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Terminal déroulant"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/dual_mode_accesspoint.desktop
msgctxt "Name(dual_mode_accesspoint.desktop)"
@@ -4769,9 +4781,10 @@
msgstr "Gestionnaire de fichiers"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/dolphinsu.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(dolphinsu.desktop)"
msgid "File Manager - Super User Mode"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestionnaire de fichiers - Mode superutilisateur"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/konquerorsu.desktop
msgctxt "Name(konquerorsu.desktop)"
@@ -4839,9 +4852,10 @@
msgstr "Roues en feu"
#: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/MozillaFirefox.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(MozillaFirefox.desktop)"
msgid "Firefox"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Firefox"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/fwsm.desktop
msgctxt "Name(fwsm.desktop)"
@@ -5822,9 +5836,10 @@
msgstr "IBM mainframe with FEP"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/colordkdeiccimporter.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(colordkdeiccimporter.desktop)"
msgid "ICC Profile Installer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Installateur de profils ICC"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/icm.desktop
msgctxt "Name(icm.desktop)"
@@ -6057,19 +6072,22 @@
msgstr "Input Transducer"
#: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/live-installer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(live-installer.desktop)"
msgid "Install"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Installer"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/colordkdeiccimporter.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(colordkdeiccimporter.desktop)"
msgid "Install ICC profiles"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Installer des profils ICC"
#: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/live-installer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(live-installer.desktop)"
msgid "Install running system to your hard drive"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Installer le système sur votre disque dur"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.ktp-contactlist/metadata.desktop
msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)"
@@ -6544,9 +6562,10 @@
msgstr "Espace de travail Plasma de KDE (session de secours)"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kradio4.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(kradio4.desktop)"
msgid "KDE Radio Tuner"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tuner radio KDE"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kdesystemsettings.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(kdesystemsettings.desktop)"
@@ -6789,9 +6808,10 @@
msgstr "Knemo"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/knemo/themes/monochrome.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(monochrome.desktop)"
msgid "KNemo Monochrome icon theme (contributed by Vinícius Sabino)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Thème d'icônes KNemo Monochrome (contribution de Vinícius Sabino)"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/knemo/themes/network.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(network.desktop)"
@@ -6854,9 +6874,10 @@
msgstr "KPPPLogview"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kpassgen.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(kpassgen.desktop)"
msgid "KPassGen"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KPassGen"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kpat.desktop
msgctxt "Name(kpat.desktop)"
@@ -7014,9 +7035,10 @@
msgstr "KUser"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kvirustotal.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(kvirustotal.desktop)"
msgid "KVirustotal"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KVirustotal"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kvpnc.desktop
msgctxt "Name(kvpnc.desktop)"
@@ -7124,9 +7146,10 @@
msgstr "Kepas - Publier et partager facilement avec KDE"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kepas.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(kepas.desktop)"
msgid "Kepas - KDE Easy Publish and Share"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kepas - Publier et partager facilement avec KDE"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/keramik.desktop
msgctxt "Name(keramik.desktop)"
@@ -7144,9 +7167,10 @@
msgstr "Key"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kbd-layout-viewer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(kbd-layout-viewer.desktop)"
msgid "Keyboard layout viewer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afficheur de disposition clavier"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kid3.desktop
#, fuzzy
@@ -7154,7 +7178,7 @@
#| msgid "Kid3-qt"
msgctxt "Name(kid3.desktop)"
msgid "Kid3"
-msgstr "Kid3-qt"
+msgstr "Kid3"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kig.desktop
msgctxt "Name(kig.desktop)"
@@ -7950,9 +7974,10 @@
msgstr "MSE"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/remoteview/mtp-network.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(mtp-network.desktop)"
msgid "MTP Devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Périphériques MTP"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/mux.desktop
msgctxt "Name(mux.desktop)"
@@ -8363,14 +8388,16 @@
msgstr "Microphone (Européen)"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/semantik.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(semantik.desktop)"
msgid "Mind mapping software"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Logiciel de cartographie conceptuelle"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/semantik.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(semantik.desktop)"
msgid "Mind mapping software"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Logiciel de cartographie conceptuelle"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kmines.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(kmines.desktop)"
@@ -8448,9 +8475,10 @@
msgstr "Moniteur"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/knemo/themes/monochrome.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(monochrome.desktop)"
msgid "Monochrome"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Monochrome"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/montenegro.desktop
msgctxt "Name(montenegro.desktop)"
@@ -8713,9 +8741,10 @@
msgstr "Gestion de réseau"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/knemo.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(knemo.desktop)"
msgid "Network Monitor"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Moniteur réseau"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/remoteview/zeroconf.desktop
msgctxt "Name(zeroconf.desktop)"
@@ -9003,9 +9032,10 @@
msgstr "Référence externe de la page"
#: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/Office.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(Office.desktop)"
msgid "Office"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bureautique"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/okteta.desktop
msgctxt "Name(okteta.desktop)"
@@ -9123,9 +9153,10 @@
msgstr "Sens unique"
#: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/Support.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(Support.desktop)"
msgid "Online Help"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aide en ligne"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/khelpcenter/plugins/onlinehelp.desktop
msgctxt "Name(onlinehelp.desktop)"
@@ -9133,9 +9164,10 @@
msgstr "Aide en ligne"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kvirustotal.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(kvirustotal.desktop)"
msgid "Online antivirus and anti-phishing tool"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Antivirus en ligne et outil anti-hameçonnage"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Circuit/opamp.desktop
msgctxt "Name(opamp.desktop)"
@@ -9158,9 +9190,10 @@
msgstr "Ouvrir dans le gestionnaire de fichiers"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/actions/solid_mtp.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(solid_mtp.desktop)"
msgid "Open with File Manager"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ouvrir avec le gestionnaire de fichiers"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/actions/test-predicate-openinwindow.desktop
msgctxt "Name(test-predicate-openinwindow.desktop)"
@@ -9168,24 +9201,28 @@
msgstr "Ouvrir dans le gestionnaire de fichiers"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/actions/vlc-openbd.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(vlc-openbd.desktop)"
msgid "Open with VLC media player"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ouvrir avec le lecteur multimédia VLC"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/actions/vlc-opencda.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(vlc-opencda.desktop)"
msgid "Open with VLC media player"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ouvrir avec le lecteur multimédia VLC"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/actions/vlc-opendvd.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(vlc-opendvd.desktop)"
msgid "Open with VLC media player"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ouvrir avec le lecteur multimédia VLC"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/actions/vlc-openvcd.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(vlc-openvcd.desktop)"
msgid "Open with VLC media player"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ouvrir avec le lecteur multimédia VLC"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/solid/actions/dragonplayer-opendvd.desktop
msgctxt "Name(dragonplayer-opendvd.desktop)"
@@ -9577,9 +9614,10 @@
msgstr "Photographies pour passeport anglais - 3.5 x 4 cm (6 photos)"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kpassgen.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(kpassgen.desktop)"
msgid "Password Generator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Générateur de mot de passe"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/ksmserver/screenlocker/org.kde.passworddialog/metadata.desktop
msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)"
@@ -10186,9 +10224,10 @@
msgstr "Afficheur de fichiers d'interface graphique « Qt Designer »"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kwin/qtcurve.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(qtcurve.desktop)"
msgid "QtCurve"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "QtCurve"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Assorted/arrow-quad.desktop
msgctxt "Name(arrow-quad.desktop)"
@@ -11029,24 +11068,28 @@
msgstr "Voir le niveau d'énergie de votre batterie"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/semantik.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(semantik.desktop)"
msgid "Semantik"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Semantik"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/semantik-d.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(semantik-d.desktop)"
msgid "Semantik Diagrams"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Diagrammes Semantik"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/semantik-d.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(semantik-d.desktop)"
msgid "Semantik diagrams"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Diagrammes Semantik"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/semantik-d.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(semantik-d.desktop)"
msgid "Semantik diagrams"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Diagrammes Semantik"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/SDL/send.desktop
msgctxt "Name(send.desktop)"
@@ -11244,14 +11287,16 @@
msgstr "Vagues simples"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/backintime-kde4-root.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(backintime-kde4-root.desktop)"
msgid "Simple backup system"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Système de sauvegarde simple"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/backintime-kde4.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(backintime-kde4.desktop)"
msgid "Simple backup system"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Outil de sauvegarde simple"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/plasma/plasmoids/org.kde.ktp-chat/metadata.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(metadata.desktop)"
@@ -11930,12 +11975,13 @@
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kdm/sessions/subtle.desktop
msgctxt "Name(subtle.desktop)"
msgid "Subtle"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Subtle"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kdm/sessions/subtle.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(subtle.desktop)"
msgid "Subtle Tiling Window Manager"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestionnaire de fenêtres pavant Subtle"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Flags/sudan.desktop
msgctxt "Name(sudan.desktop)"
@@ -11943,9 +11989,10 @@
msgstr "Soudan"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/ksudoku.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(ksudoku.desktop)"
msgid "Sudoku Game"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jeu de sudoku"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/ksudoku.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(ksudoku.desktop)"
@@ -12279,9 +12326,10 @@
msgstr "Terminal"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/konsolesu.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(konsolesu.desktop)"
msgid "Terminal - Super User Mode"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Terminal - mode superutilisateur"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kcm_componentchooser/kcm_terminal.desktop
msgctxt "Name(kcm_terminal.desktop)"
@@ -12800,9 +12848,10 @@
msgstr "Apprentissage de la frappe au clavier"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/synaptiks.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(synaptiks.desktop)"
msgid "Touchpad management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestion du pavé tactile"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kmahjongg/layouts/tower.desktop
msgctxt "Name(tower.desktop)"
@@ -13181,9 +13230,10 @@
msgstr "VN5902"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kvpnc.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(kvpnc.desktop)"
msgid "VPN Client GUI"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Client VPN (interface graphique)"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cisco/vpn_gateway.desktop
msgctxt "Name(vpn_gateway.desktop)"
@@ -13431,9 +13481,10 @@
msgstr "Afficher les informations d'utilisation de disques"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kbd-layout-viewer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(kbd-layout-viewer.desktop)"
msgid "View keyboard layout"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afficher la disposition du clavier"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/khtml/kpartplugins/plugin_domtreeviewer.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(plugin_domtreeviewer.desktop)"
@@ -13706,9 +13757,10 @@
msgstr "Archiveur Web"
#: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/MozillaFirefox.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(MozillaFirefox.desktop)"
msgid "Web Browser"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Navigateur Web"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/konqbrowser.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(konqbrowser.desktop)"
@@ -14691,9 +14743,10 @@
msgstr "kde-nm-connection-editor"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde5-nm-connection-editor.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(kde5-nm-connection-editor.desktop)"
msgid "kde5-nm-connection-editor"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "kde5-nm-connection-editor"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/kdesvn.desktop
msgctxt "Name(kdesvn.desktop)"
@@ -14846,29 +14899,34 @@
msgstr "Okular"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/SUSEgreeter.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(SUSEgreeter.desktop)"
msgid "openSUSE"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "openSUSE"
#: /usr/share/kde4/config/SuSE/default/SuSE.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(SuSE.desktop)"
msgid "openSUSE"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "openSUSE"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/desktoptheme/openSUSE/metadata.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)"
msgid "openSUSE"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "openSUSE"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/kdm/themes/openSUSE/KdmGreeterTheme.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(KdmGreeterTheme.desktop)"
msgid "openSUSE 13.2 KDM theme"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Thème KDM d'openSUSE 13.2"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/desktoptheme/openSUSElight/metadata.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(metadata.desktop)"
msgid "openSUSElight"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "openSUSElight"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Digital/or_h.desktop
msgctxt "Name(or_h.desktop)"
@@ -15356,9 +15414,10 @@
msgstr "bascule"
#: /usr/share/applications/kde4/synaptiks.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(synaptiks.desktop)"
msgid "synaptiks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "synaptiks"
#: /usr/share/kde4/apps/flow/stencils/Cybernetics/t-integrator.desktop
msgctxt "Name(t-integrator.desktop)"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
31 Dec '14
Author: guillaume_g
Date: 2014-12-31 14:11:20 +0100 (Wed, 31 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90911
Modified:
trunk/lcn/fr/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fr.po
Log:
Translation (fr)
Modified: trunk/lcn/fr/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/fr/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fr.po 2014-12-29 10:37:48 UTC (rev 90910)
+++ trunk/lcn/fr/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fr.po 2014-12-31 13:11:20 UTC (rev 90911)
@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
# …
[View More]translation of update-desktop-files-yast.po to French
#
-# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013.
# Fabien Crespel <fabien(a)crespel.net>, 2008, 2010.
+# Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014.
+#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-yast\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:23+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 11:37+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-29 22:18+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
@@ -15,12 +16,13 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Gtranslator 2.91.6\n"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/sysconfig.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(sysconfig.desktop)"
msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Éditeur de fichiers /etc/sysconfig"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/users.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(users.desktop)"
@@ -29,9 +31,10 @@
"Ajouter, modifier ou supprimer des utilisateurs ou des groupes d'utilisateurs"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/add-on-creator.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(add-on-creator.desktop)"
msgid "Add-On Creator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créateur de produit complémentaire"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/add-on.desktop
msgctxt "Name(add-on.desktop)"
@@ -39,29 +42,34 @@
msgstr "Produits complémentaires"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/apparmor.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(apparmor.desktop)"
msgid "AppArmor Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration d'AppArmor"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/apparmor.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(apparmor.desktop)"
msgid "AppArmor Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration d'AppArmor"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/host.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(host.desktop)"
msgid "Assign hostnames and aliases to IP addresses"
-msgstr "Configurer les noms d'hôtes"
+msgstr "Assigner les noms d'hôtes et les alias aux adresses IP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/auth-client.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(auth-client.desktop)"
msgid "Authentication Client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Client d'authentification"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/auth-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(auth-server.desktop)"
msgid "Authentication Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur d'authentification"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/autoyast.desktop
msgctxt "Name(autoyast.desktop)"
@@ -74,14 +82,17 @@
msgstr "Configuration du chargeur d'amorçage"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/ca_mgm.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(ca_mgm.desktop)"
msgid "CA Management"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestion des AC"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/sysconfig.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(sysconfig.desktop)"
msgid "Change settings in /etc/sysconfig configuration files"
msgstr ""
+"Changer les paramètres dans les fichiers de configuration /etc/sysconfig"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/yast-language.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(yast-language.desktop)"
@@ -98,19 +109,22 @@
"etc...), ajoutez les dépôts communautaires"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/cluster.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(cluster.desktop)"
msgid "Cluster"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Grappe"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/common_cert.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(common_cert.desktop)"
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Certificat serveur commun"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/geo-cluster.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(geo-cluster.desktop)"
msgid "Configuration Geo Cluster"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration Geo Cluster"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/autoyast.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(autoyast.desktop)"
@@ -118,64 +132,78 @@
msgstr "Système de configuration pour l'installation automatique"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/ca_mgm.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(ca_mgm.desktop)"
msgid "Configure CAs, certificates, and requests"
msgstr ""
+"Configurer les autorités de certification (AC), les certificats et les "
+"requêtes"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/cluster.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(cluster.desktop)"
msgid "Configure Cluster"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer une grappe"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iplb.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(iplb.desktop)"
msgid "Configure IPLB(IP Load Balancing)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer IPLB (équilibrage de charge IP)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/system_settings.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(system_settings.desktop)"
msgid "Configure Low-Level System Options"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer les options système de bas niveau"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/dhcp-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(dhcp-server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a DHCP server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur DHCP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/dns-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(dns-server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a DNS server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur DNS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/nis.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(nis.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a NIS client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un client NIS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/nis_server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(nis_server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a NIS server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur NIS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/slp-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(slp-server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a SLP server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur SLP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/samba-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(samba-server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a Samba server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur Samba"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/squid.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(squid.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a Squid cache proxy server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur proxy Squid"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/tftp-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(tftp-server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a TFTP server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur TFTP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/firewall.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(firewall.desktop)"
@@ -188,19 +216,22 @@
msgstr "Configurer un proxy"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/scanner.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(scanner.desktop)"
msgid "Configure a scanner"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un scanneur"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/http-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(http-server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure an Apache 2 server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur Apache 2"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/auth-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(auth-server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure an Authentication Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur d'authentification"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/nfs.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(nfs.desktop)"
@@ -213,29 +244,34 @@
msgstr "Configurer un serveur NFS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/ntp-client.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(ntp-client.desktop)"
msgid "Configure an NTP client or server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur ou un client NTP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iscsi-client.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(iscsi-client.desktop)"
msgid "Configure an iSCSI initiator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un initiateur iSCSI"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iscsi-lio-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(iscsi-lio-server.desktop)"
msgid "Configure an iSCSI target via LIO"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un initiateur iSCSI via LIO"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/isns.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(isns.desktop)"
msgid "Configure an iSNS server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer un serveur iSNS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/instserver.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(instserver.desktop)"
msgid "Configure and manage installation servers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer et gérer les serveurs d'installation"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/security.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(security.desktop)"
@@ -253,34 +289,40 @@
msgstr "Configurer les cartes réseau, les noms d'hôte et le routage"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/inetd.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(inetd.desktop)"
msgid "Configure network services (xinetd)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer les services réseau (xinetd)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/printer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(printer.desktop)"
msgid "Configure printers"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer les imprimantes"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/runlevel.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(runlevel.desktop)"
msgid "Configure running services and the default target"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer les services en cours et la cible par défaut"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/services-manager.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(services-manager.desktop)"
msgid "Configure running services and the default target"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer les services en cours et la cible par défaut"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/sudo.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(sudo.desktop)"
msgid "Configure sudo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer sudo"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/drbd.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(drbd.desktop)"
msgid "Configure the DRBD(Distributed Replicated Block Device) device"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer le périphérique DRBD (Distributed Replicated Block Device)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/samba-client.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(samba-client.desktop)"
@@ -288,9 +330,10 @@
msgstr "Configurer l'appartenance au domaine Windows"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/auth-client.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(auth-client.desktop)"
msgid "Configure the authentication client (sssd)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer le client d'authentification (sssd)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/bootloader.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(bootloader.desktop)"
@@ -298,9 +341,10 @@
msgstr "Configuration du chargeur d'amorçage"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/sound.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(sound.desktop)"
msgid "Configure your sound card"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configurer votre carte son"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/timezone.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(timezone.desktop)"
@@ -308,34 +352,40 @@
msgstr "Contrôler fuseau horaire, date et heure système"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/add-on-creator.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(add-on-creator.desktop)"
msgid "Create Add-On product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créer un produit complémentaire"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/product-creator.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(product-creator.desktop)"
msgid "Create new products from existing repositories"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créer de nouveaux produits à partir de dépôts existants"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/image-creator.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(image-creator.desktop)"
msgid "Create the Live CD, USB or XEN image"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créer une image Live-CD, USB ou XEN"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/dhcp-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(dhcp-server.desktop)"
msgid "DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur DHCP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/dns-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(dns-server.desktop)"
msgid "DNS Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur DNS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/drbd.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(drbd.desktop)"
msgid "DRBD"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DRBD"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/timezone.desktop
msgctxt "Name(timezone.desktop)"
@@ -353,19 +403,22 @@
msgstr "Mise à jour FACTORY"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/fcoe-client.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(fcoe-client.desktop)"
msgid "FCoE Client Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration client FCoE"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/ftp-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(ftp-server.desktop)"
msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur FTP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/fcoe-client.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(fcoe-client.desktop)"
msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration FCoE (Fibre Channel over Ethernet)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/firewall.desktop
msgctxt "Name(firewall.desktop)"
@@ -373,19 +426,22 @@
msgstr "Pare-feu"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/geo-cluster.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(geo-cluster.desktop)"
msgid "Geo Cluster"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Geo Cluster"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/online_update.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(online_update.desktop)"
msgid "Get patches to correct and improve your existing installation"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Obtenir des correctifs pour rectifier ou améliorer votre installation"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/http-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(http-server.desktop)"
msgid "HTTP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur HTTP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/groups/hardware.desktop
msgctxt "Name(hardware.desktop)"
@@ -393,9 +449,10 @@
msgstr "Matériel"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/hwinfo.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(hwinfo.desktop)"
msgid "Hardware Information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Informations sur le matériel"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/groups/high_availability.desktop
msgctxt "Name(high_availability.desktop)"
@@ -408,14 +465,16 @@
msgstr "Noms d'hôtes"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iplb.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(iplb.desktop)"
msgid "IP Load Balancing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Équilibrage de charge IP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/image-creator.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(image-creator.desktop)"
msgid "Image Creator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créateur d'images"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/vendor.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(vendor.desktop)"
@@ -423,14 +482,16 @@
msgstr "Installer un pilote à partir d'un CD spécifique au constructeur"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/common_cert.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(common_cert.desktop)"
msgid "Install an SSL certificate for server services"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Installer un certificat SSL pour les services serveur"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/live-installer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(live-installer.desktop)"
msgid "Install current configuration to your system"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Installer la configuration actuelle sur votre système"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/add-on.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(add-on.desktop)"
@@ -444,24 +505,28 @@
"Installer ou supprimer des paquets logiciels et gérer les dépôts de logiciels"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/instserver.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(instserver.desktop)"
msgid "Installation Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur d'installation"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/kdump.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(kdump.desktop)"
msgid "Kernel Kdump"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kernel Kdump"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/kdump.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(kdump.desktop)"
msgid "Kernel Kdump Configuration Tool"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Outil de configuration de Kernel Kdump"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/system_settings.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(system_settings.desktop)"
msgid "Kernel Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paramètres du noyau"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/yast-language.desktop
msgctxt "Name(yast-language.desktop)"
@@ -469,19 +534,22 @@
msgstr "Langue"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/audit-laf.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(audit-laf.desktop)"
msgid "Linux Audit Framework (LAF)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Linux Audit Framework (LAF)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/live-installer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(live-installer.desktop)"
msgid "Live Installer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Programme d'installation Live"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/lxc.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(lxc.desktop)"
msgid "Lxc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lxc"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/mail.desktop
msgctxt "Name(mail.desktop)"
@@ -489,9 +557,10 @@
msgstr "Serveur mail"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/openldap-mirrormode.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(openldap-mirrormode.desktop)"
msgid "Manage OpenLDAP MirrorMode Nodes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gérer les noeuds OpenLDAP MirrorMode"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/checkmedia.desktop
msgctxt "Name(checkmedia.desktop)"
@@ -504,14 +573,16 @@
msgstr "Divers"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/ftp-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(ftp-server.desktop)"
msgid "Module for configuration FTP daemon (vsftpd or pure-ftpd)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Module pour configurer le démon FTP (vsftpd ou pure-ftpd)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/multipath.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(multipath.desktop)"
msgid "Multipath"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Multipath"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/nfs.desktop
msgctxt "Name(nfs.desktop)"
@@ -524,19 +595,22 @@
msgstr "Serveur NFS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/nis.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(nis.desktop)"
msgid "NIS Client"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Client NIS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/nis_server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(nis_server.desktop)"
msgid "NIS Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur NIS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/ntp-client.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(ntp-client.desktop)"
msgid "NTP Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration NTP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/groups/network_devices.desktop
msgctxt "Name(network_devices.desktop)"
@@ -549,9 +623,10 @@
msgstr "Services réseau"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/inetd.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(inetd.desktop)"
msgid "Network Services (xinetd)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Services réseau (xinetd)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/lan.desktop
msgctxt "Name(lan.desktop)"
@@ -559,24 +634,28 @@
msgstr "Paramètres réseau"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/online_update.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(online_update.desktop)"
msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Mise à jour en ligne"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/online_update_configuration.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(online_update_configuration.desktop)"
msgid "Online Update Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration de la mise à jour en ligne"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/online_update_configuration.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(online_update_configuration.desktop)"
msgid "Online Update Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuration de la mise à jour en ligne"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/openldap-mirrormode.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(openldap-mirrormode.desktop)"
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OpenLDAP MirrorMode"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/disk.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(disk.desktop)"
@@ -591,14 +670,16 @@
msgstr "Partitionneur"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/printer.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(printer.desktop)"
msgid "Printer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Imprimante"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/product-creator.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(product-creator.desktop)"
msgid "Product Creator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Créateur de produit"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/proxy.desktop
msgctxt "Name(proxy.desktop)"
@@ -606,14 +687,16 @@
msgstr "Serveur mandataire (proxy)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/reipl.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(reipl.desktop)"
msgid "Reipl"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reipl"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/release_notes.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(release_notes.desktop)"
msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Notes de version"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/remote.desktop
msgctxt "Name(remote.desktop)"
@@ -621,19 +704,22 @@
msgstr "Administration à distance (VNC)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/slp-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(slp-server.desktop)"
msgid "SLP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur SLP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/samba-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(samba-server.desktop)"
msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur Samba"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/scanner.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(scanner.desktop)"
msgid "Scanner"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Scanneur"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/security.desktop
msgctxt "Name(security.desktop)"
@@ -651,14 +737,16 @@
msgstr "Sélectionnez le clavier système"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/runlevel.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(runlevel.desktop)"
msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestionnaire de services"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/services-manager.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(services-manager.desktop)"
msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gestionnaire de services"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/remote.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(remote.desktop)"
@@ -666,14 +754,16 @@
msgstr "Configurer l'administration à distance"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/release_notes.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(release_notes.desktop)"
msgid "Show Release Notes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afficher les notes de version"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/snapper.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(snapper.desktop)"
msgid "Snapper"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Snapper"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/groups/software.desktop
msgctxt "Name(software.desktop)"
@@ -691,19 +781,22 @@
msgstr "Dépôts de logiciels"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/sound.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(sound.desktop)"
msgid "Sound"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Son"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/squid.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(squid.desktop)"
msgid "Squid"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Squid"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/sudo.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(sudo.desktop)"
msgid "Sudo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Sudo"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/support.desktop
msgctxt "Name(support.desktop)"
@@ -726,9 +819,10 @@
msgstr "Journal du système"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/tftp-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(tftp-server.desktop)"
msgid "TFTP Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur TFTP"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/update.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(update.desktop)"
@@ -760,14 +854,16 @@
msgstr "Vérifier l'intégrité des supports CD/DVD"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/hwinfo.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(hwinfo.desktop)"
msgid "View hardware information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Afficher les informations sur le matériel"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/groups/virtualization.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(virtualization.desktop)"
msgid "Virtualization"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Virtualisation"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/samba-client.desktop
msgctxt "Name(samba-client.desktop)"
@@ -775,46 +871,55 @@
msgstr "Appartenance au domaine Windows"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/audit-laf.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(audit-laf.desktop)"
msgid "audit-laf"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "audit-laf"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iscsi-client.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(iscsi-client.desktop)"
msgid "iSCSI Initiator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Initiateur iSCSI"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iscsi-lio-server.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(iscsi-lio-server.desktop)"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cible LIO iSCSI"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/isns.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(isns.desktop)"
msgid "iSNS Server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Serveur iSNS"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/lxc.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(lxc.desktop)"
msgid "lxc"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "lxc"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/multipath.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(multipath.desktop)"
msgid "multipath"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "multipath"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/reipl.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(reipl.desktop)"
msgid "reipl"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "reipl"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/snapper.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(snapper.desktop)"
msgid "snapper"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "snapper"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/support.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(support.desktop)"
msgid "support"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "support"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
29 Dec '14
Author: minton
Date: 2014-12-29 11:37:48 +0100 (Mon, 29 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90910
Modified:
trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_branches.txt
trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_projects.txt
trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_stats_html.sh
trunk/lcn/50-etc/translators
Log:
Stats update
Modified: trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_branches.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_branches.txt 2014-12-29 10:03:25 UTC (rev 90909)
+++ trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_branches.txt 2014-12-…
[View More]29 10:37:48 UTC (rev 90910)
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
trunk
+openSUSE-13.2
openSUSE-13.1
openSUSE-12.3
+SLE12
SLE11
-SLE11-SP2
Modified: trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_projects.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_projects.txt 2014-12-29 10:03:25 UTC (rev 90909)
+++ trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_projects.txt 2014-12-29 10:37:48 UTC (rev 90910)
@@ -1,3 +1,2 @@
yast
-lcn
-webyast
\ No newline at end of file
+lcn
\ No newline at end of file
Modified: trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_stats_html.sh
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_stats_html.sh 2014-12-29 10:03:25 UTC (rev 90909)
+++ trunk/lcn/50-etc/i18n_stats_html.sh 2014-12-29 10:37:48 UTC (rev 90910)
@@ -25,13 +25,16 @@
"openSUSE-12.2") PRODUCT="openSUSE 12.2";BRANCH="branches/openSUSE-12_2-Branch";;
"openSUSE-12.3") PRODUCT="openSUSE 12.3";BRANCH="branches/openSUSE-12_3-Branch";;
"openSUSE-13.1") PRODUCT="openSUSE 13.1";BRANCH="branches/openSUSE-13_1-Branch";;
+"openSUSE-13.2") PRODUCT="openSUSE 13.2";BRANCH="branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch";;
"SLE10") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 10";BRANCH="branches/SLE10";;
"SLE10-SP1") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 10 SP1";BRANCH="branches/SLE10SP1";;
"SLE10-SP2") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 10 SP2";BRANCH="branches/SLE10SP2";;
"SLE11-GA") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 11 GA";BRANCH="branches/SLE11-GA";;
"SLE11-SP1") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 11 SP1";BRANCH="branches/SLE11SP1";;
"SLE11-SP2") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 11 SP2";BRANCH="branches/SLE11SP2";;
+"SLE11-SP3") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 11 SP3";BRANCH="branches/SLE11-SP3";;
"SLE11") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 11";BRANCH="branches/SLE11";;
+"SLE12") PRODUCT="SLED/SLES 12";BRANCH="branches/SLE12";;
"trunk") PRODUCT="Factory";BRANCH="trunk";;
*) continue;;
esac
Modified: trunk/lcn/50-etc/translators
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/50-etc/translators 2014-12-29 10:03:25 UTC (rev 90909)
+++ trunk/lcn/50-etc/translators 2014-12-29 10:37:48 UTC (rev 90910)
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
alexxed Alexandru M. Szasz
Russian (ru)
-Minton Alexander Melentiev <alex239 =at= gmail.com> minton
+Minton Alexander Melentev <alex239 =at= gmail.com> minton
Sinhala (si)
Manjula_mh Manjula <manjula.mh =at= gmail.com>
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
29 Dec '14
Author: minton
Date: 2014-12-29 11:03:25 +0100 (Mon, 29 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90909
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ru/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ru.po
trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypp.ru.po
trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po
Log:
Translation update
Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ru/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ru.po 2014-12-29 08:37:16 UTC (rev 90908)
+++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ru.po 2014-12-29 …
[View More]10:03:25 UTC (rev 90909)
@@ -10,14 +10,15 @@
"Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: translation(a)suse.de\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-16 10:14+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 00:38+0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-29 11:49+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ru\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<"
+"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title)
@@ -37,13 +38,26 @@
msgstr "13.2"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para)
-msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
-msgstr "openSUSE — это свободная операционная система на базе Linux для Вашего ПК, ноутбука или сервера. Вы можете просматривать веб, управлять почтой и фотографиями, выполнять офисную работу, смотреть видео или слушать музыку. Have a lot of fun!"
+msgid ""
+"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or "
+"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, "
+"play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
+msgstr ""
+"openSUSE — это свободная операционная система на базе Linux для Вашего ПК, "
+"ноутбука или сервера. Вы можете просматривать веб, управлять почтой и "
+"фотографиями, выполнять офисную работу, смотреть видео или слушать музыку. "
+"Have a lot of fun!"
#. Previous Release Notes
#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para)
-msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>"
-msgstr "Если вы обновляетесь с более старой версии до этого выпуска openSUSE, см. предыдущие примечания здесь: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous "
+"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Releas"
+"e_Notes\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы обновляетесь с более старой версии до этого выпуска openSUSE, см. "
+"предыдущие примечания здесь: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Rele"
+"ase_Notes\"/>"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title)
msgid "Installation"
@@ -55,12 +69,25 @@
msgstr "Установка с Live CD и настройки клавиатуры"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:103(para)
-msgid "The Live CD installer presents a problem related with the keyboard settings. If the user changes from the QWERTY keyboard layout (the default en-US variant), this setting will not be properly applied, and the new system will stay with a QWERTY pre-configuration."
-msgstr "В установщике Live CD присутствует проблема, связанная с настройками клавиатуры. Если пользователь выбирает отличную от QWERTY раскладку клавиатуры (вариант en-US по умолчанию), то эта настройка не применяется и в новой системе останется предварительно настроенный вариант QWERTY."
+msgid ""
+"The Live CD installer presents a problem related with the keyboard settings. "
+"If the user changes from the QWERTY keyboard layout (the default en-US "
+"variant), this setting will not be properly applied, and the new system will "
+"stay with a QWERTY pre-configuration."
+msgstr ""
+"В установщике Live CD присутствует проблема, связанная с настройками "
+"клавиатуры. Если пользователь выбирает отличную от QWERTY раскладку "
+"клавиатуры (вариант en-US по умолчанию), то эта настройка не применяется и в "
+"новой системе останется предварительно настроенный вариант QWERTY."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:109(para)
-msgid "As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool after the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
-msgstr "В качестве обходного пути используйте после установки утилиту командной строки <command>localectl</command>. Например (для установки немецкой раскладки клавиатуры):"
+msgid ""
+"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool after "
+"the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
+msgstr ""
+"В качестве обходного пути используйте после установки утилиту командной "
+"строки <command>localectl</command>. Например (для установки немецкой "
+"раскладки клавиатуры):"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:115(screen)
#, no-wrap
@@ -77,31 +104,46 @@
msgstr "Сеть после обновления через YaST"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:124(para)
-msgid "After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, if you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
-msgstr "После обновления с 13.1 до 13.2 с помощью YaST велика вероятность, что новый метод работы с сетью Wicked работает вместе со старым NetworkManager, если вы используете ноутбук с wifi-соединением."
+msgid ""
+"After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the "
+"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, if "
+"you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
+msgstr ""
+"После обновления с 13.1 до 13.2 с помощью YaST велика вероятность, что новый "
+"метод работы с сетью Wicked работает вместе со старым NetworkManager, если вы "
+"используете ноутбук с wifi-соединением."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:130(para)
msgid "To solve this, first disable Wicked and enable again NetworkManager:"
-msgstr "Для решения этой проблемы сначала отключите Wicked и снова включите NetworkManager:"
+msgstr ""
+"Для решения этой проблемы сначала отключите Wicked и снова включите "
+"NetworkManager:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:134(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop network.service\n"
-"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop wickedd.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop "
+"network.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop "
+"wickedd.service\n"
"systemctl disable wicked.service\n"
"systemctl --force enable NetworkManager.service\n"
"systemctl start network.service"
msgstr ""
-"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop network.service\n"
-"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop wickedd.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop "
+"network.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop "
+"wickedd.service\n"
"systemctl disable wicked.service\n"
"systemctl --force enable NetworkManager.service\n"
"systemctl start network.service"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:140(para)
-msgid "Then check whether the currently selected service is actually NetworkManager:"
-msgstr "Затем проверьте, что выбранной в данный момент сетевой службой является NetworkManager:"
+msgid ""
+"Then check whether the currently selected service is actually NetworkManager:"
+msgstr ""
+"Затем проверьте, что выбранной в данный момент сетевой службой является "
+"NetworkManager:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:145(screen)
#, no-wrap
@@ -118,8 +160,12 @@
msgstr "netconfig update"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:153(para)
-msgid "Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also <command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
-msgstr "Или выполните перезагрузку после команд <command>systemctl</command>, чтобы перезапустить также и <command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
+msgid ""
+"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also <"
+"command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Или выполните перезагрузку после команд <command>systemctl</command>, чтобы "
+"перезапустить также и <command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
#. bnc#898023
#: xml/release-notes.xml:161(title)
@@ -127,29 +173,49 @@
msgstr "ВНИМАНИЕ: Не выбрано расположение для stage1 загрузчика"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:162(para)
-msgid "During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing please select above location.</quote>"
-msgstr "Во время установки на экране обзора YaST в разделе загрузчика может появиться следующее предупреждение: <quote>ВНИМАНИЕ: Не выбрано расположение для stage1 загрузчика. Если только вы не полностью уверены в том, что делаете, выберите расположение выше.</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as "
+"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No location "
+"for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing please "
+"select above location.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Во время установки на экране обзора YaST в разделе загрузчика может появиться "
+"следующее предупреждение: <quote>ВНИМАНИЕ: Не выбрано расположение для stage1 "
+"загрузчика. Если только вы не полностью уверены в том, что делаете, выберите "
+"расположение выше.</quote>"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:168(para)
-msgid "This warning is a bug in YaST (now fixed in Factory) and you can safely ignore it."
-msgstr "Это предупреждение является ошибкой в YaST (уже исправлено в Factory) и вы можете его проигнорировать."
+msgid ""
+"This warning is a bug in YaST (now fixed in Factory) and you can safely "
+"ignore it."
+msgstr ""
+"Это предупреждение является ошибкой в YaST (уже исправлено в Factory) и вы "
+"можете его проигнорировать."
#. bnc#900954 bnc#903231 bnc#904268
#: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
msgid "BtrFS and Windows XP"
-msgstr "BtrFS и Windows 7"
+msgstr "BtrFS и Windows XP"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
-msgid "If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
-msgstr "Если у вас Windows XP и вы хотите установить openSUSE 13.2 на Btrfs, сообщение YaST об ошибке уведомит вас о проблемах при установке загрузчика."
+msgid ""
+"If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an error "
+"message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Если у вас Windows XP и вы хотите установить openSUSE 13.2 на BtrFS, "
+"сообщение YaST об ошибке уведомит вас о проблемах при установке загрузчика."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para)
-msgid "The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for 13.2."
-msgstr "Наиболее безопасным вариантом будет произвести установку на раздел с Ext4 вместо BtrFS. Исправление скоро будет доступно в Factory, но не войдёт в состав 13.2."
+msgid ""
+"The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. "
+"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for 13.2."
+msgstr ""
+"Наиболее безопасным вариантом будет произвести установку на раздел с Ext4 "
+"вместо BtrFS. Исправление скоро будет доступно в Factory, но не войдёт в "
+"состав 13.2."
#. bnc#897847
#: xml/release-notes.xml:189(title)
@@ -157,8 +223,16 @@
msgstr "Grub2 без оформления на новых Live-установках"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:190(para)
-msgid "A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded bootloader during the installation."
-msgstr "Ошибка в YaST не позволяет использовать оформление загрузчика GRUB2 при установке с LiveCD. Обратите внимание, что предпочитаемым способом установки openSUSE 13.2 является использование DVD или сетевой установки. Оба эти способа создают правильное оформление загрузчика при установке."
+msgid ""
+"A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from "
+"the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using "
+"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded bootloader "
+"during the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Ошибка в YaST не позволяет использовать оформление загрузчика GRUB2 при "
+"установке с LiveCD. Обратите внимание, что предпочитаемым способом установки "
+"openSUSE 13.2 является использование DVD или сетевой установки. Оба эти "
+"способа создают правильное оформление загрузчика при установке."
# dialog title for ftp installation
#. bnc#899895
@@ -167,8 +241,15 @@
msgstr "Сетевая установка по Wifi"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:201(para)
-msgid "Performing the NET install using Wifi presents some problems in YaST. Fixing this is work in progress and will be soon available. Meanwhile the only option is to use a wire connection to complete the NET installation."
-msgstr "Выполнение сетевой установки через Wifi приводит к появлению проблем в YaST. Исправления сейчас в разработке и скоро будут доступны. Пока единственным вариантом для завершения сетевой установки является использование проводного соединения."
+msgid ""
+"Performing the NET install using Wifi presents some problems in YaST. Fixing "
+"this is work in progress and will be soon available. Meanwhile the only "
+"option is to use a wire connection to complete the NET installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Выполнение сетевой установки через Wifi приводит к появлению проблем в YaST. "
+"Исправления сейчас в разработке и скоро будут доступны. Пока единственным "
+"вариантом для завершения сетевой установки является использование проводного "
+"соединения."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:210(title)
msgid "General"
@@ -179,12 +260,41 @@
msgstr "UEFI — Unified Extensible Firmware Interface"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:280(para)
-msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI."
-msgstr "Перед установкой openSUSE на систему, загружающуюся с помощью UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), вам настоятельно рекомендуется проверить наличие обновлений прошивки, рекомендованных производителем, и в случае их существования установить такие обновления. Предустановленная Windows 8 является верным признаком того, что ваша система использует UEFI."
+msgid ""
+"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified "
+"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any "
+"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install "
+"such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your "
+"system boots using UEFI."
+msgstr ""
+"Перед установкой openSUSE на систему, загружающуюся с помощью UEFI (Unified "
+"Extensible Firmware Interface), вам настоятельно рекомендуется проверить "
+"наличие обновлений прошивки, рекомендованных производителем, и в случае их "
+"существования установить такие обновления. Предустановленная Windows 8 "
+"является верным признаком того, что ваша система использует UEFI."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:288(para)
-msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Обоснование:</emphasis> Некоторые прошивки UEFI содержат ошибки, приводящие к сбою в случае записи большого объёма данных в область хранения UEFI. Что характерно, никто точно не знает, насколько «большой» объём приводит к такому сбою. openSUSE минимизирует этот риск, записывая минимальный объём данных, необходимых для загрузки ОС. Под минимальным понимается указание прошивке UEFI на расположение загрузчика openSUSE. Специальные возможности ядра Linux, использующие область хранения UEFI для сведений о загрузках и сбоях (<literal>pstore</literal>), по умолчанию от�
�лючены. Тем не менее, рекомендуется установить все рекомендованные производителем обновления прошивки."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to "
+"break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really "
+"knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not "
+"writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means "
+"telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. "
+"Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing "
+"boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by "
+"default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the "
+"hardware vendor recommends."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Обоснование:</emphasis> Некоторые прошивки UEFI содержат ошибки, "
+"приводящие к сбою в случае записи большого объёма данных в область хранения "
+"UEFI. Что характерно, никто точно не знает, насколько «большой» объём "
+"приводит к такому сбою. openSUSE минимизирует этот риск, записывая "
+"минимальный объём данных, необходимых для загрузки ОС. Под минимальным "
+"понимается указание прошивке UEFI на расположение загрузчика openSUSE. "
+"Специальные возможности ядра Linux, использующие область хранения UEFI для "
+"сведений о загрузках и сбоях (<literal>pstore</literal>), по умолчанию "
+"отключены. Тем не менее, рекомендуется установить все рекомендованные "
+"производителем обновления прошивки."
#. bnc#850056
#: xml/release-notes.xml:305(title)
@@ -192,20 +302,52 @@
msgstr "UEFI, GPT и разделы MS-DOS"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:306(para)
-msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types."
-msgstr "Вместе со спецификацией EFI/UEFI применяется новый способ разметки: GPT (GUID Partition Table). Он использует глобально уникальные идентификаторы (128-битные значения в виде 32 шестнадцатеричных цифр) для определения устройств и типов разделов."
+msgid ""
+"Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning "
+"arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique "
+"identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify "
+"devices and partition types."
+msgstr ""
+"Вместе со спецификацией EFI/UEFI применяется новый способ разметки: GPT (GUID "
+"Partition Table). Он использует глобально уникальные идентификаторы "
+"(128-битные значения в виде 32 шестнадцатеричных цифр) для определения "
+"устройств и типов разделов."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:312(para)
-msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one."
-msgstr "Кроме этого, спецификация UEFI разрешает использование устаревших разделов MBR (MS-DOS). Загрузчики Linux (ELILO или GRUB2) пытаются автоматически создать GUID для таких разделов и сохранить изменения в прошивке. Такие GUID могут часто изменяться, что приводит к перезаписи данных прошивки. Перезапись состоит из двух разных действий: удаления старой записи и создания новой записи на замену старой."
+msgid ""
+"Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) "
+"partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically "
+"generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. "
+"Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A "
+"rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and "
+"creating a new entry that replaces the first one."
+msgstr ""
+"Кроме этого, спецификация UEFI разрешает использование устаревших разделов "
+"MBR (MS-DOS). Загрузчики Linux (ELILO или GRUB2) пытаются автоматически "
+"создать GUID для таких разделов и сохранить изменения в прошивке. Такие GUID "
+"могут часто изменяться, что приводит к перезаписи данных прошивки. Перезапись "
+"состоит из двух разных действий: удаления старой записи и создания новой "
+"записи на замену старой."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:321(para)
-msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system."
-msgstr "В современных прошивках есть сборщик мусора, собирающий удалённые записи и освобождающий память, зарезервированную под старые записи. Проблема возникает в случае, когда глючная прошивка не освобождает такие записи; это может привести к невозможности загрузки системы."
+msgid ""
+"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and "
+"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty "
+"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a "
+"non-bootable system."
+msgstr ""
+"В современных прошивках есть сборщик мусора, собирающий удалённые записи и "
+"освобождающий память, зарезервированную под старые записи. Проблема возникает "
+"в случае, когда глючная прошивка не освобождает такие записи; это может "
+"привести к невозможности загрузки системы."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:327(para)
-msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely."
-msgstr "Обходной путь очень прост: конвертируйте устаревший раздел MBR в новый GPT, чтобы полностью избежать подобных проблем."
+msgid ""
+"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to "
+"avoid this problem completely."
+msgstr ""
+"Обходной путь очень прост: конвертируйте устаревший раздел MBR в новый GPT, "
+"чтобы полностью избежать подобных проблем."
#. bnc#850052
#: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title)
@@ -214,11 +356,23 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para)
msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled."
-msgstr "Это касается только машин с UEFI и включённым режимом безопасной загрузки."
+msgstr ""
+"Это касается только машин с UEFI и включённым режимом безопасной загрузки."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(para)
-msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release."
-msgstr "Новая версия shim позволяет загрузиться с включённым Secure Boot большему числу машин, чем в openSUSE 13.1. Тем не менее, в случае проблем сначала обновите BIOS до последней версии. Если обновление BIOS не помогает, сообщите модель своей машины на страницу вики (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Таким образом мы сможем отследить это перед следующим выпуском."
+msgid ""
+"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure "
+"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first "
+"update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update "
+"does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki "
+"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next "
+"release."
+msgstr ""
+"Новая версия shim позволяет загрузиться с включённым Secure Boot большему "
+"числу машин, чем в openSUSE 13.1. Тем не менее, в случае проблем сначала "
+"обновите BIOS до последней версии. Если обновление BIOS не помогает, сообщите "
+"модель своей машины на страницу вики (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) "
+"Таким образом мы сможем отследить это перед следующим выпуском."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:352(title)
msgid "System Upgrade"
@@ -234,20 +388,52 @@
msgstr "Артефакты на экране во время установки с драйвером nouveau"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:364(para)
-msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded."
-msgstr "На некоторых системах с картами NVIDIA установщик может показывать артефакты в верхней части экрана из-за проблем с драйвером nouveau. Если вы заметили такую проблему, отключите модуль ядра nouveau перед запуском установщика, а потом включите снова после установки/обновления."
+msgid ""
+"On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top "
+"part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you "
+"are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to "
+"run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or "
+"upgraded."
+msgstr ""
+"На некоторых системах с картами NVIDIA установщик может показывать артефакты "
+"в верхней части экрана из-за проблем с драйвером nouveau. Если вы заметили "
+"такую проблему, отключите модуль ядра nouveau перед запуском установщика, а "
+"потом включите снова после установки/обновления."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:371(para)
-msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
-msgstr "Для отключения модуля ядра при загрузке с установочного носителя выберите в grub пункт «Installation» («Установка») и нажмите «e» для редактирования параметров. Затем перейдите на строку, начинающуюся с «linux» (или «linuxefi»), и добавьте в конце <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal>. Теперь нажмите F10, чтобы продолжить загрузку с новым параметром. После установки системы вы можете включить модуль nouveau обратно, отредактировав <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> и удалив запись про nouveau."
+msgid ""
+"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, "
+"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. "
+"Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>"
+"brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting "
+"with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the "
+"nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filenam"
+"e> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
+msgstr ""
+"Для отключения модуля ядра при загрузке с установочного носителя выберите в "
+"grub пункт «Installation» («Установка») и нажмите «e» для редактирования "
+"параметров. Затем перейдите на строку, начинающуюся с «linux» (или "
+"«linuxefi»), и добавьте в конце <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal>. "
+"Теперь нажмите F10, чтобы продолжить загрузку с новым параметром. После "
+"установки системы вы можете включить модуль nouveau обратно, отредактировав <"
+"filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> и удалив запись про "
+"nouveau."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:384(title)
msgid "Information About the FGLRX Driver"
msgstr "Информация о драйвере FGLRX"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para)
-msgid "For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumblew…">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumblew…</ulink>."
-msgstr "Дополнительные сведения о драйверах AMD FGLRX в openSUSE 13.2 и их состоянии см. <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumblew…">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumblew…</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its "
+"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning"
+"-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-war"
+"ning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Дополнительные сведения о драйверах AMD FGLRX в openSUSE 13.2 и их состоянии "
+"см. <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensus"
+"e-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-ope"
+"nsuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
#. bnc#899610
#: xml/release-notes.xml:394(title)
@@ -255,12 +441,28 @@
msgstr "Второй статический указатель мыши"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:395(para)
-msgid "If you see two mouse pointers and have two graphic boards, where one is an Intel board, try uninstalling <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</systemitem> and thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse pointer."
-msgstr "Если вы видите два указателя мыши и имеете две видеокарты, одна из которых Intel, попробуйте удалить <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</systemitem> и использовать только другую карту. Это заставит исчезнуть второй указатель мыши."
+msgid ""
+"If you see two mouse pointers and have two graphic boards, where one is an "
+"Intel board, try uninstalling <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</systemitem> and "
+"thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse "
+"pointer."
+msgstr ""
+"Если вы видите два указателя мыши и имеете две видеокарты, одна из которых "
+"Intel, попробуйте удалить <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</systemitem> и "
+"использовать только другую карту. Это заставит исчезнуть второй указатель "
+"мыши."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:402(para)
-msgid "This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
-msgstr "Эту и другие проблемы с драйвером Intel типа <ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink> мы по возможности исправим в одном из обновлений."
+msgid ""
+"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink "
+"url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">"
+"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked "
+"on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
+msgstr ""
+"Эту и другие проблемы с драйвером Intel типа <ulink "
+"url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">"
+"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink> мы по возможности "
+"исправим в одном из обновлений."
#. bnc#903998
#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(title)
@@ -268,14 +470,24 @@
msgstr "Отсутствующие зависимости для virt-manager"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
-msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
-msgstr "Если у вас проблемы с запуском virt-manager, попробуйте установить <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> и <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+msgid ""
+"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>"
+"typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0<"
+"/systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+"Если у вас проблемы с запуском virt-manager, попробуйте установить <"
+"systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>"
+"typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> и <systemitem>"
+"typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:419(para)
-msgid "In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made explicit."
-msgstr "В следующем обновлении будет выпущена версия, где эти зависимости будут обязательными."
+msgid ""
+"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made "
+"explicit."
+msgstr ""
+"В следующем обновлении будет выпущена версия, где эти зависимости будут "
+"обязательными."
#. bnc#900813
#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(title)
@@ -283,12 +495,22 @@
msgstr "Авторизация модемного соединения после спящего режима"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:427(para)
-msgid "openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for the root password before reconnecting."
-msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 более строга с безопасностью, чем 13.1. Если вы подключены через UMTS- или 3G-модем и переводите машину в спящий режим, система запросит у вас пароль root перед повторным подключением."
+msgid ""
+"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via "
+"a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for "
+"the root password before reconnecting."
+msgstr ""
+"openSUSE 13.2 более строга с безопасностью, чем 13.1. Если вы подключены "
+"через UMTS- или 3G-модем и переводите машину в спящий режим, система запросит "
+"у вас пароль root перед повторным подключением."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:433(para)
-msgid "You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
-msgstr "Вы можете изменить это поведение, исправив одну строку в /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
+msgid ""
+"You can change this behavior changing a line in "
+"/etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
+msgstr ""
+"Вы можете изменить это поведение, исправив одну строку в "
+"/etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:438(screen)
#, no-wrap
@@ -322,8 +544,12 @@
msgstr "В GTK-интерфейсе YaST отсутствует поиск пакетов"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:454(para)
-msgid "The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
-msgstr "GTK-интерфейс YaST не содержит формы поиска пакетов. Поэтому если вы в GNOME или XFCE и вам нужна эта возможность, используйте Qt-интерфейс:"
+msgid ""
+"The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you "
+"are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
+msgstr ""
+"GTK-интерфейс YaST не содержит формы поиска пакетов. Поэтому если вы в GNOME "
+"или XFCE и вам нужна эта возможность, используйте Qt-интерфейс:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:460(screen)
#, no-wrap
@@ -336,49 +562,90 @@
msgstr "Перенос cifstab из openSUSE до-13.2"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:467(para)
-msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
-msgstr "Монтирование общих ресурсов cifs при запуске системы через <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> устарело и более не поддерживается. Теперь это обеспечивается общим <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab<"
+"/filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>"
+"/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
+msgstr ""
+"Монтирование общих ресурсов cifs при запуске системы через <filename>"
+"/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> устарело и более не поддерживается. Теперь это "
+"обеспечивается общим <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:473(para)
msgid "The migration process requires two steps:"
msgstr "Для переноса требуется выполнить два шага:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:478(para)
-msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-msgstr "Добавьте все ваши точки монтирования из <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> в <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<"
+"/filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Добавьте все ваши точки монтирования из <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<"
+"/filename> в <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:485(para)
-msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-msgstr "Добавьте <literal>0 0</literal> в конец каждой новой строки точки монтирования cifs в <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <"
+"filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Добавьте <literal>0 0</literal> в конец каждой новой строки точки "
+"монтирования cifs в <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:492(para)
-msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
-msgstr "Больше сведений и примеров приведено в файле <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> установленной системы."
+msgid ""
+"For more information and examples, see <filename>"
+"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the "
+"installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Больше сведений и примеров приведено в файле <filename>"
+"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> "
+"установленной системы."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(title)
msgid "Removing openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper After Upgrade"
msgstr "Удаление обоев openSUSE 13.1 KDE после обновления"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:501(para)
-msgid "If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, remove it from the user cache manually:"
-msgstr "Если обои openSUSE 13.1 KDE всё равно появляются после обновления системы, удалите их из пользовательского кэша вручную:"
+msgid ""
+"If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, "
+"remove it from the user cache manually:"
+msgstr ""
+"Если обои openSUSE 13.1 KDE всё равно появляются после обновления системы, "
+"удалите их из пользовательского кэша вручную:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:506(screen)
#, no-wrap
-msgid "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
-msgstr "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
+msgid ""
+"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
+"ents/images/*"
+msgstr ""
+"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
+"ents/images/*"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:510(title)
msgid "MATE Desktop official integration"
msgstr "Официальная интеграция рабочего стола MATE"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:512(para)
-msgid "The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and other Unix-like operating systems."
-msgstr "Последний стабильный выпуск рабочего стола MATE 1.8.1 теперь официально доступен в openSUSE 13.2. Он предоставляет интуитивную и привлекательную среду рабочего стола, использующую традиционные метафоры для Linux и других Unix-подобных операционных систем."
+msgid ""
+"The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE "
+"version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and "
+"attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and "
+"other Unix-like operating systems."
+msgstr ""
+"Последний стабильный выпуск рабочего стола MATE 1.8.1 теперь официально "
+"доступен в openSUSE 13.2. Он предоставляет интуитивную и привлекательную "
+"среду рабочего стола, использующую традиционные метафоры для Linux и других "
+"Unix-подобных операционных систем."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:518(para)
-msgid "The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
-msgstr "Целью openSUSE является предоставление того же способа взаимодействия для пользователей, какой они имели при использовании GNOME в openSUSE 11.4, с главным меню и темой Sonar."
+msgid ""
+"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when "
+"they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
+msgstr ""
+"Целью openSUSE является предоставление того же способа взаимодействия для "
+"пользователей, какой они имели при использовании GNOME в openSUSE 11.4, с "
+"главным меню и темой Sonar."
#. bnc#901013
#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(title)
@@ -386,8 +653,16 @@
msgstr "Медленный запуск в GNOME"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:527(para)
-msgid "GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable the GNOME autologin feature."
-msgstr "Автоматический вход в GNOME может привести к замедлению процесса запуска. Возможно, возникает состояние гонки между службами с некорректно указанными взаимными зависимостями. До выхода обновления с исправлением временно отключите возможность автоматического входа в GNOME."
+msgid ""
+"GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race "
+"between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix "
+"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable "
+"the GNOME autologin feature."
+msgstr ""
+"Автоматический вход в GNOME может привести к замедлению процесса запуска. "
+"Возможно, возникает состояние гонки между службами с некорректно указанными "
+"взаимными зависимостями. До выхода обновления с исправлением временно "
+"отключите возможность автоматического входа в GNOME."
#. bnc#850058
#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(title)
@@ -395,8 +670,16 @@
msgstr "AppArmor и права доступа"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:565(para)
-msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:"
-msgstr "AppArmor включён по умолчанию. Это повышает уровень безопасности, но может помешать работе нестандартно запускаемых служб. Если у вас возникают странные проблемы с правами доступа, попробуйте переключить профиль AppArmor для этой службы в щадящий режим:"
+msgid ""
+"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent "
+"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter "
+"strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the "
+"affected service to complain mode with:"
+msgstr ""
+"AppArmor включён по умолчанию. Это повышает уровень безопасности, но может "
+"помешать работе нестандартно запускаемых служб. Если у вас возникают странные "
+"проблемы с правами доступа, попробуйте переключить профиль AppArmor для этой "
+"службы в щадящий режим:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
@@ -404,12 +687,20 @@
msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$ваша_служба"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
-msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow."
-msgstr "Щадящий режим означает: разрешить всё, но вести журнал действий, которые запрещены профилем."
+msgid ""
+"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would "
+"not allow."
+msgstr ""
+"Щадящий режим означает: разрешить всё, но вести журнал действий, которые "
+"запрещены профилем."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:570(para)
-msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases."
-msgstr "Создайте сообщение об ошибке, если это поможет: мы хотим исправить профили AppArmor, чтобы они покрывали также и крайние случаи."
+msgid ""
+"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to "
+"also cover corner cases."
+msgstr ""
+"Создайте сообщение об ошибке, если это поможет: мы хотим исправить профили "
+"AppArmor, чтобы они покрывали также и крайние случаи."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:603(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous"
@@ -421,8 +712,15 @@
msgstr "YaST (Qt GUI): Значок «Управление службами» появляется дважды"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:609(para)
-msgid "In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in the desktop files."
-msgstr "В разделе <guimenu>Система</guimenu> YaST (Qt GUI) значок <guimenu>Управление службами</guimenu> появляется дважды. Это ошибка в Qt-версии Центра управления YaST, не учитывающей флаг <quote>hidden</quote> в desktop-файлах."
+msgid ""
+"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>"
+"Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of "
+"the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in "
+"the desktop files."
+msgstr ""
+"В разделе <guimenu>Система</guimenu> YaST (Qt GUI) значок <guimenu>Управление "
+"службами</guimenu> появляется дважды. Это ошибка в Qt-версии Центра "
+"управления YaST, не учитывающей флаг <quote>hidden</quote> в desktop-файлах."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:615(para)
msgid "This will get fixed with the next YaST online update."
@@ -438,7 +736,8 @@
msgstr "Читать файлы README на CD."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(para)
-msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
+msgid ""
+"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr "Получить подробный журнал изменений конкретного пакета с помощью RPM:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(screen)
@@ -451,20 +750,34 @@
msgstr "<ИМЯ_ФАЙЛА>. — это имя пакета RPM."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:637(para)
-msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
-msgstr "Хронологический журнал всех изменений в обновлённых пакетах приведён в файле <filename>ChangeLog</filename> на верхнем уровне DVD."
+msgid ""
+"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for "
+"a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Хронологический журнал всех изменений в обновлённых пакетах приведён в файле "
+"<filename>ChangeLog</filename> на верхнем уровне DVD."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:641(para)
-msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
-msgstr "Больше сведений вы найдёте в каталоге <filename>docu</filename> на DVD."
+msgid ""
+"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
+msgstr ""
+"Больше сведений вы найдёте в каталоге <filename>docu</filename> на DVD."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:644(para)
-msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation."
-msgstr "Дополнительная и обновлённая документация на сайте <ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or "
+"updated documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Дополнительная и обновлённая документация на сайте <ulink "
+"url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/>."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:649(para)
-msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE."
-msgstr "Последние новости от openSUSE на сайте <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news "
+"from openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+"Последние новости от openSUSE на сайте <ulink "
+"url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/>."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:654(para)
msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
@@ -483,7 +796,8 @@
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""
"Переводчики:\n"
-"Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2008-2013. Отдельная благодарность Илье Барило за контроль качества <http://sourcelocalizer.ru>, 2013"
+"Александр Мелентьев <minton(a)opensuse.org>, 2008-2013. Отдельная благодарность "
+"Илье Барило за контроль качества <http://sourcelocalizer.ru>, 2013"
#~ msgid "N/A"
#~ msgstr "N/A"
Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypp.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypp.ru.po 2014-12-29 08:37:16 UTC (rev 90908)
+++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypp.ru.po 2014-12-29 10:03:25 UTC (rev 90909)
@@ -14,14 +14,15 @@
"Project-Id-Version: zypp.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 09:34+0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-29 11:45+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ru\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<"
+"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1145
@@ -35,7 +36,9 @@
#: zypp/media/MediaException.cc:223
#, c-format
msgid " SSL certificate problem, verify that the CA cert is OK for '%s'."
-msgstr "Проблема с сертификатом SSL, проверьте, всё ли в порядке с удостоверяющим центром сертификата '%s'."
+msgstr ""
+"Проблема с сертификатом SSL, проверьте, всё ли в порядке с удостоверяющим "
+"центром сертификата '%s'."
#: zypp/target/TargetImpl.cc:442
msgid " executed"
@@ -234,7 +237,8 @@
#: zypp/VendorSupportOptions.cc:54
msgid "An additional customer contract is necessary for getting support."
-msgstr "Для получения поддержки необходимо дополнительное клиентское соглашение."
+msgstr ""
+"Для получения поддержки необходимо дополнительное клиентское соглашение."
#: zypp/CountryCode.cc:202
msgid "Andorra"
@@ -792,7 +796,9 @@
#: zypp/media/MediaException.cc:231
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot find available loop device to mount the image file from '%s'"
-msgstr "Невозможно найти доступное loop-устройство для монтирования файла образа из '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+"Невозможно найти доступное loop-устройство для монтирования файла образа из '%"
+"s'"
#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
msgid "Cannot read repo directory '%1%': Permission denied"
@@ -3209,8 +3215,11 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation %s = package being checked for integrity
#: zypp/repo/PackageProvider.cc:151
#, c-format
-msgid "Package %s seems to be corrupted during transfer. Do you want to retry retrieval?"
-msgstr "Похоже, что пакет %s повреждён при передаче. Попробовать получить ещё раз?"
+msgid ""
+"Package %s seems to be corrupted during transfer. Do you want to retry "
+"retrieval?"
+msgstr ""
+"Похоже, что пакет %s повреждён при передаче. Попробовать получить ещё раз?"
#. language code: pal
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:894
@@ -3371,16 +3380,36 @@
msgstr "Предварительно требует"
#: zypp/VendorSupportOptions.cc:45
-msgid "Problem determination, which means technical support designed to provide compatibility information, installation assistance, usage support, on-going maintenance and basic troubleshooting. Level 1 Support is not intended to correct product defect errors."
-msgstr "Определение проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна предоставлять информацию о совместимости, помощь при установке, поддержку использования, обслуживание и базовое выявление неисправностей. Поддержка первого уровня не подразумевает исправление дефектов продукта."
+msgid ""
+"Problem determination, which means technical support designed to provide "
+"compatibility information, installation assistance, usage support, on-going "
+"maintenance and basic troubleshooting. Level 1 Support is not intended to "
+"correct product defect errors."
+msgstr ""
+"Определение проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна предоставлять информацию о "
+"совместимости, помощь при установке, поддержку использования, обслуживание и "
+"базовое выявление неисправностей. Поддержка первого уровня не подразумевает "
+"исправление дефектов продукта."
#: zypp/VendorSupportOptions.cc:48
-msgid "Problem isolation, which means technical support designed to duplicate customer problems, isolate problem area and provide resolution for problems not resolved by Level 1 Support."
-msgstr "Изоляция проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна воспроизводить проблему клиента, изолировать проблемную область и предоставлять решения проблем, не решённых поддержкой первого уровня."
+msgid ""
+"Problem isolation, which means technical support designed to duplicate "
+"customer problems, isolate problem area and provide resolution for problems "
+"not resolved by Level 1 Support."
+msgstr ""
+"Изоляция проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна воспроизводить проблему клиента, "
+"изолировать проблемную область и предоставлять решения проблем, не решённых "
+"поддержкой первого уровня."
#: zypp/VendorSupportOptions.cc:51
-msgid "Problem resolution, which means technical support designed to resolve complex problems by engaging engineering in resolution of product defects which have been identified by Level 2 Support."
-msgstr "Решение проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна решать сложные проблемы с привлечением инженеров для исправления дефектов продукта, обнаруженных поддержкой второго уровня."
+msgid ""
+"Problem resolution, which means technical support designed to resolve complex "
+"problems by engaging engineering in resolution of product defects which have "
+"been identified by Level 2 Support."
+msgstr ""
+"Решение проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна решать сложные проблемы с "
+"привлечением инженеров для исправления дефектов продукта, обнаруженных "
+"поддержкой второго уровня."
#. language code: pro
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:924
@@ -3448,7 +3477,8 @@
#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1119 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1133
msgid "Relative path not allowed if authority exists"
-msgstr "При наличии компонентов авторизации относительные пути указывать нельзя"
+msgstr ""
+"При наличии компонентов авторизации относительные пути указывать нельзя"
#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1647
#, c-format
@@ -4413,8 +4443,11 @@
msgstr "Виргинские острова, США"
#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:992
-msgid "Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid and has not expired."
-msgstr "Посетите Novell Customer Center для проверки срока действия вашей регистрации."
+msgid ""
+"Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid "
+"and has not expired."
+msgstr ""
+"Посетите Novell Customer Center для проверки срока действия вашей регистрации."
#. language code: vol vo
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:1148
@@ -4596,12 +4629,14 @@
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1308
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to delete all solvables providing %s"
-msgstr "не просить удалить все объекты разрешения зависимостей, предоставляющие %s"
+msgstr ""
+"не просить удалить все объекты разрешения зависимостей, предоставляющие %s"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
-msgstr "не просить установить объект разрешения зависимостей, предоставляющий %s"
+msgstr ""
+"не просить установить объект разрешения зависимостей, предоставляющий %s"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1209
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1245
@@ -4701,15 +4736,15 @@
msgstr "проблема в установленном пакете %s"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1229
-#, fuzzy, c-format
+#, c-format
#| msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
-msgstr "не препятствовать установке %s"
+msgstr "удалить блокировку для установки %s"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1204
#, c-format
msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "удалить блокировку для удаления %s"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1406
#, c-format
@@ -4751,7 +4786,9 @@
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "solvable %s conflicts with %s provided by itself"
-msgstr "объект разрешения зависимостей %s конфликтует с %s, который предоставляется им самим"
+msgstr ""
+"объект разрешения зависимостей %s конфликтует с %s, который предоставляется "
+"им самим"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1054
msgid "some dependency problem"
Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po 2014-12-29 08:37:16 UTC (rev 90908)
+++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po 2014-12-29 10:03:25 UTC (rev 90909)
@@ -11,14 +11,15 @@
"Project-Id-Version: zypper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:58+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-17 00:17+0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-29 11:48+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ru\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<"
+"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: src/info.cc:76
@@ -345,7 +346,9 @@
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:107
#, c-format
-msgid "No update candidate for '%s'. The highest available version is already installed."
+msgid ""
+"No update candidate for '%s'. The highest available version is already "
+"installed."
msgstr "Нет кандидатов на обновление '%s'. Новейшая версия уже установлена."
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:112
@@ -355,33 +358,56 @@
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:119
#, c-format
-msgid "There is an update candidate '%s' for '%s', but it does not match the specified version, architecture, or repository."
-msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' для '%s' существует, но не соответствует указанной версии, архитектуре или репозиторию."
+msgid ""
+"There is an update candidate '%s' for '%s', but it does not match the "
+"specified version, architecture, or repository."
+msgstr ""
+"Кандидат на обновление '%s' для '%s' существует, но не соответствует "
+"указанной версии, архитектуре или репозиторию."
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:132
#, c-format
-msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is from a different vendor. Use '%s' to install this candidate."
-msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' от другого поставщика. Используйте '%s' для его установки."
+msgid ""
+"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is from a different vendor. Use "
+"'%s' to install this candidate."
+msgstr ""
+"Кандидат на обновление '%s' от другого поставщика. Используйте '%s' для его "
+"установки."
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:145
#, c-format
-msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it comes from a repository with a lower priority. Use '%s' to install this candidate."
-msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' принадлежит репозиторию с более низким приоритетом. Используйте '%s' для его установки."
+msgid ""
+"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it comes from a repository with a "
+"lower priority. Use '%s' to install this candidate."
+msgstr ""
+"Кандидат на обновление '%s' принадлежит репозиторию с более низким "
+"приоритетом. Используйте '%s' для его установки."
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:157
#, c-format
-msgid "There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is locked. Use '%s' to unlock it."
-msgstr "Кандидат на обновление '%s' заблокирован. Используйте '%s' для разблокировки."
+msgid ""
+"There is an update candidate for '%s', but it is locked. Use '%s' to unlock "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+"Кандидат на обновление '%s' заблокирован. Используйте '%s' для разблокировки."
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:165
#, c-format
-msgid "Package '%s' is not available in your repositories. Cannot reinstall, upgrade, or downgrade."
-msgstr "Пакет '%s' отсутствует в ваших репозиториях. Невозможно переустановить, обновить или откатить."
+msgid ""
+"Package '%s' is not available in your repositories. Cannot reinstall, "
+"upgrade, or downgrade."
+msgstr ""
+"Пакет '%s' отсутствует в ваших репозиториях. Невозможно переустановить, "
+"обновить или откатить."
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:178
#, c-format
-msgid "The selected package '%s' from repository '%s' has lower version than the installed one."
-msgstr "Выбранный пакет '%s' из репозитория '%s' имеет версию ниже, чем установленный пакет."
+msgid ""
+"The selected package '%s' from repository '%s' has lower version than the "
+"installed one."
+msgstr ""
+"Выбранный пакет '%s' из репозитория '%s' имеет версию ниже, чем установленный "
+"пакет."
#. translators: %s = "zypper install --oldpackage package-version.arch"
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:185
@@ -402,7 +428,9 @@
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:210
#, c-format
msgid "Patch '%s' is locked. Use '%s' to install it, or unlock it using '%s'."
-msgstr "Исправление '%s' заблокировано. Используйте '%s' для установки или '%s' для разблокирования."
+msgstr ""
+"Исправление '%s' заблокировано. Используйте '%s' для установки или '%s' для "
+"разблокирования."
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:218
#, c-format
@@ -655,7 +683,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:842
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный пакет был выбран автоматически:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакета были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакетов были выбраны автоматически:"
@@ -663,15 +692,20 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:847
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:"
-msgstr[0] "Следующее %d рекомендованное исправление было выбрано автоматически:"
-msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправления были выбраны автоматически:"
-msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправлений были выбраны автоматически:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Следующее %d рекомендованное исправление было выбрано автоматически:"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Следующие %d рекомендованных исправления были выбраны автоматически:"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Следующие %d рекомендованных исправлений были выбраны автоматически:"
#: src/Summary.cc:852
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный шаблон был выбран автоматически:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблона были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблонов были выбраны автоматически:"
@@ -679,7 +713,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:857
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный продукт был выбран автоматически:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продукта были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продуктов были выбраны автоматически:"
@@ -687,47 +722,85 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:862
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:"
-msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный пакет с исходным кодом был выбран автоматически:"
-msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакета с исходным кодом были выбраны автоматически:"
-msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакетов с исходным кодом были выбраны автоматически:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Следующий %d рекомендованный пакет с исходным кодом был выбран автоматически:"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Следующие %d рекомендованных пакета с исходным кодом были выбраны "
+"автоматически:"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Следующие %d рекомендованных пакетов с исходным кодом были выбраны "
+"автоматически:"
#: src/Summary.cc:867
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "Следующее %d рекомендованное приложение было выбрано автоматически:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложения были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложений были выбраны автоматически:"
#: src/Summary.cc:911
#, c-format
-msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):"
-msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):"
-msgstr[0] "Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен (будут установлены только требуемые пакеты):"
-msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут установлены только требуемые пакеты):"
-msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут установлены только требуемые пакеты):"
+msgid ""
+"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only "
+"required packages will be installed):"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only "
+"required packages will be installed):"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен (будут установлены "
+"только требуемые пакеты):"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут установлены "
+"только требуемые пакеты):"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут "
+"установлены только требуемые пакеты):"
#: src/Summary.cc:923
#, c-format
-msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's unwanted (was manually removed before):"
-msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because they are unwanted (were manually removed before):"
-msgstr[0] "Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен (был вручную удалён ранее):"
-msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную удалены ранее):"
-msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную удалены ранее):"
+msgid ""
+"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's "
+"unwanted (was manually removed before):"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because "
+"they are unwanted (were manually removed before):"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен (был вручную удалён "
+"ранее):"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную "
+"удалены ранее):"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную "
+"удалены ранее):"
#: src/Summary.cc:933
#, c-format
-msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:"
-msgstr[0] "Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен из-за конфликтов либо проблем с зависимостями:"
-msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов либо проблем с зависимостями:"
-msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов либо проблем с зависимостями:"
+msgid ""
+"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to "
+"conflicts or dependency issues:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to "
+"conflicts or dependency issues:"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Следующий %d пакет рекомендован, но не будет установлен из-за конфликтов либо "
+"проблем с зависимостями:"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов "
+"либо проблем с зависимостями:"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов "
+"либо проблем с зависимостями:"
#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующее %d рекомендованное исправление не будет установлено:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправления не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправлений не будут установлены:"
@@ -735,7 +808,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:950
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный шаблон не будет установлен:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблона не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблонов не будут установлены:"
@@ -743,7 +817,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:954
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующий %d рекомендованный продукт не будет установлен:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продукта не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продуктов не будут установлены:"
@@ -751,7 +826,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:958
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующее %d рекомендованное приложение не будет установлено:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложения не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложений не будут установлены:"
@@ -759,7 +835,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:998
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующий %d предлагаемый пакет не будет установлен:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых пакета не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых пакетов не будут установлены:"
@@ -767,7 +844,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:1003
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующее %d предлагаемое исправление не будет установлено:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых исправления не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых исправлений не будут установлены:"
@@ -775,7 +853,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:1008
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующий %d предлагаемый шаблон не будет установлен:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых шаблона не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых шаблонов не будут установлены:"
@@ -783,7 +862,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:1013
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующий %d предлагаемый продукт не будет установлен:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых продукта не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых продуктов не будут установлены:"
@@ -791,7 +871,8 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:1018
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Следующее %d предлагаемое приложение не будет установлено:"
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых приложения не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых приложений не будут установлены:"
@@ -886,11 +967,19 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:1142
#, c-format
-msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
-msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:"
-msgstr[0] "Для получения поддержки для следующего %d пакета необходимо заключить дополнительное соглашение:"
-msgstr[1] "Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить дополнительное соглашение:"
-msgstr[2] "Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить дополнительное соглашение:"
+msgid ""
+"The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Для получения поддержки для следующего %d пакета необходимо заключить "
+"дополнительное соглашение:"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить "
+"дополнительное соглашение:"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить "
+"дополнительное соглашение:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1160
#, c-format
@@ -1091,9 +1180,12 @@
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:75
msgid "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% day."
msgid_plural "The gpg key signing file '%1%' will expire in %2% days."
-msgstr[0] "Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% день."
-msgstr[1] "Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% дня."
-msgstr[2] "Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% дней."
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% день."
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% дня."
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Срок действия gpg-ключа, которым подписан файл '%1%', истечёт через %2% дней."
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:98
#, c-format
@@ -1124,8 +1216,10 @@
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:144
#, c-format
-msgid "Accepting file '%s' from repository '%s' signed with an unknown key '%s'."
-msgstr "Приём файла '%s' из репозитория '%s', подписанного неизвестным ключом '%s'."
+msgid ""
+"Accepting file '%s' from repository '%s' signed with an unknown key '%s'."
+msgstr ""
+"Приём файла '%s' из репозитория '%s', подписанного неизвестным ключом '%s'."
#. translators: the last %s is gpg key ID
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:154
@@ -1136,8 +1230,10 @@
#. translators: the last %s is gpg key ID
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:158
#, c-format
-msgid "File '%s' from repository '%s' is signed with an unknown key '%s'. Continue?"
-msgstr "Файл '%s' из репозитория '%s' подписан неизвестным ключом '%s'. Продолжить?"
+msgid ""
+"File '%s' from repository '%s' is signed with an unknown key '%s'. Continue?"
+msgstr ""
+"Файл '%s' из репозитория '%s' подписан неизвестным ключом '%s'. Продолжить?"
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:174
msgid "Automatically importing the following key:"
@@ -1192,12 +1288,16 @@
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:261
#, c-format
-msgid "Ignoring failed signature verification for file '%s' from repository '%s'!"
-msgstr "Игнорирую неудачную проверку подписи для файла '%s' из репозитория '%s'!"
+msgid ""
+"Ignoring failed signature verification for file '%s' from repository '%s'!"
+msgstr ""
+"Игнорирую неудачную проверку подписи для файла '%s' из репозитория '%s'!"
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:267
msgid "Double-check this is not caused by some malicious changes in the file!"
-msgstr "Дважды проверьте, не вызвано ли это какими-либо злоумышленными изменениями в файле!"
+msgstr ""
+"Дважды проверьте, не вызвано ли это какими-либо злоумышленными изменениями в "
+"файле!"
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:277
#, c-format
@@ -1207,14 +1307,16 @@
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:280
#, c-format
msgid "Signature verification failed for file '%s' from repository '%s'."
-msgstr "Проверка подписи для файла '%s' из репозитория '%s' завершилась неудачей."
+msgstr ""
+"Проверка подписи для файла '%s' из репозитория '%s' завершилась неудачей."
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:285
msgid ""
"Warning: This might be caused by a malicious change in the file!\n"
"Continuing might be risky. Continue anyway?"
msgstr ""
-"Внимание: это может быть вызвано какими-либо злоумышленными изменениями в файле!\n"
+"Внимание: это может быть вызвано какими-либо злоумышленными изменениями в "
+"файле!\n"
"Продолжать рискованно! Всё равно продолжить?"
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309
@@ -1249,18 +1351,28 @@
" Получено %4%\n"
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348
-msgid "Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
+msgid ""
+"Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and in "
+"extreme cases even to a system compromise."
msgstr ""
+"Согласие на использование пакетов с некорректной контрольной суммой может "
+"привести к повреждению системы и в крайнем случае к её компрометированию."
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356
msgid ""
-"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, correct\n"
-"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of the checksum\n"
-"to unblock using this file on your own risk. Empty input will discard the file.\n"
+"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, "
+"correct\n"
+"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of the "
+"checksum\n"
+"to unblock using this file on your own risk. Empty input will discard the "
+"file.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Тем не менее, если вы убедились, что файл с контрольной суммой '%1%..' безопасен, верен\n"
-"и должен быть использован в этой операции, введите первые 4 символа контрольной суммы,\n"
-"чтобы разблокировать использование этого файла на свой собственный риск. Отсутствие ввода приведёт к отклонению файла.\n"
+"Тем не менее, если вы убедились, что файл с контрольной суммой '%1%..' "
+"безопасен, верен\n"
+"и должен быть использован в этой операции, введите первые 4 символа "
+"контрольной суммы,\n"
+"чтобы разблокировать использование этого файла на свой собственный риск. "
+"Отсутствие ввода приведёт к отклонению файла.\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363
@@ -1317,16 +1429,32 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation %1%(commandline option)
#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:372
-msgid "Checking for file conflicts requires not installed packages to be downloaded in advance in order to access their file lists. See option '%1%' in the zypper manual page for details."
-msgstr "Для проверки на конфликты файлов необходимо загрузить неустановленные пакеты заранее, чтобы получить доступ к их спискам файлов. Подробнее см. в описании опции «%1%» в руководстве zypper."
+msgid ""
+"Checking for file conflicts requires not installed packages to be downloaded "
+"in advance in order to access their file lists. See option '%1%' in the "
+"zypper manual page for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Для проверки на конфликты файлов необходимо загрузить неустановленные пакеты "
+"заранее, чтобы получить доступ к их спискам файлов. Подробнее см. в описании "
+"опции «%1%» в руководстве zypper."
#. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of packages); detailed list follows
#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:379
-msgid "The following package had to be excluded from file conflicts check because it is not yet downloaded:"
-msgid_plural "The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check because they are not yet downloaded:"
-msgstr[0] "Следующий пакет был исключён из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё не загружен:"
-msgstr[1] "Следующие %1% пакета были исключёны из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё не загружены:"
-msgstr[2] "Следующие %1% пакетов были исключёны из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё не загружены:"
+msgid ""
+"The following package had to be excluded from file conflicts check because it "
+"is not yet downloaded:"
+msgid_plural ""
+"The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check "
+"because they are not yet downloaded:"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Следующий пакет был исключён из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё не "
+"загружен:"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Следующие %1% пакета были исключёны из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. ещё "
+"не загружены:"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Следующие %1% пакетов были исключёны из проверки на конфликты файлов, т.к. "
+"ещё не загружены:"
#. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of conflicts); detailed list follows
#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:390
@@ -1342,8 +1470,14 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation Problem description before asking whether to "Continue? [yes/no] (no):"
#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:404
-msgid "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install files with the same name but different contents. If you continue, conflicting files will be replaced losing the previous content."
-msgstr "Конфликты файлов случаются, когда два пакета пытаются установить файлы с одинаковым именем, но разным содержимым. Если вы продолжите, конфликтующие файлы будут заменены с потерей предыдущего содержимого."
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install files with the "
+"same name but different contents. If you continue, conflicting files will be "
+"replaced losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+"Конфликты файлов случаются, когда два пакета пытаются установить файлы с "
+"одинаковым именем, но разным содержимым. Если вы продолжите, конфликтующие "
+"файлы будут заменены с потерей предыдущего содержимого."
#. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:30
@@ -1357,7 +1491,9 @@
#. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:34
-msgid "Skip retrieval of the file and try to continue with the operation without the file."
+msgid ""
+"Skip retrieval of the file and try to continue with the operation without the "
+"file."
msgstr "Пропустить получение файла и попытаться провести операцию без файла."
#. help text for the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt for media errors
@@ -1443,8 +1579,12 @@
#. /usr/lib/locale/<your_locale>/LC_MESSAGES/SYS_LC_MESSAGES
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:230
#, c-format
-msgid "Please insert medium [%s] #%d and type 'y' to continue or 'n' to cancel the operation."
-msgstr "Вставьте носитель [%s] #%d и введите 'y' для продолжения или 'n' для прекращения операции."
+msgid ""
+"Please insert medium [%s] #%d and type 'y' to continue or 'n' to cancel the "
+"operation."
+msgstr ""
+"Вставьте носитель [%s] #%d и введите 'y' для продолжения или 'n' для "
+"прекращения операции."
#. translators: a/r/i/u are replies to the "Abort, retry, ignore?" prompt
#. Translate the a/r/i part exactly as you did the a/r/i string.
@@ -1455,8 +1595,12 @@
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:313
#, c-format
-msgid "Authentication required to access %s. You need to be root to be able to read the credentials from %s."
-msgstr "Для доступа к %s нужна аутентификация. Для чтения параметров учётных записей из %s вам нужно войти как root."
+msgid ""
+"Authentication required to access %s. You need to be root to be able to read "
+"the credentials from %s."
+msgstr ""
+"Для доступа к %s нужна аутентификация. Для чтения параметров учётных записей "
+"из %s вам нужно войти как root."
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:338 src/callbacks/media.cc:345
msgid "User Name"
@@ -1467,12 +1611,17 @@
msgstr "Пароль"
#: src/callbacks/locks.h:27
-msgid "The following query locks the same objects as the one you want to remove:"
-msgstr "Следующий запрос блокирует такие же объекты, как тот, который вы хотите удалить:"
+msgid ""
+"The following query locks the same objects as the one you want to remove:"
+msgstr ""
+"Следующий запрос блокирует такие же объекты, как тот, который вы хотите "
+"удалить:"
#: src/callbacks/locks.h:30
msgid "The following query locks some of the objects you want to unlock:"
-msgstr "Следующий запрос блокирует некоторые из объектов, которые вы хотите разблокировать:"
+msgstr ""
+"Следующий запрос блокирует некоторые из объектов, которые вы хотите "
+"разблокировать:"
# power-off message
#: src/callbacks/locks.h:35 src/callbacks/locks.h:50
@@ -1566,8 +1715,12 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s is a .repo file path
#: src/repos.cc:214
#, c-format
-msgid "Please add one or more base URI (baseurl=URI) entries to %s for repository '%s'."
-msgstr "Добавьте одну или более записей основных URI-адресов (baseurl=URI) в %s для репозитория '%s'."
+msgid ""
+"Please add one or more base URI (baseurl=URI) entries to %s for repository '%"
+"s'."
+msgstr ""
+"Добавьте одну или более записей основных URI-адресов (baseurl=URI) в %s для "
+"репозитория '%s'."
#: src/repos.cc:226
msgid "No alias defined for this repository."
@@ -1579,8 +1732,12 @@
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' неверен."
#: src/repos.cc:240
-msgid "Please check if the URIs defined for this repository are pointing to a valid repository."
-msgstr "Проверьте, что URI-адреса, определённые для этого репозитория, указывают на верный репозиторий."
+msgid ""
+"Please check if the URIs defined for this repository are pointing to a valid "
+"repository."
+msgstr ""
+"Проверьте, что URI-адреса, определённые для этого репозитория, указывают на "
+"верный репозиторий."
#: src/repos.cc:253
#, c-format
@@ -1598,8 +1755,16 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation Don't translate the URL unless it is translated, too
#: src/repos.cc:296
-msgid "This may be caused by invalid metadata in the repository, or by a bug in the metadata parser. In the latter case, or if in doubt, please, file a bug report by following instructions at http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Это может быть вызвано недопустимыми метаданными в репозитории или ошибкой в анализаторе метаданных. В последнем случае, или если вы сомневаетесь, отправьте отчёт об ошибке, выполнив указания на странице http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting"
+msgid ""
+"This may be caused by invalid metadata in the repository, or by a bug in the "
+"metadata parser. In the latter case, or if in doubt, please, file a bug "
+"report by following instructions at http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshoot"
+"ing"
+msgstr ""
+"Это может быть вызвано недопустимыми метаданными в репозитории или ошибкой в "
+"анализаторе метаданных. В последнем случае, или если вы сомневаетесь, "
+"отправьте отчёт об ошибке, выполнив указания на странице "
+"http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting"
#: src/repos.cc:310
#, c-format
@@ -1613,7 +1778,8 @@
#: src/repos.cc:528
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI."
-msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' не найден по своему псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу."
+msgstr ""
+"Репозиторий '%s' не найден по своему псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу."
#: src/repos.cc:532
#, c-format
@@ -1642,13 +1808,21 @@
#: src/repos.cc:717
#, c-format
-msgid "Repository '%s' is out-of-date. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to update it."
-msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' устарел. Можно запустить 'zypper refresh' от имени администратора для его обновления."
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%s' is out-of-date. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to "
+"update it."
+msgstr ""
+"Репозиторий '%s' устарел. Можно запустить 'zypper refresh' от имени "
+"администратора для его обновления."
#: src/repos.cc:754
#, c-format
-msgid "The metadata cache needs to be built for the '%s' repository. You can run 'zypper refresh' as root to do this."
-msgstr "Необходимо построить кэш для репозитория '%s'. Для этого можно запустить 'zypper refresh' от имени администратора."
+msgid ""
+"The metadata cache needs to be built for the '%s' repository. You can run "
+"'zypper refresh' as root to do this."
+msgstr ""
+"Необходимо построить кэш для репозитория '%s'. Для этого можно запустить "
+"'zypper refresh' от имени администратора."
#: src/repos.cc:761
#, c-format
@@ -1730,7 +1904,9 @@
#: src/repos.cc:1045
msgid "Use the 'zypper addrepo' command to add one or more repositories."
-msgstr "Используйте команду 'zypper addrepo' для добавления одного или более репозиториев."
+msgstr ""
+"Используйте команду 'zypper addrepo' для добавления одного или более "
+"репозиториев."
#: src/repos.cc:1081
msgid "Auto-refresh"
@@ -1810,7 +1986,8 @@
#: src/repos.cc:1306
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable repositories."
-msgstr "Используйте команды '%s' или '%s' для добавления или включения репозиториев."
+msgstr ""
+"Используйте команды '%s' или '%s' для добавления или включения репозиториев."
#: src/repos.cc:1311
msgid "Could not refresh the repositories because of errors."
@@ -1880,7 +2057,9 @@
#: src/repos.cc:1600
msgid "This is a changeable read-only media (CD/DVD), disabling autorefresh."
-msgstr "Это сменный носитель, доступный только для чтения (CD/DVD), отключение автоматического обновления."
+msgstr ""
+"Это сменный носитель, доступный только для чтения (CD/DVD), отключение "
+"автоматического обновления."
#: src/repos.cc:1622
#, c-format
@@ -1890,11 +2069,16 @@
#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1922
#, c-format
msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
-msgstr "Репозиторий с именем '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним."
+msgstr ""
+"Репозиторий с именем '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним."
#: src/repos.cc:1641
-msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:"
-msgstr "Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывают ли введенные URI-адреса (смотрите ниже) на верный репозиторий:"
+msgid ""
+"Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined "
+"URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:"
+msgstr ""
+"Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывают ли введенные "
+"URI-адреса (смотрите ниже) на верный репозиторий:"
#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3116
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
@@ -1915,8 +2099,12 @@
#. translators: BOOST STYLE POSITIONAL DIRECTIVES ( %N% )
#. translators: %1% - a repository name
#: src/repos.cc:1680
-msgid "GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and origin of packages cannot be verified."
-msgstr "Проверка GPG отключена в настройках репозитория '%1%'. Невозможно проверить целостность и происхождение пакетов."
+msgid ""
+"GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and "
+"origin of packages cannot be verified."
+msgstr ""
+"Проверка GPG отключена в настройках репозитория '%1%'. Невозможно проверить "
+"целостность и происхождение пакетов."
#: src/repos.cc:1686
#, c-format
@@ -1967,8 +2155,11 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated.
#. Also don't translate the '.repo' string.
#: src/repos.cc:1814
-msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details."
-msgstr "Это файл .repo? Подробности смотрите на http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo."
+msgid ""
+"Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Это файл .repo? Подробности смотрите на http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoI"
+"nfo."
#: src/repos.cc:1822
msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI"
@@ -1990,8 +2181,12 @@
#: src/repos.cc:1905
#, c-format
-msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias."
-msgstr "Невозможно изменить псевдоним репозитория '%s'. Репозиторий принадлежит службе '%s', отвечающей за задание его псевдонима."
+msgid ""
+"Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%"
+"s' which is responsible for setting its alias."
+msgstr ""
+"Невозможно изменить псевдоним репозитория '%s'. Репозиторий принадлежит "
+"службе '%s', отвечающей за задание его псевдонима."
#: src/repos.cc:1916
#, c-format
@@ -2009,8 +2204,12 @@
#: src/repos.cc:2078
#, c-format
-msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority."
-msgstr "Неверный приоритет '%s'. Используйте положительное целое число. Чем больше число, тем ниже приоритет."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, "
+"the lower the priority."
+msgstr ""
+"Неверный приоритет '%s'. Используйте положительное целое число. Чем больше "
+"число, тем ниже приоритет."
#: src/repos.cc:2086
#, c-format
@@ -2094,12 +2293,15 @@
#: src/repos.cc:2551
#, c-format
msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services."
-msgstr "Службы не определены. Используйте команду '%s' для добавления одной или более служб."
+msgstr ""
+"Службы не определены. Используйте команду '%s' для добавления одной или более "
+"служб."
#: src/repos.cc:2677
#, c-format
msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
-msgstr "Служба с псевдонимом '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним."
+msgstr ""
+"Служба с псевдонимом '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним."
#: src/repos.cc:2687
#, c-format
@@ -2202,34 +2404,49 @@
#: src/repos.cc:3062
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
-msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
+msgid_plural ""
+"Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] "Репозиторий '%s' был добавлен к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
-msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
-msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
#: src/repos.cc:3070
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
-msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
-msgstr[0] "Репозиторий '%s' был добавлен к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
-msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
-msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
+msgid_plural ""
+"Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Репозиторий '%s' был добавлен к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
#: src/repos.cc:3078
#, c-format
-msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
-msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
+msgid_plural ""
+"Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] "Репозиторий '%s' был удалён из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
-msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
-msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
#: src/repos.cc:3086
#, c-format
-msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
-msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
+msgid_plural ""
+"Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] "Репозиторий '%s' был удалён из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
-msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
-msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
#: src/repos.cc:3095
#, c-format
@@ -2272,11 +2489,14 @@
#: src/repos.cc:3257 src/repos.cc:3290
#, c-format
msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error."
-msgstr "Объекты разрешения зависимостей из '%s' не были загружены из-за ошибки."
+msgstr ""
+"Объекты разрешения зависимостей из '%s' не были загружены из-за ошибки."
#: src/repos.cc:3276
#, c-format
-msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server."
+msgid ""
+"Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or "
+"server."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' устарел. Используйте другое зеркало или сервер."
#. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m'
@@ -2403,8 +2623,11 @@
#: src/update.cc:613
#, c-format
-msgid "Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been specified."
-msgstr "Игнорирую %s без аргумента, так как был указан похожий параметр с аргументом."
+msgid ""
+"Ignoring %s without argument because similar option with an argument has been "
+"specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Игнорирую %s без аргумента, так как был указан похожий параметр с аргументом."
#: src/update.cc:721
msgid "No matching issues found."
@@ -2435,10 +2658,11 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:98
msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
-msgstr "Обнаружен устаревший параметр командной строки %1%. Используйте вместо него %2%."
+msgstr ""
+"Обнаружен устаревший параметр командной строки %1%. Используйте вместо него %"
+"2%."
#: src/Zypper.cc:211
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| " Global Options:\n"
#| "\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
@@ -2464,7 +2688,8 @@
"\t--version, -V\t\tOutput the version number.\n"
"\t--promptids\t\tOutput a list of zypper's user prompts.\n"
"\t--config, -c <file>\tUse specified config file instead of the default.\n"
-"\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and plugins.\n"
+"\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and "
+"plugins.\n"
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
"\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
@@ -2483,15 +2708,22 @@
"\t--help, -h\t\tСправка.\n"
"\t--version, -V\t\tВывести номер версии.\n"
"\t--promptids\t\tВывести список пользовательских запросов zypper.\n"
-"\t--config, -c <файл>\tИспользовать указанный файл настроек вместо стандартного.\n"
-"\t--userdata <строка>\tОпределяемый пользователем идентификатор транзакции, используемый в истории и модулях.\n"
-"\t--quiet, -q\t\tПодавить нормальный вывод, выводить только сообщения об ошибках.\n"
+"\t--config, -c <файл>\tИспользовать указанный файл настроек вместо "
+"стандартного.\n"
+"\t--userdata <строка>\tОпределяемый пользователем идентификатор транзакции, "
+"используемый в истории и модулях.\n"
+"\t--quiet, -q\t\tПодавить нормальный вывод, выводить только сообщения об "
+"ошибках.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tУвеличить подробность вывода.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tИспользовать ли подсветку вывода, если tty это "
+"поддерживает.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tНе использовать аббревиатуры в таблицах.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tТабличный стиль.\n"
-"\t--non-interactive, -n\tНи о чём не спрашивать, автоматически использовать ответы по умолчанию.\n"
+"\t--non-interactive, -n\tНи о чём не спрашивать, автоматически использовать "
+"ответы по умолчанию.\n"
"\t--non-interactive-include-reboot-patches\n"
-"\t\t\t\tНе считать интерактивными исправления с установленным флагом rebootSuggested.\n"
+"\t\t\t\tНе считать интерактивными исправления с установленным флагом "
+"rebootSuggested.\n"
"\t--xmlout, -x\t\tПерейти на вывод в XML.\n"
"\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tИгнорировать неизвестные пакеты.\n"
@@ -2504,10 +2736,14 @@
"\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative solv file cache directory.\n"
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative package cache directory.\n"
msgstr ""
-"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог файлов определения репозиториев.\n"
-"\t--cache-dir, -C <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог базы данных кэша метаданных.\n"
-"\t--raw-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог необработанных метаданных.\n"
-"\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог кэша файлов решателя.\n"
+"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог файлов "
+"определения репозиториев.\n"
+"\t--cache-dir, -C <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог базы данных кэша "
+"метаданных.\n"
+"\t--raw-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог необработанных "
+"метаданных.\n"
+"\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог кэша файлов "
+"решателя.\n"
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог кэша пакетов.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:241
@@ -2517,8 +2753,10 @@
"\t--gpg-auto-import-keys\tAutomatically trust and import new repository\n"
"\t\t\t\tsigning keys.\n"
"\t--plus-repo, -p <URI>\tUse an additional repository.\n"
-"\t--plus-content <tag>\tAdditionally use disabled repositories providing a specific keyword.\n"
-"\t\t\t\tTry '--plus-content debug' to enable repos indicating to provide debug packages.\n"
+"\t--plus-content <tag>\tAdditionally use disabled repositories providing a "
+"specific keyword.\n"
+"\t\t\t\tTry '--plus-content debug' to enable repos indicating to provide "
+"debug packages.\n"
"\t--disable-repositories\tDo not read meta-data from repositories.\n"
"\t--no-refresh\t\tDo not refresh the repositories.\n"
"\t--no-cd\t\t\tIgnore CD/DVD repositories.\n"
@@ -2529,8 +2767,10 @@
"\t--gpg-auto-import-keys\tАвтоматически доверять и импортировать ключи\n"
"\t\t\t\tновых репозиториев.\n"
"\t--plus-repo, -p <URI>\tИспользовать дополнительный репозиторий.\n"
-"\t--plus-content <tag>\tДополнительно использовать отключённые репозитории, предоставляющие указанное ключевое слово.\n"
-"\t\t\t\tПопробуйте '--plus-content debug' для включения репозиториев, предоставляющих пакеты для отладки.\n"
+"\t--plus-content <tag>\tДополнительно использовать отключённые репозитории, "
+"предоставляющие указанное ключевое слово.\n"
+"\t\t\t\tПопробуйте '--plus-content debug' для включения репозиториев, "
+"предоставляющих пакеты для отладки.\n"
"\t--disable-repositories\tНе считывать метаданные из репозиториев.\n"
"\t--no-refresh\t\tНе обновлять репозитории.\n"
"\t--no-cd\t\t\tИгнорировать репозитории на CD/DVD.\n"
@@ -2658,7 +2898,8 @@
"\tpackages, pa\t\tВывести список доступных пакетов.\n"
"\tpatterns, pt\t\tВывести список доступных шаблонов.\n"
"\tproducts, pd\t\tВывести список доступных продуктов.\n"
-"\twhat-provides, wp\tВывести список пакетов, предоставляющих указанную способность.\n"
+"\twhat-provides, wp\tВывести список пакетов, предоставляющих указанную "
+"способность.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:319
msgid ""
@@ -2681,7 +2922,8 @@
"\ttargetos, tos\t\tPrint the target operating system ID string.\n"
"\tlicenses\t\tPrint report about licenses and EULAs of\n"
"\t\t\t\tinstalled packages.\n"
-"\tdownload\t\tDownload rpms specified on the commandline to a local directory.\n"
+"\tdownload\t\tDownload rpms specified on the commandline to a local "
+"directory.\n"
"\tsource-download\t\tDownload source rpms for all installed packages\n"
"\t\t\t\tto a local directory.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2732,15 +2974,21 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:567
msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!"
-msgstr "Строка пользовательских данных не должна содержать непечатные символы и переводы строки!"
+msgstr ""
+"Строка пользовательских данных не должна содержать непечатные символы и "
+"переводы строки!"
#: src/Zypper.cc:599 src/Zypper.cc:2852
msgid "Entering non-interactive mode."
msgstr "Переход в неинтерактивный режим."
#: src/Zypper.cc:605
-msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive."
-msgstr "Исправления с флагом rebootSuggested не будут обрабатываться как интерактивные."
+msgid ""
+"Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as "
+"interactive."
+msgstr ""
+"Исправления с флагом rebootSuggested не будут обрабатываться как "
+"интерактивные."
#: src/Zypper.cc:611
msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode."
@@ -2748,8 +2996,10 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:618
#, c-format
-msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
-msgstr "Включение '%s'. Ключи новых репозиториев будут импортироваться автоматически!"
+msgid ""
+"Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
+msgstr ""
+"Включение '%s'. Ключи новых репозиториев будут импортироваться автоматически!"
#: src/Zypper.cc:631
msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute."
@@ -2765,7 +3015,8 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:686
msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only."
-msgstr "Репозитории отключены, используется только база данных установленных пакетов."
+msgstr ""
+"Репозитории отключены, используется только база данных установленных пакетов."
#: src/Zypper.cc:698
msgid "Autorefresh disabled."
@@ -2821,22 +3072,29 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n"
"-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n"
" Default: %s.\n"
-"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by capability.\n"
+"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by "
+"capability.\n"
"-C, --capability Select packages by capability.\n"
-"-f, --force Install even if the item is already installed (reinstall),\n"
+"-f, --force Install even if the item is already installed "
+"(reinstall),\n"
" downgraded or changes vendor or architecture.\n"
" --oldpackage Allow to replace a newer item with an older one.\n"
-" Handy if you are doing a rollback. Unlike --force\n"
+" Handy if you are doing a rollback. Unlike "
+"--force\n"
" it will not enforce a reinstall.\n"
-" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n"
-" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n"
-" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n"
+" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files "
+"from other,\n"
+" already installed, packages. Default is to treat "
+"file conflicts\n"
+" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the "
+"fileconflict check.\n"
"-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n"
" Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n"
" confirmation prompt.\n"
" See 'man zypper' for more details.\n"
" --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n"
-" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n"
+" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only "
+"required.\n"
" --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n"
" to the required.\n"
"-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n"
@@ -2863,32 +3121,45 @@
"-n, --name Выбирать пакеты по имени, а не по способностям.\n"
"-C, --capability Выбирать пакеты по способностям.\n"
"-f, --force Установить, даже если это уже установлено\n"
-" (переустановить), понизилась версия или сменились\n"
+" (переустановить), понизилась версия или "
+"сменились\n"
" производитель либо архитектура.\n"
" --oldpackage Разрешить установку более старого вместо более\n"
-" нового. Удобно для выполнения отката. В отличие от\n"
+" нового. Удобно для выполнения отката. В отличие "
+"от\n"
" --force, переустановка не выполняется.\n"
-" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы других,\n"
-" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию конфликты файлов\n"
-" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed отключает\n"
+" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы "
+"других,\n"
+" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию "
+"конфликты файлов\n"
+" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed "
+"отключает\n"
" проверку на конфликты файлов.\n"
"-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n"
" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n"
" подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n"
-" Более подробные сведения приведены в 'man zypper'.\n"
-" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей\n"
+" Более подробные сведения приведены в 'man "
+"zypper'.\n"
+" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки "
+"решающей\n"
" программы.\n"
-" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить\n"
+" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, "
+"установить\n"
" только требуемые.\n"
-" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n"
+" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в "
+"дополнение\n"
" к требуемым.\n"
-"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение,\n"
+"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать "
+"решение,\n"
" позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n"
-" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение (даже\n"
+" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение "
+"(даже\n"
" опасное).\n"
-"-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, не устанавливать на самом деле.\n"
+"-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, не устанавливать на самом "
+"деле.\n"
" --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n"
-" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n"
+" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные "
+"режимы:\n"
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
@@ -2907,7 +3178,8 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n"
"-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n"
" Default: %s.\n"
-"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by capability.\n"
+"-n, --name Select packages by plain name, not by "
+"capability.\n"
"-C, --capability Select packages by capability.\n"
" --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n"
"-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n"
@@ -2929,14 +3201,21 @@
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загружать только указанный репозиторий.\n"
"-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n"
" По умолчанию: %s.\n"
-"-n, --name Выбрать пакеты по обычному имени, не по способности.\n"
-"-C, --capability Выбрать объекты разрешения зависимостей по способности.\n"
-" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей программы для отладки.\n"
-"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение, позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n"
-" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение (даже опасное).\n"
+"-n, --name Выбрать пакеты по обычному имени, не по "
+"способности.\n"
+"-C, --capability Выбрать объекты разрешения зависимостей по "
+"способности.\n"
+" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей "
+"программы для отладки.\n"
+"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать "
+"решение, позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n"
+" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение "
+"(даже опасное).\n"
"-u, --clean-deps Автоматически удалять ненужные зависимости.\n"
-"-U, --no-clean-deps Не удалять ненужные зависимости автоматически.\n"
-"-D, --dry-run Проверить удаление, не удалять в действительности.\n"
+"-U, --no-clean-deps Не удалять ненужные зависимости "
+"автоматически.\n"
+"-D, --dry-run Проверить удаление, не удалять в "
+"действительности.\n"
" --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:1284
@@ -2946,19 +3225,24 @@
"Install specified source packages and their build dependencies.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
-"-d, --build-deps-only Install only build dependencies of specified packages.\n"
+"-d, --build-deps-only Install only build dependencies of specified "
+"packages.\n"
"-D, --no-build-deps Don't install build dependencies.\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Install packages only from specified repositories.\n"
" --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
"source-install (si) [параметры] <имя> ...\n"
"\n"
-"Установить указанные пакеты с исходным кодом и зависимости, требуемые для их сборки.\n"
+"Установить указанные пакеты с исходным кодом и зависимости, требуемые для их "
+"сборки.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-"-d, --build-deps-only Установить только зависимости, требуемые для сборки указанных пакетов.\n"
-"-D, --no-build-deps Не устанавливать зависимости, требуемые для сборки.\n"
-"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Установить пакеты только из указанных репозиториев.\n"
+"-d, --build-deps-only Установить только зависимости, требуемые для "
+"сборки указанных пакетов.\n"
+"-D, --no-build-deps Не устанавливать зависимости, требуемые для "
+"сборки.\n"
+"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Установить пакеты только из указанных "
+"репозиториев.\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:1321
@@ -2966,12 +3250,15 @@
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
"\n"
-"Check whether dependencies of installed packages are satisfied and suggest to install or remove packages in order to repair the dependency problems.\n"
+"Check whether dependencies of installed packages are satisfied and suggest to "
+"install or remove packages in order to repair the dependency problems.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n"
-" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n"
-" --recommends Install also packages recommended by newly installed\n"
+" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only "
+"required.\n"
+" --recommends Install also packages recommended by newly "
+"installed\n"
" ones.\n"
"-D, --dry-run Test the repair, do not actually do anything to\n"
" the system.\n"
@@ -2982,17 +3269,22 @@
msgstr ""
"verify (ve) [параметры]\n"
"\n"
-"Проверить, удовлетворены ли зависимости установленных пакетов, и исправить возможные проблемы с зависимостями.\n"
+"Проверить, удовлетворены ли зависимости установленных пакетов, и исправить "
+"возможные проблемы с зависимостями.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загрузить только указанный репозиторий.\n"
-" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, только требуемые.\n"
-" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n"
+" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, только "
+"требуемые.\n"
+" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в "
+"дополнение\n"
" к требуемым.\n"
-"-D, --dry-run Проверить восстановление, ничего не делать с системой\n"
+"-D, --dry-run Проверить восстановление, ничего не делать с "
+"системой\n"
" в действительности.\n"
" --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n"
-" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n"
+" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные "
+"режимы:\n"
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
@@ -3001,7 +3293,9 @@
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
"\n"
-"Install newly added packages recommended by already installed packages. This can typically be used to install new language packages or drivers for newly added hardware.\n"
+"Install newly added packages recommended by already installed packages. This "
+"can typically be used to install new language packages or drivers for newly "
+"added hardware.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repositories.\n"
@@ -3014,16 +3308,21 @@
msgstr ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [параметры]\n"
"\n"
-"Установить свежедобавленные пакеты, рекомендованные уже установленными пакетами. Обычно это может использоваться для установки новых языковых пакетов или драйверов для нового оборудования.\n"
+"Установить свежедобавленные пакеты, рекомендованные уже установленными "
+"пакетами. Обычно это может использоваться для установки новых языковых "
+"пакетов или драйверов для нового оборудования.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Использовать только указанные репозитории.\n"
-"-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, ничего не устанавливать в действительности.\n"
+"-D, --dry-run Проверить установку, ничего не устанавливать в "
+"действительности.\n"
" --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n"
-" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n"
+" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные "
+"режимы:\n"
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
-" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей программы для отладки.\n"
+" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей программы для "
+"отладки.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
#: src/Zypper.cc:1391
@@ -3063,7 +3362,8 @@
"Удалить указанную службу репозиториев из системы.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в URI-адресе.\n"
+" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в "
+"URI-адресе.\n"
" --loose-query Игнорировать строку запроса в URI-адресе.\n"
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
@@ -3088,7 +3388,8 @@
"-j, --rr-to-enable <alias> Remove a RIS service repository to enable.\n"
"-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Remove a RIS service repository to disable.\n"
"-k, --cl-to-enable Clear the list of RIS repositories to enable.\n"
-"-K, --cl-to-disable Clear the list of RIS repositories to disable.\n"
+"-K, --cl-to-disable Clear the list of RIS repositories to "
+"disable.\n"
"\n"
"-a, --all Apply changes to all services.\n"
"-l, --local Apply changes to all local services.\n"
@@ -3108,17 +3409,24 @@
"-R, --no-refresh Отключить автоматическое обновление службы.\n"
"-n, --name Задать описательное имя службы.\n"
"\n"
-"-i, --ar-to-enable <alias> Добавить репозиторий службы RIS для включения.\n"
-"-I, --ar-to-disable <alias> Добавить репозиторий службы RIS для отключения.\n"
+"-i, --ar-to-enable <alias> Добавить репозиторий службы RIS для "
+"включения.\n"
+"-I, --ar-to-disable <alias> Добавить репозиторий службы RIS для "
+"отключения.\n"
"-j, --rr-to-enable <alias> Удалить репозиторий службы RIS для включения.\n"
-"-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Удалить репозиторий службы RIS для отключения.\n"
-"-k, --cl-to-enable Очистить список репозиториев RIS для включения.\n"
-"-K, --cl-to-disable Очистить список репозиториев RIS для отключения.\n"
+"-J, --rr-to-disable <alias> Удалить репозиторий службы RIS для "
+"отключения.\n"
+"-k, --cl-to-enable Очистить список репозиториев RIS для "
+"включения.\n"
+"-K, --cl-to-disable Очистить список репозиториев RIS для "
+"отключения.\n"
"\n"
"-a, --all Применить изменения ко всем репозиториям.\n"
-"-l, --local Применить изменения ко всем локальным репозиториям.\n"
+"-l, --local Применить изменения ко всем локальным "
+"репозиториям.\n"
"-t, --remote Применить изменения ко всем сетевым репозиториям.\n"
-"-m, --medium-type <type> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного типа.\n"
+"-m, --medium-type <type> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного "
+"типа.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:1498
msgid ""
@@ -3159,7 +3467,8 @@
" Command options:\n"
"-f, --force Force a complete refresh.\n"
"-r, --with-repos Refresh also the service repositories.\n"
-"-R, --restore-status Also restore service repositories enabled/disabled state.\n"
+"-R, --restore-status Also restore service repositories enabled/disabled "
+"state.\n"
msgstr ""
"refresh-services (refs) [параметры]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3168,7 +3477,8 @@
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-f, --force Принудительное полное обновление.\n"
"-r, --with-repos Обновить также и репозитории.\n"
-"-R, --restore-status Также восстановить состояние вкл/выкл репозиториев службы.\n"
+"-R, --restore-status Также восстановить состояние вкл/выкл репозиториев "
+"службы.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
#: src/Zypper.cc:1558
@@ -3177,7 +3487,8 @@
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
"addrepo (ar) [options] <file.repo>\n"
"\n"
-"Add a repository to the system. The repository can be specified by its URI or can be read from specified .repo file (even remote).\n"
+"Add a repository to the system. The repository can be specified by its URI or "
+"can be read from specified .repo file (even remote).\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
"-r, --repo <file.repo> Just another means to specify a .repo file to read.\n"
@@ -3195,14 +3506,17 @@
"addrepo (ar) [параметры] <URI> <псевдоним>\n"
"addrepo (ar) [параметры] <файл.repo>\n"
"\n"
-"Добавить в систему репозиторий. Репозиторий может быть указан своим URI или считан из указанного файла .repo (даже сетевого).\n"
+"Добавить в систему репозиторий. Репозиторий может быть указан своим URI или "
+"считан из указанного файла .repo (даже сетевого).\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-"-r, --repo <файл.repo> Считать URI-адрес и псевдоним из файла (даже сетевого).\n"
+"-r, --repo <файл.repo> Считать URI-адрес и псевдоним из файла (даже "
+"сетевого).\n"
"-t, --type <тип> Тип репозитория (%s).\n"
"-d, --disable Добавить репозиторий отключенным.\n"
"-c, --check Проверить URI-адрес.\n"
-"-C, --nocheck Не проверять URI-адрес, проверить позже во время обновления.\n"
+"-C, --nocheck Не проверять URI-адрес, проверить позже во время "
+"обновления.\n"
"-n, --name <имя> Указать описательное имя репозитория.\n"
"-k, --keep-packages Включить кэширование файлов RPM.\n"
"-K, --no-keep-packages Отключить кэширование файлов RPM.\n"
@@ -3228,7 +3542,8 @@
"List all defined repositories.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
-"-e, --export <FILE.repo> Export all defined repositories as a single local .repo file.\n"
+"-e, --export <FILE.repo> Export all defined repositories as a single local "
+".repo file.\n"
"-a, --alias Show also repository alias.\n"
"-n, --name Show also repository name.\n"
"-u, --uri Show also base URI of repositories.\n"
@@ -3247,13 +3562,15 @@
"Вывести список всех определённых репозиториев.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-"-e, --export <ФАЙЛ.repo> Экспортировать все определённые репозитории в один локальный файл .repo.\n"
+"-e, --export <ФАЙЛ.repo> Экспортировать все определённые репозитории в один "
+"локальный файл .repo.\n"
"-a, --alias Показать также псевдоним репозитория.\n"
"-n, --name Показать также имя репозитория.\n"
"-u, --uri Показать также основные URI-адреса репозиториев.\n"
"-p, --priority Показать также приоритеты репозиториев.\n"
"-r, --refresh Показать также флаг автообновления.\n"
-"-d, --details Показать дополнительную информацию, такую как URI-адреса, приоритеты, типы.\n"
+"-d, --details Показать дополнительную информацию, такую как "
+"URI-адреса, приоритеты, типы.\n"
"-s, --service Показать также псевдоним родительской службы.\n"
"-E, --show-enabled-only Показать только включённые репозитории.\n"
"-U, --sort-by-uri Сортировать список по URI-адресу.\n"
@@ -3276,7 +3593,8 @@
"Удалить репозиторий, указанный псевдонимом, номером или URI-адресом.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в URI-адресе.\n"
+" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в "
+"URI-адресе.\n"
" --loose-query Игнорировать строку запроса в URI-адресе.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:1672
@@ -3289,7 +3607,8 @@
msgstr ""
"renamerepo (nr) [параметры] <псевдоним|#|URI> <новый-псевдоним>\n"
"\n"
-"Присвоить новый псевдоним репозиторию, указанному псевдонимом, номером или URI-адресом.\n"
+"Присвоить новый псевдоним репозиторию, указанному псевдонимом, номером или "
+"URI-адресом.\n"
"\n"
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
@@ -3301,7 +3620,8 @@
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <%s>\n"
"\n"
-"Modify properties of repositories specified by alias, number, or URI, or by the\n"
+"Modify properties of repositories specified by alias, number, or URI, or by "
+"the\n"
"'%s' aggregate options.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
@@ -3324,7 +3644,8 @@
"modifyrepo (mr) <параметры> <псевдоним|#|URI> ...\n"
"modifyrepo (mr) <параметры> <%s>\n"
"\n"
-"Изменить свойства репозитория, указанного псевдонимом, номером, URI-адресом или совокупными параметрами '%s'.\n"
+"Изменить свойства репозитория, указанного псевдонимом, номером, URI-адресом "
+"или совокупными параметрами '%s'.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-d, --disable Отключить репозиторий (но не удалять его).\n"
@@ -3339,35 +3660,43 @@
"-G, --no-gpgcheck Отключить проверку GPG для этого репозитория.\n"
"\n"
"-a, --all Применить изменения ко всем репозиториям.\n"
-"-l, --local Применить изменения ко всем локальным репозиториям.\n"
+"-l, --local Применить изменения ко всем локальным "
+"репозиториям.\n"
"-t, --remote Применить изменения ко всем сетевым репозиториям.\n"
-"-m, --medium-type <тип> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного типа.\n"
+"-m, --medium-type <тип> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного "
+"типа.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:1747
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
-"Refresh repositories specified by their alias, number or URI. If none are specified, all enabled repositories will be refreshed.\n"
+"Refresh repositories specified by their alias, number or URI. If none are "
+"specified, all enabled repositories will be refreshed.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
"-f, --force Force a complete refresh.\n"
"-b, --force-build Force rebuild of the database.\n"
"-d, --force-download Force download of raw metadata.\n"
"-B, --build-only Only build the database, don't download metadata.\n"
-"-D, --download-only Only download raw metadata, don't build the database.\n"
+"-D, --download-only Only download raw metadata, don't build the "
+"database.\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Refresh only specified repositories.\n"
"-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n"
msgstr ""
"refresh (ref) [псевдоним|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
-"Обновить репозитории, указанные псевдонимом, номером или URI-адресом. Если не указано ни одного, все включенные репозитории будут обновлены.\n"
+"Обновить репозитории, указанные псевдонимом, номером или URI-адресом. Если не "
+"указано ни одного, все включенные репозитории будут обновлены.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-f, --force Принудительно выполнить полное обновление.\n"
"-b, --force-build Принудительно перестроить базу данных.\n"
-"-d, --force-download Принудительно выполнить загрузку необработанных метаданных.\n"
-"-B, --build-only Только построить базу данных, не загружать метаданные.\n"
-"-D, --download-only Только загрузить необработанные метаданные, не строить базу данных.\n"
+"-d, --force-download Принудительно выполнить загрузку необработанных "
+"метаданных.\n"
+"-B, --build-only Только построить базу данных, не загружать "
+"метаданные.\n"
+"-D, --download-only Только загрузить необработанные метаданные, не "
+"строить базу данных.\n"
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Обновить только указанные репозитории.\n"
"-s, --services Обновить службы перед обновлением репозиториев.\n"
@@ -3405,7 +3734,8 @@
" Command options:\n"
"-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n"
" Default: %s.\n"
-"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> List only updates from the specified repository.\n"
+"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> List only updates from the specified "
+"repository.\n"
" --best-effort Do a 'best effort' approach to update. Updates\n"
" to a lower than the latest version are\n"
" also acceptable.\n"
@@ -3420,11 +3750,16 @@
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n"
" По умолчанию: %s.\n"
-"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Вывести список обновления только из указанного репозитория.\n"
-" --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для обновления. Обновления\n"
-" до не самых последних версий также приемлемы.\n"
-"-a, --all Вывести список всех пакетов, для которых доступны\n"
-" более новые версии, независимо от того, можно их\n"
+"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Вывести список обновления только из "
+"указанного репозитория.\n"
+" --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для "
+"обновления. Обновления\n"
+" до не самых последних версий также "
+"приемлемы.\n"
+"-a, --all Вывести список всех пакетов, для которых "
+"доступны\n"
+" более новые версии, независимо от того, можно "
+"их\n"
" установить или нет.\n"
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
@@ -3452,12 +3787,16 @@
" to a lower than the latest version are\n"
" also acceptable.\n"
" --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n"
-" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n"
+" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only "
+"required.\n"
" --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n"
" to the required.\n"
-" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n"
-" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n"
-" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n"
+" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files "
+"from other,\n"
+" already installed, packages. Default is to treat "
+"file conflicts\n"
+" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the "
+"fileconflict check.\n"
"-R, --no-force-resolution Do not force the solver to find solution,\n"
" let it ask.\n"
" --force-resolution Force the solver to find a solution (even\n"
@@ -3480,25 +3819,38 @@
" --with-interactive Не пропускать интерактивные обновления.\n"
"-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n"
" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n"
-" подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n"
-" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n"
-" --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для обновления.\n"
+" подтверждения лицензии стороннего "
+"поставщика.\n"
+" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения "
+"подробностей.\n"
+" --best-effort Использовать подход 'наилучших действий' для "
+"обновления.\n"
" Обновления до не самых последних версий\n"
" также приемлемы.\n"
-" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы.\n"
-" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n"
-" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n"
+" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки "
+"решающей программы.\n"
+" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, "
+"установить только требуемые.\n"
+" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в "
+"дополнение\n"
" к требуемым.\n"
-" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы других,\n"
-" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию конфликты файлов\n"
-" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed отключает\n"
+" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют "
+"файлы других,\n"
+" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию "
+"конфликты файлов\n"
+" считаются ошибками. Опция "
+"--download-as-needed отключает\n"
" проверку на конфликты файлов.\n"
-"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать решение,\n"
+"-R, --no-force-resolution Не заставлять решающее устройство искать "
+"решение,\n"
" позволить ему задавать вопросы.\n"
-" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение (даже опасное).\n"
-"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновлять на самом деле.\n"
+" --force-resolution Заставить решающее устройство найти решение "
+"(даже опасное).\n"
+"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновлять на самом "
+"деле.\n"
" --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n"
-" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n"
+" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные "
+"режимы:\n"
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
@@ -3517,17 +3869,22 @@
" Automatically say 'yes' to third party license\n"
" confirmation prompt.\n"
" See man zypper for more details.\n"
-"-b, --bugzilla # Install patch fixing the specified bugzilla issue.\n"
+"-b, --bugzilla # Install patch fixing the specified bugzilla "
+"issue.\n"
" --cve # Install patch fixing the specified CVE issue.\n"
"-g --category <category> Install all patches in this category.\n"
" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Install patches issued until the specified date\n"
" --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging.\n"
-" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n"
+" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only "
+"required.\n"
" --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n"
" to the required.\n"
-" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n"
-" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n"
-" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n"
+" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files "
+"from other,\n"
+" already installed, packages. Default is to treat "
+"file conflicts\n"
+" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the "
+"fileconflict check.\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Load only the specified repository.\n"
"-D, --dry-run Test the update, do not actually update.\n"
" --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n"
@@ -3544,24 +3901,36 @@
" --with-interactive Не пропускать интерактивные исправления.\n"
"-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n"
" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n"
-" подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n"
-" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n"
-"-b, --bugzilla # Установить исправление указанной ошибки bugzilla.\n"
+" подтверждения лицензии стороннего "
+"поставщика.\n"
+" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения "
+"подробностей.\n"
+"-b, --bugzilla # Установить исправление указанной ошибки "
+"bugzilla.\n"
" --cve # Установить исправление указанной ошибки CVE.\n"
"-g --category <категория> Установить все исправления в этой категории.\n"
-" --date <ГГГГ-ММ-ДД> Установить исправления, выпущенные до указанной даты.\n"
-" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы.\n"
-" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n"
-" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n"
+" --date <ГГГГ-ММ-ДД> Установить исправления, выпущенные до "
+"указанной даты.\n"
+" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки "
+"решающей программы.\n"
+" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, "
+"установить только требуемые.\n"
+" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в "
+"дополнение\n"
" к требуемым.\n"
-" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы других,\n"
-" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию конфликты файлов\n"
-" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed отключает\n"
+" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют "
+"файлы других,\n"
+" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию "
+"конфликты файлов\n"
+" считаются ошибками. Опция "
+"--download-as-needed отключает\n"
" проверку на конфликты файлов.\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Загружать только указанный репозиторий.\n"
-"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в действительности.\n"
+"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в "
+"действительности.\n"
" --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n"
-" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n"
+" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные "
+"режимы:\n"
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
@@ -3585,12 +3954,16 @@
"Список всех доступных необходимых исправлений.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-"-b, --bugzilla[=#] Список необходимых исправлений для недостатков Bugzilla.\n"
-" --cve[=#] Список необходимых исправлений для недостатков CVE.\n"
+"-b, --bugzilla[=#] Список необходимых исправлений для недостатков "
+"Bugzilla.\n"
+" --cve[=#] Список необходимых исправлений для недостатков "
+"CVE.\n"
"-g --category <category> Список всех исправлений в этой категории.\n"
-" --issues[=string] Поиск недостатков, соответствующих указанной строке.\n"
+" --issues[=string] Поиск недостатков, соответствующих указанной "
+"строке.\n"
"-a, --all Список всех исправлений, не только необходимых.\n"
-"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Список исправлений только из указанного репозитория.\n"
+"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Список исправлений только из указанного "
+"репозитория.\n"
" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Список исправлений, выпущенных до указанной даты.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:2026
@@ -3609,12 +3982,16 @@
" confirmation prompt.\n"
" See man zypper for more details.\n"
" --debug-solver Create solver test case for debugging\n"
-" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only required.\n"
+" --no-recommends Do not install recommended packages, only "
+"required.\n"
" --recommends Install also recommended packages in addition\n"
" to the required.\n"
-" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files from other,\n"
-" already installed, packages. Default is to treat file conflicts\n"
-" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the fileconflict check.\n"
+" --replacefiles Install the packages even if they replace files "
+"from other,\n"
+" already installed, packages. Default is to treat "
+"file conflicts\n"
+" as an error. --download-as-needed disables the "
+"fileconflict check.\n"
"-D, --dry-run Test the upgrade, do not actually upgrade\n"
" --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n"
" --download Set the download-install mode. Available modes:\n"
@@ -3626,23 +4003,34 @@
"Произвести обновление дистрибутива.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-" --from <псевдоним|#|URI> Ограничить обновления указанным репозиторием.\n"
+" --from <псевдоним|#|URI> Ограничить обновления указанным "
+"репозиторием.\n"
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Загружать только указанный репозиторий.\n"
"-l, --auto-agree-with-licenses\n"
" Автоматически отвечать 'yes' (да) на запросы\n"
-" подтверждения лицензии стороннего поставщика.\n"
-" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения подробностей.\n"
-" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки решающей программы\n"
-" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, установить только требуемые.\n"
-" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в дополнение\n"
+" подтверждения лицензии стороннего "
+"поставщика.\n"
+" Смотрите 'man zypper' для получения "
+"подробностей.\n"
+" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных для отладки "
+"решающей программы\n"
+" --no-recommends Не устанавливать рекомендуемые пакеты, "
+"установить только требуемые.\n"
+" --recommends Установить также рекомендуемые пакеты в "
+"дополнение\n"
" к требуемым.\n"
-" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют файлы других,\n"
-" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию конфликты файлов\n"
-" считаются ошибками. Опция --download-as-needed отключает\n"
+" --replacefiles Установить пакеты, даже если они заменяют "
+"файлы других,\n"
+" уже установленных пакетов. По умолчанию "
+"конфликты файлов\n"
+" считаются ошибками. Опция "
+"--download-as-needed отключает\n"
" проверку на конфликты файлов.\n"
-"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в действительности.\n"
+"-D, --dry-run Проверить обновление, не обновляться в "
+"действительности.\n"
" --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n"
-" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные режимы:\n"
+" --download Задать режим загрузки и установки. Доступные "
+"режимы:\n"
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
@@ -3655,46 +4043,62 @@
" Command options:\n"
" --match-substrings Search for a match to partial words (default).\n"
" --match-words Search for a match to whole words only.\n"
-" --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search strings.\n"
-" --provides Search for packages which provide the search strings.\n"
-" --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search strings.\n"
-" --requires Search for packages which require the search strings.\n"
-" --suggests Search for packages which suggest the search strings.\n"
+" --match-exact Searches for an exact match of the search "
+"strings.\n"
+" --provides Search for packages which provide the search "
+"strings.\n"
+" --recommends Search for packages which recommend the search "
+"strings.\n"
+" --requires Search for packages which require the search "
+"strings.\n"
+" --suggests Search for packages which suggest the search "
+"strings.\n"
" --conflicts Search packages conflicting with search strings.\n"
-" --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search strings.\n"
-"-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, otherwise\n"
+" --obsoletes Search for packages which obsolete the search "
+"strings.\n"
+"-n, --name Useful together with dependency options, "
+"otherwise\n"
" searching in package name is default.\n"
"-f, --file-list Search for a match in the file list of packages.\n"
-"-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and descriptions.\n"
+"-d, --search-descriptions Search also in package summaries and "
+"descriptions.\n"
"-C, --case-sensitive Perform case-sensitive search.\n"
"-i, --installed-only Show only packages that are already installed.\n"
-"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently installed.\n"
+"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages that are not currently "
+"installed.\n"
"-t, --type <type> Search only for packages of the specified type.\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Search only in the specified repository.\n"
" --sort-by-name Sort packages by name (default).\n"
" --sort-by-repo Sort packages by repository.\n"
"-s, --details Show each available version in each repository\n"
" on a separate line.\n"
-"-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where the\n"
-" search has matched (useful for search in dependencies).\n"
+"-v, --verbose Like --details, with additional information where "
+"the\n"
+" search has matched (useful for search in "
+"dependencies).\n"
"\n"
"* and ? wildcards can also be used within search strings.\n"
-"If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n"
+"If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular "
+"expression.\n"
msgstr ""
"search (se) [параметры] [строка запроса] .\n"
"\n"
"Искать пакеты, соответствующие заданным строкам поиска.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-" --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями слов (по умолчанию).\n"
-" --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только целыми словами.\n"
+" --match-substrings Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть частями "
+"слов (по умолчанию).\n"
+" --match-words Соответствия строкам поиска могут быть только "
+"целыми словами.\n"
" --match-exact Искать точное совпадение со строками поиска.\n"
-" --provides Искать совпадение строки в поле «Предоставляет».\n"
+" --provides Искать совпадение строки в поле "
+"«Предоставляет».\n"
" --recommends Искать совпадение строки в поле «Рекомендует».\n"
" --requires Искать совпадение строки в поле «Требует».\n"
" --suggests Искать совпадение строки в поле «Предлагается».\n"
" --conflicts Искать совпадение строки в поле «Конфликтует».\n"
-" --obsoletes Искать совпадение строки в поле «Делает устаревшим».\n"
+" --obsoletes Искать совпадение строки в поле «Делает "
+"устаревшим».\n"
"-n, --name Полезно для использования вместе с параметрами\n"
" зависимостей, иначе по умолчанию поиск идёт в\n"
" названиях пакетов.\n"
@@ -3714,7 +4118,8 @@
" поиска в зависимостях).\n"
"\n"
"* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках поиска.\n"
-"Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как регулярное выражение.\n"
+"Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как регулярное "
+"выражение.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:2134
msgid ""
@@ -3724,7 +4129,8 @@
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
"\n"
-"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n"
+"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified "
+"repository.\n"
msgstr ""
"patch-check (pchk) [параметры]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3732,7 +4138,8 @@
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
"\n"
-"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Проверить наличие исправлений только в указанном репозитории.\n"
+"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Проверить наличие исправлений только в "
+"указанном репозитории.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:2156
msgid ""
@@ -3763,7 +4170,8 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n"
"-i, --installed-only Show only installed packages.\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only packages which are not installed.\n"
-" --orphaned Show packages which are orphaned (without repository).\n"
+" --orphaned Show packages which are orphaned (without "
+"repository).\n"
" --suggested Show packages which are suggested.\n"
" --recommended Show packages which are recommended.\n"
" --unneeded Show packages which are unneeded.\n"
@@ -3841,7 +4249,8 @@
"or use wildcards (*?) in name.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
-"-s, --match-substrings Print information for packages partially matching name.\n"
+"-s, --match-substrings Print information for packages partially matching "
+"name.\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Work only with the specified repository.\n"
"-t, --type <type> Type of package (%s).\n"
" Default: %s.\n"
@@ -3856,7 +4265,8 @@
"\n"
"Показать подробную информацию об указанных пакетах.\n"
"По умолчанию выводятся пакеты с точным совпадением имени.\n"
-"Для вывода также и частичных совпадений используйте опцию '--match-substrings'\n"
+"Для вывода также и частичных совпадений используйте опцию "
+"'--match-substrings'\n"
"или шаблоны (*?) в имени.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
@@ -3866,7 +4276,8 @@
"-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n"
" По умолчанию: %s.\n"
" --provides Показывать также предоставляемые.\n"
-" --requires Показывать также требуемые и предварительно требуемые.\n"
+" --requires Показывать также требуемые и предварительно "
+"требуемые.\n"
" --conflicts Показывать также конфликтующие.\n"
" --obsoletes Показывать также устаревшие.\n"
" --recommends Показывать также рекомендуемые.\n"
@@ -3950,7 +4361,8 @@
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
"\n"
-"Add a package lock. Specify packages to lock by exact name or by a glob pattern using '*' and '?' wildcard characters.\n"
+"Add a package lock. Specify packages to lock by exact name or by a glob "
+"pattern using '*' and '?' wildcard characters.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Restrict the lock to the specified repository.\n"
@@ -3959,7 +4371,8 @@
msgstr ""
"addlock (al) [параметры] <имя_пакета>\n"
"\n"
-"Добавить блокировку пакета. Укажите блокируемые пакеты точными именами или используя символы подстановки '*' и '?'.\n"
+"Добавить блокировку пакета. Укажите блокируемые пакеты точными именами или "
+"используя символы подстановки '*' и '?'.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Ограничить блокировку указанным репозиторием.\n"
@@ -3971,7 +4384,8 @@
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
"\n"
-"Remove a package lock. Specify the lock to remove by its number obtained with '%s' or by package name.\n"
+"Remove a package lock. Specify the lock to remove by its number obtained with "
+"'%s' or by package name.\n"
"\n"
" Command options:\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Remove only locks with specified repository.\n"
@@ -3980,10 +4394,12 @@
msgstr ""
"removelock (rl) <номер-блокировки|имя-пакета>\n"
"\n"
-"Удалить блокировку пакета. Укажите блокировку для удаления по номеру, полученным при помощи '%s', или по имени пакета.\n"
+"Удалить блокировку пакета. Укажите блокировку для удаления по номеру, "
+"полученным при помощи '%s', или по имени пакета.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
-"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Удалить блокировки только для указанного репозитория.\n"
+"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Удалить блокировки только для указанного "
+"репозитория.\n"
"-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n"
" По умолчанию: %s.\n"
@@ -4017,7 +4433,8 @@
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-d, --only-duplicates Очистить только повторяющиеся блокировки.\n"
-"-e, --only-empty Очистить только блокировки, которые ничего не блокируют.\n"
+"-e, --only-empty Очистить только блокировки, которые ничего не "
+"блокируют.\n"
#: src/Zypper.cc:2528
msgid ""
@@ -4077,7 +4494,8 @@
msgstr ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
-"Вывести список запущенных процессов, которые могли использовать файлы, удалённые недавними обновлениями.\n"
+"Вывести список запущенных процессов, которые могли использовать файлы, "
+"удалённые недавними обновлениями.\n"
"\n"
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
@@ -4087,7 +4505,8 @@
"\n"
"Download rpms specified on the commandline to a local directory.\n"
"Per default packages are downloaded to the libzypp package cache\n"
-"(/var/cache/zypp/packages; for non-root users $XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/packages),\n"
+"(/var/cache/zypp/packages; for non-root users "
+"$XDG_CACHE_HOME/zypp/packages),\n"
"but this can be changed by using the global --pkg-cache-dir option.\n"
"\n"
"In XML output a <download-result> node is written for each\n"
@@ -4136,13 +4555,15 @@
msgstr ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
-"Загрузить rpm с исходным кодом для всех установленных пакетов в локальный каталог.\n"
+"Загрузить rpm с исходным кодом для всех установленных пакетов в локальный "
+"каталог.\n"
"\n"
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-d, --directory <каталог>\n"
" Загрузить все rpm с исходным кодом в этот каталог.\n"
" По умолчанию: /var/cache/zypper/source-download\n"
-"--delete Удалить лишние rpm с исходным кодом из локального каталога.\n"
+"--delete Удалить лишние rpm с исходным кодом из локального "
+"каталога.\n"
"--no-delete Не удалять лишние rpm с исходным кодом.\n"
"--status Не загружать rpm с исходным кодом, но\n"
" показать, какие rpm отсутствуют или являются лишними.\n"
@@ -4218,7 +4639,8 @@
msgstr ""
"patch-search [параметры] [строка запроса...]\n"
"\n"
-"Найти исправления, соответствующие данным строкам запроса. Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n"
+"Найти исправления, соответствующие данным строкам запроса. Это псевдоним для "
+"'%s'.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
#: src/Zypper.cc:2795
@@ -4240,8 +4662,12 @@
msgstr "Аргументы программы, не являющиеся параметрами: "
#: src/Zypper.cc:2924
-msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running."
-msgstr "PackageKit блокирует zypper. Это происходит, если у вас запущен апплет обновлений или другое приложение для управления ПО, использующее PackageKit."
+msgid ""
+"PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or "
+"other software management application using PackageKit running."
+msgstr ""
+"PackageKit блокирует zypper. Это происходит, если у вас запущен апплет "
+"обновлений или другое приложение для управления ПО, использующее PackageKit."
#: src/Zypper.cc:2930
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
@@ -4275,8 +4701,12 @@
msgstr "Для изменения системных служб требуются права администратора."
#: src/Zypper.cc:3117
-msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository."
-msgstr "Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывает ли введённый URI-адрес на верный репозиторий."
+msgid ""
+"Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI "
+"points to a valid repository."
+msgstr ""
+"Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывает ли введённый "
+"URI-адрес на верный репозиторий."
#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
#, c-format
@@ -4286,7 +4716,9 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:3149
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
-msgstr "Для получения списка известных типов служб воспользуйтесь командами '%s' или '%s'."
+msgstr ""
+"Для получения списка известных типов служб воспользуйтесь командами '%s' или "
+"'%s'."
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
@@ -4310,13 +4742,17 @@
msgstr "Слишком мало аргументов."
#: src/Zypper.cc:3327
-msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
-msgstr "Если используется только один аргумент, он должен быть URI-адресом, указывающим на файл .repo."
+msgid ""
+"If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
+msgstr ""
+"Если используется только один аргумент, он должен быть URI-адресом, "
+"указывающим на файл .repo."
#: src/Zypper.cc:3357
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
-msgstr "Невозможно использовать %s вместе с %s. Будет использована настройка %s."
+msgstr ""
+"Невозможно использовать %s вместе с %s. Будет использована настройка %s."
#: src/Zypper.cc:3378
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
@@ -4325,7 +4761,9 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:3380
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
-msgstr "Для получения списка известных типов репозиториев воспользуйтесь командами '%s' или '%s'."
+msgstr ""
+"Для получения списка известных типов репозиториев воспользуйтесь командами '%"
+"s' или '%s'."
#: src/Zypper.cc:3408 src/Zypper.cc:4723 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
@@ -4406,8 +4844,10 @@
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
"or similar."
msgstr ""
-"Статус установки исправления определяется исключительно на основе его зависимостей.\n"
-"Исправления не устанавливаются в смысле копируемых файлов, записей баз данных\n"
+"Статус установки исправления определяется исключительно на основе его "
+"зависимостей.\n"
+"Исправления не устанавливаются в смысле копируемых файлов, записей баз "
+"данных\n"
"или чего-либо похожего."
#: src/Zypper.cc:3722
@@ -4438,8 +4878,12 @@
msgstr "Не указано допустимых аргументов."
#: src/Zypper.cc:3837 src/Zypper.cc:3975
-msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed."
-msgstr "Репозитории не определены. Работа ведется только с установленными объектами разрешения зависимостей. Нельзя ничего установить."
+msgid ""
+"No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. "
+"Nothing can be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Репозитории не определены. Работа ведется только с установленными объектами "
+"разрешения зависимостей. Нельзя ничего установить."
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
#: src/Zypper.cc:3875 src/Zypper.cc:4482
@@ -4510,12 +4954,20 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:4520
#, c-format
-msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'."
-msgstr "Zypper не следит за установленными пакетами с исходным кодом. Для установки самого свежего пакета с исходным кодом и его сборочных зависимостей используйте '%s'."
+msgid ""
+"Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the "
+"latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'."
+msgstr ""
+"Zypper не следит за установленными пакетами с исходным кодом. Для установки "
+"самого свежего пакета с исходным кодом и его сборочных зависимостей "
+"используйте '%s'."
#: src/Zypper.cc:4538
-msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
-msgstr "Невозможно использовать несколько типов при указании конкретных пакетов в качестве аргументов."
+msgid ""
+"Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
+msgstr ""
+"Невозможно использовать несколько типов при указании конкретных пакетов в "
+"качестве аргументов."
#: src/Zypper.cc:4675
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
@@ -4523,8 +4975,14 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:4696
#, c-format
-msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command."
-msgstr "Вы собираетесь обновить дистрибутив со всех включённых репозиториев. Перед тем, как продолжить, убедитесь, что эти репозитории совместимы. Больше информации об этой команде можно найти в '%s'."
+msgid ""
+"You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. "
+"Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for "
+"more information about this command."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы собираетесь обновить дистрибутив со всех включённых репозиториев. Перед "
+"тем, как продолжить, убедитесь, что эти репозитории совместимы. Больше "
+"информации об этой команде можно найти в '%s'."
#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
@@ -4603,9 +5061,15 @@
#: src/solve-commit.cc:77
msgid "Choose the above solution using '1' or skip, retry or cancel"
msgid_plural "Choose from above solutions by number or skip, retry or cancel"
-msgstr[0] "Выберите указанное выше решение '1' или пропустите, повторите попытку или отмените"
-msgstr[1] "Выберите по номеру одно из указанных выше решений или пропустите, повторите попытку или отмените"
-msgstr[2] "Выберите по номеру одно из указанных выше решений или пропустите, повторите попытку или отмените"
+msgstr[0] ""
+"Выберите указанное выше решение '1' или пропустите, повторите попытку или "
+"отмените"
+msgstr[1] ""
+"Выберите по номеру одно из указанных выше решений или пропустите, повторите "
+"попытку или отмените"
+msgstr[2] ""
+"Выберите по номеру одно из указанных выше решений или пропустите, повторите "
+"попытку или отмените"
#. translators: translate 'c' to whatever you translated the 'c' in
#. "c" and "s/r/c" strings
@@ -4707,8 +5171,14 @@
#: src/solve-commit.cc:451
#, c-format
-msgid "There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list these programs."
-msgstr "Запущены некоторые программы, которые могли использовать файлы, удалённые недавним обновлением. Возможно, некоторые необходимо проверить и перезапустить. Запустите '%s' для получения списка этих программ."
+msgid ""
+"There are some running programs that might use files deleted by recent "
+"upgrade. You may wish to check and restart some of them. Run '%s' to list "
+"these programs."
+msgstr ""
+"Запущены некоторые программы, которые могли использовать файлы, удалённые "
+"недавним обновлением. Возможно, некоторые необходимо проверить и "
+"перезапустить. Запустите '%s' для получения списка этих программ."
#: src/solve-commit.cc:462
msgid "Update notifications were received from the following packages:"
@@ -4736,12 +5206,18 @@
msgstr "Разрешение зависимостей пакетов..."
#: src/solve-commit.cc:604
-msgid "Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:"
-msgstr "Некоторые из зависимостей установленных пакетов нарушены. Для того, чтобы исправить эти зависимости, необходимо выполнить следующие действия:"
+msgid ""
+"Some of the dependencies of installed packages are broken. In order to fix "
+"these dependencies, the following actions need to be taken:"
+msgstr ""
+"Некоторые из зависимостей установленных пакетов нарушены. Для того, чтобы "
+"исправить эти зависимости, необходимо выполнить следующие действия:"
#: src/solve-commit.cc:612
msgid "Root privileges are required to fix broken package dependencies."
-msgstr "Для исправления нарушенных зависимостей пакетов требуются права администратора."
+msgstr ""
+"Для исправления нарушенных зависимостей пакетов требуются права "
+"администратора."
#. translators: These are the "Continue?" prompt options corresponding to
#. "Yes / No / show Problems / Versions / Arch / Repository /
@@ -4759,8 +5235,10 @@
#. translators: help text for 'y' option in the 'Continue?' prompt
#: src/solve-commit.cc:644
-msgid "Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages."
-msgstr "Да, принять сводную информацию и приступить к установке/удалению пакетов."
+msgid ""
+"Yes, accept the summary and proceed with installation/removal of packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Да, принять сводную информацию и приступить к установке/удалению пакетов."
#. translators: help text for 'n' option in the 'Continue?' prompt
#: src/solve-commit.cc:646
@@ -4769,8 +5247,12 @@
#. translators: help text for 'p' option in the 'Continue?' prompt
#: src/solve-commit.cc:648
-msgid "Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency problems."
-msgstr "Перезапустить решающее устройство в режиме no-force-resolution для показа проблем с зависимостями."
+msgid ""
+"Restart solver in no-force-resolution mode in order to show dependency "
+"problems."
+msgstr ""
+"Перезапустить решающее устройство в режиме no-force-resolution для показа "
+"проблем с зависимостями."
#. translators: help text for 'v' option in the 'Continue?' prompt
#: src/solve-commit.cc:650
@@ -4784,8 +5266,10 @@
#. translators: help text for 'r' option in the 'Continue?' prompt
#: src/solve-commit.cc:654
-msgid "Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed."
-msgstr "Переключить отображение репозиториев, из которых будут установлены пакеты."
+msgid ""
+"Toggle display of repositories from which the packages will be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Переключить отображение репозиториев, из которых будут установлены пакеты."
#. translators: help text for 'm' option in the 'Continue?' prompt
#: src/solve-commit.cc:656
@@ -4823,14 +5307,16 @@
#: src/solve-commit.cc:833
msgid ""
-"The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository or media. Try one of the following:\n"
+"The package integrity check failed. This may be a problem with the repository "
+"or media. Try one of the following:\n"
"\n"
"- just retry previous command\n"
"- refresh the repositories using 'zypper refresh'\n"
"- use another installation medium (if e.g. damaged)\n"
"- use another repository"
msgstr ""
-"Не удалось проверить целостность пакета. Возможна проблема с репозиторием или носителями. Попробуйте одно из следующих действий: \n"
+"Не удалось проверить целостность пакета. Возможна проблема с репозиторием или "
+"носителями. Попробуйте одно из следующих действий: \n"
"\n"
" — просто повторите предыдущую команду\n"
" — обновите репозитории при помощи 'zypper refresh'\n"
@@ -4842,12 +5328,20 @@
msgstr "Во время или после установки или удаления пакетов возникла ошибка:"
#: src/solve-commit.cc:863
-msgid "One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as possible."
-msgstr "Для одного из установленных исправлений требуется перезагрузка компьютера. Выполните её как можно скорее."
+msgid ""
+"One of installed patches requires reboot of your machine. Reboot as soon as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Для одного из установленных исправлений требуется перезагрузка компьютера. "
+"Выполните её как можно скорее."
#: src/solve-commit.cc:872
-msgid "One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command once more to install any other needed patches."
-msgstr "Одно из установленных исправлений затрагивает сам менеджер пакетов. Запустите эту команду ещё раз для установки других необходимых исправлений."
+msgid ""
+"One of installed patches affects the package manager itself. Run this command "
+"once more to install any other needed patches."
+msgstr ""
+"Одно из установленных исправлений затрагивает сам менеджер пакетов. Запустите "
+"эту команду ещё раз для установки других необходимых исправлений."
#: src/solve-commit.cc:892
msgid "Dependencies of all installed packages are satisfied."
@@ -4910,7 +5404,9 @@
#: src/source-download.cc:375
msgid "Use '--verbose' option for a full list of required source packages."
-msgstr "Полный список требуемых пакетов с исходным кодом доступен при использовании параметра '--verbose'."
+msgstr ""
+"Полный список требуемых пакетов с исходным кодом доступен при использовании "
+"параметра '--verbose'."
#: src/source-download.cc:384
msgid "Deleting superfluous source packages"
@@ -5049,8 +5545,12 @@
#: src/PackageArgs.cc:232
#, c-format
-msgid "Different package type specified in '%s' option and '%s' argument. Will use the latter."
-msgstr "Разные типы пакета указаны в параметре '%s' и аргументе '%s'. Будет использован последний."
+msgid ""
+"Different package type specified in '%s' option and '%s' argument. Will use "
+"the latter."
+msgstr ""
+"Разные типы пакета указаны в параметре '%s' и аргументе '%s'. Будет "
+"использован последний."
#: src/PackageArgs.cc:249
#, c-format
@@ -5068,8 +5568,11 @@
#. is " (package-type)" if other than "package" (patch/product/pattern)
#: src/misc.cc:180
#, c-format
-msgid "In order to install '%s'%s, you must agree to terms of the following license agreement:"
-msgstr "Чтобы установить '%s'%s, вы должны согласиться с условиями этой лицензии:"
+msgid ""
+"In order to install '%s'%s, you must agree to terms of the following license "
+"agreement:"
+msgstr ""
+"Чтобы установить '%s'%s, вы должны согласиться с условиями этой лицензии:"
#. lincense prompt
#: src/misc.cc:195
@@ -5084,8 +5587,12 @@
#. it is a command line option
#: src/misc.cc:209
#, c-format
-msgid "Please restart the operation in interactive mode and confirm your agreement with required licenses, or use the %s option."
-msgstr "Выполните операцию повторно в интерактивном режиме и подтвердите согласие с требуемыми лицензиями или же используйте параметр %s."
+msgid ""
+"Please restart the operation in interactive mode and confirm your agreement "
+"with required licenses, or use the %s option."
+msgstr ""
+"Выполните операцию повторно в интерактивном режиме и подтвердите согласие с "
+"требуемыми лицензиями или же используйте параметр %s."
#. translators: e.g. "... with flash package license."
#. ! \todo fix this to allow proper translation
@@ -5230,7 +5737,8 @@
#. unless you translate the actual page :)
#: src/utils/messages.cc:25
msgid "See http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting for instructions."
-msgstr "Указания приведены на странице http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting."
+msgstr ""
+"Указания приведены на странице http://en.opensuse.org/Zypper/Troubleshooting."
#: src/utils/messages.cc:41
msgid "Too many arguments."
@@ -5243,8 +5751,14 @@
#: src/utils/messages.cc:78
#, c-format
-msgid "You have chosen to ignore a problem with download or installation of a package which might lead to broken dependencies of other packages. It is recommended to run '%s' after the operation has finished."
-msgstr "Вы решили игнорировать проблему с загрузкой или установкой пакета, что может привести к повреждению зависимостей других пакетов. Рекомендуется запустить '%s' по завершении операции."
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen to ignore a problem with download or installation of a "
+"package which might lead to broken dependencies of other packages. It is "
+"recommended to run '%s' after the operation has finished."
+msgstr ""
+"Вы решили игнорировать проблему с загрузкой или установкой пакета, что может "
+"привести к повреждению зависимостей других пакетов. Рекомендуется запустить '%"
+"s' по завершении операции."
#: src/utils/pager.cc:36
#, c-format
@@ -5253,11 +5767,14 @@
#: src/utils/pager.cc:46
msgid "Use arrows or pgUp/pgDown keys to scroll the text by lines or pages."
-msgstr "Используйте стрелки или клавиши pgUp/pgDown для прокрутки текста по строкам или страницам."
+msgstr ""
+"Используйте стрелки или клавиши pgUp/pgDown для прокрутки текста по строкам "
+"или страницам."
#: src/utils/pager.cc:48
msgid "Use the Enter or Space key to scroll the text by lines or pages."
-msgstr "Используйте Enter или пробел для прокрутки текста по строкам или страницам."
+msgstr ""
+"Используйте Enter или пробел для прокрутки текста по строкам или страницам."
#: src/utils/Augeas.cc:26
msgid "Cannot initialize configuration file parser."
@@ -5292,8 +5809,12 @@
#. translators: speaking of two mutually contradicting command line options
#: src/utils/getopt.cc:124
#, c-format
-msgid "%s used together with %s, which contradict each other. This property will be left unchanged."
-msgstr "%s используется вместе с %s, которые противоречат друг другу. Это свойство останется без изменения."
+msgid ""
+"%s used together with %s, which contradict each other. This property will be "
+"left unchanged."
+msgstr ""
+"%s используется вместе с %s, которые противоречат друг другу. Это свойство "
+"останется без изменения."
#. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):"
#: src/utils/prompt.cc:81
@@ -5344,7 +5865,8 @@
#: src/utils/prompt.cc:339
#, c-format
msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you."
-msgstr "Введите '%s' для '%s' или '%s' для '%s', если больше ничего не работает."
+msgstr ""
+"Введите '%s' для '%s' или '%s' для '%s', если больше ничего не работает."
#: src/utils/prompt.cc:353
#, c-format
@@ -5499,12 +6021,19 @@
#: src/utils/misc.cc:461
#, c-format
-msgid "See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table."
+msgid ""
+"See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table."
msgstr "См. '%s' для сведений о значениях в приведённой таблице."
#: src/utils/misc.cc:469
-msgid "Note: Not running as root you are limited to searching for files you have permission to examine with the system stat(2) function. The result might be incomplete."
-msgstr "Внимание: При запуске не от имени root вы сможете производить поиск только по тем файлам, к которым вам разрешено применять системную функцию stat(2). Результаты могут быть неполными."
+msgid ""
+"Note: Not running as root you are limited to searching for files you have "
+"permission to examine with the system stat(2) function. The result might be "
+"incomplete."
+msgstr ""
+"Внимание: При запуске не от имени root вы сможете производить поиск только по "
+"тем файлам, к которым вам разрешено применять системную функцию stat(2). "
+"Результаты могут быть неполными."
#: src/utils/misc.cc:510
#, c-format
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
29 Dec '14
Author: minton
Date: 2014-12-29 09:37:16 +0100 (Mon, 29 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90908
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypp.ru.po
Log:
Merged zypp.pot for ru
Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypp.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypp.ru.po 2014-12-29 08:37:15 UTC (rev 90907)
+++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypp.ru.po 2014-12-29 08:37:16 UTC (rev 90908)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypp.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-…
[View More]Date: 2014-09-18 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:57+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-26 09:34+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -21,11 +21,10 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
-"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1144
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1145
msgid ""
"\n"
"uninstallable providers: "
@@ -36,9 +35,7 @@
#: zypp/media/MediaException.cc:223
#, c-format
msgid " SSL certificate problem, verify that the CA cert is OK for '%s'."
-msgstr ""
-"Проблема с сертификатом SSL, проверьте, всё ли в порядке с удостоверяющим "
-"центром сертификата '%s'."
+msgstr "Проблема с сертификатом SSL, проверьте, всё ли в порядке с удостоверяющим центром сертификата '%s'."
#: zypp/target/TargetImpl.cc:442
msgid " executed"
@@ -60,37 +57,37 @@
msgid "%s already executed as %s)"
msgstr "%s уже выполнен как %s)"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1086
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1087
#, c-format
msgid "%s conflicts with %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%s конфликтует с %s, который предоставляется %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1039
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1040
#, c-format
msgid "%s does not belong to a distupgrade repository"
msgstr "%s не принадлежит репозиторию обновления дистрибутива"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1043
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "%s has inferior architecture"
msgstr "%s имеет худшую архитектуру"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1071
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1072
#, c-format
msgid "%s is not installable"
msgstr "%s недоступен для установки"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1067
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1068
#, c-format
msgid "%s is provided by the system and cannot be erased"
msgstr "%s предоставляется системой и не может быть удалён"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1091
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1092
#, c-format
msgid "%s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%s делает устаревшим %s, предоставляемый %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1132
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1133
#, c-format
msgid "%s requires %s, but this requirement cannot be provided"
msgstr "%s требует %s, но это требование не может быть удовлетворено"
@@ -130,7 +127,7 @@
msgid "Adangme"
msgstr "Адангме"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1451
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1501
#, c-format
msgid "Adding repository '%s'"
msgstr "Добавление репозитория '%s'"
@@ -141,7 +138,7 @@
#. report additional rpm output in finish
#. TranslatorExplanation Text is followed by a ':' and the actual output.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1977 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2124
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1978 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2125
msgid "Additional rpm output"
msgstr "Дополнительный вывод rpm"
@@ -237,8 +234,7 @@
#: zypp/VendorSupportOptions.cc:54
msgid "An additional customer contract is necessary for getting support."
-msgstr ""
-"Для получения поддержки необходимо дополнительное клиентское соглашение."
+msgstr "Для получения поддержки необходимо дополнительное клиентское соглашение."
#: zypp/CountryCode.cc:202
msgid "Andorra"
@@ -360,7 +356,7 @@
msgstr "Австронезийские (другие)"
#. !\todo add comma to the message for the next release
-#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1690
+#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1678
#, c-format
msgid "Authentication required for '%s'"
msgstr "Необходима аутентификация для '%s'"
@@ -624,7 +620,7 @@
msgid "Buginese"
msgstr "Бугийский"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1152
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1202
#, c-format
msgid "Building repository '%s' cache"
msgstr "Сбор кэша репозитория '%s'"
@@ -682,56 +678,56 @@
msgid "Can't acquire the mutex lock"
msgstr "Невозможно получить блокировку взаимного исключения"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:344
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:361
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Невозможно сменить каталог на '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:343
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:360
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' inside chroot '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Невозможно сменить каталог на '%s' внутри среды chroot '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:333
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:350
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chroot to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Невозможно выполнить chroot в '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1009 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1116 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1058 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1216
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create %s"
msgstr "Не удалось создать %s"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1172
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1222
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create cache at %s - no writing permissions."
msgstr "Не удалось создать кэш в %s — нет прав на запись."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1017
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1066
msgid "Can't create metadata cache directory."
msgstr "Невозможно создать каталог кэша метаданных."
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1628 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1817
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1678 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1867
#, c-format
msgid "Can't delete '%s'"
msgstr "Невозможно удалить '%s'"
#. don't want to get here
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:356
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:373
#, c-format
msgid "Can't exec '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Невозможно выполнить exec '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1616 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1692
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1666 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1742
msgid "Can't figure out where the repo is stored."
msgstr "Невозможно выяснить, где хранится репозиторий."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1805 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2173
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1855 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2223
msgid "Can't figure out where the service is stored."
msgstr "Невозможно выяснить, где хранится служба."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:364
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:381
#, c-format
msgid "Can't fork (%s)."
msgstr "Невозможно выполнить fork (%s)."
@@ -745,8 +741,8 @@
msgstr "Невозможно инициализировать рекурсивное взаимное исключение"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:602 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1490 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1572
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1646 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1711 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1829
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:651 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1540 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1622
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1761 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1879
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open file '%s' for writing."
msgstr "Невозможно открыть файл '%s' для записи."
@@ -756,12 +752,12 @@
msgid "Can't open lock file: %s"
msgstr "Невозможно открыть файл блокировки: %s"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:259
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:269
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pipe (%s)."
msgstr "Невозможно открыть канал (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:248
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:258
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pty (%s)."
msgstr "Невозможно открыть псевдотерминал (%s)."
@@ -796,15 +792,13 @@
#: zypp/media/MediaException.cc:231
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot find available loop device to mount the image file from '%s'"
-msgstr ""
-"Невозможно найти доступное loop-устройство для монтирования файла образа из "
-"'%s'"
+msgstr "Невозможно найти доступное loop-устройство для монтирования файла образа из '%s'"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:226
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
msgid "Cannot read repo directory '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "Невозможно прочитать каталог репозитория '%1%': Доступ запрещён"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:244
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:245
msgid "Cannot read repo file '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "Невозможно прочитать файл репозитория '%1%': Доступ запрещён"
@@ -975,16 +969,16 @@
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr "Колумбия"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:490
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:507
#, c-format
msgid "Command exited with status %d."
msgstr "Команда завершилась с кодом %d."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:515
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:532
msgid "Command exited with unknown error."
msgstr "Команда завершилась с неизвестной ошибкой."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:510
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:527
#, c-format
msgid "Command was killed by signal %d (%s)."
msgstr "Команда была убита сигналом %d (%s)."
@@ -1325,7 +1319,7 @@
#. on ftp file-not-found(bnc #335906). Instead we'll check another types
#. before throwing.
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1276 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2239
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1326 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2289
#, c-format
msgid "Error trying to read from '%s'"
msgstr "Ошибка чтения из '%s'"
@@ -1365,12 +1359,12 @@
msgid "Ewondo"
msgstr "Эвондо"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1236
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to cache repo (%d)."
msgstr "Не удалось собрать кэш репозитория (%d)."
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:555
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:571
msgid "Failed to delete key."
msgstr "Не удалось удалить ключ."
@@ -1391,7 +1385,7 @@
msgstr "Не удалось предоставить пакет %s. Попробовать получить ещё раз?"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a pathname
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:234 zypp/RepoManager.cc:647 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1363
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:235 zypp/RepoManager.cc:696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1413
#: zypp/repo/PluginServices.cc:49
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to read directory '%s'"
@@ -1896,8 +1890,8 @@
msgid "Hausa"
msgstr "Хауса"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1058
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1062
msgid "Have you enabled all requested repositories?"
msgstr "Включили ли вы все требуемые репозитории?"
@@ -2100,7 +2094,7 @@
msgid "Invalid LDAP URL query string"
msgstr "Неверная строка запроса LDAP в URL-адресе"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:826
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:830
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid Url scheme '%s'"
msgstr "Неверная схема URL-адреса '%s'"
@@ -2109,7 +2103,7 @@
msgid "Invalid empty Url object reference"
msgstr "Неверная ссылка на пустой объект URL"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1045
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid host component '%s'"
msgstr "Неверный компонент узла '%s'"
@@ -2126,7 +2120,7 @@
msgid "Invalid parameter map split separator character"
msgstr "Неверный символ разделителя для разбиения отображения параметров"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1077
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid port component '%s'"
msgstr "Неверный компонент порта '%s'"
@@ -2142,7 +2136,7 @@
msgstr "Неверное регулярное выражение '%s': regcomp вернул %d"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1558
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1608
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid repo file name at '%s'"
msgstr "Неверное имя файла репозитория в '%s'"
@@ -3215,11 +3209,8 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation %s = package being checked for integrity
#: zypp/repo/PackageProvider.cc:151
#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"Package %s seems to be corrupted during transfer. Do you want to retry "
-"retrieval?"
-msgstr ""
-"Похоже, что пакет %s повреждён при передаче. Попробовать получить ещё раз?"
+msgid "Package %s seems to be corrupted during transfer. Do you want to retry retrieval?"
+msgstr "Похоже, что пакет %s повреждён при передаче. Попробовать получить ещё раз?"
#. language code: pal
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:894
@@ -3341,7 +3332,7 @@
msgid "Pitcairn"
msgstr "Остров Питкэрн"
-#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:207
+#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:239
msgid "Please install package 'lsof' first."
msgstr "Сначала установите пакет 'lsof'."
@@ -3380,36 +3371,16 @@
msgstr "Предварительно требует"
#: zypp/VendorSupportOptions.cc:45
-msgid ""
-"Problem determination, which means technical support designed to provide "
-"compatibility information, installation assistance, usage support, on-going "
-"maintenance and basic troubleshooting. Level 1 Support is not intended to "
-"correct product defect errors."
-msgstr ""
-"Определение проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна предоставлять информацию о "
-"совместимости, помощь при установке, поддержку использования, обслуживание и "
-"базовое выявление неисправностей. Поддержка первого уровня не подразумевает "
-"исправление дефектов продукта."
+msgid "Problem determination, which means technical support designed to provide compatibility information, installation assistance, usage support, on-going maintenance and basic troubleshooting. Level 1 Support is not intended to correct product defect errors."
+msgstr "Определение проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна предоставлять информацию о совместимости, помощь при установке, поддержку использования, обслуживание и базовое выявление неисправностей. Поддержка первого уровня не подразумевает исправление дефектов продукта."
#: zypp/VendorSupportOptions.cc:48
-msgid ""
-"Problem isolation, which means technical support designed to duplicate "
-"customer problems, isolate problem area and provide resolution for problems "
-"not resolved by Level 1 Support."
-msgstr ""
-"Изоляция проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна воспроизводить проблему клиента, "
-"изолировать проблемную область и предоставлять решения проблем, не решённых "
-"поддержкой первого уровня."
+msgid "Problem isolation, which means technical support designed to duplicate customer problems, isolate problem area and provide resolution for problems not resolved by Level 1 Support."
+msgstr "Изоляция проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна воспроизводить проблему клиента, изолировать проблемную область и предоставлять решения проблем, не решённых поддержкой первого уровня."
#: zypp/VendorSupportOptions.cc:51
-msgid ""
-"Problem resolution, which means technical support designed to resolve "
-"complex problems by engaging engineering in resolution of product defects "
-"which have been identified by Level 2 Support."
-msgstr ""
-"Решение проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна решать сложные проблемы с "
-"привлечением инженеров для исправления дефектов продукта, обнаруженных "
-"поддержкой второго уровня."
+msgid "Problem resolution, which means technical support designed to resolve complex problems by engaging engineering in resolution of product defects which have been identified by Level 2 Support."
+msgstr "Решение проблемы, т.е. техподдержка должна решать сложные проблемы с привлечением инженеров для исправления дефектов продукта, обнаруженных поддержкой второго уровня."
#. language code: pro
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:924
@@ -3440,14 +3411,14 @@
msgid "Quechua"
msgstr "Кечуа"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:782 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1227
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:786 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1231
msgid "Query string parsing not supported for this URL"
msgstr "Для данного URL-адреса анализ строки запроса не поддерживается"
#. TranslatorExplanation after semicolon is error message
#. TranslatorExplanation the colon is followed by an error message
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1963
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2110
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1964
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2111
msgid "RPM failed: "
msgstr "Сбой RPM: "
@@ -3475,17 +3446,16 @@
msgid "Recommends"
msgstr "Рекомендует"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1115 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1129
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1119 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1133
msgid "Relative path not allowed if authority exists"
-msgstr ""
-"При наличии компонентов авторизации относительные пути указывать нельзя"
+msgstr "При наличии компонентов авторизации относительные пути указывать нельзя"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1597
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1647
#, c-format
msgid "Removing repository '%s'"
msgstr "Удаление репозитория '%s'"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:267
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:268
msgid "Repository alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "Псевдоним репозитория не может начинаться с точки."
@@ -3676,7 +3646,7 @@
msgid "Serer"
msgstr "Серер"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:278
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:279
msgid "Service alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "Псевдоним службы не может начинаться с точки."
@@ -3724,7 +3694,7 @@
msgid "Sign Languages"
msgstr "Языки жестов"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:565
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:581
#, c-format
msgid "Signature file %s not found"
msgstr "Не найден файл подписи %s"
@@ -4067,8 +4037,8 @@
msgid "This action is being run by another program already."
msgstr "Это действие уже выполняется другой программой."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1279
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1300
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
msgid "This request will break your system!"
msgstr "Этот запрос повредит вашу систему!"
@@ -4138,7 +4108,7 @@
msgid "Tonga (Tonga Islands)"
msgstr "Тонга (Тонга Исландский)"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:512
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:528
#, c-format
msgid "Tried to import not existent key %s into keyring %s"
msgstr "Попытка импорта несуществующего ключа %s в хранилище ключей %s"
@@ -4280,7 +4250,7 @@
msgid "Undetermined"
msgstr "Неопределённый"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1246
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1296
msgid "Unhandled repository type"
msgstr "Необрабатываемый тип репозитория"
@@ -4309,7 +4279,7 @@
msgstr "Неизвестная страна: "
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1329 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2247
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1379 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2297
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown error reading from '%s'"
msgstr "Неизвестная ошибка при чтении из '%s'"
@@ -4331,7 +4301,7 @@
#. translators: Cleanup a repository previously owned by a meanwhile unknown (deleted) service.
#. %1% = service name
#. %2% = repository name
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:729
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:778
msgid "Unknown service '%1%': Removing orphaned service repository '%2%'"
msgstr "Неизвестная служба '%1%': удаление репозитория службы '%2%'"
@@ -4364,31 +4334,31 @@
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a %s"
msgstr "Схема URL-адреса не позволяет использовать %s"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1018
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1022
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a host component"
msgstr "Схема URL-адреса не позволяет использовать компонент узла"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:979
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:983
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a password"
msgstr "Схема URL-адреса не позволяет использовать пароль"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1066
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1070
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a port"
msgstr "Схема URL-адреса не позволяет использовать порт"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:945
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:949
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a username"
msgstr "Схема URL-адреса не позволяет использовать имя пользователя"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:820
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:824
msgid "Url scheme is a required component"
msgstr "Схема URL адреса является необходимым компонентом"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1008
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1012
msgid "Url scheme requires a host component"
msgstr "Схема URL-адреса требует указания компонента узла"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1094
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1098
msgid "Url scheme requires path name"
msgstr "Схема URL-адреса требует указания пути"
@@ -4442,13 +4412,9 @@
msgid "Virgin Islands, U.S."
msgstr "Виргинские острова, США"
-#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1004
-msgid ""
-"Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid "
-"and has not expired."
-msgstr ""
-"Посетите Novell Customer Center для проверки срока действия вашей "
-"регистрации."
+#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:992
+msgid "Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid and has not expired."
+msgstr "Посетите Novell Customer Center для проверки срока действия вашей регистрации."
#. language code: vol vo
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:1148
@@ -4593,7 +4559,7 @@
msgid "applydeltarpm failed."
msgstr "сбой в applydeltarpm."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1387
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1388
#, c-format
msgid "architecture change of %s to %s"
msgstr "изменение архитектуры %s на %s"
@@ -4604,64 +4570,52 @@
msgid "break %s by ignoring some of its dependencies"
msgstr "повредить %s, игнорируя некоторые из его зависимостей"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1081
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1082
#, c-format
msgid "cannot install both %s and %s"
msgstr "Не удаётся установить оба %s и %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1050
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1051
msgid "conflicting requests"
msgstr "конфликтующие запросы"
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2266
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2267
#, c-format
msgid "created backup %s"
msgstr "создана резервная копия %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1416
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1417
#, c-format
msgid "deinstallation of %s"
msgstr "удаление %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1134
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
msgid "deleted providers: "
msgstr "удалённые поставщики: "
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1307
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1308
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to delete all solvables providing %s"
-msgstr ""
-"не просить удалить все объекты разрешения зависимостей, предоставляющие %s"
+msgstr "не просить удалить все объекты разрешения зависимостей, предоставляющие %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1285
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
-msgstr ""
-"не просить установить объект разрешения зависимостей, предоставляющий %s"
+msgstr "не просить установить объект разрешения зависимостей, предоставляющий %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1228
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1209
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1245
#, c-format
-msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
-msgstr "не препятствовать установке %s"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1208
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1244
-#, c-format
msgid "do not install %s"
msgstr "не устанавливать %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1320
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid "do not install most recent version of %s"
msgstr "не устанавливать самую последнюю версию %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1203
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1381
#, c-format
-msgid "do not keep %s installed"
-msgstr "не оставлять установленным %s"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1380
-#, c-format
msgid "downgrade of %s to %s"
msgstr "обновить %s до более старой версии %s"
@@ -4669,12 +4623,12 @@
msgid "generally ignore of some dependecies"
msgstr "игнорировать некоторые зависимости везде"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1281
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1302
msgid "ignore the warning of a broken system"
msgstr "игнорировать предупреждение о повреждении системы"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1396
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1397
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install %s (with vendor change)\n"
@@ -4683,17 +4637,17 @@
"установить %s (со сменой поставщика)\n"
" %s --> %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1346
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1347
#, c-format
msgid "install %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "установить %s, несмотря на смену архитектуры"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1360
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid "install %s from excluded repository"
msgstr "установить %s из исключённого репозитория"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1096
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1097
#, c-format
msgid "installed %s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "установленный пакет %s делает устаревшим %s, предоставляемый %s"
@@ -4702,18 +4656,18 @@
msgid "invalid"
msgstr "неверно"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1223
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1265
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1224
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1266
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s"
msgstr "оставить %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1341
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1342
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "оставить %s, несмотря на смену архитектуры"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1355
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1356
#, c-format
msgid "keep obsolete %s"
msgstr "оставить устаревший %s"
@@ -4726,39 +4680,50 @@
msgid "libhal_set_dbus_connection: Can't set dbus connection"
msgstr "libhal_set_dbus_connection: не удалось установить подключение к dbus"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1076
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1077
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides %s needed by %s"
msgstr "ничто не предоставляет %s, необходимый для %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1056
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides requested %s"
msgstr "ничто не предоставляет запрошенный %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1060
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
#, c-format
msgid "package %s does not exist"
msgstr "пакет %s не существует"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1047
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1048
#, c-format
msgid "problem with installed package %s"
msgstr "проблема в установленном пакете %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1405
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1229
+#, fuzzy, c-format
+#| msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
+msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
+msgstr "не препятствовать установке %s"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1204
#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1406
+#, c-format
msgid "replacement of %s with %s"
msgstr "замена %s на %s"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1949
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1950
#, c-format
msgid "rpm created %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr "rpm создал %s как %s, но было невозможно определить различия"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1951
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1952
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm created %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4768,13 +4733,13 @@
"Первые 25 строк различий:\n"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1944
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1945
#, c-format
msgid "rpm saved %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr "rpm сохранил %s как %s, но было невозможно определить различия"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1946
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1947
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm saved %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4783,18 +4748,16 @@
"rpm сохранил %s как %s.\n"
"Первые 25 строк различий:\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1100
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "solvable %s conflicts with %s provided by itself"
-msgstr ""
-"объект разрешения зависимостей %s конфликтует с %s, который предоставляется "
-"им самим"
+msgstr "объект разрешения зависимостей %s конфликтует с %s, который предоставляется им самим"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1053
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1054
msgid "some dependency problem"
msgstr "проблема с некоторыми зависимостями"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1146
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1147
msgid "uninstallable providers: "
msgstr "неустанавливаемые поставщики:"
@@ -4806,10 +4769,13 @@
msgid "unsupported"
msgstr "не поддерживается"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1064
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1065
msgid "unsupported request"
msgstr "запрос не поддерживается"
+#~ msgid "do not keep %s installed"
+#~ msgstr "не оставлять установленным %s"
+
#~ msgid "Cannot create public key %s from %s keyring to file %s"
#~ msgstr "Невозможно записать публичный ключ %s из хранилища %s в файл %s"
@@ -4837,11 +4803,8 @@
#~ msgid "Download interrupted by user"
#~ msgstr "Загрузка прервана пользователем"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Error occurred while setting download (metalink curl) options for '%s':"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Произошла ошибка при установке параметров загрузки (metalink curl) для "
-#~ "'%s':"
+#~ msgid "Error occurred while setting download (metalink curl) options for '%s':"
+#~ msgstr "Произошла ошибка при установке параметров загрузки (metalink curl) для '%s':"
#~ msgid "Failed to download %s from %s"
#~ msgstr "Не удалось загрузить %s с %s"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
29 Dec '14
Author: minton
Date: 2014-12-29 09:37:15 +0100 (Mon, 29 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90907
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po
Log:
Merged zypper.pot for ru
Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po 2014-12-29 08:36:53 UTC (rev 90906)
+++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/zypper.ru.po 2014-12-29 08:37:15 UTC (rev 90907)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-…
[View More]Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 01:13+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-17 00:17+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -81,16 +81,16 @@
#. is base
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Да"
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "No"
msgstr "Нет"
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@
#. translators: name (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073
-#: src/repos.cc:2490 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
+#: src/repos.cc:2488 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
#: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678
#: src/locks.cc:40
msgid "Name"
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
#. translators: type (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:977 src/repos.cc:1083
-#: src/repos.cc:2498 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
+#: src/repos.cc:2496 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
msgid "Adding conflict: '%s'."
msgstr "Добавление конфликта: '%s'."
-#: src/Summary.cc:505
+#: src/Summary.cc:509
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:"
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут установлены следующие %d НОВЫХ пакета:"
msgstr[2] "Будут установлены следующие %d НОВЫХ пакетов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:510
+#: src/Summary.cc:514
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:"
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут установлены следующие %d НОВЫХ исправления:"
msgstr[2] "Будут установлены следующие %d НОВЫХ исправлений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:515
+#: src/Summary.cc:519
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:"
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут установлены следующие %d НОВЫХ шаблона:"
msgstr[2] "Будут установлены следующие %d НОВЫХ шаблонов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:520
+#: src/Summary.cc:524
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:"
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут установлены следующие %d НОВЫХ продукта:"
msgstr[2] "Будут установлены следующие %d НОВЫХ продуктов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:525
+#: src/Summary.cc:529
#, c-format
msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:"
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут установлены следующие %d пакета с исходным кодом:"
msgstr[2] "Будут установлены следующие %d пакетов с исходным кодом:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:530
+#: src/Summary.cc:534
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:"
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут установлены следующие %d приложения:"
msgstr[2] "Будут установлены следующие %d приложений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:551
+#: src/Summary.cc:555
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d пакета:"
msgstr[2] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d пакетов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:556
+#: src/Summary.cc:560
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d исправления:"
msgstr[2] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d исправлений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:561
+#: src/Summary.cc:565
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d шаблона:"
msgstr[2] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d шаблонов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:566
+#: src/Summary.cc:570
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d продукта:"
msgstr[2] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d продуктов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:571
+#: src/Summary.cc:575
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d приложения:"
msgstr[2] "Будут УДАЛЕНЫ следующие %d приложений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:591
+#: src/Summary.cc:595
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены следующие %d пакета:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены следующие %d пакетов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:596
+#: src/Summary.cc:600
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены следующие %d исправления:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены следующие %d исправлений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:601
+#: src/Summary.cc:605
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены следующие %d шаблона:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены следующие %d шаблонов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:606
+#: src/Summary.cc:610
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены следующие %d продукта:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены следующие %d продуктов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:611
+#: src/Summary.cc:615
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены следующие %d приложения:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены следующие %d приложений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:630
+#: src/Summary.cc:634
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d пакета:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d пакетов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:635
+#: src/Summary.cc:639
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d исправления:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d исправлений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:640
+#: src/Summary.cc:644
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d шаблона:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d шаблонов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:645
+#: src/Summary.cc:649
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d продукта:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d продуктов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:650
+#: src/Summary.cc:654
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d приложения:"
msgstr[2] "Будут обновлены до более старой версии следующие %d приложений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:669
+#: src/Summary.cc:673
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d пакета:"
msgstr[2] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d пакетов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:674
+#: src/Summary.cc:678
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d исправления:"
msgstr[2] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d исправлений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:679
+#: src/Summary.cc:683
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d шаблона:"
msgstr[2] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d шаблонов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:684
+#: src/Summary.cc:688
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d продукта:"
msgstr[2] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d продуктов:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:696
+#: src/Summary.cc:700
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d приложения:"
msgstr[2] "Будут переустановлены следующие %d приложений:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:838
+#: src/Summary.cc:842
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:"
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакета были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакетов были выбраны автоматически:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:843
+#: src/Summary.cc:847
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:"
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправления были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправлений были выбраны автоматически:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:848
+#: src/Summary.cc:852
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:"
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблона были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблонов были выбраны автоматически:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:853
+#: src/Summary.cc:857
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:"
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продукта были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продуктов были выбраны автоматически:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:858
+#: src/Summary.cc:862
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:"
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакета с исходным кодом были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных пакетов с исходным кодом были выбраны автоматически:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:863
+#: src/Summary.cc:867
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:"
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложения были выбраны автоматически:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложений были выбраны автоматически:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:907
+#: src/Summary.cc:911
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):"
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут установлены только требуемые пакеты):"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (будут установлены только требуемые пакеты):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:918
+#: src/Summary.cc:923
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's unwanted (was manually removed before):"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because they are unwanted (were manually removed before):"
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную удалены ранее):"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены (были вручную удалены ранее):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:927
+#: src/Summary.cc:933
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:"
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов либо проблем с зависимостями:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов рекомендованы, но не будут установлены из-за конфликтов либо проблем с зависимостями:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:939
+#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:"
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправления не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных исправлений не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:943
+#: src/Summary.cc:950
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:"
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблона не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных шаблонов не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:947
+#: src/Summary.cc:954
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:"
@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продукта не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных продуктов не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:951
+#: src/Summary.cc:958
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:"
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложения не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d рекомендованных приложений не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:990
+#: src/Summary.cc:998
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:"
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых пакета не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых пакетов не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:995
+#: src/Summary.cc:1003
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:"
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых исправления не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых исправлений не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1000
+#: src/Summary.cc:1008
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:"
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых шаблона не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых шаблонов не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1005
+#: src/Summary.cc:1013
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:"
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых продукта не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых продуктов не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1010
+#: src/Summary.cc:1018
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:"
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d предлагаемых приложения не будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d предлагаемых приложений не будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1031
+#: src/Summary.cc:1039
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:"
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета изменят архитектуру:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов изменят архитектуру:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1036
+#: src/Summary.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:"
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d исправления изменят архитектуру:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d исправлений изменят архитектуру:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1041
+#: src/Summary.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:"
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d шаблона изменят архитектуру:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d шаблонов изменят архитектуру:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1046
+#: src/Summary.cc:1054
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:"
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d продукта изменят архитектуру:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d продуктов изменят архитектуру:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1051
+#: src/Summary.cc:1059
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:"
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d приложения изменят архитектуру:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d приложений изменят архитектуру:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1073
+#: src/Summary.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:"
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета изменят производителя:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов изменят производителя:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1078
+#: src/Summary.cc:1086
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:"
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d исправления изменят производителя:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d исправлений изменят производителя:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1083
+#: src/Summary.cc:1091
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:"
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d шаблона изменят производителя:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d шаблонов изменят производителя:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1088
+#: src/Summary.cc:1096
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:"
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d продукта изменят производителя:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d продуктов изменят производителя:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1093
+#: src/Summary.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:"
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d приложения изменят производителя:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d приложений изменят производителя:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1114
+#: src/Summary.cc:1122
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:"
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d пакета не поддерживаются производителем:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d пакетов не поддерживаются производителем:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1134
+#: src/Summary.cc:1142
#, c-format
msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:"
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить дополнительное соглашение:"
msgstr[2] "Для получения поддержки для следующих %d пакетов необходимо заключить дополнительное соглашение:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1152
+#: src/Summary.cc:1160
#, c-format
msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d обновления НЕ будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d обновлений НЕ будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1157
+#: src/Summary.cc:1165
#, c-format
msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d обновления продукта НЕ будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d обновлений продукта НЕ будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1162
+#: src/Summary.cc:1170
#, c-format
msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -916,32 +916,32 @@
msgstr[1] "Следующие %d приложения НЕ будут установлены:"
msgstr[2] "Следующие %d приложений НЕ будут установлены:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1182
+#: src/Summary.cc:1190
msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2% "
msgstr "Полный размер загрузки: %1%. Уже кэшировано: %2% "
-#: src/Summary.cc:1185
+#: src/Summary.cc:1193
msgid "Download only."
msgstr "Только загрузить."
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1191
+#: src/Summary.cc:1199
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used."
msgstr "После этой операции будет использовано дополнительно %s."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1194
+#: src/Summary.cc:1202
msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation."
msgstr "Эта операция никак не отразится на используемом дисковом пространстве."
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1201
+#: src/Summary.cc:1209
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed."
msgstr "После этой операции будет освобождено %s."
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1224
+#: src/Summary.cc:1232
msgid "package to upgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to upgrade"
msgstr[0] "пакет для обновления"
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакетов для обновления"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1235
+#: src/Summary.cc:1243
msgid "to downgrade"
msgid_plural "to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "для отката"
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@
msgstr[2] "для отката"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1238
+#: src/Summary.cc:1246
msgid "package to downgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "пакет для отката"
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакетов для отката"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1249
+#: src/Summary.cc:1257
msgid "new"
msgid_plural "new"
msgstr[0] "новый"
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@
msgstr[2] "новых"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1252
+#: src/Summary.cc:1260
msgid "new package to install"
msgid_plural "new packages to install"
msgstr[0] "новый пакет для установки"
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@
msgstr[2] "новых пакетов для установки"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1263
+#: src/Summary.cc:1271
msgid "to reinstall"
msgid_plural "to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "для переустановки"
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@
msgstr[2] "для переустановки"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1266
+#: src/Summary.cc:1274
msgid "package to reinstall"
msgid_plural "packages to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "пакет для переустановки"
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакетов для переустановки"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1277
+#: src/Summary.cc:1285
msgid "to remove"
msgid_plural "to remove"
msgstr[0] "для удаления"
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@
msgstr[2] "для удаления"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1280
+#: src/Summary.cc:1288
msgid "package to remove"
msgid_plural "packages to remove"
msgstr[0] "пакет для удаления"
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакетов для удаления"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1291
+#: src/Summary.cc:1299
msgid "to change vendor"
msgid_plural " to change vendor"
msgstr[0] "для смены производителя"
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@
msgstr[2] "для смены производителя"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1294
+#: src/Summary.cc:1302
msgid "package will change vendor"
msgid_plural "packages will change vendor"
msgstr[0] "пакет сменит производителя"
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакетов сменят производителя"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1305
+#: src/Summary.cc:1313
msgid "to change arch"
msgid_plural "to change arch"
msgstr[0] "для смены архитектуры"
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
msgstr[2] "для смены архитектуры"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1308
+#: src/Summary.cc:1316
msgid "package will change arch"
msgid_plural "packages will change arch"
msgstr[0] "пакет сменит архитектуру"
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакетов сменят архитектуру"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1319
+#: src/Summary.cc:1327
msgid "source package"
msgid_plural "source packages"
msgstr[0] "пакет с исходным кодом"
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакетов с исходным кодом"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1322
+#: src/Summary.cc:1330
msgid "source package to install"
msgid_plural "source packages to install"
msgstr[0] "пакет с исходным кодом для установки"
@@ -1248,7 +1248,11 @@
" Ожидалось %3%\n"
" Получено %4%\n"
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:350
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348
+msgid "Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356
msgid ""
"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, correct\n"
"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of the checksum\n"
@@ -1259,22 +1263,22 @@
"чтобы разблокировать использование этого файла на свой собственный риск. Отсутствие ввода приведёт к отклонению файла.\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363
msgid "discard"
msgstr "отклонить"
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:359
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:365
msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
msgstr "Разблокировать использование этого файла."
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:361
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:367
msgid "Discard the file."
msgstr "Отклонить файл."
#. translators: A prompt text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:366
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:372
msgid "Unblock or discard?"
msgstr "Разблокировать или отклонить?"
@@ -1382,7 +1386,7 @@
#. translators: this is a prompt text
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:88 src/callbacks/media.cc:189
-#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:180 src/utils/prompt.cc:270
+#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:169 src/utils/prompt.cc:259
msgid "Abort, retry, ignore?"
msgstr "Прервать, повторить, игнорировать?"
@@ -1503,7 +1507,7 @@
msgid "Retrieving %s %s-%s.%s"
msgstr "Получение %s %s-%s.%s"
-#: src/Command.cc:190
+#: src/Command.cc:192
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown command '%s'"
msgstr "Неизвестная команда '%s'"
@@ -1549,7 +1553,7 @@
msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'."
msgstr "Проблема при получении файлов из '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3313 src/solve-commit.cc:782
+#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3311 src/solve-commit.cc:782
#: src/solve-commit.cc:814 src/solve-commit.cc:848
msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint."
msgstr "Рекомендация имеется в выданном ранее сообщении об ошибке."
@@ -1631,10 +1635,10 @@
msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'."
msgstr "Сканирование отключённого репозитория '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736
+#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 src/repos.cc:1289
#, c-format
-msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "Отключение репозитория '%s' из-за указанной выше ошибки."
+msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
+msgstr "Пропуск репозитория '%s' из-за указанной выше ошибки."
#: src/repos.cc:717
#, c-format
@@ -1669,7 +1673,7 @@
msgid "Target initialization failed:"
msgstr "Сбой инициализации цели:"
-#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4221
+#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4241
msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem."
msgstr "Запуск 'zypper refresh' от имени администратора может решить проблему."
@@ -1688,30 +1692,30 @@
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Отключён"
-#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2489 src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2487 src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "Псевдоним"
#. 'enabled' flag
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2491
+#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2489
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Включён"
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled
#. for the repository
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository
-#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2493
+#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2491
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Обновление"
#. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d)
-#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2497
+#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2495
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Приоритет"
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2500
+#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2498
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
@@ -1772,16 +1776,16 @@
msgid "Error reading repositories:"
msgstr "Ошибка чтения репозиториев:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2639
+#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2637
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open %s for writing."
msgstr "Невозможно открыть %s для записи."
-#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2641
+#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2639
msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?"
msgstr "Возможно, у вас нет прав на запись?"
-#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2648
+#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2646
#, c-format
msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s."
msgstr "Репозитории успешно экспортированы в %s."
@@ -1795,11 +1799,6 @@
msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'"
msgstr "Пропуск отключённого репозитория '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1289
-#, c-format
-msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "Пропуск репозитория '%s' из-за указанной выше ошибки."
-
#: src/repos.cc:1303
msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "Указанные репозитории не включены или не определены."
@@ -1888,7 +1887,7 @@
msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'"
msgstr "Неверный псевдоним репозитория '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1924
+#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1922
#, c-format
msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr "Репозиторий с именем '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним."
@@ -1897,7 +1896,7 @@
msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:"
msgstr "Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывают ли введенные URI-адреса (смотрите ниже) на верный репозиторий:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096
+#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3116
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
msgstr "Невозможно найти верный репозиторий в данном месте:"
@@ -1934,273 +1933,273 @@
msgid "GPG check"
msgstr "Проверка GPG"
-#: src/repos.cc:1722
+#: src/repos.cc:1720
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "Чтение данных с носителя '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1729
+#: src/repos.cc:1727
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "Проблема при чтении данных с носителя '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1730
+#: src/repos.cc:1728
msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable."
msgstr "Проверьте, что ваш установочный носитель верен и читается."
-#: src/repos.cc:1737
+#: src/repos.cc:1735
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh."
msgstr "Чтение данных с носителя '%s' отложено до следующего обновления."
-#: src/repos.cc:1804
+#: src/repos.cc:1802
msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Проблема при доступе к файлу по указанному URI-адресу"
-#: src/repos.cc:1805
+#: src/repos.cc:1803
msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "Проверьте, что URI-адрес верен и доступен."
-#: src/repos.cc:1813
+#: src/repos.cc:1811
msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Проблема при обработке файла по указанному URI-адресу"
#. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated.
#. Also don't translate the '.repo' string.
-#: src/repos.cc:1816
+#: src/repos.cc:1814
msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details."
msgstr "Это файл .repo? Подробности смотрите на http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo."
-#: src/repos.cc:1824
+#: src/repos.cc:1822
msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Произошла ошибка при попытке прочитать файл по указанному URI-адресу"
-#: src/repos.cc:1838
+#: src/repos.cc:1836
msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping."
msgstr "В файле найден репозиторий без указания псевдонима, пропуск."
-#: src/repos.cc:1845
+#: src/repos.cc:1843
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping."
msgstr "Для репозитория '%s' не определён URI-адрес, пропуск."
-#: src/repos.cc:1888
+#: src/repos.cc:1886
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' удалён."
-#: src/repos.cc:1907
+#: src/repos.cc:1905
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias."
msgstr "Невозможно изменить псевдоним репозитория '%s'. Репозиторий принадлежит службе '%s', отвечающей за задание его псевдонима."
-#: src/repos.cc:1918
+#: src/repos.cc:1916
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' переименован в '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:1930 src/repos.cc:2172
+#: src/repos.cc:1928 src/repos.cc:2170
msgid "Error while modifying the repository:"
msgstr "Ошибка при изменении репозитория:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1931
+#: src/repos.cc:1929
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' не изменён."
-#: src/repos.cc:2080
+#: src/repos.cc:2078
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority."
msgstr "Неверный приоритет '%s'. Используйте положительное целое число. Чем больше число, тем ниже приоритет."
-#: src/repos.cc:2088
+#: src/repos.cc:2086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)"
msgstr "Приоритет репозитория '%s' не изменён (%d)"
-#: src/repos.cc:2114
+#: src/repos.cc:2112
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' успешно включён."
-#: src/repos.cc:2117
+#: src/repos.cc:2115
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' успешно отключён."
-#: src/repos.cc:2124
+#: src/repos.cc:2122
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Включено автоматическое обновления репозитория '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2127
+#: src/repos.cc:2125
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Отключено автоматическое обновления репозитория '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2134
+#: src/repos.cc:2132
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Включено кэширование файлов RPM репозитория '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2137
+#: src/repos.cc:2135
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Отключено кэширование файлов RPM репозитория '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2144
+#: src/repos.cc:2142
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Включена проверка GPG для репозитория '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2147
+#: src/repos.cc:2145
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Отключена проверка GPG для репозитория '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2153
+#: src/repos.cc:2151
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d."
msgstr "Приоритет репозитория '%s' установлен равным %d."
-#: src/repos.cc:2159
+#: src/repos.cc:2157
#, c-format
msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "Имя репозитория '%s' установлено в '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2165
+#: src/repos.cc:2163
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Нечего изменять для репозитория '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2173
+#: src/repos.cc:2171
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged."
msgstr "Репозиторий %s не изменён."
-#: src/repos.cc:2211
+#: src/repos.cc:2209
msgid "Error reading services:"
msgstr "Ошибка чтения служб:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2306
+#: src/repos.cc:2304
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI."
msgstr "Служба '%s' не найдена по своему псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу."
-#: src/repos.cc:2310
+#: src/repos.cc:2308
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services."
msgstr "Используйте '%s' для получения списка определённых служб."
-#: src/repos.cc:2553
+#: src/repos.cc:2551
#, c-format
msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services."
msgstr "Службы не определены. Используйте команду '%s' для добавления одной или более служб."
-#: src/repos.cc:2679
+#: src/repos.cc:2677
#, c-format
msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr "Служба с псевдонимом '%s' уже существует. Используйте другой псевдоним."
-#: src/repos.cc:2689
+#: src/repos.cc:2687
#, c-format
msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'."
msgstr "Ошибка при добавлении службы %s."
-#: src/repos.cc:2695
+#: src/repos.cc:2693
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added."
msgstr "Служба '%s' успешно добавлена."
-#: src/repos.cc:2734
+#: src/repos.cc:2732
#, c-format
msgid "Removing service '%s':"
msgstr "Удаление службы '%s':"
-#: src/repos.cc:2737
+#: src/repos.cc:2735
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "Служба '%s' удалена."
-#: src/repos.cc:2753
+#: src/repos.cc:2751
#, c-format
msgid "Refreshing service '%s'."
msgstr "Обновление службы '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2776
+#: src/repos.cc:2764 src/repos.cc:2774
#, c-format
msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':"
msgstr "Проблема получения индексного файла репозитория для службы '%s':"
-#: src/repos.cc:2768 src/repos.cc:2881
+#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2879
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr "Пропуск службы '%s' из-за указанной выше ошибки."
-#: src/repos.cc:2777
+#: src/repos.cc:2775
msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "Проверьте, что URI-адрес верен и доступен."
-#: src/repos.cc:2835
+#: src/repos.cc:2833
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'"
msgstr "Пропуск отключённой службы '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:2895
+#: src/repos.cc:2893
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services."
msgstr "Используйте команды '%s' или '%s' для добавления или включения служб."
-#: src/repos.cc:2898
+#: src/repos.cc:2896
msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "Указанные службы не включены или не определены."
-#: src/repos.cc:2900
+#: src/repos.cc:2898
msgid "There are no enabled services defined."
msgstr "Не найдено ни одной включённой службы."
-#: src/repos.cc:2904
+#: src/repos.cc:2902
msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors."
msgstr "Не удалось обновить службы из-за ошибок."
-#: src/repos.cc:2910
+#: src/repos.cc:2908
msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error."
msgstr "Некоторые службы не обновлены из-за ошибки."
-#: src/repos.cc:2915
+#: src/repos.cc:2913
msgid "Specified services have been refreshed."
msgstr "Указанные службы обновлены."
-#: src/repos.cc:2917
+#: src/repos.cc:2915
msgid "All services have been refreshed."
msgstr "Все службы обновлены."
-#: src/repos.cc:3039
+#: src/repos.cc:3037
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled."
msgstr "Служба '%s' успешно включена."
-#: src/repos.cc:3042
+#: src/repos.cc:3040
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled."
msgstr "Служба '%s' успешно отключена."
-#: src/repos.cc:3049
+#: src/repos.cc:3047
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "Включено автоматическое обновление службы '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3052
+#: src/repos.cc:3050
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "Отключено автоматическое обновление службы '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3058
+#: src/repos.cc:3056
#, c-format
msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "Имя службы '%s' установлено в '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3064
+#: src/repos.cc:3062
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2208,7 +2207,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к включённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3072
+#: src/repos.cc:3070
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2216,7 +2215,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были добавлены к отключённым репозиториям службы '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3080
+#: src/repos.cc:3078
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2224,7 +2223,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из включённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3088
+#: src/repos.cc:3086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2232,65 +2231,65 @@
msgstr[1] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
msgstr[2] "Репозитории '%s' были удалены из отключённых репозиториев службы '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3097
+#: src/repos.cc:3095
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'."
msgstr "Нечего изменять для службы '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3104
+#: src/repos.cc:3102
msgid "Error while modifying the service:"
msgstr "Ошибка при изменении службы:"
-#: src/repos.cc:3105
+#: src/repos.cc:3103
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged."
msgstr "Служба %s не изменена."
-#: src/repos.cc:3213
+#: src/repos.cc:3211
msgid "Loading repository data..."
msgstr "Загрузка данных о репозиториях..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3235
+#: src/repos.cc:3233
#, c-format
msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..."
msgstr "Получение данных о репозитории '%s'..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3242
+#: src/repos.cc:3240
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' не кэширован. Кэширование..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3249 src/repos.cc:3287
+#: src/repos.cc:3247 src/repos.cc:3285
#, c-format
msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'"
msgstr "Проблема загрузки данных из '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3254
+#: src/repos.cc:3252
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache."
msgstr "Невозможно обновить репозиторий '%s'. Используется старый кэш."
-#: src/repos.cc:3259 src/repos.cc:3292
+#: src/repos.cc:3257 src/repos.cc:3290
#, c-format
msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error."
msgstr "Объекты разрешения зависимостей из '%s' не были загружены из-за ошибки."
-#: src/repos.cc:3278
+#: src/repos.cc:3276
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' устарел. Используйте другое зеркало или сервер."
#. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m'
-#: src/repos.cc:3289
+#: src/repos.cc:3287
#, c-format
msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so."
msgstr "Попробуйте '%s' или даже '%s' перед тем, как делать это."
-#: src/repos.cc:3301
+#: src/repos.cc:3299
msgid "Reading installed packages..."
msgstr "Чтение установленных пакетов..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3312
+#: src/repos.cc:3310
msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:"
msgstr "Произошла ошибка при чтении установленных пакетов:"
@@ -2434,11 +2433,31 @@
msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..."
msgstr "Ладно, ладно! Уже выхожу..."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:97
+#: src/Zypper.cc:98
msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
msgstr "Обнаружен устаревший параметр командной строки %1%. Используйте вместо него %2%."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| " Global Options:\n"
+#| "\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
+#| "\t--version, -V\t\tOutput the version number.\n"
+#| "\t--promptids\t\tOutput a list of zypper's user prompts.\n"
+#| "\t--config, -c <file>\tUse specified config file instead of the default.\n"
+#| "\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and plugins.\n"
+#| "\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
+#| "\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+#| "\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
+#| "\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
+#| "\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\tautomatically.\n"
+#| "\t--non-interactive-include-reboot-patches\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\tDo not treat patches as interactive, which have\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\tthe rebootSuggested-flag set.\n"
+#| "\t--xmlout, -x\t\tSwitch to XML output.\n"
+#| "\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tIgnore unknown packages.\n"
msgid ""
" Global Options:\n"
"\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
@@ -2449,6 +2468,7 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
"\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tWhether to use colors in output if tty supports it.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
@@ -2475,7 +2495,7 @@
"\t--xmlout, -x\t\tПерейти на вывод в XML.\n"
"\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tИгнорировать неизвестные пакеты.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:231
+#: src/Zypper.cc:233
msgid ""
"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n"
"\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n"
@@ -2490,7 +2510,7 @@
"\t--solv-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог кэша файлов решателя.\n"
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tИспользовать альтернативный каталог кэша пакетов.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:239
+#: src/Zypper.cc:241
msgid ""
" Repository Options:\n"
"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n"
@@ -2516,7 +2536,7 @@
"\t--no-cd\t\t\tИгнорировать репозитории на CD/DVD.\n"
"\t--no-remote\t\tИгнорировать удалённые репозитории.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:252
+#: src/Zypper.cc:254
msgid ""
" Target Options:\n"
"\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n"
@@ -2528,7 +2548,7 @@
"\t--disable-system-resolvables\n"
"\t\t\t\tНе читать установленные пакеты.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:259
+#: src/Zypper.cc:261
msgid ""
" Commands:\n"
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n"
@@ -2538,7 +2558,7 @@
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tВывести справку.\n"
"\tshell, sh\t\tПринять несколько команд сразу.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:264
+#: src/Zypper.cc:266
msgid ""
" Repository Management:\n"
"\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n"
@@ -2558,7 +2578,7 @@
"\trefresh, ref\t\tОбновить все репозитории.\n"
"\tclean\t\t\tОчистить локальные кэши.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:274
+#: src/Zypper.cc:276
msgid ""
" Service Management:\n"
"\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n"
@@ -2574,7 +2594,7 @@
"\tremoveservice, rs\tУдалить указанную службу.\n"
"\trefresh-services, refs\tОбновить все службы.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:282
+#: src/Zypper.cc:284
msgid ""
" Software Management:\n"
"\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n"
@@ -2596,7 +2616,7 @@
"\t\t\t\tУстановить свежедобавленные пакеты, рекомендованные\n"
"\t\t\t\tустановленными пакетами.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:293
+#: src/Zypper.cc:295
msgid ""
" Update Management:\n"
"\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n"
@@ -2614,7 +2634,7 @@
"\tdist-upgrade, dup\tВыполнить обновление дистрибутива.\n"
"\tpatch-check, pchk\tПроверить наличие исправлений.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:302
+#: src/Zypper.cc:304
msgid ""
" Querying:\n"
"\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n"
@@ -2640,7 +2660,7 @@
"\tproducts, pd\t\tВывести список доступных продуктов.\n"
"\twhat-provides, wp\tВывести список пакетов, предоставляющих указанную способность.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:317
+#: src/Zypper.cc:319
msgid ""
" Package Locks:\n"
"\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n"
@@ -2654,7 +2674,7 @@
"\tlocks, ll\t\tВывести список текущих блокировок пакетов.\n"
"\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tУдалить неиспользуемые блокировки.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:324
+#: src/Zypper.cc:326
msgid ""
" Other Commands:\n"
"\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n"
@@ -2673,7 +2693,7 @@
"\tsource-download\t\tЗагрузить rpm с исходным кодом для всех\n"
"\t\t\t\tустановленных пакетов в локальный каталог.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:335
+#: src/Zypper.cc:337
msgid ""
" Usage:\n"
"\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n"
@@ -2683,59 +2703,59 @@
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:361
+#: src/Zypper.cc:363
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands."
msgstr "Введите '%s' для получения списка общих параметров и команд."
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:370
+#: src/Zypper.cc:372
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help."
msgstr "Введите '%s' для получения справки по командам."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:526
+#: src/Zypper.cc:543
#, c-format
msgid "Verbosity: %d"
msgstr "Уровень подробностей: %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:557
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid table style %d."
msgstr "Неверный стиль таблицы %d."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:541
+#: src/Zypper.cc:558
#, c-format
msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d"
msgstr "Используйте целое число от %d до %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:558
+#: src/Zypper.cc:567
msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!"
msgstr "Строка пользовательских данных не должна содержать непечатные символы и переводы строки!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832
+#: src/Zypper.cc:599 src/Zypper.cc:2852
msgid "Entering non-interactive mode."
msgstr "Переход в неинтерактивный режим."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:596
+#: src/Zypper.cc:605
msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive."
msgstr "Исправления с флагом rebootSuggested не будут обрабатываться как интерактивные."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:602
+#: src/Zypper.cc:611
msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode."
msgstr "Переход в режим 'no-gpg-checks'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:609
+#: src/Zypper.cc:618
#, c-format
msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
msgstr "Включение '%s'. Ключи новых репозиториев будут импортироваться автоматически!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:622
+#: src/Zypper.cc:631
msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute."
msgstr "Путь, указанный параметром --root option, должен быть абсолютным."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:638
+#: src/Zypper.cc:647
msgid ""
"The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n"
"The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n"
@@ -2743,51 +2763,51 @@
"Символическая ссылка /etc/products.d/baseproduct неверна или отсутствует!\n"
"Ссылка должна указывать на .prod-файл основных продуктов в /etc/products.d.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:677
+#: src/Zypper.cc:686
msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only."
msgstr "Репозитории отключены, используется только база данных установленных пакетов."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:689
+#: src/Zypper.cc:698
msgid "Autorefresh disabled."
msgstr "Автоматическое обновление отключено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:705
msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled."
msgstr "Репозитории на CD/DVD отключены."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:703
+#: src/Zypper.cc:712
msgid "Remote repositories disabled."
msgstr "Удалённые репозитории отключены."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:710
+#: src/Zypper.cc:719
msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables."
msgstr "Игнорирование установленных объектов разрешения зависимостей."
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo"
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878
+#: src/Zypper.cc:837 src/Zypper.cc:887
#, c-format
msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring."
msgstr "Параметр %s здесь не действует, игнорируется."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1033
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1042
#, c-format
msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'."
msgstr "Команда '%s' заменена на '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1035
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' for all available options."
msgstr "Все доступные параметры приведены в '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1060
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1069
msgid "Unexpected exception."
msgstr "Неожиданное исключение."
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. second %s = "package",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1167
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1176
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n"
@@ -2874,7 +2894,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "package"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1238
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1247
#, c-format
msgid ""
"remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n"
@@ -2919,7 +2939,7 @@
"-D, --dry-run Проверить удаление, не удалять в действительности.\n"
" --details Показать подробный обзор установки.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1275
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1284
msgid ""
"source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2941,7 +2961,7 @@
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Установить пакеты только из указанных репозиториев.\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1312
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
@@ -2976,7 +2996,7 @@
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1352
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
@@ -3006,7 +3026,7 @@
" --debug-solver Создать набор тестовых данных решающей программы для отладки.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1382
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1391
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3028,7 +3048,7 @@
"-n, --name <псевдоним> Указать описательное имя службы.\n"
#. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1405
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1414
msgid ""
"removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3047,7 +3067,7 @@
" --loose-query Игнорировать строку запроса в URI-адресе.\n"
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1441
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1450
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n"
@@ -3100,7 +3120,7 @@
"-t, --remote Применить изменения ко всем сетевым репозиториям.\n"
"-m, --medium-type <type> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного типа.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1489
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1498
msgid ""
"services (ls) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3130,7 +3150,7 @@
"-U, --sort-by-uri Сортировать список по URI.\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name Сортировать список по именам.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1517
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1526
msgid ""
"refresh-services (refs) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3151,7 +3171,7 @@
"-R, --restore-status Также восстановить состояние вкл/выкл репозиториев службы.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1549
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1558
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3191,7 +3211,7 @@
"-f, --refresh Включить автообновление репозитория.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1613 src/Zypper.cc:2727
msgid ""
"list-resolvables (lr)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3201,7 +3221,7 @@
"\n"
"Вывести список доступных типов объектов разрешения зависимостей.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1612
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1621
msgid ""
"repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3241,7 +3261,7 @@
"-A, --sort-by-alias Сортировать список по псевдониму.\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name Сортировать список по имени.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1644
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1653
msgid ""
"removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3259,7 +3279,7 @@
" --loose-auth Игнорировать данные проверки подлинности пользователя в URI-адресе.\n"
" --loose-query Игнорировать строку запроса в URI-адресе.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1663
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1672
msgid ""
"renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3275,7 +3295,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type"
#. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1705
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
@@ -3323,7 +3343,7 @@
"-t, --remote Применить изменения ко всем сетевым репозиториям.\n"
"-m, --medium-type <тип> Применить изменения к репозиториям указанного типа.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1738
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1747
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3351,7 +3371,7 @@
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Обновить только указанные репозитории.\n"
"-s, --services Обновить службы перед обновлением репозиториев.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1767
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1776
msgid ""
"clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3375,7 +3395,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "patch"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1796
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1805
#, c-format
msgid ""
"list-updates (lu) [options]\n"
@@ -3410,7 +3430,7 @@
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. the second %s = "patch",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1856
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1865
#, c-format
msgid ""
"update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n"
@@ -3482,7 +3502,7 @@
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1926
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1935
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch [options]\n"
@@ -3545,7 +3565,7 @@
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1975
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1984
msgid ""
"list-patches (lp) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3573,7 +3593,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Список исправлений только из указанного репозитория.\n"
" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Список исправлений, выпущенных до указанной даты.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2017
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2026
#, c-format
msgid ""
"dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n"
@@ -3626,7 +3646,7 @@
" %s\n"
"-d, --download-only Только загрузить пакеты, не устанавливать.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2078
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2087
msgid ""
"search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3696,7 +3716,7 @@
"* и ? -- символы подстановки, которые можно использовать и в строках поиска.\n"
"Если строка поиска завершается '/', то она интерпретируется как регулярное выражение.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2125
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2134
msgid ""
"patch-check (pchk) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3714,7 +3734,7 @@
"\n"
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Проверить наличие исправлений только в указанном репозитории.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2147
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2156
msgid ""
"patches (pch) [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3732,7 +3752,7 @@
"\n"
"-r, --repo <псевдоним|#|URI> Ещё один способ указания репозитория.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2178
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2187
msgid ""
"packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3766,7 +3786,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name Сортировать по названиям.\n"
"-R, --sort-by-repo Сортировать по репозиториям.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2219
msgid ""
"patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3788,7 +3808,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only Показывать только установленные шаблоны.\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only Показывать только неустановленные шаблоны.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2236
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2245
msgid ""
"products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3810,7 +3830,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only Показывать только установленные продукты.\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only Показывать только неустановленные продукты.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2268
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2277
#, c-format
msgid ""
"info (if) [options] <name> ...\n"
@@ -3852,7 +3872,7 @@
" --recommends Показывать также рекомендуемые.\n"
" --suggests Показывать также предлагаемые.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2301
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2310
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-info <patchname> ...\n"
@@ -3867,7 +3887,7 @@
"\n"
"Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2320
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2329
#, c-format
msgid ""
"pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n"
@@ -3882,7 +3902,7 @@
"\n"
"Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2339
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2348
#, c-format
msgid ""
"product-info <product_name> ...\n"
@@ -3897,7 +3917,7 @@
"\n"
"Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2356
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2365
msgid ""
"what-provides (wp) <capability>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3911,7 +3931,7 @@
"\n"
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2407
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2416
msgid ""
"moo\n"
"\n"
@@ -3925,7 +3945,7 @@
"\n"
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2429
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2438
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
@@ -3946,7 +3966,7 @@
"-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n"
" По умолчанию: %s.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2456
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2465
#, c-format
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
@@ -3967,7 +3987,7 @@
"-t, --type <тип> Тип пакета (%s).\n"
" По умолчанию: %s.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2478
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2487
msgid ""
"locks (ll)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3981,7 +4001,7 @@
"\n"
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2498
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2507
msgid ""
"cleanlocks (cl)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3999,7 +4019,7 @@
"-d, --only-duplicates Очистить только повторяющиеся блокировки.\n"
"-e, --only-empty Очистить только блокировки, которые ничего не блокируют.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2528
msgid ""
"targetos (tos) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4017,7 +4037,7 @@
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-l, --label Показывать метку операционной системы.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2549
msgid ""
"versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4033,7 +4053,7 @@
" Параметры команды:\n"
"-m, --match Считать отсутствующий номер релиза любым релизом.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2559
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2568
msgid ""
"licenses\n"
"\n"
@@ -4047,7 +4067,7 @@
"\n"
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2578
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2587
msgid ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
@@ -4061,7 +4081,7 @@
"\n"
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2601
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2610
msgid ""
"download [options] <packages>...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4099,7 +4119,7 @@
"--dry-run Не скачивать пакеты, только сообщить о том, что\n"
" было бы сделано.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2640
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2649
msgid ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
@@ -4127,7 +4147,7 @@
"--status Не загружать rpm с исходным кодом, но\n"
" показать, какие rpm отсутствуют или являются лишними.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2667
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2676
msgid ""
"quit (exit, ^D)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4141,7 +4161,7 @@
"\n"
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2684
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2693
msgid ""
"shell (sh)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4156,7 +4176,7 @@
"Эта команда не имеет дополнительных параметров.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2711
msgid ""
"service-types (st)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4169,7 +4189,7 @@
#. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of
#. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations
#. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2740
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2749
msgid ""
"mount\n"
"\n"
@@ -4189,7 +4209,7 @@
"-n, --name <имя> Использовать данную строку как имя службы.\n"
"-r, --recurse Войти вглубь подкаталогов.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2769
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2778
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n"
@@ -4201,7 +4221,7 @@
"Найти исправления, соответствующие данным строкам запроса. Это псевдоним для '%s'.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2795
msgid ""
"ping [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4211,32 +4231,32 @@
"\n"
"Эта команда реализована фиктивно и всегда возвращает 0.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5115
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2819 src/Zypper.cc:5135
msgid "Unexpected program flow."
msgstr "Неожиданный процесс выполнения программы."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2849
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2869
msgid "Non-option program arguments: "
msgstr "Аргументы программы, не являющиеся параметрами: "
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2904
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2924
msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running."
msgstr "PackageKit блокирует zypper. Это происходит, если у вас запущен апплет обновлений или другое приложение для управления ПО, использующее PackageKit."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2910
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2930
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr "Завершить PackageKit?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2939
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
msgstr "PackageKit всё ещё запущен (возможно, занят)."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2941
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Попробовать ещё раз?"
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2974
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2994
msgid ""
" \\\\\\\\\\\n"
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
@@ -4246,24 +4266,24 @@
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
"__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3001
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3021
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services."
msgstr "Для обновления служб требуются права администратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3048 src/Zypper.cc:3166 src/Zypper.cc:3401
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services."
msgstr "Для изменения системных служб требуются права администратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3097
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3117
msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository."
msgstr "Не удалось определить тип репозитория. Проверьте, указывает ли введённый URI-адрес на верный репозиторий."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3127
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type."
msgstr "`%s' не является верным типом службы."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3149
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
msgstr "Для получения списка известных типов служб воспользуйтесь командами '%s' или '%s'."
@@ -4272,115 +4292,115 @@
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by mr command help text which will explain it
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3178 src/Zypper.cc:3552
msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required."
msgstr "Требуется псевдоним или совокупный параметр."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3192
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3212
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found."
msgstr "Служба '%s' не найдена."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3248 src/Zypper.cc:3400 src/Zypper.cc:3484 src/Zypper.cc:3539
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories."
msgstr "Для изменения системных репозиториев требуются права администратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3303 src/Zypper.cc:3666
msgid "Too few arguments."
msgstr "Слишком мало аргументов."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3307
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3327
msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
msgstr "Если используется только один аргумент, он должен быть URI-адресом, указывающим на файл .repo."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3337
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3357
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
msgstr "Невозможно использовать %s вместе с %s. Будет использована настройка %s."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3358
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3378
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
msgstr "Указанный тип не является допустимым типом репозитория:"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3360
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3380
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
msgstr "Для получения списка известных типов репозиториев воспользуйтесь командами '%s' или '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4703 src/utils/messages.cc:48
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3408 src/Zypper.cc:4723 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
msgstr "Требуемый аргумент отсутствует."
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no repository counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3414
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3434
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' не найден по псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу."
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no service counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3437
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3457
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr "Служба '%s' не найдена по псевдониму, номеру или URI-адресу."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3471
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3491
msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required."
msgstr "Слишком мало аргументов. Требуются хотя бы URI-адрес и псевдоним."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3495
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3515
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found."
msgstr "Репозиторий '%s' не найден."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3565
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
#, c-format
msgid "Repository %s not found."
msgstr "Репозиторий %s не найден."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3605
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories."
msgstr "Для обновления системных репозиториев требуются права администратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3592
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3612
#, c-format
msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here."
msgstr "Общий параметр '%s' здесь не действует."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3600
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3620
#, c-format
msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used."
msgstr "При использовании '%s' аргументы не разрешены."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3626
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3646
msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches."
msgstr "Для очистки локальных кэшей требуются права администратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3647
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3667
msgid "At least one package name is required."
msgstr "Требуется хотя бы одно имя пакета."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3657
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3677
msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages."
msgstr "Для установки или удаления пакетов требуются права администратора."
#. translators: rug related message, shown if
#. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3669
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3689
msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository."
msgstr "Игнорирую аргументы, отмечаю весь репозиторий."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3679
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3699
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type: %s"
msgstr "Неизвестный тип пакета: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3690
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3710
msgid "Cannot uninstall patches."
msgstr "Невозможно удалить исправления."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3691
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3711
msgid ""
"Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n"
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
@@ -4390,132 +4410,132 @@
"Исправления не устанавливаются в смысле копируемых файлов, записей баз данных\n"
"или чего-либо похожего."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3722
msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented."
msgstr "Удаление пакета с исходным кодом не определено и не реализовано."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3723
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3743
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it."
msgstr "'%s' выглядит как файл RPM. Попробую загрузить его."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3736
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3756
#, c-format
msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping."
msgstr "Проблема с файлом RPM, указанным как '%s', пропуск."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3761
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3781
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?"
msgstr "Проблема с чтением заголовка RPM файла %s. Это файл RPM?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3806
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
msgstr "Кэш простых файлов RPM"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3803
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3823
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
msgstr "Не указано допустимых аргументов."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3837 src/Zypper.cc:3975
msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed."
msgstr "Репозитории не определены. Работа ведется только с установленными объектами разрешения зависимостей. Нельзя ничего установить."
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4462
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3875 src/Zypper.cc:4482
#, c-format
msgid "%s contradicts %s"
msgstr "%s противоречит %s"
#. translators: meaning --force with --capability
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3864
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3884
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s"
msgstr "%s не может на данный момент использоваться вместе с %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3908
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3928
msgid "Source package name is a required argument."
msgstr "Имя пакета с исходным кодом является требуемым аргументом."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3998
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4018
msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'"
msgstr "Указан режим точного совпадения (match-exact)"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4382 src/Zypper.cc:4483 src/Zypper.cc:4731
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4799 src/Zypper.cc:4844
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4042 src/Zypper.cc:4402 src/Zypper.cc:4503 src/Zypper.cc:4751
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4819 src/Zypper.cc:4864
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type '%s'."
msgstr "Неизвестный тип пакета '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4045
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4065
#, c-format
msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled."
msgstr "Указанный репозиторий '%s' отключён."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4176 src/search.cc:594
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4196 src/search.cc:594
msgid "No packages found."
msgstr "Не найдено пакетов."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4219
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4239
msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query"
msgstr "Возникла проблема при инициализации или выполнении поискового запроса"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4240
msgid "See the above message for a hint."
msgstr "Рекомендация имеется в выданном ранее сообщении."
#. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4403 src/Zypper.cc:4529
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4423 src/Zypper.cc:4549
#, c-format
msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option."
msgstr "Выполняется как '%s', невозможно использовать параметр '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4411
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4431
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s."
msgstr "Невозможно использовать %s вместе с %s."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4444
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4464
msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages."
msgstr "Для обновления пакетов требуются права администратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4490 src/Zypper.cc:4498 src/Zypper.cc:4615
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4510 src/Zypper.cc:4518 src/Zypper.cc:4635
msgid "Operation not supported."
msgstr "Операция не поддерживается."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4491
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4511
#, c-format
msgid "To update installed products use '%s'."
msgstr "Для обновления установленных продуктов используйте '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4500
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4520
#, c-format
msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'."
msgstr "Zypper не следит за установленными пакетами с исходным кодом. Для установки самого свежего пакета с исходным кодом и его сборочных зависимостей используйте '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4518
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4538
msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
msgstr "Невозможно использовать несколько типов при указании конкретных пакетов в качестве аргументов."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4655
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4675
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
msgstr "Для обновления дистрибутива требуются права администратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4676
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4696
#, c-format
msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command."
msgstr "Вы собираетесь обновить дистрибутив со всех включённых репозиториев. Перед тем, как продолжить, убедитесь, что эти репозитории совместимы. Больше информации об этой команде можно найти в '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4706 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "Использование"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4761 src/Zypper.cc:4822
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4781 src/Zypper.cc:4842
msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks."
msgstr "Для добавления блокировок пакетов требуются права администратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4890
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4910
#, c-format
msgid "Removed %lu lock."
msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks."
@@ -4523,49 +4543,49 @@
msgstr[1] "Удалено %lu блокировки."
msgstr[2] "Удалено %lu блокировок."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4917
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4937
#, c-format
msgid "Distribution Label: %s"
msgstr "Метка дистрибутива: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4939
#, c-format
msgid "Short Label: %s"
msgstr "Короткая метка: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4965
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4985
#, c-format
msgid "%s matches %s"
msgstr "%s соответствует %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4967
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4987
#, c-format
msgid "%s is newer than %s"
msgstr "%s новее, чем %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4969
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4989
#, c-format
msgid "%s is older than %s"
msgstr "%s старее, чем %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5042 src/source-download.cc:220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5062 src/source-download.cc:220
#, c-format
msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'."
msgstr "Недостаточно привилегий для использования загрузочного каталога '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5100
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5120
msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell."
msgstr "Эта команда имеет смысл только в оболочке zypper."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5112
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5132
msgid "You already are running zypper's shell."
msgstr "У вас уже запущена оболочка zypper."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Описание"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5190
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5217
msgid "Resolvable Type"
msgstr "Тип объекта разрешения зависимостей"
@@ -4837,11 +4857,6 @@
msgid "Nothing to do."
msgstr "Нечего выполнять."
-#: src/Config.cc:110
-#, c-format
-msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
-msgstr "Неизвестный параметр настройки '%s'"
-
#: src/source-download.cc:211
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create or access download directory '%s'."
@@ -4969,34 +4984,34 @@
msgid "No providers of '%s' found."
msgstr "Не найдено поставщиков '%s'."
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:86
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:83
msgid "Warning: "
msgstr "Предупреждение: "
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:239 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:354 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:231 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:346 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "error"
msgstr "ошибка"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:244 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:359 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:236 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:351 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "done"
msgstr "готово"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:269 src/output/OutNormal.cc:305
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:343
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:261 src/output/OutNormal.cc:297
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:335
msgid "Retrieving:"
msgstr "Получение:"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:276
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:268
msgid "starting"
msgstr "запуск"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:403
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:397
msgid "No help available for this prompt."
msgstr "Для этого режима справка недоступна."
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:415
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:409
msgid "no help available for this option"
msgstr "для этого параметра справка недоступна"
@@ -5191,19 +5206,19 @@
msgstr "Проблема при удалении блокировки пакета:"
#. TranslatorExplanation These are reasons for various failures.
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Not found"
msgstr "Не найдено"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "I/O error"
msgstr "Ошибка ввода/вывода"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Invalid object"
msgstr "Неверный объект"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:166
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:167
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Ошибка"
@@ -5281,19 +5296,19 @@
msgstr "%s используется вместе с %s, которые противоречат друг другу. Это свойство останется без изменения."
#. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:87
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:81
msgid "shows all options"
msgstr "выводит все параметры"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:149 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:138 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "yes"
msgstr "да"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:150 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:139 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "no"
msgstr "нет"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:173 src/utils/prompt.cc:218
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:162 src/utils/prompt.cc:207
#, c-format
msgid "Retrying in %u seconds..."
msgstr "Повтор через %u секунд..."
@@ -5304,11 +5319,11 @@
#. the answers must be separated by slash characters '/' and must
#. correspond to abort/retry/ignore in that order.
#. The answers should be lower case letters.
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:179 src/utils/prompt.cc:267
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:168 src/utils/prompt.cc:256
msgid "a/r/i"
msgstr "a/r/i"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:230
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:219
#, c-format
msgid "Autoselecting '%s' after %u second."
msgid_plural "Autoselecting '%s' after %u seconds."
@@ -5316,22 +5331,22 @@
msgstr[1] "автоматический выбор '%s' через %u секунды."
msgstr[2] "автоматический выбор '%s' через %u секунд."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:249
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:238
msgid "Trying again..."
msgstr "Повторная попытка..."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:344
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:333
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid answer '%s'."
msgstr "Неверный ответ '%s'."
#. translators: the %s are: 'y', 'yes' (translated), 'n', and 'no' (translated).
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:350
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:339
#, c-format
msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you."
msgstr "Введите '%s' для '%s' или '%s' для '%s', если больше ничего не работает."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:364
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:353
#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you run zypper without a terminal, use '%s' global\n"
@@ -5506,6 +5521,12 @@
msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'."
msgstr "Параметр '%s' отменяет действие параметра '%s'."
+#~ msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
+#~ msgstr "Отключение репозитория '%s' из-за указанной выше ошибки."
+
+#~ msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
+#~ msgstr "Неизвестный параметр настройки '%s'"
+
#~ msgid "Ignoring failed digest verification for %s (expected %s, found %s)."
#~ msgstr "Игнорирую неудачную проверку дайджеста для %s (ожидалось %s, обнаружено %s)."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
29 Dec '14
Author: minton
Date: 2014-12-29 09:36:53 +0100 (Mon, 29 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90906
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ru/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ru.po
Log:
Merged RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot for ru
Modified: trunk/lcn/ru/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ru/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ru.po 2014-12-28 17:15:09 UTC (rev 90905)
+++ trunk/lcn/ru/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ru.po 2014-12-29 08:36:53 UTC (rev 90906)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@…
[View More]
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: translation(a)suse.de\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-16 10:14+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 00:38+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev <minton(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <opensuse-translation-ru(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -134,13 +134,17 @@
msgid "This warning is a bug in YaST (now fixed in Factory) and you can safely ignore it."
msgstr "Это предупреждение является ошибкой в YaST (уже исправлено в Factory) и вы можете его проигнорировать."
-#. bnc#900954
+#. bnc#900954 bnc#903231 bnc#904268
#: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title)
-msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
+msgid "BtrFS and Windows XP"
msgstr "BtrFS и Windows 7"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
-msgid "If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
+msgid "If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
msgstr "Если у вас Windows XP и вы хотите установить openSUSE 13.2 на Btrfs, сообщение YaST об ошибке уведомит вас о проблемах при установке загрузчика."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para)
@@ -258,33 +262,35 @@
msgid "This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
msgstr "Эту и другие проблемы с драйвером Intel типа <ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink> мы по возможности исправим в одном из обновлений."
-#. bnc#901869
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:411(title)
+#. bnc#903998
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(title)
msgid "Missing Dependencies for virt-manager"
msgstr "Отсутствующие зависимости для virt-manager"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para)
-msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para)
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
msgstr "Если у вас проблемы с запуском virt-manager, попробуйте установить <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> и <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:419(para)
msgid "In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made explicit."
msgstr "В следующем обновлении будет выпущена версия, где эти зависимости будут обязательными."
#. bnc#900813
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:425(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(title)
msgid "Modem Authorization After Suspend"
msgstr "Авторизация модемного соединения после спящего режима"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:427(para)
msgid "openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for the root password before reconnecting."
msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 более строга с безопасностью, чем 13.1. Если вы подключены через UMTS- или 3G-модем и переводите машину в спящий режим, система запросит у вас пароль root перед повторным подключением."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:433(para)
msgid "You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
msgstr "Вы можете изменить это поведение, исправив одну строку в /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:438(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -295,11 +301,11 @@
"org.freedesktop.ModemManager.Device.Control auth_admin:auth_admin:yes\n"
" "
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:441(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:442(para)
msgid "with:"
msgstr "на:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:445(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:446(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -311,164 +317,164 @@
" "
#. bnc#901511
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:452(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(title)
msgid "Package Search Missing in GTK UI of YaST"
msgstr "В GTK-интерфейсе YaST отсутствует поиск пакетов"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:454(para)
msgid "The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
msgstr "GTK-интерфейс YaST не содержит формы поиска пакетов. Поэтому если вы в GNOME или XFCE и вам нужна эта возможность, используйте Qt-интерфейс:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:460(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
msgstr "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
#. bnc#902947
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:464(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:465(title)
msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration"
msgstr "Перенос cifstab из openSUSE до-13.2"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:467(para)
msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
msgstr "Монтирование общих ресурсов cifs при запуске системы через <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> устарело и более не поддерживается. Теперь это обеспечивается общим <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:473(para)
msgid "The migration process requires two steps:"
msgstr "Для переноса требуется выполнить два шага:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:478(para)
msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr "Добавьте все ваши точки монтирования из <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> в <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:485(para)
msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr "Добавьте <literal>0 0</literal> в конец каждой новой строки точки монтирования cifs в <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:492(para)
msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
msgstr "Больше сведений и примеров приведено в файле <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> установленной системы."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(title)
msgid "Removing openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper After Upgrade"
msgstr "Удаление обоев openSUSE 13.1 KDE после обновления"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:501(para)
msgid "If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, remove it from the user cache manually:"
msgstr "Если обои openSUSE 13.1 KDE всё равно появляются после обновления системы, удалите их из пользовательского кэша вручную:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:506(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
msgstr "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:509(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:510(title)
msgid "MATE Desktop official integration"
msgstr "Официальная интеграция рабочего стола MATE"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:512(para)
msgid "The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and other Unix-like operating systems."
msgstr "Последний стабильный выпуск рабочего стола MATE 1.8.1 теперь официально доступен в openSUSE 13.2. Он предоставляет интуитивную и привлекательную среду рабочего стола, использующую традиционные метафоры для Linux и других Unix-подобных операционных систем."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:518(para)
msgid "The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
msgstr "Целью openSUSE является предоставление того же способа взаимодействия для пользователей, какой они имели при использовании GNOME в openSUSE 11.4, с главным меню и темой Sonar."
#. bnc#901013
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:525(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(title)
msgid "Slow Start-up in GNOME"
msgstr "Медленный запуск в GNOME"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:527(para)
msgid "GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable the GNOME autologin feature."
msgstr "Автоматический вход в GNOME может привести к замедлению процесса запуска. Возможно, возникает состояние гонки между службами с некорректно указанными взаимными зависимостями. До выхода обновления с исправлением временно отключите возможность автоматического входа в GNOME."
#. bnc#850058
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:563(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(title)
msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings"
msgstr "AppArmor и права доступа"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:565(para)
msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:"
msgstr "AppArmor включён по умолчанию. Это повышает уровень безопасности, но может помешать работе нестандартно запускаемых служб. Если у вас возникают странные проблемы с правами доступа, попробуйте переключить профиль AppArmor для этой службы в щадящий режим:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service"
msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$ваша_служба"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow."
msgstr "Щадящий режим означает: разрешить всё, но вести журнал действий, которые запрещены профилем."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:570(para)
msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases."
msgstr "Создайте сообщение об ошибке, если это поможет: мы хотим исправить профили AppArmor, чтобы они покрывали также и крайние случаи."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:603(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Разное"
#. bnc#903243
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:607(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(title)
msgid "YaST (Qt GUI): \"Service Manager\" Icon Appears Twice"
msgstr "YaST (Qt GUI): Значок «Управление службами» появляется дважды"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:609(para)
msgid "In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in the desktop files."
msgstr "В разделе <guimenu>Система</guimenu> YaST (Qt GUI) значок <guimenu>Управление службами</guimenu> появляется дважды. Это ошибка в Qt-версии Центра управления YaST, не учитывающей флаг <quote>hidden</quote> в desktop-файлах."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:615(para)
msgid "This will get fixed with the next YaST online update."
msgstr "Это будет исправлено в следующем обновлении YaST."
#. bnc#809347
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:624(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:625(title)
msgid "More Information and Feedback"
msgstr "Дополнительные сведения и обратная связь"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:628(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:629(para)
msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs."
msgstr "Читать файлы README на CD."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(para)
msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr "Получить подробный журнал изменений конкретного пакета с помощью RPM:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm"
msgstr "rpm --changelog -qp <ИМЯ_ФАЙЛА>.rpm"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:634(para)
msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM."
msgstr "<ИМЯ_ФАЙЛА>. — это имя пакета RPM."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:637(para)
msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
msgstr "Хронологический журнал всех изменений в обновлённых пакетах приведён в файле <filename>ChangeLog</filename> на верхнем уровне DVD."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:641(para)
msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
msgstr "Больше сведений вы найдёте в каталоге <filename>docu</filename> на DVD."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:644(para)
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation."
msgstr "Дополнительная и обновлённая документация на сайте <ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:649(para)
msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE."
msgstr "Последние новости от openSUSE на сайте <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:654(para)
msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
msgstr "Авторские права © 2014 SUSE LLC"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:655(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE."
msgstr "Спасибо за использование openSUSE."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:657(para)
msgid "The openSUSE Team."
msgstr "Команда openSUSE."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
28 Dec '14
Author: embar
Date: 2014-12-28 18:15:09 +0100 (Sun, 28 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90905
Modified:
trunk/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po
trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po
trunk/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po
trunk/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po
trunk/yast/lt/po/s390.lt.po
trunk/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po
trunk/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po
Log:
Lithuanian translation update
Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/…
[View More]lt/po/base.lt.po 2014-12-21 00:16:01 UTC (rev 90904)
+++ trunk/yast/lt/po/base.lt.po 2014-12-28 17:15:09 UTC (rev 90905)
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: base.lt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-17 07:08+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 18:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n"
"Language: lt\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%"
+"10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question
#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system.
@@ -30,6 +31,9 @@
"may be overridden by Chef later.\n"
"Continue configuration with YaST?"
msgstr ""
+"Chef klientas paleistas. Atliktus pakeitimus\n"
+"vėliau gali perrašyti Chef.\n"
+"Tęsti konfigūravimą su YaST?"
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:55
@@ -236,13 +240,21 @@
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "Trūksta rinkmenos pavadinimo („xmlfile“ parinktis). Naudokite xmlfile=<target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį."
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
+"command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"Trūksta rinkmenos pavadinimo („xmlfile“ parinktis). Naudokite xmlfile=<"
+"target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "Paskirties rinkmenos pavadinimas („xmlfile“ parinktis) nenurodytas. Naudokite xmlfile=<target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį."
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
+"command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"Paskirties rinkmenos pavadinimas („xmlfile“ parinktis) nenurodytas. Naudokite "
+"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> komandinės eilutės parinktį."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
@@ -458,6 +470,15 @@
"\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
+"Konfigūracija neleis jums paleisti šio produkto šioje sistemoje.\n"
+"Pabandę paleisti sistemą galite patekti į\n"
+"į nemalonią situaciją.\n"
+" \n"
+"Sistema neišpildo tokių reikalavimų:\n"
+" \n"
+"%1\n"
+"\n"
+"%2"
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
@@ -627,7 +648,8 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP palaikymas</big></b><br>\n"
-"Norėdami išsaugoti nuostatas į LDAP, o ne vietinėse konfigūracijos rinkmenose,\n"
+"Norėdami išsaugoti nuostatas į LDAP, o ne vietinėse konfigūracijos "
+"rinkmenose,\n"
"rinkitės <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
@@ -768,7 +790,8 @@
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Egzistuojančio TSIG rakto pridėjimas</b></big><br>\n"
-"Norėdami įtraukti jau sukurtą TSIG raktą, rinkitės rinkmenos, kurioje yra raktas,\n"
+"Norėdami įtraukti jau sukurtą TSIG raktą, rinkitės rinkmenos, kurioje yra "
+"raktas,\n"
"<b>pavadinimą</b> ir spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
@@ -780,7 +803,8 @@
"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Naujo TSIG rakto kūrimas</b></big><br>\n"
-"Norėdami sukurti naują TSIG raktą, nurodykite <b>rinkmenos</b>, kurioje bus sukurtas raktas,\n"
+"Norėdami sukurti naują TSIG raktą, nurodykite <b>rinkmenos</b>, kurioje bus "
+"sukurtas raktas,\n"
"pavadinimą ir <b>Rakto ID</b> rakto identifikavimui, tada spauskite\n"
"<b>Generuoti</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -795,7 +819,8 @@
"in the configuration first.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG rakto šalinimas</b></big><br>\n"
-"Norėdami pašalinti sukonfigūruotą TSIG raktą, pasirinkite jį ir spauskite <b>Šalinti</b>.\n"
+"Norėdami pašalinti sukonfigūruotą TSIG raktą, pasirinkite jį ir spauskite <b>"
+"Šalinti</b>.\n"
"Ištrinami visi toje pačioje rinkmenoje esantys raktai.\n"
"Jei TSIG raktas naudojamas serverio konfigūracijoje,\n"
"jo ištrinti nebus negalima. Pirmiausia turite sustabdyti serverį\n"
@@ -893,7 +918,8 @@
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Norėdami pridėti naują parametrą, spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>. Norėdami pašalinti\n"
+"<p>Norėdami pridėti naują parametrą, spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>. Norėdami "
+"pašalinti\n"
"parametrą, pažymėkite jį ir spauskite <b>Pašalinti</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
@@ -971,14 +997,23 @@
"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>1) <b>Pagrindai</b><br>\n"
-"Po dialogo elementus vaikščiokite su <TAB> ėjimui prie kito elemento ir [LYG2/SHIFT] (arba [ALT]) + [TAB] ėjimui atgal.\n"
+"Po dialogo elementus vaikščiokite su <TAB> ėjimui prie kito elemento ir "
+"[LYG2/SHIFT] (arba [ALT]) + [TAB] ėjimui atgal.\n"
"Pasirinkite arba aktyvuokite elementus su [TARPU] arba [ĮVESTI/ENTER].\n"
"Kai kurie elementai naudoja rodyklinius klavišus (pvz., slinkimui sąraše).</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
-msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
+"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration "
+"items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.<"
+"/p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Judėti galite ir klaviatūros krypčių klavišais. Norėdami atverti ar "
+"užverti šaką, spauskite [TARPĄ]. Kairėje esančius medį turinčius "
+"konfigūracijos modulius (gali atrodyti kaip sąrašas) išskleisite dešinėje "
+"pusėje nuspaudę [ĮVESTIES] klavišą.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
@@ -1008,9 +1043,11 @@
"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>2) <i>Klavišų paspaudimų pakaitalai</i><br>\n"
-"<p>Kadangi aplinka veikia klaviatūros naudojimą, yra daugiaunei vienas metodas vaikščioti po dialogus.\n"
+"<p>Kadangi aplinka veikia klaviatūros naudojimą, yra daugiaunei vienas "
+"metodas vaikščioti po dialogus.\n"
"Jei [TAB] ir [LYG2/SHIFT] (arba [ALT] + [TAB] neveikia,\n"
-"žymeklį į priekį stumkite su [VALD/CTRL] + [F] ir atgal su [VALD/CTRL] + [B].</p>"
+"žymeklį į priekį stumkite su [VALD/CTRL] + [F] ir atgal su [VALD/CTRL] + "
+"[B].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357
@@ -1027,10 +1064,12 @@
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
+"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>Funkciniai klavišai</i><br>\n"
-"F klavišai leidžia greitai pasiekti pagrindines funkcijas. Šio dialogo funkciniai klavišai rodomi viršuje.</p>"
+"F klavišai leidžia greitai pasiekti pagrindines funkcijas. Šio dialogo "
+"funkciniai klavišai rodomi viršuje.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
@@ -1495,16 +1534,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Updating system configuration..."
-msgstr "Atnaujinama konfigūracija..."
+msgstr "Atnaujinama sistemos konfigūracija..."
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This may take a while"
msgid "This may take a while."
-msgstr "Tai gali truputį užtrukti"
+msgstr "Tai gali truputį užtrukti."
#. Get information about the OS release
#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
@@ -1513,10 +1550,9 @@
#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
#. @return [String] the release information
#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Specified profile not found."
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
-msgstr "Pasirinktas profilis nerastas."
+msgstr "Pasirinktas failas %{file} nerastas."
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833
@@ -1824,12 +1860,14 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
+"information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Naujo GPG rakto sukūrimas</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> paleista, žiūrėkite <tt>gpg</tt> vadovo puslapius, kur rasite\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> paleista, žiūrėkite <tt>gpg</tt> vadovo puslapius, kur "
+"rasite\n"
"daugiau informacijos. Norėdami atšaukti, spauskite Vald(Ctrl)+C.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1872,7 +1910,8 @@
"the field below.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Rodoma registracija</big></b><br>\n"
-"Jei norite nukreipti registraciją į ekraną, rinkitės <b>Registraciją</b>. Ji bus\n"
+"Jei norite nukreipti registraciją į ekraną, rinkitės <b>Registraciją</b>. Ji "
+"bus\n"
"rodoma žemiau esančiame laukelyje.</p>\n"
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2
@@ -1892,7 +1931,8 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Norėdami atlikti papildomus veiksmus arba išsaugoti registraciją rinkmenoje, spauskite<b>%1</b>\n"
+"Norėdami atlikti papildomus veiksmus arba išsaugoti registraciją rinkmenoje, "
+"spauskite<b>%1</b>\n"
"ir rinkitės veiksmą.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -1914,7 +1954,8 @@
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Norėdami išsaugoti registraciją rinkmenoje, spauskite <b>Išsaugoti registraciją</b> ir\n"
+"Norėdami išsaugoti registraciją rinkmenoje, spauskite <b>Išsaugoti "
+"registraciją</b> ir\n"
"pasirinkite tam tikslui rinkmeną.</p>\n"
#. menu button
@@ -2103,7 +2144,8 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Užkardos nuostatos</big></b><br>\n"
-"Norėdami atverti užkardą ir leisti nutolusiems kompiuteriams pasiekti paslaugą,\n"
+"Norėdami atverti užkardą ir leisti nutolusiems kompiuteriams pasiekti "
+"paslaugą,\n"
"naudokite <b>%1</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
@@ -2602,16 +2644,17 @@
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
#. @return true if network running
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc"
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
"or continue without network."
-msgstr "Iš naujo paleiskite diegyklę ir tinklą konfigūruokite su Linuxrc"
+msgstr ""
+"Nerasta paleistų tinklo paslaugų.\n"
+"Iš naujo paleiskite diegyklę ir tinklą konfigūruokite su Linuxrc\n"
+"arba tęskite nesinaudodami tinklu."
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
#| "and start this module again"
@@ -2621,8 +2664,10 @@
"and start this module again\n"
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
+"Nerasta paleistų tinklo paslaugų.\n"
"Tinklą sukonfigūruokite su YaST arba Network Manager\n"
-"ir modulį paleiskite iš naujo"
+"ir modulį paleiskite iš naujo\n"
+"arba tęskite nesinaudodami tinklu."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
@@ -2631,7 +2676,8 @@
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Prievado pavadinimas gali būti sudarytas iš simbolių „a-z“, „A-Z“, „0-9“, ir „*+._-“.\n"
+"Prievado pavadinimas gali būti sudarytas iš simbolių „a-z“, „A-Z“, „0-9“, ir "
+"„*+._-“.\n"
"Prievado numeris gali būti tarp 0 ir 65535.\n"
"Tarpai neleidžiami.\n"
@@ -2774,12 +2820,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr "Rastas naujas tinklo įrenginys „%1“; įtrauktas kaip vidinė užkardos sąsaja"
+msgstr ""
+"Rastas naujas tinklo įrenginys „%1“; įtrauktas kaip vidinė užkardos sąsaja"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr "Rastas naujas tinklo įrenginys „%1“; įtrauktas kaip išorinė užkardos sąsaja"
+msgstr ""
+"Rastas naujas tinklo įrenginys „%1“; įtrauktas kaip išorinė užkardos sąsaja"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
@@ -2789,58 +2837,88 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
-msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Užkarda įgalinta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uždrausti</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
+"disable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Užkarda įgalinta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
+"uždrausti</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
-msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Užkarda uždrausta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">įgalinti</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
+"enable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Užkarda uždrausta (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">"
+"įgalinti</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
-msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH prievadas atvertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">užverti</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"SSH prievadas atvertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">"
+"užverti</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
-msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH prievadas užblokuotas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">atverti</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"SSH prievadas užblokuotas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">"
+"atverti</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
+"but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"SSH prievadas atvertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">užverti</a>), \n"
+"SSH prievadas atvertas (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">"
+"užverti</a>), \n"
"bet nėra sukonfigūruotų tinklo sąsajų"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
-msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on "
+"the firewall."
msgstr "Jūs diegiate sistemą per SSH, bet užkardoje neatidarėte SSH prievado."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
-msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "Nuotolinio administravimo (VNC) prievadai atverti (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">užverti</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a "
+"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Nuotolinio administravimo (VNC) prievadai atverti (<a "
+"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">užverti</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
-msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "Nuotolinio administravimo (VNC) prievadai užblokuoti (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">atverti</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a "
+"href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Nuotolinio administravimo (VNC) prievadai užblokuoti (<a "
+"href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">atverti</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
-msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "Jūs diegiate sistemą naudodami nuotolinį valdymą (VNC), bet užkardoje neatidarėte VNC prievadų."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
+"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"Jūs diegiate sistemą naudodami nuotolinį valdymą (VNC), bet užkardoje "
+"neatidarėte VNC prievadų."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
@@ -2854,8 +2932,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
-msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "Jūs diegiate sistemą per iSCSI paskirtį, bet užkardoje neatidarėte reikiamų prievadų."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
+"needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"Jūs diegiate sistemą per iSCSI paskirtį, bet užkardoje neatidarėte reikiamų "
+"prievadų."
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
@@ -3030,13 +3112,15 @@
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
"Paketo klaidų nepaisymas gali sugadinti sistemą.\n"
-"Vėliau derėtų patikrinti sistemą paleidus „Programinės įrangos tvarkyklės“ modulį."
+"Vėliau derėtų patikrinti sistemą paleidus „Programinės įrangos tvarkyklės“ "
+"modulį."
#. error report
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
+"changed. To \n"
"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -3557,15 +3641,20 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
+"to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
+"the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t Šiame lange galite aprašyti sistemos užduotis ir diegtiną programinę įrangą.\n"
-"\t\t Galimos šios sistemos užduotys ir programinė įranga rodoma kairiajame stulpelyje\n"
-"\t\t pagal kategorijas. Pasirinkite elementą iš sąrašo, norėdami matyti jo aprašą.\n"
+"\t\t Šiame lange galite aprašyti sistemos užduotis ir diegtiną programinę "
+"įrangą.\n"
+"\t\t Galimos šios sistemos užduotys ir programinė įranga rodoma kairiajame "
+"stulpelyje\n"
+"\t\t pagal kategorijas. Pasirinkite elementą iš sąrašo, norėdami matyti jo "
+"aprašą.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
@@ -3590,14 +3679,16 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t Mygtukas <b>Išsamiau</b> atveria išsamų programinės įrangos pasirinkimą,\n"
+"\t\t Mygtukas <b>Išsamiau</b> atveria išsamų programinės įrangos "
+"pasirinkimą,\n"
"\t\t kur galite peržiūrėti ir patys pasirinkti programinės įrangos paketus.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
+"disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3607,7 +3698,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Disko naudojimo ekrano apatiniame dešiniame kampe rodoma laisva vieta,\n"
"\t\t liksianti atlikus visus nurodytus pakeitimus.\n"
-"\t\t Pilni arba beveik pilni standžiojo disko skaidiniai gali žymiai sumažinti\n"
+"\t\t Pilni arba beveik pilni standžiojo disko skaidiniai gali žymiai "
+"sumažinti\n"
"\t\t sistemos našumą, o kai kuriais atvejais netgi kelti rimtų problemų.\n"
"\t\t Sklandžiam sistemos veikimui reikia šiek tiek laisvos vietos.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
@@ -3707,8 +3799,11 @@
msgstr "Grįžti į programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Diegimo ataskaita</B></BIG><BR>Rodoma įdiegtų paketų santrauka.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or "
+"removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Diegimo ataskaita</B></BIG><BR>Rodoma įdiegtų paketų santrauka.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
msgid "Installation Report"
@@ -3739,6 +3834,11 @@
"\n"
"value in the YaST sysconfig editor."
msgstr ""
+"Jei norite vėl išvysti šį dialogą, redaguokite\n"
+"\n"
+"System > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n"
+"\n"
+"reikšmę YaST sistemos konfigūracijos redaktoriuje."
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
@@ -3813,7 +3913,8 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
+"Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
@@ -3895,7 +3996,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Paketas „%1“ iš „%2“ saugyklos\n"
"(%3)\n"
-"yra pasirašytas nurodytu GnuPG raktu, bet tikrinant vientisumą įvyko klaida: %4\n"
+"yra pasirašytas nurodytu GnuPG raktu, bet tikrinant vientisumą įvyko klaida: %"
+"4\n"
"\n"
"Paketas atsitiktinai arba piktybiškai buvo pakeistas\n"
"po to, kai saugyklos kūrėjas jį pasirašė. Jo įdiegimas – didžiulis pavojus\n"
@@ -3918,7 +4020,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Rinkmena „%1“ iš „%2“ saugyklos\n"
"(%3)\n"
-"yra pasirašyta nurodytu GnuPG raktu, bet tikrinant vientisumą įvyko klaida: %4\n"
+"yra pasirašyta nurodytu GnuPG raktu, bet tikrinant vientisumą įvyko klaida: %"
+"4\n"
"\n"
"Rinkmena atsitiktinai arba piktybiškai buvo pakeista\n"
"po to, kai saugyklos kūrėjas ją pasirašė. Jos įdiegimas – didžiulis pavojus\n"
@@ -4054,7 +4157,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
+"used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Įspėjantis pranešimas pasirodo kaskart, kai paketas nėra\n"
"pasirašytas patikimu (importuotu) raktu. Jei nepasitikite raktu,\n"
@@ -4136,7 +4240,8 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
+"risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4194,8 +4299,15 @@
msgstr "<p>Diegiami paketai.</p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
-msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>Diegimo nutraukimas</B> Paketų diegimas gali būti nutrauktas nuspaudus <B>Nutraukti</B>. Tačiau jei bus neįdiegti pagrindiniai sistemos komponentai, sistema gali būti nevientisa ar nestabili, arba gali nepasileisti.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the "
+"<B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or "
+"unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
+"installed.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>Diegimo nutraukimas</B> Paketų diegimas gali būti nutrauktas nuspaudus "
+"<B>Nutraukti</B>. Tačiau jei bus neįdiegti pagrindiniai sistemos komponentai, "
+"sistema gali būti nevientisa ar nestabili, arba gali nepasileisti.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
@@ -4214,7 +4326,6 @@
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Perform Update"
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Atnaujinti"
@@ -4913,7 +5024,8 @@
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Tinkamas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas sudarytas iš raidžių, skaičių ir brūkšnelių.\n"
+"Tinkamas pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas sudarytas iš raidžių, skaičių ir "
+"brūkšnelių.\n"
"Pagrindinio kompiuterio vardas negali prasidėti ar baigtis brūkšniu.\n"
#. Translators: dot: "."
@@ -4953,7 +5065,8 @@
"Pavyzdžiai:\n"
"IP: 192.168.0.1 arba 2001:db8:0::1\n"
"IP/Tinklo kaukė: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 arba 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
-"IP/Tinklo kaukė_Bitai: 192.168.0.0/24 arba 192.168.0.1/32 arba 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
+"IP/Tinklo kaukė_Bitai: 192.168.0.0/24 arba 192.168.0.1/32 arba "
+"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:144
@@ -5726,11 +5839,13 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
+"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"Atvirkštinis IPv4 adresas %1 yra netinkamas.\n"
"\n"
-"Tinkamas atvirkštinis IPv4 susideda iš 4 sveikųjų skaičių iš 0-255 intervalo,\n"
+"Tinkamas atvirkštinis IPv4 susideda iš 4 sveikųjų skaičių iš 0-255 "
+"intervalo,\n"
"atskirtų taškais, ir pridedamo kodo „.in-addr.arpa.“.\n"
"Pavyzdžiui, „1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.“ IPv4 „192.168.32.1“ adresui.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2014-12-21 00:16:01 UTC (rev 90904)
+++ trunk/yast/lt/po/control.lt.po 2014-12-28 17:15:09 UTC (rev 90905)
@@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-20 23:20+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 18:35+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n"
"Language: lt\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%"
+"10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
"Nuspaudę <b>Užbaigti</b>, jūs galėsite prisijungti prie sistemos.</p>\n"
"<p>Aplankykite mus %1.</p>\n"
"<p>Linkime daug džiugių akimirkų!<br>Jūsų SUSE tobulinimo komanda</p>\n"
-"\t "
+" "
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
msgid ""
@@ -70,7 +70,8 @@
"openSUSE leidžia pasirinkti darbalaukio aplinką. Dažniausiai naudojamos\n"
"darbalaukio aplinkos – GNOME ir KDE – openSUSE jas abi palaiko vienodai.\n"
"Abejomis darbalaukio aplinkomis lengva naudotis,\n"
-"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena darbalaukio\n"
+"jos yra gana vientisos ir turi patraukią išvaizdą ir jauseną. Kiekviena "
+"darbalaukio\n"
"aplinka turi savitą stilių, taigi tik nuo jūsų skonio priklauso, kuris\n"
"darbalaukis jums geriausiai tiktų."
@@ -135,10 +136,9 @@
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
-msgstr "Įkelti Linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją"
+msgstr "Įkelti linuxrc tinklo konfigūraciją"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po 2014-12-21 00:16:01 UTC (rev 90904)
+++ trunk/yast/lt/po/country.lt.po 2014-12-28 17:15:09 UTC (rev 90905)
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@
# Jonas Gocentas <linuxjonas(a)unitedlinux.lt>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003.
# Linas Spraunius <linas(a)operis.org>, 2003, 2004.
# Andrius Štikonas <stikonas(a)gmail.com>, 2006.
-# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013.
+# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.lt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-04 13:23+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 19:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n"
"Language: lt\n"
@@ -18,7 +18,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%"
+"10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:58
@@ -53,8 +54,11 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179
-msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr "Klaviatūros išdėstymas „%1“ yra netinkamas. Norėdami matyti visas galimas reikšmes, naudokite komandą „list“."
+msgid ""
+"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr ""
+"Klaviatūros išdėstymas „%1“ yra netinkamas. Norėdami matyti visas galimas "
+"reikšmes, naudokite komandą „list“."
#. summary item
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
@@ -87,10 +91,13 @@
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\n"
-msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Čia parinktos nuostatos taikomos tik konsolės klaviatūrai. Grafinei naudotojo sąsajai skirtą klaviatūrą konfigūruokite kitu įrankiu, pvz., SaX.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
+"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Čia parinktos nuostatos taikomos tik konsolės klaviatūrai. Grafinei "
+"naudotojo sąsajai skirtą klaviatūrą konfigūruokite kitu įrankiu.</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -171,14 +178,16 @@
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
+"Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Pasirinkite <b>klaviatūros išdėstymą</b>, kurį naudosite\n"
"diegimo metu ir įdiegtoje sistemoje.\n"
"Išmėginkite klaviatūros išdėstymą su <b>Bandymu</b>.\n"
-"Sudėtingesnėms parinktims, pvz., kartojimo dažnį, rinkitės <b>Nuostatas ekspertams</b>.\n"
+"Sudėtingesnėms parinktims, pvz., kartojimo dažnį, rinkitės <b>Nuostatas "
+"ekspertams</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -197,13 +206,17 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
+"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
+"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Pasirinkite <b>klaviatūros išdėstymą</b>, kurį naudosite sistemoje.\n"
-"Sudėtingesnėms parinktims, pvz., kartojimo dažniui ir uždelsimui, nurodyti, rinkitės <b>Nuostatas ekspertams</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Daugiau parinkčių bei išdėstymų rasite savo darbalaukio aplinkos nuostatose.</p>\n"
+"Sudėtingesnėms parinktims, pvz., kartojimo dažniui ir uždelsimui, nurodyti, "
+"rinkitės <b>Nuostatas ekspertams</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Daugiau parinkčių bei išdėstymų rasite savo darbalaukio aplinkos "
+"nuostatose.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -336,8 +349,11 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:303
-msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr "%1 nėra tinkama kalba. Norėdami matyti visas prieinamas reikšmes, naudokite komandą „list“."
+msgid ""
+"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr ""
+"%1 nėra tinkama kalba. Norėdami matyti visas prieinamas reikšmes, naudokite "
+"komandą „list“."
#. label text
#. heading text
@@ -383,11 +399,13 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
+"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Bus įdiegti papildomi paketai, skirti pasirinktai pagrindinei ir antrinėms kalboms. Paketų nebereikės pašalinti.\n"
+"Bus įdiegti papildomi paketai, skirti pasirinktai pagrindinei ir antrinėms "
+"kalboms. Paketų nebereikės pašalinti.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
@@ -467,13 +485,19 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
+"primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the "
+"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to "
+"the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Norėdami pakeisti klaviatūros išdėstymą pagal pagrindinę kalbą, pažymėkite <b>pritaikyti klaviatūros išdėstymą</b>.\n"
-"Norėdami pagal pagrindinę kalbą pritaikyti dabartinę laiko juostą, pažymėkite <b>pritaikyti laiko juostą</b>. Jei klaviatūros išdėstymas ar laiko juosta jau pritaikyta prie pagrindinės kalbos, atitinkama parinktis yra negalima.\n"
+"Norėdami pakeisti klaviatūros išdėstymą pagal pagrindinę kalbą, pažymėkite <b>"
+"pritaikyti klaviatūros išdėstymą</b>.\n"
+"Norėdami pagal pagrindinę kalbą pritaikyti dabartinę laiko juostą, pažymėkite "
+"<b>pritaikyti laiko juostą</b>. Jei klaviatūros išdėstymas ar laiko juosta "
+"jau pritaikyta prie pagrindinės kalbos, atitinkama parinktis yra negalima.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
@@ -486,7 +510,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Antrinės kalbos</b><br>\n"
-"Pasirinkimo langelyje pažymėkite papildomas kalbas, kurias norėsite naudoti savo sistemoje.\n"
+"Pasirinkimo langelyje pažymėkite papildomas kalbas, kurias norėsite naudoti "
+"savo sistemoje.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. error message - package solver failed
@@ -532,22 +557,31 @@
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
+"values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tik ctype</b>: root turi tokį pat LC_CTYPE kaip ir paprastas naudotojas. Kitos reikšmės\n"
+"<p><b>Tik ctype</b>: root turi tokį pat LC_CTYPE kaip ir paprastas "
+"naudotojas. Kitos reikšmės\n"
"nenustatytos.<br>\n"
-"<b>Taip:</b> Naudotojas „root“ turi tokias pačias lokalės nuostatas, kaip ir paprastas naudotojas .<br>\n"
+"<b>Taip:</b> Naudotojas „root“ turi tokias pačias lokalės nuostatas, kaip ir "
+"paprastas naudotojas .<br>\n"
"<b>Ne:</b> Naudotojo „root“ visi lokalės kintamieji nenustatyti.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Norėdami nurodyti sąraše nesančią kalbą kaip pagrindinę, rinkitės <b>Sudėtingesnės lokalės nuostatos</b>. Pasirinktai lokalei gali nebūti vertimų.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
+"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
+"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Norėdami nurodyti sąraše nesančią kalbą kaip pagrindinę, rinkitės <b>"
+"Sudėtingesnės lokalės nuostatos</b>. Pasirinktai lokalei gali nebūti "
+"vertimų.</p>"
#. heading text
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
@@ -615,11 +649,13 @@
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
+"appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
"Šioje laikmenoje prieinamas tik minimalus pasirinktos palaikymas.\n"
-"Norėdami išplėsti šios kalbos palaikymą, prie saugyklų pridėkite papildomą kalbų CD\n"
+"Norėdami išplėsti šios kalbos palaikymą, prie saugyklų pridėkite papildomą "
+"kalbų CD\n"
"(angl. „Language add-on CD“).\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
@@ -629,7 +665,8 @@
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
"Pasirinkta kalba negali būti naudojama tekstinėje veiksenoje. Diegimo metu\n"
-"bus naudojama anglų kalba, tačiau naujojoje sistemoje bus jūsų pasirinktoji kalba."
+"bus naudojama anglų kalba, tačiau naujojoje sistemoje bus jūsų pasirinktoji "
+"kalba."
#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
@@ -714,22 +751,27 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock "
+"Set To</b>.\n"
"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
+"time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ties <b>Aparatūros laikrodis nustatytas į</b> nurodykite, ar jūsų kompiuteryje nustatytas vietinis ar pasaulinis laikas.\n"
-"Dauguma AK, kuriuose taip pat yra įdiegta ir kita operacinė sistema (pvz., Microsoft Windows),\n"
+"Ties <b>Aparatūros laikrodis nustatytas į</b> nurodykite, ar jūsų "
+"kompiuteryje nustatytas vietinis ar pasaulinis laikas.\n"
+"Dauguma AK, kuriuose taip pat yra įdiegta ir kita operacinė sistema (pvz., "
+"Microsoft Windows),\n"
"naudoja vietinį laiką.\n"
"Kompiuteriai, kuriuose įdiegtos tik Linux sistemos, paprastai naudoja \n"
"pasaulinį laiką.\n"
-"Jei aparatūros laikrodis nustatytas į pasaulinį, jūsų sistema gali persijungti iš standartinio (žiemos) laiko\n"
+"Jei aparatūros laikrodis nustatytas į pasaulinį, jūsų sistema gali "
+"persijungti iš standartinio (žiemos) laiko\n"
"į vasaros laiką, bei automatiškai vėl jį atstatyti.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -744,7 +786,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Atminkite: vidinis sistemos laikrodis Linux branduolyje yra pasaulinis laikas,\n"
+"Atminkite: vidinis sistemos laikrodis Linux branduolyje yra pasaulinis "
+"laikas,\n"
"kurio atžvilgiu nustatomas teisingas naudotojo vietinis laikas.\n"
"Jei renkatės vietinį laiką, įvertinkite\n"
"to pasekmes, kurios aprašytos žinyne.\n"
@@ -754,11 +797,14 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
+"system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
+"year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
+"backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -766,12 +812,14 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Pasirinkote vietinį laiką, bet panašu, kad kompiuteryje bus tik Linux sistema.\n"
+"Pasirinkote vietinį laiką, bet panašu, kad kompiuteryje bus tik Linux "
+"sistema.\n"
"Tad primygtinai siūlome naudoti pasaulinį laiką spaudžiant „Atšaukti“.\n"
"\n"
"Jei renkatės vietinį laiką, tuomet dukart per metus jums teks\n"
"rankiniu būdu keisti laiką. Jei pamiršite perstatyti laiką,\n"
-"gali sutrikti atsarginių kopijų darymas, pašto sistema gali praleisti laiškus ir pan.\n"
+"gali sutrikti atsarginių kopijų darymas, pašto sistema gali praleisti laiškus "
+"ir pan.\n"
"\n"
"Jei naudosite pasaulinį laiką, Linux automatiškai perstatys laiką.\n"
"\n"
@@ -779,8 +827,12 @@
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sistemoje rodomas dabartinis sistemos laikas ir data. Jei reikia, pakeiskite juos rankiniu būdu arba naudokite tinklo laiko protokolą (NTP).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
+"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Sistemoje rodomas dabartinis sistemos laikas ir data. Jei reikia, "
+"pakeiskite juos rankiniu būdu arba naudokite tinklo laiko protokolą (NTP).</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
@@ -847,10 +899,9 @@
#. button text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgid "Other &Settings..."
-msgstr "Nuostatos &ekspertams..."
+msgstr "&Kitos nuostatos..."
#. frame label
#. frame label
@@ -891,10 +942,9 @@
msgstr "&Laiko juosta"
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Date and Time"
msgid "Date and Time:"
-msgstr "Data ir laikas"
+msgstr "Data ir laikas:"
#. help for timezone screen
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:812
@@ -909,14 +959,17 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>"
+".\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Norėdami pasirinkti sistemoje naudotiną laiko juostą, pirmiausia pasirinkite <b>regioną</b>.\n"
-"Skydelyje <b>Laiko juosta</b> pasirinkite atitinkamą laiko juostą, šalį arba \n"
+"Norėdami pasirinkti sistemoje naudotiną laiko juostą, pirmiausia pasirinkite "
+"<b>regioną</b>.\n"
+"Skydelyje <b>Laiko juosta</b> pasirinkite atitinkamą laiko juostą, šalį arba "
+"\n"
"regioną.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -928,7 +981,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Jei dabartinis laikas nėra teisingas ir norite jį pataisyti, spauskite <b>Keisti</b>.\n"
+"Jei dabartinis laikas nėra teisingas ir norite jį pataisyti, spauskite <b>"
+"Keisti</b>.\n"
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po 2014-12-21 00:16:01 UTC (rev 90904)
+++ trunk/yast/lt/po/installation.lt.po 2014-12-28 17:15:09 UTC (rev 90905)
@@ -6,13 +6,13 @@
# Linas Spraunius <linas(a)operis.org>, 2003, 2004, 2005.
# Jonas Gocentas <linuxjonas(a)unitedlinux.lt>, 2003.
# Andrius Štikonas <stikonas(a)gmail.com>, 2006, 2007.
-# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013.
+# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.lt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-15 14:36+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 18:55+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n"
"Language: lt\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%"
+"10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
#. this is a heading
#: doc/proposal/dummy_proposal.rb:61
@@ -35,56 +36,63 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/clone_finish.rb:47
msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kuriamas AutoYaST profilis (pagal poreikį)..."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
+"profile.\n"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
+"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
+"option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>"
+"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Naudokite <b>Klonavimą</b> norėdami sukurti AutoYaST profilį.\n"
+"<p><b>Sistemos nuostatos</b> leidžia sukurti AutoYaST profilį.\n"
"AutoYaST yra SUSE Linux diegimo būdas be naudotojo įsikišimo. AutoYaST\n"
-"diegimui reikia profilio, kuriame nurodoma, kaip įdiegti sistemą. Pasirinkus šią\n"
-"parinktį, esamos sistemos profilis bus įrašytas <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"diegimui reikia profilio, kuriame nurodoma, kaip įdiegti sistemą. Pasirinkus "
+"šią\n"
+"parinktį, esamos sistemos profilis bus įrašytas <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.<"
+"/p>"
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Writing the system configuration..."
msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Įrašoma sistemos konfigūracija..."
+msgstr "Klonuojamos sistemos konfigūracija..."
#. this is a menu entry
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:70
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Pralei&sti konfigūravimą"
+msgstr "&Klonuojamos sistemos konfigūracija..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+msgid ""
+"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">"
+"do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
+"AutoYaST profilis bus įrašytas į /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">"
+"neįrašyti</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107
msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "AutoYaST profilis nebus įrašytas (<a href=\"%1\">įrašyti</a>)."
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "AutoYaST profilį rašyti į /root/autoinst.xml"
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
@@ -119,8 +127,12 @@
msgstr "Diegimas iš atvaizdžių"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
-msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
-msgstr "Galite pasirinkti naudoti Novell paruoštus atvaizdžius, taip pagreitinsite RPM diegimą."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Galite pasirinkti naudoti Novell paruoštus atvaizdžius, taip pagreitinsite "
+"RPM diegimą."
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
msgid "&Install from Images"
@@ -131,8 +143,12 @@
msgstr "&Nediegti iš atvaizdžių"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
-msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
-msgstr "Pasirinktų atvaizdžių išskleidimas – tam reikia nurodyti URL kaip diegimo šaltinį"
+msgid ""
+"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
+"source"
+msgstr ""
+"Pasirinktų atvaizdžių išskleidimas – tam reikia nurodyti URL kaip diegimo "
+"šaltinį"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
@@ -140,12 +156,19 @@
msgstr "Čia galite sukurti pasirinktus atvaizdžius.\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
-msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
-msgstr "Prieš kuriant atvaizdį, reikia sukonfigūruoti programinės įrangos pasirinkimą"
+msgid ""
+"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
+"image here"
+msgstr ""
+"Prieš kuriant atvaizdį, reikia sukonfigūruoti programinės įrangos pasirinkimą"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
-msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
-msgstr "Sukurti atvaizdžio rinkmeną (AutoYaST paims ją iš nurodytos vietos diegimo metu)"
+msgid ""
+"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
+"installation)"
+msgstr ""
+"Sukurti atvaizdžio rinkmeną (AutoYaST paims ją iš nurodytos vietos diegimo "
+"metu)"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
msgid "Create Image"
@@ -169,7 +192,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
+"the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Diegimas iš atvaizdžių</b> vyksta greičiausiai. \n"
@@ -180,14 +204,20 @@
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
+"dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
+"already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal "
+"auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Savų atvaizdžių kūrimą</b> naudokite, kai\n"
-"norite praleisti visiškai pažingsninį RPM diegimą. AutoYaST standžiajame diske\n"
-"įrašys atvaizdį, kuris yra greitesnis ir gali būti iš anksto sukonfigūruotas.\n"
-"Visa kita, išskyrus RPM diegimą, atliekama kaip ir įprasto automatinio diegimo metu.</p>"
+"norite praleisti visiškai pažingsninį RPM diegimą. AutoYaST standžiajame "
+"diske\n"
+"įrašys atvaizdį, kuris yra greitesnis ir gali būti iš anksto "
+"sukonfigūruotas.\n"
+"Visa kita, išskyrus RPM diegimą, atliekama kaip ir įprasto automatinio "
+"diegimo metu.</p>"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
@@ -196,10 +226,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
+"originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Atminkite, kad diegiant iš atvaizdžio laiko žymės neatitiks diegimo datos,\n"
+"<p>Atminkite, kad diegiant iš atvaizdžio laiko žymės neatitiks diegimo "
+"datos,\n"
"bet atitiks atvaizdžio sukūrimo datą.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -321,7 +353,7 @@
#. heading text
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:86
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kalba, klaviatūra ir licencija"
#. combo box label
#. combobox
@@ -363,7 +395,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pasirinkite <b>kalbą<b> ir <b>klaviatūros išdėstymą</b>, naudosimus diegimo metu \n"
+"Pasirinkite <b>kalbą<b> ir <b>klaviatūros išdėstymą</b>, naudosimus diegimo "
+"metu \n"
"ir įdiegtoje sistemoje.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -373,12 +406,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
+"translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Diegimas tęsis tik sutikus su licencija.\n"
-"Pasirinkite <b>Licencijos vertimai...</b> norėdami matyti licenciją kitomis prieinamomis kalbomis.\n"
+"Pasirinkite <b>Licencijos vertimai...</b> norėdami matyti licenciją kitomis "
+"prieinamomis kalbomis.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
@@ -427,14 +462,13 @@
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230
#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release Notes"
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "Pastabos šiai versijai"
+msgstr "&Pastabos šiai versijai"
#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Prieš diegdami produktą, turite sutikti su jo licencijos sąlygomis"
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
@@ -483,7 +517,8 @@
#. congratulation text 4/4
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Linkime daug džiugių akimirkų!<br>Jūsų SuSE programavimo komanda</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Linkime daug džiugių akimirkų!<br>Jūsų SuSE programavimo komanda</p>"
#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:197
@@ -514,14 +549,19 @@
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
+"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
+"option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>"
+"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Naudokite <b>Klonavimą</b> norėdami sukurti AutoYaST profilį.\n"
"AutoYaST yra SUSE Linux diegimo būdas be naudotojo įsikišimo. AutoYaST\n"
-"diegimui reikia profilio, kuriame nurodoma, kaip įdiegti sistemą. Pasirinkus šią\n"
-"parinktį, esamos sistemos profilis bus įrašytas <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"diegimui reikia profilio, kuriame nurodoma, kaip įdiegti sistemą. Pasirinkus "
+"šią\n"
+"parinktį, esamos sistemos profilis bus įrašytas <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.<"
+"/p>"
#. Dialog busy message
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
@@ -533,8 +573,10 @@
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
-msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Norint dubliuoti esamą sistemą, turi būti įdiegtas paketas <b>%1</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Norint dubliuoti esamą sistemą, turi būti įdiegtas paketas <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -574,10 +616,12 @@
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
+"packages."
msgstr ""
"Derinimas buvo įjungtas.\n"
-"YaST atvers programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę, kad galėtumėte patikrinti esamų paketų būseną."
+"YaST atvers programinės įrangos tvarkytuvę, kad galėtumėte patikrinti esamų "
+"paketų būseną."
#. unknown image
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
@@ -600,23 +644,28 @@
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pasirinkite diską, kuriame norite išpakuoti atvaizdį."
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bus ištrinti visi to disko duomenys!!! "
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Naudotinas &diskas"
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
-msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgid ""
+"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
+"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
+"Pasirinkite diską, kuriame norite išskleisti sistemos atvaizdį. Visi diske "
+"esantys duomenys bus ištrinti, o diskas bus suskaidytas pagal atvaizdyje "
+"aprašytas taisykles. "
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Standusis diskas atvaizdžio išskleidimui"
#. popup label
#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
@@ -645,10 +694,9 @@
msgstr "Konfigūruot &iSCSIi diskus"
#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
-msgstr "Išsaugoma tinklo konfigūracija..."
+msgstr "Keisti &tinklo konfigūraciją..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
@@ -686,7 +734,8 @@
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
-msgstr "Paketų atnaujinimų rasta šiose papildomose programinės įrangos saugyklose:"
+msgstr ""
+"Paketų atnaujinimų rasta šiose papildomose programinės įrangos saugyklose:"
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
@@ -791,10 +840,9 @@
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Mode"
msgid "Installation Options"
-msgstr "Diegimo būdas"
+msgstr "Diegimo parinktys"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#. dialog caption
@@ -815,14 +863,11 @@
#. help text for installation method
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:201
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><big><b>Installation Mode</b></big><br>\n"
#| "Select what to do:</p>"
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Diegimo būdas</b></big><br>\n"
-"Rinkitės, ką daryti:</p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>Diegimo parinktys</b></big><br>"
#. help text for installation option
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
@@ -832,24 +877,31 @@
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Norėdami naudoti internetines programinės įrangos saugyklas diegimo ar atnaujinimo metu, pasirinkite\n"
+"Norėdami naudoti internetines programinės įrangos saugyklas diegimo ar "
+"atnaujinimo metu, pasirinkite\n"
"<b>Prieš diegimą pridėti nuotolines saugyklas</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
+"select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Norėdami įdiegti papildomą produktą iš atskiros laikmenos kartu su &product;, pasirinkite\n"
+"Norėdami įdiegti papildomą produktą iš atskiros laikmenos kartu su &product;, "
+"pasirinkite\n"
"<b>Pridėti papildomus produktus iš atskiros laikmenos</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
-msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia specialių aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>"
+"http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia "
+"specialių aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių.</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -905,10 +957,12 @@
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
+"configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Sukonfigūruotas tinklas reikalingas priėjimui prie nuotolinių saugyklų\n"
-"ar papildomų produktų. Jei nenaudojate nuotolinių saugyklų, galite praleisti konfigūravimą.</p>\n"
+"ar papildomų produktų. Jei nenaudojate nuotolinių saugyklų, galite praleisti "
+"konfigūravimą.</p>\n"
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
@@ -922,25 +976,33 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number "
+"\n"
"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Linux sistemai <b>pasirinkimas</b> yra didžiausia vertybė. <i>openSUSE</i> siūlo \n"
+"<p>Linux sistemai <b>pasirinkimas</b> yra didžiausia vertybė. <i>openSUSE</i> "
+"siūlo \n"
"keletą skirtingų darbalaukio aplinkų. Žemiau matote dvi populiariausias \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> ir <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
+"installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the "
+"software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
+"additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Galite pasirinkti ir kitokią darbalaukio aplinką (ar vieną iš minimalaus diegimo šablonų),\n"
-"kuri geriau atitiktų jūsų poreikius, spausdami <b>Kita</b>. Vėliau rinkdamiesi programinę įrangą\n"
-"ar bet kada jau po sistemos diegimo taip pat galėsite pakeisti savo pasirinkimą ar pridėti papildomų\n"
+"<p>Galite pasirinkti ir kitokią darbalaukio aplinką (ar vieną iš minimalaus "
+"diegimo šablonų),\n"
+"kuri geriau atitiktų jūsų poreikius, spausdami <b>Kita</b>. Vėliau "
+"rinkdamiesi programinę įrangą\n"
+"ar bet kada jau po sistemos diegimo taip pat galėsite pakeisti savo "
+"pasirinkimą ar pridėti papildomų\n"
"darbalaukio aplinkų. Šiame skydelyje pasirinkite pagrindinę.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -966,6 +1028,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr ""
+"Nepavyksta rasti pagrindinio produkto. Pastabos apie šią laidą nerodomos."
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
@@ -989,16 +1052,15 @@
#. force_reset
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Automatic Configuration"
msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Automatinė konfigūracija"
+msgstr "Įrašytos konfigūracijos vieta"
#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
#. to store profile after installation
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nepavyko įrašyti konfigūracijos. Išsamesnė informacija žurnale."
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
@@ -1078,22 +1140,22 @@
#. menu button
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "Pralei&sti konfigūravimą"
+msgstr "&Eksportuoti konfigūraciją"
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr "Norėdami pakeisti antraštę, spauskite ant jos arba paspauskite mygtuką „Pakeisti...“."
+msgstr ""
+"Norėdami pakeisti antraštę, spauskite ant jos arba paspauskite mygtuką "
+"„Pakeisti...“."
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr "Norėdami pakeisti antraštę, spauskite ant jos arba paspauskite mygtuką „Pakeisti...“."
+msgstr "Norėdami pakeisti parametrus, spauskite antraštę."
#. menu button item
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
@@ -1118,11 +1180,13 @@
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
+"displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Norėdami su rodomomis nuostatomis naujai įdiegti sistemą, spauskite <b>Diegti</b> .\n"
+"Norėdami su rodomomis nuostatomis naujai įdiegti sistemą, spauskite <b>"
+"Diegti</b> .\n"
"</p>\n"
#. kicking out, bug #203811
@@ -1153,7 +1217,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Jūsų standusis diskas dar nebuvo pakeistas, taigi vis dar galite saugiai nutraukti.\n"
+"Jūsų standusis diskas dar nebuvo pakeistas, taigi vis dar galite saugiai "
+"nutraukti.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for update proposal
@@ -1165,7 +1230,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Norėdami atnaujinti su sistemą su rodomomis nuostatomis, pasirinkite <b>Atnaujinti</b> .\n"
+"Norėdami atnaujinti su sistemą su rodomomis nuostatomis, pasirinkite <b>"
+"Atnaujinti</b> .\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
@@ -1397,10 +1463,12 @@
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
+"installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia specialių aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių."
+"Žiūrėkite 'drivers.suse.com' svetainėje, jei diegiant jums reikia specialių "
+"aparatinės įrangos tvarkyklių."
#. pop-up error report
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
@@ -1501,10 +1569,13 @@
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
+"upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Čia matote visas programinės įrangos saugyklas (diegimo šaltinius), rastas sistemoje,\n"
-"kurią ketinate naujovinti. Įgalinkite tas, kurias norite įtraukti į sistemos naujovinimą.</p>"
+"<p>Čia matote visas programinės įrangos saugyklas (diegimo šaltinius), rastas "
+"sistemoje,\n"
+"kurią ketinate naujovinti. Įgalinkite tas, kurias norite įtraukti į sistemos "
+"naujovinimą.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
@@ -1518,7 +1589,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Norėdami keisti universalų adresą (URL), spauskite mygtuką <b>Keisti...</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Norėdami keisti universalų adresą (URL), spauskite mygtuką <b>Keisti...</b>"
+".</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
@@ -1849,6 +1922,8 @@
"No installation control file has been found,\n"
"the installer cannot continue."
msgstr ""
+"Neradome diegimo eigos failo,\n"
+"diegyklė nežino, ką daryti toliau."
#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
@@ -1978,7 +2053,8 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Jei nesate užtikrintas, grįžkite atgal ir patikrinkite nuostatas.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Jei nesate užtikrintas, grįžkite atgal ir patikrinkite nuostatas.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
@@ -2009,56 +2085,57 @@
#. this is a heading
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:42
msgid "Blacklist Devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Įrenginių juodasis sąrašas"
#. this is a menu entry
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:44
msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Įrenginių juo&dasis sąrašas"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr "Diegimas iš atvaizdžių yra įgalintas (<a href=\"%1\">išjungti</a>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Įrenginių juodasis sąrašas yra įgalintas (<a href=\"%s\">išjungti</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr "Diegimas iš atvaizdžių yra išjungtas (<a href=\"%1\">įgalinti</a>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Įrenginių juodasis sąrašas yra išjungtas (<a href=\"%s\">įgalinti</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
+"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Įrenginių juodąjį sąrašą</b> naudokite tuomet, kai nenorite, kad "
+"branduolys bandytų naudoti tuos įrenginius.</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
-msgstr "Paleidžiama paslauga %1..."
+msgstr "Įrenginiai įtraukiami į juodąjį sąrašą..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
-msgstr "Ieškoma Linux skaidinių..."
+msgstr "Mažinamas PREP skaidinys..."
#. Text to display
#.
#. @return String
#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Remote Administration"
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
-msgstr "Nuotolinis administravimas"
+msgstr "Įgalinamas nuotolinis administravimas"
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/s390.lt.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/lt/po/s390.lt.po 2014-12-21 00:16:01 UTC (rev 90904)
+++ trunk/yast/lt/po/s390.lt.po 2014-12-28 17:15:09 UTC (rev 90905)
@@ -5,20 +5,21 @@
# Jonas Gocentas <jonasgocentas(a)florida.usa.com>, 2001.
# Linas Spraunius <lsprauni(a)radio.lt>, 2000.
# Andrius Štikonas <stikonas(a)gmail.com>, 2006.
-# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013.
+# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-05 09:02+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 18:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n"
"Language: lt\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%"
+"10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
@@ -163,19 +164,18 @@
#. 8 means disk is not formatted
#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaS)
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:161
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Device is unformatted. Format device?"
msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?"
-msgstr "Įrenginys nėra suženklintas. Suženklinti įrenginį?"
+msgstr "Įrenginys %1 nėra suženklintas. Suženklinti įrenginį?"
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:163
msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Yra nesuženklintų įrenginių: %1. Suženklinti dabar?"
#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nepavyksta rasti įrenginio ties %1."
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
@@ -276,10 +276,9 @@
msgstr "Atlikti &veiksmą"
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Selection"
msgid "&Select All"
-msgstr "Pasi&rinkimas"
+msgstr "Pažymėti &viską"
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Deselect All"
@@ -353,7 +352,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Paruošimo nutraukimas:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Dabar galite saugiai nutraukti konfigūracijos įrankį spausdami <b>Nutraukti</b>.</p>"
+"Dabar galite saugiai nutraukti konfigūracijos įrankį spausdami <b>Nutraukti<"
+"/b>.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
@@ -405,7 +405,8 @@
#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Norėdami sukonfigūruoti naują DASD diską, spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Norėdami sukonfigūruoti naują DASD diską, spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>.</p>"
#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
@@ -424,10 +425,12 @@
#| "on which to perform an action, select the desired disks and click\n"
#| "<b>Select or Deselect</b>.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
+"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select "
+"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
"<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Visus veiksmus galima atlikti su keletu diskų vienu metu. Norėdami pasirinkti diskus,\n"
+"<p>Visus veiksmus galima atlikti su keletu diskų vienu metu. Norėdami "
+"pasirinkti diskus,\n"
"kuriems taikysite veiksmus, spauskite\n"
"<b>Pažymėti arba nebežymėti</b>.</p>"
@@ -437,7 +440,8 @@
"<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n"
"The action will be performed immediately!</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Norėdami pasirinktiems diskams įvykdyti norimą veiksmą, spauskite <b>Atlikti veiksmą</b>.\n"
+"<p>Norėdami pasirinktiems diskams įvykdyti norimą veiksmą, spauskite <b>"
+"Atlikti veiksmą</b>.\n"
"Veiksmas bus atliekamas iš karto!</p>"
#. Disk add help 1/3
@@ -450,7 +454,6 @@
#. Disk add help 1/3
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>To specify if the disk will be formatted,\n"
#| "use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>"
@@ -459,14 +462,15 @@
"use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Norėdami nurodyti, kad diskas būtų suženklinamas,\n"
-"rinkitės <b>Suženklinti diską</b>.</p>"
+"rinkitės <b>Suženklinti diską</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk add help 3/3
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Norėdami sukonfigūruoti naują DASD diską, spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Norėdami sukonfigūruoti naują DASD diską, spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>.</p>"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -488,24 +492,30 @@
#. Dump dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54
-msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are "
+"limited to DASD.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. Dump dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58
msgid ""
"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n"
-"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>"
+"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>"
+".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dump dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
-msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or "
+"ZFCP dialog.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. Dump dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
-msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Dump dialog help 6/8
@@ -545,7 +555,9 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n"
#| "Continue?"
-msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?"
+msgid ""
+"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will "
+"be lost! Continue?"
msgstr ""
"Dabar diskas %1 bus suženklintas kaip atminties išklotinės įrenginys.\n"
"Tęsti?"
@@ -572,12 +584,17 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
-msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user "
+"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
-msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, "
+"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all "
+"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
@@ -590,13 +607,16 @@
#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
-"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n"
+"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to "
+"change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
-msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should "
+"be gathered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
@@ -606,13 +626,17 @@
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
-"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>"
+"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and "
+"<b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
+"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting "
+"them on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
-msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, "
+"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
@@ -637,7 +661,8 @@
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
-"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
+"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or "
+"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
@@ -650,8 +675,10 @@
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
-"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
-"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>"
+"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> "
+"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to "
+"be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
@@ -665,12 +692,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
-msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
+msgid ""
+"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users "
+"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
msgstr ""
#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
-msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or "
+"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is "
+"enabled. </p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text approval
@@ -811,7 +843,7 @@
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452
msgid "&Sync"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Sinchronizavimas"
#. initialize list with additional groups
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479
@@ -908,11 +940,13 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
-msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
+msgid ""
+"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
-msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
+msgid ""
+"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
msgstr ""
#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
@@ -945,7 +979,9 @@
#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity.
#. @return true for valid inputs
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55
-msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed."
+msgid ""
+"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are "
+"allowed."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60
@@ -977,12 +1013,19 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125
-msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal "
+"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a "
+"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<"
+"br>"
msgstr ""
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
-msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>"
+"", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are "
+"available.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
@@ -992,17 +1035,24 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
-msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes "
+"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and "
+"login programs.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
-msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>"
+"terminal servers</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
-msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one "
+"separately.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
@@ -1014,12 +1064,17 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
-msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>"
+"console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>"
+"YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
-msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
+msgid ""
+"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the "
+"shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog content
@@ -1087,12 +1142,15 @@
#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
-msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
-msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior "
+"during kernel panics.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11
@@ -1118,7 +1176,8 @@
#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128
msgid ""
-"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n"
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only "
+"available\n"
"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1129,17 +1188,26 @@
#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
-msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified "
+"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system "
+"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.<"
+"/p>"
msgstr ""
#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
-msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If "
+"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> "
+"dialog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
-msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux "
+"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
@@ -1204,7 +1272,8 @@
"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
-"Tikrai norite išeiti iš ZFCP įrenginio konfigūracijos neišsaugojus pakeitimų?\n"
+"Tikrai norite išeiti iš ZFCP įrenginio konfigūracijos neišsaugojus "
+"pakeitimų?\n"
"Visi jūsų pakeitimai bus prarasti."
#. dialog caption
@@ -1273,7 +1342,8 @@
#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Norėdami sukonfigūruoti naują ZFCP įrenginį, spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Norėdami sukonfigūruoti naują ZFCP įrenginį, spauskite <b>Pridėti</b>.</p>"
#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
@@ -1309,11 +1379,14 @@
#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n"
+"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs "
+"conforming\n"
"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n"
+"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, "
+"such as\n"
"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n"
+"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value "
+"with\n"
"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1468,7 +1541,8 @@
#. Progress step 1/1
#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119
msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes."
-msgstr "Kuriamas atminties išklotinės įrenginys. Tai gali trukti kelias minutes."
+msgstr ""
+"Kuriamas atminties išklotinės įrenginys. Tai gali trukti kelias minutes."
#. error description
#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po 2014-12-21 00:16:01 UTC (rev 90904)
+++ trunk/yast/lt/po/services-manager.lt.po 2014-12-28 17:15:09 UTC (rev 90905)
@@ -9,14 +9,15 @@
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-17 07:18+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 19:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n"
"Language: lt\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && (n%"
+"100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
@@ -40,14 +41,17 @@
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
-"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n"
+"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the "
+"\n"
" list of services.</p>\n"
-"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n"
+"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is "
+"enabled\n"
"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
-msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link"
+msgid ""
+"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160
@@ -69,16 +73,14 @@
msgstr "Nepavyksta įgalinti paslaugos %1"
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Service Start"
msgid "Services Manager"
-msgstr "Paleisti paslaugą"
+msgstr "Paslaugų tvarkytuvė"
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Default Value"
msgid "Default Target"
-msgstr "Numatyta reikšmė"
+msgstr "Numatyta paskirtis"
#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
msgid "Enabled"
Modified: trunk/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po 2014-12-21 00:16:01 UTC (rev 90904)
+++ trunk/yast/lt/po/storage.lt.po 2014-12-28 17:15:09 UTC (rev 90905)
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@
# Jonas Gocentas <linuxjonas(a)unitedlinux.lt>, 2003.
# Tomas $atkauskas <satkauskai(a)takas.lt>, 2003.
# Andrius Štikonas <stikonas(a)gmail.com>, 2006, 2007.
-# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013.
+# Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-09 10:17+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-28 19:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Mindaugas Baranauskas <opensuse.lietuviu.kalba(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt(a)konferencijos.lt>\n"
"Language: lt\n"
@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 ? 0 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 1 : n%"
+"10>=2 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 2 : 3);\n"
#. popup text
#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
@@ -33,7 +34,8 @@
"\n"
"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Šią programą naudokite tik tuomet, jei esate patyręs standžiųjų diskų skaidyme.\n"
+"Šią programą naudokite tik tuomet, jei esate patyręs standžiųjų diskų "
+"skaidyme.\n"
"\n"
"Neskaidykite diskų, kurie gali būti naudojami (jau prijungti, \n"
"mainų ir kt.), nebent jūs tiksliai žinote, ką darote.\n"
@@ -60,29 +62,26 @@
#. Commandline help title
#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Image Configuration"
msgid "Storage Configuration"
-msgstr "Atvaizdžio konfigūracija"
+msgstr "Kaupiklių konfigūravimas"
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Disk partitioner"
msgid "List disks and partitions"
-msgstr "Skaidymo įrankis"
+msgstr "Diskų ir skaidinių sąrašas"
#. Command line option help text
#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70
msgid "List disks"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Diskų sąrašas"
#. Command line option help text
#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Edit partition"
msgid "List partitions"
-msgstr "Keisti skaidinį"
+msgstr "Skaidinių sąrašas"
#. Title for dialogue
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
@@ -91,10 +90,9 @@
#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgid "&Expert Partitioner..."
-msgstr "Skaidymo ekspertas"
+msgstr "&Skaidinių tvarkytuvė patyrusiems..."
#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80
@@ -117,10 +115,9 @@
#. this is the normal case
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proposal settings"
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
-msgstr "Siūlomos nuostatos"
+msgstr "Keisti siūlomas nuostatos"
#. help on suggested partitioning
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
@@ -176,10 +173,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
-msgstr "Atskiram /home skaidiniui nepakanka vietos."
+msgstr "Šakniniame skaidinyje nepakanka vietos momentiniams būviams kurti."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
@@ -671,7 +667,8 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgid ""
+"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
msgstr "Nerasta diskų. Jei galite, diegimui naudokite atnaujinimo CD."
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
@@ -950,7 +947,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Pasirinktą diską gali naudoti Windows sistema. Čia nėra pakankamai\n"
-"vietos &product; sistemai. Galite arba <b>visiškai ištrinti Windows</b>, arba\n"
+"vietos &product; sistemai. Galite arba <b>visiškai ištrinti Windows</b>, "
+"arba\n"
"<b>sumažinti</b> juos, kad gautumėte pakankamai laisvos vietos.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -965,9 +963,11 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Jei ištrinsite Windows, visi šiame skaidinyje esantys duomenys bus <b>negrįžtamai\n"
+"Jei ištrinsite Windows, visi šiame skaidinyje esantys duomenys bus <b>"
+"negrįžtamai\n"
"prarasti</b>. Prieš suspaudžiant Windows, mes <b>primygtinai rekomenduojame\n"
-"sukurti atsargines duomenų kopijas</b>, kadangi duomenys turi būti pertvarkyti.\n"
+"sukurti atsargines duomenų kopijas</b>, kadangi duomenys turi būti "
+"pertvarkyti.\n"
"Kartais tai gali nepavykti.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1224,7 +1224,8 @@
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point "
+"\"swap\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1232,7 +1233,8 @@
"\n"
"Jūs nepriskyrėte sukeitimų (swap) skaidinio. Paprastai\n"
"primygtinai rekomenduojama sukurti ir priskirti sukeitimų (swap) skaidinį.\n"
-"Sukeitimų skaidiniai išvardinti pagrindiniame lange ir pažymėti kaip „Linux Swap“. \n"
+"Sukeitimų skaidiniai išvardinti pagrindiniame lange ir pažymėti kaip „Linux "
+"Swap“. \n"
"Priskirto sukeitimų skaidinio prijungimo vieta yra „swap“.\n"
"Jei norite, galite priskirti kelis sukeitimo skaidinius.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1282,7 +1284,8 @@
"\n"
"Really keep the partition unformatted?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Jei nusprendžiate suženklinti skaidinį, visi jame esantys duomenys bus prarasti.\n"
+"Jei nusprendžiate suženklinti skaidinį, visi jame esantys duomenys bus "
+"prarasti.\n"
"\n"
"Tikrai skaidinį palikti nesuženklintą?\n"
@@ -1347,14 +1350,18 @@
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
+"mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
+"extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Pažymėtas išplėstasis skaidinys turi skaidinių, kurie šiuo metu yra prijungti:\n"
+"Pažymėtas išplėstasis skaidinys turi skaidinių, kurie šiuo metu yra "
+"prijungti:\n"
"%1\n"
-"*Primygtinai* rekomenduojama prieš trinant išplėstinį skaidinį atjungti šiuos skaidinius.\n"
+"*Primygtinai* rekomenduojama prieš trinant išplėstinį skaidinį atjungti šiuos "
+"skaidinius.\n"
"Spauskite „Atšaukti“, nebent tiksliai žinote, ką darote.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1525,21 +1532,26 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prijungti /etc/fstab rinkmenoje pagal:</b>\n"
"Paprastai rinkmenų sistema, kurią prijungiame, identifikuojama /etc/fstab\n"
-"rinkmenoje pagal įrenginio pavadinimą. Tai gali būti pakeista: prijungiamos sistemos\n"
-"galima ieškoti pagal UUID arba tomo žymę. Ne visos rinkmenų sistemos gali būti \n"
-"prijungtos pagal UUID arba tomo žymę. Jei parinktis uždrausta, tai neįmanoma.\n"
+"rinkmenoje pagal įrenginio pavadinimą. Tai gali būti pakeista: prijungiamos "
+"sistemos\n"
+"galima ieškoti pagal UUID arba tomo žymę. Ne visos rinkmenų sistemos gali "
+"būti \n"
+"prijungtos pagal UUID arba tomo žymę. Jei parinktis uždrausta, tai "
+"neįmanoma.\n"
"\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
+"makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tomo žymė:</b>\n"
-"Pavadinimas, įvestas šiame laukelyje, naudojamas kaip tomo žymė. Tai turi prasmės\n"
+"Pavadinimas, įvestas šiame laukelyje, naudojamas kaip tomo žymė. Tai turi "
+"prasmės\n"
"tik tuomet, kai aktyvuojate prijungimą pagal tomo žymę.\n"
"Tomo žymė negali turėti „/“ simbolio ar tarpų.\n"
@@ -1664,7 +1676,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Pasirinktas skaidinys (%1) yra prijungtas prie %2.\n"
-"Jei pakeičiate parametrus (tokius kaip prijungimo vieta arba rinkmenų sistemos tipas),\n"
+"Jei pakeičiate parametrus (tokius kaip prijungimo vieta arba rinkmenų "
+"sistemos tipas),\n"
"Linux sistema gali būti sugadinta.\n"
"\n"
"Jei įmanoma, atjunkite skaidinį. Jei nesate tikras,\n"
@@ -1754,7 +1767,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Įmanoma suspausti reiser rinkmenų sistemą, tačiau ši funkcija nėra\n"
-"labai kruopščiai išbandyta. Rekomenduojama pasidaryti savo sistemos atsargines kopijas.\n"
+"labai kruopščiai išbandyta. Rekomenduojama pasidaryti savo sistemos "
+"atsargines kopijas.\n"
"\n"
"Ar suspausti rinkmenų sistemą?"
@@ -1763,12 +1777,14 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
+"partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"Pažymėtas įrenginys turi skaidinių, kurie šiuo metu yra prijungti:\n"
"%1\n"
-"*Primygtinai* rekomenduojama prieš trinant skaidinių lentelę atjungti šiuos skaidinius.\n"
+"*Primygtinai* rekomenduojama prieš trinant skaidinių lentelę atjungti šiuos "
+"skaidinius.\n"
"Spauskite „Atšaukti“, nebent tiksliai žinote, ką darote.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1858,7 +1874,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1596
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Įgalinti momentinių kopijų kūrimą"
#. heading text
#. button text
@@ -1927,16 +1943,20 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or "
+"/var/tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ši prijungimo vieta priklauso laikinai rinkmenų sistemai, pvz., /tmp ar /var/tmp.\n"
-"Galite palikti tuščią šifravimo slaptažodį. Tokiu atveju, krovimosi metu sistema jums\n"
-"sukurs atsitiktinį slaptažodį. Tai reiškia, kad tokiose rinkmenų sistemose visi\n"
+"Ši prijungimo vieta priklauso laikinai rinkmenų sistemai, pvz., /tmp ar "
+"/var/tmp.\n"
+"Galite palikti tuščią šifravimo slaptažodį. Tokiu atveju, krovimosi metu "
+"sistema jums\n"
+"sukurs atsitiktinį slaptažodį. Tai reiškia, kad tokiose rinkmenų sistemose "
+"visi\n"
"duomenys pradings išjungiant kompiuterį.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1946,14 +1966,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
+"system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Jei pamiršite slaptažodį, prarasite priėjimą prie jūsų rinkmenų sistemos duomenų!\n"
+"Jei pamiršite slaptažodį, prarasite priėjimą prie jūsų rinkmenų sistemos "
+"duomenų!\n"
"Atidžiai pasirinkite savo slaptažodį. Rekomenduojama raidžių ir skaičių\n"
"kombinacija. Norėdami užtikrinti, jog slaptažodis įvestas gerai, įveskite\n"
"jį dukart.\n"
@@ -1965,7 +1987,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
+"at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2019,13 +2042,15 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
+"is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Jei užšifruota rinkmenų sistema neturi jokios sisteminės rinkmenos ir todėl nereikia\n"
+"Jei užšifruota rinkmenų sistema neturi jokios sisteminės rinkmenos ir todėl "
+"nereikia\n"
"atnaujinti, spauskite <b>Praleisti</b>. Tuo atveju rinkmenų sistema\n"
"atnaujinimo metu nepaliečiama.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2146,13 +2171,17 @@
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
msgstr ""
-"FAT rinkmenų sistema panaudota sisteminei prijungimo vietai (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
+"FAT rinkmenų sistema panaudota sisteminei prijungimo vietai (/, /usr, /opt, "
+"/var, /home).\n"
"Tai neleistina."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259
-msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr "Prijungimo vietoje neleistinas simbolis. Prijungimo vietoje nenaudokite „`'!\"%#“."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr ""
+"Prijungimo vietoje neleistinas simbolis. Prijungimo vietoje nenaudokite "
+"„`'!\"%#“."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268
@@ -2392,7 +2421,8 @@
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Kreipiantis į „Multipath“ konfigūravimą bus prarasti visi dabartiniai pakeitimai.\n"
+"Kreipiantis į „Multipath“ konfigūravimą bus prarasti visi dabartiniai "
+"pakeitimai.\n"
"Tikrai kreiptis į „Multipath“ konfigūravimą?\n"
#. popup text
@@ -3753,11 +3783,13 @@
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
+"file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Rinkmenos kelio pavadinimas:</b><br>Tai turi būti absoliutus kelias iki rinkmenos,\n"
+"<p><b>Rinkmenos kelio pavadinimas:</b><br>Tai turi būti absoliutus kelias iki "
+"rinkmenos,\n"
"turinčios duomenis, reikalingus koduoto loop įrenginio konfigūravimui.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3770,7 +3802,8 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Sukurti koduotą rinkmeną:</b><br>Jei tai pažymėta, bus sukurta rinkmena, \n"
+"<p><b>Sukurti koduotą rinkmeną:</b><br>Jei tai pažymėta, bus sukurta "
+"rinkmena, \n"
"kurios dydis nurodytas sekančiame laukelyje. <b>PASTABA:</b> Jei \n"
"rinkmena jau egzistuoja, visi duomenys bus prarasti.</p>\n"
@@ -4057,7 +4090,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
+"higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4103,7 +4137,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
+"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -4111,14 +4146,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
+"such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>"
+".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. heading for frame
@@ -4173,13 +4210,15 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
+"unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Tomų grupės kūrimui nėra tinkamo nenaudojamo įrenginio.\n"
"\n"
"Norint naudoti LVM, reikia bent vieno nenaudojamo 0x8e (ar 0x83) skaidinio\n"
-"arba vieno nenaudojamo RAID įrenginio. Atitinkamai pakeiskite skaidinių lentelę."
+"arba vieno nenaudojamo RAID įrenginio. Atitinkamai pakeiskite skaidinių "
+"lentelę."
#. error popup
#. error popup
@@ -4410,8 +4449,12 @@
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
-msgstr "NFS konfigūruoti negalima. Patikrinkite, ar tinkamai įdiegtas yast2-nfs-client paketas."
+msgid ""
+"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"NFS konfigūruoti negalima. Patikrinkite, ar tinkamai įdiegtas "
+"yast2-nfs-client paketas."
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
@@ -4445,21 +4488,26 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
+"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Šis lygis padidina jūsų disko greitį.\n"
-"Šioje veiksenoje <b>NĖRA</b> perteklumo. Sugedus vienam diskui, duomenų atkurti nebeįmanoma.</p>\n"
+"Šioje veiksenoje <b>NĖRA</b> perteklumo. Sugedus vienam diskui, duomenų "
+"atkurti nebeįmanoma.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on "
+"all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
+"partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Ši veiksena turi geriausią dubliavimą. Ji gali būti\n"
-"naudojama su dviem ar daugiau diskais. Ši veiksena laiko tikslią duomenų kopiją visuose diskuose.\n"
+"naudojama su dviem ar daugiau diskais. Ši veiksena laiko tikslią duomenų "
+"kopiją visuose diskuose.\n"
"Tol, kol veikia bent vienas diskas, duomenys neprarandami. Skaidiniai,\n"
"naudojami su tokio tipo RAID, turi turėti maždaug vienodą dydį.</p>\n"
@@ -4467,12 +4515,15 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
+"disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
+"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Ši veiksena tvarko daugiausiai diskų ir kažkiek\n"
"dubliuoja duomenis. Ši veiksena gali būti naudojama trims ir daugiau diskų.\n"
-"Jei vienas diskas sugenda, visi duomenys išlieka. Jei vienu metu sugenda du diskai, visi duomenys prarandami</p>\n"
+"Jei vienas diskas sugenda, visi duomenys išlieka. Jei vienu metu sugenda du "
+"diskai, visi duomenys prarandami</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4486,8 +4537,10 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
+"the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>"
+"\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Įdėti skaidinius į RAID. Atitinkamai pagal\n"
"RAID tipą, naudingoji disko vieta yra šių skaidinių suma (RAID 0), mažiausio\n"
@@ -4554,12 +4607,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
+"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
+"the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gabalo dydis:</b><br>Tai mažiausia duomenų „atominė“ masė,\n"
-"kuri gali būti įrašyta į įrenginius. Geriausias RAID 5 gabalo dydis yra 128KB,\n"
-"RAID 0 gerai yra 32 KB. RAID 1 gabalo dydis nelabai turi reikšmės masyvui.</p>\n"
+"kuri gali būti įrašyta į įrenginius. Geriausias RAID 5 gabalo dydis yra "
+"128KB,\n"
+"RAID 0 gerai yra 32 KB. RAID 1 gabalo dydis nelabai turi reikšmės masyvui.</p>"
+"\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
@@ -4569,10 +4626,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
+"with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"Lyginumo algoritmas naudojamas su RAID5/6.\n"
-"Kairinė simetrija suteikia maksimalų tipinių diskų su besisukančiomis plokštelėmis greitį.\n"
+"Kairinė simetrija suteikia maksimalų tipinių diskų su besisukančiomis "
+"plokštelėmis greitį.\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -4850,9 +4909,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>"
+"\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
+"and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4869,13 +4930,17 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
+"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
+"aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Naujai kuriamų skaidinių lygiavimas</b>\n"
-"nurodo, kaip turi būti lygiuojami sukuriami skaidiniai. „<b>cylinder</b>“ yra tradicinis lygiavimas pagal disko cilindrų rėžius. „<b>optimal</b>“ –\n"
-"skaidiniai lygiuojami pagal didžiausią efektyvumą, kurį nustato Linux branduolys \n"
+"nurodo, kaip turi būti lygiuojami sukuriami skaidiniai. „<b>cylinder</b>“ yra "
+" tradicinis lygiavimas pagal disko cilindrų rėžius. „<b>optimal</b>“ –\n"
+"skaidiniai lygiuojami pagal didžiausią efektyvumą, kurį nustato Linux "
+"branduolys \n"
"arba bandoma suderinti su Windows Vista ir Win 7.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -5137,7 +5202,8 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
+"cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5145,9 +5211,12 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the "
+"\n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
+"in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
+"currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5185,12 +5254,16 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
+"devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
+"expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1"
+") and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
+"then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5227,7 +5300,8 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
+"Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5263,7 +5337,8 @@
#| "No writing to the file system is possible. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
+"installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prijungti vien tik skaitymui:</b>\n"
@@ -5297,7 +5372,8 @@
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prijungiamas naudotojo:</b>\n"
-"Rinkmenų sistema gali būti prijungiama paprasto naudotojo. Paprastai nesirenkama.</p>\n"
+"Rinkmenų sistema gali būti prijungiama paprasto naudotojo. Paprastai "
+"nesirenkama.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
@@ -5310,13 +5386,18 @@
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><"
+"/tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
+"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Neprijungti paleidžiant sistemą:</b>\n"
-"Operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu, rinkmenų sistema automatiškai nebus prijungta.\n"
-"Rinkmenoje /etc/fstab sukuriamas įrašas, o rinkmenų sistema prijungiama su tam\n"
-"tikrais parametrais po to, kai užduodama komanda <tt>mount <jungtis></tt>\n"
+"Operacinės sistemos paleidimo metu, rinkmenų sistema automatiškai nebus "
+"prijungta.\n"
+"Rinkmenoje /etc/fstab sukuriamas įrašas, o rinkmenų sistema prijungiama su "
+"tam\n"
+"tikrais parametrais po to, kai užduodama komanda <tt>mount <jungtis><"
+"/tt>\n"
"įvesta (<jungtis> yra katalogas, kur prijungiama rinkmenų sistema).\n"
"Paprastai ši parinktis nenaudojama.</p>\n"
@@ -5349,16 +5430,21 @@
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
+"impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<"
+"/p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Duomenų žurnalavimo veiksena:</b>\n"
"Nurodo žurnalavimo veikseną rinkmenos duomenims.\n"
"<tt>journal</tt> -- visi duomenys fiksuojami žurnale prieš įrašant į\n"
"pagrindinę rinkmenų sistemą. Didžiausia įtaka greičiui.\n"
-"<tt>ordered</tt> -- visi duomenys nukreipiami tiesiogiai į pagrindinę rinkmenų sistemą, \n"
-"prieš tai, kai jų meta-duomenys užfiksuojami žurnale. Vidutinė įtaka greičiui.\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Duomenų tvarka neišlaikoma. Nedaro įtakos greičiui.</p>\n"
+"<tt>ordered</tt> -- visi duomenys nukreipiami tiesiogiai į pagrindinę "
+"rinkmenų sistemą, \n"
+"prieš tai, kai jų meta-duomenys užfiksuojami žurnale. Vidutinė įtaka "
+"greičiui.\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Duomenų tvarka neišlaikoma. Nedaro įtakos greičiui.</p>"
+"\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
@@ -5394,18 +5480,24 @@
msgstr "Pasirenkama parametro &reikšmė"
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
-msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
-msgstr "Prijungimo vietoje neleistinas simbolis. Prijungimo vietoje nenaudokite tarpų ir tabuliacijų. Bandykite iš naujo."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+"Prijungimo vietoje neleistinas simbolis. Prijungimo vietoje nenaudokite tarpų "
+"ir tabuliacijų. Bandykite iš naujo."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of "
+"/etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pasirenkama parametro reikšmė:</b>\n"
-"Šiame laukelyje įveskite bet kokį tinkamą prijungimo parametrą, kuris yra leidžiamas\n"
+"Šiame laukelyje įveskite bet kokį tinkamą prijungimo parametrą, kuris yra "
+"leidžiamas\n"
"ketvirtajame /etc/fstab laukelyje. Keli parametrai skiriami kableliais.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5420,7 +5512,8 @@
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Rinkmenų pavadinimų rašmenų rinkinys (charset):</b>\n"
-"Nustatykite rašmenų rinkinį, naudojamą Windows skaidinių rinkmenų pavadinimuose.</p>\n"
+"Nustatykite rašmenų rinkinį, naudojamą Windows skaidinių rinkmenų "
+"pavadinimuose.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
@@ -5431,10 +5524,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
+"systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Koduotės puslapis trumpiems FAT pavadinimams:</b>\n"
-"Šis koduotės puslapis naudojamas FAT rinkmenų sistemos pavadinimams konvertuoti į trumpąjį formatą.</p>\n"
+"Šis koduotės puslapis naudojamas FAT rinkmenų sistemos pavadinimams "
+"konvertuoti į trumpąjį formatą.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
@@ -5445,10 +5540,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
+"is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FAT'ų skaičius:</b>\n"
-"Nurodo rinkmenų lokalizacijos lentelių skaičių rinkmenų sistemoje. Įprastai būna 2.</p>"
+"Nurodo rinkmenų lokalizacijos lentelių skaičių rinkmenų sistemoje. Įprastai "
+"būna 2.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
@@ -5459,10 +5556,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
+"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for "
+"the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FAT dydis:</b>\n"
-"Nurodo naudojamos rinkmenų lokalizacijos lentelės tipą (12, 16 arba 32 bitų). Jei nustatyta auto, YaST automatiškai parinks reikšmę. labiausiai tinkančią pagal rinkmenų sistemos dydį.</p>\n"
+"Nurodo naudojamos rinkmenų lokalizacijos lentelės tipą (12, 16 arba 32 "
+"bitų). Jei nustatyta auto, YaST automatiškai parinks reikšmę. labiausiai "
+"tinkančią pagal rinkmenų sistemos dydį.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
@@ -5472,7 +5573,8 @@
#. popup text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr "Mažiausias „šakninio katalogo elementų“ dydis yra 112. Bandykite dar kartą."
+msgstr ""
+"Mažiausias „šakninio katalogo elementų“ dydis yra 112. Bandykite dar kartą."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
@@ -5492,10 +5594,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in "
+"directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hash funkcija:</b>\n"
-"Tai nurodo hash funkcijos pavadinimą, kuri naudojama rinkmenų pavadinimų rūšiavimui kataloguose.</p>\n"
+"Tai nurodo hash funkcijos pavadinimą, kuri naudojama rinkmenų pavadinimų "
+"rūšiavimui kataloguose.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
@@ -5506,10 +5610,16 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
+"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
+"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
+"2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RS peržiūra:</b>\n"
-"Ši savybė nurodo naudojamą reiserfs peržiūros formatą. „3.5“ yra atgaliniam suderinamumui su 2.2.x versijos branduoliais. „3.6“ yra naujesnis, bet gali būti naudojamas tik su branduoliais, kurių versijos didesnės arba lygios 2.4.</p>\n"
+"Ši savybė nurodo naudojamą reiserfs peržiūros formatą. „3.5“ yra atgaliniam "
+"suderinamumui su 2.2.x versijos branduoliais. „3.6“ yra naujesnis, bet gali "
+"būti naudojamas tik su branduoliais, kurių versijos didesnės arba lygios "
+"2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5521,10 +5631,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
+"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
+"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bloko dydis:</b>\n"
-"Nurodo bloko dydį baitais. Tinkamos bloko reikšmės yra 512, 1024, 2048 ir 4096 baitai blokui. Jei pasirinkta auto, tada naudojamas standartinis bloko dydis 4096.</p>\n"
+"Nurodo bloko dydį baitais. Tinkamos bloko reikšmės yra 512, 1024, 2048 ir "
+"4096 baitai blokui. Jei pasirinkta auto, tada naudojamas standartinis bloko "
+"dydis 4096.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5551,10 +5665,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
+"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inodo užimama vieta procentais:</b>\n"
-"Parametras „Inodo užimama vieta procentais“ apibrėžia maksimalų plotą (procentais) rinkmenų sistemoje, kuris gali būti lokalizuotas inodams.</p>\n"
+"Parametras „Inodo užimama vieta procentais“ apibrėžia maksimalų plotą "
+"(procentais) rinkmenų sistemoje, kuris gali būti lokalizuotas inodams.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
@@ -5571,13 +5687,15 @@
#| "is normally more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
+"or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inodai išrikiuoti:</b>\n"
"Parametras „Inodai išrikiuoti“ naudojamas nurodyti, jog inodai yra arba nėra\n"
-"išrikiuoti. Įprasta, jog inodai yra išrikiuoti. Priėjimas prie išrikiuotų inodų paprastai\n"
+"išrikiuoti. Įprasta, jog inodai yra išrikiuoti. Priėjimas prie išrikiuotų "
+"inodų paprastai\n"
"yra efektyvesnis nei prie neišrikiuotų.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5599,10 +5717,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate "
+"size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Registracijos rinkmenos dydis</b>\n"
-"Nustato registracijos rinkmenos dydį (megabaitais). Jei auto, tuomet numatyta 40% viso dydžio.</p>\n"
+"Nustato registracijos rinkmenos dydį (megabaitais). Jei auto, tuomet numatyta "
+"40% viso dydžio.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
@@ -5640,10 +5760,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
+"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
+"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bloko dydis:</b>\n"
-"Nurodo bloko dydį baitais. Tinkamos bloko reikšmės yra 1024, 2048 ir 4096 baitai blokui. Jei pasirinkta auto, tuomet bloko dydis nustatomas pagal rinkmenų sistemos dydį ir manomą rinkmenų sistemos panaudojimą.</p>\n"
+"Nurodo bloko dydį baitais. Tinkamos bloko reikšmės yra 1024, 2048 ir 4096 "
+"baitai blokui. Jei pasirinkta auto, tuomet bloko dydis nustatomas pagal "
+"rinkmenų sistemos dydį ir manomą rinkmenų sistemos panaudojimą.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
@@ -5667,7 +5791,8 @@
"<bytes-per-inode> baitų plotas diske. Kuo didesnis koeficientas \n"
"baitai/inodui, tuo bus sukurta mažiau inodų.\n"
"Paprastai, ši reikšmė neturėtų būti mažesnė, nei rinkmenų sistemos bloko \n"
-"dydis, kadangi kitaip bus sukurta per daug inodų. Sukūrus rinkmenų sistemą, \n"
+"dydis, kadangi kitaip bus sukurta per daug inodų. Sukūrus rinkmenų sistemą, "
+"\n"
"neįmanoma joje sukurti daugiau\n"
"inodų, taigi įveskite reikalingą reikšmę.šiam parametrui.</p>\n"
@@ -5690,8 +5815,14 @@
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Root rezervuotų blokų procentas:</b> Nurodykite procentą blokų, rezervuotų naudotojui root. Įprasta reikšmė yra 5%.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
+"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
+"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
+"default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Root rezervuotų blokų procentas:</b> Nurodykite procentą blokų, "
+"rezervuotų naudotojui root. Įprasta reikšmė yra 5%.</p>"
#. checkbox text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
@@ -5728,7 +5859,8 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
+"really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5814,9 +5946,11 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\n"
-"Galite sutvarkyti disko skaidinių lentelę iki normalios būklės Skaidymo eksperte\n"
+"Galite sutvarkyti disko skaidinių lentelę iki normalios būklės Skaidymo "
+"eksperte\n"
"pasirinkdami „Ekspertas“->„Kurti naują skaidinių lentelę“, \n"
-"tačiau tuomet bus sunaikinti visi jūsų duomenys esantys visuose disko skaidiniuose.\n"
+"tačiau tuomet bus sunaikinti visi jūsų duomenys esantys visuose disko "
+"skaidiniuose.\n"
#. popup text
#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
@@ -5984,7 +6118,8 @@
#| "\n"
#| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
#| "disk %2 are used.\n"
-msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgid ""
+"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Skaidinio %1 negalima pašalinti, nes vis dar naudojami\n"
@@ -6338,8 +6473,10 @@
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Prijungti pagal</b> nurodo, kaip rinkmenų sistema prijungiama:\n"
-"(Branduolys) pagal branduolio pavadinimą (Žymė) pagal rinkmenų sistemos žymę,\n"
-"(UUID) pagal rinkmenų sistemos UUID, (ID) pagal įrenginio ID, o (Kelias) pagal įrenginio kelią.\n"
+"(Branduolys) pagal branduolio pavadinimą (Žymė) pagal rinkmenų sistemos "
+"žymę,\n"
+"(UUID) pagal rinkmenų sistemos UUID, (ID) pagal įrenginio ID, o (Kelias) "
+"pagal įrenginio kelią.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
@@ -6367,7 +6504,8 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
+"it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
"Žvaigždutė (*) už prijungimo vietos\n"
@@ -6732,12 +6870,15 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
-msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
-msgstr "Kadangi rinkmenų sistema netvarkinga, keisti dydžio neįmanoma. Rinkmenų sistemą tikrinkite iš Windows."
+msgid ""
+"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
+"under Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Kadangi rinkmenų sistema netvarkinga, keisti dydžio neįmanoma. Rinkmenų "
+"sistemą tikrinkite iš Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Kurti pasiūlymą &LVM pagrindu"
@@ -6745,29 +6886,26 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "&Užšifruota tomų grupė "
+msgstr "&Užšifruota tomų grupė"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "File system options:"
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
-msgstr "Rinkmenų sistemos savybės:"
+msgstr "Šakninio skaidinio rinkmenų sistema:"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
-msgstr "Pasiūlyti atskirą &Namų skaidinį"
+msgstr "&Namų skaidinio rinkmenų sistema"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Padidinti &mainų sritį sustabdant kompiuterį į atmintį"
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Proposal settings"
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Siūlomos nuostatos"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90904 - branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 21 Dec '14
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 21 Dec '14
21 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-21 01:16:01 +0100 (Sun, 21 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90904
Modified:
branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
Log:
332bb7df5bd43354e665537dc1f04bff776bc034 (HEAD, origin/SuSE-SLE-11-SP3-Branch, SuSE-SLE-11-SP3-Branch) changes
Modified: branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-20 12:01:26 UTC (rev 90903)
+++ branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-21 …
[View More]00:16:01 UTC (rev 90904)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-18 01:15+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-21 01:16+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@
#. translators: help text for 'x' option in the 'Continue?' prompt
#. popts.setOptionHelp(8, _("Explain why the packages are going to be installed."));
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:277 src/callbacks/keyring.h:287
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:309 src/callbacks/rpm.h:61 src/solve-commit.cc:663
+#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:61 src/solve-commit.cc:663
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1017,16 +1017,46 @@
msgid "Unknown digest %s for file %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:301
-#, c-format
-msgid "Ignoring failed digest verification for %s (expected %s, found %s)."
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:304
+msgid ""
+"Digest verification failed for file '%1%'\n"
+"[%2%]\n"
+"\n"
+" expected %3%\n"
+" but got %4%\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:308
-#, c-format
-msgid "Digest verification failed for %s. Expected %s, found %s."
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:316
+msgid "Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
msgstr ""
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:324
+msgid ""
+"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, correct\n"
+"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of the checksum\n"
+"to unblock using this file on your own risk. Empty input will discard the file.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: A prompt option
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:331
+msgid "discard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: A prompt option help text
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:333
+msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: A prompt option help text
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:335
+msgid "Discard the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. translators: A prompt text
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:340
+msgid "Unblock or discard?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TranslatorExplanation speaking of a script - "Running: script file name (package name, script dir)"
#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:75
#, c-format
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
20 Dec '14
Author: harmie
Date: 2014-12-20 13:01:26 +0100 (Sat, 20 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90903
Modified:
trunk/lcn/fi/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.fi.po
trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi.po
trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fi.po
Log:
update from harmie
Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/fi/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.fi.po 2014-12-20 10:01:50 UTC (rev 90902)
+++ trunk/…
[View More]lcn/fi/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.fi.po 2014-12-20 12:01:26 UTC (rev 90903)
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-26 16:16+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-20 13:51+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:12(releaseinfo)
msgid "@VERSION@"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "@VERSIO@"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:13(productname)
msgid "openSUSE"
@@ -52,16 +52,30 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:14(productnumber)
msgid "13.2"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "13.2"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para)
-msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or "
+"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, "
+"play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
msgstr ""
+"openSUSE on ilmainen Linux-pohjainen käyttöjärjestelmä pöytäkoneeseen, "
+"kannettavaan tai palvelimeen. Voit selata internetiä, hallita sähköpostejasi "
+"ja valokuviasi, käyttää toimistosovelluksia, katsoa videoita ja kuunnella "
+"musiikkia sekä pitää hauskaa!"
#. Previous Release Notes
#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para)
-msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>"
-msgstr "Jos päivität vanhemmasta versiosta nykyiseen openSUSE-julkaisuun, katso edelliset julkaisutiedot: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous "
+"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Releas"
+"e_Notes\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Jos päivität vanhemmasta versiosta nykyiseen openSUSE-julkaisuun, katso "
+"edelliset julkaisutiedot: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release"
+"_Notes\"/>"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title)
msgid "Installation"
@@ -69,15 +83,23 @@
#. bnc#903242
#: xml/release-notes.xml:102(title)
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Live CD Installer and Keyboard Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Live CD asennus ja näppäimistö asetukset"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:103(para)
-msgid "The Live CD installer presents a problem related with the keyboard settings. If the user changes from the QWERTY keyboard layout (the default en-US variant), this setting will not be properly applied, and the new system will stay with a QWERTY pre-configuration."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"The Live CD installer presents a problem related with the keyboard settings. "
+"If the user changes from the QWERTY keyboard layout (the default en-US "
+"variant), this setting will not be properly applied, and the new system will "
+"stay with a QWERTY pre-configuration."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:109(para)
-msgid "As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool after the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
+msgid ""
+"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool after "
+"the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:115(screen)
@@ -95,7 +117,10 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:124(para)
-msgid "After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, if you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
+msgid ""
+"After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the "
+"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, if "
+"you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:130(para)
@@ -105,8 +130,10 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:134(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop network.service\n"
-"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop wickedd.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop "
+"network.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop "
+"wickedd.service\n"
"systemctl disable wicked.service\n"
"systemctl --force enable NetworkManager.service\n"
"systemctl start network.service"
@@ -115,7 +142,8 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:140(para)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To query the currently selected service, use:"
-msgid "Then check whether the currently selected service is actually NetworkManager:"
+msgid ""
+"Then check whether the currently selected service is actually NetworkManager:"
msgstr "Katsoaksesi käytössäolevan verkon asennustavan:"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:145(screen)
@@ -134,7 +162,9 @@
msgstr "Haetaan päivityksiä"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:153(para)
-msgid "Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also <command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
+msgid ""
+"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also <"
+"command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#898023
@@ -143,11 +173,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:162(para)
-msgid "During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing please select above location.</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as "
+"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No location "
+"for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing please "
+"select above location.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:168(para)
-msgid "This warning is a bug in YaST (now fixed in Factory) and you can safely ignore it."
+msgid ""
+"This warning is a bug in YaST (now fixed in Factory) and you can safely "
+"ignore it."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#900954
@@ -158,11 +194,16 @@
msgstr "Käynnistä Windows"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
-msgid "If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
+msgid ""
+"If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an "
+"error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader "
+"installation."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para)
-msgid "The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for 13.2."
+msgid ""
+"The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. "
+"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for 13.2."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#897847
@@ -171,7 +212,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:190(para)
-msgid "A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded bootloader during the installation."
+msgid ""
+"A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from "
+"the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using "
+"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded bootloader "
+"during the installation."
msgstr ""
# dialog title for ftp installation
@@ -183,7 +228,10 @@
msgstr "FTP-asennus"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:201(para)
-msgid "Performing the NET install using Wifi presents some problems in YaST. Fixing this is work in progress and will be soon available. Meanwhile the only option is to use a wire connection to complete the NET installation."
+msgid ""
+"Performing the NET install using Wifi presents some problems in YaST. Fixing "
+"this is work in progress and will be soon available. Meanwhile the only "
+"option is to use a wire connection to complete the NET installation."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:210(title)
@@ -197,14 +245,43 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:280(para)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI."
-msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI."
-msgstr "Ennen openSUSEn asennusta kannattaa koneissa, jotka käynnistyvät UEFIlla(Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) varmistaa, onko laitevalmistajalla päivityksiä tarjolla. Jos UEFI-päivitys on saatavilla, on suositeltavaa asentaa se ennen openSUSEn asennusta. Esiasennettu Windows 8 on yleensä riittävä todiste siitä, että kone käyttää UEFIa käynnistyksessä."
+msgid ""
+"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified "
+"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any "
+"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install "
+"such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your "
+"system boots using UEFI."
+msgstr ""
+"Ennen openSUSEn asennusta kannattaa koneissa, jotka käynnistyvät "
+"UEFIlla(Unified Extensible Firmware Interface) varmistaa, onko "
+"laitevalmistajalla päivityksiä tarjolla. Jos UEFI-päivitys on saatavilla, on "
+"suositeltavaa asentaa se ennen openSUSEn asennusta. Esiasennettu Windows 8 on "
+"yleensä riittävä todiste siitä, että kone käyttää UEFIa käynnistyksessä."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:288(para)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends."
-msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends."
-msgstr "<emphasis>Taustaa:</emphasis> Joissain UEFI-laiteohjelmistoissa on virhe, joka aiheuttaa ohjelmiston hajoamisen, kps liikaa tietoa kirjoitetaan UEFI-tallennusalueelle. Kukaan ei tosin tiedä, paljonko on \"liikaa\". openSUSE minimoi riskin kirjoittamalla vain vähimmän, mitä tarvitaan käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistämiseen. Tämä tarkoittaa, että UEFIlle kerrotaan, mistä löytyy openSUSEn käynnistyslatain. Ylävirran Linux-ytimen piirre, jossa käytetään UEFI-tallennusaluetta käynnistys- ja kaatumistietojen tallentamiseen (<literal>pstore</literal>), on oletuksena poistettu käytöstä. On kuitenkin suositeltavaa asentaa kaikki laitetoimittajan laiteohjelmistopäivitykset."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to "
+"break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really "
+"knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not "
+"writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means "
+"telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. "
+"Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing "
+"boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by "
+"default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the "
+"hardware vendor recommends."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Taustaa:</emphasis> Joissain UEFI-laiteohjelmistoissa on virhe, "
+"joka aiheuttaa ohjelmiston hajoamisen, kps liikaa tietoa kirjoitetaan "
+"UEFI-tallennusalueelle. Kukaan ei tosin tiedä, paljonko on \"liikaa\". "
+"openSUSE minimoi riskin kirjoittamalla vain vähimmän, mitä tarvitaan "
+"käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistämiseen. Tämä tarkoittaa, että UEFIlle kerrotaan, "
+"mistä löytyy openSUSEn käynnistyslatain. Ylävirran Linux-ytimen piirre, jossa "
+"käytetään UEFI-tallennusaluetta käynnistys- ja kaatumistietojen "
+"tallentamiseen (<literal>pstore</literal>), on oletuksena poistettu käytöstä. "
+"On kuitenkin suositeltavaa asentaa kaikki laitetoimittajan "
+"laiteohjelmistopäivitykset."
#. bnc#850056
#: xml/release-notes.xml:305(title)
@@ -214,22 +291,54 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:306(para)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types."
-msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types."
-msgstr "EFI/UEFI-määritelmän myötä saapui uudenlainen osiointitapa: GPT (GUID-osiotaulukko). Uusi malli käyttää globaalisti ainutkertaisia tunnisteita (128-bittisiä arvoja, jotka esitetään 32 heksadesimaalilukuna) tunnistamaan laitteet ja osiotyypit."
+msgid ""
+"Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning "
+"arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique "
+"identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify "
+"devices and partition types."
+msgstr ""
+"EFI/UEFI-määritelmän myötä saapui uudenlainen osiointitapa: GPT "
+"(GUID-osiotaulukko). Uusi malli käyttää globaalisti ainutkertaisia "
+"tunnisteita (128-bittisiä arvoja, jotka esitetään 32 heksadesimaalilukuna) "
+"tunnistamaan laitteet ja osiotyypit."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:312(para)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to generate automatically a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one."
-msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one."
-msgstr "UEFI-määritelmä hyväksyy myös vanhat MBR- eli MS-DOS-osiot. Linuxin käynnistyslataimet (ELILO ja GRUB2) yrittävät automaattisesti luoda näille osioille GUIDit ja kirjoittaa ne laiteohjelmistoon. Tällaiset GUIDit voivat aika ajoin muuttua, mistä suoraan uusi kirjoitus laiteohjelmistoon. Tämä tapahtuu kahdessa vaiheessa: ensin vanha tietue poistetaan ja sitten uusi, sen korvaava tietue luodaan."
+msgid ""
+"Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) "
+"partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically "
+"generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. "
+"Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A "
+"rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and "
+"creating a new entry that replaces the first one."
+msgstr ""
+"UEFI-määritelmä hyväksyy myös vanhat MBR- eli MS-DOS-osiot. Linuxin "
+"käynnistyslataimet (ELILO ja GRUB2) yrittävät automaattisesti luoda näille "
+"osioille GUIDit ja kirjoittaa ne laiteohjelmistoon. Tällaiset GUIDit voivat "
+"aika ajoin muuttua, mistä suoraan uusi kirjoitus laiteohjelmistoon. Tämä "
+"tapahtuu kahdessa vaiheessa: ensin vanha tietue poistetaan ja sitten uusi, "
+"sen korvaava tietue luodaan."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:321(para)
-msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system."
-msgstr "Uusiin laiteohjelmistoihin kuuluu roskienkeruu, joka kokoaa poistetut tietueet ja vapauttaa niiden varaaman muistin. Ongelmia seuraa, jos virheellinen laiteohjelmisto ei tee tätä: tällöin seurauksena voi olla käynnistyskelvoton järjestelmä."
+msgid ""
+"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and "
+"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty "
+"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a "
+"non-bootable system."
+msgstr ""
+"Uusiin laiteohjelmistoihin kuuluu roskienkeruu, joka kokoaa poistetut "
+"tietueet ja vapauttaa niiden varaaman muistin. Ongelmia seuraa, jos "
+"virheellinen laiteohjelmisto ei tee tätä: tällöin seurauksena voi olla "
+"käynnistyskelvoton järjestelmä."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:327(para)
-msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely."
-msgstr "Kiertotie on yksinkertainen: muunnetaan vanha MBR-osio uudeksi GPT:ksi, jolloin ongelma vältetään kokonaan."
+msgid ""
+"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to "
+"avoid this problem completely."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiertotie on yksinkertainen: muunnetaan vanha MBR-osio uudeksi GPT:ksi, "
+"jolloin ongelma vältetään kokonaan."
#. bnc#850052
#: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title)
@@ -238,10 +347,18 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:336(para)
msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode with secure boot enabled."
-msgstr "Tämä vaikuttaa ainoastaan koneisiin, joiden UEFI-tilassa on suojattu käynnistys (secure boot) käytössä."
+msgstr ""
+"Tämä vaikuttaa ainoastaan koneisiin, joiden UEFI-tilassa on suojattu "
+"käynnistys (secure boot) käytössä."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(para)
-msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release."
+msgid ""
+"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure "
+"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first "
+"update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update "
+"does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki "
+"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next "
+"release."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:352(title)
@@ -258,19 +375,47 @@
msgstr "Roskaa näytöllä Nouveau-ajurin asennuksen aikana"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:364(para)
-msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded."
-msgstr "Joissakin NVIDIA-korttisissa järjestelmissä asennin voi näyttää roskaa näytön yläosassa Nouveau-oletusajurin ongelmien takia. Jos ongelma koskee sinua, voit poistaa nouveau-ydinmoduulin käytöstä asentimen suorittamiseksi ja ottaa sen uudelleen käyttöön, kun järjestelmä on asennettu tai päivitetty."
+msgid ""
+"On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top "
+"part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you "
+"are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to "
+"run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or "
+"upgraded."
+msgstr ""
+"Joissakin NVIDIA-korttisissa järjestelmissä asennin voi näyttää roskaa näytön "
+"yläosassa Nouveau-oletusajurin ongelmien takia. Jos ongelma koskee sinua, "
+"voit poistaa nouveau-ydinmoduulin käytöstä asentimen suorittamiseksi ja ottaa "
+"sen uudelleen käyttöön, kun järjestelmä on asennettu tai päivitetty."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:371(para)
-msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
-msgstr "Ydinmoduulin voi poistaa käytöstä käynnistettyäsi asennustietovälineeltä valitsemalla grubin \"Asennus\"-kohta ja painamalla \"e\", jolloin pääsee muokkaamaan parametreja. Siirry riville, joka alkaa \"linux\" (tai \"linuxefi\") ja lisää <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> sen loppuun. Paina F10 jatkaaksesi käynnistystä uusin parametrein. Kun järjestelmä on asennettu, voit ottaa nouveau-moduulin taas käyttöön muokkaamalla tiedostoa <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename>ja poistamalla siitä nouveau-rivin."
+msgid ""
+"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, "
+"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. "
+"Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>"
+"brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting "
+"with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the "
+"nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filenam"
+"e> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
+msgstr ""
+"Ydinmoduulin voi poistaa käytöstä käynnistettyäsi asennustietovälineeltä "
+"valitsemalla grubin \"Asennus\"-kohta ja painamalla \"e\", jolloin pääsee "
+"muokkaamaan parametreja. Siirry riville, joka alkaa \"linux\" (tai "
+"\"linuxefi\") ja lisää <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> sen loppuun. "
+"Paina F10 jatkaaksesi käynnistystä uusin parametrein. Kun järjestelmä on "
+"asennettu, voit ottaa nouveau-moduulin taas käyttöön muokkaamalla tiedostoa <"
+"filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename>ja poistamalla siitä "
+"nouveau-rivin."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:384(title)
msgid "Information About the FGLRX Driver"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para)
-msgid "For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumblew…">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumblew…</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its "
+"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning"
+"-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-war"
+"ning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#899610
@@ -279,11 +424,19 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:395(para)
-msgid "If you see two mouse pointers and have two graphic boards, where one is an Intel board, try uninstalling <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</systemitem> and thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse pointer."
+msgid ""
+"If you see two mouse pointers and have two graphic boards, where one is an "
+"Intel board, try uninstalling <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</systemitem> and "
+"thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse "
+"pointer."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:402(para)
-msgid "This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
+msgid ""
+"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink "
+"url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">"
+"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked "
+"on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#901869
@@ -292,11 +445,16 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para)
-msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+msgid ""
+"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>"
+"typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0<"
+"/systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para)
-msgid "In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made explicit."
+msgid ""
+"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made "
+"explicit."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#900813
@@ -307,11 +465,16 @@
msgstr "Ei tunnistusta"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para)
-msgid "openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for the root password before reconnecting."
+msgid ""
+"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via "
+"a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for "
+"the root password before reconnecting."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para)
-msgid "You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
+msgid ""
+"You can change this behavior changing a line in "
+"/etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen)
@@ -340,7 +503,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para)
-msgid "The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
+msgid ""
+"The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you "
+"are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen)
@@ -354,7 +519,10 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para)
-msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
+msgid ""
+"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab<"
+"/filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>"
+"/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para)
@@ -362,15 +530,22 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para)
-msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<"
+"/filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para)
-msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <"
+"filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para)
-msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
+msgid ""
+"For more information and examples, see <filename>"
+"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the "
+"installed system."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title)
@@ -378,12 +553,16 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para)
-msgid "If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, remove it from the user cache manually:"
+msgid ""
+"If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, "
+"remove it from the user cache manually:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen)
#, no-wrap
-msgid "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
+msgid ""
+"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
+"ents/images/*"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:509(title)
@@ -391,11 +570,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para)
-msgid "The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and other Unix-like operating systems."
+msgid ""
+"The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE "
+"version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and "
+"attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and "
+"other Unix-like operating systems."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para)
-msgid "The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
+msgid ""
+"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when "
+"they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#901013
@@ -404,7 +589,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para)
-msgid "GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable the GNOME autologin feature."
+msgid ""
+"GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race "
+"between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix "
+"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable "
+"the GNOME autologin feature."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#850058
@@ -414,7 +603,11 @@
msgstr "AppArmor ja oikeusasetukset"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para)
-msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:"
+msgid ""
+"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent "
+"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter "
+"strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the "
+"affected service to complain mode with:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen)
@@ -423,11 +616,15 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para)
-msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow."
+msgid ""
+"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would "
+"not allow."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
-msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases."
+msgid ""
+"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to "
+"also cover corner cases."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title)
@@ -440,7 +637,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para)
-msgid "In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in the desktop files."
+msgid ""
+"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>"
+"Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of "
+"the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in "
+"the desktop files."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para)
@@ -459,7 +660,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para)
-msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
+msgid ""
+"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen)
@@ -472,21 +674,28 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para)
-msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
+msgid ""
+"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for "
+"a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para)
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Timezone Information in <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename>"
-msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
+msgid ""
+"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
msgstr "Aikavyöhyke tiedot <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename>-tiedostossa"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para)
-msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation."
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or "
+"updated documentation."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para)
-msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE."
+msgid ""
+"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news "
+"from openSUSE."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para)
@@ -506,7 +715,16 @@
#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: xml/release-notes.xml:0(None)
msgid "translator-credits"
-msgstr "Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>,<br> Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>,<br>Janne Ahlskog,<br>Erkka Hakkarainen,<br>Tom Himanen,<br>Jani-Matti Hätinen,<br>Jouni Hätinen,<br>Asko Isonokari,<br>Joonas Niilola <juippis(a)roskakori.org>,<br>Mikko Piippo <mikko.piippo(a)opensuse.fi>,<br>Ilkka Pirskanen <ilkka(a)opensuse.fi>,<br> Ulla Pylkkänen, <upylkkanen(a)novell.com>,<br>Jami Saarikoski <jami(a)opensuse.fi>,<br>Janne Tanskanen,<br>Jarno Tukiainen,<br>Ilkka Tuohela,<br>Juho Valkila,<br>Jari Könönen,<br>Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi><br>Harri Miettinen<harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>"
+msgstr ""
+"Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>,<br> Jyri Palokangas <"
+"jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>,<br>Janne Ahlskog,<br>Erkka Hakkarainen,<br>Tom "
+"Himanen,<br>Jani-Matti Hätinen,<br>Jouni Hätinen,<br>Asko Isonokari,<br>"
+"Joonas Niilola <juippis(a)roskakori.org>,<br>Mikko Piippo <"
+"mikko.piippo(a)opensuse.fi>,<br>Ilkka Pirskanen <ilkka(a)opensuse.fi>,<br> Ulla "
+"Pylkkänen, <upylkkanen(a)novell.com>,<br>Jami Saarikoski <jami(a)opensuse.fi>,<br>"
+"Janne Tanskanen,<br>Jarno Tukiainen,<br>Ilkka Tuohela,<br>Juho Valkila,<br>"
+"Jari Könönen,<br>Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi><br>Harri "
+"Miettinen<harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>"
#~ msgid "N/A"
#~ msgstr "Ei saatavilla"
Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi.po 2014-12-20 10:01:50 UTC (rev 90902)
+++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi.po 2014-12-20 12:01:26 UTC (rev 90903)
@@ -9,13 +9,14 @@
# Riku Leino <riku(a)tsoots.fi>, 2008.
# Jyri Palokangas <jmp(a)opensuse.org>, 2010, 2012, 2013.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2011.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-screensavers.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:01+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-26 11:42+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-20 14:00+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -185,17 +186,19 @@
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/bubble3d.desktop
msgctxt "Name(bubble3d.desktop)"
msgid "Bubble 3D (GL)"
-msgstr "3U-kuplat (GL)"
+msgstr "3D-kuplat (GL)"
#: /usr/share/applications/screensavers/gnomelogo-floaters.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(gnomelogo-floaters.desktop)"
msgid "Bubbles the GNOME logo around the screen"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "GNOME logo ympäri ruutua"
#: /usr/share/applications/screensavers/footlogo-floaters.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Comment(footlogo-floaters.desktop)"
msgid "Bubbles the MATE logo around the screen"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "MATE logo ympäri ruutua"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/bumps.desktop
msgctxt "Name(bumps.desktop)"
@@ -2529,117 +2532,117 @@
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/biof.desktop
msgctxt "Name(biof.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/busyspheres.desktop
msgctxt "Name(busyspheres.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/colorfire.desktop
msgctxt "Name(colorfire.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/cyclone.desktop
msgctxt "Name(cyclone.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/drempels.desktop
msgctxt "Name(drempels.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/euphoria.desktop
msgctxt "Name(euphoria.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/feedback.desktop
msgctxt "Name(feedback.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/fieldlines.desktop
msgctxt "Name(fieldlines.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flocks.desktop
msgctxt "Name(flocks.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flux.desktop
msgctxt "Name(flux.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/helios.desktop
msgctxt "Name(helios.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_smoke.desktop
msgctxt "Name(hufo_smoke.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_tunnel.desktop
msgctxt "Name(hufo_tunnel.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hyperspace.desktop
msgctxt "Name(hyperspace.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lattice.desktop
msgctxt "Name(lattice.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lorenz.desktop
msgctxt "Name(lorenz.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/matrixview.desktop
msgctxt "Name(matrixview.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/pixelcity.desktop
msgctxt "Name(pixelcity.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/plasma.desktop
msgctxt "Name(plasma.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/skyrocket.desktop
msgctxt "Name(skyrocket.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/solarwinds.desktop
msgctxt "Name(solarwinds.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/spirographx.desktop
msgctxt "Name(spirographx.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/sundancer2.desktop
msgctxt "Name(sundancer2.desktop)"
msgid "Display in root window"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytä juuri-ikkunassa"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/asciiquarium.desktop
msgctxt "Name(asciiquarium.desktop)"
@@ -2925,7 +2928,7 @@
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/fieldlines.desktop
msgctxt "Name(fieldlines.desktop)"
msgid "Fieldlines (GL)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fieldlines (GL)"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/fireworkx.desktop
msgctxt "Name(fireworkx.desktop)"
@@ -2955,12 +2958,12 @@
#: /usr/share/applications/screensavers/gnomelogo-floaters.desktop
msgctxt "Name(gnomelogo-floaters.desktop)"
msgid "Floating GNOME"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kelluva GNOME"
#: /usr/share/applications/screensavers/footlogo-floaters.desktop
msgctxt "Name(footlogo-floaters.desktop)"
msgid "Floating MATE"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Kelluva MATE"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/flocks.desktop
#, fuzzy
@@ -3134,12 +3137,13 @@
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_smoke.desktop
msgctxt "Name(hufo_smoke.desktop)"
msgid "Hufo's Smoke (GL)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hufon savu (GL)"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hufo_tunnel.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(hufo_tunnel.desktop)"
msgid "Hufo's Tunnel (GL)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hufon tunneli (GL)"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/hyperspace.desktop
#, fuzzy
@@ -3263,9 +3267,10 @@
msgstr "Viivat"
#: /usr/share/applications/mate-screensaver-lock.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(mate-screensaver-lock.desktop)"
msgid "Lock Screen"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Lukitusnäyttö"
#: /usr/share/kde4/services/ScreenSavers/lockward.desktop
msgctxt "Name(lockward.desktop)"
@@ -3592,9 +3597,10 @@
msgstr "Näytönsäästäjä"
#: /usr/share/applications/xscreensaver-properties.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(xscreensaver-properties.desktop)"
msgid "Screensaver properties"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näytönsäästäjän asetukset"
#: /usr/share/applications/mate-screensaver-preferences.desktop
msgctxt "Comment(mate-screensaver-preferences.desktop)"
@@ -5126,3 +5132,4 @@
msgctxt "Name(m6502.desktop)"
msgid "m6502"
msgstr "m6502"
+
Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fi.po 2014-12-20 10:01:50 UTC (rev 90902)
+++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/update-desktop-files-yast.fi.po 2014-12-20 12:01:26 UTC (rev 90903)
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011.
# Jyri palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2008.
# Jyri Palokangas <jmp(a)opensuse.org>, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013.
-# Harri Miettinen <harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2012.
+# Harri Miettinen <harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2012, 2014.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina07(a)yahoo.se>, 2010.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2011, 2012.
# Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>, 2014.
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: update-desktop-files-yast.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-13 10:01+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-25 23:45+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-20 13:37+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/cluster.desktop
msgctxt "Name(cluster.desktop)"
msgid "Cluster"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klusteri"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/common_cert.desktop
msgctxt "Name(common_cert.desktop)"
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/geo-cluster.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(geo-cluster.desktop)"
msgid "Configuration Geo Cluster"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Geo klusterin määritys"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/autoyast.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(autoyast.desktop)"
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/cluster.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(cluster.desktop)"
msgid "Configure Cluster"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klusterin määritys"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iplb.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(iplb.desktop)"
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iscsi-client.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(iscsi-client.desktop)"
msgid "Configure an iSCSI initiator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Määritä iSCSI-aloittaja"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iscsi-lio-server.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(iscsi-lio-server.desktop)"
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/geo-cluster.desktop
msgctxt "Name(geo-cluster.desktop)"
msgid "Geo Cluster"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Geo klusteri"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/online_update.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(online_update.desktop)"
@@ -479,9 +479,10 @@
msgstr "Kieli"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/audit-laf.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(audit-laf.desktop)"
msgid "Linux Audit Framework (LAF)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Linux Audit Framework (LAF)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/live-installer.desktop
msgctxt "Name(live-installer.desktop)"
@@ -519,9 +520,10 @@
msgstr "FTP-palvelun määritysmoduuli (vsftpd tai aito ftpd)"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/multipath.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(multipath.desktop)"
msgid "Multipath"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Monipolku"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/nfs.desktop
msgctxt "Name(nfs.desktop)"
@@ -615,9 +617,10 @@
msgstr "Välityspalvelin"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/reipl.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "Name(reipl.desktop)"
msgid "Reipl"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reipl"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/release_notes.desktop
msgctxt "Name(release_notes.desktop)"
@@ -787,12 +790,12 @@
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iscsi-client.desktop
msgctxt "Name(iscsi-client.desktop)"
msgid "iSCSI Initiator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "iSCSI-aloittaja"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/iscsi-lio-server.desktop
msgctxt "Name(iscsi-lio-server.desktop)"
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "iSCSI LIO-kohde"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/isns.desktop
msgctxt "Name(isns.desktop)"
@@ -805,14 +808,15 @@
msgstr "LXC"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/multipath.desktop
+#, fuzzy
msgctxt "GenericName(multipath.desktop)"
msgid "multipath"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Monipolku"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/reipl.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(reipl.desktop)"
msgid "reipl"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Reipl"
#: /usr/share/applications/YaST2/snapper.desktop
msgctxt "GenericName(snapper.desktop)"
@@ -824,3 +828,4 @@
msgid "support"
msgstr "tuki"
+
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90902 - trunk/packages/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 20 Dec '14
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 20 Dec '14
20 Dec '14
Author: andriykopanytsia
Date: 2014-12-20 11:01:50 +0100 (Sat, 20 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90902
Modified:
trunk/packages/uk/po/base2.uk.po
Log:
Updated Ukrainian translation
Modified: trunk/packages/uk/po/base2.uk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/packages/uk/po/base2.uk.po 2014-12-19 20:04:58 UTC (rev 90901)
+++ trunk/packages/uk/po/base2.uk.po 2014-12-20 10:01:50 UTC (rev 90902)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-…
[View More]07-19 02:17:16\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-06 07:45+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-20 11:49+0200\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n"
@@ -2215,6 +2215,27 @@
"want to use HTML::PullParser. This is an HTML::Parser subclass that allows a "
"more conventional program structure."
msgstr ""
+"Об'єкти з класу HTML::Parser розпізнаватимуть розмітку та відокремлюватимуть "
+"її від "
+"звичайного тексту (alias data content) у документах HTML. При розпізнанні "
+"різних видів розмітки "
+"і тексту, викликаються відповідні обробники подій.\n"
+"\n"
+"HTML::Parser не є загальним аналізатором SGML. Ми намагалися зробити його "
+"здатним"
+" спрацювати з реальним HTML і він зазвичай аналізує якомога ближче до "
+"популярних веб-переглядачів "
+"замість того, щоби строго дотримуватися однієї із численних специфікацій "
+" HTML від W3C. Там, де є розбіжності, часто "
+"наявний параметр, який ви можете увімкнути, щоб отримати офіційну поведінку.\n"
+"\n"
+"Документ для аналізу може бути поставлений в довільних частинках. Це робить "
+"можливим аналіз нальоту документів, отриманих з мережі.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо аналіз події не підходить для вашої програми, то можливо ви "
+"захочете скористатися HTML::PullParser. Це підклас HTML::Parser, який "
+"дозволяє "
+"традиційнішу структуру програми."
#. summary(patterns-openSUSE:patterns-openSUSE-office)
msgid "Office Software"
@@ -2260,6 +2281,32 @@
"* General mechanisms and protocols for communication between host and guests "
"and from guest to guest"
msgstr ""
+"Open Virtual Machine Tools (open-vm-tools) - це впровадження з відкритим "
+"кодом "
+"засобів VMware. Вони є набором компонентів віртуалізації гостьової "
+"операційної системи, "
+"що поліпшує швидкодію та враження користувача при роботі з віртуальними "
+"машинами. "
+" Позаяк технологія віртуалізації стає панівною, "
+"кожний постачальник рішення віртуалізації реалізує свій власний набір засобів "
+"та "
+"утиліт, щоб доповнити гостьову віртуальну машину. Тим не менш, більшість "
+"впроваджень "
+"є закритими і прив'язані до конкретної платформи віртуалізації.\n"
+"\n"
+"Із проектом the Open Virtual Machine Tools ми сподіваємося вирішити цю та "
+"інші пов'язані проблеми. "
+"Засоби наразі складаються із модулів ядра для "
+" Linux та програм простору користувача для усіх підтримуваних через VMware "
+"Unix-подібних гостьових "
+"операційних систем. Вони забезпечують декілька корисних функцій на кшталт:\n"
+"\n"
+"* Передача файлу між машиною та гостем\n"
+"\n"
+"* Поліпшене управління пам'яттю та мережна швидкодія при віртуалізації\n"
+"\n"
+"* Загальні механізми та протоколи для зв'язку між машиною та гостями, а також "
+"від гостя до гостя"
#. summary(open-vm-tools:libvmtools0)
msgid "Open Virtual Machine Tools - shared library"
@@ -2310,6 +2357,26 @@
"OpenVPN is not a web application proxy and does not operate through a web "
"browser."
msgstr ""
+"OpenVPN є повнофункціональним рішенням SSL VPN, яке може містити широкий "
+"діапазон конфігурацій, включаючи віддалений доступ, site-to-site VPNs, "
+"безпеку WiFi, "
+" та рішення віддаленого доступу у масштабах підприємства із балансуванням "
+"навантаження, "
+"відновлення після збою та дрібно-модульне управління доступом.\n"
+"\n"
+"OpenVPN впроваджує розширення мережної безпеки OSI layer 2 чи 3 за допомогою "
+"промислового стандарту протоколу SSL/TLS, підтримує гнучкі методи "
+"розпізнавання "
+"клієнтів на основі сертифікатів, смарт-картки та/або двофакторне "
+"розпізнавання, "
+"і дозволяє політикам управління доступом на рівні груп чи користувачів через "
+"правила "
+"мережного екрану застосуватися до віртуального інтерфейсу VPN.\n"
+"\n"
+"OpenVPN працює на: Linux, Windows 2000/XP та вище, OpenBSD, FreeBSD, "
+"NetBSD, Mac OS X і Solaris.\n"
+"\n"
+"OpenVPN не є веб-програмою для проксі та не працює через веб-переглядач."
#. description(pam)
msgid ""
@@ -2914,6 +2981,35 @@
"- Highly Portable (works on many UNIX machines; DOS, Windows, Mac, BeOS, and "
"more)"
msgstr ""
+"Ruby — це інтерпретована мова сценаріїв для швидкого і легкого "
+"об'єктно-орієнтованого "
+"програмування. Вона має багато функцій для обробки текстових файлів та "
+"виконання "
+"завдань із управління системою (як у Perl). Вона — проста, безпосередня та "
+"розширювана.\n"
+"\n"
+"* Можливості Ruby:\n"
+"\n"
+"- простий синтаксис\n"
+"\n"
+"- *звичайні* об'єктно-орієнтовані функції (на кшталт виклики методу та "
+"класу)\n"
+"\n"
+"- *додаткові* об'єктно-орієнтовані функції (на кшталт, методу Mix-in, "
+"Singleton)\n"
+"\n"
+"- перевантаження операторів\n"
+"\n"
+"- обробка винятків\n"
+"\n"
+"- ітератори та замикання\n"
+"\n"
+"- збирання сміття\n"
+"\n"
+"- динамічне завантаження об'єктних файлів (на деяких архітектурах)\n"
+"\n"
+"-висока переносимість (працює на багатьох машинах UNIX; DOS, Windows, Mac, "
+"BeOS та інших)"
#. summary(rubygem-ruby-dbus)
msgid "Ruby module for interaction with D-Bus"
@@ -2974,6 +3070,21 @@
"possible about disk drives. The commands man smartctl and man smartd will "
"provide more information."
msgstr ""
+"SMARTmontools контролює та моніторить носії даних за допомогою Self-"
+"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology System (S.M.A.R.T.), "
+"вбудованої "
+"у жорсткі диски ATA, SATA та SCSI. Це використовується для перевірки "
+"надійності жорстких дисків та прогнозування відмов жорсткого диска. Набір "
+"містить дві утиліти. "
+"Перша - smartctl - утиліта командного рядка, розроблена для виконання простих "
+"завдань S."
+"M.A.R.T. Друга - smartd - фонова служба, що періодично моніторить стан "
+" smart та звітує про помилки у syslog. Пакунок сумісний із "
+"специфікаціями від ATA/ATAPI-3 до -7. Він призначений для включення якомога "
+"більше інформації "
+"від виробника та зарезервованої про жорсті диски. Команди man smartctl та man "
+"smartd будуть "
+"надавати більше інформації."
#. summary(perl-SQL-Statement)
msgid "SQL parsing and processing engine"
@@ -3812,6 +3923,27 @@
"dependency on LWP::Protocol::https and will no longer need to know what "
"underlying modules to install."
msgstr ""
+"Модуль LWP::Protocol::https надає підтримку для використання https схеми "
+"URL із LWP. Цей модуль є втулкою у обробку протоколу у LWP, тому ви не "
+"використовуєте його "
+"напряму. Після установки модуля LWP має доступ до сайтів, "
+"що використовують HTTP над SSL/TLS.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо перевірка назви вузла здійснена на прохання LWP::UserAgent's 'ssl_opts' "
+"та "
+"ні 'SSL_ca_file' чи 'SSL_ca_path' не задані, то 'SSL_ca_file' "
+"буде наданим через Mozilla::CA. Якщо модуль Mozilla::CA "
+"не доступний, то запити SSL зазнаватимуть краху. Або встановіть цей модуль, "
+"або налаштуйте "
+"альтернативний 'SSL_ca_file' чи вимкніть перевірку назви вузла.\n"
+"\n"
+"Цей модуль використовується, щоб бути у комплекті з libwww-perl, але він був "
+"розчленований у "
+"v6.02 для того, аби мати змогу оголосити його залежності правильно для CPAN "
+"tool-chain. Додатки, яким потрібна підтримка https, можете просто оголосити "
+"їхню "
+"залежність від LWP::Protocol::https і більше не потрібно знати про "
+"базові модулі для установки."
#. description(openldap2)
msgid ""
@@ -3896,6 +4028,28 @@
"CSV, XML, and other formats 2) to build your own DBD for a new data source "
"3) to parse and examine the structure of SQL statements."
msgstr ""
+"Модуль SQL::Statement впроваджує рушій аналізу та виконання чистого Perl SQL. "
+" Хоча це ні в якому разі не реалізує повний стандарт ANSI, він підтримує "
+"безліч функцій, "
+"включаючи псевдоніми стовпців і таблиць, вбудовані і визначені користувачем "
+"функції, "
+"явні і неявні сполуки, складні вкладені умови пошуку та інші можливості .\n"
+"\n"
+"SQL::Statement — це мала вкладна система управління базою даних (СУБД). Це "
+"означає, що "
+"вона забезпечує усі послуги простої СУБД за винятком постійного механізму "
+"зберігання "
+"і має дві речі: 1) механізм зберігання у пам'яті, що дозволяє готувати, "
+"виконувати та витягувати із "
+"вказівок SQL за допомогою тимчасових таблиць та 2) набір програмних гнізд, де "
+"автор може під'єднатися до "
+"будь-якого механізму зберігання.\n"
+"\n"
+"Наявні три основні способи використання SQL::Statement. Той чи інший (надіюся "
+"не всі) можуть не підходити до ваших потреб: 1) для доступу та управління "
+"даними у форматах "
+"CSV, XML та інших 2) для побудови власної БД із новим джерелом даних "
+"3) для аналізу та перевірки структури вказівок SQL."
#. summary(tcpd:libwrap0)
msgid "The TCP wrapper library"
@@ -4272,6 +4426,18 @@
"object. The object interface can also be used at either end of a SAX "
"pipeline."
msgstr ""
+"Модуль XML::Simple надає простий шар API над верхньою частиною "
+"основного модуля розбору XML (XML::Parser або один із модулів аналізаторів "
+"SAX2). "
+"Дві функції - експортовані: 'XMLin()' та 'XMLout()'. Примітка: ви можете "
+"явно запросити версії назв функції у нижньому регістрі: 'xml_in()' "
+"та 'xml_out()'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Найпростіший підхід - викликати ці дві функції безпосередньо, але "
+"додатковий об'єктно-орієнтований інтерфейс (див. сторінку посібника "
+"\"OPTIONAL OO INTERFACE\" "
+"нижче) дозволяє їх викликати як методи об'єкту *XML::Simple*. "
+" Об'єктний інтерфейс можна також вживати на будь-якому кінці конвеєра SAX."
#. description(libXtst:libXtst6)
msgid ""
@@ -4446,6 +4612,25 @@
"_bindtextdomain(domain, dirname)_ instructs the retrieval functions to look "
"for the databases belonging to domain 'domain' in the directory 'dirname'"
msgstr ""
+"Модуль gettext дозволяє доступ з perl до сім'ї функцій gettext() "
+"для отримання рядків повідомлень з баз даних, побудованих для "
+"інтернаціоналізації програмного забезпечення.\n"
+"\n"
+"gettext(), dgettext() та dcgettext() намагаються витягнути рядок, що "
+"збігається "
+"із їхнім параметром 'msgid' у контексті поточної локалі. "
+"dcgettext() бере категорію повідомлення і текстову область як параметри, "
+"при цьому dcgettext() типово до категорії LC_MESSAGES та gettext() "
+"типово до LC_MESSAGES і використовує поточну текстову область. Якщо рядок не "
+"знайдено у "
+"базі даних, то повертається 'msgid'.\n"
+"\n"
+"textdomain() задає поточну текстову область та повертає попередню активну "
+"область.\n"
+"\n"
+"_bindtextdomain(domain, dirname)_ вказує функції витягнення шукати бази "
+"даних, "
+"які належать до області 'domain' у каталозі 'dirname'"
#. description(master-boot-code)
msgid ""
@@ -5461,6 +5646,33 @@
"\n"
"See the the BUGS manpage section for important limitations."
msgstr ""
+"Цей модуль може служити як прозорий інтерфейс до будь-якого пакунку TIEHASH, "
+"який "
+"потрібний для зберігання довільних даних perl, включаючи вкладені посилання. "
+"Таким чином, "
+"цей модуль можна використання для збереження посилань та інших довільних "
+"даних у "
+"базах даних СУБД.\n"
+"\n"
+"Він працює шляхом серіалізації посилань у хеші в один рядок. "
+"У основі пакунку TIEHASH (переважно базі даних СУБД) це рядок, який "
+"отримується "
+"на збереження. Коли значення витягується знову, рядок десеріалізується, "
+"щоби відновити структуру даних у пам'яті.\n"
+"\n"
+"Із історичних та практичних причин це вимагає пакунку *Data::Dumper*, "
+"який доступний на будь-якому сайті CPAN. *Data::Dumper* дає вам гарно "
+"упорядковані "
+"дампи ваших структур даних у випадку, коли ви хочете оглянути їх на екрані, і "
+"це був тільки "
+"серіалізаційний рушій до версії 2.00. "
+"Натомість з версії 2.00 ви можете вживати будь-який *Data::Dumper*,\n"
+"*FreezeThaw* чи *Storable* для виконання основної серіалізації, як вказано "
+"вище "
+"у огляді SYNOPSIS довідкового посібника. Вживання *Storable* є набагато "
+"швидшим, ніж інші методи.\n"
+"\n"
+"Див. розділ ХИБИ (BUGS) довідкового посібника за важливими обмеженнями."
#. description(perl-HTML-Tagset)
msgid ""
@@ -5669,6 +5881,26 @@
"\n"
"* dump( ... )"
msgstr ""
+"Цей модуль надає декілька функцій, що перехоплюють свій аргумент та видають "
+"рядок як свій результат. Рядок містить код Perl, який "
+"при обчисленні створює глибоку копію оригінальних аргументів.\n"
+"\n"
+"Основною особливістю цього модуля є те, що він прагне зробити вивід, "
+"який легко читається. Приклад:\n"
+"\n"
+" @a = (1, [2, 3], {4 => 5}); dump(@a);\n"
+"\n"
+"Виробляє:\n"
+"\n"
+" \"(1, [2, 3], { 4 => 5 })\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо викидаєте мало даних, то вивід займає один рядок. Якщо ж ви викидаєте "
+"складні дані або їх є багато, то розриви рядка автоматично додаються для "
+"зручності читання.\n"
+"\n"
+"Забезпечені такі функції (типово експортовані лише функції dd*):\n"
+"\n"
+"* dump( ... )"
#. description(perl-Clone)
msgid ""
@@ -5822,6 +6054,31 @@
"\n"
"If you are trying to use it with threads see the BUGS section."
msgstr ""
+"Цей модуль забезпечує інтерфейс до сокетів SSL, подібний до інших модулів IO::"
+"Socket. Через це його можна використати, щоби зробити наявні програми "
+"за допомогою IO::Socket::INET чи подібних модулів для забезпечення шифрування "
+"SSL без"
+"багатьох зусиль. IO::Socket::SSL підтримує додаткові функції, які потрібно "
+"написати для "
+"повнофункціонального клієнтської або серверної програми SSL: кратні контексти "
+"SSL, "
+" відбір шифру, перевірка сертифікату, виявлення назви сервера "
+"(SNI), Next Protocol Negotiation (NPN), вибір версії SSL, тощо.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо ви ніколи не вживали раніше SSL, то вам потрібно прочитати розділ "
+"'Використання SSL' "
+"перед спробами застосування цього модуля.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо ви вживали IO::Socket, то спершу прочитайте такий розділ "
+"'Відмінності із IO::Socket'.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо ви хочете використовувати SSL із неблокуючих сокетів та/або у межах "
+"циклу подій, то "
+"спершу прочитайте дуже уважно розділи про неблокуючий ввід/вивід і опитування "
+"сокетів SSL.\n"
+"\n"
+"Якщо ви намагаєтеся використовувати його з потоками, то погляньте у розділ "
+"ХИБИ."
#. description(python-pycurl)
msgid "This module provides bindings for the cURL library."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
19 Dec '14
Author: harmie
Date: 2014-12-19 21:04:58 +0100 (Fri, 19 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90901
Modified:
trunk/lcn/fi/po/snapper.fi.po
trunk/lcn/fi/po/software-opensuse-org.fi.po
Log:
update from harmie
Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/snapper.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2014-12-18 07:20:46 UTC (rev 90900)
+++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/snapper.fi.po 2014-12-19 20:04:58 UTC (rev 90901)
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.…
[View More]palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2012.
-# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2012.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2012, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-01 11:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-27 22:29+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-19 21:55+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -58,8 +58,9 @@
"tiedostoon."
#: ../client/snapper.cc:1492
+#, fuzzy
msgid "\t--iso\t\t\t\tDisplay dates and times in ISO format."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\t--iso\t\t\tNäytä päivämäärä ja aika ISO-muodossa"
#: ../client/snapper.cc:1495
msgid "\t--no-dbus\t\t\tOperate without DBus."
@@ -114,8 +115,9 @@
msgstr "\t--userdata, -u <avain=arvo>\tTilannevedoksen lisäinfo."
#: ../client/snapper.cc:1491
+#, fuzzy
msgid "\t--utc\t\t\t\tDisplay dates and times in UTC."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\t--utc\t\t\tNäytä päivämäärä ja aika UTC-muodossa."
#: ../client/snapper.cc:1490
msgid "\t--verbose, -v\t\t\tIncrease verbosity."
@@ -453,8 +455,9 @@
msgstr "Tilannevedoksen luominen epäonnistui."
#: ../client/snapper.cc:1286
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Creating read-write snapshot of current subvolume."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Luodaan luku-kirjoitus tilannekuvaa nykyisestä alitaltiosta."
#: ../client/snapper.cc:1304
#, fuzzy, c-format
@@ -628,9 +631,9 @@
msgstr "Ennen-päiväys"
#: ../client/snapper.cc:1312
-#, c-format
+#, fuzzy, c-format
msgid "Setting default subvolume to snapshot %d."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Asetetaan oletusalitaltio tilannekuvalle %d."
#: ../client/misc.cc:54
#, c-format
Modified: trunk/lcn/fi/po/software-opensuse-org.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/fi/po/software-opensuse-org.fi.po 2014-12-18 07:20:46 UTC (rev 90900)
+++ trunk/lcn/fi/po/software-opensuse-org.fi.po 2014-12-19 20:04:58 UTC (rev 90901)
@@ -5,15 +5,15 @@
# Jyri Palokangas <jmp(a)opensuse.org>, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina07(a)yahoo.se>, 2010.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010, 2011, 2012.
-# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011, 2013.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011, 2013, 2014.
# Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>, 2011, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: software-opensuse-org.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 14:36+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-20 11:46+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-19 22:04+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -46,14 +46,36 @@
msgid "64 Bit PC"
msgstr "64-bittinen PC"
-msgid "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE startup guide</a>"
-msgstr "<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE-käyttöopas</a>"
+msgid ""
+"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">openSUSE "
+"startup guide</a>"
+msgstr ""
+"<a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up\">"
+"openSUSE-käyttöopas</a>"
-msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a special client to handle it though."
-msgstr "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Metalink\">Metalinkki</a> on avoin standardi, joka yhdistää eri lataustapoja (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) yhteen muotoon. Tämä tapa soveltuu hyvin ISO-levykuvien lataamiseen, etenkin niille, jotka eivät voi käyttää P2P-teknologiaa palveluntarjoajan tai yliopiston rajoitusten vuoksi. Se voi tarjota erittäin korkean latausnopeuden, koska useimmat asiakasohjelmat tukevat automaattisesti yhtäaikaisia yhteyksiä useilta peilipalvelimilta. Lisäksi, standardi sisältää automaattisen virheen tunnistuksen ja korjauksen. Tämän käyttöön tarvitaan kuitenkin erityinen ohjelma."
+msgid ""
+"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink\">Metalink</a> is an open "
+"standard that bundles the various ways (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) to get files "
+"into one format for easier downloads. This makes it good for downloading "
+"ISOs; particularly for people who can't use P2P because of restrictions from "
+"their ISP or University. It can deliver very fast download speeds since most "
+"clients support multiple connections, to multiple mirrors, automatically. In "
+"addition, it can do automatic error detection, and correction. It needs a "
+"special client to handle it though."
+msgstr ""
+"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Metalink\">Metalinkki</a> on avoin "
+"standardi, joka yhdistää eri lataustapoja (FTP/HTTP/BitTorrent) yhteen "
+"muotoon. Tämä tapa soveltuu hyvin ISO-levykuvien lataamiseen, etenkin niille, "
+"jotka eivät voi käyttää P2P-teknologiaa palveluntarjoajan tai yliopiston "
+"rajoitusten vuoksi. Se voi tarjota erittäin korkean latausnopeuden, koska "
+"useimmat asiakasohjelmat tukevat automaattisesti yhtäaikaisia yhteyksiä "
+"useilta peilipalvelimilta. Lisäksi, standardi sisältää automaattisen virheen "
+"tunnistuksen ja korjauksen. Tämän käyttöön tarvitaan kuitenkin erityinen "
+"ohjelma."
msgid "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:License\">License</a>"
-msgstr "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/OpenSUSE_License\">Käyttöoikeussopimus</a>"
+msgstr ""
+"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/OpenSUSE_License\">Käyttöoikeussopimus</a>"
msgid "<a href='%s'>Release Notes</a>"
msgstr "<a href='%s'>Julkaisutiedot</a>"
@@ -64,11 +86,19 @@
msgid "<b>official update</b>"
msgstr "<b>virallinen päivitys</b>"
-msgid "A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick.<br/>Can be installed as is (no upgrade)."
-msgstr "GNOME-työpöytäympäristöä voi käyttää sekä %s että USB-tikulta.<br/>Sen voi myös asentaa niiltä (ei sovellu päivitykseen)."
+msgid ""
+"A GNOME desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick.<br/>Can be installed "
+"as is (no upgrade)."
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME-työpöytäympäristöä voi käyttää sekä %s että USB-tikulta.<br/>Sen voi "
+"myös asentaa niiltä (ei sovellu päivitykseen)."
-msgid "A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick.<br/>Can be installed as is (no upgrade)."
-msgstr "KDE-työpöytäympäristöä voi käyttää sekä %s että USB-tikulta.<br/>Sen voi myös asentaa niiltä (ei sovellu päivitykseen)."
+msgid ""
+"A KDE desktop you can run from %s or from USB stick.<br/>Can be installed as "
+"is (no upgrade)."
+msgstr ""
+"KDE-työpöytäympäristöä voi käyttää sekä %s että USB-tikulta.<br/>Sen voi myös "
+"asentaa niiltä (ei sovellu päivitykseen)."
msgid "Add repository and install manually"
msgstr "Lisää asennuslähde ja asenna käsin"
@@ -76,21 +106,30 @@
msgid "Add-On Downloads (optional)"
msgstr "Lisälataukset (valinnainen)"
-msgid "After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)."
-msgstr "Onnistuneen ISO-kuvan/kuvien lataamisen jälkeen. luo käynnistyvä USB-tikku tai polta kuvatiedosto(t) DVD:lle (tai jos levykuva sopii, niin CD:lle)."
+msgid ""
+"After having successfully downloaded the ISO image(s), create a bootable USB "
+"stick or burn the image(s) to a DVD (or a CD if the chosen image fits)."
+msgstr ""
+"Onnistuneen ISO-kuvan/kuvien lataamisen jälkeen. luo käynnistyvä USB-tikku "
+"tai polta kuvatiedosto(t) DVD:lle (tai jos levykuva sopii, niin CD:lle)."
msgid ""
"All data is used only for sending openSUSE promotional material\n"
" and will not be spread to third parties. We store the data to\n"
" inform the users if a new version is available. All requests have\n"
" to be screened to fulfill the US export embargo. More information\n"
-" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>."
+" about the embargo and a list of countries at wikipedia <a "
+"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>"
+"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>."
msgstr ""
"Tietoja käytetään vain openSUSEn tiedotteiden lähettämiseen eikä\n"
-" niitä levitetä kolmansille osapuolille. Tallennamme tiedot kertoaksemme\n"
+" niitä levitetä kolmansille osapuolille. Tallennamme tiedot "
+"kertoaksemme\n"
" käyttäjille uuden version olevan saatavilla. Kaikki pyynnöt täytyy\n"
" seuloa Yhdysvaltain vientirajoitusten takia. Lisätietoa rajoituksista\n"
-" ja maiden luettelosta löytyy Wikipedian artikkelista <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>."
+" ja maiden luettelosta löytyy Wikipedian artikkelista <a "
+"href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes'>"
+"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_embargoes</a>."
msgid "An internal error happened :-("
msgstr "Tapahtui sisäinen virhe :-("
@@ -104,8 +143,14 @@
msgid "BitTorrent"
msgstr "BitTorrent"
-msgid "Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow booting from it."
-msgstr "Käynnistä tietokone DVD-, CD-levyltä tai USB:ltä. Jos automaattinen käynnistys ei toimi, muuta BIOS-asetusten käynnistysjärjestystä siten, että tietokoneen käynnistäminen tapahtuu valitulta laitteelta."
+msgid ""
+"Boot from the DVD, CD or USB stick. In case your computer does not "
+"automatically boot from the chosen device, open the BIOS setup to allow "
+"booting from it."
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnistä tietokone DVD-, CD-levyltä tai USB:ltä. Jos automaattinen "
+"käynnistys ei toimi, muuta BIOS-asetusten käynnistysjärjestystä siten, että "
+"tietokoneen käynnistäminen tapahtuu valitulta laitteelta."
msgid "Bronze Sponsor"
msgstr "Pronssi-tason tukija"
@@ -122,11 +167,18 @@
msgid "Category"
msgstr "Luokka"
-msgid "Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative download method."
-msgstr "Valitse asennusmedia napsauttamalla sitä ja paina Lataa-painiketta aloittaaksesi latauksen. Vaihtoehtoisesti voit valita tietokoneen tyypin tai vaihtoehtoisen lataustavan."
+msgid ""
+"Choose an installation medium by clicking it and hit the Download button to "
+"start the download. Optionally choose your computer type or an alternative "
+"download method."
+msgstr ""
+"Valitse asennusmedia napsauttamalla sitä ja paina Lataa-painiketta "
+"aloittaaksesi latauksen. Vaihtoehtoisesti voit valita tietokoneen tyypin tai "
+"vaihtoehtoisen lataustavan."
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Click here to display these alternative versions."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Paina tästä nähdäksesi vaihtoehtoiset versiot."
msgid "Click to Download"
msgstr "Napsauta ladataksesi"
@@ -134,8 +186,12 @@
msgid "Community"
msgstr "Yhteisö"
-msgid "Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use.<br/>Suitable for installation or upgrade."
-msgstr "Sisältää laajan kokoelman ohjelmistoja työpöytä- tai palvelinkäyttöön.<br/>Soveltuu asennukseen tai päivitykseen."
+msgid ""
+"Contains a large collection of software for desktop or server use.<br/>"
+"Suitable for installation or upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+"Sisältää laajan kokoelman ohjelmistoja työpöytä- tai palvelinkäyttöön.<br/>"
+"Soveltuu asennukseen tai päivitykseen."
msgid "Countdown"
msgstr "Lähtölaskenta"
@@ -200,8 +256,12 @@
msgid "Downloads"
msgstr "Lataukset"
-msgid "Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories.<br/>Suitable for installation or upgrade."
-msgstr "Lataa asennusjärjestelmän ja kaikki paketit verkkoasennuslähteistä.<br/>Sopii asennukseen tai päivitykseen."
+msgid ""
+"Downloads the installation system and all packages from online repositories.<"
+"br/>Suitable for installation or upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+"Lataa asennusjärjestelmän ja kaikki paketit verkkoasennuslähteistä.<br/>Sopii "
+"asennukseen tai päivitykseen."
msgid "Expand all sections ('e')"
msgstr "Laajenna kaikki osiot ('e')"
@@ -221,8 +281,14 @@
msgid "For <strong>%s</strong> run the following:"
msgstr "<strong>%s</strong> suorita seuraava:"
-msgid "For <strong>Arch Linux</strong>, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following (note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since pacman always downloads the first found package):"
-msgstr "<strong>Arch Linux</strong>issa, muokka /etc/pacman.conf-tiedostoa ja lisää seuraava (huomaa että pakettivarastojen järjestys pacman.conf-tiedostossa on tärkeää, koska pacman lataa aina ensimmäisen löytämänsä paketin):"
+msgid ""
+"For <strong>Arch Linux</strong>, edit /etc/pacman.conf and add the following "
+"(note that the order of repositories in pacman.conf is important, since "
+"pacman always downloads the first found package):"
+msgstr ""
+"<strong>Arch Linux</strong>issa, muokka /etc/pacman.conf-tiedostoa ja lisää "
+"seuraava (huomaa että pakettivarastojen järjestys pacman.conf-tiedostossa on "
+"tärkeää, koska pacman lataa aina ensimmäisen löytämänsä paketin):"
msgid "Games"
msgstr "Pelit"
@@ -251,8 +317,14 @@
msgid "How to Proceed"
msgstr "Kuinka edetä"
-msgid "If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself."
-msgstr "Jos haluat käyttää suoraa linkkiä, mutta asut paikassa, josta latauksen ohjauksella ei ole tarpeeksi tarkkaa tietoa ohjatakseen sinut nopeimmalle palvelimelle, voit valita palvelimen itse."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use a direct link but live in a place in the world where our "
+"download redirector has not enough information to redirect to the fastest "
+"mirror, you can pick a mirror yourself."
+msgstr ""
+"Jos haluat käyttää suoraa linkkiä, mutta asut paikassa, josta latauksen "
+"ohjauksella ei ole tarpeeksi tarkkaa tietoa ohjatakseen sinut nopeimmalle "
+"palvelimelle, voit valita palvelimen itse."
msgid "Image:"
msgstr "Levykuva:"
@@ -274,17 +346,29 @@
msgid ""
"Join the fast-growing community, put openSUSE into more hands by\n"
-" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, school\n"
-" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and conferences.\n"
+" getting the latest PromoDVD for your group, non-profit organization, "
+"school\n"
+" university or event like LUG meetings, installfests, and "
+"conferences.\n"
" Promo DVDs help to increase awareness and visibility of openSUSE!"
msgstr ""
-"Liity nopeasti kasvavaan yhteisöön ja jaa openSUSE useammille tilaamalla uusin\n"
+"Liity nopeasti kasvavaan yhteisöön ja jaa openSUSE useammille tilaamalla "
+"uusin\n"
" viimeisin promo-DVD ryhmille, voittoa tuottamattomille järjestöille,\n"
-" kouluille, yliopistoille tai esimerkiksi LUG-tapaamisiin, asennusbileisiin\n"
+" kouluille, yliopistoille tai esimerkiksi LUG-tapaamisiin, "
+"asennusbileisiin\n"
" tai konferensseihin. Promo-DVD:t auttavat openSUSEn näkyvyyttä!"
-msgid "Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>continue</a>."
-msgstr "KDE3-sarjan Konqueroria ei enää valitettavasti ylläpidetä ja sen javascript-toteutus sisältää virheitä, jotka tekevät tämän sivun käytön mahdottomaksi. Varmista, että javascript on poistettu käytöstä ennen kuin <a href='%s'>jatkat</a>."
+msgid ""
+"Konqueror of KDE 3 is unfortunately unmaintained and its javascript "
+"implementation contains bugs that make it impossible to use with this page. "
+"Please make sure you have javascript disabled before you <a href='%s'>"
+"continue</a>."
+msgstr ""
+"KDE3-sarjan Konqueroria ei enää valitettavasti ylläpidetä ja sen "
+"javascript-toteutus sisältää virheitä, jotka tekevät tämän sivun käytön "
+"mahdottomaksi. Varmista, että javascript on poistettu käytöstä ennen kuin <a "
+"href='%s'>jatkat</a>."
# label for language selection
msgid "Language"
@@ -309,8 +393,14 @@
msgid "Live KDE"
msgstr "Live KDE"
-msgid "Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you wanted to download and not some broken version."
-msgstr "Monet sovellukset voivat verrata latauksen tarkistussummaa. Ladatun median tarkistus voi olla tärkeää koska se vertaa, että lataamasi ISO-tiedosto on todella haluamasi eikä rikkoutunut versio. "
+msgid ""
+"Many applications can verify the checksum of a download. To verify your "
+"download can be important as it verifies you really have got the ISO file you "
+"wanted to download and not some broken version."
+msgstr ""
+"Monet sovellukset voivat verrata latauksen tarkistussummaa. Ladatun median "
+"tarkistus voi olla tärkeää koska se vertaa, että lataamasi ISO-tiedosto on "
+"todella haluamasi eikä rikkoutunut versio. "
msgid "Metalink"
msgstr "Metalinkki"
@@ -318,14 +408,38 @@
msgid "More information on burning the ISO file to CD/DVD"
msgstr "Lisätietoa ISO-tiedoston polttamisesta CD/DVD-levylle"
-msgid "More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>bootable USB stick</a>"
-msgstr "Lisätietoa <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>käynnistyvän USB-tikun</a> luomisesta"
+msgid ""
+"More information on creating a <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'"
+">bootable USB stick</a>"
+msgstr ""
+"Lisätietoa <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Live_USB_stick'>käynnistyvän "
+"USB-tikun</a> luomisesta"
-msgid "More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation Wiki</a>."
-msgstr "Lisätietoa openSUSEn lataamisesta löytyy englanninkielisiltä <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> ja <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network Installation</a>-sivuilta, jotka sijaitsevat <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation</a> wikissä."
+msgid ""
+"More information on downloading openSUSE is available from the <a "
+"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> and <a "
+"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network "
+"Installation</a> pages in our <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Document"
+"ation\">Documentation Wiki</a>."
+msgstr ""
+"Lisätietoa openSUSEn lataamisesta löytyy englanninkielisiltä <a "
+"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Download_help\">Download Help</a> ja <a "
+"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Network_installation\">Network "
+"Installation</a>-sivuilta, jotka sijaitsevat <a "
+"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Documentation\">Documentation</a> "
+"wikissä."
-msgid "Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you want to be sure your computer supports it."
-msgstr "Suurin osa uusista tietokoneista sisältää tuen <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (tunnetaan myös nimillä AMD64 ja Intel64), mutta joidenkin kannettavien ja netbook-tyyppisten minikannettavien prosessorit eivät tue sitä. Tarkista Wikipediasta, jos haluat olla varma tukeeko tietokoneesi sitä."
+msgid ""
+"Most new computers support <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">"
+"x86-64</a> (also known as AMD64 and Intel64), but some laptop processors and "
+"netbook processors do not support it. So you need to check wikipedia if you "
+"want to be sure your computer supports it."
+msgstr ""
+"Suurin osa uusista tietokoneista sisältää tuen <a "
+"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X86-64\">x86-64</a> (tunnetaan myös "
+"nimillä AMD64 ja Intel64), mutta joidenkin kannettavien ja netbook-tyyppisten "
+"minikannettavien prosessorit eivät tue sitä. Tarkista Wikipediasta, jos "
+"haluat olla varma tukeeko tietokoneesi sitä."
msgid "Multimedia"
msgstr "Multimedia"
@@ -363,8 +477,13 @@
msgid "Official Manuals"
msgstr "Viralliset käsikirjat"
-msgid "Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Only DVD and Network medias are fully tested. Alternatives, like live or "
+"rescue systems, are recomended for only limited use."
msgstr ""
+"Vain DVD ja verkkoasennus-mediat on täysin testattu. Vaihtoehtoiset live ja "
+"pelastus mediat ovat suositeltuja vain rajoitettuun käyttöön."
msgid "Package %s not found..."
msgstr "Pakettia %s ei löytynyt..."
@@ -385,30 +504,45 @@
msgstr "Platina-tason tukija"
msgid ""
-"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial repositories.\n"
-" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or experimental software."
+"Please be aware that the following packages are from unofficial "
+"repositories.\n"
+" That means they are not reviewed by openSUSE and may contain unstable or "
+"experimental software."
msgstr ""
"Huomaa, että seuraavat paketit ovat epävirallisesta asennuslähteestä.\n"
-" Tämä tarkoittaa sitä, ettei openSUSE ole tarkistanut niitä, ja ne saattavat sisältää epävakaita ja kokeellisia ohjelmistoja."
+" Tämä tarkoittaa sitä, ettei openSUSE ole tarkistanut niitä, ja ne "
+"saattavat sisältää epävakaita ja kokeellisia ohjelmistoja."
-msgid "Please enter a <b>brief</b> reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and provide a link of the event/purpose."
-msgstr "Anna <b>lyhyt</b> selitys (englanniksi) miksi tarvitset DVD-levyjä ja anna linkki tapahtumaan/tarkoitukseen."
+msgid ""
+"Please enter a <b>brief</b> reason (in English!) why you need the DVDs and "
+"provide a link of the event/purpose."
+msgstr ""
+"Anna <b>lyhyt</b> selitys (englanniksi) miksi tarvitset DVD-levyjä ja anna "
+"linkki tapahtumaan/tarkoitukseen."
msgid "Please enter more than 2 characters"
msgstr "Anna enemmän kuin kaksi merkkiä"
-msgid "Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. "
-msgstr "Huomaa, että tämä ei ole viimeisin openSUSE-julkaisu. Uusimman julkaisun löydät <a href='/'>täältä</a>. "
+msgid ""
+"Please note that this is not the latest openSUSE release. You can get the "
+"latest version <a href='/'>here</a>. "
+msgstr ""
+"Huomaa, että tämä ei ole viimeisin openSUSE-julkaisu. Uusimman julkaisun "
+"löydät <a href='/'>täältä</a>. "
msgid ""
"Promo DVDs and all the related artwork -labels and sleeve- can be\n"
-" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\">promodvd\n"
-" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special version of openSUSE,\n"
+" downloaded from the <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\""
+">promodvd\n"
+" download directory %s</a>. Keep in mind that this is a special "
+"version of openSUSE,\n"
" namely designed for promotional distribution."
msgstr ""
"Promo DVD:t ja kaikki niihin liittyvät kansitaide ja kotelot- voidaan\n"
-" ladata osoitteesta <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\">promodvd\n"
-" lataushakemistosta %s</a>. Muista että tämä on erikoisversio openSUSEsta,\n"
+" ladata osoitteesta <a href=\"http://download.opensuse.org/promodvd/\">"
+"promodvd\n"
+" lataushakemistosta %s</a>. Muista että tämä on erikoisversio "
+"openSUSEsta,\n"
" joka on nimenomaan suunniteltu mainostustarkoitukseen."
msgid "Related categories:"
@@ -423,8 +557,12 @@
msgid "Rescue"
msgstr "Korjausjärjestelmä"
-msgid "Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick.<br/>Can not be used for installation or upgrade."
-msgstr "Korjausjärjestelmää voi käyttää CD-levyltä tai USB-tikulta.<br/>Sitä ei voi käyttää asennukseen eikä päivitykseen."
+msgid ""
+"Rescue system that you can run from CD or from USB stick.<br/>Can not be used "
+"for installation or upgrade."
+msgstr ""
+"Korjausjärjestelmää voi käyttää CD-levyltä tai USB-tikulta.<br/>Sitä ei voi "
+"käyttää asennukseen eikä päivitykseen."
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Etsi"
@@ -462,11 +600,23 @@
msgid "Silver Sponsor"
msgstr "Hopeatason tukija"
-msgid "Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Some alternative media (eg. live and rescue systems) are also available, "
+"although they are less tested and recommended for only limited use."
msgstr ""
+"Joitain vaihtoehtoisia medioita (esim. live ja pelastus) on saatavilla, mutta "
+"ne eivät ole yhtä hyvin testattuja ja ne ovat tarkoitettu rajoitettuun "
+"käyttöön."
-msgid "Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>."
-msgstr "Osa live-jakeluista pohjautuu openSUSEen. Jos olet kiinnostunut tekemään oman johdannaisesi, tutustu <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio -palveluun</a>."
+msgid ""
+"Some of the live distributions based on openSUSE. Those interested in trying "
+"to build their own derivatives can take a look at <a "
+"href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio</a>."
+msgstr ""
+"Osa live-jakeluista pohjautuu openSUSEen. Jos olet kiinnostunut tekemään oman "
+"johdannaisesi, tutustu <a href=\"http://susestudio.com/\">SUSE Studio "
+"-palveluun</a>."
msgid "Source"
msgstr "Lähde"
@@ -495,20 +645,58 @@
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Tuki"
-msgid "The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations."
-msgstr "Asennustoiminto on käytettävissä useilla eri kielillä, mutta suurimmalta osalta kielistä, sovelluksien käännöstiedostostot puuttuvat levykuvatiedostoilta. Jos haluat openSUSE järjestelmäsi tukevan lisäkieliä, sinun pitää ladata niitä Internetistä asennuksen aikana takoska tahansa asennuksen jälkeen. Jos sinulla on yhteys Internettiin sinun ei tarvitse ladata tätä CD:tä, mutta jos aiot asentaa openSUSEn koneeseen jossa ei ole Internet yhteyttä, tämä CD tarjoaa pääsyn kaikkiin käytettävissä oleviin käännöksiin."
+msgid ""
+"The installation process is available in many languages but, for most of "
+"them, the translation of the applications is not included in the image. If "
+"you want your openSUSE system to support some additional language, you need "
+"to download it from the Internet during the installation or any time after "
+"it. If you have easy access to the Internet you do not need this CD, but if "
+"you are planning to install openSUSE in some machine with no Internet "
+"connection, it will provide you access to all the available translations."
+msgstr ""
+"Asennustoiminto on käytettävissä useilla eri kielillä, mutta suurimmalta "
+"osalta kielistä, sovelluksien käännöstiedostostot puuttuvat "
+"levykuvatiedostoilta. Jos haluat openSUSE järjestelmäsi tukevan lisäkieliä, "
+"sinun pitää ladata niitä Internetistä asennuksen aikana takoska tahansa "
+"asennuksen jälkeen. Jos sinulla on yhteys Internettiin sinun ei tarvitse "
+"ladata tätä CD:tä, mutta jos aiot asentaa openSUSEn koneeseen jossa ei ole "
+"Internet yhteyttä, tämä CD tarjoaa pääsyn kaikkiin käytettävissä oleviin "
+"käännöksiin."
msgid "Then run the following as <strong>root</strong>"
msgstr "Suorita seuraava <strong>root</strong>-käyttäjänä"
-msgid "There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. <br/> If you want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Tumbleweed'>openSUSE Tumbleweed</a>."
-msgstr "Tällä hetkellä ei ole käynnissä openSUSE julkaisun testivaihetta. <br/> Jos haluat käyttää uusinta uutta, käytä <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Tumbleweed'>openSUSE Tumbleweed</a>ä."
+msgid ""
+"There is no openSUSE release in testing phase at the moment. <br/> If you "
+"want to use bleeding edge software, please use <a "
+"href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Tumbleweed'>openSUSE Tumbleweed</a>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tällä hetkellä ei ole käynnissä openSUSE julkaisun testivaihetta. <br/> Jos "
+"haluat käyttää uusinta uutta, käytä <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Portal:Tum"
+"bleweed'>openSUSE Tumbleweed</a>ä."
-msgid "This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from NON-OSS repository."
-msgstr "Tämä CD-levy sisältää ilmaisia, mutta tekijänoikeuden suojaamia ohjelmistoja, joita ei voi sisällyttää perusasennuslähteeseen yhdessä avoimen lähdekoodin ohjelmistojen kanssa. Kaikki tällä CD-levyllä olevat ohjelmistot on ladattavissa NON-OSS-asennuslähteestä."
+msgid ""
+"This CD contains free software distributed under proprietary licence not "
+"allowing its inclusion to main installation media together with free "
+"open-source software. All software from this CD could be downloaded from "
+"NON-OSS repository."
+msgstr ""
+"Tämä CD-levy sisältää ilmaisia, mutta tekijänoikeuden suojaamia ohjelmistoja, "
+"joita ei voi sisällyttää perusasennuslähteeseen yhdessä avoimen lähdekoodin "
+"ohjelmistojen kanssa. Kaikki tällä CD-levyllä olevat ohjelmistot on "
+"ladattavissa NON-OSS-asennuslähteestä."
-msgid "This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only i686 (Pentium Pro and later)."
-msgstr "Tämä versio toimii kaikissa PC-koneissa mukaan lukien ne, joissa on 64-bittinen tuki. Jos koneessasi on kuitenkin enemmän RAM-muistia kuin 3 Gt, sinun tulisi valita 64-bittinen versio. openSUSE ei tue Pentiumia vanhempia prosessoreita - liveCD-levyt on optimoitu ainoastaan i686-prosessoreille (Pentium Pro ja uudemmat)."
+msgid ""
+"This version runs on all PCs including those that support 64 Bit. If you have "
+"more than 3 GB of RAM you should prefer the 64 Bit version though. openSUSE "
+"does not support processors before Pentium - the live CDs even support only "
+"i686 (Pentium Pro and later)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tämä versio toimii kaikissa PC-koneissa mukaan lukien ne, joissa on "
+"64-bittinen tuki. Jos koneessasi on kuitenkin enemmän RAM-muistia kuin 3 Gt, "
+"sinun tulisi valita 64-bittinen versio. openSUSE ei tue Pentiumia vanhempia "
+"prosessoreita - liveCD-levyt on optimoitu ainoastaan i686-prosessoreille "
+"(Pentium Pro ja uudemmat)."
msgid "Top 1-click downloads:"
msgstr "Eniten 1-click-latauksia:"
@@ -525,11 +713,33 @@
msgid "Unsupported distributions:"
msgstr "Tukematon jakeluversio:"
-msgid "User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official Start-Up Guide</a>."
-msgstr "Englanninkieliset käyttöohjeet ovat ladattavissa osoitteesta <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, esimerkiksi <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Virallinen aloitusopas</a>."
+msgid ""
+"User manuals are available from <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">"
+"activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, for example the <a "
+"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">Official "
+"Start-Up Guide</a>."
+msgstr ""
+"Englanninkieliset käyttöohjeet ovat ladattavissa osoitteesta <a "
+"href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org\">activedoc.opensuse.org</a>, "
+"esimerkiksi <a href=\"http://activedoc.opensuse.org/book/opensuse-start-up/\">"
+"Virallinen aloitusopas</a>."
-msgid "Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the download at any time and resume it later."
-msgstr "<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrentin</a> käyttämistä suositellaan hitaille linkeille, erityisesti kun ladataan DVD-levykuvaa. BitTorrent-latauksilla on useita etuja: ohjelmat suojaavat datan virheiltä ja autat vähentämään palvelimen kuormitusta osallistumalla jakamiseen. Kun riittävän moni tekee saman, lataaminen on myös nopeampaa kuin keskitetyillä palvelimilla - kaikille. Lisäksi, voit keskeyttää latauksen koska tahansa ja jatkaa sitä myöhemmin."
+msgid ""
+"Using <a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrent</a> is "
+"recommended on slow links, especially when downloading the DVD image. "
+"BitTorrent downloads have several benefits, the clients protect against data "
+"corruption and you help relieving the load on the servers by participating in "
+"the upload - if enough people participate it will also be faster than the "
+"centralized servers - for everybody. Whatsmore, it allows you to stop the "
+"download at any time and resume it later."
+msgstr ""
+"<a href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:BitTorrent\">BitTorrentin</a> "
+"käyttämistä suositellaan hitaille linkeille, erityisesti kun ladataan "
+"DVD-levykuvaa. BitTorrent-latauksilla on useita etuja: ohjelmat suojaavat "
+"datan virheiltä ja autat vähentämään palvelimen kuormitusta osallistumalla "
+"jakamiseen. Kun riittävän moni tekee saman, lataaminen on myös nopeampaa kuin "
+"keskitetyillä palvelimilla - kaikille. Lisäksi, voit keskeyttää latauksen "
+"koska tahansa ja jatkaa sitä myöhemmin."
msgid "Verify your download before use"
msgstr "Tarkista ladattu media ennen käyttöä"
@@ -543,29 +753,62 @@
msgid ""
"We would like you, to keep us informed about your usage of the DVDs, so we\n"
" can help you to promote your organization, event or school on our\n"
-" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news page</a>\n"
-" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). Please contact us at\n"
-" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n"
+" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>news "
+"page</a>\n"
+" or other resources. (Hint! We love photos. Take lots of them!). "
+"Please contact us at\n"
+" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>"
+"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n"
" to discuss promotion and/or other ways we can assist you."
msgstr ""
"Haluaisimme sinun pitävän meidät ajan tasalla DVD:iden käytöstäsi, jotta\n"
" voimme auttaa sinua mainostaa järjestöäsi, tapahtumaasi tai kouluasi\n"
-" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>uutissivullamme</a>\n"
-" ja muuallakin. (Vihje! Pidämme valokuvista. Ota paljon kuvia!) Kysy sähköpostitse\n"
-" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n"
+" <a href='http://news.opensuse.org' title='news.opensuse.org'>"
+"uutissivullamme</a>\n"
+" ja muuallakin. (Vihje! Pidämme valokuvista. Ota paljon kuvia!) Kysy "
+"sähköpostitse\n"
+" <a href='mailto:opensuse-marketing@opensuse.org'>"
+"opensuse-marketing(a)opensuse.org</a>\n"
" mainonnasta tai muista tavoista, joilla voimme auttaa sinua."
-msgid "When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is <i>strongly</i> recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk of corrupted data."
-msgstr "Kun lataat muita levykuvia kuin verkkoasennus-CD:tä, on <i>erittäin</i> suositeltavaa, että käytät kunnollista latausohjelmaa vähentääksesi datan vioittumisen mahdollisuutta."
+msgid ""
+"When downloading images other than the CD for network installation, it is <i>"
+"strongly</i> recommended to use a proper download manager to reduce the risk "
+"of corrupted data."
+msgstr ""
+"Kun lataat muita levykuvia kuin verkkoasennus-CD:tä, on <i>erittäin</i> "
+"suositeltavaa, että käytät kunnollista latausohjelmaa vähentääksesi datan "
+"vioittumisen mahdollisuutta."
-msgid "You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust (<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:"
-msgstr "Voit lisätä pakettivaraston avaimen apt:iin. Pidä mielessä että avaimen omistaja voi jakaa päivityksiä, paketteja ja pakettivarastoja joihin järjestelmäsi luottaa (<a href=\"%s\">lisää tietoa</a>). Avaimen lisäämiseksi, suorita:"
+msgid ""
+"You can add the repository key to apt. Keep in mind that the owner of the key "
+"may distribute updates, packages and repositories that your system will trust "
+"(<a href=\"%s\">more information</a>). To add the key, run:"
+msgstr ""
+"Voit lisätä pakettivaraston avaimen apt:iin. Pidä mielessä että avaimen "
+"omistaja voi jakaa päivityksiä, paketteja ja pakettivarastoja joihin "
+"järjestelmäsi luottaa (<a href=\"%s\">lisää tietoa</a>). Avaimen "
+"lisäämiseksi, suorita:"
-msgid "You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for another base distribution (currently )."
-msgstr "Voit koettaa laajentaa hakuasi kehityspaketteihin tai etsiä toisella jakeluversiolla (nykyinen )."
+msgid ""
+"You could try to extend your search to development packages or search for "
+"another base distribution (currently )."
+msgstr ""
+"Voit koettaa laajentaa hakuasi kehityspaketteihin tai etsiä toisella "
+"jakeluversiolla (nykyinen )."
-msgid "You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefox</a>."
-msgstr "Voit tarkistaa tiedoston lataustoiminnon aikana. Esimerkiksi tarkistussummaa (SHA256) käytetään automaattisesti, jos valitset <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a>-latauksen yllä olevasta kentästä ja käytät <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>Firefoxin</a> DownThemAll! -lisäosaa."
+msgid ""
+"You could verify the file in the process of downloading. For example a "
+"checksum (SHA256) will be used automatically if you choose <a "
+"href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a> in the field above "
+"and use the add-on DownThemAll! in <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>"
+"Firefox</a>."
+msgstr ""
+"Voit tarkistaa tiedoston lataustoiminnon aikana. Esimerkiksi tarkistussummaa "
+"(SHA256) käytetään automaattisesti, jos valitset <a "
+"href='http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Metalink'>Metalink</a>-latauksen yllä "
+"olevasta kentästä ja käytät <a href='http://en.opensuse.org/Firefox'>"
+"Firefoxin</a> DownThemAll! -lisäosaa."
msgid "gpg signature"
msgstr "GPG-allekirjoitus"
@@ -611,8 +854,12 @@
msgid "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/"
msgstr "https://doc.opensuse.org/release-notes/x86_64/openSUSE/13.2/"
-msgid "is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right before burning."
-msgstr "on edelleen yleisin käytetty tarkistussumma. Monet ISO poltto-ohjelmat näyttävät sen juuri ennen polttoa."
+msgid ""
+"is still the most commonly used checksum. Many ISO burners display it right "
+"before burning."
+msgstr ""
+"on edelleen yleisin käytetty tarkistussumma. Monet ISO poltto-ohjelmat "
+"näyttävät sen juuri ennen polttoa."
msgid "is the less known but more secure checksum than md5."
msgstr "se on vähemmän tunnettu, mutta paljon turvallisempi kuin md5."
@@ -620,8 +867,12 @@
msgid "md5 checksum"
msgstr "MD5-tarkistussumma"
-msgid "offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%s</tt>."
-msgstr "tarjoaa parhaimman turvatason, koska voit tarkistaa kuka allekirjoittaja on. Sen tulisi olla <tt>%s</tt>."
+msgid ""
+"offers the most security as you can verify who signed it. It should be <tt>%"
+"s</tt>."
+msgstr ""
+"tarjoaa parhaimman turvatason, koska voit tarkistaa kuka allekirjoittaja on. "
+"Sen tulisi olla <tt>%s</tt>."
msgid "openSUSE Countdown"
msgstr "openSUSEn lähtölaskenta"
@@ -629,8 +880,12 @@
msgid "openSUSE Derivatives"
msgstr "openSUSE-johdannaiset"
-msgid "openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for network installation is only available via http."
-msgstr "openSUSE on saatavilla http:n (suora linkki) tai BitTorrentin kautta. Verkkoasennus-CD on saatavilla ainoastaan http:n kautta."
+msgid ""
+"openSUSE is available via http (direct link) or BitTorrent. The CD for "
+"network installation is only available via http."
+msgstr ""
+"openSUSE on saatavilla http:n (suora linkki) tai BitTorrentin kautta. "
+"Verkkoasennus-CD on saatavilla ainoastaan http:n kautta."
msgid "openSUSE only supports PCs with 32 Bits and 64 Bits."
msgstr "openSUSE tukee vain 32- ja 64-bittistä tietokonetta."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
18 Dec '14
Author: orion
Date: 2014-12-18 08:20:46 +0100 (Thu, 18 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90900
Modified:
trunk/lcn/it/po/zypp.it.po
trunk/lcn/it/po/zypper.it.po
Log:
Updated
Modified: trunk/lcn/it/po/zypp.it.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/it/po/zypp.it.po 2014-12-18 06:37:21 UTC (rev 90899)
+++ trunk/lcn/it/po/zypp.it.po 2014-12-18 07:20:46 UTC (rev 90900)
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"…
[View More]POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:45+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-21 09:41+0800\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:57+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-18 15:20+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: it_IT\n"
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
"X-Poedit-Bookmarks: 370,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1144
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1145
msgid ""
"\n"
"uninstallable providers: "
@@ -62,38 +62,38 @@
msgid "%s already executed as %s)"
msgstr "%s già eseguito come %s)"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1086
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1087
#, c-format
msgid "%s conflicts with %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%s è in conflitto con %s fornito da %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1039
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1040
#, c-format
msgid "%s does not belong to a distupgrade repository"
msgstr "%s non appartiene a un repository di aggiornamento della distribuzione"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1043
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "%s has inferior architecture"
msgstr "%s ha un'architettura inferiore"
# TLABEL modules/inst_target_part.ycp:680
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1071
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1072
#, c-format
msgid "%s is not installable"
msgstr "%s non è installabile"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1067
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1068
#, c-format
msgid "%s is provided by the system and cannot be erased"
msgstr "%s è fornito dal sistema e non può essere cancellato"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1091
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1092
#, c-format
msgid "%s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%s rende obsoleto %s fornito da %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1132
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1133
#, c-format
msgid "%s requires %s, but this requirement cannot be provided"
msgstr "%s richiede %s, ma non è possibile fornire questa richiesta"
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
msgid "Adangme"
msgstr "Adangme"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1451
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1501
#, c-format
msgid "Adding repository '%s'"
msgstr "Aggiunta del repository '%s'"
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
#. report additional rpm output in finish
#. TranslatorExplanation Text is followed by a ':' and the actual output.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1977 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2124
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1978 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2125
msgid "Additional rpm output"
msgstr "Output aggiuntivo di rpm"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
msgstr "Austronesiano (altre)"
#. !\todo add comma to the message for the next release
-#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1690
+#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1678
#, c-format
msgid "Authentication required for '%s'"
msgstr "È richiesta l'autenticazione per '%s'"
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
msgid "Buginese"
msgstr "Buginese"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1152
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1202
#, c-format
msgid "Building repository '%s' cache"
msgstr "Costruzione della cache del repository '%s'"
@@ -684,57 +684,57 @@
msgid "Can't acquire the mutex lock"
msgstr "Impossibile acquisire il blocco sul mutex"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:344
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:361
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Impossibile fare chdir verso '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:343
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:360
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' inside chroot '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Impossibile fare chdir verso '%s' dentro la chroot '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:333
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:350
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chroot to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Impossibile fare chroot verso '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1009 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1116 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1058 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1216
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create %s"
msgstr "Impossibile creare %s"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1172
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1222
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create cache at %s - no writing permissions."
msgstr "Impossibile creare la cache in %s - permessi di scrittura mancanti."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1017
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1066
msgid "Can't create metadata cache directory."
msgstr "Impossibile creare la directory della cache dei metadati."
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1628 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1817
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1678 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1867
#, c-format
msgid "Can't delete '%s'"
msgstr "Impossibile cancellare '%s'"
#. don't want to get here
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:356
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:373
#, c-format
msgid "Can't exec '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Impossibile eseguire '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1616 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1692
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1666 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1742
msgid "Can't figure out where the repo is stored."
msgstr "Impossibile trovare dove è memorizzato il repository."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1805 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2173
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1855 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2223
msgid "Can't figure out where the service is stored."
msgstr "Impossibile trovare dove è memorizzato il servizio."
# TLABEL modules/installation.ycp:287
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:364
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:381
#, c-format
msgid "Can't fork (%s)."
msgstr "Impossibile fare il fork (%s)."
@@ -748,8 +748,8 @@
msgstr "Impossibile inizializzare il mutex ricorsivo"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:602 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1490 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1572
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1646 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1711 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1829
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:651 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1540 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1622
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1761 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1879
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open file '%s' for writing."
msgstr "Impossibile aprire il file '%s' in scrittura."
@@ -759,13 +759,13 @@
msgid "Can't open lock file: %s"
msgstr "Impossibile aprire il file lock: %s"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:259
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:269
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pipe (%s)."
msgstr "Impossibile aprire la pipe (%s)."
# TLABEL modules/sound/sound.ycp:620
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:248
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:258
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pty (%s)."
msgstr "Impossibile aprire pty (%s)."
@@ -804,11 +804,11 @@
"Impossibile trovare un dispositivo di loop disponibile per montare il file "
"immagine da '%s'"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:226
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
msgid "Cannot read repo directory '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "Impossibile leggere la directory '%1%' del repository: permesso negato"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:244
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:245
msgid "Cannot read repo file '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "Impossibile leggere il file '%1%' del repository: permesso negato"
@@ -979,16 +979,16 @@
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr "Colombia"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:490
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:507
#, c-format
msgid "Command exited with status %d."
msgstr "Il comando è terminato con stato %d."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:515
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:532
msgid "Command exited with unknown error."
msgstr "Il comando è terminato con un errore sconosciuto."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:510
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:527
#, c-format
msgid "Command was killed by signal %d (%s)."
msgstr "Il comando è stato terminato con il segnale %d (%s)."
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@
#. on ftp file-not-found(bnc #335906). Instead we'll check another types
#. before throwing.
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1276 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2239
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1326 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2289
#, c-format
msgid "Error trying to read from '%s'"
msgstr "Errore nel tentativo di leggere da '%s'"
@@ -1371,12 +1371,12 @@
msgid "Ewondo"
msgstr "Ewondo"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1236
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to cache repo (%d)."
msgstr "Creazione della cache del repo (%d) fallita."
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:555
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:571
msgid "Failed to delete key."
msgstr "Eliminazione della chiave fallita."
@@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@
"Impossibile fornire il pacchetto %s. Si vuole provare a recuperarlo di nuovo?"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a pathname
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:234 zypp/RepoManager.cc:647 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1363
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:235 zypp/RepoManager.cc:696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1413
#: zypp/repo/PluginServices.cc:49
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to read directory '%s'"
@@ -1903,8 +1903,8 @@
msgid "Hausa"
msgstr "Hausa"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1058
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1062
msgid "Have you enabled all requested repositories?"
msgstr "Sono stati abilitati tutti i repository richiesti?"
@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@
msgid "Invalid LDAP URL query string"
msgstr "Stringa di interrogazione URL LDAP non valida"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:826
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:830
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid Url scheme '%s'"
msgstr "Schema url '%s' non valido"
@@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@
msgid "Invalid empty Url object reference"
msgstr "Riferimento a oggetto url vuoto non valido"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1045
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid host component '%s'"
msgstr "Componente host '%s' non valido"
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Parametro del carattere separatore per la divisione della mappa non valido"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1077
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid port component '%s'"
msgstr "Componente porta '%s' non valido"
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@
msgstr "Espressione regolare '%s' non valida: regcomp ha restituito %d"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1558
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1608
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid repo file name at '%s'"
msgstr "Nome file del repository non valido a '%s'"
@@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@
msgid "Pitcairn"
msgstr "Pitcairn"
-#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:207
+#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:239
msgid "Please install package 'lsof' first."
msgstr "Installare prima il pacchetto 'lsof'."
@@ -3454,14 +3454,14 @@
msgid "Quechua"
msgstr "Quechua"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:782 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1227
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:786 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1231
msgid "Query string parsing not supported for this URL"
msgstr "Analisi della stringa di interrogazione non supportata per questo URL"
#. TranslatorExplanation after semicolon is error message
#. TranslatorExplanation the colon is followed by an error message
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1963
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2110
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1964
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2111
msgid "RPM failed: "
msgstr "RPM fallito: "
@@ -3489,16 +3489,16 @@
msgid "Recommends"
msgstr "Raccomanda"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1115 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1129
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1119 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1133
msgid "Relative path not allowed if authority exists"
msgstr "Percorso relativo non consentito se l'autorità esiste"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1597
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1647
#, c-format
msgid "Removing repository '%s'"
msgstr "Rimozione del repository '%s'"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:267
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:268
msgid "Repository alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "L'alias di un repository non può iniziare con un punto."
@@ -3689,7 +3689,7 @@
msgid "Serer"
msgstr "Serer"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:278
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:279
msgid "Service alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "L'alias di un servizio non può iniziare con un punto."
@@ -3737,7 +3737,7 @@
msgid "Sign Languages"
msgstr "Lingue dei segni"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:565
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:581
#, c-format
msgid "Signature file %s not found"
msgstr "File delle firme %s non trovato"
@@ -4082,8 +4082,8 @@
msgid "This action is being run by another program already."
msgstr "Questa azione è stata già eseguita da un altro programma."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1279
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1300
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
msgid "This request will break your system!"
msgstr "Questa richiesta danneggerà il sistema!"
@@ -4153,7 +4153,7 @@
msgid "Tonga (Tonga Islands)"
msgstr "Tonga (Isole Tonga)"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:512
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:528
#, c-format
msgid "Tried to import not existent key %s into keyring %s"
msgstr "Tentato di importare la chiave non esistente %s nel portachiavi %s"
@@ -4295,7 +4295,7 @@
msgid "Undetermined"
msgstr "Indeterminato"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1246
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1296
msgid "Unhandled repository type"
msgstr "Tipo di repository non gestito"
@@ -4324,7 +4324,7 @@
msgstr "Paese sconosciuto: "
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1329 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2247
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1379 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2297
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown error reading from '%s'"
msgstr "Errore sconosciuto leggendo da '%s'"
@@ -4346,7 +4346,7 @@
#. translators: Cleanup a repository previously owned by a meanwhile unknown (deleted) service.
#. %1% = service name
#. %2% = repository name
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:729
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:778
msgid "Unknown service '%1%': Removing orphaned service repository '%2%'"
msgstr ""
"Servizio '%1%' sconosciuto: rimozione del repository dei servizi orfani '%2%'"
@@ -4380,31 +4380,31 @@
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a %s"
msgstr "Lo schema url non consente un %s"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1018
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1022
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a host component"
msgstr "Lo schema url non consente un componente host"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:979
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:983
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a password"
msgstr "Lo schema url non consente una password"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1066
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1070
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a port"
msgstr "Lo schema url non consente una porta"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:945
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:949
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a username"
msgstr "Lo schema url non consente un nome utente"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:820
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:824
msgid "Url scheme is a required component"
msgstr "Lo schema url è un componente obbligatorio"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1008
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1012
msgid "Url scheme requires a host component"
msgstr "Lo schema url richiede un componente host"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1094
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1098
msgid "Url scheme requires path name"
msgstr "Lo schema url richiede un nome di percorso"
@@ -4458,7 +4458,7 @@
msgid "Virgin Islands, U.S."
msgstr "Isole Vergini, Stati Uniti"
-#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1004
+#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:992
msgid ""
"Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid "
"and has not expired."
@@ -4609,7 +4609,7 @@
msgid "applydeltarpm failed."
msgstr "applydeltarpm fallito."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1387
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1388
#, c-format
msgid "architecture change of %s to %s"
msgstr "cambio di architettura da %s a %s"
@@ -4621,65 +4621,53 @@
msgstr "danneggia %s ignorando alcune delle sue dipendenze"
# TLABEL modules/inst_target_part.ycp:680
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1081
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1082
#, c-format
msgid "cannot install both %s and %s"
msgstr "impossibile installare sia %s, sia %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1050
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1051
msgid "conflicting requests"
msgstr "richieste in conflitto"
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2266
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2267
#, c-format
msgid "created backup %s"
msgstr "creata copia di ripristino di %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1416
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1417
#, c-format
msgid "deinstallation of %s"
msgstr "disinstallazione di %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1134
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
msgid "deleted providers: "
msgstr "fornitori cancellati: "
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1307
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1308
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to delete all solvables providing %s"
msgstr "non chiedere di eliminare tutti i risolvibili che forniscono %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1285
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
msgstr "non chiedere di installare un risolvibile che fornisce %s"
# TLABEL modules/inst_target_part.ycp:680
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1228
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1209
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1245
#, c-format
-msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
-msgstr "non vietare l'installazione di %s"
-
-# TLABEL modules/inst_target_part.ycp:680
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1208
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1244
-#, c-format
msgid "do not install %s"
msgstr "non installare %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1320
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid "do not install most recent version of %s"
msgstr "non installare la versione più recente di %s"
-# TLABEL modules/inst_target_part.ycp:680
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1203
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1381
#, c-format
-msgid "do not keep %s installed"
-msgstr "non tenere installato %s"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1380
-#, c-format
msgid "downgrade of %s to %s"
msgstr "ritorna %s alla versione %s"
@@ -4687,12 +4675,12 @@
msgid "generally ignore of some dependecies"
msgstr "generalmente ignora alcune dipendenze"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1281
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1302
msgid "ignore the warning of a broken system"
msgstr "ignora l' avviso di un sistema danneggiato"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1396
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1397
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install %s (with vendor change)\n"
@@ -4701,17 +4689,17 @@
"installa %s (con cambio di fornitore)\n"
" %s --> %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1346
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1347
#, c-format
msgid "install %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "installa %s nonostante l'architettura inferiore"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1360
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid "install %s from excluded repository"
msgstr "installa %s da repository escluso"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1096
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1097
#, c-format
msgid "installed %s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "l'installato %s rende obsoleto %s fornito da %s"
@@ -4720,18 +4708,18 @@
msgid "invalid"
msgstr "non valido"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1223
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1265
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1224
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1266
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s"
msgstr "mantieni %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1341
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1342
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "mantieni %s nonostante l'architettura inferiore"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1355
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1356
#, c-format
msgid "keep obsolete %s"
msgstr "mantieni l'obsoleto %s"
@@ -4744,33 +4732,44 @@
msgid "libhal_set_dbus_connection: Can't set dbus connection"
msgstr "libhal_set_dbus_connection: impossibile impostare la connessione dbus"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1076
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1077
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides %s needed by %s"
msgstr "niente fornisce %s necessario a %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1056
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides requested %s"
msgstr "niente fornisce il richiesto %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1060
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
#, c-format
msgid "package %s does not exist"
msgstr "il pacchetto %s non esiste"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1047
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1048
#, c-format
msgid "problem with installed package %s"
msgstr "problema con il pacchetto installato %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1405
+# TLABEL modules/inst_target_part.ycp:680
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1229
#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
+msgstr "rimuovi il blocco per permettere l'installazione di %s"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1204
+#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
+msgstr "rimuovi il blocco per permettere la rimozione di %s"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1406
+#, c-format
msgid "replacement of %s with %s"
msgstr "sostituzione di %s con %s"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1949
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1950
#, c-format
msgid "rpm created %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
@@ -4778,7 +4777,7 @@
"differenza"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1951
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1952
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm created %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4788,7 +4787,7 @@
"Di seguito sono riportate le prime 25 righe di differenza:\n"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1944
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1945
#, c-format
msgid "rpm saved %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
@@ -4796,7 +4795,7 @@
"differenza"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1946
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1947
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm saved %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4805,16 +4804,16 @@
"rpm ha salvato %s come %s.\n"
"Di seguito sono riportate le prime 25 righe di differenza:\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1100
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "solvable %s conflicts with %s provided by itself"
msgstr "il risolubile %s è in conflitto con %s fornito da se stesso"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1053
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1054
msgid "some dependency problem"
msgstr "alcuni problemi di dipendenze"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1146
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1147
msgid "uninstallable providers: "
msgstr "fornitori non installabili: "
@@ -4827,10 +4826,14 @@
msgid "unsupported"
msgstr "non supportato"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1064
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1065
msgid "unsupported request"
msgstr "richiesta non supportata"
+# TLABEL modules/inst_target_part.ycp:680
+#~ msgid "do not keep %s installed"
+#~ msgstr "non tenere installato %s"
+
#~ msgid "Cannot create public key %s from %s keyring to file %s"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Impossibile creare la chiave pubblica %s dal portachiavi %s per il file %s"
Modified: trunk/lcn/it/po/zypper.it.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/it/po/zypper.it.po 2014-12-18 06:37:21 UTC (rev 90899)
+++ trunk/lcn/it/po/zypper.it.po 2014-12-18 07:20:46 UTC (rev 90900)
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-16 10:01+0800\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:58+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-18 15:22+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: it\n"
@@ -1298,8 +1298,16 @@
" atteso %3%\n"
" trovato %4%\n"
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:350
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348
msgid ""
+"Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and "
+"in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
+msgstr ""
+"Accettare i pacchetti con somma di controllo errata può portare ad un sistema "
+"corrotto e in casi estremi anche a compromettere il sistema."
+
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356
+msgid ""
"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, "
"correct\n"
"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of "
@@ -1315,22 +1323,22 @@
"inserire nulla per scartare il file.\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363
msgid "discard"
msgstr "scarta"
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:359
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:365
msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
msgstr "Sbloccare usando questo file a proprio rischio."
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:361
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:367
msgid "Discard the file."
msgstr "Scarta il file."
#. translators: A prompt text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:366
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:372
msgid "Unblock or discard?"
msgstr "Sboccare o scartare?"
@@ -1742,10 +1750,10 @@
msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'."
msgstr "Scansione del contenuto del repository disabilitato '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736
+#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 src/repos.cc:1289
#, c-format
-msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "Disabilitazione del repository '%s' a causa dell'errore precedente."
+msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
+msgstr "Esclusione del repository '%s' a causa dell'errore precedente."
#: src/repos.cc:717
#, c-format
@@ -1914,11 +1922,6 @@
msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'"
msgstr "Esclusione del repository disabilitato '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1289
-#, c-format
-msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "Esclusione del repository '%s' a causa dell'errore precedente."
-
#: src/repos.cc:1303
msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "I repository specificati non sono abilitati o definiti."
@@ -2673,7 +2676,8 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSopprime l'output ordinario, stampa solo i messaggi di "
"errore.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrementa la verbosità.\n"
-"\t--[no-]color\t\tSe usare l'output colorato nel caso sia supportato da tty.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tSe usare l'output colorato nel caso sia supportato da "
+"tty.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tNon abbreviare il testo nelle tabelle.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tStile delle tabelle (intero).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tNon chiedere nulla, usa automaticamente le risposte "
@@ -6216,6 +6220,9 @@
msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'."
msgstr "L'opzione '%s' sovrascrive '%s'."
+#~ msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
+#~ msgstr "Disabilitazione del repository '%s' a causa dell'errore precedente."
+
#~ msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
#~ msgstr "Opzione di configurazione '%s' sconosciuta"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90899 - trunk/lcn/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
18 Dec '14
Author: andriykopanytsia
Date: 2014-12-18 07:37:21 +0100 (Thu, 18 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90899
Modified:
trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypp.uk.po
trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po
Log:
Updated Ukranian translation of zypp and zypper
Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypp.uk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypp.uk.po 2014-12-18 00:15:35 UTC (rev 90898)
+++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypp.uk.po 2014-12-18 06:37:21 UTC (rev 90899)
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
msgstr ""
"…
[View More]Project-Id-Version: zypp.uk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:45+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-28 18:19+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:57+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-18 08:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n"
"Language: uk\n"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1144
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1145
msgid ""
"\n"
"uninstallable providers: "
@@ -60,37 +60,37 @@
msgid "%s already executed as %s)"
msgstr "%s вже виконаний як %s)"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1086
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1087
#, c-format
msgid "%s conflicts with %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%s конфліктує з %s, що надається %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1039
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1040
#, c-format
msgid "%s does not belong to a distupgrade repository"
msgstr "%s не належить до сховища distupgrade (оновлення дистрибутиву)"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1043
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "%s has inferior architecture"
msgstr "%s має слабшу архітектуру"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1071
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1072
#, c-format
msgid "%s is not installable"
msgstr "%s не можливо встановити"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1067
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1068
#, c-format
msgid "%s is provided by the system and cannot be erased"
msgstr "%s надано системою і його неможливо прибрати."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1091
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1092
#, c-format
msgid "%s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%s робить застарілим %s, що надається %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1132
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1133
#, c-format
msgid "%s requires %s, but this requirement cannot be provided"
msgstr "%s потребує %s, але цю залежність неможливо вдовольнити"
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
msgid "Adangme"
msgstr "Адангме"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1451
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1501
#, c-format
msgid "Adding repository '%s'"
msgstr "Додавання сховища \"%s\""
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
#. report additional rpm output in finish
#. TranslatorExplanation Text is followed by a ':' and the actual output.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1977 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2124
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1978 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2125
msgid "Additional rpm output"
msgstr "Додатковий вивід rpm"
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
msgstr "Австронезійські (інші)"
#. !\todo add comma to the message for the next release
-#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1690
+#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1678
#, c-format
msgid "Authentication required for '%s'"
msgstr "Потрібна автентифікація для \"%s\""
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
msgid "Buginese"
msgstr "Бугійська"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1152
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1202
#, c-format
msgid "Building repository '%s' cache"
msgstr "Створення кешу сховища \"%s\""
@@ -712,57 +712,57 @@
msgid "Can't acquire the mutex lock"
msgstr "Неможливо отримати блокування mutex"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:344
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:361
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Неможливо змінити каталог на '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:343
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:360
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' inside chroot '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
"Неможливо змінити каталог на '%s' всередині середовища chroot '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:333
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:350
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chroot to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Не вдалося створити chroot для \"%s\" (%s)."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1009 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1116 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1058 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1216
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create %s"
msgstr "Неможливо створити %s"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1172
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1222
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create cache at %s - no writing permissions."
msgstr "Не вдалося створити кеш %s - немає прав на запис."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1017
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1066
msgid "Can't create metadata cache directory."
msgstr "Неможливо створити каталог кешу метаданих."
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1628 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1817
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1678 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1867
#, c-format
msgid "Can't delete '%s'"
msgstr "Неможливо вилучити «%s»"
#. don't want to get here
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:356
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:373
#, c-format
msgid "Can't exec '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Не вдалося виконати \"%s\" (%s)."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1616 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1692
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1666 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1742
msgid "Can't figure out where the repo is stored."
msgstr "Неможливо визначити, де знаходиться сховище."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1805 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2173
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1855 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2223
msgid "Can't figure out where the service is stored."
msgstr "Неможливо визначити, де знаходиться служба."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:364
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:381
#, c-format
msgid "Can't fork (%s)."
msgstr "Не вдалося відгалузити (%s)."
@@ -776,8 +776,8 @@
msgstr "Неможливо започаткувати рекурсивний mutex"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:602 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1490 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1572
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1646 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1711 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1829
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:651 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1540 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1622
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1761 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1879
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open file '%s' for writing."
msgstr "Неможливо відкрити файл «%s» для запису."
@@ -787,12 +787,12 @@
msgid "Can't open lock file: %s"
msgstr "Не вдалося відкрити файл замка: %s"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:259
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:269
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pipe (%s)."
msgstr "Неможливо відкрити канал (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:248
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:258
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pty (%s)."
msgstr "Не вдалося відкрити pty (%s)."
@@ -829,11 +829,11 @@
msgid "Cannot find available loop device to mount the image file from '%s'"
msgstr "Неможливо знайти наявний пристрій для монтування штампа файла з «%s»"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:226
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
msgid "Cannot read repo directory '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "Неможливо прочитати каталог сховища '%1%': Доступ заборонений"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:244
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:245
msgid "Cannot read repo file '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "Неможливо прочитати файл сховища '%1%': Доступ заборонений"
@@ -1010,16 +1010,16 @@
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr "Колумбія"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:490
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:507
#, c-format
msgid "Command exited with status %d."
msgstr "Команда завершила роботу зі станом %d."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:515
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:532
msgid "Command exited with unknown error."
msgstr "Команда завершила роботу з невідомою помилкою."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:510
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:527
#, c-format
msgid "Command was killed by signal %d (%s)."
msgstr "Команду було зупинено за сигналом %d (%s)."
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@
#. :CRI:188:
#: zypp/CountryCode.cc:251
msgid "Cuba"
-msgstr "Колумбія"
+msgstr "Куба"
#. language code: cus
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:412
@@ -1366,7 +1366,7 @@
#. on ftp file-not-found(bnc #335906). Instead we'll check another types
#. before throwing.
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1276 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2239
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1326 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2289
#, c-format
msgid "Error trying to read from '%s'"
msgstr "Помилка спроби читання з «%s»"
@@ -1410,12 +1410,12 @@
msgid "Ewondo"
msgstr "Евондо"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1236
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to cache repo (%d)."
msgstr "Не вдалось скешувати сховище(%d)."
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:555
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:571
msgid "Failed to delete key."
msgstr "Не вдалось вилучити ключ."
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@
msgstr "Не вдалося надати пакунок %s. Повторити спробу?"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a pathname
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:234 zypp/RepoManager.cc:647 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1363
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:235 zypp/RepoManager.cc:696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1413
#: zypp/repo/PluginServices.cc:49
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to read directory '%s'"
@@ -1962,8 +1962,8 @@
msgid "Hausa"
msgstr "Хауса"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1058
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1062
msgid "Have you enabled all requested repositories?"
msgstr "Чи ви увімкнули всі запитані сховища?"
@@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@
msgid "Invalid LDAP URL query string"
msgstr "Не чинний рядок запиту URL LDAP"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:826
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:830
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid Url scheme '%s'"
msgstr "Не чинна схема URL \"%s\""
@@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@
msgid "Invalid empty Url object reference"
msgstr "Не чинне порожнє посилання до об'єкта URL"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1045
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid host component '%s'"
msgstr "Не чинний компонент вузла \"%s\""
@@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@
msgid "Invalid parameter map split separator character"
msgstr "Не чинний символ розділення карти параметрів"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1077
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid port component '%s'"
msgstr "Не чинний компонент порту \"%s\""
@@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@
msgstr "Некоректний формальний вираз \"%s\": regcomp повернула %d"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1558
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1608
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid repo file name at '%s'"
msgstr "Не чинна назва файла сховища «%s»"
@@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@
msgid "Pitcairn"
msgstr "Піткерн"
-#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:207
+#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:239
msgid "Please install package 'lsof' first."
msgstr "Встановіть спершу пакунок 'lsof'."
@@ -3580,14 +3580,14 @@
msgid "Quechua"
msgstr "Кечуа"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:782 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1227
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:786 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1231
msgid "Query string parsing not supported for this URL"
msgstr "Розбір рядка запиту не підтримується для цього URL"
#. TranslatorExplanation after semicolon is error message
#. TranslatorExplanation the colon is followed by an error message
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1963
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2110
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1964
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2111
msgid "RPM failed: "
msgstr "Помилка RPM: "
@@ -3617,16 +3617,16 @@
msgid "Recommends"
msgstr "Рекомендує"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1115 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1129
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1119 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1133
msgid "Relative path not allowed if authority exists"
msgstr "Відносний шлях не дозволяється при існуванні повноваження"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1597
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1647
#, c-format
msgid "Removing repository '%s'"
msgstr "Вилучення сховища \"%s\""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:267
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:268
msgid "Repository alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "Псевдонім сховища не може починатися з точки."
@@ -3827,7 +3827,7 @@
msgid "Serer"
msgstr "Серер"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:278
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:279
msgid "Service alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "Псевдонім служби не може починатися з точки."
@@ -3877,7 +3877,7 @@
msgid "Sign Languages"
msgstr "Знакові мови"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:565
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:581
#, c-format
msgid "Signature file %s not found"
msgstr "Файл підпису \"%s\" не знайдено"
@@ -4232,8 +4232,8 @@
msgid "This action is being run by another program already."
msgstr "Цю дію вже запущено іншою програмою."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1279
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1300
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
msgid "This request will break your system!"
msgstr "Цей запит пошкодить вашу систему!"
@@ -4305,7 +4305,7 @@
msgid "Tonga (Tonga Islands)"
msgstr "Тонга (острови Тонга)"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:512
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:528
#, c-format
msgid "Tried to import not existent key %s into keyring %s"
msgstr "Спроба імпорту неіснуючого ключа %s у сховище ключів %s"
@@ -4450,7 +4450,7 @@
msgid "Undetermined"
msgstr "Невизначено"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1246
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1296
msgid "Unhandled repository type"
msgstr "Необроблений тип сховища"
@@ -4483,7 +4483,7 @@
msgstr "Невідома країна: "
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1329 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2247
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1379 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2297
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown error reading from '%s'"
msgstr "Невідома помилка читання з «%s»"
@@ -4505,7 +4505,7 @@
#. translators: Cleanup a repository previously owned by a meanwhile unknown (deleted) service.
#. %1% = service name
#. %2% = repository name
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:729
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:778
msgid "Unknown service '%1%': Removing orphaned service repository '%2%'"
msgstr "Невідома служба '%1%': видалення сховища служби '%2%'"
@@ -4538,31 +4538,31 @@
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a %s"
msgstr "Схема Url не дозволяє %s"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1018
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1022
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a host component"
msgstr "Схема URL не дозволяє компонент вузла"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:979
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:983
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a password"
msgstr "Схема URL не дозволяє пароля"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1066
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1070
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a port"
msgstr "Схема URL не дозволяє порт"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:945
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:949
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a username"
msgstr "Схема URL не дозволяє імені користувача"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:820
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:824
msgid "Url scheme is a required component"
msgstr "Схема URL - це потрібний компонент"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1008
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1012
msgid "Url scheme requires a host component"
msgstr "Схема URL потребує компонент вузла"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1094
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1098
msgid "Url scheme requires path name"
msgstr "Схема URL потребує назву шляху"
@@ -4620,13 +4620,12 @@
msgid "Virgin Islands, U.S."
msgstr "Фінляндія"
-#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1004
+#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:992
msgid ""
"Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid "
"and has not expired."
msgstr ""
-"Відвідайте центр покупця Novel для перевірки терміну дії вашої "
-"реєстрації."
+"Відвідайте центр покупця Novel для перевірки терміну дії вашої реєстрації."
#. language code: vol vo
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:1148
@@ -4776,7 +4775,7 @@
msgid "applydeltarpm failed."
msgstr "застосування дельти rpm зазнало невдачі."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1387
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1388
#, c-format
msgid "architecture change of %s to %s"
msgstr "зміна архітектури з %s на %s"
@@ -4787,62 +4786,52 @@
msgid "break %s by ignoring some of its dependencies"
msgstr "зламати %s, ігноруючи деякі залежності"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1081
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1082
#, c-format
msgid "cannot install both %s and %s"
msgstr "неможливо встановити одночасно %s і %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1050
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1051
msgid "conflicting requests"
msgstr "конфлікт запитів"
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2266
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2267
#, c-format
msgid "created backup %s"
msgstr "створено резервну копію %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1416
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1417
#, c-format
msgid "deinstallation of %s"
msgstr "вилучення %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1134
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
msgid "deleted providers: "
msgstr "вилучені залежності: "
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1307
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1308
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to delete all solvables providing %s"
msgstr "не питати про вилучення всіх розв’язувачів, що надаються %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1285
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
msgstr "не питати про встановлення розв’язувача, що надає %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1228
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1209
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1245
#, c-format
-msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
-msgstr "не забороняти встановлення %s"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1208
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1244
-#, c-format
msgid "do not install %s"
msgstr "не встановлювати %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1320
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid "do not install most recent version of %s"
msgstr "не встановлювати ранішу версію %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1203
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1381
#, c-format
-msgid "do not keep %s installed"
-msgstr "не залишати встановленим %s"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1380
-#, c-format
msgid "downgrade of %s to %s"
msgstr "повернення замість %s %s"
@@ -4850,12 +4839,12 @@
msgid "generally ignore of some dependecies"
msgstr "Загалом ігнорувати деякі залежності"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1281
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1302
msgid "ignore the warning of a broken system"
msgstr "ігнорувати попередження про пошкодження системи"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1396
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1397
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install %s (with vendor change)\n"
@@ -4864,17 +4853,17 @@
"встановити %s (зі зміною виробника)\n"
" %s --> %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1346
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1347
#, c-format
msgid "install %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "Встановити %s, незважаючи на те, що це змінить архітектуру"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1360
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid "install %s from excluded repository"
msgstr "Встановити %s з невключеного сховища"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1096
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1097
#, c-format
msgid "installed %s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "встановлений пакунок %s робить застарілим %s, який надається %s"
@@ -4883,18 +4872,18 @@
msgid "invalid"
msgstr "нечинний"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1223
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1265
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1224
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1266
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s"
msgstr "залишити %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1341
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1342
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "Залишити %s, незважаючи на слабшу архітектуру"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1355
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1356
#, c-format
msgid "keep obsolete %s"
msgstr "Залишити застарілі %s"
@@ -4907,39 +4896,49 @@
msgid "libhal_set_dbus_connection: Can't set dbus connection"
msgstr "libhal_set_dbus_connection: неможливо встановити з'єднання з dbus"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1076
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1077
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides %s needed by %s"
msgstr "жоден з пакунків не надає %s, потрібного %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1056
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides requested %s"
msgstr "жоден з пакунків не надає потрібного %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1060
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
#, c-format
msgid "package %s does not exist"
msgstr "пакунок %s не існує"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1047
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1048
#, c-format
msgid "problem with installed package %s"
msgstr "проблема з встановленим пакунком %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1405
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1229
#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
+msgstr "усунути блокування, щоб дозволити встановлення %s"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1204
+#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
+msgstr "усунути блокування, щоб дозволити вилучення %s"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1406
+#, c-format
msgid "replacement of %s with %s"
msgstr "заміна %s на %s"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1949
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1950
#, c-format
msgid "rpm created %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr "rpm створила %s як %s, але було неможливо виявити різницю"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1951
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1952
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm created %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4949,13 +4948,13 @@
"Ось перші 25 рядків розбіжностей:\n"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1944
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1945
#, c-format
msgid "rpm saved %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr "rpm збережено %s як %s, але було неможливо виявити різницю"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1946
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1947
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm saved %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4964,16 +4963,16 @@
"rpm збережено %s як %s.\n"
"Ось перші 25 рядків розбіжностей:\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1100
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "solvable %s conflicts with %s provided by itself"
msgstr "Розв’язок %s конфліктує з %s, що у ньому міститься"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1053
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1054
msgid "some dependency problem"
msgstr "якась проблема залежностей"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1146
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1147
msgid "uninstallable providers: "
msgstr "залежності без можливості встановлення: "
@@ -4985,10 +4984,13 @@
msgid "unsupported"
msgstr "не підтримується"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1064
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1065
msgid "unsupported request"
msgstr "непідтримуваний запит"
+#~ msgid "do not keep %s installed"
+#~ msgstr "не залишати встановленим %s"
+
#~ msgid "Cannot create public key %s from %s keyring to file %s"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Не вдалося створити відкритий ключ %s зі списку ключів %s до файл %s"
Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po 2014-12-18 00:15:35 UTC (rev 90898)
+++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po 2014-12-18 06:37:21 UTC (rev 90899)
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypper.uk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-14 10:13+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:58+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-18 08:32+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n"
"Language: uk\n"
@@ -1347,8 +1347,17 @@
" очікувалось %3%\n"
" знайдено %4%\n"
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:350
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348
msgid ""
+"Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and "
+"in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
+msgstr ""
+"Приймання пакунків з помилковими контрольними сумами може призвести до "
+"пошкодженої системи та "
+"у крайніх випадках навіть до загрози системі."
+
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356
+msgid ""
"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, "
"correct\n"
"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of "
@@ -1364,22 +1373,22 @@
"введення відхилить файл.\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363
msgid "discard"
msgstr "відкинути"
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:359
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:365
msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
msgstr "Розблокувати, використовуючи цей файл на власний ризик."
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:361
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:367
msgid "Discard the file."
msgstr "Відхилити файл."
#. translators: A prompt text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:366
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:372
msgid "Unblock or discard?"
msgstr "Розблокувати або відхилити?"
@@ -1791,10 +1800,10 @@
msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'."
msgstr "Сканування вмісту вимкненого сховища «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736
+#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 src/repos.cc:1289
#, c-format
-msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "Вимкнення сховища «%s» через помилку вище."
+msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
+msgstr "Пропускається сховище «%s» через помилку вище."
#: src/repos.cc:717
#, c-format
@@ -1964,11 +1973,6 @@
msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'"
msgstr "Пропускається вимкнене сховище «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:1289
-#, c-format
-msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "Пропускається сховище «%s» через помилку вище."
-
#: src/repos.cc:1303
msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "Вказані сховища не увімкнено або не визначено."
@@ -2687,8 +2691,8 @@
"типового.\n"
"\t--userdata <string>\tВизначений користувачем ідентифікатор операції, "
"використовуваний в історії і модулях.\n"
-"\t--quiet, -q\t\tДрукувати тільки повідомлення про\n "
-"\t\t\t\tпомилки.\n"
+"\t--quiet, -q\t\tДрукувати тільки повідомлення про\n"
+" \t\t\t\tпомилки.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tДокладна інформація.\n"
"\t--[no-]color\t\tчи вживати кольори у виведенні, якщо це підтримується у "
"tty.\n"
@@ -6003,6 +6007,9 @@
msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'."
msgstr "Параметр \"%s\" скасовує \"%s\"."
+#~ msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
+#~ msgstr "Вимкнення сховища «%s» через помилку вище."
+
#~ msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
#~ msgstr "Невідомий параметр «%s»"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90898 - branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
18 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-18 01:15:35 +0100 (Thu, 18 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90898
Modified:
branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
Log:
e09a8007a53b10c476ddd96e7c873a94ac824a22 (HEAD, tag: 1.6.318, origin/SuSE-SLE-11-SP3-Branch, SuSE-SLE-11-SP3-Branch) changes 1.6.318
Modified: branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-18 00:15:16 UTC (rev 90897)
+++ branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/…
[View More]zypper.pot 2014-12-18 00:15:35 UTC (rev 90898)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-23 01:16+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-18 01:15+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
#. autorefresh?
#. is base
#: src/info.cc:202 src/info.cc:274 src/info.cc:280 src/info.cc:286
-#: src/info.cc:353 src/info.cc:428 src/info.cc:432 src/repos.cc:952
+#: src/info.cc:353 src/info.cc:432 src/info.cc:434 src/repos.cc:952
#: src/repos.cc:954 src/repos.cc:1006 src/repos.cc:1641 src/repos.cc:1643
#: src/repos.cc:1645 src/repos.cc:2371 src/repos.cc:2373
#: src/solve-commit.cc:260 src/search.cc:736
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/info.cc:202 src/info.cc:274 src/info.cc:280 src/info.cc:286
-#: src/info.cc:353 src/info.cc:428 src/info.cc:432 src/repos.cc:952
+#: src/info.cc:353 src/info.cc:432 src/info.cc:434 src/repos.cc:952
#: src/repos.cc:954 src/repos.cc:1006 src/repos.cc:1641 src/repos.cc:1643
#: src/repos.cc:1645 src/repos.cc:2371 src/repos.cc:2373
#: src/solve-commit.cc:260 src/search.cc:736
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
#. translators: name (general header)
#: src/info.cc:363 src/repos.cc:785 src/repos.cc:873 src/repos.cc:1003
#: src/repos.cc:2438 src/update.cc:255 src/update.cc:494 src/update.cc:679
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4738 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:355
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4744 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:355
#: src/search.cc:450 src/search.cc:574 src/search.cc:638 src/search.cc:754
#: src/locks.cc:40
msgid "Name"
@@ -239,22 +239,30 @@
msgid "(empty)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/info.cc:427 src/search.cc:762
-msgid "Is Base"
+#: src/info.cc:427
+msgid "Flavor"
msgstr ""
#: src/info.cc:429
-msgid "Flavor"
+msgid "Short Name"
msgstr ""
#: src/info.cc:431 src/utils/misc.cc:122
msgid "Installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/info.cc:433
-msgid "Short Name"
+#: src/info.cc:433 src/search.cc:762
+msgid "Is Base"
msgstr ""
+#: src/info.cc:437
+msgid "End of Support"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/info.cc:437
+msgid "undefined"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/RequestFeedback.cc:36
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' not found in package names. Trying capabilities."
@@ -1356,7 +1364,7 @@
msgid "Target initialization failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:765 src/Zypper.cc:3874
+#: src/repos.cc:765 src/Zypper.cc:3880
msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem."
msgstr ""
@@ -1376,7 +1384,7 @@
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:862 src/repos.cc:1002 src/repos.cc:2437 src/Zypper.cc:4738
+#: src/repos.cc:862 src/repos.cc:1002 src/repos.cc:2437 src/Zypper.cc:4744
msgid "Alias"
msgstr ""
@@ -1403,7 +1411,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. "/etc/init.d/ script that might be used to restart the command (guessed)
-#: src/repos.cc:926 src/utils/misc.cc:423
+#: src/repos.cc:926 src/utils/misc.cc:425
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
@@ -1576,7 +1584,7 @@
msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1603 src/Zypper.cc:2823
+#: src/repos.cc:1603 src/Zypper.cc:2829
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2343,14 +2351,14 @@
msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:926
+#: src/Zypper.cc:932
msgid "Unexpected exception."
msgstr ""
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. second %s = "package",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1031
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1037
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n"
@@ -2391,7 +2399,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "package"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1098
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1104
#, c-format
msgid ""
"remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n"
@@ -2416,7 +2424,7 @@
"-D, --dry-run Test the removal, do not actually remove.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1133
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1139
msgid ""
"source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2428,7 +2436,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Install packages only from specified repositories.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1169
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1175
#, c-format
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
@@ -2447,7 +2455,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1206
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1212
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
@@ -2464,7 +2472,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1235
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1241
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -2478,7 +2486,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1258
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1264
msgid ""
"removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2490,7 +2498,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1294
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1300
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n"
@@ -2519,7 +2527,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to services of specified type.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1342
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1348
msgid ""
"services (ls) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -2536,7 +2544,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1368
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1374
msgid ""
"refresh-services (refs) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -2547,7 +2555,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1398
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1404
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -2571,14 +2579,14 @@
#. translators: this is just a rug compatiblity command
#. translators: this is just a rug-compatiblity command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1453 src/Zypper.cc:2476
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1459 src/Zypper.cc:2482
msgid ""
"list-resolvables (lr)\n"
"\n"
"List available resolvable types.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1461
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1467
msgid ""
"repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2600,7 +2608,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1493
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1499
msgid ""
"removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2611,7 +2619,7 @@
" --loose-query Ignore query string in the URI.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1512
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1518
msgid ""
"renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2622,7 +2630,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type"
#. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1545
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1551
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
@@ -2649,7 +2657,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to repositories of specified type.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1587
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1593
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2665,7 +2673,7 @@
"-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1616
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1622
msgid ""
"clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2680,7 +2688,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "patch"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1645
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1651
#, c-format
msgid ""
"list-updates (lu) [options]\n"
@@ -2702,7 +2710,7 @@
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. the second %s = "patch",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1704
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1710
#, c-format
msgid ""
"update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n"
@@ -2736,7 +2744,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1767
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1773
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch [options]\n"
@@ -2766,7 +2774,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1812
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1818
msgid ""
"list-patches (lp) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -2782,7 +2790,7 @@
" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> List patches issued up to the specified date\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1852
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1858
#, c-format
msgid ""
"dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n"
@@ -2807,7 +2815,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1902
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1908
msgid ""
"search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2833,7 +2841,7 @@
"* and ? wildcards can also be used within search strings.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1939
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1945
msgid ""
"patch-check (pchk) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -2844,7 +2852,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1961
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1967
msgid ""
"patches (pch) [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2855,7 +2863,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1988
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1994
msgid ""
"packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2870,7 +2878,7 @@
"-R, --sort-by-repo Sort the list by repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2016
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2022
msgid ""
"patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2883,7 +2891,7 @@
"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only patterns which are not installed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2042
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2048
msgid ""
"products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2896,7 +2904,7 @@
"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only products which are not installed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2069
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2075
#, c-format
msgid ""
"info (if) [options] <name> ...\n"
@@ -2911,7 +2919,7 @@
" --recommends Show also recommends."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2094
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2100
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-info <patchname> ...\n"
@@ -2921,7 +2929,7 @@
"This is a rug compatibility alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2113
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2119
#, c-format
msgid ""
"pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n"
@@ -2931,7 +2939,7 @@
"This is a rug compatibility alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2132
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2138
#, c-format
msgid ""
"product-info <product_name> ...\n"
@@ -2941,7 +2949,7 @@
"This is a rug compatibility alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2149
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2155
msgid ""
"what-provides (wp) <capability>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2950,7 +2958,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2200
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2206
msgid ""
"moo\n"
"\n"
@@ -2959,7 +2967,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2222
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2228
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
@@ -2972,7 +2980,7 @@
" Default: %s.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2249
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2255
#, c-format
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
@@ -2985,7 +2993,7 @@
" Default: %s.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2271
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2277
msgid ""
"locks (ll)\n"
"\n"
@@ -2994,7 +3002,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2291
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2297
msgid ""
"cleanlocks (cl)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3005,7 +3013,7 @@
"-e, --only-empty Clean only locks which doesn't lock anything.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2312
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2318
msgid ""
"targetos (tos) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3016,7 +3024,7 @@
"-l, --label Show the operating system label.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2333
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2339
msgid ""
"versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3026,7 +3034,7 @@
"-m, --match Takes missing release number as any release.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2352
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2358
msgid ""
"licenses\n"
"\n"
@@ -3035,7 +3043,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2371
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2377
msgid ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
@@ -3044,7 +3052,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2398
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2404
msgid ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
@@ -3060,7 +3068,7 @@
" but show which source rpms are missing or extraneous.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2425
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2431
msgid ""
"quit (exit, ^D)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3069,7 +3077,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2442
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2448
msgid ""
"shell (sh)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3079,7 +3087,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: this is just a rug-compatiblity command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2460
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2466
msgid ""
"service-types (st)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3089,7 +3097,7 @@
#. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of
#. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations
#. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2498
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2504
msgid ""
"mount\n"
"\n"
@@ -3101,7 +3109,7 @@
"-r, --recurse Dive into subdirectories.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2529
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2535
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n"
@@ -3110,7 +3118,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: this is just a rug-compatiblity command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2547
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2553
msgid ""
"ping [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3118,56 +3126,56 @@
"It is provided for compatibility with rug.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2561 src/Zypper.cc:4724
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2567 src/Zypper.cc:4730
msgid "Unexpected program flow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2588
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2594
msgid "Non-option program arguments: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2631
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2637
msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2637
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2643
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2652
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2648
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2654
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2701
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2707
msgid ""
" \\\\\\\\\\\n"
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
"__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2728
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2734
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2755 src/Zypper.cc:2875 src/Zypper.cc:3112
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2761 src/Zypper.cc:2881 src/Zypper.cc:3118
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2824
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2830
msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2856
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2862
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2858
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2864
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
msgstr ""
@@ -3176,292 +3184,292 @@
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by mr command help text which will explain it
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2887 src/Zypper.cc:3266
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2893 src/Zypper.cc:3272
msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2927
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2957 src/Zypper.cc:3111 src/Zypper.cc:3197 src/Zypper.cc:3253
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2963 src/Zypper.cc:3117 src/Zypper.cc:3203 src/Zypper.cc:3259
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3012 src/Zypper.cc:3380
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3018 src/Zypper.cc:3386
msgid "Too few arguments."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3036
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3042
msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3066
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3072
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3089
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3095
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3091
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3097
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3119 src/Zypper.cc:4351 src/utils/messages.cc:48
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3125 src/Zypper.cc:4357 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no repository counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3153
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no service counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3170
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3176
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3204
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3210
msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3229
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3235
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3299
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3305
#, c-format
msgid "Repository %s not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3319
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3325
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3326
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3332
#, c-format
msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3334
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3340
#, c-format
msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3360
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3366
msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3381
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3387
msgid "At least one package name is required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3391
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3397
msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages."
msgstr ""
#. translators: rug related message, shown if
#. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3408
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3414
msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3418
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3424
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3429
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3435
msgid "Cannot uninstall patches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3430
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3436
msgid ""
"Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n"
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
"or similar."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3442
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3448
msgid "Uninstallation of a pattern is currently not defined and implemented."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3463
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3469
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3476
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3482
#, c-format
msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3501
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3507
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3526
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3532
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3547
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3553
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3561 src/Zypper.cc:3699
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3567 src/Zypper.cc:3705
msgid "Warning: No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed."
msgstr ""
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3594 src/Zypper.cc:4111
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3600 src/Zypper.cc:4117
#, c-format
msgid "%s contradicts %s"
msgstr ""
#. translators: meaning --force with --capability
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3603
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3609
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3652
msgid "Source package name is a required argument."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3756 src/Zypper.cc:4026 src/Zypper.cc:4132 src/Zypper.cc:4379
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4459 src/Zypper.cc:4504
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3762 src/Zypper.cc:4032 src/Zypper.cc:4138 src/Zypper.cc:4385
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4465 src/Zypper.cc:4510
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3779
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3785
#, c-format
msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3829 src/search.cc:688
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3835 src/search.cc:688
msgid "No packages found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3872
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3878
msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3873
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3879
msgid "See the above message for a hint."
msgstr ""
#. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4047 src/Zypper.cc:4178
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4053 src/Zypper.cc:4184
#, c-format
msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4055
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4061
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4088
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4094
msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4139 src/Zypper.cc:4147 src/Zypper.cc:4264
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4145 src/Zypper.cc:4153 src/Zypper.cc:4270
msgid "Operation not supported."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4140
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4146
#, c-format
msgid "To update installed products use '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4149
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4155
#, c-format
msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4167
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4173
msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4303
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4309
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4324
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4330
#, c-format
msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4354 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4360 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4391
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4397
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' does not support %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4421 src/Zypper.cc:4482
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4427 src/Zypper.cc:4488
msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4550
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4556
#, c-format
msgid "Removed %lu lock."
msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4577
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4583
#, c-format
msgid "Distribution Label: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4579
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4585
#, c-format
msgid "Short Label: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4625
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4631
#, c-format
msgid "%s matches %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4627
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4633
#, c-format
msgid "%s is newer than %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4629
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4635
#, c-format
msgid "%s is older than %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4709
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4715
msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4721
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4727
msgid "You already are running zypper's shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4738
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4744
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4801
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4807
msgid "Resolvable Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -3570,11 +3578,11 @@
msgid "Error creating the solver test case."
msgstr ""
-#: src/solve-commit.cc:435 src/utils/misc.cc:397
+#: src/solve-commit.cc:435 src/utils/misc.cc:399
msgid "Checking for running processes using deleted libraries..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/solve-commit.cc:444 src/utils/misc.cc:405
+#: src/solve-commit.cc:444 src/utils/misc.cc:407
msgid "Check failed:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4284,63 +4292,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. process ID
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:413
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:415
msgid "PID"
msgstr ""
#. parent process ID
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:415
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:417
msgid "PPID"
msgstr ""
#. process user ID
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:417
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:419
msgid "UID"
msgstr ""
#. process login name
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:419
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:421
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. process command name
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:421
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:423
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
#. "list of deleted files or libraries accessed"
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:425
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:427
msgid "Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:445
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:447
msgid "No processes using deleted files found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:449
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:451
msgid "The following running processes use deleted files:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:452
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:454
msgid "You may wish to restart these processes."
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:454
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:456
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' for information about the meaning of values in the above table."
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:495
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:497
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown download mode '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:496
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:498
#, c-format
msgid "Available download modes: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/misc.cc:510
+#: src/utils/misc.cc:512
#, c-format
msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'."
msgstr ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90897 - branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
18 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-18 01:15:16 +0100 (Thu, 18 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90897
Modified:
branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot
Log:
116c6dbd12ebf90f69dc3e2a4ff56c762c2aaed6 (HEAD, tag: 9.38.1, origin/SuSE-SLE-11-SP3-Branch, SuSE-SLE-11-SP3-Branch) changes 9.38.1 (8)
Modified: branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot 2014-12-18 00:15:05 UTC (rev 90896)
+++ branches/SLE11/lcn/50-pot/…
[View More]zypp.pot 2014-12-18 00:15:16 UTC (rev 90897)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-08-01 01:15+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-18 01:15+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
#. report additional rpm output in finish
#. TranslatorExplanation Text is followed by a ':' and the actual output.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1954 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2101
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1956 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2103
msgid "Additional rpm output"
msgstr ""
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. !\todo add comma to the message for the next release
-#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1652
+#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1638
#, c-format
msgid "Authentication required for '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
#. Translator: %s = name of an rpm package. A list of diffs follows
#. this message.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1744
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1745
#, c-format
msgid "Changed configuration files for %s:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@
msgid "Failed to download %s from %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1101
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1102
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to import public key from file %s: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@
msgid "Failed to read directory '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1172
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1173
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to remove public key %s: %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -3263,8 +3263,8 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation after semicolon is error message
#. TranslatorExplanation the colon is followed by an error message
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:824 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1940
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2087
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:824 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1942
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2089
msgid "RPM failed: "
msgstr ""
@@ -4234,7 +4234,7 @@
msgid "Virgin Islands, U.S."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:977
+#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:963
msgid "Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid and has not expired."
msgstr ""
@@ -4401,7 +4401,7 @@
msgid "conflicting requests"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2243
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2245
#, c-format
msgid "created backup %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4425,11 +4425,6 @@
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
-#, c-format
-msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1115
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1151
#, c-format
@@ -4441,11 +4436,6 @@
msgid "do not install most recent version of %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1110
-#, c-format
-msgid "do not keep %s installed"
-msgstr ""
-
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1300
#, c-format
msgid "downgrade of %s to %s"
@@ -4527,19 +4517,29 @@
msgid "problem with installed package %s"
msgstr ""
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
+#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1110
+#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1327
#, c-format
msgid "replacement of %s with %s"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1926
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1928
#, c-format
msgid "rpm created %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1928
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1930
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm created %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4547,13 +4547,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1921
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1923
#, c-format
msgid "rpm saved %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1923
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1925
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm saved %s as %s.\n"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90896 - branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
18 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-18 01:15:05 +0100 (Thu, 18 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90896
Modified:
branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
Log:
2d56fa6e7767282f6290d2297aca27fd176c79fa (HEAD, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) Update zypper-po.tar.bz2
Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-18 00:15:01 UTC (rev 90895)
+++ branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-18 …
[View More]00:15:05 UTC (rev 90896)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:15+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-18 01:14+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -1163,7 +1163,11 @@
" but got %4%\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:350
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348
+msgid "Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356
msgid ""
"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, correct\n"
"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of the checksum\n"
@@ -1171,22 +1175,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: A prompt option
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363
msgid "discard"
msgstr ""
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:359
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:365
msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
msgstr ""
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:361
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:367
msgid "Discard the file."
msgstr ""
#. translators: A prompt text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:366
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:372
msgid "Unblock or discard?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1539,9 +1543,9 @@
msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736
+#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 src/repos.cc:1289
#, c-format
-msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
+msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr ""
#: src/repos.cc:717
@@ -1703,11 +1707,6 @@
msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1289
-#, c-format
-msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/repos.cc:1303
msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined."
msgstr ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90895 - branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 18 Dec '14
18 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-18 01:15:01 +0100 (Thu, 18 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90895
Modified:
branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot
Log:
9e9613add2c106f9eb2c10c0210eb97c0c785a9a (HEAD, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) Update zypp-po.tar.bz2
Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot 2014-12-17 22:45:12 UTC (rev 90894)
+++ branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot 2014-12-18 00:15:01 …
[View More]UTC (rev 90895)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:46+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-18 01:14+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1144
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1145
msgid ""
"\n"
"uninstallable providers: "
@@ -48,37 +48,37 @@
msgid "%s already executed as %s)"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1086
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1087
#, c-format
msgid "%s conflicts with %s provided by %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1039
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1040
#, c-format
msgid "%s does not belong to a distupgrade repository"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1043
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "%s has inferior architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1071
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1072
#, c-format
msgid "%s is not installable"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1067
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1068
#, c-format
msgid "%s is provided by the system and cannot be erased"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1091
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1092
#, c-format
msgid "%s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1132
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1133
#, c-format
msgid "%s requires %s, but this requirement cannot be provided"
msgstr ""
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
msgid "Adangme"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1451
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1501
#, c-format
msgid "Adding repository '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
#. report additional rpm output in finish
#. TranslatorExplanation Text is followed by a ':' and the actual output.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1977 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2124
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1978 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2125
msgid "Additional rpm output"
msgstr ""
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. !\todo add comma to the message for the next release
-#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1690
+#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1678
#, c-format
msgid "Authentication required for '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
msgid "Buginese"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1152
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1202
#, c-format
msgid "Building repository '%s' cache"
msgstr ""
@@ -669,56 +669,56 @@
msgid "Can't acquire the mutex lock"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:344
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:361
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:343
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:360
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' inside chroot '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:333
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:350
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chroot to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1009 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1116 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1058 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1216
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1172
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1222
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create cache at %s - no writing permissions."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1017
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1066
msgid "Can't create metadata cache directory."
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1628 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1817
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1678 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1867
#, c-format
msgid "Can't delete '%s'"
msgstr ""
#. don't want to get here
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:356
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:373
#, c-format
msgid "Can't exec '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1616 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1692
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1666 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1742
msgid "Can't figure out where the repo is stored."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1805 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2173
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1855 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2223
msgid "Can't figure out where the service is stored."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:364
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:381
#, c-format
msgid "Can't fork (%s)."
msgstr ""
@@ -732,8 +732,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:602 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1490 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1572
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1646 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1711 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1829
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:651 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1540 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1622
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1761 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1879
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open file '%s' for writing."
msgstr ""
@@ -743,12 +743,12 @@
msgid "Can't open lock file: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:259
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:269
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pipe (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:248
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:258
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pty (%s)."
msgstr ""
@@ -785,11 +785,11 @@
msgid "Cannot find available loop device to mount the image file from '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:226
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
msgid "Cannot read repo directory '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:244
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:245
msgid "Cannot read repo file '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr ""
@@ -960,16 +960,16 @@
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:490
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:507
#, c-format
msgid "Command exited with status %d."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:515
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:532
msgid "Command exited with unknown error."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:510
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:527
#, c-format
msgid "Command was killed by signal %d (%s)."
msgstr ""
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
#. on ftp file-not-found(bnc #335906). Instead we'll check another types
#. before throwing.
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1276 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2239
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1326 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2289
#, c-format
msgid "Error trying to read from '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -1347,12 +1347,12 @@
msgid "Ewondo"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1236
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to cache repo (%d)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:555
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:571
msgid "Failed to delete key."
msgstr ""
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a pathname
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:234 zypp/RepoManager.cc:647 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1363
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:235 zypp/RepoManager.cc:696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1413
#: zypp/repo/PluginServices.cc:49
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to read directory '%s'"
@@ -1830,8 +1830,8 @@
msgid "Hausa"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1058
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1062
msgid "Have you enabled all requested repositories?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2034,7 +2034,7 @@
msgid "Invalid LDAP URL query string"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:826
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:830
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid Url scheme '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@
msgid "Invalid empty Url object reference"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1045
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid host component '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@
msgid "Invalid parameter map split separator character"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1077
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid port component '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1558
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1608
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid repo file name at '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@
msgid "Pitcairn"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:207
+#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:239
msgid "Please install package 'lsof' first."
msgstr ""
@@ -3351,14 +3351,14 @@
msgid "Quechua"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:782 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1227
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:786 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1231
msgid "Query string parsing not supported for this URL"
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation after semicolon is error message
#. TranslatorExplanation the colon is followed by an error message
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1963
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2110
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1964
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2111
msgid "RPM failed: "
msgstr ""
@@ -3386,16 +3386,16 @@
msgid "Recommends"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1115 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1129
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1119 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1133
msgid "Relative path not allowed if authority exists"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1597
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1647
#, c-format
msgid "Removing repository '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:267
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:268
msgid "Repository alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr ""
@@ -3586,7 +3586,7 @@
msgid "Serer"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:278
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:279
msgid "Service alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr ""
@@ -3634,7 +3634,7 @@
msgid "Sign Languages"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:565
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:581
#, c-format
msgid "Signature file %s not found"
msgstr ""
@@ -3975,8 +3975,8 @@
msgid "This action is being run by another program already."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1279
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1300
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
msgid "This request will break your system!"
msgstr ""
@@ -4046,7 +4046,7 @@
msgid "Tonga (Tonga Islands)"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:512
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:528
#, c-format
msgid "Tried to import not existent key %s into keyring %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4188,7 +4188,7 @@
msgid "Undetermined"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1246
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1296
msgid "Unhandled repository type"
msgstr ""
@@ -4217,7 +4217,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1329 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2247
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1379 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2297
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown error reading from '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -4239,7 +4239,7 @@
#. translators: Cleanup a repository previously owned by a meanwhile unknown (deleted) service.
#. %1% = service name
#. %2% = repository name
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:729
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:778
msgid "Unknown service '%1%': Removing orphaned service repository '%2%'"
msgstr ""
@@ -4272,31 +4272,31 @@
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1018
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1022
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a host component"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:979
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:983
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a password"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1066
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1070
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a port"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:945
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:949
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a username"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:820
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:824
msgid "Url scheme is a required component"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1008
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1012
msgid "Url scheme requires a host component"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1094
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1098
msgid "Url scheme requires path name"
msgstr ""
@@ -4350,7 +4350,7 @@
msgid "Virgin Islands, U.S."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1004
+#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:992
msgid "Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid and has not expired."
msgstr ""
@@ -4497,7 +4497,7 @@
msgid "applydeltarpm failed."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1387
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1388
#, c-format
msgid "architecture change of %s to %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4508,62 +4508,52 @@
msgid "break %s by ignoring some of its dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1081
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1082
#, c-format
msgid "cannot install both %s and %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1050
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1051
msgid "conflicting requests"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2266
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2267
#, c-format
msgid "created backup %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1416
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1417
#, c-format
msgid "deinstallation of %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1134
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
msgid "deleted providers: "
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1307
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1308
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to delete all solvables providing %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1285
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1228
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1209
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1245
#, c-format
-msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1208
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1244
-#, c-format
msgid "do not install %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1320
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid "do not install most recent version of %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1203
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1381
#, c-format
-msgid "do not keep %s installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1380
-#, c-format
msgid "downgrade of %s to %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4571,29 +4561,29 @@
msgid "generally ignore of some dependecies"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1281
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1302
msgid "ignore the warning of a broken system"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1396
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1397
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install %s (with vendor change)\n"
" %s --> %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1346
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1347
#, c-format
msgid "install %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1360
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid "install %s from excluded repository"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1096
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1097
#, c-format
msgid "installed %s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4602,18 +4592,18 @@
msgid "invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1223
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1265
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1224
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1266
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1341
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1342
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1355
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1356
#, c-format
msgid "keep obsolete %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4626,39 +4616,49 @@
msgid "libhal_set_dbus_connection: Can't set dbus connection"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1076
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1077
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides %s needed by %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1056
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides requested %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1060
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
#, c-format
msgid "package %s does not exist"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1047
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1048
#, c-format
msgid "problem with installed package %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1405
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1229
#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1204
+#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1406
+#, c-format
msgid "replacement of %s with %s"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1949
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1950
#, c-format
msgid "rpm created %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1951
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1952
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm created %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4666,29 +4666,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1944
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1945
#, c-format
msgid "rpm saved %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1946
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1947
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm saved %s as %s.\n"
"Here are the first 25 lines of difference:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1100
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "solvable %s conflicts with %s provided by itself"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1053
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1054
msgid "some dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1146
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1147
msgid "uninstallable providers: "
msgstr ""
@@ -4700,6 +4700,6 @@
msgid "unsupported"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1064
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1065
msgid "unsupported request"
msgstr ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
17 Dec '14
Author: belphegor
Date: 2014-12-17 23:45:12 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90894
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypp.ja.po
trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po
Log:
updated
Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypp.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypp.ja.po 2014-12-17 22:35:41 UTC (rev 90893)
+++ trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypp.ja.po 2014-12-17 22:45:12 UTC (rev 90894)
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \…
[View More]n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:45+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-06 21:01+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:57+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-18 07:44+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1144
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1145
msgid ""
"\n"
"uninstallable providers: "
@@ -56,37 +56,37 @@
msgid "%s already executed as %s)"
msgstr "%s は %s として実行済みです)"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1086
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1087
#, c-format
msgid "%s conflicts with %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%1$s は %3$s から提供されている %2$s と競合します"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1039
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1040
#, c-format
msgid "%s does not belong to a distupgrade repository"
msgstr "%s は distupgrade のリポジトリには属していません"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1043
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "%s has inferior architecture"
msgstr "%s は下位のアーキテクチャです"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1071
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1072
#, c-format
msgid "%s is not installable"
msgstr "%s はインストールできません"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1067
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1068
#, c-format
msgid "%s is provided by the system and cannot be erased"
msgstr "%s はシステムが提供するもので、削除することはできません"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1091
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1092
#, c-format
msgid "%s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%1$s は %3$s から提供されている %2$s を古いものとして廃棄します"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1132
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1133
#, c-format
msgid "%s requires %s, but this requirement cannot be provided"
msgstr "%s は %s を必要としていますが、この要求を解決する方法がありません"
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
msgid "Adangme"
msgstr "アダングメ語"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1451
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1501
#, c-format
msgid "Adding repository '%s'"
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を追加しています"
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
#. report additional rpm output in finish
#. TranslatorExplanation Text is followed by a ':' and the actual output.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1977 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2124
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1978 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2125
msgid "Additional rpm output"
msgstr "追加の rpm 出力"
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
msgstr "アウストロネシア語 (その他)"
#. !\todo add comma to the message for the next release
-#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1690
+#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1678
#, c-format
msgid "Authentication required for '%s'"
msgstr "'%s' にアクセスするにはユーザ認証が必要です"
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@
msgid "Buginese"
msgstr "ブギス語"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1152
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1202
#, c-format
msgid "Building repository '%s' cache"
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' のキャッシュを構築しています"
@@ -677,56 +677,56 @@
msgid "Can't acquire the mutex lock"
msgstr "相互排他機能の権利を取得できません"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:344
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:361
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "'%s' (%s) にディレクトリ移動できません。"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:343
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:360
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' inside chroot '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "chroot '%s' (%s) 環境下で '%s' にディレクトリ移動できません。"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:333
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:350
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chroot to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "'%s' (%s) に chroot することができません。"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1009 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1116 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1058 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1216
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create %s"
msgstr "%s を作成できません"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1172
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1222
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create cache at %s - no writing permissions."
msgstr "%s にキャッシュを作成できません - 書き込み許可がありません。"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1017
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1066
msgid "Can't create metadata cache directory."
msgstr "メタデータのキャッシュディレクトリを作成できません。"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1628 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1817
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1678 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1867
#, c-format
msgid "Can't delete '%s'"
msgstr "'%s' を削除することができません"
#. don't want to get here
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:356
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:373
#, c-format
msgid "Can't exec '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "'%s' (%s) を実行することができません。"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1616 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1692
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1666 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1742
msgid "Can't figure out where the repo is stored."
msgstr "リポジトリがどこに保存されたのかがわかりません。"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1805 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2173
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1855 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2223
msgid "Can't figure out where the service is stored."
msgstr "サービスがどこに保存されたのかがわかりません。"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:364
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:381
#, c-format
msgid "Can't fork (%s)."
msgstr "fork (%s) することができません。"
@@ -740,8 +740,8 @@
msgstr "再帰相互排他機能を初期化できません"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:602 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1490 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1572
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1646 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1711 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1829
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:651 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1540 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1622
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1761 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1879
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open file '%s' for writing."
msgstr "ファイル '%s' を書き込み用に開くことができません。"
@@ -751,12 +751,12 @@
msgid "Can't open lock file: %s"
msgstr "ロックファイルを開けません: %s"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:259
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:269
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pipe (%s)."
msgstr "パイプ (%s) を開くことができません。"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:248
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:258
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pty (%s)."
msgstr "議事端末 (%s) を開くことができません。"
@@ -795,11 +795,11 @@
"'%s' のイメージファイルをマウントするのに必要なループデバイスの空きが見つかり"
"ません"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:226
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
msgid "Cannot read repo directory '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "リポジトリのディレクトリ '%1%' を読み込むことができません: 許可がありません"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:244
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:245
msgid "Cannot read repo file '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "リポジトリのファイル '%1%' を読み込むことができません: 許可がありません"
@@ -970,16 +970,16 @@
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr "コロンビア"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:490
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:507
#, c-format
msgid "Command exited with status %d."
msgstr "コマンドは状態 %d で終了しました。"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:515
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:532
msgid "Command exited with unknown error."
msgstr "コマンドは不明なエラーで終了しました。"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:510
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:527
#, c-format
msgid "Command was killed by signal %d (%s)."
msgstr "コマンドはシグナル %d (%s) で終了しました。"
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@
#. on ftp file-not-found(bnc #335906). Instead we'll check another types
#. before throwing.
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1276 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2239
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1326 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2289
#, c-format
msgid "Error trying to read from '%s'"
msgstr "'%s' からの読み取りでエラー"
@@ -1360,12 +1360,12 @@
msgid "Ewondo"
msgstr "エウォンド語"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1236
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to cache repo (%d)."
msgstr "リポジトリ (%d) のキャッシュに失敗しました。"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:555
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:571
msgid "Failed to delete key."
msgstr "キーの削除に失敗しました。"
@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@
msgstr "パッケージ %s の提供に失敗しました。もう一度取得しますか?"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a pathname
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:234 zypp/RepoManager.cc:647 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1363
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:235 zypp/RepoManager.cc:696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1413
#: zypp/repo/PluginServices.cc:49
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to read directory '%s'"
@@ -1875,8 +1875,8 @@
msgid "Hausa"
msgstr "ハウサ語"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1058
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1062
msgid "Have you enabled all requested repositories?"
msgstr "すべての必要なリポジトリを有効化しましたか?"
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@
msgid "Invalid LDAP URL query string"
msgstr "無効な LDAP URL のクエリ文字列"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:826
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:830
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid Url scheme '%s'"
msgstr "無効な URL スキーム '%s'"
@@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@
msgid "Invalid empty Url object reference"
msgstr "無効な空の URL オブジェクト参照"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1045
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid host component '%s'"
msgstr "無効なホスト部分 '%s'"
@@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@
msgid "Invalid parameter map split separator character"
msgstr "無効なパラメータマップ区切り文字"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1077
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid port component '%s'"
msgstr "無効なポート部分 '%s'"
@@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@
msgstr "正規表現 '%s' が正しくありません。 regcomp は %d を返しました"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1558
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1608
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid repo file name at '%s'"
msgstr "'%s' にあるリポジトリのファイル名が正しくありません"
@@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@
msgid "Pitcairn"
msgstr "ピトケルン"
-#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:207
+#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:239
msgid "Please install package 'lsof' first."
msgstr "'lsof' パッケージを先にインストールしてください。"
@@ -3415,14 +3415,14 @@
msgid "Quechua"
msgstr "ケチュア語"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:782 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1227
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:786 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1231
msgid "Query string parsing not supported for this URL"
msgstr "この URL に対するクエリ文字列解釈はサポートされていません"
#. TranslatorExplanation after semicolon is error message
#. TranslatorExplanation the colon is followed by an error message
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1963
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2110
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1964
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2111
msgid "RPM failed: "
msgstr "RPM の失敗: "
@@ -3450,16 +3450,16 @@
msgid "Recommends"
msgstr "推奨"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1115 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1129
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1119 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1133
msgid "Relative path not allowed if authority exists"
msgstr "権限部分が存在する場合相対パスは許可されません。 "
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1597
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1647
#, c-format
msgid "Removing repository '%s'"
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を削除しています"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:267
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:268
msgid "Repository alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "リポジトリの別名をドットから始めることはできません。"
@@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@
msgid "Serer"
msgstr "セレル語"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:278
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:279
msgid "Service alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "サービスの別名をドットから始めることはできません。"
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@
msgid "Sign Languages"
msgstr "手話言語"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:565
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:581
#, c-format
msgid "Signature file %s not found"
msgstr "署名ファイル %s が見つかりません。"
@@ -4043,8 +4043,8 @@
msgid "This action is being run by another program already."
msgstr "この作業は既に他のプログラムで実行されています。"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1279
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1300
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
msgid "This request will break your system!"
msgstr "この要求はシステムを壊してしまいます!"
@@ -4114,7 +4114,7 @@
msgid "Tonga (Tonga Islands)"
msgstr "トンガ語 (トンガ諸島)"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:512
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:528
#, c-format
msgid "Tried to import not existent key %s into keyring %s"
msgstr "存在しない鍵 %s を鍵リング %s にインポートしようとしました"
@@ -4256,7 +4256,7 @@
msgid "Undetermined"
msgstr "未確認"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1246
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1296
msgid "Unhandled repository type"
msgstr "未知のリポジトリ種類です"
@@ -4285,7 +4285,7 @@
msgstr "不明な国: "
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1329 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2247
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1379 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2297
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown error reading from '%s'"
msgstr "'%s' からの読み込みで不明なエラー"
@@ -4307,7 +4307,7 @@
#. translators: Cleanup a repository previously owned by a meanwhile unknown (deleted) service.
#. %1% = service name
#. %2% = repository name
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:729
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:778
msgid "Unknown service '%1%': Removing orphaned service repository '%2%'"
msgstr "不明なサービス '%1%' です: 孤立したサービスリポジトリ '%2%' を削除しています"
@@ -4340,31 +4340,31 @@
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a %s"
msgstr "URL 方式では %s を許可していません"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1018
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1022
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a host component"
msgstr "URL スキームではホスト部分を指定することは許されていません"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:979
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:983
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a password"
msgstr "URL スキームではパスワードを指定することは許されていません"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1066
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1070
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a port"
msgstr "URL スキームではポートの指定は許されていません"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:945
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:949
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a username"
msgstr "URL スキームではユーザ名を指定することは許されていません"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:820
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:824
msgid "Url scheme is a required component"
msgstr "URL のスキーム部分は必須項目です"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1008
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1012
msgid "Url scheme requires a host component"
msgstr "URL スキームにはホスト部分が必要です"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1094
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1098
msgid "Url scheme requires path name"
msgstr "URL スキームにはパス名が必要です"
@@ -4418,7 +4418,7 @@
msgid "Virgin Islands, U.S."
msgstr "米国領ヴァージン諸島"
-#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1004
+#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:992
msgid ""
"Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid "
"and has not expired."
@@ -4569,7 +4569,7 @@
msgid "applydeltarpm failed."
msgstr "applydeltarpm が失敗しました。"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1387
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1388
#, c-format
msgid "architecture change of %s to %s"
msgstr "アーキテクチャを %s から %s に変更"
@@ -4580,62 +4580,52 @@
msgid "break %s by ignoring some of its dependencies"
msgstr "いくつかの依存関係を無視することによって %s を壊します"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1081
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1082
#, c-format
msgid "cannot install both %s and %s"
msgstr "%s と %s の両方をインストールすることはできません"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1050
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1051
msgid "conflicting requests"
msgstr "要求が矛盾しています"
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2266
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2267
#, c-format
msgid "created backup %s"
msgstr "バックアップ %s が作成されました"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1416
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1417
#, c-format
msgid "deinstallation of %s"
msgstr "%s のアンインストール"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1134
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
msgid "deleted providers: "
msgstr "削除したプロバイダ: "
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1307
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1308
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to delete all solvables providing %s"
msgstr "%s を提供する解決方法の削除について問い合わせない"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1285
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
msgstr "%s を提供する解決方法のインストールについて問い合わせない"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1228
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1209
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1245
#, c-format
-msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
-msgstr "%s のインストールを禁止しない"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1208
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1244
-#, c-format
msgid "do not install %s"
msgstr "%s をインストールしない"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1320
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid "do not install most recent version of %s"
msgstr "%s の最新バージョンをインストールしない"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1203
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1381
#, c-format
-msgid "do not keep %s installed"
-msgstr "%s のインストールを保持しない"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1380
-#, c-format
msgid "downgrade of %s to %s"
msgstr "%s を %s にダウングレードする"
@@ -4643,12 +4633,12 @@
msgid "generally ignore of some dependecies"
msgstr "いくつかの依存関係をおおよそ無視する"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1281
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1302
msgid "ignore the warning of a broken system"
msgstr "システムが破壊される警告を無視します"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1396
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1397
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install %s (with vendor change)\n"
@@ -4657,17 +4647,17 @@
"%s をインストールする (製造元を変更する)\n"
" %s --> %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1346
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1347
#, c-format
msgid "install %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "下位のアーキテクチャですが %s をインストールします"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1360
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid "install %s from excluded repository"
msgstr "除外されたリポジトリから %s をインストールします"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1096
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1097
#, c-format
msgid "installed %s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4678,18 +4668,18 @@
msgid "invalid"
msgstr "無効"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1223
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1265
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1224
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1266
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s"
msgstr "%s を維持"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1341
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1342
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "下位のアーキテクチャですが %s を維持します"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1355
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1356
#, c-format
msgid "keep obsolete %s"
msgstr "古い %s を維持します"
@@ -4702,39 +4692,49 @@
msgid "libhal_set_dbus_connection: Can't set dbus connection"
msgstr "libhal_set_dbus_connection: dbus 接続を設定できません"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1076
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1077
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides %s needed by %s"
msgstr "%2$s で必要としている %1$s はどこからも提供されていません"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1056
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides requested %s"
msgstr "要求した %s はどこからも提供されていません"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1060
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
#, c-format
msgid "package %s does not exist"
msgstr "パッケージ %s は存在しません"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1047
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1048
#, c-format
msgid "problem with installed package %s"
msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージ %s に問題が発生しました。"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1405
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1229
#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
+msgstr "%s のインストールを許可するためにロックを削除する"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1204
+#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
+msgstr "%s の削除を許可するためにロックを削除する"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1406
+#, c-format
msgid "replacement of %s with %s"
msgstr "%s を %s で置き換える"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1949
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1950
#, c-format
msgid "rpm created %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr "rpm は %s を %s として作成しましたが、差異を判別できませんでした"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1951
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1952
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm created %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4744,13 +4744,13 @@
"以下は差異のある最初の25行です。\n"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1944
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1945
#, c-format
msgid "rpm saved %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr "rpm は %s を %s として保存しましたが、差異を判別できませんでした"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1946
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1947
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm saved %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4759,16 +4759,16 @@
"rpm は %s を %s として保存しました。\n"
"以下は差異のある最初の25行です。\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1100
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "solvable %s conflicts with %s provided by itself"
msgstr "解決方法 %s は自分自身で提供している %s と競合しています"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1053
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1054
msgid "some dependency problem"
msgstr "何らかの依存関係の問題"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1146
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1147
msgid "uninstallable providers: "
msgstr "インストール不可能なプロバイダ: "
@@ -4780,7 +4780,7 @@
msgid "unsupported"
msgstr "未対応"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1064
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1065
msgid "unsupported request"
msgstr "未対応の要求"
Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po 2014-12-17 22:35:41 UTC (rev 90893)
+++ trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po 2014-12-17 22:45:12 UTC (rev 90894)
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-16 20:23+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:58+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-18 07:42+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -1162,8 +1162,16 @@
" 期待されていた値: %3%\n"
" 登録されていた値: %4%\n"
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:350
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348
msgid ""
+"Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and "
+"in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
+msgstr ""
+"チェックサムが正しくないパッケージを受け入れてしまうと、システムを"
+"壊す可能性があるほか、不正なソフトウエアを動作させることにもなります。"
+
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356
+msgid ""
"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, "
"correct\n"
"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of "
@@ -1177,22 +1185,22 @@
"保護を解除してください。何も入力しないと、対象のファイルは廃棄されます。\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363
msgid "discard"
msgstr "破棄"
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:359
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:365
msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
msgstr "自己責任でファイルの保護を解除する"
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:361
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:367
msgid "Discard the file."
msgstr "ファイルを破棄します。"
#. translators: A prompt text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:366
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:372
msgid "Unblock or discard?"
msgstr "保護を解除しますか?それとも破棄しますか?"
@@ -1596,10 +1604,10 @@
msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'."
msgstr "無効化されたリポジトリ '%s' の内容を検索しています。"
-#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736
+#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 src/repos.cc:1289
#, c-format
-msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "上記のエラーによりリポジトリ '%s' は無効になっています。"
+msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
+msgstr "上記のエラーにより、リポジトリ '%s' を飛ばしています。"
#: src/repos.cc:717
#, c-format
@@ -1768,11 +1776,6 @@
msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'"
msgstr "無効化されたリポジトリ '%s' を飛ばしています。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1289
-#, c-format
-msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "上記のエラーにより、リポジトリ '%s' を飛ばしています。"
-
#: src/repos.cc:1303
msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "指定したリポジトリは有効化されていないか設定されていません。"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
17 Dec '14
Author: fdekruijf
Date: 2014-12-17 23:35:41 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90893
Modified:
trunk/lcn/nl/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.nl.po
trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypp.nl.po
trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po
Log:
update
Modified: trunk/lcn/nl/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/nl/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.nl.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
+++ trunk/lcn/nl/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.nl.po 2014-12-17 22:35:41 …
[View More]UTC (rev 90893)
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-03 21:02+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-16 10:14+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 23:29+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -40,8 +40,8 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or "
-"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, "
-"play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
+"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office "
+"work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
msgstr ""
"openSUSE is een vrij en op Linux gebaseerd besturingssysteem voor uw PC, "
"Laptop of Server. U kunt over het web surfen, uw e-mailberichten en foto's "
@@ -51,12 +51,12 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para)
msgid ""
"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous "
-"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Releas"
-"e_Notes\"/>"
+"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:"
+"Release_Notes\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Als u opwaardeert van een oudere versie naar deze uitgave van openSUSE, kijk "
-"dan naar de vorige uitgavenotities hier: <ulink "
-"url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>"
+"dan naar de vorige uitgavenotities hier: <ulink url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/"
+"openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title)
msgid "Installation"
@@ -75,17 +75,18 @@
"stay with a QWERTY pre-configuration."
msgstr ""
"Installeren met de Live CD levert een probleem gerelateerd aan de "
-"toetsenbordinstellingen. Als de gebruiker verandert vanuit de QWERTY indeling "
-"van het toetsenbord (de standaard en-US variant), dan wordt deze instelling "
-"niet goed toegepast en het nieuw systeem blijft in een QWERTY voorinstelling."
+"toetsenbordinstellingen. Als de gebruiker verandert vanuit de QWERTY "
+"indeling van het toetsenbord (de standaard en-US variant), dan wordt deze "
+"instelling niet goed toegepast en het nieuw systeem blijft in een QWERTY "
+"voorinstelling."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
-"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool after "
-"the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
+"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool "
+"after the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
msgstr ""
-"Als workaround gebruikt u de het hulpmiddel voor de opdrachtregel <command>"
-"localectl</command> na de installatie. bijvoorbeeld (om een Duitse "
+"Als workaround gebruikt u de het hulpmiddel voor de opdrachtregel "
+"<command>localectl</command> na de installatie. bijvoorbeeld (om een Duitse "
"toetsenbordindeling te installeren):"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:115(screen)
@@ -105,8 +106,8 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the "
-"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, if "
-"you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
+"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, "
+"if you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
msgstr ""
"Na opwaarderen van 13.1 naar 13.2 met YaST, is er een goede kans dat, als u "
"een laptop met een wifi-verbinding gebruikt, de nieuwe Wicked netwerkmethode "
@@ -138,7 +139,6 @@
"systemctl start network.service"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:140(para)
-#| msgid "To query the currently selected service, use:"
msgid ""
"Then check whether the currently selected service is actually NetworkManager:"
msgstr ""
@@ -155,17 +155,16 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:151(screen)
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Getting updates"
msgid "netconfig update"
msgstr "netconfig update"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
-"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also <"
-"command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
+"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also "
+"<command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
msgstr ""
-"Of start opnieuw op na het commando <command>systemctl</command> om ook <"
-"command>wpa_suplicant</command> opnieuw op te starten."
+"Of start opnieuw op na het commando <command>systemctl</command> om ook "
+"<command>wpa_suplicant</command> opnieuw op te starten."
#. bnc#898023
#: xml/release-notes.xml:161(title)
@@ -175,9 +174,9 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:162(para)
msgid ""
"During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as "
-"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No location "
-"for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing please "
-"select above location.</quote>"
+"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No "
+"location for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing "
+"please select above location.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"Bij de initiële installatie, in de samenvatting van YaST, kan er een "
"volgende waarschuwing verschijnen onder de sectie van de bootloader: "
@@ -192,26 +191,31 @@
"Deze waarschuwing is een bug in YaST (nu in Factory gerepareerd) en u kunt "
"deze veilig negeren."
-#. bnc#900954
+#. bnc#900954 bnc#903231 bnc#904268
#: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title)
-#| msgid "Start Windows"
-msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
-msgstr "BtrFS en Windows 7"
+#| msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
+msgid "BtrFS and Windows XP"
+msgstr "BtrFS en Windows XP"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, "
+#| "an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the "
+#| "bootloader installation."
msgid ""
-"If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an "
+"If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an "
"error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader "
"installation."
msgstr ""
-"Als u Windows XP hebt en u wilt openSUSE 13.2 met Btrfs installeren zal een "
+"Als u Windows XP hebt en u wilt openSUSE 13.2 met BtrFS installeren zal een "
"foutmelding in YaST u informeren over problemen bij de installatie van de "
"bootloader."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. "
-"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for 13.2."
+"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for "
+"13.2."
msgstr ""
"De veiligste optie is om te installeren in een partitie met Ext4 in plaats "
"van BtrFS. Er is een reparatie die Factory spoedig zal bereiken, maar niet "
@@ -226,18 +230,17 @@
msgid ""
"A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from "
"the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using "
-"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded bootloader "
-"during the installation."
+"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded "
+"bootloader during the installation."
msgstr ""
"Een bug in YaST voorkomt het aanbrengen in de GRUB2 bootloader bij "
"installatie vanuit het medium LiveCD. Merk op, de manier van voorkeur om "
-"openSUSE 13.2 te installeren is met de DVD of de installatie met NET. "
-"Beide media genereren een juist aangebrachte bootloader bij de installatie."
+"openSUSE 13.2 te installeren is met de DVD of de installatie met NET. Beide "
+"media genereren een juist aangebrachte bootloader bij de installatie."
# dialog title for ftp installation
#. bnc#899895
#: xml/release-notes.xml:200(title)
-#| msgid "FTP Installation"
msgid "NET Installation Using Wifi"
msgstr "Installeren met NET met gebruik van Wi-Fi"
@@ -264,37 +267,37 @@
msgid ""
"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified "
"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any "
-"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install "
-"such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your "
-"system boots using UEFI."
+"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to "
+"install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication "
+"that your system boots using UEFI."
msgstr ""
"Alvorens openSUSE te installeren op een systeem dat boot met UEFI (Unified "
-"Extensible Firmware Interface), wordt u dringend aangeraden om te controleren "
-"op firmware updates, die de maker van de hardware aanbeveelt en, indien "
-"beschikbaar, zo'n update te installeren. Een vooraf geïnstalleerde Windows 8 "
-"is een sterke aanwijzing dat uw systeem boot met UEFI."
+"Extensible Firmware Interface), wordt u dringend aangeraden om te "
+"controleren op firmware updates, die de maker van de hardware aanbeveelt en, "
+"indien beschikbaar, zo'n update te installeren. Een vooraf geïnstalleerde "
+"Windows 8 is een sterke aanwijzing dat uw systeem boot met UEFI."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:288(para)
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to "
-"break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really "
-"knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not "
-"writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means "
-"telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. "
-"Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing "
-"boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by "
-"default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the "
-"hardware vendor recommends."
+"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it "
+"to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody "
+"really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk "
+"by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The "
+"minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE "
+"boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area "
+"for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been "
+"disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware "
+"updates the hardware vendor recommends."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Achtergrond:</emphasis> Sommige UEFI firmware bevat bugs die er de "
-"oorzaak van is dat het niet werkt als er te veel gegevens naar het "
-"UEFI-opslaggebied weggeschreven zijn. Niemand weet echter echt hoeveel \"te "
-"veel\" is. openSUSE minimaliseert het risico door niet meer weg te schrijven "
-"dan het noodzakelijke minimum nodig om het OS op te starten. Het minimum "
+"oorzaak van is dat het niet werkt als er te veel gegevens naar het UEFI-"
+"opslaggebied weggeschreven zijn. Niemand weet echter echt hoeveel \"te veel"
+"\" is. openSUSE minimaliseert het risico door niet meer weg te schrijven dan "
+"het noodzakelijke minimum nodig om het OS op te starten. Het minimum "
"betekent het aan de UEFI firmware vertellen van de locatie van de openSUSE "
-"bootloader. Bovenstroomse functies van de Linux-kernel die het "
-"UEFI-opslaggebied gebruikt voor opslag van opstart- and crashinformatie (<"
-"literal>pstore</literal>) zijn standaard uitgeschakeld. Niettemin is het "
+"bootloader. Bovenstroomse functies van de Linux-kernel die het UEFI-"
+"opslaggebied gebruikt voor opslag van opstart- and crashinformatie "
+"(<literal>pstore</literal>) zijn standaard uitgeschakeld. Niettemin is het "
"aanbevolen, om elke update van firmware, die de maker van de hardware "
"aanbeveelt, uit te voeren."
@@ -311,9 +314,9 @@
"devices and partition types."
msgstr ""
"Samen met de EFI/UEFI specificaties is er een nieuwe stijl van partities "
-"maken gekomen: GPT (GUID Partition Table). Dit nieuwe schema gebruikt globaal "
-"unieke identifiers (128-bit waarden getoond in 32 hexadecimale tekens) om "
-"apparaten en typen partities te identificeren."
+"maken gekomen: GPT (GUID Partition Table). Dit nieuwe schema gebruikt "
+"globaal unieke identifiers (128-bit waarden getoond in 32 hexadecimale "
+"tekens) om apparaten en typen partities te identificeren."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:312(para)
msgid ""
@@ -324,19 +327,20 @@
"rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and "
"creating a new entry that replaces the first one."
msgstr ""
-"Bovendien staat de UEFI specificatie ook MBR (MS-DOS) partities toe. De Linux "
-"bootloaders (ELILO of GRUB2) proberen automatisch een GUID voor deze "
-"ouderwetse partities te genereren en schrijven ze naar de firmware. Zo'n GUID "
-"kan frequent wijzigen, wat opnieuw schrijven in de firmware veroorzaakt. "
-"Herschrijven bestaat uit twee verschillende bewerkingen: verwijderen van het "
-"oude item en maken van een nieuw item dat de eerste vervangt."
+"Bovendien staat de UEFI specificatie ook MBR (MS-DOS) partities toe. De "
+"Linux bootloaders (ELILO of GRUB2) proberen automatisch een GUID voor deze "
+"ouderwetse partities te genereren en schrijven ze naar de firmware. Zo'n "
+"GUID kan frequent wijzigen, wat opnieuw schrijven in de firmware "
+"veroorzaakt. Herschrijven bestaat uit twee verschillende bewerkingen: "
+"verwijderen van het oude item en maken van een nieuw item dat de eerste "
+"vervangt."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:321(para)
msgid ""
"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and "
"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty "
-"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a "
-"non-bootable system."
+"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-"
+"bootable system."
msgstr ""
"Moderne firmware heeft een garbage-collector die verwijderde items verzameld "
"en het voor oude items gereserveerde geheugen vrijmaakt. Er ontstaat een "
@@ -348,8 +352,8 @@
"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to "
"avoid this problem completely."
msgstr ""
-"Er omheen werken is eenvoudig: converteer de ouderwetse MBR-partitie naar het "
-"nieuwe GPT om dit probleem volledig te vermijden."
+"Er omheen werken is eenvoudig: converteer de ouderwetse MBR-partitie naar "
+"het nieuwe GPT om dit probleem volledig te vermijden."
#. bnc#850052
#: xml/release-notes.xml:335(title)
@@ -365,19 +369,17 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure "
-"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first "
-"update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update "
-"does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki "
-"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next "
-"release."
+"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, "
+"first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS "
+"update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://"
+"en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release."
msgstr ""
"De nieuwe versie van de shim-loader staat toe meer typen machines te booten "
"met ingeschakeld Secure Boot dan met openSUSE 13.1. Niettemin is de "
"aanbeveling, in geval van problemen, eerst de BIOS van uw machine tot de "
"laatste versie bij te werken. Als het bijwerken van de BIOS niet helpt, "
-"rapporteer dan het model van uw machine in de wiki "
-"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) We kunnen het dan volgen voor de "
-"volgende uitgave."
+"rapporteer dan het model van uw machine in de wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/"
+"openSUSE:UEFI). We kunnen het dan volgen voor de volgende uitgave."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:352(title)
msgid "System Upgrade"
@@ -404,29 +406,30 @@
msgstr ""
"Op sommige systemen met een NVIDIA kaart kan het installatieprogramma rommel "
"bovenaan het scherm tonen vanwege problemen met het standaard "
-"apparaatstuurprogramma nouveau. Als u door dit probleem bent getroffen kunt u "
-"de nouveau kernel-module uitschakelen om het installatieprogramma uit te "
-"voeren en het daarna opnieuw in te schakelen als het systeem is geïnstalleerd "
-"op opgewaardeerd."
+"apparaatstuurprogramma nouveau. Als u door dit probleem bent getroffen kunt "
+"u de nouveau kernel-module uitschakelen om het installatieprogramma uit te "
+"voeren en het daarna opnieuw in te schakelen als het systeem is "
+"geïnstalleerd op opgewaardeerd."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, "
-"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. "
-"Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>"
-"brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting "
-"with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the "
-"nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filenam"
-"e> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
+"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the "
+"parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and "
+"add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to "
+"continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you "
+"can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-"
+"blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
msgstr ""
"Om de kernel-module uit te schakelen, wanneer u boot vanaf het "
-"installatiemedium, selecteer het item 'Installatie' in grub en druk op 'e' om "
-"de parameters te bewerken. Ga daarna naar de regel beginnend met 'linux' (of "
-"'linuxefi') en voeg aan het eind <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> "
-"toe. Druk dan op F10 om door te gaan met booten met de nieuwe parameter. "
-"Nadat het systeem is geïnstalleerd kunt u de module nouveau weer inschakelen "
-"door het bewerken van <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> "
-"en het item dat nouveau op de zwarte lijst zet te verwijderen."
+"installatiemedium, selecteer het item 'Installatie' in grub en druk op 'e' "
+"om de parameters te bewerken. Ga daarna naar de regel beginnend met "
+"'linux' (of 'linuxefi') en voeg aan het eind <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</"
+"literal> toe. Druk dan op F10 om door te gaan met booten met de nieuwe "
+"parameter. Nadat het systeem is geïnstalleerd kunt u de module nouveau weer "
+"inschakelen door het bewerken van <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist."
+"conf</filename> en het item dat nouveau op de zwarte lijst zet te "
+"verwijderen."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:384(title)
msgid "Information About the FGLRX Driver"
@@ -435,14 +438,14 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para)
msgid ""
"For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its "
-"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning"
-"-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-war"
-"ning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
+"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-"
+"warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/"
+"fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Voor meer informatie over de AMD FGLRX apparaatstuurprogramma's in openSUSE "
"13.2 en hun status, zie <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/"
-"fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/"
-"11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
+"fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse."
+"org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
#. bnc#899610
#: xml/release-notes.xml:394(title)
@@ -456,71 +459,78 @@
"thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse "
"pointer."
msgstr ""
-"Als u twee muisaanwijzers ziet en u hebt twee grafische kaarten, waarvan "
-"een een Intel kaart is, probeer dan het pakket <systemitem>xf86-video-"
-"intel</systemitem> te verwijderen en dus alleen de andere te gebruiken. "
-"Dit zal de statische muisaanwijzer laten verdwijnen."
+"Als u twee muisaanwijzers ziet en u hebt twee grafische kaarten, waarvan een "
+"een Intel kaart is, probeer dan het pakket <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</"
+"systemitem> te verwijderen en dus alleen de andere te gebruiken. Dit zal de "
+"statische muisaanwijzer laten verdwijnen."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:402(para)
msgid ""
-"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink "
-"url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">"
-"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked "
-"on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
+"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://"
+"bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/"
+"show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, "
+"addressed with an online update."
msgstr ""
"Aan dit en andere problemen met het Intel-apparaatstuurprogramma zoals (zie "
-"<ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">"
-"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) zal gewerkt "
-"worden en, indien mogelijk, opgelost worden met het online bijwerken."
+"<ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://"
+"bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) zal gewerkt worden en, "
+"indien mogelijk, opgelost worden met het online bijwerken."
-#. bnc#901869
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:411(title)
+#. bnc#903998
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(title)
msgid "Missing Dependencies for virt-manager"
msgstr "Ontbrekende afhankelijkheden voor virt-manager"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para)
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing "
+#| "<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
+#| "SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+#| "systemitem>."
msgid ""
-"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>"
-"typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0<"
-"/systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing "
+"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"Als u een probleem tegenkomt bij uitvoeren van virt-manager, probeer dan "
"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
-"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> en <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> en <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
"systemitem> te installeren."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:419(para)
msgid ""
-"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made "
-"explicit."
+"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies "
+"made explicit."
msgstr ""
"Bij het online bijwerken zal er een nieuwe versie komen met deze "
"afhankelijkheden expliciet gemaakt."
#. bnc#900813
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:425(title)
-#| msgid "No Authorization"
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(title)
msgid "Modem Authorization After Suspend"
msgstr "Modem-autorisatie na slaapstand"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:427(para)
msgid ""
-"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via "
-"a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for "
-"the root password before reconnecting."
+"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected "
+"via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you "
+"for the root password before reconnecting."
msgstr ""
-"openSUSE 13.2 is veel strikter met beveiliging dan 13.1. Als u verbonden bent "
-"via een UMTS- of 3G-modem en u brengt de machine in slaapstand, dan zal het "
-"systeem u vragen om het wachtwoord van root alvorens opnieuw te verbinden."
+"openSUSE 13.2 is veel strikter met beveiliging dan 13.1. Als u verbonden "
+"bent via een UMTS- of 3G-modem en u brengt de machine in slaapstand, dan zal "
+"het systeem u vragen om het wachtwoord van root alvorens opnieuw te "
+"verbinden."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:433(para)
msgid ""
-"You can change this behavior changing a line in "
-"/etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
+"You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs."
+"standard:"
msgstr ""
-"U kunt dit gedrag wijzigen in een regel in /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
+"U kunt dit gedrag wijzigen in een regel in /etc/polkit-default-privs."
+"standard:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:438(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -531,11 +541,11 @@
"org.freedesktop.ModemManager.Device.Control auth_admin:auth_admin:yes\n"
" "
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:441(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:442(para)
msgid "with:"
msgstr "door:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:445(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:446(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -547,11 +557,11 @@
" "
#. bnc#901511
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:452(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(title)
msgid "Package Search Missing in GTK UI of YaST"
msgstr "Zoeken naar pakketen ontbreekt in GTK UI van YaST"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you "
"are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
@@ -560,70 +570,68 @@
"een pakket. Dus als u in GNOME of XFCE zit en u hebt deze mogelijkheid "
"nodig, gebruik dan in plaats daarvan het QT-interface:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:460(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
msgstr "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
#. bnc#902947
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:464(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:465(title)
msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration"
msgstr "Migratie van openSUSE vóór-13.2 cifstab"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:467(para)
msgid ""
-"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab<"
-"/filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>"
-"/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
+"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</"
+"filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/"
+"etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
msgstr ""
-"Aankoppelen van cifs-shares bij opstarten van het systeem via <filename>"
-"/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> is niet doorgegaan en verouderd. Nu wordt dat "
+"Aankoppelen van cifs-shares bij opstarten van het systeem via <filename>/etc/"
+"samba/cifstab</filename> is niet doorgegaan en verouderd. Nu wordt dat "
"gedaan door het algemene <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> bestand."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:473(para)
msgid "The migration process requires two steps:"
msgstr "Het migratieproces vereist twee stappen:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:478(para)
msgid ""
-"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<"
-"/filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</"
+"filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
-"Voeg al uw aankoppelpunten uit <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename>"
-" achteraan in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+"Voeg al uw aankoppelpunten uit <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</"
+"filename> achteraan in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
-"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <"
-"filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in "
+"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Voeg <literal>0 0</literal> toe aan het eind van elke nieuwe aankoppelregel "
"voor cifs in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:492(para)
msgid ""
-"For more information and examples, see <filename>"
-"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the "
-"installed system."
+"For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/"
+"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
msgstr ""
-"Voor meer informatie en voorbeelden, zie <filename>"
-"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in het "
-"geïnstalleerde systeem."
+"Voor meer informatie en voorbeelden, zie <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/"
+"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in het geïnstalleerde systeem."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(title)
msgid "Removing openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper After Upgrade"
msgstr "Verwijderen van openSUSE 13.1 KDE achtergrondafbeelding na opwaarderen"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:501(para)
msgid ""
"If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, "
"remove it from the user cache manually:"
msgstr ""
"Als de openSUSE 13.1 KDE achtergrondafbeelding nog steeds verschijnt na "
-"opwaarderen van het systeem, verwijder het dan handmatig uit de cache van "
-"de gebruiker:"
+"opwaarderen van het systeem, verwijder het dan handmatig uit de cache van de "
+"gebruiker:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:506(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
@@ -632,42 +640,43 @@
"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
"ents/images/*"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:509(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:510(title)
msgid "MATE Desktop official integration"
msgstr "MATE-bureaublad officiële integratie"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE "
"version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and "
"attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and "
"other Unix-like operating systems."
msgstr ""
-"Het MATE-bureaublad is nu officieel beschikbaar onder openSUSE 13.2 met "
-"MATE versie 1.8.1, de nieuwste stabiele uitgave. Het levert een intuïtieve "
-"en attractieve bureaubladomgeving met traditionele metaforen voor Linux en "
+"Het MATE-bureaublad is nu officieel beschikbaar onder openSUSE 13.2 met MATE "
+"versie 1.8.1, de nieuwste stabiele uitgave. Het levert een intuïtieve en "
+"attractieve bureaubladomgeving met traditionele metaforen voor Linux en "
"andere Unix-achtige besturingssystemen."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:518(para)
msgid ""
-"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when "
-"they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
+"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had "
+"when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar "
+"theme."
msgstr ""
"Het doel, voor openSUSE, is om dezelfde ervaring te leveren die gebruikers "
"hadden toen ze GNOME onder openSUSE 11.4 gebruikten, met het hoofdmenu en "
"het thema Sonar."
#. bnc#901013
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:525(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(title)
msgid "Slow Start-up in GNOME"
msgstr "Langzaam opstarten in GNOME"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race "
"between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix "
-"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable "
-"the GNOME autologin feature."
+"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily "
+"disable the GNOME autologin feature."
msgstr ""
"GNOME automatisch aanmelden kan een langzaam opstartproces veroorzaken. "
"Waarschijnlijk is er een gevecht tussen services die niet juist zijn "
@@ -676,11 +685,11 @@
"automatisch aanmelden uit te schakelen."
#. bnc#850058
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:563(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(title)
msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings"
msgstr "AppArmor en instellingen voor toegang"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent "
"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter "
@@ -693,12 +702,12 @@
"AppArmor profiel van de betrokken service om te schakelen naar de modus "
"klagen met:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service"
msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$uw_service"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
msgid ""
"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would "
"not allow."
@@ -706,7 +715,7 @@
"Modus klagen betekent: sta alles toe en log zaken die het profiel niet zou "
"toestaan."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:570(para)
msgid ""
"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to "
"also cover corner cases."
@@ -714,71 +723,71 @@
"Zelfs als het helpt rapporteer het als een bug! We willen AppArmor-profielen "
"repareren om ook alle randgevallen te dekken."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:603(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Diversen"
#. bnc#903243
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:607(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(title)
msgid "YaST (Qt GUI): \"Service Manager\" Icon Appears Twice"
msgstr "YaST (Qt GUI): Pictogram \"Servicebeheerder\" verschijnt dubbel"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:609(para)
msgid ""
-"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>"
-"Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of "
-"the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in "
-"the desktop files."
+"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon "
+"<guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt "
+"version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</"
+"quote> flag in the desktop files."
msgstr ""
"In de sectie <guimenu>Systeem</guimenu> van YaST (Qt GUI) verschijnt het "
-"pictogram <guimenu>Servicebeheerder</guimenu> dubbel. Er is een bug in de "
-"Qt-versie van het YaST besturingscentrum die de vlag <quote>hidden</quote> "
-"in de desktop-bestanden niet gehoorzaamd."
+"pictogram <guimenu>Servicebeheerder</guimenu> dubbel. Er is een bug in de Qt-"
+"versie van het YaST besturingscentrum die de vlag <quote>hidden</quote> in "
+"de desktop-bestanden niet gehoorzaamd."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:615(para)
msgid "This will get fixed with the next YaST online update."
msgstr "Dit zal gerepareerd worden in het volgende YaST online bijwerken."
#. bnc#809347
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:624(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:625(title)
msgid "More Information and Feedback"
msgstr "Meer informatie en terugkoppeling"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:628(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:629(para)
msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs."
msgstr "Lees de README's op de cd's."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(para)
msgid ""
"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr ""
"Gedetailleerde log met informatie over wijzigingen over een specifiek pakket "
"uit de RPM:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm"
msgstr "rpm --changelog -qp <BESTANDSNAAM>.rpm"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:634(para)
msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM."
msgstr "<BESTANDSNAAM>. is de naam van de RPM."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
-"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for "
-"a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
+"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD "
+"for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
msgstr ""
-"Controleer het bestand <filename>ChangeLog</filename> op het topniveau van de "
-"dvd voor een chronologische log van alle wijzigingen gemaakt aan de "
+"Controleer het bestand <filename>ChangeLog</filename> op het topniveau van "
+"de dvd voor een chronologische log van alle wijzigingen gemaakt aan de "
"bijgewerkte pakketten."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:641(para)
msgid ""
"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
msgstr "Meer informatie in de map <filename>docu</filename> op de dvd."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:644(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or "
"updated documentation."
@@ -786,23 +795,23 @@
"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> bevat extra of bijgewerkte "
"documentatie."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:649(para)
msgid ""
"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news "
"from openSUSE."
msgstr ""
-"Bezoek <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> voor de laatste productnieuws "
-"van openSUSE."
+"Bezoek <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> voor de laatste "
+"productnieuws van openSUSE."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:654(para)
msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
msgstr "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:655(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE."
msgstr "Bedankt voor het gebruiken van openSUSE."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:657(para)
msgid "The openSUSE Team."
msgstr "Het team van openSUSE."
@@ -820,17 +829,38 @@
#~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information"
#~ msgstr "Voor gedetailleerde informatie over installeren"
-#~ msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Voor gedetailleerde informatie over installeren, zie <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123."
+#~ "documentation\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voor gedetailleerde informatie over installeren, zie <xref linkend="
+#~ "\"sec.123.documentation\"/>."
#~ msgid "openSUSE Documentation"
#~ msgstr "openSUSE documentatie"
-#~ msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell."
-#~ msgstr "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis> vindt u stap-bij-stap installatie-instructies, evenals introducties in de KDE- en Gnome-bureaubladen en de LibreOffice suite. Ook onderwerpen over basis beheertaken, zoals gebruik en softwarebeheer en een introductie in het gebruik van de bash-shell."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation "
+#~ "instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and "
+#~ "to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics "
+#~ "such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the "
+#~ "bash shell."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis> vindt u stap-bij-stap installatie-"
+#~ "instructies, evenals introducties in de KDE- en Gnome-bureaubladen en de "
+#~ "LibreOffice suite. Ook onderwerpen over basis beheertaken, zoals gebruik "
+#~ "en softwarebeheer en een introductie in het gebruik van de bash-shell."
-#~ msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "De documentatie is te vinden in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> na installatie van het pakket <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem> of online op <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-"
+#~ "manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package "
+#~ "<systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De documentatie is te vinden in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-"
+#~ "manuals_$LANG</filename> na installatie van het pakket "
+#~ "<systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem> of online op <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>."
#~| msgid "CHECKIT:12.3"
#~ msgid "CHECKIT:13.1"
@@ -839,62 +869,187 @@
#~ msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)"
#~ msgstr "Het grafische systeem initialiseren met KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)"
-#~ msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command"
-#~ msgstr "Met openSUSE 11.3 schakelden we om naar KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) voor Intel, ATI en NVIDIA grafische systemen, wat nu onze standaard is. Als u problemen tegen komt met de ondersteuning van het KMS apparaatstuurprogramma (intel, radeon, nouveau), schakel KMS dan uit door <literal>nomodeset</literal> toe te voegen aan de commandoregel van de kernel boot. Om dit permanent, met Grub 2, de standaard bootloader, in te stellen, voeg het toe aan de regel voor standaard laad-opties voor de kernel met <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> in het tekstbestand <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> als root en in een terminal de volgende opdracht uit"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, "
+#~ "ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter "
+#~ "problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable "
+#~ "KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command "
+#~ "line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add "
+#~ "it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default "
+#~ "load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text "
+#~ "file as root and running the terminal command"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Met openSUSE 11.3 schakelden we om naar KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) voor "
+#~ "Intel, ATI en NVIDIA grafische systemen, wat nu onze standaard is. Als u "
+#~ "problemen tegen komt met de ondersteuning van het KMS "
+#~ "apparaatstuurprogramma (intel, radeon, nouveau), schakel KMS dan uit door "
+#~ "<literal>nomodeset</literal> toe te voegen aan de commandoregel van de "
+#~ "kernel boot. Om dit permanent, met Grub 2, de standaard bootloader, in te "
+#~ "stellen, voeg het toe aan de regel voor standaard laad-opties voor de "
+#~ "kernel met <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> in het "
+#~ "tekstbestand <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> als root en in een "
+#~ "terminal de volgende opdracht uit"
#~ msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg"
#~ msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg"
-#~ msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled."
-#~ msgstr "om de wijzigingen te effectueren. Voeg het anders voor de oude Grub, als root, toe aan de opdrachtregel in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>. Deze optie verzekert dat de juiste kernelmodule (intel, radeon, nouveau) wordt geladen met <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, d.w.z.als KMS is uitgeschakeld."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the "
+#~ "kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also "
+#~ "done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module "
+#~ "(intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in "
+#~ "<filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "om de wijzigingen te effectueren. Voeg het anders voor de oude Grub, als "
+#~ "root, toe aan de opdrachtregel in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</"
+#~ "filename>. Deze optie verzekert dat de juiste kernelmodule (intel, "
+#~ "radeon, nouveau) wordt geladen met <literal>modeset=0</literal> in "
+#~ "<filename>initrd</filename>, d.w.z.als KMS is uitgeschakeld."
-#~ msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine."
-#~ msgstr "In zeldzame gevallen, bij het laden van de DRM-module uit <filename>initrd</filename>, is er een algemeen probleem, niet gerelateerd aan KMS. Het is zelfs mogelijk om het laden van de DRM-module volledig uit te schakelen in <filename>initrd</filename>. Stel hiervoor de <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig-variabele in op <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, die dan later <filename>initrd</filename> opnieuw aanmaakt. Herstart uw machine."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</"
+#~ "filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible "
+#~ "to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> "
+#~ "completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> "
+#~ "sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then "
+#~ "recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In zeldzame gevallen, bij het laden van de DRM-module uit "
+#~ "<filename>initrd</filename>, is er een algemeen probleem, niet "
+#~ "gerelateerd aan KMS. Het is zelfs mogelijk om het laden van de DRM-module "
+#~ "volledig uit te schakelen in <filename>initrd</filename>. Stel hiervoor "
+#~ "de <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig-variabele in op "
+#~ "<literal>yes</literal> via YaST, die dan later <filename>initrd</"
+#~ "filename> opnieuw aanmaakt. Herstart uw machine."
-#~ msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>."
-#~ msgstr "Op Intel zonder KMS valt de X-server terug op het stuurprogramma <literal>fbdev</literal> (het <literal>intel</literal> stuurprogramma ondersteunt alleen KMS); als alternatief is er voor oudere GPU's van Intel het stuurprogramma \"intellegacy\" (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> pakket) beschikbaar, dat nog steeds UMS (User Mode Settings) ondersteunt. Om het te gebruiken bewerkt u <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> en wijzigt u het stuurprogramma item in <literal>intellegacy</literal>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</"
+#~ "literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); "
+#~ "alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver "
+#~ "(<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is "
+#~ "available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the "
+#~ "driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Op Intel zonder KMS valt de X-server terug op het stuurprogramma "
+#~ "<literal>fbdev</literal> (het <literal>intel</literal> stuurprogramma "
+#~ "ondersteunt alleen KMS); als alternatief is er voor oudere GPU's van "
+#~ "Intel het stuurprogramma \"intellegacy\" (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-"
+#~ "video-intel-legacy</systemitem> pakket) beschikbaar, dat nog steeds UMS "
+#~ "(User Mode Settings) ondersteunt. Om het te gebruiken bewerkt u "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> en wijzigt u het "
+#~ "stuurprogramma item in <literal>intellegacy</literal>."
-#~ msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter."
-#~ msgstr "Op ATI voor de huidige GPU's valt het stuurprogramma terug op <literal>radeonhd</literal>. Op NVIDIA zonder KMS wordt het stuurprogramma <literal>nv</literal> gebruikt (het stuurprogramma <literal>nouveau</literal> ondersteunt alleen KMS). Opmerking: nieuwere ATI en NVIDIA GPU's vallen terug op <literal>fbdev</literal>, als u de kernel-boot-parameter <literal>nomodeset</literal> specificeert."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On "
+#~ "NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the "
+#~ "<literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and "
+#~ "NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify "
+#~ "the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Op ATI voor de huidige GPU's valt het stuurprogramma terug op "
+#~ "<literal>radeonhd</literal>. Op NVIDIA zonder KMS wordt het "
+#~ "stuurprogramma <literal>nv</literal> gebruikt (het stuurprogramma "
+#~ "<literal>nouveau</literal> ondersteunt alleen KMS). Opmerking: nieuwere "
+#~ "ATI en NVIDIA GPU's vallen terug op <literal>fbdev</literal>, als u de "
+#~ "kernel-boot-parameter <literal>nomodeset</literal> specificeert."
#~ msgid "Samba Version 4.1"
#~ msgstr "Samba versie 4.1"
-#~ msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos."
-#~ msgstr "Samba versie 4.1 meegeleverd met openSUSE 13.1 bevat geen ondersteuning om te werken als een domain-controller in de stijl van Active Directory. Deze functionaliteit is nu uitgeschakeld, omdat de integratie ontbreekt met systeembrede MIT Kerberos."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to "
+#~ "operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This "
+#~ "functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-"
+#~ "wide MIT Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Samba versie 4.1 meegeleverd met openSUSE 13.1 bevat geen ondersteuning "
+#~ "om te werken als een domain-controller in de stijl van Active Directory. "
+#~ "Deze functionaliteit is nu uitgeschakeld, omdat de integratie ontbreekt "
+#~ "met systeembrede MIT Kerberos."
#~ msgid "KDE and Bluetooth"
#~ msgstr "KDE en Bluetooth"
-#~ msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions."
-#~ msgstr "De Bluetooth-stack wordt geleverd met Bluez 5 (een belangrijke, niet achterwaarts compatibele versie), een noodzakelijke opwaardering voor het GNOME bureaublad en sommige andere componenten van het basissysteem. De KDE werkruimte ondersteunt helaas alleen Bluez versie 4 in zijn nu vrijgegeven versies."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-"
+#~ "incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some "
+#~ "other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace "
+#~ "only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De Bluetooth-stack wordt geleverd met Bluez 5 (een belangrijke, niet "
+#~ "achterwaarts compatibele versie), een noodzakelijke opwaardering voor het "
+#~ "GNOME bureaublad en sommige andere componenten van het basissysteem. De "
+#~ "KDE werkruimte ondersteunt helaas alleen Bluez versie 4 in zijn nu "
+#~ "vrijgegeven versies."
-#~ msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer."
-#~ msgstr "Daarom biedt het KDE team van de openSUSE KDE gemeenschap een niet officieel Bluedevil-pakket dat minstens basis functionaliteit biedt zoals het paren van apparaten of ondersteuning voor bluetooth-muis; Van sommige andere functies is het bekend dat ze nog niet werken, zoals bestandsoverdracht."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil "
+#~ "package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or "
+#~ "support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work "
+#~ "jet, like file transfer."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Daarom biedt het KDE team van de openSUSE KDE gemeenschap een niet "
+#~ "officieel Bluedevil-pakket dat minstens basis functionaliteit biedt zoals "
+#~ "het paren van apparaten of ondersteuning voor bluetooth-muis; Van sommige "
+#~ "andere functies is het bekend dat ze nog niet werken, zoals "
+#~ "bestandsoverdracht."
-#~ msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing."
-#~ msgstr "Bugs moeten op dit moment niet gerapporteerd worden in ondersteuning voor Bluetooth in KDE omdat het overzetten van Bluez 5 Bluedevil nog steeds gaande is."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE "
+#~ "as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bugs moeten op dit moment niet gerapporteerd worden in ondersteuning voor "
+#~ "Bluetooth in KDE omdat het overzetten van Bluez 5 Bluedevil nog steeds "
+#~ "gaande is."
#~ msgid "Skype"
#~ msgstr "Skype"
-#~ msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:"
-#~ msgstr "PulseAudio 4.0 laat een bug in de huidige versie van Skype voor Linux (v4.2) zien. Totdat Skype is gerepareerd en bijgewerkt, voert u op de commandoregel in plaats van <command>skype</command> uit:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux "
+#~ "(v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> "
+#~ "from the command line:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "PulseAudio 4.0 laat een bug in de huidige versie van Skype voor Linux "
+#~ "(v4.2) zien. Totdat Skype is gerepareerd en bijgewerkt, voert u op de "
+#~ "commandoregel in plaats van <command>skype</command> uit:"
#~ msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype"
#~ msgstr "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype"
-#~ msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Voor meer informatie over deze bug, zie <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan."
+#~ "net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voor meer informatie over deze bug, zie <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan."
+#~ "net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>."
#~ msgid "AutoYaST"
#~ msgstr "AutoYaST"
-#~ msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations."
-#~ msgstr "Als het autoyast-profiel items bevat in een <literal><add-on></literal>-sectie dan is er een bug aangestoten die voorkomt dat informatie in het profiel overgedragen wordt uit de eerste stap naar de tweede stap. In dat geval worden daarom alle instellingenstappen in de tweede stap overgeslagen, wat normaal leidt naar meer of minder compleet onbruikbare installaties."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></"
+#~ "literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in "
+#~ "the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second "
+#~ "stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are "
+#~ "skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable "
+#~ "installations."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als het autoyast-profiel items bevat in een <literal><add-on></"
+#~ "literal>-sectie dan is er een bug aangestoten die voorkomt dat informatie "
+#~ "in het profiel overgedragen wordt uit de eerste stap naar de tweede stap. "
+#~ "In dat geval worden daarom alle instellingenstappen in de tweede stap "
+#~ "overgeslagen, wat normaal leidt naar meer of minder compleet onbruikbare "
+#~ "installaties."
-#~ msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1."
-#~ msgstr "Als een tijdelijk er omheen werken, vermijdt u het gebruik van <literal><add-on></literal>-secties in profielen met AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> "
+#~ "sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als een tijdelijk er omheen werken, vermijdt u het gebruik van "
+#~ "<literal><add-on></literal>-secties in profielen met AutoYaST in "
+#~ "openSUSE 13.1."
#~ msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Uitgavenotities"
@@ -902,32 +1057,64 @@
#~ msgid "Version: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)"
#~ msgstr "Versie: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)"
-#~ msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file."
-#~ msgstr "Het is toegestaan om dit document te kopiëren, verspreiden en/of te wijzigen onder de voorwaarden van de GNU Free Documentation License, versie 1.2 of een latere versie, gepubliceerd door de Free Software Foundation, zonder invariante secties en zonder omslagteksten, zowel voor- als achterzijde. Een kopie van de licentie is bijgevoegd in het bestand <filename>fdl.txt</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document "
+#~ "under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any "
+#~ "later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no "
+#~ "Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy "
+#~ "of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het is toegestaan om dit document te kopiëren, verspreiden en/of te "
+#~ "wijzigen onder de voorwaarden van de GNU Free Documentation License, "
+#~ "versie 1.2 of een latere versie, gepubliceerd door de Free Software "
+#~ "Foundation, zonder invariante secties en zonder omslagteksten, zowel "
+#~ "voor- als achterzijde. Een kopie van de licentie is bijgevoegd in het "
+#~ "bestand <filename>fdl.txt</filename>."
#~ msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:"
#~ msgstr "Deze uitgavenotities beslaan de volgende gebieden:"
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)."
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: Deze items zijn automatisch vanuit openFATE ingevoegd, het systeem voor beheer van functies en verzoeken (<ulink url=\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: These entries are automatically included from "
+#~ "openFATE, the Feature- and Requirements Management System (<ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"misc\"/>: Deze items zijn automatisch vanuit openFATE "
+#~ "ingevoegd, het systeem voor beheer van functies en verzoeken (<ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://features.opensuse.org\"/>)."
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch."
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: lees dit als u het systeem vanaf niets wilt installeren."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the "
+#~ "system from scratch."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: lees dit als u het systeem vanaf niets "
+#~ "wilt installeren."
#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: Information that everybody should read."
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: informatie die iedereen zou moeten lezen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"general\"/>: informatie die iedereen zou moeten lezen."
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version."
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: zaken die verband houden met het proces van opwaarderen van de vorige uitgave naar deze versie van openSUSE."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a "
+#~ "system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: zaken die verband houden met het proces van "
+#~ "opwaarderen van de vorige uitgave naar deze versie van openSUSE."
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user."
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: deze sectie bevat een aantal technische wijzigingen en verbeteringen voor de ervaren gebruiker."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of "
+#~ "technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: deze sectie bevat een aantal technische "
+#~ "wijzigingen en verbeteringen voor de ervaren gebruiker."
#~ msgid "Dropped YaST Modules"
#~ msgstr "Vervallen YaST-modules"
#~ msgid "The following YaST modules were obsolete and rarely used these days:"
-#~ msgstr "De volgende YaST-modules zijn verouderd worden heden ten dage weinig gebruikt:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De volgende YaST-modules zijn verouderd worden heden ten dage weinig "
+#~ "gebruikt:"
#~ msgid "yast2-autofs"
#~ msgstr "yast2-autofs"
@@ -962,26 +1149,56 @@
#~ msgid "yast2-tv"
#~ msgstr "yast2-tv"
-#~ msgid "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and better focus on other more used modules."
-#~ msgstr "De hoofdreden voor het laten vervallen was om de onderhoudsinspanning te verminderen en een betere focus te hebben op andere meer gebruikte modules."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The main reason for dropping was to decrease the maintenance effort and "
+#~ "better focus on other more used modules."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De hoofdreden voor het laten vervallen was om de onderhoudsinspanning te "
+#~ "verminderen en een betere focus te hebben op andere meer gebruikte "
+#~ "modules."
#~ msgid "Adobe Reader (acroread) and Other PDF Readers"
#~ msgstr "Adobe Reader (acroread) en andere PDF Readers"
-#~ msgid "Adobe no longer provides (security) updates for Adobe Reader (<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Therefore the <systemitem>acroread</systemitem> package was dropped from the distribution to protect openSUSE users."
-#~ msgstr "Adobe biedt niet langer (security) updates voor Adobe Reader (<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Daarom is het pakket <systemitem>acroread</systemitem> uit de distributie verwijderd om de gebruikers van openSUSE te beschermen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Adobe no longer provides (security) updates for Adobe Reader "
+#~ "(<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Therefore the <systemitem>acroread</"
+#~ "systemitem> package was dropped from the distribution to protect openSUSE "
+#~ "users."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Adobe biedt niet langer (security) updates voor Adobe Reader "
+#~ "(<systemitem>acroread</systemitem>). Daarom is het pakket "
+#~ "<systemitem>acroread</systemitem> uit de distributie verwijderd om de "
+#~ "gebruikers van openSUSE te beschermen."
-#~ msgid "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes from openSUSE and their upstream authors."
-#~ msgstr "openSUSE bevat verschillende hulpmiddelen voor het bekijken van PDF zoals Okular, Evince en poppler-hulpmiddelen. Deze hulpmiddelen worden actief onderhouden en krijgen reparaties voor beveiligingsgaten van openSUSE en auteurs hoger in de keten."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "openSUSE includes various PDF viewing tools like Okular, Evince, and "
+#~ "poppler-tools. These tools are actively maintained and get security fixes "
+#~ "from openSUSE and their upstream authors."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "openSUSE bevat verschillende hulpmiddelen voor het bekijken van PDF zoals "
+#~ "Okular, Evince en poppler-hulpmiddelen. Deze hulpmiddelen worden actief "
+#~ "onderhouden en krijgen reparaties voor beveiligingsgaten van openSUSE en "
+#~ "auteurs hoger in de keten."
-#~ msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Voor meer gedetailleerde, zie <ulink url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader"
+#~ "\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voor meer gedetailleerde, zie <ulink url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>"
#~ msgid "Upgrading with Zypper (dup) Requires /etc/fstab Cleanup"
#~ msgstr "Opwaarderen met \"zypper dup\" vereist opschonen van /etc/fstab"
-#~ msgid "When upgrading with <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST upgrade handles it automatically) users should remove the following <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> entries if present:"
-#~ msgstr "Bij het opwaarderen met <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST-opwaarderen doet het automatisch) zouden gebruikers de volgende items in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>, indien aanwezig, moeten verwijderen:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When upgrading with <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST upgrade handles "
+#~ "it automatically) users should remove the following <filename>/etc/fstab</"
+#~ "filename> entries if present:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bij het opwaarderen met <command>zypper dup</command> (YaST-opwaarderen "
+#~ "doet het automatisch) zouden gebruikers de volgende items in <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/fstab</filename>, indien aanwezig, moeten verwijderen:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "tmpfs /dev/shm\n"
@@ -994,14 +1211,32 @@
#~ "sysfs /sys sysfs\n"
#~ "proc /proc proc"
-#~ msgid "This is especially important for Gnome users, otherwise the Gnome terminal will fail with \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not permitted</literal>\". These mount points are managed by <command>systemd</command> and should no longer be present in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#~ msgstr "Dit is speciaal belangrijk voor gebruikers van Gnome, anders zaal de Gnome-terminal niet werken met \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not permitted</literal>\". Deze aankoppelpunten worden beheerd door <command>systemd</command> en zouden niet langer aanwezig moeten zijn in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is especially important for Gnome users, otherwise the Gnome "
+#~ "terminal will fail with \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not "
+#~ "permitted</literal>\". These mount points are managed by "
+#~ "<command>systemd</command> and should no longer be present in <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/fstab</filename>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dit is speciaal belangrijk voor gebruikers van Gnome, anders zaal de "
+#~ "Gnome-terminal niet werken met \"<literal>grantpt failed: Operation not "
+#~ "permitted</literal>\". Deze aankoppelpunten worden beheerd door "
+#~ "<command>systemd</command> en zouden niet langer aanwezig moeten zijn in "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
#~ msgid "SYSLOG_DAEMON Variable Removed"
#~ msgstr "Variabele SYSLOG_DAEMON verwijderd"
-#~ msgid "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be selected automatically for usage."
-#~ msgstr "De variabele SYSLOG_DAEMON is verwijderd. Eerder werd het gebruikt om de syslog-daemon te selecteren. Vanaf openSUSE 12.3 kan er op een bepaald moment slechts één implementatie van syslog geïnstalleerd worden en deze zal automatisch voor gebruik geselecteerd worden."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The SYSLOG_DAEMON variable has been removed. Previously, it was used to "
+#~ "select the syslog daemon. Starting with openSUSE 12.3, only one syslog "
+#~ "implementation can be installed at a time on a system and will be "
+#~ "selected automatically for usage."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De variabele SYSLOG_DAEMON is verwijderd. Eerder werd het gebruikt om de "
+#~ "syslog-daemon te selecteren. Vanaf openSUSE 12.3 kan er op een bepaald "
+#~ "moment slechts één implementatie van syslog geïnstalleerd worden en deze "
+#~ "zal automatisch voor gebruik geselecteerd worden."
#~ msgid "For details, see the syslog(8) manpage."
#~ msgstr "Voor details, zie de manpagina syslog(8)."
@@ -1009,56 +1244,140 @@
#~ msgid "Duplicated Network Interfaces"
#~ msgstr "Dubbele netwerkinterfaces"
-#~ msgid "The current version of systemd uses a new convention for assigning predictable names to network interfaces. YaST is changed accordingly."
-#~ msgstr "De huidige versie van systemd gebruikt een nieuwe conventie voor toekennen van voorspelbare namen aan netwerkinterfaces. YaST is overeenkomstig gewijzigd."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The current version of systemd uses a new convention for assigning "
+#~ "predictable names to network interfaces. YaST is changed accordingly."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De huidige versie van systemd gebruikt een nieuwe conventie voor "
+#~ "toekennen van voorspelbare namen aan netwerkinterfaces. YaST is "
+#~ "overeenkomstig gewijzigd."
-#~ msgid "Some reports indicate a bug in YaST when conversion from one naming scheme to another takes place. If the same network interface has two different names, you have been hit by this bug. In this case remove the different network interfaces in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</filename> and use YaST to configure the network anew."
-#~ msgstr "Sommige rapporten geven een bug aan in YaST wanneer conversie van het ene naamgevingsscheme naar het andere plaatsvindt. Als hetzelfde netwerkinterface twee verschillende namen heeft, dan bent u getroffen door deze bug. Verwijder in dat geval de verschillende netwerkinterfaces in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</filename> en gebruik YaST om het netwerk opnieuw in te stellen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some reports indicate a bug in YaST when conversion from one naming "
+#~ "scheme to another takes place. If the same network interface has two "
+#~ "different names, you have been hit by this bug. In this case remove the "
+#~ "different network interfaces in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</"
+#~ "filename> and use YaST to configure the network anew."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sommige rapporten geven een bug aan in YaST wanneer conversie van het ene "
+#~ "naamgevingsscheme naar het andere plaatsvindt. Als hetzelfde "
+#~ "netwerkinterface twee verschillende namen heeft, dan bent u getroffen "
+#~ "door deze bug. Verwijder in dat geval de verschillende netwerkinterfaces "
+#~ "in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network</filename> en gebruik YaST om het "
+#~ "netwerk opnieuw in te stellen."
-#~ msgid "For more information about predictable network interface names, see <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfac…"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Voor meer informatie over voorspelbare namen van netwerkinterface, zie <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfac…"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For more information about predictable network interface names, see "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/"
+#~ "PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames/\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voor meer informatie over voorspelbare namen van netwerkinterface, zie "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/"
+#~ "PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames/\"/>."
#~ msgid "Configuring Postfix"
#~ msgstr "Postfix instellen"
-#~ msgid "With openSUSE 12.3, <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> was renamed as <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. If you set sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> or <filename>/etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, you must manually run <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename> as root."
-#~ msgstr "Met openSUSE 12.3 was <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> hernoemd tot <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. Als u sysconfig variabelen instelt in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> of <filename>/etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, dan moet u handmatig als root <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename> uitvoeren."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "With openSUSE 12.3, <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> was renamed "
+#~ "as <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. If you set sysconfig "
+#~ "variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> or <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, you must manually run <filename>/usr/sbin/"
+#~ "config.postfix</filename> as root."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Met openSUSE 12.3 was <filename>SuSEconfig.postfix</filename> hernoemd "
+#~ "tot <filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename>. Als u sysconfig "
+#~ "variabelen instelt in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/postfix</filename> of "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/sysconfig/mail</filename>, dan moet u handmatig als root "
+#~ "<filename>/usr/sbin/config.postfix</filename> uitvoeren."
#~ msgid "xinetd: Logging to the System Log"
#~ msgstr "xinetd: loggen naar de systeemlog"
-#~ msgid "The new default for <command>xinetd</command> changes the default target for logging from <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> to the system log. This means all messages from <command>xinetd</command> will appear in a system log as a facility daemon and log level info."
-#~ msgstr "De nieuwe standaard voor <command>xinetd</command> wijzigt de standaard bestemming voor loggen van <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> naar de systeemlog. Dit betekent dat alle berichten uit <command>xinetd</command> zullen verschijnen in een systeemlog als een faciliteitsdaemon en logniveau-info."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The new default for <command>xinetd</command> changes the default target "
+#~ "for logging from <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> to the system "
+#~ "log. This means all messages from <command>xinetd</command> will appear "
+#~ "in a system log as a facility daemon and log level info."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De nieuwe standaard voor <command>xinetd</command> wijzigt de standaard "
+#~ "bestemming voor loggen van <filename>/var/log/xinetd.log</filename> naar "
+#~ "de systeemlog. Dit betekent dat alle berichten uit <command>xinetd</"
+#~ "command> zullen verschijnen in een systeemlog als een faciliteitsdaemon "
+#~ "en logniveau-info."
-#~ msgid "If you want to switch back the the old way, find a proper snippet in <filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. The template for the logrotate script for <filename>xinetd.log</filename> can be found in <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>."
-#~ msgstr "Als u terug wilt naar de oude manier, zoek dan naar de juiste regel in <filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. Het sjabloon voor het script van logrotate voor <filename>xinetd.log</filename> is te vinden in <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to switch back the the old way, find a proper snippet in "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. The template for the logrotate "
+#~ "script for <filename>xinetd.log</filename> can be found in <filename>/usr/"
+#~ "share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u terug wilt naar de oude manier, zoek dan naar de juiste regel in "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/xinetd.conf</filename>. Het sjabloon voor het script van "
+#~ "logrotate voor <filename>xinetd.log</filename> is te vinden in <filename>/"
+#~ "usr/share/doc/packages/xinetd/logrotate</filename>."
#~ msgid "Apache Version 2.4"
#~ msgstr "Apache Versie 2.4"
-#~ msgid "Apache 2.4 features various changes in the configuration files. For more information about upgrading from a previous version, see <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Apache 2.4 biedt verschillende wijzigingen in de configuratiebestanden. Voor meer informatie over opwaardering vanuit een vorige versie, zie <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Apache 2.4 features various changes in the configuration files. For more "
+#~ "information about upgrading from a previous version, see <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Apache 2.4 biedt verschillende wijzigingen in de configuratiebestanden. "
+#~ "Voor meer informatie over opwaardering vanuit een vorige versie, zie "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/upgrading.html\"/>."
#~ msgid "tomcat: Logging to the System Log"
#~ msgstr "tomcat: loggen naar de systeemlog"
-#~ msgid "The tomcat startup scripts doe no longer write the output to <filename>/var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. All messages are now redirected to the system log via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> (<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) and log level info."
-#~ msgstr "Het opstartscripts van tomcat schrijft niet langer de uitvoer naar <filename>/var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. Alle berichten gaan nu naar de systeemlog via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> (<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) en logniveau-info."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The tomcat startup scripts doe no longer write the output to <filename>/"
+#~ "var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. All messages are now redirected "
+#~ "to the system log via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> "
+#~ "(<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) and log level info."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het opstartscripts van tomcat schrijft niet langer de uitvoer naar "
+#~ "<filename>/var/log/tomcat/catalina.out</filename>. Alle berichten gaan nu "
+#~ "naar de systeemlog via <systemitem>tomcat.service</systemitem> "
+#~ "(<systemitem>tomcat-jsvc.service</systemitem>) en logniveau-info."
#~ msgid "Darktable: Refreshing Cache Files Needed"
#~ msgstr "Darktable: opfrissen van de cachebestanden is nodig"
-#~ msgid "If upgrading from a previous release to openSUSE 13.1 old cache files may no longer work. In this case removing <filename>~/.cache/darktable/mipmaps</filename> is necessary."
-#~ msgstr "Bij opwaarderen van een vorige uitgave naar openSUSE 13.1 kunnen oude cachebestanden niet langer gebruikt worden. In dat geval is verwijderen van <filename>~/.cache/darktable/mipmaps</filename> noodzakelijk."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If upgrading from a previous release to openSUSE 13.1 old cache files may "
+#~ "no longer work. In this case removing <filename>~/.cache/darktable/"
+#~ "mipmaps</filename> is necessary."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bij opwaarderen van een vorige uitgave naar openSUSE 13.1 kunnen oude "
+#~ "cachebestanden niet langer gebruikt worden. In dat geval is verwijderen "
+#~ "van <filename>~/.cache/darktable/mipmaps</filename> noodzakelijk."
#~ msgid "Locate: Replacing findutils-locate by mlocate"
#~ msgstr "Locate: vervanging van findutils-locate door mlocate"
-#~ msgid "The <command>mlocate</command> tool is the replacement for <command>findutils-locate</command>. In the default configuration <command>mlocate</command> behave the same as <command>findutils-locate</command>. Because of an improved permission handling, it could take up to 24 hours, until the database file will become available to regular users."
-#~ msgstr "Het hulpmiddel <command>mlocate</command> is de vervanging van <command>findutils-locate</command>. In de standaard configuratie gedraagt <command>mlocate</command> hetzelfde als <command>findutils-locate</command>. Vanwege een verbeterde behandeling van rechten kan het tot 24 uur duren, voordat het databasebestand beschikbaar komt aan de reguliere gebruikers."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The <command>mlocate</command> tool is the replacement for "
+#~ "<command>findutils-locate</command>. In the default configuration "
+#~ "<command>mlocate</command> behave the same as <command>findutils-locate</"
+#~ "command>. Because of an improved permission handling, it could take up to "
+#~ "24 hours, until the database file will become available to regular users."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het hulpmiddel <command>mlocate</command> is de vervanging van "
+#~ "<command>findutils-locate</command>. In de standaard configuratie "
+#~ "gedraagt <command>mlocate</command> hetzelfde als <command>findutils-"
+#~ "locate</command>. Vanwege een verbeterde behandeling van rechten kan het "
+#~ "tot 24 uur duren, voordat het databasebestand beschikbaar komt aan de "
+#~ "reguliere gebruikers."
-#~ msgid "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message shortly after installing <command>mlocate</command>, run"
-#~ msgstr "Als u een bericht \"Toegang geweigerd\" tegen komt kort na installatie van <command>mlocate</command>, voer dan eenmaal"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message shortly after "
+#~ "installing <command>mlocate</command>, run"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u een bericht \"Toegang geweigerd\" tegen komt kort na installatie "
+#~ "van <command>mlocate</command>, voer dan eenmaal"
#~ msgid "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron"
#~ msgstr "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron"
@@ -1066,59 +1385,145 @@
#~ msgid "as root once."
#~ msgstr "als root uit."
-#~ msgid "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message, and want to speed up the access to the database file, consider to remove <filename>cron.daily</filename> (do not do this if you run sensible tasks via the <filename>cron.daily</filename> mechanism):"
-#~ msgstr "In geval u een melding \"Toegang geweigerd\" tegen komt en u wilt de toegang tot het databasebestand versnellen, overweeg dan om <filename>cron.daily</filename> te verwijderen (doe dit niet als u zinvolle taken uit laat voeren via het mechanisme van <filename>cron.daily</filename>):"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In case you encounter a \"Permission denied\" message, and want to speed "
+#~ "up the access to the database file, consider to remove <filename>cron."
+#~ "daily</filename> (do not do this if you run sensible tasks via the "
+#~ "<filename>cron.daily</filename> mechanism):"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In geval u een melding \"Toegang geweigerd\" tegen komt en u wilt de "
+#~ "toegang tot het databasebestand versnellen, overweeg dan om "
+#~ "<filename>cron.daily</filename> te verwijderen (doe dit niet als u "
+#~ "zinvolle taken uit laat voeren via het mechanisme van <filename>cron."
+#~ "daily</filename>):"
#~ msgid "rm /var/spool/cron/lastrun/cron.daily"
#~ msgstr "rm /var/spool/cron/lastrun/cron.daily"
-#~ msgid "Within the next 15 minutes the daily cron routine will start and build a proper mlocate file."
-#~ msgstr "Binnen de volgende 15 minuten zal de dagelijkse cron-routine starten en een juist mlocate-bestand opbouwen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Within the next 15 minutes the daily cron routine will start and build a "
+#~ "proper mlocate file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Binnen de volgende 15 minuten zal de dagelijkse cron-routine starten en "
+#~ "een juist mlocate-bestand opbouwen."
#~ msgid "No Network after Installation"
#~ msgstr "Geen netwerk na installatie"
-#~ msgid "Directly after installation, NetworkManager is not started automatically and thus WiFi cannot be configured. To enable networking (WiFi), reboot the machine once manually."
-#~ msgstr "Direct na installatie start NetworkManager niet automatisch en dus kan WiFi niet ingesteld worden. Om het netwerk (WiFi) in te schakelen, start u de machine een keer handmatig."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Directly after installation, NetworkManager is not started automatically "
+#~ "and thus WiFi cannot be configured. To enable networking (WiFi), reboot "
+#~ "the machine once manually."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Direct na installatie start NetworkManager niet automatisch en dus kan "
+#~ "WiFi niet ingesteld worden. Om het netwerk (WiFi) in te schakelen, start "
+#~ "u de machine een keer handmatig."
-#~ msgid "The proprietary NVIDIA driver requires users to have access to /dev/nvidia* devices"
-#~ msgstr "Het niet-opensource NVIDIA-stuurprogramma vereist dat gebruikers toegang hebben tot /dev/nvidia* apparaten"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The proprietary NVIDIA driver requires users to have access to /dev/"
+#~ "nvidia* devices"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het niet-opensource NVIDIA-stuurprogramma vereist dat gebruikers toegang "
+#~ "hebben tot /dev/nvidia* apparaten"
-#~ msgid "Default and new users are no longer added to the <literal>video</literal> group automatically. But the proprietary NVIDIA driver requires users to have access to /dev/nvidia* devices."
-#~ msgstr "Standaard en nieuwe gebruikers worden niet langer automatisch toegevoegd aan de groep <literal>video</literal>. Het niet-opensource NVIDIA-stuurprogramma vereist echter dat gebruikers toegang hebben tot /dev/nvidia* apparaten."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Default and new users are no longer added to the <literal>video</literal> "
+#~ "group automatically. But the proprietary NVIDIA driver requires users to "
+#~ "have access to /dev/nvidia* devices."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Standaard en nieuwe gebruikers worden niet langer automatisch toegevoegd "
+#~ "aan de groep <literal>video</literal>. Het niet-opensource NVIDIA-"
+#~ "stuurprogramma vereist echter dat gebruikers toegang hebben tot /dev/"
+#~ "nvidia* apparaten."
-#~ msgid "Because the NVIDIA driver does not use the usual kernel methods that allow to install ACLs on the device nodes, users have to be added manually to the <literal>video</literal> group; as <systemitem>root</systemitem> call (replace <literal>$USER</literal> with the actual username):"
-#~ msgstr "Omdat het NVIDIA stuurprogramma niet de gebruikelijke kernel-methoden gebruikt die het in staat stelt om ACL's op de apparaatnodes te installeren, moeten gebruikers handmatig toegevoegd worden aan de groep <literal>video</literal>; als <systemitem>root</systemitem>-aanroep (vervang <literal>$USER</literal> door de actuele gebruikersnaam):"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Because the NVIDIA driver does not use the usual kernel methods that "
+#~ "allow to install ACLs on the device nodes, users have to be added "
+#~ "manually to the <literal>video</literal> group; as <systemitem>root</"
+#~ "systemitem> call (replace <literal>$USER</literal> with the actual "
+#~ "username):"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Omdat het NVIDIA stuurprogramma niet de gebruikelijke kernel-methoden "
+#~ "gebruikt die het in staat stelt om ACL's op de apparaatnodes te "
+#~ "installeren, moeten gebruikers handmatig toegevoegd worden aan de groep "
+#~ "<literal>video</literal>; als <systemitem>root</systemitem>-aanroep "
+#~ "(vervang <literal>$USER</literal> door de actuele gebruikersnaam):"
#~ msgid "usermod -a -G video $USER"
#~ msgstr "usermod -a -G video $USER"
-#~ msgid "<emphasis>Reference</emphasis> covers administration, and system configuration in detail and explains how to set up various network services."
-#~ msgstr "De <emphasis>Referentie-handleiding</emphasis> dekt in detail beheer en systeemconfiguratie en legt uit hoe verschillende netwerkdiensten ingesteld kunnen worden."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis>Reference</emphasis> covers administration, and system "
+#~ "configuration in detail and explains how to set up various network "
+#~ "services."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De <emphasis>Referentie-handleiding</emphasis> dekt in detail beheer en "
+#~ "systeemconfiguratie en legt uit hoe verschillende netwerkdiensten "
+#~ "ingesteld kunnen worden."
-#~ msgid "The <emphasis>Security Guide</emphasis> introduces basic concepts of system security, covering both local and network security aspects."
-#~ msgstr "De <emphasis>Beveiligingshandleiding</emphasis> introduceert basisconcepten voor systeembeveiliging, die zowel lokale als beveiligingsaspecten in het netwerk dekt."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The <emphasis>Security Guide</emphasis> introduces basic concepts of "
+#~ "system security, covering both local and network security aspects."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De <emphasis>Beveiligingshandleiding</emphasis> introduceert "
+#~ "basisconcepten voor systeembeveiliging, die zowel lokale als "
+#~ "beveiligingsaspecten in het netwerk dekt."
-#~ msgid "The <emphasis>System Analysis and Tuning Guide</emphasis> helps with problem detection, resolution and optimization."
-#~ msgstr "De handleiding voor systeemanalyses en afregelen (<emphasis>System Analysis and Tuning Guide</emphasis>) helpt bij het vinden en oplossen van problemen en met optimalisatie."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The <emphasis>System Analysis and Tuning Guide</emphasis> helps with "
+#~ "problem detection, resolution and optimization."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De handleiding voor systeemanalyses en afregelen (<emphasis>System "
+#~ "Analysis and Tuning Guide</emphasis>) helpt bij het vinden en oplossen "
+#~ "van problemen en met optimalisatie."
-#~ msgid "<emphasis>Virtualization with KVM</emphasis> offers an introduction to setting up and managing virtualization with KVM, libvirt and QEMU tools."
-#~ msgstr "<emphasis>Virtualisatie met KVM</emphasis> biedt een introductie in het opzetten en beheren van virtualisatie met de hulpmiddelen KVM, libvirt en QEMU."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis>Virtualization with KVM</emphasis> offers an introduction to "
+#~ "setting up and managing virtualization with KVM, libvirt and QEMU tools."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<emphasis>Virtualisatie met KVM</emphasis> biedt een introductie in het "
+#~ "opzetten en beheren van virtualisatie met de hulpmiddelen KVM, libvirt en "
+#~ "QEMU."
-#~ msgid "Enable Secure Boot in YaST Not Enabled by Default When in Secure Boot Mode"
-#~ msgstr "Veilig opstarten (secure boot) ingeschakeld in YaST is niet standaard ingeschakeld in de modus veilig opstarten"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable Secure Boot in YaST Not Enabled by Default When in Secure Boot Mode"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Veilig opstarten (secure boot) ingeschakeld in YaST is niet standaard "
+#~ "ingeschakeld in de modus veilig opstarten"
-#~ msgid "YaST does not automatically detect if the machine has secure boot enabled and will therefore install an unsigned bootloader by default. But the unsigned bootloader will not be accepted by the firmware. To have a signed bootloader installed the option \"Enable Secure Boot\" has to be manually enabled."
-#~ msgstr "YaST detecteert niet automatisch of op de machine veilig opstarten is ingeschakeld en zal daarom standaard een niet ondertekende bootloader installeren. Maar de niet ondertekende bootloader zal niet geaccepteerd worden door de firmware. Om een ondertekende bootloader te installeren moet de optie \"Veilig opstarten inschakelen\" handmatig worden ingeschakeld."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "YaST does not automatically detect if the machine has secure boot enabled "
+#~ "and will therefore install an unsigned bootloader by default. But the "
+#~ "unsigned bootloader will not be accepted by the firmware. To have a "
+#~ "signed bootloader installed the option \"Enable Secure Boot\" has to be "
+#~ "manually enabled."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "YaST detecteert niet automatisch of op de machine veilig opstarten is "
+#~ "ingeschakeld en zal daarom standaard een niet ondertekende bootloader "
+#~ "installeren. Maar de niet ondertekende bootloader zal niet geaccepteerd "
+#~ "worden door de firmware. Om een ondertekende bootloader te installeren "
+#~ "moet de optie \"Veilig opstarten inschakelen\" handmatig worden "
+#~ "ingeschakeld."
-#~ msgid "Wrong Bootloader When Installing from a Live Medium in a UEFI Environment"
-#~ msgstr "Verkeerde bootloader bij installeren vanaf een Live medium in een UEFI-omgeving"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Wrong Bootloader When Installing from a Live Medium in a UEFI Environment"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Verkeerde bootloader bij installeren vanaf een Live medium in een UEFI-"
+#~ "omgeving"
#~ msgid "This only affects machines in UEFI mode."
#~ msgstr "Dit is alleen van belang bij machines in UEFI-modus."
-#~ msgid "When using the installer on the live medium, YaST does not detect UEFI mode and therefore installs the legacy bootloader. This results in a not bootable system. The bootloader has to be switched from grub2 to grub2-efi manually."
-#~ msgstr "Bij gebruik van het installatieprogramma op het live medium, detecteert YaST de UEFI-modus niet en daarom wordt de oude bootloader geïnstalleerd. Dit resulteert in een niet op te starten systeem. De bootloader moet handmatig omgeschakeld worden van grub2 naar grub2-efi."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When using the installer on the live medium, YaST does not detect UEFI "
+#~ "mode and therefore installs the legacy bootloader. This results in a not "
+#~ "bootable system. The bootloader has to be switched from grub2 to grub2-"
+#~ "efi manually."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bij gebruik van het installatieprogramma op het live medium, detecteert "
+#~ "YaST de UEFI-modus niet en daarom wordt de oude bootloader geïnstalleerd. "
+#~ "Dit resulteert in een niet op te starten systeem. De bootloader moet "
+#~ "handmatig omgeschakeld worden van grub2 naar grub2-efi."
#~ msgid "Crypted LVM in UEFI Mode Needs /boot Partition"
#~ msgstr "Versleutelde LVM in UEFI-modus heeft een /boot partitie nodig"
@@ -1126,26 +1531,63 @@
#~ msgid "This only affects installations in UEFI mode."
#~ msgstr "Dit is alleen van belang bij installaties in UEFI-modus."
-#~ msgid "In the partitioning proposal when checking the option to use LVM (which is required for full disk encryption) YaST does not create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. That means kernel and initrd end up in the (potentially encrypted) LVM container, inaccessible to the boot loader. To get full disk encryption when using UEFI, partitioning has to be done manually."
-#~ msgstr "In het partitie voorstel bij activeren van de optie om LVM te gebruiken (wat vereist is voor volledige versleuteling van de schijf) maakt YaST geen separate <filename>/boot</filename> partitie aan. Dat betekent dat de kernel en initrd zich (mogelijk versleuteld) in een LVM container bevinden, niet toegankelijk voor de bootloader. Om volledige versleuteling van de schijf te krijgen bij gebruik van UEFI, moet de partitionering handmatig worden gedaan."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the partitioning proposal when checking the option to use LVM (which "
+#~ "is required for full disk encryption) YaST does not create a separate "
+#~ "<filename>/boot</filename> partition. That means kernel and initrd end up "
+#~ "in the (potentially encrypted) LVM container, inaccessible to the boot "
+#~ "loader. To get full disk encryption when using UEFI, partitioning has to "
+#~ "be done manually."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In het partitie voorstel bij activeren van de optie om LVM te gebruiken "
+#~ "(wat vereist is voor volledige versleuteling van de schijf) maakt YaST "
+#~ "geen separate <filename>/boot</filename> partitie aan. Dat betekent dat "
+#~ "de kernel en initrd zich (mogelijk versleuteld) in een LVM container "
+#~ "bevinden, niet toegankelijk voor de bootloader. Om volledige "
+#~ "versleuteling van de schijf te krijgen bij gebruik van UEFI, moet de "
+#~ "partitionering handmatig worden gedaan."
#~ msgid "systemd: Activating NetworkManager with a network.service Alias Link"
-#~ msgstr "systemd: Activering van NetworkManager met een aliaskoppeling network.service"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "systemd: Activering van NetworkManager met een aliaskoppeling network."
+#~ "service"
-#~ msgid "By default, you use the YaST Network Settings dialog (<command>yast2 network</command>) to activate NetworkManager. If you want to activate NetworkManager, proceed as follows."
-#~ msgstr "Standaard gebruikt u de dialoog voor netwerkinstellingen van YaST (<command>yast2 network</command>) om NetworkManager te activeren. Als u NetworkManager wilt activeren, ga dan als volgt te werk."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, you use the YaST Network Settings dialog (<command>yast2 "
+#~ "network</command>) to activate NetworkManager. If you want to activate "
+#~ "NetworkManager, proceed as follows."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Standaard gebruikt u de dialoog voor netwerkinstellingen van YaST "
+#~ "(<command>yast2 network</command>) om NetworkManager te activeren. Als u "
+#~ "NetworkManager wilt activeren, ga dan als volgt te werk."
-#~ msgid "The <literal>NETWORKMANAGER</literal> sysconfig variable in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network/config</filename> to activate NetworkManager has been replaced with a systemd <literal>network.service</literal> alias link, which will be created with the"
-#~ msgstr "De variabele <literal>NETWORKMANAGER</literal> in sysconfig in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/network/config</filename> om NetworkManager te activeren is vervangen door een aliaskoppeling van systemd <literal>network.service</literal>, die gemaakt zal worden met de opdracht"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The <literal>NETWORKMANAGER</literal> sysconfig variable in <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/sysconfig/network/config</filename> to activate NetworkManager has "
+#~ "been replaced with a systemd <literal>network.service</literal> alias "
+#~ "link, which will be created with the"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De variabele <literal>NETWORKMANAGER</literal> in sysconfig in <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/sysconfig/network/config</filename> om NetworkManager te activeren is "
+#~ "vervangen door een aliaskoppeling van systemd <literal>network.service</"
+#~ "literal>, die gemaakt zal worden met de opdracht"
#~ msgid "systemctl enable NetworkManager.service"
#~ msgstr "systemctl enable NetworkManager.service"
-#~ msgid "command. It causes the creation of a <literal>network.service</literal> alias link pointing to the <literal>NetworkManager.service</literal>, and thus deactivates the <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename> script. The command"
-#~ msgstr ". Het maakt een aliaskoppeling <literal>network.service</literal> die wijst naar <literal>NetworkManager.service</literal> en dus het script <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename> deactiveert. De opdracht"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "command. It causes the creation of a <literal>network.service</literal> "
+#~ "alias link pointing to the <literal>NetworkManager.service</literal>, and "
+#~ "thus deactivates the <filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename> script. The "
+#~ "command"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ ". Het maakt een aliaskoppeling <literal>network.service</literal> die "
+#~ "wijst naar <literal>NetworkManager.service</literal> en dus het script "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/init.d/network</filename> deactiveert. De opdracht"
#~ msgid "allows to query the currently selected network service."
-#~ msgstr "stelt u in staat na te gaan wat de nu geselecteerde netwerkservice is."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "stelt u in staat na te gaan wat de nu geselecteerde netwerkservice is."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#~ msgid "To enable NetworkManager, use:"
@@ -1193,77 +1635,195 @@
#~ msgid "systemctl disable NetworkManager.service"
#~ msgstr "systemctl disable NetworkManager.service"
-#~ msgid "Start the <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> service: <screen>systemctl start network.service</screen>"
-#~ msgstr "Start de service <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> met: <screen>systemctl start network.service</screen>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Start the <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> service: "
+#~ "<screen>systemctl start network.service</screen>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Start de service <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> met: "
+#~ "<screen>systemctl start network.service</screen>"
#~ msgid "systemctl -p Id show network.service"
#~ msgstr "systemctl -p Id show network.service"
-#~ msgid "It returns \"<literal>Id=NetworkManager.service</literal>\" if the NetworkManager service is enabled, otherwise \"<literal>Id=network.service</literal>\" and <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> is acting as the network service."
-#~ msgstr "Het geeft terug \"<literal>Id=NetworkManager.service</literal>\" als de NetworkManager-service is ingeschakeld, anders \"<literal>Id=network.service</literal>\" en <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> werkt als de netwerkservice."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It returns \"<literal>Id=NetworkManager.service</literal>\" if the "
+#~ "NetworkManager service is enabled, otherwise \"<literal>Id=network."
+#~ "service</literal>\" and <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> is acting "
+#~ "as the network service."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het geeft terug \"<literal>Id=NetworkManager.service</literal>\" als de "
+#~ "NetworkManager-service is ingeschakeld, anders \"<literal>Id=network."
+#~ "service</literal>\" en <command>/etc/init.d/network</command> werkt als "
+#~ "de netwerkservice."
-#~ msgid "GNOME: Workaround to Set Shift or Ctrl+Shift as Shortcut Keys for Input Source Selection"
-#~ msgstr "GNOME: Workaround om Shift of Ctrl+Shift als sneltoetsen in te stellen voor selectie van de invoerbron"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "GNOME: Workaround to Set Shift or Ctrl+Shift as Shortcut Keys for Input "
+#~ "Source Selection"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "GNOME: Workaround om Shift of Ctrl+Shift als sneltoetsen in te stellen "
+#~ "voor selectie van de invoerbron"
-#~ msgid "In Gnome 3.6 use the following workaround to set Shift or Ctrl+Shift as shortcut keys for input source selection:"
-#~ msgstr "Gebruik in Gnome 3.6 de volgende workaround om Shift of Ctrl+Shift als sneltoetsen in te stellen voor selectie van invoerbron:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In Gnome 3.6 use the following workaround to set Shift or Ctrl+Shift as "
+#~ "shortcut keys for input source selection:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Gebruik in Gnome 3.6 de volgende workaround om Shift of Ctrl+Shift als "
+#~ "sneltoetsen in te stellen voor selectie van invoerbron:"
#~ msgid "Install gnome-tweak-tool."
#~ msgstr "Installeer gnome-tweak-tool."
-#~ msgid "Start gnome-tweak-tool (<menuchoice><guimenu>'Activities'</guimenu><guimenu>'advanced settings'</guimenu></menuchoice>)."
-#~ msgstr "Start gnome-tweak-tool (<menuchoice><guimenu>'Activiteiten'</guimenu><guimenu>'geavanceerde instellingen'</guimenu></menuchoice>)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Start gnome-tweak-tool (<menuchoice><guimenu>'Activities'</"
+#~ "guimenu><guimenu>'advanced settings'</guimenu></menuchoice>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Start gnome-tweak-tool (<menuchoice><guimenu>'Activiteiten'</"
+#~ "guimenu><guimenu>'geavanceerde instellingen'</guimenu></menuchoice>)."
-#~ msgid "Via the left menu, select <menuchoice><guimenu>'Typing'</guimenu></menuchoice>, in the right window, change the settings."
-#~ msgstr "Via het linker menu, selecteer <menuchoice><guimenu>'Typen'</guimenu></menuchoice>, in het rechter venster, wijzig de instellingen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Via the left menu, select <menuchoice><guimenu>'Typing'</guimenu></"
+#~ "menuchoice>, in the right window, change the settings."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Via het linker menu, selecteer <menuchoice><guimenu>'Typen'</guimenu></"
+#~ "menuchoice>, in het rechter venster, wijzig de instellingen."
-#~ msgid "This is also being tracked in the upstream bug report <ulink url=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=689839\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Dit wordt ook gevolgd in het upstream bugrapport <ulink url=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=689839\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is also being tracked in the upstream bug report <ulink url="
+#~ "\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=689839\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dit wordt ook gevolgd in het upstream bugrapport <ulink url=\"https://"
+#~ "bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=689839\"/>."
-#~ msgid "openSUSE 12.3 Medium May Not Boot on Future Secure Boot Enabled Hardware"
-#~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.3 medium kan mogelijk niet opstarten op toekomstige hardware met beveiligd opstarten"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "openSUSE 12.3 Medium May Not Boot on Future Secure Boot Enabled Hardware"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "openSUSE 12.3 medium kan mogelijk niet opstarten op toekomstige hardware "
+#~ "met beveiligd opstarten"
-#~ msgid "Our double signed shim on openSUSE 12.3 medium may be rejected by future firmwares."
-#~ msgstr "Onze dubbel ondertekende shim op het openSUSE 12.3 medium kan geweigerd worden door toekomstige firmware."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Our double signed shim on openSUSE 12.3 medium may be rejected by future "
+#~ "firmwares."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Onze dubbel ondertekende shim op het openSUSE 12.3 medium kan geweigerd "
+#~ "worden door toekomstige firmware."
-#~ msgid "If the openSUSE 12.3 medium does not boot on future secure boot enabled hardware, temporarily disable secure boot, install openSUSE and apply all online updates to get an updated shim."
-#~ msgstr "Als het openSUSE 12.3 medium niet opstart op toekomstige hardware met ingeschakeld veilig opstarten, schakel dit dan tijdelijk uit, installeer openSUSE en pas alle elementen voor online bijwerken toe om een bijgewerkte shim te krijgen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the openSUSE 12.3 medium does not boot on future secure boot enabled "
+#~ "hardware, temporarily disable secure boot, install openSUSE and apply all "
+#~ "online updates to get an updated shim."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als het openSUSE 12.3 medium niet opstart op toekomstige hardware met "
+#~ "ingeschakeld veilig opstarten, schakel dit dan tijdelijk uit, installeer "
+#~ "openSUSE en pas alle elementen voor online bijwerken toe om een "
+#~ "bijgewerkte shim te krijgen."
#~ msgid "After installing all updates secure boot can be turned on again."
-#~ msgstr "Na installatie van alle elementen voor bijwerken kan veilig opstarten weer ingeschakeld worden."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Na installatie van alle elementen voor bijwerken kan veilig opstarten "
+#~ "weer ingeschakeld worden."
#~ msgid "systemd: Cleaning Directories (/tmp and /var/tmp)"
#~ msgstr "systemd: Opschonen van mappen (/tmp and /var/tmp)"
-#~ msgid "By default, systemd cleans tmp directories daily as configured in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>. Users can change it by copying <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> to <filename>/etc/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> and modifying the copied file. It will override <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>."
-#~ msgstr "Standaard schoont systemd de tmp-mappen dagelijks op zoals is ingesteld in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>. Gebruikers kunnen het wijzigen door <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> te kopiëren naar <filename>/etc/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> en het gekopieerde bestand te wijzigen. Het gaat boven <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, systemd cleans tmp directories daily as configured in "
+#~ "<filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>. Users can change it by "
+#~ "copying <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> to <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> and modifying the copied file. It will "
+#~ "override <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Standaard schoont systemd de tmp-mappen dagelijks op zoals is ingesteld "
+#~ "in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>. Gebruikers kunnen "
+#~ "het wijzigen door <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> te "
+#~ "kopiëren naar <filename>/etc/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename> en het "
+#~ "gekopieerde bestand te wijzigen. Het gaat boven <filename>/usr/lib/"
+#~ "tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>."
-#~ msgid "Note: systemd does not honor obsolete sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</literal>."
-#~ msgstr "Opmerking: systemd houdt geen rekening met verouderde sysconfig-variabelen in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> zoals <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</literal>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note: systemd does not honor obsolete sysconfig variables in <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</"
+#~ "literal>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Opmerking: systemd houdt geen rekening met verouderde sysconfig-"
+#~ "variabelen in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> zoals "
+#~ "<literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</literal>."
#~ msgid "Version:"
#~ msgstr "Versie:"
-#~ msgid "Then in the 'Typing' section, at the very bottom, find the 'Modifiers-only input source switch' option, where you can set Ctrl Shift_L, for example (meaning, Ctrl key and left shift) or Shift_L Shift_R (meaning both Shift Keys)."
-#~ msgstr "Daarna in de 'Typing' sectie, helemaal onderaan, zoek de optie 'Modifiers-only invoerbron schakelaar', waar u Ctrl Shift_L kunt instellen, bijvoorbeeld (betekenis, Ctrl-toets en linker shift) of Shift_L Shift_R (betekent beide Shift-toetsen)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Then in the 'Typing' section, at the very bottom, find the 'Modifiers-"
+#~ "only input source switch' option, where you can set Ctrl Shift_L, for "
+#~ "example (meaning, Ctrl key and left shift) or Shift_L Shift_R (meaning "
+#~ "both Shift Keys)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Daarna in de 'Typing' sectie, helemaal onderaan, zoek de optie 'Modifiers-"
+#~ "only invoerbron schakelaar', waar u Ctrl Shift_L kunt instellen, "
+#~ "bijvoorbeeld (betekenis, Ctrl-toets en linker shift) of Shift_L Shift_R "
+#~ "(betekent beide Shift-toetsen)."
#~ msgid "sysvinit Deprecated"
#~ msgstr "sysvinit Verouderd"
-#~ msgid "Some desktop components depend on services provided by systemd only. So while openSUSE 12.2 still has basic support for booting a system with sysvinit as fallback, sysvinit nevertheless is considered deprecated and probably even faulty or broken in some regard. If you have any issues with a sysvinit booted system, use systemd before filing bug reports."
-#~ msgstr "Enkele bureaubladcomponenten hangen af van services die alleen door systemd worden geleverd. Hoewel openSUSE 12.2 slechts basis ondersteuning voor het opstarten van een systeem met sysvinit als terugval mogelijkheid, wordt desondanks sysvinit beschouwd als verouderd en mogelijk zelfs fout of in bepaald opzicht gebroken. Als u een probleem hebt met een systeem dat opstart via sysvinit, gebruik dan systemd alvorens bugrapporten in te dienen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some desktop components depend on services provided by systemd only. So "
+#~ "while openSUSE 12.2 still has basic support for booting a system with "
+#~ "sysvinit as fallback, sysvinit nevertheless is considered deprecated and "
+#~ "probably even faulty or broken in some regard. If you have any issues "
+#~ "with a sysvinit booted system, use systemd before filing bug reports."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Enkele bureaubladcomponenten hangen af van services die alleen door "
+#~ "systemd worden geleverd. Hoewel openSUSE 12.2 slechts basis ondersteuning "
+#~ "voor het opstarten van een systeem met sysvinit als terugval "
+#~ "mogelijkheid, wordt desondanks sysvinit beschouwd als verouderd en "
+#~ "mogelijk zelfs fout of in bepaald opzicht gebroken. Als u een probleem "
+#~ "hebt met een systeem dat opstart via sysvinit, gebruik dan systemd "
+#~ "alvorens bugrapporten in te dienen."
#~ msgid "mount and losetup Dropped Support for cryptoloop"
-#~ msgstr "aankoppelen en losetup hebben ondersteuning laten vervallen voor cryptoloop"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "aankoppelen en losetup hebben ondersteuning laten vervallen voor "
+#~ "cryptoloop"
-#~ msgid "<command>cryptoloop</command> has known weaknesses and is therefore considered obsolete in favor of <command>dm-crypt</command> since years. <command>mount</command> (e.g., via <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>) and <command>losetup</command> now finally dropped support for <command>cryptoloop</command>. This means old fstab entries that use <command>cryptoloop</command> to access encrypted containers no longer work this way. The containers can still be accessed with <command>dm-crypt</command> (<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>), though. Refer to <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Encrypted_Filesystems\"/> for examples how to use to the new method."
-#~ msgstr "<command>cryptoloop</command> heeft bekende zwakheden en wordt daarom beschouwd als verouderd en sinds jaren in het voordeel van <command>dm-crypt</command>. <command>aankoppelen</command> (bijv., via <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>) en <command>losetup</command> hebben nu eindelijk ondersteuning laten vallen voor <command>cryptoloop</command>. Dit betekent oude fstab-items die <command>cryptoloop</command> gebruiken om versleutelde containers niet langer op deze manier werkt. De containers kunnen toch nog steeds worden benaderd met <command>dm-crypt</command> (<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>). Kijk bijvoorbeeld naar <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Encrypted_Filesystems\"/> hoe de nieuwe methode te gebruiken."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<command>cryptoloop</command> has known weaknesses and is therefore "
+#~ "considered obsolete in favor of <command>dm-crypt</command> since years. "
+#~ "<command>mount</command> (e.g., via <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>) and "
+#~ "<command>losetup</command> now finally dropped support for "
+#~ "<command>cryptoloop</command>. This means old fstab entries that use "
+#~ "<command>cryptoloop</command> to access encrypted containers no longer "
+#~ "work this way. The containers can still be accessed with <command>dm-"
+#~ "crypt</command> (<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>), though. Refer to "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Encrypted_Filesystems\"/> for "
+#~ "examples how to use to the new method."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<command>cryptoloop</command> heeft bekende zwakheden en wordt daarom "
+#~ "beschouwd als verouderd en sinds jaren in het voordeel van <command>dm-"
+#~ "crypt</command>. <command>aankoppelen</command> (bijv., via <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/fstab</filename>) en <command>losetup</command> hebben nu eindelijk "
+#~ "ondersteuning laten vallen voor <command>cryptoloop</command>. Dit "
+#~ "betekent oude fstab-items die <command>cryptoloop</command> gebruiken om "
+#~ "versleutelde containers niet langer op deze manier werkt. De containers "
+#~ "kunnen toch nog steeds worden benaderd met <command>dm-crypt</command> "
+#~ "(<filename>/etc/crypttab</filename>). Kijk bijvoorbeeld naar <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://en.opensuse.org/Encrypted_Filesystems\"/> hoe de nieuwe methode "
+#~ "te gebruiken."
#~ msgid "Mounting Encrypted Partitions Using systemd"
#~ msgstr "Versleutelde partities aankoppelen met systemd"
-#~ msgid "If encrypted partitions are not automatically mounted when using systemd, the <literal>noauto</literal> flag in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> for these partitions could be the cause. Replacing this flag with <literal>nofail</literal> will fix it. For instance, change the following line:"
-#~ msgstr "Als versleutelde partities niet automatisch worden aangekoppeld met systemd, dan kan de vlag <literal>noauto</literal> in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> voor deze partities de oorzaak zijn. Deze vlag vervangen door <literal>nofail</literal> zal het repareren. Wijzig bijvoorbeeld de volgende regel:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If encrypted partitions are not automatically mounted when using systemd, "
+#~ "the <literal>noauto</literal> flag in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> for "
+#~ "these partitions could be the cause. Replacing this flag with "
+#~ "<literal>nofail</literal> will fix it. For instance, change the following "
+#~ "line:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als versleutelde partities niet automatisch worden aangekoppeld met "
+#~ "systemd, dan kan de vlag <literal>noauto</literal> in <filename>/etc/"
+#~ "fstab</filename> voor deze partities de oorzaak zijn. Deze vlag vervangen "
+#~ "door <literal>nofail</literal> zal het repareren. Wijzig bijvoorbeeld de "
+#~ "volgende regel:"
#~ msgid "/dev/mapper/cr_sda3 /home ext4 acl,user_xattr,noauto 0 2"
#~ msgstr "/dev/mapper/cr_sda3 /home ext4 acl,user_xattr,noauto 0 2"
@@ -1277,14 +1837,28 @@
#~ msgid "Booting with Deprecated sysvinit"
#~ msgstr "Opstarten met verouderde sysvinit"
-#~ msgid "By default, openSUSE now boots using <command>systemd</command>. In case of trouble, you can try to switch back to the deprecated <command>sysvinit</command> way by pressing the F5 key on the boot. For more information about limitations when booting with sysvinit, see <xref linkend=\"sec.122.sysv\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Standaard start openSUSE nu op met <command>systemd</command>. Als er problemen zijn dan kunt u terugvallen op de verouderde manier <command>sysvinit</command> door bij het opstarten op de F5-toets in te drukken. Voor meer informatie over beperkingen bij het booten met sysvinit, zie <xref linkend=\"sec.122.sysv\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, openSUSE now boots using <command>systemd</command>. In case "
+#~ "of trouble, you can try to switch back to the deprecated "
+#~ "<command>sysvinit</command> way by pressing the F5 key on the boot. For "
+#~ "more information about limitations when booting with sysvinit, see <xref "
+#~ "linkend=\"sec.122.sysv\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Standaard start openSUSE nu op met <command>systemd</command>. Als er "
+#~ "problemen zijn dan kunt u terugvallen op de verouderde manier "
+#~ "<command>sysvinit</command> door bij het opstarten op de F5-toets in te "
+#~ "drukken. Voor meer informatie over beperkingen bij het booten met "
+#~ "sysvinit, zie <xref linkend=\"sec.122.sysv\"/>."
#~ msgid "systemd: Supplying Service Start-up Parameters"
#~ msgstr "systemd: Meegeven van service-opstartparameters "
-#~ msgid "You can bypass this new behavior by calling the start-up script directly, for example:"
-#~ msgstr "U kunt dit nieuwe gedrag omzeilen door het opstartscript direct aan te roepen, bijvoorbeeld:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can bypass this new behavior by calling the start-up script directly, "
+#~ "for example:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "U kunt dit nieuwe gedrag omzeilen door het opstartscript direct aan te "
+#~ "roepen, bijvoorbeeld:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "cd /etc/init.d\n"
@@ -1296,26 +1870,66 @@
#~ msgid "systemd: System Shutdown"
#~ msgstr "systemd: Systeem afsluiten"
-#~ msgid "To halt and poweroff the system when using <command>systemd</command>, issue <command>halt -p</command> or <command>shutdown -h now</command> on the command-line or use the shutdown button provided by your desktop environment."
-#~ msgstr "Om het systeem helemaal te stoppen wanneer <command>systemd</command> wordt gebruikt, geef dan <command>halt -p</command> of <command>shutdown -h now</command> op de commandoregel of gebruik de afsluitknop in uw bureaubladomgeving."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To halt and poweroff the system when using <command>systemd</command>, "
+#~ "issue <command>halt -p</command> or <command>shutdown -h now</command> on "
+#~ "the command-line or use the shutdown button provided by your desktop "
+#~ "environment."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om het systeem helemaal te stoppen wanneer <command>systemd</command> "
+#~ "wordt gebruikt, geef dan <command>halt -p</command> of <command>shutdown -"
+#~ "h now</command> op de commandoregel of gebruik de afsluitknop in uw "
+#~ "bureaubladomgeving."
-#~ msgid "Note: A plain <command>halt</command> will not shutdown the system properly."
-#~ msgstr "Opmerking: Gewoon <command>halt</command> geven zal het systeem niet juist afsluiten."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note: A plain <command>halt</command> will not shutdown the system "
+#~ "properly."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Opmerking: Gewoon <command>halt</command> geven zal het systeem niet "
+#~ "juist afsluiten."
#~ msgid "systemd: Making Use of tmpfs: /run, /var/run, /media, etc."
#~ msgstr "systemd: Gebruik maken van tmpfs: /run, /var/run, /media, etc."
-#~ msgid "systemd mounts several directories that are meant to contain volatile data only, as tmpfs filesystems: <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, <filename>/var/lock</filename>, and <filename>/media</filename> are those directories. For background information, see <ulink url=\"http://lwn.net/Articles/436012/\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "systemd koppelt verschillende mappen die bedoeld zijn om alleen vlottende (tijdelijke) gegevens te bevatten, als tmpfs bestandssystemen: <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, <filename>/var/lock</filename> en <filename>/media</filename> zijn zulke mappen. Voor achtergrondinformatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://lwn.net/Articles/436012/\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "systemd mounts several directories that are meant to contain volatile "
+#~ "data only, as tmpfs filesystems: <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/"
+#~ "var/run</filename>, <filename>/var/lock</filename>, and <filename>/media</"
+#~ "filename> are those directories. For background information, see <ulink "
+#~ "url=\"http://lwn.net/Articles/436012/\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "systemd koppelt verschillende mappen die bedoeld zijn om alleen vlottende "
+#~ "(tijdelijke) gegevens te bevatten, als tmpfs bestandssystemen: <filename>/"
+#~ "run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, <filename>/var/lock</"
+#~ "filename> en <filename>/media</filename> zijn zulke mappen. Voor "
+#~ "achtergrondinformatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://lwn.net/Articles/436012/\"/"
+#~ ">."
-#~ msgid "Note: Do not store files that are meant to survive a reboot, in <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, etc."
-#~ msgstr "Opmerking: Sla geen bestanden, die bedoeld zijn om een opstart van het systeem te overleven, op in <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, etc."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note: Do not store files that are meant to survive a reboot, in "
+#~ "<filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/run</filename>, etc."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Opmerking: Sla geen bestanden, die bedoeld zijn om een opstart van het "
+#~ "systeem te overleven, op in <filename>/run</filename>, <filename>/var/"
+#~ "run</filename>, etc."
-#~ msgid "systemd maintains directories as specified in the <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> directories and in <filename>/lib/systemd/system/systemd-tmpfiles-clean.timer</filename>. For more information, see the <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> manpage."
-#~ msgstr "systemd behoudt mappen zoals gespecificeerd in de <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> mappen en in <filename>/lib/systemd/system/systemd-tmpfiles-clean.timer</filename>. Voor meer informatie, zie de manpagina <filename>tmpfiles.d</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "systemd maintains directories as specified in the <filename>tmpfiles.d</"
+#~ "filename> directories and in <filename>/lib/systemd/system/systemd-"
+#~ "tmpfiles-clean.timer</filename>. For more information, see the "
+#~ "<filename>tmpfiles.d</filename> manpage."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "systemd behoudt mappen zoals gespecificeerd in de <filename>tmpfiles.d</"
+#~ "filename> mappen en in <filename>/lib/systemd/system/systemd-tmpfiles-"
+#~ "clean.timer</filename>. Voor meer informatie, zie de manpagina "
+#~ "<filename>tmpfiles.d</filename>."
-#~ msgid "By default, systemd cleans <filename>tmp</filename> directories daily as configured in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>:"
-#~ msgstr "systemd schoont <filename>tmp</filename> mappen dagelijks standaard op zoals ingesteld in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, systemd cleans <filename>tmp</filename> directories daily as "
+#~ "configured in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "systemd schoont <filename>tmp</filename> mappen dagelijks standaard op "
+#~ "zoals ingesteld in <filename>/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/tmp.conf</filename>:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "d /tmp 1777 root root 10d\n"
@@ -1324,20 +1938,46 @@
#~ "d /tmp 1777 root root 10d\n"
#~ "d /var/tmp 1777 root root 30d\n"
-#~ msgid "The third line of <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> now contains information whether your BIOS clock runs on UTC or in local timezone (previously stored in <literal>HWCLOCK</literal> in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>)."
-#~ msgstr "De derde regel van <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> bevat nu informatie over of uw BIOS-klok op UTC is ingesteld of in de lokale tijdzone (voorheen opgeslagen in <literal>HWCLOCK</literal> in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The third line of <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> now contains "
+#~ "information whether your BIOS clock runs on UTC or in local timezone "
+#~ "(previously stored in <literal>HWCLOCK</literal> in <filename>/etc/"
+#~ "sysconfig/clock</filename>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De derde regel van <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> bevat nu informatie "
+#~ "over of uw BIOS-klok op UTC is ingesteld of in de lokale tijdzone "
+#~ "(voorheen opgeslagen in <literal>HWCLOCK</literal> in <filename>/etc/"
+#~ "sysconfig/clock</filename>)."
-#~ msgid "If <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> contains wrong drift information (for example after fixing date and time with <command>ntpdate</command> or have <command>ntpd</command> running), set the variable <literal>USE_ADJUST</literal> to \"<literal>no</literal>\" in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>."
-#~ msgstr "Als <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> foute drift-informatie bevat (bijvoorbeeld na het wijzigen van de datum en tijd met <command>ntpdate</command> of u hebt <command>ntpd</command> actief), stel de variabele <literal>USE_ADJUST</literal> in op \"<literal>no</literal>\" in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> contains wrong drift information "
+#~ "(for example after fixing date and time with <command>ntpdate</command> "
+#~ "or have <command>ntpd</command> running), set the variable "
+#~ "<literal>USE_ADJUST</literal> to \"<literal>no</literal>\" in <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als <filename>/etc/adjtime</filename> foute drift-informatie bevat "
+#~ "(bijvoorbeeld na het wijzigen van de datum en tijd met <command>ntpdate</"
+#~ "command> of u hebt <command>ntpd</command> actief), stel de variabele "
+#~ "<literal>USE_ADJUST</literal> in op \"<literal>no</literal>\" in "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/sysconfig/clock</filename>."
#~ msgid "Windows Domain Logon with KDM"
#~ msgstr "Aanmelden aan Windows-domein met KDM"
#~ msgid "The SUSE KDM theme does not allow Windows Domain logons."
-#~ msgstr "Het KDM-thema van SUSE staat het aanmelden aan een Windows-domein niet toe."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het KDM-thema van SUSE staat het aanmelden aan een Windows-domein niet "
+#~ "toe."
-#~ msgid "To work around this issue, set DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME to an empty string in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager</filename> to use the default KDM theme:"
-#~ msgstr "Om hier omheen te werken zet u DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME naar een lege tekenreeks in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager</filename> om het standaard KDM-thema te gebruiken:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To work around this issue, set DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME to an empty "
+#~ "string in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager</filename> to use the "
+#~ "default KDM theme:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om hier omheen te werken zet u DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME naar een lege "
+#~ "tekenreeks in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager</filename> om het "
+#~ "standaard KDM-thema te gebruiken:"
#~ msgid "DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME=\"\""
#~ msgstr "DISPLAYMANAGER_KDM_THEME=\"\""
@@ -1348,11 +1988,26 @@
#~ msgid "Radeon HDMI Sound Output Being Disabled"
#~ msgstr "Radeon HDMI geluidsuitvoer wordt uitgeschakeld"
-#~ msgid "Due to problems on some hardware HDMI sound output has been disabled by default on the radeon driver, which is the default driver for AMD/ATI graphics cards."
-#~ msgstr "Vanwege problemen met sommige hardware is geluidsuitvoer met HDMI standaard uitgeschakeld in het apparaatstuurprogramma radeon, wat het standaard apparaatstuurprogramma is voor AMD/ATI grafische kaarten."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Due to problems on some hardware HDMI sound output has been disabled by "
+#~ "default on the radeon driver, which is the default driver for AMD/ATI "
+#~ "graphics cards."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vanwege problemen met sommige hardware is geluidsuitvoer met HDMI "
+#~ "standaard uitgeschakeld in het apparaatstuurprogramma radeon, wat het "
+#~ "standaard apparaatstuurprogramma is voor AMD/ATI grafische kaarten."
-#~ msgid "It can be re-enabled by adding <literal>radeon.audio=1</literal> as a kernel parameter. In YaST, go to System -> Boot Loader, then click Edit on the default entry, and add the following to the end of 'Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter':"
-#~ msgstr "Het kan opnieuw ingeschakeld worden door <literal>radeon.audio=1</literal> als kernelparameter toe te voegen. Ga in YaST naar Systeem -> Bootloader en klik dan op Bewerken op het standaard item en voeg het volgende toe aan het eind van 'Optionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel':"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It can be re-enabled by adding <literal>radeon.audio=1</literal> as a "
+#~ "kernel parameter. In YaST, go to System -> Boot Loader, then click "
+#~ "Edit on the default entry, and add the following to the end of 'Optional "
+#~ "Kernel Command Line Parameter':"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het kan opnieuw ingeschakeld worden door <literal>radeon.audio=1</"
+#~ "literal> als kernelparameter toe te voegen. Ga in YaST naar Systeem -> "
+#~ "Bootloader en klik dan op Bewerken op het standaard item en voeg het "
+#~ "volgende toe aan het eind van 'Optionele kernelparameter voor op de "
+#~ "commandoregel':"
#~ msgid "radeon.audio=1"
#~ msgstr "radeon.audio=1"
@@ -1360,68 +2015,193 @@
#~ msgid "Then reboot to apply the change."
#~ msgstr "Start het systeem opnieuw na de wijziging."
-#~ msgid "Alternatively, users can install the proprietary driver from AMD. For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:ATI_drivers\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Als alternatief kunnen gebruikers het eigen apparaatstuurprogramma van AMD installeren. Voor meer informatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:ATI_drivers\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Alternatively, users can install the proprietary driver from AMD. For "
+#~ "more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:ATI_drivers"
+#~ "\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als alternatief kunnen gebruikers het eigen apparaatstuurprogramma van "
+#~ "AMD installeren. Voor meer informatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://nl."
+#~ "opensuse.org/SDB:ATI_drivers\"/>."
-#~ msgid "If you want to switch to <command>sysvinit</command> permanently, install the <systemitem>sysvinit-init</systemitem> package. To switch back to <command>systemd</command>, reinstall the <systemitem>systemd-sysvinit</systemitem> package."
-#~ msgstr "Als u permanent wilt omschakelen naar <command>sysvinit</command>, installeer dan het pakket <systemitem>sysvinit-init</systemitem>. Om weer terug te schakelen naar <command>systemd</command>, installeer dan opnieuw het pakket <systemitem>systemd-sysvinit</systemitem>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to switch to <command>sysvinit</command> permanently, install "
+#~ "the <systemitem>sysvinit-init</systemitem> package. To switch back to "
+#~ "<command>systemd</command>, reinstall the <systemitem>systemd-sysvinit</"
+#~ "systemitem> package."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u permanent wilt omschakelen naar <command>sysvinit</command>, "
+#~ "installeer dan het pakket <systemitem>sysvinit-init</systemitem>. Om weer "
+#~ "terug te schakelen naar <command>systemd</command>, installeer dan "
+#~ "opnieuw het pakket <systemitem>systemd-sysvinit</systemitem>."
-#~ msgid "For the moment, these snippets are listed unsorted—we are working on improvements."
-#~ msgstr "Op dit moment staan deze snippers ongesorteerd in een lijst — we werken aan verbeteringen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For the moment, these snippets are listed unsorted—we are working "
+#~ "on improvements."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Op dit moment staan deze snippers ongesorteerd in een lijst — we "
+#~ "werken aan verbeteringen."
#~ msgid "YaST AppArmor Configuration Module"
#~ msgstr "YaST-configuratiemodule voor AppArmor"
-#~ msgid "FATE Categories for <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse.org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST."
-#~ msgstr "FATE Categorieën voor <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse.org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FATE Categories for <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse."
+#~ "org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "FATE Categorieën voor <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse."
+#~ "org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST."
-#~ msgid "Find the AppArmor Configuration module now in the \"Security and Users\" section of the YaST Control Center."
-#~ msgstr "De configuratiemodule voor AppArmor is nu te vinden in de sectie \"Beveiliging en gebruikers\" van het YaST controlecentrum."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Find the AppArmor Configuration module now in the \"Security and Users\" "
+#~ "section of the YaST Control Center."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De configuratiemodule voor AppArmor is nu te vinden in de sectie "
+#~ "\"Beveiliging en gebruikers\" van het YaST controlecentrum."
#~ msgid "GNOME 3"
#~ msgstr "GNOME 3"
-#~ msgid "GNOME 3 offers a new design for the desktop that is different from GNOME 2. As a result, and in order to have users benefit from the changes, the look and feel of your GNOME 2 desktop will not be migrated automatically. The <guimenu>System Settings</guimenu> can be used to customize GNOME 3, and an advanced tool (<command>gnome-tweak-tool</command>) is provided for more detailed customization."
-#~ msgstr "GNOME 3 biedt een nieuw ontwerp voor het bureaublad dat verschilt van GNOME 2. Het resultaat en om gebruikers voordeel te laten hebben van de wijzigingen, is het uiterlijk en het gedrag van uw GNOME 2 bureaublad niet automatisch gemigreerd. <guimenu>Systeeminstellingen</guimenu> kan worden gebruikt om GNOME 3 aan te passen en een geavanceerd hulpmiddel (<command>gnome-tweak-tool</command>) wordt geleverd voor meer gedetailleerde aanpassingen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "GNOME 3 offers a new design for the desktop that is different from GNOME "
+#~ "2. As a result, and in order to have users benefit from the changes, the "
+#~ "look and feel of your GNOME 2 desktop will not be migrated automatically. "
+#~ "The <guimenu>System Settings</guimenu> can be used to customize GNOME 3, "
+#~ "and an advanced tool (<command>gnome-tweak-tool</command>) is provided "
+#~ "for more detailed customization."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "GNOME 3 biedt een nieuw ontwerp voor het bureaublad dat verschilt van "
+#~ "GNOME 2. Het resultaat en om gebruikers voordeel te laten hebben van de "
+#~ "wijzigingen, is het uiterlijk en het gedrag van uw GNOME 2 bureaublad "
+#~ "niet automatisch gemigreerd. <guimenu>Systeeminstellingen</guimenu> kan "
+#~ "worden gebruikt om GNOME 3 aan te passen en een geavanceerd hulpmiddel "
+#~ "(<command>gnome-tweak-tool</command>) wordt geleverd voor meer "
+#~ "gedetailleerde aanpassingen."
-#~ msgid "The standard mode of GNOME 3 requires support for 3D acceleration in the graphic drivers. When 3D acceleration is not available, GNOME 3 then uses the fallback mode. If it turns out that GNOME 3 detects availability of 3D acceleration, but the standard mode is unusable, then you likely hit a bug in the graphic drivers. You can force the fallback mode with the \"<literal>gnome.fallback=1</literal>\" argument on the boot line in grub."
-#~ msgstr "De standaard modus van GNOME 3 vereist ondersteuning voor 3D-versnelling in de grafische stuurprogramma's. Wanneer 3D-versnelling niet beschikbaar is, dan gebruikt GNOME 3 de terugvalmodus. Als het blijkt dat GNOME 3 beschikbaarheid van 3D-versnelling detecteert, maar de standaard modus is onbruikbaar, dan bent getroffen door een bug in de grafische stuurprogramma's. U kunt de terugvalmodus forceren met het argument \"<literal>gnome.fallback=1</literal>\" in de opstartregel in grub."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The standard mode of GNOME 3 requires support for 3D acceleration in the "
+#~ "graphic drivers. When 3D acceleration is not available, GNOME 3 then uses "
+#~ "the fallback mode. If it turns out that GNOME 3 detects availability of "
+#~ "3D acceleration, but the standard mode is unusable, then you likely hit a "
+#~ "bug in the graphic drivers. You can force the fallback mode with the "
+#~ "\"<literal>gnome.fallback=1</literal>\" argument on the boot line in grub."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De standaard modus van GNOME 3 vereist ondersteuning voor 3D-versnelling "
+#~ "in de grafische stuurprogramma's. Wanneer 3D-versnelling niet beschikbaar "
+#~ "is, dan gebruikt GNOME 3 de terugvalmodus. Als het blijkt dat GNOME 3 "
+#~ "beschikbaarheid van 3D-versnelling detecteert, maar de standaard modus is "
+#~ "onbruikbaar, dan bent getroffen door een bug in de grafische "
+#~ "stuurprogramma's. U kunt de terugvalmodus forceren met het argument "
+#~ "\"<literal>gnome.fallback=1</literal>\" in de opstartregel in grub."
-#~ msgid "If you use the fallback mode, you can customize the panels by pressing Alt when right-clicking on a panel."
-#~ msgstr "Als u de terugvalmodus gebruikt, weet dan dat u de panelen kunt aanpassen door op Alt te drukken en met rechts op een paneel te klikken."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you use the fallback mode, you can customize the panels by pressing "
+#~ "Alt when right-clicking on a panel."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u de terugvalmodus gebruikt, weet dan dat u de panelen kunt aanpassen "
+#~ "door op Alt te drukken en met rechts op een paneel te klikken."
-#~ msgid "For a brief description of many GNOME Shell features, such as keybindings, drag and drop capabilities, and special utilities, see <ulink url=\"https://live.gnome.org/GnomeShell/CheatSheet\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Voor een korte beschrijving van veel GNOME-shell-functies, zoals binding aan toetsen, eigenschappen van slepen en laten vallen en speciale hulpmiddelen, zie <ulink url=\"https://live.gnome.org/GnomeShell/CheatSheet\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For a brief description of many GNOME Shell features, such as "
+#~ "keybindings, drag and drop capabilities, and special utilities, see "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"https://live.gnome.org/GnomeShell/CheatSheet\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voor een korte beschrijving van veel GNOME-shell-functies, zoals binding "
+#~ "aan toetsen, eigenschappen van slepen en laten vallen en speciale "
+#~ "hulpmiddelen, zie <ulink url=\"https://live.gnome.org/GnomeShell/"
+#~ "CheatSheet\"/>."
#~ msgid "PulseAudio Sound System"
#~ msgstr "PulseAudio geluidssysteem"
-#~ msgid "The PulseAudio sound system is now system-wide integrated and enabled by default for new installation. If you disabled it on a previous release, and want to enable it now, check the <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> variable in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/sound</filename>:"
-#~ msgstr "Het PulseAudio geluidssysteem is nu systeembreed geïntegreerd en standaard ingeschakeld voor nieuwe installaties. Als u het in een vorige uitgave had uitgeschakeld en het nu wilt inschakelen, controleer dan de variabele <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/sound</filename>:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The PulseAudio sound system is now system-wide integrated and enabled by "
+#~ "default for new installation. If you disabled it on a previous release, "
+#~ "and want to enable it now, check the <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> "
+#~ "variable in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/sound</filename>:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het PulseAudio geluidssysteem is nu systeembreed geïntegreerd en "
+#~ "standaard ingeschakeld voor nieuwe installaties. Als u het in een vorige "
+#~ "uitgave had uitgeschakeld en het nu wilt inschakelen, controleer dan de "
+#~ "variabele <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> in <filename>/etc/"
+#~ "sysconfig/sound</filename>:"
-#~ msgid "Set <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> to \"<literal>yes</literal>\" to forcefully enable PA everywhere. Setting <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> to \"<literal>no</literal>\" will disable PulseAudio completely, and setting it to \"custom\" means to keep a custom configuration untouched."
-#~ msgstr "Stel <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> in op \"<literal>yes</literal>\" om PA overal in te schakelen. Instellen van <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> op \"<literal>no</literal>\" zal PulseAudio volledig uitschakelen en het op \"custom\" instellen betekent dat een eigen configuratie onaangetast blijft."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> to \"<literal>yes</literal>\" to "
+#~ "forcefully enable PA everywhere. Setting <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</"
+#~ "literal> to \"<literal>no</literal>\" will disable PulseAudio completely, "
+#~ "and setting it to \"custom\" means to keep a custom configuration "
+#~ "untouched."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Stel <literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> in op \"<literal>yes</literal>"
+#~ "\" om PA overal in te schakelen. Instellen van "
+#~ "<literal>PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE</literal> op \"<literal>no</literal>\" zal "
+#~ "PulseAudio volledig uitschakelen en het op \"custom\" instellen betekent "
+#~ "dat een eigen configuratie onaangetast blijft."
#~ msgid "Btrfs"
#~ msgstr "Btrfs"
-#~ msgid "Btrfs is the next generation filesystem for Linux. As a preview of the new technology, you can create btrfs partitions or setup your whole system with btrfs."
-#~ msgstr "Btrfs is het bestandssysteem van de volgende generatie voor Linux. Als een voorproefje van de nieuwe technologie, kunt u btrfs-partities aanmaken of uw gehele systeem met btrfs opzetten."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Btrfs is the next generation filesystem for Linux. As a preview of the "
+#~ "new technology, you can create btrfs partitions or setup your whole "
+#~ "system with btrfs."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Btrfs is het bestandssysteem van de volgende generatie voor Linux. Als "
+#~ "een voorproefje van de nieuwe technologie, kunt u btrfs-partities "
+#~ "aanmaken of uw gehele systeem met btrfs opzetten."
-#~ msgid "Note: The btrfs filesystem is in active development, and check and repair functionality (\"scrub\") has been added just recently. \"Scrub\" is aimed to verify data and metadata assuming the tree structures are fine; it can (and should) be run periodically on a mounted filesystem: it runs as a background process during normal operation."
-#~ msgstr "Opmerking: Het btrfs-bestandssysteem wordt actief ontwikkeld en functionaliteit controleren en repareren (\"scrub\") is nog maar net toegevoegd. \"Scrub\" is bedoeld om gegevens en metagegevens te verifiëren aannemend dat de boomstructuren in orde zijn; het kan (en zou) periodiek op een aangekoppeld bestandssysteem moeten worden uitgevoerd: het draait als een achtergrondproces gedurende het normale werk."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note: The btrfs filesystem is in active development, and check and repair "
+#~ "functionality (\"scrub\") has been added just recently. \"Scrub\" is "
+#~ "aimed to verify data and metadata assuming the tree structures are fine; "
+#~ "it can (and should) be run periodically on a mounted filesystem: it runs "
+#~ "as a background process during normal operation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Opmerking: Het btrfs-bestandssysteem wordt actief ontwikkeld en "
+#~ "functionaliteit controleren en repareren (\"scrub\") is nog maar net "
+#~ "toegevoegd. \"Scrub\" is bedoeld om gegevens en metagegevens te "
+#~ "verifiëren aannemend dat de boomstructuren in orde zijn; het kan (en zou) "
+#~ "periodiek op een aangekoppeld bestandssysteem moeten worden uitgevoerd: "
+#~ "het draait als een achtergrondproces gedurende het normale werk."
-#~ msgid "Thus we advice to carefully consider, which data to put on the filesystem, and follow the usual suggestions for redundancy and backup. For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://btrfs.wiki.kernel.org\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Ons advies is om voorzichtig te overwegen, welke gegevens op dat bestandssysteem te zetten en de gebruikelijke suggesties voor redundantie en reservekopieën te volgen. Voor meer informatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://btrfs.wiki.kernel.org\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Thus we advice to carefully consider, which data to put on the "
+#~ "filesystem, and follow the usual suggestions for redundancy and backup. "
+#~ "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://btrfs.wiki.kernel.org\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ons advies is om voorzichtig te overwegen, welke gegevens op dat "
+#~ "bestandssysteem te zetten en de gebruikelijke suggesties voor redundantie "
+#~ "en reservekopieën te volgen. Voor meer informatie, zie <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://btrfs.wiki.kernel.org\"/>."
-#~ msgid "Btrfs contains many interesting new features, including the ability to take snapshots of your filesystem. Snapshot and rollback is supported by <command>snapper</command>, and already integrated into openSUSE package and system management tools such as <command>zypper</command> and YaST."
-#~ msgstr "Btrfs bevat vele interessante nieuwe mogelijkheden, waaronder de mogelijkheid om momentopnamen van uw bestandssysteem te maken. Momentopnamen en terugrollen wordt ondersteund door <command>snapper</command> en is al geïntegreerd in pakket en systeembeheerhulpmiddelen zoals <command>zypper</command> en YaST."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Btrfs contains many interesting new features, including the ability to "
+#~ "take snapshots of your filesystem. Snapshot and rollback is supported by "
+#~ "<command>snapper</command>, and already integrated into openSUSE package "
+#~ "and system management tools such as <command>zypper</command> and YaST."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Btrfs bevat vele interessante nieuwe mogelijkheden, waaronder de "
+#~ "mogelijkheid om momentopnamen van uw bestandssysteem te maken. "
+#~ "Momentopnamen en terugrollen wordt ondersteund door <command>snapper</"
+#~ "command> en is al geïntegreerd in pakket en systeembeheerhulpmiddelen "
+#~ "zoals <command>zypper</command> en YaST."
#~ msgid "Oracle Java Externally Available"
#~ msgstr "Oracle Java extern beschikbaar"
-#~ msgid "The java-1_6_0-sun package is not anymore part of openSUSE due to a license change. We ship the OpenJDK build as a replacement. openSUSE users who prefer to use the Oracle JDK binary version over the openSUSE OpenJDK build, can download the Oracle version from <ulink url=\"http://oracle.com/java\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Het java-1_6_0-sun pakket is niet langer onderdeel van openSUSE vanwege een wijziging in de licentie. Wij leveren de OpenJDK-build als vervanger. Gebruikers van openSUSE die de Oracle JDK binaire versie prefereren boven de openSUSE OpenJDK-build, kunnen de Oracle versie downloaden van <ulink url=\"http://oracle.com/java\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The java-1_6_0-sun package is not anymore part of openSUSE due to a "
+#~ "license change. We ship the OpenJDK build as a replacement. openSUSE "
+#~ "users who prefer to use the Oracle JDK binary version over the openSUSE "
+#~ "OpenJDK build, can download the Oracle version from <ulink url=\"http://"
+#~ "oracle.com/java\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het java-1_6_0-sun pakket is niet langer onderdeel van openSUSE vanwege "
+#~ "een wijziging in de licentie. Wij leveren de OpenJDK-build als vervanger. "
+#~ "Gebruikers van openSUSE die de Oracle JDK binaire versie prefereren boven "
+#~ "de openSUSE OpenJDK-build, kunnen de Oracle versie downloaden van <ulink "
+#~ "url=\"http://oracle.com/java\"/>."
#~ msgid "CUPS 1.5"
#~ msgstr "CUPS 1.5"
@@ -1429,17 +2209,42 @@
#~ msgid "CUPS 1.5 comes with backward incompatible changes:"
#~ msgstr "CUPS 1.5 komt met achterwaarts incompatibele wijzigingen:"
-#~ msgid "CUPS no longer supports the <filename>~/.cupsrc</filename> or <filename>~/.lpoptions</filename> configuration files from CUPS 1.1. Instead use <filename>~/.cups/client.conf</filename> and <filename>~/.cups/lpoptions</filename> that were introduced with CUPS 1.2."
-#~ msgstr "CUPS ondersteunt niet langer de configuratiebestanden <filename>~/.cupsrc</filename> of <filename>~/.lpoptions</filename> van CUPS 1.1. In plaats hiervan gebruikt u <filename>~/.cups/client.conf</filename> en <filename>~/.cups/lpoptions</filename> die zijn geïntroduceerd met CUPS 1.2."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "CUPS no longer supports the <filename>~/.cupsrc</filename> or "
+#~ "<filename>~/.lpoptions</filename> configuration files from CUPS 1.1. "
+#~ "Instead use <filename>~/.cups/client.conf</filename> and <filename>~/."
+#~ "cups/lpoptions</filename> that were introduced with CUPS 1.2."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "CUPS ondersteunt niet langer de configuratiebestanden <filename>~/."
+#~ "cupsrc</filename> of <filename>~/.lpoptions</filename> van CUPS 1.1. In "
+#~ "plaats hiervan gebruikt u <filename>~/.cups/client.conf</filename> en "
+#~ "<filename>~/.cups/lpoptions</filename> die zijn geïntroduceerd met CUPS "
+#~ "1.2."
-#~ msgid "The scheduler now requires that filters and backends have group write permissions disabled for improved security. If you use third party printer drivers from manufacturers with relaxed file permissions, adjust the permissions manually."
-#~ msgstr "De scheduler vereist nu dat in filters en backends schrijfrechten van groepen zijn uitgeschakeld. Als u apparaatstuurprogramma's van makers van printers van derden gebruikt met gemakkelijke bestandsrechten, pas deze rechten dan handmatig aan."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The scheduler now requires that filters and backends have group write "
+#~ "permissions disabled for improved security. If you use third party "
+#~ "printer drivers from manufacturers with relaxed file permissions, adjust "
+#~ "the permissions manually."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De scheduler vereist nu dat in filters en backends schrijfrechten van "
+#~ "groepen zijn uitgeschakeld. Als u apparaatstuurprogramma's van makers van "
+#~ "printers van derden gebruikt met gemakkelijke bestandsrechten, pas deze "
+#~ "rechten dan handmatig aan."
#~ msgid "The rename Command"
#~ msgstr "Het commando 'rename'"
-#~ msgid "According to the GNU Coding Standards, the rename command now treats all strings beginning with a dash as a command line option. To prevent this, separate the option from the other arguments with <literal>--</literal> as follows:"
-#~ msgstr "Volgens de 'GNU Coding Standards', behandelt het commando 'rename' nu alle tekenreeksen die beginnen met een minteken als een commandoregeloptie. Om dit te voorkomen, scheidt u de optie van het andere arguments als volgt met <literal>--</literal>:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "According to the GNU Coding Standards, the rename command now treats all "
+#~ "strings beginning with a dash as a command line option. To prevent this, "
+#~ "separate the option from the other arguments with <literal>--</literal> "
+#~ "as follows:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Volgens de 'GNU Coding Standards', behandelt het commando 'rename' nu "
+#~ "alle tekenreeksen die beginnen met een minteken als een "
+#~ "commandoregeloptie. Om dit te voorkomen, scheidt u de optie van het "
+#~ "andere arguments als volgt met <literal>--</literal>:"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "#!/bin/bash\n"
@@ -1455,20 +2260,40 @@
#~ msgid "NetworkManager Command Line Interface"
#~ msgstr "Netwerkbeheerder commandoregelinterface"
-#~ msgid "<command>cnetworkmanager</command> is no longer available—use <command>nmcli</command> instead. For migration information, see <ulink url=\"http://repo.or.cz/w/cnetworkmanager.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/nmcli-migration.ht…"/>."
-#~ msgstr "<command>cnetworkmanager</command> is niet langer beschikbaar—gebruik <command>nmcli</command> in plaats hiervan. Voor migratieinformatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://repo.or.cz/w/cnetworkmanager.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/nmcli-migration.ht…"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<command>cnetworkmanager</command> is no longer available—use "
+#~ "<command>nmcli</command> instead. For migration information, see <ulink "
+#~ "url=\"http://repo.or.cz/w/cnetworkmanager.git/blob_plain/HEAD:/nmcli-"
+#~ "migration.html\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<command>cnetworkmanager</command> is niet langer beschikbaar—"
+#~ "gebruik <command>nmcli</command> in plaats hiervan. Voor "
+#~ "migratieinformatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://repo.or.cz/w/cnetworkmanager."
+#~ "git/blob_plain/HEAD:/nmcli-migration.html\"/>."
#~ msgid "rpm: %_topdir Changed for Non-root Users"
#~ msgstr "rpm: %_topdir Gewijzigd voor niet-root gebruikers"
-#~ msgid "Unprivileged users can no longer write to <filename>/usr/src/packages</filename>. <command>rpmbuild</command> now uses <filename>~/rpmbuild</filename> by default. To change the directory add a line as follows to <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:"
-#~ msgstr "Gebruikers zonder privileges kunnen niet langer naar <filename>/usr/src/packages</filename> schrijven. <command>rpmbuild</command> gebruikt nu standaard <filename>~/rpmbuild</filename>. Om de map te wijzigen voegt u een regel toe aan <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename> als volgt:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Unprivileged users can no longer write to <filename>/usr/src/packages</"
+#~ "filename>. <command>rpmbuild</command> now uses <filename>~/rpmbuild</"
+#~ "filename> by default. To change the directory add a line as follows to "
+#~ "<filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Gebruikers zonder privileges kunnen niet langer naar <filename>/usr/src/"
+#~ "packages</filename> schrijven. <command>rpmbuild</command> gebruikt nu "
+#~ "standaard <filename>~/rpmbuild</filename>. Om de map te wijzigen voegt u "
+#~ "een regel toe aan <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename> als volgt:"
#~ msgid "%_topdir /some/where/else"
#~ msgstr "%_topdir /some/where/else"
-#~ msgid "To use the subdirectory <filename>foo</filename> of <literal>$HOME</literal> add to <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:"
-#~ msgstr "Om de submap <filename>foo</filename> van <literal>$HOME</literal> te gebruiken voegt u aan <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename> toe:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To use the subdirectory <filename>foo</filename> of <literal>$HOME</"
+#~ "literal> add to <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename>:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om de submap <filename>foo</filename> van <literal>$HOME</literal> te "
+#~ "gebruiken voegt u aan <filename>~/.rpmmacros</filename> toe:"
#~ msgid "%_topdir %{getenv:HOME}/foo"
#~ msgstr "%_topdir %{getenv:HOME}/foo"
@@ -1479,182 +2304,509 @@
#~ msgid "Update Applets with Changed Behavior"
#~ msgstr "Applets voor bijwerken met veranderd gedrag"
-#~ msgid "The default behavior of updating packages using updater applets has been changed. Now, along with system update patches from maintenance the applets also show updates respecting vendor-stickiness. This behavior affects users who are subscribed to third party repositories."
-#~ msgstr "Het standaard gedrag bij het bijwerken van pakketten met de applets voor bijwerken is gewijzigd. Nu, samen met het bijwerken van het systeem met patches voor onderhoud tonen de applets ook het bijwerken met blijven-bij-de-leverancier. Dit gedrag beïnvloedt gebruikers die zijn ingeschreven bij installatiebronnen van derden."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The default behavior of updating packages using updater applets has been "
+#~ "changed. Now, along with system update patches from maintenance the "
+#~ "applets also show updates respecting vendor-stickiness. This behavior "
+#~ "affects users who are subscribed to third party repositories."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het standaard gedrag bij het bijwerken van pakketten met de applets voor "
+#~ "bijwerken is gewijzigd. Nu, samen met het bijwerken van het systeem met "
+#~ "patches voor onderhoud tonen de applets ook het bijwerken met blijven-bij-"
+#~ "de-leverancier. Dit gedrag beïnvloedt gebruikers die zijn ingeschreven "
+#~ "bij installatiebronnen van derden."
-#~ msgid "To revert back to the pre-11.4 behavior to have only system updates shown by the applets, set <literal>HidePackages=true</literal> in the <literal>[Updates]</literal> section in <filename>/etc/Packagekit/ZYpp.conf</filename>. WARNING: This way, you may miss security updates published in third party repositories."
-#~ msgstr "Om terug te keren naar het gedrag van vóór 11.4 waarbij alleen het bijwerken van het systeem door de applets werd getoond, zet u <literal>HidePackages=true</literal> in de sectie <literal>[Updates]</literal> in <filename>/etc/Packagekit/ZYpp.conf</filename>. WAARSCHUWING: Op deze manier kunt u bijwerken voor beveiliging missen die zijn bekend gemaakt in de installatiebronnen van derden."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To revert back to the pre-11.4 behavior to have only system updates shown "
+#~ "by the applets, set <literal>HidePackages=true</literal> in the "
+#~ "<literal>[Updates]</literal> section in <filename>/etc/Packagekit/ZYpp."
+#~ "conf</filename>. WARNING: This way, you may miss security updates "
+#~ "published in third party repositories."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om terug te keren naar het gedrag van vóór 11.4 waarbij alleen het "
+#~ "bijwerken van het systeem door de applets werd getoond, zet u "
+#~ "<literal>HidePackages=true</literal> in de sectie <literal>[Updates]</"
+#~ "literal> in <filename>/etc/Packagekit/ZYpp.conf</filename>. WAARSCHUWING: "
+#~ "Op deze manier kunt u bijwerken voor beveiliging missen die zijn bekend "
+#~ "gemaakt in de installatiebronnen van derden."
#~ msgid "Default Download Mode Needs More Space"
#~ msgstr "Standaard modus voor downloaden heeft meer ruimte nodig"
-#~ msgid "The Zypp download mode for package installation has been changed: It first downloads all packages, before it starts installing them. This means, it now needs more disk space. The traditional behavior was to process one package after the other."
-#~ msgstr "De downloadmodus van Zypp voor installatie van pakketten is gewijzigd: Eerst worden alle pakketten gedownload, voordat ze worden geïnstalleerd. Dit betekent dat er nu meer schijfruimte nodig is. De traditionele manier was om één pakket na het andere af te werken."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The Zypp download mode for package installation has been changed: It "
+#~ "first downloads all packages, before it starts installing them. This "
+#~ "means, it now needs more disk space. The traditional behavior was to "
+#~ "process one package after the other."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De downloadmodus van Zypp voor installatie van pakketten is gewijzigd: "
+#~ "Eerst worden alle pakketten gedownload, voordat ze worden geïnstalleerd. "
+#~ "Dit betekent dat er nu meer schijfruimte nodig is. De traditionele manier "
+#~ "was om één pakket na het andere af te werken."
-#~ msgid "If you are short on disk space, switch back to the traditional behavior by setting <literal>commit.downloadMode = DownloadAsNeeded</literal> in <filename>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</filename>."
-#~ msgstr "Als u schijfruimte tekort komt kunt u terugschakelen naar de traditionele manier door <literal>commit.downloadMode = DownloadAsNeeded</literal> in <filename>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</filename> in te stellen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you are short on disk space, switch back to the traditional behavior "
+#~ "by setting <literal>commit.downloadMode = DownloadAsNeeded</literal> in "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</filename>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u schijfruimte tekort komt kunt u terugschakelen naar de traditionele "
+#~ "manier door <literal>commit.downloadMode = DownloadAsNeeded</literal> in "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</filename> in te stellen."
#~ msgid "Removing the Xorg setuid bit"
#~ msgstr "Verwijdering van het setuid-bit van Xorg"
-#~ msgid "The setuid bit on <filename>/usr/bin/Xorg</filename> is needed for starting X as an unprivileged user, e.g., via <command>startx</command>. This method has been deprecated for years in favor of using a display manager. Modern environments rely on device ACLs and polkit privileges, which in turn depend upon consolekit tracking the active console, which is performed by the display manager."
-#~ msgstr "Het setuid-bit op <filename>/usr/bin/Xorg</filename> is nodig om X op te starten als een gewone gebruiker, bijv. via <command>startx</command>. Deze methode is sinds jaren verouderd in het voordeel van het gebruik van een schermbeheerder. Moderne omgevingen hangen af van ACL's op apparaten en rechten van polkit, die op hun beurt afhangen van het volgen van het actieve console door consolekit, wat wordt gedaan door de schermbeheerder."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The setuid bit on <filename>/usr/bin/Xorg</filename> is needed for "
+#~ "starting X as an unprivileged user, e.g., via <command>startx</command>. "
+#~ "This method has been deprecated for years in favor of using a display "
+#~ "manager. Modern environments rely on device ACLs and polkit privileges, "
+#~ "which in turn depend upon consolekit tracking the active console, which "
+#~ "is performed by the display manager."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het setuid-bit op <filename>/usr/bin/Xorg</filename> is nodig om X op te "
+#~ "starten als een gewone gebruiker, bijv. via <command>startx</command>. "
+#~ "Deze methode is sinds jaren verouderd in het voordeel van het gebruik van "
+#~ "een schermbeheerder. Moderne omgevingen hangen af van ACL's op apparaten "
+#~ "en rechten van polkit, die op hun beurt afhangen van het volgen van het "
+#~ "actieve console door consolekit, wat wordt gedaan door de schermbeheerder."
-#~ msgid "Users who depend on the old configuration can set the setuid bit themselves in <filename>/etc/permissions.local</filename> by removing the comment sign from the following line:"
-#~ msgstr "Gebruikers die afhankelijk zijn van de oude situatie, kunnen zelf het setuid-bit instellen in <filename>/etc/permissions.local</filename> door het commentaarteken te verwijderen uit de volgende regel:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Users who depend on the old configuration can set the setuid bit "
+#~ "themselves in <filename>/etc/permissions.local</filename> by removing the "
+#~ "comment sign from the following line:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Gebruikers die afhankelijk zijn van de oude situatie, kunnen zelf het "
+#~ "setuid-bit instellen in <filename>/etc/permissions.local</filename> door "
+#~ "het commentaarteken te verwijderen uit de volgende regel:"
#~ msgid "#/usr/bin/Xorg root:root 4711"
#~ msgstr "#/usr/bin/Xorg root:root 4711"
-#~ msgid "and running <command>SuSEconfig --module permissions</command> afterwards."
-#~ msgstr "en daarna <command>SuSEconfig --module permissions</command> uit te voeren."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "and running <command>SuSEconfig --module permissions</command> afterwards."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "en daarna <command>SuSEconfig --module permissions</command> uit te "
+#~ "voeren."
#~ msgid "CIFS Service Disabled By Default"
#~ msgstr "CIFS-service is standaard uitgeschakeld"
-#~ msgid "To reduce security risks, the CIFS service is no longer enabled by default."
-#~ msgstr "Om beveiligingsrisico's te verminderen, is de CIFS-service niet langer standaard ingeschakeld."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To reduce security risks, the CIFS service is no longer enabled by "
+#~ "default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om beveiligingsrisico's te verminderen, is de CIFS-service niet langer "
+#~ "standaard ingeschakeld."
-#~ msgid "To enable it, start the YaST System Services (Runlevel) editor and configure the <systemitem>cifs</systemitem> service."
-#~ msgstr "Om het in te schakelen, start YaST de bewerker van systeemservices (runlevel) en configureer de <systemitem>cifs</systemitem>-service."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To enable it, start the YaST System Services (Runlevel) editor and "
+#~ "configure the <systemitem>cifs</systemitem> service."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om het in te schakelen, start YaST de bewerker van systeemservices "
+#~ "(runlevel) en configureer de <systemitem>cifs</systemitem>-service."
#~ msgid "Issues with syslog-ng and SQL Support"
#~ msgstr "Kwesties met syslog-ng en ondersteuning van SQL"
-#~ msgid "The <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem> package is built with SQL support enabled, packaged as a module in the <systemitem>syslog-ng-sql</systemitem> sub-package. The SQL module uses DBI, a database-independent abstraction layer in C and allows writing log data into several databases with DBI support."
-#~ msgstr "Het pakket <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem> is gebouwd met ondersteuning van SQL ingeschakeld, als pakket in een module in het subpakket <systemitem>syslog-ng-sql</systemitem>. De SQL-module gebruikt DBI, een database-onafhankelijke abstractielaag in C en maakt het mogelijk om loggegevens in verschillende databases met ondersteuning van DBI te schrijven."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem> package is built with SQL support "
+#~ "enabled, packaged as a module in the <systemitem>syslog-ng-sql</"
+#~ "systemitem> sub-package. The SQL module uses DBI, a database-independent "
+#~ "abstraction layer in C and allows writing log data into several databases "
+#~ "with DBI support."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het pakket <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem> is gebouwd met "
+#~ "ondersteuning van SQL ingeschakeld, als pakket in een module in het "
+#~ "subpakket <systemitem>syslog-ng-sql</systemitem>. De SQL-module gebruikt "
+#~ "DBI, een database-onafhankelijke abstractielaag in C en maakt het "
+#~ "mogelijk om loggegevens in verschillende databases met ondersteuning van "
+#~ "DBI te schrijven."
-#~ msgid "At the moment, it is not recommended to use sqlite3 as the database, because a re-open of the database does not work with current DBI drivers. The issue seems to be fixed in the <systemitem>libdbi</systemitem> development version, but shipping this version would break other packages."
-#~ msgstr "Op dit moment is het niet aanbevolen om sqlite3 als de database te gebruiken, omdat een opnieuw openen van de database niet werkt met de huidige DBI-stuurprogramma's. De kwestie lijkt te worden gerepareerd in de ontwikkelversie <systemitem>libdbi</systemitem>, echter deze versie meesturen zou andere pakketten laten breken."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "At the moment, it is not recommended to use sqlite3 as the database, "
+#~ "because a re-open of the database does not work with current DBI drivers. "
+#~ "The issue seems to be fixed in the <systemitem>libdbi</systemitem> "
+#~ "development version, but shipping this version would break other packages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Op dit moment is het niet aanbevolen om sqlite3 als de database te "
+#~ "gebruiken, omdat een opnieuw openen van de database niet werkt met de "
+#~ "huidige DBI-stuurprogramma's. De kwestie lijkt te worden gerepareerd in "
+#~ "de ontwikkelversie <systemitem>libdbi</systemitem>, echter deze versie "
+#~ "meesturen zou andere pakketten laten breken."
#~ msgid "Intel SSD Drives Causing System Hangs"
#~ msgstr "Intel SSD-apparaten veroorzaken dat het systeem hangt"
-#~ msgid "Intel SSD drives with old firmware can cause system hangs using the smartd daemon (Monitor for S.M.A.R.T. Disks and Devices), which is enabled my default."
-#~ msgstr "Intel SSD-apparaten met oude firmware kunnen het systeem laten hangen bij gebruik van de smartd-daemon (Monitor voor S.M.A.R.T. schijven en apparaten, die standaard is ingeschakeld."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Intel SSD drives with old firmware can cause system hangs using the "
+#~ "smartd daemon (Monitor for S.M.A.R.T. Disks and Devices), which is "
+#~ "enabled my default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Intel SSD-apparaten met oude firmware kunnen het systeem laten hangen bij "
+#~ "gebruik van de smartd-daemon (Monitor voor S.M.A.R.T. schijven en "
+#~ "apparaten, die standaard is ingeschakeld."
-#~ msgid "Users should upgrade the drive's firmware. Download it from <ulink url=\"http://www.intel.com/go/ssdfirmware/\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Gebruikers moeten de firmware van het apparaat opwaarderen. Download het van <ulink url=\"http://www.intel.com/go/ssdfirmware/\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Users should upgrade the drive's firmware. Download it from <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://www.intel.com/go/ssdfirmware/\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Gebruikers moeten de firmware van het apparaat opwaarderen. Download het "
+#~ "van <ulink url=\"http://www.intel.com/go/ssdfirmware/\"/>."
-#~ msgid "The actual security problem was fixed in the kernel. Removing the setUID bit is a preventive measurement against potential similar problems in the future."
-#~ msgstr "Het echte beveiligingsprobleem is in de kernel gerepareerd. Verwijderen van het setUID-bit is een preventieve maatregel tegen soortgelijke problemen in de toekomst."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The actual security problem was fixed in the kernel. Removing the setUID "
+#~ "bit is a preventive measurement against potential similar problems in the "
+#~ "future."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het echte beveiligingsprobleem is in de kernel gerepareerd. Verwijderen "
+#~ "van het setUID-bit is een preventieve maatregel tegen soortgelijke "
+#~ "problemen in de toekomst."
-#~| msgid "This is just the initial version of the release notes for <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>."
-#~ msgid "This is just the initial version of the release notes for the forthcoming <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>."
-#~ msgstr "Dit is alleen maar de initiële versie van de uitgavenotities voor de aankomende <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This is just the initial version of the release notes for <phrase os="
+#~| "\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is just the initial version of the release notes for the forthcoming "
+#~ "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dit is alleen maar de initiële versie van de uitgavenotities voor de "
+#~ "aankomende <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>."
-#~ msgid "Installation Quick Start guides you step-by-step through the installation process."
-#~ msgstr "De installatie-snelstarthandleiding helpt u stap-voor-stap door het installatieproces."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Installation Quick Start guides you step-by-step through the installation "
+#~ "process."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De installatie-snelstarthandleiding helpt u stap-voor-stap door het "
+#~ "installatieproces."
-#~ msgid "In Start-Up, find information about installation and basic system configuration."
-#~ msgstr "In de Startup-handleiding vindt u informatie over het installeren en de basis systeemconfiguratie."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In Start-Up, find information about installation and basic system "
+#~ "configuration."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In de Startup-handleiding vindt u informatie over het installeren en de "
+#~ "basis systeemconfiguratie."
-#~ msgid "KDE and GNOME Quick Start give a short introduction to the desktops and some key applications running on it."
-#~ msgstr "De KDE en GNOME-snelstart-handleidingen geven een korte introductie tot de bureaubladen en enkele sleutelprogramma's die erop draaien."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "KDE and GNOME Quick Start give a short introduction to the desktops and "
+#~ "some key applications running on it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De KDE en GNOME-snelstart-handleidingen geven een korte introductie tot "
+#~ "de bureaubladen en enkele sleutelprogramma's die erop draaien."
-#~ msgid "The KDE and GNOME User Guide guide you through using and configuring the desktops and help you perform key tasks."
-#~ msgstr "De KDE en GNOME Gebruikershandleidingen helpen u door het gebruik en de configuratie van de bureaubladen en helpen u enkele sleuteltaken uit te voeren."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The KDE and GNOME User Guide guide you through using and configuring the "
+#~ "desktops and help you perform key tasks."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De KDE en GNOME Gebruikershandleidingen helpen u door het gebruik en de "
+#~ "configuratie van de bureaubladen en helpen u enkele sleuteltaken uit te "
+#~ "voeren."
-#~ msgid "The Application Guide introduces you to the key desktop applications such as browsers. e-mail clients, office applications and collaboration tools as well as graphics and multimedia applications."
-#~ msgstr "De programmahandleiding introduceert u tot enkele sleutelprogramma's zoals browsers, e-mailclients, kantoorprogramma's en samenwerkinghulpmiddelen evenals grafische en multimedia programma's."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The Application Guide introduces you to the key desktop applications such "
+#~ "as browsers. e-mail clients, office applications and collaboration tools "
+#~ "as well as graphics and multimedia applications."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De programmahandleiding introduceert u tot enkele sleutelprogramma's "
+#~ "zoals browsers, e-mailclients, kantoorprogramma's en "
+#~ "samenwerkinghulpmiddelen evenals grafische en multimedia programma's."
-#~ msgid "This is just the initial version of the release notes for the forthcoming <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>. Find previous release notes referenced in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://old-en.opensuse.org/Release_Notes#Last_version_of_the_Previous_Relea…"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Dit is alleen maar de initiële versie van de uitgavenotities voor het aankomende <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>. Verwijzingen naar voorgaande uitgavenotities zijn te vinden in de wiki van openSUSE op <ulink url=\"http://old-en.opensuse.org/Release_Notes#Last_version_of_the_Previous_Relea…"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is just the initial version of the release notes for the forthcoming "
+#~ "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>. Find previous release notes "
+#~ "referenced in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://old-en.opensuse."
+#~ "org/Release_Notes#Last_version_of_the_Previous_Release_Notes\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dit is alleen maar de initiële versie van de uitgavenotities voor het "
+#~ "aankomende <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>. Verwijzingen "
+#~ "naar voorgaande uitgavenotities zijn te vinden in de wiki van openSUSE op "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://old-en.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "Release_Notes#Last_version_of_the_Previous_Release_Notes\"/>."
-#~ msgid "This public beta test is part of the openSUSE project. Information about the project is available at <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Deze publieke betatest is onderdeel van het openSUSE-project. Informatie over het project is beschikbaar op <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This public beta test is part of the openSUSE project. Information about "
+#~ "the project is available at <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Deze publieke betatest is onderdeel van het openSUSE-project. Informatie "
+#~ "over het project is beschikbaar op <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>."
-#~ msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.4 in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
-#~ msgstr "U kunt informatie over bekende fouten/bugs voor de beta vinden in de openSUSE wiki op <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Wij verzoeken u vriendelijk om alle gevonden fouten/bugs van deze vooruitgave van openSUSE 11.4 te melden via Novell Bugzilla op <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. Als u iets toegevoegd zou willen zien aan deze uitgavenotities meldt dat dan in een bugrapport onder de <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please "
+#~ "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.4 in "
+#~ "the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to "
+#~ "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release "
+#~ "Notes</quote> component."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "U kunt informatie over bekende fouten/bugs voor de beta vinden in de "
+#~ "openSUSE wiki op <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:"
+#~ "Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Wij verzoeken u vriendelijk om alle gevonden "
+#~ "fouten/bugs van deze vooruitgave van openSUSE 11.4 te melden via Novell "
+#~ "Bugzilla op <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/"
+#~ ">. Als u iets toegevoegd zou willen zien aan deze uitgavenotities meldt "
+#~ "dat dan in een bugrapport onder de <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
#~ msgid "Prerelease Notes: Information relevant for alpha and beta releases."
-#~ msgstr "Vooruitgavenotities: informatie relevant voor de alpha- en beta-uitgaven."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vooruitgavenotities: informatie relevant voor de alpha- en beta-uitgaven."
#~| msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase> Release Notes"
#~ msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE Factory</phrase> Release Notes"
#~ msgstr "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE Factory</phrase> Uitgavenotities"
-#~| msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.1beta in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
-#~ msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE Factory in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
-#~ msgstr "U kunt informatie over bekende fouten/bugs voor deze beta vinden in de openSUSE wiki op <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Wij verzoeken u vriendelijk om alle gevonden fouten/bugs van deze vooruitgave van openSUSE Factory te melden via Novell Bugzilla op <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. Als u iets toegevoegd zou willen zien aan deze uitgavenotities meldt dat dan in een bugrapport onder de <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at "
+#~| "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please "
+#~| "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.1beta "
+#~| "in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~| "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to "
+#~| "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release "
+#~| "Notes</quote> component."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please "
+#~ "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE Factory "
+#~ "in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to "
+#~ "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release "
+#~ "Notes</quote> component."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "U kunt informatie over bekende fouten/bugs voor deze beta vinden in de "
+#~ "openSUSE wiki op <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:"
+#~ "Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Wij verzoeken u vriendelijk om alle gevonden "
+#~ "fouten/bugs van deze vooruitgave van openSUSE Factory te melden via "
+#~ "Novell Bugzilla op <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. Als u iets toegevoegd zou willen zien aan "
+#~ "deze uitgavenotities meldt dat dan in een bugrapport onder de "
+#~ "<quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
#~ msgid "Samba: smbfs Service Renamed to cifs"
#~ msgstr "Samba: smbfs-service hernoemd tot cifs"
-#~ msgid "Since quite some time, smbfs is no longer part of the kernel. The cifs component has replaced it. To avoid confusion with the name of the service, we finally renamed it accordingly."
-#~ msgstr "Sinds enige tijd is smbfs niet langer onderdeel van de kernel. De cifs-component heeft het vervangen. Om verwarring te vermijden met de naam van de service, hebben we het uiteindelijk overeenkomstig hernoemd."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Since quite some time, smbfs is no longer part of the kernel. The cifs "
+#~ "component has replaced it. To avoid confusion with the name of the "
+#~ "service, we finally renamed it accordingly."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sinds enige tijd is smbfs niet langer onderdeel van de kernel. De cifs-"
+#~ "component heeft het vervangen. Om verwarring te vermijden met de naam van "
+#~ "de service, hebben we het uiteindelijk overeenkomstig hernoemd."
-#~ msgid "During the upgrade of a system with an installed samba-client package, the state of the service will be saved, <filename>/etc/samba/smbfstab</filename> migrated to <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename>, and the state of the service restored, if required."
-#~ msgstr "Bij het opwaarderen van een systeem met een geïnstalleerd samba-client pakket zal de status van de service worden opgeslagen, <filename>/etc/samba/smbfstab</filename> wordt gemigreerd naar <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> en de status van de service hersteld, indien vereist."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "During the upgrade of a system with an installed samba-client package, "
+#~ "the state of the service will be saved, <filename>/etc/samba/smbfstab</"
+#~ "filename> migrated to <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename>, and the "
+#~ "state of the service restored, if required."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bij het opwaarderen van een systeem met een geïnstalleerd samba-client "
+#~ "pakket zal de status van de service worden opgeslagen, <filename>/etc/"
+#~ "samba/smbfstab</filename> wordt gemigreerd naar <filename>/etc/samba/"
+#~ "cifstab</filename> en de status van de service hersteld, indien vereist."
#~ msgid "Samba: mount.cifs no longer setuid root"
#~ msgstr "Samba: mount.cifs is niet langer setuid root"
-#~ msgid "The <command>mount.cifs</command> program that is being used to mount Samba/CIFS shares will not be allowed to be run as a setuid root program. mount.cifs has been the subject of several security bugs that have arisen due to some of the users using it as a setuid root program. For e.g., tools like smb4k on the distribution require <command>mount.cifs</command> setuid root. So there is a chance that users of such tools set the setuid bit. This program has not been properly audited for security and the Samba team strongly recommends that it not be installed as a setuid root program at this time."
-#~ msgstr "Het <command>mount.cifs</command> programma dat wordt gebruikt om Samba/CIFS shares aan te koppelen zal niet worden toegestaan om als een setuid-root-programma te worden uitgevoerd. mount.cifs is onderwerp van verschillende beveiligingsbugs die zich hebben voorgedaan omdat sommige gebruikers het als een setuid-root-program gebruiken. Omdat bijvoorbeeld hulpmiddelen als smb4k in de distributie vereisen dat <command>mount.cifs</command> setuid-root is. Er is dus een kans dat gebruikers van zulke hulpmiddelen het setuid-bit instellen. Dit programma heeft niet een juiste audit op beveiliging ondergaan en het Samba-team beveelt sterk aan dat het op dit moment niet wordt geïnstalleerd als een setuid-root-programma."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The <command>mount.cifs</command> program that is being used to mount "
+#~ "Samba/CIFS shares will not be allowed to be run as a setuid root program. "
+#~ "mount.cifs has been the subject of several security bugs that have arisen "
+#~ "due to some of the users using it as a setuid root program. For e.g., "
+#~ "tools like smb4k on the distribution require <command>mount.cifs</"
+#~ "command> setuid root. So there is a chance that users of such tools set "
+#~ "the setuid bit. This program has not been properly audited for security "
+#~ "and the Samba team strongly recommends that it not be installed as a "
+#~ "setuid root program at this time."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het <command>mount.cifs</command> programma dat wordt gebruikt om Samba/"
+#~ "CIFS shares aan te koppelen zal niet worden toegestaan om als een setuid-"
+#~ "root-programma te worden uitgevoerd. mount.cifs is onderwerp van "
+#~ "verschillende beveiligingsbugs die zich hebben voorgedaan omdat sommige "
+#~ "gebruikers het als een setuid-root-program gebruiken. Omdat bijvoorbeeld "
+#~ "hulpmiddelen als smb4k in de distributie vereisen dat <command>mount."
+#~ "cifs</command> setuid-root is. Er is dus een kans dat gebruikers van "
+#~ "zulke hulpmiddelen het setuid-bit instellen. Dit programma heeft niet een "
+#~ "juiste audit op beveiliging ondergaan en het Samba-team beveelt sterk aan "
+#~ "dat het op dit moment niet wordt geïnstalleerd als een setuid-root-"
+#~ "programma."
-#~ msgid "To make that very clear, this release forcibly disables the ability for <command>mount.cifs</command> to run as a setuid root program. People are welcome to trivially patch this out, by setting <systemitem>CIFS_DISABLE_SETUID_CHECK</systemitem> to <literal>1</literal>, but they do so at their own peril."
-#~ msgstr "Om heel duidelijk te zijn, deze uitgave schakelt zonder meer de mogelijkheid uit voor <command>mount.cifs</command> voor uitvoeren als een setuid-root-programma. Iedereen is welkom om dit eenvoudig uit te schakelen, door <systemitem>CIFS_DISABLE_SETUID_CHECK</systemitem> in te stellen op <literal>1</literal>, maar zij doen dat op eigen verantwoording."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To make that very clear, this release forcibly disables the ability for "
+#~ "<command>mount.cifs</command> to run as a setuid root program. People are "
+#~ "welcome to trivially patch this out, by setting "
+#~ "<systemitem>CIFS_DISABLE_SETUID_CHECK</systemitem> to <literal>1</"
+#~ "literal>, but they do so at their own peril."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om heel duidelijk te zijn, deze uitgave schakelt zonder meer de "
+#~ "mogelijkheid uit voor <command>mount.cifs</command> voor uitvoeren als "
+#~ "een setuid-root-programma. Iedereen is welkom om dit eenvoudig uit te "
+#~ "schakelen, door <systemitem>CIFS_DISABLE_SETUID_CHECK</systemitem> in te "
+#~ "stellen op <literal>1</literal>, maar zij doen dat op eigen "
+#~ "verantwoording."
-#~ msgid "A security audit and redesign of this program is in progress by the Samba Team."
-#~ msgstr "Een audit op beveiliging en een opnieuw ontwerpen van dit programma is bezig door het Samba-team."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A security audit and redesign of this program is in progress by the Samba "
+#~ "Team."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Een audit op beveiliging en een opnieuw ontwerpen van dit programma is "
+#~ "bezig door het Samba-team."
-#~ msgid "The release notes are under constant development. Download the newest version as part of the Internet test or refer to <ulink url=\"http://www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase role=\"transwarn\">We update the English release notes whenever need arises. This means that translations might temporarily be incomplete.</phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">The translations are updated to match later.</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "De uitgavenotities zijn continu aan verandering onderhevig. Download de meest recente versie tijdens de internettest of ga naar <ulink url=\"http://www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase role=\"transwarn\">De Engelstalige uitgavenotities worden onmiddellijk bijgewerkt zodra dat noodzaaklijk is. Daardoor kunnen vertalingen tijdelijk incompleet kunnen zijn. </phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">De vertalingen van de bijgewerkte gedeelten volgen later.</phrase>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The release notes are under constant development. Download the newest "
+#~ "version as part of the Internet test or refer to <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase "
+#~ "role=\"transwarn\">We update the English release notes whenever need "
+#~ "arises. This means that translations might temporarily be incomplete.</"
+#~ "phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">The translations are updated to match "
+#~ "later.</phrase>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De uitgavenotities zijn continu aan verandering onderhevig. Download de "
+#~ "meest recente versie tijdens de internettest of ga naar <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/"
+#~ ">. <phrase role=\"transwarn\">De Engelstalige uitgavenotities worden "
+#~ "onmiddellijk bijgewerkt zodra dat noodzaaklijk is. Daardoor kunnen "
+#~ "vertalingen tijdelijk incompleet kunnen zijn. </phrase><phrase role="
+#~ "\"transwarn\">De vertalingen van de bijgewerkte gedeelten volgen later.</"
+#~ "phrase>"
#~ msgid "Configuring Boot Loader Location and Options"
#~ msgstr "Configureren van opstartlader-locatie en opties"
-#~ msgid "When setting the Boot Loader Location in the installation proposal, also set the Boot Loader Options. In the options adjust updates of the other system areas of your disk, which may influence the ability of openSUSE and the other installed systems to boot."
-#~ msgstr "Bij het instellen van de opstartlader-locatie in het installatievoorstel, zet dan ook de opstartlader-opties. Pas de opties aan zodat ook in de andere systeemgebieden van uw schijf zaken worden bijgewerkt, die van invloed zijn op de mogelijkheid om openSUSE en de andere geïnstalleerde systemen op te starten."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When setting the Boot Loader Location in the installation proposal, also "
+#~ "set the Boot Loader Options. In the options adjust updates of the other "
+#~ "system areas of your disk, which may influence the ability of openSUSE "
+#~ "and the other installed systems to boot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bij het instellen van de opstartlader-locatie in het installatievoorstel, "
+#~ "zet dan ook de opstartlader-opties. Pas de opties aan zodat ook in de "
+#~ "andere systeemgebieden van uw schijf zaken worden bijgewerkt, die van "
+#~ "invloed zijn op de mogelijkheid om openSUSE en de andere geïnstalleerde "
+#~ "systemen op te starten."
-#~ msgid "If the proposed boot loader configuration reports a warning, carefully review the boot loader configuration to avoid breaking the booting of other installed systems to ensure that openSUSE will boot."
-#~ msgstr "Als de voorgestelde opstartlader-configuratie een waarschuwing laat zien, bekijk deze dan zorgvuldig om te vermijden dat het opstarten van andere geïnstalleerde systemen niet meer lukt en om er zeker van te zijn dat openSUSE op zal starten."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the proposed boot loader configuration reports a warning, carefully "
+#~ "review the boot loader configuration to avoid breaking the booting of "
+#~ "other installed systems to ensure that openSUSE will boot."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als de voorgestelde opstartlader-configuratie een waarschuwing laat zien, "
+#~ "bekijk deze dan zorgvuldig om te vermijden dat het opstarten van andere "
+#~ "geïnstalleerde systemen niet meer lukt en om er zeker van te zijn dat "
+#~ "openSUSE op zal starten."
#~ msgid "openSUSE Documentation as E-Books (EPUB)"
#~ msgstr "openSUSE documentatie als E-Boek (EPUB)"
-#~ msgid "In addition to the traditional output formats PDF and HTML, the openSUSE system Documentation is now available as e-books in the EPUB format. EPUB (electronic publication) is a free and open e-book standard. For more information about EPUB, see <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Naast de traditionele uitvoeropmaak PDF en HTML, is de openSUSE systeemdocumentatie nu beschikbbbbaar als e-boek in de EPUB-opmaak. EPUB (elektronische publicatie) is een vrije en open e-boekstandaard. Voor meer informatie over EPUB, zie <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In addition to the traditional output formats PDF and HTML, the openSUSE "
+#~ "system Documentation is now available as e-books in the EPUB format. EPUB "
+#~ "(electronic publication) is a free and open e-book standard. For more "
+#~ "information about EPUB, see <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EPUB"
+#~ "\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Naast de traditionele uitvoeropmaak PDF en HTML, is de openSUSE "
+#~ "systeemdocumentatie nu beschikbbbbaar als e-boek in de EPUB-opmaak. EPUB "
+#~ "(elektronische publicatie) is een vrije en open e-boekstandaard. Voor "
+#~ "meer informatie over EPUB, zie <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/"
+#~ "EPUB\"/>."
-#~ msgid "Download the EPUB files from <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Documentation\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "De EPUB-bestanden downloaden van <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Documentation\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Download the EPUB files from <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "Documentation\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De EPUB-bestanden downloaden van <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "Documentation\"/>."
#~ msgid "Starting the OpenSSH SSH Daemon (sshd)"
#~ msgstr "De OpenSSH SSH-daemon (sshd) wordt gestart"
-#~ msgid "The OpenSSH SSH daemon (<command>sshd</command>) is the daemon program for ssh. It is no longer started by default at system boot. If you want to access your computer with <command>ssh</command>, you must enable it as follows:"
-#~ msgstr "De OpenSSH SSH-daemon (<command>sshd</command>) is het daemon-programma voor ssh. Het wordt standaard niet langer opgestart bij systeemstarten. Als u toegang wilt tot uw computer met <command>ssh</command>, dan moet u het als volgt inschakelen:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The OpenSSH SSH daemon (<command>sshd</command>) is the daemon program "
+#~ "for ssh. It is no longer started by default at system boot. If you want "
+#~ "to access your computer with <command>ssh</command>, you must enable it "
+#~ "as follows:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De OpenSSH SSH-daemon (<command>sshd</command>) is het daemon-programma "
+#~ "voor ssh. Het wordt standaard niet langer opgestart bij systeemstarten. "
+#~ "Als u toegang wilt tot uw computer met <command>ssh</command>, dan moet u "
+#~ "het als volgt inschakelen:"
-#~ msgid "Start YaST and open the runlevel editor (<guimenu>System</guimenu> > <guimenu>System Services (Runlevel)</guimenu>)."
-#~ msgstr "Start YaST en open de runlevel-editor (System > Systeemservices (Runlevel))."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Start YaST and open the runlevel editor (<guimenu>System</guimenu> > "
+#~ "<guimenu>System Services (Runlevel)</guimenu>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Start YaST en open de runlevel-editor (System > Systeemservices "
+#~ "(Runlevel))."
-#~ msgid "In the YaST runlevel editor enable <guimenu>Expert Mode</guimenu> and select <guimenu>sshd</guimenu>."
-#~ msgstr "In de YaST runlevel-bewerker schakelt u <guimenu>Geavanceerd</guimenu> in en selecteert <guimenu>sshd</guimenu>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the YaST runlevel editor enable <guimenu>Expert Mode</guimenu> and "
+#~ "select <guimenu>sshd</guimenu>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In de YaST runlevel-bewerker schakelt u <guimenu>Geavanceerd</guimenu> in "
+#~ "en selecteert <guimenu>sshd</guimenu>."
-#~ msgid "For example, enable it for runlevel 3 and 5. Then press <guimenu>Start</guimenu> and <guimenu>OK</guimenu>."
-#~ msgstr "Bijvoorbeeld, schakel het in voor runlevel 3 5. Druk op <guimenu>Start</guimenu> en <guimenu>OK</guimenu>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For example, enable it for runlevel 3 and 5. Then press <guimenu>Start</"
+#~ "guimenu> and <guimenu>OK</guimenu>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bijvoorbeeld, schakel het in voor runlevel 3 5. Druk op <guimenu>Start</"
+#~ "guimenu> en <guimenu>OK</guimenu>."
-#~ msgid "YaST and X.Org Configuration (Keyboard, Mouse, Graphics Board, and Monitor)"
-#~ msgstr "YaST- en Xorg-configuratie (toetsenbord, muis, grafische kaart en monitor"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "YaST and X.Org Configuration (Keyboard, Mouse, Graphics Board, and "
+#~ "Monitor)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "YaST- en Xorg-configuratie (toetsenbord, muis, grafische kaart en monitor"
-#~ msgid "In the past, YaST offered an configuration interface for the graphical desktop (X.org) such as keyboard, mouse, graphics board, and monitor. During the installation a suitable <filename>xorg.conf</filename> was created."
-#~ msgstr "In het verleden bood YaST een interface voor het configureren van Xorg, zoals toetsenbord, muis, grafische kaart en monitor. Tijdens de installatie werd een geschikte <filename>xorg.conf</filename> aangemaakt."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the past, YaST offered an configuration interface for the graphical "
+#~ "desktop (X.org) such as keyboard, mouse, graphics board, and monitor. "
+#~ "During the installation a suitable <filename>xorg.conf</filename> was "
+#~ "created."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In het verleden bood YaST een interface voor het configureren van Xorg, "
+#~ "zoals toetsenbord, muis, grafische kaart en monitor. Tijdens de "
+#~ "installatie werd een geschikte <filename>xorg.conf</filename> aangemaakt."
-#~ msgid "In most cases it is no longer needed because the Xserver is now able to automatically configure the system. If it fails for your system, try the following steps:"
-#~ msgstr "Dit alles is nu niet meer nodig omdat de X-server (Xorg) nu in staat is om het systeem betrouwbaar automatisch te configureren. Als het voor uw systeem mislukt, probeer dan de volgende stappen:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In most cases it is no longer needed because the Xserver is now able to "
+#~ "automatically configure the system. If it fails for your system, try the "
+#~ "following steps:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dit alles is nu niet meer nodig omdat de X-server (Xorg) nu in staat is "
+#~ "om het systeem betrouwbaar automatisch te configureren. Als het voor uw "
+#~ "systeem mislukt, probeer dan de volgende stappen:"
-#~ msgid "Check whether an old <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> file exists. If so, move it away and start your desktop again."
-#~ msgstr "Controleer of er een oud <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> bestand bestaat. Zo ja, verplaats het en start uw bureaublad opnieuw."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check whether an old <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> file exists. "
+#~ "If so, move it away and start your desktop again."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Controleer of er een oud <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> bestand "
+#~ "bestaat. Zo ja, verplaats het en start uw bureaublad opnieuw."
-#~ msgid "If it still does not work, run <command>sax2</command> from the command line and execute the configuration procedure."
-#~ msgstr "Als het nog steeds niet werkt, start <command>sax2</command> vanaf de commandoregel en voer de configuratieprocedure uit."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If it still does not work, run <command>sax2</command> from the command "
+#~ "line and execute the configuration procedure."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als het nog steeds niet werkt, start <command>sax2</command> vanaf de "
+#~ "commandoregel en voer de configuratieprocedure uit."
-#~ msgid "To adjust hardware components to your personal needs, start the GNOME desktop control center or Configure Desktop in KDE, and configure your devices such as the mouse or keyboard. The display configuration dialogs also let you configure multiple monitor setups. To configure multiple monitors, in other desktop environments, use xrandr."
-#~ msgstr "Om hardware componenten aan uw persoonlijke smaak aan te passen, start u Systeeminstellingen en configureert u apparaten zoals muis en toetsenbord."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To adjust hardware components to your personal needs, start the GNOME "
+#~ "desktop control center or Configure Desktop in KDE, and configure your "
+#~ "devices such as the mouse or keyboard. The display configuration dialogs "
+#~ "also let you configure multiple monitor setups. To configure multiple "
+#~ "monitors, in other desktop environments, use xrandr."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om hardware componenten aan uw persoonlijke smaak aan te passen, start u "
+#~ "Systeeminstellingen en configureert u apparaten zoals muis en toetsenbord."
-#~ msgid "For more information, see the Desktop User Guides shipping with openSUSE. They are also available from http://en.opensuse.org/Documentation"
-#~ msgstr "Voor meer informatie raadpleeg de Bureaubladgebruikershanleiding die met openSUSE wordt meegeleverd."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For more information, see the Desktop User Guides shipping with openSUSE. "
+#~ "They are also available from http://en.opensuse.org/Documentation"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voor meer informatie raadpleeg de Bureaubladgebruikershanleiding die met "
+#~ "openSUSE wordt meegeleverd."
#~ msgid "KDE"
#~ msgstr "KDE"
@@ -1662,35 +2814,100 @@
#~ msgid "Default Web Browser"
#~ msgstr "Standaard webbrowser"
-#~ msgid "Firefox with special settings is now the KDE default browser in openSUSE. Users who want to prefer Konqueror as the KDE default browser can configure KDE accordingly (applications menu > 'Configure desktop'). There in the 'Default Applications' configuration module, select 'Web Browser' and change the radio button back to 'in an application based on the contents of the URL'. Desktop and panel Firefox icons can be replaced by deleting the Firefox icons and dragging the Konqueror icon from the applications menu to their place."
-#~ msgstr "Firefox, met speciale instellingen is nu de standaard browser van KDE in openSUSE. Gebruikers die Konqueror als voorkeur hebben als de standaard browser van KDE kunnen KDE overeenkomstig configureren (menu Programma's > 'Systeeminstellingen'). Daar in de configuratiemodule 'Standaard-toepassingen' selecter 'Webbrowser' en wijzig het keuzerondje terug naar 'in een programma gebaseerd op de inhoud van het URL-adres'. Firefox pictogrammen op Bureaublad en paneel kunne vervangen worden door de Firefox pictogrammen te verwijderen en het Konqueror pictogram uit het menu Programma's naar hun plaats te slepen."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Firefox with special settings is now the KDE default browser in openSUSE. "
+#~ "Users who want to prefer Konqueror as the KDE default browser can "
+#~ "configure KDE accordingly (applications menu > 'Configure desktop'). "
+#~ "There in the 'Default Applications' configuration module, select 'Web "
+#~ "Browser' and change the radio button back to 'in an application based on "
+#~ "the contents of the URL'. Desktop and panel Firefox icons can be replaced "
+#~ "by deleting the Firefox icons and dragging the Konqueror icon from the "
+#~ "applications menu to their place."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Firefox, met speciale instellingen is nu de standaard browser van KDE in "
+#~ "openSUSE. Gebruikers die Konqueror als voorkeur hebben als de standaard "
+#~ "browser van KDE kunnen KDE overeenkomstig configureren (menu Programma's "
+#~ "> 'Systeeminstellingen'). Daar in de configuratiemodule 'Standaard-"
+#~ "toepassingen' selecter 'Webbrowser' en wijzig het keuzerondje terug naar "
+#~ "'in een programma gebaseerd op de inhoud van het URL-adres'. Firefox "
+#~ "pictogrammen op Bureaublad en paneel kunne vervangen worden door de "
+#~ "Firefox pictogrammen te verwijderen en het Konqueror pictogram uit het "
+#~ "menu Programma's naar hun plaats te slepen."
#~ msgid "KDE3"
#~ msgstr "KDE3"
-#~ msgid "KDE3 is no longer officially shipped with openSUSE. KDE4 is now the only supported KDE version. For information about KDE3 on openSUSE and the possibility of installing it from an unsupported repository, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/KDE3\"/> ."
-#~ msgstr "KDE3 wordt niet langer officieel meegeleverd met openSUSE. KDE4 is nu de enige ondersteunde KDE-versie. Voor informatie over KDE3 in openSUSE en de mogelijkheid deze vanuit een niet ondersteunde installatiebron , zie <ulink url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/KDE3\"/> ."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "KDE3 is no longer officially shipped with openSUSE. KDE4 is now the only "
+#~ "supported KDE version. For information about KDE3 on openSUSE and the "
+#~ "possibility of installing it from an unsupported repository, see <ulink "
+#~ "url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/KDE3\"/> ."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "KDE3 wordt niet langer officieel meegeleverd met openSUSE. KDE4 is nu de "
+#~ "enige ondersteunde KDE-versie. Voor informatie over KDE3 in openSUSE en "
+#~ "de mogelijkheid deze vanuit een niet ondersteunde installatiebron , zie "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/KDE3\"/> ."
#~ msgid "Strigi/Nepomuk"
#~ msgstr "Strigi/Nepomuk"
-#~ msgid "The Strigi indexing service and Nepomuk semantic desktop service are not enabled by default in KDE in openSUSE 11.2. To explicitly enable them go to KDE configuration (applications menu, 'Configure desktop'), the 'Advanced' tab, and in the 'Desktop Search' configuration module enable the services you wish to run."
-#~ msgstr "De Strigi-indexeringservice en de Nepomuk semantische bureaubladservice zijn niet standaard ingeschakeld in KDE in openSUSE 11.2. Om deze expliciet in te schakelen ga naar de KDE-configuratie (menu Programma's, 'Systeeminstellingen'), het tabblad 'Geavanceerd' en in de configuratiemodule 'Desktop-zoekopdracht' schakelt u de services in die u wilt gebruiken."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The Strigi indexing service and Nepomuk semantic desktop service are not "
+#~ "enabled by default in KDE in openSUSE 11.2. To explicitly enable them go "
+#~ "to KDE configuration (applications menu, 'Configure desktop'), the "
+#~ "'Advanced' tab, and in the 'Desktop Search' configuration module enable "
+#~ "the services you wish to run."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De Strigi-indexeringservice en de Nepomuk semantische bureaubladservice "
+#~ "zijn niet standaard ingeschakeld in KDE in openSUSE 11.2. Om deze "
+#~ "expliciet in te schakelen ga naar de KDE-configuratie (menu Programma's, "
+#~ "'Systeeminstellingen'), het tabblad 'Geavanceerd' en in de "
+#~ "configuratiemodule 'Desktop-zoekopdracht' schakelt u de services in die u "
+#~ "wilt gebruiken."
#~ msgid "PulseAudio and Sound in GNOME Applications"
#~ msgstr "PulseAudio en geluid in GNOME-programma's"
-#~ msgid "KDE installations do not install PulseAudio by default. PulseAudio will be installed automatically if an application, which requires it is installed, but it must still be enabled in YaST to hear sound in these applications. To enable PulseAudio in YaST, open YaST > Sound Module and click 'Other'. Select 'PulseAudio Configuration', then check 'Enable PulseAudio Support'."
-#~ msgstr "KDE installaties installeren PulseAudio niet standaard. PulseAudio zal automatisch worden geïnstalleerd als een programma, die als vereiste heeft dat het is geïnstalleerd, maar het moet nog altijd in YaST worden ingeschakeld om geluid te horen in deze programma's. Om PulseAudio in YaST in te schakelen, opent u YaST > Geluidsmodule en klik 'Overige'. Selecteer 'PulseAudio-configuratie', en activeer 'PulseAudio-ondersteuning inschakelen'."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "KDE installations do not install PulseAudio by default. PulseAudio will "
+#~ "be installed automatically if an application, which requires it is "
+#~ "installed, but it must still be enabled in YaST to hear sound in these "
+#~ "applications. To enable PulseAudio in YaST, open YaST > Sound Module "
+#~ "and click 'Other'. Select 'PulseAudio Configuration', then check 'Enable "
+#~ "PulseAudio Support'."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "KDE installaties installeren PulseAudio niet standaard. PulseAudio zal "
+#~ "automatisch worden geïnstalleerd als een programma, die als vereiste "
+#~ "heeft dat het is geïnstalleerd, maar het moet nog altijd in YaST worden "
+#~ "ingeschakeld om geluid te horen in deze programma's. Om PulseAudio in "
+#~ "YaST in te schakelen, opent u YaST > Geluidsmodule en klik 'Overige'. "
+#~ "Selecteer 'PulseAudio-configuratie', en activeer 'PulseAudio-"
+#~ "ondersteuning inschakelen'."
#~ msgid "Thunderbird"
#~ msgstr "Thunderbird"
-#~ msgid "With openSUSE 11.2 we ship Thunderbird 3.0 beta4, which will go final shortly after the 11.2 release."
-#~ msgstr "Met openSUSE 11.2 wordt Thunderbird 3.0 beta4 meegeleverd, die kort na de uitgave van 11.2 klaar zal zijn."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "With openSUSE 11.2 we ship Thunderbird 3.0 beta4, which will go final "
+#~ "shortly after the 11.2 release."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Met openSUSE 11.2 wordt Thunderbird 3.0 beta4 meegeleverd, die kort na de "
+#~ "uitgave van 11.2 klaar zal zijn."
-#~ msgid "If you still depend on add-ons, which are only available for Thunderbird 2.0, you can install this version from the mozilla buildservice repository at <ulink url=\"http://software.opensuse.org/ymp/mozilla:legacy/openSUSE_11.2/MozillaThunde…"/>. But note, Thunderbird 2.0 will be only supported for very short period of time, once version 3.0 is available."
-#~ msgstr "Als u nog steeds afhankelijk bent van addons, die alleen beschikbaar zijn voor Thunderbird 2.0, dan kunt u deze versie installeren uit de mozilla build-service installatiebron op <ulink url=\"http://download.opensuse.org/ymp/mozilla:legacy/openSUSE_11.2/MozillaThunde…"/>. Maar, Thunderbird 2.0 zal alleen nog voor een zeer korte periode worden ondersteund, zodra versie 3.0 beschikbaar is."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you still depend on add-ons, which are only available for Thunderbird "
+#~ "2.0, you can install this version from the mozilla buildservice "
+#~ "repository at <ulink url=\"http://software.opensuse.org/ymp/mozilla:"
+#~ "legacy/openSUSE_11.2/MozillaThunderbird.ymp\"/>. But note, Thunderbird "
+#~ "2.0 will be only supported for very short period of time, once version "
+#~ "3.0 is available."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u nog steeds afhankelijk bent van addons, die alleen beschikbaar zijn "
+#~ "voor Thunderbird 2.0, dan kunt u deze versie installeren uit de mozilla "
+#~ "build-service installatiebron op <ulink url=\"http://download.opensuse."
+#~ "org/ymp/mozilla:legacy/openSUSE_11.2/MozillaThunderbird.ymp\"/>. Maar, "
+#~ "Thunderbird 2.0 zal alleen nog voor een zeer korte periode worden "
+#~ "ondersteund, zodra versie 3.0 beschikbaar is."
#~ msgid "Update"
#~ msgstr "Bijwerken"
@@ -1698,53 +2915,147 @@
#~ msgid "System Upgrade with zypper"
#~ msgstr "Systeemopwaardering met zypper"
-#~ msgid "If you update with <command>zypper dup</command>, packages might get restarted during the update process. It can happen that the restart does not succeed before you adjust the config files. This is especially critical if your system relies on services needed for downloading the update packages, e.g. a local proxy (squid) on the machine you update."
-#~ msgstr "Als u opwaardeert met <command>zypper dup</command>, dan kunnen pakketten herstart worden tijdens het opwaardeerproces. Het kan gebeuren dat de herstart niet succesvol is voordat u de configuratie bestanden aanpast. Dit is speciaal kritiek als uw systeem rekent op services die nodig zijn voor downloaden van de opwaardeerpakketten, bijv. een locale proxy (squid) op de machine die u opwaardeert."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you update with <command>zypper dup</command>, packages might get "
+#~ "restarted during the update process. It can happen that the restart does "
+#~ "not succeed before you adjust the config files. This is especially "
+#~ "critical if your system relies on services needed for downloading the "
+#~ "update packages, e.g. a local proxy (squid) on the machine you update."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u opwaardeert met <command>zypper dup</command>, dan kunnen pakketten "
+#~ "herstart worden tijdens het opwaardeerproces. Het kan gebeuren dat de "
+#~ "herstart niet succesvol is voordat u de configuratie bestanden aanpast. "
+#~ "Dit is speciaal kritiek als uw systeem rekent op services die nodig zijn "
+#~ "voor downloaden van de opwaardeerpakketten, bijv. een locale proxy "
+#~ "(squid) op de machine die u opwaardeert."
-#~ msgid "Set <literal>commit.downloadMode = DownloadInAdvance</literal> in <filename>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</filename> so that everything is downloaded first, before the packages get installed. The download transaction needs a huge amount of space on the <filename>/var</filename> partition to store all the software packages."
-#~ msgstr "Zet <literal>commit.downloadMode = DownloadInAdvance</literal> in <filename>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</filename> zodat alles eerst wordt gedownload, voordat de pakketten worden geïnstalleerd. De download transactie heeft een grote hoeveelheid ruimte op de <filename>/var</filename> partitie om alle software pakketten op te slaan."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set <literal>commit.downloadMode = DownloadInAdvance</literal> in "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</filename> so that everything is downloaded "
+#~ "first, before the packages get installed. The download transaction needs "
+#~ "a huge amount of space on the <filename>/var</filename> partition to "
+#~ "store all the software packages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Zet <literal>commit.downloadMode = DownloadInAdvance</literal> in "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</filename> zodat alles eerst wordt "
+#~ "gedownload, voordat de pakketten worden geïnstalleerd. De download "
+#~ "transactie heeft een grote hoeveelheid ruimte op de <filename>/var</"
+#~ "filename> partitie om alle software pakketten op te slaan."
#~ msgid "Obsolete Kernel When Updating From DVD Medium"
#~ msgstr "Verouderde kernel bij het opwaarderen vanaf dvd-medium"
-#~ msgid "When updating to 11.2 from the DVD medium, the kernel-pae-base (or kernel-default-base) package is not removed. If you do a distribution upgrade with \"zypper dup\" from the online repository, it works fine. The workaround to resolve this issue is: In the package manager remove the kernel-pae-base package manually before executing the update installation. Proceed as follows:"
-#~ msgstr "Bij het opwaarderen naar 11.2 vanaf het dvd-medium, wordt het pakket kernel-pae-base (of kernel-default-base) niet verwijderd. Als u een distributie-opwaardering doet met \"zypper dup\" vanaf de online installatiebron dan gaat het goed. De oplossing is om in de pakketbeheerder handmatig het pakket kernel-pae-base te verwijderen voor het uitvoeren van de opwaardering. Ga verder als volgt:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When updating to 11.2 from the DVD medium, the kernel-pae-base (or kernel-"
+#~ "default-base) package is not removed. If you do a distribution upgrade "
+#~ "with \"zypper dup\" from the online repository, it works fine. The "
+#~ "workaround to resolve this issue is: In the package manager remove the "
+#~ "kernel-pae-base package manually before executing the update "
+#~ "installation. Proceed as follows:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bij het opwaarderen naar 11.2 vanaf het dvd-medium, wordt het pakket "
+#~ "kernel-pae-base (of kernel-default-base) niet verwijderd. Als u een "
+#~ "distributie-opwaardering doet met \"zypper dup\" vanaf de online "
+#~ "installatiebron dan gaat het goed. De oplossing is om in de "
+#~ "pakketbeheerder handmatig het pakket kernel-pae-base te verwijderen voor "
+#~ "het uitvoeren van de opwaardering. Ga verder als volgt:"
-#~ msgid "In the \"Update Overview\" dialog, click \"Packages\". Go to the \"Installation Overview\" tab and select \"Show packages with status [X] Keep\". Then scroll down to the kernel-pae-base package and deactivate it."
-#~ msgstr "In de dialoog \"Opwaarderingoverzicht\", klik op \"Pakketten\". Ga naar het tabblad \"Installatieoverzicht\" en selecteer \"Toon pakketten met status [X] Behouden\". Schuif dan naar beneden tot het pakket kernel-pae-base en de-activeer het."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the \"Update Overview\" dialog, click \"Packages\". Go to the "
+#~ "\"Installation Overview\" tab and select \"Show packages with status [X] "
+#~ "Keep\". Then scroll down to the kernel-pae-base package and deactivate it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "In de dialoog \"Opwaarderingoverzicht\", klik op \"Pakketten\". Ga naar "
+#~ "het tabblad \"Installatieoverzicht\" en selecteer \"Toon pakketten met "
+#~ "status [X] Behouden\". Schuif dan naar beneden tot het pakket kernel-pae-"
+#~ "base en de-activeer het."
#~ msgid "Switching from syslog-ng to rsyslog"
#~ msgstr "Omschakelen van syslog-ng naar rsyslog"
-#~ msgid "<systemitem>rsyslog</systemitem> is now the default tool to log system messages, replacing <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem>. You can still use <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem>, if you have a setup that relies on it."
-#~ msgstr "<systemitem>rsyslog</systemitem> is nu het standaard hulpmiddel om systeemberichten te loggen, als vervanging van <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem>. U kunt nog steeds gebruik blijven maken van <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem>, als u instellingen hebt die daar afhankelijk van zijn."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<systemitem>rsyslog</systemitem> is now the default tool to log system "
+#~ "messages, replacing <systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem>. You can still use "
+#~ "<systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem>, if you have a setup that relies on it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<systemitem>rsyslog</systemitem> is nu het standaard hulpmiddel om "
+#~ "systeemberichten te loggen, als vervanging van <systemitem>syslog-ng</"
+#~ "systemitem>. U kunt nog steeds gebruik blijven maken van "
+#~ "<systemitem>syslog-ng</systemitem>, als u instellingen hebt die daar "
+#~ "afhankelijk van zijn."
#~ msgid "New Samba Password Configuration Back-End: <command>tdbsam</command>"
-#~ msgstr "Nieuwe backend voor de Samba wachtwoordconfiguratie: <command>tdbsam</command>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nieuwe backend voor de Samba wachtwoordconfiguratie: <command>tdbsam</"
+#~ "command>"
-#~ msgid "The new Samba password configuration back-end is <literal>tdbsam</literal>. Previous Samba packages shipped with openSUSE 11.1 and earlier were using <command>smbpasswd</command> as the default <literal>passdb backend</literal>. It was not explicitly set in the shipped <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> configuration file. With this openSUSE release two changes are introduced:"
-#~ msgstr "Nieuwe backend voor de Samba wachtwoordconfiguratie is <literal>tdbsam</literal>. Voorgaande Samba pakketten meegeleverd met openSUSE 11.1 en eerder gebruiikten <command>smbpasswd</command> als de syandaard <literal>passdb backend</literal>. Het was niet expliciet ingesteld in het meegeleverde <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> configuratiebestand. Met deze openSUSE uitgave worden twee wijzigingen geïntroduceerd:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The new Samba password configuration back-end is <literal>tdbsam</"
+#~ "literal>. Previous Samba packages shipped with openSUSE 11.1 and earlier "
+#~ "were using <command>smbpasswd</command> as the default <literal>passdb "
+#~ "backend</literal>. It was not explicitly set in the shipped <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> configuration file. With this openSUSE "
+#~ "release two changes are introduced:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Nieuwe backend voor de Samba wachtwoordconfiguratie is <literal>tdbsam</"
+#~ "literal>. Voorgaande Samba pakketten meegeleverd met openSUSE 11.1 en "
+#~ "eerder gebruiikten <command>smbpasswd</command> als de syandaard "
+#~ "<literal>passdb backend</literal>. Het was niet expliciet ingesteld in "
+#~ "het meegeleverde <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename> "
+#~ "configuratiebestand. Met deze openSUSE uitgave worden twee wijzigingen "
+#~ "geïntroduceerd:"
-#~ msgid "The new default inherited from source code and if not set otherwise is <command>tdbsam</command>."
-#~ msgstr "De nieuwe standaard meegekomen met de broncode en, indien niet op een andere manier ingesteld, met <command>tdbsam</command>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The new default inherited from source code and if not set otherwise is "
+#~ "<command>tdbsam</command>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De nieuwe standaard meegekomen met de broncode en, indien niet op een "
+#~ "andere manier ingesteld, met <command>tdbsam</command>."
-#~ msgid "The new default is also explicitly set in <filename>smb.conf</filename>."
-#~ msgstr "De nieuwe standaard is ook expliciet ingesteld in <filename>smb.conf</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The new default is also explicitly set in <filename>smb.conf</filename>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De nieuwe standaard is ook expliciet ingesteld in <filename>smb.conf</"
+#~ "filename>."
-#~ msgid "If you have modified <filename>smb.conf</filename> on openSUSE 11.1 or earlier, the update process will install <filename>smb.conf.rpmnew</filename> and keep your old configuration."
-#~ msgstr "Als u <filename>smb.conf</filename> in openSUSE 11.1 of eerder hebt gewijzigd, dan zal het opwaardeerproces <filename>smb.conf.rpmnew</filename> installeren en uw oude configuratie bewaren."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have modified <filename>smb.conf</filename> on openSUSE 11.1 or "
+#~ "earlier, the update process will install <filename>smb.conf.rpmnew</"
+#~ "filename> and keep your old configuration."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u <filename>smb.conf</filename> in openSUSE 11.1 of eerder hebt "
+#~ "gewijzigd, dan zal het opwaardeerproces <filename>smb.conf.rpmnew</"
+#~ "filename> installeren en uw oude configuratie bewaren."
-#~ msgid "Check in the old configuration file whether <literal>passdb backend</literal> was set. If not, there are two possibilities to get Samba running again:"
-#~ msgstr "Controleer in het oude configuratiebestand of <literal>passdb backend</literal> was ingesteld. Zo niet, dan zijn er twee mogelijkheden om Samba weer te laten draaien:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check in the old configuration file whether <literal>passdb backend</"
+#~ "literal> was set. If not, there are two possibilities to get Samba "
+#~ "running again:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Controleer in het oude configuratiebestand of <literal>passdb backend</"
+#~ "literal> was ingesteld. Zo niet, dan zijn er twee mogelijkheden om Samba "
+#~ "weer te laten draaien:"
-#~ msgid "Convert smbpasswd to tdbsam (recommended!); enter as <systemitem>root</systemitem> on the command line:"
-#~ msgstr "Converteer smbpasswd naar tdbsam (aanbevolen!); voer als <systemitem>root</systemitem> in op de commandoregel:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Convert smbpasswd to tdbsam (recommended!); enter as <systemitem>root</"
+#~ "systemitem> on the command line:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Converteer smbpasswd naar tdbsam (aanbevolen!); voer als "
+#~ "<systemitem>root</systemitem> in op de commandoregel:"
-#~ msgid "pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd -e tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb\n"
-#~ msgstr "pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd -e tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd -e tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb."
+#~ "tdb\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd -e tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb."
+#~ "tdb\n"
-#~ msgid "And ensure the global section of <filename>smb.conf</filename> has such an entry:"
-#~ msgstr "En verzeker u ervan dat de globale sectie van <filename>smb.conf</filename> zo'n item heeft:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "And ensure the global section of <filename>smb.conf</filename> has such "
+#~ "an entry:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En verzeker u ervan dat de globale sectie van <filename>smb.conf</"
+#~ "filename> zo'n item heeft:"
#~ msgid "passdb backend = tdbsam"
#~ msgstr "passdb backend = tdbsam"
@@ -1752,38 +3063,91 @@
#~ msgid "Set <literal>passdb backend = smbpasswd</literal>"
#~ msgstr "Stel <literal>passdb backend = smbpasswd</literal> in"
-#~ msgid "We strongly recommend using the new default <command>tdbsam</command>. Only keep the old back-end if you have an absolute need. In this case, consider filing a bug report as suggested at <ulink url=\"http://en.openSUSE.org/Samba\"/> in the \"Samba bug reporting and advanced debugging information\" section."
-#~ msgstr "Wij raden ten zeerste aan de nieuwe standaard <command>tdbsam</command> te gebruiken. Gebruik de oude backend alleen als daar een absolute noodzaak voor is. In dat geval, ga na of u een bugrapport zou moeten indienen zoals is gesuggereerd in <ulink url=\"http://nl.openSUSE.org/Samba\"/> in de sectie \"Samba bugrapporteren en geavanceerde debugginginformatie\"."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "We strongly recommend using the new default <command>tdbsam</command>. "
+#~ "Only keep the old back-end if you have an absolute need. In this case, "
+#~ "consider filing a bug report as suggested at <ulink url=\"http://en."
+#~ "openSUSE.org/Samba\"/> in the \"Samba bug reporting and advanced "
+#~ "debugging information\" section."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Wij raden ten zeerste aan de nieuwe standaard <command>tdbsam</command> "
+#~ "te gebruiken. Gebruik de oude backend alleen als daar een absolute "
+#~ "noodzaak voor is. In dat geval, ga na of u een bugrapport zou moeten "
+#~ "indienen zoals is gesuggereerd in <ulink url=\"http://nl.openSUSE.org/"
+#~ "Samba\"/> in de sectie \"Samba bugrapporteren en geavanceerde "
+#~ "debugginginformatie\"."
-#~ msgid "Setting <literal>passdb backend = smbpasswd</literal> allows you to stay with the old configuration."
-#~ msgstr "Instellen van <literal>passdb backend = smbpasswd</literal> maakt het u mogelijk om bij de oude configuratie te blijven."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Setting <literal>passdb backend = smbpasswd</literal> allows you to stay "
+#~ "with the old configuration."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Instellen van <literal>passdb backend = smbpasswd</literal> maakt het u "
+#~ "mogelijk om bij de oude configuratie te blijven."
-#~ msgid "Keep in mind, the old tool provides a smaller feature set than the new default password configuration back-end <command>tdbsam</command>."
-#~ msgstr "Bedenk dat het oude hulpmiddel een kleinere set functies leverde dan de nieuwe standaard wachtwoordconfiguratie-backend <command>tdbsam</command>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Keep in mind, the old tool provides a smaller feature set than the new "
+#~ "default password configuration back-end <command>tdbsam</command>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bedenk dat het oude hulpmiddel een kleinere set functies leverde dan de "
+#~ "nieuwe standaard wachtwoordconfiguratie-backend <command>tdbsam</command>."
#~ msgid "MySQL 5.1"
#~ msgstr "MySQL 5.1"
-#~ msgid "MySQL version 5.1 is available. Some changes are not backward compatible. The most important are:"
-#~ msgstr "MySQL versie 5.1 is beschikbaar. Sommige wijzigingen zijn niet achterwaards compatibel. De meest belangrijke zijn:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "MySQL version 5.1 is available. Some changes are not backward compatible. "
+#~ "The most important are:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "MySQL versie 5.1 is beschikbaar. Sommige wijzigingen zijn niet "
+#~ "achterwaards compatibel. De meest belangrijke zijn:"
#~ msgid "The MySQL socket is moved to <filename>/var/run/mysql</filename>."
-#~ msgstr "De MySQL-socket is verplaatst naar <filename>/var/run/mysql</filename>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De MySQL-socket is verplaatst naar <filename>/var/run/mysql</filename>."
#~ msgid "The Berkeley DB storage engine is no longer available."
#~ msgstr "De Berkeley DB opslag-engine is niet langer beschikbaar."
-#~ msgid "Some storage engines are now shipped as modules. You must remove the <literal>skip-federated</literal> option in <filename>/etc/my.cnf</filename>, if you upgrade from a previous openSUSE version."
-#~ msgstr "Sommige opslag-engines worden nu geleverd als modules. U moet de optie <literal>skip-federated</literal> verwijderen in <filename>/etc/my.cnf</filename>, als u opwaardeert van een vorige openSUSE versie."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some storage engines are now shipped as modules. You must remove the "
+#~ "<literal>skip-federated</literal> option in <filename>/etc/my.cnf</"
+#~ "filename>, if you upgrade from a previous openSUSE version."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sommige opslag-engines worden nu geleverd als modules. U moet de optie "
+#~ "<literal>skip-federated</literal> verwijderen in <filename>/etc/my.cnf</"
+#~ "filename>, als u opwaardeert van een vorige openSUSE versie."
-#~ msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/MySQL-5.1\"/> and <filename>README.SuSE</filename> shipped with the MySQL package."
-#~ msgstr "Voor meer informatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/MySQL-5.1\"/> en <filename>README.SuSE</filename> die met het MySQL pakket meekomt."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/MySQL-5.1\"/"
+#~ "> and <filename>README.SuSE</filename> shipped with the MySQL package."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voor meer informatie, zie <ulink url=\"http://nl.opensuse.org/MySQL-5.1\"/"
+#~ "> en <filename>README.SuSE</filename> die met het MySQL pakket meekomt."
#~ msgid "Serial Devices Belonging to 'dialout' Group"
#~ msgstr "Seriële apparaten die behoren tot de 'dialout'-groep"
-#~ msgid "<command>udev</command> silently changed the group of serial devices from '<systemitem>uucp</systemitem>' to '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>'. Users created on releases prior to openSUSE 11.2 were member of the '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>' group by default. After upgrading to 11.2 these users can directly access e.g., modems to issue dial commands. Administrators must review the '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>' group by checking <filename>/etc/group</filename>. To remove a user from this group use the following command (replace <systemitem>$USER</systemitem> with the actual user name):"
-#~ msgstr "<command>udev</command> de groep van seriële apparaten is stilletjes gewijzigd van '<systemitem>uucp</systemitem>' naar '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>'. Gebruikers die zijn aangemaakt in versies vóór openSUSE 11.2 zijn standaard lid van de '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>' groep. Na opwaardering tot 11.2 hebben deze gebruikers direct toegang tot bijv. modems om modemcommando's te kunnen geven. Systeembeheerders moeten de '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>'-groep bekijken door het controleren van het bestand <filename>/etc/group</filename>. Om een gebruiker te verwijderen uit deze groep kunt u het volgende commando gebruiken (vervang <systemitem>$USER</systemitem> door de actuele gebruikersnaam):"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<command>udev</command> silently changed the group of serial devices from "
+#~ "'<systemitem>uucp</systemitem>' to '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>'. "
+#~ "Users created on releases prior to openSUSE 11.2 were member of the "
+#~ "'<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>' group by default. After upgrading to "
+#~ "11.2 these users can directly access e.g., modems to issue dial commands. "
+#~ "Administrators must review the '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>' group "
+#~ "by checking <filename>/etc/group</filename>. To remove a user from this "
+#~ "group use the following command (replace <systemitem>$USER</systemitem> "
+#~ "with the actual user name):"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<command>udev</command> de groep van seriële apparaten is stilletjes "
+#~ "gewijzigd van '<systemitem>uucp</systemitem>' naar '<systemitem>dialout</"
+#~ "systemitem>'. Gebruikers die zijn aangemaakt in versies vóór openSUSE "
+#~ "11.2 zijn standaard lid van de '<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>' groep. "
+#~ "Na opwaardering tot 11.2 hebben deze gebruikers direct toegang tot bijv. "
+#~ "modems om modemcommando's te kunnen geven. Systeembeheerders moeten de "
+#~ "'<systemitem>dialout</systemitem>'-groep bekijken door het controleren "
+#~ "van het bestand <filename>/etc/group</filename>. Om een gebruiker te "
+#~ "verwijderen uit deze groep kunt u het volgende commando gebruiken "
+#~ "(vervang <systemitem>$USER</systemitem> door de actuele gebruikersnaam):"
#~ msgid "groupmod -R $USER dialout\n"
#~ msgstr "groupmod -R $USER dialout\n"
@@ -1791,20 +3155,51 @@
#~ msgid "New Default Mount Option: relatime"
#~ msgstr "Nieuwe standaard aankoppeloptie: relatime"
-#~ msgid "The kernel by default mounts file systems now with the <literal>relatime</literal> option and thus updates inode access times relative to modify or change time. This is especially advantageous on desktop system."
-#~ msgstr "De kernel koppelt bestandssystemen nu standaard aan met de <literal>relatime</literal> optie en werkt de inode toegangstijden bij relatief tot de modificatie- of wijzigingstijd. Dit heeft speciaal voordeel op een bureaubladsysteem."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The kernel by default mounts file systems now with the <literal>relatime</"
+#~ "literal> option and thus updates inode access times relative to modify or "
+#~ "change time. This is especially advantageous on desktop system."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De kernel koppelt bestandssystemen nu standaard aan met de "
+#~ "<literal>relatime</literal> optie en werkt de inode toegangstijden bij "
+#~ "relatief tot de modificatie- of wijzigingstijd. Dit heeft speciaal "
+#~ "voordeel op een bureaubladsysteem."
-#~ msgid "If you want to keep the old behavior, set the <literal>strictatime</literal> option with the YaST partitioner or directly in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#~ msgstr "Als u het voorgaande gedrag terug wilt, dan stelt u de <literal>strictatime</literal> optie in met het YaST partitioneringsprogramma of direct in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to keep the old behavior, set the <literal>strictatime</"
+#~ "literal> option with the YaST partitioner or directly in <filename>/etc/"
+#~ "fstab</filename>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u het voorgaande gedrag terug wilt, dan stelt u de "
+#~ "<literal>strictatime</literal> optie in met het YaST "
+#~ "partitioneringsprogramma of direct in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
#~ msgid "X.Org Keycode Changes Affects xmodmap Usage"
#~ msgstr "X.Org toetsencode wijzigingen beïnvloeden het gebruik van xmodmap"
-#~ msgid "Some X.Org keycodes have changed. Adjust your <filename>~/.Xmodmap</filename>, if needed. Use <command>xev</command> to find out the new keycodes."
-#~ msgstr "Sommige X.Org toetscodes zijn gewijzigd. Pas uw <filename>~/.Xmodmap</filename>, zonodig aan. Gebruik <command>xev</command> om de nieuwe toetscodes op te zoeken."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some X.Org keycodes have changed. Adjust your <filename>~/.Xmodmap</"
+#~ "filename>, if needed. Use <command>xev</command> to find out the new "
+#~ "keycodes."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sommige X.Org toetscodes zijn gewijzigd. Pas uw <filename>~/.Xmodmap</"
+#~ "filename>, zonodig aan. Gebruik <command>xev</command> om de nieuwe "
+#~ "toetscodes op te zoeken."
#~ msgid "VMware Server v2"
#~ msgstr "VMware Server v2"
-#~ msgid "VMware Server v2 up through at least 2.0.2 build 203138 released 2009-10-27 only supports Linux kernels up to 2.6.27 and <command>vmware-config.pl</command> fails on kernel 2.6.31 used by openSuSE 11.2. For additional information, see <ulink url=\"http://www.vmware.com/support/pubs/server_pubs.html\"/> and <ulink url=\"http://communities.vmware.com/message/1327112#1327112\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "VMware Server v2 vanaf ten minste 2.0.2 build 203138 vrijgegeven op 2009-10-27 ondersteunt Linux-kernels tot 2.6.27 en <command>vmware-config.pl</command> mislukt met kernel 2.6.31 die door openSuSE 11.2 wordt gebruikt. Voor meer informatie, kijk op <ulink url=\"http://www.vmware.com/support/pubs/server_pubs.html\"/> en <ulink url=\"http://communities.vmware.com/message/1327112#1327112\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "VMware Server v2 up through at least 2.0.2 build 203138 released "
+#~ "2009-10-27 only supports Linux kernels up to 2.6.27 and <command>vmware-"
+#~ "config.pl</command> fails on kernel 2.6.31 used by openSuSE 11.2. For "
+#~ "additional information, see <ulink url=\"http://www.vmware.com/support/"
+#~ "pubs/server_pubs.html\"/> and <ulink url=\"http://communities.vmware.com/"
+#~ "message/1327112#1327112\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "VMware Server v2 vanaf ten minste 2.0.2 build 203138 vrijgegeven op "
+#~ "2009-10-27 ondersteunt Linux-kernels tot 2.6.27 en <command>vmware-config."
+#~ "pl</command> mislukt met kernel 2.6.31 die door openSuSE 11.2 wordt "
+#~ "gebruikt. Voor meer informatie, kijk op <ulink url=\"http://www.vmware."
+#~ "com/support/pubs/server_pubs.html\"/> en <ulink url=\"http://communities."
+#~ "vmware.com/message/1327112#1327112\"/>."
Modified: trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypp.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypp.nl.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
+++ trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypp.nl.po 2014-12-17 22:35:41 UTC (rev 90893)
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypp.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:45+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 10:20+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:57+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 23:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural= n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1144
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1145
msgid ""
"\n"
"uninstallable providers: "
@@ -59,37 +59,37 @@
msgid "%s already executed as %s)"
msgstr "%s is al uitgevoerd als %s)"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1086
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1087
#, c-format
msgid "%s conflicts with %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%s is in conflict met %s die geleverd is door %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1039
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1040
#, c-format
msgid "%s does not belong to a distupgrade repository"
msgstr "%s behoort niet tot een installatiebron voor distributieopwaardering"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1043
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "%s has inferior architecture"
msgstr "%s heeft een slechtere architectuur"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1071
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1072
#, c-format
msgid "%s is not installable"
msgstr "%s is niet geïnstalleerd"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1067
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1068
#, c-format
msgid "%s is provided by the system and cannot be erased"
msgstr "%s wordt door het systeem geleverd en kan niet gewist worden"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1091
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1092
#, c-format
msgid "%s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "%s maakt %s verouderd en is geleverd door %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1132
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1133
#, c-format
msgid "%s requires %s, but this requirement cannot be provided"
msgstr "%s vereist %s, Maar aan deze eis kan niet voldaan worden"
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
msgid "Adangme"
msgstr "Adangme"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1451
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1501
#, c-format
msgid "Adding repository '%s'"
msgstr "Bron '%s' toevoegen"
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#. report additional rpm output in finish
#. TranslatorExplanation Text is followed by a ':' and the actual output.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1977 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2124
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1978 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2125
msgid "Additional rpm output"
msgstr "Aanvullende rpm-uitvoer"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
msgstr "Austronesisch (Overige)"
#. !\todo add comma to the message for the next release
-#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1690
+#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1678
#, c-format
msgid "Authentication required for '%s'"
msgstr "Authenticatie vereist voor '%s'"
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
msgid "Buginese"
msgstr "Buginees"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1152
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1202
#, c-format
msgid "Building repository '%s' cache"
msgstr "Cache van bron '%s' bouwen"
@@ -684,56 +684,56 @@
msgid "Can't acquire the mutex lock"
msgstr "Kan mutex-vergrendeling niet verkrijgen"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:344
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:361
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Kan geen chdir doen naar '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:343
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:360
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' inside chroot '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Kan geen chdir naar '%s' doen binnen chroot '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:333
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:350
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chroot to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Kan geen chroot doen naar '%s' (%s)."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1009 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1116 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1058 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1216
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create %s"
msgstr "Kan %s niet aanmaken"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1172
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1222
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create cache at %s - no writing permissions."
msgstr "Kan cache in %s niet aanmaken - geen toegangsrechten."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1017
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1066
msgid "Can't create metadata cache directory."
msgstr "Kan map voor metadata-cache niet aanmaken."
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1628 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1817
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1678 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1867
#, c-format
msgid "Can't delete '%s'"
msgstr "Kan '%s' niet verwijderen"
#. don't want to get here
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:356
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:373
#, c-format
msgid "Can't exec '%s' (%s)."
msgstr "Kan '%s' niet uitvoeren (%s)."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1616 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1692
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1666 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1742
msgid "Can't figure out where the repo is stored."
msgstr "Kan er niet achter komen waar de installatiebron is opgeslagen."
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1805 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2173
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1855 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2223
msgid "Can't figure out where the service is stored."
msgstr "Kan er niet achter komen waar de service is opgeslagen."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:364
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:381
#, c-format
msgid "Can't fork (%s)."
msgstr "Kan geen fork doen (%s)."
@@ -747,8 +747,8 @@
msgstr "Kan recursieve mutex niet initialiseren"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:602 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1490 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1572
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1646 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1711 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1829
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:651 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1540 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1622
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1761 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1879
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open file '%s' for writing."
msgstr "Kan bestand '%s' niet openen voor schrijven."
@@ -758,12 +758,12 @@
msgid "Can't open lock file: %s"
msgstr "Kan het blokkeringsbestand niet openen: %s"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:259
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:269
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pipe (%s)."
msgstr "Kan pipe (%s) niet openen."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:248
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:258
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pty (%s)."
msgstr "Kon pty (%s) niet openen."
@@ -802,11 +802,11 @@
"Kan geen beschikbaar loop-apparaat vinden om het image-bestand van '%s'op te "
"koppelen"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:226
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
msgid "Cannot read repo directory '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "Kan map '%1%' van installatiebron niet lezen: Toegang geweigerd"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:244
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:245
msgid "Cannot read repo file '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr "Kan installatiebronbestand '%1%' niet lezen: Toegang geweigerd"
@@ -977,16 +977,16 @@
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr "Colombia"
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:490
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:507
#, c-format
msgid "Command exited with status %d."
msgstr "Commando beëindigd met status %d."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:515
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:532
msgid "Command exited with unknown error."
msgstr "Commando beëindigd met onbekende fout."
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:510
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:527
#, c-format
msgid "Command was killed by signal %d (%s)."
msgstr "Commando is gestopt door signaal %d (%s)."
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@
#. on ftp file-not-found(bnc #335906). Instead we'll check another types
#. before throwing.
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1276 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2239
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1326 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2289
#, c-format
msgid "Error trying to read from '%s'"
msgstr "Fout bij lezen van '%s'"
@@ -1369,12 +1369,12 @@
msgid "Ewondo"
msgstr "Ewondo"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1236
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to cache repo (%d)."
msgstr "Kan installatiebron (%d) niet opslaan in de cache."
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:555
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:571
msgid "Failed to delete key."
msgstr "Verwijderen van sleutel is mislukt."
@@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@
msgstr "Leveren van pakket %s is mislukt. Wilt u het ophalen opnieuw proberen?"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a pathname
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:234 zypp/RepoManager.cc:647 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1363
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:235 zypp/RepoManager.cc:696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1413
#: zypp/repo/PluginServices.cc:49
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to read directory '%s'"
@@ -1900,8 +1900,8 @@
msgid "Hausa"
msgstr "Hausa"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1058
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1062
msgid "Have you enabled all requested repositories?"
msgstr "Hebt u alle vereiste installatiebronnen ingeschakeld?"
@@ -2104,7 +2104,7 @@
msgid "Invalid LDAP URL query string"
msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP-URL-queryreeks"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:826
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:830
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid Url scheme '%s'"
msgstr "Ongeldig URL-schema '%s'"
@@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@
msgid "Invalid empty Url object reference"
msgstr "Ongeldige lege URL-objectverwijzing"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1045
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid host component '%s'"
msgstr "Ongeldige hostcomponent '%s'"
@@ -2130,7 +2130,7 @@
msgid "Invalid parameter map split separator character"
msgstr "Ongeldig scheidingsteken voor splitsen parametertoewijzing"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1077
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid port component '%s'"
msgstr "Ongeldige poortcomponent '%s'"
@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@
msgstr "Ongeldige reguliere expressie '%s': regcomp returned %d"
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1558
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1608
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid repo file name at '%s'"
msgstr "Ongeldige naam van installatiebronbestand bij '%s'"
@@ -3349,7 +3349,7 @@
msgid "Pitcairn"
msgstr "Pitcairn"
-#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:207
+#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:239
msgid "Please install package 'lsof' first."
msgstr "Eerst pakket 'lsof' installeren."
@@ -3448,14 +3448,14 @@
msgid "Quechua"
msgstr "Quechua"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:782 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1227
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:786 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1231
msgid "Query string parsing not supported for this URL"
msgstr "Parseren van queryreeks wordt niet ondersteund voor deze URL"
#. TranslatorExplanation after semicolon is error message
#. TranslatorExplanation the colon is followed by an error message
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1963
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2110
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1964
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2111
msgid "RPM failed: "
msgstr "RPM is mislukt: "
@@ -3483,16 +3483,16 @@
msgid "Recommends"
msgstr "Adviseert"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1115 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1129
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1119 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1133
msgid "Relative path not allowed if authority exists"
msgstr "Relatief pad is niet toegestaan als authority bestaat"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1597
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1647
#, c-format
msgid "Removing repository '%s'"
msgstr "Bron '%s' verwijderen"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:267
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:268
msgid "Repository alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr ""
"De alias van van een installatiebron mag niet met een punt (.) beginnen."
@@ -3684,7 +3684,7 @@
msgid "Serer"
msgstr "Serer"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:278
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:279
msgid "Service alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr "De alias van een service mag niet beginnen met een punt (.)."
@@ -3732,7 +3732,7 @@
msgid "Sign Languages"
msgstr "Gebarentalen"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:565
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:581
#, c-format
msgid "Signature file %s not found"
msgstr "Ondertekeningsbestand %s niet gevonden"
@@ -4075,8 +4075,8 @@
msgid "This action is being run by another program already."
msgstr "Deze actie is al bezig vanuit een ander programma."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1279
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1300
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
msgid "This request will break your system!"
msgstr "Dit verzoek zal uw systeem breken!"
@@ -4146,7 +4146,7 @@
msgid "Tonga (Tonga Islands)"
msgstr "Tonga (Tonga-eilanden)"
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:512
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:528
#, c-format
msgid "Tried to import not existent key %s into keyring %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4290,7 +4290,7 @@
msgid "Undetermined"
msgstr "Onbepaald"
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1246
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1296
msgid "Unhandled repository type"
msgstr "Niet behandeld installatiebrontype"
@@ -4319,7 +4319,7 @@
msgstr "Onbekend land: "
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1329 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2247
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1379 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2297
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown error reading from '%s'"
msgstr "Onbekend fout bij lezen van '%s'"
@@ -4341,7 +4341,7 @@
#. translators: Cleanup a repository previously owned by a meanwhile unknown (deleted) service.
#. %1% = service name
#. %2% = repository name
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:729
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:778
msgid "Unknown service '%1%': Removing orphaned service repository '%2%'"
msgstr ""
"Onbekende service '%1%': Verweesde installatiebronservice '%2%' aan het "
@@ -4376,31 +4376,31 @@
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a %s"
msgstr "%s is niet toegestaan in URL-schema "
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1018
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1022
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a host component"
msgstr "Hostcomponent is niet toegestaan in URL-schema "
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:979
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:983
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a password"
msgstr "Wachtwoord is niet toegestaan in URL-schema "
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1066
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1070
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a port"
msgstr "Poort is niet toegestaan in URL-schema "
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:945
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:949
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a username"
msgstr "Gebruikersnaam is niet toegestaan in URL-schema "
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:820
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:824
msgid "Url scheme is a required component"
msgstr "URL-schema is een vereist component"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1008
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1012
msgid "Url scheme requires a host component"
msgstr "URL-schema vereist hostcomponent"
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1094
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1098
msgid "Url scheme requires path name"
msgstr "URL-schema vereist padnaam"
@@ -4455,7 +4455,7 @@
msgid "Virgin Islands, U.S."
msgstr "Maagdeneilanden, VS"
-#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1004
+#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:992
msgid ""
"Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid "
"and has not expired."
@@ -4606,7 +4606,7 @@
msgid "applydeltarpm failed."
msgstr "applydeltarpm mislukt."
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1387
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1388
#, c-format
msgid "architecture change of %s to %s"
msgstr "architectuurverandering van %s naar %s"
@@ -4617,62 +4617,52 @@
msgid "break %s by ignoring some of its dependencies"
msgstr "breek %s door enige van zijn afhankelijkheden te negeren"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1081
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1082
#, c-format
msgid "cannot install both %s and %s"
msgstr "kan %s en %s niet beide installeren"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1050
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1051
msgid "conflicting requests"
msgstr "conflicterende verzoeken"
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2266
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2267
#, c-format
msgid "created backup %s"
msgstr "reservekopie %s aangemaakt"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1416
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1417
#, c-format
msgid "deinstallation of %s"
msgstr "deïnstallatie van %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1134
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
msgid "deleted providers: "
msgstr "verwijderde leveranciers: "
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1307
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1308
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to delete all solvables providing %s"
msgstr "vraag niet om alle oplossingspakketten die %s leveren te verwijderen"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1285
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
msgstr "vraag niet om een oplossingspakket die %s levert te installeren"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1228
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1209
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1245
#, c-format
-msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
-msgstr "verbied de installatie van %s niet"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1208
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1244
-#, c-format
msgid "do not install %s"
msgstr "%s niet installeren"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1320
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid "do not install most recent version of %s"
msgstr "installeer de meest recente versie van %s niet"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1203
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1381
#, c-format
-msgid "do not keep %s installed"
-msgstr "houd %s niet geïnstalleerd"
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1380
-#, c-format
msgid "downgrade of %s to %s"
msgstr "waardeer %s af tot %s"
@@ -4680,12 +4670,12 @@
msgid "generally ignore of some dependecies"
msgstr "negeer normaliter enige afhankelijkheden"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1281
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1302
msgid "ignore the warning of a broken system"
msgstr "sla geen acht op de waarschuwing voor een gebroken systeem"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1396
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1397
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install %s (with vendor change)\n"
@@ -4694,17 +4684,17 @@
"installeer %s (met wijziging van leverancier)\n"
" %s --> %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1346
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1347
#, c-format
msgid "install %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "%s installeren alhoewel het de architectuur verslechterd"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1360
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid "install %s from excluded repository"
msgstr "%s installeren uit een uitgesloten installatiebron"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1096
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1097
#, c-format
msgid "installed %s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr "geïnstalleerd %s maakt %s verouderd en is geleverd door %s"
@@ -4713,18 +4703,18 @@
msgid "invalid"
msgstr "ongeldig"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1223
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1265
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1224
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1266
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s"
msgstr "%s behouden"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1341
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1342
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr "%s behouden alhoewel een slechtere architectuur heeft"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1355
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1356
#, c-format
msgid "keep obsolete %s"
msgstr "verouderde %s handhaven"
@@ -4737,33 +4727,44 @@
msgid "libhal_set_dbus_connection: Can't set dbus connection"
msgstr "libhal_set_dbus_connection: Kan dbus-verbinding niet instellen"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1076
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1077
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides %s needed by %s"
msgstr "niets levert %s nodig voor %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1056
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides requested %s"
msgstr "Niets levert het gevraagde %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1060
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
#, c-format
msgid "package %s does not exist"
msgstr "pakket %s bestaat niet"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1047
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1048
#, c-format
msgid "problem with installed package %s"
msgstr "probleem met geïnstalleerd pakket %s"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1405
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1229
#, c-format
+#| msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
+msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
+msgstr "verwijder de vergrendeling om de installatie van %s toe te staan"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1204
+#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
+msgstr "verwijder de vergrendeling om de verwijdering van %s toe te staan"
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1406
+#, c-format
msgid "replacement of %s with %s"
msgstr "vervanging van %s door %s"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1949
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1950
#, c-format
msgid "rpm created %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
@@ -4771,7 +4772,7 @@
"achterhalen"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1951
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1952
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm created %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4781,7 +4782,7 @@
"Dit zijn de eerste 25 regels die verschillen:\n"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1944
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1945
#, c-format
msgid "rpm saved %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
@@ -4789,7 +4790,7 @@
"achterhalen"
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1946
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1947
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm saved %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4798,16 +4799,16 @@
"rpm sloeg %s op als %s.\n"
"Dit zijn de eerste 25 regels die verschillend zijn:\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1100
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "solvable %s conflicts with %s provided by itself"
msgstr "oplosser %s is in conflict met %s die geleverd is door zichzelf"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1053
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1054
msgid "some dependency problem"
msgstr "enige afhankelijkheidsproblemen"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1146
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1147
msgid "uninstallable providers: "
msgstr "niet-installeerbare aanbieders: "
@@ -4819,10 +4820,13 @@
msgid "unsupported"
msgstr "niet ondersteund"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1064
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1065
msgid "unsupported request"
msgstr "niet ondersteund verzoek"
+#~ msgid "do not keep %s installed"
+#~ msgstr "houd %s niet geïnstalleerd"
+
#~ msgid "Cannot create public key %s from %s keyring to file %s"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Kan geen publieke sleutel %s uit %s sleutelring aanmaken naar bestand %s"
Modified: trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
+++ trunk/lcn/nl/po/zypper.nl.po 2014-12-17 22:35:41 UTC (rev 90893)
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypper.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-13 10:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:58+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 23:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -81,16 +81,16 @@
#. is base
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nee"
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@
#. translators: name (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073
-#: src/repos.cc:2490 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
+#: src/repos.cc:2488 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
#: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678
#: src/locks.cc:40
msgid "Name"
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
#. translators: type (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:977 src/repos.cc:1083
-#: src/repos.cc:2498 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
+#: src/repos.cc:2496 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
@@ -477,189 +477,189 @@
msgid "Adding conflict: '%s'."
msgstr "Conflict toevoegen: '%s'."
-#: src/Summary.cc:505
+#: src/Summary.cc:509
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende NIEUWE pakket zal worden geïnstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d NIEUWE pakketten zullen worden geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:510
+#: src/Summary.cc:514
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende NIEUWE patch zal worden geïnstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d NIEUWE patches zullen worden geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:515
+#: src/Summary.cc:519
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende NIEUWE patroon zal worden geïnstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d NIEUWE patronen zullen worden geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:520
+#: src/Summary.cc:524
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende NIEUWE product zal worden geïnstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d NIEUWE producten zullen worden geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:525
+#: src/Summary.cc:529
#, c-format
msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende broncodepakket zal worden geïnstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d broncodepakketten zullen worden geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:530
+#: src/Summary.cc:534
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende toepassing zal opnieuw worden geïnstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d toepassingen zullen opnieuw worden geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:551
+#: src/Summary.cc:555
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende pakket zal worden VERWIJDERD:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d producten zullen worden VERWIJDERD:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:556
+#: src/Summary.cc:560
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende patch zal worden VERWIJDERD:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patches zullen worden VERWIJDERD:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:561
+#: src/Summary.cc:565
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende patroon zal worden VERWIJDERD:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patronen zullen worden VERWIJDERD:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:566
+#: src/Summary.cc:570
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende product zal worden VERWIJDERD:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d producten zullen worden VERWIJDERD:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:571
+#: src/Summary.cc:575
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende toepassing zal worden VERWIJDERD:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d toepassingen zullen worden VERWIJDERD:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:591
+#: src/Summary.cc:595
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende pakket zal worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d pakketten zullen worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:596
+#: src/Summary.cc:600
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende patch zal worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patches zullen worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:601
+#: src/Summary.cc:605
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende patroon zal worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patronen zullen worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:606
+#: src/Summary.cc:610
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende product zal worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d producten zullen worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:611
+#: src/Summary.cc:615
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende toepassing zal opnieuw worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d toepassingen zullen worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:630
+#: src/Summary.cc:634
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende pakket zal neerwaarts worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d pakketten zullen neerwaarts worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:635
+#: src/Summary.cc:639
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende patch zal neerwaarts worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patches zullen neerwaarts worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:640
+#: src/Summary.cc:644
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende patroon zal neerwaarts worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patronen zullen neerwaarts worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:645
+#: src/Summary.cc:649
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende product zal neerwaarts worden opgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d producten zullen neerwaarts worden opgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:650
+#: src/Summary.cc:654
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende toepassing zal worden afgewaardeerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patronen zullen worden afgewaardeerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:669
+#: src/Summary.cc:673
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende pakket zal worden geherinstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d pakketten zullen worden geherinstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:674
+#: src/Summary.cc:678
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende patch zal worden geherinstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patches zullen worden geherinstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:679
+#: src/Summary.cc:683
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende patroon zal worden geherinstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patronen zullen worden geherinstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:684
+#: src/Summary.cc:688
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende product zal worden geherinstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d producten zullen worden geherinstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:696
+#: src/Summary.cc:700
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende toepassing zal opnieuw worden geïnstalleerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d toepassingen zullen opnieuw worden geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:838
+#: src/Summary.cc:842
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@
msgstr[0] "Het volgende aanbevolen pakket was automatisch geselecteerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d aanbevolen pakketten zijn automatisch geselecteerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:843
+#: src/Summary.cc:847
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
msgstr[0] "De volgende aanbevolen patch is automatisch geselecteerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d aanbevolen patches zijn automatisch geselecteerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:848
+#: src/Summary.cc:852
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@
msgstr[0] "Het volgende aanbevolen patroon is automatisch geselecteerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d aanbevolen patronen zijn automatisch geselecteerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:853
+#: src/Summary.cc:857
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@
msgstr[0] "Het volgende aanbevolen product is automatisch geselecteerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d aanbevolen producten zijn automatisch geselecteerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:858
+#: src/Summary.cc:862
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@
msgstr[0] "Het volgende aanbevolen pakket was automatisch geselecteerd:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d aanbevolen pakketten zijn automatisch geselecteerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:863
+#: src/Summary.cc:867
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"De volgende %d aanbevolen toepassingen zijn automatisch geselecteerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:907
+#: src/Summary.cc:911
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only "
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@
"De volgende %d pakketten zijn aanbevolen, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd (alleen vereiste pakketten zullen geïnstalleerd worden):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:918
+#: src/Summary.cc:923
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's "
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@
"De volgende %d pakketten zijn aanbevolen, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd omdat ze ongewenste waren (zijn eerder verwijderd):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:927
+#: src/Summary.cc:933
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to "
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@
"De volgende %d pakketten zijn aanbevolen, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd vanwege conflicten of problemen met afhankelijkheden:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:939
+#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@
"De volgende %d patches zijn aanbevolen, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:943
+#: src/Summary.cc:950
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@
"De volgende %d patronen zijn aanbevolen, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:947
+#: src/Summary.cc:954
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
"De volgende %d producten zijn aanbevolen, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:951
+#: src/Summary.cc:958
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@
"De volgende %d toepassingen zijn aanbevolen, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:990
+#: src/Summary.cc:998
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@
"De volgende %d pakketten zijn gesuggereerd, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:995
+#: src/Summary.cc:1003
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@
"De volgende %d patches worden gesuggereerd, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1000
+#: src/Summary.cc:1008
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@
"De volgende %d patronen worden gesuggereerd, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1005
+#: src/Summary.cc:1013
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@
"De volgende %d producten worden gesuggereerd, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1010
+#: src/Summary.cc:1018
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -853,84 +853,84 @@
"De volgende %d toepassingen worden gesuggereerd, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1031
+#: src/Summary.cc:1039
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende pakket zal de architectuur wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d pakketten zullen de architectuur wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1036
+#: src/Summary.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende patch zal de architectuur wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patches zullen de architectuur wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1041
+#: src/Summary.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende patroon zal de architectuur wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patronen zullen de architectuur wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1046
+#: src/Summary.cc:1054
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende product zal de architectuur wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d producten zullen de architectuur wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1051
+#: src/Summary.cc:1059
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende toepassing zal de architectuur wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d toepassingen zullen de architectuur wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1073
+#: src/Summary.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende pakket zal de leverancier wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d pakketten zullen de leverancier wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1078
+#: src/Summary.cc:1086
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende patch zal de leverancier wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patches zullen de leverancier wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1083
+#: src/Summary.cc:1091
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende patroon zal de leverancier wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d patronen zullen de leverancier wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1088
+#: src/Summary.cc:1096
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende product zal de leverancier wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d producten zullen de leverancier wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1093
+#: src/Summary.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "De volgende toepassing zal de leverancier wijzigen:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d toepassingen zullen de leverancier wijzigen:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1114
+#: src/Summary.cc:1122
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Het volgende pakket wordt niet ondersteund door de verkoper:"
msgstr[1] "De volgende %d pakketten worden niet ondersteund door de verkoper:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1134
+#: src/Summary.cc:1142
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@
"De volgende %d pakketten hebben een aanvullend gebruikerscontract nodig voor "
"het verkrijgen van ondersteuning:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1152
+#: src/Summary.cc:1160
#, c-format
msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
"De volgende %d pakketten zijn gesuggereerd, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1157
+#: src/Summary.cc:1165
#, c-format
msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@
"De volgende %d producten worden gesuggereerd, maar zullen niet worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1162
+#: src/Summary.cc:1170
#, c-format
msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -976,130 +976,130 @@
"De volgende %d items voor bijwerken van een toepassing zullen NIET worden "
"geïnstalleerd:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1182
+#: src/Summary.cc:1190
msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2% "
msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: %1%. Reeds in de cache: %2% "
-#: src/Summary.cc:1185
+#: src/Summary.cc:1193
msgid "Download only."
msgstr "Alleen downloaden."
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1191
+#: src/Summary.cc:1199
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used."
msgstr "Na de operatie zal aanvullend %s worden gebruikt."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1194
+#: src/Summary.cc:1202
msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation."
msgstr "Na de operatie zal er geen extra ruimte in gebruik zijn of vrij komen."
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1201
+#: src/Summary.cc:1209
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed."
msgstr "Na de operatie zal %s worden vrijgemaakt."
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1224
+#: src/Summary.cc:1232
msgid "package to upgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to upgrade"
msgstr[0] "op te waarderen pakket"
msgstr[1] "op te waarderen pakketten"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1235
+#: src/Summary.cc:1243
msgid "to downgrade"
msgid_plural "to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "af te waarderen"
msgstr[1] "af te waarderen"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1238
+#: src/Summary.cc:1246
msgid "package to downgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "af te waarderen pakket"
msgstr[1] "af te waarderen pakketten"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1249
+#: src/Summary.cc:1257
msgid "new"
msgid_plural "new"
msgstr[0] "nieuwe"
msgstr[1] "nieuwe"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1252
+#: src/Summary.cc:1260
msgid "new package to install"
msgid_plural "new packages to install"
msgstr[0] "nieuw te installeren pakket"
msgstr[1] "nieuw te installeren pakketten"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1263
+#: src/Summary.cc:1271
msgid "to reinstall"
msgid_plural "to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "opnieuw te installeren"
msgstr[1] "opnieuw te installeren"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1266
+#: src/Summary.cc:1274
msgid "package to reinstall"
msgid_plural "packages to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "opnieuw te installeren pakket"
msgstr[1] "opnieuw te installeren pakketten"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1277
+#: src/Summary.cc:1285
msgid "to remove"
msgid_plural "to remove"
msgstr[0] "te verwijderen"
msgstr[1] "te verwijderen"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1280
+#: src/Summary.cc:1288
msgid "package to remove"
msgid_plural "packages to remove"
msgstr[0] "te verwijderen pakket"
msgstr[1] "te verwijderen pakketten"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1291
+#: src/Summary.cc:1299
msgid "to change vendor"
msgid_plural " to change vendor"
msgstr[0] "te wijzigen van leverancier"
msgstr[1] "te wijzigen van leverancier"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1294
+#: src/Summary.cc:1302
msgid "package will change vendor"
msgid_plural "packages will change vendor"
msgstr[0] "pakket zal van leverancier wijzigen"
msgstr[1] "pakketten zullen van leverancier wijzigen"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1305
+#: src/Summary.cc:1313
msgid "to change arch"
msgid_plural "to change arch"
msgstr[0] "te wijzigen van architectuur"
msgstr[1] "te wijzigen van architectuur"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1308
+#: src/Summary.cc:1316
msgid "package will change arch"
msgid_plural "packages will change arch"
msgstr[0] "pakket zal van architectuur wijzigen"
msgstr[1] "pakketten zullen van architectuur wijzigen"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1319
+#: src/Summary.cc:1327
msgid "source package"
msgid_plural "source packages"
msgstr[0] "broncodepakket"
msgstr[1] "broncodepakketten"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1322
+#: src/Summary.cc:1330
msgid "source package to install"
msgid_plural "source packages to install"
msgstr[0] "te installeren broncodepakket"
@@ -1300,7 +1300,6 @@
msgstr "Onbekende samenvatting %s voor bestand %s."
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:336
-#| msgid "Digest verification failed for %s. Expected %s, found %s."
msgid ""
"Digest verification failed for file '%1%'\n"
"[%2%]\n"
@@ -1314,8 +1313,16 @@
" verwacht %3%\n"
" maar gekregen %4%\n"
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:350
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348
msgid ""
+"Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and "
+"in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
+msgstr ""
+"Accepteren van pakketten met foute controlesommen kan leiden tot een corrupt "
+"systeem en in extreme gevallen zelfs tot een gecompromitteerd systeem."
+
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356
+msgid ""
"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, "
"correct\n"
"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of "
@@ -1325,29 +1332,28 @@
msgstr ""
"Als u echter hebt nagegaan dat het bestand met controlesom '%1%..' veilig en "
"juist is\n"
-"en in deze bewerking gebruikt mag worden, voer dan de eerste 4 tekens van "
-"de controlesom in\n"
+"en in deze bewerking gebruikt mag worden, voer dan de eerste 4 tekens van de "
+"controlesom in\n"
"om de blokkering van het gebruik van dit bestand op eigen risico op te "
-"heffen. "
-"Lege invoer zal het bestand verwerpen.\n"
+"heffen. Lege invoer zal het bestand verwerpen.\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363
msgid "discard"
msgstr "verwerpen"
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:359
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:365
msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
msgstr "Blokkering om dit bestand te gebruiken op eigen risico verwijderen."
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:361
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:367
msgid "Discard the file."
msgstr "Dit bestand verwerpen"
#. translators: A prompt text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:366
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:372
msgid "Unblock or discard?"
msgstr "Blokkering verwijderen of verwerpen?"
@@ -1480,7 +1486,7 @@
#. translators: this is a prompt text
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:88 src/callbacks/media.cc:189
-#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:180 src/utils/prompt.cc:270
+#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:169 src/utils/prompt.cc:259
msgid "Abort, retry, ignore?"
msgstr "Afbreken, opnieuw, negeren?"
@@ -1617,7 +1623,7 @@
msgid "Retrieving %s %s-%s.%s"
msgstr "%s %s-%s.%s wordt opgehaald"
-#: src/Command.cc:190
+#: src/Command.cc:192
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown command '%s'"
msgstr "Onbekend commando '%s'"
@@ -1663,7 +1669,7 @@
msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'."
msgstr "Probleem bij ophalen van bestanden van '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3313 src/solve-commit.cc:782
+#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3311 src/solve-commit.cc:782
#: src/solve-commit.cc:814 src/solve-commit.cc:848
msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint."
msgstr "Zie bovenstaande foutmelding voor een hint."
@@ -1763,10 +1769,10 @@
msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'."
msgstr "Scannen van inhoud van uitgeschakelde installatiebron '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736
+#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 src/repos.cc:1289
#, c-format
-msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "Schakelt installatiebron '%s' uit vanwege bovengenoemde fout."
+msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
+msgstr "Slaat installatiebron '%s' over vanwege bovengenoemde fout."
#: src/repos.cc:717
#, c-format
@@ -1809,7 +1815,7 @@
msgid "Target initialization failed:"
msgstr "Doelinitialisatie is mislukt:"
-#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4221
+#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4241
msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem."
msgstr ""
"Het draaien van 'zypper refresh' als root zou het probleem op kunnen lossen."
@@ -1831,30 +1837,30 @@
msgstr "Uitgeschakeld"
# ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:1270
-#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2489 src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2487 src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "Alias"
#. 'enabled' flag
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2491
+#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2489
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Ingeschakeld"
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled
#. for the repository
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository
-#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2493
+#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2491
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Vernieuwen"
#. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d)
-#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2497
+#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2495
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioriteit"
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2500
+#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2498
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
@@ -1916,16 +1922,16 @@
msgid "Error reading repositories:"
msgstr "Fout bij lezen van installatiebronnen:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2639
+#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2637
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open %s for writing."
msgstr "Kan %s niet openen voor schrijven."
-#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2641
+#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2639
msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?"
msgstr "Misschien hebt u geen schrijfrechten?"
-#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2648
+#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2646
#, c-format
msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s."
msgstr "De bronnen zijn met succes geëxporteerd naar %s."
@@ -1939,11 +1945,6 @@
msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'"
msgstr "Slaat uitgeschakelde installatiebron '%s' over"
-#: src/repos.cc:1289
-#, c-format
-msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr "Slaat installatiebron '%s' over vanwege bovengenoemde fout."
-
#: src/repos.cc:1303
msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "Opgegeven bronnen zijn niet geactiveerd of niet gedefinieerd."
@@ -2036,7 +2037,7 @@
msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'"
msgstr "Ongeldige alias van installatiebron: '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1924
+#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1922
#, c-format
msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr ""
@@ -2051,7 +2052,7 @@
"Kan het type installatiebron niet bepalen. Controleer of de gedefinieerde "
"URI's (zie hieronder) naar een geldige bron verwijzen:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096
+#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3116
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
msgstr "Kan geen geldige installatiebron vinden op de opgegeven locatie:"
@@ -2092,41 +2093,41 @@
msgid "GPG check"
msgstr "GPG-controle"
-#: src/repos.cc:1722
+#: src/repos.cc:1720
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "Leest gegevens van medium '%s"
-#: src/repos.cc:1729
+#: src/repos.cc:1727
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "Probleem bij lezen van gegevens van '%s' medium"
-#: src/repos.cc:1730
+#: src/repos.cc:1728
msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable."
msgstr "Controleer of uw installatiemedium geldig en leesbaar is."
-#: src/repos.cc:1737
+#: src/repos.cc:1735
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh."
msgstr ""
"Gegevens lezen van medium '%s' is uitgesteld tot de volgende verversing."
-#: src/repos.cc:1804
+#: src/repos.cc:1802
msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Probleem bij toegang tot het bestand op de opgegeven URI"
-#: src/repos.cc:1805
+#: src/repos.cc:1803
msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "Controleer of de opgegeven URI juist en toegankelijk is."
-#: src/repos.cc:1813
+#: src/repos.cc:1811
msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Probleem bij het analyseren van het bestand op de opgegeven URI"
#. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated.
#. Also don't translate the '.repo' string.
-#: src/repos.cc:1816
+#: src/repos.cc:1814
msgid ""
"Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for "
"details."
@@ -2134,26 +2135,26 @@
"Is het een .repo-bestand? zie http://nl.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo voor "
"details."
-#: src/repos.cc:1824
+#: src/repos.cc:1822
msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Probleem bij het lezen van het bestand op de opgegeven URI"
-#: src/repos.cc:1838
+#: src/repos.cc:1836
msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping."
msgstr ""
"Er is een installatiebron zonder een gedefinieerde alias gevonden, overslaan."
-#: src/repos.cc:1845
+#: src/repos.cc:1843
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping."
msgstr "Bij installatiebron '%s' is geen URI gedefinieerd, overslaan."
-#: src/repos.cc:1888
+#: src/repos.cc:1886
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is verwijderd."
-#: src/repos.cc:1907
+#: src/repos.cc:1905
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service "
@@ -2163,21 +2164,21 @@
"behoort bij service '%s' die verantwoordelijk is voor het instellen van zijn "
"alias."
-#: src/repos.cc:1918
+#: src/repos.cc:1916
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'."
msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is hernoemd naar '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:1930 src/repos.cc:2172
+#: src/repos.cc:1928 src/repos.cc:2170
msgid "Error while modifying the repository:"
msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de installatiebron:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1931
+#: src/repos.cc:1929
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged."
msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' wordt ongewijzigd gelaten."
-#: src/repos.cc:2080
+#: src/repos.cc:2078
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the "
@@ -2186,201 +2187,201 @@
"Ongeldige prioriteit '%s'. Gebruik een positief geheel getal. Hoe hoger het "
"getal hoe lager de prioriteit."
-#: src/repos.cc:2088
+#: src/repos.cc:2086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)"
msgstr "Prioriteit van installatiebron '%s' is ongewijzigd (%d)"
-#: src/repos.cc:2114
+#: src/repos.cc:2112
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled."
msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is met succes geactiveerd."
-#: src/repos.cc:2117
+#: src/repos.cc:2115
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled."
msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is met succes gedeactiveerd."
-#: src/repos.cc:2124
+#: src/repos.cc:2122
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Autoverversing is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2127
+#: src/repos.cc:2125
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Autoverversing is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2134
+#: src/repos.cc:2132
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2137
+#: src/repos.cc:2135
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "RPM-bestanden cachen is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2144
+#: src/repos.cc:2142
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "GPG-controle is geactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2147
+#: src/repos.cc:2145
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "GPG-controle is gedeactiveerd voor installatiebron '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2153
+#: src/repos.cc:2151
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d."
msgstr "De prioriteit van installatiebron '%s' is op %d gezet."
-#: src/repos.cc:2159
+#: src/repos.cc:2157
#, c-format
msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "De naam van installatiebron '%s' is op '%s' gezet."
-#: src/repos.cc:2165
+#: src/repos.cc:2163
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor installatiebron '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2173
+#: src/repos.cc:2171
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged."
msgstr "Installatiebron %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten."
-#: src/repos.cc:2211
+#: src/repos.cc:2209
msgid "Error reading services:"
msgstr "Fout bij lezen van services:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2306
+#: src/repos.cc:2304
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI."
msgstr ""
"Service '%s' is niet gevonden aan de hand van zijn alias, nummer of URI."
-#: src/repos.cc:2310
+#: src/repos.cc:2308
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services."
msgstr "Gebruik '%s' voor een lijst met gedefinieerde services."
-#: src/repos.cc:2553
+#: src/repos.cc:2551
#, c-format
msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services."
msgstr ""
"Geen services gedefinieerd. Gebruik het commando '%s' om één of meer "
"services toe te voegen."
-#: src/repos.cc:2679
+#: src/repos.cc:2677
#, c-format
msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr ""
"Service met de alias '%s' bestaat al. Gaarne een andere alias gebruiken."
-#: src/repos.cc:2689
+#: src/repos.cc:2687
#, c-format
msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het toevoegen van de service '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2695
+#: src/repos.cc:2693
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added."
msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes toegevoegd."
-#: src/repos.cc:2734
+#: src/repos.cc:2732
#, c-format
msgid "Removing service '%s':"
msgstr "Verwijderen van service '%s':"
-#: src/repos.cc:2737
+#: src/repos.cc:2735
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "Service '%s' is verwijderd."
-#: src/repos.cc:2753
+#: src/repos.cc:2751
#, c-format
msgid "Refreshing service '%s'."
msgstr "Verversen van service '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2776
+#: src/repos.cc:2764 src/repos.cc:2774
#, c-format
msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':"
msgstr ""
"Probleem bij het ophalen van het indexbestand van de installatiebron voor de "
"service '%s':"
-#: src/repos.cc:2768 src/repos.cc:2881
+#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2879
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr "Overslaan van service '%s' vanwege bovengenoemde fout."
-#: src/repos.cc:2777
+#: src/repos.cc:2775
msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "Controleer of de URI geldig en toegankelijk is."
-#: src/repos.cc:2835
+#: src/repos.cc:2833
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'"
msgstr "Overslaan van uitgeschakelde service '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:2895
+#: src/repos.cc:2893
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services."
msgstr ""
"Gebruik het commando '%s' of '%s' om services toe te voegen of te activeren."
-#: src/repos.cc:2898
+#: src/repos.cc:2896
msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "Opgegeven services zijn niet geactiveerd of niet gedefinieerd."
-#: src/repos.cc:2900
+#: src/repos.cc:2898
msgid "There are no enabled services defined."
msgstr "Er zijn geen geactiveerde services gedefinieerd."
-#: src/repos.cc:2904
+#: src/repos.cc:2902
msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors."
msgstr "Kon vanwege fouten de services niet verversen."
-#: src/repos.cc:2910
+#: src/repos.cc:2908
msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error."
msgstr "Enkele van de services zijn vanwege fouten niet ververst."
-#: src/repos.cc:2915
+#: src/repos.cc:2913
msgid "Specified services have been refreshed."
msgstr "De opgegeven services zijn ververst."
-#: src/repos.cc:2917
+#: src/repos.cc:2915
msgid "All services have been refreshed."
msgstr "Alle services zijn ververst."
-#: src/repos.cc:3039
+#: src/repos.cc:3037
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled."
msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes geactiveerd."
-#: src/repos.cc:3042
+#: src/repos.cc:3040
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled."
msgstr "Service '%s' is met succes gedeactiveerd."
-#: src/repos.cc:3049
+#: src/repos.cc:3047
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "Autoverversing is geactiveerd voor service '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3052
+#: src/repos.cc:3050
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "Autoverversing is gedeactiveerd voor service '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3058
+#: src/repos.cc:3056
#, c-format
msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "De naam van service '%s' is op '%s' gezet."
-#: src/repos.cc:3064
+#: src/repos.cc:3062
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -2392,7 +2393,7 @@
"Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde "
"installatiebronnen van service '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3072
+#: src/repos.cc:3070
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -2404,7 +2405,7 @@
"Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de gedeactiveerde "
"installatiebronnen van service '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3080
+#: src/repos.cc:3078
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2417,7 +2418,7 @@
"Installatiebronnen '%s' zijn toegevoegd aan de geactiveerde "
"installatiebronnen van service '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3088
+#: src/repos.cc:3086
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2431,51 +2432,51 @@
"Installatiebron '%s' is verwijderd uit de gedeactiveerde installatiebronnen "
"van service '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3097
+#: src/repos.cc:3095
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'."
msgstr "Niets te wijzigen voor service '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3104
+#: src/repos.cc:3102
msgid "Error while modifying the service:"
msgstr "Fout bij het wijzigen van de servicve:"
-#: src/repos.cc:3105
+#: src/repos.cc:3103
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged."
msgstr "Service %s wordt ongewijzigd gelaten."
-#: src/repos.cc:3213
+#: src/repos.cc:3211
msgid "Loading repository data..."
msgstr "Gegevens van installatiebron laden..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3235
+#: src/repos.cc:3233
#, c-format
msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..."
msgstr "Gegevens van installatiebron '%s' wordt opgehaald..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3242
+#: src/repos.cc:3240
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..."
msgstr "Bron '%s' bevindt zich niet in de cache. Deze wordt nu toegevoegd..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3249 src/repos.cc:3287
+#: src/repos.cc:3247 src/repos.cc:3285
#, c-format
msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'"
msgstr "Probleem bij laden van gegevens van '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3254
+#: src/repos.cc:3252
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache."
msgstr ""
"Installatiebron '%s' kon niet ververst worden. De oude cache wordt gebruikt."
-#: src/repos.cc:3259 src/repos.cc:3292
+#: src/repos.cc:3257 src/repos.cc:3290
#, c-format
msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error."
msgstr "Oplosbare pakketten van '%s' zijn niet geladen vanwege een fout."
-#: src/repos.cc:3278
+#: src/repos.cc:3276
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or "
@@ -2485,16 +2486,16 @@
"of server moet gebruiken."
#. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m'
-#: src/repos.cc:3289
+#: src/repos.cc:3287
#, c-format
msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so."
msgstr "Probeer '%s', of zelfs '%s' alvorens dit te doen."
-#: src/repos.cc:3301
+#: src/repos.cc:3299
msgid "Reading installed packages..."
msgstr "Lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3312
+#: src/repos.cc:3310
msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:"
msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij het lezen van geïnstalleerde pakketten:"
@@ -2647,13 +2648,33 @@
msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..."
msgstr "OK OK! Onmiddellijke beëindiging..."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:97
+#: src/Zypper.cc:98
msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
msgstr ""
"Verouderde optie %1% op de opdrachtregel gedetecteerd. In plaats daarvan %2% "
"gebruiken."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:211
+#| msgid ""
+#| " Global Options:\n"
+#| "\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
+#| "\t--version, -V\t\tOutput the version number.\n"
+#| "\t--promptids\t\tOutput a list of zypper's user prompts.\n"
+#| "\t--config, -c <file>\tUse specified config file instead of the default.\n"
+#| "\t--userdata <string>\tUser defined transaction id used in history and "
+#| "plugins.\n"
+#| "\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
+#| "\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+#| "\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
+#| "\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
+#| "\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\tautomatically.\n"
+#| "\t--non-interactive-include-reboot-patches\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\tDo not treat patches as interactive, which have\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\tthe rebootSuggested-flag set.\n"
+#| "\t--xmlout, -x\t\tSwitch to XML output.\n"
+#| "\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tIgnore unknown packages.\n"
msgid ""
" Global Options:\n"
"\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
@@ -2665,6 +2686,7 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
"\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tWhether to use colors in output if tty supports it.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
@@ -2685,6 +2707,8 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tnormale uitvier onderdrukken, alleen fouten tonen\n"
"\t\t\t\tmeldingen.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\ttoon meer uitvoer\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tof kleuren in de uitvoer worden gebruikt als tty het "
+"ondersteunt.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tgeen afkortingen in tabellen\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\ttabelstijl (heel getal)\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tvraag niets, gebruik automatisch\n"
@@ -2695,7 +2719,7 @@
"\t--xmlout, -x\t\tschakel naar XML-uitvoer\n"
"\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tNegeer onbekende pakketten.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:231
+#: src/Zypper.cc:233
msgid ""
"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n"
"\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n"
@@ -2713,7 +2737,7 @@
"\t--solv-cache-dir <map>\tgebruik alternatieve map voor solv.-bestand\n"
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <map>\tgebruik alternatieve map voor pakket-cache\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:239
+#: src/Zypper.cc:241
msgid ""
" Repository Options:\n"
"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n"
@@ -2743,7 +2767,7 @@
"\t--no-cd\t\t\tcd/dvd-installatiebronnen negeren\n"
"\t--no-remote\t\tinstallatiebronnen op afstand negeren\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:252
+#: src/Zypper.cc:254
msgid ""
" Target Options:\n"
"\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n"
@@ -2755,7 +2779,7 @@
"\t--disable-system-resolvables\n"
"\t\t\t\tlees geen geïnstalleerde pakketten\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:259
+#: src/Zypper.cc:261
msgid ""
" Commands:\n"
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n"
@@ -2765,7 +2789,7 @@
"\thelp, ?\t\t\ttoon hulp\n"
"\tshell, sh\t\taccepteer meer commando's ineens\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:264
+#: src/Zypper.cc:266
msgid ""
" Repository Management:\n"
"\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n"
@@ -2785,7 +2809,7 @@
"\trefresh, ref\t\tververs alle installatiebronnen\n"
"\tclean\t\t\tmaak lokale caches schoon\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:274
+#: src/Zypper.cc:276
msgid ""
" Service Management:\n"
"\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n"
@@ -2801,7 +2825,7 @@
"\tremoveservice, rs\tverwijder een gespecificeerde service.\n"
"\trefresh-services, refs\tVervers alle services.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:282
+#: src/Zypper.cc:284
msgid ""
" Software Management:\n"
"\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n"
@@ -2823,7 +2847,7 @@
"\t\t\t\tinstalleer nieuw toegevoegde pakketten aanbevolen\n"
"\t\t\t\tdoor geïnstalleerde pakketten.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:293
+#: src/Zypper.cc:295
msgid ""
" Update Management:\n"
"\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n"
@@ -2841,7 +2865,7 @@
"\tdist-upgrade, dup\tdoe een distributie-opwaardering\n"
"\tpatch-check, pchk\tcontroleer op patches\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:302
+#: src/Zypper.cc:304
msgid ""
" Querying:\n"
"\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n"
@@ -2868,7 +2892,7 @@
"\twhat-provides, wp\ttoon pakketten die een gespecificeerde capaciteit "
"leveren\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:317
+#: src/Zypper.cc:319
msgid ""
" Package Locks:\n"
"\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n"
@@ -2882,7 +2906,7 @@
"\tlocks, ll\t\ttoon de huidige pakketblokkeringen\n"
"\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tVerwijder ongebruikte blokkeringen.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:324
+#: src/Zypper.cc:326
msgid ""
" Other Commands:\n"
"\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n"
@@ -2904,7 +2928,7 @@
"\tsource-download\t\tdownload broncode-rpms voor alle geïnstalleerde\n"
"\t\t\t\tpakketten naar een lokale map.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:335
+#: src/Zypper.cc:337
msgid ""
" Usage:\n"
"\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n"
@@ -2914,44 +2938,44 @@
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:361
+#: src/Zypper.cc:363
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands."
msgstr "Type '%s' om een lijst van globale opties en commando's te verkrijgen."
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:370
+#: src/Zypper.cc:372
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help."
msgstr "Type '%s' om commando-specifieke hulp."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:526
+#: src/Zypper.cc:543
#, c-format
msgid "Verbosity: %d"
msgstr "Hoeveelheid: %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:557
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid table style %d."
msgstr "Ongeldige tabelstijl %d."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:541
+#: src/Zypper.cc:558
#, c-format
msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d"
msgstr "Gebruik een geheel getal van %d tot %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:558
+#: src/Zypper.cc:567
msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!"
msgstr ""
"Tekenreeks met gebruikergegevens mag geen niet-afdrukbare of nieuwe-regel "
"tekens bevatten."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832
+#: src/Zypper.cc:599 src/Zypper.cc:2852
msgid "Entering non-interactive mode."
msgstr "Niet-interactieve modus wordt geactiveerd."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:596
+#: src/Zypper.cc:605
msgid ""
"Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as "
"interactive."
@@ -2959,11 +2983,11 @@
"Patches waarvan de vlag rebootSuggested (opnieuw opstarten gesuggereerd) is "
"gezet zullen niet als interactief worden behandeld."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:602
+#: src/Zypper.cc:611
msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode."
msgstr "Modus zonder GPG-controles wordt geactiveerd."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:609
+#: src/Zypper.cc:618
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
@@ -2971,11 +2995,11 @@
"Inschakelen van '%s'. Nieuwe ondertekeningssleutels van installatiebron "
"zullen automatisch worden geïmporteerd!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:622
+#: src/Zypper.cc:631
msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute."
msgstr "Het pad gespecificeerd bij de --root optie moet absoluut zijn."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:638
+#: src/Zypper.cc:647
msgid ""
"The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n"
"The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n"
@@ -2984,53 +3008,53 @@
"De link moet naar het .prod-bestand van uw kernproducten wijzen in /etc/"
"products.d.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:677
+#: src/Zypper.cc:686
msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only."
msgstr ""
"Bronnen uitgeschakeld, gebruikt alleen de database van geïnstalleerde "
"pakketten."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:689
+#: src/Zypper.cc:698
msgid "Autorefresh disabled."
msgstr "Automatisch vernieuwen uitgezet."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:705
msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled."
msgstr "Cd/dvd-installatiebronnen uitgeschakeld."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:703
+#: src/Zypper.cc:712
msgid "Remote repositories disabled."
msgstr "Installatiebronnen op afstand uitgeschakeld."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:710
+#: src/Zypper.cc:719
msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables."
msgstr "Negeren van geïnstalleerde oplosbare pakketten."
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo"
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878
+#: src/Zypper.cc:837 src/Zypper.cc:887
#, c-format
msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring."
msgstr "De %s optie heeft hier geen effect, genegeerd."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1033
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1042
#, c-format
msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'."
msgstr "Commando '%s' is vervangen door '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1035
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' for all available options."
msgstr "Zie bij '%s' voor alle beschikbare opties."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1060
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1069
msgid "Unexpected exception."
msgstr "Onverwachte uitzondering."
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. second %s = "package",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1167
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1176
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n"
@@ -3136,7 +3160,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "package"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1238
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1247
#, c-format
msgid ""
"remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n"
@@ -3186,7 +3210,7 @@
"-D, --dry-run test de verwijdering, maar doe het niet echt\n"
" --details toon de gedetailleerde installatiesamenvatting.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1275
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1284
msgid ""
"source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3211,7 +3235,7 @@
"pakketbronnen\n"
" --download-only pakketten alleen downloaden, niet installeren\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1312
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
@@ -3252,7 +3276,7 @@
" zijn: %s\n"
"-d, --download-only alleen de pakketten downloaden, geen installatie.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1352
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
@@ -3287,7 +3311,7 @@
" --debug-solver maak een solver-testcase voor debugging.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1382
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1391
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3309,7 +3333,7 @@
"-n, --name <alias> specificeer een beschrijvende naam voor de service.\n"
#. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1405
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1414
msgid ""
"removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3329,7 +3353,7 @@
" --loose-query negeer de query-tekenreeks in de URI\n"
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1441
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1450
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n"
@@ -3395,7 +3419,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> doe wijzigingen op services van een specifiek "
"type\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1489
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1498
msgid ""
"services (ls) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3427,7 +3451,7 @@
"-U, --sort-by-uri sorteer de lijst op URI\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name sorteer de lijst op naam\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1517
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1526
msgid ""
"refresh-services (refs) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3450,7 +3474,7 @@
"uitgeschakelde status.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1549
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1558
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3497,7 +3521,7 @@
"installatiebron\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1613 src/Zypper.cc:2727
msgid ""
"list-resolvables (lr)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3507,7 +3531,7 @@
"\n"
"Toon beschikbare typen oplosbaren\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1612
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1621
msgid ""
"repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3550,7 +3574,7 @@
"-A, --sort-by-alias sorteer de lijst op alias\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name sorteer de lijst op naam\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1644
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1653
msgid ""
"removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3568,7 +3592,7 @@
" --loose-auth negeer authenticatiegegevens in de URI\n"
" --loose-query negeer de query-tekenreeks in de URI\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1663
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1672
msgid ""
"renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3585,7 +3609,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type"
#. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1705
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
@@ -3641,7 +3665,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> doe wijzigingen op installatiebronnen van een "
"specifiek type.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1738
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1747
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3674,7 +3698,7 @@
"-s, --services ververs ook services alvorens de installatiebronnen "
"te verversen\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1767
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1776
msgid ""
"clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3698,7 +3722,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "patch"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1796
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1805
#, c-format
msgid ""
"list-updates (lu) [options]\n"
@@ -3739,7 +3763,7 @@
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. the second %s = "patch",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1856
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1865
#, c-format
msgid ""
"update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n"
@@ -3827,7 +3851,7 @@
"-d, --download-only alleen de pakketten downloaden, geen "
"installatie.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1926
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1935
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch [options]\n"
@@ -3908,7 +3932,7 @@
"-d, --download-only alleen de pakketten downloaden, geen "
"installatie.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1975
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1984
msgid ""
"list-patches (lp) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3939,7 +3963,7 @@
" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> toon patches uitgeven tot op de gespecificeerde "
"datum\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2017
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2026
#, c-format
msgid ""
"dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n"
@@ -4005,7 +4029,7 @@
"-d, --download-only alleen de pakketten downloaden, geen "
"installatie.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2078
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2087
msgid ""
"search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4097,7 +4121,7 @@
"Als een zoekterm omgeven is met '/', dan wordt deze geïnterpreteerd als een "
"reguliere expressie\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2125
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2134
msgid ""
"patch-check (pchk) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4117,7 +4141,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> controleer alleen op patches in de gespecificeerd "
"bron\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2147
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2156
msgid ""
"patches (pch) [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4135,7 +4159,7 @@
"\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> een andere manier om bronnen te specificeren\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2178
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2187
msgid ""
"packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4172,7 +4196,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name sorteer de lijst op pakketnaam\n"
"-R, --sort-by-repo sorteer de lijst op installatiebron\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2219
msgid ""
"patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4195,7 +4219,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only toon alleen geïnstalleerde patronen\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only toon alleen niet geïnstalleerde patronen\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2236
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2245
msgid ""
"products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4218,7 +4242,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only toon alleen geïnstalleerde producten\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only toon alleen niet geïnstalleerde producten\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2268
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2277
#, c-format
msgid ""
"info (if) [options] <name> ...\n"
@@ -4262,7 +4286,7 @@
" --recommends toon aanbevolene.\n"
" --suggests toon gesuggereerde.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2301
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2310
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-info <patchname> ...\n"
@@ -4277,7 +4301,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit is een alias voor '%s'.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2320
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2329
#, c-format
msgid ""
"pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n"
@@ -4292,7 +4316,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit is een alias voor '%s'.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2339
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2348
#, c-format
msgid ""
"product-info <product_name> ...\n"
@@ -4307,7 +4331,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit is een alias voor '%s'.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2356
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2365
msgid ""
"what-provides (wp) <capability>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4321,7 +4345,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit commando heeft geen additionele opties\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2407
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2416
msgid ""
"moo\n"
"\n"
@@ -4335,7 +4359,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit commando heeft geen aanvullende opties\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2429
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2438
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
@@ -4358,7 +4382,7 @@
"-t, --type <type> type pakket (%s)\n"
" standaard: %s\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2456
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2465
#, c-format
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
@@ -4382,7 +4406,7 @@
"-t, --type <type> type pakket (%s)\n"
" standaard: %s\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2478
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2487
msgid ""
"locks (ll)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4396,7 +4420,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit commando heeft geen additionele opties.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2498
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2507
msgid ""
"cleanlocks (cl)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4415,7 +4439,7 @@
"-e, --only-empty Maak alleen vergrendelingen schoon die niets "
"vergrendelen.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2528
msgid ""
"targetos (tos) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4433,7 +4457,7 @@
" Opdrachtopties:\n"
"-l, --label Toon het label van het besturingssysteem\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2549
msgid ""
"versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4449,7 +4473,7 @@
" Opdrachtopties:\n"
"-m, --match neemt een ontbrekend release-nummer als elke release\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2559
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2568
msgid ""
"licenses\n"
"\n"
@@ -4464,7 +4488,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit commando heeft geen additionele opties.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2578
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2587
msgid ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
@@ -4479,7 +4503,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit commando heeft geen additionele opties.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2601
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2610
msgid ""
"download [options] <packages>...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4521,7 +4545,7 @@
"--dry-run download geen pakket, laat zien wat\n"
" gedaan zou zijn.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2640
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2649
msgid ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
@@ -4552,7 +4576,7 @@
" maar toon welke broncode-rpm's er ontbreken of "
"overbodig zijn.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2667
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2676
msgid ""
"quit (exit, ^D)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4566,7 +4590,7 @@
"\n"
"Dit commando heeft geen additionele opties.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2684
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2693
msgid ""
"shell (sh)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4581,7 +4605,7 @@
"Deze opdracht heeft geen additionele opties.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2711
msgid ""
"service-types (st)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4594,7 +4618,7 @@
#. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of
#. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations
#. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2740
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2749
msgid ""
"mount\n"
"\n"
@@ -4614,7 +4638,7 @@
"-n, --name <name> gebruik de gegeven tekenreeks als service-naam\n"
"-r, --recurse ga submappen in\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2769
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2778
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n"
@@ -4628,7 +4652,7 @@
"alias voor '%s'.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2795
msgid ""
"ping [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4638,15 +4662,15 @@
"\n"
"Dit commando heeft een dummy-implementatie die altijd 0 teruggeeft.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5115
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2819 src/Zypper.cc:5135
msgid "Unexpected program flow."
msgstr "Onverwachte gang door het programma."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2849
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2869
msgid "Non-option program arguments: "
msgstr "Programma-argumenten die geen optie zijn: "
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2904
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2924
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or "
"other software management application using PackageKit running."
@@ -4654,20 +4678,20 @@
"PackageKit blokkeert zypper. Dit gebeurt als u een updater applet of andere "
"software beheer programma's die PackageKit gebruiken bij de uitvoering."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2910
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2930
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr "PackageKit vertellen af te breken?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2939
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
msgstr "PackageKit draait nog steeds (waarschijnlijk bezig)."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2941
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Opnieuw proberen?"
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2974
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2994
msgid ""
" \\\\\\\\\\\n"
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
@@ -4677,15 +4701,15 @@
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
"__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3001
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3021
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services."
msgstr "Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het vernieuwen van de services."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3048 src/Zypper.cc:3166 src/Zypper.cc:3401
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services."
msgstr "Er zijn root-privileges nodig om de systeemservices te wijzigen."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3097
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3117
msgid ""
"Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI "
"points to a valid repository."
@@ -4693,12 +4717,12 @@
"Kan het type installatiebron niet bepalen. Controleer of de gedefinieerde "
"URI naar een geldige bron verwijst."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3127
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type."
msgstr "`%s' is geen geldig servicetype."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3149
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
msgstr "Zie '%s' of '%s' voor een lijst met bekende servicetypen."
@@ -4707,53 +4731,53 @@
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by mr command help text which will explain it
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3178 src/Zypper.cc:3552
msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required."
msgstr "Een alias of geagregeerde optie is vereist."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3192
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3212
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found."
msgstr "Service '%s' niet gevonden."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3248 src/Zypper.cc:3400 src/Zypper.cc:3484 src/Zypper.cc:3539
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories."
msgstr "Er zijn root-privileges nodig om de systeembronnen te wijzigen."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:764
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3303 src/Zypper.cc:3666
msgid "Too few arguments."
msgstr "Te weinig argumenten."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3307
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3327
msgid ""
"If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
msgstr ""
"Als er één argument wordt gebruikt, dan moet dat een URI zijn die wijst naar "
"een repo-bestand."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3337
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3357
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
msgstr ""
"Kan %s niet samen met %s gebruiken. Instellingen uit %s worden gebruikt."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3358
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3378
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
msgstr "Gespecificeerd type is geen geldig brontype:"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3360
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3380
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
msgstr "Zie '%s' of '%s' voor een lijst van bekende brontypen."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4703 src/utils/messages.cc:48
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3408 src/Zypper.cc:4723 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
msgstr "Vereist argument ontbreekt."
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no repository counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3414
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3434
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr ""
@@ -4762,51 +4786,51 @@
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no service counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3437
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3457
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr ""
"Service '%s' is niet gevonden aan de hand van de alias, het nummer of de URI."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3471
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3491
msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required."
msgstr "Onvoldoende argumenten. Er is minstens een URI en alias nodig."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3495
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3515
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found."
msgstr "Installatiebron '%s' is niet gevonden."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3565
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
#, c-format
msgid "Repository %s not found."
msgstr "Installatiebron %s is niet gevonden."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3605
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories."
msgstr ""
"Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het vernieuwen van de "
"systeeminstallatiebronnen."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3592
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3612
#, c-format
msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here."
msgstr "De globale optie '%s' heeft hier geen effect."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3600
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3620
#, c-format
msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used."
msgstr "Argumenten zijn niet toegestaan als '%s' wordt gebruikt."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3626
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3646
msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches."
msgstr "Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het opschonen van lokale caches."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3647
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3667
msgid "At least one package name is required."
msgstr "Minstens één naam van een pakket is vereist."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3657
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3677
msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages."
msgstr ""
"Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het installeren en deïnstalleren van "
@@ -4814,21 +4838,21 @@
#. translators: rug related message, shown if
#. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3669
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3689
msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository."
msgstr ""
"Argumenten worden genegeerd, de gehele installatiebron wordt gemarkeerd."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3679
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3699
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type: %s"
msgstr "Onbekend pakkettype: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3690
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3710
msgid "Cannot uninstall patches."
msgstr "Kan patches niet deïnstalleren."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3691
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3711
msgid ""
"Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n"
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
@@ -4840,37 +4864,37 @@
"database record\n"
"of iets dergelijks."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3722
msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented."
msgstr ""
"Deïnstallatie van een broncodepakket is niet gedefinieerd en geïmplementeerd."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3723
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3743
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it."
msgstr ""
"'%s' lijkt op een RPM-bestand. Er wordt een poging gedaan het downloaden."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3736
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3756
#, c-format
msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping."
msgstr "Probleem met het RPM-bestand gespecificeerd als '%s', overslaan."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3761
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3781
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?"
msgstr ""
"Probleem met het lezen van de RPM-header van %s. Is het een RPM-bestand?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3806
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
msgstr "Cache van gewone RPM-bestanden"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3803
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3823
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
msgstr "Geen geldig argument gespecificeerd."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3837 src/Zypper.cc:3975
msgid ""
"No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. "
"Nothing can be installed."
@@ -4879,73 +4903,73 @@
"oplosbare pakketten. Er kan niets worden geïnstalleerd."
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4462
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3875 src/Zypper.cc:4482
#, c-format
msgid "%s contradicts %s"
msgstr "%s spreekt %s tegen"
#. translators: meaning --force with --capability
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3864
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3884
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s"
msgstr "%s kan nu niet gebruikt worden samen met %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3908
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3928
msgid "Source package name is a required argument."
msgstr "Naam van bronpakket is een vereist argument."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3998
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4018
msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'"
msgstr "Modus is ingesteld op 'match-exact'"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4382 src/Zypper.cc:4483 src/Zypper.cc:4731
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4799 src/Zypper.cc:4844
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4042 src/Zypper.cc:4402 src/Zypper.cc:4503 src/Zypper.cc:4751
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4819 src/Zypper.cc:4864
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type '%s'."
msgstr "Onbekend pakkettype: '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4045
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4065
#, c-format
msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled."
msgstr "Gespecificeerde installatiebron '%s' is uitgeschakeld."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4176 src/search.cc:594
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4196 src/search.cc:594
msgid "No packages found."
msgstr "Geen pakketten gevonden."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4219
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4239
msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query"
msgstr "Probleem bij het initialiseren of uitvoeren van de zoekopdracht"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4240
msgid "See the above message for a hint."
msgstr "Zie bovenstaande melding voor een hint."
#. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4403 src/Zypper.cc:4529
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4423 src/Zypper.cc:4549
#, c-format
msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option."
msgstr "Draaiend als '%s' kan de optie '%s' niet worden gebruikt."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4411
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4431
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s."
msgstr "Kan %s niet samen met %s gebruiken."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4444
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4464
msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages."
msgstr "Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het bijwerken van pakketten."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4490 src/Zypper.cc:4498 src/Zypper.cc:4615
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4510 src/Zypper.cc:4518 src/Zypper.cc:4635
msgid "Operation not supported."
msgstr "Handeling wordt niet ondersteund."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4491
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4511
#, c-format
msgid "To update installed products use '%s'."
msgstr "Om geïnstalleerde producten bij te werken gebruik '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4500
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4520
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the "
@@ -4955,20 +4979,20 @@
"bronpakket te installeren en zijn afhankelijkheden bij het bouwen, gebruik "
"'%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4518
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4538
msgid ""
"Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
msgstr ""
"Kan geen meerdere typen gebruiken als specifieke pakketten als argumenten "
"worden gegeven."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4655
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4675
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
msgstr ""
"Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het uitvoeren van een distributie-"
"upgrade."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4676
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4696
#, c-format
msgid ""
"You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. "
@@ -4980,66 +5004,66 @@
"installatiebronnen compatibel zijn met elkaar voordat u verder gaat. Zie "
"'%s' voor meer informatie over dit commando."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4706 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "Gebruik"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4761 src/Zypper.cc:4822
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4781 src/Zypper.cc:4842
msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks."
msgstr ""
"Er zijn root-privileges vereist voor het toevoegen van pakketblokkering."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4890
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4910
#, c-format
msgid "Removed %lu lock."
msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks."
msgstr[0] "%lu vergrendeling verwijderd."
msgstr[1] "%lu vergrendelingen verwijderd."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4917
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4937
#, c-format
msgid "Distribution Label: %s"
msgstr "Distributielabel: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4939
#, c-format
msgid "Short Label: %s"
msgstr "Korte label: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4965
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4985
#, c-format
msgid "%s matches %s"
msgstr "%s komt overeen met %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4967
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4987
#, c-format
msgid "%s is newer than %s"
msgstr "%s is nieuwer dan %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4969
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4989
#, c-format
msgid "%s is older than %s"
msgstr "%s is ouder dan %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5042 src/source-download.cc:220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5062 src/source-download.cc:220
#, c-format
msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'."
msgstr "Onvoldoende privileges om de downloadmap '%s' te gebruiken."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5100
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5120
msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell."
msgstr "Dit commando is alleen zinvol binnen de zypper-shell."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5112
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5132
msgid "You already are running zypper's shell."
msgstr "U draait al een shell van zypper."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschrijving"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5190
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5217
msgid "Resolvable Type"
msgstr "Oplosbaartype"
@@ -5350,11 +5374,6 @@
msgid "Nothing to do."
msgstr "Niets te doen."
-#: src/Config.cc:110
-#, c-format
-msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
-msgstr "Onbekende configuratieoptie '%s'"
-
#: src/source-download.cc:211
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create or access download directory '%s'."
@@ -5485,35 +5504,35 @@
msgid "No providers of '%s' found."
msgstr "Geen leveranciers van '%s' gevonden."
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:86
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:83
msgid "Warning: "
msgstr "Waarschuwing: "
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:239 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:354 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:231 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:346 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "error"
msgstr "fout"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:244 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:359 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:236 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:351 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "done"
msgstr "klaar"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:269 src/output/OutNormal.cc:305
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:343
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:261 src/output/OutNormal.cc:297
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:335
msgid "Retrieving:"
msgstr "Ophalen:"
# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel)
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:276
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:268
msgid "starting"
msgstr "bezig met starten"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:403
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:397
msgid "No help available for this prompt."
msgstr "Geen hulp beschikbaar voor deze prompt."
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:415
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:409
msgid "no help available for this option"
msgstr "geen hulp beschikbaar voor deze optie"
@@ -5721,20 +5740,20 @@
msgstr "Probleem bij het verwijderen de pakketblokkering:"
#. TranslatorExplanation These are reasons for various failures.
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Not found"
msgstr "Niet gevonden"
# error box title
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "I/O error"
msgstr "I/O-fout"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Invalid object"
msgstr "Ongeldig object"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:166
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:167
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Fout"
@@ -5828,19 +5847,19 @@
"niet worden gewijzigd."
#. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:87
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:81
msgid "shows all options"
msgstr "alle opties tonen"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:149 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:138 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ja"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:150 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:139 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "no"
msgstr "nee"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:173 src/utils/prompt.cc:218
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:162 src/utils/prompt.cc:207
#, c-format
msgid "Retrying in %u seconds..."
msgstr "Opnieuw proberen na %u seconden..."
@@ -5851,34 +5870,34 @@
#. the answers must be separated by slash characters '/' and must
#. correspond to abort/retry/ignore in that order.
#. The answers should be lower case letters.
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:179 src/utils/prompt.cc:267
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:168 src/utils/prompt.cc:256
msgid "a/r/i"
msgstr "a/o/n"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:230
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:219
#, c-format
msgid "Autoselecting '%s' after %u second."
msgid_plural "Autoselecting '%s' after %u seconds."
msgstr[0] "Autoselecteren '%s' na %u seconde."
msgstr[1] "Autoselecteren '%s' na %u seconden."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:249
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:238
msgid "Trying again..."
msgstr "Opnieuw proberen..."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:344
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:333
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid answer '%s'."
msgstr "Ongeldig antwoord '%s'."
#. translators: the %s are: 'y', 'yes' (translated), 'n', and 'no' (translated).
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:350
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:339
#, c-format
msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you."
msgstr ""
"Voer '%s' in voor '%s' of '%s' voor '%s' als niets anders voor u werkt."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:364
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:353
#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you run zypper without a terminal, use '%s' global\n"
@@ -6057,6 +6076,12 @@
msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'."
msgstr "Optie '%s' gaat over '%s' heen."
+#~ msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
+#~ msgstr "Schakelt installatiebron '%s' uit vanwege bovengenoemde fout."
+
+#~ msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
+#~ msgstr "Onbekende configuratieoptie '%s'"
+
#~ msgid "Ignoring failed digest verification for %s (expected %s, found %s)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Mislukte verificatie voor samenvatting wordt genegeerd voor %s (%s werd "
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
17 Dec '14
Author: harmie
Date: 2014-12-17 22:01:25 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90892
Modified:
trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po
Log:
update from harmie
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po
=====================…
[View More]==============================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/audit-laf.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -10,13 +10,13 @@
# Asko Isonokari <askoin(a)opensuse.fi>, 2009, 2012.
# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010.
-# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2013.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-15 18:38+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 22:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for frequency option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130
msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued"
-msgstr "Kuinka monta merkintää kirjoitetaan ennen kuin 'flush to disk' suoritetaan"
+msgstr ""
+"Kuinka monta merkintää kirjoitetaan ennen kuin 'flush to disk' suoritetaan"
#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137
@@ -107,7 +108,9 @@
#. translators: command line help text for space_left option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174
msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low"
-msgstr "Vapaa tila lokien tallennusosiolla (Mtavuissa) kun tila järjestelmässä alkaa käydä vähiin"
+msgstr ""
+"Vapaa tila lokien tallennusosiolla (Mtavuissa) kun tila järjestelmässä alkaa "
+"käydä vähiin"
#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181
@@ -117,12 +120,15 @@
#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196
msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached"
-msgstr "Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen), jos space_left saavutetaan"
+msgstr ""
+"Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen), jos space_left saavutetaan"
#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203
msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low"
-msgstr "Vapaa tila lokien tallennusosiolla (Mtavuissa) kun tila järjestelmässä on vähissä"
+msgstr ""
+"Vapaa tila lokien tallennusosiolla (Mtavuissa) kun tila järjestelmässä on "
+"vähissä"
#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210
@@ -132,12 +138,16 @@
#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225
msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached"
-msgstr "Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen), jos admin_space_left saavutetaan"
+msgstr ""
+"Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen), jos admin_space_left "
+"saavutetaan"
#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232
msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)"
-msgstr "Sähköposti lähetetään tähän osoitteeseen (jos space_left_action on asetettu arvoon SÄHKÖPOSTI)"
+msgstr ""
+"Sähköposti lähetetään tähän osoitteeseen (jos space_left_action on asetettu "
+"arvoon SÄHKÖPOSTI)"
#. command line help text for disk_full_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239
@@ -157,7 +167,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262
msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error"
-msgstr "Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen) levyvirheen sattuessa"
+msgstr ""
+"Komentojono, joka suoritetaan (täysi polku nimeen) levyvirheen sattuessa"
#. command line help text for communication control option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269
@@ -531,21 +542,32 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n"
-"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>"
+"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is "
+"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>"
+"/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n"
+"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications "
+"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file "
+"watches).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd lokitiedoston määritys </big></b><br>\n"
-"Kirjaamispalvelu tallentaa kaikki oleelliset kirjaustapahtumat oletuslokitiedostoon <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>.\n"
-"Tapahtumat voivat olla lähtöisin <i>apparmor</i> ydinmoduulista, sovelluksista jotka käyttävät <i>libaudit</i> (esim. PAM) tai sääntöjen aiheuttamista tapahtumista (esim. tiedostoseuranta) </p>"
+"Kirjaamispalvelu tallentaa kaikki oleelliset kirjaustapahtumat "
+"oletuslokitiedostoon <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>.\n"
+"Tapahtumat voivat olla lähtöisin <i>apparmor</i> ydinmoduulista, "
+"sovelluksista jotka käyttävät <i>libaudit</i> (esim. PAM) tai sääntöjen "
+"aiheuttamista tapahtumista (esim. tiedostoseuranta) </p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n"
-"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
+"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules "
+"and the possibility to add rules.\n"
+"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the "
+"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Lisätietoja säännöistä ja niiden lisäämismahdollisuuksista tarjoaa keskusteluikkuna <b>auditctl-säännöt</b>.\n"
-"Yksityiskohtaiset tiedot lokitiedoston asetuksista saatavilla käskyllä 'man auditd.conf'.</p>"
+"<p>Lisätietoja säännöistä ja niiden lisäämismahdollisuuksista tarjoaa "
+"keskusteluikkuna <b>auditctl-säännöt</b>.\n"
+"Yksityiskohtaiset tiedot lokitiedoston asetuksista saatavilla käskyllä 'man "
+"auditd.conf'.</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64
@@ -559,31 +581,42 @@
#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n"
-"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n"
+"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly "
+"as the kernel\n"
+"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing "
+"it on disk (does not affect\n"
"data sent to the dispatcher).</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Alustus</b>: aseteta <i>RAW</i> kaiken tiedon kirjaus (talleta kaikki kuten ydin lähettää) tai <i>NOLOG</i>\n"
-"kaiken audit -tiedon hylkäys sensijaan että kirjoitetaan levylle (ei vaikuta välittäjälle lähetettyyn tietoon).</p> "
+"<p><b>Alustus</b>: aseteta <i>RAW</i> kaiken tiedon kirjaus (talleta kaikki "
+"kuten ydin lähettää) tai <i>NOLOG</i>\n"
+"kaiken audit -tiedon hylkäys sensijaan että kirjoitetaan levylle (ei vaikuta "
+"välittäjälle lähetettyyn tietoon).</p> "
#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n"
-"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n"
-"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n"
+"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>"
+"INCREMENTAL</i> the\n"
+"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an "
+"explicit flush to disk.\n"
+"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep "
+"data portion synced,\n"
"<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tyhjennys</b>: kuvaa kuinka tieto kirjoitetaan levylle. Jos se asetetaan\n"
-"<i>LISÄÄNTYVÄ</i> niin muuttuja <b>Lukumäärä</b> kertoo montako tallennetta kirjoitettaan ennen levyn täsmällisen tyhjennyksen sallimista.</p>\n"
-" <i> Ei MITÄÄN</> tarkoittaa: ei tehdä erityistä yritystä tiedon tyhjentämiseksi,\n"
+"<p><b>Tyhjennys</b>: kuvaa kuinka tieto kirjoitetaan levylle. Jos se "
+"asetetaan\n"
+"<i>LISÄÄNTYVÄ</i> niin muuttuja <b>Lukumäärä</b> kertoo montako tallennetta "
+"kirjoitettaan ennen levyn täsmällisen tyhjennyksen sallimista.</p>\n"
+" <i> Ei MITÄÄN</> tarkoittaa: ei tehdä erityistä yritystä tiedon "
+"tyhjentämiseksi,\n"
"<i>DATA</i> pidä tieto synkronissa,\n"
" <i> SYNC</i>pidä tieto ja metatieto täysin synkronissa.</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n"
+"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take "
+"when this\n"
"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Määrittele lokitiedoston suurin koko (megatavua) ja toimenpide kun tämä\n"
@@ -592,37 +625,49 @@
#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n"
-"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n"
-"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n"
+"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> "
+"specifies the number\n"
+"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a "
+"warning\n"
+"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records "
+"to\n"
"disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n"
"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Jos toiminnolle on asetettu arvo\n"
-" <i>ROTATE</i>, <b>Lokitiedostojen määrä</b> yksilöi tiedostojen määrän, joka pidetään.</p> <i>SYSLOG</i> tarkoittaa:\n"
+" <i>ROTATE</i>, <b>Lokitiedostojen määrä</b> yksilöi tiedostojen määrän, joka "
+"pidetään.</p> <i>SYSLOG</i> tarkoittaa:\n"
" audit-demoni kirjoittaa varoituksen kohteeseen /var/log/messages,\n"
-"<i>SUSPEND</i> lopettaa demoni levylle kirjoittamisen, <i>IGNORE</i>: jätä huomiotta,\n"
+"<i>SUSPEND</i> lopettaa demoni levylle kirjoittamisen, <i>IGNORE</i>: jätä "
+"huomiotta,\n"
"<i>KEEP_LOGS</i>: kuten ROTATE, mutta lokitiedostoa ei ylikirjoiteta.</p>\n"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n"
+"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to "
+"the\n"
"log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n"
-"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n"
-"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n"
+"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses "
+"the\n"
+"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully "
+"qualified\n"
"domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tietokoneen nimen muoto</b> kuvaa kuinka se kirjoitetaan lokitiedostoon .\n"
-"Jos <i>Käyttäjä</i>on asetettu, käytössä on <b>Käyttäjän antama nimi.</b> <i>EI MITÄÄN</i> ei tietokonenimeä annettuna.\n"
-"<i>PALVELINNIMI</i>:järjestelmäkutsun 'gethostname' palauttama nimi käytössä,\n"
+"<p><b>Tietokoneen nimen muoto</b> kuvaa kuinka se kirjoitetaan lokitiedostoon "
+".\n"
+"Jos <i>Käyttäjä</i>on asetettu, käytössä on <b>Käyttäjän antama nimi.</b> <i>"
+"EI MITÄÄN</i> ei tietokonenimeä annettuna.\n"
+"<i>PALVELINNIMI</i>:järjestelmäkutsun 'gethostname' palauttama nimi "
+"käytössä,\n"
"<i>FQD</i>: täysin vaatimuksenmukainen verkko-osoite käytössä.</p>\n"
#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n"
+"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the "
+"manual page\n"
"('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd Välittäjän määritys</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -631,7 +676,8 @@
#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n"
+"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon "
+"and\n"
"gets all audit events on stdin.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Välittäjä</b>: Välittäjä-ohjelman käynnistää audit-palvelu.ja \n"
@@ -640,21 +686,28 @@
#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n"
-"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n"
-"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n"
+"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and "
+"the dispatcher\n"
+"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the "
+"dispatcher are discarded\n"
+"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a "
+"blocking/lossless\n"
"communication.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tiedonvaihto</n>: ohjaa demonin ja välittäjäohjelman välistä tiedonvaihtoa.\n"
-" <i>Hukkaava</i> tiedonvaihto tarkoittaa että tapahtumat jotka menevät välittäjä-ohjelmalle hylätään \n"
-" kun jono (128 kB puskuri) on täynnä. Valitse <i>hukkaamaton</i> jos haluat estävän/hukkaamattoman \n"
+"<p><b>Tiedonvaihto</n>: ohjaa demonin ja välittäjäohjelman välistä "
+"tiedonvaihtoa.\n"
+" <i>Hukkaava</i> tiedonvaihto tarkoittaa että tapahtumat jotka menevät "
+"välittäjä-ohjelmalle hylätään \n"
+" kun jono (128 kB puskuri) on täynnä. Valitse <i>hukkaamaton</i> jos haluat "
+"estävän/hukkaamattoman \n"
"tiedonvaihdon.</p>"
#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n"
-"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>"
+"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man "
+"audispd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Välittäjä-ohjelma 'audispd' on kirjaamistapahtuman signaalikanavoija \n"
"Lisätietoja manuaalisivuilta ('man audispd' ja 'man audispd.conf').</p>"
@@ -665,7 +718,8 @@
"<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n"
" file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Huomaa:</b> Välittäjä-ohjelman omistajan on oltava 'root', tiedosto-oikeuksien on oltava '0750'\n"
+"<p><b>Huomaa:</b> Välittäjä-ohjelman omistajan on oltava 'root', "
+"tiedosto-oikeuksien on oltava '0750'\n"
"ja koko polun nimi tulee olla annettuna.</p>\n"
#. disk space dialog help 1/6
@@ -682,20 +736,26 @@
#. disk space dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n"
+"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an "
+"<b>Action</b> because\n"
"the system is starting to run low on space.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tilaa jäljellä</b> (megatavuissa) kertoo audit demonille milloin suorittaa <b>Toiminto</b>\n"
+"<p><b>Tilaa jäljellä</b> (megatavuissa) kertoo audit demonille milloin "
+"suorittaa <b>Toiminto</b>\n"
"koska järjestelmän tila alkaa käymään vähiin.</p>"
#. disk space dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
-"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n"
-"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>"
+"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The "
+"system <b>is running\n"
+"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> "
+"will be performed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Arvon <b>Järjestelmävalvojan tilaa jäljellä</b> tulisi olla pienempi kuin yläpuolella. Järjestelmän <b>levytila\n"
-"on vähissä</b> jos arvo saavutetaan ja määritetty <b>Toiminto</b> suoritetaan.</p>"
+"<p>Arvon <b>Järjestelmävalvojan tilaa jäljellä</b> tulisi olla pienempi kuin "
+"yläpuolella. Järjestelmän <b>levytila\n"
+"on vähissä</b> jos arvo saavutetaan ja määritetty <b>Toiminto</b> "
+"suoritetaan.</p>"
#. disk space dialog hep 4/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140
@@ -708,32 +768,44 @@
"switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n"
"system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Jos toiminto on asetettu <i>EMAIL</i> arvoon, varoitus sähköposti lähetetään kohdassa\n"
+"<p>Jos toiminto on asetettu <i>EMAIL</i> arvoon, varoitus sähköposti "
+"lähetetään kohdassa\n"
"<b>Toiminnon sähköpostiosoite</b> määritettyyn osoitteeseen.<br>\n"
-"<i>SYSLOG</i> tarkoittaa: levytila varoitukset kirjoitetaan /var/log/messages-tiedostoon, <i>IGNORE</i>:\n"
-"ei tee mitään, <i>EXEC</i>: suorittaa komentojonon erittelyn <b>Polku komentojonoon</b> mukaan, <i>SUSPEND</i>: lopettaa merkintöjen\n"
-"kirjoittamisen levylle, <i>SINGLE</i>: vaihtaa tietokoneen yhden käyttäjän tilaan, <i>HALT</i>: sammuttaa\n"
+"<i>SYSLOG</i> tarkoittaa: levytila varoitukset kirjoitetaan "
+"/var/log/messages-tiedostoon, <i>IGNORE</i>:\n"
+"ei tee mitään, <i>EXEC</i>: suorittaa komentojonon erittelyn <b>Polku "
+"komentojonoon</b> mukaan, <i>SUSPEND</i>: lopettaa merkintöjen\n"
+"kirjoittamisen levylle, <i>SINGLE</i>: vaihtaa tietokoneen yhden käyttäjän "
+"tilaan, <i>HALT</i>: sammuttaa\n"
"järjestelmän.</p>\n"
#. disk space dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
-"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n"
-"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n"
+"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full "
+"already) and\n"
+"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while "
+"writing to disk).\n"
"Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit myös määritellä <b>Toiminto Levy täynnä</b> (levy on jo täyttynyt) ja \n"
-"<b>Levyvirhe-toiminto</b> (suoritetaan kun huomataan virhe levylle kirjoitettaessa).\n"
-"Saatavilla olevat toiminnot ovat samat kuin yläpuolella (paitsi <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>"
+"<p>Voit myös määritellä <b>Toiminto Levy täynnä</b> (levy on jo täyttynyt) ja "
+"\n"
+"<b>Levyvirhe-toiminto</b> (suoritetaan kun huomataan virhe levylle "
+"kirjoitettaessa).\n"
+"Saatavilla olevat toiminnot ovat samat kuin yläpuolella (paitsi <i>EMAIL</i>"
+").</p>"
#. disk space dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n"
-"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n"
+"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be "
+"entered.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Huomaa:</b>Kaikki yksilöidyt komentosarjat toimintoa <i>SUORITA</i> varten:\n"
-"omistajan on oltava 'root', tiedosto-oikeuksien on oltava '0750' ja koko polun nimi tulee olla annettuna.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Huomaa:</b>Kaikki yksilöidyt komentosarjat toimintoa <i>SUORITA</i> "
+"varten:\n"
+"omistajan on oltava 'root', tiedosto-oikeuksien on oltava '0750' ja koko "
+"polun nimi tulee olla annettuna.</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 1/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160
@@ -750,31 +822,45 @@
#. rules dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167
-msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Huomaa:</b><br>Sääntöjen lukitus merkitsee ettei niitä voi muuttaa ennen seuraavaa uudelleenkäynnistystä! </p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next "
+"reboot.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Huomaa:</b><br>Sääntöjen lukitus merkitsee ettei niitä voi muuttaa "
+"ennen seuraavaa uudelleenkäynnistystä! </p>"
#. rules dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
"<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n"
-" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> "
+" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to "
+"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Kirjaamisen salliminen ilman lisäsääntöjä aiheuttaa\n"
-" <i>libaudit:a</i>, käyttävän sovelluksen esim. PAM, kirjauksen tänne: /var/log/audit/audit.log (oletus).</p>"
+" <i>libaudit:a</i>, käyttävän sovelluksen esim. PAM, kirjauksen tänne: "
+"/var/log/audit/audit.log (oletus).</p>"
#. rules dialog help 4/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
-"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n"
+"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for "
+"advanced users.<br>\n"
"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit myös muokata sääntöjä käsin, tämä on suositeltua vain edistyneille käyttäjille.<br>\n"
+"<p>Voit myös muokata sääntöjä käsin, tämä on suositeltua vain edistyneille "
+"käyttäjille.<br>\n"
"Lisätiedot kaikista valinnoista saa käskyllä 'man auditctl'.</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179
-msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>Tarkista kielioppi</b> lähettää säännöt <i>auditctl:n</i>kautta audit-alijärjestelmälle ja tarkistaa onko kielioppi oikein.<br><b>Palauta</b> palauttaa asetukset kohteesta /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit "
+"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from "
+"/etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tarkista kielioppi</b> lähettää säännöt <i>auditctl:n</i>kautta "
+"audit-alijärjestelmälle ja tarkistaa onko kielioppi oikein.<br><b>Palauta</b> "
+"palauttaa asetukset kohteesta /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 6/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183
@@ -784,8 +870,11 @@
"Click <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n"
"an example rules file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Käytä painiketta <b>Palauta ja Nollaa</b> sääntöjen palautukseen ja muutosten perumiseen (edellisestä kieliopin tarkastuksesta) kutsumalla <i>auditctl</i>.\n"
-"Painike <b>Lataa </b> avaa tiedostovalinnan keskusteluikkunan ja voit ladata esimerkin ohjetiedostosta.</p>\n"
+"<p>Käytä painiketta <b>Palauta ja Nollaa</b> sääntöjen palautukseen ja "
+"muutosten perumiseen (edellisestä kieliopin tarkastuksesta) kutsumalla <i>"
+"auditctl</i>.\n"
+"Painike <b>Lataa </b> avaa tiedostovalinnan keskusteluikkunan ja voit ladata "
+"esimerkin ohjetiedostosta.</p>\n"
#. Header of tab in tab widget
#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123
@@ -815,8 +904,11 @@
#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318
-msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Jatkaaksesi kirjaamisen määrittämistä <b>%1</b> tulee olla asennettuna.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> "
+"must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Jatkaaksesi kirjaamisen määrittämistä <b>%1</b> tulee olla asennettuna.</p>"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -892,18 +984,21 @@
#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
"or only start the daemon for now?"
msgstr ""
+"Haluatko käynnistää audit-demonin nyt ja käynnistyksen yhteydessä\n"
+"vai pelkästään nyt?"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466
+#, fuzzy
msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "auditd-demoni ei ole käynnissä.\n"
#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
#| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
@@ -917,19 +1012,18 @@
"Ytimen moduuli 'apparmor' on ladattu.\n"
"Ydin käyttää audit-demonia kirjaamaan audit-\n"
"tapahtumat /var/log/audit/audit.log-tiedostoon (oletus). \n"
-"Haluatko käynnistää demonin nyt?"
#. Headline of a popup
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start daemon."
msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
-msgstr "Käynnistä demoni."
+msgstr "Käynnistä Audit-demoni."
#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479
msgid "Start and &Enable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Käynnistä ja ota käyttöön"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479
msgid "&Start"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/autoinst.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@
# Asko Isonokari <askoin(a)netsonic.fi>, 2009.
# Harri Miettinen <harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010.
-# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011, 2013.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 20:51+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 21:06+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -135,8 +135,11 @@
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
-msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr "Käynnissä olevaan järjestelmään pohjautuva asiakasohjelma AutoYaST-profiili luomiseksi "
+msgid ""
+"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnissä olevaan järjestelmään pohjautuva asiakasohjelma AutoYaST-profiili "
+"luomiseksi "
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
msgid "known modules: %1"
@@ -148,10 +151,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
-msgstr "%1 on jo olemassa! Korvataanko se varmasti?"
+msgstr "Tiedosto %s on jo olemassa! Korvataanko se varmasti?"
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:98
msgid "Cloning the system..."
@@ -166,20 +168,26 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
+"location.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tällä valintaikkunalla kopioidaan tiedoston sisältö ja määritellään sen lopullinen polku\n"
-"valmiissa järjestelmässä. YaST kopioi tämän tiedoston määritettyyn paikkaan.</p>"
+"<p>Tällä valintaikkunalla kopioidaan tiedoston sisältö ja määritellään sen "
+"lopullinen polku\n"
+"valmiissa järjestelmässä. YaST kopioi tämän tiedoston määritettyyn paikkaan.<"
+"/p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
+"symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
+"pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Suojataksesi kopioituja tiedostoja aseta niiden omistaja ja käyttöoikeudet.\n"
+"<p>Suojataksesi kopioituja tiedostoja aseta niiden omistaja ja "
+"käyttöoikeudet.\n"
"Aseta omistaja muodossa <i>userid:groupid</i>. Käyttöoikeudet voivat olla\n"
"symbolisia muutoksen osoittajia tai oktaalilukuja jotka esittävät\n"
"uuden käyttöoikeuden bittikuviona.</p>"
@@ -255,13 +263,17 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
+"in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
+"server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Olet saattanut valmistella sovelluksille tai palveluille määritystiedoston,\n"
+"<p>Olet saattanut valmistella sovelluksille tai palveluille "
+"määritystiedoston,\n"
"joka tulisi kopioida täydellisinä asennettavaan järjestelmään. Esimerkiksi\n"
-"jos olet asentamassa webpalvelinta ja sinulla on httpd.conf-määritystiedosto valmiina.</p>"
+"jos olet asentamassa webpalvelinta ja sinulla on httpd.conf-määritystiedosto "
+"valmiina.</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332
msgid "Select a file from the table first."
@@ -494,7 +506,8 @@
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Odota hetki, järjestelmää valmistellaan automaattista asennusta varten.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Odota hetki, järjestelmää valmistellaan automaattista asennusta varten.</P>"
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
@@ -551,10 +564,9 @@
msgstr "Määritetään käynnistyslatain..."
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
-msgstr "Korjataan tiedostojärjestelmää..."
+msgstr "Rekisteröidään järjestelmää..."
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
@@ -653,7 +665,8 @@
"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kokemuksestasi riippuen voit ohittaa, kirjoittaa lokiin ja näyttää (aikakatkaisulla)\n"
+"<p>Kokemuksestasi riippuen voit ohittaa, kirjoittaa lokiin ja näyttää "
+"(aikakatkaisulla)\n"
"asennusviestit.</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
@@ -662,7 +675,8 @@
"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>On suositeltavaa näyttää kaikki <b>viestit</b> aikakatkaisulla.\n"
-"Varoitukset voidaan joissakin tilanteissa ohittaa, mutta niitä ei saisi jättää huomiotta.</p>\n"
+"Varoitukset voidaan joissakin tilanteissa ohittaa, mutta niitä ei saisi "
+"jättää huomiotta.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
msgid "Messages and Logging"
@@ -677,12 +691,14 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
+"to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Valitse yksi seuraavista <b>perus</b>valinnoista ja napsauta <i>Lisävalinnat</i> lisätäksesi\n"
+"Valitse yksi seuraavista <b>perus</b>valinnoista ja napsauta <i>Lisävalinnat<"
+"/i> lisätäksesi\n"
"<b>lisä</b>valintoja ja -paketteja.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -694,8 +710,10 @@
msgstr "Asennuslähteen sijainti (esimerkiksi http://omakone/11.3/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
-msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
-msgstr "Tämän järjestelmän asennuslähde (et voi luoda levykuvaa, jos valitset tämän)"
+msgid ""
+"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgstr ""
+"Tämän järjestelmän asennuslähde (et voi luoda levykuvaa, jos valitset tämän)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
msgid "using that installation source failed"
@@ -710,15 +728,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
+"to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
+"can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
+"possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Liitostapa /etc/fstab -tiedostossa</b>\n"
-"\tTavallisesti liitettävä tiedostojärjestelmä tunnistetaan tiedostossa /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tlaitenimellä. Tämä tunnistaminen voidaan vaihtaa UUID:hen tai taltion nimeen\n"
-"\tperustuvaksi. Kaikkia tiedostojärjestelmiä ei voida liittää UUID:llä tai taltion nimellä.\n"
+"\tTavallisesti liitettävä tiedostojärjestelmä tunnistetaan tiedostossa "
+"/etc/fstab\n"
+"\tlaitenimellä. Tämä tunnistaminen voidaan vaihtaa UUID:hen tai taltion "
+"nimeen\n"
+"\tperustuvaksi. Kaikkia tiedostojärjestelmiä ei voida liittää UUID:llä tai "
+"taltion nimellä.\n"
"\tJos valinta ei ole käytettävissä, se ei ole mahdollinen.\n"
"\t "
@@ -726,7 +750,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
+"makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
@@ -902,8 +927,10 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
-msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr "Koko \"auto\" kelpaa vain jos liitospiste \"/boot\" tai \"swap\" on valittuna"
+msgid ""
+"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Koko \"auto\" kelpaa vain jos liitospiste \"/boot\" tai \"swap\" on valittuna"
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
@@ -1008,7 +1035,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kaikki järjestelmäsi automaattisesti tunnistetut kiintolevyt\n"
-"näytetään tässä. Valitse se kiintolevy, jolle haluat asentaa &product; järjestelmän.\n"
+"näytetään tässä. Valitse se kiintolevy, jolle haluat asentaa &product; "
+"järjestelmän.\n"
"</p>"
#. force help text width
@@ -1167,7 +1195,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Jos olet määrittänyt ja luonut <b>luokkia</b>, voit\n"
"yhdistää niitä käyttäen tätä käyttöliittymää uuden\n"
-"<i>Profiilin</i> luomiseen, joka sisältää tiedot kaikista luokista, riippuen prioriteetista (järjestyksestä)\n"
+"<i>Profiilin</i> luomiseen, joka sisältää tiedot kaikista luokista, riippuen "
+"prioriteetista (järjestyksestä)\n"
"jotka asetettiin luokkaa luotaessa.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497
@@ -1195,7 +1224,8 @@
"<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n"
"file should belong.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse yksi tai useampi luetelluista luokista, johon nykyinen ohjaustiedosto\n"
+"<p>Valitse yksi tai useampi luetelluista luokista, johon nykyinen "
+"ohjaustiedosto\n"
"tulee kuulua.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614
@@ -1373,8 +1403,11 @@
#. @param list menu items
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
-msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
-msgstr "Haluatko ottaa moduulin '%1' asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?"
+msgid ""
+"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
+"system?"
+msgstr ""
+"Haluatko ottaa moduulin '%1' asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635
@@ -1388,8 +1421,12 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
-msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
-msgstr "Haluatko varmasti ottaa profiilin asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä järjestelmässäsi?"
+msgid ""
+"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
+"system?"
+msgstr ""
+"Haluatko varmasti ottaa profiilin asetukset käyttöön nykyisessä "
+"järjestelmässäsi?"
#. EXIT
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781
@@ -1528,11 +1565,13 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
+"partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"Kickstart-tiedosto tuotiin.\n"
-"Tarkista tuodut muotosäännöt sekä varmista, että pakettivalinnat ja osioinnit\n"
+"Tarkista tuodut muotosäännöt sekä varmista, että pakettivalinnat ja "
+"osioinnit\n"
"tuotiin oikein."
#. Validate Dialog
@@ -1662,7 +1701,8 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
+"interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
@@ -1675,12 +1715,14 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
+"manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Jos poistat käytöstä AutoYaST:n toisen vaiheen, asennusta jatketaan ensimmäisen uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen manuaalisessa tilassa\n"
+"Jos poistat käytöstä AutoYaST:n toisen vaiheen, asennusta jatketaan "
+"ensimmäisen uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen manuaalisessa tilassa\n"
" (pakettien asennuksen jälkeen).\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -1824,13 +1866,17 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
+"and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tämä työkalu käyttää <em>xmllint</em>iä tarkistaakseen profiilin DTD:tä vasten ja\n"
-"tarkistaa puuttuvat tiedot. Osa tiedoista saattaa puuttua tarkoituksella, jolloin mahdolliset\n"
-"virheilmoitukset voidaan jättää huomiotta, esimerkiksi luokkien luonnin yhteydessä.</p>\n"
+"<p>Tämä työkalu käyttää <em>xmllint</em>iä tarkistaakseen profiilin DTD:tä "
+"vasten ja\n"
+"tarkistaa puuttuvat tiedot. Osa tiedoista saattaa puuttua tarkoituksella, "
+"jolloin mahdolliset\n"
+"virheilmoitukset voidaan jättää huomiotta, esimerkiksi luokkien luonnin "
+"yhteydessä.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
@@ -1851,14 +1897,16 @@
"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tuodaksesi Kickstart-tiedoston, anna polku määritystiedostoon. \n"
-"Tuotu tieto ladataan määritystenhallintajärjestelmään, jotta määritysten lisävalinnat\n"
+"Tuotu tieto ladataan määritystenhallintajärjestelmään, jotta määritysten "
+"lisävalinnat\n"
"tulisivat käyttöön SUSEn yhteydessä.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
+"selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tämä työkalu luo viiteprofiilin lukemalla tietoa järjestelmästä.\n"
"Valitse järjestelmästä vakioresurssien, kuten\n"
@@ -1870,7 +1918,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
+"system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Taulukko oikealla näyttää osiot, jotka luodaan kohdejärjestelmään.\n"
@@ -1911,10 +1960,12 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
+"are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
-"Jos osioita ei ole määritelty, ja valittu levy on myös se levy missä juuriosion\n"
+"Jos osioita ei ole määritelty, ja valittu levy on myös se levy missä "
+"juuriosion\n"
"tulisi sijaita, seuraavat osiot luodaan automaattisesti:"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58
@@ -1930,39 +1981,56 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Lisävalinnat</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr "Oletuksena AutoYaST luo jatketun osion ja lisää kaikki uudet osiot loogisina laitteina. On myös mahdollista määrätä AutoYaST luomaan tietty osio ensisijaisena osiona tai jatkettuna osiona. Lisäksi on mahdollista määritellä osion koko käyttäen sylintereitä megatavujen sijasta."
+msgid ""
+"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
+"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
+"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
+"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
+"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgstr ""
+"Oletuksena AutoYaST luo jatketun osion ja lisää kaikki uudet osiot loogisina "
+"laitteina. On myös mahdollista määrätä AutoYaST luomaan tietty osio "
+"ensisijaisena osiona tai jatkettuna osiona. Lisäksi on mahdollista määritellä "
+"osion koko käyttäen sylintereitä megatavujen sijasta."
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n"
"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Näitä ja muita lisävalintoja ei voida määrittää tämän käyttöliittymän avulla.\n"
+"Näitä ja muita lisävalintoja ei voida määrittää tämän käyttöliittymän "
+"avulla.\n"
"Sen sijaan ne voidaan lisätä käsin ohjaustiedostoon.\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
+"partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"LVM- ja RAID-asennusta varten katso dokumentaatiota ja lisää määritykset olemassa\n"
-"olevaan ohjaustiedostoon. Voit luoda vain alustamattomia LVM- ja RAID-osioita.\n"
+"LVM- ja RAID-asennusta varten katso dokumentaatiota ja lisää määritykset "
+"olemassa\n"
+"olevaan ohjaustiedostoon. Voit luoda vain alustamattomia LVM- ja "
+"RAID-osioita.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy HTTP(S) yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti koodin %2."
+msgstr ""
+"Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy HTTP(S) yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti "
+"koodin %2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy FTP yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti koodin %2."
+msgstr ""
+"Verkko-osoitetta '%1' ei löydy FTP yhteyskäytännöllä. Palvelin palautti "
+"koodin %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158
@@ -2042,7 +2110,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Asennusta edeltävät komentojonot</h3>\n"
-"<P>Lisää komennot, jotka suoritetaan ennen järjestelmän asennuksen alkamista. </P>\n"
+"<P>Lisää komennot, jotka suoritetaan ennen järjestelmän asennuksen alkamista. "
+"</P>\n"
#. help 2/6
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72
@@ -2067,7 +2136,8 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed "
+"\n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2075,9 +2145,12 @@
"<H3>Chroot-komentojonot</H3>\n"
"<P>Jos haluat suorittaa asennuksen jälkeiset komentojonot chroot-\n"
"ympäristössä, valitse <i>chroot-komentojono</i> -valinta. Nämä komentojonot\n"
-"suoritetaan ennen kuin järjestelmä käynnistetään uudelleen.ensimmäisen kerran \n"
-"Oletuksena chroot-komentojonot suoritetaan asennusjärjestelmässä. Käsitelläksesi\n"
-"asennetun järjestelmän tiedostoja käytä aina komentojonoissasi liitoskohtana \"/mnt\" .\n"
+"suoritetaan ennen kuin järjestelmä käynnistetään uudelleen.ensimmäisen kerran "
+"\n"
+"Oletuksena chroot-komentojonot suoritetaan asennusjärjestelmässä. "
+"Käsitelläksesi\n"
+"asennetun järjestelmän tiedostoja käytä aina komentojonoissasi liitoskohtana "
+"\"/mnt\" .\n"
"</P>\n"
#. help 4/6
@@ -2085,13 +2158,15 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag "
+"\"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Chroot-komentojonoja on mahdollista suorittaa myöhemmässä vaiheessa,\n"
-"käynnistyslataimen määrityksen jälkeen käyttämällä erityistä boolean-valintaa \"chrooted\".\n"
+"käynnistyslataimen määrityksen jälkeen käyttämällä erityistä boolean-valintaa "
+"\"chrooted\".\n"
"Tämä valinta suorittaa komentojonot asennetussa järjestelmässä. \n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2109,10 +2184,13 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Init-komentojonot</H3>\n"
-"<P>Nämä komentojonot suoritetaan ensimmäisen käynnistyksen aikana sen jälkeen,\n"
-"kun YaST on päättänyt järjestelmän määrityksen. Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan\n"
+"<P>Nämä komentojonot suoritetaan ensimmäisen käynnistyksen aikana sen "
+"jälkeen,\n"
+"kun YaST on päättänyt järjestelmän määrityksen. Viimeiset komentojonot "
+"suoritetaan\n"
"käyttäen erityistä <b>rc</b>-komentojonoa, joka suoritetaan vain kerran.\n"
-"Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan uudelleenkäynnistyksen lopussa, kun verkko on \n"
+"Viimeiset komentojonot suoritetaan uudelleenkäynnistyksen lopussa, kun verkko "
+"on \n"
" otettu käyttöön.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2121,14 +2199,17 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
+"or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Tulkki:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Ennen asennusta suoritettavat komentojonot voivat olla vain shell-komentojonoja\n"
-"Älä käytä <i>Perl</i> tai <i>Python</i> -kieliä ennen asennusta suoritettavissa komentojonoissa.\n"
+"<P>Ennen asennusta suoritettavat komentojonot voivat olla vain "
+"shell-komentojonoja\n"
+"Älä käytä <i>Perl</i> tai <i>Python</i> -kieliä ennen asennusta "
+"suoritettavissa komentojonoissa.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133
@@ -2137,32 +2218,44 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
+"which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
+"installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
+"too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Verkkokäyttö:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Kun asennuksen jälkeisiä komentojonoja suoritetaan, verkko on poistettu käytöstä\n"
-"ja verkon saaminen käyttöön edellyttää verkon valmistelua komentojonossa. Vaihtoehtona\n"
-"asennuksen jälkeiselle komentojonolle on init-komentojonojen käyttö. Se takaa, että\n"
-"järjestelmä on täysin määritetty, kun komentojonot suoritetaan. Jos asensit käyttämällä\n"
-"verkkoa, voit käyttää myös <b>Verkko</b>-valintaa asennuksen jälkeisille komentojonoille.\n"
+"<P>Kun asennuksen jälkeisiä komentojonoja suoritetaan, verkko on poistettu "
+"käytöstä\n"
+"ja verkon saaminen käyttöön edellyttää verkon valmistelua komentojonossa. "
+"Vaihtoehtona\n"
+"asennuksen jälkeiselle komentojonolle on init-komentojonojen käyttö. Se "
+"takaa, että\n"
+"järjestelmä on täysin määritetty, kun komentojonot suoritetaan. Jos asensit "
+"käyttämällä\n"
+"verkkoa, voit käyttää myös <b>Verkko</b>-valintaa asennuksen jälkeisille "
+"komentojonoille.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box "
+"as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
+"might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Palaute ja vianjäljitys:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Kaikki komentojonot, paitsi init-komentojonot, voivat näyttää STDOUT+STDERR -palautteen ilmoitusikkunassa.\n"
-"Jos otat vianjäljityksen käyttöön, saat enemmän tulosteita palauteikkunaan, josta saattaa olla apua\n"
+"<P>Kaikki komentojonot, paitsi init-komentojonot, voivat näyttää "
+"STDOUT+STDERR -palautteen ilmoitusikkunassa.\n"
+"Jos otat vianjäljityksen käyttöön, saat enemmän tulosteita palauteikkunaan, "
+"josta saattaa olla apua\n"
"komentojonojesi vianjäljityksessä.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -2250,12 +2343,14 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation "
+"for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Lisäämällä komentojonoja automaattiasennukseen voit räätälöidä\n"
-"asennuksen tarpeitasi vastaavaksi, ja ottaa hallinnan asennuksen eri vaiheissa.</p>\n"
+"asennuksen tarpeitasi vastaavaksi, ja ottaa hallinnan asennuksen eri "
+"vaiheissa.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
msgid "User Script Management"
@@ -2282,8 +2377,12 @@
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
-msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
-msgstr "XML-koostaja ilmoitti virheestä koostettaessa autoyast profiilia. Virheviesti on:\n"
+msgid ""
+"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
+"error message is:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"XML-koostaja ilmoitti virheestä koostettaessa autoyast profiilia. Virheviesti "
+"on:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
@@ -2297,7 +2396,8 @@
"\n"
"Käyttäjän määrittämiä luokkia ei voitu hakea. Varmista, että kaikki\n"
"luokat on määritelty oikein j a tämän järjestelmän saatavilla verkon kautta\n"
-"tai paikallisesti. Järjestelmää ei voida asentaa alkuperäisellä ohjaustiedostolla\n"
+"tai paikallisesti. Järjestelmää ei voida asentaa alkuperäisellä "
+"ohjaustiedostolla\n"
"käyttämättä luokkia.\n"
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
@@ -2362,8 +2462,10 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
+"those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
+"data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2377,11 +2479,13 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
+"including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Olemassa olevien tuttujen moduulien lisäksi luotiin uudet rajapinnat\n"
-"erityismäärityksiä ja monimutkaisia määrityksiä varten, mukaan lukien osiointi,\n"
+"erityismäärityksiä ja monimutkaisia määrityksiä varten, mukaan lukien "
+"osiointi,\n"
"yleiset asetukset ja ohjelmistot.</p>\n"
#. Construct node name for display in tree.
@@ -2482,13 +2586,16 @@
#. look for VGs to reuse
#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
-msgstr "Taltioryhmää %1 ei voi käyttää uudelleen. Taltioryhmää ei ole olemassa."
+msgstr ""
+"Taltioryhmää %1 ei voi käyttää uudelleen. Taltioryhmää ei ole olemassa."
#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group
#. the next instructions taints result
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr "Taltioryhmä '%1' tarvitsee ainakin yhden fyysisen taltion. Osoita fyysinen taltio."
+msgstr ""
+"Taltioryhmä '%1' tarvitsee ainakin yhden fyysisen taltion. Osoita fyysinen "
+"taltio."
#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
@@ -2571,16 +2678,24 @@
#. Install
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
-msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr "levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa ohjelmistoryhmää. Tarkista /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgid ""
+"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check "
+"/tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr ""
+"levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa ohjelmistoryhmää. Tarkista "
+"/tmp/ay_image.log"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Luodaan kuvatiedostoa - asennetaan paketteja"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
-msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr "Levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa pakettiryhmää. Tarkista /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgid ""
+"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check "
+"/tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr ""
+"Levykuvan luonti epäonnistui asennettaessa pakettiryhmää. Tarkista "
+"/tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
@@ -2592,7 +2707,8 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed "
+"anymore."
msgstr ""
"Voit tehdä vielä muutoksia levykuvaan %1/\n"
"Painettuasi ok-painiketta levykuva pakataan ja muutoksia ei voi enää tehdä."
@@ -2640,10 +2756,12 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
+"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"Voit tehdä muutoksia %1 ISO-tiedostoon, kuten lisäämällä eri AutoYaST XML-tiedoston.\n"
+"Voit tehdä muutoksia %1 ISO-tiedostoon, kuten lisäämällä eri AutoYaST "
+"XML-tiedoston.\n"
"Jos painat ok-painiketta, iso-tiedosto luodaan."
#. create the actual ISO file
@@ -2685,13 +2803,21 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
-msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
-msgstr "Paketin ratkaisijan suoritus epäonnistui. Tarkista autoyast-profiilin ohjelmisto-osa."
+msgid ""
+"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
+"autoyast profile."
+msgstr ""
+"Paketin ratkaisijan suoritus epäonnistui. Tarkista autoyast-profiilin "
+"ohjelmisto-osa."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
-msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr "Määritetty osiointisuunnitelma XML-profiilissa ei mahdu kiintolevylle. %1Mt puuttuu"
+msgid ""
+"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
+"disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr ""
+"Määritetty osiointisuunnitelma XML-profiilissa ei mahdu kiintolevylle. %1Mt "
+"puuttuu"
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/bootloader.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-27 21:57+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 21:13+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -43,10 +43,9 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set a global option"
msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "Aseta yleinen valinta"
+msgstr "Poista yleinen valinta"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
@@ -80,10 +79,9 @@
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Value: %1"
msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "Arvo: %1"
+msgstr "Arvo: %s"
#. command line error report
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185
@@ -119,12 +117,17 @@
#. warning text in the summary richtext
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta ei valittu asennettavaksi. Järjestelmää ei voi ehkä käynnistää."
+msgid ""
+"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
+"bootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnistyslatainta ei valittu asennettavaksi. Järjestelmää ei voi ehkä "
+"käynnistää."
#. error in the proposal
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgid ""
+"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa kunnolla osioinnin vuoksi"
#. proposal part - bootloader label
@@ -158,13 +161,16 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
+"code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
+"even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion osiotauluun</b><br>\n"
"Aktivoi käynnistysosion sisältävän osion. Yleinen pääkäynnistystietuekoodi\n"
-"käynnistää tämän jälkeen aktiivisen osion. Vanhemmat BIOSit vaativat yhden osion olevan aktiivinen,\n"
+"käynnistää tämän jälkeen aktiivisen osion. Vanhemmat BIOSit vaativat yhden "
+"osion olevan aktiivinen,\n"
"vaikka käynnistyslatain olisikin asennettu pääkäynnistystietueelle.</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -185,10 +191,12 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
+"loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aikakatkaisu sekunteina</b><br>\n"
-"Määrittää ajan, jonka käynnistyslatain odottaa ennen oletusytimen lataamista.</p>\n"
+"Määrittää ajan, jonka käynnistyslatain odottaa ennen oletusytimen "
+"lataamista.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
@@ -200,115 +208,151 @@
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Painamalla <b>Aseta oletukseksi</b> voit merkitä valitun \n"
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon oletusasetukseksi. Käynnistyksen aikana käynnistyslatain näyttää\n"
+"käynnistysvaihtoehdon oletusasetukseksi. Käynnistyksen aikana "
+"käynnistyslatain näyttää\n"
"käynnistysvalikon ja odottaa, että käyttäjä valitsee käynnistettäväksi \n"
-"ytimen tai toisen käyttöjärjestelmän. Jos mitään painiketta ei paineta ennen aikakatkaisua,\n"
-"järjestelmä käynnistää oletusytimen tai käyttöjärjestelmän. Käynnistyslataimen vaihtoehtojen järjestystä voi\n"
+"ytimen tai toisen käyttöjärjestelmän. Jos mitään painiketta ei paineta ennen "
+"aikakatkaisua,\n"
+"järjestelmä käynnistää oletusytimen tai käyttöjärjestelmän. "
+"Käynnistyslataimen vaihtoehtojen järjestystä voi\n"
"muuttaa <b>ylä</b>- ja <b>ala</b>nuolilla.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
+"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)</b> korvaa levyn pääkäynnistystietueen yleisellä koodilla\n"
-"(käyttöjärjestelmästä riippumaton koodi, joka käynnistää aktiivisen osion).</p>"
+"<p><b>Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)</b> "
+"korvaa levyn pääkäynnistystietueen yleisellä koodilla\n"
+"(käyttöjärjestelmästä riippumaton koodi, joka käynnistää aktiivisen osion).<"
+"/p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
+"other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käynnistä käynnistysosiosta</b> on yksi suositelluista vaihtoehdoista. Toinen on \n"
+"<p><b>Käynnistä käynnistysosiosta</b> on yksi suositelluista vaihtoehdoista. "
+"Toinen on \n"
"<b>Käynnistä juuriosiosta</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another "
+"operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (MBR)</b> -vaihtoehtoa ei suositella, jos tietokoneeseen\n"
+"<p><b>Käynnistä pääkäynnistystietueesta (MBR)</b> -vaihtoehtoa ei suositella, "
+"jos tietokoneeseen\n"
"on asennettu toinen käyttöjärjestelmä</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
+"is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
+"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
+"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Käynnistä juuriosiosta</b> on suositeltava vaihtoehto, jos käytettävissä on \n"
-"sopiva osio. Valitse joko <b>Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion osiotauluun</b> ja <b>Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)</b>\n"
-"<b>Käynnistyslataimen valinnat</b> -kohdassa, jos haluat päivittää pääkäynnistystietueen,\n"
+"<p><b>Käynnistä juuriosiosta</b> on suositeltava vaihtoehto, jos "
+"käytettävissä on \n"
+"sopiva osio. Valitse joko <b>Määritä aktiivinen-lippu käynnistysosion "
+"osiotauluun</b> ja <b>Kirjoita yleinen käynnistyskoodi "
+"pääkäynnistystietueeseen (MBR)</b>\n"
+"<b>Käynnistyslataimen valinnat</b> -kohdassa, jos haluat päivittää "
+"pääkäynnistystietueen,\n"
"tai määritä toinen käynnistyslatain tämän käynnistysvaihtoehdon alkuun.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
+"partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistä jatketulta osiolta</b> tulisi valita jo juuri-osio on \n"
"loogisella osiolla ja /boot-osio puuttuu</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Mukautettu käynnistysosio</b> antaa käyttäjän valita osion, jolta käynnistetään</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Mukautettu käynnistysosio</b> antaa käyttäjän valita osion, jolta "
+"käynnistetään</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>MD-ryhmä on rakennettu 2:sta levystä. <b>Ota varmennus käyttöön MD-ryhmässä</b>\n"
+"<p>MD-ryhmä on rakennettu 2:sta levystä. <b>Ota varmennus käyttöön "
+"MD-ryhmässä</b>\n"
"ottaaksesi käyttöön GRUB:in kirjoituksen MBR:lle molemmissa levyissä.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<"
+"/code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sarjayhteyden parametrit</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää sarjakonsolille\n"
-"käytettävät parametrit. Lisätietoja on grub-ohjeissa (<code>info grub</code>).</p>"
+"<p><b>Käytä Sarjakonsolia</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää "
+"sarjakonsolille\n"
+"käytettävät parametrit. Lisätietoja on grub-ohjeissa (<code>info grub2</code>"
+").</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a "
+"serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<"
+"/code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
+"you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Päätemääritys</b></p><br>\n"
-"Tämä vaihtoehto määrittää käytettävän päätteen lajin. Jos haluat käyttää sarjapäätettä (toisin sanoen sarjakonsolia),\n"
-"arvoksi on määritettävä <code>serial</code>. Voit myös välittää komennolle arvon <code>console</code>,\n"
-"kuten <code>serial console</code>. Tässä tapauksessa mikä tahansa pääte, jossa\n"
+"Tämä vaihtoehto määrittää käytettävän päätteen lajin. Jos haluat käyttää "
+"sarjapäätettä (toisin sanoen sarjakonsolia),\n"
+"arvoksi on määritettävä <code>serial</code>. Voit myös välittää komennolle "
+"arvon <code>console</code>,\n"
+"kuten <code>serial console</code>. Tässä tapauksessa mikä tahansa pääte, "
+"jossa\n"
"painat jotakin näppäintä, valitaan GRUB-päätteeksi.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
+"numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Varakäynnistysvaihtoehdot, jos oletusasetus epäonnistuu</b> sisältää luettelon\n"
+"<p><b>Varakäynnistysvaihtoehdot, jos oletusasetus epäonnistuu</b> sisältää "
+"luettelon\n"
"käynnistysvaihtoehtojen numeroista, joita käytetään käynnistämiseen, jos\n"
"oletuskäynnistysvaihtoehtoa ei voi käynnistää.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Valinta <b>Piilota valikko käynnistettäessä</b> kätkee käynnistysvalikon.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Valinta <b>Piilota valikko käynnistettäessä</b> kätkee käynnistysvalikon.<"
+"/p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will "
+"only accept the password if you repeat\n"
"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Suojaa käynnistyslatainta salasanalla</b><br>\n"
-"Määritä salasana, jota tarvitaan käynnistysvalikon käyttämiseen. YaST hyväksyy salasanan vain, jos se kirjoitetaan\n"
+"Määritä salasana, jota tarvitaan käynnistysvalikon käyttämiseen. YaST "
+"hyväksyy salasanan vain, jos se kirjoitetaan\n"
"uudelleen <b>Salasana uudelleen</b> -kohtaan.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
@@ -493,28 +537,54 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
+"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit "
+"määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>VGA-tila</b> määrittää <i>konsolin</i> VGA-tilan, jota ydin käyttää käynnistyksessä</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console<"
+"/i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>VGA-tila</b> määrittää <i>konsolin</i> VGA-tilan, jota ydin käyttää "
+"käynnistyksessä</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
+"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Valinnainen ytimen komentoriviparametri</b> -vaihtoehdon avulla voit "
+"määrittää ytimelle välitettäviä lisäparametreja</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Etsi muita käyttöjärjestelmiä</b> luodaksesi monikäynnistyksen muiden käyttöjärjestelmien kanssa.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
+"foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Etsi muita käyttöjärjestelmiä</b> luodaksesi monikäynnistyksen muiden "
+"käyttöjärjestelmien kanssa.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Suojaava MBR-lippu</b> on vain asiantuntijan asetuksia ja sitä tarvitaan vain eksoottisissa laitteissa. Lisätietoa, ks. Protective MBR in GPT disks. Älä koske, ellet tiedä.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on "
+"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if "
+"you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Suojaava MBR-lippu</b> on vain asiantuntijan asetuksia ja sitä "
+"tarvitaan vain eksoottisissa laitteissa. Lisätietoa, ks. Protective MBR in "
+"GPT disks. Älä koske, ellet tiedä.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Jakelija</b> määrittää käynnistystietueen nimeä luotaessa käytettävän ytimen jakelijan nimen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create "
+"boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Jakelija</b> määrittää käynnistystietueen nimeä luotaessa käytettävän "
+"ytimen jakelijan nimen.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
@@ -612,7 +682,8 @@
#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr "Käynnistyslatainta \"%s\" ei tueta. Sovita AutoYaST-profiiliasi vastaavasti."
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnistyslatainta \"%s\" ei tueta. Sovita AutoYaST-profiiliasi vastaavasti."
#. file open popup caption
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
@@ -739,7 +810,8 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current "
+"\n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -799,7 +871,8 @@
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Napsauta <b>Lisää</b> luodaksesi uuden käynnistysvaihtoehdon käynnistyslataimeen\n"
+"<p>Napsauta <b>Lisää</b> luodaksesi uuden käynnistysvaihtoehdon "
+"käynnistyslataimeen\n"
"tai <b>Poista</b> poistaaksesi valitun käynnistysvaihtoehdon</p>"
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
@@ -831,7 +904,8 @@
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details<"
+"/b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
@@ -890,7 +964,8 @@
"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistyslataimen asennuksen yksityiskohdat</b><br>\n"
-"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen asennusvalintoja (esimerkiksi laitekartoitus),\n"
+"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen asennusvalintoja (esimerkiksi "
+"laitekartoitus),\n"
"napsauta <b>Käynnistyslataimen asennuksen yksityiskohdat</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -901,7 +976,8 @@
"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistyslataimen tyyppi</b><br>\n"
-"Valitaksesi asennetaanko käynnistyslatain ja mikä käynnistyslatain asennetaan\n"
+"Valitaksesi asennetaanko käynnistyslatain ja mikä käynnistyslatain "
+"asennetaan\n"
"valitse <b>Käynnistyslatain</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -912,7 +988,8 @@
"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistyslataimen valinnat</b><br>\n"
-"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen valintoja, kuten odotusajan kestoa, napsauta\n"
+"Mukauttaaksesi käynnistyslataimen valintoja, kuten odotusajan kestoa, "
+"napsauta\n"
"<b>Käynnistyslataimen valinnat</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -934,7 +1011,8 @@
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi</b><br>\n"
-"Valitse <b>Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi</b> määrittääksesi käynnistyslataimen käynnistysvaihtoehdolle nimen. Käynnistysvaihtoehdon \n"
+"Valitse <b>Käynnistysvaihtoehdon nimi</b> määrittääksesi käynnistyslataimen "
+"käynnistysvaihtoehdolle nimen. Käynnistysvaihtoehdon \n"
"nimen tulee olla yksilöivä.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
@@ -954,7 +1032,8 @@
"selected section.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Kopioi valittu käynnistysvaihtoehto</b> kopioidaksesi valitun\n"
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon. Muokkaa sitten valintoja, joiden haluat eroavan valitusta käynnistysvaihtoehdosta.</p>"
+"käynnistysvaihtoehdon. Muokkaa sitten valintoja, joiden haluat eroavan "
+"valitusta käynnistysvaihtoehdosta.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
@@ -963,7 +1042,8 @@
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Image käynnistysvaihtoehto</b> lisätäksesi \n"
-"uuden Linux-ytimen tai muun tiedostokuvan ladattavaksi ja käynnistettäväksi.</p>"
+"uuden Linux-ytimen tai muun tiedostokuvan ladattavaksi ja käynnistettäväksi.<"
+"/p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:248
@@ -971,7 +1051,8 @@
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse <b>Xen käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä uuden Linux-ytimen\n"
+"<p>Valitse <b>Xen käynnistysvaihtoehto</b>, jos haluat lisätä uuden "
+"Linux-ytimen\n"
"tai muun levykuvan, joka käynnistetään XEN-ympäristössä.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -988,11 +1069,13 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
+"disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitse <b>Muu käynnistysvaihtoehto</b> lisätäksesi\n"
-"käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka lataa ja käynnistää levyn levyosion käynnistyslohkon.\n"
+"käynnistysvaihtoehdon, joka lataa ja käynnistää levyn levyosion "
+"käynnistyslohkon.\n"
"Tätä käytetään käynnistämään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
@@ -1118,40 +1201,65 @@
#. error report
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgid ""
+"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr "Osioinnista johtuen käynnistyslatainta ei voida asentaa oikein."
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Asenna käynnistyskoodi MBR:ään (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">älä asenna</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Asenna käynnistyskoodi MBR:ään (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">älä asenna</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia MBR:ään (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">asenna</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia MBR:ään (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">asenna</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Asenna käynnistyskoodi /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">älä asenna</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
+"install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Asenna käynnistyskoodi /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">älä "
+"asenna</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">asenna</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">"
+"install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia /boot-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">"
+"asenna</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Aenna käynnistyskoodi \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">älä asenna</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
+"install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Aenna käynnistyskoodi \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">älä "
+"asenna</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">asenna</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">"
+"install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Älä asenna käynnistyskoodia \"/\"-osiolle (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">"
+"asenna</a>)"
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr "Varoitus: käynnistyslataimen vaiheelle 1 (stage1) ei ole valittu sijaintia. Ellet tiedä, mitä teet, valitse sijainti yltä."
+msgid ""
+"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
+"are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+"Varoitus: käynnistyslataimen vaiheelle 1 (stage1) ei ole valittu sijaintia. "
+"Ellet tiedä, mitä teet, valitse sijainti yltä."
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
@@ -1197,18 +1305,30 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
-msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr "Käynnistys MBR:stä ei toimi btrfs-tiedostojärjestelmän ja GTP-levynimiön kanssa ilman bios_grub-osiota. Voit korjata tämän luomalla bios_grub-osion tai käyttämällä mitä tahansa ext-tiedostojärjestelmää käynnistysosiolle tai olemalla asentamatta vaihetta 1 MBR:ään."
+msgid ""
+"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label "
+"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or "
+"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnistys MBR:stä ei toimi btrfs-tiedostojärjestelmän ja GTP-levynimiön "
+"kanssa ilman bios_grub-osiota. Voit korjata tämän luomalla bios_grub-osion "
+"tai käyttämällä mitä tahansa ext-tiedostojärjestelmää käynnistysosiolle tai "
+"olemalla asentamatta vaihetta 1 MBR:ään."
#. check if boot device is on raid0
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "Käynnistyslaite on RAID-tyyppiä: %1. Järjestelmä ei tule käynnistymään."
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnistyslaite on RAID-tyyppiä: %1. Järjestelmä ei tule käynnistymään."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
-msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Käynnistyslaite on ohjelmistopohjainen RAID 1. Valitse muu käynnistyslataimen sijainti, esimerkiksi pääkäynnistystietue (MBR)"
+msgid ""
+"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
+"Master Boot Record"
+msgstr ""
+"Käynnistyslaite on ohjelmistopohjainen RAID 1. Valitse muu käynnistyslataimen "
+"sijainti, esimerkiksi pääkäynnistystietue (MBR)"
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/cluster.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-26 20:34+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 21:38+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: en_US\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -97,63 +97,62 @@
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
-msgstr "Tarpeeton IP-osoite"
+msgstr "Varayhteyden IP-osoite"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Node IP"
msgid "Node ID"
-msgstr "Solmun IP "
+msgstr "Solmun ID"
#. Set need to require 'set'
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:163
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Solmun ID pitää olla asetettu positiiviseksi kokonaisluvuksi"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
-msgstr "Laitteisto-osoitteen pitää olla yksilöivä."
+msgstr "Solmun ID pitää olla yksilöllinen"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
-msgstr "Sidottu verkko-osoite:"
+msgstr "Sidottu verkko-osoite pitää olla asetettu"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Klusterin nimi pitää olla määritetty"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
-msgstr "Laitteisto-osoite pitää olla määritelty."
+msgstr "Jäsenosoite pitää olla määritetty"
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured"
msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
-msgstr "Soita testiääni, kun äänikortti on määritetty"
+msgstr "Odotettujen äänien määrä pitää olla määritetty kun udp on käytössä"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:226 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1463
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ryhmälähetysosoite pitää olla määritetty"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
-msgstr "pos arvon täytyy olla positiivinen kokonaisluku."
+msgstr "Ryhmälähetysportti pitää olla positiivinen kokonaisluku"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
-msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
+msgid ""
+"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to "
+"passive."
msgstr ""
+"Voit valita vain passiivisen tai aktiivisen, kun useampi liitäntä käytössä. "
+"Aseta passiiviseksi."
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
@@ -209,7 +208,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgid "Redundant IP"
-msgstr "Tarpeeton IP-osoite"
+msgstr "Varayhteyden IP-osoite"
#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:539
@@ -217,15 +216,17 @@
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
+"ILMOITUS: Havaittiin vanha corosync määritys.\n"
+"Määritä jäsenlista uudelleen ja tarkista muutkin määritykset."
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Säikeiden määrä pitää olla kokonaisluku"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:696
msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Säikeiden määrä pitää olla suurempi kuin 0"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
@@ -236,20 +237,28 @@
msgstr "Säikeet:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
-msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
-msgstr "Luo /etc/corosync/authkey vasta luodulle klusterille painamalla alla olevaa painiketta."
+msgid ""
+"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate "
+"/etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr ""
+"Luo /etc/corosync/authkey vasta luodulle klusterille painamalla alla olevaa "
+"painiketta."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
-msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
-msgstr "Liittyäksesi olemassa olevaan klusteriin kopioi toisten noodien /etc/corosync/authkey käsin."
+msgid ""
+"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
+"nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Liittyäksesi olemassa olevaan klusteriin kopioi toisten noodien "
+"/etc/corosync/authkey käsin."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tiedoston /etc/corosync/authkey luonti epäonnistui"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:775
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tiedoston /etc/corosync/authkey luonti onnistui"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:850 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:920
msgid "Running"
@@ -265,16 +274,14 @@
msgstr "Käynnistys"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Käytössä – Käynnistä pacemaker käynnistettäessä"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
-msgstr "Poissa käytöstä – Käynnistä pacemaker käsin"
+msgstr "Poissa käytöstä – Käynnistä pacemaker manuaalisesti"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Switch On and Off"
@@ -380,11 +387,13 @@
#. SaveCsync2();
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
+"cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd-palvelu auttaa monistamaan palomuurin tilan klusterin solmujen välillä.\n"
+"Conntrackd-palvelu auttaa monistamaan palomuurin tilan klusterin solmujen "
+"välillä.\n"
"YaST auttaa määrittämään joitakin conntrackd-palvelun perusasetuksia.\n"
"Käynnistä se komennolla ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
@@ -405,10 +414,9 @@
msgstr "Luo etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
-msgstr "pos arvon täytyy olla positiivinen kokonaisluku."
+msgstr "Ryhmänumero pitää olla kokonaisluku"
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
@@ -421,20 +429,84 @@
#| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
#| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
+"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
+"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
+"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
+"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
+"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
+"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid "
+"field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
+"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the "
+"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to "
+"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This "
+" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will "
+"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>"
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
+"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
+"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
+"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
+"udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
+"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
+"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
+"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the "
+" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
+"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
+"not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
+"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
+"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
+"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
+"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
+"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
+"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
+"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
+"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<"
+"br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. "
+"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in "
+"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
+"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Sidottu verkko-osoite</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää osoitteen johon openaisin tulee sitoutua. Tämän osoitteen tulee aina loppua nollaan. Mikäli liikenne tulee reitittää osoitteen 192.168.5.92 kautta aseta bindnetaddr osoitteeksi 192.168.5.0.<br>Tämä voi olla myös IPv6-osoite, siinä tapauksessa käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Tässä tapauksessa tulee käyttää kokonaista osoitetta, eikä automaattista verkkoliitäntää saa valita kuten IPv4-osoiteen kanssa tehdään. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään määrittää arvo.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big></b><br>Tämä on openaisin käyttämä ryhmälähetysosoite. Oletusosoitteen tulisi usein miten toimia, mutta mikäli epäselvää varmista verkon ylläpitäjältä käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite. Vältä käyttämästä 224.x.x.x osoitetta tämä on \"asetusten\" ryhmälähetysosoite.<br>Tämä voi olla myös IPv6 ryhmälähetysosoite silloin kun käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään määrittää arvo.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysportti</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää käytettävän UDP-portin. On mahdollista käyttää samaa ryhmälähetysosoitetta verkossa jossa openais palvelut on määritetty eri UDP-porteille.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Noodi ID</big></b><br>Tämä määritys on vapaehtoinen silloin kun IPv4 on käytössä ja pakollin silloin kun IPv6 on käytössä. Tämä on 32 bittinen arvo joka yksilöi noodin klusteripalvelussa. Mikäli tätä ei määritetä käytettäessä IPv4-osoitetta noodi id määritetään IP-osoitteesta järjestelmästä johon tämä on liitetty tunnisteella 0. Noodi tunniste 0 on varattu ja sitä ei tulisi käyttää.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää ringin tyypin, se voi olla, ei mitään, aktiivinen tai passiivinen. Aktiivinen replikointi tarjoaa hieman pienemmän latenssin toimittaessa tietoa viallisesta ympäristössä, mutta samalla hieman huonomman suorituskyvyn. Passiivinen replikointi voi melkein tuplata totem protokollan nopeuden mikäli se ei ole prosessorisidonnainen. Viimeinen vaihtoehto on \"ei mitään\" jolloin vain yhtä verkkoliitäntää käytetään totem protokollan käsittelyyn. Mikäli vain yksi verkkoliitäntä on määritetty valitaan \"ei mitään\" automaattisesti. Mikäli useampi verkkoliitäntä on määritetty voidaan käyttään vain aktiivista tai passiivista tyyppiä.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Sidottu verkko-osoite</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää osoitteen johon "
+"openaisin tulee sitoutua. Tämän osoitteen tulee aina loppua nollaan. Mikäli "
+"liikenne tulee reitittää osoitteen 192.168.5.92 kautta aseta bindnetaddr "
+"osoitteeksi 192.168.5.0.<br>Tämä voi olla myös IPv6-osoite, siinä tapauksessa "
+"käytetään IPv6-osoitetta. Tässä tapauksessa tulee käyttää kokonaista "
+"osoitetta, eikä automaattista verkkoliitäntää saa valita kuten IPv4-osoiteen "
+"kanssa tehdään. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään "
+"määrittää arvo.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big></b><br>Tämä on openaisin käyttämä "
+"ryhmälähetysosoite. Oletusosoitteen tulisi usein miten toimia, mutta mikäli "
+"epäselvää varmista verkon ylläpitäjältä käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite. Vältä "
+"käyttämästä 224.x.x.x osoitetta tämä on \"asetusten\" ryhmälähetysosoite.<br>"
+"Tämä voi olla myös IPv6 ryhmälähetysosoite silloin kun käytetään "
+"IPv6-osoitetta. Mikäli käytetään IPv6-osoitetta tulee nodeid kenttään "
+"määrittää arvo.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysportti</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää käytettävän "
+"UDP-portin. On mahdollista käyttää samaa ryhmälähetysosoitetta verkossa jossa "
+"openais palvelut on määritetty eri UDP-porteille.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Noodi ID</big></b><br>Tämä määritys on vapaehtoinen silloin kun "
+"IPv4 on käytössä ja pakollin silloin kun IPv6 on käytössä. Tämä on 32 "
+"bittinen arvo joka yksilöi noodin klusteripalvelussa. Mikäli tätä ei "
+"määritetä käytettäessä IPv4-osoitetta noodi id määritetään IP-osoitteesta "
+"järjestelmästä johon tämä on liitetty tunnisteella 0. Noodi tunniste 0 on "
+"varattu ja sitä ei tulisi käyttää.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Tämä määrittää ringin tyypin, se voi olla, "
+"ei mitään, aktiivinen tai passiivinen. Aktiivinen replikointi tarjoaa hieman "
+"pienemmän latenssin toimittaessa tietoa viallisesta ympäristössä, mutta "
+"samalla hieman huonomman suorituskyvyn. Passiivinen replikointi voi melkein "
+"tuplata totem protokollan nopeuden mikäli se ei ole prosessorisidonnainen. "
+"Viimeinen vaihtoehto on \"ei mitään\" jolloin vain yhtä verkkoliitäntää "
+"käytetään totem protokollan käsittelyyn. Mikäli vain yksi verkkoliitäntä on "
+"määritetty valitaan \"ei mitään\" automaattisesti. Mikäli useampi "
+"verkkoliitäntä on määritetty voidaan käyttään vain aktiivista tai passiivista "
+"tyyppiä.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
@@ -444,52 +516,116 @@
#| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul
t is on. <br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are "
+"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the "
+"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this "
+"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to "
+"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates "
+"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for "
+"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
+"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
+"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption "
+"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 "
+"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. "
+"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as "
+"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU "
+"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu "
+"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of "
+"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on "
+"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput "
+"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A "
+"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. "
+"The default is on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Säikeet</big></b><br>Tämä säätelee kuinka monta säiettä käytetään viestin salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Mikäli secauth on pois käytöstä ei protokollaa käytetä koskaan säikeitä lähetettäessä. Mikäli secauth on käytössä mahdollistaa tämä asetus useiden säikeiden käyttämisen viestien salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Säie määritys 0 tarkoittaa, että säiketä ei käytetä lähetyksessä. Tämä tila tarjoaa parhaan suorityskyvyn ei SMP järjestelmille. Oletusarvo on 0.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Ota käyttöön Security Auth</big>Tämä määrittää HMAC/SHA1 salauksen käyttöön kaikille viesteille. Se täsmentää, että kaikki tieto salataan sober128 salausalgoritmilla suojatakseen tietoa salakuuntelulta.Tämän käyttöönotto lisää 36 tavua jokaisen viestin otsikkoon, joka pienentää suoritustehoa. Salaus ja autentikointi kuluttavat 75% aisexec syklistä gprofilla mitattuna. 100MB verkossa jossa MTU 1500 kehys lähetys: 9MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 100% suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 10MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 20%suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla.1GB verkossa jossa jumbo-kehys käytössä: 20MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista kun tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 60MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla. Oletuksena tämä on käytössä.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Säikeet</big></b><br>Tämä säätelee kuinka monta säiettä käytetään "
+"viestin salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Mikäli secauth on pois käytöstä ei "
+"protokollaa käytetä koskaan säikeitä lähetettäessä. Mikäli secauth on "
+"käytössä mahdollistaa tämä asetus useiden säikeiden käyttämisen viestien "
+"salaukseen ja ryhmälähetykseen. Säie määritys 0 tarkoittaa, että säiketä ei "
+"käytetä lähetyksessä. Tämä tila tarjoaa parhaan suorityskyvyn ei SMP "
+"järjestelmille. Oletusarvo on 0.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Ota käyttöön Security Auth</big>Tämä määrittää HMAC/SHA1 salauksen "
+"käyttöön kaikille viesteille. Se täsmentää, että kaikki tieto salataan "
+"sober128 salausalgoritmilla suojatakseen tietoa salakuuntelulta.Tämän "
+"käyttöönotto lisää 36 tavua jokaisen viestin otsikkoon, joka pienentää "
+"suoritustehoa. Salaus ja autentikointi kuluttavat 75% aisexec syklistä "
+"gprofilla mitattuna. 100MB verkossa jossa MTU 1500 kehys lähetys: 9MB/sek "
+"suorituskyky on mahdollista 100% suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä on otettu "
+"käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 10MB/sek suorituskyky on mahdollista 20%"
+"suoritinkuormalla silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla.1GB "
+"verkossa jossa jumbo-kehys käytössä: 20MB/sek suorityskyky on mahdollista kun "
+"tämä on otettu käyttöön 3ghz suorittimilla. 60MB/sek suorityskyky on "
+"mahdollista silloin kun tämä ei ole käytössä 3ghz suorittimilla. Oletuksena "
+"tämä on käytössä.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
+"or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall "
+"is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Käynnistys</big></b><br>Käynnistetäänko corosync-palvelu koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Palomuuriasetukset</big></b><br>Ota portti käyttöön, kun palomuuri on käytössä</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Käynnistys</big></b><br>Käynnistetäänko corosync-palvelu "
+"koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Palomuuriasetukset</big></b><br>Ota portti käyttöön, kun "
+"palomuuri on käytössä</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
+"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
+"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
+"synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using "
+"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated "
+"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied "
+"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronointiasiakas</big></b><br>Tässä käytettävät konenimet tulee olla klusterin noodien konenimiä. Tämä tarkoittaa, etä sinun tulee käyttää tismalleen samaa konenimeä kun mitä hostname-komento tulostaa.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronointitiedosto</big></b><br>Synkronoitavan tiedoston täydellinen nimi.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Esijaetut avaimet</big></b><br>Tunnistautuminen suoritetaan käyttäen IP-osoitetta ja esijaettuja avaimia käytettäessä Csync2. Avaintiedosto luodaan komennolla \"csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup\". Tiedosto key_hagroup tulee kopioida kaikille klusterin jäsenille sen jälkeen kun se on luotu.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronointiasiakas</big></b><br>Tässä käytettävät konenimet "
+"tulee olla klusterin noodien konenimiä. Tämä tarkoittaa, etä sinun tulee "
+"käyttää tismalleen samaa konenimeä kun mitä hostname-komento tulostaa.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Synkronointitiedosto</big></b><br>Synkronoitavan tiedoston "
+"täydellinen nimi.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Esijaetut avaimet</big></b><br>Tunnistautuminen suoritetaan "
+"käyttäen IP-osoitetta ja esijaettuja avaimia käytettäessä Csync2. "
+"Avaintiedosto luodaan komennolla \"csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup\". "
+"Tiedosto key_hagroup tulee kopioida kaikille klusterin jäsenille sen jälkeen "
+"kun se on luotu.</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface "
+"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You "
+"may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
+"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
+"used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
+"syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Määrätty verkkoliitäntä</big></b><br>Ennalta määrätty verkkoliitäntä synkronointia varten. Verkkoliitännän tulee tukea ryhmälähetystä ja sen pitää olla ylhäällä. Saattaa olla, että se pitää olla ennalta määritetty.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>IPv4-osoite valittuna määrätylle verkoliitännelle. Tämä tunnistetaan automaattisesti.z</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big></b><br>Synkronointiin käytettävä ryhmälähetysosoite.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Määrätty verkkoliitäntä</big></b><br>Ennalta määrätty "
+"verkkoliitäntä synkronointia varten. Verkkoliitännän tulee tukea "
+"ryhmälähetystä ja sen pitää olla ylhäällä. Saattaa olla, että se pitää olla "
+"ennalta määritetty.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>IPv4-osoite valittuna määrätylle "
+"verkoliitännelle. Tämä tunnistetaan automaattisesti.z</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Ryhmälähetysosoite</big></b><br>Synkronointiin käytettävä "
+"ryhmälähetysosoite.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>Ryhmänumero</big></b><br>Synkronoitavan ryhmän numero.</p>\n"
"\t"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/control.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
# Mikko Piippo <mikko.piippo(a)opensuse.fi>, 2008.
# Asko Isonokari <askoin(a)netsonic.fi>, 2009.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010.
-# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2013.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 20:58+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 23:01+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
@@ -49,10 +48,11 @@
"\n"
"<p><b>Onnittelut!</b></p>\n"
"<p>openSUSEn asennus tietokoneeseesi on valmis.\n"
-"Voit kirjautua järjestelmään <b>Valmis</b>-painikkeen painamisen jälkeen.</p>\n"
+"Voit kirjautua järjestelmään <b>Valmis</b>-painikkeen painamisen jälkeen.</p>"
+"\n"
"<p>Vieraile osoitteessa %1.</p>\n"
"<p>Pidä hauskaa!<br>Terveisin openSUSEn kehitysryhmä</p>\n"
-"\t "
+" "
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
msgid ""
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@
"käytetyt työpöytäympäristöt ovat GNOME ja KDE, ja ne ovat tasavertaisesti\n"
"tuettuja openSUSEssa. Molemmat työpöytäympäristöt ovat helppokäyttöisiä,\n"
"hyvin integroituja ja niissä on miellyttävä käyttötuntuma. Kaikilla\n"
-"työpöytäympäristöillä on omanlaisensa tyyli, joten henkilökohtaiset mieltymykset\n"
+"työpöytäympäristöillä on omanlaisensa tyyli, joten henkilökohtaiset "
+"mieltymykset\n"
"määrittävät sinulle sopivimman työpöytäympäristön."
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
@@ -141,7 +142,6 @@
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Lataa Linuxrc verkkomääritys"
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/crowbar.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -4,14 +4,14 @@
# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
#
# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2013.
-# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2013.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 14:20+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 22:27+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Repository Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
-msgstr "&Asennuslähteen nimi"
+msgstr "Asennuslähteen nimi"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
msgid "URL"
@@ -44,18 +44,33 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
+"for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
+"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Tässä voit muokata <b>Päivityslähteidesi</b> sijaintia.</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Joitain esimerkkejä miltä päivitysosoitteen tulisi näyttää:\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
+"<ul>\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
+"SMT-palvelin\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
+"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> SUSE Manager palvelin\n"
+"</p><p>\n"
+"Tarkempaa tietoa löytyy käyttöönotto ohjeesta.\n"
+"</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
@@ -67,35 +82,42 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
msgid "&Ask On Error"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Kirjautumisvirhe"
#. table header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Administrator DN"
msgid "Administrator Name"
-msgstr "Ylläpitäjän DN"
+msgstr "Ylläpitäjän nimi"
#. help text
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>"
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Anna salasana Crowbar ylläpitäjälle.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Hallitse käyttäjätunnuksia ja salasanoja Crowbar ylläpitäjille.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Model"
msgid "&Mode"
-msgstr "&Malli"
+msgstr "&Tila"
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>"
+"\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as "
+"space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Tässä voit muokata <b>verkkotilan</b> oleellisella <b>liitoskäytännöllä</b>"
+".</p>\n"
+"<p>Voit myös määrittää liitosverkkojen liitäntöjen nimet välilyönnillä "
+"erotettuun listaan.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
@@ -106,16 +128,21 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:222
+#, fuzzy
msgid "P&hysical interfaces mapping for bastion network"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Liitosverkkojen kartoitus fyysisiin liitäntöihin"
#. help text for conduit if list
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Each physical interface definition needs to fit the pattern\n"
"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
"Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Jokaisen fyysisen liitännän määritys tulee täyttää kuvio\n"
+"<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n"
+"Esimerkkejä <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>.</p>"
#. table header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
@@ -139,26 +166,24 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Use VLAN"
msgid "Use &VLAN"
-msgstr "Käytä VLAN:ia"
+msgstr "Käytä &VLAN:ia"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "VLAN ID"
msgid "VLAN &ID"
-msgstr "VLAN ID"
+msgstr "VLAN &ID"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:306
msgid "Rou&ter"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rei&titin"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgid "Router pre&ference"
-msgstr "Palautetaan käyttäjän valintoja..."
+msgstr "Reitittimen asetukset"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:338
@@ -171,21 +196,18 @@
msgstr "&Aliverkon peite"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Broadcast"
msgid "Broa&dcast"
-msgstr "Broadcast"
+msgstr "Yleislähetys"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Add Bridge"
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr "Lisää silta"
#. push button label&
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..."
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr "Muo&kkaa alueita..."
@@ -195,7 +217,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
-msgstr "Liitosverkko"
+msgstr "Lisää Liitosverkko"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:425
@@ -228,7 +250,6 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
#| "Choose a different one."
@@ -236,7 +257,7 @@
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
-"Määritys nimellä %1 on jo olemassa.\n"
+"Käyttäjä %1 on jo olemassa.\n"
"Valitse toinen nimi."
#. error popup
@@ -244,7 +265,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
-msgstr "Annettu verkko-osoite ei kelpaa."
+msgstr "Liittymän '%1' muotoilu on virheellinen"
#. table entry (VLAN status)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
@@ -289,7 +310,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
-msgstr "Osoite '%1' ei ole osa '%2' verkkoa."
+msgstr "IP-osoite '%1' ei ole osa '%2' aliverkkoa."
#. popup message
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1068
@@ -333,8 +354,12 @@
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
-msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
+"Mikäli yhtään käyttäjää ei ole saatavilla, Käytetään käyttäjää 'crowbar' "
+"oletussalasanalla."
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
@@ -366,7 +391,7 @@
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1501
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tyhjä URL tarkoittaa, että käytetään oletusasetuksia."
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1653
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -2,21 +2,23 @@
# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+#
# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
-#
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
-"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
-"Language: \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 22:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
+"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
+"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module
#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54
@@ -28,12 +30,12 @@
#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals
#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Iplb"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iplb"
#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals
#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83
msgid "&Iplb"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Iplb"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -196,8 +198,9 @@
msgstr "Hiljainen"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
msgid "Fork"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Haara"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103
#, fuzzy
@@ -220,88 +223,151 @@
"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
+"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
+"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a "
+"per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
+"used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
+"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
+"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
+"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
+"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
+"used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic"
+"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
+"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
-"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>"
+"|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the "
+"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a "
+"href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
+"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
+"requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any "
+"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
+"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds "
+"will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
+"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
+"configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>"
+"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
+"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>"
+"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options "
+"are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
-"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls "
+"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has "
+"changed on\n"
+"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on "
+"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of "
+"the\n"
"configuration.\n"
-"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> "
+"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>"
+"autoreload</b> is\n"
"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>"
+"configuration</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
-"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the "
+"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the "
+"configuration file changed\n"
+"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, "
+"the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
"</p><p>Default: no\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be "
+"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
+"table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
+"be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
+"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
+"routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
+"information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
+"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
+"kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<"
+"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
+"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
-"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every "
+"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will "
+"increase\n"
+"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many "
+"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate "
+"instances\n"
"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All "
+"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to "
+"run\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a "
+"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">"
+"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a "
+"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>"
+" for details.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -309,42 +375,87 @@
#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
-"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>"
+"(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
+"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than "
+"zero. The\n"
+"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> "
+"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual "
+"service\n"
"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
-"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
-"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
-"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
-"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
-"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
-"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
-"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
-"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
-"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>"
+"ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><"
+"b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
+"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended "
+"primarily for\n"
+"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a "
+"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in "
+"which case\n"
+"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server "
+"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must "
+"be\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and "
+"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will "
+"be\n"
+"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive "
+"pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the "
+"request-receive\n"
+"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the "
+"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
+"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is "
+"used.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual "
+"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> "
+"address of a\n"
+"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running "
+"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its "
+"virtual\n"
+"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is "
+"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way "
+"that the\n"
"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
-"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
-"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The "
+"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, "
+"emailalertfreq and\n"
+"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in "
+"which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
-"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
-"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
-"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
-"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>"
+"|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a "
+"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> "
+"connection, thus the\n"
+"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then "
+"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one "
+"negotiate\n"
+"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and "
+"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real "
+"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> "
+"services. Off\n"
+"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be "
+"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always "
+"be\n"
"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
-"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>"
+"imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>"
+"oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>"
+"|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None "
+"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it "
+"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the "
+"server\n"
+"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b>"
+" sections for protocol specific information.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
@@ -367,7 +478,9 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run "
+"to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if "
+"everything\n"
"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
@@ -378,68 +491,103 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service "
+"port.\n"
"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real "
+"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be "
+"overridden by\n"
"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
-"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or "
+"the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL<"
+"/small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one "
+"or more\n"
"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
-"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any "
+"occurances of \n"
" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
-"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the "
+"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind "
+"that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special "
+"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be "
+"overridden by an\n"
"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's "
+"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
-"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
-"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD<"
+"/small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the "
+"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is "
+"the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is "
+"used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
-"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
-"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>"
+"HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. "
+"In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of "
+"the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort "
+"the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
+"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log "
+"in.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from "
+"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the "
+"configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is "
+"derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication "
+"will not be attempted.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <"
+"small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where "
+"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run "
+"time, or sourced\n"
"from uname if unset.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , "
+"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be "
+"performed.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the "
+"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed "
+"against. This\n"
"is a required setting.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform "
+"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd "
+"(set by\n"
"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
"\n"
@@ -453,73 +601,119 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an "
+"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">"
+"ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP<"
+"/small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall "
+"mark then the\n"
"protocol must be fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port "
+"is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is "
+"53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
+"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
+"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a "
+"per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
+"used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
+"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
+"used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
+"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
+"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
+"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
+"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
+"requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any "
+"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
+"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds "
+"will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
+"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
+"configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>"
+"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
+"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>"
+"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options "
+"are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic"
+"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
+"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be "
+"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
+"table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
+"be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
+"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
+"routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
+"information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
+"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
+"kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<"
+"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
+"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
+"overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -671,10 +865,13 @@
#. split the real server ip value;
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
msgstr ""
+"Mikäli käytät IPv6, tulee sen olla alla olevassa muodossa\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
#, fuzzy
@@ -795,3 +992,4 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..."
+
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/network.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: network.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-12 19:04+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 22:40+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -140,20 +140,26 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
+"attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
+"dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Palomuuri ja SSH</big></b><br />\n"
-"Palomuuri on puolustustoiminto joka suojaa tietokonettasi verkosta tulevilta hyökkäyksiltä.\n"
+"Palomuuri on puolustustoiminto joka suojaa tietokonettasi verkosta tulevilta "
+"hyökkäyksiltä.\n"
"SSH on palvelu joka sallii etäkirjautumisen tälle tietokoneelle\n"
"SSH-asiakasohjelmallla</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
+"after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Tässä voin valita jätetäänko palomuuri pääle vai ei asennuksen jälkeen. Suositus on pitää se päällä.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tässä voin valita jätetäänko palomuuri pääle vai ei asennuksen jälkeen. "
+"Suositus on pitää se päällä.</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
#, fuzzy
@@ -162,11 +168,14 @@
#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
#| "will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
+"SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
+"service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kun palomuuri on päällä, voit päättää avataanko palomuuriin portti palvelulle SSH\n"
+"<p>Kun palomuuri on päällä, voit päättää avataanko palomuuriin portti "
+"palvelulle SSH\n"
"ja sallia etä-SSH-kirjaantumiset. Tämä myös sallii SSH-palvelun (ts. se\n"
"käynnistetään kun tietokone käynnistyy).</p>"
@@ -375,8 +384,11 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
-msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr "Julkaisutietojen verkko-osoitetta ei ole määritetty. Internet-testiä ei voida suorittaa."
+msgid ""
+"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr ""
+"Julkaisutietojen verkko-osoitetta ei ole määritetty. Internet-testiä ei voida "
+"suorittaa."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -386,7 +398,8 @@
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
+"configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
"Julkaisutietojen lataaminen epäonnistui palvelinpään virheeseen.\n"
@@ -764,8 +777,12 @@
msgstr "Kohteen IP-osoite pitää määrittää."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
-msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
-msgstr "Ainakin yksi parametri (yhdyskäytävä, verkkopeite, laite, valinnat) on määritettävä."
+msgid ""
+"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
+"must be specified"
+msgstr ""
+"Ainakin yksi parametri (yhdyskäytävä, verkkopeite, laite, valinnat) on "
+"määritettävä."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
@@ -1211,7 +1228,8 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr "<p>Valitse liitosohjaimen asetukset ja muokkaa niitä tarvittaessa. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Valitse liitosohjaimen asetukset ja muokkaa niitä tarvittaessa. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
@@ -1404,15 +1422,21 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
+"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable "
+"Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
+"to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD-PRIORITEETTI</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Liitännät, jotka on määritetty käynnistymään <b>kytkettäessä kaapeli</b> ja parametri IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n"
-" ovat samanarvoisia. Mikäli useampi liitäntä on määritetty käynnistymään <b>kytkettäessä kaapeli</b>,\n"
-" täytyy olla tapa, jolla käynnistettävä liitäntä valitaan. Tämän vuoksi jokaiselle liitännälle tulee määrittää\n"
+"<p>Liitännät, jotka on määritetty käynnistymään <b>kytkettäessä kaapeli</b> "
+"ja parametri IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n"
+" ovat samanarvoisia. Mikäli useampi liitäntä on määritetty käynnistymään <b>"
+"kytkettäessä kaapeli</b>,\n"
+" täytyy olla tapa, jolla käynnistettävä liitäntä valitaan. Tämän vuoksi "
+"jokaiselle liitännälle tulee määrittää\n"
" käynnistysprioriteetti. </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
@@ -1446,7 +1470,8 @@
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II -pohjainen tai vastaava langaton kortti"
+msgstr ""
+"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II -pohjainen tai vastaava langaton kortti"
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76
@@ -1614,8 +1639,11 @@
msgstr "Käytä ”id”-valintaa laitteen määrittämiseen."
#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
-msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
-msgstr "”Id”-arvo on rajojen ulkopuolella. Tarkista enimmäisarvo ”list”-valinnalla."
+msgid ""
+"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of "
+"\"id\"."
+msgstr ""
+"”Id”-arvo on rajojen ulkopuolella. Tarkista enimmäisarvo ”list”-valinnalla."
#. Handler for action "add"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
@@ -1722,7 +1750,8 @@
"Laite tarvitsee laiteohjelmiston, jotta sitä voi käyttää oikein.\n"
"Ohjelmiston voi yleensä ladata laitteen valmistajan sivustolta.\n"
"Jos olet jo ladannut ja asentanut laiteohjelmiston, napsauta\n"
-"<b>Jatka</b> ja määritä laite. Muulloin napsauta <b>Peruuta</b> ja palaa tähän\n"
+"<b>Jatka</b> ja määritä laite. Muulloin napsauta <b>Peruuta</b> ja palaa "
+"tähän\n"
"määritysikkunaan asennettuasi laiteohjelmiston.\n"
#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-(
@@ -1734,8 +1763,12 @@
msgstr "Asennetaan laiteohjelmistoa"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
-msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
-msgstr "Laiteohjelmiston asentamiseksi on suoritettava komentojono 'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Suoritetaanko se nyt?"
+msgid ""
+"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script "
+"needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
+msgstr ""
+"Laiteohjelmiston asentamiseksi on suoritettava komentojono "
+"'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Suoritetaanko se nyt?"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
@@ -1757,7 +1790,8 @@
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
-msgstr "Valitsemallasi laitteella on STARTMODE=nfsroot. Poistetaanko se varmasti?"
+msgstr ""
+"Valitsemallasi laitteella on STARTMODE=nfsroot. Poistetaanko se varmasti?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376
@@ -1817,7 +1851,8 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
-"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
+"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name "
+"(for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Udev-säännöt</b> ovat säännöt kernelin laitteisto-ohjaimelle, joka voi\n"
@@ -1826,40 +1861,57 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
-"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
+"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify "
+"now configured NIC. \n"
+"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start "
+"blinking for selected time.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Näytä näkyvän portin tunniste</b> sallii fyysisesti tunnistaa määritetyn verkkokortin. \n"
-"Aseta sopiva aika, paina <b>vilkuta</b> ja verkkokortin ledit vilkkuvat asetetun ajan\n"
+"<p><b>Näytä näkyvän portin tunniste</b> sallii fyysisesti tunnistaa "
+"määritetyn verkkokortin. \n"
+"Aseta sopiva aika, paina <b>vilkuta</b> ja verkkokortin ledit vilkkuvat "
+"asetetun ajan\n"
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
-"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
+"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if "
+"there is more than one driver available for\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the "
+"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kernel-moduuli</b>. Syötä verkkolaitteesi kernel-moduulin nimi (ts. ohjain).\n"
-"Jos laite on jo määritetty, katso onko pudotusvalikossa tarjolla useampi kuin yksi ohjain. \n"
-"Tarpeen vaatiessa valitse ohjain luettelosta, yleensä oletusohjain toimii.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Kernel-moduuli</b>. Syötä verkkolaitteesi kernel-moduulin nimi (ts. "
+"ohjain).\n"
+"Jos laite on jo määritetty, katso onko pudotusvalikossa tarjolla useampi kuin "
+"yksi ohjain. \n"
+"Tarpeen vaatiessa valitse ohjain luettelosta, yleensä oletusohjain toimii.</p>"
+"\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
-"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
+"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for "
+"example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while "
+"saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Lisäksi voidaan määrittää <b>valinnat</b> ydin-moduuleille. Ne pitäisi\n"
"kirjoittaa muodossa <i>valinta</i>=<i>arvo</i>. Ne täytyy olla välilyönnillä\n"
-"erotettuja, esimerkiksi, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Huomaa:</b> Jos kaksi korttia\n"
-"määritetään samalla moduulin nimellä, valinnat yhdistetään tallennettaessa.</p>\n"
+"erotettuja, esimerkiksi, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Huomaa:</b> Jos kaksi "
+"korttia\n"
+"määritetään samalla moduulin nimellä, valinnat yhdistetään tallennettaessa.<"
+"/p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
-msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Mikäli muokkaat joitain <b>Ethtool-asetuksia</b> ifup suorittaa ethtool-komennon näillä asetuksilla.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool "
+"with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Mikäli muokkaat joitain <b>Ethtool-asetuksia</b> ifup suorittaa "
+"ethtool-komennon näillä asetuksilla.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:141
@@ -2050,24 +2102,40 @@
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Anna <b>Portin nimi</b> tälle laitteelle (kirjainkoko merkitsevä).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Anna <b>Portin nimi</b> tälle laitteelle (kirjainkoko merkitsevä).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
-msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Anna tarvittaessa <b>Lisäasetukset</b> tälle laitteelle (erotettuna välilyönnillä).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by "
+"spaces).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Anna tarvittaessa <b>Lisäasetukset</b> tälle laitteelle (erotettuna "
+"välilyönnillä).</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Valitse tarvittaessa <b>'Ota IP-osoitteen haltuunotto käyttöön'</b>. </p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled "
+"for this interface.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Valitse tarvittaessa <b>'Ota IP-osoitteen haltuunotto käyttöön'</b>. </p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Käytä 2. kerroksen tukea</b>, mikäli tälle kortille on määritetty 2. kerroksen tuki.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with "
+"layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Valitse <b>Käytä 2. kerroksen tukea</b>, mikäli tälle kortille on "
+"määritetty 2. kerroksen tuki.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
-msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Anna <b>2. kerroksen MAC-osoite</b>, mikäli tälle kortille on määritetty 2. kerroksen tuki.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with "
+"layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Anna <b>2. kerroksen MAC-osoite</b>, mikäli tälle kortille on määritetty "
+"2. kerroksen tuki.</p>"
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005
@@ -2248,19 +2316,23 @@
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
-"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
+"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the "
+"response \n"
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6-yhteyskäytännön asetukset</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Valitse <b>Ota IPv6 käyttöön</b> ottaaksesi ipv6-moduuli käyttöön ytimessä.\n"
-"On mahdollista, että sekä IPv6 että IPv4 ovat samanaikaisesti käytössä. Tämä on oletusvalinta.\n"
+"<p>Valitse <b>Ota IPv6 käyttöön</b> ottaaksesi ipv6-moduuli käyttöön "
+"ytimessä.\n"
+"On mahdollista, että sekä IPv6 että IPv4 ovat samanaikaisesti käytössä. Tämä "
+"on oletusvalinta.\n"
"Jos haluat IPv6:n käytöstä, poista tämä valinta (tämä lisää ipv6-moduulin \n"
"ytimen estolistalle). Kun ipv6-yhteyskäytäntöä ei käytetä, verkon vasteajat \n"
"voivat olla nopeampia.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kaikki muutokset otetaan käyttöön uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Kaikki muutokset otetaan käyttöön uudelleen käynnistyksen jälkeen.</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
@@ -2272,7 +2344,8 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tässä valintaikkunassa voit asettaa reitityksen.\n"
-"<b>Oletusyhdyskäytävä</b> käy kaikille mahdollisille kohteille, mutta huonosti. \n"
+"<b>Oletusyhdyskäytävä</b> käy kaikille mahdollisille kohteille, mutta "
+"huonosti. \n"
"Kaikki kohteet, joihin ei ole tarkempaa reittiä, päätyvät oletusreitille.\n"
"Mikäli tarkempi reitti on määritetty, sitä käytetään. </p>\n"
@@ -2280,18 +2353,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be "
+"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Jokaiselle reitille annetaan kohdeverkon IP-osoite, yhdyskäytävän osoite\n"
-"ja verkkomaski. Ohittaaksesi jonkun näistä, käytä yhdysmerkkiä \"-\". Valitse myös\n"
-"laite, jonka kautta liikenne reititetään määrättyyn verkkoon (\"-\" tarkoittaa mitä tahansa liitäntää).</p>\n"
+"ja verkkomaski. Ohittaaksesi jonkun näistä, käytä yhdysmerkkiä \"-\". "
+"Valitse myös\n"
+"laite, jonka kautta liikenne reititetään määrättyyn verkkoon (\"-\" "
+"tarkoittaa mitä tahansa liitäntää).</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
-msgstr "<p>Ota käyttöön <b>IPv4 IP-välitys</b> (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Ota käyttöön <b>IPv4 IP-välitys</b> (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista "
+"tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
msgid ""
@@ -2300,25 +2378,33 @@
"<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n"
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Ota käyttöön <b>IPv6 IP-välitys</b> (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n"
-"<b>Varoitus:</b> IPv6 IP-välitys poistaa käytöstä IPv6 tilattoman osoitteen automaattimäärityksen (SLAAC)."
+"<p>Ota käyttöön <b>IPv6 IP-välitys</b> (välitä paketit ulkoisista verkoista "
+"tähän sisäiseen verkkoon) mikäli tämä järjestelmä on reititin.\n"
+"<b>Varoitus:</b> IPv6 IP-välitys poistaa käytöstä IPv6 tilattoman osoitteen "
+"automaattimäärityksen (SLAAC)."
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
+"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is "
+"not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tärkeää:</b> Mikäli palomuuri on aktivoitu pelkkä IP-välityksen aktivointi ei riitä.\n"
-"Sinun tulee aktivoida naamiointi ja/tai määrittää ainakin yksi uudelleenohjaus sääntö palomuurille.\n"
+"<p><b>Tärkeää:</b> Mikäli palomuuri on aktivoitu pelkkä IP-välityksen "
+"aktivointi ei riitä.\n"
+"Sinun tulee aktivoida naamiointi ja/tai määrittää ainakin yksi "
+"uudelleenohjaus sääntö palomuurille.\n"
"Voit käyttää YaSTin palomuurimoduulia tähän.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
-"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
-"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
-"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
+"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP "
+"client.\n"
+"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. "
+"\n"
+"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that "
+"assign \n"
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Mikäli käytät DHCP:tä IP-osoitteen hakemiseen, tarkista \n"
@@ -2330,22 +2416,28 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
-"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
-"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
+"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
+"a \n"
+"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even "
+"\n"
"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aseta konenimi loopback IP:lle</b> yhdistää konenimesi osoitteeseen\n"
" <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> tiedostossa. Tämä on\n"
-"käytännöllistä silloin kun haluat konenimen olevan selvitettävissä silloinkin\n"
-"kun verkkoyhteydet eivät ole aktiivisia. Kaikissa muissa tapauksissa kannattaa\n"
+"käytännöllistä silloin kun haluat konenimen olevan selvitettävissä "
+"silloinkin\n"
+"kun verkkoyhteydet eivät ole aktiivisia. Kaikissa muissa tapauksissa "
+"kannattaa\n"
"käyttää varoen etenkin jos kone tarjoaa joitain verkkopalveluita.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Anna nimipalvelimet ja toimialuehakuluettelo konenimien selvittämiseksi. Tavallisesti ne saadaan DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Anna nimipalvelimet ja toimialuehakuluettelo konenimien selvittämiseksi. "
+"Tavallisesti ne saadaan DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
@@ -2366,27 +2458,36 @@
"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hakutoimialue on sen toimialueen nimi, josta haku alkaa. Ensisijainen hakutoimialue\n"
+"<p>Hakutoimialue on sen toimialueen nimi, josta haku alkaa. Ensisijainen "
+"hakutoimialue\n"
"on yleensä sama kuin oman koneesi toimialueen nimi (esim. suse.de).\n"
-"Hakutoimialueita voi olla useita (esim. suse.com) Erota toimialueet pilkuilla tai tyhjällä tilalla\n"
+"Hakutoimialueita voi olla useita (esim. suse.com) Erota toimialueet "
+"pilkuilla tai tyhjällä tilalla\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
-"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
-"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS "
+"domain\n"
+"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially "
+"important if this \n"
+"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using "
+"the <i>hostname</i> \n"
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Anna tälle tietokoneelle lyhytnimi (esim. <i>munkone</i>) ja DNS-toimialue\n"
-"(esim. <i>esimerkki.fi</i>), johon kone kuuluu. Toimialue on tärkeä, jos tämä \n"
-"tietokone on postipalvelin. Voit tarkistaa tietokoneesi konenimen <i>hostname</i>-\n"
+"<p>Anna tälle tietokoneelle lyhytnimi (esim. <i>munkone</i>) ja "
+"DNS-toimialue\n"
+"(esim. <i>esimerkki.fi</i>), johon kone kuuluu. Toimialue on tärkeä, jos tämä "
+"\n"
+"tietokone on postipalvelin. Voit tarkistaa tietokoneesi konenimen <i>"
+"hostname</i>-\n"
"komennolla.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
-"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
+"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
+"handled\n"
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
@@ -2395,8 +2496,10 @@
"<p>Valitse tapa jolla DNS-määritystä (nimipalvelin, hakulista, \n"
"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i> -tiedoston sisältö) muokataan. Normaalisti\n"
" se hoidetaan <i>netconfig</i> komentojonolla, joka yhdistää pysyvästi\n"
-" määritetyn tiedon sekä dynaamisesti haetun (esimerkiksi DHCP-asiakasohjelmalla,\n"
-" verkkotyökalulla ja niin edelleen.). Tämä on oletus, <b>Käytä oletuskäytäntöä</b> valinta ja\n"
+" määritetyn tiedon sekä dynaamisesti haetun (esimerkiksi "
+"DHCP-asiakasohjelmalla,\n"
+" verkkotyökalulla ja niin edelleen.). Tämä on oletus, <b>Käytä "
+"oletuskäytäntöä</b> valinta ja\n"
"se on riittävä useimmille määrityksille.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
@@ -2411,8 +2514,10 @@
"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Valitsemalla valinnan <b>Vain käsin</b>, <i>netconfig</i> ei salli enää \n"
-"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>-tiedoston muokkaamista. Voit kuitenkin muokata tiedostoa\n"
-"käsin valitsemalla <b>Käytä oletuskäytäntöä</b>. Voit määrittää muokatun käytäntöjen\n"
+"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>-tiedoston muokkaamista. Voit kuitenkin muokata "
+"tiedostoa\n"
+"käsin valitsemalla <b>Käytä oletuskäytäntöä</b>. Voit määrittää muokatun "
+"käytäntöjen\n"
"merkkijonon, joka koostuu pilkulla erotetusta luettelosta liityntänimiä \n"
"sisältäen jokerimerkit, STATIC ja STATIC_FALLBACK esimääritettyinä arvoina. \n"
"Lisätietoa löydät <i>netconfig</i> ohjesivulta. Huomaa: tyhjä kenttä\n"
@@ -2423,16 +2528,21 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
+"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
+"to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Osoitteen asetus</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Valitse <b>Ei osoiteasetusta</b>, jos et halua asettaa IP-osoitetta tälle laitteelle.\n"
+"<p>Valitse <b>Ei osoiteasetusta</b>, jos et halua asettaa IP-osoitetta tälle "
+"laitteelle.\n"
"Tämä on käytännöllistä verkkolaitteiden sitomiseksi.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
-msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Tarkista <b>iBFT</b> mikäli haluat verkkoasetusten pysyvän BIOSissa.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your "
+"BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tarkista <b>iBFT</b> mikäli haluat verkkoasetusten pysyvän BIOSissa.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
@@ -2450,7 +2560,8 @@
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit valita yhden dynaamisen osoitteen määräämistavoista. Valitse <b>DHCP</b>,\n"
+"<p>Voit valita yhden dynaamisen osoitteen määräämistavoista. Valitse <b>DHCP<"
+"/b>,\n"
"jos lähiverkossa on toimiva DHCP-palvelin. Verkko-osoitteet saadaan sitten \n"
"automaattisesti palvelimelta.</p>\n"
@@ -2458,17 +2569,22 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
+"Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>"
+"\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hakeaksesi automaattisesti vapaan IP:n ja määrittääksesi sen kiinteäksi, valitse \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. Käyttääksesi DHCP:tä ja varmistuksena zeroconfia valitse <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n"
+"<p>Hakeaksesi automaattisesti vapaan IP:n ja määrittääksesi sen kiinteäksi, "
+"valitse \n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. Käyttääksesi DHCP:tä ja varmistuksena zeroconfia valitse <b>"
+"DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n"
"Muuten verkko-osoite täytyy määrittää <b>kiinteästi</b>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
+"your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2479,13 +2595,19 @@
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
+"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>"
+"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written "
+"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Asettaaksesi kiinteän osoitteen</b> anna tietokoneellesi kiinteä IP-osoite (esimerkiksi <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) ja \n"
-"aliverkonpeite (tavallisesti <tt>255.255.255.0<tt> tai vain etuliitteen pituus <tt>/24</tt>). Valinnaisesti voit antaa\n"
-"tälle IP-osoitteelle täysin hyväksytyn konenimen. Konenimi kirjoitetaan <i>/etc/hosts</i> tiedostoon.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Asettaaksesi kiinteän osoitteen</b> anna tietokoneellesi kiinteä "
+"IP-osoite (esimerkiksi <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) ja \n"
+"aliverkonpeite (tavallisesti <tt>255.255.255.0<tt> tai vain etuliitteen "
+"pituus <tt>/24</tt>). Valinnaisesti voit antaa\n"
+"tälle IP-osoitteelle täysin hyväksytyn konenimen. Konenimi kirjoitetaan <i>"
+"/etc/hosts</i> tiedostoon.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211
@@ -2520,12 +2642,17 @@
"Valitessasi vyöhykkeen palomuuri otetaan käyttöön. Mikäli et \n"
"valitse vyöhykettä, ja järjestelmässä on muita palomuurin takana \n"
"olevia liitäntöjä, niin palomuuri pysyy käytössä estäen kaiken liikenteen\n"
-"tämän liitännän läpi. Mikäli et valitse vyöhykettä, ja toisia liitäntöjä ei ole,\n"
+"tämän liitännän läpi. Mikäli et valitse vyöhykettä, ja toisia liitäntöjä ei "
+"ole,\n"
"palomuuri otetaan pois käytöstä.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
-msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Pakollinen liitäntä</b> määrittää, raportoiko verkkopalvelu virheen, mikäli liitäntä ei käynnisty koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
+"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Pakollinen liitäntä</b> määrittää, raportoiko verkkopalvelu virheen, "
+"mikäli liitäntä ei käynnisty koneen käynnistyksen yhteydessä.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
@@ -2546,8 +2673,12 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Valitse liitoslaitteen alisteiset laitteet. Valittavissa ovat vain laitteet, joiden Laitteen käynnistys -arvo on <b>Ei koskaan</b>, ja joille on määritetty <b>Ei osoiteasetusta</b>.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
+"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Valitse liitoslaitteen alisteiset laitteet. Valittavissa ovat vain "
+"laitteet, joiden Laitteen käynnistys -arvo on <b>Ei koskaan</b>, ja joille "
+"on määritetty <b>Ei osoiteasetusta</b>.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
@@ -2564,9 +2695,12 @@
"network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>DHCP-asiakastunniste</b> tyhjäksi jätettynä tarkoittaa verkkoliitännän\n"
-"fyysisen laitteisto-osoitteen käyttöä (MAC). Tunnisteen täytyy olla yksilöllinen jokaisella\n"
-"DHCP-asiakkaalla yksittäisen verkon sisällä. Tästä syystä aseta yksilöivä vapaamuotoinen\n"
-"tunniste, jos sinulla on useita (virtuaali)koneita käyttämässä samaa verkkoliitäntää\n"
+"fyysisen laitteisto-osoitteen käyttöä (MAC). Tunnisteen täytyy olla "
+"yksilöllinen jokaisella\n"
+"DHCP-asiakkaalla yksittäisen verkon sisällä. Tästä syystä aseta yksilöivä "
+"vapaamuotoinen\n"
+"tunniste, jos sinulla on useita (virtuaali)koneita käyttämässä samaa "
+"verkkoliitäntää\n"
"(ja näin ollen samaa fyysistä laitteisto-osoitetta).</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
@@ -2583,22 +2717,29 @@
#| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. "
+"Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>"
+"\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>"
+"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Lähetettävä konenimi</b> määrittää merkkijonon, jota\n"
-"käytetään konenimi-asetuksen kentässä, kun dhcpcd lähettää viestejä DHCP-palvelimeen. Jotkin \n"
+"käytetään konenimi-asetuksen kentässä, kun dhcpcd lähettää viestejä "
+"DHCP-palvelimeen. Jotkin \n"
" DHCP-palvelimet päivittävät nimipalvelinten vyöhykkeitä (tavalliset \n"
" ja käänteiset tietueet) tämän isäntänimen mukaan (dynaaminen DNS).\n"
" \n"
-" Jotkin DHCP-palvelimet edellyttävät myös <b>Lähetettävä konenimi</b> -asetuskentän,\n"
-" joka sisältää tietyn asiakkailta saatavien DHCP-viestien merkkijonon. Jätä asetukseksi <i>AUTO</i>,\n"
-" jos haluat lähettää nykyisen konenimen (eli tiedostossa <i>/etc/HOSTNAME</i> määritetyn). \n"
+" Jotkin DHCP-palvelimet edellyttävät myös <b>Lähetettävä konenimi</b> "
+"-asetuskentän,\n"
+" joka sisältää tietyn asiakkailta saatavien DHCP-viestien merkkijonon. Jätä "
+"asetukseksi <i>AUTO</i>,\n"
+" jos haluat lähettää nykyisen konenimen (eli tiedostossa <i>/etc/HOSTNAME</i> "
+"määritetyn). \n"
" Jätä kenttä tyhjäksi, jos et halua lähettää konenimeä.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
@@ -2635,18 +2776,26 @@
#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
+"legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility "
+"truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Alias Nimi</b> on valinnainen ja vanhentunut. \n"
-" Laitenimen enimmäispituus (sisältää kaksoispisteen ja nimen) on\n"
-" rajattu 15 merkkiin ja vanhentunut ifconfig-ohjelma lyhentää sen 9 merkkin jälkeen.</p>"
+" Laitenimen enimmäispituus (sisältää kaksoispisteen ja nimen) "
+"on\n"
+" rajattu 15 merkkiin ja vanhentunut ifconfig-ohjelma lyhentää "
+"sen 9 merkkin jälkeen.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Älä anna liitännän nimeä alias-nimeen. Anna mieluummin nimeksi <b>foo</b> kuin <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>"
+"foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Älä anna liitännän nimeä alias-nimeen. Anna mieluummin nimeksi <b>foo</b> "
+"kuin <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
@@ -2672,7 +2821,8 @@
"Anna 5 merkkiä 64-bittiselle avaimelle, 13 merkkiä 128-bittiselle, \n"
"16 merkkiä 156-bittiselle ja 29 merkkiä 256-bittiselle.\n"
"<br><b>Heksadesimaalinen</b>: Syötä avaimen heksanumerot. Anna\n"
-"10 heksanumeroa 64-bittiselle avaimille, 26 numeroa 128-bittiselle, 32 numeroa 156-bittiselle\n"
+"10 heksanumeroa 64-bittiselle avaimille, 26 numeroa 128-bittiselle, 32 "
+"numeroa 156-bittiselle\n"
"ja 58 numeroa 256-bittiselle. Voit käyttää viivaa\n"
"<tt>-<tt> erottaaksesi numeroparit tai ryhmät, esimerkiksi '0a5f-41e6-48'.\n"
"</p> \n"
@@ -2705,7 +2855,8 @@
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication "
+"mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
@@ -2713,7 +2864,8 @@
"<p>Aseta <b>Verkon nimi (ESSID)</b>, jota käytetään\n"
"samaan näennäisverkkoon kuuluvien solujen tunnistamiseen. Kaikki asemat\n"
"langattomassa verkossa tarvitsevat saman ESSID:n viestiäkseen\n"
-"keskenään. Jos valitset toimintatilan <b>Hallittu</b> ja et <b>WPA</b>-tunnistautumistilaa,\n"
+"keskenään. Jos valitset toimintatilan <b>Hallittu</b> ja et <b>WPA</b>"
+"-tunnistautumistilaa,\n"
"voit jättää tämän tyhjäksi tai asettaa sen arvoon <tt>'any'</tt>.\n"
"Tässä tapauksessa yhteys muodostetaan tukiasemaan, jonka \n"
"signaalin voimakkuus on suurin.</p>\n"
@@ -2732,7 +2884,8 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
+"Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
@@ -2741,9 +2894,11 @@
"<p>Osassa verkkoja on asetettava <b>Tunnistautumistila</b>.\n"
"Tämä riippuu käytetystä turvatekniikasta, WEP tai WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) on järjestelmä, jolla salataan langattoman\n"
-"verkon liikenne valinnaisella avainpohjaisella tunnistautumisella. Useimmissa\n"
+"verkon liikenne valinnaisella avainpohjaisella tunnistautumisella. "
+"Useimmissa\n"
" tapauksissa, joissa WEP-salausta käytetään, <b>WEP-Avoin</b>\n"
-"tila (ei lainkaan tunnistautumista) on riittävä. Tämä ei tarkoita, ettei voisi käyttää\n"
+"tila (ei lainkaan tunnistautumista) on riittävä. Tämä ei tarkoita, ettei "
+"voisi käyttää\n"
"WEP-salausta (tässä tapauksessa käytä <b>Ei salausta</b>).\n"
" Jotkut verkot saattavat vaatia <b>WEP-Jaetun avaimen</b> tunnistautumisen.\n"
" HUOMAA: Jaettuun avaimeen pohjautuva tunnistautuminen on\n"
@@ -2802,7 +2957,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for "
+"all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Nämä arvot kirjoitetaan levylle liitännän asetustiedostoon;\n"
@@ -2886,7 +3042,10 @@
"<p>WPA-EAP uses a RADIUS server to authenticate users. There\n"
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>WPA-EAP käyttää RADIUS-palvelinta käyttäjien tunnistautumiseen. EAP sisältää useita tapoja ottaa yhteys palvelimeen ja suorittaa tunnistautuminen, kuten TLS, TTLS ja PEAP.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>WPA-EAP käyttää RADIUS-palvelinta käyttäjien tunnistautumiseen. EAP "
+"sisältää useita tapoja ottaa yhteys palvelimeen ja suorittaa "
+"tunnistautuminen, kuten TLS, TTLS ja PEAP.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:99
@@ -2898,8 +3057,13 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>TTLS- ja PEAP-tunnistautumista varten anna <b>Tunnus</b> ja <b>Salasana</b> siten kuin ne on määritelty palvelimella. Mikäli on tarpeellista käyttää nimetöntä tunnistautumista, käytä <b>Anonyymi tunnus</b>. Tämä ei yleensä ole tarpeellista.</p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<"
+"/p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>TTLS- ja PEAP-tunnistautumista varten anna <b>Tunnus</b> ja <b>Salasana</b>"
+" siten kuin ne on määritelty palvelimella. Mikäli on tarpeellista käyttää "
+"nimetöntä tunnistautumista, käytä <b>Anonyymi tunnus</b>. Tämä ei yleensä ole "
+"tarpeellista.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
@@ -2920,11 +3084,17 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key "
+"pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>TLS-tunnistautuminen käyttää <b>Asiakasvarmennetta</b> tunnuksen ja salasanan sijasta. Se käyttää julkisen ja yksityisen avaimen muodostamaa paria viestinnän salaamiseen. Tätä varten tarvitaan lisäksi <b>Asiakasavain</b> tiedosto, joka sisältää yksityisen avaimen, ja vastaavaa <b>Asiakasavaimen salasana</b> tiedostolle.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>TLS-tunnistautuminen käyttää <b>Asiakasvarmennetta</b> tunnuksen ja "
+"salasanan sijasta. Se käyttää julkisen ja yksityisen avaimen muodostamaa "
+"paria viestinnän salaamiseen. Tätä varten tarvitaan lisäksi <b>Asiakasavain<"
+"/b> tiedosto, joka sisältää yksityisen avaimen, ja vastaavaa <b>"
+"Asiakasavaimen salasana</b> tiedostolle.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:144
@@ -2962,7 +3132,9 @@
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
-msgstr "Jos et tiedä tunnustasi ja salasanaasi, tai jos sinulla ei ole varmennetiedostoja, ota yhteyttä järjestelmän ylläpitäjään.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Jos et tiedä tunnustasi ja salasanaasi, tai jos sinulla ei ole "
+"varmennetiedostoja, ota yhteyttä järjestelmän ylläpitäjään.\n"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
@@ -2975,7 +3147,11 @@
"method. By default, all methods are allowed. If you want to restrict the\n"
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Tässä voidaan määritellä sisätunnistautumismenetelmän (tunnetaan myös nimellä 2. vaiheen tunnistautuminen). Oletuksena kaikki menetelmät ovat sallittuja. Mikäli haluttuja menetelmiä halutaan rajoittaa tai tunnistautumisessa on vaikeuksia, valitse sisätunnistautumismenetelmä.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tässä voidaan määritellä sisätunnistautumismenetelmän (tunnetaan myös "
+"nimellä 2. vaiheen tunnistautuminen). Oletuksena kaikki menetelmät ovat "
+"sallittuja. Mikäli haluttuja menetelmiä halutaan rajoittaa tai "
+"tunnistautumisessa on vaikeuksia, valitse sisätunnistautumismenetelmä.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
@@ -2986,7 +3162,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Mikäli käytetään PEAPia, voidaan valita myös PEAP-toteutustapa (versio 0 tai 1). Yleensä tämä ei ole tarpeen.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Mikäli käytetään PEAPia, voidaan valita myös PEAP-toteutustapa (versio 0 "
+"tai 1). Yleensä tämä ei ole tarpeen.</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256
@@ -3144,7 +3322,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for "
+"access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Käyttääksesi langatonta verkkokorttiasi 'isäntä'- tai 'ad-hoc' -tilassa\n"
@@ -3319,7 +3498,8 @@
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
-"Certificate Authority (CA)-sertifikaatin käyttämättä jättäminen voi johtaa yhteyteen\n"
+"Certificate Authority (CA)-sertifikaatin käyttämättä jättäminen voi johtaa "
+"yhteyteen\n"
"turvattomaan ja väärennettyyn langattomaan verkkoon. Jatketaanko ilman CA:ta?"
#. error popup text
@@ -3403,14 +3583,16 @@
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>"
+").\n"
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Etähallinnan asetukset</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Mikäli tämä ominaisuus on päällä, voit hallita\n"
"tätä konetta etätyöasemasta. Käytä VNC-asiakassovellusta\n"
"kuten krdc (yhteys osoitteeseen <tt><konenimi>:%1</tt>), tai\n"
-"Javalla varustettua selainta (yhteys osoitteeseen <tt>http://<konenimi>:%2</tt>).\n"
+"Javalla varustettua selainta (yhteys osoitteeseen <tt>"
+"http://<konenimi>:%2</tt>).\n"
"Tämä etäkäyttötapa on merkittävästi SSH-yhteyttä turvattomampi.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
@@ -3520,7 +3702,8 @@
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
"Verkkoa hallitaan tällä hetkellä NetworkManagerilla\n"
-"tai verkko on kokonaan poissa käytöstä. YaST ei pysty määrittämään joitakin valintoja."
+"tai verkko on kokonaan poissa käytöstä. YaST ei pysty määrittämään joitakin "
+"valintoja."
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1078
@@ -3649,8 +3832,12 @@
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
-msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
-msgstr "Ei ole suositeltavaa käyttää .local toimialueen nimenä, jos käytössä on Multicast DNS. Käytä omalla vastuulla?"
+msgid ""
+"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it "
+"at your own risk?"
+msgstr ""
+"Ei ole suositeltavaa käyttää .local toimialueen nimenä, jos käytössä on "
+"Multicast DNS. Käytä omalla vastuulla?"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
@@ -3830,10 +4017,13 @@
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kun <b>Soiton etuliitteen säännöllinen lauseke</b> on asetettuna, käyttäjät\n"
-"voivat vaihtaa soiton etuliitettä kinternet-työkalussa, mikäli lauseke sen sallii. \n"
+"<p>Kun <b>Soiton etuliitteen säännöllinen lauseke</b> on asetettuna, "
+"käyttäjät\n"
+"voivat vaihtaa soiton etuliitettä kinternet-työkalussa, mikäli lauseke sen "
+"sallii. \n"
"Suositeltu arvo on <tt>[09]?</tt> sallien <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
-"ja tyhjän etuliitteen. Mikäli lause jätetään tyhjäksi, käyttäjät eivät voi muuttaa etuliitettä.</p>\n"
+"ja tyhjän etuliitteen. Mikäli lause jätetään tyhjäksi, käyttäjät eivät voi "
+"muuttaa etuliitettä.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:70
@@ -3939,23 +4129,31 @@
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this "
+"startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still "
+"available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>NFSroot</b>-valinnan käyttö on melkein kuin <tt>auto</tt>. Liitäntöjä ei tässä\n"
-" käynnistystilassa <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> koskaan sammuta. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt>\n"
-"toimii silti. Käytä tätä, jos sinulla on NFS- tai iSCSI-juuritiedostojärjestelmä.\n"
+"<b>NFSroot</b>-valinnan käyttö on melkein kuin <tt>auto</tt>. Liitäntöjä ei "
+"tässä\n"
+" käynnistystilassa <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> koskaan sammuta. <tt>ifdown <iface>"
+"</tt>\n"
+"toimii silti. Käytä tätä, jos sinulla on NFS- tai "
+"iSCSI-juuritiedostojärjestelmä.\n"
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this "
+"startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>NFSroot</b>-valinnan käyttö on melkein kuin ”auto”, mutta liitäntöjä ei tässä\n"
-"käynnistystilassa koskaan ”rcnetwork stop” sammuta. ”ifdown <iface>” toimii silti.\n"
+"<b>NFSroot</b>-valinnan käyttö on melkein kuin ”auto”, mutta liitäntöjä ei "
+"tässä\n"
+"käynnistystilassa koskaan ”rcnetwork stop” sammuta. ”ifdown <iface>” toimii "
+"silti.\n"
"Käytä tätä, jos sinulla on NFS- tai iSCSI-juuritiedostojärjestelmä.\n"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
@@ -3968,12 +4166,14 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> "
+"activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Laitteen käynnistys</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Valitse, milloin verkkoliitäntä tulisi käynnistää. <b>Käynnistyksen yhteydessä</b> käynnistää liitännän \n"
+"<p>Valitse, milloin verkkoliitäntä tulisi käynnistää. <b>Käynnistyksen "
+"yhteydessä</b> käynnistää liitännän \n"
"koneen käynnistyessä. <b>Ei koskaan</b> ei käynnistä laitetta.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
@@ -4103,8 +4303,12 @@
msgstr "Vahvista verkon uudelleenkäynnistys"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
-msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
-msgstr "Sillatun verkon vuoksi YaST:in täytyy käynnistää verkko uudelleen asetusten käyttöön ottamiseksi."
+msgid ""
+"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply "
+"the settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Sillatun verkon vuoksi YaST:in täytyy käynnistää verkko uudelleen asetusten "
+"käyttöön ottamiseksi."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
@@ -4432,8 +4636,12 @@
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr "AutoYaST asetus verkko/hallittu: NetworkManager ei ole käytettävissä, käytetään Wicked-ohjelmaa."
+msgid ""
+"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked "
+"will be used."
+msgstr ""
+"AutoYaST asetus verkko/hallittu: NetworkManager ei ole käytettävissä, "
+"käytetään Wicked-ohjelmaa."
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
@@ -4560,8 +4768,14 @@
msgstr "Ei laitteistotietoa"
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
-msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr "<p>Verkkokortin määrittäminen ei onnistu koska ydinlaite (eth0, wlan0) ei ole saatavilla. Tämä johtuu yleensä puuttuvasta laiteohjelmistosta (wlan-laitteet). Katso yksityiskohdat dmesg-tulosteesta.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
+"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). "
+"See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Verkkokortin määrittäminen ei onnistu koska ydinlaite (eth0, wlan0) ei ole "
+"saatavilla. Tämä johtuu yleensä puuttuvasta laiteohjelmistosta "
+"(wlan-laitteet). Katso yksityiskohdat dmesg-tulosteesta.</p>"
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
msgid ""
@@ -4619,11 +4833,15 @@
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
#: src/modules/Remote.rb:378
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
"please restart it manually or log out and log in again."
msgstr ""
+"Näytönhallinta pitää käynnistää uudelleen.\n"
+"Ottaaksesi etähallinnan muutokset käyttöön,\n"
+"sinun pitää käynnistää näytönhallinta uudelleen tai kirjautua ulos ja sisään."
#. description in proposal
#: src/modules/Remote.rb:409
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/registration.fi.po 2014-12-17 21:01:25 UTC (rev 90892)
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: registration.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-24 20:05+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Tommi Nieminen <translator(a)legisign.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-17 22:46+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -107,8 +107,10 @@
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
"Syötä tuotteen rekisteröinti- tai arviointikoodi sekä käyttäjätunnuksesi\n"
-"tai sähköpostiosoitteesi SUSE-asiakaskeskukseen alapuolella oleviin kenttiin.\n"
-"Pääsy turva- ja yleisiin ohjelmapäivityksiin on mahdollista vain rekisteröidystä\n"
+"tai sähköpostiosoitteesi SUSE-asiakaskeskukseen alapuolella oleviin "
+"kenttiin.\n"
+"Pääsy turva- ja yleisiin ohjelmapäivityksiin on mahdollista vain "
+"rekisteröidystä\n"
"järjestelmästä."
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
@@ -160,8 +162,12 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr "Annna tässä SUSE-asiakaskeskuksen tilitiedot rekisteröidäksesi järjestelmän päivityksiä ja lisätuotteita varten."
+msgid ""
+"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
+"updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+"Annna tässä SUSE-asiakaskeskuksen tilitiedot rekisteröidäksesi järjestelmän "
+"päivityksiä ja lisätuotteita varten."
#. not set yet?
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
@@ -235,12 +241,20 @@
msgstr "<p>Järjestelmä on jo rekisteröity.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Voit rekisteröidä sen uudelleen tai rekisteröidä lisälaajennukset ja -moduulit parantaaksesi järjestelmän toimintaa.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or "
+"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Voit rekisteröidä sen uudelleen tai rekisteröidä lisälaajennukset ja "
+"-moduulit parantaaksesi järjestelmän toimintaa.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Jos haluat poistaa järjestelmäsi rekisteröinnin, sinun on kirjauduttava SUSEn asiakaskeskukseen ja poistettava järjestelmä siellä käsin.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE "
+"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Jos haluat poistaa järjestelmäsi rekisteröinnin, sinun on kirjauduttava "
+"SUSEn asiakaskeskukseen ja poistettava järjestelmä siellä käsin.</p>"
#. error message
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
@@ -536,12 +550,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
"Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n"
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+"Vanha rekisteröintipalvelin havaittiin osoitteessa\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"Varmista, että palvelimelle on asennettu uusinta rekisteröintiprotokollaa\n"
+"tukeva tuote."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
@@ -655,10 +674,14 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot "
+"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective "
+"extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Syytä pyydettyjen laajennusten tai moduulien rekisteröintikoodit.</p>\n"
-"<p>Rekisteröintikoodeja vaaditaan rekisteröinnin onnistumiseksi. Ellet voi antaa rekisteröintikoodia, siirry takaisinpäin ja poista laajennuksen tai moduulin valinta.</p>"
+"<p>Rekisteröintikoodeja vaaditaan rekisteröinnin onnistumiseksi. Ellet voi "
+"antaa rekisteröintikoodia, siirry takaisinpäin ja poista laajennuksen tai "
+"moduulin valinta.</p>"
#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
@@ -680,18 +703,29 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Tästä voit valita järjestelmääsi saatavilla olevia laajennuksia ja moduuleja.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tästä voit valita järjestelmääsi saatavilla olevia laajennuksia ja "
+"moduuleja.</p>"
#. help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
-msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Huomaa, että jotkin laajennukset ja moduulit voivat vaatia erillisiä rekisteröintikoodeja.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific "
+"registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Huomaa, että jotkin laajennukset ja moduulit voivat vaatia erillisiä "
+"rekisteröintikoodeja.</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Jos haluat poistaa laajennuksen tai moduulin, kirjaudu SUSEn asiakaskeskukseen ja poista ne käsin siellä.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE "
+"Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Jos haluat poistaa laajennuksen tai moduulin, kirjaudu SUSEn "
+"asiakaskeskukseen ja poista ne käsin siellä.</p>"
#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
@@ -719,8 +753,12 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
-msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Tässä voit valita, mitkä laajennukset ja moduulit rekisteröidään yhdessä perustuotteen kanssa.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together "
+"with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tässä voit valita, mitkä laajennukset ja moduulit rekisteröidään yhdessä "
+"perustuotteen kanssa.</p>"
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
@@ -779,22 +817,29 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center "
+"database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product "
+"Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tuotteen rekisteröinti lisää tuotteesi SUSEn asiakaskeskuksen tietokantaan,\n"
+"<p>Tuotteen rekisteröinti lisää tuotteesi SUSEn asiakaskeskuksen "
+"tietokantaan,\n"
"jolloin voit saada verkkopäivityksiä ja teknistä tukea.\n"
-"Valitse <b>Rekisteröi tuote</b> rekisteröidäksesi tuotteen automaattiasennuksen aikana.</p>"
+"Valitse <b>Rekisteröi tuote</b> rekisteröidäksesi tuotteen "
+"automaattiasennuksen aikana.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL "
+"of the server\n"
"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><p>Jos verkossasi on mukautettu rekisteröintipalvelin, aseta palvelimen verkko-osoite ja\n"
-"SMT-varmenteen sijainti <b>SMT-palvelimen asetuksissa</b>. Lisätietoa löydät SMT-käsikirjastasi.</p>"
+"<p><p>Jos verkossasi on mukautettu rekisteröintipalvelin, aseta palvelimen "
+"verkko-osoite ja\n"
+"SMT-varmenteen sijainti <b>SMT-palvelimen asetuksissa</b>. Lisätietoa löydät "
+"SMT-käsikirjastasi.</p>"
# workflow: "3D Beschleunigung aktivieren"
# -ke-
@@ -870,27 +915,47 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Salattu yhteys (HTTPS) käyttää SSL-varmenteita todentamaan palvelimen aitouden ja salatakseen siirretyn datan.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the "
+"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Salattu yhteys (HTTPS) käyttää SSL-varmenteita todentamaan palvelimen "
+"aitouden ja salatakseen siirretyn datan.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Voit tuoda varmenteen tunnettujen varmenneauktoriteettien (CA) luetteloon, mikä tarkoittaa että luotat tuntemattoman varmenteen aiheeseen ja julkaisijaan.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known "
+"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
+"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Voit tuoda varmenteen tunnettujen varmenneauktoriteettien (CA) luetteloon, "
+"mikä tarkoittaa että luotat tuntemattoman varmenteen aiheeseen ja "
+"julkaisijaan.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Varmenteiden tuonti mahdollistaa esimerkiksi itse allekirjoitettujen varmenteiden käyttämisen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed "
+"certificate.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Varmenteiden tuonti mahdollistaa esimerkiksi itse allekirjoitettujen "
+"varmenteiden käyttämisen.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Tärkeää:</b>Sinun tulisi todentaa varmenteen sormenjälki, jotta voit olla varma, että tuot aidon varmenteen pyydetyltä palvelimelta.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to "
+"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Tärkeää:</b>Sinun tulisi todentaa varmenteen sormenjälki, jotta voit "
+"olla varma, että tuot aidon varmenteen pyydetyltä palvelimelta.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security "
+"risk.</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Tuntemattoman varmenteen tuonti on iso tietoturvariski.</b></p>"
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
17 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-17 18:58:29 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90891
Modified:
trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
Log:
2ae897a0a706fc8004a5d7b370b08e1b3100eefb (HEAD, tag: 1.11.18, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) changes 1.11.18
Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-17 17:57:47 UTC (rev 90890)
+++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-17 17:58:29 UTC (rev 90891)
@@ -8,7 …
[View More]+8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:13+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:58+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -1163,7 +1163,11 @@
" but got %4%\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:350
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:348
+msgid "Accepting packages with wrong checksums can lead to a corrupted system and in extreme cases even to a system compromise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:356
msgid ""
"However if you made certain that the file with checksum '%1%..' is secure, correct\n"
"and should be used within this operation, enter the first 4 characters of the checksum\n"
@@ -1171,22 +1175,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: A prompt option
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:363
msgid "discard"
msgstr ""
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:359
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:365
msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
msgstr ""
#. translators: A prompt option help text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:361
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:367
msgid "Discard the file."
msgstr ""
#. translators: A prompt text
-#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:366
+#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:372
msgid "Unblock or discard?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1539,9 +1543,9 @@
msgid "Scanning content of disabled repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736
+#: src/repos.cc:698 src/repos.cc:736 src/repos.cc:1289
#, c-format
-msgid "Disabling repository '%s' because of the above error."
+msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr ""
#: src/repos.cc:717
@@ -1703,11 +1707,6 @@
msgid "Skipping disabled repository '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1289
-#, c-format
-msgid "Skipping repository '%s' because of the above error."
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/repos.cc:1303
msgid "Specified repositories are not enabled or defined."
msgstr ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
17 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-17 18:57:47 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90890
Modified:
trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot
Log:
3e9612d184de59f47479b92c54763a8644a865fd (HEAD, tag: 14.32.2, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) changes 14.32.2 (30)
Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot 2014-12-17 17:57:17 UTC (rev 90889)
+++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypp.pot 2014-12-17 17:57:47 UTC (rev 90890)
@@ -8,7 +8,…
[View More]7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-18 15:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-17 18:57+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1144
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1145
msgid ""
"\n"
"uninstallable providers: "
@@ -48,37 +48,37 @@
msgid "%s already executed as %s)"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1086
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1087
#, c-format
msgid "%s conflicts with %s provided by %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1039
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1040
#, c-format
msgid "%s does not belong to a distupgrade repository"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1043
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "%s has inferior architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1071
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1072
#, c-format
msgid "%s is not installable"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1067
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1068
#, c-format
msgid "%s is provided by the system and cannot be erased"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1091
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1092
#, c-format
msgid "%s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1132
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1133
#, c-format
msgid "%s requires %s, but this requirement cannot be provided"
msgstr ""
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
msgid "Adangme"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1451
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1501
#, c-format
msgid "Adding repository '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
#. report additional rpm output in finish
#. TranslatorExplanation Text is followed by a ':' and the actual output.
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1977 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2124
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1978 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2125
msgid "Additional rpm output"
msgstr ""
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. !\todo add comma to the message for the next release
-#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1690
+#: zypp/media/MediaCIFS.cc:430 zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1678
#, c-format
msgid "Authentication required for '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@
msgid "Buginese"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1152
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1202
#, c-format
msgid "Building repository '%s' cache"
msgstr ""
@@ -669,56 +669,56 @@
msgid "Can't acquire the mutex lock"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:344
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:361
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:343
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:360
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chdir to '%s' inside chroot '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:333
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:350
#, c-format
msgid "Can't chroot to '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1009 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1116 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1058 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1166 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1216
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1172
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1222
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create cache at %s - no writing permissions."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1017
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1066
msgid "Can't create metadata cache directory."
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1628 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1817
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1678 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1867
#, c-format
msgid "Can't delete '%s'"
msgstr ""
#. don't want to get here
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:356
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:373
#, c-format
msgid "Can't exec '%s' (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1616 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1692
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1666 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1742
msgid "Can't figure out where the repo is stored."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1805 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2173
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1855 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2223
msgid "Can't figure out where the service is stored."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:364
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:381
#, c-format
msgid "Can't fork (%s)."
msgstr ""
@@ -732,8 +732,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a filename
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:602 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1490 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1572
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1646 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1711 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1829
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:651 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1540 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1622
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1761 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1879
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open file '%s' for writing."
msgstr ""
@@ -743,12 +743,12 @@
msgid "Can't open lock file: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:259
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:269
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pipe (%s)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:248
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:258
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open pty (%s)."
msgstr ""
@@ -785,11 +785,11 @@
msgid "Cannot find available loop device to mount the image file from '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:226
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
msgid "Cannot read repo directory '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:244
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:245
msgid "Cannot read repo file '%1%': Permission denied"
msgstr ""
@@ -960,16 +960,16 @@
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:490
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:507
#, c-format
msgid "Command exited with status %d."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:515
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:532
msgid "Command exited with unknown error."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:510
+#: zypp/ExternalProgram.cc:527
#, c-format
msgid "Command was killed by signal %d (%s)."
msgstr ""
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@
#. on ftp file-not-found(bnc #335906). Instead we'll check another types
#. before throwing.
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1276 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2239
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1326 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2289
#, c-format
msgid "Error trying to read from '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -1347,12 +1347,12 @@
msgid "Ewondo"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1236
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to cache repo (%d)."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:555
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:571
msgid "Failed to delete key."
msgstr ""
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is a pathname
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:234 zypp/RepoManager.cc:647 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1363
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:235 zypp/RepoManager.cc:696 zypp/RepoManager.cc:1413
#: zypp/repo/PluginServices.cc:49
#, c-format
msgid "Failed to read directory '%s'"
@@ -1830,8 +1830,8 @@
msgid "Hausa"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1058
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1062
msgid "Have you enabled all requested repositories?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2034,7 +2034,7 @@
msgid "Invalid LDAP URL query string"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:826
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:830
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid Url scheme '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@
msgid "Invalid empty Url object reference"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1045
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid host component '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2060,7 +2060,7 @@
msgid "Invalid parameter map split separator character"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1077
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid port component '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2076,7 +2076,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1558
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1608
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid repo file name at '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@
msgid "Pitcairn"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:207
+#: zypp/misc/CheckAccessDeleted.cc:239
msgid "Please install package 'lsof' first."
msgstr ""
@@ -3351,14 +3351,14 @@
msgid "Quechua"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:782 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1227
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:786 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1231
msgid "Query string parsing not supported for this URL"
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation after semicolon is error message
#. TranslatorExplanation the colon is followed by an error message
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1963
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2110
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:846 zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1964
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2111
msgid "RPM failed: "
msgstr ""
@@ -3386,16 +3386,16 @@
msgid "Recommends"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1115 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1129
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1119 zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1133
msgid "Relative path not allowed if authority exists"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1597
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1647
#, c-format
msgid "Removing repository '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:267
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:268
msgid "Repository alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr ""
@@ -3586,7 +3586,7 @@
msgid "Serer"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:278
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:279
msgid "Service alias cannot start with dot."
msgstr ""
@@ -3634,7 +3634,7 @@
msgid "Sign Languages"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:565
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:581
#, c-format
msgid "Signature file %s not found"
msgstr ""
@@ -3975,8 +3975,8 @@
msgid "This action is being run by another program already."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1279
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1300
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
msgid "This request will break your system!"
msgstr ""
@@ -4046,7 +4046,7 @@
msgid "Tonga (Tonga Islands)"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:512
+#: zypp/KeyRing.cc:528
#, c-format
msgid "Tried to import not existent key %s into keyring %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4188,7 +4188,7 @@
msgid "Undetermined"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1246
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1296
msgid "Unhandled repository type"
msgstr ""
@@ -4217,7 +4217,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation '%s' is an URL
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1329 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2247
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:1379 zypp/RepoManager.cc:2297
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown error reading from '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -4239,7 +4239,7 @@
#. translators: Cleanup a repository previously owned by a meanwhile unknown (deleted) service.
#. %1% = service name
#. %2% = repository name
-#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:729
+#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:778
msgid "Unknown service '%1%': Removing orphaned service repository '%2%'"
msgstr ""
@@ -4272,31 +4272,31 @@
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1018
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1022
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a host component"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:979
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:983
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a password"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1066
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1070
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a port"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:945
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:949
msgid "Url scheme does not allow a username"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:820
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:824
msgid "Url scheme is a required component"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1008
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1012
msgid "Url scheme requires a host component"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1094
+#: zypp/url/UrlBase.cc:1098
msgid "Url scheme requires path name"
msgstr ""
@@ -4350,7 +4350,7 @@
msgid "Virgin Islands, U.S."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:1004
+#: zypp/media/MediaCurl.cc:992
msgid "Visit the Novell Customer Center to check whether your registration is valid and has not expired."
msgstr ""
@@ -4497,7 +4497,7 @@
msgid "applydeltarpm failed."
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1387
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1388
#, c-format
msgid "architecture change of %s to %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4508,62 +4508,52 @@
msgid "break %s by ignoring some of its dependencies"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1081
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1082
#, c-format
msgid "cannot install both %s and %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1050
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1051
msgid "conflicting requests"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2266
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:2267
#, c-format
msgid "created backup %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1416
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1417
#, c-format
msgid "deinstallation of %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1134
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1135
msgid "deleted providers: "
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1307
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1308
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to delete all solvables providing %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1285
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1286
#, c-format
msgid "do not ask to install a solvable providing %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1228
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1209
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1245
#, c-format
-msgid "do not forbid installation of %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1208
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1244
-#, c-format
msgid "do not install %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1320
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid "do not install most recent version of %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1203
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1381
#, c-format
-msgid "do not keep %s installed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1380
-#, c-format
msgid "downgrade of %s to %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4571,29 +4561,29 @@
msgid "generally ignore of some dependecies"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1280
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1301
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1281
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1302
msgid "ignore the warning of a broken system"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1396
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1397
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install %s (with vendor change)\n"
" %s --> %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1346
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1347
#, c-format
msgid "install %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1360
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid "install %s from excluded repository"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1096
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1097
#, c-format
msgid "installed %s obsoletes %s provided by %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4602,18 +4592,18 @@
msgid "invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1223
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1265
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1224
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1266
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1341
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1342
#, c-format
msgid "keep %s despite the inferior architecture"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1355
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1356
#, c-format
msgid "keep obsolete %s"
msgstr ""
@@ -4626,39 +4616,49 @@
msgid "libhal_set_dbus_connection: Can't set dbus connection"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1076
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1077
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides %s needed by %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1056
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1057
#, c-format
msgid "nothing provides requested %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1060
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1061
#, c-format
msgid "package %s does not exist"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1047
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1048
#, c-format
msgid "problem with installed package %s"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1405
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1229
#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow installation of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1204
+#, c-format
+msgid "remove lock to allow removal of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1406
+#, c-format
msgid "replacement of %s with %s"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1949
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1950
#, c-format
msgid "rpm created %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1951
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1952
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm created %s as %s.\n"
@@ -4666,29 +4666,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1944
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1945
#, c-format
msgid "rpm saved %s as %s, but it was impossible to determine the difference"
msgstr ""
#. %s = filenames
-#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1946
+#: zypp/target/rpm/RpmDb.cc:1947
#, c-format
msgid ""
"rpm saved %s as %s.\n"
"Here are the first 25 lines of difference:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1100
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "solvable %s conflicts with %s provided by itself"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1053
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1054
msgid "some dependency problem"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1146
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1147
msgid "uninstallable providers: "
msgstr ""
@@ -4700,6 +4700,6 @@
msgid "unsupported"
msgstr ""
-#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1064
+#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1065
msgid "unsupported request"
msgstr ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
17 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-17 18:57:17 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90889
Modified:
trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/zypper.zh_CN.po
Log:
Fix broken placeholder (must be '%1%')
Modified: trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/zypper.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/zypper.zh_CN.po 2014-12-17 14:23:53 UTC (rev 90888)
+++ trunk/lcn/zh_CN/po/zypper.zh_CN.po 2014-12-17 17:57:17 UTC (rev 90889)
@@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:97
msgid "…
[View More]Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
-msgstr "检测到了古老的命令行选项 %1。请使用 %2% 代替。"
+msgstr "检测到了古老的命令行选项 %1%。请使用 %2% 代替。"
#: src/Zypper.cc:210
msgid ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-17 15:23:53 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90888
Removed:
branches/SLE11SP3/
Log:
we already have SLE11-SP3...
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
17 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-17 15:18:53 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90887
Removed:
branches/SLE11/webyast/
Log:
obsolete
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-17 15:14:55 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90886
Added:
branches/SLE11SP3/
Log:
2014-12-17T15:12:11+0100: copy from SLE11 branch
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-17 09:21:56 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90885
Removed:
trunk/webyast/
Log:
obsolete
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90884 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch
by keichwa@svn2.opensuse.org 17 Dec '14
by keichwa@svn2.opensuse.org 17 Dec '14
17 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-17 09:19:46 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90884
Removed:
branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/activedoc/
Log:
obsolete
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90883 - branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch
by keichwa@svn2.opensuse.org 17 Dec '14
by keichwa@svn2.opensuse.org 17 Dec '14
17 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-17 08:59:18 +0100 (Wed, 17 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90883
Removed:
branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/webyast/
Log:
obsolete
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90882 - trunk/lcn/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 16 Dec '14
16 Dec '14
Author: andriykopanytsia
Date: 2014-12-16 17:49:25 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90882
Modified:
trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po
Log:
Updated Ukrainian translation of release notes
Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po 2014-12-16 15:18:24 UTC (rev 90881)
+++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk.po 2014-12-16 16:49:25 UTC (rev 90882)…
[View More]
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.uk\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 07:07+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-16 10:14+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-16 18:47+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n"
"Language: uk\n"
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
-"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n"
+"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title)
msgid "Release Notes"
@@ -44,24 +44,24 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para)
msgid ""
"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or "
-"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, "
-"play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
+"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office "
+"work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
msgstr ""
-"openSUSE - це вільна операційна система на базі Linux для Вашого ПК, ноутбука "
-"або сервера. Ви можете переглядати інтернет, управляти поштою і фотографіями, "
-"виконувати офісну роботу, дивитися відео чи слухати музику і мати чимале "
-"задоволення!"
+"openSUSE - це вільна операційна система на базі Linux для Вашого ПК, "
+"ноутбука або сервера. Ви можете переглядати інтернет, управляти поштою і "
+"фотографіями, виконувати офісну роботу, дивитися відео чи слухати музику і "
+"мати чимале задоволення!"
#. Previous Release Notes
#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para)
msgid ""
"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous "
-"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Releas"
-"e_Notes\"/>"
+"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:"
+"Release_Notes\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Якщо ви оновлюєтеся з старішої версії до цього випуску openSUSE, див. "
-"попередні примітки тут: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_N"
-"otes\"/>"
+"попередні примітки тут: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:"
+"Release_Notes\"/>"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title)
msgid "Installation"
@@ -87,12 +87,12 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:109(para)
msgid ""
-"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool after "
-"the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
+"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool "
+"after the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
msgstr ""
-"Як вирішення проблеми, використовуйте засіб командного рядка <command>"
-"localectl</command> після установки. Наприклад (для установки української "
-"розкладки клавіатури):"
+"Як вирішення проблеми, використовуйте засіб командного рядка "
+"<command>localectl</command> після установки. Наприклад (для установки "
+"української розкладки клавіатури):"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:115(screen)
#, no-wrap
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:124(para)
msgid ""
"After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the "
-"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, if "
-"you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
+"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, "
+"if you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
msgstr ""
"Після оновлення від 13.1 до 13.2 через YaST наявні великі шанси, що новий "
"мережний метод Wicked працює разом зі старим NetworkManager, якщо ви "
@@ -159,14 +159,13 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:151(screen)
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Getting updates"
msgid "netconfig update"
msgstr "оновлення netconfig"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:153(para)
msgid ""
-"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also <"
-"command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
+"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also "
+"<command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
msgstr ""
"Або перезавантажтеся після команд <command>systemctl</command>, щоби також "
"перезапустити <command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
@@ -179,9 +178,9 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:162(para)
msgid ""
"During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as "
-"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No location "
-"for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing please "
-"select above location.</quote>"
+"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No "
+"location for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing "
+"please select above location.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"При початковій установці у підсумковому перегляді YaST відповідне "
"попередження може появитися нижче розділу завантажувача: <quote>Увага: Не "
@@ -196,26 +195,26 @@
"Це попередження є хибою у YaST (вже виправлено у Factory) і ви можете ним "
"безпечно нехтувати."
-#. bnc#900954
+#. bnc#900954 bnc#903231 bnc#904268
#: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title)
-#| msgid "Start Windows"
-msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
-msgstr "BtrFS та Windows 7"
+msgid "BtrFS and Windows XP"
+msgstr "BtrFS та Windows XP"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
-"If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an "
+"If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an "
"error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader "
"installation."
msgstr ""
-"Якщо у вас наявна Windows XP і вам кортить встановити openSUSE 13.2 із Btrfs, "
-"то повідомлення про помилку у YaST повідомить про проблеми під час "
+"Якщо у вас наявна Windows XP і вам кортить встановити openSUSE 13.2 із "
+"BtrFS, то повідомлення про помилку у YaST повідомить про проблеми під час "
"встановлення завантажувача."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para)
msgid ""
"The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. "
-"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for 13.2."
+"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for "
+"13.2."
msgstr ""
"Безпечним варіантом є установка на розділі Ext4 замість BtrFS. Існує "
"виправлення, яке невдовзі опиниться у Factory, але воно не буде надане для "
@@ -230,8 +229,8 @@
msgid ""
"A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from "
"the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using "
-"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded bootloader "
-"during the installation."
+"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded "
+"bootloader during the installation."
msgstr ""
"Помилка в YaST спричиняє зникнення фірмового стилю у завантажувачі GRUB2 при "
"установці з носія живого КД. Увага, бажаним способом установки openSUSE 13.2 "
@@ -241,7 +240,6 @@
# dialog title for ftp installation
#. bnc#899895
#: xml/release-notes.xml:200(title)
-#| msgid "FTP Installation"
msgid "NET Installation Using Wifi"
msgstr "Мережне встановлення через Wi-Fi"
@@ -271,9 +269,9 @@
msgid ""
"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified "
"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any "
-"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install "
-"such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your "
-"system boots using UEFI."
+"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to "
+"install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication "
+"that your system boots using UEFI."
msgstr ""
"Перед установкою openSUSE на систему, яка завантажується за допомогою UEFI "
"(Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), ми рекомендуємо вам перевірити "
@@ -283,15 +281,15 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:288(para)
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to "
-"break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really "
-"knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not "
-"writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means "
-"telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. "
-"Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing "
-"boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by "
-"default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the "
-"hardware vendor recommends."
+"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it "
+"to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody "
+"really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk "
+"by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The "
+"minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE "
+"boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area "
+"for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been "
+"disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware "
+"updates the hardware vendor recommends."
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Обґрунтування:</emphasis> Деякі прошивки UEFI містять помилки, що "
"призводять до збою у разі запису великого обсягу даних в область зберігання "
@@ -334,20 +332,20 @@
"(MS-DOS). Завантажувачі Linux (ELILO або GRUB2) намагаються автоматично "
"створити GUID для таких розділів і зберегти зміни в прошивці. Такі GUID "
"можуть часто змінюватися, що призводить до перезапису даних прошивки. "
-"Перезапис складається з двох різних дій: видалення старого запису і створення "
-"нового запису замість старого."
+"Перезапис складається з двох різних дій: видалення старого запису і "
+"створення нового запису замість старого."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:321(para)
msgid ""
"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and "
"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty "
-"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a "
-"non-bootable system."
+"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-"
+"bootable system."
msgstr ""
"У сучасних прошивках наявний збирач сміття, що збирає видалені записи і "
-"звільняє пам'ять, зарезервовану під старі записи. Проблема виникає у випадку, "
-"коли непридатна прошивка не звільняє такі записи; це може призвести до "
-"неможливості завантаження системи."
+"звільняє пам'ять, зарезервовану під старі записи. Проблема виникає у "
+"випадку, коли непридатна прошивка не звільняє такі записи; це може призвести "
+"до неможливості завантаження системи."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:327(para)
msgid ""
@@ -370,18 +368,17 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(para)
msgid ""
"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure "
-"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first "
-"update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update "
-"does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki "
-"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next "
-"release."
+"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, "
+"first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS "
+"update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://"
+"en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release."
msgstr ""
"Нова версія shim дозволяє завантажитися з увімкненим безпечним завантаженням "
"більшому числу машин, ніж у openSUSE 13.1. Тим не менш, у випадку проблем "
"спочатку слід оновити BIOS до останньої версії. Якщо оновлення BIOS не "
-"допомагає, то повідомте модель своєї машини на сторінці вікі "
-"(http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Таким чином ми зможемо відстежити це "
-"перед наступним випуском."
+"допомагає, то повідомте модель своєї машини на сторінці вікі (http://en."
+"opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Таким чином ми зможемо відстежити це перед "
+"наступним випуском."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:352(title)
msgid "System Upgrade"
@@ -405,28 +402,28 @@
"upgraded."
msgstr ""
"На деяких системах з картами NVIDIA встановлювач може показувати різний "
-"непотріб у верхній частині екрана через проблеми з драйвером nouveau. Якщо ви "
-"помітили таку хибу, то вимкніть модуль ядра nouveau перед запуском "
+"непотріб у верхній частині екрана через проблеми з драйвером nouveau. Якщо "
+"ви помітили таку хибу, то вимкніть модуль ядра nouveau перед запуском "
"встановлювача, а потім знову увімкніть після установки/оновлення."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:371(para)
msgid ""
"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, "
-"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. "
-"Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>"
-"brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting "
-"with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the "
-"nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filenam"
-"e> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
+"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the "
+"parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and "
+"add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to "
+"continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you "
+"can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-"
+"blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
msgstr ""
"Для вимкнення модуля ядра при завантаженні з інсталяційного носія виберіть "
"grub пункт «Installation» («Установка») і натисніть клавішу «e» для "
-"редагування параметрів. Потім перейдіть на рядок, що починається з «linux» "
-"(або «linuxefi»), і додайте в кінці <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal>. "
-"Тепер натисніть F10, щоб продовжити завантаження з новим параметром. Після "
-"установки системи ви знову можете увімкнути модуль nouveau, відредагувавши <"
-"filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> і вилучивши запис про "
-"nouveau."
+"редагування параметрів. Потім перейдіть на рядок, що починається з "
+"«linux» (або «linuxefi»), і додайте в кінці <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</"
+"literal>. Тепер натисніть F10, щоб продовжити завантаження з новим "
+"параметром. Після установки системи ви знову можете увімкнути модуль "
+"nouveau, відредагувавши <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</"
+"filename> і вилучивши запис про nouveau."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:384(title)
msgid "Information About the FGLRX Driver"
@@ -435,14 +432,14 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para)
msgid ""
"For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its "
-"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning"
-"-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-war"
-"ning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
+"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-"
+"warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/"
+"fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"За інформацією про драйвери AMD FGLRX у openSUSE 13.2 та їхній статус див. <"
-"ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-"
-"2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse"
-"-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
+"За інформацією про драйвери AMD FGLRX у openSUSE 13.2 та їхній статус див. "
+"<ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-"
+"opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-"
+"warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
#. bnc#899610
#: xml/release-notes.xml:394(title)
@@ -456,72 +453,72 @@
"thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse "
"pointer."
msgstr ""
-"Якщо на екрані видно два вказівники мишки і у наявні дві графічні плати, одна "
-"із яких від Intel, спробуйте видалити <systemitem>xf86-video-intel<"
-"/systemitem> та використовуйте лише іншу. Це призведе до зникнення нерухомого "
+"Якщо на екрані видно два вказівники мишки і у наявні дві графічні плати, "
+"одна із яких від Intel, спробуйте видалити <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</"
+"systemitem> та використовуйте лише іншу. Це призведе до зникнення нерухомого "
"вказівника мишки."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:402(para)
msgid ""
-"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink "
-"url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">"
-"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked "
-"on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
+"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://"
+"bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/"
+"show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, "
+"addressed with an online update."
msgstr ""
-"Над цією та іншими подібними проблемами через драйвер Intel (див. <ulink "
-"url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">"
-"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) працюють і за "
-"можливості вони будуть усунені через мережне оновлення."
+"Над цією та іншими подібними проблемами через драйвер Intel (див. <ulink url="
+"\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla."
+"opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) працюють і за можливості вони "
+"будуть усунені через мережне оновлення."
-#. bnc#901869
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:411(title)
+#. bnc#903998
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(title)
msgid "Missing Dependencies for virt-manager"
msgstr "Пропущені залежності для virt-manager"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para)
msgid ""
-"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>"
-"typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0<"
-"/systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing "
+"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"Якщо вами виявлено проблему виконання virt-manager, то спробуйте встановити "
-"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>"
-"typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> та <systemitem>"
-"typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> та <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"systemitem>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:419(para)
msgid ""
-"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made "
-"explicit."
+"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies "
+"made explicit."
msgstr ""
-"У мережному оновленні згодом буде нова версія з тих залежностей, які зроблені "
-"явно."
+"У мережному оновленні згодом буде нова версія з тих залежностей, які "
+"зроблені явно."
#. bnc#900813
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:425(title)
-#| msgid "No Authorization"
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(title)
msgid "Modem Authorization After Suspend"
msgstr "Розпізнавання через модем після призупинення"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:427(para)
msgid ""
-"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via "
-"a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for "
-"the root password before reconnecting."
+"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected "
+"via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you "
+"for the root password before reconnecting."
msgstr ""
"OpenSUSE 13.2 — суворіша у безпеці за 13.1. Якщо ви підключені через модем "
"UMTS або 3G та призупинили машину, то система попросить вас ввести пароль "
"суперкористувача перед повторним під'єднанням."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:433(para)
msgid ""
-"You can change this behavior changing a line in "
-"/etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
+"You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs."
+"standard:"
msgstr ""
-"Ви можете змінити цю поведінку, відредагувавши рядок у "
-"/etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
+"Ви можете змінити цю поведінку, відредагувавши рядок у /etc/polkit-default-"
+"privs.standard:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:438(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -532,11 +529,11 @@
"org.freedesktop.ModemManager.Device.Control auth_admin:auth_admin:yes\n"
" "
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:441(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:442(para)
msgid "with:"
msgstr "на:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:445(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:446(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -548,11 +545,11 @@
" "
#. bnc#901511
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:452(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(title)
msgid "Package Search Missing in GTK UI of YaST"
msgstr "Пошук пакунків пропущений у інтерфейсі GTK для YaST"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you "
"are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
@@ -560,61 +557,60 @@
"Інтерфейс GTK для YaST не має поля пошуку пакунків. Коли ви перебуваєте у "
"GNOME чи XFCE та потребує цю функцію, використовуйте натомість інтерфейс QT:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:460(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
msgstr "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
#. bnc#902947
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:464(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:465(title)
msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration"
msgstr "Перехід із openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:467(para)
msgid ""
-"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab<"
-"/filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>"
-"/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
+"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</"
+"filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/"
+"etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
msgstr ""
-"Монтування спільних дисків cifs при запуску системи через <filename>"
-"/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> вже застаріло і вимкнене. Зараз такі диски "
+"Монтування спільних дисків cifs при запуску системи через <filename>/etc/"
+"samba/cifstab</filename> вже застаріло і вимкнене. Зараз такі диски "
"зазначаються у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:473(para)
msgid "The migration process requires two steps:"
msgstr "Процес переходу вимагає двох кроків:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:478(para)
msgid ""
-"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<"
-"/filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</"
+"filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
-"Додайте усі точки монтування із <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave<"
-"/filename> у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+"Додайте усі точки монтування із <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</"
+"filename> у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
-"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <"
-"filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in "
+"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
-"Додайте <literal>0 0</literal> на кінець кожного нового рядка монтування cifs "
-"у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+"Додайте <literal>0 0</literal> на кінець кожного нового рядка монтування "
+"cifs у <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:492(para)
msgid ""
-"For more information and examples, see <filename>"
-"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the "
-"installed system."
+"For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/"
+"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
msgstr ""
-"За докладнішою інформацією та прикладами див. <filename>"
-"/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> у "
-"встановленій системі."
+"За докладнішою інформацією та прикладами див. <filename>/usr/share/doc/"
+"packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> у встановленій "
+"системі."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(title)
msgid "Removing openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper After Upgrade"
msgstr "Вилучення шпалер openSUSE 13.1 KDE після оновлення"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:501(para)
msgid ""
"If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, "
"remove it from the user cache manually:"
@@ -622,7 +618,7 @@
"Якщо шпалери OpenSUSE 13.1 KDE досі з'являються після оновлення системи, то "
"видаліть їх із кешу користувача вручну:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:506(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
@@ -631,11 +627,11 @@
"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
"ents/images/*"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:509(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:510(title)
msgid "MATE Desktop official integration"
msgstr "Офіційна інтеграція із стільницею MATE"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE "
"version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and "
@@ -644,28 +640,29 @@
msgstr ""
"Стільниця MATE версії 1.8.1 (останній стабільний випуск) зараз офіційно "
"доступна для openSUSE 13.2. Вона забезпечує інтуїтивне і привабливе "
-"стільничне середовище, використовуючи традиційні метафори для Linux та інших "
-"Unix-подібних операційних систем."
+"стільничне середовище, використовуючи традиційні метафори для Linux та "
+"інших Unix-подібних операційних систем."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:518(para)
msgid ""
-"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when "
-"they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
+"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had "
+"when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar "
+"theme."
msgstr ""
"Метою для OpenSUSE є забезпечення таких же вражень користувачам, коли вони "
"використовували GNOME під OpenSUSE 11.4 з головним меню і темою Sonar."
#. bnc#901013
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:525(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(title)
msgid "Slow Start-up in GNOME"
msgstr "Повільний вхід у GNOME"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race "
"between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix "
-"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable "
-"the GNOME autologin feature."
+"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily "
+"disable the GNOME autologin feature."
msgstr ""
"Автоматичний вхід у GNOME може спричинити повільне завантаження системи. "
"Ймовірно, це перегони між службами, неправильно позначених як залежні одна "
@@ -673,11 +670,11 @@
"проблеми полягає у тимчасовому вимкнення функції автоматичного входу у GNOME."
#. bnc#850058
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:563(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(title)
msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings"
msgstr "AppArmor і права доступу"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent "
"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter "
@@ -686,14 +683,15 @@
msgstr ""
"AppArmor типово увімкнений. Це підвищує рівень безпеки, але може перешкодити "
"роботі нестандартно запущених служб. Якщо у вас виникають дивні проблеми з "
-"правами доступу, то спробуйте профіль AppArmor для цієї служби у режимі скарг:"
+"правами доступу, то спробуйте профіль AppArmor для цієї служби у режимі "
+"скарг:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service"
msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$ваша_служба"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
msgid ""
"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would "
"not allow."
@@ -701,7 +699,7 @@
"Режим скарг означає: дозволити все, але вести журнал дій, які заборонені "
"профілем."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:570(para)
msgid ""
"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to "
"also cover corner cases."
@@ -709,92 +707,93 @@
"Створіть повідомлення про помилку, якщо це допоможе: ми хочемо виправити "
"профілі AppArmor, щоб вони також покривали крайні випадки."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:603(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Різне"
#. bnc#903243
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:607(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(title)
msgid "YaST (Qt GUI): \"Service Manager\" Icon Appears Twice"
msgstr "YaST (Qt GUI): Піктограма \"Менеджера служб\" появляється двічі"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:609(para)
msgid ""
-"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>"
-"Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of "
-"the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in "
-"the desktop files."
+"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon "
+"<guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt "
+"version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</"
+"quote> flag in the desktop files."
msgstr ""
-"У розділі <guimenu>Система</guimenu> у YaST (Qt GUI) піктограма <guimenu>"
-"Менеджер служб</guimenu> появляється двічі. Ця вада притаманна версії Qt "
-"Центру управління YaST і зводиться до того, що не враховується прапорець <"
-"quote>hidden</quote> (прихований) у стільничних файлах."
+"У розділі <guimenu>Система</guimenu> у YaST (Qt GUI) піктограма "
+"<guimenu>Менеджер служб</guimenu> появляється двічі. Ця вада притаманна "
+"версії Qt Центру управління YaST і зводиться до того, що не враховується "
+"прапорець <quote>hidden</quote> (прихований) у стільничних файлах."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:615(para)
msgid "This will get fixed with the next YaST online update."
msgstr "Її буде виправлено із наступним мережним оновленням YaST."
#. bnc#809347
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:624(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:625(title)
msgid "More Information and Feedback"
msgstr "Додаткові відомості та зворотній зв'язок"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:628(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:629(para)
msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs."
msgstr "Читати файли README на КД."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(para)
msgid ""
"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr "Отримати докладний журнал змін конкретного пакунку за допомогою RPM:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm"
msgstr "rpm --changelog -qp <НАЗВАФАЙЛУ>.rpm"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:634(para)
msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM."
msgstr "<НАЗВАФАЙЛУ>. - це ім'я пакунку RPM."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
-"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for "
-"a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
+"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD "
+"for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
msgstr ""
-"Хронологічний журнал усіх змін в оновлених пакетах наведено у файлі <filename>"
-"ChangeLog</filename> на верхньому рівні DVD."
+"Хронологічний журнал усіх змін в оновлених пакетах наведено у файлі "
+"<filename>ChangeLog</filename> на верхньому рівні DVD."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:641(para)
msgid ""
"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
msgstr ""
"Більше інформації ви знайдете у каталозі <filename>docu</filename> на DVD."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:644(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or "
"updated documentation."
msgstr ""
-"Додаткова і оновлена документація на сайті <ulink "
-"url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/>."
+"Додаткова і оновлена документація на сайті <ulink url=\"https://activedoc."
+"opensuse.org/\"/>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:649(para)
msgid ""
"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news "
"from openSUSE."
msgstr ""
-"Останні новини від openSUSE на сайті <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/>."
+"Останні новини від openSUSE на сайті <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/"
+">."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:654(para)
msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
msgstr "Авторські права © 2014 SUSE LLC"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:655(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE."
msgstr "Дякуємо за використання openSUSE."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:657(para)
msgid "The openSUSE Team."
msgstr "Команда openSUSE."
@@ -811,17 +810,38 @@
#~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information"
#~ msgstr "Детальні відомості про встановлення"
-#~ msgid "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Докладні відомості про установку можна знайти тут <xref linkend=\"sec.123.documentation\"/>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For detailed installation information, see <xref linkend=\"sec.123."
+#~ "documentation\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Докладні відомості про установку можна знайти тут <xref linkend=\"sec.123."
+#~ "documentation\"/>"
#~ msgid "openSUSE Documentation"
#~ msgstr "Документація openSUSE"
-#~ msgid "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the bash shell."
-#~ msgstr "У <emphasis>посібнику для початківців</emphasis> можна знайти покрокові інструкції по установці, а також ознайомитися із стільницями KDE та Gnome і пакетом LibreOffice. Крім того, там описані базові теми адміністрування (розгортання та управління програмним забезпеченням) і проводиться перше знайомство з оболонкою bash."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In <emphasis>Start-Up</emphasis>, find step-by-step installation "
+#~ "instructions, as well as introductions to the KDE and Gnome desktops and "
+#~ "to the LibreOffice suite. Also covered are basic administration topics "
+#~ "such as deployment and software management and an introduction to the "
+#~ "bash shell."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У <emphasis>посібнику для початківців</emphasis> можна знайти покрокові "
+#~ "інструкції по установці, а також ознайомитися із стільницями KDE та Gnome "
+#~ "і пакетом LibreOffice. Крім того, там описані базові теми адміністрування "
+#~ "(розгортання та управління програмним забезпеченням) і проводиться перше "
+#~ "знайомство з оболонкою bash."
-#~ msgid "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Документація міститься у filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_$LANG</filename> після установки пакета <systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem> або на сайті <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Find the documentation in <filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-"
+#~ "manuals_$LANG</filename> after installing the package "
+#~ "<systemitem>opensuse-startup_$LANG</systemitem>, or online on <ulink url="
+#~ "\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Документація міститься у filename>/usr/share/doc/manual/opensuse-manuals_"
+#~ "$LANG</filename> після установки пакета <systemitem>opensuse-startup_"
+#~ "$LANG</systemitem> або на сайті <ulink url=\"http://doc.opensuse.org\"/>."
#~ msgid "CHECKIT:13.1"
#~ msgstr "ПЕРЕВІРИТИ для 13.1!"
@@ -829,62 +849,177 @@
#~ msgid "Initializing Graphics with KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)"
#~ msgstr "Започаткування графіки з KMS (Kernel Mode Setting)"
-#~ msgid "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text file as root and running the terminal command"
-#~ msgstr "У openSUSE 11.3 ми перейшли на KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) для відеокарт Intel, ATI і NVIDIA, тепер це типова поведінка. Якщо у вас при цьому виникають проблеми з підтримкою KMS драйвером (intel, radeon, nouveau), вимкніть KMS, додавши <literal>nomodeset</literal> у рядок завантаження ядра. Для постійного застосування цього у типовому завантажувачі Grub 2 додайте відповідний текст у рядок параметрів завантаження типового ядра <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> у файлі <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> від імені root і запустіть команду терміналу"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "With openSUSE 11.3 we switched to KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) for Intel, "
+#~ "ATI and NVIDIA graphics, which now is our default. If you encounter "
+#~ "problems with the KMS driver support (intel, radeon, nouveau), disable "
+#~ "KMS by adding <literal>nomodeset</literal> to the kernel boot command "
+#~ "line. To set this permanently using Grub 2, the default boot loader, add "
+#~ "it to the <literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> kernel default "
+#~ "load options line in your <filename>/etc/default/grub</filename> text "
+#~ "file as root and running the terminal command"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У openSUSE 11.3 ми перейшли на KMS (Kernel Mode Setting) для відеокарт "
+#~ "Intel, ATI і NVIDIA, тепер це типова поведінка. Якщо у вас при цьому "
+#~ "виникають проблеми з підтримкою KMS драйвером (intel, radeon, nouveau), "
+#~ "вимкніть KMS, додавши <literal>nomodeset</literal> у рядок завантаження "
+#~ "ядра. Для постійного застосування цього у типовому завантажувачі Grub 2 "
+#~ "додайте відповідний текст у рядок параметрів завантаження типового ядра "
+#~ "<literal>GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT</literal> у файлі <filename>/etc/"
+#~ "default/grub</filename> від імені root і запустіть команду терміналу"
#~ msgid "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg"
#~ msgstr "sudo /usr/sbin/grub2-mkconfig --output=/boot/grub2/grub.cfg"
-#~ msgid "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module (intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in <filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled."
-#~ msgstr "для застосування змін. Якщо ви використовуєте Grub Legacy, то додайте це в рядок параметрів ядра у файлі <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> як root. Цей параметр означає, що відповідний модуль ядра (intel, radeon, nouveau) буде завантажений у <filename>initrd</filename> з параметром <literal>modeset=0</literal>, тобто з вимкненим KMS."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "for the changes to take effect. Else, for Grub Legacy, add it to the "
+#~ "kernel command line in <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename>, also "
+#~ "done as root. This option makes sure the appropriate kernel module "
+#~ "(intel, radeon, nouveau) is loaded with <literal>modeset=0</literal> in "
+#~ "<filename>initrd</filename>, i.e. KMS is disabled."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "для застосування змін. Якщо ви використовуєте Grub Legacy, то додайте це "
+#~ "в рядок параметрів ядра у файлі <filename>/boot/grub/menu.lst</filename> "
+#~ "як root. Цей параметр означає, що відповідний модуль ядра (intel, radeon, "
+#~ "nouveau) буде завантажений у <filename>initrd</filename> з параметром "
+#~ "<literal>modeset=0</literal>, тобто з вимкненим KMS."
-#~ msgid "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine."
-#~ msgstr "У рідкісних випадках, коли завантаження модуля DRM з <filename>initrd</filename> є загальною проблемою і не відноситься до KMS, можна повністю вимкнути завантаження модуля DRM у <filename>initrd</filename>. Для цього задайте параметру sysconfig <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> значення <literal>yes</literal> через YaST, це створить <filename>initrd</filename> заново. І звісно перезавантажтеся."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the rare cases when loading the DRM module from <filename>initrd</"
+#~ "filename> is a general problem and unrelated to KMS, it is even possible "
+#~ "to disable loading of the DRM module in <filename>initrd</filename> "
+#~ "completely. For this set the <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> "
+#~ "sysconfig variable to <literal>yes</literal> via YaST, which then "
+#~ "recreates <filename>initrd</filename> afterwards. Reboot your machine."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "У рідкісних випадках, коли завантаження модуля DRM з <filename>initrd</"
+#~ "filename> є загальною проблемою і не відноситься до KMS, можна повністю "
+#~ "вимкнути завантаження модуля DRM у <filename>initrd</filename>. Для цього "
+#~ "задайте параметру sysconfig <literal>NO_KMS_IN_INITRD</literal> значення "
+#~ "<literal>yes</literal> через YaST, це створить <filename>initrd</"
+#~ "filename> заново. І звісно перезавантажтеся."
-#~ msgid "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver (<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>."
-#~ msgstr "На картах Intel без KMS Xserver використовує драйвер <literal>fbdev</literal> (драйвер <literal>intel</literal> підтримує тільки KMS); в якості альтернативи для застарілих відеокарт від Intel існує драйвер «intellegacy» (пакунок <systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem>), який ще підтримує UMS (User Mode Setting). Для його використання відредагуйте файл <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> та змініть драйвер на <literal>intellegacy</literal>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "On Intel without KMS the Xserver falls back to the <literal>fbdev</"
+#~ "literal> driver (the <literal>intel</literal> driver only supports KMS); "
+#~ "alternatively, for legacy GPUs from Intel the \"intellegacy\" driver "
+#~ "(<systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</systemitem> package) is "
+#~ "available, which still supports UMS (User Mode Setting). To use it, edit "
+#~ "<filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device.conf</filename> and change the "
+#~ "driver entry to <literal>intellegacy</literal>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "На картах Intel без KMS Xserver використовує драйвер <literal>fbdev</"
+#~ "literal> (драйвер <literal>intel</literal> підтримує тільки KMS); в "
+#~ "якості альтернативи для застарілих відеокарт від Intel існує драйвер "
+#~ "«intellegacy» (пакунок <systemitem>xorg-x11-driver-video-intel-legacy</"
+#~ "systemitem>), який ще підтримує UMS (User Mode Setting). Для його "
+#~ "використання відредагуйте файл <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/50-device."
+#~ "conf</filename> та змініть драйвер на <literal>intellegacy</literal>."
-#~ msgid "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the <literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter."
-#~ msgstr "На сучасних картах ATI відступним варіантом є <literal>radeonhd</literal>. На картах NVIDIA без KMS використовується драйвер <literal>nv</literal> (драйвер <literal>nouveau</literal> підтримує тільки KMS). Зверніть увагу, що нові відеокарти від ATI і NVIDIA при вказівці параметра завантаження ядра <literal>nomodeset</literal> будуть використовувати драйвер <literal>fbdev</literal>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "On ATI for current GPUs it falls back to <literal>radeonhd</literal>. On "
+#~ "NVIDIA without KMS the <literal>nv</literal> driver is used (the "
+#~ "<literal>nouveau</literal> driver supports only KMS). Note, newer ATI and "
+#~ "NVIDIA GPUs are falling back to <literal>fbdev</literal>, if you specify "
+#~ "the <literal>nomodeset</literal> kernel boot parameter."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "На сучасних картах ATI відступним варіантом є <literal>radeonhd</"
+#~ "literal>. На картах NVIDIA без KMS використовується драйвер <literal>nv</"
+#~ "literal> (драйвер <literal>nouveau</literal> підтримує тільки KMS). "
+#~ "Зверніть увагу, що нові відеокарти від ATI і NVIDIA при вказівці "
+#~ "параметра завантаження ядра <literal>nomodeset</literal> будуть "
+#~ "використовувати драйвер <literal>fbdev</literal>."
#~ msgid "Samba Version 4.1"
#~ msgstr "Samba версії 4.1"
-#~ msgid "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-wide MIT Kerberos."
-#~ msgstr "Samba версії 4.1, що входить до складу openSUSE 13.1, не підтримує роботу в якості контролера домену Active Directory. Ця функція вимкнена через відсутність інтеграції з системним компонентом MIT Kerberos."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Samba version 4.1 shipped with openSUSE 13.1 does not include support to "
+#~ "operate as an Active Directory style domain controller. This "
+#~ "functionality is currently disabled, as it lacks integration with system-"
+#~ "wide MIT Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Samba версії 4.1, що входить до складу openSUSE 13.1, не підтримує роботу "
+#~ "в якості контролера домену Active Directory. Ця функція вимкнена через "
+#~ "відсутність інтеграції з системним компонентом MIT Kerberos."
#~ msgid "KDE and Bluetooth"
#~ msgstr "KDE і Bluetooth"
-#~ msgid "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions."
-#~ msgstr "Стек Bluetooth надано Bluez 5 (новою версією без зворотної сумісності), необхідним оновленням для стільниці GNOME і деяких інших компонентів базової системи. На жаль, випущені на даний момент версії KDE підтримують тільки Bluez версії 4."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The Bluetooth stack is provided by Bluez 5 (a major, backwards-"
+#~ "incompatbile version), a necessary upgrade for GNOME desktop and some "
+#~ "other components of the base system. Unfortunately, the KDE workspace "
+#~ "only supports Bluez version 4 in its currently-released versions."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Стек Bluetooth надано Bluez 5 (новою версією без зворотної сумісності), "
+#~ "необхідним оновленням для стільниці GNOME і деяких інших компонентів "
+#~ "базової системи. На жаль, випущені на даний момент версії KDE підтримують "
+#~ "тільки Bluez версії 4."
-#~ msgid "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work jet, like file transfer."
-#~ msgstr "Внаслідок цього команда спільноти openSUSE KDE пропонує неофіційний пакет Bluedevil, який надає базові функції: спарювання пристроїв і підтримка bluetooth-мишок. Деякі функції не підтримуються. Зокрема, пересилання файлів."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Therefore, the openSUSE KDE community team offers an unofficial Bluedevil "
+#~ "package providing at least basic functionality such as device pairing or "
+#~ "support for bluetooth mice; Some other features are known not to work "
+#~ "jet, like file transfer."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Внаслідок цього команда спільноти openSUSE KDE пропонує неофіційний пакет "
+#~ "Bluedevil, який надає базові функції: спарювання пристроїв і підтримка "
+#~ "bluetooth-мишок. Деякі функції не підтримуються. Зокрема, пересилання "
+#~ "файлів."
-#~ msgid "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing."
-#~ msgstr "Наразі повідомлення про помилки підтримки Bluetooth KDE не приймаються, робота над перенесенням Bluedevil на Bluez 5 ведеться."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For the moment, bugs should not be filed against Bluetooth support in KDE "
+#~ "as the Bluez 5 port of Bluedevil is still ongoing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Наразі повідомлення про помилки підтримки Bluetooth KDE не приймаються, "
+#~ "робота над перенесенням Bluedevil на Bluez 5 ведеться."
#~ msgid "Skype"
#~ msgstr "Skype"
-#~ msgid "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux (v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> from the command line:"
-#~ msgstr "При використанні PulseAudio 4.0 виникає помилка в поточній версії Skype для Linux (v4.2). До виправлення і оновлення Skype запускайте <command>skype</command> з командного рядка:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "PulseAudio 4.0 exposes a bug in the current version of Skype for Linux "
+#~ "(v4.2). Until Skype is fixed and updated, run <command>skype</command> "
+#~ "from the command line:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "При використанні PulseAudio 4.0 виникає помилка в поточній версії Skype "
+#~ "для Linux (v4.2). До виправлення і оновлення Skype запускайте "
+#~ "<command>skype</command> з командного рядка:"
#~ msgid "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype"
#~ msgstr "PULSE_LATENCY_MSEC=60 skype"
-#~ msgid "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Детальнішу інформацію ви можете знайти на <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For more information about this bug, see <ulink url=\"http://arunraghavan."
+#~ "net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Детальнішу інформацію ви можете знайти на <ulink url=\"http://"
+#~ "arunraghavan.net/2013/08/pulseaudio-4-0-and-skype/\"/>."
#~ msgid "AutoYaST"
#~ msgstr "AutoYaST"
-#~ msgid "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable installations."
-#~ msgstr "Якщо в профілі autoyast містить записи в секції <literal><add-on></literal>, це призводить до появи помилки, що перешкоджає передачі відомостей профілю з першої стадії до другої. У цьому випадку всі кроки налаштування другої стадії пропускаються, що в загальному випадку призводить до повної неможливості використання встановленої системи."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the autoyast profile contains entries in an <literal><add-on></"
+#~ "literal> section there is a bug triggered that prevents information in "
+#~ "the profile from being transferred from the first stage into the second "
+#~ "stage. Therefore, in this case all second stage configuration steps are "
+#~ "skipped, which normally leads to more or less completely unusable "
+#~ "installations."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Якщо в профілі autoyast містить записи в секції <literal><add-on></"
+#~ "literal>, це призводить до появи помилки, що перешкоджає передачі "
+#~ "відомостей профілю з першої стадії до другої. У цьому випадку всі кроки "
+#~ "налаштування другої стадії пропускаються, що в загальному випадку "
+#~ "призводить до повної неможливості використання встановленої системи."
-#~ msgid "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1."
-#~ msgstr "Як тимчасове рішення не використовуйте секції <literal><add-on></literal> в профілях AutoYaST з openSUSE 13.1."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "As a temporary workaround, avoid using <literal><add-on></literal> "
+#~ "sections in profiles with AutoYaST in openSUSE 13.1."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Як тимчасове рішення не використовуйте секції <literal><add-on></"
+#~ "literal> в профілях AutoYaST з openSUSE 13.1."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 13.1</phrase> Release Notes"
@@ -894,8 +1029,19 @@
#~ msgid "Version: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)"
#~ msgstr "12.1.6 (2011-11-07)"
-#~ msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file."
-#~ msgstr "Цим надається дозвіл на копіювання, розповсюдження та/або зміну цього документа за умови дотримання всіх пунктів GNU Free Documentation License, версії 1.2 або будь-якої наступної за нею у тому вигляді, у якому її оприлюднено Free Software Foundation; без незмінних розділів, вступу і завершення. Копія ліцензії додається у вигляді файла <filename>fdl.txt</filename>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document "
+#~ "under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any "
+#~ "later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no "
+#~ "Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy "
+#~ "of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Цим надається дозвіл на копіювання, розповсюдження та/або зміну цього "
+#~ "документа за умови дотримання всіх пунктів GNU Free Documentation "
+#~ "License, версії 1.2 або будь-якої наступної за нею у тому вигляді, у "
+#~ "якому її оприлюднено Free Software Foundation; без незмінних розділів, "
+#~ "вступу і завершення. Копія ліцензії додається у вигляді файла "
+#~ "<filename>fdl.txt</filename>."
#~ msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:"
#~ msgstr "Ці примітки до випуску стосуються наступного:"
@@ -905,8 +1051,12 @@
#~ msgstr "Загальне: Інформація, яку повинен прочитати кожен."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user."
-#~ msgstr "Технічне: Цей розділ містить відомості для досвідченого користувача про технічні зміни та вдосконалення."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of "
+#~ "technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Технічне: Цей розділ містить відомості для досвідченого користувача про "
+#~ "технічні зміни та вдосконалення."
# %s is e.g. SCSI, CD-ROM, USB
#, fuzzy
@@ -920,9 +1070,15 @@
#~ msgstr "Керування живленням"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Find more detailed information about new features at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>."
-#~ msgid "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Детальнішу інформацію про нові можливості можна знайти за адресою <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Find more detailed information about new features at <ulink url=\"http://"
+#~| "en.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For more information, see <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Adobe_Reader"
+#~ "\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Детальнішу інформацію про нові можливості можна знайти за адресою <ulink "
+#~ "url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/AppArmor/Changes_AppArmor_2_1\"/>."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Network Interface"
@@ -975,8 +1131,13 @@
#~ msgstr "Виберіть мережний пристрій."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Note: systemd does not honor obsolete sysconfig variables in <filename>/etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</literal>."
-#~ msgstr "Відкрийте файл <filename>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</filename> від імені <literal>адміністратора</literal>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note: systemd does not honor obsolete sysconfig variables in <filename>/"
+#~ "etc/sysconfig/cron</filename> such as <literal>TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR</"
+#~ "literal>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Відкрийте файл <filename>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</filename> від імені "
+#~ "<literal>адміністратора</literal>."
#~ msgid "Version:"
#~ msgstr "Версія: "
@@ -1003,8 +1164,12 @@
#~ msgid "YaST AppArmor Configuration Module"
#~ msgstr "YaST модуль налаштування AppArmor"
-#~ msgid "FATE Categories for <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse.org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST."
-#~ msgstr "Категорії FATE для <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse.org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FATE Categories for <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse."
+#~ "org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Категорії FATE для <ulink url=\"https://features.opensuse."
+#~ "org/305278\">#305278</ulink>: AppArmor, YaST."
#~ msgid "GNOME 3"
#~ msgstr "GNOME 3"
@@ -1041,20 +1206,51 @@
#~ msgstr "Помилка вилучення запиту (%1)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This is just the initial version of the release notes for <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>."
-#~ msgid "This is just the initial version of the release notes for the forthcoming <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>."
-#~ msgstr "Це тільки початкова версія приміток до випуску <phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This is just the initial version of the release notes for <phrase os="
+#~| "\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is just the initial version of the release notes for the forthcoming "
+#~ "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.4</phrase>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Це тільки початкова версія приміток до випуску <phrase os=\"slprof"
+#~ "\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase>."
-#~ msgid "This public beta test is part of the openSUSE project. Information about the project is available at <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>."
-#~ msgstr "Цю тестову бета-версію випущено проектом openSUSE. Інформацію про цей проект можна знайти на <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This public beta test is part of the openSUSE project. Information about "
+#~ "the project is available at <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Цю тестову бета-версію випущено проектом openSUSE. Інформацію про цей "
+#~ "проект можна знайти на <ulink url=\"http://opensuse.org\"/>."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.1beta in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
-#~ msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.4 in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
-#~ msgstr "Інформацію про відомі вади цієї бета-версії можна знайти на openSUSE вікі <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Будь ласка, повідомте про всі вади, знайдені в openSUSE 11.1beta на Novell Bugzilla <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. Якщо ви хочете, щоб щось було додано до цих приміток до випуску, будь ласка, напишіть звіт про ваду у компонент <quote>Release Notes</quote>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at "
+#~| "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please "
+#~| "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.1beta "
+#~| "in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~| "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to "
+#~| "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release "
+#~| "Notes</quote> component."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please "
+#~ "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.4 in "
+#~ "the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to "
+#~ "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release "
+#~ "Notes</quote> component."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Інформацію про відомі вади цієї бета-версії можна знайти на openSUSE вікі "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Будь "
+#~ "ласка, повідомте про всі вади, знайдені в openSUSE 11.1beta на Novell "
+#~ "Bugzilla <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. "
+#~ "Якщо ви хочете, щоб щось було додано до цих приміток до випуску, будь "
+#~ "ласка, напишіть звіт про ваду у компонент <quote>Release Notes</quote>."
#~ msgid "Prerelease Notes: Information relevant for alpha and beta releases."
-#~ msgstr "Попередні примітки: Інформація, що стосується альфа- і бета-випусків."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Попередні примітки: Інформація, що стосується альфа- і бета-випусків."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase> Release Notes"
@@ -1062,12 +1258,46 @@
#~ msgstr "<phrase os=\"slprof\">openSUSE 11.2</phrase> Примітки до випуску"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.2 in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
-#~ msgid "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE Factory in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release Notes</quote> component."
-#~ msgstr "Інформацію про відомі вади цієї бета-версії можна знайти на openSUSE вікі <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Будь ласка, повідомте про всі вади, знайдені в openSUSE 11.2 на Novell Bugzilla <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. Якщо ви хочете, щоб щось було додано до цих приміток до випуску, будь ласка, напишіть звіт про ваду в компонент <quote>Release Notes</quote>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at "
+#~| "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please "
+#~| "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE 11.2 in "
+#~| "the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~| "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to "
+#~| "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release "
+#~| "Notes</quote> component."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Find information about known bugs for this beta in the openSUSE wiki at "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Please "
+#~ "report all bugs you encounter using this prerelease of openSUSE Factory "
+#~ "in the Novell Bugzilla at <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/"
+#~ "Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. If you would like to see anything added to "
+#~ "the release notes, please file a bug report against the <quote>Release "
+#~ "Notes</quote> component."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Інформацію про відомі вади цієї бета-версії можна знайти на openSUSE вікі "
+#~ "<ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs:Most_Annoying_Bugs\"/>. Будь "
+#~ "ласка, повідомте про всі вади, знайдені в openSUSE 11.2 на Novell "
+#~ "Bugzilla <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Submitting_Bug_Reports\"/>. "
+#~ "Якщо ви хочете, щоб щось було додано до цих приміток до випуску, будь "
+#~ "ласка, напишіть звіт про ваду в компонент <quote>Release Notes</quote>."
-#~ msgid "The release notes are under constant development. Download the newest version as part of the Internet test or refer to <ulink url=\"http://www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase role=\"transwarn\">We update the English release notes whenever need arises. This means that translations might temporarily be incomplete.</phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">The translations are updated to match later.</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "Примітки до випуску постійно оновлюються. Звантажте найновішу версію під час перевірки з'єднання з Інтернет або завітайте до <ulink url=\"http://www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase role=\"transwarn\">Ми оновлюємо англійську версію приміток до випуску будь-коли за потреби. Це може бути причиною того, що переклади тимчасово можуть бути неповними.</phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">Переклади буде оновлено пізніше.</phrase>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The release notes are under constant development. Download the newest "
+#~ "version as part of the Internet test or refer to <ulink url=\"http://www."
+#~ "suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. <phrase "
+#~ "role=\"transwarn\">We update the English release notes whenever need "
+#~ "arises. This means that translations might temporarily be incomplete.</"
+#~ "phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn\">The translations are updated to match "
+#~ "later.</phrase>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Примітки до випуску постійно оновлюються. Звантажте найновішу версію під "
+#~ "час перевірки з'єднання з Інтернет або завітайте до <ulink url=\"http://"
+#~ "www.suse.com/relnotes/i386/openSUSE/11.2/RELEASE-NOTES.en.html\"/>. "
+#~ "<phrase role=\"transwarn\">Ми оновлюємо англійську версію приміток до "
+#~ "випуску будь-коли за потреби. Це може бути причиною того, що переклади "
+#~ "тимчасово можуть бути неповними.</phrase><phrase role=\"transwarn"
+#~ "\">Переклади буде оновлено пізніше.</phrase>"
#~ msgid "KDE"
#~ msgstr "KDE"
@@ -1093,16 +1323,47 @@
#~ msgid "N/A—Codename openSUSE 11.2"
#~ msgstr "N/A—кодова назва openSUSE 11.2"
-#~ msgid "The code name for openSUSE 11.2 is N/A. The boot picture was taken by N/A"
-#~ msgstr "Кодова назва openSUSE 11.2 - н/д. Зображення завантаження було взято: н/д"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The code name for openSUSE 11.2 is N/A. The boot picture was taken by N/A"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Кодова назва openSUSE 11.2 - н/д. Зображення завантаження було взято: н/д"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic system configuration. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is explained in detail. Additionally, the most important applications are described in the GNOME and KDE User Guides. Detailed information on using AppArmor is provided by the AppArmor Administration Guide."
-#~ msgid "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic system configuration. There is also an Installation QuickSart Guide now. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is explained in detail. Find basic information on GNOME and KDE in the QuickStart Guides. Additionally, the most important applications are described in the Applications, GNOME, and KDE User Guide. Detailed information on security issues is provided by the Security Manual."
-#~ msgstr "В Посібнику для запуску ви знайдете інформацію про встановлення і просте налаштування системи. В Довідковому посібнику докладно пояснено налаштування системи. Крім того, найважливіші програми описані в Посібниках для користувачів KDE та GNOME. Докладну інформацію про використання AppArmor можна знайти у Довіднику з адміністрування AppArmor."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic "
+#~| "system configuration. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration "
+#~| "is explained in detail. Additionally, the most important applications "
+#~| "are described in the GNOME and KDE User Guides. Detailed information on "
+#~| "using AppArmor is provided by the AppArmor Administration Guide."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic "
+#~ "system configuration. There is also an Installation QuickSart Guide now. "
+#~ "In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is explained in detail. "
+#~ "Find basic information on GNOME and KDE in the QuickStart Guides. "
+#~ "Additionally, the most important applications are described in the "
+#~ "Applications, GNOME, and KDE User Guide. Detailed information on security "
+#~ "issues is provided by the Security Manual."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "В Посібнику для запуску ви знайдете інформацію про встановлення і просте "
+#~ "налаштування системи. В Довідковому посібнику докладно пояснено "
+#~ "налаштування системи. Крім того, найважливіші програми описані в "
+#~ "Посібниках для користувачів KDE та GNOME. Докладну інформацію про "
+#~ "використання AppArmor можна знайти у Довіднику з адміністрування AppArmor."
-#~ msgid "Update: Changes that are not mentioned in the Reference Guide, Chapter 5."
-#~ msgstr "Оновлення: Зміни, про які не згадується в Довідковому посібнику, глава 5."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Update: Changes that are not mentioned in the Reference Guide, Chapter 5."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Оновлення: Зміни, про які не згадується в Довідковому посібнику, глава 5."
-#~ msgid "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic system configuration. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is explained in detail. Find basic information on GNOME and KDE in the QuickStart Guides. Detailed information on using AppArmor is provided by the AppArmor Administration Guide."
-#~ msgstr "В Посібнику для запуску ви знайдете інформацію про встановлення і просте налаштування системи. В Довідковому посібнику докладно пояснено налаштування системи. Крім того, найважливіші програми описані в Посібниках для користувачів KDE та GNOME. Докладну інформацію про використання AppArmor можна знайти у Довіднику з адміністрування AppArmor."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In the Start-Up Manual, find information about installation and basic "
+#~ "system configuration. In the Reference Guide, the system configuration is "
+#~ "explained in detail. Find basic information on GNOME and KDE in the "
+#~ "QuickStart Guides. Detailed information on using AppArmor is provided by "
+#~ "the AppArmor Administration Guide."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "В Посібнику для запуску ви знайдете інформацію про встановлення і просте "
+#~ "налаштування системи. В Довідковому посібнику докладно пояснено "
+#~ "налаштування системи. Крім того, найважливіші програми описані в "
+#~ "Посібниках для користувачів KDE та GNOME. Докладну інформацію про "
+#~ "використання AppArmor можна знайти у Довіднику з адміністрування AppArmor."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 16:18:24 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90881
Added:
branches/openSUSE-13_2-Branch/
Log:
2014-12-16T16:12:45+0100 from trunk
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:58:54 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90880
Modified:
trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2014-12-16 13:56:06 UTC (rev 90879)
+++ trunk/yast/ar/po/packager.ar.po 2014-12-16 13:58:54 UTC (rev 90880)
@@ -16,8 +16,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-…
[View More]Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 "
-"&& n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=6; plural=n==0 ? 0 : n==1 ? 1 : n==2 ? 2 : n%100>=3 && n%100<=10 ? 3 : n%100>=11 ? 4 : 5;\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n"
#. module description
@@ -390,14 +389,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت الذي تريد استخدامه، ثم انقر فوق "
-"<b>التالي</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت الذي تريد استخدامه، ثم انقر فوق <b>التالي</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق "
-"<b>إنهاء</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>حدد المستودعات على الإنترنت التي تريد استخدامها، ثم انقر فوق <b>إنهاء</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
@@ -1162,8 +1159,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<P>حدد سواقة، وأدخل وسيطًا فيها، ثم اضغط <B>بدء التحقق</B>\n"
"أو استخدم <B>فحص ملف ISO</B> ثم حدد ملف ISO.\n"
-"لإجراء التحقق يستغرق التحقق عدة دقائق حسب سرعة محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. "
-"يتأكد \n"
+"لإجراء التحقق يستغرق التحقق عدة دقائق حسب سرعة محرك الأقراص وحجم الوسيط. يتأكد \n"
"التحقق من صحة مجموع MD5 الاختباري.</P> "
#. help text - media check 4/8
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:56:06 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90879
Modified:
trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po
trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po
trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878)
+++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-client.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:…
[View More]56:06 UTC (rev 90879)
@@ -186,7 +186,6 @@
#. Main dialog contents
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
-#| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
msgid "Authentication Client"
msgstr "Cliente de autenticação"
@@ -214,24 +213,7 @@
#. initialize GUI
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid ""
-"SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and "
-"authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one "
-"authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication "
-"domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the "
-"next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected "
-"providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected "
-"identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>"
-"proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal "
-"provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for "
-"more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat "
-"Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory "
-"provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP "
-"authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> "
-"FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> "
-"Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to "
-"some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>"
-"The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Parameters
@@ -240,94 +222,49 @@
msgstr "Indica qual é a sintaxe do arquivo de configuração."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo serviços que são iniciados "
-"quando o próprio sssd inicia."
+msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo serviços que são iniciados quando o próprio sssd inicia."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
-msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
-"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
-msgstr ""
-"Número de vezes que os serviços devem tentar se reconectar caso um provedor "
-"de dados trave ou reinicie"
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr "Número de vezes que os serviços devem tentar se reconectar caso um provedor de dados trave ou reinicie"
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
-msgid ""
-"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be "
-"configured or SSSD won't start."
-msgstr ""
-"SSSD pode utilizar vários domínios ao mesmo tempo, mas ao meno um deve ser "
-"configurado, caso contrário o SSSD não será inicializado."
+msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+msgstr "SSSD pode utilizar vários domínios ao mesmo tempo, mas ao meno um deve ser configurado, caso contrário o SSSD não será inicializado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
-msgid ""
-"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be "
-"queried."
-msgstr ""
-"Este parâmetro contém a lista de domínios na ordem pela qual serão "
-"pesquisados."
+msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+msgstr "Este parâmetro contém a lista de domínios na ordem pela qual serão pesquisados."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
-"user name and domain into these components"
-msgstr ""
-"A expressão regular padrão que descreve como analisar a string contendo nome "
-"de usuário e domínio nestes componentes"
+msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+msgstr "A expressão regular padrão que descreve como analisar a string contendo nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes"
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a "
-"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"O formato padrão compatível com printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma "
-"tupla (nome, domínio) em um nome completamente qualificado."
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+msgstr "O formato padrão compatível com printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla (nome, domínio) em um nome completamente qualificado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
-msgid ""
-"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update "
-"its internal DNS resolver."
-msgstr ""
-"O SSSD monitora o estado do resolv.conf para identificar quando é necessário "
-"atualizar seu resolver de DNS interno."
+msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+msgstr "O SSSD monitora o estado do resolv.conf para identificar quando é necessário atualizar seu resolver de DNS interno."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to "
-"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Por padrão, tentaremos utilizar o inotify para isto. Caso não seja possível "
-"utilizá-lo, reverteremos para o polling do resolv.conf a cada 5 segundos."
+msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+msgstr "Por padrão, tentaremos utilizar o inotify para isto. Caso não seja possível utilizá-lo, reverteremos para o polling do resolv.conf a cada 5 segundos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-"O diretório no sistema de arquivos no qual o SSSD deve armazenar os arquivos "
-"do cache de replay do Kerberos."
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+msgstr "O diretório no sistema de arquivos no qual o SSSD deve armazenar os arquivos do cache de replay do Kerberos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
-"domain name component."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta string será utilizada como um nome de domínio padrão para todos os nomes "
-"sem um componente de nome de domínio."
+msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+msgstr "Esta string será utilizada como um nome de domínio padrão para todos os nomes sem um componente de nome de domínio."
#. Define Global Services Parameters
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the "
-"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose "
-"mode."
-msgstr ""
-"A máscara de bits que indica quais níveis de depuração serão visíveis. 0x0010 "
-"é o valor padrão, bem como o menor valor permitido. 0xFFF0 é o modo mais "
-"descritivo."
+msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+msgstr "A máscara de bits que indica quais níveis de depuração serão visíveis. 0x0010 é o valor padrão, bem como o menor valor permitido. 0xFFF0 é o modo mais descritivo."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
@@ -342,93 +279,49 @@
msgstr "Tempo de espera em segundos entre batidas para este serviço."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
-"opened at one time by this SSSD process."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta opção especifica a quantidade máxima de descritores de arquivos que "
-"podem ser abertos de uma única vez por este processo SSSD."
+msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+msgstr "Esta opção especifica a quantidade máxima de descritores de arquivos que podem ser abertos de uma única vez por este processo SSSD."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
-"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta opção especifica a quantidade de segundos pela qual um cliente de um "
-"processo SSSD pode manter um descritor de arquivo aberto sem se comunicar "
-"através dele."
+msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+msgstr "Esta opção especifica a quantidade de segundos pela qual um cliente de um processo SSSD pode manter um descritor de arquivo aberto sem se comunicar através dele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
-msgid ""
-"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it "
-"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
-msgstr ""
-"Se um serviço não está respondendo às verificações pind (veja a opção "
-"\"timeout\"), ele receberá primeiro o sinal SIGTERM, que o instruirá a "
-"terminar corretamente."
+msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+msgstr "Se um serviço não está respondendo às verificações pind (veja a opção \"timeout\"), ele receberá primeiro o sinal SIGTERM, que o instruirá a terminar corretamente."
#. NSS configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about "
-"all users)?"
+msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
-"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
-"for the domain."
-msgstr ""
-"O cache de entradas pode ser configurado para atualizar automaticamentes em "
-"background as entradas ser elas forem requisitadas além da porcentagem do "
-"valor de entry_cache_timeout para o domínio."
+msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
+msgstr "O cache de entradas pode ser configurado para atualizar automaticamentes em background as entradas ser elas forem requisitadas além da porcentagem do valor de entry_cache_timeout para o domínio."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that "
-"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before "
-"asking the back end again."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve realizar cache de hits "
-"negativos de cache (ou seja, pesquisas por entradas inválidas de banco de "
-"dados, como entradas inexistentes) antes de consultar novamente a "
-"infraestrutura."
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
+msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve realizar cache de hits negativos de cache (ou seja, pesquisas por entradas inválidas de banco de dados, como entradas inexistentes) antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
-msgstr ""
-"Excluir determinados usuários dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do "
-"sss."
+msgstr "Excluir determinados usuários dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do sss."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
-msgstr ""
-"Excluir determinados grupos dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do "
-"sss."
+msgstr "Excluir determinados grupos dos resultados vindos do banco de dados NSS do sss."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você deseja que o usuário filtrado ainda seja membro de algum grupo, "
-"configure esta opção como \"falsa\"."
+msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
+msgstr "Se você deseja que o usuário filtrado ainda seja membro de algum grupo, configure esta opção como \"falsa\"."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
-msgid ""
-"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
-"or a template."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário. Você pode fornecer um valor absoluto ou "
-"um modelo."
+msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
+msgstr "Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário. Você pode fornecer um valor absoluto ou um modelo."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
-msgid ""
-"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
-"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
-msgstr ""
-"Configure um modelo padrão para o diretório de usuário se nenhum estiver "
-"especificado explicitamente pelo provedor de dados do domínio."
+msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
+msgstr "Configure um modelo padrão para o diretório de usuário se nenhum estiver especificado explicitamente pelo provedor de dados do domínio."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
@@ -443,69 +336,37 @@
msgstr "Substitui quaisquer instâncias desses shells com o shell_fallback"
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"O shell padrão a ser utilizado se um shell permitido não estiver instalado na "
-"máquina."
+msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
+msgstr "O shell padrão a ser utilizado se um shell permitido não estiver instalado na máquina."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
-msgstr ""
-"O shell padrão a ser utilizado se provedor não retornar um durante a "
-"pesquisa."
+msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
+msgstr "O shell padrão a ser utilizado se provedor não retornar um durante a pesquisa."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered "
-"valid."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o tempo em segundo durante o qual a lista de subdomínios será "
-"considerada válida."
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
+msgstr "Especifica o tempo em segundo durante o qual a lista de subdomínios será considerada válida."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
-"valid."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o tempo em segundos durante o qual os registros no cache em "
-"memória serão válidos."
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
+msgstr "Especifica o tempo em segundos durante o qual os registros no cache em memória serão válidos."
#. PAM configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached "
-"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o provedor de autenticação estiver offline, por quanto tempo permitiremos "
-"logins em cache (em dias contados a partir do último login bem-sucedido)."
+msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
+msgstr "Se o provedor de autenticação estiver offline, por quanto tempo permitiremos logins em cache (em dias contados a partir do último login bem-sucedido)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has "
-"been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
-msgstr ""
-"O tempo em minutos a aguardar após offline_failed_login_attempts ter sido "
-"atingido antes que uma nova tentativa de login seja possível."
+msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
+msgstr "O tempo em minutos a aguardar após offline_failed_login_attempts ter sido atingido antes que uma nova tentativa de login seja possível."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"Controla quais tipos de mensagens são exibidas para o usuário durante a "
-"autenticação."
+msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
+msgstr "Controla quais tipos de mensagens são exibidas para o usuário durante a autenticação."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
-"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
-"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
-msgstr ""
-"Para qualquer requisição PAM enquanto o SSSD estiver online, o SSSD tentará "
-"atualizar imediatamente as informações de identidade em cache para o usuário "
-"de forma a garantir que a autenticação seja realizada com as últimas "
-"informações."
+msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
+msgstr "Para qualquer requisição PAM enquanto o SSSD estiver online, o SSSD tentará atualizar imediatamente as informações de identidade em cache para o usuário de forma a garantir que a autenticação seja realizada com as últimas informações."
#. The kerberos domain section
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
@@ -515,143 +376,80 @@
#. SUDO configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that "
-"implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a avaliação dos atributos sudoNotBefore e sudoNotAfter deve ocorrer ou "
-"não. Esses atributos implementam entradas de sudoers dependentes de horário."
+msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
+msgstr "Se a avaliação dos atributos sudoNotBefore e sudoNotAfter deve ocorrer ou não. Esses atributos implementam entradas de sudoers dependentes de horário."
#. AUTOFS configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative "
-"hits before asking the back end again."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica por quantos segundos o responder do autofs deve manter o cache de "
-"hits negativos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
+msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o responder do autofs deve manter o cache de hits negativos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#. SSH configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
-"file."
-msgstr ""
-"Define se deve ou não ser realizado o hash de nomes de máquinas de endereços "
-"no arquivo known_hosts."
+msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
+msgstr "Define se deve ou não ser realizado o hash de nomes de máquinas de endereços no arquivo known_hosts."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
-"host keys were requested."
-msgstr ""
-"Por quantos segundos uma máquina deve ser mantida no arquivo gerenciado "
-"known_hosts após a requisição de suas chaves."
+msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
+msgstr "Por quantos segundos uma máquina deve ser mantida no arquivo gerenciado known_hosts após a requisição de suas chaves."
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
-"outside these limits, it is ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Limites de UID e GID para o domínio. Se um domínio contiver uma entrada que "
-"estiver fora desses limites, ele será ignorado."
+msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
+msgstr "Limites de UID e GID para o domínio. Se um domínio contiver uma entrada que estiver fora desses limites, ele será ignorado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
msgstr "Determina se um domínio pode ser enumerado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
-msgid ""
-"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor "
-"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o serviço não terminar após \"force_timeout\" segundos, o monitor o "
-"desligará de maneira forçada enviando um sinal SIGKILL."
+msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
+msgstr "Se o serviço não terminar após \"force_timeout\" segundos, o monitor o desligará de maneira forçada enviando um sinal SIGKILL."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the "
-"backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas como válidas antes "
-"de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the "
-"backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de usuário como "
-"válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de usuário como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de grupo como "
-"válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de grupo como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de netgroup "
-"válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de netgroup válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de serviço como "
-"válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Por quantos segundos o nss_sss deve considerar as entradas de serviço como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Por quantos segundos o sudo deve considerar as regras como válidas antes de "
-"consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
+msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Por quantos segundos o sudo deve considerar as regras como válidas antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid "
-"before asking the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Por quantos segundos o serviço autofs deve considerar os mapas do automounter "
-"como válidos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
+msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Por quantos segundos o serviço autofs deve considerar os mapas do automounter como válidos antes de consultar novamente a infraestrutura."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
-msgstr ""
-"Determina se as credenciais do usuário também serão armazenadas em cache no "
-"cache local LDB."
+msgstr "Determina se as credenciais do usuário também serão armazenadas em cache no cache local LDB."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
-msgid ""
-"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
-"being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
-msgstr ""
-"Quantidade de dias durante os quais as entradas serão mantidas no cache após "
-"o último login bem-sucedido antes que sejam removidas durante uma limpeza de "
-"cache."
+msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
+msgstr "Quantidade de dias durante os quais as entradas serão mantidas no cache após o último login bem-sucedido antes que sejam removidas durante uma limpeza de cache."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr "O provedor de identificação utilizado para o domínio."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
-msgid ""
-"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
-"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilize o nome completo e domínio (como formatado pelo full_name_format do "
-"domínio) como nome do usuário relatado ao NSS."
+msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
+msgstr "Utilize o nome completo e domínio (como formatado pelo full_name_format do domínio) como nome do usuário relatado ao NSS."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
@@ -662,10 +460,8 @@
msgstr "O provedor de controle de acesso utilizado pelo domínio."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
-msgid ""
-"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
-msgstr ""
-"O provedor que deve gerenciar operações de alteração de senha para o domínio."
+msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
+msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar operações de alteração de senha para o domínio."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
@@ -673,8 +469,7 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:342
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
-msgstr ""
-"O provedor que deve gerenciar o carregamento das configurações do selinux."
+msgstr "O provedor que deve gerenciar o carregamento das configurações do selinux."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:348
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
@@ -689,48 +484,28 @@
msgstr "O provedor utilizar para receber informações de identidade da máquina."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
-"containing user name and domain into these components."
-msgstr ""
-"Expressão regular para este domínio que descreve como analisar a string "
-"contendo o nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes."
+msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
+msgstr "Expressão regular para este domínio que descreve como analisar a string contendo o nome de usuário e domínio nestes componentes."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
-msgid ""
-"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, "
-"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"Um formato compatível com o printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla "
-"(nome, domínio) para este domínio em um nome completamente qualificado."
+msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
+msgstr "Um formato compatível com o printf(3) que descreve como traduzir uma tupla (nome, domínio) para este domínio em um nome completamente qualificado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
-msgid ""
-"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
-"performing DNS lookups."
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece a habilidade de selecionar famílias de endereços preferidos a serem "
-"utilizados durante a pesquisa de DNS."
+msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
+msgstr "Fornece a habilidade de selecionar famílias de endereços preferidos a serem utilizados durante a pesquisa de DNS."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
-msgid ""
-"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
-"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
-msgstr ""
-"Define por quanto tempo (em segundos) deve-se aguardar por uma resposta do "
-"resolver DNS antes de assumir que ele está inatingível."
+msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
+msgstr "Define por quanto tempo (em segundos) deve-se aguardar por uma resposta do resolver DNS antes de assumir que ele está inatingível."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
msgstr "Utilize a parte do domínio do nome de máquina."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
-msgid ""
-"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
-"the service discovery DNS query."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a descoberta de serviço for utilizada na infraestrutura, especifique a "
-"parte do domínio da consulta DNS de descoberta de domínio."
+msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
+msgstr "Se a descoberta de serviço for utilizada na infraestrutura, especifique a parte do domínio da consulta DNS de descoberta de domínio."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
@@ -741,50 +516,29 @@
msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas e minúsculas nos nomes de usuário e grupo."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
-msgid ""
-"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
-"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested "
-"name was an alias."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando um usuário ou grupo é pesquisado por nome no provedor de proxy, uma "
-"segunda consulta por ID é realizada para 'canonizar' o nome pesquisado caso "
-"ele seja um apelido."
+msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
+msgstr "Quando um usuário ou grupo é pesquisado por nome no provedor de proxy, uma segunda consulta por ID é realizada para 'canonizar' o nome pesquisado caso ele seja um apelido."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
-msgid ""
-"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
-msgstr ""
-"User este homedir como valor padrão para todos os subdomínios dentro deste "
-"domínio."
+msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
+msgstr "User este homedir como valor padrão para todos os subdomínios dentro deste domínio."
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo login é permitido."
+msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo login é permitido."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only "
-"to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é permitido. "
-"Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD."
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é permitido. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo acesso é "
-"explicitamente negado."
+msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo usuários cujo acesso é explicitamente negado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
-"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é "
-"explicitamente negado. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio "
-"SSSD."
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo groups cujo login é explicitamente negado. Isto se aplica somente a grupos dentro deste domínio SSSD."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
@@ -793,42 +547,24 @@
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"As ferramentas concatenam o nome de login ao base_directory utilizam o "
-"resultado como diretório do usuário."
+msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
+msgstr "As ferramentas concatenam o nome de login ao base_directory utilizam o resultado como diretório do usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
-msgstr ""
-"Indica se um diretório home deve ser criado por padrão para novos usuários."
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
+msgstr "Indica se um diretório home deve ser criado por padrão para novos usuários."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
-msgstr ""
-"Indica se um diretório home deve ser excluído por padrão para usuários "
-"excluídos."
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
+msgstr "Indica se um diretório home deve ser excluído por padrão para usuários excluídos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
-msgid ""
-"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created "
-"home directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Utilizado pelo sss_useradd(8) para especificar as permissões padrão em um "
-"diretório home recém-criado."
+msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
+msgstr "Utilizado pelo sss_useradd(8) para especificar as permissões padrão em um diretório home recém-criado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
-msgid ""
-"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
-"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
-"sss_useradd(8)"
-msgstr ""
-"O diretório esqueleto que contém arquivos e diretórios a serem copiados para "
-"o diretório do usuário, quando ele for criado pelo sss_useradd(8)."
+msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
+msgstr "O diretório esqueleto que contém arquivos e diretórios a serem copiados para o diretório do usuário, quando ele for criado pelo sss_useradd(8)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
msgid "The mail spool directory."
@@ -840,26 +576,16 @@
#. The ldap domain section
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula que contém as URIs dos "
-"servidores LDAP nos quais o SSSD deve se conectar na ordem de preferência."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula que contém as URIs dos servidores LDAP nos quais o SSSD deve se conectar na ordem de preferência."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo URIs dos "
-"servidores LDAP aos quais o SSSd deve ser conectar em ordem de preferência "
-"para alterar a senha de um usuário."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo URIs dos servidores LDAP aos quais o SSSd deve ser conectar em ordem de preferência para alterar a senha de um usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
-msgstr ""
-"O DB base padrão a ser utilizado para realizar operações em usuários LDAP."
+msgstr "O DB base padrão a ser utilizado para realizar operações em usuários LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
@@ -891,16 +617,14 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
-msgstr ""
-"O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador de grupo primário do usuário."
+msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao identificador de grupo primário do usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que corresponde ao campo gecos do usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome do diretório do usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
@@ -916,179 +640,88 @@
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o objectSID de um objeto de usuário LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
-msgstr ""
-"O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última modificação no objeto pai."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
+msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última modificação no objeto pai."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last "
-"password change)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data da última "
-"alteração de senha)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data da última alteração de senha)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password "
-"age)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade mínima da "
-"senha)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade mínima da senha)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password "
-"age)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade máxima da "
-"senha)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (idade máxima da senha)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning "
-"period)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de aviso)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de aviso)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password "
-"inactivity period)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de "
-"inatividade da senha)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (período de inatividade da senha)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
-"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
-"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou ldap_access_expire_policy=shadow, este "
-"parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente "
-"shadow(5) (data de expiração da conta)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=shadow ou ldap_access_expire_policy=shadow, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP correspondente ao seu equivalente shadow(5) (data de expiração da conta)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
-"kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAp que armazena a data e horário da última alteração de senha no "
-"kerberos."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAp que armazena a data e horário da última alteração de senha no kerberos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAP que armazena a data e horário de expiração da senha atual."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena a data e horário de expiração da senha atual."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAP que armazena o horário de expiração da conta."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena o horário de expiração da conta."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um "
-"atributo LDAP que armazena o campo de bit de controle de conta do usuário."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parâmetro contém o nome de um atributo LDAP que armazena o campo de bit de controle de conta do usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
-"determines if access is allowed or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou equivalente, este parâmetro "
-"determina se o acesso é permitido ou não."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds ou equivalente, este parâmetro determina se o acesso é permitido ou não."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
-"access is allowed or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina se o "
-"acesso é permitido ou não."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina se o acesso é permitido ou não."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
-"which date access is granted."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina até "
-"qual data o acesso será permitido."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar o ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina até qual data o acesso será permitido."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
-"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina a "
-"quantidade de horas por dia durante as quais o acesso é permitido."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
+msgstr "Ao utilizar ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina a quantidade de horas por dia durante as quais o acesso é permitido."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
-"(UPN)."
-msgstr ""
-"O atributo LDAP que contém o nome principal de usuário do Kerberos (UPN)."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
+msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome principal de usuário do Kerberos (UPN)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém as chaves públicas de SSH do usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
-msgid ""
-"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm "
-"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
-msgstr ""
-"Alguns servidores de dicionário (ex.: Active Directory), podem enviar a parte "
-"realm do UPN em minúscula, o que pode causar falha na autenticação."
+msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
+msgstr "Alguns servidores de dicionário (ex.: Active Directory), podem enviar a parte realm do UPN em minúscula, o que pode causar falha na autenticação."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
-msgstr ""
-"Configure esta opção para \"verdadeiro\" se quiser utilizar um realm em "
-"maiúsculas."
+msgstr "Configure esta opção para \"verdadeiro\" se quiser utilizar um realm em maiúsculas."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
-msgid ""
-"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
-"enumerated records."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica por quantos segundos o SSSD deve aguardar antes de atualizar o "
-"cache de registros enumerados."
+msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
+msgstr "Especifica por quantos segundos o SSSD deve aguardar antes de atualizar o cache de registros enumerados."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
-msgid ""
-"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
-"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
-"space."
-msgstr ""
-"Determina a frequência de verificação do cache por entradas inativas (ex.: "
-"grupos vazios e usuários que nunca efetuaram login) e as remove para limpar "
-"espaço."
+msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
+msgstr "Determina a frequência de verificação do cache por entradas inativas (ex.: grupos vazios e usuários que nunca efetuaram login) e as remove para limpar espaço."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
@@ -1099,25 +732,12 @@
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que lista os grupos dos quais o usuário faz parte."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
-"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
-"to determine access privilege."
-msgstr ""
-"Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e "
-"ldap_access_order=authorized_service, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo "
-"authorizedService na entrada do usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de "
-"acesso."
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+msgstr "Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=authorized_service, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo authorizedService na entrada do usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de acesso."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
-"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
-"privilege."
-msgstr ""
-"Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, o SSSD "
-"utilizará a presença do atributo host na entrada de usuário LDAP para "
-"determinar o privilégio de acesso."
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+msgstr "Se forem utilizados o access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=host, o SSSD utilizará a presença do atributo host na entrada de usuário LDAP para determinar o privilégio de acesso."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
@@ -1144,43 +764,20 @@
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o objectSID de um objeto de grupo LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
-msgstr ""
-"O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última alteração do objeto pai."
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
+msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o timestamp da última alteração do objeto pai."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
-msgid ""
-"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
-"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
-"follow."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o ldap_schema estiver definido para um formato de esquema que suporta "
-"grupos aninhados (ex.: RFC2307bis), então esta opção controla quantos níveis "
-"de aninhamento o SSSD irá seguir."
+msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
+msgstr "Se o ldap_schema estiver definido para um formato de esquema que suporta grupos aninhados (ex.: RFC2307bis), então esta opção controla quantos níveis de aninhamento o SSSD irá seguir."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
-"complex or deep nested groups."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do "
-"Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações de pesquisa de "
-"grupos em implantações com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de "
-"aninhamento."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
+msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações de pesquisa de grupos em implantações com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de aninhamento."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing "
-"with complex or deep nested groups)."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do "
-"Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações initgroups "
-"(notavelmente ao lidar com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de "
-"aninhamento)."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
+msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSD para tirar proveito de um recurso específico do Active Directory que pode melhorar o desempenho das operações initgroups (notavelmente ao lidar com grupos complexos ou com muitos níveis de aninhamento)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
@@ -1195,14 +792,11 @@
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os nomes dos membros do netgroup."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
-msgstr ""
-"O atributo LDAP que contém as triplas (máquina, usuário, domínio) do netgroup."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
+msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém as triplas (máquina, usuário, domínio) do netgroup."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o UUID/GUID de um objeto netgroup do LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
@@ -1210,123 +804,68 @@
msgstr "A classe de objeto de uma entrada de serviço no LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
-"aliases."
-msgstr ""
-"O atributo LDAP que contém o nome de atributos de serviço e seus apelidos."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
+msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém o nome de atributos de serviço e seus apelidos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém a porta gerenciada por este serviço."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr "O atributo LDAP que contém os protocolos entendidos por este serviço."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
-msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
-"for this attribute type."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
-"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
-"is entered)."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap podem ser "
-"executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache retornados (e "
-"antes que seja ativado o modo offline)."
+msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap podem ser executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache retornados (e antes que seja ativado o modo offline)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
-"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
-"are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap por "
-"enumerações de usuários e grupos podem ser executadas antes que sejam "
-"canceladas e os resultados em cache sejam retornados (e antes que seja "
-"ativado o modo offline)."
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) durante o qual as pesquisas ldap por enumerações de usuários e grupos podem ser executadas antes que sejam canceladas e os resultados em cache sejam retornados (e antes que seja ativado o modo offline)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) "
-"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o timeout (em segundos) após o qual o poll(2)/select(2) que segue "
-"um connect(2) retorna caso não haja nenhuma atividade."
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
+msgstr "Especifica o timeout (em segundos) após o qual o poll(2)/select(2) que segue um connect(2) retorna caso não haja nenhuma atividade."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
-"will abort if no response is received."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica um timeout (em segundos) após o qual as chamadas para as APIs "
-"síncronas do LDAP serão canceladas se nenhuma resposta for recebida."
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
+msgstr "Especifica um timeout (em segundos) após o qual as chamadas para as APIs síncronas do LDAP serão canceladas se nenhuma resposta for recebida."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
-"maintained."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica um timeout (em segundos) pelo qual uma conexão a um servidor LDAP "
-"será mantida."
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
+msgstr "Especifica um timeout (em segundos) pelo qual uma conexão a um servidor LDAP será mantida."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some "
-"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o número de registros a recuperar do LDAP em uma única requisição. "
-"Alguns servidores LDAP forçam um limite máximo por requisição."
+msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
+msgstr "Especifica o número de registros a recuperar do LDAP em uma única requisição. Alguns servidores LDAP forçam um limite máximo por requisição."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "Desabilitar o controle de paginação LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
-msgid ""
-"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
-"security level necessary to establish the connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Ao se comunicar com um servidor LDAP utilizando SASL, especifique o nível de "
-"segurança mínimo necessário para estabelecer a conexão."
+msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
+msgstr "Ao se comunicar com um servidor LDAP utilizando SASL, especifique o nível de segurança mínimo necessário para estabelecer a conexão."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
-"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifique a quantidade de membros de grupo que devem estar faltando no "
-"cache interno para que uma pesquisa de derreferenciamento seja iniciada."
+msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
+msgstr "Especifique a quantidade de membros de grupo que devem estar faltando no cache interno para que uma pesquisa de derreferenciamento seja iniciada."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid ""
-"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
-"any."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica quais verificações deverão ser realizadas nos certificados de "
-"servidor em uma sessão TLS, se existirem."
+msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+msgstr "Especifica quais verificações deverão ser realizadas nos certificados de servidor em uma sessão TLS, se existirem."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
-"Authorities that sssd will recognize."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o arquivo que contém certificados para todas as autoridades "
-"certificadoras que serão reconhecidas pelo sssd."
+msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
+msgstr "Especifica o arquivo que contém certificados para todas as autoridades certificadoras que serão reconhecidas pelo sssd."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
-"certificates in separate individual files."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o caminho de um diretório que contém certificados de uma "
-"autoridade certificadora em arquivos individuais."
+msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
+msgstr "Especifica o caminho de um diretório que contém certificados de uma autoridade certificadora em arquivos individuais."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
@@ -1341,22 +880,12 @@
msgstr "Especifica conjuntos de cifras aceitáveis."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the "
-"channel."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica que a conexão id_provider deve utilizar também TLS para proteger o "
-"canal."
+msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
+msgstr "Especifica que a conexão id_provider deve utilizar também TLS para proteger o canal."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
-"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on "
-"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica que o SSSD deve tentar mapear os identificadores de usuário e "
-"grupo a partir dos atributos ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid ao "
-"invés de confiar nos atributos ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgstr "Especifica que o SSSD deve tentar mapear os identificadores de usuário e grupo a partir dos atributos ldap_user_objectsid e ldap_group_objectsid ao invés de confiar nos atributos ldap_user_uid_number e ldap_group_gid_number."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
@@ -1371,12 +900,8 @@
msgstr "Especifica o realm SASL a ser utilizado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
-msgid ""
-"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
-"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
-msgstr ""
-"Se configurado como \"verdadeiro\", a biblioteca LDAP irá realizar uma "
-"pesquisa reversa para canonizar o nome de máquina durante uma associação SASL."
+msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
+msgstr "Se configurado como \"verdadeiro\", a biblioteca LDAP irá realizar uma pesquisa reversa para canonizar o nome de máquina durante uma associação SASL."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
@@ -1384,19 +909,15 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:915
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica que o id_provider deve iniciar as credenciais Kerberos (TGT)."
+msgstr "Especifica que o id_provider deve iniciar as credenciais Kerberos (TGT)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:920
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o tempo de vida em segundos do TGT se o GSSAPI for utilizado."
+msgstr "Especifica o tempo de vida em segundos do TGT se o GSSAPI for utilizado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
-msgid ""
-"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleciona a política de avaliação da expiração de senha no lado do cliente."
+msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
+msgstr "Seleciona a política de avaliação da expiração de senha no lado do cliente."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
@@ -1404,85 +925,47 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o nome do serviço a ser utilizado quando a descoberta de serviço "
-"estiver habilitada."
+msgstr "Especifica o nome do serviço a ser utilizado quando a descoberta de serviço estiver habilitada."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
-"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o nome de serviço a utilizar para pesquisar por um servidor LDAP "
-"que permite alterações de senhas quando a descoberta de serviços estiver "
-"habilitada."
+msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
+msgstr "Especifica o nome de serviço a utilizar para pesquisar por um servidor LDAP que permite alterações de senhas quando a descoberta de serviços estiver habilitada."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
-msgid ""
-"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
-"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica se o atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change deverá ser atualizado "
-"com os dias desde a Época após uma alteração de senha."
+msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
+msgstr "Especifica se o atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change deverá ser atualizado com os dias desde a Época após uma alteração de senha."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
-msgid ""
-"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
-"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that "
-"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
-msgstr ""
-"Se os atributos access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=filter forem "
-"utilizados (padrão) esta opção é obrigatória. Ela especifica um critério de "
-"filtro de pesquisa LDAP que deve ser utilizado para que seja concedido acesso "
-"ao usuário nesta máquina."
+msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
+msgstr "Se os atributos access_provider=ldap e ldap_access_order=filter forem utilizados (padrão) esta opção é obrigatória. Ela especifica um critério de filtro de pesquisa LDAP que deve ser utilizado para que seja concedido acesso ao usuário nesta máquina."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
-msgid ""
-" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
-"be enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Com esta opção pode-se habilitar uma avaliação dos atributos de controle de "
-"acesso no lado do cliente."
+msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
+msgstr "Com esta opção pode-se habilitar uma avaliação dos atributos de controle de acesso no lado do cliente."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo opções de controle de acesso."
+msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo opções de controle de acesso."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:965
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica como o derreferenciamento de apelidos é feito ao realizar uma "
-"pesquisa."
+msgstr "Especifica como o derreferenciamento de apelidos é feito ao realizar uma pesquisa."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use "
-"the RFC2307 schema."
-msgstr ""
-"Permite manter usuários locais como membros de um grupo LDAP para sevidores "
-"que usam o esquema RFC2307."
+msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
+msgstr "Permite manter usuários locais como membros de um grupo LDAP para sevidores que usam o esquema RFC2307."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
-"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo endereços de IP "
-"ou nomes de máquina dos servidores Kerberos aos quais o SSSD deve se "
-"conectar, em ordem de preferência."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
+msgstr "Especifica uma lista de itens separados por vírgula contendo endereços de IP ou nomes de máquina dos servidores Kerberos aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar, em ordem de preferência."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
msgstr "O nome do realm do Kerberos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
-msgid ""
-"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers "
-"can be defined here."
-msgstr ""
-"Se o serviço de alteração de senha não estiver em execução no KDC, servidores "
-"alternativos podem ser definidos aqui."
+msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
+msgstr "Se o serviço de alteração de senha não estiver em execução no KDC, servidores alternativos podem ser definidos aqui."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
@@ -1493,65 +976,36 @@
msgstr "Local do cache de credenciais do usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
-msgid ""
-" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
-"request is aborted."
-msgstr ""
-"Timeout em segundos após o qual uma requisição de autenticação online ou "
-"requisição de alteração de senha será cancelada."
+msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
+msgstr "Timeout em segundos após o qual uma requisição de autenticação online ou requisição de alteração de senha será cancelada."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
-msgid ""
-"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
-"spoofed."
-msgstr ""
-"Verifique com a ajuda do krb5_keytab que o TGT obtido não foi alvo de "
-"spoofing."
+msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
+msgstr "Verifique com a ajuda do krb5_keytab que o TGT obtido não foi alvo de spoofing."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
-msgid ""
-"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
-"KDCs."
-msgstr ""
-"A localização do keytab a ser utilizado ao validar credenciais obtidas dos "
-"KDCs."
+msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
+msgstr "A localização do keytab a ser utilizado ao validar credenciais obtidas dos KDCs."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
-msgid ""
-"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
-"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
-msgstr ""
-"Armazene a senha do usuário se o provedor estiver offline e use-a para "
-"requisitar um TGT quando o provedor ficar online novamente."
+msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
+msgstr "Armazene a senha do usuário se o provedor estiver offline e use-a para requisitar um TGT quando o provedor ficar online novamente."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
-msgid ""
-"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
-"immediately followed by a time unit."
-msgstr ""
-"Solicite um ticket renovável com um tempo de vida total, dado como inteiro "
-"seguido imediatamente por uma unidade de tempo."
+msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr "Solicite um ticket renovável com um tempo de vida total, dado como inteiro seguido imediatamente por uma unidade de tempo."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
-msgid ""
-"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately "
-"followed by a time unit."
-msgstr ""
-"Solicite um ticket com um tempo de vida, dado como um inteiro seguido "
-"imediatamente de uma unidade de tempo."
+msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr "Solicite um ticket com um tempo de vida, dado como um inteiro seguido imediatamente de uma unidade de tempo."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
-msgstr ""
-"O tempo em segundos entre duas verificações se o TGT tiver que ser renovado."
+msgstr "O tempo em segundos entre duas verificações se o TGT tiver que ser renovado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
-msgid ""
-"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos "
-"pre-authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilita o tunelamento seguro de autenticação flexível (FAST) para a "
-"pré-autenticação Kerberos."
+msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
+msgstr "Habilita o tunelamento seguro de autenticação flexível (FAST) para a pré-autenticação Kerberos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
@@ -1567,42 +1021,24 @@
msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio Active Directory."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to "
-"which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos "
-"servidores AD aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência."
+msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
+msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores AD aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
-msgid ""
-"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
-"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this "
-"host."
-msgstr ""
-"Opcional. Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não "
-"reflete o nome completamente qualificado utilizado no domínio do Active "
-"Directory para identificar esta máquina."
+msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+msgstr "Opcional. Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome completamente qualificado utilizado no domínio do Active Directory para identificar esta máquina."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr "Sobrescreve o diretório do usuário."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
-"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o valor mínimo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para "
-"mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory."
+msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr "Especifica o valor mínimo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active "
-"Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica o valor máximo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para "
-"mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory."
+msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr "Especifica o valor máximo do intervalo de IDs POSIX a ser utilizado para mapear os SIDs de usuário e grupo do Active Directory."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
@@ -1617,12 +1053,8 @@
msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio padrão."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
-msgid ""
-"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
-"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
-msgstr ""
-"Altera o comportamento do algoritmo de mapeamento de ID para se comportar de "
-"forma semelhante ao algoritmo \"idmap_autorid\" do winbind."
+msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
+msgstr "Altera o comportamento do algoritmo de mapeamento de ID para se comportar de forma semelhante ao algoritmo \"idmap_autorid\" do winbind."
#. The Active Directory domain section
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
@@ -1630,40 +1062,24 @@
msgstr "Especifica o nome do domínio IPA."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to "
-"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos "
-"servidores IPA aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência."
+msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+msgstr "Lista de itens separados por vírgula de endereços IP ou nomes de máquinas dos servidores IPA aos quais o SSSD deve se conectar em ordem de preferência."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
-msgid ""
-"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
-"qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome "
-"completamente qualificado."
+msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
+msgstr "Pode ser configurado em máquinas nas quais o hostname(5) não reflete o nome completamente qualificado."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into "
-"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta opção informa ao SSSd para atualizar automaticamente o servidor de DNS "
-"embutido no FreeIPA v2 com o endereço IP deste cliente."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
+msgstr "Esta opção informa ao SSSd para atualizar automaticamente o servidor de DNS embutido no FreeIPA v2 com o endereço IP deste cliente."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
-msgstr ""
-"O TTL a ser aplicado ao registro de cliente DNS durante sua atualização."
+msgstr "O TTL a ser aplicado ao registro de cliente DNS durante sua atualização."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
-msgid ""
-"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolha a interface que possui o endereço IP que deve ser utilizado para "
-"atualizações dinâmicas de DNS."
+msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
+msgstr "Escolha a interface que possui o endereço IP que deve ser utilizado para atualizações dinâmicas de DNS."
#. end Export
#. ################################################################
Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878)
+++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/auth-server.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:56:06 UTC (rev 90879)
@@ -89,8 +89,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209
msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled"
-msgstr ""
-"Não será possível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado"
+msgstr "Não será possível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado"
#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db);
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219
@@ -101,12 +100,8 @@
#. error popup
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later "
-"in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
-"O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode alterar as configurações mais "
-"tarde no sistema instalado."
+msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
+msgstr "O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode alterar as configurações mais tarde no sistema instalado."
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
@@ -118,12 +113,8 @@
msgstr "[configurado manualmente]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to "
-"continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Não foi possível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do "
-"servidor LDAP para continuar."
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
+msgstr "Não foi possível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do servidor LDAP para continuar."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
@@ -216,12 +207,8 @@
"sem instalar os pacotes requeridos."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-"Falha na configuração da replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da "
-"instalação."
+msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
+msgstr "Falha na configuração da replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da instalação."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -243,16 +230,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
msgid ""
-"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not "
-"running.\n"
-"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do "
-"you \n"
+"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n"
+"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
-"Você já tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em "
-"execução atualmente.\n"
-"Você deseja iniciar o servidor agora e ler novamente os dados de configuração "
-"ou você quer criar\n"
+"Você já tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em execução atualmente.\n"
+"Você deseja iniciar o servidor agora e ler novamente os dados de configuração ou você quer criar\n"
"uma nova configuração do zero?"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112
@@ -278,8 +261,7 @@
"configuration to the configuration database?\n"
msgstr ""
"Seu sistema está atualmente configurado para usar a configuração em\n"
-"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de "
-"configuração\n"
+"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de configuração\n"
"dinâmica do OpenLDAP (back-config). Você deseja migrar sua configuração\n"
"existente para o banco de dados de configuração?\n"
@@ -337,12 +319,8 @@
msgstr "O Servidor LDAP não está executando."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want "
-"to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
-"Você deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou você "
-"deseja criar uma nova configuração?"
+msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr "Você deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou você deseja criar uma nova configuração?"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
@@ -371,8 +349,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server."
-msgstr ""
-"Todos os dados, incluindo configurações, são replicados de um servidor remoto."
+msgstr "Todos os dados, incluindo configurações, são replicados de um servidor remoto."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386
msgid ""
@@ -552,20 +529,15 @@
#. Doing these checks during installation will
#. most probably fail
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277
-msgid ""
-"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider "
-"server.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Falha ao abrir a conexão ao banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor "
-"provedor.\n"
+msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n"
+msgstr "Falha ao abrir a conexão ao banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor provedor.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n"
"\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Verifique se o servidor provedor permite conexões remotas ao banco de dados "
-"\"cn=config\"\n"
+"Verifique se o servidor provedor permite conexões remotas ao banco de dados \"cn=config\"\n"
"e se você digitou a senha corretamente.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287
@@ -578,8 +550,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314
msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?"
-msgstr ""
-"Você deseja importar um certificado CA ou certificado de servidor diferente?"
+msgstr "Você deseja importar um certificado CA ou certificado de servidor diferente?"
#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325
@@ -600,20 +571,13 @@
"ele já está se comportando como um consumidor de replicação.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383
-msgid ""
-"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada "
-"atualmente."
+msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
+msgstr "A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada atualmente."
#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410
-msgid ""
-"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication "
-"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração "
-"de replicação do servidor provedor.\n"
+msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
+msgstr "Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração de replicação do servidor provedor.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
@@ -635,10 +599,8 @@
"To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n"
"to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Para agir como um servidor mestre para replicação, o banco de dados de "
-"configuração precisa\n"
-"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da "
-"configuração.\n"
+"Para agir como um servidor mestre para replicação, o banco de dados de configuração precisa\n"
+"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da configuração.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid ""
@@ -677,15 +639,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
-"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be "
-"started. Note:\n"
+"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecione <b>Sim</b> se o servidor LDAP deve ser iniciado automaticamente\n"
-"durante a inicialização. Selecione <b>Não</b> se o servidor LDAP não deve ser "
-"iniciado. Nota:\n"
-"Após selecionar <b>Não</b> você não poderá fazer nenhuma modificação nas "
-"configurações\n"
+"durante a inicialização. Selecione <b>Não</b> se o servidor LDAP não deve ser iniciado. Nota:\n"
+"Após selecionar <b>Não</b> você não poderá fazer nenhuma modificação nas configurações\n"
"OpenLDAP.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
@@ -694,27 +653,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27
msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Habilite e desabilite vários listeners de protocolo do OpenLDAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Habilite e desabilite vários listeners de protocolo do OpenLDAP.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured "
-"communication\n"
-"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate "
-"configured.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
+"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> é a interface LDAP padrão na porta 389. É possível uma "
-"comunicação segura TLS/SSL\n"
-"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor "
-"configurado.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> é a interface LDAP padrão na porta 389. É possível uma comunicação segura TLS/SSL\n"
+"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor configurado.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL "
-"protected\n"
-"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate "
-"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n"
+"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36
@@ -723,10 +675,8 @@
"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n"
"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Com isto você pode "
-"acessar\n"
-"o Servidor LDAP através de um soquete de domínio Unix. Não desabilite a "
-"interface LDAPI,\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\". Com isto você pode acessar\n"
+"o Servidor LDAP através de um soquete de domínio Unix. Não desabilite a interface LDAPI,\n"
"já que o YaST a utiliza para se comunicar com o servidor.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
@@ -748,17 +698,13 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>"
-"Hdb</b> is a\n"
-"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout "
-"and\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
-"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library "
-"to store data.\n"
-"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and "
-"more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
@@ -771,39 +717,28 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b>"
-" \n"
-"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and "
-"other \n"
-"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the "
-"\n"
-"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>"
-"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
-"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective "
-"Administrator DN\n"
+"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
+"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
+"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
+"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>O <b>Administrador DN</b> junto com a <b>Senha do administrador LDAP</b>\n"
-"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando "
-"todas ACLs e outros \n"
-"limites das restrições administrativas. A seleção de <b>Adicionar banco de "
-"dados DN</b> adiciona o \n"
-"<b>Banco DN</b> digitado acima, por exemplo, o banco DN <tt>"
-"dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>\n"
-"e o Administrador DN de <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam com um Administrador DN "
-"efetivo\n"
+"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando todas ACLs e outros \n"
+"limites das restrições administrativas. A seleção de <b>Adicionar banco de dados DN</b> adiciona o \n"
+"<b>Banco DN</b> digitado acima, por exemplo, o banco DN <tt>dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"e o Administrador DN de <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam com um Administrador DN efetivo\n"
"do <tt>c=Admin,dc=exemplo,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
-"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root "
-"password\n"
+"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Se este assistente foi iniciado durante a instalação, a\n"
-"<b>Senha do administrador LDAP</b> está definida como a senha do root do "
-"sistema\n"
+"<b>Senha do administrador LDAP</b> está definida como a senha do root do sistema\n"
"fornecida anteriormente no processo de instalação.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
@@ -815,16 +750,11 @@
"file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n"
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente "
-"OpenLDAP\n"
-"(ex. ldapsearch) marque <b>Utilizar este banco de dados como padrão para "
-"clientes OpenLDAP</b>.Isto\n"
-"resultará na escrita do nome de máquina, \"localhost\" e o <b>DN base</b> "
-"fornecido acima no arquivo\n"
-"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta "
-"caixa de seleção\n"
-"é selecionada por padrão na criação do primeiro banco de dados num servidor.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<p>Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente OpenLDAP\n"
+"(ex. ldapsearch) marque <b>Utilizar este banco de dados como padrão para clientes OpenLDAP</b>.Isto\n"
+"resultará na escrita do nome de máquina, \"localhost\" e o <b>DN base</b> fornecido acima no arquivo\n"
+"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta caixa de seleção\n"
+"é selecionada por padrão na criação do primeiro banco de dados num servidor.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
@@ -841,12 +771,9 @@
"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n"
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto plano (Bind LDAP "
-"simples)\n"
-"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. "
-"A autenticação de texto plano\n"
-"ao banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem "
-"utilizadas \n"
+"<p>Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto plano (Bind LDAP simples)\n"
+"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. A autenticação de texto plano\n"
+"ao banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem utilizadas \n"
"conexões suficientemente protegidas (ex: SSL/TLS criptografada).</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
@@ -858,12 +785,9 @@
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador do banco de dados de "
-"configuração, clique em <b>Alterar senha</b>.\n"
-"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e "
-"selecionar a <b>Criptografia de senha</b>.\n"
-"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha "
-"sido definida na configuração.</p>\n"
+"<p>Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador do banco de dados de configuração, clique em <b>Alterar senha</b>.\n"
+"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e selecionar a <b>Criptografia de senha</b>.\n"
+"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha sido definida na configuração.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
@@ -875,58 +799,38 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN "
-"automatically\n"
+"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base "
-"automaticamente \n"
+"<p>Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base automaticamente \n"
"com <b>Adicionar DN base</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change "
-"Password</b>.\n"
-"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password "
-"Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been "
-"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
+"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em <b>Alterar "
-"senha</b>.\n"
-"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e "
-"selecionar a <b>Criptografia de senha</b>.\n"
-"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo se uma senha já foi "
-"definida na configuração.</p>\n"
+"<p>Para alterar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em <b>Alterar senha</b>.\n"
+"Uma janela instantânea será aberta, onde você pode digitar a nova senha e selecionar a <b>Criptografia de senha</b>.\n"
+"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo se uma senha já foi definida na configuração.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can "
-"adjust\n"
-"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the "
-"number of entries\n"
-"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough "
-"RAM) this number\n"
-"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index "
-"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
-"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially "
-"HDB-Databases require a\n"
-"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the "
-"entry cache as a rule of\n"
+"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
+"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
+"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n"
+"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
+"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n"
+"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Através do <b>Cache de entradas</b> e <b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)</b> "
-"você pode ajustar\n"
-"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O <b>Cache de entradas</b> "
-"define o número de entradas\n"
-"que são armazenadas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se houver "
-"memória RAM suficiente, esse número\n"
-"deve ser grande o suficiente pra manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O <"
-"b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)</b>\n"
-"é usado para acelerar as buscas em atributos indexados. Em geral, "
-"especialmente os bancos de dados HDB necessitam\n"
-"de um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho da busca (três vezes o tamanho "
-"do cache de entradas como\n"
+"<p>Através do <b>Cache de entradas</b> e <b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)</b> você pode ajustar\n"
+"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O <b>Cache de entradas</b> define o número de entradas\n"
+"que são armazenadas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se houver memória RAM suficiente, esse número\n"
+"deve ser grande o suficiente pra manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O <b>Cache de índice (cache IDL)</b>\n"
+"é usado para acelerar as buscas em atributos indexados. Em geral, especialmente os bancos de dados HDB necessitam\n"
+"de um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho da busca (três vezes o tamanho do cache de entradas como\n"
"regra).</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
@@ -943,22 +847,15 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP "
-"server\n"
-"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before "
-"storing them\n"
-"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, "
-"but may be\n"
-"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify "
-"extended operation \n"
+"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
+"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
+"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
+"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>Senhas não criptografadas com hash</b> para especificar se o "
-"servidor OpenLDAP deverá criptografar as senhas não criptografadas \n"
-"presentes em solicitações de adição e alteração antes de armazená-las no "
-"banco de dados. Observe que isso viola o modelo de informações\n"
-" X.500/LDAP, mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não "
-"usam a operação estendida de alteração de senha \n"
+"<p>Marque <b>Senhas não criptografadas com hash</b> para especificar se o servidor OpenLDAP deverá criptografar as senhas não criptografadas \n"
+"presentes em solicitações de adição e alteração antes de armazená-las no banco de dados. Observe que isso viola o modelo de informações\n"
+" X.500/LDAP, mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não usam a operação estendida de alteração de senha \n"
" para gerenciar senhas.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -969,32 +866,22 @@
"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n"
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Se a opção <b>Informar o status \"Conta bloqueada\"</b> estiver "
-"habilitada, os usuários que se autenticarem em uma conta bloqueada\n"
-"receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi bloqueada. A notificação pode "
-"fornecer informações úteis\n"
-" a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa opção.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<p>Se a opção <b>Informar o status \"Conta bloqueada\"</b> estiver habilitada, os usuários que se autenticarem em uma conta bloqueada\n"
+"receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi bloqueada. A notificação pode fornecer informações úteis\n"
+" a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa opção.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object "
-"DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite o nome do objeto de política padrão em <b>DN de objeto de política "
-"padrão</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Digite o nome do objeto de política padrão em <b>DN de objeto de política padrão</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You "
-"may\n"
+"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em <b>Editar política</b>. "
-"Pode ser necessário\n"
-"fornecer a senha do administrador LDAP após isso, para permitir que o objeto "
-"de política seja lido\n"
+"<p>Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em <b>Editar política</b>. Pode ser necessário\n"
+"fornecer a senha do administrador LDAP após isso, para permitir que o objeto de política seja lido\n"
"do servidor.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
@@ -1006,52 +893,38 @@
msgstr "<p>Altere as opções de indexação de um banco de dados hdb ou bdb.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
-msgid ""
-"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index "
-"defined.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice "
-"definido.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice definido.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
-"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different "
-"types\n"
+"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho das buscas em "
-"tipos específicos\n"
-"de buscas. Índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às buscas mais "
-"comuns que são realizadas\n"
-"num banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes de "
-"índices.</p>\n"
+"<p>Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho das buscas em tipos específicos\n"
+"de buscas. Índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às buscas mais comuns que são realizadas\n"
+"num banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes de índices.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be "
-"configured\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Presença</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que usam o filtro de "
-"presença\n"
-"(por ex. <tt>(Tipo de atributo = *)</tt>). Índices de presença devem somente "
-"ser configurados para atributos\n"
+"<p><b>Presença</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que usam o filtro de presença\n"
+"(por ex. <tt>(Tipo de atributo = *)</tt>). Índices de presença devem somente ser configurados para atributos\n"
"que ocorrem raramente no banco de dados.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
-"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> "
-"index\n"
+"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Igualdade</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam filtros de "
-"igualdade (por ex.\n"
-"(<tt>Tipo do atributo=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de <b>"
-"igualdade</b> deve ser sempre configurado\n"
+"<p><b>Igualdade</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam filtros de igualdade (por ex.\n"
+"(<tt>Tipo do atributo=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de <b>igualdade</b> deve ser sempre configurado\n"
"a partir do atributo <tt>classe do objeto</tt>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
@@ -1059,8 +932,7 @@
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Substring</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam o filtro "
-"substring\n"
+"<p><b>Substring</b>: este índice é usado para buscas que utilizam o filtro substring\n"
"(por ex.: <tt>(Tipo de atributo=<substring>*)</tt>).</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
@@ -1069,26 +941,20 @@
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para definir opções de indexação para um novo "
-"atributo,<b>Remover</b> para\n"
-"remover um índice existente e <b>Editar</b> para modificar as opções de "
-"indexação de um atributo\n"
+"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para definir opções de indexação para um novo atributo,<b>Remover</b> para\n"
+"remover um índice existente e <b>Editar</b> para modificar as opções de indexação de um atributo\n"
"já indexado.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly "
-"added\n"
+"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Nota: dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo "
-"até que um\n"
-"índice recentemente adicionado fique ativo no banco de dados. Após a escrita "
-"da configuração no servidor,\n"
-"uma tarefa em background será iniciada para gerar a informação de indexação "
-"para o banco de dados.</p>\n"
+"<p>Nota: dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo até que um\n"
+"índice recentemente adicionado fique ativo no banco de dados. Após a escrita da configuração no servidor,\n"
+"uma tarefa em background será iniciada para gerar a informação de indexação para o banco de dados.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
@@ -1099,8 +965,7 @@
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta tabela dá a você um resumo de todas as regras de controle de acesso "
-"que estão\n"
+"<p>Esta tabela dá a você um resumo de todas as regras de controle de acesso que estão\n"
"atualmente configuradas para o banco de dados selecionado.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
@@ -1109,34 +974,27 @@
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para cada regra você pode ver quais objetos de destino combinam com a "
-"regra. Para ter uma visão\n"
-"mais detalhada de uma regra ou mudar uma regra, selecione uma regra na tabela "
-"e clique em <b>Editar</b></p>\n"
+"<p>Para cada regra você pode ver quais objetos de destino combinam com a regra. Para ter uma visão\n"
+"mais detalhada de uma regra ou mudar uma regra, selecione uma regra na tabela e clique em <b>Editar</b></p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e <b>"
-"Remover</b> para remover\n"
+"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e <b>Remover</b> para remover\n"
"uma regra de controle de acesso</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
-"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, "
-"using\n"
+"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra de "
-"destino cujo destino\n"
-"definido (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente a entrada que será acessada. "
-"Você deve ordenar as regras de acordo\n"
-"com as suas necessidades. Você pode usar os botões <b>Up</b> e<b>Down</b>para "
-"isso</p>\n"
+"<p>A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra de destino cujo destino\n"
+"definido (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente a entrada que será acessada. Você deve ordenar as regras de acordo\n"
+"com as suas necessidades. Você pode usar os botões <b>Up</b> e<b>Down</b>para isso</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
@@ -1144,14 +1002,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, "
-"if you want to \n"
+"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque a caixa de seleção \"<b>Habilitar o provedor ldapsync para este "
-"banco de dados</b>\" se você \n"
-"deseja disponibilizar a replicação do banco de dados atualmente selecionado "
-"para outro servidor.</p>"
+"<p>Marque a caixa de seleção \"<b>Habilitar o provedor ldapsync para este banco de dados</b>\" se você \n"
+"deseja disponibilizar a replicação do banco de dados atualmente selecionado para outro servidor.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
@@ -1159,32 +1014,21 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator "
-"(stored\n"
-"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is "
-"synced\n"
-"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify "
-"or\n"
-"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the "
-"indicator\n"
-"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator "
-"is\n"
+"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
+"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
+"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n"
+"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n"
+"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aqui você pode especificar a frequência de escrita do indicador de estado "
-"de sincronização (armazenado no \n"
-"atributo \"<i>contextCSN</i>\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o "
-"banco de dados de\n"
-"após a quantidade de \"<i>Operações</i>\" de escrita especificada ou após a "
-"passagem de\n"
-"\"<i>Minutos</i>\" desde a última escrita do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os "
-"valores são '0') o indicador de estado é gravado\n"
-"somente após um desligamento sem erros. Gravá-lo por mais de uma vez "
-"frequentemente pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n"
-"mais curtos após um desligamento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma melhora "
-"de desempenho em ambientes com\n"
+"<p>Aqui você pode especificar a frequência de escrita do indicador de estado de sincronização (armazenado no \n"
+"atributo \"<i>contextCSN</i>\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o banco de dados de\n"
+"após a quantidade de \"<i>Operações</i>\" de escrita especificada ou após a passagem de\n"
+"\"<i>Minutos</i>\" desde a última escrita do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os valores são '0') o indicador de estado é gravado\n"
+"somente após um desligamento sem erros. Gravá-lo por mais de uma vez frequentemente pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n"
+"mais curtos após um desligamento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma melhora de desempenho em ambientes com\n"
"muitas operações de escrita do LDAP.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
@@ -1193,21 +1037,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
-"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write "
-"operations\n"
-"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in "
-"the session log. \n"
-"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" "
-"replication. In \n"
-"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master "
-"server.</p>"
+"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
+"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
+"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
+"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Configura um registro de sessão em memória para gravar informações sobre "
-"operações de escrita\n"
-"realizadas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de escrita devem "
-"ser gravadas no log de sessão. \n"
-"A configuração de um log de sessão é útil apenas para replicações \"<i>"
-"refreshOnly</i>\". Nesse \n"
+"<p>Configura um registro de sessão em memória para gravar informações sobre operações de escrita\n"
+"realizadas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de escrita devem ser gravadas no log de sessão. \n"
+"A configuração de um log de sessão é útil apenas para replicações \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\". Nesse \n"
"caso, ele pode acelerar a replicação e reduzir a carga no servidor mestre.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
@@ -1219,8 +1056,7 @@
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione \"<b>Este banco de dados é um consumidor de replicação</b>\" se "
-"você deseja que o banco de dados \n"
+"<p>Selecione \"<b>Este banco de dados é um consumidor de replicação</b>\" se você deseja que o banco de dados \n"
"seja uma réplica de um banco de dados em outro servidor.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
@@ -1233,18 +1069,13 @@
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n"
"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n"
-"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using "
-"non-standard\n"
+"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n"
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Forneça aqui os detalhes de conexão para a conexão de replicação ao servidor "
-"mestre. Selecione o \n"
-"protocolo a ser utilizado (<b>ldap</b> ou <b>ldaps</b>) e digite o nome de "
-"máquina absoluto do servidor mestre. É importante\n"
-"utilizar o nome de máquina absoluto para que seja possível verificar o "
-"certificado TLS/SSL do servidor mestre. Ajuste\n"
-"o número da porta se o servidor mestre não estiver usando portas ldap "
-"padrões.\n"
+"Forneça aqui os detalhes de conexão para a conexão de replicação ao servidor mestre. Selecione o \n"
+"protocolo a ser utilizado (<b>ldap</b> ou <b>ldaps</b>) e digite o nome de máquina absoluto do servidor mestre. É importante\n"
+"utilizar o nome de máquina absoluto para que seja possível verificar o certificado TLS/SSL do servidor mestre. Ajuste\n"
+"o número da porta se o servidor mestre não estiver usando portas ldap padrões.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
@@ -1261,12 +1092,9 @@
"interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n"
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: o servidor escravo, periodicamente, abrirá uma "
-"conexão, \n"
-"efetuará uma sincronização e fechará a conexão novamente. O intervalo de "
-"execução \n"
-"dessa sincronização pode ser configurado através da opção <b>Intervalo de "
-"Replicação</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: o servidor escravo, periodicamente, abrirá uma conexão, \n"
+"efetuará uma sincronização e fechará a conexão novamente. O intervalo de execução \n"
+"dessa sincronização pode ser configurado através da opção <b>Intervalo de Replicação</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
@@ -1274,10 +1102,8 @@
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: o servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão "
-"persistente ao servidor mestre para\n"
-"sincronização. Registros atualizados no servidor mestre serão imediatamente "
-"enviados para o servidor escravo através desta conexão.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: o servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão persistente ao servidor mestre para\n"
+"sincronização. Registros atualizados no servidor mestre serão imediatamente enviados para o servidor escravo através desta conexão.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
@@ -1285,15 +1111,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
-"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to "
-"authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated "
-"database on the master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor "
-"escravo para autenticar-se no servidor mestre.\n"
-"O DN especificado precisa ter permissão de leitura a todas as entradas no "
-"banco de dados replicado no servidor mestre.</p>\n"
+"<p>Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor escravo para autenticar-se no servidor mestre.\n"
+"O DN especificado precisa ter permissão de leitura a todas as entradas no banco de dados replicado no servidor mestre.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
@@ -1303,19 +1125,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
-"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can "
-"configure a different update referral here.\n"
-"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for "
-"the\n"
+"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
+"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Como o banco de dados do no servidor escravo permite somente leitura, o "
-"servidor escravo responderá \n"
+"<p>Como o banco de dados do no servidor escravo permite somente leitura, o servidor escravo responderá \n"
"às operações de escrita com uma referência LDAP.\n"
-"Por padrão, esta referência encaminha o cliente ao servidor mestre. Você pode "
-"configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n"
-"Isto é útil, por exemplo, numa configuração de replicação em cascata, na "
-"qual\n"
+"Por padrão, esta referência encaminha o cliente ao servidor mestre. Você pode configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n"
+"Isto é útil, por exemplo, numa configuração de replicação em cascata, na qual\n"
"o provedor para o servidor escravo também é um servidor escravo.</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help
@@ -1329,8 +1146,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Cancelando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Cancelar</"
-"b> agora.</p>"
+"Cancele com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
@@ -1359,25 +1175,17 @@
"Server module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Este diálogo fornece um pequeno resumo sobre a configuração que você\n"
-"acaba de criar. Clique em <b>Concluir</b> para escrever a configuração e sair "
-"do módulo\n"
+"acaba de criar. Clique em <b>Concluir</b> para escrever a configuração e sair do módulo\n"
"do servidor LDAP.</p>\n"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p>"
-" "
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Iniciar servidor LDAP sim ou não</b> inicia ou para o servidor LDAP.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
+msgstr "<p><b>Iniciar servidor LDAP sim ou não</b> inicia ou para o servidor LDAP.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration "
-"wizard.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se você selecionou <b>Sim</b>, clique em <b>Próximo</b> para iniciar o "
-"assistente de configuração.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se você selecionou <b>Sim</b>, clique em <b>Próximo</b> para iniciar o assistente de configuração.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
@@ -1389,21 +1197,14 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios "
-"are available:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP para configurar. Os seguintes cenários "
-"estão disponíveis:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP para configurar. Os seguintes cenários estão disponíveis:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server "
-"with\n"
+"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor avulso</b>: configure um servidor LDAP avulso sem preparação "
-"para replicação</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Servidor avulso</b>: configure um servidor LDAP avulso sem preparação para replicação</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
@@ -1411,17 +1212,14 @@
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Servidor mestre de replicação</b>: crie uma configuração LDAP \n"
-"preparada para atuar como um servidor mestre (provedor) numa configuração de "
-"replicação.</p>\n"
+"preparada para atuar como um servidor mestre (provedor) numa configuração de replicação.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that "
-"replicates all its data,\n"
+"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor escravo de replicação</b>: configura um servidor escravo "
-"OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n"
+"<p><b>Servidor escravo de replicação</b>: configura um servidor escravo OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n"
"incluindo configuração, a partir de um servidor mestre.</p>"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
@@ -1439,33 +1237,27 @@
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, selecione <b>Habilitar TLS</b>. "
-"Adicionalmente,\n"
+"<p>Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, selecione <b>Habilitar TLS</b>. Adicionalmente,\n"
"você precisa configurar um certificado para uso do servidor.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)</b> para que o "
-"servidor\n"
-"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP "
-"suportará apenas \n"
+"<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)</b> para que o servidor\n"
+"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP suportará apenas \n"
"conexões TLS criptografadas através da operação estendida StartTLS.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
-"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so "
-"that\n"
+"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Se você já tem um certificado de servidor comum instalado usando o \n"
-"módulo correspondente do YaST selecione <b>Usar certificado de servidor "
-"comum</b> \n"
+"módulo correspondente do YaST selecione <b>Usar certificado de servidor comum</b> \n"
"para que o OpenLDAP utilize esse certificado.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
@@ -1475,26 +1267,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
-"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>"
-",\n"
-"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
+"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Se você não possui um certificado de servidor comum ou deseja que o "
-"OpenLDAP use\n"
-"um certificado diferente, forneça os nomes de arquivos do <b>Arquivo de "
-"certificado CA</b>, \n"
-"<b>Arquivo de certificado</b> e <b>Arquivo da chave do certificado</b> nos "
-"campos correspondentes.</p>\n"
+"<p>Se você não possui um certificado de servidor comum ou deseja que o OpenLDAP use\n"
+"um certificado diferente, forneça os nomes de arquivos do <b>Arquivo de certificado CA</b>, \n"
+"<b>Arquivo de certificado</b> e <b>Arquivo da chave do certificado</b> nos campos correspondentes.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de "
-"CA\n"
+"<p>Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de CA\n"
"clicando em <b>Iniciar módulo de gerenciamento de CA</b>.</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
@@ -1505,16 +1291,12 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in "
-"which to choose\n"
-"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not "
-"support the removal of \n"
+"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
+"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Adicione ou remova arquivos de esquema neste diálogo. Clique em <b>"
-"Adicionar</b> para abrir um diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n"
-"um novo esquema. Nota: o OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta "
-"atualmente a remoção de\n"
+"<p>Adicione ou remova arquivos de esquema neste diálogo. Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para abrir um diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n"
+"um novo esquema. Nota: o OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta atualmente a remoção de\n"
"dados de esquema.</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
@@ -1523,18 +1305,13 @@
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar comandos de depuração e "
-"estatísticas\n"
+"<p>Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar comandos de depuração e estatísticas\n"
"que serão salvas no syslog.</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or "
-"disallow:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione quais opções especiais o servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou "
-"proibir:</p> "
+msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione quais opções especiais o servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou proibir:</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
@@ -1542,46 +1319,36 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind "
-"requests.\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Requisições de acesso LDAPv2</b>: para deixar o servidor aceitar as "
-"requisições de acesso LDAPv2.\n"
+"<p><b>Requisições de acesso LDAPv2</b>: para deixar o servidor aceitar as requisições de acesso LDAPv2.\n"
"Note que o OpenLDAP não implementa completamente o LDAPv2.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind "
-"when \n"
-"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not "
-"present) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
+"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Associação anônima quando as credenciais não estão vazias.</b>: Para "
-"permitir associação anônima quando \n"
-"as credenciais não estão vazias (por ex.: a senha está presente mas a "
-"associação DN não está presente) </p>"
+"<p><b>Associação anônima quando as credenciais não estão vazias.</b>: Para permitir associação anônima quando \n"
+"as credenciais não estão vazias (por ex.: a senha está presente mas a associação DN não está presente) </p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sessão não autenticada quando DN não está vazio</b>: Para permitir "
-"sessões \n"
+"<p><b>Sessão não autenticada quando DN não está vazio</b>: Para permitir sessões \n"
"(anônimas) não autenticada quando DN não está vazio</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow "
-"unauthenticated\n"
+"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opções de atualização não autenticadas a processar</b>: para permitir "
-"operações\n"
-"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) a serem processadas. Elas ainda "
-"estão sujeitas às\n"
+"<p><b>Opções de atualização não autenticadas a processar</b>: para permitir operações\n"
+"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) a serem processadas. Elas ainda estão sujeitas às\n"
"regras de controle de acesso e outras limitações administrativas.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
@@ -1594,10 +1361,8 @@
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos</b>: o "
-"servidor\n"
-"não aceitará pedidos de associação anônimos. Observe que isto não proíbe "
-"acesso anônimo\n"
+"<p><b>Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos</b>: o servidor\n"
+"não aceitará pedidos de associação anônimos. Observe que isto não proíbe acesso anônimo\n"
"a diretórios.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
@@ -1605,19 +1370,16 @@
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Desabilitar a autenticação de acesso simples</b>: desabilita "
-"completamente a\n"
+"<p><b>Desabilitar a autenticação de acesso simples</b>: desabilita completamente a\n"
"autenticação de acesso simples</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
-"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection "
-"back\n"
+"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo mediante a resposta de uma "
-"operação StartTLS </b>:\n"
+"<p><b>Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo mediante a resposta de uma operação StartTLS </b>:\n"
"o servidor não irá mais forçar uma conexão autenticada para o \n"
"estado anônimo quando receber a operação StartTLS.</p>\n"
@@ -1635,140 +1397,90 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
-"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The "
-"\"Frontend\"\n"
+"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
-"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta exibe todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o "
-"tipo \"frontend\" \n"
-"e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados "
-"\"Frontend\" é usado para configurar\n"
-"restrições globais de controle de acesso e overlays que se aplicam a todos os "
-"bancos de dados.O \n"
+"<p>Esta exibe todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o tipo \"frontend\" \n"
+"e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados \"Frontend\" é usado para configurar\n"
+"restrições globais de controle de acesso e overlays que se aplicam a todos os bancos de dados.O \n"
"banco de dados \"Config\" contém a configuração do servidor LDAP.</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar um novo banco de dados, clique em <b>Adicionar banco de "
-"dados...</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para adicionar um novo banco de dados, clique em <b>Adicionar banco de dados...</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
-"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete "
-"Database...</b>.\n"
+"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para remover um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados da lista e "
-"pressione <b>Remover banco de dados...</b>.\n"
+"<p>Para remover um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados da lista e pressione <b>Remover banco de dados...</b>.\n"
"Você não pode remover os bancos de dados \"config\" e \"frontend\".</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") "
-"here. This is required to make\n"
+"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"<i>cn=config</i>"
-"\"). Isto é necessário para \n"
+"<p>Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Isto é necessário para \n"
"tornar o banco de dados de configuração acessível remotamente.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
-"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the "
-"\"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed "
-"for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
+"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Se o servidor deve participar de uma configuração MirrorMode, selecione "
-"\"<b>Prepara para replicação MirrorMode</b>\".\n"
-"Isso garantirá que o atributo serverId será gerado quadno necessário para a "
-"replicação MirrorMode.</p>\n"
+"<p>Se o servidor deve participar de uma configuração MirrorMode, selecione \"<b>Prepara para replicação MirrorMode</b>\".\n"
+"Isso garantirá que o atributo serverId será gerado quadno necessário para a replicação MirrorMode.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
-"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master "
-"server. Please enter the master\n"
-"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps<"
-"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
+"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
+"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar um servidor escravo, são necessários alguns detalhes do "
-"servidor mestre. Por favor, digite o nome de máquina\n"
-"do servidor mestre, ajuste o protocolo (\"<i>ldap</i>\" ou \"<i>ldaps</i>\") "
-"e número de porta conforme a necessidade e digite a senha\n"
-"para o banco de dados de configuração do servidor mestre(\"<i>cn=config</i>"
-"\").</p>"
+"<p>Para configurar um servidor escravo, são necessários alguns detalhes do servidor mestre. Por favor, digite o nome de máquina\n"
+"do servidor mestre, ajuste o protocolo (\"<i>ldap</i>\" ou \"<i>ldaps</i>\") e número de porta conforme a necessidade e digite a senha\n"
+"para o banco de dados de configuração do servidor mestre(\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your "
-"Kerberos server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique o <big>Domínio</big> e a <big>Senha mestre</big> para seu "
-"servidor Kerberos.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique o <big>Domínio</big> e a <big>Senha mestre</big> para seu servidor Kerberos.</p>"
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
-msgid ""
-"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to "
-"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, "
-"convenciona-se deixá-lo com o mesmo nome do seu nome de domínio, em letras "
-"maiúsculas.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, convenciona-se deixá-lo com o mesmo nome do seu nome de domínio, em letras maiúsculas.</p>\n"
#. advanced item help: database_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this "
-"realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados do Kerberos para "
-"este domínio.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados do Kerberos para este domínio.</p>"
#. advanced item help: acl_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file "
-"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo da lista de controle de "
-"acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões dos "
-"principais no banco de dados.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo da lista de controle de acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões dos principais no banco de dados.</p>"
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to "
-"authenticate to the database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de chaves usado pelo "
-"kdamin para autenticar no banco de dados.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de chaves usado pelo kdamin para autenticar no banco de dados.</p>"
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
-msgid ""
-"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals "
-"created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de expiração padrão dos principais "
-"criados neste realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de expiração padrão dos principais criados neste realm.</p>"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
-msgid ""
-"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in "
-"this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Estes indicadores especificam os atributos padrões dos principais criados "
-"neste realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Estes indicadores especificam os atributos padrões dos principais criados neste realm.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
@@ -1777,8 +1489,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets postdateable."
+msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets postdateable."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
@@ -1787,8 +1498,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets transferíveis."
+msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite ao principal a obtenção de tickets transferíveis."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
@@ -1797,8 +1507,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis."
+msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
@@ -1815,12 +1524,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another "
-"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para "
-"outro usuário, permitindo autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
+msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para outro usuário, permitindo autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
@@ -1828,17 +1533,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to "
-"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this "
-"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only "
-"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
-msgstr ""
-"Se este indicador estiver habilitado num principal cliente, então aquele "
-"principal é requerido para pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer "
-"tickets. Se você habilitar este indicador num principal como serviço, os "
-"tickets de serviço para este principal somente serão emitidos para clientes "
-"com um TGT que possui o conjunto de tickets de pré-autenticação."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
+msgstr "Se este indicador estiver habilitado num principal cliente, então aquele principal é requerido para pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer tickets. Se você habilitar este indicador num principal como serviço, os tickets de serviço para este principal somente serão emitidos para clientes com um TGT que possui o conjunto de tickets de pré-autenticação."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
@@ -1846,13 +1542,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a "
-"hardware device before receiving any tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Se este indicador for habilitado, então o principal é requerido para "
-"pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer "
-"tickets."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
+msgstr "Se este indicador for habilitado, então o principal é requerido para pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer tickets."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
@@ -1860,11 +1551,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar esta opção permite que o KDC emita tickets de serviço para este "
-"principal."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
+msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o KDC emita tickets de serviço para este principal."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
@@ -1872,14 +1560,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a "
-"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that "
-"was used to obtain the TGT."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets baseados num "
-"ticket-granting-ticket, ao invés de repetir o processo de autenticação que "
-"era usado para obter o TGT."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
+msgstr "Habilitar esta opção permite que o principal obtenha tickets baseados num ticket-granting-ticket, ao invés de repetir o processo de autenticação que era usado para obter o TGT."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
@@ -1887,13 +1569,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this "
-"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within "
-"this realm."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar esta opção fará com que o KDC emita tickets para este principal. "
-"Desabilitar esta opção basicamente desativa o principal neste realm."
+msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
+msgstr "Habilitar esta opção fará com que o KDC emita tickets para este principal. Desabilitar esta opção basicamente desativa o principal neste realm."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
@@ -1910,181 +1587,102 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change "
-"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a "
-"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that "
-"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password "
-"authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"Se esta opção estiver habilitar, este principal será marcado como um serviço "
-"de alteração de senha. Isto deve ser usado somente em casos especiais, por "
-"exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets "
-"para aquele principal para que seja possível alterar a senha sem passar pelo "
-"processo normal de autenticação de senha."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
+msgstr "Se esta opção estiver habilitar, este principal será marcado como um serviço de alteração de senha. Isto deve ser usado somente em casos especiais, por exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets para aquele principal para que seja possível alterar a senha sem passar pelo processo normal de autenticação de senha."
#. advanced item help : dict_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
-msgid ""
-"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not "
-"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy "
-"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são "
-"permitidas como senhas. Se esta opção não estiver marcada ou não existir "
-"política atribuída ao principal, então nenhuma verificação será feita.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são permitidas como senhas. Se esta opção não estiver marcada ou não existir política atribuída ao principal, então nenhuma verificação será feita.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
-msgid ""
-"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens "
-"for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon do kadmind "
-"escutará neste domínio.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon do kadmind escutará neste domínio.</p>"
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored "
-"with kdb5_stash.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave mestra foi armazenada "
-"com kdb5_stash.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave mestra foi armazenada com kdb5_stash.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this "
-"realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este realm.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master "
-"key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado com a chave mestra. O "
-"valor padrão é K/M.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado com a chave mestra. O valor padrão é K/M.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo de chave da chave mestra.<"
-"/p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo de chave da chave mestra.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"valid for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser "
-"válido neste realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser válido neste realm.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"renewed for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser "
-"renovado neste realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este tempo delta especifica o tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser renovado neste realm.</p>"
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt "
-"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Uma lista de strings chaves/salt que especifica as combinações chaves/salt "
-"padrões dos principais neste realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Uma lista de strings chaves/salt que especifica as combinações chaves/salt padrões dos principais neste realm.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this "
-"realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica as combinações chave-salt permitidas dos principais deste "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica as combinações chave-salt permitidas dos principais deste realm.</p>"
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm "
-"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm "
-"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica se a lista de realms transitados para tickets inter-realms deve "
-"ser verificada usando o caminho de trânsito computado dos nomes de realm e a "
-"seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica se a lista de realms transitados para tickets inter-realms deve ser verificada usando o caminho de trânsito computado dos nomes de realm e a seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be "
-"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas "
-"pelo servidor LDAP.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas pelo servidor LDAP.</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords "
-"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas stashed "
-"para os objetos utilizados para inicializar os servidores Kerberos.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta opção específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas stashed para os objetos utilizados para inicializar os servidores Kerberos.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The "
-"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The "
-"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the "
-"subtree.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um realm. A "
-"lista contém os DNs dos objetos da subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). <"
-"/p><p> O escopo da busca especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais na "
-"subárvore.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um realm. A lista contém os DNs dos objetos da subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). </p><p> O escopo da busca especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais na subárvore.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a "
-"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a "
-"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica o DN do conteiner do objeto no qual os principais de um realm "
-"serão criados. Se a referência para o conteiner não estiver configurada para "
-"um realm, os principais serão criados no conteiner do realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica o DN do conteiner do objeto no qual os principais de um realm serão criados. Se a referência para o conteiner não estiver configurada para um realm, os principais serão criados no conteiner do realm.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica a vida máxima dos tickets para principais neste realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica a vida máxima dos tickets para principais neste realm.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica a vida máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica a vida máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste realm.</p>"
-#. #################################################################################. #################################################################################. #################################################################################. #################################################################################. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
+#. #################################################################################
+#. #################################################################################
+#. #################################################################################
+#. #################################################################################
#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
+#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974
@@ -2400,22 +1998,16 @@
msgstr "URI do servidor"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the "
-"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"Este servidor não está configurado como um nó MirrorMode. Clique em "
-"\"Próximo\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP."
+msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
+msgstr "Este servidor não está configurado como um nó MirrorMode. Clique em \"Próximo\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP."
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview"
msgstr "Resumo de MirrorMode do OpenLDAP"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Não é possível remover a máquina na qual este módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n"
+msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
+msgstr "Não é possível remover a máquina na qual este módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server."
@@ -2726,23 +2318,16 @@
msgstr "Selecionar indicadores de &permissão: "
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous "
-"directory access)"
-msgstr ""
-"Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos (não proíbe acesso "
-"anônimo a diretórios) "
+msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
+msgstr "Desabilitar aceitação de pedidos de associação anônimos (não proíbe acesso anônimo a diretórios) "
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication"
msgstr "Desabilitar autenticação por associação simples "
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
-msgstr ""
-"Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo com status mediante a resposta de "
-"uma operação StartTLS "
+msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
+msgstr "Desabilitar a sessão de um usuário anônimo com status mediante a resposta de uma operação StartTLS "
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated"
@@ -2834,8 +2419,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. "
-msgstr ""
-"Permitir autenticação em texto plano (bind simples) para este banco de dados."
+msgstr "Permitir autenticação em texto plano (bind simples) para este banco de dados."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362
msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)"
@@ -3192,8 +2776,7 @@
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
"O banco de dados selecionado contém regras de controle de acesso que não\n"
-"são atualmente suportadas pelo YaST. O diálogo de controle de acesso será "
-"desabilitado.\n"
+"são atualmente suportadas pelo YaST. O diálogo de controle de acesso será desabilitado.\n"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
@@ -3262,11 +2845,8 @@
msgstr "Falha na verificação dos recursos LDAPsync do provedor."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
-msgid ""
-"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
-msgstr ""
-"Por favor, verifique se o servidor destino está configurado para ser um "
-"provedor LDAPsync"
+msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
+msgstr "Por favor, verifique se o servidor destino está configurado para ser um provedor LDAPsync"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
@@ -3492,12 +3072,8 @@
msgstr "Atualizando objetos da política de senha padrão"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
-msgid ""
-"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take "
-"some minutes)"
-msgstr ""
-"Esperando pelas tarefas de fundo de indexação do OpenLDAP serem completadas "
-"(isto pode levar alguns minutos)"
+msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
+msgstr "Esperando pelas tarefas de fundo de indexação do OpenLDAP serem completadas (isto pode levar alguns minutos)"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required"
@@ -3516,11 +3092,8 @@
msgstr "A criação da política de senha falhou."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Ocorreu erro ao esperar a finalização do indexador do banco de dados "
-"OpenLDAP.\n"
+msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
+msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao esperar a finalização do indexador do banco de dados OpenLDAP.\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954
msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually."
@@ -3565,8 +3138,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523
msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key."
-msgstr ""
-"Não foi possível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada."
+msgstr "Não foi possível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491
msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?"
@@ -3582,8 +3154,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547
msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database"
-msgstr ""
-"Alterando a configuração inicial para usar o banco de dados de configuração. "
+msgstr "Alterando a configuração inicial para usar o banco de dados de configuração. "
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548
msgid "Restarting LDAP Server"
@@ -3607,8 +3178,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709
msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Certificado de servidor comum não disponível. O startTLS está desabilitado."
+msgstr "Certificado de servidor comum não disponível. O startTLS está desabilitado."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803
msgid "Could not create database directory."
@@ -3617,22 +3187,15 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados."
+msgstr "Não foi possível ajustar as propriedades do diretório do banco de dados."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859
msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome de máquina completamente "
-"qualificado."
+msgstr "Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860
-msgid ""
-"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own "
-"fully qualified hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"Um servidor mestre para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem "
-"conhecer seu próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado."
+msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
+msgstr "Um servidor mestre para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem conhecer seu próprio nome de máquina completamente qualificado."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
@@ -3662,12 +3225,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033
-msgid ""
-"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country "
-"2-letter code."
-msgstr ""
-"O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no "
-"ISO-3166."
+msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
+msgstr "O valor do atributo \"c\" deve conter um código de país de 2 letras no ISO-3166."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
@@ -3708,10 +3267,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
-msgid ""
-"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n"
+msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
+msgstr "Erro ao tentar verificar o certificado de servidor do servidor provedor.\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888
#, perl-format
@@ -3742,9 +3299,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301
#, perl-format
msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'."
-msgstr ""
-"O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os tipos permitidos são 'bdb' "
-"e 'hdb'."
+msgstr "O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os tipos permitidos são 'bdb' e 'hdb'."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347
@@ -3885,4 +3440,3 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046
msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file."
msgstr "Não foi possível salvar o arquivo de certificado CA."
-
Modified: trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878)
+++ trunk/yast/pt_BR/po/crowbar.pt_BR.po 2014-12-16 13:56:06 UTC (rev 90879)
@@ -29,7 +29,6 @@
#. table header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-#| msgid "&Repository Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Nome do repositório"
@@ -38,7 +37,6 @@
msgstr "URL"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Perguntar no erro"
@@ -50,10 +48,8 @@
"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
-"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -61,19 +57,16 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-#| msgid "Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "&URL do repositório"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Per&guntar no erro"
#. table header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
-#| msgid "Administrator DN"
msgid "Administrator Name"
msgstr "Nome do administrador"
@@ -92,15 +85,12 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as "
-"space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
-#| msgid "Bonding Policy"
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr "&Política de vínculos"
@@ -136,13 +126,11 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
-#| msgid "Use VLAN"
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr "Usar &VLAN"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
-#| msgid "VLAN ID"
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr "&ID da VLAN"
@@ -153,7 +141,6 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
-#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr "Pre&ferência do roteador"
@@ -168,19 +155,16 @@
msgstr "&Máscara de rede"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
-#| msgid "Broadcast"
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr "Broa&dcast"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
-#| msgid "Add Bridge"
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr "&Adicionar ponte"
#. push button label&
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
-#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..."
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr "Editar inter&valos..."
@@ -222,9 +206,6 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
-#| "Choose a different one."
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -279,7 +260,6 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
-#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "O endereço IP '%1' não faz parte da rede '%2'."
@@ -318,19 +298,16 @@
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
-#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Configurações do &usuário"
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
-msgid ""
-"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
-#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Modo de r&ede"
@@ -342,13 +319,11 @@
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
-#| msgid "Networks"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "&Redes"
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
-#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Re&positórios"
@@ -365,8 +340,7 @@
"\n"
"You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/"
msgstr ""
-"O servidor de administração de nuvem SUSE foi implantado. A alteração da "
-"rede\n"
+"O servidor de administração de nuvem SUSE foi implantado. A alteração da rede\n"
"não é suportada atualmente.\n"
"\n"
"Você pode visitar a interface web do Crowbar em http://%1:3000/"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:28:00 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90878
Modified:
trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po
trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po
trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877)
+++ trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878)
@@ -80,15 +80,12 @@
#. translators: default …
[View More]error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오."
+msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십"
-"시오."
+msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십시오."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
@@ -134,9 +131,7 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시"
-"오."
+msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오."
# translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
# %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
@@ -144,9 +139,7 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용"
-"하십시오."
+msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오."
# translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
@@ -198,7 +191,6 @@
# translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
-#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "이것은 YaST 모듈입니다."
@@ -257,27 +249,17 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-" 사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시"
-"오. "
+msgstr " 사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시오. "
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명"
-"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명"
-"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오."
# translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
@@ -460,9 +442,6 @@
#. last part of the question (variable)
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Do you really want\n"
-#| "to quit the installation?"
msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?"
msgstr "정말로 설치를 계속하거나 중단하시겠습니까?"
@@ -528,7 +507,6 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
-#| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "추가 작업을 통합하는 동안 내부 오류가 발생했습니다."
@@ -558,8 +536,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>서비스 시작</big></b><br>\n"
"컴퓨터를 켤 때마다 서비스가 시작되도록 하려면\n"
-" <b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.</"
-"p>"
+" <b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.</p>"
# Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
# Final step of the isntallation wizard - 2/4
@@ -578,8 +555,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>서비스 시작</big></b><br>\n"
"컴퓨터를 켤 때마다 서비스가 시작되도록 하려면\n"
-"<b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하세요. xinetd 데몬과 함께 시작하려면, <b>%3</b>을 설정하"
-"시고,\n"
+"<b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하세요. xinetd 데몬과 함께 시작하려면, <b>%3</b>을 설정하시고,\n"
"그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하세요.</p>"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
@@ -1073,7 +1049,6 @@
msgstr "YaST 제어판"
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
-#| msgid "Rundi"
msgid "Run"
msgstr "실행"
@@ -1089,7 +1064,6 @@
# NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
-#| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr "YaST ncurses 와 함께 Keyboard 제어"
@@ -1111,11 +1085,7 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
-"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
-"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
-"on the right.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
# NCurses Control Center help 2/9
@@ -1176,8 +1146,7 @@
#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
-"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>기능 키</i><br>\n"
"F 키를 사용하면 주 기능에 빠르게 접근 할 수 있습니다.\n"
@@ -1704,12 +1673,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
-#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Updating system configuration..."
msgstr "시스템 구성 업데이트 중..."
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
-#| msgid "This may take a while"
msgid "This may take a while."
msgstr "약간의 시간이 소요될 수 있습니다."
@@ -1932,15 +1899,11 @@
#. translators: warnings summary header
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
-#| msgid "Warning:"
-#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr "경고:"
#. translators: errors summary header
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
-#| msgid "Error:"
-#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
msgid "Error:"
msgstr "오류:"
@@ -1948,8 +1911,6 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
-#| msgid "Message:"
-#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
msgid "Message:"
msgstr "메세지:"
@@ -2072,14 +2033,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
-"information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>새 GPG 키 만들기</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>가 시작됩니다. 자세한 내용은 <tt>gpg</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지"
-"를 참조하십시오.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>가 시작됩니다. 자세한 내용은 <tt>gpg</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n"
" 취소하려면 Ctrl+C를 누르십시오.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -2277,8 +2236,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be "
-#| "unselected:\n"
+#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be unselected:\n"
#| "%1"
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
@@ -3093,116 +3051,79 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 내부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습"
-"니다."
+msgstr "새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 내부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습니다."
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 외부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습"
-"니다."
+msgstr "새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 외부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습니다."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"SuSEfirewall2 꾸러미가 설지되지 않았습니다. 방화벽이 비활성화 될것입니다."
+msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 꾸러미가 설지되지 않았습니다. 방화벽이 비활성화 될것입니다."
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"방화벽 활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">비 활성화</"
-"a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "방화벽 활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">비 활성화</a>)"
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"방화벽 비활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">활성화</"
-"a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "방화벽 비활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">활성화</a>)"
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)"
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</"
-#| "a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured"
+#| msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured"
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
-"but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
-msgstr ""
-"SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>), 하"
-"지만 네트워크 구성이 아직 없습니다."
+msgstr "SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>), 하지만 네트워크 구성이 아직 없습니다."
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
-"on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
+msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgstr "SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">닫"
-"기</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)"
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">열"
-"기</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">열기</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
-"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"원격 관리(VNC)를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 VNC 포트가 열리지 않"
-"았습니다."
+msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "원격 관리(VNC)를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 VNC 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
@@ -3221,14 +3142,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH "
-#| "port on the firewall."
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
-"needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
+#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
@@ -3372,8 +3288,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-#| "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
-#| "module."
+#| "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
@@ -3417,8 +3332,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
-"module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
"꾸러미 실패를 무시하면 시스템이 망가질 가능성이 있습니다.\n"
"잠시 후 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인하세요."
@@ -3427,10 +3341,8 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-"changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
-"from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>지정한 URL의 소스에서 다른 미디어 ID를 제공합니다.\n"
@@ -3754,9 +3666,7 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"꾸러미 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 작업은 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있"
-"습니다."
+msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 작업은 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있습니다."
#. progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
@@ -3970,8 +3880,7 @@
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
-"installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
@@ -3988,20 +3897,15 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
-"to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
-"the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t 이 대화 상자에서는 이 시스템의 작업 및 설치할 소프트웨어를 정의할 수 있"
-"습니다.\n"
-"\t\t 이 시스템에 대해 사용할 수 있는 작업 및 소프트웨어는 왼쪽 열에 카테고리"
-"별로\n"
-"\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시"
-"오.\n"
+"\t\t 이 대화 상자에서는 이 시스템의 작업 및 설치할 소프트웨어를 정의할 수 있습니다.\n"
+"\t\t 이 시스템에 대해 사용할 수 있는 작업 및 소프트웨어는 왼쪽 열에 카테고리별로\n"
+"\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시오.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
@@ -4033,8 +3937,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-"disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -4042,13 +3945,11 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t 오른쪽 맨 아래의 디스크 사용 표시는 요청한 변경 작업을 모두 수행한 후"
-"에\n"
+"\t\t 오른쪽 맨 아래의 디스크 사용 표시는 요청한 변경 작업을 모두 수행한 후에\n"
" \t\t 남게 되는 디스크 공간을 보여 줍니다.\n"
" \t\t 하드 디스크 파티션이 꽉 차거나 거의 차면 시스템 성능이\n"
" \t\t 저하되고 어떤 경우에는 심각한 문제를 일으킬 수 있습니다.\n"
-" \t\t 시스템이 올바로 실행되기 위해서는 사용 가능한 디스크 공간이 어느 정도 "
-"필요합니다.\n"
+" \t\t 시스템이 올바로 실행되기 위해서는 사용 가능한 디스크 공간이 어느 정도 필요합니다.\n"
" \t\t </p>"
#. Dialog title
@@ -4146,7 +4047,6 @@
# Button label
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
-#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "완료"
@@ -4158,18 +4058,11 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of "
-#| "installed packages.</P>"
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
-"or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>설치 요약</B></BIG><BR>이곳에 설치된 꾸러미의 간략한 소개가 있습니"
-"다.</P>"
+#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>설치 요약</B></BIG><BR>이곳에 설치된 꾸러미의 간략한 소개가 있습니다.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
-#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "설치 보고"
@@ -4229,10 +4122,8 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "The file %1 from repository %2\n"
#| "%3\n"
-#| "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the "
-#| "file\n"
-#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system "
-#| "at risk.\n"
+#| "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
+#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "Use it anyway?"
msgid ""
@@ -4265,10 +4156,8 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
-#| "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the "
-#| "list of checksums\n"
-#| "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package "
-#| "may put\n"
+#| "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the list of checksums\n"
+#| "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n"
#| "the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "Install it anyway?"
@@ -4293,16 +4182,14 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "No checksum for file %1 was found the repository.\n"
#| "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-#| "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-#| "Using the file\n"
+#| "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
#| "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "Use it anyway?"
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-"Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
@@ -4350,7 +4237,6 @@
#. GPG key property
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
-#| msgid "ID: %1"
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ID: "
@@ -4384,11 +4270,9 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "Package %1 from repository %2\n"
#| "%3\n"
-#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: "
-#| "%4\n"
+#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n"
#| "\n"
-#| "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an "
-#| "attacker\n"
+#| "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n"
#| "since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n"
#| "for the integrity and security of your system.\n"
#| "\n"
@@ -4420,8 +4304,7 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 from repository %2\n"
#| "%3\n"
-#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: "
-#| "%4\n"
+#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n"
#| "\n"
#| "This means that the file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n"
#| "since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n"
@@ -4606,8 +4489,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
-"used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>신뢰한(가져온) 키에 의해 서명되지 않은\n"
"모든 꾸러미에 대해 경고 대화 상자가 열립니다. 키를 가져오지 않으면\n"
@@ -4648,9 +4530,6 @@
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
-#| msgid ""
-#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n"
-#| "Expiry date: %1"
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr "경고: 키가 만료되었습니다!"
@@ -4661,7 +4540,6 @@
#. push button
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
-#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr "신뢰(&T)"
@@ -4714,8 +4592,7 @@
#| "but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system "
-#| "at risk.\n"
+#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "Use it anyway?"
msgid ""
@@ -4724,8 +4601,7 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
-"risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4787,19 +4663,11 @@
msgstr "<p>꾸러미를 설치하는 동안 기다려 주십시오.</p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
-"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
-"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
-"installed.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>설치 중단</B> 꾸러미 설치는 <B>중단</B> 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니"
-"다. 하지만, 이로인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 "
-"않아 부팅이 안될 수도 있습니다.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>설치 중단</B> 꾸러미 설치는 <B>중단</B> 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니다. 하지만, 이로인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 않아 부팅이 안될 수도 있습니다.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "%s 출시 정보"
@@ -5619,8 +5487,7 @@
"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
msgstr ""
"올바른 네트워크 정의는 모든 네트워크에 대해\n"
-"IP, IP/네트워크 마스크, IP/네트워크 마스크_비트 또는 0/0을 포함할 수 있습니"
-"다.\n"
+"IP, IP/네트워크 마스크, IP/네트워크 마스크_비트 또는 0/0을 포함할 수 있습니다.\n"
" \n"
" 예:\n"
" IP: 192.168.0.1\n"
@@ -5642,21 +5509,18 @@
# MegaByte abbreviated
#. MegaByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
-#| msgid "MB"
msgid "MiB"
msgstr "MiB"
# GigaByte abbreviated
#. GigaByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
-#| msgid "GB"
msgid "GiB"
msgstr "GiB"
# TeraByte abbreviated
#. TeraByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
-#| msgid "TB"
msgid "TiB"
msgstr "TiB"
@@ -5786,7 +5650,6 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
-#| msgid "Modules"
msgid "Module"
msgstr "모듈"
@@ -6457,15 +6320,13 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"%1 역방향 IPv4 주소는 잘못되었습니다.\n"
"\n"
" 유효한 역방향 IPv4는 0-255 범위의 네 개의 정수로 구성되고\n"
" 각 정수는 점으로 구분되며 그 뒤에 '.in-addr.arpa.'와 같은 문자열이 옵니다.\n"
-" 예를 들어 IPv4 주소 '192.168.32.1'의 경우 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'가 될 "
-"수 있습니다.\n"
+" 예를 들어 IPv4 주소 '192.168.32.1'의 경우 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'가 될 수 있습니다.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa')
Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877)
+++ trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878)
@@ -251,10 +251,8 @@
" 클릭하여 네트워크 장치를 방화벽 영역에 할당합니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
" <p><tt>any</tt>와 같은 특수 문자열을 입력하려면 \n"
-" <b>사용자 정의</b>를 사용하십시오. 아직 구성하지 않은 인터페이스도 여기서 입"
-"력할 수 있습니다.\n"
-" 마스커레이딩이 필요한 경우에는 <tt>any</tt> 문자열을 사용할 수 없습니다.</"
-"p>\n"
+" <b>사용자 정의</b>를 사용하십시오. 아직 구성하지 않은 인터페이스도 여기서 입력할 수 있습니다.\n"
+" 마스커레이딩이 필요한 경우에는 <tt>any</tt> 문자열을 사용할 수 없습니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
" <p>모든 네트워크 장치를 방화벽 영역에 할당해야 합니다.\n"
" 할당되지 않은 인터페이스를 통한 네트워크 트래픽은 차단됩니다.</p>\n"
@@ -275,18 +273,15 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n"
-#| "<br>Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the "
-#| "network.\n"
+#| "<br>Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
#| "Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>\n"
#| "\n"
#| "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
#| "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#| "To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed "
-#| "Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+#| "To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
#| "\n"
#| "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, remove \n"
-#| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected "
-#| "from this zone.</p>\n"
+#| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected from this zone.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n"
"<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
@@ -294,12 +289,10 @@
"\n"
"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed "
-"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n"
-"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network "
-"will\n"
+"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n"
"be unprotected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>허용된 서비스</big></b>\n"
@@ -308,8 +301,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>서비스를 허용하려면 <b>영역</b> 및\n"
"<b>허용할 서비스</b>를 선택하고<b>추가</b>를 누릅니다.\n"
-"허용된 서비스를 제거하려면 <b>영역</b> 및 <b>허용된 서비스</b>를 선택하고 <b>"
-"삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n"
+"허용된 서비스를 제거하려면 <b>영역</b> 및 <b>허용된 서비스</b>를 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>내부 영역에서 방화벽 보호</b>의 선택을 해제하면 영역에서 보호가\n"
"제거됩니다. 이 영역에서는 모든 서비스와 포트가 보호되지 않습니다.</p>\n"
@@ -318,25 +310,20 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n"
-"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC "
-"ports and\n"
+"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n"
"IP protocols.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
-"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or "
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
+"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>고급</b>을 사용하면 추가로 설정을 구성할 수 있습니다.\n"
-"항목은 공백으로 구분해야 합니다. 여기서는 TCP, UDP, RPC 포트 및 IP 프로토콜"
-"을\n"
+"항목은 공백으로 구분해야 합니다. 여기서는 TCP, UDP, RPC 포트 및 IP 프로토콜을\n"
" 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n"
-" <p>TCP 및 UDP 포트는 포트 이름(<tt>ftp-data</tt>), 포트 번호(<tt>3128</"
-"tt>)\n"
+" <p>TCP 및 UDP 포트는 포트 이름(<tt>ftp-data</tt>), 포트 번호(<tt>3128</tt>)\n"
" 및 포트 범위(<tt>8000:8520</tt>)로 입력할 수 있습니다.\n"
-" RPC 포트는 서비스 이름(<tt>portmap</tt> 또는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)으로 입력해"
-"야 합니다.\n"
+" RPC 포트는 서비스 이름(<tt>portmap</tt> 또는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)으로 입력해야 합니다.\n"
" IP 프로토콜은 프로토콜 이름(<tt>esp</tt>)으로 입력할 수 있습니다.\n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -344,99 +331,73 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your "
-"firewall and allows\n"
-"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, "
-"transparently. Requests\n"
+"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
+"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n"
"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n"
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
"to the external network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>마스커레이딩</big></b>\n"
-"<br>마스커레이딩이란 내부 네트워크를 방화벽 뒤에 숨긴 채 내부 네트워크가 인터"
-"넷과 같은\n"
+"<br>마스커레이딩이란 내부 네트워크를 방화벽 뒤에 숨긴 채 내부 네트워크가 인터넷과 같은\n"
"외부 네트워크에 투명하게 접근 할 수 있도록 지원하는 기능입니다. \n"
"외부 네트워크에서 내부 네트워크로의 요청은 차단됩니다.\n"
-"외부 네트워크에 대해 네트워크를 마스커레이드하려면 <b>네트워크 마스커레이드</"
-"b>를\n"
+"외부 네트워크에 대해 네트워크를 마스커레이드하려면 <b>네트워크 마스커레이드</b>를\n"
"선택합니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal "
-"network, it is possible to\n"
-"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal "
-"IP. \n"
-"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form."
-"</p>\n"
+"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n"
+"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n"
+"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"외부 네트워크로부터의 요청이 내부 네트워크에 도달하지는 못하더라도, 방화벽"
-"의\n"
+"외부 네트워크로부터의 요청이 내부 네트워크에 도달하지는 못하더라도, 방화벽의\n"
"요청된 포트를 내부 IP 중 하나로 리디렉션할 수는 있습니다. \n"
-"새 리디렉션 규칙을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고 리디렉션 양식을 작성합니"
-"다.</p>\n"
+"새 리디렉션 규칙을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고 리디렉션 양식을 작성합니다.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>리디렉션 규칙을 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 규칙을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 "
-"누릅니다.</p>\n"
+"<p>리디렉션 규칙을 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 규칙을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to "
-"find \n"
+"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n"
-"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues "
-"using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
+"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add "
-"needed broadcast\n"
-"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated "
-"ports for\n"
+"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n"
+"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n"
"particular zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of "
-"packets in wider networks.\n"
-"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast "
-"Packets</b>\n"
+"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n"
+"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n"
"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>브로드캐스트 구성</big></b>\n"
"<br>브로드캐스트 패킷은 주변 컴퓨터를 찾거나 네트워크의 각 컴퓨터에\n"
" 정보를 전송하기 위해 네트워크 전체로 전송되는 특수 UDP 패킷입니다.\n"
-" 예를 들어 CUPS 서버는 브로드캐스트 패킷을 사용하여 인쇄 대기열에 대한 정보"
-"를 제공합니다.</p>\n"
+" 예를 들어 CUPS 서버는 브로드캐스트 패킷을 사용하여 인쇄 대기열에 대한 정보를 제공합니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>허용된 인터페이스에서 선택한 SuSEfirewall2 서비스는 필요한 브로드캐스트 "
-"포트를 여기서 \n"
-" 자동으로 추가합니다. 다른 항목을 추가하거나 제거하려면 공백으로 구분된, 특"
-"정 영역에 대한\n"
+" <p>허용된 인터페이스에서 선택한 SuSEfirewall2 서비스는 필요한 브로드캐스트 포트를 여기서 \n"
+" 자동으로 추가합니다. 다른 항목을 추가하거나 제거하려면 공백으로 구분된, 특정 영역에 대한\n"
" 포트 목록을 편집할 수 있습니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>다른 손실된 브로드캐스트 패킷은 로그에 기록됩니다. 규모가 큰 네트워크에"
-"는 상당히 많은 패킷이 존재할 수 있습니다.\n"
-" 이러한 패킷의 로깅을 억제하려면 원하는 영역에 대해 <b>허용되지 않은 브로드캐"
-"스트 패킷 기록</b>을\n"
+" <p>다른 손실된 브로드캐스트 패킷은 로그에 기록됩니다. 규모가 큰 네트워크에는 상당히 많은 패킷이 존재할 수 있습니다.\n"
+" 이러한 패킷의 로깅을 억제하려면 원하는 영역에 대해 <b>허용되지 않은 브로드캐스트 패킷 기록</b>을\n"
" 선택 취소합니다.</p>\n"
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their "
-"reply\n"
-"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP "
-"browsing.</p>\n"
+"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n"
+"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the "
-"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
-"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also "
-"choose from\n"
+"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n"
"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -444,53 +405,40 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks "
-"through untrusted networks, such as\n"
+"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n"
"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n"
-"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the "
-"internal zone.</p>\n"
+"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec 지원</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec은 검증된 호스트 또는 인터넷과 같이 검증되지 않은 네트워크를 통한 네"
-"트워크 간에 이루어지는 암호화된\n"
+"<br>IPsec은 검증된 호스트 또는 인터넷과 같이 검증되지 않은 네트워크를 통한 네트워크 간에 이루어지는 암호화된\n"
"통신입니다. 이 대화 상자에서 <b>활성화</b>를 사용하면 외부 영역에\n"
"대한 IPsec이 열립니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
" <p><b>세부 사항</b>에서는 성공적으로 암호 해독된 IPsec 패킷의 처리\n"
-" 방법을 구성합니다. 예를 들어 이러한 패킷을 내부 영역에서 온 것처럼 처리할 "
-"수 있습니다.</p>\n"
+" 방법을 구성합니다. 예를 들어 이러한 패킷을 내부 영역에서 온 것처럼 처리할 수 있습니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. "
-"Here,\n"
-"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not "
-"logged at all.</p>\n"
+"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
+"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and "
-"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
-"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> "
-"for logging every\n"
-"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do "
-"Not Log Any</b>\n"
+"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
+"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n"
+"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n"
"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>로깅 레벨</big></b>\n"
"<br>이것은 IP 패킷 로깅 설정을 위한 기본 구성 대화 상자입니다. 여기서는\n"
-" 들어오는 연결 패킷에 대한 로깅을 구성할 수 있습니다. 나가는 연결 패킷은 기록"
-"되지 않습니다.</p>\n"
+" 들어오는 연결 패킷에 대한 로깅을 구성할 수 있습니다. 나가는 연결 패킷은 기록되지 않습니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>기록된 IP 패킷에는 두 그룹이 있습니다. <b>허용된 패킷</b>과 <b>허용되지 "
-"않은 패킷</b>이 그것입니다.\n"
-" 각 그룹에 대해 세 가지 로깅 레벨 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 모든 패킷을 기록"
-"하려면 <b>모두 기록</b>을,\n"
-" 관심이 있는 내용만 기록하려면 <b>중요한 내용만 기록</b>을, 기록하지 않으려"
-"면 <b>기록하지 않음</b>을\n"
+" <p>기록된 IP 패킷에는 두 그룹이 있습니다. <b>허용된 패킷</b>과 <b>허용되지 않은 패킷</b>이 그것입니다.\n"
+" 각 그룹에 대해 세 가지 로깅 레벨 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 모든 패킷을 기록하려면 <b>모두 기록</b>을,\n"
+" 관심이 있는 내용만 기록하려면 <b>중요한 내용만 기록</b>을, 기록하지 않으려면 <b>기록하지 않음</b>을\n"
" 선택합니다. 최소한 중요하게 허용된 패킷은 기록해야 합니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help
@@ -498,23 +446,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n"
"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
-"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each "
-"firewall zone.\n"
+"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n"
"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n"
"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the "
-"following items in the summary:</p>\n"
+"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration "
-"name and device name.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed "
-"network services, additional\n"
-"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC "
-"(Remote Procedure Call)\n"
+"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n"
+"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>요약</big></b>\n"
@@ -525,16 +468,12 @@
" <p><b>방화벽 시작</b>은 방화벽이 <b>부팅 과정</b> 중에 시작되는지 또는\n"
" <b>수동</b>으로만 시작되는지를 보여줍니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>방화벽 영역에 네트워크 인터페이스가 할당되어 있어야 요약에 다음 항목이 열"
-"거됩니다.</p>\n"
+" <p>방화벽 영역에 네트워크 인터페이스가 할당되어 있어야 요약에 다음 항목이 열거됩니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p><b>인터페이스</b>: 모든 인터페이스는 해당 구성 이름 및 장치 이름을 사용하"
-"여 열거됩니다.</p>\n"
+" <p><b>인터페이스</b>: 모든 인터페이스는 해당 구성 이름 및 장치 이름을 사용하여 열거됩니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p><b>기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜</b>: 여기에는 모든 허용된 네트워크 서비"
-"스,\n"
-" TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP(User Datagram Protocol), RPC(Remote "
-"Procedure Call)\n"
+" <p><b>기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜</b>: 여기에는 모든 허용된 네트워크 서비스,\n"
+" TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP(User Datagram Protocol), RPC(Remote Procedure Call)\n"
" 포트 및 IP(Internet Protocol) 프로토콜이 열거됩니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6
@@ -563,12 +502,10 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces."
-"</p>"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RPC 포트</b> 는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>, \n"
-"<tt>ypbind</tt>, 혹은 <tt>portmap</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 RPC 서비스 목"
-"록입니다.</p>"
+"<tt>ypbind</tt>, 혹은 <tt>portmap</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 RPC 서비스 목록입니다.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6
#. please, do not modify examples
@@ -580,8 +517,7 @@
"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>IP 프로토콜</b> 은 <tt>esp</tt>, \n"
-"<tt>smp</tt>, 혹은 <tt>chaos</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 프로토콜 목록입니"
-"다.\n"
+"<tt>smp</tt>, 혹은 <tt>chaos</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 프로토콜 목록입니다.\n"
"현재 사용되는 프로토콜 목록\n"
"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>"
@@ -589,8 +525,7 @@
#. please, do not modify examples
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that "
-"represent\n"
+"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n"
"all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n"
"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n"
"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
@@ -616,16 +551,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-#| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from "
-#| "network attacks.</p>"
+#| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.</p>\n"
+"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>방화벽</big></b><br />\n"
-"방화벽은 네트워크 상의 공격자로부터 사용하는 컴퓨터를 보호하기 위한 네트워크 "
-"방어 시스템입니다.</p>"
+"방화벽은 네트워크 상의 공격자로부터 사용하는 컴퓨터를 보호하기 위한 네트워크 방어 시스템입니다.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223
@@ -1273,15 +1205,9 @@
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, "
-#| "Source port: <i>%4</i>"
-msgid ""
-"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source "
-"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"네트워크: <i>%1</i>, 프로토콜: <i>%2</i>, 포트 목적지: <i>%3</i>, 포트 소스: "
-"<i>%4</i>"
+#| msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>"
+msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
+msgstr "네트워크: <i>%1</i>, 프로토콜: <i>%2</i>, 포트 목적지: <i>%3</i>, 포트 소스: <i>%4</i>"
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504
@@ -1327,8 +1253,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration is written"
-msgid ""
-"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
+msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
msgstr "구성을 기록한 후 방화벽이 <b>중지됨</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
@@ -1469,11 +1394,8 @@
#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
-msgid ""
-"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
-msgstr ""
-"마스커레이딩을 설정하려면 적어도 하나의 외부 인터페이스 및 하나의 다른 인터페"
-"이스가 필요합니다."
+msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
+msgstr "마스커레이딩을 설정하려면 적어도 하나의 외부 인터페이스 및 하나의 다른 인터페이스가 필요합니다."
# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
@@ -2250,8 +2172,7 @@
#~ "or 0/0"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "잘못된 네트워크 정의 '%1'.\n"
-#~ "네트워크는 IP 주소나 슬래시(/)와 넷마스크가 들어간 IP 주소를 쓸 수 있습니"
-#~ "다.\n"
+#~ "네트워크는 IP 주소나 슬래시(/)와 넷마스크가 들어간 IP 주소를 쓸 수 있습니다.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "예: 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ "혹은 192.168.0.0/20\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877)
+++ trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po 2014-12-16 13:28:00 UTC (rev 90878)
@@ -60,16 +60,8 @@
#. help text for XPRAM 2/4
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one "
-"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features "
-"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 "
-"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>이 도구는 현재 하나의 파티션에 전체 XPRAM을 할당하는 기능만 지원합니다. 여"
-"러 파티션을 가지려면 리눅스 커널 2.6 - 2004년 4월 스트림의 \"장치 드라이버, "
-"기능 및 명령 2004년 11월 30일\"을 참조하십시오.</p><p>이 경우 이 모듈에서 "
-"XPRAM을 비활성화하십시오.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>이 도구는 현재 하나의 파티션에 전체 XPRAM을 할당하는 기능만 지원합니다. 여러 파티션을 가지려면 리눅스 커널 2.6 - 2004년 4월 스트림의 \"장치 드라이버, 기능 및 명령 2004년 11월 30일\"을 참조하십시오.</p><p>이 경우 이 모듈에서 XPRAM을 비활성화하십시오.</p>"
# ********************
# End of GUI elements
@@ -81,8 +73,7 @@
#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>마운트 포인트</b>에 대해 정확한 마운트 포인트를 선택하십시오.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>마운트 포인트</b>에 대해 정확한 마운트 포인트를 선택하십시오.</p>"
#. help text for XPRAM 4/4
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
@@ -163,13 +154,11 @@
msgstr "완료됨"
#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
-#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
msgstr "xpram 중지 오류. 수동으로 \"rcxpram stop\" 을 시도해보세요."
#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
-#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
msgstr "xpram 시작 오류. 수동으로 \"rcxpram stop\" 를 시도해보세요."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:26:57 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90877
Added:
trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po
Log:
merged
Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/geo-cluster.fi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/…
[View More]geo-cluster.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877)
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
+# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:20+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of printer"
+msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster"
+msgstr "Tulostinmääritykset"
+
+#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clustering"
+msgid "GeoCluster"
+msgstr "Ryvästys"
+
+#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Clustering"
+msgid "&GeoCluster"
+msgstr "Ryvästys"
+
+#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption
+#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:416
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printer Configuration"
+msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
+msgstr "Tulostinmääritykset"
+
+#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Printer Overview"
+msgid "Geo Cluster Overview"
+msgstr "Tulostimen yhteenveto"
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "configuration file"
+msgstr "Lue määritystiedosto"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Transport"
+msgid "transport"
+msgstr "Siirto"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
+msgid "port"
+msgstr "portti"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
+msgid "arbitrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Lisää"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:680
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Muokkaa"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:681
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Poista"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Website:"
+msgid "site"
+msgstr "WWW-sivut:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Packet"
+msgid "ticket"
+msgstr "Paketti"
+
+#. return `cacel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:205
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "OK"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:206
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Peruuta"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address"
+msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
+msgstr "Anna voimassa oleva sähköpostiosoite"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184
+msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Timeouts"
+msgid "timeout"
+msgstr "Aikakatkaisut"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No entries."
+msgid "retries"
+msgstr "Ei tapahtumia."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Height"
+msgid "weights"
+msgstr "Korkeus"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Expired"
+msgid "expire"
+msgstr "Mennyt vanhaksi"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Required patterns"
+msgid "acquire-after"
+msgstr "Vaaditut ohjelmistoryhmät"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:200
+msgid "before-acquire-handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Action is invalid."
+msgid "timeout is invalid"
+msgstr "Toiminto on virheellinen."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key is invalid."
+msgid "expire is invalid"
+msgstr "Avain ei kelpaa."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The name is invalid."
+msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
+msgstr "Nimi on epäkelpo."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device size is invalid."
+msgid "retries is invalid"
+msgstr "Laitteen koko ei kelpaa."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key is invalid."
+msgid "weights is invalid"
+msgstr "Avain ei kelpaa."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
+msgid "ticket can not be empty"
+msgstr "Portti-kenttää ei saa jättää tyhjäksi"
+
+#. fill confs with global_files
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+msgid "Firewall Configuration"
+msgstr "Palomuurimääritykset"
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
+msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
+msgstr "Palvelimen ylläpitäjän sähköpostiosoite"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
+msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
+msgstr "Palvelimen ylläpitäjän sähköpostiosoite"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:521
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the address of the KDC server."
+msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
+msgstr "Anna KDC-palvelimen osoite."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:532
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "IP address of master NIS server"
+msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
+msgstr "NIS-isäntäpalvelimen IP-osoite"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The target already exists"
+msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
+msgstr "Kohde on jo olemassa"
+
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
+msgstr "Määritysnimi ei voi olla tyhjä."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:603
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
+msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
+msgstr "Määritysnimi ei voi olla tyhjä."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:610
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Key is invalid."
+msgid "port is invalid!"
+msgstr "Avain ei kelpaa."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:616
+msgid "transport have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
+msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:626
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "site have to be filled!"
+msgstr "Asennettavat ohjelmistot:"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:631
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Software to be installed:"
+msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
+msgstr "Asennettavat ohjelmistot:"
+
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:670
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
+msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
+msgstr "Koneen määritysten yhteenveto:"
+
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:676
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read configuration file"
+msgid "Choose configuration file:"
+msgstr "Lue määritystiedosto"
+
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
+
+#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote?
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
+msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
+
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global settings."
+msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
+
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Cannot write general settings."
+msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
+msgstr "Yleisten asetusten kirjoitus ei onnistunut."
+
+#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
+msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
+msgstr "Valmistellaan tulostinmääritystä"
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
+msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
+msgstr "Lue palomuurin asetukset."
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
+#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+msgid "Read the previous settings"
+msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..."
+
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Valmis"
+
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Repository Configuration"
+msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
+msgstr "Tallennetaan asennuslähteiden määritykset"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
+msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoita palomuurin asetukset"
+
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
+msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan palomuurin asetukset..."
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+msgid "Cannot write settings."
+msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu."
+
+#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440
+msgid "Configuration summary..."
+msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..."
+
+#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing Security Configuration"
+msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
+msgstr "Valmistellaan turvamääritykset"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
+msgid "Read the database"
+msgstr "Lue tietokanta"
+
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
+msgid "Detect the devices"
+msgstr "Tunnista laitteet"
+
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "Luetaan tietokantaa..."
+
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
+msgid "Detecting the devices..."
+msgstr "Tunnistetaan laitteita..."
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
+msgid "Cannot read the database1."
+msgstr "Tietokannan1 lukeminen ei onnistu."
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
+msgid "Cannot read the database2."
+msgstr "Tietokannan2 lukeminen ei onnistu."
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
+msgid "Cannot detect devices."
+msgstr "Laitteiden tunnistaminen ei onnistu."
+
+#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving Repository Configuration"
+msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
+msgstr "Tallennetaan asennuslähteiden määritykset"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
+msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgstr "Suorita SuSEconfig"
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
+msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgstr "Suoritetaan SuSEconfig..."
+
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
+msgid "Configuration summary ..."
+msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto ..."
Added: trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/iplb.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877)
@@ -0,0 +1,797 @@
+# translation of autoinst.fi.po to Finnish
+# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
+# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
+# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
+# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Suomi <opensuse-fi(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module
+#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configuration of IPsec"
+msgid "Configuration of IPLB"
+msgstr "IPsec-määritykset"
+
+#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals
+#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81
+msgid "Iplb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals
+#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83
+msgid "&Iplb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/iplb.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of iplb
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com>
+#.
+#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Yleiset määritykset"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration"
+msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration"
+msgstr "Postipalvelimen määritys"
+
+#. Iplb summary dialog caption
+#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption
+#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "CA Configuration"
+msgid "IPLB Configuration"
+msgstr "CA määritys"
+
+#. Iplb overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Overview"
+msgid "IPLB Overview"
+msgstr "Yhteenveto"
+
+#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB"
+msgstr "CASA määrityksen ensimmäinen vaihe"
+
+#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA"
+msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB"
+msgstr "CASA määrityksen toinen vaihe"
+
+#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "kyllä"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "ei"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "&Global Configuration"
+msgstr "Yleiset määritykset"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration"
+msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
+msgstr "Postipalvelimen määritys"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "CRL Check Interval"
+msgid "Check Interval"
+msgstr "CRL-tarkistusväli"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Connection &Timeout"
+msgid "Check Timeout"
+msgstr "&Yhteyden aikakatkaisu"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failure"
+msgid "Failure Count"
+msgstr "Epäonnistui"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Boot Menu Timeout"
+msgid "Negotiate Timeout"
+msgstr "Käynnistysvalikon näyttöaika"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Ro&llback"
+msgid "Fallback"
+msgstr "Palauta e&dellinen"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Callback Of&f"
+msgid "Callback"
+msgstr "&Ei takaisinsoittoa"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
+msgid "Execute"
+msgstr "Suorita"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Addr: "
+msgid "Email Alert"
+msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite: "
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Email Addr: "
+msgid "Email Alert Freq"
+msgstr "Sähköpostiosoite: "
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Test Status"
+msgid "Email Alert Status"
+msgstr "Kokeilun tila"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Reload"
+msgid "Auto Reload"
+msgstr "Lataa &uudelleen"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Quiet"
+msgid "Quiescent"
+msgstr "Hiljainen"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102
+msgid "Fork"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Service"
+msgid "Supervised"
+msgstr "Palvelu"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Log File"
+msgid "Log File"
+msgstr "&Lokitiedosto"
+
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines the number of second between server checks.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
+"option.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
+"with each other.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: all\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
+"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
+"configuration.\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
+"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: no\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
+"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
+"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
+"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
+"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
+"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
+"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
+"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
+"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
+"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
+"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
+"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
+"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
+"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
+"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
+"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
+"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
+"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n"
+"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
+"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
+"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 25: smtp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 53: dns\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 80: http\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 110: pop\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 119: nntp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 143: imap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 389: ldap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 443: https\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 993: imaps\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 995: pops\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1521: oracle\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 1812: radius\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 3306: mysql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5432: pgsql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual server port is 5060: sip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: none\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
+"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
+"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
+"</dt><dt>* virtual server port\n"
+"</dt><dt>* real server ip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* real server port\n"
+"</dt><dt>Default: /bin/true\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
+"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
+"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
+" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
+"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
+"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
+"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
+"from uname if unset.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
+"is a required setting.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
+"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
+"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Number of seconds for persistent client connections.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Netmask to be used for granularity of persistent client connections.\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
+"protocol must be fwm.\n"
+"</p><p>Default:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
+"</dt></dl>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
+"option.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
+"with each other.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: all\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
+"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. overwrite global value part
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Feedback Type"
+msgid "Check Type"
+msgstr "&Palautteen tyyppi"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check Now"
+msgid "Check Port"
+msgstr "Tarkista heti"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
+msgid "Service"
+msgstr "Palvelu"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Command"
+msgid "Check Command"
+msgstr "Komento"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Setup Method"
+msgid "Http Method"
+msgstr "Asennustapa"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160
+msgid "Request"
+msgstr "Pyyntö"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "JJY Receivers"
+msgid "Receive"
+msgstr "JJY-vastaanottimet"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "VirtualHost"
+msgid "Virtual Host"
+msgstr "NäennäisPalvelin"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
+msgid "Login"
+msgstr "Kirjautuminen"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "Salasana"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Database Name:"
+msgid "Database Name"
+msgstr "Tietokannan nimi:"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read Samba secrets"
+msgid "Radius Secret"
+msgstr "Lue Samba-salaisuudet"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Persistent Tunnel"
+msgid "Persistent"
+msgstr "Pysyvä tunneli"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
+msgid "Netmask"
+msgstr "Aliverkon peite"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Schedule"
+msgid "Scheduler"
+msgstr "Ajasta"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
+msgid "Protocol"
+msgstr "Yhteyskäytäntö"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtual Users"
+msgid "Virtual Servers"
+msgstr "Virtuaaliset käyttäjät"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Lisää"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Muokkaa"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Poista"
+
+#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Virtual Device"
+msgid "Virtual Server"
+msgstr "Virtuaalilaite"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Mail Servers"
+msgid "Real Servers"
+msgstr "Postipalvelimet"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check Repository Type"
+msgid "Check type"
+msgstr "Tarkista asennuslähteen tyyppi"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Socket type"
+msgid "Auth type"
+msgstr "Pistokkeen tyyppi"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Other"
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr "Muu"
+
+#. return `cacel or a string
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "OK"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Peruuta"
+
+#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+msgid ""
+"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server &IP Address:"
+msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
+msgstr "Palvelimen &IP-osoite:"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
+msgid "Forward Method"
+msgstr "Välitä vyöhyke editori"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Height"
+msgid "weight"
+msgstr "Korkeus"
+
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The IP address is invalid."
+msgid "IP address is not Valid"
+msgstr "IP-osoite ei kelpaa."
+
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add a new share"
+msgid "Add a new real server:"
+msgstr "Lisää uusi jako"
+
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the role of the server"
+msgid "Edit the real server:"
+msgstr "Aseta palvelimen rooli"
+
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "Valmistellaan..."
+
+#. Read all iplb settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration"
+msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration"
+msgstr "Valmistellaan FTP-määritystä"
+
+#. Names of real stages
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read global settings"
+msgid "Read the global settings"
+msgstr "Lue yleiset asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read the previous settings"
+msgid "Read the virtual host settings"
+msgstr "Lue aikaisemmat asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading global settings..."
+msgid "Reading the global settings..."
+msgstr "Luetaan yleisiä asetuksia..."
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
+msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..."
+msgstr "Luetaan aikaisemmat asetukset..."
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "Valmis"
+
+#. Write all iplb settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Saving FTP Configuration"
+msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration"
+msgstr "Tallennetaan FTP-määritystä"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "Kirjoita asetukset"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
+msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgstr "Suorita SuSEconfig"
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "Kirjoitetaan asetuksia..."
+
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
+msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgstr "Suoritetaan SuSEconfig..."
+
+#. write global conf
+#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
+#. string key's format
+#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119
+#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string
+#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
+msgid "Cannot write settings."
+msgstr "Asetusten kirjoittaminen ei onnistu."
+
+#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
+msgid "Configuration summary..."
+msgstr "Määrityksen yhteenveto..."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877)
@@ -73,12 +73,8 @@
msgstr "Vientivalinnat (katso 'man exports')"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' "
-"etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Domain-määritys NFSv4 ID mapping:ille, kuten 'localdomain' tai 'abc.com' tai "
-"muu sellainen."
+msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc."
+msgstr "Domain-määritys NFSv4 ID mapping:ille, kuten 'localdomain' tai 'abc.com' tai muu sellainen."
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119
msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4."
@@ -86,8 +82,7 @@
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125
msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS."
-msgstr ""
-"Kyllä/Ei valinta Secure NFS -tuen käyttöönotolle/käytöstä poistamiselle."
+msgstr "Kyllä/Ei valinta Secure NFS -tuen käyttöönotolle/käytöstä poistamiselle."
#. summary text
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
@@ -122,19 +117,12 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
-msgid ""
-"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
-msgstr ""
-"Toimialuetta ei voi asettaa ilman NFSv4:n käyttöönottoa. Käytä tähän 'set "
-"enablev4' -komentoa."
+msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
+msgstr "Toimialuetta ei voi asettaa ilman NFSv4:n käyttöönottoa. Käytä tähän 'set enablev4' -komentoa."
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
-msgid ""
-"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to "
-"get information about available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Komentoa 'set' tulee käyttää muodossa 'set option=value'. Käytä 'set help' "
-"saadaksesi lisätietoa käytettävissä olevista valinnoista."
+msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
+msgstr "Komentoa 'set' tulee käyttää muodossa 'set option=value'. Käytä 'set help' saadaksesi lisätietoa käytettävissä olevista valinnoista."
#. Then no need to check for conflict.
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205
@@ -254,12 +242,8 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
-msgid ""
-"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the "
-"domain to 'localdomain'."
-msgstr ""
-"Tiedoston /etc/idmapd.conf lukeminen ei onnistu. Toimialueeksi määritetään "
-"oletustoimialue 'localdomain'"
+msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
+msgstr "Tiedoston /etc/idmapd.conf lukeminen ei onnistu. Toimialueeksi määritetään oletustoimialue 'localdomain'"
#. Help, part 1 of 2
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
@@ -276,37 +260,27 @@
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Jos valitset <B>Käynnistä NFS-palvelin</B>, napsauttamalla <B>Seuraava</B> "
-"avautuu\n"
+"<P>Jos valitset <B>Käynnistä NFS-palvelin</B>, napsauttamalla <B>Seuraava</B> avautuu\n"
"määritysikkuna, jossa voit määritellä vietävät hakemistot.</P>"
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
-"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. "
-"Leave\n"
-"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you "
-"are not sure.</P>\n"
+"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
+"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Jos palvelimen on käsiteltävä NFSv4-asiakkaita, ota käyttöön <B>Ota NFSv4 "
-"käyttöön</B>,\n"
-" ja täytä NFSv4-toimialueen nimi tekstiruutuun tunnusten "
-"vastaavuustaustaohjelman käyttöön. Jätä arvoksi\n"
-" localdomain tai katso lisätietoja idmapd- ja idmapd.conf-man-sivuilta, jos "
-"et ole varma.</P>\n"
+"<P>Jos palvelimen on käsiteltävä NFSv4-asiakkaita, ota käyttöön <B>Ota NFSv4 käyttöön</B>,\n"
+" ja täytä NFSv4-toimialueen nimi tekstiruutuun tunnusten vastaavuustaustaohjelman käyttöön. Jätä arvoksi\n"
+" localdomain tai katso lisätietoja idmapd- ja idmapd.conf-man-sivuilta, jos et ole varma.</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
-"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have "
-"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
+"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Jos palvelin ja asiakas on todennettava käyttämällä GSS-kirjastoa, ota "
-"käyttöön \n"
-"<B>Ota GSS-suojaus</B> -valinta. GSS-APIn käyttäminen edellyttää tällä "
-"hetkellä sitä, että järjestelmässä on Kerberos ja gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)<"
-"/P>\n"
+"<P>Jos palvelin ja asiakas on todennettava käyttämällä GSS-kirjastoa, ota käyttöön \n"
+"<B>Ota GSS-suojaus</B> -valinta. GSS-APIn käyttäminen edellyttää tällä hetkellä sitä, että järjestelmässä on Kerberos ja gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)</P>\n"
#. frame label
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
@@ -363,15 +337,13 @@
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><b>Kone / jokerimerkki</b> asettaa mitkä palvelimet saavat käyttää "
-"valittua hakemistoa.\n"
+"<P><b>Kone / jokerimerkki</b> asettaa mitkä palvelimet saavat käyttää valittua hakemistoa.\n"
"Se voi olla yksittäinen kone, ryhmiä, jokerimerkkejä\n"
"tai IP-verkkoja.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 3 of 4
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Syötä tähti (<tt>*</tt>) määrittääksesi kaikki koneet.</p>"
#. Help, part 4 of 4
@@ -485,15 +457,10 @@
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
-msgid ""
-"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is "
-"correct."
-msgstr ""
-"Palvelun svcgssd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista, että kerberos- ja "
-"gssapi (nfs-utils) -asetukset ovat kunnossa."
+msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
+msgstr "Palvelun svcgssd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista, että kerberos- ja gssapi (nfs-utils) -asetukset ovat kunnossa."
#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
msgstr "Palvelun 'svcgssd' uudelleen käynnistäminen ei onnistunut."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877)
@@ -177,8 +177,7 @@
"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n"
"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse jos <i>passwd</i> -tiedosto tulisi yhdistää <i>shadow</i> "
-"-tiedostoon\n"
+"<p>Valitse jos <i>passwd</i> -tiedosto tulisi yhdistää <i>shadow</i> -tiedostoon\n"
"(mahdollista vain jos <i>shadow</i> -tiedosto on olemassa).</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
@@ -232,12 +231,10 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this "
-"machine as a server, check\n"
+"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n"
"the corresponding option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b>. Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas joka käyttää "
-"tätä konetta palvelimena, valitse\n"
+"<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b>. Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas joka käyttää tätä konetta palvelimena, valitse\n"
"vastaava valinta.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
@@ -263,8 +260,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><i>Salli muutokset salasanoihin</i> antaa käyttäjien vaihtaa \n"
"salasanojaan kun NIS on läsnä. Painikkeiden jotka sallivat\n"
-"vaihtaa kirjautumiskonsolia tai GECOS (koko nimi ja liittyvät tiedot) "
-"voidaan\n"
+"vaihtaa kirjautumiskonsolia tai GECOS (koko nimi ja liittyvät tiedot) voidaan\n"
"käyttää asettamaan näitä enemmän tarkkoja valintoja.</p>\n"
#. To translators: checkbox label
@@ -335,15 +331,13 @@
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n"
"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
-"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>"
-".\n"
+"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Palomuuri asetukset</b><br>\n"
"Avataksesi palomuurin sallimaan NIS-palvelimeen pääsyn\n"
"etäkoneesta, aseta <b>Avaa portti palomuurista</b>.\n"
-"Valitaksesi liitännän jolle portti avataan, napsauta <b>Palomuurin tiedot</b>"
-".\n"
+"Valitaksesi liitännän jolle portti avataan, napsauta <b>Palomuurin tiedot</b>.\n"
"Tämä valinta on saatavilla vain jos palomuuri on käytössä.</p>\n"
#. To translators: popup dialog heading
@@ -383,8 +377,7 @@
"to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Konenimi on sallittu, jos <b>verkko</b> saadaan loogisella\n"
-"<i>JA</i>-operaattorilla koneen osoitteen ja <b>aliverkon peitteen</b> "
-"binääriesitysmuodosta.</p>"
+"<i>JA</i>-operaattorilla koneen osoitteen ja <b>aliverkon peitteen</b> binääriesitysmuodosta.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185
@@ -393,8 +386,7 @@
"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Merkintä <b>verkonpeitto</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> ja <b>verkko</b>\n"
-"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> täytyy olla olemassa salliaksesi yhteydet paikalliselta "
-"koneelta.</p>\n"
+"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> täytyy olla olemassa salliaksesi yhteydet paikalliselta koneelta.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192
@@ -422,31 +414,21 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the "
-"master NIS server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b> ja IP-<b>osoite</b> tai NIS-isäntäpalvelimen "
-"konenimi.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b> ja IP-<b>osoite</b> tai NIS-isäntäpalvelimen konenimi.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check "
-"the corresponding option.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas, joka käyttää konetta palvelimena, "
-"valitse vastaava valinta.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas, joka käyttää konetta palvelimena, valitse vastaava valinta.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
-#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name"
msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
msgstr "NIS-&toimialue nimi:"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
-#| msgid "NIS Master Server: "
msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
msgstr "NIS-&isäntäpalvelin:"
@@ -477,14 +459,8 @@
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>"
-"Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>"
-"Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tässä annat NIS-palvelimen rengeiksi määritettävien koneiden nimet. Käytä "
-"<i>Lisää</i> lisätäksesi uuden, <i>Muokkaa</i> vaihtaaksesi olemassa olevaa "
-"ja <i>Poista</i> poistaaksesi merkinnän.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tässä annat NIS-palvelimen rengeiksi määritettävien koneiden nimet. Käytä <i>Lisää</i> lisätäksesi uuden, <i>Muokkaa</i> vaihtaaksesi olemassa olevaa ja <i>Poista</i> poistaaksesi merkinnän.</p>"
#. To translators: selection box label
#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2014-12-16 13:26:57 UTC (rev 90877)
@@ -36,42 +36,22 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using "
-"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable "
-"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Napsauta <b>Tahdista nyt</b> saattaaksesi järjestelmäsi aika oikein "
-"NTP-palvelimen avulla. Jos haluat käyttää NTP-protokollaa pysyvästi, napsauta "
-"<b>Tallenna NTP-määritys</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Napsauta <b>Tahdista nyt</b> saattaaksesi järjestelmäsi aika oikein NTP-palvelimen avulla. Jos haluat käyttää NTP-protokollaa pysyvästi, napsauta <b>Tallenna NTP-määritys</b>.</p>"
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started "
-"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The "
-"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>"
-"yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ottamalla käyttöön <b>Suorita NTP-demonina</b> vaihtoehdon NTP-palvelu "
-"käynnistetään demonina. Muutoin järjestelmän aika synkronoidaan aika ajoin. "
-"Oletus aikaväli on 15 minuuttia. Voit vaihtaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen <b>"
-"yast2 ntp-asiakas moduulilla</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ottamalla käyttöön <b>Suorita NTP-demonina</b> vaihtoehdon NTP-palvelu käynnistetään demonina. Muutoin järjestelmän aika synkronoidaan aika ajoin. Oletus aikaväli on 15 minuuttia. Voit vaihtaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen <b>yast2 ntp-asiakas moduulilla</b>.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Määritä</b>-painikkeella avaat NTP-määrityksen lisämääritykset.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Määritä</b>-painikkeella avaat NTP-määrityksen lisämääritykset.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is "
-"configured.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tahdistaminen NTP-palvelimen kanssa onnistuu vain jos verkko on "
-"määritetty.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tahdistaminen NTP-palvelimen kanssa onnistuu vain jos verkko on määritetty.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
@@ -120,22 +100,19 @@
#. update time widgets
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
-#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr "Yhteys valittuun NTP-palvelimeen epäonnistui."
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
-#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr ""
"Testikysely palvelimelta '%1' epäonnistui.\n"
-"Jos palvelin ei ole vielä käytettävissä tai verkkoa ei ole määritetty "
-"napsauta 'Ei' ohittaaksesi.\n"
+"Jos palvelin ei ole vielä käytettävissä tai verkkoa ei ole määritetty napsauta 'Ei' ohittaaksesi.\n"
"Palaa NTP-palvelimen määritykseen?"
#. local clock type name
@@ -637,35 +614,25 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Keskeytetään tallennus:</big></b><br>\n"
"Keskeytä tallennus painamalla <b>Keskeytä</b>.\n"
-"Näytettävä lisäikkuna kertoo, onko tallentamisen keskeyttäminen turvallista.<"
-"/p>"
+"Näytettävä lisäikkuna kertoo, onko tallentamisen keskeyttäminen turvallista.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
-#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
-#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be "
-"activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is "
-"15 minutes by default.\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Käynnistä NTP-demoni</big></b><br>\n"
"Valitse, käynnistetäänkö NTP-demoni heti ja aina järjestelmän käynnistyessä.\n"
-"NTP-demoni selvittää palvelinnimet valmistelun yhteydessä. Verkkoyhteytesi "
-"pitää\n"
+"NTP-demoni selvittää palvelinnimet valmistelun yhteydessä. Verkkoyhteytesi pitää\n"
"olla käynnistetty ennen kuin NTP-demoni käynnistyy.</p>\n"
"Valitsemalla <b>Synkronoi ilman demonia</b> NTP-demonia ei aktivoida.\n"
-"Järjestelmän aika tarkistetaan säännöllisesti. Tarkistustiheys on "
-"muokattavissa. Oletuksena se on 15 minuuttia.\n"
+"Järjestelmän aika tarkistetaan säännöllisesti. Tarkistustiheys on muokattavissa. Oletuksena se on 15 minuuttia.\n"
"Voit muuttaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen."
#. help text 2/5
@@ -684,20 +651,14 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote "
-"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
-"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf<"
-"/tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
-"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This "
-"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
+"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
+"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
+"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Turvallinen NTP määritys</big></b><br>\n"
-"Valitsemalla <b>Rajoita NTP-palvelu vain määritettyihin palvelimiin</b> estät "
-"kaikkia etäkoneita tarkastelemasta ja muokkaamasta NTP-asetuksia\n"
-"tietokoneellasi. Tällä tavalla NTP-palvelu rajoitetaan vain palvelimiin, "
-"jotka on luetteloitu <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>-tiedostossa ja localhost:iin.<br> \n"
-"Pääsynhallintaliput voidaan hienosäätää muokkaamalla vastaavia palvelin "
-"merkintöjä palvelinten yhteenvetotaulussa.\n"
+"Valitsemalla <b>Rajoita NTP-palvelu vain määritettyihin palvelimiin</b> estät kaikkia etäkoneita tarkastelemasta ja muokkaamasta NTP-asetuksia\n"
+"tietokoneellasi. Tällä tavalla NTP-palvelu rajoitetaan vain palvelimiin, jotka on luetteloitu <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>-tiedostossa ja localhost:iin.<br> \n"
+"Pääsynhallintaliput voidaan hienosäätää muokkaamalla vastaavia palvelin merkintöjä palvelinten yhteenvetotaulussa.\n"
"Tämä valinta ei ole käytettävissä jos NTP on määritetty DHCP:llä.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -712,26 +673,21 @@
"<p><b><big>Määritys DHCP:n avulla</big></b><br>\n"
"Hakeaksesi NTP-palvelinten tiedot DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä verkkopalvelimelta\n"
"käsin asettamisen sijaan valitse <b>Määritä NTP-demoni DHCP:n avulla</b>.\n"
-"Kysy verkkosi ylläpitäjältä tarjoaako DHCP-palvelin NTP-palvelinten tiedot.<"
-"/p>"
+"Kysy verkkosi ylläpitäjältä tarjoaako DHCP-palvelin NTP-palvelinten tiedot.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
-"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new "
-"synchronization\n"
+"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n"
"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Määritetyt palvelimet</big></b><br>\n"
-"Mukauttaaksesi NTP-palvelimia, kollegoita, paikallisia kelloja ja "
-"NTP-lähetystä\n"
-"valitse vastaava rivi ja napsauta <b>Muokkaa</b>. Lisätäksesi uuden "
-"tahdistuskollegan\n"
-"napsauta <b>Lisää</b>. Poistaaksesi tahdistuskollegan valitse se ja napsauta "
-"<b>Poista</b>.</p>"
+"Mukauttaaksesi NTP-palvelimia, kollegoita, paikallisia kelloja ja NTP-lähetystä\n"
+"valitse vastaava rivi ja napsauta <b>Muokkaa</b>. Lisätäksesi uuden tahdistuskollegan\n"
+"napsauta <b>Lisää</b>. Poistaaksesi tahdistuskollegan valitse se ja napsauta <b>Poista</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
@@ -740,15 +696,13 @@
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Näytä loki</big></b><br>\n"
-"Jos haluat näyttää NTP-taustaohjelman lokit, napsauta <b>Näytä loki</b> "
-"-painiketta.</p>\n"
+"Jos haluat näyttää NTP-taustaohjelman lokit, napsauta <b>Näytä loki</b> -painiketta.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or "
-"against\n"
+"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Asiantuntijamääritys</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -778,8 +732,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
-"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link "
-"to \n"
+"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n"
"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n"
"click <b>Browse</b>.\n"
@@ -787,12 +740,9 @@
"it must be created manually.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Laite</big></b><br>\n"
-"Saadaksesi kellon toimimaan saattaa olla tarpeellista luoda erityinen "
-"symbolinen linkki\n"
-"laitteeseen, johon kello on kytketty. Tehdäksesi tämän valitse <b>Luo "
-"Symlink</b> ja\n"
-"aseta <b>Laite</b>. Selaillaksesi laitteita napsauta <b>Selaile</b>. "
-"Joillekin kellotyypeille\n"
+"Saadaksesi kellon toimimaan saattaa olla tarpeellista luoda erityinen symbolinen linkki\n"
+"laitteeseen, johon kello on kytketty. Tehdäksesi tämän valitse <b>Luo Symlink</b> ja\n"
+"aseta <b>Laite</b>. Selaillaksesi laitteita napsauta <b>Selaile</b>. Joillekin kellotyypeille\n"
"ei ole tarvetta perustaa symbolista linkkiä tai se pitää luoda käsin.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
@@ -814,10 +764,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>NTP-palvelimen osoite</big></b><br>\n"
"Asettaaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen käytä <b>Osoite</b>-kenttää.\n"
-"Saadaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen kysy verkon ylläpitäjältä tai "
-"palveluntarjoajaltasi.\n"
-"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>"
-"ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n"
+"Saadaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen kysy verkon ylläpitäjältä tai palveluntarjoajaltasi.\n"
+"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n"
"Kansainvälisiä NTP-palvelimia on esim. <tt>time.nist.gov</tt>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
@@ -829,10 +777,8 @@
"choose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Palvelimen valitseminen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Valitaksesi paikallisesta verkosta löytyneistä NTP-palvelimista tai "
-"tunnettujen\n"
-"NTP-palvelinten luettelosta napsauta <b>Valitse</b> ja valitse <b>Paikallinen "
-"NTP-palvelin</b> tai <b>Julkinen NTP-palvelin</b>.</p>"
+"Valitaksesi paikallisesta verkosta löytyneistä NTP-palvelimista tai tunnettujen\n"
+"NTP-palvelinten luettelosta napsauta <b>Valitse</b> ja valitse <b>Paikallinen NTP-palvelin</b> tai <b>Julkinen NTP-palvelin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
@@ -842,8 +788,7 @@
"click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Palvelimen saavutettavuuden testaus</big></b><br>\n"
-"Testataksesi onko valittu palvelin päällä ja vastaa oikein napsauta <b>"
-"Testaa</b>.</p>"
+"Testataksesi onko valittu palvelin päällä ja vastaa oikein napsauta <b>Testaa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
@@ -853,8 +798,7 @@
"use <b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Osoite</big></b><br>\n"
-"Asettaaksesi palvelimen osoitteen keskinäistä tahdistusta varten valitse <b>"
-"Osoite</b>.</p>"
+"Asettaaksesi palvelimen osoitteen keskinäistä tahdistusta varten valitse <b>Osoite</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
@@ -874,8 +818,7 @@
"<b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Osoite</big></b><br>\n"
-"Asettaaksesi osoitteen josta tulevat paketit hyväksytään valitse <b>Osoite</b>"
-".</p>"
+"Asettaaksesi osoitteen josta tulevat paketit hyväksytään valitse <b>Osoite</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
@@ -895,8 +838,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
-"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the "
-"remote\n"
+"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n"
"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n"
"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n"
@@ -904,10 +846,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Pääsyn valvontavalinnat</big></b><br>\n"
"Tässä määritellään käyttövaltuusliput (<b><i>restrict</i></b>-direktiivi\n"
-"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) tiedostossa, jotka määrittävät mitä komentoja "
-"etäpalvelimet\n"
-"voivat suorittaa tämän koneen NTP-demonilla. Oletuksena se on asetettu \"<i>"
-"notrap\n"
+"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) tiedostossa, jotka määrittävät mitä komentoja etäpalvelimet\n"
+"voivat suorittaa tämän koneen NTP-demonilla. Oletuksena se on asetettu \"<i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>\" Tämä valinta on käytössä vain, mikäli\n"
"<b>Rajoita NTP-palvelu määriteltyihin palvelimiin</b> on valittuna\n"
"<b>tietoturva-asetuksissa</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -926,43 +866,35 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-palvelimen tahdistusta varten valitse <b>Palvelin</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-palvelimen tahdistusta varten valitse <b>Palvelin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-kollegan jonka kanssa tahdistetaan keskinäisesti, valitse "
-"<b>Kollega</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-kollegan jonka kanssa tahdistetaan keskinäisesti, valitse <b>Kollega</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Määrittääksesi tietokoneeseesi suoraan liitetyn paikallisen kellon valitse "
-"<b>Radiokello</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määrittääksesi tietokoneeseesi suoraan liitetyn paikallisen kellon valitse <b>Radiokello</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Lähettääksesi aikatietoa verkkoosi valitse <b>Lähtevä lähetys</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Lähettääksesi aikatietoa verkkoosi valitse <b>Lähtevä lähetys</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vastaanottaaksesi NTP-paketteja verkon toisilta palvelimilta ja "
-"asettaaksesi niiden avulla paikallisen ajan valitse <b>Saapuva lähetys<b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vastaanottaaksesi NTP-paketteja verkon toisilta palvelimilta ja asettaaksesi niiden avulla paikallisen ajan valitse <b>Saapuva lähetys<b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
@@ -985,8 +917,7 @@
"Then select a server from the list of found servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Palvelimen etsintä paikallisesta verkosta</b></big><br>\n"
-"Etsiäksesi NTP-palvelimia paikallisesta verkosta käyttäen "
-"SLP-yhteyskäytäntöä\n"
+"Etsiäksesi NTP-palvelimia paikallisesta verkosta käyttäen SLP-yhteyskäytäntöä\n"
"(Service Location Protocol) napsauta <b>Etsi</b>.\n"
"Valitse sitten palvelin löydetyistä palvelimista.</p>"
@@ -994,13 +925,11 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To "
-"display\n"
+"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Julkisen NTP-palvelimen valinta</b></big><br>\n"
-"Valitse NTP-palvelin <b>Julkiset NTP-palvelimet</b> -luettelosta. "
-"Näyttääksesi\n"
+"Valitse NTP-palvelin <b>Julkiset NTP-palvelimet</b> -luettelosta. Näyttääksesi\n"
"vain tietyn maan NTP-palvelimet valitse <b>Maa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
@@ -1018,14 +947,11 @@
"<p><big><b>Huomautus</b></big><br>\n"
"Luetellut NTP-palvelimet eivät välttämättä ole käytettävissä kaikista maista\n"
"vaan pelkästään tietystä maasta tai alueelta käsin. Ennen kuin käytät mitään\n"
-"NTP-palvelinta luettelosta, kysy järjestelmäsi ylläpitäjältä tai "
-"palveluntarjoajaltasi\n"
-"onko sinua lähempänä NTP-palvelinta ja suosi näitä palvelimia luettelossa "
-"olevien\n"
+"NTP-palvelinta luettelosta, kysy järjestelmäsi ylläpitäjältä tai palveluntarjoajaltasi\n"
+"onko sinua lähempänä NTP-palvelinta ja suosi näitä palvelimia luettelossa olevien\n"
"palvelinten sijaan. Voit etsiä lähellä sijaitsevaa palvelimia myös täältä\n"
"<i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>.\n"
-"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>"
-"ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n"
+"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n"
"Kansainvälisiä NTP-palvelimia on esim. <tt>time.nist.gov</tt> </p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -1044,44 +970,36 @@
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n"
-"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means "
-"that\n"
+"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n"
"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Käytä satunnaista palvelinta</b></big><br>\n"
"Tämän palvelun tarjoaa pool.ntp.org. Jos valitset tämän,\n"
"kolme eri palvelinta lisätään määritykseen. Palvelimien nimet ovat\n"
-"pysyviä, mutta ne muuttavat DNS-merkintäänsä (IP) joka tunti. Tämä "
-"tarkoittaa, että\n"
+"pysyviä, mutta ne muuttavat DNS-merkintäänsä (IP) joka tunti. Tämä tarkoittaa, että\n"
"NTP-palvelusi tahdistetaan joka tunti eri palvelimien kanssa.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
-"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various "
-"calibration\n"
-"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the "
-"particular\n"
+"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
+"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Kello-ohjaimen kalibrointi</b></big><br>\n"
-"Kello-ohjain saattaa vaatia kalibroinnin. Tässä valintaikkunassa voidaan "
-"asettaa\n"
-"erilaisia kalibrointivalintoja. Tietyn valinnan merkitys riippuu ohjaimesta. "
-"Kaikki\n"
+"Kello-ohjain saattaa vaatia kalibroinnin. Tässä valintaikkunassa voidaan asettaa\n"
+"erilaisia kalibrointivalintoja. Tietyn valinnan merkitys riippuu ohjaimesta. Kaikki\n"
"ohjaimet eivät käytä kaikkia valintoja.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i"
-">.</p>\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"Lisätietoja käytettävissä olevista valinnoista saat asentamalla paketin\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> ja lukemalla <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.h"
-"tm</i>.</p>\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> ja lukemalla <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:23:10 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90876
Modified:
trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po
trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2014-12-16 13:17:34 UTC (rev 90875)
+++ trunk/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876)
@@ -47,23 +47,15 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: …
[View More]src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-"profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilice <b>Configuración del Sistema de Duplicación</b> si desea crear un "
-"perfil de AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin "
-"necesidad de\n"
-"interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo debe "
-"que ser\n"
-"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un "
-"perfil del sistema actual en\n"
+"<p>Utilice <b>Configuración del Sistema de Duplicación</b> si desea crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n"
+"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin necesidad de\n"
+"interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo debe que ser\n"
+"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un perfil del sistema actual en\n"
" <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. this is a heading
@@ -79,12 +71,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href="
-"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"El perfil de AutoYaST se guardará en /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no "
-"guardar</a>)."
+msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+msgstr "El perfil de AutoYaST se guardará en /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no guardar</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
@@ -129,12 +117,8 @@
msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí puede elegir si utilizar imágenes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar "
-"la instalación."
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
+msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si utilizar imágenes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar la instalación."
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
msgid "&Install from Images"
@@ -145,12 +129,8 @@
msgstr "No instalar desde &imágenes"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
-msgstr ""
-"Instalación mediante imágenes propias - necesita una URL para utilizar como "
-"orígen de la instalación"
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
+msgstr "Instalación mediante imágenes propias - necesita una URL para utilizar como orígen de la instalación"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
@@ -158,18 +138,12 @@
msgstr "Aquí puedes crear imágenes personalizadas.\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
msgstr "Debes configurar la selección de software antes de crear una imagen"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
-msgstr ""
-"Crear un archivo de imagen (durante la instalación AutoYaST lo buscará en la "
-"ubicación indicada)"
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
+msgstr "Crear un archivo de imagen (durante la instalación AutoYaST lo buscará en la ubicación indicada)"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
msgid "Create Image"
@@ -193,53 +167,38 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>La instalación desde imágenes</b> se utiliza para acelerar la "
-"instalación.\n"
-"Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que "
-"corresponden\n"
-"con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las "
-"imágenes\n"
+"<p><b>La instalación desde imágenes</b> se utiliza para acelerar la instalación.\n"
+"Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que corresponden\n"
+"con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las imágenes\n"
"serán instalados de la forma habitual.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
-"installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Creando imágenes propias</b> se utilizará\n"
-"si desea omitir el paso completo de instalación RPM. En su lugar, AutoYaST "
-"desplegará\n"
-"una imágen en el disco, ya que es mucho más rápido y puede pre "
-"configurarse.\n"
-"El resto de la instalación RPM se realiza como una auto instalación normal.</"
-"p>"
+"si desea omitir el paso completo de instalación RPM. En su lugar, AutoYaST desplegará\n"
+"una imágen en el disco, ya que es mucho más rápido y puede pre configurarse.\n"
+"El resto de la instalación RPM se realiza como una auto instalación normal.</p>"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
-msgstr ""
-"es necesario que realice la selección de software antes de crear una imagen"
+msgstr "es necesario que realice la selección de software antes de crear una imagen"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tenga en cuenta que al instalar desde imágenes, la fecha y hora de los "
-"paquetes de las imágenes no\n"
-"coincidirán con la fecha de instalación, sino que tendrán la fecha de "
-"creación de la imagen.</p>"
+"<p>Tenga en cuenta que al instalar desde imágenes, la fecha y hora de los paquetes de las imágenes no\n"
+"coincidirán con la fecha de instalación, sino que tendrán la fecha de creación de la imagen.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
@@ -281,15 +240,13 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalación desde imágenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)."
+msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">deshabilitar</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Instalación desde imágenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)."
+msgstr "Instalación desde imágenes deshabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilitar</a>)."
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
@@ -407,8 +364,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Elija el <b>idioma</b> y la <b>distribución del teclado</b> que se usará "
-"durante la instalación y en\n"
+"Elija el <b>idioma</b> y la <b>distribución del teclado</b> que se usará durante la instalación y en\n"
"el sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -418,14 +374,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Es necesario que acepte la licencia para continuar con la instalación.\n"
-"Utilice <b>Traducciones de la licencia...</b> para ver la licencia en todos "
-"los idiomas disponibles.\n"
+"Utilice <b>Traducciones de la licencia...</b> para ver la licencia en todos los idiomas disponibles.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
@@ -564,20 +518,14 @@
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Utilice <b>Clonar</b> si desea crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin "
-"que\n"
-"sea necesaria la interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para "
-"saber cómo tiene que ser\n"
-"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un "
-"perfil del sistema actual en\n"
+"AutoYaST es una forma de realizar una instalación completa de openSUSE sin que\n"
+"sea necesaria la interacción del usuario. AutoYaST necesita un perfil para saber cómo tiene que ser\n"
+"el sistema instalado. Si esta opción está seleccionada, se almacenará un perfil del sistema actual en\n"
" <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. Dialog busy message
@@ -590,10 +538,8 @@
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para clonar el sistema actual, debe inestalar el paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para clonar el sistema actual, debe inestalar el paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -601,8 +547,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"El paquete autoyast2 no se encuentra instalado. Clonación deshabilitada."
+msgstr "El paquete autoyast2 no se encuentra instalado. Clonación deshabilitada."
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
@@ -635,12 +580,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
"La depuración se encuentra habilitada.\n"
-"YaST abrirá el gestor de paquetes para verificar el estado actual de los "
-"paquetes."
+"YaST abrirá el gestor de paquetes para verificar el estado actual de los paquetes."
# include/mail/ui.ycp:712
# include/mail/ui.ycp:739 include/mail/ui.ycp:823
@@ -690,13 +633,8 @@
msgstr "&Disco a utilizar"
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccione el disco en el que se desplegará la imagen. Toda la información "
-"contenida en el disco se perderá, y el disco se particionará como se "
-"encuentra definido en la imagen."
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgstr "Seleccione el disco en el que se desplegará la imagen. Toda la información contenida en el disco se perderá, y el disco se particionará como se encuentra definido en la imagen."
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
@@ -771,15 +709,12 @@
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
-msgstr ""
-"Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes ne los siguientes repositorios "
-"adicionales:"
+msgstr "Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes ne los siguientes repositorios adicionales:"
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
-msgstr ""
-"¿Iniciar el gestor de paquetes para verificar e instalar actualizaciones?"
+msgstr "¿Iniciar el gestor de paquetes para verificar e instalar actualizaciones?"
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1391
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1506
@@ -915,31 +850,24 @@
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para utilizar los repositorios remotos sugeridos durante la instalación o la "
-"actualización, seleccione\n"
+"Para utilizar los repositorios remotos sugeridos durante la instalación o la actualización, seleccione\n"
"<b>Añadir repositorios en línea antes de la instalación</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para instalar un producto complementario desde un medio separado junto con "
-"&product;, seleccione\n"
+"Para instalar un producto complementario desde un medio separado junto con &product;, seleccione\n"
"<b>Incluir productos complementarios desde medios separados</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
-"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si necesita controladores de hardware particulares, consulte el sitio "
-"<i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Si necesita controladores de hardware particulares, consulte el sitio <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -995,12 +923,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Es necesario tener configurada la red para usar los repositorios\n"
-" remotos o productos adicionales. Omita esta configuración si no utiliza "
-"repositorios remotos.</p>\n"
+" remotos o productos adicionales. Omita esta configuración si no utiliza repositorios remotos.</p>\n"
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
@@ -1014,35 +940,25 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-"number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-"ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>En Linux <b>la elección</b> es una prioridad absoluta. <i>openSUSE</i> "
-"ofrece diferentes \n"
-"entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 más "
-"importantes \n"
+"<p>En Linux <b>la elección</b> es una prioridad absoluta. <i>openSUSE</i> ofrece diferentes \n"
+"entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 más importantes \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> y <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
-"the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Puedes seleccionar alternativas de entornos de escritorio (o una "
-"instalación mínima)\n"
-"que mejor se adapte a tus necesidades utilizando la opción <b>Otros</b>. Más "
-"adelante,\n"
-"en la selección de software o después de la instalación, puedes cambiar to "
-"selección o agregar\n"
+"<p>Puedes seleccionar alternativas de entornos de escritorio (o una instalación mínima)\n"
+"que mejor se adapte a tus necesidades utilizando la opción <b>Otros</b>. Más adelante,\n"
+"en la selección de software o después de la instalación, puedes cambiar to selección o agregar\n"
"un entorno adicional. En este paso selecciona el que usarás por defecto.</p>"
# clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:250 clients/inst_choose_desktop.ycp:574 clients/inst_sunfb.ycp:309
@@ -1072,9 +988,7 @@
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"No es posible localizar el producto base. Las notas de versión no se "
-"mostrarán."
+msgstr "No es posible localizar el producto base. Las notas de versión no se mostrarán."
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
@@ -1107,9 +1021,7 @@
#. to store profile after installation
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-"Error al guardar la configuración. Puede encontrar más detalles en el "
-"registro."
+msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración. Puede encontrar más detalles en el registro."
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
@@ -1197,9 +1109,7 @@
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"Pulse sobre cualquier encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú "
-"\"Cambiar...\" de más abajo."
+msgstr "Pulse sobre cualquier encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú \"Cambiar...\" de más abajo."
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
@@ -1228,13 +1138,11 @@
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Seleccione <b>Instalar</b> para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los "
-"valores mostrados.\n"
+"Seleccione <b>Instalar</b> para llevar a cabo una nueva instalación con los valores mostrados.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. kicking out, bug #203811
@@ -1265,8 +1173,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Su disco duro no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin "
-"problemas.\n"
+"Su disco duro no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede cancelar sin problemas.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for update proposal
@@ -1278,8 +1185,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Seleccione <b>Actualizar</b> para llevar a cabo una actualización con los "
-"valores mostrados.\n"
+"Seleccione <b>Actualizar</b> para llevar a cabo una actualización con los valores mostrados.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
@@ -1329,8 +1235,7 @@
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>La instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) le permite iniciar máquinas "
-"virtuales\n"
+"<P>La instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) le permite iniciar máquinas virtuales\n"
"Linux independientes en el sistema anfitrión.</P>"
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
@@ -1343,8 +1248,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para utilizar la configuración tal y como se muestra, pulse <b>Siguiente</"
-"b>.\n"
+"Para utilizar la configuración tal y como se muestra, pulse <b>Siguiente</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text
@@ -1355,8 +1259,7 @@
"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Es posible que algunas propuestas se encuentren\n"
-"bloqueadas por el administrador del sistema y no puedan ser modificadas. "
-"Contacte con el\n"
+"bloqueadas por el administrador del sistema y no puedan ser modificadas. Contacte con el\n"
"administrador del sistema si necesita cambiar una de estas propuestas.</p>\n"
#. FATE #120373
@@ -1418,8 +1321,7 @@
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccione un escenario que se adapte mejor a sus necesidades.\n"
-"Más adelante podrá seleccionar aplicaciones adicionales en la propuesta de "
-"software.</p>\n"
+"Más adelante podrá seleccionar aplicaciones adicionales en la propuesta de software.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
@@ -1476,8 +1378,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
-msgstr ""
-"Cargando los módulos del kernel para las controladoras de disco duro..."
+msgstr "Cargando los módulos del kernel para las controladoras de disco duro..."
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
@@ -1521,12 +1422,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Consulte \"drivers.suse.com\" si necesita controladores de hardware "
-"particulares."
+"Consulte \"drivers.suse.com\" si necesita controladores de hardware particulares."
#. pop-up error report
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
@@ -1631,8 +1530,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquí puede ver todos los repositorios que se han encontrado\n"
"en el sistema que está actualizando. Habilite aquellos que\n"
@@ -1645,15 +1543,12 @@
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para activar, desactivar o eliminar una dirección URL, pulse en el botón\n"
-"<b>Cambiar estado</b>o pulse dos veces sobre el elemento respectivo en la "
-"tabla.</p>"
+"<b>Cambiar estado</b>o pulse dos veces sobre el elemento respectivo en la tabla.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para cambiar la dirección URL, pulse sobre el botón <b>Cambiar....</b> .</"
-"p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para cambiar la dirección URL, pulse sobre el botón <b>Cambiar....</b> .</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
@@ -1819,10 +1714,8 @@
"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hay que realizar algunos pasos adicionales antes de que el sistema esté "
-"listo\n"
-"para usarse. A continuación YaST le guiará en algunos ajustes básicos de "
-"configuración.\n"
+"<p>Hay que realizar algunos pasos adicionales antes de que el sistema esté listo\n"
+"para usarse. A continuación YaST le guiará en algunos ajustes básicos de configuración.\n"
"Pulse <b>Siguiente</b> para continuar. </p>\n"
" \n"
@@ -1838,8 +1731,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
#: src/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
-msgstr ""
-"No se ha definido ninguna secuencia de trabajo para este tipo de instalación."
+msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna secuencia de trabajo para este tipo de instalación."
# modules/Lan.ycp:220
#. progress step title
@@ -1935,9 +1827,7 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/x11_finish.rb:66
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
-msgstr ""
-"Copiando la configuración del sistema de ventanas X (X Window System) en el "
-"sistema..."
+msgstr "Copiando la configuración del sistema de ventanas X (X Window System) en el sistema..."
#. progress step title
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
@@ -2036,8 +1926,7 @@
msgstr ""
"No se ha podido iniciar la interfaz gráfica.\n"
"\n"
-"Es posible que los paquetes requeridos no estén instalados (instalación "
-"mínima)\n"
+"Es posible que los paquetes requeridos no estén instalados (instalación mínima)\n"
"o que la tarjeta gráfica no esté soportada.\n"
"\n"
"Como alternativa, el modo texto de YaST le guiará \n"
@@ -2094,8 +1983,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>La información necesaria para la instalación básica está completa.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>La información necesaria para la instalación básica está completa.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
@@ -2124,9 +2012,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si no está seguro, todavía puede retroceder y revisar las opciones "
-"seleccionadas.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Si no está seguro, todavía puede retroceder y revisar las opciones seleccionadas.</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242
@@ -2136,9 +2022,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se ha completado toda la información necesaria para realizar una "
-"actualización.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se ha completado toda la información necesaria para realizar una actualización.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
@@ -2170,24 +2054,18 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">deshabilitar</a>)."
+msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">deshabilitar</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista negra de dispositivos deshabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilitar</a>)."
+msgstr "Lista negra de dispositivos deshabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilitar</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilice <b>Lista negra de dispositivos</b> si desea crear una lista de "
-"dispositivos a bloquear para reducir la memoria utilizada por el kernel.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Utilice <b>Lista negra de dispositivos</b> si desea crear una lista de dispositivos a bloquear para reducir la memoria utilizada por el kernel.</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
@@ -2246,8 +2124,7 @@
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
-"La instalación no ha logrado resolver las dependencias de paquetes "
-"automáticamente.\n"
+"La instalación no ha logrado resolver las dependencias de paquetes automáticamente.\n"
"Se abrirá el gestor de paquetes para que pueda resolverlas manualmente."
#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
@@ -2351,11 +2228,8 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Información del hardware de la tarjeta de red seleccionada"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Aquí puede configurar sus tarjetas de red para usarlas inmediatamente."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Aquí puede configurar sus tarjetas de red para usarlas inmediatamente.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n"
@@ -2417,8 +2291,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "%1 no es un número de puerto válido para el servidor proxy.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "El número de puerto debe estar comprendido entre 1 y 65535 ambos "
-#~ "inclusive."
+#~ "El número de puerto debe estar comprendido entre 1 y 65535 ambos inclusive."
#~ msgid "Select your network setup type for %1"
#~ msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de configuración de la red para %1"
@@ -2468,10 +2341,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Configuración de red</b></big>\n"
#~ "<br>Aquí puede configurar su tarjeta de red.\n"
-#~ "Seleccione configuración DHCP o estática. DHCP se ajusta en la mayoría de "
-#~ "casos.\n"
-#~ "Para obtener más información, póngase en contacto con su proveedor de "
-#~ "acceso a\n"
+#~ "Seleccione configuración DHCP o estática. DHCP se ajusta en la mayoría de casos.\n"
+#~ "Para obtener más información, póngase en contacto con su proveedor de acceso a\n"
#~ "Internet o con el administrador de su red.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2566,12 +2437,8 @@
#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..."
#~ msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de la red..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Por favor, espere mientras se escribe y se prueba la configuración de "
-#~ "la red...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Por favor, espere mientras se escribe y se prueba la configuración de la red...</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n"
@@ -2664,8 +2531,7 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
-#~ "your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2685,17 +2551,14 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Seleccione la opción <b>Actualizar un sistema existente</b> para "
-#~ "actualizar un\n"
-#~ "sistema Linux ya instalado. Esta opción respeta en la medida de lo "
-#~ "posible\n"
+#~ "Seleccione la opción <b>Actualizar un sistema existente</b> para actualizar un\n"
+#~ "sistema Linux ya instalado. Esta opción respeta en la medida de lo posible\n"
#~ "la configuración del sistema existente.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation "
-#~ "program\n"
+#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n"
#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
@@ -2705,8 +2568,7 @@
#~ "Seleccione <b>Utilizar configuración automática</b> para dejar que el\n"
#~ "programa de instalación configure su red y hardware automáticamente.\n"
#~ "En caso contrario, se le ofrecerá una propuesta de configuración con la\n"
-#~ "posibilidad de ajustarla manualmente. Los usuarios sin experiencia "
-#~ "deberían\n"
+#~ "posibilidad de ajustarla manualmente. Los usuarios sin experiencia deberían\n"
#~ "optar por utilizar la configuración automática.</p>\n"
# clients/ui_helps.ycp:57
@@ -2735,8 +2597,7 @@
#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Estas son las notas de la versión para la primera publicación. Son\n"
-#~ "parte del medio de instalación. Durante la instalación, si dispone de una "
-#~ "conexión a\n"
+#~ "parte del medio de instalación. Durante la instalación, si dispone de una conexión a\n"
#~ "Internet, podrá descargar las notas de versión actualizadas\n"
#~ "desde el servidor Web de openSUSE.</b></p>\n"
@@ -2761,8 +2622,7 @@
#~ "Puede encontrar más información al final del archivo \"%1\".\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Merece la pena informar del fallo en %2.\n"
-#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el "
-#~ "directorio \"%3\".\n"
+#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio \"%3\".\n"
#~ "Vea %4 para más información acerca de los registros de YaST.\n"
#~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug"
@@ -2776,8 +2636,7 @@
#~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Merece la pena informar del fallo en %1.\n"
-#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el "
-#~ "directorio \"%2\".\n"
+#~ "Por favor, adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio \"%2\".\n"
#~ msgid "Checking for %1 binary..."
#~ msgstr "Verificando archivo binario %1..."
@@ -2825,9 +2684,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Abriendo archivo..."
#~ msgid "SCR process has died, printing the last log lines..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El proceso SCR terminó de forma inesperada, mostrando las últimas líneas "
-#~ "del registro..."
+#~ msgstr "El proceso SCR terminó de forma inesperada, mostrando las últimas líneas del registro..."
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1370
# clients/inst_sw_single.ycp:1485#
@@ -2845,15 +2702,10 @@
#~ msgstr "Ruta de chroot desconocida. El depurador no puede continuar."
#~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Se ha producido un error al conectar con inst-sys. El depurador no puede "
-#~ "continuar."
+#~ msgstr "Se ha producido un error al conectar con inst-sys. El depurador no puede continuar."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Para acceder al sistema X11, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Para acceder al sistema X11, el paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>"
@@ -2866,8 +2718,7 @@
#~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
#~ "Please check your hardware!\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-#~ "installation.\n"
+#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "No se ha encontrado ningún disco duro para la instalación.\n"
#~ "Por favor, ¡revise su hardware!\n"
@@ -2882,8 +2733,7 @@
#~ "found for the installation.\n"
#~ "Check your hardware.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-#~ "installation.\n"
+#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "No se han encontrado discos duros ni controladoras de discos duros\n"
#~ "para la instalación.\n"
@@ -2905,8 +2755,7 @@
#~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> debe escribir la configuración de su sistema\n"
-#~ "&product;. Dependiendo de la CPU y de la cantidad de memoria "
-#~ "disponible, \n"
+#~ "&product;. Dependiendo de la CPU y de la cantidad de memoria disponible, \n"
#~ "este proceso puede tardar un poco.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Progress"
@@ -2942,33 +2791,22 @@
#~ msgstr "Inicializando las fuentes..."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation "
-#~ "up. \n"
-#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your "
-#~ "selection \n"
-#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be "
-#~ "installed from \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up. \n"
+#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n"
+#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n"
#~ "packages the standard way.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Instalación desde imágenes</b> se utiliza para acelerar la "
-#~ "instalación.\n"
-#~ "Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que "
-#~ "corresponden \n"
-#~ "con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en "
-#~ "las imágenes \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Instalación desde imágenes</b> se utiliza para acelerar la instalación.\n"
+#~ "Las imágenes contienen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que corresponden \n"
+#~ "con su selección de patrones. El resto de los paquetes que no están en las imágenes \n"
#~ "serán instalados de la forma habitual.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please "
-#~ "wait...</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Ahora la instalación está escribiendo la configuración automática. Por "
-#~ "favor espere...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Ahora la instalación está escribiendo la configuración automática. Por favor espere...</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
-#~ "your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -2981,28 +2819,23 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-#~ "select\n"
+#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
#~ "<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Para instalar un producto adicional desde un medio separado con "
-#~ "&product;, seleccione\n"
+#~ "Para instalar un producto adicional desde un medio separado con &product;, seleccione\n"
#~ "<b>Incluir productos adicionales desde medios separados</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Por favor, espere mientras la instalación prueba las tarjetas de red..."
+#~ msgstr "Por favor, espere mientras la instalación prueba las tarjetas de red..."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely "
-#~ "abort.\n"
+#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Su disco duro todavía no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede "
-#~ "interrumpir\n"
+#~ "Su disco duro todavía no ha sido modificado, por lo que aún puede interrumpir\n"
#~ "la instalación sin problemas.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -3029,25 +2862,20 @@
#~ msgstr "&Reparar el sistema instalado"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux "
-#~ "system on\n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n"
#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reparar el sistema instalado</b> si tiene un sistema "
-#~ "Linux dañado en\n"
-#~ "el disco duro. Con esta opción se intentará resolver automáticamente los "
-#~ "problemas.\n"
+#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reparar el sistema instalado</b> si tiene un sistema Linux dañado en\n"
+#~ "el disco duro. Con esta opción se intentará resolver automáticamente los problemas.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
#~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo texto. Durante la "
-#~ "instalación\n"
-#~ "se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma "
-#~ "seleccionado."
+#~ "El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo texto. Durante la instalación\n"
+#~ "se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Selecting <b>Other</b>, you can chose a minimal installation that\n"
@@ -3059,13 +2887,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n"
#~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n"
-#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' "
-#~ "directory."
+#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ha fallado el acceso al módulo %1 de YaST.\n"
#~ "Puede haber más información en el archivo '%2'.\n"
-#~ "Por favor, informe de este fallo a %3 y adjunte los registros de YaST "
-#~ "almacenados en el directorio '%4'."
+#~ "Por favor, informe de este fallo a %3 y adjunte los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio '%4'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -3104,26 +2930,18 @@
#~ msgstr "Ejecutando el debugger..."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-#~ "number\n"
-#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-#~ "ones\n"
-#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a "
-#~ "large number\n"
-#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many "
-#~ "others.</p>"
+#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number\n"
+#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones\n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a large number\n"
+#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>En linux <b>la elección</b> es una prioridad absoluta. <i>openSUSE</i> "
-#~ "ofrece diferentes\n"
+#~ "<p>En linux <b>la elección</b> es una prioridad absoluta. <i>openSUSE</i> ofrece diferentes\n"
#~ "entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 mayores\n"
-#~ "<b>GNOME</b> y <b>KDE</b>. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con "
-#~ "un gran número\n"
-#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos "
-#~ "otros.</p>"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> y <b>KDE</b>. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con un gran número\n"
+#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos otros.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear <i>recommendation "
-#~ "can't be\n"
+#~ "<p>As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear <i>recommendation can't be\n"
#~ "given</i>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que\n"
@@ -3164,73 +2982,51 @@
#~ msgstr "Desplegando imágenes de instalación"
#~ msgid "<p>Please wait, while system images are just being deployed...</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Por favor, aguarde mientras se despliegan las imágenes del sistema...</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Por favor, aguarde mientras se despliegan las imágenes del sistema...</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Installation images are part of the installation media.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Las imágenes de instalación forman parte del medio.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM "
-#~ "packages\n"
+#~ "<p>Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM packages\n"
#~ "because it does not need to handle with RPM database, locks etc.\n"
-#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>La instalación utilizando imágenes es mucho más rápido que hacerlo "
-#~ "desde paquetes RPM\n"
+#~ "<p>La instalación utilizando imágenes es mucho más rápido que hacerlo desde paquetes RPM\n"
#~ "ya que no necesita manejarse con la base de datos RPM, bloqueos, etc.\n"
-#~ "Una de las imágenes también contiene la base de datos RPM y otros "
-#~ "metadatos.</p>"
+#~ "Una de las imágenes también contiene la base de datos RPM y otros metadatos.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If there is no direct access to installation images,\n"
-#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Si no hay acceso a las imágenes de instalación,\n"
-#~ "el programa de instalación deberá descargarlas antes de realizar el "
-#~ "despliegue.</p>"
+#~ "el programa de instalación deberá descargarlas antes de realizar el despliegue.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-#~ "number \n"
-#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-#~ "ones \n"
-#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b> (in two different versions). Both provide an "
-#~ "easy to use desktop\n"
-#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, "
-#~ "games and many others.</p>"
+#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b> (in two different versions). Both provide an easy to use desktop\n"
+#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>En linux <b>la elección</b> es una prioridad absoluta. <i>openSUSE</i> "
-#~ "ofrece diferentes\n"
+#~ "<p>En linux <b>la elección</b> es una prioridad absoluta. <i>openSUSE</i> ofrece diferentes\n"
#~ "entornos de escritorio. Debajo encontrará una lista de los 2 mayores\n"
-#~ "<b>GNOME</b> y <b>KDE</b> (en dos versiones). Ambos proveen un escritorio "
-#~ "fácil de usar con un gran número\n"
-#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos "
-#~ "otros.</p>"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> y <b>KDE</b> (en dos versiones). Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de usar con un gran número\n"
+#~ "de aplicaciones, como correo eletrónico, navegadores, juegos y muchos otros.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n"
-#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a "
-#~ "full \n"
-#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and "
-#~ "utilities.\n"
+#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n"
+#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a "
-#~ "recommendation."
+#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "openSUSE ofrece una selección de interfaces de usuario. Los dos mayores y "
-#~ "completos \n"
-#~ "escritorios son KDE y GNOME. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de "
-#~ "utilizar con un \n"
-#~ "conjunto de aplicaciones completo, que incluye, correo electrónico, "
-#~ "navegadores, juegos y utilidades.\n"
+#~ "openSUSE ofrece una selección de interfaces de usuario. Los dos mayores y completos \n"
+#~ "escritorios son KDE y GNOME. Ambos proveen un escritorio fácil de utilizar con un \n"
+#~ "conjunto de aplicaciones completo, que incluye, correo electrónico, navegadores, juegos y utilidades.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que no podemos "
-#~ "darle ninguna recomendación."
+#~ "La elección de un escritorio es cuestión de gustos, por lo que no podemos darle ninguna recomendación."
#~ msgid "<p>Please wait while repositories are being read...</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Por favor, aguarde mientras se leen los repositorios...</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2014-12-16 13:17:34 UTC (rev 90875)
+++ trunk/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2014-12-16 13:23:10 UTC (rev 90876)
@@ -182,151 +182,88 @@
"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a "
-"per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic"
-"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>"
-"|syslog_facility\n"
-"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the "
-"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a "
-"href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any "
-"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds "
-"will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>"
-"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>"
-"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options "
-"are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls "
-"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has "
-"changed on\n"
-"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on "
-"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of "
-"the\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
+"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
"configuration.\n"
-"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> "
-"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>"
-"autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>"
-"configuration</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the "
-"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the "
-"configuration file changed\n"
-"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, "
-"the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
+"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
"</p><p>Default: no\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be "
-"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<"
-"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every "
-"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will "
-"increase\n"
-"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many "
-"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate "
-"instances\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
+"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All "
-"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to "
-"run\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a "
-"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">"
-"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a "
-"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>"
-" for details.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -336,250 +273,130 @@
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 10 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Límite de tiempo, en segundos, para realizar conexión y para hacer "
-"comprobaciones externas y mediante ping. Si se excede el límite de tiempo, "
-"entonces el servidor real se considera muerto.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. "
-"negotiatetimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por "
-"alguna configuración virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se han definido ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout, entonces se "
-"usa "
-"el valor predeterminado.\n"
+"</p><p>Límite de tiempo, en segundos, para realizar conexión y para hacer comprobaciones externas y mediante ping. Si se excede el límite de tiempo, entonces el servidor real se considera muerto.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por alguna configuración virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se han definido ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout, entonces se usa el valor predeterminado.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 5 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que debe comunicarse un fallo durante "
-"una comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un "
-"valor 1 considerará que realserver ha fallado al primer fracaso. Una "
-"comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador a 0.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que debe comunicarse un fallo durante una comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un valor 1 considerará que realserver ha fallado al primer fracaso. Una comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador a 0.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Límite de tiempo para negociar las comprobaciones.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se ha definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. "
-"connecttimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por "
-"alguna configuración virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no se han definido ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout, se usa el "
-"valor predeterminado.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se ha definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. connecttimeout también es un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por alguna configuración virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no se han definido ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout, se usa el valor predeterminado.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 30 segundos\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>"
-"dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[:número_de_puerto|nombre_del_servicio]</i> [<b>"
-"pasarela</b>|<b>máscara</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>el servidor al que un se redirige un webservice si todos los "
-"servidores reales están indispuestos. Normalmente este puede ser 127.0.0.1 "
-"con una página de emergencia.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[:número_de_puerto|nombre_del_servicio]</i> [<b>pasarela</b>|<b>máscara</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>el servidor al que un se redirige un webservice si todos los servidores reales están indispuestos. Normalmente este puede ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>"
-"/ruta/al/archivo_del_registro</i><b>\"</b>|servicio_syslog\n"
-"</p><p>Con esta directiva se puede especificar un archivo de registro "
-"alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no tiene una '/' al principio, se "
-"asume que es el nombre de servicio <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>"
-"(3).\n"
-"</p><p>Valor predefinido: enviar el registro directamente al fichero <i>"
-"/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/ruta/al/archivo_del_registro</i><b>\"</b>|servicio_syslog\n"
+"</p><p>Con esta directiva se puede especificar un archivo de registro alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no tiene una '/' al principio, se asume que es el nombre de servicio <b><a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a></b>(3).\n"
+"</p><p>Valor predefinido: enviar el registro directamente al fichero <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>dirección_de_correo</i><b>"
-"\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Una dirección de correo válida a donde enviar alertas sobre el cambio "
-"de estado de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio "
-"virtual. Esta opción requiere que esté instalado\n"
-"el módulo Perl MailTools. Intenta enviar un correo automáticamente usando "
-"cualquiera de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener "
-"más información sobre los métodos.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>dirección_de_correo</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Una dirección de correo válida a donde enviar alertas sobre el cambio de estado de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que esté instalado\n"
+"el módulo Perl MailTools. Intenta enviar un correo automáticamente usando cualquiera de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Intervalo en segundos entre repeticiones de la alerta por correo "
-"mientras que cualquier servidor real in el servicio virtual permanece "
-"inaccesible. Un valor igual a cero segundos inhibirá\n"
-"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de la hora del correo de este ajuste "
-"depende del número de segundos definidos en la configuración de la opción\n"
+"</p><p>Intervalo en segundos entre repeticiones de la alerta por correo mientras que cualquier servidor real in el servicio virtual permanece inaccesible. Un valor igual a cero segundos inhibirá\n"
+"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de la hora del correo de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definidos en la configuración de la opción\n"
"checkinterval.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>nothing</b>|<b>"
-"starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se "
-"deberían enviar alertas por correo. <b>all</b> es un atajo para\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Si "
-"se especifica <b>nada</b>, no se puede indicar ninguna de las demás opciones, "
-"de lo contrario se hace una operación OR\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>nothing</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se deberían enviar alertas por correo. <b>all</b> es un atajo para\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Si se especifica <b>nada</b>, no se puede indicar ninguna de las demás opciones, de lo contrario se hace una operación OR\n"
"con ellas.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada</i><b>"
-"\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si esta directiva está definida, <b>ldirectord</b> invoca "
-"automáticamente el ejecutable <i>/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada</i> después de "
-"que el fichero de configuración haya cambiado en\n"
-"el disco. Esto es útil para actualizar el fichero de configuración mediante <"
-"b>scp</b> en el otro host comprobado. El primer argumento a la función de "
-"rellamada es el nombre de la\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Si esta directiva está definida, <b>ldirectord</b> invoca automáticamente el ejecutable <i>/ruta/a/función_de_rellamada</i> después de que el fichero de configuración haya cambiado en\n"
+"el disco. Esto es útil para actualizar el fichero de configuración mediante <b>scp</b> en el otro host comprobado. El primer argumento a la función de rellamada es el nombre de la\n"
"configuración.\n"
-"</p><p>Esta directiva también se podría usar para reiniciar <b>ldirectord</b> "
-"automáticamente después de cambios en el fichero de configuración en disco. "
-"Sin embargo, si <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>Esta directiva también se podría usar para reiniciar <b>ldirectord</b> automáticamente después de cambios en el fichero de configuración en disco. Sin embargo, si <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
"está establecido a sí, la configuración se recarga de todas formas.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuración</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la "
-"configuración <i>citada</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la configuración <i>citada</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Define <ldirectord> debe comprobar continuamente el fichero de "
-"configuración en busca de modificaciones. Si se establece a 'yes' y el "
-"fichero "
-"de configuración ha cambiado\n"
-"en el disco y su fecha de modificación (mtime) es más reciente que la de la "
-"versión anterior, el fichero de configuración se recarga automáticamente.\n"
+"</p><p>Define <ldirectord> debe comprobar continuamente el fichero de configuración en busca de modificaciones. Si se establece a 'yes' y el fichero de configuración ha cambiado\n"
+"en el disco y su fecha de modificación (mtime) es más reciente que la de la versión anterior, el fichero de configuración se recarga automáticamente.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: no\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores "
-"reales o alternativos están caídos no se eliminan realmente de la tabla <"
-"small>LVS</small> del kernel.\n"
-"En vez de eso, su peso se pone a cero para indicar que no se aceptará ninguna "
-"conexión nueva.\n"
-"</p><p>Esto tiene el efecto colateral de que, si el servidor real tiene "
-"conexiones persistentes, las conexiones desde cualquier cliente existente se "
-"redirigirán continuamente al \n"
-"servidor real hasta que el límite de tiempo persistente pueda expirar. Vea "
-"ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores reales o alternativos están caídos no se eliminan realmente de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel.\n"
+"En vez de eso, su peso se pone a cero para indicar que no se aceptará ninguna conexión nueva.\n"
+"</p><p>Esto tiene el efecto colateral de que, si el servidor real tiene conexiones persistentes, las conexiones desde cualquier cliente existente se redirigirán continuamente al \n"
+"servidor real hasta que el límite de tiempo persistente pueda expirar. Vea ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n"
"</p><p>Este efecto colateral se puede evitar ejecutando lo siguiente:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no estuviera presente probablemente indicaría que "
-"el kernel no tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte <small>LVS</small> no se "
-"ha cargado o que el kernel es demasiado\n"
-"viejo para tener un fichero proc. La ejecución de ipvsadm como root debería "
-"cargar <small>LVS</small> en el kernel si es posible.\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>no</i>, entonces los servidores reales o alternativos se "
-"eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel. El valor predeterminado "
-"es <i>sí</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si el archivo proc no estuviera presente probablemente indicaría que el kernel no tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte <small>LVS</small> no se ha cargado o que el kernel es demasiado\n"
+"viejo para tener un fichero proc. La ejecución de ipvsadm como root debería cargar <small>LVS</small> en el kernel si es posible.\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>no</i>, entonces los servidores reales o alternativos se eliminarán de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel. El valor predeterminado es <i>sí</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>bifurcar</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces ldirectord creará un proceso hijo para cada "
-"servidor virtual y efectuará comprobaciones contra el servidor real desde "
-"ellos. Esto incrementa\n"
-"los tiempos de respuesta a los cambios en el estado del servidor real en "
-"configuraciones con muchos servidores virtuales. Puede que también puede use "
-"menos memoria que al ejecutar instancias separadas\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces ldirectord creará un proceso hijo para cada servidor virtual y efectuará comprobaciones contra el servidor real desde ellos. Esto incrementa\n"
+"los tiempos de respuesta a los cambios en el estado del servidor real en configuraciones con muchos servidores virtuales. Puede que también puede use menos memoria que al ejecutar instancias separadas\n"
"de ldirectord. Los procesos hijo se reinician automáticamente si mueren.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces ldirectord no pasa a segundo plano. Todos "
-"los "
-"mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout en vez de a logfile. Esto es útil "
-"para ejecutar\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervisado por daemontools. Vea <a "
-"href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">"
-"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o <a "
-"href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>"
-" para obtener más detalles.\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces ldirectord no pasa a segundo plano. Todos los mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout en vez de a logfile. Esto es útil para ejecutar\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervisado por daemontools. Vea <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> para obtener más detalles.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>"
-"(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
-"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than "
-"zero. The\n"
-"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> "
-"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
+"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>"
-"ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
-"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><"
-"b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
-"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended "
-"primarily for\n"
-"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a "
-"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in "
-"which case\n"
-"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server "
-"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must "
-"be\n"
-"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and "
-"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will "
-"be\n"
-"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive "
-"pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the "
-"request-receive\n"
-"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the "
-"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
-"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is "
-"used.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual "
-"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> "
-"address of a\n"
-"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running "
-"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its "
-"virtual\n"
-"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is "
-"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way "
-"that the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
+"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
+"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
+"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
+"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
+"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
+"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
+"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
-"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The "
-"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, "
-"emailalertfreq and\n"
-"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in "
-"which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
+"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>"
-"|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a "
-"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> "
-"connection, thus the\n"
-"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then "
-"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one "
-"negotiate\n"
-"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and "
-"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
-"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real "
-"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> "
-"services. Off\n"
-"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be "
-"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always "
-"be\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
+"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
+"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
+"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n"
"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>"
-"imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>"
-"oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>"
-"|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None "
-"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it "
-"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the "
-"server\n"
-"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b>"
-" sections for protocol specific information.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
+"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
@@ -602,9 +419,7 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run "
-"to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if "
-"everything\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
@@ -615,103 +430,68 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service "
-"port.\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real "
-"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be "
-"overridden by\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or "
-"the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
-"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL<"
-"/small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one "
-"or more\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
-"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any "
-"occurances of \n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the "
-"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind "
-"that\n"
-"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special "
-"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be "
-"overridden by an\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's "
-"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD<"
-"/small></b>\n"
-"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the "
-"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is "
-"the\n"
-"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is "
-"used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>"
-"HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. "
-"In the\n"
-"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of "
-"the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
-"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort "
-"the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log "
-"in.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from "
-"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the "
-"configuration\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is "
-"derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication "
-"will not be attempted.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <"
-"small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where "
-"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run "
-"time, or sourced\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
"from uname if unset.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be "
-"performed.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the "
-"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed "
-"against. This\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
"is a required setting.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform "
-"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd "
-"(set by\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
"\n"
@@ -725,215 +505,115 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an "
-"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">"
-"ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP<"
-"/small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall "
-"mark then the\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
"protocol must be fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port "
-"is not 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is "
-"53: udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a "
-"per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any "
-"of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds "
-"will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>"
-"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>"
-"none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options "
-"are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic"
-"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be "
-"down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS<"
-"/small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>"
-"(dirección_ip|nombre_de_host:número_del_puerto|nombre_del_servicio)|firewall-m"
-"ark</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Define un servicio virtual por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y "
-"puerto (o nombre del servicio) o firewall-mark. firewall-mark es un entero "
-"mayor que cero. La\n"
-"configuración del marcado de paquetes se controla usando la opción <tt>"
-"\"-m\"</tt> de <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos los servicios reales e indicadores "
-"de un servicio virtual\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(dirección_ip|nombre_de_host:número_del_puerto|nombre_del_servicio)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Define un servicio virtual por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y puerto (o nombre del servicio) o firewall-mark. firewall-mark es un entero mayor que cero. La\n"
+"configuración del marcado de paquetes se controla usando la opción <tt>\"-m\"</tt> de <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos los servicios reales e indicadores de un servicio virtual\n"
"deben ir inmediatamente después de esta línea y estar sangradas.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>"
-"dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[->dirección_ip|nombre_de_host][:número_de_puert"
-"o|nombre_del_servicio</i>]\n"
-"<b>pasarela</b>|<b>máscara</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>peso</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>"
-"solicitud<"
-"/i><b>\", \"</b><i>recepción</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Define un servicio real por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y puerto "
-"(o nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, entonces se usa 0, estando "
-"esto pensado así principalmente para\n"
-"servicios fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto de los servidores reales. De "
-"forma opcional, se puede proporcionar un rango de direcciones <small>IP<"
-"/small> (o dos nombres de host), en cuyo caso\n"
-"cada dirección <small>IP</small> en el rango será tratada como un servidor "
-"que usa el puerto dado. El segundo argumento define el método de "
-"redireccionamiento, y debe ser\n"
-"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> o <b>masq</b>. El tercer argumento es opcional y "
-"define el peso para dicho servidor real. Si se omite, entonces se usa un peso "
-"1\n"
-". Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par "
-"solicitud-recepción que se usa para comprobar si el servidor está vivo. "
-"Sobrescriben el par solicitud-recepción\n"
-"de la sección de servidor virtual. Las dos cadenas de texto deben estar "
-"entrecomilladas. Si la cadena de solicitud empieza por http://..., la "
-"dirección IP y el puerto del servidor real\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>dirección_ip|nombre_de_host[->dirección_ip|nombre_de_host][:número_de_puerto|nombre_del_servicio</i>]\n"
+"<b>pasarela</b>|<b>máscara</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>peso</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>solicitud</i><b>\", \"</b><i>recepción</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Define un servicio real por dirección IP (o nombre de host) y puerto (o nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, entonces se usa 0, estando esto pensado así principalmente para\n"
+"servicios fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto de los servidores reales. De forma opcional, se puede proporcionar un rango de direcciones <small>IP</small> (o dos nombres de host), en cuyo caso\n"
+"cada dirección <small>IP</small> en el rango será tratada como un servidor que usa el puerto dado. El segundo argumento define el método de redireccionamiento, y debe ser\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> o <b>masq</b>. El tercer argumento es opcional y define el peso para dicho servidor real. Si se omite, entonces se usa un peso 1\n"
+". Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par solicitud-recepción que se usa para comprobar si el servidor está vivo. Sobrescriben el par solicitud-recepción\n"
+"de la sección de servidor virtual. Las dos cadenas de texto deben estar entrecomilladas. Si la cadena de solicitud empieza por http://..., la dirección IP y el puerto del servidor real\n"
"se ignoran, en otro caso se usan la dirección IP y puerto del servidor real.\n"
-"</p><p>Para servicios virtuales <small>TCP</small> y <small>UDP</small> (no "
-"fwmark), a menos que el método de redireccionamiento sea masq y la dirección "
-"<small>IP</small> de un\n"
-"servidor real no sea local (no presente en una interfaz en el host que está "
-"ejecutando ldirectord), entonces el puerto del servidor real se hará igual al "
-"de su servicio\n"
-"virtual. Es decir, port-mapping solo está disponible si el servidor real es "
-"otra máquina y el método de redireccionamiento es masq. Esto es debido al "
-"modo en el que\n"
+"</p><p>Para servicios virtuales <small>TCP</small> y <small>UDP</small> (no fwmark), a menos que el método de redireccionamiento sea masq y la dirección <small>IP</small> de un\n"
+"servidor real no sea local (no presente en una interfaz en el host que está ejecutando ldirectord), entonces el puerto del servidor real se hará igual al de su servicio\n"
+"virtual. Es decir, port-mapping solo está disponible si el servidor real es otra máquina y el método de redireccionamiento es masq. Esto es debido al modo en el que\n"
"funciona el código subyacente de <small>LVS</small> en el kernel.\n"
-"</p><p>Dentro de una sección virtual pueden residir más de una de esas "
-"entradas. Las opciones checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, "
-"fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq y\n"
-"quiescent listadas arriba pueden aparecer dentro de una sección virtual, en "
-"cuyo caso se sobrescribe el valor global.\n"
+"</p><p>Dentro de una sección virtual pueden residir más de una de esas entradas. Las opciones checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq y\n"
+"quiescent listadas arriba pueden aparecer dentro de una sección virtual, en cuyo caso se sobrescribe el valor global.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>"
-"negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Tipo de comprobación a realizar. Negotiate envía una petición y hace "
-"una comparación con la cadena de texto recibida. Connect solo intenta hacer "
-"un conexión <small>TCP/IP</small>, así que\n"
-"las cadenas de solicitud y recepción se pueden omitir. Si checktype es un "
-"número, entonces negotiate y connect se combinan de forma que cada N intentos "
-"de conexión se realiza un intento\n"
-"negotiate. Esto es útil para comprobar con frecuencia si un servicio responde "
-"y en intervalos mucho mayores se realiza una comprobación negotiate. Ping "
-"indica que\n"
-"se va a usar un ping <small>ICMP</small> para comprobar la disponibilidad de "
-"servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión para "
-"servicios <small>UDP</small>. Off\n"
-"quiere decir que no se realiza ninguna comprobación y que no se activa "
-"ninguno de los servidores reales o de respaldo. On significa que no se "
-"realiza ninguna comprobación y que los servidores reales se activan\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Tipo de comprobación a realizar. Negotiate envía una petición y hace una comparación con la cadena de texto recibida. Connect solo intenta hacer un conexión <small>TCP/IP</small>, así que\n"
+"las cadenas de solicitud y recepción se pueden omitir. Si checktype es un número, entonces negotiate y connect se combinan de forma que cada N intentos de conexión se realiza un intento\n"
+"negotiate. Esto es útil para comprobar con frecuencia si un servicio responde y en intervalos mucho mayores se realiza una comprobación negotiate. Ping indica que\n"
+"se va a usar un ping <small>ICMP</small> para comprobar la disponibilidad de servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión para servicios <small>UDP</small>. Off\n"
+"quiere decir que no se realiza ninguna comprobación y que no se activa ninguno de los servidores reales o de respaldo. On significa que no se realiza ninguna comprobación y que los servidores reales se activan\n"
"siempre. El valor predefinido es <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<"
-"b>"
-"imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>"
-"oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>"
-"|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>El tipo de servicio a monitorizar cuando se usa checktype=negotiate. "
-"None "
-"denota un servicio que no será monitorizado.\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp envía la cadena de <b>solicitud</b> al servidor y la "
-"comprueba "
-"con la expresión regular <b>recepción</b>. Los otros tipos de comprobación "
-"conectan con "
-"el servidor\n"
-"usando el protocolo especificado. Por favor, ve las secciones <b>solicitud</b>"
-" y <b>recepción</b>"
-" para obtener la información específica del protocolo.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>El tipo de servicio a monitorizar cuando se usa checktype=negotiate. None denota un servicio que no será monitorizado.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp envía la cadena de <b>solicitud</b> al servidor y la comprueba con la expresión regular <b>recepción</b>. Los otros tipos de comprobación conectan con el servidor\n"
+"usando el protocolo especificado. Por favor, ve las secciones <b>solicitud</b> y <b>recepción</b> para obtener la información específica del protocolo.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido:\n"
"</p><dl compact=\"compact\">\n"
"<dt>* El puerto virtual del servidor es 21: ftp\n"
@@ -955,13 +635,8 @@
"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: none\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>ruta a guión</i><b>"
-"\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Esta configuración se usa si checktype es external y se trata del comando "
-"que se va a ejecutar "
-"para comprobar el estado del servidor real. Debería terminar con código de "
-"salida 0 si "
-"todo\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>ruta a guión</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Esta configuración se usa si checktype es external y se trata del comando que se va a ejecutar para comprobar el estado del servidor real. Debería terminar con código de salida 0 si todo\n"
"va bien, o un valor distinto de cero en caso contrario.\n"
"</p><p>Se pasan cuatro parámetros al guión:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* ip/firewall mark del servidor virtual\n"
@@ -972,133 +647,68 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Número del puerto a monitorizar. A veces el puerto de comprobación "
-"difiere del puerto de "
-"servicio.\n"
+"</p><p>Número del puerto a monitorizar. A veces el puerto de comprobación difiere del puerto de servicio.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: puerto especificado para cada servidor real\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri al objeto solicitado</i><b>\"</b>"
-"\n"
-"</p><p>El objeto será solicitado cada checkinterval segundos en cada servidor "
-"real. La cadena de texto debe estar entrecomillada. Tenga en cuenta que dicha "
-"cadena puede ser "
-"sobrescrita por\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri al objeto solicitado</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>El objeto será solicitado cada checkinterval segundos en cada servidor real. La cadena de texto debe estar entrecomillada. Tenga en cuenta que dicha cadena puede ser sobrescrita por\n"
"una cadena de solicitud opcional dada de un servidor real.\n"
-"</p><p>Para una comprobación <small>DNS</small> esta debería ser el nombre de "
-"un registro A, o "
-"la dirección de un registro <small>PTR</small> donde buscar.\n"
-"</p><p>Para una comprobación MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debería ser una "
-"consulta <small>SQL<"
-"/small>. El dato devuelto no se comprueba, solo se mira que la respuesta "
-"tenga una "
-"o más\n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación <small>DNS</small> esta debería ser el nombre de un registro A, o la dirección de un registro <small>PTR</small> donde buscar.\n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debería ser una consulta <small>SQL</small>. El dato devuelto no se comprueba, solo se mira que la respuesta tenga una o más\n"
"filas. Este valor de configuración es obligatorio.\n"
-"</p><p>Para una comprobación simpletcp, la cadena se envía textualmente "
-"excepto que "
-"cualquier ocurrencia de \n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación simpletcp, la cadena se envía textualmente excepto que cualquier ocurrencia de \n"
" que son sustituidas con un carácter de nueva línea.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>expresión regular con la que "
-"comparar</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si el resultado de la solicitud contiene esta <i>expresión regular con "
-"la que comparar</i>, el "
-"servidor real es declarado vivo. La expresión regular debe estar "
-"entrecomillada. Tenga en mente "
-"que\n"
-"las expresiones regulares no son simples cadenas de texto y que es necesario "
-"usar caracteres de escape para los caracteres "
-"especiales si se deben tratar como literales. Advierta que la expresión "
-"regular puede ser "
-"sobrescrita por una\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>expresión regular con la que comparar</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Si el resultado de la solicitud contiene esta <i>expresión regular con la que comparar</i>, el servidor real es declarado vivo. La expresión regular debe estar entrecomillada. Tenga en mente que\n"
+"las expresiones regulares no son simples cadenas de texto y que es necesario usar caracteres de escape para los caracteres especiales si se deben tratar como literales. Advierta que la expresión regular puede ser sobrescrita por una\n"
"expresión regular opcional dada de un servidor real.\n"
-"</p><p>Para una comprobación <small>DNS</small> debería ser cualquiera de las "
-"direcciones de "
-" registros A o cualquiera de los nombres de registros <small>PTR</small>.\n"
+"</p><p>Para una comprobación <small>DNS</small> debería ser cualquiera de las direcciones de registros A o cualquiera de los nombres de registros <small>PTR</small>.\n"
"</p><p>Para una comprobación MySQL, el valor recibido no se usa.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD<"
-"/small></b>\n"
-"</p><p>Establece el método <small>HTTP</small> que se debe usar para buscar "
-"el "
-"<small>URI</small> especificado en la cadena de texto specified in the "
-"request. <small>GET</small> es "
-"el\n"
-"método usado por defecto si no se le asigna un valor al parámetro. Si se usa "
-"<small>HEAD</small>, "
-"se debería eliminar el valor de la cadena de texto receive.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Establece el método <small>HTTP</small> que se debe usar para buscar el <small>URI</small> especificado en la cadena de texto specified in the request. <small>GET</small> es el\n"
+"método usado por defecto si no se le asigna un valor al parámetro. Si se usa <small>HEAD</small>, se debería eliminar el valor de la cadena de texto receive.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>nombre de host</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Se usa cuando se utiliza una comprobación negotiate con <small>HTTP<"
-"/small> o <small>"
-"HTTPS</small> . Establece la cabecera del host en la solicitud <small>HTTP<"
-"/small>. "
-"En el\n"
-"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, en general, es necesario que este coincida con "
-"el nombre común del "
-"certificado <small>SSL</small>. Si no se establece, entonces la cabecera del "
-"host se\n"
-"derivará a partir de la url de la solicitud del servidor real si existe. Como "
-"último recurso "
-"se usa la dirección <small>IP</small> del servidor real.\n"
+"</p><p>Se usa cuando se utiliza una comprobación negotiate con <small>HTTP</small> o <small>HTTPS</small> . Establece la cabecera del host en la solicitud <small>HTTP</small>. En el\n"
+"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, en general, es necesario que este coincida con el nombre común del certificado <small>SSL</small>. Si no se establece, entonces la cabecera del host se\n"
+"derivará a partir de la url de la solicitud del servidor real si existe. Como último recurso se usa la dirección <small>IP</small> del servidor real.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>nombre de usuario</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> y PostgreSQL, es el nombre de usuario para "
-"iniciar "
-"sesión.\n"
+"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> y PostgreSQL, es el nombre de usuario para iniciar sesión.\n"
"</p><p>Con Radius se usa passwd para el atributo User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>Con <small>SIP</small> , se usa el nombre de usuario tanto para la "
-"dirección desde "
-"como para la dirección hasta en una consulta <small>OPTIONS</small>.\n"
+"</p><p>Con <small>SIP</small> , se usa el nombre de usuario tanto para la dirección desde como para la dirección hasta en una consulta <small>OPTIONS</small>.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la "
-"configuración\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname se "
-"deduce como en la opción passwd de abajo.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía, que denota el caso en el que no se "
-"intenta la autenticación.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la configuración\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname se deduce como en la opción passwd de abajo.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía, que denota el caso en el que no se intenta la autenticación.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>contraseña</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Contraseña a usar par iniciar sesión en servidores <small>FTP</small> , <"
-"small>IMAP</small> , <"
-"small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL y\n"
+"<p>Contraseña a usar par iniciar sesión en servidores <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL y\n"
"<small>SIP</small>.\n"
"</p><p>Con Radius se usa passwd para el atributo User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, donde "
-"nombre de host es la variable de entorno <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluada en "
-"tiempo "
-"de ejecución, u obtenida\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, donde nombre de host es la variable de entorno <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluada en tiempo de ejecución, u obtenida\n"
"de uname is no tiene valor asignado.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía. En el caso de <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL esto quiere decir que que no se realizará la "
-"autenticación.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* En otro caso: cadena vacía. En el caso de <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL esto quiere decir que que no se realizará la autenticación.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>nombre_de_la_base_de_datos</i>"
-"<b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Base de datos a utilizar por servidores MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL, siendo "
-"esta la "
-"base de datos sobre la que se realizará la consulta (establecida con <b>"
-"receive</b> más arriba). "
-"Este\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>nombre_de_la_base_de_datos</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Base de datos a utilizar por servidores MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL, siendo esta la base de datos sobre la que se realizará la consulta (establecida con <b>receive</b> más arriba). Este\n"
"ajuste es obligatorio.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Secreto a usar en servidores Radius, siendo este el secreto usado para "
-"realizar "
-"una solicitud de acceso con el nombre de usuario (establecido con <b>login</b>"
-" más arriba) y passwd "
-"(establecido con\n"
+"</p><p>Secreto a usar en servidores Radius, siendo este el secreto usado para realizar una solicitud de acceso con el nombre de usuario (establecido con <b>login</b> más arriba) y passwd (establecido con\n"
"<b>passwd</b> más arriba).\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: cadena vacía\n"
"\n"
@@ -1108,161 +718,77 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Máscara de red a usar para la granularidad de las conexiones de "
-"cliente persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>Máscara de red a usar para la granularidad de las conexiones de cliente persistentes.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Planificador a usar por <small>LVS</small> para el balanceo de carga. "
-"Para obtener "
-"información sobre los planificadores disponibles, por favor, vea la página "
-"man <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">"
-"ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n"
+"</p><p>Planificador a usar por <small>LVS</small> para el balanceo de carga. Para obtener información sobre los planificadores disponibles, por favor, vea la página man <b><a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocolo a usar. Se se especifica el virtual como una dirección <"
-"small>IP<"
-"/small> y puerto, entonces debe ser o tcp o udp. Si es un firewall "
-"mark entonces el\n"
+"</p><p>Protocolo a usar. Se se especifica el virtual como una dirección <small>IP</small> y puerto, entonces debe ser o tcp o udp. Si es un firewall mark entonces el\n"
"protocolo debe ser fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predeterminado:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y puerto, y el "
-"puerto "
-"no es el 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual no es una dirección <small>IP</small> y puerto, y el "
-"puerto es "
-"53: udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual es una dirección <small>IP</small> y puerto, y el puerto no es el 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual no es una dirección <small>IP</small> y puerto, y el puerto es 53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual es un firewall mark: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Tiempo de espera en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, "
-"externas y ping. Si se "
-"excede el tiempo de espera, entonces el servidor real se declara inactivo.\n"
-"</p><p>Se se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es "
-"sobrescrito.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. "
-"negotiatetimeout es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una "
-"configuración virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Si ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout están definidas, se usa el "
-"valor "
-"predefinido.\n"
+"</p><p>Tiempo de espera en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, externas y ping. Si se excede el tiempo de espera, entonces el servidor real se declara inactivo.\n"
+"</p><p>Se se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de negotiatetimeout. negotiatetimeout es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una configuración virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si ni checktimeout ni negotiatetimeout están definidas, se usa el valor predefinido.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 5 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Tiempo de espera en segundos para comprobaciones negotiate.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es "
-"sobrescrito.\n"
-"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. "
-"connecttimeout "
-"es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una configuración "
-"virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Si ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout están definidas, se usa el "
-"valor "
-"predefinido.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si no está definido, entonces se usa el valor de connecttimeout. connecttimeout es también un valor global que puede ser sobrescrito por una configuración virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Si ni negotiatetimeout ni connecttimeout están definidas, se usa el valor predefinido.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 30 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que se debe comunicar un fallo en una "
-"comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un valor 1 "
-"considera que realserver falla al primer error. Una "
-"comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador de fallos a 0.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es "
-"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>El número de veces consecutivas que se debe comunicar un fallo en una comprobación antes de que se considere que realserver ha fallado. Un valor 1 considera que realserver falla al primer error. Una comprobación con éxito reinicia el contador de fallos a 0.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre "
-"cambios en el estado "
-"de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. "
-"Esta opción "
-"requiere que esté instalado\n"
-"el módulo perl MailTools. Intenta el envío automático de correo usando "
-"cualquiera "
-"de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener más "
-"información sobre los métodos.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es "
-"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre cambios en el estado de la conexión a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que esté instalado\n"
+"el módulo perl MailTools. Intenta el envío automático de correo usando cualquiera de los métodos predefinidos. Vea perldoc Mail::Mailer para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Retardo en segundos entre repeticiones de alerta por correo mientras "
-"cualquier servidor real dado "
-"en el servicio virtual permanece inaccesible. Un valor de cero segundos "
-"inhibe\n"
-"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de los tiempo del correo de esta "
-"configuración "
-"depende del número de segundos definidos en la opción de "
-"configuración\n"
+"</p><p>Retardo en segundos entre repeticiones de alerta por correo mientras cualquier servidor real dado en el servicio virtual permanece inaccesible. Un valor de cero segundos inhibe\n"
+"la repetición de alertas. La precisión de los tiempo del correo de esta configuración depende del número de segundos definidos en la opción de configuración\n"
"checkinterval.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es "
-"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>"
-"|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se debe "
-"enviar "
-"alertas. <b>all</b> es una forma abreviada para\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Si se "
-"indica <b>"
-"none</b>, no se debe especificar ninguna otra opción, en caso contrario se "
-"hace una "
-"operación OR\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Lista separada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se debe enviar alertas. <b>all</b> es una forma abreviada para\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". Si se indica <b>none</b>, no se debe especificar ninguna otra opción, en caso contrario se hace una operación OR\n"
"con ellas.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es "
-"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvic"
-"ename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>el servidor al que se redirige un webservice si todos los servidores "
-"reales "
-"están caídos. Normalmente este sería 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es "
-"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>el servidor al que se redirige un webservice si todos los servidores reales están caídos. Normalmente este sería 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores "
-"reales o de respaldo están "
-"caídos, no se eliminan realmente de la tabla <small>LVS</small> "
-"del kernel.\n"
-"En vez de eso, su peso se hace cero para indicar que no se aceptan conexiones "
-"nuevas.\n"
-"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto colateral que si el servidor real tiene "
-"conexiones "
-"persistentes, las conexiones nuevas desde cualquiera de los clientes "
-"existentes continuarán siendo "
-"dirigidas\n"
-"al servidor real hasta que el tiempo de espera de la conexión persistente "
-"expire. Vea ipvsadm para obtener "
-"información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>yes</i>, entonces cuando se determina que los servidores reales o de respaldo están caídos, no se eliminan realmente de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel.\n"
+"En vez de eso, su peso se hace cero para indicar que no se aceptan conexiones nuevas.\n"
+"</p><p>Esto tiene como efecto colateral que si el servidor real tiene conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas desde cualquiera de los clientes existentes continuarán siendo dirigidas\n"
+"al servidor real hasta que el tiempo de espera de la conexión persistente expire. Vea ipvsadm para obtener información sobre conexiones persistentes.\n"
"</p><p>Este efecto colateral se puede evitar ejecutando lo siguiente:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>Si el archivo no existe en proc probablemente significa que el kernel "
-"no "
-"tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte para <small>LVS</small> no está "
-"cargado o que "
-"el kernel es demasiado\n"
-"viejo para tener el archivo en proc. Al ejecutar ipvsadm como root se debería "
-"cargar <small>LVS<"
-"/small> en el kernel si es posible.\n"
-"</p><p>Si es <i>no</i>, entonces los servidores reales o de respaldo se "
-"eliminan de "
-"la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel. El valor predeterminado es <i>yes</i>"
-".\n"
-"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el "
-"valor global es "
-"sobrescrito.\n"
+"</p><p>Si el archivo no existe en proc probablemente significa que el kernel no tiene soporte para lvs, que el soporte para <small>LVS</small> no está cargado o que el kernel es demasiado\n"
+"viejo para tener el archivo en proc. Al ejecutar ipvsadm como root se debería cargar <small>LVS</small> en el kernel si es posible.\n"
+"</p><p>Si es <i>no</i>, entonces los servidores reales o de respaldo se eliminan de la tabla <small>LVS</small> del kernel. El valor predeterminado es <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Si se ha definido en una sección de servidor virtual, entonces el valor global es sobrescrito.\n"
"</p><p>Valor predefinido: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -1497,5 +1023,3 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumen de la configuración..."
-
-
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:17:34 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90875
Modified:
trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po 2014-12-16 13:17:34 UTC (rev 90875)
@@ -30,14 +30,6 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.…
[View More]glade:3
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#| "\t "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
@@ -142,7 +134,6 @@
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
-#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Cargar a Configuración de rede linuxrc"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:17:07 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90874
Modified:
trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po
…
[View More]trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po
trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/audit-laf.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -101,9 +101,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for space_left option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174
msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low"
-msgstr ""
-"Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet "
-"pomalu"
+msgstr "Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet pomalu"
#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181
@@ -118,9 +116,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203
msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low"
-msgstr ""
-"Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet "
-"pomalu"
+msgstr "Zbývající místo na záznamovém oddílu (v megabajtech), když systém začne běžet pomalu"
#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210
@@ -135,9 +131,7 @@
#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232
msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)"
-msgstr ""
-"Mail je zaslán tomuto účtu (pokud je nastavena volba space_left_action na "
-"EMAIL)"
+msgstr "Mail je zaslán tomuto účtu (pokud je nastavena volba space_left_action na EMAIL)"
#. command line help text for disk_full_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239
@@ -243,8 +237,7 @@
#. Report error - error during reset
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492
msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules."
-msgstr ""
-"Není možné přenastavit pravidla. Prohlédněte si /etc/audit/audit.rules."
+msgstr "Není možné přenastavit pravidla. Prohlédněte si /etc/audit/audit.rules."
#. Handle actions of rules dialog
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560
@@ -533,33 +526,21 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is "
-"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>"
-"/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n"
-"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications "
-"which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file "
-"watches).</p>"
+"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (default).\n"
+"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Konfigurace záznamového souboru pro auditd</big></b><br>\n"
-"Démon auditu je komponenta linuxového auditovacího systému, který je "
-"odpovědný za zápis všech potřebných událostí auditu do záznamového souboru <i>"
-"/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (jako výchozí).\n"
-"Události mohou přicházet z jaderného modulu <i>apparmor</i>, z aplikací "
-"používajících <i>libaudit</i> (např. PAM) nebo incidenty způsobené pravidly "
-"(např. sledování souboru).</p>"
+"Démon auditu je komponenta linuxového auditovacího systému, který je odpovědný za zápis všech potřebných událostí auditu do záznamového souboru <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (jako výchozí).\n"
+"Události mohou přicházet z jaderného modulu <i>apparmor</i>, z aplikací používajících <i>libaudit</i> (např. PAM) nebo incidenty způsobené pravidly (např. sledování souboru).</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules "
-"and the possibility to add rules.\n"
-"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the "
-"manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
+"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n"
+"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dialog <b>Pravidla pro auditctl</b> nabízí více informací o pravidlech a "
-"možnostech pravidla přidávat.\n"
-"Podrobné informace o nastavení záznamového souboru můžetze získat z manuálové "
-"stránky ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
+"<p>Dialog <b>Pravidla pro auditctl</b> nabízí více informací o pravidlech a možnostech pravidla přidávat.\n"
+"Podrobné informace o nastavení záznamového souboru můžetze získat z manuálové stránky ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64
@@ -573,10 +554,8 @@
#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly "
-"as the kernel\n"
-"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing "
-"it on disk (does not affect\n"
+"<p><b>Format</b>: set <i>RAW</i> to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n"
+"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n"
"data sent to the dispatcher).</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Formát</b>: nastavte <i>RAW</i> pro logování\n"
@@ -588,12 +567,9 @@
#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>"
-"INCREMENTAL</i> the\n"
-"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an "
-"explicit flush to disk.\n"
-"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep "
-"data portion synced,\n"
+"<p><b>Flush</b>: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to <i>INCREMENTAL</i> the\n"
+"<b>Frequency</b> parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n"
+"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n"
"<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Vylít</b>: popisuje, jak zapsat data na disk. Pokud\n"
@@ -608,8 +584,7 @@
#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take "
-"when this\n"
+"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n"
"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Nastavte maximální velikost záznamového souboru\n"
@@ -619,12 +594,9 @@
#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> "
-"specifies the number\n"
-"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a "
-"warning\n"
-"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records "
-"to\n"
+"<p>If the action is set to <i>ROTATE</i> the <b>Number of Log Files</b> specifies the number\n"
+"of files to keep. Set to <i>SYSLOG</i>, the audit daemon will write a warning\n"
+"to /var/log/messages. With <i>SUSPEND</i> the daemon stops writing records to\n"
"disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n"
"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -641,17 +613,13 @@
#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to "
-"the\n"
+"<p><b>Computer Name Format</b> describes how to write the computer name to the\n"
"log file. If <i>USER</i> is set, the <b>User Defined Name</b> is\n"
-"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses "
-"the\n"
-"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully "
-"qualified\n"
+"used. <i>NONE</i> means no computer name is inserted. <i>HOSTNAME</i> uses the\n"
+"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. <i>FQD</i> uses the fully qualified\n"
"domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Formát jména počítače</b> popisuje, jak zapisovat jméno počítače do "
-"záznamového souboru.\n"
+"<p><b>Formát jména počítače</b> popisuje, jak zapisovat jméno počítače do záznamového souboru.\n"
"Pokud je nastaveno <i>USER</i>, je použito <b>Uživatelem zadané jméno</b>.\n"
"<i>NONE</i> znamená, že nebude vkládáno žádné jméno počítače.\n"
"<i>HOSTNAME</i> - jméno navrácené systémovému volání 'gethostname'.\n"
@@ -661,33 +629,25 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the "
-"manual page\n"
+"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n"
"('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Konfigurace odesilatele auditd</big></b><br>\n"
-"Podrobné informace o nastavení odesilatele můžete získat z manuálové stránky "
-"('man auditd.conf').</p>"
+"Podrobné informace o nastavení odesilatele můžete získat z manuálové stránky ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon "
-"and\n"
+"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n"
"gets all audit events on stdin.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Odesilatel</b> - Odesílací program spouštěný démonem auditu a "
-"získávající všechny události auditu na standardní vstup.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Odesilatel</b> - Odesílací program spouštěný démonem auditu a získávající všechny události auditu na standardní vstup.</p>"
#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and "
-"the dispatcher\n"
-"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the "
-"dispatcher are discarded\n"
-"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a "
-"blocking/lossless\n"
+"<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n"
+"program. A <i>lossy</i> communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n"
+"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n"
"communication.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Komunikace</b>: Ovládá komunikaci mezi démonem\n"
@@ -700,8 +660,7 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n"
-"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man "
-"audispd.conf').</p>"
+"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Odesilatel 'audispd' je multiplexor událostí auditu.\n"
"Pro více informací čtěte manuálové stránky ('man audispd'\n"
@@ -732,20 +691,15 @@
#. disk space dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an "
-"<b>Action</b> because\n"
+"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n"
"the system is starting to run low on space.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zbývající místo</b> (v megabajtech) říká démonu auditu, kdy má provést "
-"<b>Akci</b> kvůli tomu, že systému začíná docházet místo.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Zbývající místo</b> (v megabajtech) říká démonu auditu, kdy má provést <b>Akci</b> kvůli tomu, že systému začíná docházet místo.</p>"
#. disk space dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
-"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The "
-"system <b>is running\n"
-"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> "
-"will be performed.</p>"
+"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n"
+"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hodnota <b>Zbývající místo administrátora</b>by měla být\n"
"nižší než ta uvedená výše. Systému <b>začíná docházet</b> místo\n"
@@ -763,10 +717,8 @@
"system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pokud je akce nastavena na:<br>\n"
-"<i>EMAIL</i> - je zaslán varovný mail na účet uvedený v <b>Mailovém účtu "
-"akce</b>.<br>\n"
-"<i>SYSLOG</i> znamená, že varování o docházejícím místu je zapsáno do "
-"/var/log/messages.<br>\n"
+"<i>EMAIL</i> - je zaslán varovný mail na účet uvedený v <b>Mailovém účtu akce</b>.<br>\n"
+"<i>SYSLOG</i> znamená, že varování o docházejícím místu je zapsáno do /var/log/messages.<br>\n"
"<i>IGNORE</i> - nestane se nic.<br>\n"
"<i>EXEC</i> - spusť skript uvedený v <b>Cesta ke skriptu</b>.<br>\n"
"<i>SUSPEND</i> - zastaví se zápis záznamů na disk.<br>\n"
@@ -776,10 +728,8 @@
#. disk space dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
-"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full "
-"already) and\n"
-"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while "
-"writing to disk).\n"
+"<p>You can also specify a <b>Disk Full Action</b> (disk has become full already) and\n"
+"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n"
"Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Také můžete zadat <b>Akci při plném disku</b> (disk už se\n"
@@ -791,8 +741,7 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n"
-"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be "
-"entered.</p>\n"
+"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nepřehlédněte:</b> Všechny skripty zadané pro\n"
"<i>EXEC</i>musí vlastnit 'root', mít nastaveno oprávnění na '0750'\n"
@@ -813,19 +762,14 @@
#. rules dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next "
-"reboot.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nepřehlédněte:</b><br>Uzamčení pravidel znamená, že nemohou být "
-"pozměněny do příštího startu systému.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Nepřehlédněte:</b><br>Uzamčení pravidel znamená, že nemohou být pozměněny do příštího startu systému.</p>"
#. rules dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
"<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n"
-" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to "
-"/var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> "
+" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Povolení auditování bez dalších pravidel ovlivní aplikace používající\n"
"<i>libaudit</i>, např. PAM, pro zaznamenávání do souboru\n"
@@ -834,20 +778,15 @@
#. rules dialog help 4/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
-"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for "
-"advanced users.<br>\n"
+"<p>You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users.<br>\n"
"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Můžete také upravit pravidla ručně, což je doporučeno pouze pokročilým "
-"uživatelům.<br>\n"
+"<p>Můžete také upravit pravidla ručně, což je doporučeno pouze pokročilým uživatelům.<br>\n"
"Pro více informací o všech možnostech čtěte 'man auditctl'.</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit "
-"subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from "
-"/etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kontrola syntaxe</b> posílá pravidla přes <i>auditctl</i>\n"
"do subsystému auditu a kontroluje správnost syntaxe.<br>\n"
@@ -895,12 +834,8 @@
#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318
-msgid ""
-"<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> "
-"must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pro pokračování konfigurace linuxového auditu musí být nainstalován "
-"balíček <b>%1</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pro pokračování konfigurace linuxového auditu musí být nainstalován balíček <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -976,7 +911,6 @@
#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463
-#| msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
msgid ""
"Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
"or only start the daemon for now?"
@@ -990,11 +924,6 @@
#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470
-#| msgid ""
-#| " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-#| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
-#| "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n"
-#| "Do you want to start the daemon now?"
msgid ""
"The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-client.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -185,7 +185,6 @@
#. Main dialog contents
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:512
-#| msgid "Authenticated Clients"
msgid "Authentication Client"
msgstr "Ověřovací klient"
@@ -213,43 +212,8 @@
#. initialize GUI
#: src/include/dialogs.rb:553
-msgid ""
-"SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and "
-"authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one "
-"authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication "
-"domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the "
-"next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected "
-"providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected "
-"identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>"
-"proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal "
-"provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for "
-"more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat "
-"Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory "
-"provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP "
-"authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> "
-"FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> "
-"Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to "
-"some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>"
-"The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"SSSD poskytuje sadu démonů pro správu přístupu ke vzdáleným adresářům a "
-"ověřovacím mechanismům.<br>Musíte nakonfigurovat alespoň jednu ověřovací "
-"doménu.<br>Co musíte nejprve nastavit pro ověřovací doménu je poskytovatel "
-"identifikace a ověření, kterého daná doména používá.<br>V dalším kroku musíte "
-"nastavit některé nezbytné parametry vybraných poskytovatelů.<br>Později "
-"můžete pro vybraného identifikačního a ověřovacího poskytovatele vybrat "
-"všechny dostupné parametry.SSSD poskytuje následující identifikátory "
-"id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Podpora zastaralého poskytovatele NSS.<br><b>"
-"local</b>: Interní SSSD poskytovatel pro místní uživatele.<br><b>ldap</b>: "
-"Poskytovatel LDAP. Pro další informace o konfigurování LDAP vizte "
-"sssd-ldap(5).<br><b>ipa</b>: Poskytovatelé FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise "
-"Identity Management.<br><b>ad</b>: Poskytovatel Active Directory.<br>"
-"Podporovaní ověřovací poskytovatelé jsou:<br><b>ldap</b> pro běžné LDAP "
-"ověření.<br><b>krb5</b> pro ověření pomocí protokolu Kerberos.<br><b>ipa</b> "
-"poskytovatel FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management.<br><b>ad</b> "
-"poskytovatel Active Directory.<br><b>proxy</b> pro předávání ověření nějakému "
-"dalšímu cíli PAM.<br><b>none</b> přímo zakazuje ověřování.<br>Výchozí "
-"ověřovací poskytovatel je id_provider.<br>"
+msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity
Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+msgstr "SSSD poskytuje sadu démonů pro správu přístupu ke vzdáleným adresářům a ověřovacím mechanismům.<br>Musíte nakonfigurovat alespoň jednu ověřovací doménu.<br>Co musíte nejprve nastavit pro ověřovací doménu je poskytovatel identifikace a ověření, kterého daná doména používá.<br>V dalším kroku musíte nastavit některé nezbytné parametry vybraných poskytovatelů.<br>Později můžete pro vybraného identifikačního a ověřovacího poskytovatele vybrat všechny dostupné parametry.SSSD poskytuje následující identifikátory id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Podpora zastaralého poskytovatele NSS.<br><b>local</b>: Interní SSSD poskytovatel pro místní uživatele.<br><b>ldap</b>: Poskytovatel LDAP. Pro další informace o konfigurování LDAP vizte sssd-ldap(5).<br><b>ipa</b>: Poskytovatelé FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management.<br><b>ad</b>: Poskytovatel Active Directory.<br>Podporovaní ověřovací poskytovatelé jsou:<br><b>l
dap</b> pro běžné LDAP ověření.<br><b>krb5</b> pro ověření pomocí protokolu Kerberos.<br><b>ipa</b> poskytovatel FreeIPA a Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management.<br><b>ad</b> poskytovatel Active Directory.<br><b>proxy</b> pro předávání ověření nějakému dalšímu cíli PAM.<br><b>none</b> přímo zakazuje ověřování.<br>Výchozí ověřovací poskytovatel je id_provider.<br>"
#. Define Global Parameters
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:17
@@ -257,91 +221,49 @@
msgstr "Značí jaká je syntaxe konfiguračního souboru."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:21
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr ""
-"Seznam služeb oddělený čárkou, které jsou spuštěny při samotném startu sssd."
+msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+msgstr "Seznam služeb oddělený čárkou, které jsou spuštěny při samotném startu sssd."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:26 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:79
-msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
-"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
-msgstr ""
-"Počet pokusů o přístup pro znovu připojení, které mají služby provést v "
-"případě pádu Poskytovatele dat nebo restartu předtím, než to vzdají"
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr "Počet pokusů o přístup pro znovu připojení, které mají služby provést v případě pádu Poskytovatele dat nebo restartu předtím, než to vzdají"
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:30
-msgid ""
-"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be "
-"configured or SSSD won't start."
-msgstr ""
-"SSSD může používat více domén zároveň, ale musí být nastavena nejméně jedna, "
-"jinak SSSD se nebude spouštět."
+msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
+msgstr "SSSD může používat více domén zároveň, ale musí být nastavena nejméně jedna, jinak SSSD se nebude spouštět."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31
-msgid ""
-"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be "
-"queried."
-msgstr ""
-"Tento parametr obsahuje seznam domén v pořadí, v jakém budou dotazovány."
+msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
+msgstr "Tento parametr obsahuje seznam domén v pořadí, v jakém budou dotazovány."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
-"user name and domain into these components"
-msgstr ""
-"Výchozí regulární výraz, který popisuje jak analyzovat řetězec obsahující "
-"uživatelské jméno a doménu v tyto části"
+msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
+msgstr "Výchozí regulární výraz, který popisuje jak analyzovat řetězec obsahující uživatelské jméno a doménu v tyto části"
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a "
-"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"Výchozí formát kompatibilní s printf(3), který popisuje jak přeložit n-tici "
-"(název, doména) do plně kvalifikovaného názvu."
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+msgstr "Výchozí formát kompatibilní s printf(3), který popisuje jak přeložit n-tici (název, doména) do plně kvalifikovaného názvu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:43
-msgid ""
-"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update "
-"its internal DNS resolver."
-msgstr ""
-"SSSD sleduje stav resolv.conf pro zjištění, kdy potřebuje aktualizovat jeho "
-"interní DNS řešitel."
+msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
+msgstr "SSSD sleduje stav resolv.conf pro zjištění, kdy potřebuje aktualizovat jeho interní DNS řešitel."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to "
-"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Ve výchozím stavu zkoušíme přístup použitím inotify a pokud nemůže být "
-"inotify použito, vracíme se každých pět sekund zpět k dotazování resolv.conf."
+msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+msgstr "Ve výchozím stavu zkoušíme přístup použitím inotify a pokud nemůže být inotify použito, vracíme se každých pět sekund zpět k dotazování resolv.conf."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
-"files."
-msgstr ""
-"Adresář na souborovém systému, kde by měl SSSD ukládata soubory Kerberos "
-"replay."
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
+msgstr "Adresář na souborovém systému, kde by měl SSSD ukládata soubory Kerberos replay."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
-"domain name component."
-msgstr ""
-"Tento řetězec bude použit jako výchozí název domény pro všechna jména bez "
-"části doménového jména."
+msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
+msgstr "Tento řetězec bude použit jako výchozí název domény pro všechna jména bez části doménového jména."
#. Define Global Services Parameters
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the "
-"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose "
-"mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Bitová maska, která označuje která úroveň ladění bude viditelná. 0x0010 je "
-"výchozí a zároveň nejnižší dovolená hodnota, 0xFFF0 je nejupovídanější režim."
+msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
+msgstr "Bitová maska, která označuje která úroveň ladění bude viditelná. 0x0010 je výchozí a zároveň nejnižší dovolená hodnota, 0xFFF0 je nejupovídanější režim."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:64
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
@@ -356,89 +278,49 @@
msgstr "Odpočet v sekundách mezi pulzy pro tuto službu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
-"opened at one time by this SSSD process."
-msgstr ""
-"Tato volba určuje maximální počet popisovačů souborů, které mohou být "
-"otevřený zároveň tímto procesem SSSD."
+msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+msgstr "Tato volba určuje maximální počet popisovačů souborů, které mohou být otevřený zároveň tímto procesem SSSD."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:89
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
-"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
-msgstr ""
-"Tato volba určuje počet sekund, po které klient SSSD procesu může držet "
-"popisovač souboru bez nějaké komunikace s ním."
+msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+msgstr "Tato volba určuje počet sekund, po které klient SSSD procesu může držet popisovač souboru bez nějaké komunikace s ním."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:94
-msgid ""
-"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it "
-"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud služba neodpovídá na kontrolu pingem (viz volba \"timeout\"), je "
-"nejdříve odeslán signál SIGTERM, který ji vyzývá k řádnému ukončení."
+msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+msgstr "Pokud služba neodpovídá na kontrolu pingem (viz volba \"timeout\"), je nejdříve odeslán signál SIGTERM, který ji vyzývá k řádnému ukončení."
#. NSS configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about "
-"all users)?"
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund by měly být cacheovány výčty nss_sss (požadavky o informaci o "
-"všech uživatelích)?"
+msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
+msgstr "Kolik sekund by měly být cacheovány výčty nss_sss (požadavky o informaci o všech uživatelích)?"
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
-"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
-"for the domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Tato vstupní cache může být nastavena, aby automaticky aktualizovala položky "
-"na pozadí, pokud jsou požadovány mimo procentní hodnotu sazby "
-"entry_cache_timeout pro danou doménu."
+msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
+msgstr "Tato vstupní cache může být nastavena, aby automaticky aktualizovala položky na pozadí, pokud jsou požadovány mimo procentní hodnotu sazby entry_cache_timeout pro danou doménu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that "
-"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before "
-"asking the back end again."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje po kolik sekund by měl nss_sss cachovat negativní zásahy cache (což "
-"znamená dotazy na neplatné položky databáze, jako jsou ty neexistující) před "
-"tím, než se znovu výkonné části dotáže."
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
+msgstr "Určuje po kolik sekund by měl nss_sss cachovat negativní zásahy cache (což znamená dotazy na neplatné položky databáze, jako jsou ty neexistující) před tím, než se znovu výkonné části dotáže."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:117
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
-msgstr ""
-"Vyloučit určité uživatele z toho, aby byli získáváni z sss NSS databáze."
+msgstr "Vyloučit určité uživatele z toho, aby byli získáváni z sss NSS databáze."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:122
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database."
msgstr "Vyloučit určité skupiny z toho, aby byly získávány z sss NSS databáze."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud chcete, aby filtrovaní uživatelé byli nadále členy skupiny, nastavte "
-"tuto volbu na false."
+msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
+msgstr "Pokud chcete, aby filtrovaní uživatelé byli nadále členy skupiny, nastavte tuto volbu na false."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:131
-msgid ""
-"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
-"or a template."
-msgstr ""
-"Přenastavit uživatelský domovský adresář. Můžete buď zadat absolutní hodnotu "
-"nebo šablonu."
+msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
+msgstr "Přenastavit uživatelský domovský adresář. Můžete buď zadat absolutní hodnotu nebo šablonu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:135 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1101
-msgid ""
-"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
-"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
-msgstr ""
-"Nastavte výchozí šablonu pro uživatelský domovský adresář pokud není "
-"explicitně zadán doménovým poskytovatelem dat."
+msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
+msgstr "Nastavte výchozí šablonu pro uživatelský domovský adresář pokud není explicitně zadán doménovým poskytovatelem dat."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:139
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
@@ -450,70 +332,40 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:147
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
-msgstr ""
-"Nahradit některou instanci těchto shellů prostřednictvím shell_fallback"
+msgstr "Nahradit některou instanci těchto shellů prostřednictvím shell_fallback"
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
-msgstr ""
-"Výchozí shell, který má být použit pokud na stroji není nainstalován povolený "
-"shell."
+msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
+msgstr "Výchozí shell, který má být použit pokud na stroji není nainstalován povolený shell."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:156 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1105
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
-msgstr ""
-"Výchozí shell, který má být použit pokud poskytovatel žádný nevrací během "
-"vyhledávání."
+msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
+msgstr "Výchozí shell, který má být použit pokud poskytovatel žádný nevrací během vyhledávání."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:161 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered "
-"valid."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje čas v sekundách, po který má být seznam poddomén považován za platný."
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
+msgstr "Určuje čas v sekundách, po který má být seznam poddomén považován za platný."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:166
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
-"valid."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje čas v sekundách, po který mají být záznamy v paměťové cachi považována "
-"za platná."
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
+msgstr "Určuje čas v sekundách, po který mají být záznamy v paměťové cachi považována za platná."
#. PAM configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached "
-"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud je ověřovací poskytovatel nedostupný, jak dlouho mají být umožněny "
-"cachované přihlášení (v dnech od posledního úspěšného online přihlášení)."
+msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
+msgstr "Pokud je ověřovací poskytovatel nedostupný, jak dlouho mají být umožněny cachované přihlášení (v dnech od posledního úspěšného online přihlášení)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:179 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has "
-"been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
-msgstr ""
-"Čas v minutách, který musí uběhnout po dosažení "
-"offline_failed_login_attempts, aby mohl být proveden další pokus o nové "
-"přihlášení."
+msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
+msgstr "Čas v minutách, který musí uběhnout po dosažení offline_failed_login_attempts, aby mohl být proveden další pokus o nové přihlášení."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
+msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr "Řídí jaké druhy zpráv jsou uživateli zobrazeny během ověřování."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
-"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
-"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
-msgstr ""
-"Pro každý požadavek PAM, zatímco je SSSD online, se SSSD pokusí okamžitě "
-"aktualizovat cachované informace identity uživatele tak, aby zajistil, že "
-"ověřování probíhá dle posledních informací."
+msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
+msgstr "Pro každý požadavek PAM, zatímco je SSSD online, se SSSD pokusí okamžitě aktualizovat cachované informace identity uživatele tak, aby zajistil, že ověřování probíhá dle posledních informací."
#. The kerberos domain section
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:199 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:691
@@ -523,141 +375,80 @@
#. SUDO configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that "
-"implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Zda ano či ne - vyhodnocovat atributy sudoNotBefore a sudoNotAfter, která "
-"implementují časově závislé položky sudoerů."
+msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
+msgstr "Zda ano či ne - vyhodnocovat atributy sudoNotBefore a sudoNotAfter, která implementují časově závislé položky sudoerů."
#. AUTOFS configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative "
-"hits before asking the back end again."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje po kolik sekund může autofs responder cachovat negativní zásahy "
-"předtím, než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
+msgstr "Určuje po kolik sekund může autofs responder cachovat negativní zásahy předtím, než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
#. SSH configuration options
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
-"file."
-msgstr ""
-"Zda ano či ne - hashovat názvy hostitelů a adresy v řízeném souboru "
-"known_hosts."
+msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
+msgstr "Zda ano či ne - hashovat názvy hostitelů a adresy v řízeném souboru known_hosts."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
-"host keys were requested."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund udržet hostitele v řízeném souboru known_hosts poté, co byly "
-"vyžádány klíče tohoto hostitele."
+msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
+msgstr "Kolik sekund udržet hostitele v řízeném souboru known_hosts poté, co byly vyžádány klíče tohoto hostitele."
#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:242 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:247
-msgid ""
-"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
-"outside these limits, it is ignored."
-msgstr ""
-"Omezení UID a GID pro danou doménu. Pokud doména obsahuje položku, která je "
-"mimo tato omezení, je ignorována."
+msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
+msgstr "Omezení UID a GID pro danou doménu. Pokud doména obsahuje položku, která je mimo tato omezení, je ignorována."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:252
msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
msgstr "Zjišťuje, zda může být doména vyjmenována."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:257
-msgid ""
-"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor "
-"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud tato služba není ukončena po \"force_timeout\" sekundách, monitor "
-"vynutí její ukončení zasláním signálu SIGKILL."
+msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
+msgstr "Pokud tato služba není ukončena po \"force_timeout\" sekundách, monitor vynutí její ukončení zasláním signálu SIGKILL."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:262
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the "
-"backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky za platné předtím než se znovu "
-"dotáže výkonné části."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:267
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the "
-"backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky uživatelů za platné předtím než "
-"se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky uživatelů za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:272
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky skupin za platné předtím než se "
-"znovu dotáže výkonné části."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky skupin za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:277
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky netgroup za platné předtím než "
-"se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky netgroup za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:282
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky služeb za platné předtím než se "
-"znovu dotáže výkonné části."
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl nss_sss považovat položky služeb za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:287
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund by měl sudo považovat pravidla za platné předtím než se znovu "
-"dotáže výkonné části."
+msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Kolik sekund by měl sudo považovat pravidla za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:292
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid "
-"before asking the backend again."
-msgstr ""
-"Kolik sekund by měla služba autofs považovat automounter mapy za platné "
-"předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
+msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "Kolik sekund by měla služba autofs považovat automounter mapy za platné předtím než se znovu dotáže výkonné části."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:297
msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
-msgstr ""
-"Zjišťuje, zda uživatelská pověření jsou také cachována v místní cachi LDB."
+msgstr "Zjišťuje, zda uživatelská pověření jsou také cachována v místní cachi LDB."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:302
-msgid ""
-"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
-"being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
-msgstr ""
-"Počet dní, po který jsou položky ponechávány v cachi od posledního úspěšného "
-"přihlášení, před tím než jsou odebrány během úklidu cache."
+msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
+msgstr "Počet dní, po který jsou položky ponechávány v cachi od posledního úspěšného přihlášení, před tím než jsou odebrány během úklidu cache."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:307
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr "Poskytovatel identifikace použitý pro tuto doménu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:312
-msgid ""
-"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
-"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
-msgstr ""
-"Použijte plný název a doménu (jako formátovaný doménovým full_name_format) "
-"jako uživatelské jméno přihlášení hlášené k NSS."
+msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
+msgstr "Použijte plný název a doménu (jako formátovaný doménovým full_name_format) jako uživatelské jméno přihlášení hlášené k NSS."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:318
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
@@ -668,8 +459,7 @@
msgstr "Poskytovatel řízení přístupu použitý pro tuto doménu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:330
-msgid ""
-"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
+msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr "Poskytovatel, který by měl řídit operace změny hesel pro tuto doménu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:336
@@ -693,48 +483,28 @@
msgstr "Poskytovatel použitý pro získávání informací o identitě hostitele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
-"containing user name and domain into these components."
-msgstr ""
-"Regulární výraz pro tuto doménu, který popisuje jak analyzovat řetězec "
-"obsahující uživatelské jméno a doménu v tyto části."
+msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
+msgstr "Regulární výraz pro tuto doménu, který popisuje jak analyzovat řetězec obsahující uživatelské jméno a doménu v tyto části."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:370
-msgid ""
-"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, "
-"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"Formát kompatibilní s printf(3), který popisuje jak pro tuto doménu přeložit "
-"n-tici (název, doména) do plně kvalifikovaného názvu."
+msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
+msgstr "Formát kompatibilní s printf(3), který popisuje jak pro tuto doménu přeložit n-tici (název, doména) do plně kvalifikovaného názvu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:376
-msgid ""
-"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
-"performing DNS lookups."
-msgstr ""
-"Poskytuje schopnost vybrat preferované rodiny adres, které použít při "
-"vyhledávání v DNS."
+msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
+msgstr "Poskytuje schopnost vybrat preferované rodiny adres, které použít při vyhledávání v DNS."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:381
-msgid ""
-"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
-"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje množství času (v sekundách), po který čekat na odpověď z řešitele DNS, "
-"před považováním jej za nedostupný."
+msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
+msgstr "Určuje množství času (v sekundách), po který čekat na odpověď z řešitele DNS, před považováním jej za nedostupný."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:385
msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
msgstr "Použít doménovou část hostitelského názvu stroje."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386
-msgid ""
-"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
-"the service discovery DNS query."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud je použito objevování služeb ve výkonné části, určuje doménovou část "
-"objevování služeb DNS dotazů."
+msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
+msgstr "Pokud je použito objevování služeb ve výkonné části, určuje doménovou část objevování služeb DNS dotazů."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:390
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
@@ -742,99 +512,58 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:395
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
-msgstr ""
-"Pracovat s uživatelskými a skupinovými názvy s rozlišením velikosti písmen."
+msgstr "Pracovat s uživatelskými a skupinovými názvy s rozlišením velikosti písmen."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:400
-msgid ""
-"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
-"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested "
-"name was an alias."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je v poskytovateli proxy vyhledáván uživatel či skupina pomocí jména, je "
-"v případě, že se jedná o přezdívku, provedeno druhé vyhledávání podle ID pro "
-"'kanonizaci' jména."
+msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
+msgstr "Když je v poskytovateli proxy vyhledáván uživatel či skupina pomocí jména, je v případě, že se jedná o přezdívku, provedeno druhé vyhledávání podle ID pro 'kanonizaci' jména."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:405
-msgid ""
-"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Použít tento domovský adresář jako výchozí hodnotu pro všechny podřízené "
-"domény této domény."
+msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
+msgstr "Použít tento domovský adresář jako výchozí hodnotu pro všechny podřízené domény této domény."
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:411
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
-msgstr ""
-"Seznam uživatelů oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je umožněno se "
-"přihlásit."
+msgstr "Seznam uživatelů oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je umožněno se přihlásit."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:416
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only "
-"to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Seznam skupin oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je umožněno se přihlásit. "
-"Toto platí pouze na skupiny s touto SSSD doménou."
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr "Seznam skupin oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je umožněno se přihlásit. Toto platí pouze na skupiny s touto SSSD doménou."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:421
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-msgstr ""
-"Seznam uživatelů oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je přístup odepřen."
+msgstr "Seznam uživatelů oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je přístup odepřen."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:426
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
-"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr ""
-"Seznam skupin oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je přístup odepřen. Toto "
-"platí jen na skupiny s SSSD doménou."
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr "Seznam skupin oddělených čárkou, který určuje, komu je přístup odepřen. Toto platí jen na skupiny s SSSD doménou."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:432
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr ""
-"Výchozí základní DN, které se má použít pro provádění pravidel sudo LDAP."
+msgstr "Výchozí základní DN, které se má použít pro provádění pravidel sudo LDAP."
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:441
-msgid ""
-"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Nástroje pro připojení přihlašovacího jména k base_directory a k použití jako "
-"home adresář."
+msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
+msgstr "Nástroje pro připojení přihlašovacího jména k base_directory a k použití jako home adresář."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:446
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
-msgstr ""
-"Označuje, zda by měl být jako výchozí vytvořen domovský adresář pro nové "
-"uživatele."
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
+msgstr "Označuje, zda by měl být jako výchozí vytvořen domovský adresář pro nové uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:451
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
-msgstr ""
-"Označuje, zda by měl být jako výchozí odebrán domovský adresář pro smazané "
-"uživatele."
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
+msgstr "Označuje, zda by měl být jako výchozí odebrán domovský adresář pro smazané uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:456
-msgid ""
-"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created "
-"home directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Toto je použito sss_useradd(8) pro určení výchozích oprávnění pro nově "
-"vytvořené domovské adresáře."
+msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
+msgstr "Toto je použito sss_useradd(8) pro určení výchozích oprávnění pro nově vytvořené domovské adresáře."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:461
-msgid ""
-"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
-"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
-"sss_useradd(8)"
-msgstr ""
-"Adresářová kostra, která obsahuje soubory a adresáře, která se nakopírují do "
-"domovského adresáře uživatele, když je vytvořen pomocí sss_useradd(8)"
+msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
+msgstr "Adresářová kostra, která obsahuje soubory a adresáře, která se nakopírují do domovského adresáře uživatele, když je vytvořen pomocí sss_useradd(8)"
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:466
msgid "The mail spool directory."
@@ -846,26 +575,16 @@
#. The ldap domain section
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:479 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:484
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje seznam adres URI LDAP serverů oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl "
-"SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+msgstr "Určuje seznam adres URI LDAP serverů oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:490 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje seznam adres URI LDAP serverů oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl "
-"SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí v případě změny uživatelského hesla."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+msgstr "Určuje seznam adres URI LDAP serverů oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí v případě změny uživatelského hesla."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:501
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
-msgstr ""
-"Výchozí základní DN, které je použito při provádění uživatelských operací s "
-"LDAP."
+msgstr "Výchozí základní DN, které je použito při provádění uživatelských operací s LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:507
msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
@@ -897,16 +616,14 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:541
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
-msgstr ""
-"LDAP atribut, který odpovídá identifikátoru primární skupiny uživatele."
+msgstr "LDAP atribut, který odpovídá identifikátoru primární skupiny uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:546
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který odpovídá poli gecos uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:551
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr " LDAP atribut, který obsahuje název domovského adresáře uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:556
@@ -922,175 +639,88 @@
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje objectSID LDAP objektu uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:571 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:776
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
-msgstr ""
-"LDAP atribut, který obsahuje časovou značku poslední úpravy rodičovského "
-"objektu."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
+msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje časovou značku poslední úpravy rodičovského objektu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:576
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last "
-"password change)."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP "
-"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (datum poslední změny hesla)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (datum poslední změny hesla)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:581
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password "
-"age)."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP "
-"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (minimální stáří hesla)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (minimální stáří hesla)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:586
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password "
-"age)."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP "
-"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (maximální stáří hesla)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (maximální stáří hesla)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning "
-"period)."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP "
-"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (perioda varování o hesle)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (perioda varování o hesle)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:596
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password "
-"inactivity period)."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP "
-"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (perioda neaktivity hesla)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (perioda neaktivity hesla)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
-"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
-"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow nebo "
-"ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP "
-"atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (datum vypršení účtu)."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=shadow nebo ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu odpovídající čítači shadow(5) (datum vypršení účtu)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:606
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
-"kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, obsahuje tento parametr název "
-"LDAP atributu ukládajícího datum a čas poslední změny hesla kerberos."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu ukládajícího datum a čas poslední změny hesla kerberos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:611
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, obsahuje tento parametr název "
-"LDAP atributu ukládajícího datum a čas, kdy současné heslo vyprší."
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu ukládajícího datum a čas, kdy současné heslo vyprší."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:616
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, obsahuje tento parametr název "
-"LDAP atributu ukládajícího čas vypršení účtu."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu ukládajícího čas vypršení účtu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:621
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, obsahuje tento parametr název "
-"LDAP atributu ukládajícího bitového pole řízení uživatelského přístupu."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, obsahuje tento parametr název LDAP atributu ukládajícího bitového pole řízení uživatelského přístupu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:626
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
-"determines if access is allowed or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds nebo odpovídající, tento "
-"parametr určuje, zda je přístup povolen, nebo není."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds nebo odpovídající, tento parametr určuje, zda je přístup povolen, nebo není."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:631
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
-"access is allowed or not."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje, zda je "
-"přístup povolen, nebo není."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje, zda je přístup povolen, nebo není."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:636
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
-"which date access is granted."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje, které "
-"datum přístupu je uděleno."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje, které datum přístupu je uděleno."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:641
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
-"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje hodiny "
-"dne v týdnu, kdy je je přístup udělen."
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
+msgstr "Když je použito ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, tento parametr určuje hodiny dne v týdnu, kdy je je přístup udělen."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:646
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
-"(UPN)."
-msgstr ""
-"LDAP atribut, který obsahuje Kerberos Uživatelské hlavní jméno (UPN) "
-"uživatele."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
+msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje Kerberos Uživatelské hlavní jméno (UPN) uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:650
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje veřejné SSH klíče uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:655
-msgid ""
-"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm "
-"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
-msgstr ""
-"Některé adresářové server, například Active Directory, mohou doručovat část "
-"sféra v UPN uvedenou malými písmeny, což může vést k selhání ověření."
+msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
+msgstr "Některé adresářové server, například Active Directory, mohou doručovat část sféra v UPN uvedenou malými písmeny, což může vést k selhání ověření."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:656
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
-msgstr ""
-"Tuto volbu nastavte na true, pokud chcete použít sféru velkými písmeny."
+msgstr "Tuto volbu nastavte na true, pokud chcete použít sféru velkými písmeny."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:661
-msgid ""
-"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
-"enumerated records."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje kolik sekund musí SSSD čekat před obnovou jeho cache vyjmenovaných "
-"záznamů."
+msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
+msgstr "Určuje kolik sekund musí SSSD čekat před obnovou jeho cache vyjmenovaných záznamů."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:666
-msgid ""
-"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
-"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
-"space."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje jak často kontrolovat cache na neaktivní položky (jako skupiny bez "
-"členů a uživatelé, kteří se nikdy nepřihlásili) a odstraňovat je k šetření "
-"místa."
+msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
+msgstr "Určuje jak často kontrolovat cache na neaktivní položky (jako skupiny bez členů a uživatelé, kteří se nikdy nepřihlásili) a odstraňovat je k šetření místa."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:671
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
@@ -1101,24 +731,12 @@
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který vypisuje členství ve skupinách daného uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:681
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
-"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
-"to determine access privilege."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je access_provider=ldap a ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD "
-"bude používat přítomnost atributu authorizedService uživatelské LDAP položky "
-"pro určení přístupových oprávnění."
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+msgstr "Když je access_provider=ldap a ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD bude používat přítomnost atributu authorizedService uživatelské LDAP položky pro určení přístupových oprávnění."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:686
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
-"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
-"privilege."
-msgstr ""
-"Když je access_provider=ldap a ldap_access_order=host, SSSD bude používat "
-"přítomnost atributu host uživatelské LDAP položky pro určení přístupových "
-"oprávnění."
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+msgstr "Když je access_provider=ldap a ldap_access_order=host, SSSD bude používat přítomnost atributu host uživatelské LDAP položky pro určení přístupových oprávnění."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:696
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
@@ -1145,42 +763,20 @@
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje objectSID LDAP objektu skupiny."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:726
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
-msgstr ""
-" LDAP atribut, který obsahuje časovou značku poslední úpravy rodičovského "
-"objektu."
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
+msgstr " LDAP atribut, který obsahuje časovou značku poslední úpravy rodičovského objektu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:732
-msgid ""
-"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
-"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
-"follow."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud je ldap_schema nastaveno na formát schématu, který podporuje vnořené "
-"skupiny (např. RFC2307bis), pak tato volba řídí kolik úrovní vnoření bude "
-"SSSD sledovat."
+msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
+msgstr "Pokud je ldap_schema nastaveno na formát schématu, který podporuje vnořené skupiny (např. RFC2307bis), pak tato volba řídí kolik úrovní vnoření bude SSSD sledovat."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:738
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
-"complex or deep nested groups."
-msgstr ""
-"Tato volba říká SSSD, aby využil výhody funkcí specifických pro Active "
-"Directory, které mohou urychlit operace vyhledávání ve skupinách s "
-"komplexními či hluboko vnořenými skupinami."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
+msgstr "Tato volba říká SSSD, aby využil výhody funkcí specifických pro Active Directory, které mohou urychlit operace vyhledávání ve skupinách s komplexními či hluboko vnořenými skupinami."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:744
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing "
-"with complex or deep nested groups)."
-msgstr ""
-"Tato volba říká SSSD, aby využil výhody funkcí specifických pro Active "
-"Directory, které mohou urychlit operace initgroups (zvláště při práci ve "
-"skupinách s komplexními či hluboko vnořenými skupinami."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
+msgstr "Tato volba říká SSSD, aby využil výhody funkcí specifických pro Active Directory, které mohou urychlit operace initgroups (zvláště při práci ve skupinách s komplexními či hluboko vnořenými skupinami."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:750
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
@@ -1195,15 +791,11 @@
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje názvy členů netgroup."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:766
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
-msgstr ""
-"LDAP atribut, který obsahuje trojice (hostitel, uživatel, doména) pro "
-"netgroup."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
+msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje trojice (hostitel, uživatel, doména) pro netgroup."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:771
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje UUID/GUID LDAP objektu netgroup."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:781
@@ -1211,9 +803,7 @@
msgstr "Třída objektu položky služba v LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:786
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
-"aliases."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje název atributů služby a jejich přezdívek."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:791
@@ -1221,112 +811,60 @@
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje port spravovaný touto službou."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:796
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr "LDAP atribut, který obsahuje protokoly, kterým tato služba rozumí."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:802
-msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
-"for this attribute type."
-msgstr ""
-"Volitelné základní DN, vyhledávací rozsah a LDAP filtr pro omezení "
-"vyhledávání LDAP pro tento typ atributu."
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgstr "Volitelné základní DN, vyhledávací rozsah a LDAP filtr pro omezení vyhledávání LDAP pro tento typ atributu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:807
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
-"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
-"is entered)."
-msgstr ""
-" Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který je vyhledávání v LDAP umožněno, než "
-"je zrušeno a jsou vráceny cachované výsledky (a vstupuje se do režimu "
-"offline)."
+msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr " Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který je vyhledávání v LDAP umožněno, než je zrušeno a jsou vráceny cachované výsledky (a vstupuje se do režimu offline)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:812
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
-"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
-"are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který je v LDAP umožněno vyhledávání "
-"uživatelů a skupin, než je zrušeno a jsou vráceny cachované výsledky (a "
-"vstupuje se do režimu offline)."
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr "Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který je v LDAP umožněno vyhledávání uživatelů a skupin, než je zrušeno a jsou vráceny cachované výsledky (a vstupuje se do režimu offline)."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:817
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) "
-"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje odpočet (v sekundách) po kterém poll(2)/select(2) následuje connect(2) "
-"v případě, že není žádná aktivita."
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
+msgstr "Určuje odpočet (v sekundách) po kterém poll(2)/select(2) následuje connect(2) v případě, že není žádná aktivita."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:822
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
-"will abort if no response is received."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po kterém bude volání synchronního LDAP API "
-"zrušeno, pokud není obdržena žádná odezva."
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
+msgstr "Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po kterém bude volání synchronního LDAP API zrušeno, pokud není obdržena žádná odezva."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:827
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
-"maintained."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který bude udržováno spojení k LDAP serveru."
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
+msgstr "Určuje odpočet (v sekundách), po který bude udržováno spojení k LDAP serveru."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:832
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some "
-"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
-msgstr ""
-"Zadejte počet záznamů, který má být v jednom LDAP požadavku přijat. Některé "
-"LDAP servery vynucují maximální limit na požadavek."
+msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
+msgstr "Zadejte počet záznamů, který má být v jednom LDAP požadavku přijat. Některé LDAP servery vynucují maximální limit na požadavek."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:837
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "Zakázat ovládání stránkování LDAP."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:842
-msgid ""
-"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
-"security level necessary to establish the connection."
-msgstr ""
-"Při komunikaci s LDAP serverm pomocí SASL, zadejte minimální úroveň "
-"zabezpečení potřebného pro ustanovení spojení."
+msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
+msgstr "Při komunikaci s LDAP serverm pomocí SASL, zadejte minimální úroveň zabezpečení potřebného pro ustanovení spojení."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:847
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
-"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
-msgstr ""
-"Zadejte počet chybějících členů skupiny v interní cache, aby bylo spuštěno "
-"dereferenční vyhledávání."
+msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
+msgstr "Zadejte počet chybějících členů skupiny v interní cache, aby bylo spuštěno dereferenční vyhledávání."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:853
-msgid ""
-"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
-"any."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje, které kontroly mají být v TLS sezení provedeny na certifikátu "
-"serveru, pokud vůbec mají být provedeny."
+msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
+msgstr "Určuje, které kontroly mají být v TLS sezení provedeny na certifikátu serveru, pokud vůbec mají být provedeny."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:858
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
-"Authorities that sssd will recognize."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje soubor, který obsahuje certifikáty pro všechny Certifikační autority, "
-"které sssd bude rozpoznávat."
+msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
+msgstr "Určuje soubor, který obsahuje certifikáty pro všechny Certifikační autority, které sssd bude rozpoznávat."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:863
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
-"certificates in separate individual files."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje cestu k adresáři, který obsahuje jednotlivé soubory certifikátů "
-"Certifikačních autorit."
+msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
+msgstr "Určuje cestu k adresáři, který obsahuje jednotlivé soubory certifikátů Certifikačních autorit."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:867
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
@@ -1341,21 +879,12 @@
msgstr "Určuje přijatelné sady šifer."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:881
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the "
-"channel."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje, že spojení id_provideru musí také použít tls pro ochranu kanálu."
+msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
+msgstr "Určuje, že spojení id_provideru musí také použít tls pro ochranu kanálu."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:886
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
-"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on "
-"ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje, že SSSD by mělo přistupovat k mapování uživatelskému a skupinovému "
-"identifikátoru v atributech ldap_user_objectsid a ldap_group_objectsid, "
-"namísto spoléhání se na ldap_user_uid_number a ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgstr "Určuje, že SSSD by mělo přistupovat k mapování uživatelskému a skupinovému identifikátoru v atributech ldap_user_objectsid a ldap_group_objectsid, namísto spoléhání se na ldap_user_uid_number a ldap_group_gid_number."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:890
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
@@ -1370,12 +899,8 @@
msgstr "Zadejte sféru SASL, která se má použít."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:905
-msgid ""
-"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
-"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud je nastaveno na true, knihovna LDAP by měla provádět zpětné vyhledávání "
-"pro kanonizaci názvu hostitele během vazby SASL."
+msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
+msgstr "Pokud je nastaveno na true, knihovna LDAP by měla provádět zpětné vyhledávání pro kanonizaci názvu hostitele během vazby SASL."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:910
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
@@ -1390,8 +915,7 @@
msgstr "Určuje životnost TGT v sekundách, pokud je použito GSSAPI."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:925
-msgid ""
-"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
+msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr "Vyberte zásadu pro vyhodnocování expirace hesla na straně klienta."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:930
@@ -1400,43 +924,23 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:935
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje název služby, který bude použita, pokud je povoleno vyhledávání "
-"službou."
+msgstr "Určuje název služby, který bude použita, pokud je povoleno vyhledávání službou."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:939
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
-"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje název služby, která bude použita k nalezení LDAP serveru, který "
-"umožňuje změnu hesla, když je povoleno vyhledávání službou."
+msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
+msgstr "Určuje název služby, která bude použita k nalezení LDAP serveru, který umožňuje změnu hesla, když je povoleno vyhledávání službou."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:944
-msgid ""
-"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
-"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje, zda aktualizovat atribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change hodnotou dny od "
-"Epochy po operaci změny hesla."
+msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
+msgstr "Určuje, zda aktualizovat atribut ldap_user_shadow_last_change hodnotou dny od Epochy po operaci změny hesla."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:949
-msgid ""
-"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
-"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that "
-"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud používáte access_provider = ldap a ldap_access_order = filter "
-"(výchozí), je tato volba nezbytná. Určuje kritéria vyhledávácího LDAP filtru, "
-"která musí odpovídat, aby byl umožněn přístup k tomuto hostiteli."
+msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
+msgstr "Pokud používáte access_provider = ldap a ldap_access_order = filter (výchozí), je tato volba nezbytná. Určuje kritéria vyhledávácího LDAP filtru, která musí odpovídat, aby byl umožněn přístup k tomuto hostiteli."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:954
-msgid ""
-" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
-"be enabled."
-msgstr ""
-" Touto volbou může být povoleno vyhodnocování atributů řízení přístupu na "
-"straně klienta."
+msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
+msgstr " Touto volbou může být povoleno vyhodnocování atributů řízení přístupu na straně klienta."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:960
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
@@ -1447,32 +951,20 @@
msgstr "Určuje, jak je prováděna dereference přezdívek během vyhledávání."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:970
-msgid ""
-"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use "
-"the RFC2307 schema."
-msgstr ""
-"Umožňuje ponechat místní uživatele jako členy LDAP skupiny pro servery, které "
-"používají schéma RFC2307."
+msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
+msgstr "Umožňuje ponechat místní uživatele jako členy LDAP skupiny pro servery, které používají schéma RFC2307."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:993 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:997
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
-"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje seznam IP adres nebo hostitelských názvů serverů Kerberos oddělených "
-"čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit, předvoleném pořadí."
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
+msgstr "Určuje seznam IP adres nebo hostitelských názvů serverů Kerberos oddělených čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit, předvoleném pořadí."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1002
msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
msgstr "Název sféry Kerberos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1007 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1012
-msgid ""
-"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers "
-"can be defined here."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud neběží služba změny hesla v KDC, mohou zde být definovány alternativní "
-"servery."
+msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
+msgstr "Pokud neběží služba změny hesla v KDC, mohou zde být definovány alternativní servery."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1017
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
@@ -1483,60 +975,36 @@
msgstr "Umístění cache ověřovacích údajů uživatele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1027
-msgid ""
-" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
-"request is aborted."
-msgstr ""
-" Odpočet v sekundách, po kterém je požadavek na online ověření nebo změnu "
-"hesla zrušen."
+msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
+msgstr " Odpočet v sekundách, po kterém je požadavek na online ověření nebo změnu hesla zrušen."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1032
-msgid ""
-"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
-"spoofed."
+msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
msgstr "Ověřit s pomocí krb5_keytab, že obdržený TGT nebyl podvržen."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1037
-msgid ""
-"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
-"KDCs."
+msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
msgstr "Umístění keytab pro použití při kontrole pověření obdržených od KDC."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1042
-msgid ""
-"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
-"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
-msgstr ""
-"Uložit heslo uživatele, pokud je poskytovatel offline, a použít je k vyžádání "
-"TGT, jakmile bude poskytovatel opět online."
+msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
+msgstr "Uložit heslo uživatele, pokud je poskytovatel offline, a použít je k vyžádání TGT, jakmile bude poskytovatel opět online."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1046
-msgid ""
-"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
-"immediately followed by a time unit."
-msgstr ""
-"Vyžádat obnovitelný tiket s celkovou životností, určenou jako celé číslo "
-"okamžitě následované jednotkou času."
+msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr "Vyžádat obnovitelný tiket s celkovou životností, určenou jako celé číslo okamžitě následované jednotkou času."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1050
-msgid ""
-"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately "
-"followed by a time unit."
-msgstr ""
-"Vyžádat tiket s životností, určenou jako celé číslo okamžitě následované "
-"jednotkou času."
+msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr "Vyžádat tiket s životností, určenou jako celé číslo okamžitě následované jednotkou času."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1054
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr "Čas v sekundách mezi dvěma kontrolami, zda by měl být TGT obnoven."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1059
-msgid ""
-"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos "
-"pre-authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"Povoluje flexibilní ověřovací bezpečné tunelování (FAST) pro předověření "
-"Kerberos."
+msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
+msgstr "Povoluje flexibilní ověřovací bezpečné tunelování (FAST) pro předověření Kerberos."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1063
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
@@ -1545,8 +1013,7 @@
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1068
#, fuzzy
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje, zda by měl být kanonizován hostitelský a uživatelský principál."
+msgstr "Určuje, zda by měl být kanonizován hostitelský a uživatelský principál."
#. The Active Directory domain section
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1081
@@ -1554,42 +1021,24 @@
msgstr "Určuje název domény Active Directory."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1085 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1089
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to "
-"which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"Seznam IP adres nebo názvů hostitelů serverů AD oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by "
-"se měl SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí."
+msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
+msgstr "Seznam IP adres nebo názvů hostitelů serverů AD oddělený čárkou, ke kterým by se měl SSSD připojit v předvoleném pořadí."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1093
-msgid ""
-"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
-"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this "
-"host."
-msgstr ""
-"Volitelné. Může být nastaveno na strojích, kde hostname(5) - tj. název "
-"hostitele - neodpovídá plně kvalifikovanému názvu použitému v doméně Active "
-"Directory, pro ověření tohoto hostitele."
+msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+msgstr "Volitelné. Může být nastaveno na strojích, kde hostname(5) - tj. název hostitele - neodpovídá plně kvalifikovanému názvu použitému v doméně Active Directory, pro ověření tohoto hostitele."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1097
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr "Přenastavit uživatelský domovský adresář."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1110
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
-"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr ""
-" Určuje nižší vázaný rozsah POSIXových identifikátorů, které se mají použít "
-"pro mapování uživatelských a skupinových SIDů v Active Directory."
+msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr " Určuje nižší vázaný rozsah POSIXových identifikátorů, které se mají použít pro mapování uživatelských a skupinových SIDů v Active Directory."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1115
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active "
-"Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr ""
-"Určuje vyšší vázaný rozsah POSIXových identifikátorů, které se mají použít "
-"pro mapování uživatelských a skupinových SIDů v Active Directory."
+msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr "Určuje vyšší vázaný rozsah POSIXových identifikátorů, které se mají použít pro mapování uživatelských a skupinových SIDů v Active Directory."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1120
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
@@ -1604,12 +1053,8 @@
msgstr "Zadejte název výchozí domény."
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1133
-msgid ""
-"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
-"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
-msgstr ""
-"Mění chování algoritmu pro mapování identifikátorů tak, aby se bylo více "
-"podobné algoritmu \"idmap_autorid\" z winbindu."
+msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
+msgstr "Mění chování algoritmu pro mapování identifikátorů tak, aby se bylo více podobné algoritmu \"idmap_autorid\" z winbindu."
#. The Active Directory domain section
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1145
@@ -1617,21 +1062,15 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1149
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to "
-"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1153
-msgid ""
-"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
-"qualified name."
+msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1158
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into "
-"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1163
@@ -1639,8 +1078,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1167
-msgid ""
-"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
+msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
#. end Export
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/auth-server.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -100,12 +100,8 @@
#. error popup
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later "
-"in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
-"LDAP databáze již byla vytvořena. Nastavení můžete v instalovaném systému "
-"změnit později."
+msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
+msgstr "LDAP databáze již byla vytvořena. Nastavení můžete v instalovaném systému změnit později."
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
@@ -117,12 +113,8 @@
msgstr "[ručně nastavit]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to "
-"continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Nelze získat root heslo systému. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo LDAP "
-"serveru."
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
+msgstr "Nelze získat root heslo systému. Pokud chcete pokračovat, nastavte heslo LDAP serveru."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
@@ -215,12 +207,8 @@
"nainstalování tohoto balíčku."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-"Selhalo nasazení replikace OpenLDAP. Po dokončení instalace je nakonfigurujte "
-"znovu."
+msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
+msgstr "Selhalo nasazení replikace OpenLDAP. Po dokončení instalace je nakonfigurujte znovu."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -242,10 +230,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
msgid ""
-"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not "
-"running.\n"
-"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do "
-"you \n"
+"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n"
+"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
"LDAP server neběží, ale je nastaven.\n"
@@ -273,12 +259,9 @@
"database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n"
"configuration to the configuration database?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Váš systém je v současnosti nakonfigurován tak, aby používal konfigurační "
-"soubor\n"
-"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST podporuje pouze dynamickou konfigurační "
-"databázi\n"
-"OpenLDAPu (back-config). Chcete přenést vaši stávající konfiguraci do této "
-"konfigurační\n"
+"Váš systém je v současnosti nakonfigurován tak, aby používal konfigurační soubor\n"
+"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST podporuje pouze dynamickou konfigurační databázi\n"
+"OpenLDAPu (back-config). Chcete přenést vaši stávající konfiguraci do této konfigurační\n"
"databáze?\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148
@@ -335,12 +318,8 @@
msgstr "LDAP server neběží."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want "
-"to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
-"Chcete jej nyní spustit, aby došlo k znovunačtení konfiguračních dat, nebo "
-"chcete vytvořit novou konfiguraci od začátku?"
+msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr "Chcete jej nyní spustit, aby došlo k znovunačtení konfiguračních dat, nebo chcete vytvořit novou konfiguraci od začátku?"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
@@ -369,15 +348,13 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server."
-msgstr ""
-"Všechna data, včetně konfigurace, jsou replikována ze vzdáleného serveru."
+msgstr "Všechna data, včetně konfigurace, jsou replikována ze vzdáleného serveru."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386
msgid ""
"YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n"
"computer. \n"
-msgstr ""
-"YaSTu se nepodařilo zjistit plně kvalifikované jméno tohoto počítače.\n"
+msgstr "YaSTu se nepodařilo zjistit plně kvalifikované jméno tohoto počítače.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible."
@@ -552,11 +529,8 @@
#. Doing these checks during installation will
#. most probably fail
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277
-msgid ""
-"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider "
-"server.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Otevření spojení k databázi \"cn=config\" na poskytujícím serveru selhalo.\n"
+msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n"
+msgstr "Otevření spojení k databázi \"cn=config\" na poskytujícím serveru selhalo.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
@@ -597,19 +571,13 @@
"jako replikační odběratel.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383
-msgid ""
-"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
-msgstr ""
-"Nastavení kaskádové replikace cn=config není v současnosti podporována."
+msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
+msgstr "Nastavení kaskádové replikace cn=config není v současnosti podporována."
#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410
-msgid ""
-"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication "
-"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Kontrola ověřovacích údajů zadaných v replikační konfiguraci na poskytujícím "
-"serveru selhalo.\n"
+msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
+msgstr "Kontrola ověřovacích údajů zadaných v replikační konfiguraci na poskytujícím serveru selhalo.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
@@ -631,8 +599,7 @@
"To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n"
"to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Pro jednání jako hlavní server replikace, potřebuje být konfigurační "
-"databáze\n"
+"Pro jednání jako hlavní server replikace, potřebuje být konfigurační databáze\n"
"dostupná vzdáleně. Nastavte heslo pro konfigurační databázi.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525
@@ -658,8 +625,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543
msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)"
-msgstr ""
-"Připravit pro replikaci v režimu MirrorMode (vygeneruje atribut serverId)"
+msgstr "Připravit pro replikaci v režimu MirrorMode (vygeneruje atribut serverId)"
#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17
@@ -673,14 +639,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
-"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be "
-"started. Note:\n"
+"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vyberte <b>Ano</b> pokud by měl být server LDAP spouštěn automaticky\n"
"jako část procesu zavádění systému. Vyberte <b>Ne</b>, pokud by LDAP server\n"
-"neměl být spouštěn. Poznámka: Po výběru <b>Ne</b> nebudete moci změnit "
-"konfiguraci\n"
+"neměl být spouštěn. Poznámka: Po výběru <b>Ne</b> nebudete moci změnit konfiguraci\n"
"OpenLDAP.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
@@ -693,26 +657,19 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured "
-"communication\n"
-"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate "
-"configured.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
+"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> je běžný LDAP rozhraní na portu 389. TLS/SSL zabezpečené "
-"spojení\n"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> je běžný LDAP rozhraní na portu 389. TLS/SSL zabezpečené spojení\n"
"je možné přes operaci StartTLS, když je nastaven certifikát serveru.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL "
-"protected\n"
-"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate "
-"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n"
+"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> povoluje rozhraní \"LDAP přes SSL (ldaps)\" pro chráněná SSL "
-"spojení\n"
-"na portu 636. Toto funguje pouze pokud máte nakonfigurovaný serverový "
-"certifikát\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> povoluje rozhraní \"LDAP přes SSL (ldaps)\" pro chráněná SSL spojení\n"
+"na portu 636. Toto funguje pouze pokud máte nakonfigurovaný serverový certifikát\n"
"(Vizte \"Globální nastavení\"/\"Nastavení TLS\").\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36
@@ -721,10 +678,8 @@
"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n"
"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPI</b> povoluje rozhraní \"LDAP přes IPC\" pro přístup k LDAP "
-"serveru\n"
-"přes Doménové sokety Unixu. Nezakazujte rozhraní LDAPI, když jej YaST "
-"využívá\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPI</b> povoluje rozhraní \"LDAP přes IPC\" pro přístup k LDAP serveru\n"
+"přes Doménové sokety Unixu. Nezakazujte rozhraní LDAPI, když jej YaST využívá\n"
"pro komunikaci se serverem.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
@@ -735,9 +690,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n"
"network ports or not.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyberte, zda by SuSEFirewall měl mít přístup k síťovým portům LDAPu, nebo "
-"ne.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vyberte, zda by SuSEFirewall měl mít přístup k síťovým portům LDAPu, nebo ne.</p>\n"
#. First part of the Add Database Widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46
@@ -746,30 +699,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>"
-"Hdb</b> is a\n"
-"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout "
-"and\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
-"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library "
-"to store data.\n"
-"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and "
-"more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyberte <b>Databázi</b> z <b>hdb</b>, <b>bdb</b> a <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> "
-"je varianta\n"
-"výkonné části <b>bdb</b>, která používá hierarchický rozvrh databáze a "
-"podporuje\n"
-"přejmenovávání podstromů. Jinak je stejná jako <b>bdb</b>. Databáze <b>hdb</b>"
-" potřebuje\n"
-"pro dobrý výkon vyhledávání větší hodnotu <b>idlcachesize</b> než <b>bdb</b>"
-".\n"
-"Databáze <b>mdb</b> používá pro ukládání dat LMDB (Lightning Memory-Mapped "
-"DB) knihovnu\n"
-"OpenLDAPu. je podobná výkonné části <b>hdb</b>, ale je úspornější na místo a "
-"výkon.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vyberte <b>Databázi</b> z <b>hdb</b>, <b>bdb</b> a <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> je varianta\n"
+"výkonné části <b>bdb</b>, která používá hierarchický rozvrh databáze a podporuje\n"
+"přejmenovávání podstromů. Jinak je stejná jako <b>bdb</b>. Databáze <b>hdb</b> potřebuje\n"
+"pro dobrý výkon vyhledávání větší hodnotu <b>idlcachesize</b> než <b>bdb</b>.\n"
+"Databáze <b>mdb</b> používá pro ukládání dat LMDB (Lightning Memory-Mapped DB) knihovnu\n"
+"OpenLDAPu. je podobná výkonné části <b>hdb</b>, ale je úspornější na místo a výkon.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -779,37 +722,26 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b>"
-" \n"
-"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and "
-"other \n"
-"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the "
-"\n"
-"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>"
-"dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
-"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective "
-"Administrator DN\n"
+"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
+"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
+"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
+"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>DN administrátora</b> společně s <b>Heslem administrátora LDAP</b>\n"
-"určuje identitu superuživatele pro tuto databázi, který překonává všechna "
-"oprávnění ACL a jiná administrativní omezení. Zatržením <b>Připojit základní "
-"DN</b> dojde k připojení <b>Základního DN</b>, které je zadáno výše. "
-"Například základní DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
-"DN administrátora <tt>c=Admin</tt> bude zkombinováno do skutečného DN "
-"administrátora\n"
+"určuje identitu superuživatele pro tuto databázi, který překonává všechna oprávnění ACL a jiná administrativní omezení. Zatržením <b>Připojit základní DN</b> dojde k připojení <b>Základního DN</b>, které je zadáno výše. Například základní DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"DN administrátora <tt>c=Admin</tt> bude zkombinováno do skutečného DN administrátora\n"
"ve tvaru <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
-"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root "
-"password\n"
+"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Pokud je tento průvodce spušten během instalace, \n"
-"<b>LDAP heslo administrátora</b> je nastaveno na heslo systémového "
-"administrátora( root )\n"
+"<b>LDAP heslo administrátora</b> je nastaveno na heslo systémového administrátora( root )\n"
"zadaného dříve během instalace.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
@@ -822,8 +754,7 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Abyste tuto databázi použili jako výchozí pro nástroje klienta OpenLDAP\n"
-"(např. ldapsearch), zatrhněte <b>Použít tuto databázi jako výchozí pro "
-"klienty\n"
+"(např. ldapsearch), zatrhněte <b>Použít tuto databázi jako výchozí pro klienty\n"
"OpenLDAP</b>. Toto povede k výsledku, že do souboru konfigurace klienta\n"
"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> bude zapsáno jméno hostitele \"localhost\"\n"
"a výše zadané <b>Základní DN</b>. Toto zatržítko je jako výchozí zatrženo\n"
@@ -844,11 +775,9 @@
"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n"
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pro povolení nebo zakázání ověřování v prostém textu (Jednoduchá vazba "
-"LDAP)\n"
+"<p>Pro povolení nebo zakázání ověřování v prostém textu (Jednoduchá vazba LDAP)\n"
"vůči konfigurační databázi, klepněte na přidružené zatržítko. Ověřování\n"
-"ke konfigurační databázi v prostém textu bude umožněno pouze pokud se "
-"používá\n"
+"ke konfigurační databázi v prostém textu bude umožněno pouze pokud se používá\n"
"dostatečně chráněné (např. SSL/TLS šifrované) spojení.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
@@ -877,21 +806,15 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN "
-"automatically\n"
+"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zadejte kompletní DN nebo pouze první část a automaticky připojte Base DN "
-"pomocí <b>Přidat Base DN</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zadejte kompletní DN nebo pouze první část a automaticky připojte Base DN pomocí <b>Přidat Base DN</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change "
-"Password</b>.\n"
-"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password "
-"Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been "
-"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
+"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pro změnu hesla administrátorského účtu klepněte na\n"
"<b>Změnit heslo</b>.\n"
@@ -902,28 +825,19 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can "
-"adjust\n"
-"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the "
-"number of entries\n"
-"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough "
-"RAM) this number\n"
-"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index "
-"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
-"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially "
-"HDB-Databases require a\n"
-"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the "
-"entry cache as a rule of\n"
+"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
+"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
+"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n"
+"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
+"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n"
+"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Za pomoci <b>Vstupní cache</b> a <b>Indexová Cache (IDL cache)</b> lze "
-"zvýšit\n"
+"<p>Za pomoci <b>Vstupní cache</b> a <b>Indexová Cache (IDL cache)</b> lze zvýšit\n"
"velikost interní OpenLDAP cache. <b>Vstupní Cache</b> udává počet vstupů,\n"
"které jsou zapamatovány v paměti. Pokud je to možné (dostatek RAM), mělo by\n"
-"toto číslo být dostatečně velké, aby byla celá databáze v paměti. <b>Indexová "
-"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
-"se používá na zapamatování a urychlení vyhledávání nad zaindexovanými "
-"atributy.\n"
+"toto číslo být dostatečně velké, aby byla celá databáze v paměti. <b>Indexová Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
+"se používá na zapamatování a urychlení vyhledávání nad zaindexovanými atributy.\n"
"Speciaálně HDB databáze potřebuje velkou IDL cache pro dobrou rychlost\n"
"(doporučení je trojnásobek vstupní cache).</p>"
@@ -935,28 +849,19 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Chcete-li pro tuto databázi používat politiku hesel, povolte možnost <b>"
-"Povolit politiku hesel</b>.<p>"
+msgstr "<p>Chcete-li pro tuto databázi používat politiku hesel, povolte možnost <b>Povolit politiku hesel</b>.<p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP "
-"server\n"
-"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before "
-"storing them\n"
-"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, "
-"but may be\n"
-"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify "
-"extended operation \n"
+"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
+"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
+"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
+"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>Zaškrtnutím pole <b>Hashovat hesla v prostém textu</b> můžete určit, aby "
-"server OpenLDAP šifroval hesla v prostém textu\n"
-" přítomná v požadavcích na přidání a úpravy před jejich uložením do databáze. "
-"Tím je porušen informační model X.500/LDAP,\n"
-" což ale může být třeba ke kompenzaci klientů LDAP, kteří nepoužívají ke "
-"správě hesel rozšířené \n"
+"<p>Zaškrtnutím pole <b>Hashovat hesla v prostém textu</b> můžete určit, aby server OpenLDAP šifroval hesla v prostém textu\n"
+" přítomná v požadavcích na přidání a úpravy před jejich uložením do databáze. Tím je porušen informační model X.500/LDAP,\n"
+" což ale může být třeba ke kompenzaci klientů LDAP, kteří nepoužívají ke správě hesel rozšířené \n"
" operace úpravy hesel.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -967,32 +872,23 @@
"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n"
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p> Pokud je povoleno <b>Oznámit stav \"Účet uzamčen\"</b>, pak uživatelé, "
-"kteří\n"
-"se pokouší ověřit k uzamčenému účtu, jsou upozorněni, že jejich účet je "
-"uzamčen.\n"
+"<p> Pokud je povoleno <b>Oznámit stav \"Účet uzamčen\"</b>, pak uživatelé, kteří\n"
+"se pokouší ověřit k uzamčenému účtu, jsou upozorněni, že jejich účet je uzamčen.\n"
"Tato oznámení mohou poskytnout užitečné informace nějakému útočníkovi.\n"
"Sítě citlivé na bezpečnostní problémy by tuto volbu neměly zapínat.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object "
-"DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zadejte název výchozího objektu politiky hesel do pole <b>DN výchozího "
-"objektu politiky</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zadejte název výchozího objektu politiky hesel do pole <b>DN výchozího objektu politiky</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You "
-"may\n"
+"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vytvořte nebo změňte výchozí politiku klepnutím na <b>Upravit politiku</b>"
-".\n"
-"Můžete být poté požádáni o zadání hesla administrátora LDAPu, aby vám mohlo "
-"být\n"
+"<p>Vytvořte nebo změňte výchozí politiku klepnutím na <b>Upravit politiku</b>.\n"
+"Můžete být poté požádáni o zadání hesla administrátora LDAPu, aby vám mohlo být\n"
"umožněno čtení Objektu politiky ze serveru.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
@@ -1004,19 +900,14 @@
msgstr "<p>Změňte nastavení indexování databází hdb bdb.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
-msgid ""
-"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index "
-"defined.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tato tabulka zobrazuje seznam atributů, které jsou v současnosti "
-"definované v rejstříku.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tato tabulka zobrazuje seznam atributů, které jsou v současnosti definované v rejstříku.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
-"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different "
-"types\n"
+"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Rejstříky jsou OpenLDAPem použity pro zlepšení výkonu vyhledávání na\n"
@@ -1027,8 +918,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be "
-"configured\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Výskyt</b>: Tento rejstřík je použit pro vyhledávání filtrem na výskyt\n"
@@ -1038,24 +928,19 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
-"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> "
-"index\n"
+"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Rovnost</b>: Tento typ indexu je použit pro vyhledávání filtry "
-"rovnosti\n"
-"(např. (<tt>(attributeType=<presne hodnoty>)</tt>). Rejstřík <b>"
-"Rovnosti</b>\n"
-"by měl být vždy nakonfigurován společně s atributem <tt>objectclass</tt>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p><b>Rovnost</b>: Tento typ indexu je použit pro vyhledávání filtry rovnosti\n"
+"(např. (<tt>(attributeType=<presne hodnoty>)</tt>). Rejstřík <b>Rovnosti</b>\n"
+"by měl být vždy nakonfigurován společně s atributem <tt>objectclass</tt>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Podřetězec</b>: Tento rejstřík je použit pro vyhledávání filtry "
-"podřetězců\n"
+"<p><b>Podřetězec</b>: Tento rejstřík je použit pro vyhledávání filtry podřetězců\n"
"(např. <tt>(attributeType=<podreztezec>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
@@ -1070,15 +955,13 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly "
-"added\n"
+"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Poznámka: V závislosti na velikosti databáze to může nějakou dobu trvat\n"
-"než bude nově přidaný rejstřík v databázi aktivní. Po zápisu konfigurace na "
-"server\n"
+"než bude nově přidaný rejstřík v databázi aktivní. Po zápisu konfigurace na server\n"
"započne úloha na pozadí generovat informace rejstříku pro tuto databázi.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
@@ -1090,8 +973,7 @@
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tato tabulka vám dává přehled o pravidlech Řízení přístupu, která jsou "
-"pro\n"
+"<p>Tato tabulka vám dává přehled o pravidlech Řízení přístupu, která jsou pro\n"
"vybranou databázi nakonfigurována.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
@@ -1109,24 +991,19 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pro vytvoření nových Přístupových práv použijte <b>Přidat</b> a <b>Smazat<"
-"/b>\n"
+"<p>Pro vytvoření nových Přístupových práv použijte <b>Přidat</b> a <b>Smazat</b>\n"
"k jejich smazání.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
-"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, "
-"using\n"
+"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyhodnocování Řízení přístupu OpenLDAPu se zastavuje na prvním pravidle, "
-"jehož\n"
-"definice cíle (DN, filtr a atribut) odpovídá položce, ke které se "
-"přistupuje.\n"
-"Proto byste měli pravidla seřadit dle vašich potřeb použitím tlačítek <b>"
-"Nahoru</b>\n"
+"<p>Vyhodnocování Řízení přístupu OpenLDAPu se zastavuje na prvním pravidle, jehož\n"
+"definice cíle (DN, filtr a atribut) odpovídá položce, ke které se přistupuje.\n"
+"Proto byste měli pravidla seřadit dle vašich potřeb použitím tlačítek <b>Nahoru</b>\n"
"a <b>Dolů</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
@@ -1135,14 +1012,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, "
-"if you want to \n"
+"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyberte zatržítko \"<b>Povolit poskytovatele ldapsync pro tuto databázi</b>"
-"\"\n"
-"pokud si přejete umožnit replikaci v současnosti vybrané databáze na jiný "
-"server.</p>"
+"<p>Vyberte zatržítko \"<b>Povolit poskytovatele ldapsync pro tuto databázi</b>\"\n"
+"pokud si přejete umožnit replikaci v současnosti vybrané databáze na jiný server.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
@@ -1150,29 +1024,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator "
-"(stored\n"
-"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is "
-"synced\n"
-"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify "
-"or\n"
-"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the "
-"indicator\n"
-"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator "
-"is\n"
+"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
+"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
+"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n"
+"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n"
+"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Zde můžete zadat jak často by měl být zapisován indikátor stavu "
-"synchronizace\n"
-"(uložený v atributu \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"). Ten je synchronizován do databáze "
-"po\n"
-"vámi zadaném počtu zápisu \"<i>Operací</i>\" nebo poté, co uplyne vámi zadaná "
-"doba\n"
+"<p>Zde můžete zadat jak často by měl být zapisován indikátor stavu synchronizace\n"
+"(uložený v atributu \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"). Ten je synchronizován do databáze po\n"
+"vámi zadaném počtu zápisu \"<i>Operací</i>\" nebo poté, co uplyne vámi zadaná doba\n"
"\"<i>Minuty</i>\" od posledního zápisu. Ve výchozím (obě hodnoty jsou '0')\n"
-"je indikátor stavu zapisován pouze po čistém vypnutí. Častější zápis může "
-"vést\n"
+"je indikátor stavu zapisován pouze po čistém vypnutí. Častější zápis může vést\n"
"k rychlejšímu času spouštění po ne úplně čistém shození serveru, ale může\n"
"vést k menšímu zásahu do výkonu v prostředích, kde dochází k častým operacím\n"
"zápisu do LDAP.</p>\n"
@@ -1183,22 +1048,15 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
-"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write "
-"operations\n"
-"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in "
-"the session log. \n"
-"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" "
-"replication. In \n"
-"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master "
-"server.</p>"
+"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
+"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
+"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
+"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Nastavuje paměťový protokol sezení pro záznam informací o operacích "
-"zápisu\n"
+"<p>Nastavuje paměťový protokol sezení pro záznam informací o operacích zápisu\n"
"provedených v databázi. Zadejte kolik operací zápisu by mělo být zaznamenáno\n"
-"v protokolu sezení. Konfigurace protokolu sezení je užitečná pouze pro "
-"replikaci\n"
-"\"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" (pouze obnovit). V takovém případě můžete urychlit "
-"replikaci\n"
+"v protokolu sezení. Konfigurace protokolu sezení je užitečná pouze pro replikaci\n"
+"\"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" (pouze obnovit). V takovém případě můžete urychlit replikaci\n"
"a snížit zátěž na hlavním serveru.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
@@ -1210,8 +1068,7 @@
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyberte \"<b>Tato databáze je replikačním odběratelem</b>\", pokud "
-"chcete,\n"
+"<p>Vyberte \"<b>Tato databáze je replikačním odběratelem</b>\", pokud chcete,\n"
"aby databáze byla replikou databáze na jiném serveru.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
@@ -1224,14 +1081,11 @@
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n"
"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n"
-"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using "
-"non-standard\n"
+"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n"
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Zde zadejte podrobnosti spojení pro replikaci s hlavním serverem. Vyberte "
-"který\n"
-"protokol se má použít (<b>ldap</b> nebo <b>ldaps</b>) a zadejte plně "
-"kvalifikované\n"
+"Zde zadejte podrobnosti spojení pro replikaci s hlavním serverem. Vyberte který\n"
+"protokol se má použít (<b>ldap</b> nebo <b>ldaps</b>) a zadejte plně kvalifikované\n"
"jméno hlavního serveru. Je důležité použít plně kvalifikované jméno z důvodu\n"
"ověření TLS/SSL certifikátu hlavního serveru. Pokud hlavní server běží na\n"
"nestandardním portu, nastavte číslo toho portu.\n"
@@ -1251,11 +1105,9 @@
"interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n"
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>refreshOnly</b> (pouze obnovit): Podřízený server bude pravidelně "
-"otevírat\n"
+"<p><b>refreshOnly</b> (pouze obnovit): Podřízený server bude pravidelně otevírat\n"
"nové spojení, vyvolávat synchronizaci a opět spojení zavírat. Interval jak\n"
-"často tato synchronizace probíhá může být nastaven volbou <b>Interval "
-"replikace</b>.</p>\n"
+"často tato synchronizace probíhá může být nastaven volbou <b>Interval replikace</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
@@ -1263,10 +1115,8 @@
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: Podřízený server pro synchronizaci otevře "
-"trvalé\n"
-"spojení k hlavnímu serveru.Aktualizované položky jsou z hlavního serveru "
-"okamžitě\n"
+"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: Podřízený server pro synchronizaci otevře trvalé\n"
+"spojení k hlavnímu serveru.Aktualizované položky jsou z hlavního serveru okamžitě\n"
"odesílány tímto spojením na podřízený server.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
@@ -1275,10 +1125,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
-"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to "
-"authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated "
-"database on the master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Zadejte DN a heslo, které má podřízený server používat pro ověření\n"
"vůči hlavnímu serveru. Zadané DN potřebuje mít přístup ke čtení všech\n"
@@ -1292,17 +1140,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
-"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can "
-"configure a different update referral here.\n"
-"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for "
-"the\n"
+"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
+"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Podřízená databáze je jen ke čtení, podřízený server bude odpovídat\n"
"na operace zápisu doporučením LDAP. Jako výchozí tímto doporučením ukazuje\n"
"na hlavní server. Zde můžete nastavit jiné doporučení aktualizace. To je\n"
-"užitečné například v nasazení kaskádové replikace, kde poskytovatelem "
-"podřízeného\n"
+"užitečné například v nasazení kaskádové replikace, kde poskytovatelem podřízeného\n"
"serveru je také podřízený server.</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help
@@ -1345,25 +1190,18 @@
"Server module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tento dialog poskytuje krátký souhrn konfigurace, kterou jste vytvořili.\n"
-"Pro zápis konfigurace a opuštění modulu LDAP serveru klepněte na <b>Dokončit<"
-"/b>.</p>\n"
+"Pro zápis konfigurace a opuštění modulu LDAP serveru klepněte na <b>Dokončit</b>.</p>\n"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p>"
-" "
+msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Pomocí <b>Spustit LDAP server - Ano/Ne</b>, \n"
"spustíte či vypnete LDAP server.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration "
-"wizard.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pokud vyberete <b>Ano</b>, pro spuštění konfiguračního průvodce klepněte "
-"na <b>Další</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pokud vyberete <b>Ano</b>, pro spuštění konfiguračního průvodce klepněte na <b>Další</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
@@ -1375,17 +1213,12 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios "
-"are available:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyberte typ LDAP serveru, který chcete nastavit. Jsou dostupné následující "
-"scénáře:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vyberte typ LDAP serveru, který chcete nastavit. Jsou dostupné následující scénáře:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server "
-"with\n"
+"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Samostatný server</b>: Nastavit jeden samostatný server OpenLDAP bez\n"
@@ -1397,17 +1230,14 @@
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hlavní server v replikačním nasazení</b>: Vytvořit nasazení OpenLDAPu\n"
-"připravené k jednání jako hlavní server (poskytovatel) v replikačním "
-"nasazení.</p>\n"
+"připravené k jednání jako hlavní server (poskytovatel) v replikačním nasazení.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that "
-"replicates all its data,\n"
+"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Podřízená serverová replika</b>: Nasazení podřízeného serveru "
-"OpenLDAPu, který replikuje\n"
+"<p><b>Podřízená serverová replika</b>: Nasazení podřízeného serveru OpenLDAPu, který replikuje\n"
"jeho všechna data, včetně konfigurace, z hlavního serveru.</p>"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
@@ -1432,27 +1262,20 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>"
-"\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Zatržením <b>Povolit LDAP přes SSL (ldaps) rozhraní</b> povolíte, aby "
-"server\n"
-"na portu 636 přijímal LDAPS spojení. Pokud tato volba není zatržena, "
-"OpenLDAP\n"
-"bude podporovat pouze spojení šifrovaná TLS pomocí rozšířené obsluhy "
-"StartTLS.</p> \n"
+"<p>Zatržením <b>Povolit LDAP přes SSL (ldaps) rozhraní</b> povolíte, aby server\n"
+"na portu 636 přijímal LDAPS spojení. Pokud tato volba není zatržena, OpenLDAP\n"
+"bude podporovat pouze spojení šifrovaná TLS pomocí rozšířené obsluhy StartTLS.</p> \n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
-"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so "
-"that\n"
+"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pokud již máte běžný certifikát serveru nainstalovaný pomocí "
-"odpovídajícího\n"
-"modulu YaSTu, zatrhněte <b>Použít běžný certifikát serveru</b>, aby jej "
-"používal\n"
+"<p>Pokud již máte běžný certifikát serveru nainstalovaný pomocí odpovídajícího\n"
+"modulu YaSTu, zatrhněte <b>Použít běžný certifikát serveru</b>, aby jej používal\n"
"i OpenLDAP server.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
@@ -1462,16 +1285,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
-"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>"
-",\n"
-"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
+"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pokud nemáte žádný běžný certifikát serveru nebo chcete pro OpenLDAP "
-"použít\n"
-"jiný certifikát, zadejte do odpovídajících polí názvy <b>Souboru certifikátu "
-"CA</b>,\n"
+"<p>Pokud nemáte žádný běžný certifikát serveru nebo chcete pro OpenLDAP použít\n"
+"jiný certifikát, zadejte do odpovídajících polí názvy <b>Souboru certifikátu CA</b>,\n"
"<b>Souboru certifikátu</b> a <b>Souboru s klíčem certifikátu</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
@@ -1479,8 +1298,7 @@
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pro vytvoření nové CA nebo certifikátu, navštivte modul správy CA "
-"klepnutím\n"
+"<p>Pro vytvoření nové CA nebo certifikátu, navštivte modul správy CA klepnutím\n"
"na <b>Spustit modul správy CA</b>.</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
@@ -1491,15 +1309,12 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in "
-"which to choose\n"
-"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not "
-"support the removal of \n"
+"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
+"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>V tomto dialogu můžete přidat schéma. Stiskněte <b>Přidat</b>\n"
-" a v dialogu zvolte nové schéma. Poznámka: V současnosti OpenLDAP(použité s "
-"nastavením v databázi) nepodporuje odstraňování schémat</p>"
+" a v dialogu zvolte nové schéma. Poznámka: V současnosti OpenLDAP(použité s nastavením v databázi) nepodporuje odstraňování schémat</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
@@ -1507,17 +1322,13 @@
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyberte podsystémy, které by měly protokolovat ladící zprávy a statistiky "
-"do\n"
+"<p>Vyberte podsystémy, které by měly protokolovat ladící zprávy a statistiky do\n"
"syslogu.</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or "
-"disallow:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyber, které speciální vlastnosti OpenLDAP serveru budou povoleny:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vyber, které speciální vlastnosti OpenLDAP serveru budou povoleny:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
@@ -1525,8 +1336,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind "
-"requests.\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Požadavky vazby LDAPv2</b>: Umožněte, aby server přijímal\n"
@@ -1535,15 +1345,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind "
-"when \n"
-"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not "
-"present) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
+"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Anonymní vazba pokud nejsou prázdné pověření</b>: povolit anonymní "
-"připojení, \n"
-"pokud přihlašovací údaje jsou prázdné (například je zadáno heslo, ale DN pro "
-"připojení chybí) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonymní vazba pokud nejsou prázdné pověření</b>: povolit anonymní připojení, \n"
+"pokud přihlašovací údaje jsou prázdné (například je zadáno heslo, ale DN pro připojení chybí) </p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
@@ -1555,13 +1361,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow "
-"unauthenticated\n"
+"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Neověřené aktualizační operace ke zpracování</b>: Pro umožnění "
-"neověřených\n"
+"<p><b>Neověřené aktualizační operace ke zpracování</b>: Pro umožnění neověřených\n"
"(anonymních) aktualizačních operací ke zpracování. Stále zůstávají předmětem\n"
"řízení přístupu a dalších administrativních omezení.</p>\n"
@@ -1583,21 +1387,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zakázat ověření jednoduchou vazbou</b>: Úplně zakáže ověřování "
-"jednoduchou vazbou.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Zakázat ověření jednoduchou vazbou</b>: Úplně zakáže ověřování jednoduchou vazbou.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
-"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection "
-"back\n"
+"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Zakázat vynucení sezení do anonymního stavu při operování pomocí StartTLS<"
-"/b>:\n"
-"Server již nebude nadále vynucovat přechod z ověřeného spojení zpět k "
-"anonymnímu stavu\n"
+"<p>Zakázat vynucení sezení do anonymního stavu při operování pomocí StartTLS</b>:\n"
+"Server již nebude nadále vynucovat přechod z ověřeného spojení zpět k anonymnímu stavu\n"
"jakmile přijímá operace StartTLS.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
@@ -1613,30 +1412,25 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
-"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The "
-"\"Frontend\"\n"
+"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
-"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tyto seznamy zobrazují všechny nastavené databáze. Databáze s typem\n"
"\"frontend\" a \"config\" přestavují zvláštní interní databáze. Databáze\n"
"\"Frontend\" je použita pro nastavení globálního řízení přístupových omezení\n"
-"a překryvů, které platí pro všechny databáze. Databáze \"Config\" obsahuje "
-"konfiguraci\n"
+"a překryvů, které platí pro všechny databáze. Databáze \"Config\" obsahuje konfiguraci\n"
"samotného serveru LDAP.</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>K přidání nové databáze použijte tlačítko <B>Přidat databázi...</B>.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>K přidání nové databáze použijte tlačítko <B>Přidat databázi...</B>.</P>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
-"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete "
-"Database...</b>.\n"
+"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pro smazání nějaké databáze vyberte danou databázi ze seznamu a klepněte\n"
@@ -1645,102 +1439,69 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") "
-"here. This is required to make\n"
+"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Zde zadejte heslo pro konfigurační databázi (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").\n"
-"Toto je vyžadováno pro umožnění vzdáleného přístupu ke konfigurační "
-"databázi.</p>"
+"Toto je vyžadováno pro umožnění vzdáleného přístupu ke konfigurační databázi.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
-"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the "
-"\"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed "
-"for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
+"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pokud se server navržen k nasazení MirrorModu, vyberte \"<b>Připravit pro\n"
-"replikaci v režimu MirrorMode</b>\". Toto zajistí, že bude vygenerován "
-"atribut\n"
+"replikaci v režimu MirrorMode</b>\". Toto zajistí, že bude vygenerován atribut\n"
"serverId, který je pro replikaci MirrorMode zapotřebí.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
-"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master "
-"server. Please enter the master\n"
-"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps<"
-"/i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
+"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
+"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pro nasazení podřízeného serveru je potřeba z hlavního serveru zjistit\n"
-"některé podrobnosti. Zadejte název hlavního serveru, nastavte protokol "
-"(buďto\n"
+"některé podrobnosti. Zadejte název hlavního serveru, nastavte protokol (buďto\n"
"\"<i>ldap</i>\" nebo \"<i>ldaps</i>\" a číslo portu podle potřeby a zadejte\n"
"heslo k hlavní konfigurační databázi (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your "
-"Kerberos server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zadejte <big>Sféru</big> a <big>Hlavní heslo</big> vašeho Kerberos "
-"serveru.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zadejte <big>Sféru</big> a <big>Hlavní heslo</big> vašeho Kerberos serveru.</p>"
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
-msgid ""
-"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to "
-"use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ačkoliv vaše doména Kerbera může být ASCII řetězec, konvence je použití "
-"velkých písmen jako ve jménu vaší domény.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Ačkoliv vaše doména Kerbera může být ASCII řetězec, konvence je použití velkých písmen jako ve jménu vaší domény.</p>\n"
#. advanced item help: database_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this "
-"realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento řetězec určuje umístění Kerberos databáze pro tuto doménu.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tento řetězec určuje umístění Kerberos databáze pro tuto doménu.</p>"
#. advanced item help: acl_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file "
-"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru se seznamem řízení přístupu (ACL),\n"
"který kadmin používá pro zjištění oprávnění představitele k dané databázi.</p>"
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to "
-"authenticate to the database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru keytab, který admin používá k "
-"ověřování databáze.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tento řetězec určuje umístění souboru keytab, který admin používá k ověřování databáze.</p>"
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
-msgid ""
-"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals "
-"created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento absolutní čas určuje výchozí datum vypršení hlavních dat v této "
-"doméně.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tento absolutní čas určuje výchozí datum vypršení hlavních dat v této doméně.</p>"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
-msgid ""
-"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in "
-"this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tyto příznaky určují výchozí atributy představitele vytvořeného v této "
-"sféře.</p>"
+msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tyto příznaky určují výchozí atributy představitele vytvořeného v této sféře.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
@@ -1749,8 +1510,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Povolení těchto vlajek umožní příkazci získat lístky s posunutým datem."
+msgstr "Povolení těchto vlajek umožní příkazci získat lístky s posunutým datem."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
@@ -1785,12 +1545,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another "
-"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr ""
-"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat klíč k sezení jiného uživatele, "
-"povoluje tomuto příkazci ověření uživatel-uživatel."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
+msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat klíč k sezení jiného uživatele, povoluje tomuto příkazci ověření uživatel-uživatel."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
@@ -1798,16 +1554,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to "
-"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this "
-"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only "
-"be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud je tato vlajka povolena klient příkazce, tak příkazce může vyžadoval "
-"před ověření KDC před obdržením lístků. Když povolíte tuto vlajku službě "
-"příkazce, lístky služby pro tohoto příkazce budou vydány pouze klientům s "
-"TGT, kteří mají sadu před ověřovacích lístků."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
+msgstr "Pokud je tato vlajka povolena klient příkazce, tak příkazce může vyžadoval před ověření KDC před obdržením lístků. Když povolíte tuto vlajku službě příkazce, lístky služby pro tohoto příkazce budou vydány pouze klientům s TGT, kteří mají sadu před ověřovacích lístků."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
@@ -1815,12 +1563,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a "
-"hardware device before receiving any tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Je-li tato vlajka povolena, příkazce musí být před ověřený použitím "
-"hardwarového zařízení před obdržením jakéhokoliv lístku."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
+msgstr "Je-li tato vlajka povolena, příkazce musí být před ověřený použitím hardwarového zařízení před obdržením jakéhokoliv lístku."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
@@ -1828,10 +1572,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
-msgstr ""
-"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci KDC obdržet lístky pro tohoto příkazce."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
+msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci KDC obdržet lístky pro tohoto příkazce."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
@@ -1839,14 +1581,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a "
-"ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that "
-"was used to obtain the TGT."
-msgstr ""
-"Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat lístky na základě "
-"lístku-poskytujícího-lístek raději než opakováním ověřovacího procesu, který "
-"byl použit k získání TGT."
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
+msgstr "Povolení této vlajky umožní příkazci získat lístky na základě lístku-poskytujícího-lístek raději než opakováním ověřovacího procesu, který byl použit k získání TGT."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
@@ -1854,13 +1590,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this "
-"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within "
-"this realm."
-msgstr ""
-"Povolení této vlajky znamená, že KDC bude vydávat lístky pro tohoto příkazce. "
-"Zakázání této vlajky v podstatě deaktivuje příkazce uvnitř jeho domény."
+msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
+msgstr "Povolení této vlajky znamená, že KDC bude vydávat lístky pro tohoto příkazce. Zakázání této vlajky v podstatě deaktivuje příkazce uvnitř jeho domény."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
@@ -1877,67 +1608,37 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change "
-"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a "
-"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that "
-"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password "
-"authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"Je-li tato vlajka povolena, značí tohoto příkazce jako službu měnící heslo. "
-"To by mělo být použito pouze ve zvláštních případech, např. když uživatelovo "
-"heslo vypršelo, uživatel musí dostat lístky pro příkazce, aby byl schopen jej "
-"změnit bez průchodu normálního ověřování hesla."
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
+msgstr "Je-li tato vlajka povolena, značí tohoto příkazce jako službu měnící heslo. To by mělo být použito pouze ve zvláštních případech, např. když uživatelovo heslo vypršelo, uživatel musí dostat lístky pro příkazce, aby byl schopen jej změnit bez průchodu normálního ověřování hesla."
#. advanced item help : dict_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
-msgid ""
-"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not "
-"allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy "
-"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Řetězec umístění souboru se slovníkem, který obsahuje řetězce, které "
-"nejsou\n"
+"<p>Řetězec umístění souboru se slovníkem, který obsahuje řetězce, které nejsou\n"
"dovolené použít jako hesla. Pokud není tento štítek nastaven nebo pokud\n"
-"zde není přiřazena politika k danému přestaviteli, nebude prováděna žádná "
-"kontrola.</p>"
+"zde není přiřazena politika k danému přestaviteli, nebude prováděna žádná kontrola.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
-msgid ""
-"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens "
-"for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Toto číslo portu upřesňuje port, na kterém kadmin démon naslouchá pro tuto "
-"doménu.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Toto číslo portu upřesňuje port, na kterém kadmin démon naslouchá pro tuto doménu.</p>"
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored "
-"with kdb5_stash.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento řetězec upřesňuje umístění, kde je uložen hlavní klíč s kdb5_stash.<"
-"/p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tento řetězec upřesňuje umístění, kde je uložen hlavní klíč s kdb5_stash.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this "
-"realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento řetězec upřesňuje seznam portů, na kterých bude KDC pro tuto "
-"doménu.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tento řetězec upřesňuje seznam portů, na kterých bude KDC pro tuto doménu.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master "
-"key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento řetězec upřesňuje jméno příkazce spojeného s hlavním klíčem. Výchozí "
-"hodnota je K/M.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tento řetězec upřesňuje jméno příkazce spojeného s hlavním klíčem. Výchozí hodnota je K/M.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
@@ -1946,90 +1647,54 @@
#. advanced item help : max_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"valid for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být v "
-"této doméně lístek platný.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být v této doméně lístek platný.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"renewed for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být "
-"pro tuto doménu lístek obnoven.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tato delta času upřesňuje maximální časovou periodu, po kterou může být pro tuto doménu lístek obnoven.</p>"
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt "
-"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seznam řetězců klíč/sůl, které určují výchozí kombinaci klíč/sůl\n"
"představitelů této sféry.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this "
-"realm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Upřesňuje povolené kombinace klíč/salt příkazce této domény.</p>"
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm "
-"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm "
-"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Upřesňuje zdali má být seznam projitých domén pro lístky křížových domén "
-"kontrolován proti průchozí cestě vypočítané ze jmen domény a sekce [capaths] "
-"jejího krb5.conf konfiguračního souboru</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Upřesňuje zdali má být seznam projitých domén pro lístky křížových domén kontrolován proti průchozí cestě vypočítané ze jmen domény a sekce [capaths] jejího krb5.conf konfiguračního souboru</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be "
-"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tento štítek specifický pro LDAP značí počet spojení, která mohou být\n"
"tímto LDAP serverem spravována.</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords "
-"for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento štítek specifický pro LDAP značí soubor obsahující ukrytá hesla "
-"objektů\n"
+"<p>Tento štítek specifický pro LDAP značí soubor obsahující ukrytá hesla objektů\n"
"použitých pro spouštění Kerberos serverů.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The "
-"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The "
-"search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the "
-"subtree.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Upřesňuje seznam podstromů obsahující příkazce domény. Seznam obsahuje DN "
-"podstrom objektů oddělených dvojtečkou (:)</p><p>Oblast hledání upřesňuje "
-"oblast pro příkazce v rámci podstromu.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Upřesňuje seznam podstromů obsahující příkazce domény. Seznam obsahuje DN podstrom objektů oddělených dvojtečkou (:)</p><p>Oblast hledání upřesňuje oblast pro příkazce v rámci podstromu.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a "
-"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a "
-"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Upřesňuje DN objektu zásobníku, ve kterém budou příkazci domény vytvořeni. "
-"Pokud není reference zásobníku nastaveno pro doménu, příkazci budou vytvořeni "
-"v zásobníku domén.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Upřesňuje DN objektu zásobníku, ve kterém budou příkazci domény vytvořeni. Pokud není reference zásobníku nastaveno pro doménu, příkazci budou vytvořeni v zásobníku domén.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
@@ -2038,12 +1703,8 @@
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.<"
-"/p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Upřesňuje maximální obnovitelnost života lístků pro příkazce v této "
-"doméně.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Upřesňuje maximální obnovitelnost života lístků pro příkazce v této doméně.</p>"
#. #################################################################################
#. #################################################################################
@@ -2367,22 +2028,16 @@
msgstr "URI adresa serveru"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the "
-"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"Tento server není nasazen jako uzel MirrorMode. Pro spuštění standardního "
-"konfiguračního průvodce OpenLDAPu klepněte na \"Další\"."
+msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
+msgstr "Tento server není nasazen jako uzel MirrorMode. Pro spuštění standardního konfiguračního průvodce OpenLDAPu klepněte na \"Další\"."
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview"
msgstr "Přehled MirrorMode OpenLDAPu"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Smazání hostitele, na kterém je spouštěný tento modul YaSTu není možné.\n"
+msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
+msgstr "Smazání hostitele, na kterém je spouštěný tento modul YaSTu není možné.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server."
@@ -2693,22 +2348,16 @@
msgstr "Zvolit ne&dovolené příznaky:"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous "
-"directory access)"
-msgstr ""
-"Zakázat příjem anonymních požadavků vazby (nezakazuje anonymní adresářový "
-"přístup)"
+msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
+msgstr "Zakázat příjem anonymních požadavků vazby (nezakazuje anonymní adresářový přístup)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication"
msgstr "Zakázat ověření jednoduchou vazbou"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
-msgstr ""
-"Zakázat vynucení sezení do anonymního stavu při operování pomocí StartTLS"
+msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
+msgstr "Zakázat vynucení sezení do anonymního stavu při operování pomocí StartTLS"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated"
@@ -2800,8 +2449,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. "
-msgstr ""
-"Povolit pro tuto databázi ověřování v prostém textu (Jednoduchá vazba). "
+msgstr "Povolit pro tuto databázi ověřování v prostém textu (Jednoduchá vazba). "
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362
msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)"
@@ -2843,7 +2491,6 @@
msgstr "Změnit heslo administrátora"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410
-#| msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgid "Update Kerberos Stash"
msgstr "Aktualizovat skrýš pro Kerberos"
@@ -3228,10 +2875,8 @@
msgstr "Kontrola schopností LDAPsync poskytovatele selhalo."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
-msgid ""
-"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
-msgstr ""
-"Prosím ověřte, že cílový server je připraven být poskytovatelem LDAPsync"
+msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
+msgstr "Prosím ověřte, že cílový server je připraven být poskytovatelem LDAPsync"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
@@ -3457,12 +3102,8 @@
msgstr "Aktualizovaní objektů základních politik hesel"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
-msgid ""
-"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take "
-"some minutes)"
-msgstr ""
-"Čeká se na dokončení indexovacích úloh OpenLDAPu na pozadí (může to trvat "
-"několik minut)"
+msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
+msgstr "Čeká se na dokončení indexovacích úloh OpenLDAPu na pozadí (může to trvat několik minut)"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required"
@@ -3481,8 +3122,7 @@
msgstr "Vytváření objektů politiky hesel selhalo"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
+msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
msgstr "Při čekání na ukončení indexátoru OpenLDAP databáze došlo k chybě.\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954
@@ -3584,12 +3224,8 @@
msgstr "Nelze zjistit vlastní plně kvalifikované jméno."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860
-msgid ""
-"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own "
-"fully qualified hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"Hlavní server pro replikaci nemůže pracovat správně běz znalosti jeho "
-"vlastního plně kvalifikovaného jména."
+msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
+msgstr "Hlavní server pro replikaci nemůže pracovat správně běz znalosti jeho vlastního plně kvalifikovaného jména."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
@@ -3619,12 +3255,8 @@
msgstr "Neplatné DN LDAPu: \"%s\", nelze vytáhnout hodnoty RDN"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033
-msgid ""
-"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country "
-"2-letter code."
-msgstr ""
-"Hodnota atributu \"c\" musí obsahovat platný dvoupísmenný kód země dle "
-"ISO-3166."
+msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
+msgstr "Hodnota atributu \"c\" musí obsahovat platný dvoupísmenný kód země dle ISO-3166."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
@@ -3665,11 +3297,8 @@
msgstr "Soubor certifikátu CA: \"%s\" neexistuje."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
-msgid ""
-"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Došlo k chybě při pokusu o ověření serverového certifikátu poskytujícího "
-"serveru.\n"
+msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
+msgstr "Došlo k chybě při pokusu o ověření serverového certifikátu poskytujícího serveru.\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888
#, perl-format
@@ -3843,4 +3472,3 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046
msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file."
msgstr "Nelze zapsat soubor s certifikátem CA."
-
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/autoinst.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -133,10 +133,8 @@
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr ""
-"Klient konfigurace profilu AutoYaSTu založeném na aktuálně běžícím systému"
+msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgstr "Klient konfigurace profilu AutoYaSTu založeném na aktuálně běžícím systému"
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:56
msgid "known modules: %1"
@@ -148,7 +146,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:94
-#| msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr "Soubor %s již existuje. Opravdu jej chcete přepsat?"
@@ -165,27 +162,21 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
-"location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pomocí tohoto dialogu, kopírujte obsah souboru a určete cílovou cestu\n"
-"na instalovaný systém. YaST bude kopírovat tento soubor na určené umístění.<"
-"/p>"
+"na instalovaný systém. YaST bude kopírovat tento soubor na určené umístění.</p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
-"symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
-"pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>K ochraně kopírovaných souborů nastavte vlastníka a přístupová práva "
-"souborů.\n"
-"Vlastníka nastavíte s použitím syntaxe <i>userid:groupid</i>. Přístupová "
-"práva mohou\n"
+"<p>K ochraně kopírovaných souborů nastavte vlastníka a přístupová práva souborů.\n"
+"Vlastníka nastavíte s použitím syntaxe <i>userid:groupid</i>. Přístupová práva mohou\n"
"být symbolické reprezentace změn nebo osmičkové reprezentace.</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185
@@ -259,10 +250,8 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
-"in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
-"server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Možná jste si připravili konfigurační soubory pro mnoho\n"
@@ -502,8 +491,7 @@
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Prosím vyčkejte, než se systém nachystá pro automatickou instalaci.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Prosím vyčkejte, než se systém nachystá pro automatickou instalaci.</P>"
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
@@ -559,7 +547,6 @@
msgstr "Konfiguruje se zavaděč..."
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
-#| msgid "Repairing file system..."
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Probíhá registrace systému..."
@@ -685,8 +672,7 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -703,8 +689,7 @@
msgstr "Umístění instalačního zdroje (např. http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
msgstr "Instalační zdroj systému (pokud toto zvolíte, nemůžete tvořit obrazy)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
@@ -720,20 +705,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
-"to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
-"can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
-"possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Připojit v /etc/fstab podle:</b>\n"
"\tNormálně je zařízení k připojení identifikováno v /etc/fstab podle\n"
-"\tsvého názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku "
-"svazku.\n"
-"\tNe všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba "
-"nepřístupná,\n"
+"\tsvého názvu. Toto lze změnit na vyhledávání pomocí UUID nebo popisku svazku.\n"
+"\tNe všechny souborové systémy ale toto podporují. Pokud je volba nepřístupná,\n"
"\tnení podporovaná.\n"
"\t"
@@ -741,16 +721,14 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Popisek svazku:</b>\n"
"\t Název zadaný v tomto políčku je použit jako popisek svazku. Toto normálně\n"
-"\t dává smysl, pouze pokud aktivujete volbu připojování podle popisku "
-"svazku.\n"
+"\t dává smysl, pouze pokud aktivujete volbu připojování podle popisku svazku.\n"
"\t V popisku není možné zadat mezeru a znak /.\n"
"\t "
@@ -919,11 +897,8 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589
-msgid ""
-"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Velikost \"auto\" je platná pouze tehdy, když je vybrán bod připojení "
-"\"/boot\" nebo \"swap\"."
+msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr "Velikost \"auto\" je platná pouze tehdy, když je vybrán bod připojení \"/boot\" nebo \"swap\"."
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
@@ -1217,8 +1192,7 @@
"<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n"
"file should belong.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Zvolte jednu nebo více uvedených tříd, do kterých má současný řídící "
-"soubor patřit.\n"
+"<p>Zvolte jednu nebo více uvedených tříd, do kterých má současný řídící soubor patřit.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614
@@ -1396,9 +1370,7 @@
#. @param list menu items
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
-"system?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
msgstr "Opravdu chcete použít nastavení modulu '%1' na váš současný systém?"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
@@ -1413,9 +1385,7 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
-"system?"
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
msgstr "Chcete opravdu použít nastavení profilu na váš současný systém?"
#. EXIT
@@ -1555,8 +1525,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
-"partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"Kickstart soubor byl naimportován.\n"
@@ -1690,8 +1659,7 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
-"interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
@@ -1704,8 +1672,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
-"manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1854,13 +1821,11 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
-"and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento nástroj k validaci profilu proti DTD a kontrole chybějících dat "
-"používá\n"
+"<p>Tento nástroj k validaci profilu proti DTD a kontrole chybějících dat používá\n"
"<em>xmllint</em>. Některá chybová hlášení, například vytváření tříd, můžete\n"
"ignorovat..</p>\n"
@@ -1890,8 +1855,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
-"selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tento nástroj vytvoří nový profil načtením informací\n"
"ze systému. Zvolte další zdroje, které se mají načíst kromě\n"
@@ -1903,8 +1867,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
-"system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Tabulka vpravo ukazuje oddíly, které budou vytvořeny na cílovém systému.\n"
@@ -1945,8 +1908,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
-"are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
"Pokud na zadaném disku nejsou definovány oddíly a tento disk\n"
@@ -1966,15 +1928,9 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Pokročilé volby</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
-"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
-"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
-"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
-"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
msgstr ""
-"Ve výchozím nastavení AutoYaST vytvoří rozšířený oddíl a přidá všechny nové "
-"oddíly\n"
+"Ve výchozím nastavení AutoYaST vytvoří rozšířený oddíl a přidá všechny nové oddíly\n"
"jako logická zařízení. Nicméně je možné určit, aby AutoYaST vytvořil určitý\n"
"oddíl jako primární nebo rozšířený. Navíc je možno zadat velikost oddílu\n"
"pomocí sektorů místo velikosti v megabajtech."
@@ -1991,8 +1947,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
-"partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2115,8 +2070,7 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed "
-"\n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2134,8 +2088,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag "
-"\"chrooted\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2170,15 +2123,13 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
-"or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpret:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Předinstalační skripty mohou být pouze shellové skripty. Nepoužívejte <i>"
-"Perl</i>\n"
+"<P>Předinstalační skripty mohou být pouze shellové skripty. Nepoužívejte <i>Perl</i>\n"
"nebo <i>Python</i>.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2188,12 +2139,9 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
-"which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
-"installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
-"too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -2210,18 +2158,14 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box "
-"as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
-"might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Zpětná vazba a ladění:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Všechny skripty kromě init skriptů mohou zobrazovat standardní a "
-"standardní chybový\n"
-"výstup ve vyskakovacím okně. Pokud zapnete ladění, bude výstup podrobnější, "
-"což může\n"
+"<P>Všechny skripty kromě init skriptů mohou zobrazovat standardní a standardní chybový\n"
+"výstup ve vyskakovacím okně. Pokud zapnete ladění, bude výstup podrobnější, což může\n"
"pomoci při ladění skriptů.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -2309,8 +2253,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation "
-"for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -2342,11 +2285,8 @@
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:914 src/modules/Profile.rb:725
-msgid ""
-"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
-"error message is:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"XML parser vrátil při analýze profilu autoyastu chybu. Chybové hlášení:\n"
+msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
+msgstr "XML parser vrátil při analýze profilu autoyastu chybu. Chybové hlášení:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1059
@@ -2425,10 +2365,8 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
-"those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
-"data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2442,8 +2380,7 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
-"including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kromě známých modulů bylo přidáno nové rozhraní\n"
@@ -2554,8 +2491,7 @@
#. the next instructions taints result
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr ""
-"Skupina svazků '%1' musí mít alespoň jeden fyzický svazek. Dodejte nějaký."
+msgstr "Skupina svazků '%1' musí mít alespoň jeden fyzický svazek. Dodejte nějaký."
#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
@@ -2637,24 +2573,16 @@
#. Install
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:363
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace vzoru. Prosíme, zkontrolujte "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace vzoru. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:371
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Vytváření obrazu - instalace balíčků"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace balíčků. Prosíme, zkontrolujte "
-"/tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Tvorba obrazu selhala během instalace balíčků. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:392
@@ -2666,16 +2594,14 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:421
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed "
-"anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
"Nyní můžete provádět změny obrazu v %1/\n"
"Pokud stisknete tlačítko OK, obraz bude zkomprimován a nemůže již být změněn."
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Komprese obrazu selhala v '%1'. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Komprese obrazu selhala v '%1'. Prosíme, zkontrolujte /tmp/ay_image.log"
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:442
msgid "Image created successfully"
@@ -2716,12 +2642,10 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:616
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
-"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"Nyní můžete v obrazu ISO provádět změny v %1, jako přidání úplně jiných XML "
-"souborů AutoYaSTu.\n"
+"Nyní můžete v obrazu ISO provádět změny v %1, jako přidání úplně jiných XML souborů AutoYaSTu.\n"
"Pokud stisknete OK, ISO bude vytvořeno."
#. create the actual ISO file
@@ -2763,20 +2687,13 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:907
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
-"autoyast profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Nepodařilo se spustit řešitele balíčků. Zkontrolujte sekci softwaru v profilu "
-"Autoyast."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
+msgstr "Nepodařilo se spustit řešitele balíčků. Zkontrolujte sekci softwaru v profilu Autoyast."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
-msgid ""
-"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
-"disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr ""
-"Plán rozdělení disku ve vašem XML profilu se na disk nehodí. Chybí %1 MB"
+msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr "Plán rozdělení disku ve vašem XML profilu se na disk nehodí. Chybí %1 MB"
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922
msgid "No specific device configured"
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/bootloader.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -43,7 +43,6 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-#| msgid "Set a global option"
msgid "Delete a global option"
msgstr "Smazat globální volbu"
@@ -79,7 +78,6 @@
#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:182
-#| msgid "Value: %1"
msgid "Value: %s"
msgstr "Hodnota: %s"
@@ -116,16 +114,12 @@
#. warning text in the summary richtext
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
-"bootable."
-msgstr ""
-"Žádný zavaděč není vybrán pro instalaci. Váš systém nemusí být možné spustit."
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Žádný zavaděč není vybrán pro instalaci. Váš systém nemusí být možné spustit."
#. error in the proposal
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
msgstr "Vzhledem k rozdělení disku nelze zavaděč správně nainstalovat"
#. proposal part - bootloader label
@@ -159,10 +153,8 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
-"code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
-"even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<b>Nastavit spouštěcímu oddílu v tabulce oddílů aktivní příznak</b><br>\n"
@@ -188,8 +180,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
-"loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Časový limit v sekundách</b><br>\n"
"Určuje čas, po který čeká zavaděč, než je spuštěno výchozí jádro.</p>\n"
@@ -207,34 +198,28 @@
"vybranou sekci jako výchozí. Při spouštění počítače zavaděč zobrazí nabídku \n"
" a počká, zda si uživatel vybere ke spuštění jádro nebo jiný \n"
" operační systém. Pokud není během časového limitu stisknuta žádná klávesa,\n"
-" spustí se výchozí jádro nebo operační systém. Pořadí sekcí v nabídce "
-"zavaděče lze\n"
+" spustí se výchozí jádro nebo operační systém. Pořadí sekcí v nabídce zavaděče lze\n"
" změnit pomocí tlačítek <b>Nahoru</b> a <b>Dolů</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
-"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR</b> nahradí MBR vašeho disku obecným "
-"kódem (nezávislým na OS, který\n"
+"<p><b>Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR</b> nahradí MBR vašeho disku obecným kódem (nezávislým na OS, který\n"
"nabootuje z aktivního oddílu).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
-"other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Možnost <b>Spouštět ze startovacího oddílu</b> je jedna z doporučených "
-"možností, další možnost je\n"
+"<p>Možnost <b>Spouštět ze startovacího oddílu</b> je jedna z doporučených možností, další možnost je\n"
" <b>Spouštět z kořenového oddílu</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another "
-"operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Možnost <b>Spouštět z Master Boot Record</b> není doporučené nastavení,\n"
@@ -242,39 +227,27 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
-"is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
-"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
-"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Možnost <b>Spouštět z kořenového oddílu</b> je doporučená možnost, pokud "
-"je\n"
-" k dispozici vhodný oddíl.</p> Pokud je to třeba, vyberte v nabídce <b>Volby "
-"zavaděče</b> možnost <b>V tabulce oddílů nastavit příznak aktivity "
-"spouštěcího oddílu</b> a aktualizujte MBR vybráním možnosti <b>Zapsat obecný "
-"kód do záznamu MBR</b>\n"
+"<p>Možnost <b>Spouštět z kořenového oddílu</b> je doporučená možnost, pokud je\n"
+" k dispozici vhodný oddíl.</p> Pokud je to třeba, vyberte v nabídce <b>Volby zavaděče</b> možnost <b>V tabulce oddílů nastavit příznak aktivity spouštěcího oddílu</b> a aktualizujte MBR vybráním možnosti <b>Zapsat obecný kód do záznamu MBR</b>\n"
" nebo nakonfigurujte jiný zavaděč,\n"
" aby spouštěl tuto sekci.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
-"partition is on \n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Spouštět z rozšířeného oddílu</b> by mělo být vybráno pokud se váš "
-"kořenový oddíl nachází\n"
+"<p><b>Spouštět z rozšířeného oddílu</b> by mělo být vybráno pokud se váš kořenový oddíl nachází\n"
"na logickém oddílu a oddíl /boot chybí</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Možnost <b>Vlastní startovací oddíl</b> umožňuje vybrat oddíl ke "
-"spuštění.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Možnost <b>Vlastní startovací oddíl</b> umožňuje vybrat oddíl ke spuštění.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -285,64 +258,47 @@
"zapne zápis GRUBu na MBR obou disků.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2<"
-"/code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Možnost <b>Parametry sériového připojení</b> umožňuje definovat "
-"parametry,\n"
-"které používá sériová konzole. Podrobnosti naleznete v dokumentaci zavaděče "
-"grub (<code>info grub2</code>).</p>"
+"<p>Možnost <b>Parametry sériového připojení</b> umožňuje definovat parametry,\n"
+"které používá sériová konzole. Podrobnosti naleznete v dokumentaci zavaděče grub (<code>info grub2</code>).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a "
-"serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console<"
-"/code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
-"you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Definice terminálu</b></p><br>\n"
-"Určuje typ použitého terminálu. V případě sériových terminálů (např. sériová "
-"konzola),\n"
-" je třeba zadat možnost <code>serial</code>. Do příkazu je možné přidat také "
-"výraz <code>console</ code>\n"
+"Určuje typ použitého terminálu. V případě sériových terminálů (např. sériová konzola),\n"
+" je třeba zadat možnost <code>serial</code>. Do příkazu je možné přidat také výraz <code>console</ code>\n"
" ve tvaru <code>serial console</code>. V tom případě bude jako terminál GRUB\n"
" vybrán terminál, ve kterém stisknete libovolnou klávesu.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
-"numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sekce záložních konfigurací při selhání výchozí konfigurace</b> "
-"obsahuje seznam čísel sekcí, které se použijí\n"
+"<p><b>Sekce záložních konfigurací při selhání výchozí konfigurace</b> obsahuje seznam čísel sekcí, které se použijí\n"
"ke spuštění v případě, že není spustitelná výchozí sekce."
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vybráním možnosti <b>Při startu skrýt nabídku</b> lze skrýt nabídku "
-"zavaděče.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>Vybráním možnosti <b>Při startu skrýt nabídku</b> lze skrýt nabídku zavaděče.</p> "
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will "
-"only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Chránit zavaděč heslem</b><br>\n"
-"Určuje heslo, které bude vyžadováno pro přístup k nabídce zavaděče. Program "
-"YaST heslo přijme, pouze pokud je zopakujete\n"
+"Určuje heslo, které bude vyžadováno pro přístup k nabídce zavaděče. Program YaST heslo přijme, pouze pokud je zopakujete\n"
"v poli <b>Zopakovat heslo</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
@@ -356,8 +312,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Pořadí disků</b></big><br>\n"
"Abyste pořadí disků nastavili podle pořadí v BIOSu, použijte\n"
-"ke změně pořadí tlačítka <b>Nahoru</b> a <b>Dolu</b>.Pro přidání disku "
-"použijte <b>Přidat</b>.\n"
+"ke změně pořadí tlačítka <b>Nahoru</b> a <b>Dolu</b>.Pro přidání disku použijte <b>Přidat</b>.\n"
"Pro odebrání disku použijte <b>Smazat</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:99
@@ -527,55 +482,28 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Volitelný parametr příkazové řádky jádra</b> umožňuje definovat další "
-"parametry předávané jádru.</p> "
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Volitelný parametr příkazové řádky jádra</b> umožňuje definovat další parametry předávané jádru.</p> "
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console<"
-"/i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Režim VGA</b> určuje, který režim VGA se nastaví na <i>konzole</i> "
-"během spouštění.</p> "
+msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Režim VGA</b> určuje, který režim VGA se nastaví na <i>konzole</i> během spouštění.</p> "
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Parametr příkazové řádky jádra v záchranném režimu</b> umožňuje "
-"definovat parametry předávané jádru v záchranném režimu.</p> "
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Parametr příkazové řádky jádra v záchranném režimu</b> umožňuje definovat parametry předávané jádru v záchranném režimu.</p> "
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
-"foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vyhledat jiné OS</b> jinak řečeno vyhledávač zavaděče více operačních "
-"systémů</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Vyhledat jiné OS</b> jinak řečeno vyhledávač zavaděče více operačních systémů</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on "
-"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if "
-"you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ochranný příznak MBR</b> je nastavení pouze pro experty, které je "
-"potřeba pouze na neobvyklém hardwaru. Pro podrobnosti vizte Ochrana MBR na "
-"discích GPT. Pokud si nejste jisti tím, co děláte, nechte toto nastavení jak "
-"je.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ochranný příznak MBR</b> je nastavení pouze pro experty, které je potřeba pouze na neobvyklém hardwaru. Pro podrobnosti vizte Ochrana MBR na discích GPT. Pokud si nejste jisti tím, co děláte, nechte toto nastavení jak je.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create "
-"boot entry name. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dodavatel</b> určuje název dodavatele jádra použitého pro vytvoření "
-"názvu položky zavaděče. </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Dodavatel</b> určuje název dodavatele jádra použitého pro vytvoření názvu položky zavaděče. </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
@@ -673,9 +601,7 @@
#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Nepodporovaný zavaděč '%s'. Upravte váš profil AutoYaSTU odpovídajícím "
-"způsobem."
+msgstr "Nepodporovaný zavaděč '%s'. Upravte váš profil AutoYaSTU odpovídajícím způsobem."
#. file open popup caption
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
@@ -802,8 +728,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current "
-"\n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -893,8 +818,7 @@
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details<"
-"/b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
@@ -902,10 +826,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"- Ve <b>startovacím sektoru</b> oddílu<tt>/boot</tt> nebo <tt>/</tt> (root).\n"
"Tuto možnost zvolte, pokud máte na disku více operačních systémů a chcete\n"
-"nadále používat váš starý zavaděč. Dále můžete v <b>Podrobnosti instalace "
-"zavaděče</b>\n"
-"nastavit <b>Aktivovat oddíl zavaděče</b> nebo <b>Nahradit MBR typickým kódem<"
-"/b>.\n"
+"nadále používat váš starý zavaděč. Dále můžete v <b>Podrobnosti instalace zavaděče</b>\n"
+"nastavit <b>Aktivovat oddíl zavaděče</b> nebo <b>Nahradit MBR typickým kódem</b>.\n"
"Pokud je to nutné, nastavte tento jiný zavaděč tak, aby\n"
"spouštěl &product;.</p>"
@@ -928,10 +850,8 @@
"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Například většina PC má BIOS umožňující spouštění systému jen z prvních "
-"1024 cylindrů.\n"
-"V závislosti na použitém zavaděči může a nemusí být možné spouštět systém z "
-"logického oddílu.</p>"
+"<p>Například většina PC má BIOS umožňující spouštění systému jen z prvních 1024 cylindrů.\n"
+"V závislosti na použitém zavaděči může a nemusí být možné spouštět systém z logického oddílu.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:165
@@ -941,8 +861,7 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Do vstupního pole zadejte název zařízení oddílu (např. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> "
-"nebo\n"
+"Do vstupního pole zadejte název zařízení oddílu (např. <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> nebo\n"
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>).</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1016,8 +935,7 @@
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
"selected section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Volbou <b>Klonovat zvolenou sekci</b> lze zkopírovat právě vybranou "
-"sekci.\n"
+"<p>Volbou <b>Klonovat zvolenou sekci</b> lze zkopírovat právě vybranou sekci.\n"
"Pak stačí upravit nastavení, kterými se má nově vytvořená sekce lišit.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -1052,13 +970,11 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
-"disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Volbou <b>Sekce nabídky</b> lze přidat sekci,\n"
-"která nahraje konfigurační soubor (seznam boot sekcí) z oddílu na disku. Toto "
-"se používá\n"
+"která nahraje konfigurační soubor (seznam boot sekcí) z oddílu na disku. Toto se používá\n"
"pro start jiných operačních systémů.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
@@ -1184,65 +1100,40 @@
#. error report
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
msgstr "Vzhledem k rozdělení disku nelze zavaděč nainstalovat správně."
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinstalovat</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">neinstalovat</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Neinstalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalovat</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalovat</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">"
-"neinstalovat</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">neinstalovat</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">"
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Neinstalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">"
-"instalovat</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do oddílu /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalovat</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">"
-"neinstalovat</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">neinstalovat</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">"
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Neinstalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">"
-"instalovat</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "Neinstalovat zavaděč do kořenového oddílu (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalovat</a>)"
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
-"are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-"Upozornění: Nebylo vybráno umístění pro stage1 zavaděče. Pokud to není záměr, "
-"vyberte umístění výše."
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Upozornění: Nebylo vybráno umístění pro stage1 zavaděče. Pokud to není záměr, vyberte umístění výše."
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
@@ -1288,15 +1179,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
-msgid ""
-"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label "
-"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or "
-"use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
-"Zavádění z MBR nefunguje, pokud je použito společně se soubovým systémem "
-"btrfs a popisem disku GPT bez oddílu bios_grub. Pro opravu této chyby "
-"vytvořte oddíl bios_grub nebo použijte nějaký souborový systém ext pro "
-"vytvoření zaváděcího oddílu či neinstalujte stage1 do MBR."
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr "Zavádění z MBR nefunguje, pokud je použito společně se soubovým systémem btrfs a popisem disku GPT bez oddílu bios_grub. Pro opravu této chyby vytvořte oddíl bios_grub nebo použijte nějaký souborový systém ext pro vytvoření zaváděcího oddílu či neinstalujte stage1 do MBR."
#. check if boot device is on raid0
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
@@ -1307,12 +1191,8 @@
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
-msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
-"Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-"Startovací zařízení je na softwarovém RAID1. Zvolte jiné umístění pro "
-"zavaděč, např. Master Boot Record (MBR)"
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "Startovací zařízení je na softwarovém RAID1. Zvolte jiné umístění pro zavaděč, např. Master Boot Record (MBR)"
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/cluster.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -99,7 +99,6 @@
msgstr "Záložní IP adresa"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
-#| msgid "Node List"
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr "ID uzlu"
@@ -109,13 +108,11 @@
msgstr "ID uzlu musí být vyplněno celým kladným číslem"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:170
-#| msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr "ID uzlu musí být jedinečné"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:191 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:245
-#| msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "Svázaná síťová adresa musí být vyplněna"
@@ -124,13 +121,11 @@
msgstr "Název clusteru musí být vyplněný"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:214
-#| msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "Členská adresa musí být vyplněna"
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:220
-#| msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured"
msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
msgstr "Očekávané hlasy musí být vyplněné, pokud je nastaveno udp"
@@ -140,17 +135,12 @@
msgstr "Vícesměrová adresa musí být vyplněna"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:236 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:264
-#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr "Vícesměrový port musí být celé kladné číslo."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
-msgid ""
-"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to "
-"passive."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud je vybráno více rozhraní, může být vybráno buď pasivní nebo aktivní. "
-"Nastaveno pasivní."
+msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
+msgstr "Pokud je vybráno více rozhraní, může být vybráno buď pasivní nebo aktivní. Nastaveno pasivní."
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439
@@ -203,7 +193,6 @@
msgstr "IP"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:499
-#| msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "Záložní IP"
@@ -234,20 +223,12 @@
msgstr "Vlákna:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate "
-"/etc/corosync/authkey."
-msgstr ""
-"U nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby mohl být vygenerován "
-"/etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr "U nově vytvořeného clusteru stiskněte tlačítko níže, aby mohl být vygenerován /etc/corosync/authkey."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
-msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
-"nodes manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Pro připojení již existujícího clusteru, ručně zkopírujte z ostatních uzlů "
-"soubor /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "Pro připojení již existujícího clusteru, ručně zkopírujte z ostatních uzlů soubor /etc/corosync/authkey."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
@@ -271,12 +252,10 @@
msgstr "Zavádění systému"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:898
-#| msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting"
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Zapnout -- Spouštět pacemaker při zavádění systému"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:905
-#| msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only"
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Off -- Spouštět pacemaker ručně"
@@ -375,8 +354,7 @@
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
"Soubor s klíčem %1 je vygenerován.\n"
-"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"Přidat navrhované soubory\" jej přidáte do "
-"synchronizačního seznamu."
+"Klepnutím na tlačítko \"Přidat navrhované soubory\" jej přidáte do synchronizačního seznamu."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
msgid "Key generation failed."
@@ -385,13 +363,11 @@
#. SaveCsync2();
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
-"cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd je démon, který pomáhá duplikovat stav firewallu mezi uzly "
-"clusteru.\n"
+"Conntrackd je démon, který pomáhá duplikovat stav firewallu mezi uzly clusteru.\n"
"YaST může pomoci nakonfigurovat některé základní poměry conntrackd.\n"
"Je potřeba jej spustit pomocí ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
@@ -412,226 +388,80 @@
msgstr "Vygenerovat /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1471
-#| msgid "The value for pos must be a positive integer."
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr "Číslo skupiny musí být celé kladné číslo"
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
-"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
-"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
-"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
-"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
-"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
-"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid "
-"field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
-"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the "
-"network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to "
-"use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This "
-" may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will "
-"be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
-"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
-"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
-"udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
-"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
-"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
-"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the "
-" 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
-"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
-"not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
-"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
-"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
-"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
-"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
-"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
-"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<"
-"br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. "
-"Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in "
-"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
-"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big></b><br>Toto určuje adresu, kterou by "
-"měl vedoucí openais navázat. Tato adresa by obvykle měla končit nulou. Pokud "
-"by měl být provoz totemu směrován přes 192.168.5.52, nastavte binnetaddr na "
-"192.168.5.0.<br>Toto též může být IPv6 adresa, která bude použita v případě "
-"IPv6 sítě. V takovém případě musí být zadána plná adresa a není zde žádná "
-"automatická volba sítového rozhraní společně s určitou podsítí jako v IPv4. "
-"Pokud je použita síť IPv6 musí být zadáno pole nodeid.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Vícesměrová adresa</big></b><br>Toto je vícesměrová adresa, kterou "
-"používá vedoucí openais. Výchozí hodnota by měla pracovat pro většinu sítí, "
-"ale raději byste se měli domluvit se správcem sítě, jakou vícesměrovou adresu "
-"máte použít. Vyhněte se adresám 224.x.x.x, protože to je konfigurační "
-"vícesměrová adresa.<br>Také se může jednat o vícesměrovou IPv6 adresu, která "
-"bude použita v případě sítě IPv6. Pokud je použita IPv6, pak musí být zadáno "
-"pole nodeid.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>Toto určuje číslo UDP portu. Je možné použít "
-"stejnou vícesměrovou adresu v síti, pokud jsou služby openais nastaveny na "
-"jiné UDP porty.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Členská adresa</big></b><br>Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v "
-"clusteru podle IP adresy. To by mělo být nastavitelné pokud používáte udpu "
-"(Unicast)<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>ID uzlu</big></b><br>Tato volba konfigurace je volitelná v "
-"případě, že používáte IPv4, v případě IPv6 je volba povinná. Toto je 32bitová "
-"hodnota určující identifikátor uzlu, který je doručen službě členství "
-"clusteru. Pokud není u IPv4 zadána, pak je nodeid určeno z 32bitové adresy "
-"systému, ke které je tento systém navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová "
-"hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je vyhrazena a neměli byste ji používat.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Toto určuje režim záložního kruhu, který "
-"může být none (žádný), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní "
-"replikace nabízí mírně nižší zpoždění od odeslání k doručení v chybujících "
-"sítových prostředích, ale méně výkonu. Pasivní replikace může téměř "
-"zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, dokud není protokol zdržen procesorem. "
-"Poslední volba je žádný, která bude použita v případě jednoho síťového "
-"rozhraní pro práci protokolu totem. Pokud je zadána jenom jedna direktiva "
-"rozhraní, automaticky je vybráno žádný. V případě zadání direktiv více "
-"rozhraní pak může být vybráno pouze aktivní nebo pasivní.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Očekávané hlasy</big></b><br>Očekávané číslo hlasu pro hlasovací "
-"shromáždění. Bude automaticky vypočteno pokud je přítomen oddíl nodelist {} v "
-"corosync.conf nebo může být zadáno v oddíle quorum {}.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Automaticky vygenerovat ID uzlu</big></b><br>Nodeid je při použití "
-"IPv6 vyžadováno. Při povolení Automatického ID uzlu bude vygenerováno nodeid "
-"automaticky.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Svázaná síťová adresa</big></b><br>Toto určuje adresu, kterou by měl vedoucí openais navázat. Tato adresa by obvykle měla končit nulou. Pokud by měl být provoz totemu směrován přes 192.168.5.52, nastavte binnetaddr na 192.168.5.0.<br>Toto též může být IPv6 adresa, která bude použita v případě IPv6 sítě. V takovém případě musí být zadána plná adresa a není zde žádná automatická volba sítového rozhraní společně s určitou podsítí jako v IPv4. Pokud je použita síť IPv6 musí být zadáno pole nodeid.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vícesměrová adresa</big></b><br>Toto je vícesměrová adresa, kterou používá vedoucí openais. Výchozí hodnota by měla pracovat pro většinu sítí, ale raději byste se měli domluvit se správcem sítě, jakou vícesměrovou adresu máte použít. Vyhněte se adresám 224.x.x.x, protože to je konfigurační vícesměrová adresa.<br>Také se může jednat o vícesměrovou IPv6 adresu, která bude použita v případě sítě IPv6. Pokud je použita IPv6, pak musí být zadáno pole nodeid.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>Toto určuje číslo UDP portu. Je možné použít stejnou vícesměrovou adresu v síti, pokud jsou služby openais nastaveny na jiné UDP porty.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Členská adresa</big></b><br>Tento seznam určuje všechny uzly v clusteru podle IP adresy. To by mělo být nastavitelné pokud používáte udpu (Unicast)<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>ID uzlu</big></b><br>Tato volba konfigurace je volitelná v případě, že používáte IPv4, v případě IPv6 je volba povinná. Toto je 32bitová hodnota určující identifikátor uzlu, který je doručen službě členství clusteru. Pokud není u IPv4 zadána, pak je nodeid určeno z 32bitové adresy systému, ke které je tento systém navázán s identifikátorem kruhu 0. Nulová hodnota identifikátoru uzlu je vyhrazena a neměli byste ji používat.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Toto určuje režim záložního kruhu, který může být none (žádný), active (aktivní) nebo passive (pasivní). Aktivní replikace nabízí mírně nižší zpoždění od odeslání k doručení v chybujících sítových prostředích, ale méně výkonu. Pasivní replikace může téměř zdvojnásobit rychlost protokolu totem, dokud není protokol zdržen procesorem. Poslední volba je žádný, která bude použita v případě jednoho síťového rozhraní pro práci protokolu totem. Pokud je zadána jenom jedna direktiva rozhraní, automaticky je vybráno žádný. V případě zadání direktiv více rozhraní pak může být vybráno pouze aktivní nebo pasivní.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Očekávané hlasy</big></b><br>Očekávané číslo hlasu pro hlasovací shromáždění. Bude automaticky vypočteno pokud je přítomen oddíl nodelist {} v corosync.conf nebo může být zadáno v oddíle quorum {}.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Automaticky vygenerovat ID uzlu</big></b><br>Nodeid je při použití IPv6 vyžadováno. Při povolení Automatického ID uzlu bude vygenerováno nodeid automaticky.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul
t is on. <br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are "
-"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the "
-"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this "
-"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to "
-"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates "
-"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for "
-"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
-"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
-"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption "
-"algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 "
-"byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. "
-"Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as "
-"measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU "
-"frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu "
-"utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of "
-"10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on "
-"3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput "
-"of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A "
-"throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. "
-"The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Vlákna</big></b><br>Tato direktiva řídí, kolik vláken je použito "
-"pro šifrování a posílání vícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je secauth "
-"vypnutý,protokol nebude používat odesílání ve vláknech. Pokud se secauth "
-"zapnutý,tato direktiva umožní systému využití více vláken pro šifrování a "
-"odesílánívícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je tato direktiva 0, znamená to, že pro "
-"odesílání nebude použito více vláken. Tento režim nabízí nejlepší výkon pro "
-"systémy s jedním procesorem. Výchozí hodnota je 0.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Povolit zabezpečení Auth</big></b><br>Tato volba říká, že by mělo "
-"být použito ověření HMAC/SHA1 pro ověřování všech zpráv. Dále určuje,že "
-"všechna data by měla být šifrována pomocí algoritmu sober128, aby byla data "
-"chráněna proti odposlechu. Povolení této volby způsobuje, že ke každé totemem "
-"odesílané zprávě je připojena 36bajtová hlavička, což snižuje celkovou "
-"propustnost. Pokud je povoleno šifrování a ověřování spotřebuje se pro "
-"aisexec75% cyklů procesoru (měřeno nástrojem gprof). Pro přenos 100Mb sítě s "
-"velikostí rámce 1500 MTU: Pokud je volba povolena na 3GHz procesorech, je při "
-"100% zatížení propustnost 9Mb/s. Při zakázání této volby je propustnost na "
-"stejných procesorech 10Mb/s se zatížením na 20%. Pro přenos na gigabitových "
-"sítích s velkými rámci: Na 3GHz procesorech je při zapnutí této volby "
-"propustnost 20Mb/s. Po vypnutí této volby je možné dosáhnout propustnosti o "
-"60Mb/s.Ve výchozím stavu je tato volba zapnutá.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vlákna</big></b><br>Tato direktiva řídí, kolik vláken je použito pro šifrování a posílání vícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je secauth vypnutý,protokol nebude používat odesílání ve vláknech. Pokud se secauth zapnutý,tato direktiva umožní systému využití více vláken pro šifrování a odesílánívícesměrových zpráv. Pokud je tato direktiva 0, znamená to, že pro odesílání nebude použito více vláken. Tento režim nabízí nejlepší výkon pro systémy s jedním procesorem. Výchozí hodnota je 0.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Povolit zabezpečení Auth</big></b><br>Tato volba říká, že by mělo být použito ověření HMAC/SHA1 pro ověřování všech zpráv. Dále určuje,že všechna data by měla být šifrována pomocí algoritmu sober128, aby byla data chráněna proti odposlechu. Povolení této volby způsobuje, že ke každé totemem odesílané zprávě je připojena 36bajtová hlavička, což snižuje celkovou propustnost. Pokud je povoleno šifrování a ověřování spotřebuje se pro aisexec75% cyklů procesoru (měřeno nástrojem gprof). Pro přenos 100Mb sítě s velikostí rámce 1500 MTU: Pokud je volba povolena na 3GHz procesorech, je při 100% zatížení propustnost 9Mb/s. Při zakázání této volby je propustnost na stejných procesorech 10Mb/s se zatížením na 20%. Pro přenos na gigabitových sítích s velkými rámci: Na 3GHz procesorech je při zapnutí této volby propustnost 20Mb/s. Po vypnutí této volby je možné dosáhnout propustnosti o 60Mb/s.Ve v
ýchozím stavu je tato volba zapnutá.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
-"or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall "
-"is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Zavádění systému</big></b><br>Spuštění služby corosysnc "
-"během zavádění systému nebo ne</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Nastavení firewallu</big></b><br>Povolit port pokud je "
-"firewall zapnutý</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Zavádění systému</big></b><br>Spuštění služby corosysnc během zavádění systému nebo ne</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Nastavení firewallu</big></b><br>Povolit port pokud je firewall zapnutý</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
-"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
-"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
-"synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using "
-"the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated "
-"with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied "
-"to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Synchronizovat hostitele</big></b><br>Jména hostitelů, která "
-"jsou zde použita musí být místní jména hostitelů, kteří jsou uzly clusteru. "
-"To znamená, že musíte použít přesně takový řetězec, který vrací příkaz "
-"hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Synchronizovat soubor</big></b><br>Plné absolutní jméno "
-"souboru, který je synchronizován.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Předsdílené klíče</big></b><br>Autentizace v Csync2 je "
-"prováděna za použití IP adres a předsdílených klíčů. Pomocí příkazu csync2 -k "
-"/etc/csync2/key_hagroupvygenerujete soubor s klíčem. Soubor key_hagroup byste "
-"pak po vygenerování měli ručně rozkopírovat na všechny členy clusteru.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Synchronizovat hostitele</big></b><br>Jména hostitelů, která jsou zde použita musí být místní jména hostitelů, kteří jsou uzly clusteru. To znamená, že musíte použít přesně takový řetězec, který vrací příkaz hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Synchronizovat soubor</big></b><br>Plné absolutní jméno souboru, který je synchronizován.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Předsdílené klíče</big></b><br>Autentizace v Csync2 je prováděna za použití IP adres a předsdílených klíčů. Pomocí příkazu csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroupvygenerujete soubor s klíčem. Soubor key_hagroup byste pak po vygenerování měli ručně rozkopírovat na všechny členy clusteru.</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface "
-"for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You "
-"may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
-"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
-"used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
-"syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Vyhrazené rozhraní</big></b><br>Vyhrazené síťové rozhraní pro "
-"synchronizaci. Rozhraní musí podporovat multicasty a být zapnuté pro "
-"používání. Možná jej budete muset mít předkonfigurované.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>To je IPv4 adresa přiřazená vyhrazenému "
-"síťovému rozhraní. Je automaticky detekována.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Vícesměrová adresa</big></b><br>Toto je multicastová adresa "
-"používaná pro synchronizaci.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Číslo skupiny</big></b><br>Číselný identifikátor označující "
-"skupinu pro synchronizaci.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Vyhrazené rozhraní</big></b><br>Vyhrazené síťové rozhraní pro synchronizaci. Rozhraní musí podporovat multicasty a být zapnuté pro používání. Možná jej budete muset mít předkonfigurované.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>To je IPv4 adresa přiřazená vyhrazenému síťovému rozhraní. Je automaticky detekována.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Vícesměrová adresa</big></b><br>Toto je multicastová adresa používaná pro synchronizaci.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Číslo skupiny</big></b><br>Číselný identifikátor označující skupinu pro synchronizaci.</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/control.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -29,14 +29,6 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#| "\t "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
@@ -69,8 +61,7 @@
"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
msgstr ""
"Pracovní prostředí vašeho počítače poskytuje grafické uživatelské\n"
-"rozhraní pro váš počítač a také sadu aplikací pro e-mail, prohlížení "
-"webových\n"
+"rozhraní pro váš počítač a také sadu aplikací pro e-mail, prohlížení webových\n"
"stránek, kancelářskou práci, hry a nástroje ke správě vašeho počítače.\n"
"\n"
"V openSUSE si můžete vybrat z více prostředí. Nejrozšířenější\n"
@@ -142,7 +133,6 @@
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
-#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Načíst síťovou konfiguraci linuxrc"
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/crowbar.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -27,7 +27,6 @@
#. table header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-#| msgid "&Repository Name"
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Název repozitáře"
@@ -36,7 +35,6 @@
msgstr "URL"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:96
-#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Zeptat se při chybě"
@@ -48,10 +46,8 @@
"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
-"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -61,59 +57,48 @@
"Pár příkladů, jak může vypadat URL adresa:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"pro SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
-"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> pro SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> pro SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> pro SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"Podrobný popis najdete v příručce Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:122
-#| msgid "Repository URL"
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "&URL repozitáře"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:135
-#| msgid "User Found Error"
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Zept&at se při chybě"
#. table header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:155
-#| msgid "Administrator DN"
msgid "Administrator Name"
msgstr "Jméno administrátora"
#. help text
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:165
-#| msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>"
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Správa uživatelských jmen a hesel administrátorů Crowbaru.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
-#| msgid "&Model"
msgid "&Mode"
msgstr "Reži&m"
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as "
-"space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Zde zadejte <b>Režim sítě</b> s patřičnou <b>Zásadou spojování</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Také můžete zadat názvy rozhraní pro vedení spojených sítí jako seznam "
-"oddělený mezerami.</p>"
+"<p>Také můžete zadat názvy rozhraní pro vedení spojených sítí jako seznam oddělený mezerami.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
-#| msgid "Bonding Policy"
msgid "Bonding &Policy"
msgstr "Zásady s&pojování"
@@ -152,13 +137,11 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:286
-#| msgid "Use VLAN"
msgid "Use &VLAN"
msgstr "Použít &VLAN"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:296
-#| msgid "VLAN ID"
msgid "VLAN &ID"
msgstr "V&LAN ID"
@@ -169,7 +152,6 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:328
-#| msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgid "Router pre&ference"
msgstr "Před&volby routeru"
@@ -184,25 +166,21 @@
msgstr "Síťová &maska"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:383
-#| msgid "Broadcast"
msgid "Broa&dcast"
msgstr "Všes&měrové vysílání"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:393
-#| msgid "Add Bridge"
msgid "&Add Bridge"
msgstr "&Přidat most"
#. push button label&
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:402
-#| msgid "&Edit Ranges..."
msgid "Edit Ran&ges..."
msgstr "&Upravit rozsahy..."
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:413
-#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Add &Bastion Network"
msgstr "Přidat &Spojenou síť"
@@ -237,9 +215,6 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:636
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n"
-#| "Choose a different one."
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -249,7 +224,6 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:781
-#| msgid "The entered URL is not valid."
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Formát rozhraní '%1' je neplatný"
@@ -293,7 +267,6 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1047
-#| msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "IP adresa '%1' není součástí sítě '%2'."
@@ -332,38 +305,30 @@
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1373
-#| msgid "User Settings"
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Nastavení &uživatele"
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
-msgid ""
-"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Pokud není přítomen žádný uživatel, bude použit uživatel 'crowbar' s výchozím "
-"heslem."
+msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgstr "Pokud není přítomen žádný uživatel, bude použit uživatel 'crowbar' s výchozím heslem."
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1403
-#| msgid "Network Mode"
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "Síťový &režim"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1411
-#| msgid "Bond Network"
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Spojená síť"
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1454
-#| msgid "Networks"
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "&Sítě"
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
-#| msgid "Repositories"
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "Re&pozitáře"
@@ -380,8 +345,7 @@
"\n"
"You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/"
msgstr ""
-"SUSE Cloud Admin Server již byl nasazen. Změna sítě není v současnosti "
-"podporována.\n"
+"SUSE Cloud Admin Server již byl nasazen. Změna sítě není v současnosti podporována.\n"
"\n"
"Můžete navštívit webové rozhraní Crowbaru na adrese http://%1:3000/"
@@ -426,8 +390,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pro více informací o konfiguraci sítě a používání tohoto modulu YaSTu si "
-"přečtěte příručku SUSE Cloud deployment guide.\n"
+"Pro více informací o konfiguraci sítě a používání tohoto modulu YaSTu si přečtěte příručku SUSE Cloud deployment guide.\n"
"</p>"
#. Initialization dialog caption
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/drbd.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -218,8 +218,7 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Zavádění systému:</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>zatrhněte \"Zapnout\", aby byl DRBD server spuštěn nyní a při startu "
-"systému</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>zatrhněte \"Zapnout\", aby byl DRBD server spuštěn nyní a při startu systému</p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>zatrhněte \"Vypnout\", DRBD server se spouští pouze ručně</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Zapnout a vypnout:</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Zapínání a vypínání DRBD serveru právě teď</p>\n"
@@ -232,157 +231,79 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
-"resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klepnutím na patřičné tlačítko můžete \"Přidat\", \"Upravit\" a \"Smazat\" "
-"zdroj.</p>\n"
+"<p>Klepnutím na patřičné tlačítko můžete \"Přidat\", \"Upravit\" a \"Smazat\" zdroj.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n"
-#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of "
-"one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is "
-"used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the "
-"device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the "
-"node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
-"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
-"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
-"parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and "
-"the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be "
-"used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or "
-"'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
-"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Jméno\" je nezbytné a musí odpovídat linuxovému jménu hostitele "
-"(uname -n) jednoho z uzlů. Ve jméně by se neměl objevit znak \".\"</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Adresa:Port\": Zdroj vyžaduje jednu IP adresu na zařízení, které je "
-"použito pro očekávání příchozích spojení z partnerského zařízení pro dosažení "
-"zařízení. Každý DRBD zdroj vyžaduje TCP port, který je použit pro připojení "
-"partnerského zařízení uzlu.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Zařízení\": Název blokového zařízení uzlu z popisovaného zdroje. "
-"Toto zařízení musíte použít s vaší aplikací (souborovým systémem) a nesmíte "
-"použít nízkoúrovňové blokové zařízení, které je zadáno parametrem disku, "
-"následované jeho minor číslem. Nebo buď vynechejte jméno nebo\n"
-"minor a číslo minor. Pokud jméno vynecháte, bude použito výchozí "
-"/dev/drbdminor.\n"
-"\t\tJako: '/dev/drbd{sluzba} minor {minor drbd cislo [0...255]}' nebo "
-"'/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD používá toto blokové zařízení pro skutečné ukládání a "
-"získávání dat. Nikdy k takovému zařízení nepřistupujte, dokud nad ním běží "
-"DRBD.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": interní. Interní znamená, že tato poslední část "
-"pomocného zařízení je použita pro ukládání metadat.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Jméno\" je nezbytné a musí odpovídat linuxovému jménu hostitele (uname -n) jednoho z uzlů. Ve jméně by se neměl objevit znak \".\"</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Adresa:Port\": Zdroj vyžaduje jednu IP adresu na zařízení, které je použito pro očekávání příchozích spojení z partnerského zařízení pro dosažení zařízení. Každý DRBD zdroj vyžaduje TCP port, který je použit pro připojení partnerského zařízení uzlu.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Zařízení\": Název blokového zařízení uzlu z popisovaného zdroje. Toto zařízení musíte použít s vaší aplikací (souborovým systémem) a nesmíte použít nízkoúrovňové blokové zařízení, které je zadáno parametrem disku, následované jeho minor číslem. Nebo buď vynechejte jméno nebo\n"
+"minor a číslo minor. Pokud jméno vynecháte, bude použito výchozí /dev/drbdminor.\n"
+"\t\tJako: '/dev/drbd{sluzba} minor {minor drbd cislo [0...255]}' nebo '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD používá toto blokové zařízení pro skutečné ukládání a získávání dat. Nikdy k takovému zařízení nepřistupujte, dokud nad ním běží DRBD.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": interní. Interní znamená, že tato poslední část pomocného zařízení je použita pro ukládání metadat.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local "
-"disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local "
-"disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
-"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was "
-"a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports "
-"io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
-"DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response "
-"packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and "
-"therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than "
-"connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 "
-"seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a "
-"keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
-"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
-"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
-"packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
-"write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
-"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
-"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
-"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
-"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
-"KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
-"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
-"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protokol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protokol A: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl "
-"místního disku a místního odchozího zásobníku TCP.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protokol B: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl "
-"místního disku a vzdáleného zásobníku vyrovnávací paměti.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protokol C: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl jak "
-"místního tak vzdáleného disku.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protokol A: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl místního disku a místního odchozího zásobníku TCP.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protokol B: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl místního disku a vzdáleného zásobníku vyrovnávací paměti.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protokol C: zápis IO je reportován jako dokončený, pokud dosáhl jak místního tak vzdáleného disku.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení, pokud "
-"byl tento uzel znehodnoceným clusterem</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: čekat na vypršení odpočtu připojení, pokud byl tento uzel znehodnoceným clusterem</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: co dělat když nízkoúrovňové zařízení nahlásí "
-"vyšším vrstvám chybu IO</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: co dělat když nízkoúrovňové zařízení nahlásí vyšším vrstvám chybu IO</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: velikost odchozího soketového TCP zásobníku</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: nejvyšší počet požadavků, který může být přidělen "
-"DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: nejvyšší počet požadavků, který může být přidělen DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: Pokud selže partnerský uzel s odesláním očekávaného "
-"paketu s odpovědí s časem 10 sekund, partnerský uzel je považován za vypnutý "
-"a pak je spojení TCP/IP přerušeno. Toto musí být nižší než connect-int a "
-"ping-int. Výchozí hodnota je 60 = 6 sekund, jednotka je 0.1 sekundy.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: čas, kolik má společník na odpověď, pro paket "
-"udržení naživu. V případě, že společníkova odpověď není do této doby "
-"doručena, je považován za vypnutý. Výchozí hodnota je 500 ms, výchozí "
-"jednotka je 100 ms.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: čas, kolik má společník času, na odpověď na "
-"udržovacího paketu.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: Pokud selže partnerský uzel s odesláním očekávaného paketu s odpovědí s časem 10 sekund, partnerský uzel je považován za vypnutý a pak je spojení TCP/IP přerušeno. Toto musí být nižší než connect-int a ping-int. Výchozí hodnota je 60 = 6 sekund, jednotka je 0.1 sekundy.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: čas, kolik má společník na odpověď, pro paket udržení naživu. V případě, že společníkova odpověď není do této doby doručena, je považován za vypnutý. Výchozí hodnota je 500 ms, výchozí jednotka je 100 ms.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: čas, kolik má společník času, na odpověď na udržovacího paketu.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: nejvyšší počet datových bloků mezi dvěma "
-"zápisovými hranicemi.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b></p>: pokud druhý uzel selže v dokončení jednotlivých "
-"požadavků na zápis v uvedeném počtu, je vypovězen z clusteru. Výchozí hodnota "
-"je 0, která tuto funkci zakazuje.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b></p>: Pro zajištění hladkých operací s aplikacemi nad DRBD, "
-"je možné omezit šířku pásma, která má být použita pro synchronizaci na "
-"pozadí. Výchozí je 250 KiB/s, výchozí jednotka je KiB/s.</b>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parametr, kterým řídíte, jak velkým se může horká "
-"oblast (aktivní sada) stát. Výchozí počet rozsahů je 127. (minimum: 7, "
-"maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: nejvyšší počet datových bloků mezi dvěma zápisovými hranicemi.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b></p>: pokud druhý uzel selže v dokončení jednotlivých požadavků na zápis v uvedeném počtu, je vypovězen z clusteru. Výchozí hodnota je 0, která tuto funkci zakazuje.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b></p>: Pro zajištění hladkých operací s aplikacemi nad DRBD, je možné omezit šířku pásma, která má být použita pro synchronizaci na pozadí. Výchozí je 250 KiB/s, výchozí jednotka je KiB/s.</b>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parametr, kterým řídíte, jak velkým se může horká oblast (aktivní sada) stát. Výchozí počet rozsahů je 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
@@ -390,27 +311,20 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globální nastavení DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
-"sanity check</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zaškrtněte <b>\"Zakázat ověření IP\"</b> pro zakázání jedné z drbdadm "
-"ověřovací kontroly</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zaškrtněte <b>\"Zakázat ověření IP\"</b> pro zakázání jedné z drbdadm ověřovací kontroly</p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
-"waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
-"seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aktualizace okna:</b> Okno počítá a zobrazuje jak dlouho již čekalo.\n"
-" Tuto vlastnost můžete zakázat pokud jste připojeni k serveru "
-"přes\n"
+" Tuto vlastnost můžete zakázat pokud jste připojeni k serveru přes\n"
" sériovou konzoli s omezenou logovací kapacitou.\n"
" Okno vypíše součet každých 'aktualizace okna' sekund,\n"
" Nastavením 0 se okno nebude aktualizovat vůbec. </p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/geo-cluster.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -67,13 +67,11 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140
-#| msgid "GeoCluster Configuration"
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Konfigurace Geo Clusteru"
#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143
-#| msgid "GeoCluster Overview"
msgid "Geo Cluster Overview"
msgstr "Přehled Geo Clusteru"
@@ -115,7 +113,6 @@
msgstr "port"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
-#| msgid "arbitrator ip"
msgid "arbitrator"
msgstr "arbitr"
@@ -157,7 +154,6 @@
msgstr "Zrušit"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:143
-#| msgid "Please enter valid ip address"
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Zadejte platnou ip adresu"
@@ -190,22 +186,18 @@
msgstr "ovladač-před-získáním"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237
-#| msgid "timeout is no valid"
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "neplatný časový odpočet"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
-#| msgid "expire is no valid"
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "neplatné vypršení"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
-#| msgid "acquireafter is no valid"
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "neplatné získat-po"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
-#| msgid "retries is no valid"
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "neplatné opakování"
@@ -214,12 +206,10 @@
msgstr "hodnota pro opakování nižší než 3 není přípustná"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
-#| msgid "weights is no valid"
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "neplatné váhy"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
-#| msgid "ticket can not be null"
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "tiket nemůže být prázdný"
@@ -232,12 +222,10 @@
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494
-#| msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Zadejte IP adresu vašeho arbitra"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505
-#| msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Upravit IP adresu vašeho arbitra"
@@ -255,7 +243,6 @@
#. abort?
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600
-#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Název konfigurace nesmí být prázdný."
@@ -272,7 +259,6 @@
msgstr "přenos musí být vyplněn!"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:621
-#| msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "arbitr musí být vyplněn!"
@@ -318,7 +304,6 @@
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273
-#| msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Probíhá inicializace konfigurace Geo Clusteru"
@@ -349,7 +334,6 @@
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332
-#| msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Ukládá se konfigurace Geo Clusteru"
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/iscsi-lio-server.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@
msgstr "Číslo portu"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143
-#| msgid "Bad list of IP addresses."
msgid "Bind all IP addresses"
msgstr "Svázat všechny IP adresy."
@@ -318,8 +317,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Přidání cíle iSCSI:</big></b><br>\n"
"Vyberte si cíl iSCSI ze seznamu detekovaných cílů.\n"
-"Jestliže váš cíl nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte <b>Jiné "
-"(nerozpoznáno)</b>.\n"
+"Jestliže váš cíl nebyl automaticky rozpoznán, použijte <b>Jiné (nerozpoznáno)</b>.\n"
"Poté stiskněte <b>Konfigurovat</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -401,60 +399,30 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>"
-"Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User<"
-"/b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-"Zvolte typ ověřování. Použijte <b>Bez ověřování</b> nebo <b>Příchozí</b> či <"
-"b>Odchozí</b> (lze použít oboje). Pak vložte <b>Uživatele</b> a <b>Heslo</b>."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "Zvolte typ ověřování. Použijte <b>Bez ověřování</b> nebo <b>Příchozí</b> či <b>Odchozí</b> (lze použít oboje). Pak vložte <b>Uživatele</b> a <b>Heslo</b>."
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target "
-"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>"
-"InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>"
-"Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pro přidání klientského přístupu pro LUN importovaný ze skupiny cílového "
-"portálu použijte <b>Přidat</b>. Zadejte, který klient má mít k němu přístup "
-"(klientské jméno je <i>InitiatorName</i> v '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' "
-"pro iniciátor iscsi). <b>Smazat</b> odebere klientský přístup k LUNu.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pro přidání klientského přístupu pro LUN importovaný ze skupiny cílového portálu použijte <b>Přidat</b>. Zadejte, který klient má mít k němu přístup (klientské jméno je <i>InitiatorName</i> v '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' pro iniciátor iscsi). <b>Smazat</b> odebere klientský přístup k LUNu.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
-"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the "
-"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both "
-"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use "
-"Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is "
-"disabled here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pomocí <b>Upravit LUN</b> můžete upravit mapování LUNů. Vezměte na vědomí, "
-"že číslo cíle LUN musí být unikátní. Stiskem <b>Upravit ověření</b> vyberte "
-"typ ověření. Použijte <b>Příchozí</b>, <b>Odchozí</b> nebo obojí. Potom "
-"zadejte <b>Uživatele</b> a <b>Heslo</b>. Pokud je v předchozím dialogu "
-"zakázáno <b>Použít ověření</b>, je zde <b>Upravit ověření</b> zakázáno.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pomocí <b>Upravit LUN</b> můžete upravit mapování LUNů. Vezměte na vědomí, že číslo cíle LUN musí být unikátní. Stiskem <b>Upravit ověření</b> vyberte typ ověření. Použijte <b>Příchozí</b>, <b>Odchozí</b> nebo obojí. Potom zadejte <b>Uživatele</b> a <b>Heslo</b>. Pokud je v předchozím dialogu zakázáno <b>Použít ověření</b>, je zde <b>Upravit ověření</b> zakázáno.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to "
-"the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kopírovat</b> nabízí možnost přidat k LUNu další klientský přístup.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Kopírovat</b> nabízí možnost přidat k LUNu další klientský přístup.</p>"
#. target dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
-"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Seznam nabídnutých cílů a cílových portálových skupin. Nový cíl vytvoříte "
-"klepnutím na <b>Přidat</b>.\n"
-"Chcete-li odstranit nebo upravit položku, vyberte ji a stiskněte <b>Upravit<"
-"/b> nebo <b>Smazat</b>."
+"Seznam nabídnutých cílů a cílových portálových skupin. Nový cíl vytvoříte klepnutím na <b>Přidat</b>.\n"
+"Chcete-li odstranit nebo upravit položku, vyberte ji a stiskněte <b>Upravit</b> nebo <b>Smazat</b>."
#. edit target
#. add target
@@ -465,34 +433,27 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>"
-"LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. "
-"\n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod "
-"LUNem.\n"
+"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod LUNem.\n"
"Musíte zadat <b>cestu</b> buď k blokovému zařízení nebo souboru.\n"
-"<b>Název LUNu</b> je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje <b>LUN<"
-"/b>.\n"
+"<b>Název LUNu</b> je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"Takové jméno musí být unikátní v celé cílové portálové skupině. Pokud \n"
"nebude název LUNu vyplněný, bude vygenerován automaticky."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
-"address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Položkami <b>IP adresa</b> a <b>Číslo portu</b> určete na jaké adrese a "
-"portu \n"
-"bude tato služba dostupná. Výchozí číslo portu je 3260. IP adresu je možné "
-"zvolit jen tu, \n"
+"<p>Položkami <b>IP adresa</b> a <b>Číslo portu</b> určete na jaké adrese a portu \n"
+"bude tato služba dostupná. Výchozí číslo portu je 3260. IP adresu je možné zvolit jen tu, \n"
"která je již přiřazena některé ze síťových karet."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
@@ -501,41 +462,29 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. "
-"\n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod "
-"LUNem.\n"
+"Je možné vytvořit libovolná bloková zařízení nebo soubory dostupné pod LUNem.\n"
"Musíte zadat <b>cestu</b> buď k blokovému zařízení nebo souboru.\n"
-"<b>Název LUNu</b> je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje <b>LUN<"
-"/b>.\n"
+"<b>Název LUNu</b> je libovolné jméno, které jednoznačně identifikuje <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"Takové jméno musí být unikátní v celé cílové portálové skupině. Pokud \n"
"nebude název LUNu vyplněný, bude vygenerován automaticky."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"Všechny dodatečné konfigurační možnosti je možné <b>přidat</b>, <b>upravit</b>"
-" nebo <b>smazat</b>."
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "Všechny dodatečné konfigurační možnosti je možné <b>přidat</b>, <b>upravit</b> nebo <b>smazat</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>"
-"Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"V případě potřeby upravte číslo <b>LUN</b>, nastavte <b>Typ</b> (možnost "
-"nullio je pro testovací účely).\n"
-" Pokud je nastaven typ fileio, nastavte jako <b>Cestu</b> diskové zařízení "
-"nebo soubor. Volby <b>SCSI ID</b>\n"
+"V případě potřeby upravte číslo <b>LUN</b>, nastavte <b>Typ</b> (možnost nullio je pro testovací účely).\n"
+" Pokud je nastaven typ fileio, nastavte jako <b>Cestu</b> diskové zařízení nebo soubor. Volby <b>SCSI ID</b>\n"
"a <b>Sektory</b> jsou volitelné."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/isns.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -173,72 +173,26 @@
"Zde můžete nastavit iSNS server.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are "
-"displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI "
-"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node "
-"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zobrazení seznamu dostupných iSCSI uzlů registrovaných u iSNS služby.</p> "
-"<p>Uzly jsou registrovány iniciátory a cíli iSCSI.</p><p>Tyto uzly lze pouze "
-"<b>Smazat</b>. Smazání uzlu vede k jeho odstranění z databáze iSNS.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zobrazení seznamu dostupných iSCSI uzlů registrovaných u iSNS služby.</p> <p>Uzly jsou registrovány iniciátory a cíli iSCSI.</p><p>Tyto uzly lze pouze <b>Smazat</b>. Smazání uzlu vede k jeho odstranění z databáze iSNS.</p>"
#. discovery domains
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43
-msgid ""
-"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> "
-"a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the "
-"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Zobrazení seznamu vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací domény je možné <b>"
-"Vytvořit</b> a <b>Smazat</b>. <p>Odstranění domény smaže její členy, ale "
-"nesmaže členy iSCSI uzlu.</p>"
+msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
+msgstr "Zobrazení seznamu vyhledávacích domén. Vyhledávací domény je možné <b>Vytvořit</b> a <b>Smazat</b>. <p>Odstranění domény smaže její členy, ale nesmaže členy iSCSI uzlu.</p>"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting "
-"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery "
-"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or "
-"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but "
-"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet "
-"registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the "
-"initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain<"
-"/p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service "
-"returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery "
-"Domains.</p> "
-msgstr ""
-"Seznam všech iSCSI prvků je zobrazen podle vyhledávacích domén. Vybráním jiné "
-"domény se prvky seznamu současně z této vyhledávací domény zaktualizují. "
-"iSCSI uzel je možné <b>Přidat</b> k vyhledávací doméně nebo ho <b>Smazat</b>. "
-"<p>Smazání uzlu odstraní uzel z domény, ale samotný uzel se neodstraní.</p> <"
-"p>Vytvoření iSCSI uzlu umožňuje ještě nezaregistrovaným uzlům, aby se stali "
-"členy vyhledávací domény. To se stane ve chvíli, kdy iSCSI iniciátor nebo cíl "
-"tento uzel zaregistruje.</p> <p>Když iSCSI iniciátor provede vyhledávací "
-"dotaz, iSNS služba vrátí všechny iSCSI cíle uzlů, které jsou členy stejné "
-"vyhledávací domény.</p> "
+msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> "
+msgstr "Seznam všech iSCSI prvků je zobrazen podle vyhledávacích domén. Vybráním jiné domény se prvky seznamu současně z této vyhledávací domény zaktualizují. iSCSI uzel je možné <b>Přidat</b> k vyhledávací doméně nebo ho <b>Smazat</b>. <p>Smazání uzlu odstraní uzel z domény, ale samotný uzel se neodstraní.</p> <p>Vytvoření iSCSI uzlu umožňuje ještě nezaregistrovaným uzlům, aby se stali členy vyhledávací domény. To se stane ve chvíli, kdy iSCSI iniciátor nebo cíl tento uzel zaregistruje.</p> <p>Když iSCSI iniciátor provede vyhledávací dotaz, iSNS služba vrátí všechny iSCSI cíle uzlů, které jsou členy stejné vyhledávací domény.</p> "
#. dds table dialog
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery "
-"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a "
-"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS "
-"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery "
-"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Sady vyhledávacích domén jsou zobrazeny na vrcholku seznamu. Vyhledávací "
-"domény náleží k sadám vyhledávacích domén. <p>Vyhledávací doména je aktivní "
-"pouze tehdy, pokud je členem sady vyhledávacích domén. </p><p>V iSNS databázi "
-"jsou sady vyhledávacích domén, které obsahují vyhledávací domény. Ty pak "
-"obsahují členy iSCSI uzlů.</p>"
+msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
+msgstr "Sady vyhledávacích domén jsou zobrazeny na vrcholku seznamu. Vyhledávací domény náleží k sadám vyhledávacích domén. <p>Vyhledávací doména je aktivní pouze tehdy, pokud je členem sady vyhledávacích domén. </p><p>V iSNS databázi jsou sady vyhledávacích domén, které obsahují vyhledávací domény. Ty pak obsahují členy iSCSI uzlů.</p>"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different "
-"discovery domain set is selected.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Seznam členů sady vyhledávacích domén se aktualizuje ve chvíli, kdy je "
-"vybrána jiná sada.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Seznam členů sady vyhledávacích domén se aktualizuje ve chvíli, kdy je vybrána jiná sada.</p>"
#. **************** global funcions and variables *****
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25
@@ -280,10 +234,8 @@
#. boolean display = true;
#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10);
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351
-#| msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address."
msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running."
-msgstr ""
-"Připojení k iSNS serveru se nezdařilo. Zkontrolujte zda iSNS server běží."
+msgstr "Připojení k iSNS serveru se nezdařilo. Zkontrolujte zda iSNS server běží."
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70
@@ -297,11 +249,8 @@
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Chcete-li nakonfigurovat službu isns, musí být nainstalován balíček <b>%1<"
-"/b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Chcete-li nakonfigurovat službu isns, musí být nainstalován balíček <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/mail.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -113,12 +113,10 @@
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n"
-"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the "
-"localhost.</p>\n"
+"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pokud vybíráte <b>Bez spojení</b>, mailový server bude spuštěn.\n"
-"Avšak bude možné pouze místní doručování e-mailů. MTA naslouchá localhostu.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"Avšak bude možné pouze místní doručování e-mailů. MTA naslouchá localhostu.</p>\n"
#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88
@@ -147,8 +145,7 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
-"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>"
-"smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
+"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Server pro odesílání pošty je většinou zamýšlen\n"
@@ -159,13 +156,11 @@
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your "
-"provider.</p>\n"
+"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Zadejte <b>uživatelské jméno</b>, které bude použito\n"
-"pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého poskytovatele "
-"připojení.\n"
+"pro přihlášení. V případě pochybností se zeptejte svého poskytovatele připojení.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4
@@ -207,8 +202,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n"
"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n"
-"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Tato tabulka přesměrovává lokálně doručenou poštu.\n"
@@ -371,12 +365,10 @@
msgstr "Spustit &fetchmail"
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
-#| msgid "[manually set]"
msgid "manual"
msgstr "ručně"
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
-#| msgid "FTP daemon"
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "démon"
@@ -759,8 +751,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n"
"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n"
-"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can "
-"send\n"
+"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n"
"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n"
"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n"
"the domain key.</p>\n"
@@ -769,8 +760,7 @@
"<p>Povolení DKIM pro odchozí e-maily vyžaduje dodatečné úkony. Klíč SSL\n"
"bude vygenerovaný pro hodnotu 'mydomain', která je definovaná v Postfixu.\n"
"V Postfixu bude nakonfigurována nová služba 'submission'. Poté, co je toto\n"
-"nastaveno, můžete odesílat zprávy se službou 'submission' z oblasti "
-"'mynetworks'\n"
+"nastaveno, můžete odesílat zprávy se službou 'submission' z oblasti 'mynetworks'\n"
"s povoleným SASL ověřováním. Doménovým klíčem budou podepsány pouze\n"
"zprávy odeslané touto novou službou.</p>\n"
@@ -782,8 +772,7 @@
"Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n"
"in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n"
"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n"
-"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, "
-"the\n"
+"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n"
"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n"
"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -797,8 +786,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
+msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
msgstr "Pokud povolíte podporu DKIM, bude také povoleno hledání virů (AMaViS)."
#. Translators: text entry label
@@ -843,12 +831,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not "
-"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Mód doručení</b> je obvykle <b>přímo</b> dokud nepřeposíláte zprávy "
-"uživatele root nebo chcete přistupovat k poště přes IMAP.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Mód doručení</b> je obvykle <b>přímo</b> dokud nepřeposíláte zprávy uživatele root nebo chcete přistupovat k poště přes IMAP.</p>"
#. LogView label. take a string from users?
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/registration.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -93,8 +93,7 @@
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
-"Do polí níže prosím zadejte registrační nebo zkušební kód tohoto produktu a "
-"vaše\n"
+"Do polí níže prosím zadejte registrační nebo zkušební kód tohoto produktu a vaše\n"
"uživatelské jméno/e-mailovou adresu ze Zákaznického centra SUSE.\n"
"Přístup k bezpečnostním a obecným aktualizacím softwaru je dostupný pouze\n"
"pro registrovaný systém."
@@ -142,12 +141,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
-"updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-"Pro získání aktualizací a rozšíření zadejte přihlášení do Zákaznického centra "
-"SUSE."
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr "Pro získání aktualizací a rozšíření zadejte přihlášení do Zákaznického centra SUSE."
#. not set yet?
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:334
@@ -215,20 +210,12 @@
msgstr "<p>Tento systém je již zaregistrován.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or "
-"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Můžete jej znovu přeregistrovat nebo můžete zaregistrovat dodatečná "
-"rozšíření nebo moduly pro vylepšení funkcí systému.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Můžete jej znovu přeregistrovat nebo můžete zaregistrovat dodatečná rozšíření nebo moduly pro vylepšení funkcí systému.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:473
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE "
-"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pokud chcete systém odregistrovat, budete se muset přihlásit do "
-"Zákaznického centra SUSE a tam ručně systém odstranit.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pokud chcete systém odregistrovat, budete se muset přihlásit do Zákaznického centra SUSE a tam ručně systém odstranit.</p>"
#. error message
#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497
@@ -633,14 +620,10 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot "
-"provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective "
-"extension or module.</p>"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Zadejte registrační kódy pro požadovaná rozšíření nebo moduly.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registrační kódy jsou též zapotřebí pro úspěšnou registraci. Pokud "
-"nemůžete zadat registrační kód, pak se vraťte a zrušte výběr odpovídajících "
-"rozšíření nebo modulů.</p>"
+"<p>Registrační kódy jsou též zapotřebí pro úspěšnou registraci. Pokud nemůžete zadat registrační kód, pak se vraťte a zrušte výběr odpovídajících rozšíření nebo modulů.</p>"
#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87
@@ -664,27 +647,18 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Zde můžete vybrat dostupná rozšíření a moduly pro váš systém.</p>"
#. help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific "
-"registration code.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Berte na vědomí, že některá rozšíření nebo moduly mohou vyžadovat zvláštní "
-"registrační kód.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Berte na vědomí, že některá rozšíření nebo moduly mohou vyžadovat zvláštní registrační kód.</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE "
-"Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pokud budete chtít některé rozšíření nebo modul odebrat, bude potřeba se "
-"přihlásit do Zákaznického centra SUSE a tam je odebrat ručně.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pokud budete chtít některé rozšíření nebo modul odebrat, bude potřeba se přihlásit do Zákaznického centra SUSE a tam je odebrat ručně.</p>"
#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72
@@ -712,12 +686,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together "
-"with the base product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zde můžete vybrat, která rozšíření nebo moduly budou zaregistrovány "
-"společně se základním produktem.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zde můžete vybrat, která rozšíření nebo moduly budou zaregistrovány společně se základním produktem.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
@@ -772,27 +742,21 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51
msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center "
-"database,\n"
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product "
-"Registration</b>.</p>"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Registrace produktu zahrnuje váš produkt do databáze Zákaznického centra "
-"SUSE,\n"
+"<p>Registrace produktu zahrnuje váš produkt do databáze Zákaznického centra SUSE,\n"
"umožňuje vám získat online aktualizace a technickou podporu.\n"
-"Pro automatickou registraci během instalace zvolte <b>Spustit registraci "
-"produktu</b>.</p>"
+"Pro automatickou registraci během instalace zvolte <b>Spustit registraci produktu</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56
msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL "
-"of the server\n"
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pokud vaše síť má nasazený vlastní registrační server, nastavte správnou "
-"adresu URL serveru\n"
+"<p>Pokud vaše síť má nasazený vlastní registrační server, nastavte správnou adresu URL serveru\n"
"a umístění SMT certifikátu v <b>Nastavení SMT serveru</b>. Pro další\n"
"pomoc si otevřete váši příručku k SMT.</p>"
@@ -864,50 +828,28 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the "
-"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Zabezpečené spojení (HTTPS) používá SSL certifikáty pro ověření "
-"věrohodnosti serveru a pro šifrování přenášených dat.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zabezpečené spojení (HTTPS) používá SSL certifikáty pro ověření věrohodnosti serveru a pro šifrování přenášených dat.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known "
-"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
-"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Můžete vybrat import certifikátu do seznamu známých certifikačních autorit "
-"(CA), což znamená, že důvěřujete předmětu a vydavateli neznámého "
-"certifikátu.</p>"
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Můžete vybrat import certifikátu do seznamu známých certifikačních autorit (CA), což znamená, že důvěřujete předmětu a vydavateli neznámého certifikátu.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Importování certifikátu umožní použití například certifikátu podepsaného "
-"sebou samým.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Importování certifikátu umožní použití například certifikátu podepsaného sebou samým.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to "
-"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Důležité:</b> Měli byste ověřit otisk certifikátu, abyste si byli "
-"jisti, že importujete pravý certifikát z dotázaného serveru.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Důležité:</b> Měli byste ověřit otisk certifikátu, abyste si byli jisti, že importujete pravý certifikát z dotázaného serveru.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security "
-"risk.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Import neznámého certifikátu bez ověření je velké bezpečnostní riziko.<"
-"/b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Import neznámého certifikátu bez ověření je velké bezpečnostní riziko.</b></p>"
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:60
Modified: trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
+++ trunk/yast/cs/po/storage.cs.po 2014-12-16 13:17:07 UTC (rev 90874)
@@ -42,8 +42,7 @@
"\n"
"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Používejte tento program pouze tehdy, pokud již máte zkušenost s rozdělováním "
-"disků.\n"
+"Používejte tento program pouze tehdy, pokud již máte zkušenost s rozdělováním disků.\n"
"\n"
"Nikdy nerozdělujte disky, které mohou právě být jakkoliv používány\n"
"(připojeny, používány pro odkládací prostor atd.), pokud si nejste naprosto\n"
@@ -670,10 +669,8 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Nenalezen žádný disk. K instalaci použijte Update-CD, pokud je dostupné."
+msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr "Nenalezen žádný disk. K instalaci použijte Update-CD, pokud je dostupné."
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
@@ -971,8 +968,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Pokud smažete Windows, všechna data v tomto oddílu budou <b>nenávratně\n"
"ztracena</b>, jakmile se spustí proces instalace. <b>Naléhavě\n"
-"proto doporučujeme zálohovat všechna cenná data</b>. Je velice malá "
-"pravděpodobnost, že toto selže.\n"
+"proto doporučujeme zálohovat všechna cenná data</b>. Je velice malá pravděpodobnost, že toto selže.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Label text
@@ -1004,8 +1000,7 @@
"\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Nemáte přiřazen kořenový oddíl pro instalaci. Takhle to nejde.Přiřaďte "
-"nějakému oddílu kořenový bod připojení \"/\".\n"
+"Nemáte přiřazen kořenový oddíl pro instalaci. Takhle to nejde.Přiřaďte nějakému oddílu kořenový bod připojení \"/\".\n"
"\n"
"Chcete použít toto nastavení?\n"
@@ -1218,8 +1213,7 @@
"\n"
"Toto bude způsobovat některé problémy s běžným nastavením spuštění.\n"
"\n"
-"Pokud přesně nevíte co děláte, použijte pro své soubory na %1 normální "
-"oddíl.\n"
+"Pokud přesně nevíte co děláte, použijte pro své soubory na %1 normální oddíl.\n"
"\n"
"Opravdu chcete použít toto nastavení?\n"
@@ -1235,8 +1229,7 @@
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point "
-"\"swap\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1244,8 +1237,7 @@
"\n"
"Nezařadili jste do konfigurace odkládací oddíl (swap).\n"
"Ve většině případů je velice doporučeno odkládací oddíl\n"
-"vytvořit a zařadit do konfigurace.Vytvořené odkládací oddíly jsou vypsány v "
-"hlavním okně s typem\n"
+"vytvořit a zařadit do konfigurace.Vytvořené odkládací oddíly jsou vypsány v hlavním okně s typem\n"
"\"Linux Swap\". Zařazený odkládací oddíl má bod připojení \"swap\".\n"
"Pokud chcete, můžete vytvořit i více odkládacích oddílů.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1360,11 +1352,9 @@
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
-"mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
-"extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"Vybraný rozšířený oddíl obsahuje oddíly, které jsou nyní připojeny:\n"
@@ -1547,8 +1537,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1576,7 +1565,6 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:516
-#| msgid "UUID"
msgid "&UUID"
msgstr "&UUID"
@@ -1781,14 +1769,12 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
-"partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"Vybrané zařízení obsahuje oddíly, které jsou právě připojeny:\n"
"%1\n"
-"*Důrazně* doporučujeme tyto oddíly odpojit dříve, než smažete tabulku "
-"rozdělení.\n"
+"*Důrazně* doporučujeme tyto oddíly odpojit dříve, než smažete tabulku rozdělení.\n"
"Pokud nevíte co děláte, zvolte Zrušit.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1837,13 +1823,11 @@
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1547
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vytvářejte a odstraňujte podřízené svazky souborového systému Btrfs.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Vytvářejte a odstraňujte podřízené svazky souborového systému Btrfs.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Povolit automatické snímky pro souborový systém Btrfs pomocí Snapperu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Povolit automatické snímky pro souborový systém Btrfs pomocí Snapperu.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566
@@ -1943,16 +1927,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or "
-"/var/tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp "
-"nebo /var/tmp.\n"
+"Tento bod připojení odpovídá dočasnému souborovému systému, například /tmp nebo /var/tmp.\n"
"Pokud šifrovací heslo ponecháte prázdné, systém při spuštění systému\n"
"vytvoří náhodné heslo. To znamená, že při vypnutí systému \n"
"ztratíte veškerá data na těchto souborových systémech.\n"
@@ -1964,8 +1946,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
-"system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
@@ -1983,8 +1964,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
-"at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2005,8 +1985,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Povolené znaky jsou\n"
-"<tt>%1!</tt>, mezery, malá a velká písmena (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)a číslice<tt>0<"
-"/tt> až <tt>9</tt>.\n"
+"<tt>%1!</tt>, mezery, malá a velká písmena (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>)a číslice<tt>0</tt> až <tt>9</tt>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
@@ -2037,8 +2016,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
-"is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2104,8 +2082,7 @@
"\n"
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
-"U některého souborového systému jste nastavili, aby se při startu "
-"automaticky\n"
+"U některého souborového systému jste nastavili, aby se při startu automaticky\n"
"nepřipojoval. Tento souborový systém však může obsahovat soubory potřebné\n"
"pro to, aby systém řádně fungoval.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2178,8 +2155,7 @@
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
msgstr "Neplatné znaky v přípojném bodu. Nepoužívejte \"`'!\"%#\"."
#. error popup text
@@ -2369,8 +2345,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vybráním položky v tabulku dostanete podrobnější informace o zařízení.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vybráním položky v tabulku dostanete podrobnější informace o zařízení.</p>"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
@@ -2736,9 +2711,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Vyberte zda má být disk formátován a pokud ano tah zvolte typ nového "
-"oddílu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Vyberte zda má být disk formátován a pokud ano tah zvolte typ nového oddílu.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
@@ -2756,9 +2729,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Dále jestli se ma oddíl připojovat a je třeba zadat bod připojení ( /, "
-"/boot, /home, /var, ...)</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dále jestli se ma oddíl připojovat a je třeba zadat bod připojení ( /, /boot, /home, /var, ...)</p>"
#. set globals
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
@@ -2850,8 +2821,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Souborový systém na tomto svazku je swap. Můžete ponechat šifrovací heslo\n"
-"prázdné, ale potom jej nebude možné použít zařízení pro hibernaci (uspání na "
-"disk).\n"
+"prázdné, ale potom jej nebude možné použít zařízení pro hibernaci (uspání na disk).\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
@@ -3785,8 +3755,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
-"file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -3948,8 +3917,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n"
"selected crypt file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pohled ukazuje podrobné informace o zvoleném šifrovacím souboru.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pohled ukazuje podrobné informace o zvoleném šifrovacím souboru.</p>"
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41
@@ -3973,8 +3941,7 @@
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
msgstr ""
"Jméno skupiny svazků obsahuje nepovolené znaky. \n"
-"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", "
-"\"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"."
+"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", \"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76
@@ -4009,9 +3976,7 @@
#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr ""
-"Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků \"%1\" a všechny související logické "
-"svazky?"
+msgstr "Opravdu chcete odstranit skupinu svazků \"%1\" a všechny související logické svazky?"
#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
@@ -4019,8 +3984,7 @@
"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n"
"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\""
msgstr ""
-"Váš údaj je neplatný. Musíte zadat fyzickou velikost větší než %1, která je "
-"mocninou dvou.\n"
+"Váš údaj je neplatný. Musíte zadat fyzickou velikost větší než %1, která je mocninou dvou.\n"
"například \"%2\" nebo \"%3\")."
#. error popup text
@@ -4040,8 +4004,7 @@
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
msgstr ""
"Jméno logického oddílu obsahuje nepovolené znaky. \n"
-"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", "
-"\"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"."
+"Povoleny jsou alphanumerické znaky(písmena bez diakritiky a čísla), \".\", \"_\", \"-\" a \"+\"."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197
@@ -4091,13 +4054,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
-"higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Zadejte velikost a také počet a velikost proužků nového logického svazku.\n"
-"Počet proužků nemůže být větší než počet fyzických svazků ve skupině svazků.<"
-"/p>"
+"Počet proužků nemůže být větší než počet fyzických svazků ve skupině svazků.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500
@@ -4148,8 +4109,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
-"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Můžete prohlásit tento logický svazek jako\n"
@@ -4162,19 +4122,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
-"such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Můžete prohlásit tento logický svazek jako <b>Tenký fond</b>.\n"
-"To znamená, že <b>Tenké svazky</b> na požádání využívají z tohoto fondu "
-"vyžadovaný prostor.</p>"
+"To znamená, že <b>Tenké svazky</b> na požádání využívají z tohoto fondu vyžadovaný prostor.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>"
-".</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Můžete prohlásit tuto logický svazek jako\n"
"<b>Tenký svazek</b>. To znamená, že svazek využívá\n"
@@ -4232,14 +4189,12 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
-"unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Není dostatek nepoužitých zařízení pro skupinu svazků.\n"
"\n"
-"Pro LVM je potřeba alespon jeden nepoužitý oddít typu 0x8e (nebo 0x83) nebo "
-"zařízení typu RAID. \n"
+"Pro LVM je potřeba alespon jeden nepoužitý oddít typu 0x8e (nebo 0x83) nebo zařízení typu RAID. \n"
"Změňtě tabulku oddílů odpovídajícím způsobem."
#. error popup
@@ -4356,8 +4311,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n"
"the selected volume group.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pohled zobrazí všechny fyzické svazky použíte zvolenou skupinou svazků.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pohled zobrazí všechny fyzické svazky použíte zvolenou skupinou svazků.</p>"
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460
@@ -4462,12 +4416,8 @@
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Nastavení NFS není dostupné. Zkontrolujte jestli máte nainstalován balíček "
-"yast2-nfs-client."
+msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
+msgstr "Nastavení NFS není dostupné. Zkontrolujte jestli máte nainstalován balíček yast2-nfs-client."
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
@@ -4498,43 +4448,34 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
-"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Tato úroveň zvyšuje rychlost diskových operací.\n"
-"<b>NEZVÝŠÍ</b> bezpečnost vašich dat. Pokud jeden z disků bude vadný, nebude "
-"možné data obnovit.</p>\n"
+"<b>NEZVÝŠÍ</b> bezpečnost vašich dat. Pokud jeden z disků bude vadný, nebude možné data obnovit.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on "
-"all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
-"partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Tato úroveň zajistí bezpečnost vašich dat, resp.\n"
-"redundanci. Můžete použít dva nebo více disků, které vždy obsahují identické "
-"kopie\n"
-"Pokud tedy funguje alespoň jeden disk, nepřijdete o žádná data. Diskové "
-"oddíly\n"
+"redundanci. Můžete použít dva nebo více disků, které vždy obsahují identické kopie\n"
+"Pokud tedy funguje alespoň jeden disk, nepřijdete o žádná data. Diskové oddíly\n"
"používané pro tento typ RAIDu by měly mít vždy stejnou velikost.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
-"disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
-"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Tato úroveň kombinuje správu velkého počtu disků\n"
"a jejich určitou redundanci. Můžete ji použít pro tři a více disků.\n"
-"Pokud bude jeden disk vadný, pak jsou vaše data zachována. Při výpadku dvou "
-"disků zároveň o ně však přijdete</p>\n"
+"Pokud bude jeden disk vadný, pak jsou vaše data zachována. Při výpadku dvou disků zároveň o ně však přijdete</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4551,15 +4492,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
-"the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>"
-"\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Přidat diskové oddíly k RAIDu.</b> Podle\n"
"úrovně RAIDu je využitelná velikost disku součtem těchto diskových\n"
-"oddílů (RAID0), je rovna nejmenšímu diskovému oddílu (RAID 1) nebo "
-"(N-1)*nejmenší\n"
+"oddílů (RAID0), je rovna nejmenšímu diskovému oddílu (RAID 1) nebo (N-1)*nejmenší\n"
"diskový oddíl (RAID 5).</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4623,10 +4561,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
-"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
-"the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Velikost kusu:</b><br>Toto je nejmenší možný objem dat,\n"
"který je možný zapsat na zařízení. Rozumnou velikostí pro RAID 5 je \n"
@@ -4641,8 +4577,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
-"with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"Paritní algoritmus se používá v RAID 5 a 6.\n"
"Levostranně symetrický poskytuje nejvyšší výkon na typických discích\n"
@@ -4922,22 +4857,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>"
-"\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
-"and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Výchozí připojení pomocí</b> určuje metodu připojení pro nově vytvořené "
-"souborové systémy.\n"
-"<i>Název zařízení</i> používá název zařízení v jádře. Tento název není "
-"stálý.\n"
-"<i>ID zařízení</i> a <i>Cesta k zařízení</i> používá jména generované "
-"systémem udev z informací o hardwaru. Ty by měly být trvalé, ale naneštěstí "
-"to nebývá vždy pravda.\n"
-"<i>UUID</i> a <i>Popisek svazku</i> používá UUID a popisek souborového "
-"systému.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Výchozí připojení pomocí</b> určuje metodu připojení pro nově vytvořené souborové systémy.\n"
+"<i>Název zařízení</i> používá název zařízení v jádře. Tento název není stálý.\n"
+"<i>ID zařízení</i> a <i>Cesta k zařízení</i> používá jména generované systémem udev z informací o hardwaru. Ty by měly být trvalé, ale naneštěstí to nebývá vždy pravda.\n"
+"<i>UUID</i> a <i>Popisek svazku</i> používá UUID a popisek souborového systému.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
@@ -4952,9 +4880,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
-"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
-"aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5224,19 +5150,16 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?"
-msgstr ""
-"Je to v pořádku, aby zařízení byla přiřazena ke třídám podle těchto vzorů?"
+msgstr "Je to v pořádku, aby zařízení byla přiřazena ke třídám podle těchto vzorů?"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
-"cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tento dialog je pro definování tříd pro zařízení RAIDu, která jsou v "
-"RAIDu\n"
+"<p>Tento dialog je pro definování tříd pro zařízení RAIDu, která jsou v RAIDu\n"
"obsažené. Dostupné třídy jsou A, B, C, D a E, ale ve většině případů\n"
"jich postačí méně (např. pouze A a B).</p>"
@@ -5244,20 +5167,15 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the "
-"\n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
-"in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
-"currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Zařízení můžete zařadit ke třídě klepnutím na něj pravým tlačítkem myši\n"
"a výběrem patřičné třídy z kontextového menu. Výběrem při současně stisknuté\n"
-"klávese Ctrl nebo Shift můžete vybrat více zařízení a zařadit je všechna v "
-"jediném\n"
-"kroku. Můžete taktéž použít tlačítka označená \"%1\" až \"%2\" k zařazení "
-"současně\n"
+"klávese Ctrl nebo Shift můžete vybrat více zařízení a zařadit je všechna v jediném\n"
+"kroku. Můžete taktéž použít tlačítka označená \"%1\" až \"%2\" k zařazení současně\n"
"vybraného zařízení do této třídy.</p>"
#. dialog help text
@@ -5274,9 +5192,7 @@
msgid ""
"<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n"
"of class B and so on."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Setříděné</b> dá všechna zařízení třídy A před všechna zařízení třídy B "
-"atd."
+msgstr "<b>Setříděné</b> dá všechna zařízení třídy A před všechna zařízení třídy B atd."
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359
@@ -5286,8 +5202,7 @@
"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
msgstr ""
"<b>Prokládání</b> použije první zařízení třídy A, poté první zařízení\n"
-"třídy B až do posledního třídy zařízení. Pak jde na řadu druhé zařízení "
-"třídy\n"
+"třídy B až do posledního třídy zařízení. Pak jde na řadu druhé zařízení třídy\n"
"A, druhé zařízení třídy B atd."
#. dialog help text
@@ -5298,24 +5213,19 @@
"order in the RAID to be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
"Všechna zařízení bez tříd jsou zařazena na konec seznamu zařízení.\n"
-"Když opustíte vyskakovací okno, je použito současné pořadí jako pořadí "
-"zařízení\n"
+"Když opustíte vyskakovací okno, je použito současné pořadí jako pořadí zařízení\n"
"v RAIDu, který je vytvářen.</p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
-"devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
-"expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1"
-") and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
-"then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
"Stiskem tlačítka \"<b>%1</b>\" můžete vybrat soubor, který obsahuje\n"
@@ -5363,14 +5273,11 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
-"Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Velikost Tmpfs:</b>\n"
-"Velikost může být zadána jak číslem následovaným písmenem K,M,G pro Kilo-, "
-"Mega- nebo Gigabajty nebo jako číslo následované značkou procenta, která "
-"znamená procentuální část paměti.</p>"
+"Velikost může být zadána jak číslem následovaným písmenem K,M,G pro Kilo-, Mega- nebo Gigabajty nebo jako číslo následované značkou procenta, která znamená procentuální část paměti.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
@@ -5401,13 +5308,11 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
-"installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Připojit pouze pro čtení:</b>\n"
-"Do tohoto souborového systému není možný zápis. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto. "
-"Během instalace je souborový systém vždy připojen\n"
+"Do tohoto souborového systému není možný zápis. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto. Během instalace je souborový systém vždy připojen\n"
"pro čtení i zápis.</p>"
#. button text
@@ -5422,12 +5327,10 @@
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bez času přístupu:</b>\n"
-"Pokud je soubor čten, časy přístupu nejsou aktualizovány. Výchozí je hodnota "
-"vypnuto.</p>\n"
+"Pokud je soubor čten, časy přístupu nejsou aktualizovány. Výchozí je hodnota vypnuto.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
-#| msgid "Mountable by &User"
msgid "Mountable by User"
msgstr "Připojitelný uživatelem"
@@ -5438,8 +5341,7 @@
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Připojitelný uživatelem:</b>\n"
-"Souborový systém může být připojen běžným uživatelem. Výchozí je vypnuto.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Souborový systém může být připojen běžným uživatelem. Výchozí je vypnuto.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
@@ -5452,10 +5354,8 @@
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><"
-"/tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
-"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nepřipojovat při spuštění systému:</b>\n"
"Souborový systém není při startu systému automaticky připojen.\n"
@@ -5492,10 +5392,8 @@
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
-"impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Režim žurnálování dat:</b>\n"
"Udává režim žurnálování dat souborů.\n"
@@ -5541,19 +5439,14 @@
msgstr "Hodnota doplňkových &voleb"
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
-msgid ""
-"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Neplatné znaky v některé hodnotě voleb. Nepoužívejte mezery nebo tabulátory a "
-"zkuste to znovu."
+msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
+msgstr "Neplatné znaky v některé hodnotě voleb. Nepoužívejte mezery nebo tabulátory a zkuste to znovu."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of "
-"/etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hodnota libovolné volby:</b>\n"
@@ -5584,8 +5477,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
-"systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kódová stránka pro krátká FAT jména:</b>\n"
"Tato kódová stránka se používá pro převod krátkých názvů souborů\n"
@@ -5600,12 +5492,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
-"is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<b>Počet tabulek FAT:</b>\n"
-"Udává počet alokačních tabulek souborů (FAT) v soub. systému. Výchozí je 2.<"
-"/p>"
+"Udává počet alokačních tabulek souborů (FAT) v soub. systému. Výchozí je 2.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
@@ -5616,14 +5506,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
-"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for "
-"the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Velikost FAT:</b>\n"
-"Udává typ použité tabulky FAT (12, 16 anebo 32 bitů). Pokud je nastaveno "
-"'auto', YaST se pokusí vybrat hodnotu nejlépe odpovídající velikosti vašeho "
-"souborového systému.</p>\n"
+"Udává typ použité tabulky FAT (12, 16 anebo 32 bitů). Pokud je nastaveno 'auto', YaST se pokusí vybrat hodnotu nejlépe odpovídající velikosti vašeho souborového systému.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
@@ -5633,9 +5519,7 @@
#. popup text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Minimální hodnota pro \"Počet položek kořenového adresáře\" je 112. Opakujte "
-"zadání."
+msgstr "Minimální hodnota pro \"Počet položek kořenového adresáře\" je 112. Opakujte zadání."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
@@ -5655,12 +5539,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in "
-"directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Funkce hashování:</b>\n"
-"Udává název hashovací funkce, která bude použita pro třídění názvů souborů v "
-"adresářích.</p>\n"
+"Udává název hashovací funkce, která bude použita pro třídění názvů souborů v adresářích.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
@@ -5671,15 +5553,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
-"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
-"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
-"2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Revize souborového systému:</b>\n"
-"Tato volba určuje formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pro zpětnou kompatibilitu s jádry "
-"řady 2.2.x. '3.6' je novější, ale může být použito pouze s jádry řady >= 2.4. "
-"</p>\n"
+"Tato volba určuje formát reiserfs. '3.5' je pro zpětnou kompatibilitu s jádry řady 2.2.x. '3.6' je novější, ale může být použito pouze s jádry řady >= 2.4. </p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5691,14 +5568,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
-"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
-"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Velikost bloku:</b>\n"
-"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 512, 1024, 2048 a "
-"4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je vybrána volba auto, nastaví se na 4096 bytů.</p>"
-"\n"
+"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 512, 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je vybrána volba auto, nastaví se na 4096 bytů.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5725,12 +5598,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
-"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Procento prostoru pro inody:</b>\n"
-"Volba \"Procento prostoru pro inody\" udává, kolik místa na disku v "
-"procentech mohou inody zabírat.</p>\n"
+"Volba \"Procento prostoru pro inody\" udává, kolik místa na disku v procentech mohou inody zabírat.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
@@ -5741,8 +5612,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
-"or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5770,8 +5640,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate "
-"size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Velikost protokolu</b>\n"
"Nastaví velikost protokolu (v megabajtech).\n"
@@ -5806,21 +5675,16 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Délka kroku v blocích:</b> \n"
"Nastavte RAID volby pro souborový systém. V současnosti je podporována pouze\n"
-"volba 'stride' (krok), která určuje argument RAIDu pro počet bloků v "
-"proužku.</p>\n"
+"volba 'stride' (krok), která určuje argument RAIDu pro počet bloků v proužku.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
-"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
-"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Velikost bloku:</b>\n"
-"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 1024, 2048 a 4096 "
-"bajtů na blok. Pokud je nastavena hodnota auto, tak se velikost bloku určí "
-"podle velikosti souborového systému a jeho očekávaného použití.</p>\n"
+"Zadejte velikost bloků v bajtech. Platnými hodnotami jsou 1024, 2048 a 4096 bajtů na blok. Pokud je nastavena hodnota auto, tak se velikost bloku určí podle velikosti souborového systému a jeho očekávaného použití.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
@@ -5845,8 +5709,7 @@
"méně inodů bude vytvořeno.\n"
"Obecně by počet bajtů na inod neměl být menší než velikost bloku v \n"
"souborovém systému, protože jinak bude vytvořeno příliš mnoho inodů. Po\n"
-"jejich vytvoření není možné jejich počet v souborovém systému zvýšit bez "
-"ztráty\n"
+"jejich vytvoření není možné jejich počet v souborovém systému zvýšit bez ztráty\n"
"dat, takže zde použijte rozumné nastavení.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5860,23 +5723,14 @@
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
msgstr ""
-"Hodnota položky \"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root\" je "
-"chybná.\n"
+"Hodnota položky \"Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root\" je chybná.\n"
"Povolena jsou desetinná čísla, která nejsou větší než 99 (např. 0,5).\n"
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
-"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
-"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
-"default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root:</b> Určete procento bloků "
-"rezervovaných pro super-uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je vypočítána tak, že "
-"normálně je rezervován 1 Gigabajt. Nejvyšší výchozí limit pro rezervování je "
-"5,0 a nejnižší je 0,1.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>Procento bloků rezervovaných pro uživatele root:</b> Určete procento bloků rezervovaných pro super-uživatele. Výchozí hodnota je vypočítána tak, že normálně je rezervován 1 Gigabajt. Nejvyšší výchozí limit pro rezervování je 5,0 a nejnižší je 0,1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
@@ -5904,8 +5758,7 @@
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Index adresáře:</b>\n"
-"Umožňuje používání hašovaných b-stromů pro urychlení vyhledávání ve velkých "
-"adresářích.</p>\n"
+"Umožňuje používání hašovaných b-stromů pro urychlení vyhledávání ve velkých adresářích.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
@@ -5916,8 +5769,7 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
-"really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Žádný žurnál:</b>\n"
@@ -6146,11 +5998,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
-msgid ""
-"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
-msgstr ""
-"Dokud jsou na disku používány nějaké oddíly, nemůžou být žádné další "
-"vytvořeny."
+msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgstr "Dokud jsou na disku používány nějaké oddíly, nemůžou být žádné další vytvořeny."
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
msgid ""
@@ -6377,8 +6226,7 @@
msgid ""
"<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n"
"device."
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zařízení</b> zobrazuje jméno zařízení, které mu přiřadilo jádro.</ p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Zařízení</b> zobrazuje jméno zařízení, které mu přiřadilo jádro.</ p>"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267
@@ -6435,8 +6283,7 @@
msgid ""
"<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n"
"an encrypted loop device."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Cesta k souboru</b> ukazuje cestu k souboru pro zašifrované loop zařizení."
+msgstr "<b>Cesta k souboru</b> ukazuje cestu k souboru pro zašifrované loop zařizení."
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317
@@ -6501,8 +6348,7 @@
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Otazník (?) značí, že souborový systém není uveden v <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
-"Buď je připojen ručně nebo systémem automount. Pokud budete měnit nastavení "
-"pro\n"
+"Buď je připojen ručně nebo systémem automount. Pokud budete měnit nastavení pro\n"
"tento svazek, YaST neaktualizuje <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -6516,12 +6362,10 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
-"it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
-"Hvězdička (*) za přípojným bodem značí souborový systém, který není právě "
-"připojen\n"
+"Hvězdička (*) za přípojným bodem značí souborový systém, který není právě připojen\n"
"(např. protože má nastavenu volbu <tt>noauto</tt> v <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -6536,9 +6380,7 @@
msgid ""
"<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n"
"algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Paritní algoritmus</b> ukazuje paritní algoritmus pro zařízení RAID s "
-"typem RAIDu 5, 6 a nebo 10."
+msgstr "<b>Paritní algoritmus</b> ukazuje paritní algoritmus pro zařízení RAID s typem RAIDu 5, 6 a nebo 10."
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401
@@ -6580,8 +6422,7 @@
"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Proužky</b> tento sloupec ukazuje počet proužků pro\n"
-"logický svazek LVM a pokud je větší než jedna, je v závorkách uvedena jeho "
-"velikost.\n"
+"logický svazek LVM a pokud je větší než jedna, je v závorkách uvedena jeho velikost.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
@@ -6876,12 +6717,8 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
-msgid ""
-"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
-"under Windows."
-msgstr ""
-"Změna velikosti není možná kvůli nekonzistenci souborového systému. Zkuste "
-"souborový systém zkontrolovat ve Windows."
+msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
+msgstr "Změna velikosti není možná kvůli nekonzistenci souborového systému. Zkuste souborový systém zkontrolovat ve Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
@@ -6929,11 +6766,9 @@
"enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n"
"size for the root partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Souborový systém pro kořenový oddíl můžete vybrat v odpovídajícím "
-"rozbalovacím\n"
+"<p>Souborový systém pro kořenový oddíl můžete vybrat v odpovídajícím rozbalovacím\n"
"seznamu. V souborovém systému Btrfs může být návrh vytvořen s povolenými\n"
-"automatickými snímky pomocí snapperu. Toto též zvýší velikost pro kořenový "
-"oddíl.</p>"
+"automatickými snímky pomocí snapperu. Toto též zvýší velikost pro kořenový oddíl.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303
@@ -6949,9 +6784,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aby mohl být swapovací oddíl použit pro uspání systému na disk, je třeba "
-"jej nastavit dostatečně velký.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aby mohl být swapovací oddíl použit pro uspání systému na disk, je třeba jej nastavit dostatečně velký.</p>"
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:16:21 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90873
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/fcoe-client.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-server.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/live-installer.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po
…
[View More]trunk/yast/ca/po/scanner.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po
trunk/yast/ca/po/sudo.ca.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/base.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -84,16 +84,12 @@
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Feu servir 'help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les ordres "
-"disponibles."
+msgstr "Feu servir 'help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les ordres disponibles."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Feu servir 'yast2 %1 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les "
-"ordres disponibles."
+msgstr "Feu servir 'yast2 %1 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les ordres disponibles."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
@@ -122,9 +118,7 @@
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
-msgstr ""
-"Aquest valor no és vàlid per a l'opció '%1' -- s'esperava '%2' i s'ha rebut "
-"%3"
+msgstr "Aquest valor no és vàlid per a l'opció '%1' -- s'esperava '%2' i s'ha rebut %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:527
@@ -135,17 +129,13 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Feu servir '%1 %2 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les opcions "
-"disponibles."
+msgstr "Feu servir '%1 %2 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les opcions disponibles."
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Feu servir 'yast2 %1 %2 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les "
-"opcions disponibles."
+msgstr "Feu servir 'yast2 %1 %2 help' si voleu consultar una llista sencera de les opcions disponibles."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574
@@ -179,8 +169,7 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-" Les opcions de tipus [string] s'han d'escriure en el format "
-"'opció=valor'."
+" Les opcions de tipus [string] s'han d'escriure en el format 'opció=valor'."
#. translators: example title for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719
@@ -243,27 +232,17 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Executeu 'yast2 %1 <ordre> help' si voleu consultar la llista de les opcions "
-"disponibles."
+msgstr "Executeu 'yast2 %1 <ordre> help' si voleu consultar la llista de les opcions disponibles."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Falta el nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile'). Utilitzeu l'opció de la "
-"línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "Falta el nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile'). Utilitzeu l'opció de la línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"El nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile') és buit. Utilitzeu l'opció de "
-"la línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>."
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr "El nom del fitxer objectiu (opció 'xmlfile') és buit. Utilitzeu l'opció de la línia d'ordres xmlfile=<target_XML_file>."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096
@@ -403,8 +382,7 @@
"See %3 for more information about YaST logs."
msgstr ""
"Us recomanem que envieu un informe d'error a %1.\n"
-"Si us plau, adjunteu-hi tots els registres del YaST emmagatzemats al "
-"directori \"%2\"\n"
+"Si us plau, adjunteu-hi tots els registres del YaST emmagatzemats al directori \"%2\"\n"
". Vegeu %3 per a més informació sobre els fitxers de registre del YaST."
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
@@ -494,8 +472,7 @@
#. bugzilla #332436
#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
-msgstr ""
-"S'ha produït un error intern quan s'integrava el flux de treball addicional."
+msgstr "S'ha produït un error intern quan s'integrava el flux de treball addicional."
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
@@ -537,8 +514,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Inici del servei</big></b><br>\n"
"Per a iniciar el servei cada vegada que l'ordinador s'inicia, seleccioneu\n"
-"<b>%1</b>. Per iniciar el servei mitjançant el dimoni xinetd, seleccioneu <b>"
-"%3</b>.\n"
+"<b>%1</b>. Per iniciar el servei mitjançant el dimoni xinetd, seleccioneu <b>%3</b>.\n"
"Altrament, seleccioneu <b>%2</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
@@ -801,8 +777,7 @@
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Addició d'una clau TSIG existent</b></big><br>\n"
-"Per a afegir una clau TSIG creada anteriorment, seleccioneu un <b>Nom del "
-"fitxer</b> del fitxer\n"
+"Per a afegir una clau TSIG creada anteriorment, seleccioneu un <b>Nom del fitxer</b> del fitxer\n"
"que conté la clau i feu clic a <b>Afegeix</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
@@ -814,10 +789,8 @@
"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Creació d'una clau TSIG nova</b></big><br>\n"
-"Per a crear una clau TSIG nova, definiu el <b>Nom del fitxer</b> del fitxer "
-"on\n"
-"creareu la clau i l'<b>Identificador de la clau</b> per a identificar-la i, "
-"tot seguit, feu clic a \n"
+"Per a crear una clau TSIG nova, definiu el <b>Nom del fitxer</b> del fitxer on\n"
+"creareu la clau i l'<b>Identificador de la clau</b> per a identificar-la i, tot seguit, feu clic a \n"
"<b>Genera</b>.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
@@ -831,11 +804,9 @@
"in the configuration first.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Supressió d'una clau TSIG</b></big><br>\n"
-"Per a suprimir una clau TSIG configurada, seleccioneu-la i feu clic a "
-"<b>Suprimeix</b>.\n"
+"Per a suprimir una clau TSIG configurada, seleccioneu-la i feu clic a <b>Suprimeix</b>.\n"
"Se suprimeixen totes les claus del mateix fitxer.\n"
-"Si s'està utilitzant una clau TSIG a la configuració del servidor, aquesta "
-"no es pot suprimir. En primer lloc el servidor ha de deixar d'utilitzar-la\n"
+"Si s'està utilitzant una clau TSIG a la configuració del servidor, aquesta no es pot suprimir. En primer lloc el servidor ha de deixar d'utilitzar-la\n"
"a la configuració.</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
@@ -921,8 +892,7 @@
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Edició de la configuració</big></b><br>\n"
-"Si voleu editar les opcions de configuració, seleccioneu l'entrada desitjada "
-"a la\n"
+"Si voleu editar les opcions de configuració, seleccioneu l'entrada desitjada a la\n"
"taula i premeu <b>Edita</b>.</p>"
#. help 2/4, optional
@@ -931,8 +901,7 @@
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu <b>Afegeix</b>. Si voleu suprimir-"
-"ne alguna,\n"
+"<p>Si voleu afegir una opció nova premeu <b>Afegeix</b>. Si voleu suprimir-ne alguna,\n"
"seleccioneu-la i premeu <b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
@@ -1012,24 +981,14 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>1) <b>General</b><br>\n"
"Si voleu navegar pels elements del quadre de diàleg, feu servir\n"
-"la tecla [Tab] per a passar a l'element següent i la combinació de tecles "
-"[Maj] (o [Alt])+[Tab] per a tornar enrere.\n"
+"la tecla [Tab] per a passar a l'element següent i la combinació de tecles [Maj] (o [Alt])+[Tab] per a tornar enrere.\n"
"Si voleu seleccionar o activar elements, premeu [Espaiador] o [Retorn].\n"
-"Alguns dels elements fan servir les tecles de desplaçament (per exemple, si "
-"voleu navegar per les llistes).</p>"
+"Alguns dels elements fan servir les tecles de desplaçament (per exemple, si voleu navegar per les llistes).</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
-msgid ""
-"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
-"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
-"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
-"on the right.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>La navegació per l'arbre també es fa amb les tecles de fletxa. Per obrir "
-"o tancar una branca useu [ESPAI]. Per als mòduls que mostrin un arbre (pot "
-"semblar una llista) d'ítems de configuració a mà esquerra useu [RETORN] per "
-"obtenir el diàleg corresponent a la dreta.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>La navegació per l'arbre també es fa amb les tecles de fletxa. Per obrir o tancar una branca useu [ESPAI]. Per als mòduls que mostrin un arbre (pot semblar una llista) d'ítems de configuració a mà esquerra useu [RETORN] per obtenir el diàleg corresponent a la dreta.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341
@@ -1046,8 +1005,7 @@
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Premeu [Esc] si voleu tancar els menús de selecció emergents (per "
-"exemple, \n"
+"<p>Premeu [Esc] si voleu tancar els menús de selecció emergents (per exemple, \n"
"dels botons de menú) sense triar res.</p>\n"
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
@@ -1080,19 +1038,15 @@
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
-"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>Tecles de funció</i><br>\n"
-"Les tecles F proporcionen un accés ràpid a funcions principals. Els vincles "
-"de funció per al diàleg actual es mostren a la línia de sota.</p>"
+"Les tecles F proporcionen un accés ràpid a funcions principals. Els vincles de funció per al diàleg actual es mostren a la línia de sota.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Normalment les tecles de funció estan connectades a una acció determinada:"
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Normalment les tecles de funció estan connectades a una acció determinada:</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372
@@ -1876,14 +1830,12 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
-"information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Crea una clau GPG nova</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> s'inicia, consulteu el cercapersones manual <tt>gpg</"
-"tt> per a obtenir-ne més informació.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> s'inicia, consulteu el cercapersones manual <tt>gpg</tt> per a obtenir-ne més informació.\n"
"Premeu Ctrl+C per a cancel·lar l'operació.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1916,9 +1868,7 @@
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
-msgstr ""
-"Introduïu un missatge per al registre de canvis on es descriguin els canvis "
-"que feu."
+msgstr "Introduïu un missatge per al registre de canvis on es descriguin els canvis que feu."
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109
@@ -1928,8 +1878,7 @@
"the field below.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registre mostrat</big></b><br>\n"
-"Utilitzeu <b>Registre</b> per a seleccionar el registre que voleu mostrar. "
-"Apareixerà al\n"
+"Utilitzeu <b>Registre</b> per a seleccionar el registre que voleu mostrar. Apareixerà al\n"
"camp inferior.</p>\n"
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2
@@ -1949,8 +1898,7 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Per a processar accions avançades o desar el registre en un fitxer, feu clic "
-"a <b>%1</b>\n"
+"Per a processar accions avançades o desar el registre en un fitxer, feu clic a <b>%1</b>\n"
"i seleccioneu l'acció que voleu processar.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -1972,8 +1920,7 @@
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Per a desar el registre en un fitxer, feu clic a <b>Desa el registre</b> i "
-"seleccioneu el fitxer\n"
+"Per a desar el registre en un fitxer, feu clic a <b>Desa el registre</b> i seleccioneu el fitxer\n"
"on es desarà el registre.</p>\n"
#. menu button
@@ -2023,8 +1970,7 @@
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
-msgstr ""
-"El tallafocs no es pot ajustar durant la primera fase de la instal·lació."
+msgstr "El tallafocs no es pot ajustar durant la primera fase de la instal·lació."
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116
@@ -2073,8 +2019,7 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"Les següents interfícies de xarxa estan assignades a la xarxa interna i no "
-"es poden desmarcar:\n"
+"Les següents interfícies de xarxa estan assignades a la xarxa interna i no es poden desmarcar:\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2164,8 +2109,7 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Paràmetres del tallafoc</big></b><br>\n"
-"Per a obrir el tallafoc i permetre l'accés al servei des d'ordinadors "
-"remots,\n"
+"Per a obrir el tallafoc i permetre l'accés al servei des d'ordinadors remots,\n"
"definiu <b>%1</b>.<br>"
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
@@ -2656,8 +2600,7 @@
"Really continue?"
msgstr ""
"Les interfícies de xarxa estan controlades actualment pel NetworkManager\n"
-"però és possible que el servei que voleu configurar no funcioni bé amb "
-"aquest.\n"
+"però és possible que el servei que voleu configurar no funcioni bé amb aquest.\n"
"\n"
"Segur que voleu continuar?"
@@ -2836,109 +2779,71 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"S'ha trobat un nou dispositiu de xarxa '%1'; s'ha afegit com una interfície "
-"de tallafoc interna"
+msgstr "S'ha trobat un nou dispositiu de xarxa '%1'; s'ha afegit com una interfície de tallafoc interna"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"S'ha trobat un nou dispositiu de xarxa '%1'; s'ha afegit com una interfície "
-"de tallafoc externa"
+msgstr "S'ha trobat un nou dispositiu de xarxa '%1'; s'ha afegit com una interfície de tallafoc externa"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"El paquet SuSEfirewall2 no està instal·lat, o el tallafocs està desactivat."
+msgstr "El paquet SuSEfirewall2 no està instal·lat, o el tallafocs està desactivat."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"El tallafocs està activat (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">desactiva'l</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr "El tallafocs està activat (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiva'l</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"El tallafocs està desactivat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
-"\">activa'l</a>)"
+msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr "El tallafocs està desactivat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activa'l</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal"
-"\">tanca'l</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">tanca'l</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"El port SSH està bloquejat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal"
-"\">obre'l</a>)"
+msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "El port SSH està bloquejat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">obre'l</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
-"but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
-msgstr ""
-"El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal"
-"\">tanca'l</a>), però seguim sense tenir interfícies de xarxa configurades."
+msgstr "El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">tanca'l</a>), però seguim sense tenir interfícies de xarxa configurades."
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
-"on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Esteu instal·lant un sistema al SSH però no heu obert el port SSH del "
-"tallafoc."
+msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgstr "Esteu instal·lant un sistema al SSH però no heu obert el port SSH del tallafoc."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Els ports d'administració remota (VNC) estan oberts (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">tanca'ls</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr "Els ports d'administració remota (VNC) estan oberts (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">tanca'ls</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Els ports d'administració remota (VNC) estan bloquejats (<a href=\"firewall--"
-"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">obre'ls</a>)"
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr "Els ports d'administració remota (VNC) estan bloquejats (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">obre'ls</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
-"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Esteu instal·lant un sistema mitjançant l'administració remota (VNC) però no "
-"heu obert els ports VNC del tallafoc."
+msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "Esteu instal·lant un sistema mitjançant l'administració remota (VNC) però no heu obert els ports VNC del tallafoc."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
@@ -2952,12 +2857,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
-"needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Esteu instal·lant un sistema fent servir iSCSI Target, però no heu obert "
-"els ports necessaris del tallafoc."
+msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "Esteu instal·lant un sistema fent servir iSCSI Target, però no heu obert els ports necessaris del tallafoc."
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
@@ -3094,10 +2995,8 @@
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
-"El fet d'ignorar un error de descàrrega pot donar lloc a un mal funcionament "
-"del sistema.\n"
-"Hauríeu de verificar el sistema més endavant, executant el mòdul de gestió "
-"de programari.\n"
+"El fet d'ignorar un error de descàrrega pot donar lloc a un mal funcionament del sistema.\n"
+"Hauríeu de verificar el sistema més endavant, executant el mòdul de gestió de programari.\n"
#. At start of package install.
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:526
@@ -3131,30 +3030,22 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
-"module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
-"El fet d'ignorar la fallada d'un paquet pot donar lloc a un mal funcionament "
-"del sistema.\n"
-"Hauríeu de verificar el sistema més endavant, executant el mòdul de gestió "
-"de programari."
+"El fet d'ignorar la fallada d'un paquet pot donar lloc a un mal funcionament del sistema.\n"
+"Hauríeu de verificar el sistema més endavant, executant el mòdul de gestió de programari."
#. error report
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-"changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
-"from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El repositori de l'URL especificada proporciona ara un identificador de "
-"mitjans diferent.\n"
-"Si l'URL és correcta, això indica que el contingut del repositori ha "
-"canviat. Per \n"
-"continuar fent servir aquest repositori, inicieu el mòdul <b>Repositoris de "
-"programari</b> del \n"
+"<p>El repositori de l'URL especificada proporciona ara un identificador de mitjans diferent.\n"
+"Si l'URL és correcta, això indica que el contingut del repositori ha canviat. Per \n"
+"continuar fent servir aquest repositori, inicieu el mòdul <b>Repositoris de programari</b> del \n"
"centre de control del YaST i refresqueu-lo.</p>\n"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
@@ -3446,9 +3337,7 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Reconstruint la base de dades dels paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una "
-"mica."
+msgstr "Reconstruint la base de dades dels paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una mica."
#. progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
@@ -3468,8 +3357,7 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2286
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr ""
-"Convertint la base de dades dels paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una mica."
+msgstr "Convertint la base de dades dels paquets. Aquest procés pot trigar una mica."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2325
@@ -3550,8 +3438,7 @@
"Ask PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr ""
"El PackageKit està bloquejant la gestió de programari.\n"
-"Això passa quan l'aplicació d'actualització o algun altre gestor de "
-"programari\n"
+"Això passa quan l'aplicació d'actualització o algun altre gestor de programari\n"
"s'estan executant.\n"
"\n"
"Demano al PackageKit que ho deixi estar?"
@@ -3657,40 +3544,32 @@
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
-"installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Confirmació de llicència</big></b><br>\n"
-"El paquet del títol del quadre de diàleg necessita una confirmació "
-"explícita\n"
+"El paquet del títol del quadre de diàleg necessita una confirmació explícita\n"
"d'acceptació de la seva llicència.\n"
"Si rebutgeu la llicència del paquet, aquest no s'instal·larà.\n"
"<br>\n"
"Per acceptar la llicència del paquet, feu clic a <b>Hi estic d'acord</b>.\n"
-"Per rebutjar la llicència del paquet, feu clic a <b>No hi estic d'acord </"
-"b></p>."
+"Per rebutjar la llicència del paquet, feu clic a <b>No hi estic d'acord </b></p>."
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
-"to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
-"the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t Aquest quadre de diàleg us permet definir les tasques d'aquest sistema "
-"i el programari que cal instal·lar.\n"
-"\t\t Les tasques i programari disponibles per a aquest sistema es mostren "
-"per categories a la columna\n"
-"\t\t esquerra. Per veure la descripció d'un element, seleccioneu-lo de la "
-"llista.\n"
+"\t\t Aquest quadre de diàleg us permet definir les tasques d'aquest sistema i el programari que cal instal·lar.\n"
+"\t\t Les tasques i programari disponibles per a aquest sistema es mostren per categories a la columna\n"
+"\t\t esquerra. Per veure la descripció d'un element, seleccioneu-lo de la llista.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
@@ -3703,8 +3582,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Canvieu l'estat d'un element fent clic a la icona d'estat\n"
-"\t\t o fent clic amb el botó dret a qualsevol icona per obtenir un menú "
-"contextual.\n"
+"\t\t o fent clic amb el botó dret a qualsevol icona per obtenir un menú contextual.\n"
"\t\t Amb el menú contextual.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
@@ -3723,8 +3601,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-"disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3732,14 +3609,10 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t La visualització de l'ús del disc a la cantonada inferior dreta mostra "
-"l'espai de disc restant\n"
+"\t\t La visualització de l'ús del disc a la cantonada inferior dreta mostra l'espai de disc restant\n"
"\t\t un cop s'han realitzat tots els canvis sol·licitats.\n"
-"\t\t Les particions del disc dur que estan plenes o gairebé plenes poden "
-"degradar el rendiment del sistema i, en alguns casos, fins i tot causar "
-"problemes greus.\n"
-"\t\t El sistema necessita espai disponible al disc per a funcionar "
-"correctament.\n"
+"\t\t Les particions del disc dur que estan plenes o gairebé plenes poden degradar el rendiment del sistema i, en alguns casos, fins i tot causar problemes greus.\n"
+"\t\t El sistema necessita espai disponible al disc per a funcionar correctament.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#. Dialog title
@@ -3837,12 +3710,8 @@
msgstr "Continuar dins el gestor de programari"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
-"or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Resum de la instal·lació</B></BIG><BR>Aqui hi teniu un resum dels "
-"paquets instal·lats o eliminats.</P>"
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Resum de la instal·lació</B></BIG><BR>Aqui hi teniu un resum dels paquets instal·lats o eliminats.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
msgid "Installation Report"
@@ -3894,10 +3763,8 @@
msgstr ""
"El paquet %1 del repositori %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"no duu signatura digital. Això vol dir que no es pot verificar el seu "
-"origen.\n"
-"La instal·lació d'aquest paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del "
-"sistema.\n"
+"no duu signatura digital. Això vol dir que no es pot verificar el seu origen.\n"
+"La instal·lació d'aquest paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu instal·lar-lo de totes maneres?"
@@ -3916,8 +3783,7 @@
msgstr ""
"El fitxer %1 del repositori %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"no duu la signatura digital. Això vol dir que no se'n pot verificar "
-"l'origen\n"
+"no duu la signatura digital. Això vol dir que no se'n pot verificar l'origen\n"
"ni la integritat.\n"
"La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3943,10 +3809,8 @@
"Install it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
"No s'ha trobat cap suma de verificació per al paquet %1 al repositori.\n"
-"Això vol dir que el paquet forma part de la font signada, però la llista de "
-"sumes de verificació\n"
-"d'aquest repositori no l'esmenta. La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en "
-"perill la integritat del sistema.\n"
+"Això vol dir que el paquet forma part de la font signada, però la llista de sumes de verificació\n"
+"d'aquest repositori no l'esmenta. La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu instal·lar-lo de tota manera?\n"
@@ -3955,17 +3819,14 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-"Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"No s'ha trobat cap suma de verificació pel fitxer %1 al repositori.\n"
-"Això vol dir que el fitxer forma part del repositori signat, però a llista "
-"de sumes de verificació\n"
-"del repositori no l'esmenta. L'ús del fitxer pot posar en perill la "
-"integritat del sistema\n"
+"Això vol dir que el fitxer forma part del repositori signat, però a llista de sumes de verificació\n"
+"del repositori no l'esmenta. L'ús del fitxer pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema\n"
"\n"
"Voleu instal·lar-lo de tota manera?"
@@ -4039,13 +3900,10 @@
msgstr ""
"El paquet %1 del repositori %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"està signat amb la següent clau GnuPG, però n'ha fallat la comprovació de la "
-"integritat: %4\n"
+"està signat amb la següent clau GnuPG, però n'ha fallat la comprovació de la integritat: %4\n"
"\n"
-"Això vol dir que el paquet s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un "
-"assaltant\n"
-"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. Instal·lar-lo suposa un gran "
-"risc\n"
+"Això vol dir que el paquet s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un assaltant\n"
+"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. Instal·lar-lo suposa un gran risc\n"
"per a la integritat i la seguretat del sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu instal·lar-lo de totes maneres?\n"
@@ -4065,13 +3923,10 @@
msgstr ""
"El fitxer %1 del repositori %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"està signat amb la següent clau GnuPG, però n'ha fallat la comprovació de la "
-"integritat: %4\n"
+"està signat amb la següent clau GnuPG, però n'ha fallat la comprovació de la integritat: %4\n"
"\n"
-"Això vol dir que el fitxer s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un "
-"assaltant\n"
-"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. Instal·lar-lo suposa un gran "
-"risc\n"
+"Això vol dir que el fitxer s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un assaltant\n"
+"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. Instal·lar-lo suposa un gran risc\n"
"per a la integritat i la seguretat del sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu fer-lo servir de totes maneres?\n"
@@ -4096,8 +3951,7 @@
"El paquet %1 duu la signatura digital\n"
"amb la següent clau desconeguda GnuPG: %2.\n"
"\n"
-"Això vol dir que no es pot establir una relació fiable amb el creador del "
-"paquet.\n"
+"Això vol dir que no es pot establir una relació fiable amb el creador del paquet.\n"
"La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n"
"El voleu instal·lar de tota manera?"
@@ -4116,8 +3970,7 @@
"El fitxer %1 duu la signatura digital\n"
"amb la següent clau desconeguda GnuPG: %2.\n"
"\n"
-"Això vol dir que no es pot establir una relació fiable amb el creador del "
-"fitxer.\n"
+"Això vol dir que no es pot establir una relació fiable amb el creador del fitxer.\n"
"La instal·lació del paquet pot posar en perill la integritat del sistema.\n"
"El voleu instal·lar de tota manera?"
@@ -4192,8 +4045,7 @@
"to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>És possible que el propietari de la clau distribueixi actualitzacions,\n"
-"paquets i repositoris de paquets que el sistema consideri fiables, i que "
-"ofereixi\n"
+"paquets i repositoris de paquets que el sistema consideri fiables, i que ofereixi\n"
"instal·lar i actualitzar sense més avisos. D'aquesta manera, \n"
"importar la clau al clauer de claus fiables permet al propietari de la clau\n"
"tenir un cert control sobre el programari del sistema.</p>"
@@ -4203,13 +4055,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
-"used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>S'obre un quadre de diàleg per cada paquet que\n"
"no estigui signat amb una clau (importada) fiable. Si no hi confieu,\n"
-"els paquets o els repositoris creats pel propietari de la clau no es faran "
-"servir.</p>"
+"els paquets o els repositoris creats pel propietari de la clau no es faran servir.</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971
@@ -4268,10 +4118,8 @@
"és %2,\n"
"però la suma obtinguda és %3.\n"
"\n"
-"Això vol dir que el fitxer s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un "
-"assaltant\n"
-"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. La seva instal·lació suposa "
-"un gran risc\n"
+"Això vol dir que el fitxer s'ha canviat per accident o que ho ha fet un assaltant\n"
+"des que el creador del repositori el va signar. La seva instal·lació suposa un gran risc\n"
"per a la integritat i la seguretat del sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu fer-lo servir de totes maneres?\n"
@@ -4289,8 +4137,7 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
-"risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4348,16 +4195,8 @@
msgstr "<p>Espereu mentre s'instal·len els paquets.</p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
-"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
-"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
-"installed.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Interrupció de la instal·lació</B> La instal·lació de paquets pot ser "
-"interrompuda amb el botó <B>interrompre</B>. En aquest cas, el sistema pot "
-"quedar en un estat inconsistent o no usable o pot no arrencar si el "
-"component de sistema bàsic no està instal·lat.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Interrupció de la instal·lació</B> La instal·lació de paquets pot ser interrompuda amb el botó <B>interrompre</B>. En aquest cas, el sistema pot quedar en un estat inconsistent o no usable o pot no arrencar si el component de sistema bàsic no està instal·lat.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
@@ -5062,8 +4901,7 @@
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit."
msgstr ""
-"Tots els noms de domini vàlids estan formats per elements separats per "
-"punts.\n"
+"Tots els noms de domini vàlids estan formats per elements separats per punts.\n"
"Cada element pot estar format per lletres, xifres i guions.\n"
"Els guions, però, no poden aparèixer ni al principi ni al final,\n"
"i la darrera part tampoc no pot començar amb una xifra."
@@ -5838,9 +5676,7 @@
#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250
msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format."
-msgstr ""
-"El nom del servidor s'ha d'escriure en format de nom de domini plenament "
-"qualificat."
+msgstr "El nom del servidor s'ha d'escriure en format de nom de domini plenament qualificat."
#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256
@@ -5891,15 +5727,13 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'adreça IPV4 inversa %1 no és vàlida.\n"
"\n"
"Una adreça IPV4 inversa consisteix en quatre enters del rang 0-255\n"
"separats per un punt i seguits pel text '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"Per exemple, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' per a l'adreça IPV4 "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"Per exemple, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' per a l'adreça IPV4 '192.168.32.1'.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa')
@@ -5910,8 +5744,7 @@
"such as 'host.example.org.'.\n"
msgstr ""
"El nom relatiu del servidor %1 no es pot fer servir a la zona %2.\n"
-"En comptes d'això, feu servir un nom de servidor plenament qualificat i "
-"acabat en un punt,\n"
+"En comptes d'això, feu servir un nom de servidor plenament qualificat i acabat en un punt,\n"
"com ara 'host.exemple.org.'.\n"
#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format
@@ -5948,8 +5781,7 @@
"El registre SOA no és vàlid.\n"
"%1 ha de ser del tipus mime 'BIND'.\n"
"Un tipus mime 'BIND' consisteix en nombres seguits dels sufixes\n"
-"W, D, H, M, i S (en majúscules o minúscules). L'hora, expressada en segons, "
-"pot anar sense sufixe.\n"
+"W, D, H, M, i S (en majúscules o minúscules). L'hora, expressada en segons, pot anar sense sufixe.\n"
"Escriviu valors vàlids com ara 12H15m, 86400, o 1W30M.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record,
@@ -6024,16 +5856,14 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-"No hi ha cap zona inversa per al registre %1, administrat pel vostre "
-"servidor DNS.\n"
+"No hi ha cap zona inversa per al registre %1, administrat pel vostre servidor DNS.\n"
"El nom de servidor %2 no es pot afegir."
#~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services"
#~ msgstr "Llegeix les definicions dinàmiques dels serveis instal·lats"
#~ msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "S'estan llegint les definicions dinàmiques dels serveis instal·lats..."
+#~ msgstr "S'estan llegint les definicions dinàmiques dels serveis instal·lats..."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
@@ -6041,10 +5871,8 @@
#~ "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>3) <b>Tecles de funció</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Les tecles de funció s'utilitzen per a accedir ràpidament a les funcions "
-#~ "principals.\n"
-#~ "Premeu F1 si voleu saber quina és l'assignació de les tecles de funció al "
-#~ "quadre de diàleg actual.</p>"
+#~ "Les tecles de funció s'utilitzen per a accedir ràpidament a les funcions principals.\n"
+#~ "Premeu F1 si voleu saber quina és l'assignació de les tecles de funció al quadre de diàleg actual.</p>"
#~| msgid "No running network detected!"
#~ msgid "No running network detected."
@@ -6074,9 +5902,7 @@
#~ "alguns paquets tenen dependències sense resoldre."
#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Ha fallat la resolució automàtica, cal fer una resolució manual de "
-#~ "dependències."
+#~ msgstr "Ha fallat la resolució automàtica, cal fer una resolució manual de dependències."
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
@@ -6125,8 +5951,7 @@
#~ "L'ordre ha resolt: %2\n"
#~ msgid "Unable to parse '%1' unit Id query output: '%2'\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Impossible d'analitzar la unitat Id '%1'. Sortida de la consulta: '%2'\n"
+#~ msgstr "Impossible d'analitzar la unitat Id '%1'. Sortida de la consulta: '%2'\n"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Unable to disable service %1:\n"
@@ -6193,8 +6018,7 @@
#~ "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Una definició de xarxa vàlida pot contenir la IP,\n"
-#~ "la IP/Màscara de xarxa, la IP/Màscara de xarxa_bits o 0/0 per a totes les "
-#~ "xarxes.\n"
+#~ "la IP/Màscara de xarxa, la IP/Màscara de xarxa_bits o 0/0 per a totes les xarxes.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Exemples:\n"
#~ "IP: 192.168.0.1\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/bootloader.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -103,20 +103,13 @@
#. warning text in the summary richtext
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
-"bootable."
-msgstr ""
-"No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible "
-"que el sistema no pugui arrencar."
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap carregador d'arrencada per instal·lar. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar."
#. error in the proposal
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-"No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les "
-"particions"
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "No es pot instal·lar correctament el carregador d'arrencada a causa de les particions"
#. proposal part - bootloader label
#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:224
@@ -149,18 +142,13 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
-"code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
-"even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició "
-"de l'arrencada</b><br>\n"
-"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador "
-"d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n"
-"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i "
-"tot\n"
+"<p><b>Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada</b><br>\n"
+"Seleccioneu aquesta opció per a activar la partició que conté el carregador d'arrencada. El codi genèric MBR arrencarà\n"
+"la partició activa. Les BIOS antigues necessiten una partició activa fins i tot\n"
"si el carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat a l'MBR.</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -181,12 +169,10 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
-"loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Temps d'espera en segons</b><br>\n"
-"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es "
-"carregui el nucli predeterminat.</p>\n"
+"Especifica el temps que s'esperarà el carregador d'arrencada abans que es carregui el nucli predeterminat.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
@@ -198,151 +184,110 @@
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Si premeu <b>Defineix com a predeterminat</b>, la secció\n"
-"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador "
-"d'arrencada mostrarà \n"
-"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un "
-"altre\n"
-"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el "
-"temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n"
-"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les "
-"seccions en\n"
-"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons <b>Amunt</b> i <b>Avall</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"seleccionada esdevindrà l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada mostrarà \n"
+"un menú d'arrencada i s'esperarà que l'usuari seleccioni el nucli o un altre\n"
+"sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà\n"
+"el nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Podeu canviar l'ordre de les seccions en\n"
+"el menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons <b>Amunt</b> i <b>Avall</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
-"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR</b> per reemplaçar el "
-"registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del "
-"sistema operatiu que\n"
+"<p><big><b>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR</b> per reemplaçar el registre d'arrencada mestre del disc pel codi genèric (codi independent del sistema operatiu que\n"
"arrenca la partició activa).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
-"other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada</b> és una de les opcions "
-"recomanades, l'altra és\n"
+"<p><b>Arrenca des de la partició d'arrencada</b> és una de les opcions recomanades, l'altra és\n"
"<b>Arrenca des de la partició arrel</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have "
-"another operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'opció <b>Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre</b> no es recomana "
-"si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n"
+"<p>L'opció <b>Arrenca des del registre d'arrencada mestre</b> no es recomana si hi ha instal·lat un altre sistema operatiu\n"
"a l'ordinador.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
-"is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
-"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
-"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Arrenca des de la partició arrel</b> és l'opció recomanada sempre que "
-"hi hagi una partició\n"
-"apropiada. Seleccioneu <b>Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de "
-"particions per a la partició de l'arrencada</b> i <b>Escriu el codi "
-"d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR</b>\n"
-" a <b>Opcions del carregador d'arrencada</b> per a actualitzar el registre "
-"d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n"
+"<p><b>Arrenca des de la partició arrel</b> és l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició\n"
+"apropiada. Seleccioneu <b>Defineix l'indicador actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició de l'arrencada</b> i <b>Escriu el codi d'arrencada genèric a l'MBR</b>\n"
+" a <b>Opcions del carregador d'arrencada</b> per a actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre, si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n"
"per a iniciar la secció.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
-"partition is on \n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Arrenca des de la partició ampliada</b> s'hauria de seleccionar si la "
-"partició d'arrel \n"
+"<p><b>Arrenca des de la partició ampliada</b> s'hauria de seleccionar si la partició d'arrel \n"
"es troba en una partició lògica i falta la partició /boot</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'opció <b>Partició d'arrencada personalitzada</b> us permet seleccionar "
-"la partició des d'on arrencar.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Partició d'arrencada personalitzada</b> us permet seleccionar la partició des d'on arrencar.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. <b>Activar la redundància per a la "
-"taula MD</b>\n"
+"<p>Taula MD construïda des de 2 discs. <b>Activar la redundància per a la taula MD</b>\n"
"permet escriure el GRUB a l'MBR dels dos discs.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</"
-"code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Usa la consola de sèrie</b> us permet definir els paràmetres a "
-"utilitzar\n"
-"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info "
-"grub2</code>) per a més detalls.</p>"
+"<p><b>Usa la consola de sèrie</b> us permet definir els paràmetres a utilitzar\n"
+"per a una consola de sèrie. Consulteu la documentació del grub (<code>info grub2</code>) per a més detalls.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a "
-"serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</"
-"code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
-"you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Definició del terminal</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal sèrie "
-"(p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n"
-"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</"
-"code> a\n"
-"l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en el "
-"qual\n"
+"Defineix el tipus de terminal que voleu utilitzar. Per a un terminal sèrie (p. ex. una consola sèrie),\n"
+"heu d'especificar <code>serial</code>. També podeu passar <code>console</code> a\n"
+"l'ordre, com <code>serial console</code>. En aquest cas, un terminal en el qual\n"
"premeu qualsevol tecla serà seleccionat com un terminal GRUB.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
-"numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'opció <b>Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada</b> conté "
-"una llista de números de secció\n"
-"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no "
-"arrenqui.</p>"
+"<p>L'opció <b>Seccions alternatives per si falla la predeterminada</b> conté una llista de números de secció\n"
+"que s'empraran per a arrencar en el cas que la secció predeterminada no arrenqui.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si se selecciona <b>Oculta el menú a l'arrencada</b>, s'ocultarà el menú "
-"d'arrencada.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Si se selecciona <b>Oculta el menú a l'arrencada</b>, s'ocultarà el menú d'arrencada.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will "
-"only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Contrasenya per a la interfície del menú del carregador</b><br>\n"
-"Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú d'arrencada. "
-"El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n"
+"Defineix la contrasenya que es necessitarà per accedir al menú d'arrencada. El YaST només accepta la contrasenya si la repetiu\n"
"a l'opció <b>Repeteix la contrasenya</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
@@ -366,9 +311,7 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:100
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-"Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició "
-"d'arrencada"
+msgstr "Defineix l'indicador &actiu a la taula de particions per a la partició d'arrencada"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:103
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
@@ -529,54 +472,28 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'opció <b>Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli</b> permet definir els "
-"paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Paràmetre de línia d'ordre de nucli</b> permet definir els paràmetres addicionals que passaran al nucli.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the "
-"<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'opció <b>Mode Vga</b> defineix el mode VGA per a la <i>consola</i> que "
-"ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Mode Vga</b> defineix el mode VGA per a la <i>consola</i> que ha d'establir el nucli en arrencar.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>L'opció <b>Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli</b> permet definir els "
-"paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Paràmetre a prova de fallades del nucli</b> permet definir els paràmetres a prova de fallades que passaran al nucli.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
-"foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatius</b>per mitjà de l'os-"
-"prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Comprova si hi ha altres sistemes operatius</b>per mitjà de l'os-prober per disposar d'una arrencada múltiple amb altres distribucions </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only "
-"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not "
-"touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>La Bandera MBR protectora</b> és un paràmetre només per a experts, que "
-"només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu "
-"\"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>La Bandera MBR protectora</b> és un paràmetre només per a experts, que només és necessari per a maquinari exòtic. Per a més detalls, vegeu \"Protective MBR\" en discs GPT. No ho toqueu si no n'esteu segurs.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create "
-"boot entry name. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>El distribuïdor</b> especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat "
-"per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. </p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>El distribuïdor</b> especifica el nom del distribuïdor del nucli usat per crear el nom de l'entrada d'arrencada. </p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
@@ -674,9 +591,7 @@
#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:132
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-"Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de "
-"manera adient."
+msgstr "Carregador d'arrencada sense suport '%s'. Adapteu el perfil d'AutoYaST de manera adient."
#. file open popup caption
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
@@ -689,9 +604,7 @@
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:85 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:256
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador "
-"d'arrencada."
+msgstr "La partició d'arrencada és de tipus NFS. No es pot instal·lar el carregador d'arrencada."
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:115
@@ -805,17 +718,13 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the "
-"current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or "
-"reread\n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
+"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Amb el botó <B>Altres</B>,\n"
-"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador "
-"d'arrencada,\n"
-"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de "
-"zero o\n"
+"podeu editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n"
+"suprimir la configuració actual i proposar-ne una de nova, començar des de zero o\n"
"tornar a llegir la configuració desada al disc. %1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -824,8 +733,7 @@
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador "
-"d'arrencada,\n"
+"<P>Per editar manualment els fitxers de configuració del carregador d'arrencada,\n"
"premeu <B>Edita els fitxers de configuració</B>.</P>"
#. help 1/4
@@ -842,9 +750,7 @@
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Premeu <b>Edita</b> per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció "
-"seleccionada.</p>"
+msgstr "<P>Premeu <b>Edita</b> per a visualitzar les propietats de la secció seleccionada.</p>"
#. help 3/4
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:85
@@ -856,17 +762,13 @@
"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>En prémer <b>Defineix com a opció predeterminada</b>, la secció "
-"seleccionada \n"
-"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador "
-"d'arrencada \n"
+"<p>En prémer <b>Defineix com a opció predeterminada</b>, la secció seleccionada \n"
+"es convertirà en l'opció predeterminada. En arrencar, el carregador d'arrencada \n"
"mostra un menú d'arrencada i espera que l'usuari \n"
"seleccioni el nucli o un altre sistema operatiu per arrencar. Si no es\n"
"prem cap tecla abans que s'acabi el temps d'espera, s'iniciarà el \n"
-"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les "
-"seccions\n"
-"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons <B>Amunt</B> i <B>Avall</"
-"B>.</P>"
+"nucli o sistema operatiu predeterminat. Es pot canviar l'ordre de les seccions\n"
+"al menú del carregador d'arrencada amb els botons <B>Amunt</B> i <B>Avall</B>.</P>"
#. help 4/4
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:94
@@ -874,8 +776,7 @@
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Premeu <b>Afegeix</b> per crear una nova secció del carregador "
-"d'arrencada,\n"
+"<P>Premeu <b>Afegeix</b> per crear una nova secció del carregador d'arrencada,\n"
"o bé, <B>Suprimeix</B> per suprimir la secció seleccionada.</P>"
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
@@ -907,19 +808,16 @@
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</"
-"b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- Al <b>Sector d'arrencada</b> de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</"
-"tt> (arrel) \n"
+"- Al <b>Sector d'arrencada</b> de la partició d'<tt>/arrencada</tt> o <tt>/</tt> (arrel) \n"
". És l'opció recomanada sempre que hi hagi una partició apropiada\n"
". Seleccioneu <b>Activa la partició del carregador d'arrencada</b> i\n"
-"<b>Reemplaça l' MBR per codi genèric</b> a <b>Detalls d'instal·lació del "
-"carregador d'arrencada</b>\n"
+"<b>Reemplaça l' MBR per codi genèric</b> a <b>Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada</b>\n"
"per actualitzar el registre d'arrencada mestre,\n"
"si cal, o configureu l'altre gestor d'arrencada\n"
"per iniciar &product;.</p>"
@@ -932,8 +830,7 @@
"when selecting this option.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- A <b>Altres</b> particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del "
-"sistema\n"
+"- A <b>Altres</b> particions. Tingueu en compte les restriccions del sistema\n"
"en seleccionar aquesta opció.</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
@@ -946,8 +843,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Per exemple, la major part dels ordinadors tenen un límit de BIOS\n"
"que limita l'arrencada a\n"
-"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada "
-"utilizat,\n"
+"cilindres de disc dur inferiors a 1024. Segons el gestor d'arrencada utilizat,\n"
"podreu o no arrencar des d'una partició lògica.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
@@ -958,8 +854,7 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</"
-"tt> o\n"
+"Introduïu el nom del dispositiu de la partició (per exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n"
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) al camp d'entrada.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -970,10 +865,8 @@
"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada</b><br>\n"
-"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com "
-"ara el mapa\n"
-"del dispositiu), feu clic a <b>Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador "
-"d'arrencada</b>.</p>"
+"Per ajustar opcions avançades d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada (com ara el mapa\n"
+"del dispositiu), feu clic a <b>Detalls d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:189
@@ -983,8 +876,7 @@
"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tipus de carregador de l'arrencada</b><br>\n"
-"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu "
-"instal·lar,\n"
+"Per seleccionar si voleu instal·lar un carregador d'arrencada i quin voleu instal·lar,\n"
"feu servir <b>Carregador d'arrencada</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -995,8 +887,7 @@
"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opcions del carregador d'arrencada</b><br>\n"
-"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, "
-"feu clic a\n"
+"Per ajustar opcions del carregador d'arrencada, com ara el temps d'espera, feu clic a\n"
"<b>Opcions del carregador d'arrencada</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1007,21 +898,18 @@
"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Configuració manual avançada</B><BR>\n"
-"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador "
-"d'arrencada.</P>\n"
+"En aquest apartat podeu editar manualment la configuració del carregador d'arrencada.</P>\n"
"<P>Nota: el fitxer de configuració final pot tenir un sagnat diferent.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:223
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The "
-"section\n"
+"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nom de la secció</b><br>\n"
-"Utilitzeu <b>Nom de la secció</b> per especificar el nom de la secció del "
-"carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n"
+"Utilitzeu <b>Nom de la secció</b> per especificar el nom de la secció del carregador d'arrencada. El nom\n"
"de secció ha de ser únic.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
@@ -1050,8 +938,7 @@
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció d'imatge</b> per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres "
-"imatges\n"
+"<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció d'imatge</b> per afegir un nou nucli Linux o altres imatges\n"
"per carregar i iniciar.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
@@ -1060,8 +947,7 @@
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció del Xen<b> per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una "
-"altra imatge,\n"
+"<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció del Xen<b> per afegir un nou nucli Linux o una altra imatge,\n"
"però que s'iniciï en un entorn XEN.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -1072,20 +958,17 @@
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccioneu <b>Un altre sistema (carregador en cadena)</b> per afegir\n"
-"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del "
-"disc.\n"
+"una secció que carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc.\n"
"Serveix per arrencar altres sistemes operatius.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
-"disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccioneu el <b>Menú de secció</b> per afegir una secció que\n"
-"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix "
-"per\n"
+"carregui i iniciï un sector d'arrencada d'una partició del disc. Serveix per\n"
"arrencar altres sistemes operatius.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
@@ -1138,8 +1021,7 @@
"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada "
-"sense desar-la?\n"
+"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració del carregador d'arrencada sense desar-la?\n"
"Es perdran tots els canvis.\n"
#. error popup
@@ -1161,8 +1043,7 @@
#. sentence.
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n"
+msgstr "%1Voleu establir la ubicació predeterminada del carregador d'arrencada?\n"
#. error popup
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
@@ -1213,69 +1094,40 @@
#. error report
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr ""
-"El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les "
-"particions."
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada no es pot instal·lar correctament a causa de les particions."
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr"
-"\">install</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a l'MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href="
-"\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:214
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot"
-"\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href="
-"\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href="
-"\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instal·la el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
-"\">install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita "
-"arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)"
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
+msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada en una partició \"/\" <a href=\"habilita arrencar des de root\">instal·la</a>)"
#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
-"are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-"Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no "
-"sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior."
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Avís: No s'ha seleccionat una localització per al carregador stage1. Si no sabeu què feu, seleccioneu la localització anterior."
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242
@@ -1317,43 +1169,27 @@
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr ""
-"Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador "
-"%2"
+msgstr "Combinació de maquinari no suportada entre la plataforma %1 i el carregador %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
-msgid ""
-"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk "
-"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub "
-"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install "
-"stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
-"Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers "
-"btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-"
-"ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com "
-"a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR."
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr "Arrencar des de l'MBR no funciona conjuntament amb un sistema de fitxers btrfs i una etiqueta de disc GPT sense una partició bios_grub. Per arreglar-ho, creeu una partició bios_grub o useu qualsevol sistema de fitxers ext com a partició d'arrencada o no instal·leu stage 1 a l'MBR."
#. check if boot device is on raid0
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr ""
-"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà."
+msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en tipus raid: %1. El sistema no arrencarà."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
-msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
-"Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-"El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra "
-"ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR."
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en programari RAID1. Seleccioneu una altra ubicació per al carregador, per exemple, l'MBR."
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:244
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
-"Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada."
+msgstr "Falta la partició ext per arrencar. No es pot instal·lar el codi d'arrencada."
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
@@ -1441,9 +1277,7 @@
#~ msgstr "No s'ha trobat la secció %1"
#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia "
-#~ "d'ordres"
+#~ msgstr "Afegir opcions només està disponible en el mode interactiu de la línia d'ordres"
#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
#~ msgstr "Cal especificar el nom de la sessió."
@@ -1458,25 +1292,17 @@
#~ msgstr "Menú d'arrencada"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option "
-#~ "<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Usa el Grub de confiança</b> significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' "
-#~ "i usar-lo. L'opció <i>Fitxer de Menú Gràfic</i> s'ignorarà.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Usa el Grub de confiança</b> significa instal·lar el 'trusted grub' i usar-lo. L'opció <i>Fitxer de Menú Gràfic</i> s'ignorarà.\n"
#~ "És recomanable instal·lar el Grub a l'MBR</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical "
-#~ "boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Fitxer del menú gràfic</b> defineix el fitxer que "
-#~ "s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Fitxer del menú gràfic</b> defineix el fitxer que s'utilitzarà per al menú gràfic d'arrencada.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Habilita senyals acústics</b> Activa o desactiva els senyals "
-#~ "acústics</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Habilita senyals acústics</b> Activa o desactiva els senyals acústics</p>"
#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
#~ msgstr "Usa Grub &fiable"
@@ -1600,8 +1426,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Rei&nicia la configuració desada abans de la conversió"
#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions"
+#~ msgstr "Seleccioneu el carregador de l'arrencada abans d'editar les seccions"
#~ msgid "&Section Management"
#~ msgstr "&Gestió de la secció"
@@ -1625,9 +1450,7 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "- A un <b>disquet</b>.\n"
-#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un "
-#~ "mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet "
-#~ "al\n"
+#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per evitar el risc d'interferència amb un mecanisme d'arrencada ja existent. Habiliteu l'arrencada des del disquet al\n"
#~ "BIOS de la màquina per poder-la fer servir.</p>"
#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
@@ -1651,8 +1474,7 @@
#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "S'han canviat els paràmetres del disc i heu editat els fitxers\n"
-#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres "
-#~ "del carregador de l'arrencada.\n"
+#~ "de configuració del carregador de forma manual. Comproveu els paràmetres del carregador de l'arrencada.\n"
#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
#~ msgstr "No creïs un sistema de fitxers"
@@ -1690,91 +1512,50 @@
#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Secció d'imatge</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name "
-#~ "directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Imatge del nucli</b> defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. "
-#~ "Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció "
-#~ "<b>Navega</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Imatge del nucli</b> defineix el nucli que s'arrencarà. Escriviu-ne el nom directament o seleccioneu-lo mitjançant l'opció <b>Navega</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root "
-#~ "device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Dispositiu arrel</b> estableix el dispositiu que passarà al "
-#~ "nucli com a dispositiu arrel.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Dispositiu arrel</b> estableix el dispositiu que passarà al nucli com a dispositiu arrel.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to "
-#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Disc RAM d'inici</b>, si no és buida, permet definir el "
-#~ "disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom "
-#~ "de fitxer\n"
+#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Disc RAM d'inici</b>, si no és buida, permet definir el disc RAM inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer\n"
#~ "directament o bé escollir-los amb <b>Navega</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for "
-#~ "booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció Chainloader</b> si voleu definir una secció per "
-#~ "a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció Chainloader</b> si voleu definir una secció per a arrencar un sistema operatiu diferent del Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to "
-#~ "select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Si s'estableix <b>Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya</p> es "
-#~ "necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Si s'estableix <b>Utilitza la protecció per contrasenya</p> es necessitarà una contrasenya per a seleccionar aquesta secció</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating "
-#~ "systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Altres sistemes</b> permet seleccionar entre els sistemes "
-#~ "operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Altres sistemes</b> permet seleccionar entre els sistemes operatius diferents al Linux que s'hagin trobat a l'equip.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your "
-#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a "
-#~ "l'arrencada</b> si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per "
-#~ "a arrencar-la</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Activa aquesta partició quan se seleccioni per a l'arrencada</b> si el BIOS necessita tenir aquest indicador establert per a arrencar-la</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of "
-#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see "
-#~ "the grub documentation.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes</b> "
-#~ "permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria "
-#~ "dels casos, voleu\n"
-#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de "
-#~ "la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Bloca el desplaçament per a la càrrega de cadenes</b> permet especificar la llista de blocats que s'arrencaran. En la majoria dels casos, voleu\n"
+#~ "especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Per a obtenir informació específica de la llista de blocats, consulteu la documentació del grub.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or "
-#~ "other image \n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció del Xen</b> si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o "
-#~ "una altra imatge\n"
+#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció del Xen</b> si voleu afegir un nucli de Linux o una altra imatge\n"
#~ "i iniciar-los en un entorn XEN.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Hipervisor</b> especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>L'opció <b>Hipervisor</b> especifica l'hipervisor que s'utilitzarà.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional "
-#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen</b> permeten definir "
-#~ "els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Els paràmetres addicionals de l'hipervisor Xen</b> permeten definir els paràmetres addicionals que hi passaran.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Secció del menú</b></p>"
@@ -1782,27 +1563,17 @@
#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partició del fitxer de menú</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which "
-#~ "is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which "
-#~ "is loaded menu file.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually "
-#~ "need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius</b> el "
-#~ "Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Secció del mapa al primer disc del mapa de dispositius</b> el Windows normalment necessita ser al primer disc.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
-#~ "possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Mesures</b> inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és "
-#~ "possible amb els botons: <b>Afegir</b> , \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Mesures</b> inclou fitxers mesurats amb PCR. Canviar la taula és possible amb els botons: <b>Afegir</b> , \n"
#~ "<b>Editar</b> and <b>Esborrar</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1816,37 +1587,30 @@
#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Imposa el muntatge del sistema de fitxers arrel de només lectura</b><br>\n"
#~ "Normalment s'especifica a la secció global</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to "
-#~ "a\n"
+#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció d'abocament</b> per afegir una secció que "
-#~ "especifica com\n"
-#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu "
-#~ "de cinta, o a un\n"
+#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció d'abocament</b> per afegir una secció que especifica com\n"
+#~ "crear un abocament del sistema a una partició de disc DASD o dispositiu de cinta, o a un\n"
#~ "fitxer d'una partició de disc SCSI.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció del menú</b> per afegir un nou menú a la "
-#~ "configuració.\n"
+#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Secció del menú</b> per afegir un nou menú a la configuració.\n"
#~ "Les seccions de menú representen una llista de tasques agrupades.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters "
-#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Activar SELinux</b>per afegir els paràmetres necessaris "
-#~ "de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n"
+#~ "<p>Seleccioneu <b>Activar SELinux</b>per afegir els paràmetres necessaris de l'arrencada del nucli per activar el marc de seguretat de SELinux. \n"
#~ "Si us plau, tingueu en compte que això també desactivarà l'AppArmor.</p>"
#~ msgid "Image Section"
@@ -1986,37 +1750,20 @@
#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
#~ msgstr "Proposa i &fusiona amb els menús existents del GRUB "
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de "
-#~ "particions GPT"
+#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
+#~ msgstr "El número de la partició > 3 es fa servir per arrencar amb una taula de particions GPT"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the "
-#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot "
-#~ "Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs "
-#~ "necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, "
-#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del "
-#~ "carregador\"."
+#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#~ msgstr "El Yast no ha pogut determinar l'ordre exacte d'arrencada dels discs necessari per al mapa de dispositius. Reviseu i ajusteu, si escau, l'ordre d'arrencada dels discs a \"Detalls de la instal·lació del carregador\"."
#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
#~ msgstr "Paràmetres afegits del nucli: %1"
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no "
-#~ "arrencar."
+#~ msgstr "El dispositiu d'arrencada és en un disc iSCSI: %1. El sistema podria no arrencar."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. "
-#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de "
-#~ "dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader "
-#~ "Installation Details\""
+#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+#~ msgstr "No ha estat possible determinar l'ordre exacte dels discs per al mapa de dispositius. L'ordre dels discs es pot canviar a \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
#~ msgid "Linux"
#~ msgstr "Linux"
@@ -2063,61 +1810,37 @@
#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
#~ msgstr "_Diagnòstic de proveïdor"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely "
-#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result "
-#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està "
-#~ "completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS "
-#~ "només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del "
-#~ "grub a l'MBR)."
+#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
+#~ msgstr "El carregador d'arrencada està instal·lat en una partició que no està completament per sota de %1 GB. Els sistema podria no arrencar si la BIOS només suporta lba24 (el resultat és l'error 18 durant la instal·lació del grub a l'MBR)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
-#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of "
-#~ "range.\n"
-#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot "
-#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader "
-#~ "configuration)"
+#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n"
+#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de "
-#~ "continuar.<br/>\n"
-#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és "
-#~ "fora de l'abast.\n"
-#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu "
-#~ "l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre "
-#~ "a la configuració del carregador)."
+#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar.<br/>\n"
+#~ "El mapa de dispositiu inclou més de 8 dispositius i el d'arrencada és fora de l'abast.\n"
+#~ "L'abast està limitat per la BIOS als primers 8 dispositius. Ajusteu l'ordre d'arrencada de la BIOS (o si ja està establert, corregiu l'ordre a la configuració del carregador)."
#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now."
#~ msgstr "LILO ja no té suport."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your "
-#~ "system may not be bootable."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És "
-#~ "possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar."
+#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable."
+#~ msgstr "El camí d'arrencada seleccionat no s'activarà per a la instal·lació. És possible que el sistema no pugui arrencar."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
-#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de "
-#~ "continuar.<br>\n"
-#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita "
-#~ "partició primària Apple HFS."
+#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador d'arrencada abans de continuar.<br>\n"
+#~ "En cas que no es pugui fer cap selecció, pot caldre crear una petita partició primària Apple HFS."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
-#~ "PReP Boot partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de "
-#~ "continuar.<br>\n"
-#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP "
-#~ "Boot."
+#~ "Configureu una ubicació vàlida per al carregador de l'arrencada abans de continuar.<br>\n"
+#~ "En el cas que no feu cap selecció, pot caldre crear una partició PReP Boot."
#~ msgid "Stay &LILO"
#~ msgstr "Stay &LILO"
@@ -2125,11 +1848,8 @@
#~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB"
#~ msgstr "Converteix els paràmetres i instal·la el GRUB"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to "
-#~ "GRUB"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB"
+#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB"
+#~ msgstr "LILO no té suport. L'opció recomanada és seleccionar passar de LILO a GRUB"
#~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options"
#~ msgstr "Opcions globals &ELILO"
@@ -2159,72 +1879,54 @@
#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
#~ "in case of boot problems.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5]</b><br> Augmenta la "
-#~ "informació de l'ELILO\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Estableix el nivell d'informació [0-5]</b><br> Augmenta la informació de l'ELILO\n"
#~ "en cas de tenir problemes en l'arrencada.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del "
-#~ "nucli</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. "
-#~ "S'utilitzen\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n"
#~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the "
-#~ "initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat</b>, si no és buit, "
-#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n"
-#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer "
-#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n"
+#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat</b>, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n"
+#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n"
#~ "<b>Navega</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat</b>, si no és buit, "
-#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n"
-#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer "
-#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n"
+#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat</b>, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n"
+#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n"
#~ "<b>Navega</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú "
-#~ "de text')</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes "
-#~ "màquines.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Compte: l'opció 'menú de text' ha causat problemes ocasionals en algunes màquines.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n"
-#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to "
-#~ "TRUE.\n"
+#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n"
#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n"
#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n"
#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Evita el mode EDD30</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la "
-#~ "variable a TRUE.\n"
-#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la "
-#~ "variable,\n"
-#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha "
-#~ "una opció per no haver\n"
+#~ "Per defecte, si l'EDD30 està desactivat, l'ELILO intentarà establir la variable a TRUE.\n"
+#~ "No obstant això, alguns controladors no admeten l'EDD30 i, si es força la variable,\n"
+#~ " es poden ocasionar problemes. Per tant, a partir de l'elilo-3.2, hi ha una opció per no haver\n"
#~ "de forçar la variable.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2234,10 +1936,8 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació</b><br>\n"
-#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt "
-#~ "inicial de càrrega del\n"
-#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el "
-#~ "nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n"
+#~ "En cas que es produeixi un error d'ubicació de la memòria en el punt inicial de càrrega del\n"
+#~ "nucli, permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació (assumeix que el nucli es pot canviar d'ubicació).\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2259,8 +1959,7 @@
#~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Estableix la interfície d'usuari per a ELILO</b>\n"
-#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "Especifica el triador del nucli per usar: \"simple\" o \"menú de text\"</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Display the Content of a File by Function Keys</b>\n"
@@ -2289,10 +1988,8 @@
#~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n"
#~ "the chooser.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)</"
-#~ "b>\n"
-#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador "
-#~ "(chooser)\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Mostra els missatges a la pantalla principal (Si n'hi ha suport)</b>\n"
+#~ "Un missatge que es mostra a la pantalla principal si el triador (chooser)\n"
#~ "ho permet.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2309,12 +2006,8 @@
#~ msgid "Boot Image Location"
#~ msgstr "Ubicació de la imatge d'arrencada"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive "
-#~ "mode)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es "
-#~ "troba en mode interactiu)"
+#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)"
#~ msgid "Force interactive mode"
#~ msgstr "Força el mode interactiu"
@@ -2338,9 +2031,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat"
#~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de "
-#~ "text')"
+#~ msgstr "Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')"
#~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)"
#~ msgstr "Missatge imprès a la pantalla principal (si s'admet)"
@@ -2352,8 +2043,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Evita el mode EDD30"
#~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret"
+#~ msgstr "Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret"
#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate"
#~ msgstr "Permet l'intent de donar-li una nova ubicació"
@@ -2380,23 +2070,16 @@
#~ msgstr "Imposeu el muntatge de rootfs de només lectura"
#~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de "
-#~ "text')"
+#~ msgstr "&Especifica la interfície d'usuari per a l'ELILO ('senzilla' o 'menú de text')"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive "
-#~ "Mode)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es "
-#~ "troba en mode interactiu)"
+#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "&Retard abans de l'arrencada automàtica en segons (s'utilitza si no es troba en mode interactiu)"
#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys"
#~ msgstr "Mostra el contingut d'un fitxer mitjançant les &tecles de funció"
#~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret"
+#~ msgstr "&Especifiqueu el nom de fitxer si voleu que es carregui un FPSWA concret"
#~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]"
#~ msgstr "Establiu el nivell d'informació en &text [0-5] "
@@ -2445,41 +2128,30 @@
#~ "caperta tindrà la sort de marcar-ho com a arrencable.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</"
-#~ "b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
-#~ "are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del "
-#~ "nucli</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. "
-#~ "S'utilitzen\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Afegir una cadena global d'opcions per a la línia d'ordres del nucli</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Permet definir paràmetres addicionals globals per a passar al nucli. S'utilitzen\n"
#~ "si no apareix cap 'append' en una secció determinada.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the "
-#~ "initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat</b>, si no és buit, "
-#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n"
-#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer "
-#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n"
+#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Nom del fitxer initrd predeterminat</b>, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n"
+#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n"
#~ "<b>Navega</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
-#~ "using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat</b>, si no és buit, "
-#~ "defineix la ramdisk\n"
-#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer "
-#~ "directament o escollir-los a través de\n"
+#~ "<p>L'opció <b>Nom del fitxer d'imatge predeterminat</b>, si no és buit, defineix la ramdisk\n"
+#~ "inicial que s'ha d'utilitzar. Podeu introduir el camí i el nom de fitxer directament o escollir-los a través de\n"
#~ "<b>Navega</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2493,61 +2165,48 @@
#~ "<p><b>Partition for Boot Loader Duplication</b>\n"
#~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n"
#~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n"
-#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a "
-#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
+#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Partició per a la duplicació del carregador</b>\n"
-#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació "
-#~ "d'arrencada.\n"
+#~ "Especifica uns altres nodes de dispositiu Linux on desar la informació d'arrencada.\n"
#~ "Si es dóna aquesta opció, la partició d'arrencada es convertirà a FAT. \n"
-#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots "
-#~ "els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5.</p>"
+#~ "La intenció d'aquesta opció és escriure els fitxers d'arrencada a tots els membres d'un sistema amb RAID1 o RAID5.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Change Boot Device in NV-RAM</b>\n"
#~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified "
-#~ "in\n"
+#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n"
#~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Canviar el dispositiu d'arrencada NV-RAM</b>\n"
-#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-"
-#~ "device\" \n"
+#~ "Aquesta opció dirà a Lilo d'actualitzar la variable d'OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
#~ "amb el camí total OpenFirmware apuntant al dispositiu especificat a\n"
#~ "\"boot=\". Si falta aquesta opció, el sistema podria no arrencar.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Do not Use OS-chooser</b>\n"
-#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script "
-#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple "
-#~ "G5 systems \n"
+#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n"
#~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>No fer servir OS-chooser</b>\n"
-#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del "
-#~ "Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el "
-#~ "sistema Apple G5 \n"
+#~ "dirà a Lilo de fer servir yaboot com a fitxer d'arrencada en lloc del Forth script anomenat \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "El controlador OpenFirmware de la targeta gràfica nVidia que conté el sistema Apple G5 \n"
#~ "s'estavellarà si no té un monitor connectat.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots "
-#~ "automatically \n"
+#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n"
#~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Temps d'espera en segons per a MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no "
-#~ "s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n"
+#~ "Conté el temps d'espera en segons entre MacOS i Linux, fins que no s'arrenca automàticament Linux \n"
#~ "si no es prem cap tecla per arrencar MacOS</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Always Boot from FAT Partition</b>\n"
-#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition "
-#~ "format\n"
-#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for "
-#~ "more\n"
+#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n"
+#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n"
#~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n"
#~ "the FAT formatted file system</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -2560,14 +2219,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Install Boot Loader Even on Errors</b>\n"
#~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n"
-#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</"
-#~ "p>"
+#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Instal·la el carregador d'arrencada fins i tot amb errors</b>\n"
-#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari "
-#~ "és\n"
-#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una "
-#~ "configuració no suportada.</p>"
+#~ "Instal·la el carregador encara que no estigui clar si el microprogramari és\n"
+#~ "net d'errors i així la pròxima arrencada podria fallar. Això comporta una configuració no suportada.</p>"
#~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location"
#~ msgstr "Ubicació del carregador de l'arrencada PPC"
@@ -2600,9 +2256,7 @@
#~ msgstr "No feu servir el selector de SO"
#~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin "
-#~ "errors"
+#~ msgstr "Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors"
#~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition"
#~ msgstr "Partició PReP o FAT"
@@ -2650,9 +2304,7 @@
#~ msgstr "&Arrenca sempre des de la partició FAT"
#~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin "
-#~ "errors"
+#~ msgstr "&Instal·la el carregador de l'arrencada fins i tot quan es produeixin errors"
#~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path"
#~ msgstr "&Camí de la carpeta d'arrencada"
@@ -2767,24 +2419,17 @@
#~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n"
#~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per "
-#~ "carregar\n"
+#~ "El sistema no s'ha arrencat a través del microprogramari EFI. Per carregar\n"
#~ "el sistema, heu de carregar ELILO per mitjà de la consola EFI."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
-#~ "\">do not install</a>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href="
-#~ "\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>"
+#~ msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>"
+#~ msgstr "No instal·lis el codi d'arrencada a la partició \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">do not install</a>"
#~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported"
#~ msgstr "El carregador LILO està suportat"
#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no "
-#~ "carregar-se."
+#~ msgstr "El directori /boot és en un sistema de fitxers XFS. El sistema podria no carregar-se."
#~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed."
#~ msgstr "No s'ha pogut copiar la plantilla de configuració del maquinari."
@@ -2845,9 +2490,7 @@
#~ "<p><big><b>Àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "Fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada evita\n"
#~ "que els fitxers del carregador es desplacin durant\n"
-#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es "
-#~ "carregui\n"
+#~ "la defragmentació automàtica del disc. El moviment pot impedir que es carregui\n"
#~ "el carregador de l'arrencada.\n"
-#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu "
-#~ "<b>Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n"
+#~ "Per fer servir l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada, definiu <b>Utilitza l'àrea dedicada del carregador de l'arrencada\n"
#~ "</b>.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -109,9 +109,7 @@
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Imprimeix la interfície usada actualment i llista altres interfícies "
-"disponibles"
+msgstr "Imprimeix la interfície usada actualment i llista altres interfícies disponibles"
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
@@ -549,12 +547,10 @@
#. at least minimal configuration
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP "
-"address \n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
-"Una o més interfícies de xarxa seleccionades no està configurada (no adreça "
-"IP i \n"
+"Una o més interfícies de xarxa seleccionades no està configurada (no adreça IP i \n"
"màscara de xarxa assignades)."
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
@@ -756,12 +752,10 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
-"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP "
-"server.\n"
+"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
-"La gamma d'adreces de DHCP dinàmic ha de ser a la mateixa xarxa que el "
-"servidor DHCP.\n"
+"La gamma d'adreces de DHCP dinàmic ha de ser a la mateixa xarxa que el servidor DHCP.\n"
"La IP %1 no coincideix amb la xarxa %2/%3."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
@@ -904,15 +898,13 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
-msgstr ""
-"L'opció de línia d'ordres del servidor DHCP \"-%1\" requereix un argument"
+msgstr "L'opció de línia d'ordres del servidor DHCP \"-%1\" requereix un argument"
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
-"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and "
-"write\n"
+"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n"
"/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n"
"changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n"
" \n"
@@ -933,8 +925,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n"
-"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how "
-"hostnames\n"
+"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n"
"are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n"
"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n"
@@ -958,12 +949,10 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n"
-"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be "
-"changed.</p>\n"
+"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>El <b>Nou nom de zona</b> o el <b>Nom de zona inversa</b>\n"
-"s'agafen del servidor DHCP actual i dels paràmetres de xarxa i no es poden "
-"canviar.</p>\n"
+"s'agafen del servidor DHCP actual i dels paràmetres de xarxa i no es poden canviar.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46
@@ -982,8 +971,7 @@
"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Servidors de noms</b></big><br />\n"
-"Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la correcta funcionalitat del "
-"servidor DNS.\n"
+"Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la correcta funcionalitat del servidor DNS.\n"
"Administren tots els registres de zona DNS.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2)
@@ -1003,15 +991,13 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
-"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the "
-"current\n"
+"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Per afegir un <b>nou servidor de noms</b>, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>,\n"
"empleneu-ne el formulari i cliqueu a <b>D'acord</b>. Si el nou servidor de\n"
-"noms s'inclou a la zona DNS actual, introduïu-ne també l'adreça IP. Això "
-"és \n"
+"noms s'inclou a la zona DNS actual, introduïu-ne també l'adreça IP. Això és \n"
"obligatori perquè s'usa durant la creació de la zona.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4)
@@ -1031,8 +1017,7 @@
"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
-"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to "
-"use\n"
+"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1093,11 +1078,9 @@
"<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n"
"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"La <b>Subxarxa acutal</b> i la <b>Màscara de xarxa</b> mostren els "
-"paràmetres actuals de xarxa.\n"
+"La <b>Subxarxa acutal</b> i la <b>Màscara de xarxa</b> mostren els paràmetres actuals de xarxa.\n"
"El <b>domini</b> s'agafa de la configuració actual de DHCP.\n"
-"La <b>primera adreça IP</b> i la <b>segona adreça IP</b> coincideixen amb la "
-"gamma\n"
+"La <b>primera adreça IP</b> i la <b>segona adreça IP</b> coincideixen amb la gamma\n"
"actual de DHCP dinàmic.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
@@ -1117,13 +1100,10 @@
"<p>\n"
" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n"
"click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n"
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range "
-"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, "
-"select\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1403,14 +1383,11 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
msgid ""
"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n"
-"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server "
-"defined. \n"
+"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n"
"Really use the current settings?\n"
msgstr ""
-"No s'ha proporcionat cap adreça IP per a un servidor de noms a la zona DNS "
-"actual.\n"
-"Això pot no funcionar perquè cada zona necessita el nom i la IP del seu "
-"servidor de noms definit.\n"
+"No s'ha proporcionat cap adreça IP per a un servidor de noms a la zona DNS actual.\n"
+"Això pot no funcionar perquè cada zona necessita el nom i la IP del seu servidor de noms definit.\n"
"Realment voleu usar els paràmetres actuals?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name
@@ -1672,8 +1649,7 @@
"<b>Available Interfaces</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interfícies de xarxa</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seleccioneu les interfícies de xarxa que el servidor DHCP hauria d'escoltar "
-"des\n"
+"Seleccioneu les interfícies de xarxa que el servidor DHCP hauria d'escoltar des\n"
"de les <b>Interfícies disponibles</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
@@ -1701,8 +1677,7 @@
"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Servidor DHCP</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Per executar el servidor DHCP cada vegada que s'engega l'ordinador, "
-"establiu\n"
+"<p>Per executar el servidor DHCP cada vegada que s'engega l'ordinador, establiu\n"
"<b>Inicia el servidor DHCP</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
@@ -1715,8 +1690,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Per executar el dimoni DHCP en mode Chroot jail, activeu l'opció\n"
-"<b>Executa el servidor DHCP en Chroot jail</b>. És més segur i molt "
-"recomanable\n"
+"<b>Executa el servidor DHCP en Chroot jail</b>. És més segur i molt recomanable\n"
"que inicieu els dimonis en mode Chroot jail.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -1739,10 +1713,8 @@
"the new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Declaracions configurades</b> mostra les opcions de configuració en "
-"ús.\n"
-"Per modificar una declaració existent, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Edita</"
-"b>.\n"
+"<p><b>Declaracions configurades</b> mostra les opcions de configuració en ús.\n"
+"Per modificar una declaració existent, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
"Per afegir-ne una de nova, seleccioneu una declaració que hauria d'incloure\n"
"la nova i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
"Per esborrar una declaració, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>"
@@ -1764,8 +1736,7 @@
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuració de subxarxa</big></b><br>\n"
-"Establiu l'<b>adreça de xarxa</b> i la <b>màscara de xarxa</b> de la "
-"subxarxa.</p>"
+"Establiu l'<b>adreça de xarxa</b> i la <b>màscara de xarxa</b> de la subxarxa.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
@@ -1813,8 +1784,7 @@
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Xarxa compartida</big></b><br>\n"
-"Establiu el nom per a la xarxa compartida a <b>Nom de la xarxa compartida</"
-"b>. \n"
+"Establiu el nom per a la xarxa compartida a <b>Nom de la xarxa compartida</b>. \n"
"És només per a la vostra identificació.\n"
"El nom no afecte el comportament del servidor DHCP.</p>"
@@ -1849,8 +1819,7 @@
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Per ajustar el DNS dinàmic per a amfitrions d'aquesta subxarxa, useu <b>DNS "
-"dinàmic</b>.</p>"
+"Per ajustar el DNS dinàmic per a amfitrions d'aquesta subxarxa, useu <b>DNS dinàmic</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
@@ -1860,8 +1829,7 @@
"<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Habilitació de DNS dinàmic</big></b><br>\n"
-"Per habilitar actualitzacions DNS dinàmiques per a aquesta subxarxa, "
-"establiu\n"
+"Per habilitar actualitzacions DNS dinàmiques per a aquesta subxarxa, establiu\n"
"<b>Habilita DNS dinàmic per a aquesta subxarxa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
@@ -1883,8 +1851,7 @@
"<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Paràmetres globals del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
-"S'han d'actualitzar els paràmetres globals del servidor DHCP per fer que "
-"el \n"
+"S'han d'actualitzar els paràmetres globals del servidor DHCP per fer que el \n"
"DNS dinàmic funcioni correctament. Per fer-ho automàticament, establiu\n"
"<b>Actualitza els paràmetres globals de DNS dinàmic</b>.</p>"
@@ -1893,25 +1860,20 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
-"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the "
-"DHCP\n"
+"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Zones per actualitzar</big></b><br>\n"
-"Especifiqueu les zones de reenviament i inverses a actualitzar. Per a totes "
-"dues, especifiqueu també \n"
-"el seu servidor de noms primari. Si el servidor de noms s'executa al mateix "
-"amfitrió que el servidor DHCP,\n"
+"Especifiqueu les zones de reenviament i inverses a actualitzar. Per a totes dues, especifiqueu també \n"
+"el seu servidor de noms primari. Si el servidor de noms s'executa al mateix amfitrió que el servidor DHCP,\n"
"podeu deixar els camps en blanc.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
-"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
-"with \n"
-"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible "
-"options,\n"
+"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
+"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1919,12 +1881,10 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</"
-"p>\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Selecció de la targeta de xarxa</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seleccioneu una o més targetes de xarxa de la llista a usar pel servidor "
-"DHCP.</p>\n"
+"Seleccioneu una o més targetes de xarxa de la llista a usar pel servidor DHCP.</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
@@ -1933,8 +1893,7 @@
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
"Opcionalment, també podeu especificar el <b>Nom de servidor DHCP</b>\n"
-"(el nom de l'objecte dhcpServer LDAP), si és diferent del vostre nom "
-"d'amfitrió.\n"
+"(el nom de l'objecte dhcpServer LDAP), si és diferent del vostre nom d'amfitrió.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
@@ -1952,8 +1911,7 @@
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El <b>nom de domini</b> estableix el domini per al qual el servidor "
-"DHCP \n"
+"<p>El <b>nom de domini</b> estableix el domini per al qual el servidor DHCP \n"
"arrenda adreces IP a clients.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
@@ -1963,8 +1921,7 @@
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
"These values must be IP addresses.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La <b>IP del servidor de noms primari</b> i la <b>IP del servidor de "
-"noms secundari</b> \n"
+"<p>La <b>IP del servidor de noms primari</b> i la <b>IP del servidor de noms secundari</b> \n"
"ofereixen aquests servidors de noms als clients DHCP.\n"
"Aquests valors han de ser adreces IP.</p>"
@@ -1988,11 +1945,8 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor d'impressió</b> ofereix aquest servidor com a servidor "
-"d'impressió per defecte.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Servidor d'impressió</b> ofereix aquest servidor com a servidor d'impressió per defecte.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
@@ -2006,14 +1960,11 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
-"expires\n"
+"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El <b>Temps d'arrendament per defecte</b> estableix el temps després del "
-"qual\n"
-" la IP arrendada caduca i el client ha de demanar una IP una altra vegada.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>El <b>Temps d'arrendament per defecte</b> estableix el temps després del qual\n"
+" la IP arrendada caduca i el client ha de demanar una IP una altra vegada.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
@@ -2033,8 +1984,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
-"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the "
-"same netmask.\n"
+"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
@@ -2048,8 +1998,7 @@
"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Temps d'arrendament</big></b><br>\n"
-"Establiu el temps d'arrendament <b>per defecte</b> per a la gamma d'adreça "
-"IP actual,\n"
+"Establiu el temps d'arrendament <b>per defecte</b> per a la gamma d'adreça IP actual,\n"
"que estableix el temps de refresc IP òptim per als clients.<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
@@ -2079,8 +2028,7 @@
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Gestió d'amfitrió</b></big><br>\n"
-"Utilitzeu aquest diàleg per editar amfitrions amb adreça estàtica vinculant."
-"</p>"
+"Utilitzeu aquest diàleg per editar amfitrions amb adreça estàtica vinculant.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
@@ -2100,8 +2048,7 @@
#. host management help 1/3
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per eliminar un amfitrió, seleccioneu <b>Suprimeix de la llista</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Per eliminar un amfitrió, seleccioneu <b>Suprimeix de la llista</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/7
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
@@ -2161,8 +2108,7 @@
"select <b>Class</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Per crear una classe de condició que es pugui usar per\n"
-"gestionar els clients de manera diferent segons la classe a la qual "
-"pertanyen,\n"
+"gestionar els clients de manera diferent segons la classe a la qual pertanyen,\n"
"seleccioneu <b>Classe</b>.</p>"
#. selection box
@@ -2307,8 +2253,7 @@
"%1\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone."
msgstr ""
-"Les interfícies de xarxa llistades a sota no es mencionen a cap zona del "
-"tallafoc.\n"
+"Les interfícies de xarxa llistades a sota no es mencionen a cap zona del tallafoc.\n"
"%1\n"
"Executeu la configuració del tallafoc del YaST per assignar-les a una zona."
@@ -2540,7 +2485,7 @@
"\n"
"Avorntant ara."
-#. error report
+#. error report
#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
@@ -2652,7 +2597,7 @@
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "S'ha produït un error en actualitzar %1."
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -522,8 +522,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr ""
-"Nombre màxim de versions per a la rotació. \"0\" significa sense rotació"
+msgstr "Nombre màxim de versions per a la rotació. \"0\" significa sense rotació"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
@@ -561,20 +560,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid ""
-"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-"Nom del servidor (en format plenament qualificat acabat amb un punt o nom "
-"relatiu)"
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Nom del servidor (en format plenament qualificat acabat amb un punt o nom relatiu)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor de correu (en format plenament qualificat acabat amb un punt o nom "
-"relatiu)"
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Servidor de correu (en format plenament qualificat acabat amb un punt o nom relatiu)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
@@ -633,11 +626,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid ""
-"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-"Valor de registre de recurs DNS, com ara 192.0.34.166 per a registre A "
-"d'example.org"
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr "Valor de registre de recurs DNS, com ara 192.0.34.166 per a registre A d'example.org"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
@@ -1165,17 +1155,21 @@
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "Afegeix una zona nova"
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2056
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2146 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1582
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Mestre"
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2058
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2149
@@ -1183,8 +1177,10 @@
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "Esclau"
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
#. type of zone to be used in summary
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2060
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2155 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1590
@@ -1529,12 +1525,10 @@
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
msgid ""
-"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII "
-"characters excluding '='\n"
+"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
msgstr ""
-"Clau %{type} de registre no vàlida. Hauria de consistir en caràcters "
-"imprimibles US-ASCII, excloent '='\n"
+"Clau %{type} de registre no vàlida. Hauria de consistir en caràcters imprimibles US-ASCII, excloent '='\n"
"i ha de tenir la llargada mínima d'un caràcter."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
@@ -1626,12 +1620,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
-"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From "
-"feature."
+"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
"Els registres de zona actual es generen automàticament des de la zona %1.\n"
-"Per canviar els registres manualment, inhabiliteu la característica \"Genera "
-"registres automàticament des de\"."
+"Per canviar els registres manualment, inhabiliteu la característica \"Genera registres automàticament des de\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
@@ -1651,8 +1643,7 @@
"If you continue, the current zone will be removed."
msgstr ""
"Cada zona esclava hade ternir la IP del servidor mestre definida.\n"
-"La configuració d'un servidor DNS sense un servidor mestre hauria de "
-"fallar.\n"
+"La configuració d'un servidor DNS sense un servidor mestre hauria de fallar.\n"
"Si continueu, la zona actual s'eliminarà."
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
@@ -1726,8 +1717,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Interrupció de la inicialització</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Per a interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu "
-"<B>Interromp</B>.</p>"
+"Per a interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu <B>Interromp</B>.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -1771,8 +1761,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot jail</big></b><br>\n"
"Si voleu executar el servidor DNS en mode Chroot jail, activeu l'opció\n"
-"<b>Executa el servidor DNS en Chroot jail</b>. És més segur i molt "
-"recomanable\n"
+"<b>Executa el servidor DNS en Chroot jail</b>. És més segur i molt recomanable\n"
"que inicieu els dimonis en mode chroot jail.</p>"
#. help 3/4
@@ -1845,8 +1834,7 @@
"<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir un nou registre a la zona, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>. Per "
-"eliminar-ne\n"
+"<p>Per afegir un nou registre a la zona, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>. Per eliminar-ne\n"
"un, seleccioneu-lo i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>"
#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
@@ -1864,17 +1852,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</"
-"b>\n"
-"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click "
-"<b>Delete</b>\n"
+"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Servidors mestres</big></b><br>\n"
-"Establiu les adreces IP dels servidors de noms mestres per a aquesta zona. "
-"Useu <b>Afegeix</b>\n"
-"per afegir un nou servidor de noms. Seleccioneu-ne un d'existent i cliqueu a "
-"<b>Suprimeix</b>\n"
+"Establiu les adreces IP dels servidors de noms mestres per a aquesta zona. Useu <b>Afegeix</b>\n"
+"per afegir un nou servidor de noms. Seleccioneu-ne un d'existent i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>\n"
"per eliminar-lo.</p>"
#. help 1/2
@@ -1882,16 +1866,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
-"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</"
-"b>\n"
+"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tipus de zona</big></b><br>\n"
-"Per fer que aquest servidor de noms sigui la font primària de dades de la "
-"zona,\n"
-"seleccioneu <b>Mestre</b>. Per fer-lo el servidor de noms secundari, "
-"seleccioneu <b>Esclau</b>\n"
+"Per fer que aquest servidor de noms sigui la font primària de dades de la zona,\n"
+"seleccioneu <b>Mestre</b>. Per fer-lo el servidor de noms secundari, seleccioneu <b>Esclau</b>\n"
"o <b>Stub</b>, així les dades de la zona seran un mirall de les del\n"
"servidor mestre.</p>"
@@ -1899,8 +1880,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
-"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and "
-"back.\n"
+"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n"
"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n"
"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n"
"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n"
@@ -1915,10 +1895,8 @@
"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Classes d'interfície</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seleccioneu quines classes d'interfície haurien de tenir accés al servidor "
-"DNS. Les\n"
-"classes d'interfície estan definides al component de configuració del "
-"tallafoc.</p>\n"
+"Seleccioneu quines classes d'interfície haurien de tenir accés al servidor DNS. Les\n"
+"classes d'interfície estan definides al component de configuració del tallafoc.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -1959,8 +1937,7 @@
"<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n"
"of the primary name server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La <b>font primària</b> ha de contenir el nom de domini plenament "
-"qualificat\n"
+"<p>La <b>font primària</b> ha de contenir el nom de domini plenament qualificat\n"
"del servidor de noms primari.</p>"
#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail
@@ -1969,21 +1946,18 @@
"<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n"
"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El <b>correu de l'administrador</b> ha de contenir l'adreça electònica "
-"de\n"
+"<p>El <b>correu de l'administrador</b> ha de contenir l'adreça electònica de\n"
"l'administrador responsable de la zona.</p>\n"
#. help text 5/9 - Serial
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
-"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>El número de <b>sèrie</b> s'usa per determinar si la zona ha canviat als\n"
-"servidors mestres (per tant, els servidors esclaus no necessiten "
-"sincronitzar sempre\n"
+"servidors mestres (per tant, els servidors esclaus no necessiten sincronitzar sempre\n"
"la zona sencera).</p>\n"
#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
@@ -2013,10 +1987,8 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La <b>caducitat</b> significa el període després del qual la zona caduca "
-"als servidors\n"
-"esclaus i els servidors esclaus deixen d'enviar respostes fins que es "
-"sincronitza.\n"
+"<p>La <b>caducitat</b> significa el període després del qual la zona caduca als servidors\n"
+"esclaus i els servidors esclaus deixen d'enviar respostes fins que es sincronitza.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
@@ -2027,8 +1999,7 @@
"negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>El <b>mínim</b> estableix durant quant de temps els servidors esclaus\n"
-"haurien de mantenir les respostes negatives (fallades de resolució de nom).</"
-"p>"
+"haurien de mantenir les respostes negatives (fallades de resolució de nom).</p>"
#. ddns keys dialog
#. help text 1/1
@@ -2037,10 +2008,8 @@
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
-"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
-"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</"
-"b>.\n"
+"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2063,8 +2032,7 @@
"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Suport LDAP</big></b><br>\n"
-"Establiu <b>Suport LDAP actiu</b> per emmagatzemar la configuració de "
-"l'LDAP\n"
+"Establiu <b>Suport LDAP actiu</b> per emmagatzemar la configuració de l'LDAP\n"
"en lloc dels fitxers de configuració nadius.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3
@@ -2088,8 +2056,7 @@
"it cannot answer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Reenviadors</big></b><br>\n"
-"Els reenviadors són servidors DNS als quals el vostre servidor DNS hauria "
-"d'enviar\n"
+"Els reenviadors són servidors DNS als quals el vostre servidor DNS hauria d'enviar\n"
"consultes que no pot respondre.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
@@ -2104,8 +2071,7 @@
"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir un reenviador nou establiu-ne l'<b>adreça IP</b> i cliqueu a "
-"<b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
+"<p>Per afegir un reenviador nou establiu-ne l'<b>adreça IP</b> i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
"Si voleu suprimir-ne algun, seleccioneu-lo i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
@@ -2133,8 +2099,7 @@
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236
msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per eliminar una opció, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Per eliminar una opció, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238
@@ -2143,21 +2108,17 @@
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Entrades / registres</big></b><br>\n"
-"Useu aquest diàleg per definir les opcions del \"logging\" del servidor DNS."
-"</p>"
+"Useu aquest diàleg per definir les opcions del \"logging\" del servidor DNS.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the "
-"system log. \n"
+"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n"
"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n"
-"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log "
-"and \n"
+"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
-"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</"
-"b>\n"
+"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2214,8 +2175,7 @@
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</"
-"p>\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
@@ -2239,22 +2199,18 @@
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</"
-"b>,\n"
+"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir una zona nova, introduïu el <b>Nom de zona</b>, seleccioneu el "
-"<b>Tipus de zona</b>,\n"
+"<p>Per afegir una zona nova, introduïu el <b>Nom de zona</b>, seleccioneu el <b>Tipus de zona</b>,\n"
"i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address "
-"followed by\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
-"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), "
-"select\n"
+"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2262,10 +2218,8 @@
#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address "
-"followed by\n"
-"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone "
-"name are\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n"
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
@@ -2279,23 +2233,19 @@
"mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per modificar els paràmetres per a una zona, com ara el transport de "
-"zona, el nom\n"
+"<p>Per modificar els paràmetres per a una zona, com ara el transport de zona, el nom\n"
"i els servidors de correu, selecccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
-"Per eliminar una zona configurada, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"Per eliminar una zona configurada, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
-"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control "
-"access\n"
+"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS i Transport de zona</big></b><br>\n"
-"Useu aquest diàleg per canviar els paràmetres de DNS dinàmic de la zona i el "
-"control\n"
+"Useu aquest diàleg per canviar els paràmetres de DNS dinàmic de la zona i el control\n"
"d'accés a la zona.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
@@ -2341,14 +2291,12 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
+"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"Per afegir un nou servidor de noms, introduïu l'adreça del servidor de noms "
-"i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
+"Per afegir un nou servidor de noms, introduïu l'adreça del servidor de noms i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
"Per eliminar un servidor de noms de la llista, seleccioneu-lo i cliqueu a\n"
"<b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2362,8 +2310,7 @@
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"Per afegir un nou servidor de correu, introduïu-ne l'<b>Adreça</b> i la "
-"<b>Prioritat</b>\n"
+"Per afegir un nou servidor de correu, introduïu-ne l'<b>Adreça</b> i la <b>Prioritat</b>\n"
"i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
"Per eliminar un servidor de correu de la llista, seleccioneu-lo i cliqueu a\n"
"<b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2373,8 +2320,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
-"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2394,10 +2340,8 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La <b>caducitat</b> significa el període després del qual la zona caduca "
-"als\n"
-"servidors esclaus i els servidors esclaus deixen de respondre rèpliques fins "
-"que se sincronitza.\n"
+"<p>La <b>caducitat</b> significa el període després del qual la zona caduca als\n"
+"servidors esclaus i els servidors esclaus deixen de respondre rèpliques fins que se sincronitza.\n"
"</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
@@ -2416,10 +2360,8 @@
"and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per canviar un registre existent, seleccioneu-lo, modifiqueu-ne les "
-"entrades,\n"
-"i cliqueu a <b>Canvia</b>. Per eliminar un registre, seleccioneu-lo i "
-"cliqueu a\n"
+"<p>Per canviar un registre existent, seleccioneu-lo, modifiqueu-ne les entrades,\n"
+"i cliqueu a <b>Canvia</b>. Per eliminar un registre, seleccioneu-lo i cliqueu a\n"
"<b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
@@ -2456,8 +2398,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479
msgid ""
"<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n"
-"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an "
-"absolute\n"
+"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n"
"domain name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
@@ -2479,8 +2420,7 @@
"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n"
"followed by a dot\n"
-"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</"
-"tt>)\n"
+"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
@@ -2503,8 +2443,7 @@
"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccioneu <b>Obre el port al tallafoc</b> per adaptar els paràmetres\n"
-"de SuSEfirewall2 per permetre totes les connexions al vostre servidor DNS.</"
-"p>"
+"de SuSEfirewall2 per permetre totes les connexions al vostre servidor DNS.</p>"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495
@@ -2515,8 +2454,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Per iniciar el servidor DNS cada cop que l'ordinador s'iniciï, establiu\n"
-"el comportament de l'inici a <b>On</b>. Si no, establiu-lo a <b>Off</b>.</"
-"p> \n"
+"el comportament de l'inici a <b>On</b>. Si no, establiu-lo a <b>Off</b>.</p> \n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -217,8 +217,7 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Arrencada:</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>marqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant "
-"l'arrencada</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>marqueu \"On\" per iniciar el servidor DRBD ara i durant l'arrencada</p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>marqueu \"Off\", el servidor DRBD s'inicia manualment</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Activeu o desactiveu: On /Off:</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Iniciar o aturar el servidor DRBD ara mateix</p>\n"
@@ -231,36 +230,21 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
-"resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar "
-"o suprimir un recurs</p>\n"
+"<p>Cliqueu al botó \"Afegeix\", \"Edita\", \"Suprimeix\" per afegir, editar o suprimir un recurs</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) "
-"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which "
-"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach "
-"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to "
-"the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
-"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
-"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
-"parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and "
-"the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be "
-"used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/"
-"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
-"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</"
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -268,47 +252,25 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
-"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node "
-"was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-"
-"error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
-"DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected "
-"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is "
-"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must "
-"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, "
-"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-"
-"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
-"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
-"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
-"packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
-"write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
-"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
-"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
-"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
-"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
-"KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
-"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
-"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
@@ -317,26 +279,19 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuració global del DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
-"sanity check</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Comprova <b>\"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\"</b> per "
-"desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Comprova <b>\"Deshabilita la verificació de l'adreça IP\"</b> per desactivar una de les comprovacions del drbdadm.</p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
-"waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
-"seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Refresca el diàleg:</b> El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats "
-"fins ara.\n"
+"<p><b>Refresca el diàleg:</b> El diàleg d'usuari mostra els segons comptats fins ara.\n"
"Pot ser que volgueu desactivar-ho si teniu la cònsola del servidor\n"
"connectada a un port sèrie amb capacitats de registre limitades.\n"
"El diàleg mostrarà el recompte cada 'refresca el diàleg' segons,\n"
@@ -375,8 +330,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Addicció d'un drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolliu un drbd de la llista dels detectats.\n"
-"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu <b>Un altre (no detectat)</"
-"b>.\n"
+"Si no s'ha detectat el vostre drbd, seleccioneu <b>Un altre (no detectat)</b>.\n"
"Després premeu <b>Configura</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -387,8 +341,7 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Edició o supressió</big></b><br>\n"
-"Si premeu <b>Edita</b>, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu "
-"canviar\n"
+"Si premeu <b>Edita</b>, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n"
"la configuració.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -442,8 +395,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Selecció d'un element</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la "
-"codificació. :-)\n"
+"Aquesta operació no es pot dur a terme; primer cal realitzar la codificació. :-)\n"
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
@@ -473,8 +425,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:552
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local."
+msgstr "El nom dels nodes no ha d'incloure \".\" , usant el nom d'amfitrió local."
#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:582
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/fcoe-client.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/fcoe-client.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/fcoe-client.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -157,8 +157,7 @@
"Removing it may result in an unusable system."
msgstr ""
"Atenció:\n"
-"Assegureu-vos que la interfície no sigui essencial per a un dispositiu que "
-"s'usi.\n"
+"Assegureu-vos que la interfície no sigui essencial per a un dispositiu que s'usi.\n"
"Suprimir-la pot resultar en un sistema inutilitzable."
#. popup text continues
@@ -405,41 +404,23 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Edició o supressió</big></b><br>\n"
-"Si premeu <b>Edita</b>, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu "
-"canviar\n"
+"Si premeu <b>Edita</b>, s'obrirà un quadre de diàleg addicional on podreu canviar\n"
"la configuració.</p>\n"
#. Services dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start "
-"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Inici dels serveis</big><br></b><br>habilita o inhabilita l'inici "
-"dels serveis <b>fcoe</b> i <b>lldpad</b> a l'arrencada.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Inici dels serveis</big><br></b><br>habilita o inhabilita l'inici dels serveis <b>fcoe</b> i <b>lldpad</b> a l'arrencada.</p>"
#. Services dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over "
-"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE "
-"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Inciar el servei <b>fcoe</b> significa iniciar el dimoni del servei "
-"<i>fcoemon</i>, <i>Canal de fibra sobre Ethernet</i>, que controla les "
-"interfícies FCoE i estableix una connexió amb el dimoni <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Inciar el servei <b>fcoe</b> significa iniciar el dimoni del servei <i>fcoemon</i>, <i>Canal de fibra sobre Ethernet</i>, que controla les interfícies FCoE i estableix una connexió amb el dimoni <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
#. Services dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</"
-"i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data "
-"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El servei <b>lldpad</b> proporciona el dimoni agent <i>lldpad</i> <i>Link "
-"Layer Discovery Protocol</i>, que informa <i>fcoemon</i> sobre "
-"característiques DCB (Data Center Bridging) i configuració de les "
-"interfícies.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El servei <b>lldpad</b> proporciona el dimoni agent <i>lldpad</i> <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i>, que informa <i>fcoemon</i> sobre característiques DCB (Data Center Bridging) i configuració de les interfícies.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88
@@ -448,54 +429,23 @@
#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of "
-"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is "
-"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), "
-"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El diàleg de les interfícies mostra totes les targetes de xarxa "
-"detectades i l'estat de la configuració de VLAN i FCoE.<br>L'FCoE és "
-"possible si una interfície VLAN està configurada per a FCoE al switch."
-"<br>Per a cada targeta de xarxa (interfície de xarxa), això es mostra a la "
-"columna <i>Interfície FCoE VLAN</i>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El diàleg de les interfícies mostra totes les targetes de xarxa detectades i l'estat de la configuració de VLAN i FCoE.<br>L'FCoE és possible si una interfície VLAN està configurada per a FCoE al switch.<br>Per a cada targeta de xarxa (interfície de xarxa), això es mostra a la columna <i>Interfície FCoE VLAN</i>.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99
-msgid ""
-"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry "
-"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>És possible reintentar la comprovació dels serveis FCoE usant <b>Reinicia "
-"la detecció</b>(pot ser necessari per a algunes interfícies que triguen a "
-"preparar-se).</p>"
+msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>És possible reintentar la comprovació dels serveis FCoE usant <b>Reinicia la detecció</b>(pot ser necessari per a algunes interfícies que triguen a preparar-se).</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</"
-"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the "
-"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet "
-"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the "
-"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the "
-"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Els valors per a <i>Interfície FCoE VLAN</i> en detall:<br><b>no "
-"disponible</b>: Canal de fibra sobre Ethernet no és possible (s'ha "
-"d'habilitar al switch primer).<br><b>sense configurar</b>: l'FCoE és "
-"possible però encara no està activat.<br>Premeu <b>Crea una interfície FCoE "
-"VLAN</b> per activar-lo.<br>Si la interfície FCoE VLAN ja s'ha creat, el nom "
-"es mostra a la columna, p. e. eth3.200.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Els valors per a <i>Interfície FCoE VLAN</i> en detall:<br><b>no disponible</b>: Canal de fibra sobre Ethernet no és possible (s'ha d'habilitar al switch primer).<br><b>sense configurar</b>: l'FCoE és possible però encara no està activat.<br>Premeu <b>Crea una interfície FCoE VLAN</b> per activar-lo.<br>Si la interfície FCoE VLAN ja s'ha creat, el nom es mostra a la columna, p. e. eth3.200.</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change "
-"Settings</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per canviar la configuració d'una interfície d'FCoE VLAN, cliqueu a "
-"<b>Canvieu-ne els paràmetres</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Per canviar la configuració d'una interfície d'FCoE VLAN, cliqueu a <b>Canvieu-ne els paràmetres</b>.</p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117
@@ -504,28 +454,17 @@
#. Configuration dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings "
-"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Configureu els paràmetres generals per al servei de sistema FCoE. Els "
-"paràmetres s'escriuren a '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Configureu els paràmetres generals per al servei de sistema FCoE. Els paràmetres s'escriuren a '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>The values are:<br>\n"
-"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable "
-"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>."
-"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the "
-"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
+"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Els valors són aquests:<br>\n"
-"<b>Depuració</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Això s'usa per habilitar o "
-"inhabilitar missatges de depuració de l'script del servei fcoe i <i>fcoemon</"
-"i>.<br><b>Usa syslog</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>S'envien missatges al "
-"registre de sistema si s'estableix a <i>sí</i> (les dades es desen a /var/"
-"log/messages).</p>"
+"<b>Depuració</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Això s'usa per habilitar o inhabilitar missatges de depuració de l'script del servei fcoe i <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Usa syslog</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>S'envien missatges al registre de sistema si s'estableix a <i>sí</i> (les dades es desen a /var/log/messages).</p>"
#. edit dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133
@@ -534,30 +473,13 @@
#. Edit dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on "
-"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values "
-"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El dimoni <i>fcoemon</i> llegeix aquests fitxers de configuració a "
-"l'inici.<br> Hi ha un fitxer per a cada interfície i els valors indiquen si "
-"s'han de crear instàncies FCoE i si DCB és requirit.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El dimoni <i>fcoemon</i> llegeix aquests fitxers de configuració a l'inici.<br> Hi ha un fitxer per a cada interfície i els valors indiquen si s'han de crear instàncies FCoE i si DCB és requirit.</p>"
#. Edit dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable "
-"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</"
-"i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required."
-"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> "
-"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Els valors són aquests:<br><b>Habilita FCoE</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</"
-"i><br>Habilita o inhabilita la creació d'instàncies d'FCoE.<br><b>DCB "
-"requirit</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br> Per defecte és <i>sí</i>, DCB és "
-"normalment requerit.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br> Si "
-"s'estableix a <i>sí</i> 'fcoemon' crearà les interfícies VLAN automàticament."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Els valors són aquests:<br><b>Habilita FCoE</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br>Habilita o inhabilita la creació d'instàncies d'FCoE.<br><b>DCB requirit</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br> Per defecte és <i>sí</i>, DCB és normalment requerit.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>sí</i> o <i>no</i><br> Si s'estableix a <i>sí</i> 'fcoemon' crearà les interfícies VLAN automàticament.</p>"
#. Header of tab in tab widget
#. Header of tab in tab widget
@@ -601,12 +523,8 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client
#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413
-msgid ""
-"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be "
-"installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per continuar la configuració de l'FCoE, cal tenir instal·lat el paquet "
-"<b>%1</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Per continuar la configuració de l'FCoE, cal tenir instal·lat el paquet <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/installation.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -38,23 +38,15 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-"profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Utilitzeu <b>Clona la configuració</b> si voleu crear un perfil "
-"d'AutoYaST.\n"
-"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux "
-"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n"
-"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema "
-"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n"
-"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/"
-"autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Utilitzeu <b>Clona la configuració</b> si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n"
+"L'AutoYaST és una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n"
+"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n"
+"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
@@ -69,12 +61,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href="
-"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no "
-"l'escriguis</a>)."
+msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+msgstr "El perfil d'AutoYaST serà desat a /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">no l'escriguis</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
@@ -119,12 +107,8 @@
msgstr "Instal·lació des d'imatges"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar "
-"la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM."
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
+msgstr "Aquí podeu triar utilitzar les imatges predefinides de Novell per augmentar la velocitat d'instal·lació dels RPM."
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
msgid "&Install from Images"
@@ -135,12 +119,8 @@
msgstr "&No instal·lis des d'imatges"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
-msgstr ""
-"Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL "
-"com a font de la instal·lació"
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
+msgstr "Implementació d'imatges personalitzades - això necessita configurar un URL com a font de la instal·lació"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
@@ -148,20 +128,12 @@
msgstr "Aquí podeu crear imatges personalitzades.\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
-msgstr ""
-"Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una "
-"imatge aquí"
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
+msgstr "Heu de configurar primer la selecció de programari abans de poder crear una imatge aquí"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
-msgstr ""
-"Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada "
-"durant la instal·lació)"
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
+msgstr "Crea un fitxer d'imatge (AutoYaST la cercarà a l'ubicació proporcionada durant la instal·lació)"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
msgid "Create Image"
@@ -177,8 +149,7 @@
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
-msgstr ""
-"Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)"
+msgstr "Crea una imatge ISO (la imatge i el fitxer autoinst.xml estaran al mitjà)"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -186,32 +157,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La <b>instal·lació des d'imatges</b> s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació "
-"més de pressa.\n"
-"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat "
-"que coincideix amb la selecció\n"
-"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des "
-"dels paquets\n"
+"<p>La <b>instal·lació des d'imatges</b> s'utilitza per fer la instal·lació més de pressa.\n"
+"Les imatges contenen captures de pantalla comprimides del sistema instal·lat que coincideix amb la selecció\n"
+"de patrons. La resta de paquets que no són a les imatges s'instal·laran des dels paquets\n"
"de la manera habitual.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
-"installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>La creació d'imatges pròpies</b> es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas "
-"complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n"
-"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt "
-"més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n"
+"<p><b>La creació d'imatges pròpies</b> es fa servir si voleu ometre el pas complet de la instal·lació RPM.\n"
+"En lloc d'això, AutoYaST bolcarà una imatge al disc dur, cosa que és molt més ràpida i es pot configurar abans.\n"
"La resta de tasques es faran igual que a una instal·lació automàtica normal."
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
@@ -221,15 +183,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</"
-"p>"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data "
-"dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n"
-"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va "
-"crear la imatge.</p>"
+"<p>Noteu que quan s'instal·la des d'imatges, les etiquetes d'hora i data dels paquets que provinguin de les imatges\n"
+"no coincidiran amb la data de la instal·lació sinó amb la data en què es va crear la imatge.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
@@ -271,15 +229,13 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)"
+msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està habilitada (<a href=\"%1\">inhabilita</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)"
+msgstr "La instal·lació des d'imatges està inhabilitada (<a href=\"%1\">habilita</a>)"
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
@@ -394,8 +350,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Trieu l'<b>Idioma</b> i la <b>Disposició de teclat</b> que voleu utilitzar "
-"durant la instal·lació i al\n"
+"Trieu l'<b>Idioma</b> i la <b>Disposició de teclat</b> que voleu utilitzar durant la instal·lació i al\n"
"sistema instal·lat.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -405,14 +360,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"S'ha d'acceptar la llicència per continuar la instal·lació.\n"
-"Utilitzeu <b>Traduccions de la llicència...</b> per mostrar totes les "
-"traduccions disponibles.\n"
+"Utilitzeu <b>Traduccions de la llicència...</b> per mostrar totes les traduccions disponibles.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
@@ -546,20 +499,14 @@
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Utilitzeu <b>Clona</b> si voleu crear un perfil d'AutoYaST.\n"
-"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux "
-"sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n"
-"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema "
-"instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n"
-"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/"
-"autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"L'AutoYaST es una manera de fer una instal·lació completa del SUSE Linux sense interacció amb l'usuari. L'AutoYaST\n"
+"necessita un perfil per saber quina aparença ha de tenir el sistema instal·lat. Si se selecciona\n"
+"aquesta opció, s'emmagatzema un perfil del sistema actual a <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. Dialog busy message
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
@@ -571,11 +518,8 @@
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet <b>%1</b> estigui "
-"instal·lat.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Per clonar el sistema actual, cal que el paquet <b>%1</b> estigui instal·lat.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -615,12 +559,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
"S'ha habilitat la depuració.\n"
-"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels "
-"paquets."
+"El YaST obrirà un gestor de paquets perquè comproveu l'estat actual dels paquets."
#. unknown image
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
@@ -654,12 +596,8 @@
msgstr "&Disc a usar"
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les "
-"dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge."
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgstr "Seleccioneu el disc on es desplegarà la imatge. Es destruiran totes les dades del disc i es partirà el disc tal com es defineix a la imatge."
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
@@ -731,15 +669,12 @@
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
-msgstr ""
-"S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:"
+msgstr "S'han trobat actualizacions de paquets en aquests repositoris addicionals:"
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
-msgstr ""
-"Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les "
-"actualitzacions?"
+msgstr "Inicar el gestor de programari per comprovar i instal·lar les actualitzacions?"
#. check box
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
@@ -872,31 +807,24 @@
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Per utilitzar els dipòsits remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o "
-"l'actualització,\n"
+"Per utilitzar els dipòsits remots suggerits durant la instal·lació o l'actualització,\n"
"seleccioneu <b>Afegeix dipòsits en línia abans de la instal·lació</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el "
-"&product; seleccioneu\n"
+"Per instal·lar un producte complementari dels suports independents amb el &product; seleccioneu\n"
"<b>Inclou els productes complementaris dels suports independents</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
-"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, "
-"vegeu <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació, vegeu <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -952,12 +880,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Es necessita una xarxa configurada per utilitzar dipòsits remots\n"
-"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu dipòsits remots, ometeu la "
-"configuració.</p>\n"
+"o productes complementaris. Si no utilitzeu dipòsits remots, ometeu la configuració.</p>\n"
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187
@@ -971,37 +897,26 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-"number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-"ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Al Linux, <b>poder triar</b> és una prioritat absoluta. L'<i>openSUSE</i> "
-"ofereix nombrosos\n"
-"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més "
-"importants:\n"
+"<p>Al Linux, <b>poder triar</b> és una prioritat absoluta. L'<i>openSUSE</i> ofereix nombrosos\n"
+"entorns d'escriptori. Tot seguit trobareu una llista dels dos més importants:\n"
"el <b>GNOME</b> i el <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
-"the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o un dels patrons "
-"d'instal·lació mínima)\n"
-"que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció <b>Altre</b>. "
-"Més tard a la selecció\n"
-"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o "
-"afegir entorns d'escriptori\n"
-"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte."
-"</p>"
+"<p>Podeu seleccionar entorns d'escriptori alternatius (o un dels patrons d'instal·lació mínima)\n"
+"que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats prement l'opció <b>Altre</b>. Més tard a la selecció\n"
+"de programari o després de la instal·lació, podreu canviar la selecció o afegir entorns d'escriptori\n"
+"addicionals. Aquesta pantalla us permet seleccionar l'escriptori per defecte.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
@@ -1025,8 +940,7 @@
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
-msgstr ""
-"No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran."
+msgstr "No es pot trobar el producte de base. Les notes de la versió no es mostraran."
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
#: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
@@ -1057,9 +971,7 @@
#. to store profile after installation
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227
msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-"Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al "
-"registre."
+msgstr "Error a l'hora de desar la configuració. Se'n poden veure els detals al registre."
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238
@@ -1146,9 +1058,7 @@
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, "
-"feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall."
+msgstr "Per tal d'efectuar canvis, feu un clic en qualsevol de les capçaleres, o bé, feu servir el menú \"Canvia...\" que apareix més avall."
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
@@ -1177,13 +1087,11 @@
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Seleccioneu l'opció <b>Instal·la</b> per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova "
-"amb els valors mostrats.\n"
+"Seleccioneu l'opció <b>Instal·la</b> per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. kicking out, bug #203811
@@ -1214,8 +1122,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la "
-"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n"
+"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat. Encara es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for update proposal
@@ -1227,8 +1134,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Seleccioneu l'opció <b>Actualitza</b> per a dur a terme una actualització "
-"amb els valors mostrats.\n"
+"Seleccioneu l'opció <b>Actualitza</b> per a dur a terme una actualització amb els valors mostrats.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
@@ -1278,8 +1184,7 @@
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines "
-"virtuals\n"
+"<P>La instal·lació de l'UML (mode d'usuari Linux) permet iniciar màquines virtuals\n"
"Linux independents al sistema principal.</P>"
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
@@ -1302,10 +1207,8 @@
"locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
"locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es "
-"canviïn. Per modificar\n"
-"una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>L'administrador del sistema pot blocar algunes propostes, perquè no es canviïn. Per modificar\n"
+"una proposta blocada, sol·liciteu-ho al vostre administrador de sistema.</p>\n"
#. FATE #120373
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369
@@ -1342,10 +1245,8 @@
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>En aquesta secció es troben les <b>notes de la versió</b> per al sistema "
-"Linux\n"
-"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.</"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>En aquesta secció es troben les <b>notes de la versió</b> per al sistema Linux\n"
+"instal·lat. Aquestes notes ofereixen un resum de les novetats i els canvis.</p>\n"
#. informative message in RichText widget
#: src/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:463
@@ -1366,8 +1267,7 @@
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccioneu un escenari que s'adapti millor a les vostres necessitats.\n"
-"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de "
-"programari.</p>\n"
+"Més endavant podreu seleccionar programari addicional a la proposta de programari.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
#: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
@@ -1424,8 +1324,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
-msgstr ""
-"S’estan carregant els mòduls del nucli per als controladors de disc dur..."
+msgstr "S’estan carregant els mòduls del nucli per als controladors de disc dur..."
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
@@ -1460,20 +1359,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
-msgstr ""
-"Espereu mentre es prova el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes "
-"instal·lats..."
+msgstr "Espereu mentre es prova el maquinari de l'ordinador i els sistemes instal·lats..."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics "
-"per a la instal·lació."
+"Mireu 'drivers.suse.com' si necessiteu controladors de maquinari específics per a la instal·lació."
#. pop-up error report
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255
@@ -1575,8 +1470,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquí es mostren tots els dipòsits que s'han trobat\n"
"en el sistema que voleu actualitzar. Habiliteu els que\n"
@@ -1589,8 +1483,7 @@
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Per habilitar, eliminar o inhabilitar un URL, feu clic a\n"
-"<b>Commuta l'estat</b> o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula.</"
-"p>"
+"<b>Commuta l'estat</b> o feu doble clic a l'element respectiu de la taula.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
@@ -1760,8 +1653,7 @@
" \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Cal realitzar alguns passos abans que el sistema estigui preparat\n"
-"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu "
-"clic a\n"
+"per al seu ús. El YaST us guiarà a través de la configuració bàsica. Feu clic a\n"
"<b>Següent</b> per continuar. </p>\n"
" \n"
@@ -1900,8 +1792,7 @@
"\n"
"Carregant el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec.\n"
"\n"
-"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de "
-"reiniciar.\n"
+"S'està intentant carregar el nucli instal·lat mitjançant kexec en comptes de reiniciar.\n"
"Espereu.\n"
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1972,8 +1863,7 @@
msgstr ""
"La interfície gràfica no s'ha pogut iniciar.\n"
"\n"
-"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació "
-"mínima),\n"
+"És possible que els paquets necessaris no estiguin instal·lats (instal·lació mínima),\n"
"o bé, que la targeta gràfica no s'admeti.\n"
"\n"
"Com a alternativa, la interfície en mode text del YaST2 us guiarà\n"
@@ -2030,9 +1920,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara "
-"completa.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tota la informació necessària per a la instal·lació bàsica és ara completa.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
@@ -2072,9 +1960,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa.</"
-"p>"
+msgstr "<p>Tota la informació necessària per fer una actualització és ara completa.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
@@ -2106,25 +1992,18 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63
msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)."
+msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius habilitada (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69
msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)."
+msgstr "Llista negra de dispositius inhabilitada (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Useu <b>Llista negra de dispositius</b> si voleu crear una llista negra "
-"de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria "
-"del nucli.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Useu <b>Llista negra de dispositius</b> si voleu crear una llista negra de canals cap a algun dispositiu, la qual cosa reduirà l'empremta de memòria del nucli.</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135
@@ -2176,8 +2055,7 @@
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
-"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets "
-"automàticament\n"
+"La instal·lació no ha estat capaç de resoldre les dependències dels paquets automàticament\n"
"S'obrirà el gestor de programari perquè les resolgueu manualment."
#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
@@ -2229,8 +2107,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Desconnectat "
#~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..."
+#~ msgstr "Auxiliar de configuració de la xarxa: s'està provant el maquinari..."
#~ msgid "Probing network cards..."
#~ msgstr "S'estan detectant les targetes de xarxa..."
@@ -2286,11 +2163,8 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Informació de maquinari de la targeta de xarxa seleccionada"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Aquí podeu configurar les targetes de xarxa per utilitzar-les "
-#~ "immediatament.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Aquí podeu configurar les targetes de xarxa per utilitzar-les immediatament.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n"
@@ -2415,10 +2289,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Configuració de la xarxa</b></big>\n"
#~ "<br>Aquí podeu configurar la targeta de xarxa.\n"
-#~ "Seleccioneu la configuració de DHCP o estàtica. En la majoria de casos, "
-#~ "podeu utilitzar DHCP.\n"
-#~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor "
-#~ "d'accés\n"
+#~ "Seleccioneu la configuració de DHCP o estàtica. En la majoria de casos, podeu utilitzar DHCP.\n"
+#~ "Per obtenir-ne més informació, poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'accés\n"
#~ "a Internet o amb l'administrador de la xarxa.</p>\n"
#~| msgid ""
@@ -2455,8 +2327,7 @@
#~ "the installation system for writing the proxy configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "S'ha produït un error en mentre es preparava\n"
-#~ "el sistema d'instal·lació per escriure la configuració del servidor "
-#~ "intermediari."
+#~ "el sistema d'instal·lació per escriure la configuració del servidor intermediari."
#~ msgid "Internet Test Failed"
#~ msgstr "Ha fallat la comprovació d'Internet"
@@ -2519,11 +2390,8 @@
#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..."
#~ msgstr "S'està escrivint la configuració de la xarxa..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Espereu mentre s'escriu i es prova la configuració de la xarxa...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Espereu mentre s'escriu i es prova la configuració de la xarxa...</p>"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Writing the network settings failed.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-server.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-server.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ldap-server.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -100,12 +100,8 @@
#. error popup
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings "
-"later in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
-"La base de dades LDAP ja s'ha creat. Podeu canviar-ne els paràmetres més "
-"tard al sistema instal·lat."
+msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
+msgstr "La base de dades LDAP ja s'ha creat. Podeu canviar-ne els paràmetres més tard al sistema instal·lat."
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101
@@ -117,12 +113,8 @@
msgstr "[establert manualment]"
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to "
-"continue."
-msgstr ""
-"No s'ha pogut obtenir la constrasenya root del sistema. Establiu la "
-"contrasenya del servidor LDAP per continuar."
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
+msgstr "No s'ha pogut obtenir la constrasenya root del sistema. Establiu la contrasenya del servidor LDAP per continuar."
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
@@ -216,12 +208,8 @@
"sense instal·lar els paquets necessaris."
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-"Ha fallat la configuració de la replicació d'OpenLDAP. Reconfigureu-ho "
-"després d'acabar la instal·lació."
+msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
+msgstr "Ha fallat la configuració de la replicació d'OpenLDAP. Reconfigureu-ho després d'acabar la instal·lació."
#: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -243,15 +231,12 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105
msgid ""
-"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not "
-"running.\n"
-"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do "
-"you \n"
+"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n"
+"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
"Teniu una configuració existent, però el servidor LDAP no s'està executant.\n"
-"Voleu iniciar el servidor ara i rellegir-ne les dades de configuració o "
-"voleu\n"
+"Voleu iniciar el servidor ara i rellegir-ne les dades de configuració o voleu\n"
"crear-ne una configuració nova des de zero?"
#: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:110
@@ -272,8 +257,7 @@
"database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n"
"configuration to the configuration database?\n"
msgstr ""
-"El vostre sistema està configurat actualment per usar el fitxer de "
-"configuració\n"
+"El vostre sistema està configurat actualment per usar el fitxer de configuració\n"
"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. El YaST només té suport per a la base de dades de\n"
"configuració dinàmica d'OpenLDAP (back-config). Realment voleu migrar la\n"
"configuració existen a la base de dades de configuració?\n"
@@ -332,12 +316,8 @@
msgstr "El servidor LDAP no s'està executant."
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198
-msgid ""
-"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want "
-"to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
-"Voleu iniciar-lo ara per rellegir-ne les dades de configuració o voleu crear "
-"una configuració nova des de zero?"
+msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr "Voleu iniciar-lo ara per rellegir-ne les dades de configuració o voleu crear una configuració nova des de zero?"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226
@@ -366,8 +346,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server."
-msgstr ""
-"Totes les dades, inclosa la configuració, es replica des d'un servidor remot."
+msgstr "Totes les dades, inclosa la configuració, es replica des d'un servidor remot."
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:384
msgid ""
@@ -498,12 +477,8 @@
#. Doing these checks during installation will
#. most probably fail
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972
-msgid ""
-"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider "
-"server.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Ha fallat obrir la connexió a la base de dades \"cn=config\" al servidor "
-"proveïdor.\n"
+msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n"
+msgstr "Ha fallat obrir la connexió a la base de dades \"cn=config\" al servidor proveïdor.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975
msgid ""
@@ -544,19 +519,13 @@
"ja està actuant com a consumidor de replicació.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078
-msgid ""
-"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
-msgstr ""
-"Establir una replicació en cascada de cn=config actualment no té suport."
+msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
+msgstr "Establir una replicació en cascada de cn=config actualment no té suport."
#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105
-msgid ""
-"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication "
-"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Ha fallat la comprovació de les credencials d'autenticació definides a la "
-"configuració de replicació al servidor proveïdor.\n"
+msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
+msgstr "Ha fallat la comprovació de les credencials d'autenticació definides a la configuració de replicació al servidor proveïdor.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
@@ -578,21 +547,17 @@
"To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n"
"to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Per actuar com a servidor mestre per a replicació, la base de dades de "
-"configuració cal\n"
-"que sigui accessible remotament. Establiu una contrasenya per a la base de "
-"dades de configuració.\n"
+"Per actuar com a servidor mestre per a replicació, la base de dades de configuració cal\n"
+"que sigui accessible remotament. Establiu una contrasenya per a la base de dades de configuració.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220
msgid ""
"\n"
-"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to "
-"encrypted\n"
+"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n"
"LDAP Connections.)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"(L'accés remot a la base de dades de configuració serà restringit a "
-"connexions\n"
+"(L'accés remot a la base de dades de configuració serà restringit a connexions\n"
"LDAP encriptades.)\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1227
@@ -622,17 +587,12 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
-"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be "
-"started. Note:\n"
-"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</"
-"p>\n"
+"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
+"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccioneu <b>Sí</b> si el servidor LDAP ha d'iniciar-se automàticament "
-"com a part \n"
-"del procés d'arrencada. Seleccioneu <b>No</b> si no s'hi ha d'iniciar. "
-"Nota:\n"
-"Després de seleccionar <b>No</b>, no podeu canviar la configuració "
-"d'OpenLDAP.</p>\n"
+"<p>Seleccioneu <b>Sí</b> si el servidor LDAP ha d'iniciar-se automàticament com a part \n"
+"del procés d'arrencada. Seleccioneu <b>No</b> si no s'hi ha d'iniciar. Nota:\n"
+"Després de seleccionar <b>No</b>, no podeu canviar la configuració d'OpenLDAP.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26
msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>"
@@ -644,27 +604,19 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured "
-"communication\n"
-"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate "
-"configured.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
+"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> és la interfície estàndard LDAP al Port 389. És possible la "
-"comunicació segura \n"
-"TLS/SSL amb l'operació StartTLS quan hi ha un certificat de servidor "
-"configurat.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> és la interfície estàndard LDAP al Port 389. És possible la comunicació segura \n"
+"TLS/SSL amb l'operació StartTLS quan hi ha un certificat de servidor configurat.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL "
-"protected\n"
-"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate "
-"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n"
+"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> habilita la interfície \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" per a "
-"connexions protegies SSL\n"
-"al port 636. Això només funciona si teniu un certificat de servidor "
-"configurat (vegeu \"Peràmetres globals\"/\"Paràmetres de TLS\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> habilita la interfície \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" per a connexions protegies SSL\n"
+"al port 636. Això només funciona si teniu un certificat de servidor configurat (vegeu \"Peràmetres globals\"/\"Paràmetres de TLS\").\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -672,10 +624,8 @@
"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n"
"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita la interfície \"LDAP sobre IPC\" per accedir al "
-"servidor\n"
-"LDAP a través d'Unix Domain Socket. No inhabilita la interfície LDAPI ja "
-"que\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita la interfície \"LDAP sobre IPC\" per accedir al servidor\n"
+"LDAP a través d'Unix Domain Socket. No inhabilita la interfície LDAPI ja que\n"
"el YaST l'usa per comunicar-se amb el servidor.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:41
@@ -687,8 +637,7 @@
"<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n"
"network ports or not.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccioneu si el SuSEFirewall hauria de permetre l'accés als ports de "
-"xarxa\n"
+"<p>Seleccioneu si el SuSEFirewall hauria de permetre l'accés als ports de xarxa\n"
"relacionats amb LDAP o no.</p>\n"
#. First part of the Add Database Widget
@@ -698,10 +647,8 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is "
-"a\n"
-"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout "
-"and\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n"
@@ -717,29 +664,22 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</"
-"b> \n"
-"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and "
-"other \n"
-"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends "
-"the \n"
-"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,"
-"dc=com</tt>\n"
-"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective "
-"Administrator DN\n"
+"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
+"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
+"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
+"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
-"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root "
-"password\n"
+"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Si aquest auxiliar s'ha iniciat durant la instal·lació, la \n"
-"<b>Contrasenya de l'administrador LDAP</b> s'estableix inicialment segons la "
-"contrasenya\n"
+"<b>Contrasenya de l'administrador LDAP</b> s'estableix inicialment segons la contrasenya\n"
"root introduïda prèviament durant el procés d'instal·lació.</p> "
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:72
@@ -774,8 +714,7 @@
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n"
"<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already "
-"been \n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -789,38 +728,27 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN "
-"automatically\n"
+"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Introduïu el DN complet o només la primera part i annexeu el DN base "
-"automàticament amb\n"
+"<p>Introduïu el DN complet o només la primera part i annexeu el DN base automàticament amb\n"
"<b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change "
-"Password</b>.\n"
-"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password "
-"Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been "
-"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
+"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can "
-"adjust\n"
-"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the "
-"number of entries\n"
-"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough "
-"RAM) this number\n"
-"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index "
-"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
-"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially "
-"HDB-Databases require a\n"
-"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the "
-"entry cache as a rule of\n"
+"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
+"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
+"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n"
+"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
+"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n"
+"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -838,14 +766,10 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP "
-"server\n"
-"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests "
-"before storing them\n"
-"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, "
-"but may be\n"
-"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify "
-"extended operation \n"
+"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
+"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
+"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
+"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
@@ -859,24 +783,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object "
-"DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Introduïu el nom de l'objecte de política per defecte a <b>Objecte de "
-"política DN per defecte</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Introduïu el nom de l'objecte de política per defecte a <b>Objecte de política DN per defecte</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137
msgid ""
-"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You "
-"may\n"
+"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Creeu o canvieu la política per defecte clicant a <b>Edita'n la política</"
-"b>. Després\n"
-"se us pot demanar d'introduir la contrasenya d'administrador LDAP per "
-"permetre que\n"
+"<p>Creeu o canvieu la política per defecte clicant a <b>Edita'n la política</b>. Després\n"
+"se us pot demanar d'introduir la contrasenya d'administrador LDAP per permetre que\n"
"el Policy Object sigui llegit des del servidor.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:142
@@ -888,40 +805,31 @@
msgstr "<p>Chanvieu les opcions d'indexació d'hdb de la bdb-Database.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144
-msgid ""
-"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index "
-"defined.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>La taula mostra una llista d'atributs que tenen actualment un índex "
-"definit.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>La taula mostra una llista d'atributs que tenen actualment un índex definit.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
-"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different "
-"types\n"
+"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be "
-"configured\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Presència</b>: aquest índex s'usa per a cerques amb filtres de "
-"presència\n"
-"(p .e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Els índex de presència només s'haurien "
-"de configurar\n"
+"<p><b>Presència</b>: aquest índex s'usa per a cerques amb filtres de presència\n"
+"(p .e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Els índex de presència només s'haurien de configurar\n"
"per a atributs que ocorren rarament a la base de dades.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
-"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> "
-"index\n"
+"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -930,8 +838,7 @@
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Subcadena</b>: Aquest índex s'usa per a cerques amb filtres de "
-"\"substring\"\n"
+"<p><b>Subcadena</b>: Aquest índex s'usa per a cerques amb filtres de \"substring\"\n"
"(p. e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:166
@@ -940,18 +847,15 @@
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Useu <b>Afegeix</b> per definir les opcions d'indexació per al nou "
-"atribut,\n"
+"<p>Useu <b>Afegeix</b> per definir les opcions d'indexació per al nou atribut,\n"
"<b>Suprimeix</b> per eliminar un índex existent i <b>Edita</b> per canviar\n"
"les opcions d'indexació d'un atribut ja indexat.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
-"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly "
-"added\n"
+"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
-"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the "
-"indexing\n"
+"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -969,15 +873,12 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183
msgid ""
-"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a "
-"more\n"
+"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per cada regla, podeu veure amb quins objectes de destinació coincideix. "
-"Per veure\n"
-"més detalls d'una regla o bé per canviar-ne una, seleccioneu-la a la taula i "
-"cliqueu \n"
+"<p>Per cada regla, podeu veure amb quins objectes de destinació coincideix. Per veure\n"
+"més detalls d'una regla o bé per canviar-ne una, seleccioneu-la a la taula i cliqueu \n"
"a <b>Edita</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:188
@@ -985,17 +886,14 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Feu servir <b>Afegeix</b> per crear noves regles cle control d'accés i "
-"<b>Suprimeix</b> per\n"
+"<p>Feu servir <b>Afegeix</b> per crear noves regles cle control d'accés i <b>Suprimeix</b> per\n"
"suprimir-ne una.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
-"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose "
-"target\n"
+"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
-"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, "
-"using\n"
+"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1005,14 +903,11 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" "
-"checkbox, if you want to \n"
+"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccioneu la casella \"<b>Habilita el proveïdor ldapsync per a aquesta "
-"base de dades</b>\" si voleu \n"
-"poder replicar la base de dades seleccionada actualment a un altre servidor."
-"</p>"
+"<p>Seleccioneu la casella \"<b>Habilita el proveïdor ldapsync per a aquesta base de dades</b>\" si voleu \n"
+"poder replicar la base de dades seleccionada actualment a un altre servidor.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:203
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
@@ -1020,16 +915,11 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator "
-"(stored\n"
-"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is "
-"synced\n"
-"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify "
-"or\n"
-"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the "
-"indicator\n"
-"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator "
-"is\n"
+"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
+"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
+"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n"
+"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n"
+"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
@@ -1041,14 +931,10 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215
msgid ""
-"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write "
-"operations\n"
-"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in "
-"the session log. \n"
-"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" "
-"replication. In \n"
-"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master "
-"server.</p>"
+"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
+"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
+"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
+"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221
@@ -1057,14 +943,11 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
-"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want "
-"the\n"
+"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccioneu \"<b>Aquesta base de dades és un consumidor de replicació</b>"
-"\" si voleu\n"
-"que la base de dades sigui una rèplica d'una base de dades en un altre "
-"servidor.</p>\n"
+"<p>Seleccioneu \"<b>Aquesta base de dades és un consumidor de replicació</b>\" si voleu\n"
+"que la base de dades sigui una rèplica d'una base de dades en un altre servidor.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:227
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
@@ -1076,8 +959,7 @@
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n"
"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n"
-"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-"
-"standard\n"
+"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n"
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1110,15 +992,11 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250
msgid ""
-"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to "
-"authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated "
-"database on the master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifiqueu un DN i una contrasenya que el servidor d'esclau haurà "
-"d'utilitzar per autenticar-se al mestre.\n"
-"El DN necessita tenir accés de lectura a totes les entrades a la base de "
-"dades replicada al mestre.</p>\n"
+"<p>Especifiqueu un DN i una contrasenya que el servidor d'esclau haurà d'utilitzar per autenticar-se al mestre.\n"
+"El DN necessita tenir accés de lectura a totes les entrades a la base de dades replicada al mestre.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
@@ -1128,10 +1006,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
-"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can "
-"configure a different update referral here.\n"
-"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for "
-"the\n"
+"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
+"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1146,8 +1022,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Avortament de la inicialització</big></b><br>\n"
-"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu <b>Avorta</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu <b>Avorta</b>.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:269
@@ -1181,20 +1056,12 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</"
-"p> "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Amb <b>Inicia el serviodr LDAP Sí o No</b>, inicieu o autureu el servidor "
-"LDAP.</p> "
+msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>Amb <b>Inicia el serviodr LDAP Sí o No</b>, inicieu o autureu el servidor LDAP.</p> "
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration "
-"wizard.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si seleccioneu <b>Sí</b>, cliqueu a <b>Següent</b> per iniciar l'auxiliar "
-"de configuració.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Si seleccioneu <b>Sí</b>, cliqueu a <b>Següent</b> per iniciar l'auxiliar de configuració.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
@@ -1206,21 +1073,15 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios "
-"are available:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccioneu el tipus de servidor LDAP que voleu configurar. Estan "
-"disponibles les opcions següents:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccioneu el tipus de servidor LDAP que voleu configurar. Estan disponibles les opcions següents:</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server "
-"with\n"
+"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor solitari</b>: configureu un servidor solitari (stand-alone) "
-"OpenLDAP sense\n"
+"<p><b>Servidor solitari</b>: configureu un servidor solitari (stand-alone) OpenLDAP sense\n"
"preparació per a replicació.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:303
@@ -1228,15 +1089,12 @@
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor mestre en una configuració de replicació</b>: crea una "
-"configuració d'OpenLDAP\n"
-"preparada per actuar com a servidor mestre (proveïdor) en una configuració "
-"de replicació.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Servidor mestre en una configuració de replicació</b>: crea una configuració d'OpenLDAP\n"
+"preparada per actuar com a servidor mestre (proveïdor) en una configuració de replicació.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that "
-"replicates all its data,\n"
+"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1261,18 +1119,15 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the "
-"server\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</"
-"p>\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
-"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so "
-"that\n"
+"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1283,10 +1138,8 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
-"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</"
-"b>,\n"
-"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
+"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1295,8 +1148,7 @@
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per crear un nou CA o certificat, inicieu el mòdul de gestió de CA "
-"clicant a\n"
+"<p>Per crear un nou CA o certificat, inicieu el mòdul de gestió de CA clicant a\n"
"<b>Inicia el mòdul de gestió de CA</b>.</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
@@ -1307,26 +1159,21 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344
msgid ""
-"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog "
-"in which to choose\n"
-"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not "
-"support the removal of \n"
+"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
+"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and "
-"statistics\n"
+"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or "
-"disallow:</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357
@@ -1335,39 +1182,31 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind "
-"requests.\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Peticions de vincle LDAPv2</b>: per permetre que el servidor accepti "
-"peticions de vincle LDAPv2.\n"
+"<p><b>Peticions de vincle LDAPv2</b>: per permetre que el servidor accepti peticions de vincle LDAPv2.\n"
"Tingueu present que OpenLDAP no implementa veritablement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind "
-"when \n"
-"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not "
-"present) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
+"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vincle anònim quan les credencials no siguin buides</b>: per permetre "
-"un vincle anònim \n"
-"quan les credencials no siguin buides (p. e.: la contrasenya és present però "
-"no el \"bind DN\") </p>"
+"<p><b>Vincle anònim quan les credencials no siguin buides</b>: per permetre un vincle anònim \n"
+"quan les credencials no siguin buides (p. e.: la contrasenya és present però no el \"bind DN\") </p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vincle no autenticat quan el DN no és buit</b>: per permetre vincles "
-"no autenticats \n"
+"<p><b>Vincle no autenticat quan el DN no és buit</b>: per permetre vincles no autenticats \n"
"(anònims) quan el DN no sigui buit</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow "
-"unauthenticated\n"
+"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1385,19 +1224,16 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple "
-"Bind\n"
+"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Inhabilita l'autenticació de vincle simple</b>: inhabilita "
-"completament l'autenticació\n"
+"<p><b>Inhabilita l'autenticació de vincle simple</b>: inhabilita completament l'autenticació\n"
"Simple Bind</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
-"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection "
-"back\n"
+"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1408,68 +1244,51 @@
"connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Rebutja l'operació StartTLS si hi ha autenticació</b>:\n"
-"El servidor no permetrà l'operació StartTLS en connexions ja autenticades.</"
-"p>\n"
+"El servidor no permetrà l'operació StartTLS en connexions ja autenticades.</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
-"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The "
-"\"Frontend\"\n"
-"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and "
-"overlays\n"
-"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
+"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
+"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir una nova base de dades, premeu <b>Afegeix base de dades...</b>."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Per afegir una nova base de dades, premeu <b>Afegeix base de dades...</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401
msgid ""
-"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete "
-"Database...</b>.\n"
+"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per suprimir una base de dades, seleccioneu-ne una de la llista i premeu "
-"<b>Suprimeix la base de dades...</b>.\n"
+"<p>Per suprimir una base de dades, seleccioneu-ne una de la llista i premeu <b>Suprimeix la base de dades...</b>.\n"
"No podeu suprimir les bases de dades \"config\" i \"frontend\".</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") "
-"here. This is required to make\n"
+"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Introduïu una contrasenya per a la base de dades de configuració "
-"(\"<i>cn=config</i>\") aquí. És necessari\n"
+"<p>Introduïu una contrasenya per a la base de dades de configuració (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") aquí. És necessari\n"
"per fer accessible la base de dades de configuració de manera remota.</p>"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407
msgid ""
-"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select "
-"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as "
-"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
+"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Si se suposa que el servidor ha de participar en una configuració de "
-"MirrorMode, seleccioneu la casella \"<b>Prepara per a replicació MirrorMode</"
-"b>.\"\n"
-"Això assegurarà que l'atribut serverId és generat tal com cal per a la "
-"replicació MirrorMode.</p>\n"
+"<p>Si se suposa que el servidor ha de participar en una configuració de MirrorMode, seleccioneu la casella \"<b>Prepara per a replicació MirrorMode</b>.\"\n"
+"Això assegurarà que l'atribut serverId és generat tal com cal per a la replicació MirrorMode.</p>\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410
msgid ""
-"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master "
-"server. Please enter the master\n"
-"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or "
-"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
+"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
+"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1494,23 +1313,16 @@
msgstr "URI del servidor"
#: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the "
-"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquest servidor no està configurat com a node de MirrorMode. Cliqueu a "
-"\"Següent\" per iniciar l'auxiliar de configuració estàndard d'OpenLDAP."
+msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
+msgstr "Aquest servidor no està configurat com a node de MirrorMode. Cliqueu a \"Següent\" per iniciar l'auxiliar de configuració estàndard d'OpenLDAP."
#: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview"
msgstr "Resum d'OpenLDAP MirrorMode"
#: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"No és possible suprimir l'amfitrió en què heu iniciat aquest mòdul del "
-"YaST.\n"
+msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
+msgstr "No és possible suprimir l'amfitrió en què heu iniciat aquest mòdul del YaST.\n"
#: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server."
@@ -1536,6 +1348,7 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "S'està inicialitzant..."
+#. #-#-#-#-# ldap-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. ****************************************
#. * tree structure definition **
#. ***************************************
@@ -1817,22 +1630,16 @@
msgstr "Selecciona &Rebutja banderes:"
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175
-msgid ""
-"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous "
-"directory access)"
-msgstr ""
-"Inhabilita l'acceptació de Peticions de Vincle anònimes (no prohibeix accés "
-"anònim de directori)"
+msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
+msgstr "Inhabilita l'acceptació de Peticions de Vincle anònimes (no prohibeix accés anònim de directori)"
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179
msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication"
msgstr "Inhabilita l'autenticació de vincle simple"
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182
-msgid ""
-"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
-msgstr ""
-"Inhabilita forçar la sessió a l'estat anònim en rebut d'operació StartTLS"
+msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
+msgstr "Inhabilita forçar la sessió a l'estat anònim en rebut d'operació StartTLS"
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188
msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated"
@@ -1924,8 +1731,7 @@
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:337
msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. "
-msgstr ""
-"Permet autenticació de text pla (vincle simple) per a aquesta base de dades."
+msgstr "Permet autenticació de text pla (vincle simple) per a aquesta base de dades."
#: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:340
msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)"
@@ -2256,8 +2062,7 @@
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
-msgstr ""
-"Introduïu una llista d'atributs vàlids al campt de text <b>Atributs</b>"
+msgstr "Introduïu una llista d'atributs vàlids al campt de text <b>Atributs</b>"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
@@ -2281,8 +2086,7 @@
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
"La base de dades seleccionada conté regles de control d'accés que no\n"
-"tenen suport del YaST actualment. El diàleg de control d'accés "
-"s'inhabilitarà.\n"
+"tenen suport del YaST actualment. El diàleg de control d'accés s'inhabilitarà.\n"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
@@ -2351,11 +2155,8 @@
msgstr "Ha fallat la comprovació de les capacitats LDAPsync del proveïdor."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
-msgid ""
-"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
-msgstr ""
-"Si us plau, verifiqueu que el servidor de destinació estigui habilitat per "
-"ser un proveïdor LDAPsync."
+msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
+msgstr "Si us plau, verifiqueu que el servidor de destinació estigui habilitat per ser un proveïdor LDAPsync."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
@@ -2502,12 +2303,8 @@
msgstr "Actualitzant els objectes de política de contrasenyes per defecte"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883
-msgid ""
-"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take "
-"some minutes)"
-msgstr ""
-"Esperant que s'acabin les tasques d'indexació internes d'OpenLDAP (això pot "
-"trigar uns minuts)"
+msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
+msgstr "Esperant que s'acabin les tasques d'indexació internes d'OpenLDAP (això pot trigar uns minuts)"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required"
@@ -2526,12 +2323,8 @@
msgstr "Ha fallat la creació d'objectes de política de contrasenyes."
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to "
-"finish.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"S'ha produït un error mentre s'esperava que acabés l'indexador de la base de "
-"dades d'OpenLDAP.\n"
+msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
+msgstr "S'ha produït un error mentre s'esperava que acabés l'indexador de la base de dades d'OpenLDAP.\n"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007
msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually."
@@ -2636,12 +2429,8 @@
msgstr "No s'ha pogut determinar el propi nom d'amfitrió plenament qualificat."
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874
-msgid ""
-"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its "
-"own fully qualified hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"Un servidor mestre per a replicació no pot treballar correctament sense "
-"saber el seu nom d'amfitrió plenament qualificat."
+msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
+msgstr "Un servidor mestre per a replicació no pot treballar correctament sense saber el seu nom d'amfitrió plenament qualificat."
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
@@ -2657,12 +2446,8 @@
msgstr "LDAP DN no vàlid: \"%s\", no es poden extreure els valors RDN"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565
-msgid ""
-"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-"
-"letter code."
-msgstr ""
-"El valor de l'atribut \"c\" ha de contenir un codi de país vàlid de 2 "
-"lletres, ISO-3166."
+msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
+msgstr "El valor de l'atribut \"c\" ha de contenir un codi de país vàlid de 2 lletres, ISO-3166."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2572 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
@@ -2703,11 +2488,8 @@
msgstr "Fitxer de certificat CA: \"%s\" no existeix."
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414
-msgid ""
-"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Error en intentar verificar el certificat de servidor del servidor del "
-"proveïdor.\n"
+msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
+msgstr "Error en intentar verificar el certificat de servidor del servidor del proveïdor.\n"
#: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415
#, perl-format
@@ -2732,8 +2514,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301
#, perl-format
msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'."
-msgstr ""
-"El tipus de base de dades '%s' no té suport. Les permeses són 'bdb' i 'hdb'."
+msgstr "El tipus de base de dades '%s' no té suport. Les permeses són 'bdb' i 'hdb'."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347
@@ -2943,8 +2724,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog "
-#~ "informs whether it\n"
+#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog informs whether it\n"
#~ "is safe to do so. </p> "
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Interrupció del desament:</big></b><br>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/live-installer.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/live-installer.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/live-installer.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -142,12 +142,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</"
-"p>"
+"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Utilitzeu l'opció <b>Accepta</b> per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb "
-"els valors mostrats.</p>"
+"Utilitzeu l'opció <b>Accepta</b> per a dur a terme una instal·lació nova amb els valors mostrats.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
@@ -168,8 +166,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat, de manera que es pot interrompre la "
-"instal·lació sense cap problema.\n"
+"El disc dur encara no s'ha modificat, de manera que es pot interrompre la instal·lació sense cap problema.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text 1/1
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/packager.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -36,8 +36,7 @@
"<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n"
"the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per suprimir les entrades, seleccioneu-les a la taula i premeu el botó "
-"<b>Suprimeix</b>.\n"
+"<p>Per suprimir les entrades, seleccioneu-les a la taula i premeu el botó <b>Suprimeix</b>.\n"
"L'entrada se suprimirà immediatament de la configuració actual.</p>.\n"
#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79
@@ -97,8 +96,7 @@
"and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n"
"own sets of perfectly integrated applications.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Tant el <b>KDE</b> com el <b>GNOME</b> són entorns d'escriptori potents i "
-"intuïtius\n"
+"<p>Tant el <b>KDE</b> com el <b>GNOME</b> són entorns d'escriptori potents i intuïtius\n"
".Combinen interfícies gràfiques fàcils d'utilitzar\n"
"i atractives amb els seus propis\n"
"jocs d'aplicacions perfectament integrades.</p>"
@@ -111,8 +109,7 @@
"most important desktop applications on your\n"
"system.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>En seleccionar l'entorn d'escriptori <b>GNOME</b> o <b>KDE</b> "
-"predeterminat\n"
+"<p>En seleccionar l'entorn d'escriptori <b>GNOME</b> o <b>KDE</b> predeterminat\n"
"s'instal·la al sistema un ampli conjunt\n"
"d'aplicacions d'escriptori molt importants.</p>"
@@ -246,8 +243,7 @@
"\n"
"Would you like to configure it?"
msgstr ""
-"Les fonts en línia definides pel producte necessiten una connexió a "
-"Internet.\n"
+"Les fonts en línia definides pel producte necessiten una connexió a Internet.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu configurar-la?"
@@ -391,21 +387,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, "
-"tot seguit, feu clic a <b>Següent</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot seguit, feu clic a <b>Següent</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, "
-"tot seguit, feu clic a <b>Finalitza</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Si voleu utilitzar un o diversos repositoris en línia seleccioneu-los i, tot seguit, feu clic a <b>Finalitza</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275
@@ -422,8 +410,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Espereu mentre el gestor de repositoris en descarrega la informació...</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Espereu mentre el gestor de repositoris en descarrega la informació...</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
@@ -485,12 +472,10 @@
msgstr ""
"S'ha detectat poca memòria.\n"
"\n"
-"No és recomanable fer servir repositoris en línia durant la instal·lació "
-"inicial amb menys de\n"
+"No és recomanable fer servir repositoris en línia durant la instal·lació inicial amb menys de\n"
"%dMiB de memòria al sistema.\n"
"\n"
-"L'instal·lador podria fallar o aturar-se si la informació addicional dels "
-"paquets\n"
+"L'instal·lador podria fallar o aturar-se si la informació addicional dels paquets\n"
"necessita molta memòria.\n"
"\n"
"En aquests casos es recomana fer servir els repositoris en línia un cop\n"
@@ -519,12 +504,8 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST "
-"profile."
-msgstr ""
-"No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la "
-"secció de programari al perfil de l'AutoYaST."
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
+msgstr "No s'ha pogut executar el sistema de resolució del paquet. Comproveu la secció de programari al perfil de l'AutoYaST."
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -588,12 +569,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Repositoris d'instal·lació: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia "
-"d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'."
+msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Repositoris d'instal·lació: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'."
#. pad to 3 characters
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
@@ -759,33 +736,21 @@
"Gestió dels repositoris i serveis de programari configurats.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
-msgid ""
-"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol "
-"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software "
-"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</"
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Un <B>servei</B> o <B>servei d'índex de dipòsits</B> (RIS, Repository "
-"Index Service) és un protocol per a la gestió de dipòsits de paquets. Un "
-"servei pot oferir un o diversos dipòsits de programari que l'administrador "
-"del servei pot modificar de manera dinàmica.</P>"
+msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Un <B>servei</B> o <B>servei d'índex de dipòsits</B> (RIS, Repository Index Service) és un protocol per a la gestió de dipòsits de paquets. Un servei pot oferir un o diversos dipòsits de programari que l'administrador del servei pot modificar de manera dinàmica.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository "
-"or service.\n"
-"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is "
-"available at the entered location.\n"
+"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
+"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Addició d'un repositori o d'un servei nou</b><br>\n"
-"Per afegir un nou repositori, feu servir <b>Afegeix</b> i indiqueu el servei "
-"o dipòsit de programari.\n"
-"El YaST detectarà automàticament si hi ha un servei o dipòsit disponible a "
-"la ubicació que heu introduït.\n"
+"Per afegir un nou repositori, feu servir <b>Afegeix</b> i indiqueu el servei o dipòsit de programari.\n"
+"El YaST detectarà automàticament si hi ha un servei o dipòsit disponible a la ubicació que heu introduït.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
@@ -827,68 +792,41 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, "
-"use\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh "
-"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use "
-"the check boxes below.\n"
+"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modificació de l'estat d'un dipòsit o d'un servei</b><br>\n"
-"Per canviar una ubicació de dipòsit, utilitzeu <b>Edita</b>. Per suprimir-ne "
-"un, empreu\n"
-"<b>Suprimeix</b>. Per habilitar o inhabilitar el dipòsit, o per canviar "
-"l'estat d'actualització al temps d'inicialització, seleccioneu el dipòsit a "
-"la taula i utilitzeu les caselles de selecció que hi ha a sota.\n"
+"Per canviar una ubicació de dipòsit, utilitzeu <b>Edita</b>. Per suprimir-ne un, empreu\n"
+"<b>Suprimeix</b>. Per habilitar o inhabilitar el dipòsit, o per canviar l'estat d'actualització al temps d'inicialització, seleccioneu el dipòsit a la taula i utilitzeu les caselles de selecció que hi ha a sota.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
-"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest "
-"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is "
-"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is "
-"used.</P>\n"
+"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Prioritat d'un dipòsit</B><BR>\n"
-"La prioritat d'un dipòsit és un valor enter entre 0 (la prioritat més alta) "
-"i 99 (la prioritat més baixa). El valor per defecte és 99. Si un paquet es "
-"troba disponible en més d'un dipòsit, s'utilitzarà el dipòsit que tingui una "
-"prioritat més alta.</P>\n"
+"La prioritat d'un dipòsit és un valor enter entre 0 (la prioritat més alta) i 99 (la prioritat més baixa). El valor per defecte és 99. Si un paquet es troba disponible en més d'un dipòsit, s'utilitzarà el dipòsit que tingui una prioritat més alta.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
-msgid ""
-"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in "
-"repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Seleccioneu la opció correcta de la part superior de la finestra per "
-"navegar pels repositoris i pels serveis.</P>"
+msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Seleccioneu la opció correcta de la part superior de la finestra per navegar pels repositoris i pels serveis.</P>"
#. help text, continued
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
-"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after "
-"installation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Mantenir els paquets descarregats</B><BR>Seleccioneu aquesta opció per "
-"mantenir els paquets descarregats en una memòria cau local. Així poden ser "
-"reutilitzats més endavant quan els paquets siguin reinstal·lats. Si no se "
-"selecciona, els paquets descarregats s'esborren després de ser instal·lats.</"
-"P>"
+"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Mantenir els paquets descarregats</B><BR>Seleccioneu aquesta opció per mantenir els paquets descarregats en una memòria cau local. Així poden ser reutilitzats més endavant quan els paquets siguin reinstal·lats. Si no se selecciona, els paquets descarregats s'esborren després de ser instal·lats.</P>"
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
-msgid ""
-"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
-"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>La memòria cau local predeterminada es troba al directori <B>/var/cache/"
-"zypp/packages</B>, podeu canviar-ne el lloc al fitxer <B>/etc/zypp/zypp."
-"conf</B>.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>La memòria cau local predeterminada es troba al directori <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, podeu canviar-ne el lloc al fitxer <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
#. popup message part 1
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
@@ -1004,26 +942,21 @@
#. Error popup
#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>S'han produït errors en restaurar la configuració del repositori.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>S'han produït errors en restaurar la configuració del repositori.</p>\n"
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48
msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values."
-msgstr ""
-"La proposta de programari s'ha reiniciat amb els valors predeterminats."
+msgstr "La proposta de programari s'ha reiniciat amb els valors predeterminats."
#. warning text
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
-msgstr ""
-"No es poden resoldre les dependències automàticament. Cal intervenir "
-"manualment."
+msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
+msgstr "No es poden resoldre les dependències automàticament. Cal intervenir manualment."
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145
@@ -1037,12 +970,8 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Instal·lació de programari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia "
-"d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'."
+msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Instal·lació de programari: aquest mòdul no admet la interfície de línia d'ordres; utilitzeu '%1'."
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194
@@ -1052,9 +981,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216
msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Error: No s'ha pogut afegir un directori temporal, els paquets no es poden "
-"instal·lar."
+msgstr "Error: No s'ha pogut afegir un directori temporal, els paquets no es poden instal·lar."
#. error message
#. error message
@@ -1175,8 +1102,7 @@
#. rich text - error message
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112
msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken."
-msgstr ""
-"El controlador no conté un SUPORT o el sistema de fitxers ISO està trencat."
+msgstr "El controlador no conté un SUPORT o el sistema de fitxers ISO està trencat."
#. result of the check - success
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122
@@ -1185,10 +1111,8 @@
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
-msgstr ""
-"<B>Error</B> -- la suma d'MD5 no coincideix.<BR>El suport no s'ha d'emprar."
+msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
+msgstr "<B>Error</B> -- la suma d'MD5 no coincideix.<BR>El suport no s'ha d'emprar."
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131
@@ -1214,41 +1138,33 @@
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
msgid ""
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
-"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you "
-"should check\n"
+"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Quan tingueu un problema amb\n"
-"la instal·lació i estigueu fent servir un CD o DVD com a suport "
-"d'instal·lació, heu de comprovar\n"
+"la instal·lació i estigueu fent servir un CD o DVD com a suport d'instal·lació, heu de comprovar\n"
"si el suport està trencat.</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
msgid ""
-"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</"
-"B>\n"
+"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n"
"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n"
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
msgstr ""
-"<P>Seleccioneu una unitat, inseriu-hi un suport i premeu <B>Inicia la "
-"comprovació</B>\n"
+"<P>Seleccioneu una unitat, inseriu-hi un suport i premeu <B>Inicia la comprovació</B>\n"
"o bé trieu <B>Comprova un fitxer ISO</B> i seleccioneu un fitxer ISO.\n"
"La comprovació pot trigar uns minuts segons la velocitat\n"
-"de la unitat i la mida del suport. La comprovació verifica la suma de "
-"verificació de l'MD5.</P> "
+"de la unitat i la mida del suport. La comprovació verifica la suma de verificació de l'MD5.</P> "
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
msgid ""
-"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the "
-"installation.\n"
-"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</"
-"P>\n"
+"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
+"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Si falla la comprovació del suport, no hauríeu de continuar la "
-"instal·lació.\n"
+"<P>Si falla la comprovació del suport, no hauríeu de continuar la instal·lació.\n"
"Pot fallar o podeu perdre dades. Heu de reemplaçar el suport\n"
"malmès.</P>\n"
@@ -1258,38 +1174,25 @@
"After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n"
"The order of the media is irrelevant.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Després de la comprovació, podeu inserir el següent suport i tornar a "
-"iniciar el procediment.\n"
+"Després de la comprovació, podeu inserir el següent suport i tornar a iniciar el procediment.\n"
"L'ordre dels suports és irrellevant.\n"
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system."
-"</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Nota:</B> no podeu canviar el suport mentre el sistema l'utilitza.</P>"
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Nota:</B> no podeu canviar el suport mentre el sistema l'utilitza.</P>"
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
-msgid ""
-"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the "
-"boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Per comprovar el suport abans d'iniciar la instal·lació, utilitzeu "
-"l'opció de comprovació del suport al menú d'arrencada.</P>"
+msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Per comprovar el suport abans d'iniciar la instal·lació, utilitzeu l'opció de comprovació del suport al menú d'arrencada.</P>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your "
-"recording\n"
-"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</"
-"P>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Si sou el qui grava els suports, feu servir l'opció <B>completa</B> del "
-"programari de gravació. Evita els errors de lectura al final dels suports "
-"durant la comprovació.</P>\n"
+"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
+"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
+msgstr "<P>Si sou el qui grava els suports, feu servir l'opció <B>completa</B> del programari de gravació. Evita els errors de lectura al final dels suports durant la comprovació.</P>\n"
#. advice check of the media
#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line
@@ -1299,8 +1202,7 @@
"to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'"
msgstr ""
"Es recomana comprovar tots els suports d'instal·lació\n"
-"per a evitar problemes en la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos aquest pas premeu "
-"'Següent'"
+"per a evitar problemes en la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos aquest pas premeu 'Següent'"
#. combo box
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352
@@ -1473,8 +1375,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Addició d'una clau GPG nova</b><br>\n"
-"Per a afegir una clau GPG nova, seleccioneu <B>Afegeix</B> i indiqueu el "
-"camí del fitxer.\n"
+"Per a afegir una clau GPG nova, seleccioneu <B>Afegeix</B> i indiqueu el camí del fitxer.\n"
"</p>"
#. help, continued
@@ -1488,8 +1389,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modificació de l'estat d'una clau GPG</b>\n"
-"Per a modificar el senyalador de fiable, utilitzeu<b>Edita</b>. Per a "
-"eliminar una clau GPG, utilitzeu\n"
+"Per a modificar el senyalador de fiable, utilitzeu<b>Edita</b>. Per a eliminar una clau GPG, utilitzeu\n"
"<b>Suprimeix</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1575,8 +1475,7 @@
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
-"Fer servir una imatge ISO per mitjà d'un protocol ftp o http no és "
-"possible .\n"
+"Fer servir una imatge ISO per mitjà d'un protocol ftp o http no és possible .\n"
"Canvieu el protocol o descomprimiu la imatge ISO en un servidor."
#. popup message part 2
@@ -1633,12 +1532,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356
msgid ""
-"The installation repository also contains the listed additional "
-"repositories.\n"
+"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-"El repositori d'instal·lació també conté els repositoris addicionals que "
-"apareixen a la llista.\n"
+"El repositori d'instal·lació també conté els repositoris addicionals que apareixen a la llista.\n"
"Seleccioneu els que voleu utilitzar.\n"
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
@@ -1803,49 +1700,28 @@
#. warning text
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-"
-"bit distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"El vostre ordinador és un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. De totes maneres, esteu "
-"provant d'instal·lar una distribució de 32 bits."
+msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
+msgstr "El vostre ordinador és un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits. De totes maneres, esteu provant d'instal·lar una distribució de 32 bits."
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
-"installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>La llista de patrons indica quines funcions estaran disponibles després "
-"d'instal·lar el sistema.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>La llista de patrons indica quines funcions estaran disponibles després d'instal·lar el sistema.</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
-msgid ""
-"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
-"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
-"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed "
-"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) "
-"free space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>La proposta indica la mida total dels fitxers que s'instal·laran al "
-"sistema. Tanmateix, el sistema contindrà altres fitxers (temporals i de "
-"treball) i l'espai que s'utilitzarà serà una mica més gran que el valor "
-"proposat. Per tant, recomanem que tingueu com a mínim un 25% (o 300 MB) "
-"d'espai lliure abans de començar la instal·lació.</P>"
+msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>La proposta indica la mida total dels fitxers que s'instal·laran al sistema. Tanmateix, el sistema contindrà altres fitxers (temporals i de treball) i l'espai que s'utilitzarà serà una mica més gran que el valor proposat. Per tant, recomanem que tingueu com a mínim un 25% (o 300 MB) d'espai lliure abans de començar la instal·lació.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:342
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
-"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if "
-"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
+"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>La \"mida de la descàrrega\" total és la mida dels paquets que es "
-"descarregaran des dels dipòsits remots (de xarxa).\n"
-" Aquest valor és important quan la connexió és lenta o quan hi ha un límit "
-"de dades per a la descàrrega.</P>\n"
+"<P>La \"mida de la descàrrega\" total és la mida dels paquets que es descarregaran des dels dipòsits remots (de xarxa).\n"
+" Aquest valor és important quan la connexió és lenta o quan hi ha un límit de dades per a la descàrrega.</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:351
@@ -1880,36 +1756,22 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:478
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
-msgstr ""
-"S'han marcat aquests productes complementaris per eliminar-los "
-"automàticament: %1"
+msgstr "S'han marcat aquests productes complementaris per eliminar-los automàticament: %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:502
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Poseu-vos en contacte amb els proveïdors d'aquests productes complementaris "
-"perquè us proporcionin els suports d'instal·lació nous."
+msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
+msgstr "Poseu-vos en contacte amb els proveïdors d'aquests productes complementaris perquè us proporcionin els suports d'instal·lació nous."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:506
-msgid ""
-"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation "
-"media."
-msgstr ""
-"Poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'aquest producte complementari "
-"perquè us proporcioni els suports d'instal·lació nous."
+msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
+msgstr "Poseu-vos en contacte amb el proveïdor d'aquest producte complementari perquè us proporcioni els suports d'instal·lació nous."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:547
-msgid ""
-"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
-"start installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Error: No es pot comprovar l'espai lliure del director %1 (unitat %2), i no "
-"es pot començar la instal·lació."
+msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
+msgstr "Error: No es pot comprovar l'espai lliure del director %1 (unitat %2), i no es pot començar la instal·lació."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:567
@@ -1944,8 +1806,7 @@
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
-msgstr ""
-"El producte <b>%{old_product}</b> s'actualitzarà a <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr "El producte <b>%{old_product}</b> s'actualitzarà a <b>%{new_product}</b>"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:721
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -1967,23 +1828,16 @@
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
-"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or "
-"module\n"
-"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to "
-"the\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li><b>Alguns productes estan marcats per suprimir-los automàticament.</"
-"b></li>\n"
-"<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement suprimit perquè us en "
-"proporcioni\n"
-"un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li>O seleccioneu l'extensió o mòdul "
-"apropiat en línia\n"
-"al pas corresponent del registre</li><li>O per continuar amb l'actualització "
-"del producte\n"
-"aneu a la selecció de programari i marqueu-lo (el paquet -release) per "
-"suprimir-lo.\n"
+"<ul><li><b>Alguns productes estan marcats per suprimir-los automàticament.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement suprimit perquè us en proporcioni\n"
+"un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li>O seleccioneu l'extensió o mòdul apropiat en línia\n"
+"al pas corresponent del registre</li><li>O per continuar amb l'actualització del producte\n"
+"aneu a la selecció de programari i marqueu-lo (el paquet -release) per suprimir-lo.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
@@ -1994,15 +1848,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1612
msgid ""
-"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the "
-"installation\n"
+"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aquestes són les notes de la versió fetes per a la primera versió "
-"inicial. Formen part\n"
-"dels suports d'instal·lació. Durant la instal·lació, si hi ha disponible "
-"una\n"
+"<p><b>Aquestes són les notes de la versió fetes per a la primera versió inicial. Formen part\n"
+"dels suports d'instal·lació. Durant la instal·lació, si hi ha disponible una\n"
"connexió a Internet, podreu baixar les notes de la versió actualitzades\n"
"des del servidor web del SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n"
@@ -2059,8 +1910,7 @@
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
msgstr ""
-"Hi ha hagut un error en seleccionar el patró de producte per defecte "
-"%{pattern_name}.\n"
+"Hi ha hagut un error en seleccionar el patró de producte per defecte %{pattern_name}.\n"
"No s'ha trobat el patró."
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
@@ -2071,12 +1921,8 @@
msgstr "No s'ha pogut llegir el fitxer de llicència %1"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the "
-"root of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Per mostrar correctament la llicència del producte, poseu el fitxer license."
-"tar.gz al directori root del mitjà viu quan es construeixi la imatge."
+msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
+msgstr "Per mostrar correctament la llicència del producte, poseu el fitxer license.tar.gz al directori root del mitjà viu quan es construeixi la imatge."
#. combo box
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
@@ -2118,8 +1964,7 @@
#. popup question
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1016
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
-msgstr ""
-"Segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?"
+msgstr "Segur que voleu interrompre la instal·lació del producte complementari?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1040
@@ -2432,14 +2277,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is "
-"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name."
-"</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Nom del repositori</b></big><br>\n"
-"Indiqueu el nom del repositori a <b>Nom del repositori</b>. Si el deixeu en "
-"blanc, el YaST utilitzarà el nom del producte (si està disponible) o l'URL "
-"com a nom.</p>\n"
+"Indiqueu el nom del repositori a <b>Nom del repositori</b>. Si el deixeu en blanc, el YaST utilitzarà el nom del producte (si està disponible) o l'URL com a nom.</p>\n"
#. text entry
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482
@@ -2450,12 +2291,10 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:490
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, "
-"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Nom del servei</b></big><br>\n"
-"Indiqueu el nom del servei a <b>Nom del servei</b>. Si el deixeu en blanc, "
-"el YaST utilitzarà una part de l'URL del servei com a nom.</p>\n"
+"Indiqueu el nom del servei a <b>Nom del servei</b>. Si el deixeu en blanc, el YaST utilitzarà una part de l'URL del servei com a nom.</p>\n"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:525
@@ -2496,23 +2335,19 @@
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Servidor NFS </b></big><br>\n"
-"Feu servir les opcions <b>Nom del servidor</b> i <b>Camí del directori o "
-"imatge ISO</b>\n"
-"per a especificar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS.</"
-"p>"
+"Feu servir les opcions <b>Nom del servidor</b> i <b>Camí del directori o imatge ISO</b>\n"
+"per a especificar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS.</p>"
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:751
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
-"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See "
-"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Opcions de muntatge</b></big><br>\n"
"Podeu especificar opcions addicionals per muntar un volum NFS.\n"
-"Aquesta és una opció d'expert. Es recomana mantenir els valors per defecte. "
-"Vegeu <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"Aquesta és una opció d'expert. Es recomana mantenir els valors per defecte. Vegeu <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"per a més detalls o per veure la llista d'opcions possibles."
#. radio button
@@ -2531,8 +2366,7 @@
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Suport de CD o DVD</b></big><br>\n"
-"Definiu el <b>CD-ROM</b> o el <b>DVD-ROM</b> per a especificar el tipus de "
-"suport.</p>"
+"Definiu el <b>CD-ROM</b> o el <b>DVD-ROM</b> per a especificar el tipus de suport.</p>"
#. dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:904
@@ -2619,8 +2453,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Memòria USB o disc USB</b></big><br>\n"
"Seleccioneu el dispositiu USB on es troba el dipòsit.\n"
-"Utilitzeu l'opció <b>Camí del directori</b> per a indicar el directori del "
-"dipòsit.\n"
+"Utilitzeu l'opció <b>Camí del directori</b> per a indicar el directori del dipòsit.\n"
"Si no n'indiqueu cap, el sistema utilitzarà el directori arrel del disc.\n"
"Si el directori només conté paquets RPM sense metadades\n"
"(és a dir, no hi ha informació del producte), activeu l'opció\n"
@@ -2634,10 +2467,8 @@
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza al dispositiu es detectarà "
-"automàticament\n"
-"si s'ha seleccionat el sistema de fitxers \"auto\". Si la detecció falla o "
-"si voleu utilitzar\n"
+"<p>El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza al dispositiu es detectarà automàticament\n"
+"si s'ha seleccionat el sistema de fitxers \"auto\". Si la detecció falla o si voleu utilitzar\n"
"un sistema de fitxers concret, seleccioneu-lo de la llista.</p>\n"
#. combobox title
@@ -2657,8 +2488,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Disc</b></big><br>\n"
"Seleccioneu el disc on es troba el dipòsit.\n"
-"Utilitzeu l'opció <b>Camí del directori</b> per a indicar el directori del "
-"dipòsit.\n"
+"Utilitzeu l'opció <b>Camí del directori</b> per a indicar el directori del dipòsit.\n"
"Si no n'indiqueu cap, el sistema utilitzarà el directori arrel del disc.\n"
"Si el directori només conté paquets RPM sense metadades\n"
"(és a dir, no hi ha informació del producte), activeu l'opció\n"
@@ -2753,22 +2583,18 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
-"Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Servidor i directori</b></big><br>\n"
-"Feu servir les opcions <b>Nom del servidor</b> i <b>Camí del directori o "
-"imatge ISO</b>\n"
-"per a indicar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS al "
-"servidor.\n"
+"Feu servir les opcions <b>Nom del servidor</b> i <b>Camí del directori o imatge ISO</b>\n"
+"per a indicar el nom i el camí de l'ordinador central del servidor NFS al servidor.\n"
"Per habilitar l'autenticació, desseleccioneu <b>Anònim</b> i especifiqueu\n"
"el <b>Nom d'usuari</b> i la <b>Contrasenya</b>.<p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Pel que fa al dipòsit SMB/CIFS, especifiqueu el nom del recurs compartit a "
-"<b>Comparteix</b>\n"
+"Pel que fa al dipòsit SMB/CIFS, especifiqueu el nom del recurs compartit a <b>Comparteix</b>\n"
"i el <b>Camí del directori\n"
"o imatge ISO</b>. \n"
"Si la ubicació és un fitxer amb una imatge ISO\n"
@@ -2777,8 +2603,7 @@
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1896
msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS "
-"repository.\n"
+"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Podeu indicar el número de <b>Port</b> d'un dipòsit HTTP/HTTPS.\n"
@@ -2799,8 +2624,7 @@
"or on the hard disk.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Tipus de suport</b></big><br>\n"
-"El dipòsit del programari pot estar ubicat en un CD, en un servidor de la "
-"xarxa\n"
+"El dipòsit del programari pot estar ubicat en un CD, en un servidor de la xarxa\n"
"o al disc dur. \n"
"</p>"
@@ -2866,18 +2690,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
-"the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Descarrega els fitxers</b><br>\n"
"Cada dipòsit conté fitxers que en descriuen el contingut.\n"
-"Activeu la casella <b>Descarrega els fitxers de descripció del dipòsit</b> "
-"per descarregar aquests fitxers\n"
-"quan es tanqui el mòdul del YaST. Si no seleccioneu l'opció, el YaST "
-"descarregarà els fitxers automàticament quan els necessiti més endavant. </"
-"p>\n"
+"Activeu la casella <b>Descarrega els fitxers de descripció del dipòsit</b> per descarregar aquests fitxers\n"
+"quan es tanqui el mòdul del YaST. Si no seleccioneu l'opció, el YaST descarregarà els fitxers automàticament quan els necessiti més endavant. </p>\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2578
@@ -3098,22 +2918,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
-#~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a "
-#~ "new\n"
-#~ "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or "
-#~ "module\n"
-#~ "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in "
-#~ "the \n"
+#~ "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
+#~ "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
+#~ "in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in the \n"
#~ "package management</li></ul></li></ul>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<ul><li><b>Alguns productes estan marcats per ser eliminats "
-#~ "automàticament.</b></li>\n"
-#~ "<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement eliminat perquè us en "
-#~ "proporcioni\n"
-#~ "un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li> o seleccioneu l'extensió en línia "
-#~ "adequada o mòdul\n"
-#~ "al procés de registre</li><li> o resoleu els conflictes manualment amb "
-#~ "el \n"
+#~ "<ul><li><b>Alguns productes estan marcats per ser eliminats automàticament.</b></li>\n"
+#~ "<ul><li>Contacteu amb el proveïdor del complement eliminat perquè us en proporcioni\n"
+#~ "un nou mitjà d'instal·lació</li><li> o seleccioneu l'extensió en línia adequada o mòdul\n"
+#~ "al procés de registre</li><li> o resoleu els conflictes manualment amb el \n"
#~ "gestor de paquets</li></ul></li></ul>"
#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement"
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -310,8 +310,7 @@
"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
-"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració de disc DASD sense desar-"
-"la?\n"
+"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració de disc DASD sense desar-la?\n"
"Es perdran tots els canvis."
#. error popup
@@ -346,8 +345,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Avortament de la inicialització</big></b><br>\n"
-"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu <b>Avorta</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu <b>Avorta</b>.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
@@ -387,8 +385,7 @@
"<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per filtrar els discos que es mostren, establiu <b>ID mínima del canal</"
-"b> i \n"
+"<p>Per filtrar els discos que es mostren, establiu <b>ID mínima del canal</b> i \n"
"<b>ID màxima del canal</b> i cliqueu a <b>Filtra</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
@@ -408,12 +405,10 @@
#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select "
-"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
+"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
"<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per fer accions en múltiples discs, marqueu-los. Per seleccionar tots els "
-"que es mostren (potser després d'aplicar-hi un filtre), cliqueu a\n"
+"<p>Per fer accions en múltiples discs, marqueu-los. Per seleccionar tots els que es mostren (potser després d'aplicar-hi un filtre), cliqueu a\n"
"<b>Selecciona-ho tot</b> o <b>Desmarca-ho tot</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
@@ -466,47 +461,31 @@
#. Dump dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50
msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Prepara un o més volums per usar com a dispositiu d'abocament S/390.</"
-"b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Prepara un o més volums per usar com a dispositiu d'abocament S/390.</b></p>"
#. Dump dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54
-msgid ""
-"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are "
-"limited to DASD.<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Els dispositius que tenen suport són els discos ECKD DASD i ZFCP, mentre "
-"que els multivolums es limiten a DASD.<br>"
+msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>Els dispositius que tenen suport són els discos ECKD DASD i ZFCP, mentre que els multivolums es limiten a DASD.<br>"
#. Dump dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58
msgid ""
"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n"
-"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Només es poden usar discos sencers, no particions. Si el dispositiu no és "
-"compatible\n"
-"pel format o per les particions, activeu la casella <b>Força la "
-"sobreescriptura del disc</b>.</p>"
+"Només es poden usar discos sencers, no particions. Si el dispositiu no és compatible\n"
+"pel format o per les particions, activeu la casella <b>Força la sobreescriptura del disc</b>.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or "
-"ZFCP dialog.<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per usar dispositius DASD i ZFCP activeu-los al diàleg corresponent del "
-"YaST: DASD o ZFCP.<br>"
+msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>Per usar dispositius DASD i ZFCP activeu-los al diàleg corresponent del YaST: DASD o ZFCP.<br>"
#. Dump dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Els dispositius que s'estan usant o tenen particions muntades no es "
-"mostraran.</p>"
+msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
+msgstr "Els dispositius que s'estan usant o tenen particions muntades no es mostraran.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
@@ -515,8 +494,7 @@
"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>dumpdevice</b>després d'un disc indica que es pot usar com a \n"
-"dispositiu d'abocament. Els dispositius multivolum s'indiquen amb una llista "
-"d'ID DASD.</p>"
+"dispositiu d'abocament. Els dispositius multivolum s'indiquen amb una llista d'ID DASD.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
@@ -544,12 +522,8 @@
#. warn only in case of force
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
-msgid ""
-"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will "
-"be lost! Continue?"
-msgstr ""
-"Es formatarà el disc %1 com a dispostiu d'abocament. Es perdran totes les "
-"dades del disc! Continuar?"
+msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?"
+msgstr "Es formatarà el disc %1 com a dispostiu d'abocament. Es perdran totes les dades del disc! Continuar?"
#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk()
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203
@@ -566,8 +540,7 @@
"<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n"
"<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per configurar el servidor de terminal IUCV, especifiqueu la ID z/VM a "
-"usar.\n"
+"<p>Per configurar el servidor de terminal IUCV, especifiqueu la ID z/VM a usar.\n"
"<br>Se separen per salts de línia.</p>\n"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
@@ -576,23 +549,13 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user "
-"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>TS-Shell permet especificar l'<b>Autorització</b> per a cada usuari i "
-"grup de TS-Shell. Els drets d'un grup els hereten els membres.</p>"
+msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>TS-Shell permet especificar l'<b>Autorització</b> per a cada usuari i grup de TS-Shell. Els drets d'un grup els hereten els membres.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, "
-"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all "
-"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada ID z/VM es pot seleccionar manualment a l'apartat <b>Selecció</b>, "
-"definit per un <b>Regex</b> o carregat des d'un <b>Fitxer</b> que conté tots "
-"els z/VM IDs separats per salts de línia.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cada ID z/VM es pot seleccionar manualment a l'apartat <b>Selecció</b>, definit per un <b>Regex</b> o carregat des d'un <b>Fitxer</b> que conté tots els z/VM IDs separats per salts de línia.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
@@ -600,29 +563,22 @@
"<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n"
"User</b> to remove users.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Cliqueu a <b>Usuari nou</b> per crear nous usuaris TS-Shell o "
-"<b>Suprimeix\n"
+"<p>Cliqueu a <b>Usuari nou</b> per crear nous usuaris TS-Shell o <b>Suprimeix\n"
"l'usuari </b> per eliminar-ne.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
-"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to "
-"change\n"
+"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir o suprimir grups de la taula d'autorització de TS-Shell o per "
-"canviar\n"
+"<p>Per afegir o suprimir grups de la taula d'autorització de TS-Shell o per canviar\n"
"la pertinença dels usuaris, aneu a <b>Gestiona els grups</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts "
-"should be gathered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Amb <b>ID auditades</b> especifiqueu z/VM ID des d'on s'haurien de reunir "
-"les transcripcions.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Amb <b>ID auditades</b> especifiqueu z/VM ID des d'on s'haurien de reunir les transcripcions.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
@@ -631,24 +587,16 @@
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> "
-"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
-"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting "
-"them on the right.</p>"
+"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
+"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per crear un usuari nou de TS-Shell cal el <b>Nom d'usuari</b>, "
-"<b>Directori Home</b> i la <b>Contrasenya</b>.\n"
-"\t<br>També és possible especificar <b>Grups addicionals</b> seleccionant-"
-"los a la dreta.</p>"
+"<p>Per crear un usuari nou de TS-Shell cal el <b>Nom d'usuari</b>, <b>Directori Home</b> i la <b>Contrasenya</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>També és possible especificar <b>Grups addicionals</b> seleccionant-los a la dreta.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, "
-"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per assegurar-vos que l'usuari canvia la contrasenya després de la "
-"primera entrada, activeu <b>Força el canvi de contrasenya</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Per assegurar-vos que l'usuari canvia la contrasenya després de la primera entrada, activeu <b>Força el canvi de contrasenya</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
@@ -656,8 +604,7 @@
"<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n"
"data will be stored there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Podeu especificar el mateix directori home per a cada usuari TS-Shell ja "
-"que no\n"
+"<p>Podeu especificar el mateix directori home per a cada usuari TS-Shell ja que no\n"
"s'hi desarann dades.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
@@ -670,21 +617,17 @@
"<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n"
"member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Definiu autoritzacions TS-Shell per grup si voleu que cada membre TS-"
-"Shell \n"
+"<p>Definiu autoritzacions TS-Shell per grup si voleu que cada membre TS-Shell \n"
"d'aquests grups hereti els mateixos drets.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
-"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or "
-"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
+"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Els grups existents es poden afegir o suprimir de l'autorització TS-"
-"Shell.\n"
-"Seleccioneu els grups de la taula i cliqueu a <b>Seleccioneu o desmarqueu</"
-"b>. L'estat actual es mostra a la columna <b>Aut. TS</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Els grups existents es poden afegir o suprimir de l'autorització TS-Shell.\n"
+"Seleccioneu els grups de la taula i cliqueu a <b>Seleccioneu o desmarqueu</b>. L'estat actual es mostra a la columna <b>Aut. TS</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
@@ -692,28 +635,22 @@
"<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n"
"selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Canvieu els membres de TS-Shell d'un grup seleccionat a la secció de "
-"<b>TS-Membres</b>\n"
+"<p>Canvieu els membres de TS-Shell d'un grup seleccionat a la secció de <b>TS-Membres</b>\n"
".</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
-"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> "
-"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
-"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has "
-"to be used.</p>"
+"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Es podrien crear nous grups introduint-ne el nom al camp <b>Nou Grup</b> "
-"i confirmar-lo amb <b>Crea</b>.\n"
-"\t<br>Per eliminar grups creats prèviament s'ha d'usar el diàleg <b>Usuaris "
-"YaST</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Es podrien crear nous grups introduint-ne el nom al camp <b>Nou Grup</b> i confirmar-lo amb <b>Crea</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>Per eliminar grups creats prèviament s'ha d'usar el diàleg <b>Usuaris YaST</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Desfeu els canvis d'aquest diàleg clicant al botó <b>Enrere</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Desfeu els canvis d'aquest diàleg clicant al botó <b>Enrere</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
@@ -721,23 +658,13 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn en entrar</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users "
-"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users "
-"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
+msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
+msgstr "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
-msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or "
-"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is "
-"enabled. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>És possible sincronitzar els usuaris manualment clicant a <b>Sync</b> o "
-"simplement confirmant els canvis amb <b>D'acord</b> mentre <b>IUCVConn en "
-"entrar</b> està habilitat. </p>"
+msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>És possible sincronitzar els usuaris manualment clicant a <b>Sync</b> o simplement confirmant els canvis amb <b>D'acord</b> mentre <b>IUCVConn en entrar</b> està habilitat. </p>"
#. Text approval
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54
@@ -971,23 +898,15 @@
#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed."
-msgstr ""
-"Incorrecte z/VM ID \"%1\" a la línia %2, només s'hi permeten lletres i "
-"números."
+msgstr "Incorrecte z/VM ID \"%1\" a la línia %2, només s'hi permeten lletres i números."
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
-msgid ""
-"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
-msgstr ""
-"Incorrecte z/VM ID \"%1\" a la línia %2, no s'hi permeten números al "
-"principi."
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
+msgstr "Incorrecte z/VM ID \"%1\" a la línia %2, no s'hi permeten números al principi."
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
-msgstr ""
-"Incorrecte z/VM ID \"%1\" a la línia %2, no s'hi permeten més de vuit "
-"caràcters."
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
+msgstr "Incorrecte z/VM ID \"%1\" a la línia %2, no s'hi permeten més de vuit caràcters."
#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
@@ -997,9 +916,7 @@
#. check password
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required."
-msgstr ""
-"Cal una contrasenya introduïda correctament per sincronitzar els usuaris "
-"IUCVConn."
+msgstr "Cal una contrasenya introduïda correctament per sincronitzar els usuaris IUCVConn."
#. check home directory
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
@@ -1021,12 +938,8 @@
#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity.
#. @return true for valid inputs
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are "
-"allowed."
-msgstr ""
-"Entrada de dades incorrecta: només es permeten minúscules, números i comes "
-"per a les separacions."
+msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed."
+msgstr "Entrada de dades incorrecta: només es permeten minúscules, números i comes per a les separacions."
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60
msgid "Comma is only a separator."
@@ -1048,8 +961,7 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121
msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><h2>Configura els paràmetres locals del terminal del sistema</h2></p>"
+msgstr "<p><h2>Configura els paràmetres locals del terminal del sistema</h2></p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123
@@ -1058,27 +970,13 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal "
-"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a "
-"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance."
-"<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Diverses <b>instàncies IUCVtty</b> es poden executar per proveir "
-"múltiples dispostius de terminal. Les instàncies es distingeixen per una ID "
-"de terminal, que és la combinació del <b>Prefix ID de Terminal</b> i el "
-"número de la instància.<br>"
+msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>Diverses <b>instàncies IUCVtty</b> es poden executar per proveir múltiples dispostius de terminal. Les instàncies es distingeixen per una ID de terminal, que és la combinació del <b>Prefix ID de Terminal</b> i el número de la instància.<br>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</"
-"i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are "
-"available.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Per exemple, si definiu deu instàncies amb el prefix "<i>lxterm</"
-"i>", les ID de terminal de <i>lxterm0</i> a <i>lxterm9</i> estan "
-"disponibles.</p>"
+msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
+msgstr "Per exemple, si definiu deu instàncies amb el prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", les ID de terminal de <i>lxterm0</i> a <i>lxterm9</i> estan disponibles.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
@@ -1087,63 +985,37 @@
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
-msgid ""
-"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes "
-"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and "
-"login programs.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El controlador de dispostiu z/VM IUCV HVC és un mòdul del nucli i usa "
-"nodes de dispositiu per habilitar fins a vuit dispostius de terminal HVC per "
-"communicar-se amb getty i programes d'entrada.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El controlador de dispostiu z/VM IUCV HVC és un mòdul del nucli i usa nodes de dispositiu per habilitar fins a vuit dispostius de terminal HVC per communicar-se amb getty i programes d'entrada.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain "
-"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Amb l'<b>accés restringit</b>, es permeten connexions només de certs "
-"<b>servidors de terminal</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Amb l'<b>accés restringit</b>, es permeten connexions només de certs <b>servidors de terminal</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Definiu l'emulació per a totes les instàncies a la vegada o per a cada "
-"una separadament.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Definiu l'emulació per a totes les instàncies a la vegada o per a cada una separadament.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages "
-"to\n"
+"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n"
"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeu <b>enruta els missatges del nucli a hvc0</b> per encaminar els "
-"missatges del nucli\n"
+"<p>Activeu <b>enruta els missatges del nucli a hvc0</b> per encaminar els missatges del nucli\n"
"al dispositiu hvc0 en lloc de ttyS0.<br>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add "
-"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the "
-"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Si els missatges del nucli s'han de mostrar a ttyS0, afegiu manualment "
-"<b>console=ttyS0</b> a la selecció actual de paràmetres d'arrencada del "
-"nucli al <b>mòdul del carregador d'arrencada del YaST</b>.</p>"
+msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "Si els missatges del nucli s'han de mostrar a ttyS0, afegiu manualment <b>console=ttyS0</b> a la selecció actual de paràmetres d'arrencada del nucli al <b>mòdul del carregador d'arrencada del YaST</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
-msgid ""
-"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through "
-"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
-msgstr ""
-"<h3>Avís: els terminals HVC es mantenen \"logged on\" sense una sortida "
-"manual a través de la drecera: ctrl _ d</h3>"
+msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>Avís: els terminals HVC es mantenen \"logged on\" sense una sortida manual a través de la drecera: ctrl _ d</h3>"
#. Dialog content
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
@@ -1210,20 +1082,13 @@
#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Configureu les accions a fer si hi una situació de pànic del nucli</"
-"b></p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Configureu les accions a fer si hi una situació de pànic del nucli</b></p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior "
-"during kernel panics.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El dimoni <b>Dumpconf</b> necessita estar habilitat per influenciar el "
-"comportament durant pànics del nucli.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El dimoni <b>Dumpconf</b> necessita estar habilitat per influenciar el comportament durant pànics del nucli.</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120
@@ -1248,53 +1113,31 @@
#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128
msgid ""
-"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only "
-"available\n"
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n"
"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>"
msgstr ""
-"<b>dump_reipl</b> Aboca el Linux i reinicia el sistema. Aquesta opció només "
-"està disponible\n"
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> Aboca el Linux i reinicia el sistema. Aquesta opció només està disponible\n"
"a LPAR amb màquines z9(r) i posteriors i a z/VMversion 5.3 i posteriors.<br>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>vmcmd</b> Executa les ordres CP especificades i atura el sistema.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Executa les ordres CP especificades i atura el sistema.</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified "
-"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system "
-"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</"
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El temps definit a <b>Retard en minuts</b> ajorna l'activació de l'acció "
-"de pànic especificada per a un sistema iniciat de nou per prevenir bucles. "
-"Si el sistema falla abans que el temps hagi passat, es fa l'acció per "
-"defecte (aturar).</p>"
+msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El temps definit a <b>Retard en minuts</b> ajorna l'activació de l'acció de pànic especificada per a un sistema iniciat de nou per prevenir bucles. Si el sistema falla abans que el temps hagi passat, es fa l'acció per defecte (aturar).</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If "
-"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> "
-"dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>El dispositiu per abocar-hi la memòria es pot establir amb <b>Dispositiu "
-"d'abocament</b>. Si no se'n mostra cap, podeu crear-ne un amb el diàleg "
-"<b>Dispositius d'abocament del YaST</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>El dispositiu per abocar-hi la memòria es pot establir amb <b>Dispositiu d'abocament</b>. Si no se'n mostra cap, podeu crear-ne un amb el diàleg <b>Dispositius d'abocament del YaST</b>.</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux "
-"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Amb <b>VMCMD</b> especifiqueu les ordres CP per executar abans que el "
-"sistema Linux s'aturi. Només es permeten %1 línies i un total de %2 "
-"caràcters.</p>"
+msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Amb <b>VMCMD</b> especifiqueu les ordres CP per executar abans que el sistema Linux s'aturi. Només es permeten %1 línies i un total de %2 caràcters.</p>"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
@@ -1327,8 +1170,7 @@
#. don't allow dumps if no device is available
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device."
-msgstr ""
-"No és possible habilitar el procés d'abocament sense un servei d'abocament."
+msgstr "No és possible habilitar el procés d'abocament sense un servei d'abocament."
#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
@@ -1359,8 +1201,7 @@
"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
-"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració de dispostiu ZFCP sense "
-"desar-la?\n"
+"Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració de dispostiu ZFCP sense desar-la?\n"
"Es perdran tots els canvis."
#. dialog caption
@@ -1429,8 +1270,7 @@
#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Per configurar un nou dispositiu ZFCP, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Per configurar un nou dispositiu ZFCP, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.</p>"
#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
@@ -1473,21 +1313,16 @@
#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs "
-"conforming\n"
+"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n"
"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, "
-"such as\n"
+"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n"
"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value "
-"with\n"
+"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n"
"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La <b>ID del canal</b> s'ha d'introduir en minúscules en un format "
-"compatible amb sysfs\n"
+"<p>La <b>ID del canal</b> s'ha d'introduir en minúscules en un format compatible amb sysfs\n"
"0.0.<devno>, com ara <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>El WWPN s'ha d'introduir en minúscules com a valor hex. de 16 dígits, com "
-"ara\n"
+"<p>El WWPN s'ha d'introduir en minúscules com a valor hex. de 16 dígits, com ara\n"
"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
"<p>El LUN s'ha d'introduir en minúscules com a valor hex. de 16 dígits amb\n"
"zeros a la cua, com ara <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>"
@@ -1643,8 +1478,7 @@
#. Progress step 1/1
#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119
msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes."
-msgstr ""
-"Creant el dispositiu d'abocament. Aquest procés pot trigar alguns minuts."
+msgstr "Creant el dispositiu d'abocament. Aquest procés pot trigar alguns minuts."
#. error description
#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/scanner.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/scanner.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/scanner.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -268,12 +268,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837
-msgid ""
-"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-"
-"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
-msgstr ""
-"El controlador epkowa només està disponible per a arquitectures compatibles "
-"amb i386 (32 bits i386 i també 64 bits x86_64)."
+msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
+msgstr "El controlador epkowa només està disponible per a arquitectures compatibles amb i386 (32 bits i386 i també 64 bits x86_64)."
#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845
@@ -285,9 +281,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"El controlador epkowa pot causar problemes a les arquitectures de 64 bits "
-"x86_64."
+msgstr "El controlador epkowa pot causar problemes a les arquitectures de 64 bits x86_64."
#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865
@@ -399,14 +393,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active "
-"scanners.\n"
+"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configuració de l'escàner</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configura o canvia la configuració de l'escàner i mostra els escàners que ja "
-"estan actius.\n"
+"Configura o canvia la configuració de l'escàner i mostra els escàners que ja estan actius.\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 2/8:
@@ -415,15 +407,13 @@
"<p>\n"
"To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n"
"detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual "
-"configuration.\n"
+"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Per configurar un escàner nou, trieu l'escàner de la llista\n"
"d'escàners detectats i premeu <b>Edita</b>.\n"
-"Si no s'ha detectat l'escàner, utilitzeu <b>Afegeix</b> per a una "
-"configuració manual.\n"
+"Si no s'ha detectat l'escàner, utilitzeu <b>Afegeix</b> per a una configuració manual.\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 3/8:
@@ -449,8 +439,7 @@
"configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n"
"If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n"
"check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n"
-"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the "
-"scanner.\n"
+"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -461,16 +450,14 @@
"proveu <b>Altres</b> i <b>Reinicia la detecció</b>.\n"
"Podria passar que es mostressin també altres dispositius USB que\n"
"no són escàners. No hi ha una manera general per distingir un escàner\n"
-"d'altres dispositius USB perquè no hi ha una classe de dispositiu USB per a "
-"escàners.\n"
+"d'altres dispositius USB perquè no hi ha una classe de dispositiu USB per a escàners.\n"
"Intenteu continuar amb <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
"Per als dispositius HP tot en un, hauríeu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n"
"a través d'<b>Altres</b> i <b>Executa hp-setup</b> abans que pugueu\n"
"configurar l'escàner amb aquesta eina.\n"
"Si teniu problemes en configurar l'escàner,\n"
"comproveu si apareix a la sortida de <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n"
-"Si no hi apareix, significa que el sistema USB no pot comunicar-se amb "
-"l'escàner.\n"
+"Si no hi apareix, significa que el sistema USB no pot comunicar-se amb l'escàner.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 4/8:
@@ -482,18 +469,15 @@
"If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n"
"check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n"
"If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
-"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been "
-"loaded.\n"
+"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Els escàners SCSI normalment es detecten.\n"
"Si sorgeixen problemes en continuar amb <b>Afegeix</b>,\n"
"comproveu si l'escàner es mostra amb l'ordre <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n"
-"Si no és així, significa que el sistema SCSI no pot comunicar-se amb "
-"l'escàner.\n"
-"Verifiqueu que s'ha carregat un mòdul de nucli adequat per a l'adaptador de "
-"l'ordinador central SCSI.\n"
+"Si no és així, significa que el sistema SCSI no pot comunicar-se amb l'escàner.\n"
+"Verifiqueu que s'ha carregat un mòdul de nucli adequat per a l'adaptador de l'ordinador central SCSI.\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 5/8:
@@ -506,8 +490,7 @@
"Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected to the parallel port,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</"
-"b>\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
"before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -516,8 +499,7 @@
"excepte els dispositius tot en un d'HP.\n"
"Els escàners comuns en paral·lel s'han de configurar manualment.\n"
"Per configurar un dispositiu tot en un d'HP connectat a un port\n"
-"paral·lel pot ser que hàgiu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> a través d' "
-"b>Altres</b> i <b>Executa hp-setup</b>\n"
+"paral·lel pot ser que hàgiu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> a través d' b>Altres</b> i <b>Executa hp-setup</b>\n"
"abans que pugueu configurar un escàner amb aquesta eina amb <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -540,10 +522,8 @@
"connected to another host in the network.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</"
-"b>\n"
-"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</"
-"b>.\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
+"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -552,13 +532,11 @@
"Els escàners de xarxa s'han de configurar manualment.\n"
"Un escàner en xarxa és un escàner que disposa d'una interfície en xarxa,\n"
"per la qual cosa és directament accessible a la xarxa.\n"
-"En canvi, escanejar a través de la xarxa significa accedir a un escàner "
-"remot\n"
+"En canvi, escanejar a través de la xarxa significa accedir a un escàner remot\n"
"connectat a un altre ordinador central de la xarxa.\n"
"Per configurar un escàner d'un dispositiu tot en un d'HP\n"
"que està connectat a través d'una interfície de xarxa integrada,\n"
-"pot ser que hàgiu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> a través d'<b>Altres</b> i "
-"<b>Executa hp-setup</b>\n"
+"pot ser que hàgiu d'executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> a través d'<b>Altres</b> i <b>Executa hp-setup</b>\n"
"abans de poder configurar-lo amb aquesta eina usant <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -576,20 +554,17 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n"
"Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n"
"Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n"
-"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled "
-"drivers,\n"
+"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n"
"set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"La taula enumera els controladors configurats amb els escàners associats.\n"
-"Premeu <b>Afegeix</b> per seleccionar un model i un controlador i habilitar-"
-"los.\n"
+"Premeu <b>Afegeix</b> per seleccionar un model i un controlador i habilitar-los.\n"
"Premeu <b>Edita</b> per seleccionar i habilitar un controlador.\n"
"Premeu <b>Suprimeix</b> per inhabilitar el controlador.\n"
"Si premeu <b>Altres</b>, podeu reiniciar la detecció, provar els escàners,\n"
-"actius, configurar un dispositiu tot en un d'HP o configurar l'escaneig a "
-"través de la xarxa.\n"
+"actius, configurar un dispositiu tot en un d'HP o configurar l'escaneig a través de la xarxa.\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 8/8:
@@ -607,8 +582,7 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible "
-"reasons are:\n"
+"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n"
"The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n"
"the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n"
"(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n"
@@ -618,12 +592,10 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Si hi ha un controlador configurat però el controlador no reconeix cap "
-"escàner, pot ser que...\n"
+"Si hi ha un controlador configurat però el controlador no reconeix cap escàner, pot ser que...\n"
"l'escàner no estigui connectat o que estigui apagat,\n"
"el controlador no sigui el correcte per a aquest model concret\n"
-"(fins i tot petites diferències en els noms del model o diferències "
-"internes\n"
+"(fins i tot petites diferències en els noms del model o diferències internes\n"
"en les sèries del mateix model poden fer caldre controladors diferents),\n"
"hi hagi problemes de comunicació de baix nivell (relacionats amb el nucli)\n"
"(per exemple, un problema de baix nivell USB o SCSI).\n"
@@ -636,8 +608,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n"
-"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing "
-"<b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
"The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n"
"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -645,8 +616,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Selecció del model d'escàner</big></b><br>\n"
"Aquí s'enumeren tots els models d'escàners coneguts, admesos o no.\n"
-"Llegiu detingudament tota la informació abans de seleccionar un model i "
-"prémer <b>Següent</b>.\n"
+"Llegiu detingudament tota la informació abans de seleccionar un model i prémer <b>Següent</b>.\n"
"Aquesta informació es basa en les dades del projecte SANE a\n"
"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -657,32 +627,22 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver "
-"available.\n"
-"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-"
-"backends package.\n"
-"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete."
-"<br>\n"
-"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver "
-"does not work.\n"
+"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n"
+"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n"
+"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n"
+"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n"
"Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n"
-"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver "
-"internals\n"
-"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained "
-"driver.\n"
+"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n"
+"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Un model té suport si hi ha com a mínim un controlador d'escàner adequat "
-"disponible.\n"
-"La majoria de controladors d'escàners són del projecte SANE i es "
-"proporcionen al paquet sane-backends.\n"
+"Un model té suport si hi ha com a mínim un controlador d'escàner adequat disponible.\n"
+"La majoria de controladors d'escàners són del projecte SANE i es proporcionen al paquet sane-backends.\n"
"L'estat del suport per a un model concret varia de mínim a complet.<br>\n"
-"Quan un controlador es mostra com a no mantingut 'unmaintained', no "
-"significa que el controlador no funcioni.\n"
+"Quan un controlador es mostra com a no mantingut 'unmaintained', no significa que el controlador no funcioni.\n"
"Fins i tot un controlador no mantingut pot funcionar perfectament,\n"
-"però significa que ja no hi ha ningú que sàpiga les interioritats del "
-"controlador\n"
+"però significa que ja no hi ha ningú que sàpiga les interioritats del controlador\n"
"i per això normalment no hi ha ajuda si hi ha problemes.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -690,17 +650,13 @@
#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a "
-"driver.\n"
-"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an "
-"unsupported scanner.\n"
+"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n"
+"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Fins i tot si un model no té cap controlador disponible, pot ser que el "
-"fabricant en tingui un.\n"
-"Per això, hauríeu de sol·licitar un controlador per a l'escàner no admès al "
-"fabricant de l'escàner.\n"
+"Fins i tot si un model no té cap controlador disponible, pot ser que el fabricant en tingui un.\n"
+"Per això, hauríeu de sol·licitar un controlador per a l'escàner no admès al fabricant de l'escàner.\n"
"</p>"
#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5:
@@ -724,36 +680,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n"
"To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n"
-"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is "
-"also possible.\n"
-"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this "
-"list,\n"
-"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson."
-"*</tt>.\n"
-"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search "
-"string.\n"
-"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
-"*perfection</tt>\n"
-"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
-"*1200</tt>.\n"
+"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n"
+"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n"
+"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
+"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n"
+"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
+"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Utilitzeu la <b>Cerca la cadena</b> per trobar una entrada adequada de forma "
-"ràpida.\n"
+"Utilitzeu la <b>Cerca la cadena</b> per trobar una entrada adequada de forma ràpida.\n"
"Per trobar text en qualsevol lloc de la taula, introduïu-lo al camp.\n"
-"També és possible una cerca més complicada mitjançant una expressió regular "
-"que no diferenciï entre majúscules i minúscules.\n"
-"Si s'ha detectat l'escàner i el nom del fabricant està disponible en aquesta "
-"llista,\n"
-"la cerca de la cadena es predefineix amb el nom del fabricant, com ara "
-"<tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
-"Per obtenir uns resultats de cerca més precisos, afegiu detalls específics "
-"del model a la cerca de la cadena.\n"
-"Per exemple, afegiu una paraula que formi part del nom del model com a "
-"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
-"o afegiu alguns dígits que formin part del nom del model com a <tt>^Epson."
-"*1200</tt>.\n"
+"També és possible una cerca més complicada mitjançant una expressió regular que no diferenciï entre majúscules i minúscules.\n"
+"Si s'ha detectat l'escàner i el nom del fabricant està disponible en aquesta llista,\n"
+"la cerca de la cadena es predefineix amb el nom del fabricant, com ara <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
+"Per obtenir uns resultats de cerca més precisos, afegiu detalls específics del model a la cerca de la cadena.\n"
+"Per exemple, afegiu una paraula que formi part del nom del model com a <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
+"o afegiu alguns dígits que formin part del nom del model com a <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4:
@@ -762,16 +705,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n"
"The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n"
-"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</"
-"b>.\n"
+"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n"
"If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configuració de l'escàner i del controlador</big></b><br>\n"
"S'activa el controlador i es proven els escàners associats.\n"
-"Aquesta acció pot tardar uns segons; per tant, haureu d'esperar fins a poder "
-"prémer <b>Següent</b>.\n"
+"Aquesta acció pot tardar uns segons; per tant, haureu d'esperar fins a poder prémer <b>Següent</b>.\n"
"Si premeu <b>Enrere</b>, es desactivarà el controlador.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -789,8 +730,7 @@
"<b><big>Paquets addicionals</big></b><br>\n"
"Si el paquet que proporciona el controlador encara no està instal·lat,\n"
"apareixerà el diàleg adequat per instal·lar-lo.\n"
-"És possible que aquests paquets no estiguin disponibles per a totes les "
-"arquitectures.\n"
+"És possible que aquests paquets no estiguin disponibles per a totes les arquitectures.\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4:
@@ -823,14 +763,10 @@
"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n"
"In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n"
-"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one "
-"devices:\n"
-"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer "
-"available),\n"
-"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-"
-"one devices,\n"
-"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio "
-"driver.\n"
+"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n"
+"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n"
+"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n"
+"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n"
"Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n"
"but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n"
"Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n"
@@ -841,13 +777,10 @@
"<b><big>Dispositius HP tot en un</big></b><br>\n"
"Els dispositius HP tot en un requereixen una configuració especial.\n"
"En aquest cas, es mostra el diàleg corresponent.\n"
-"Existeixen dos paquets de programari que ofereixen suport per a aquests "
-"dispositius HP:\n"
+"Existeixen dos paquets de programari que ofereixen suport per a aquests dispositius HP:\n"
"l'antic programari HPOJ (paquet hp-officeJet, que ja no està disponible),\n"
-"que proporciona el sistema PTAL (amb el servei ptal) per accedir als "
-"dispositius HP tot en un,\n"
-"i el programari actual HPLIP (paquet hplip), que proporciona el controlador "
-"hpaio.\n"
+"que proporciona el sistema PTAL (amb el servei ptal) per accedir als dispositius HP tot en un,\n"
+"i el programari actual HPLIP (paquet hplip), que proporciona el controlador hpaio.\n"
"Aquests dos paquets de programari poden instal·lar-se a la vegada,\n"
"però els serveis no poden executar-se alhora.\n"
"Com que es necessita un servei en execució per accedir al dispositiu,\n"
@@ -880,12 +813,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via "
-"the network,\n"
-"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a "
-"server.\n"
-"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to "
-"access saned on your server.\n"
+"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n"
+"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n"
+"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n"
"or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n"
"If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n"
@@ -894,14 +824,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configuració del servidor</big></b><br>\n"
-"Si heu connectat escàners localment i voleu fer-los accessibles a través de "
-"la xarxa,\n"
-"configureu el dimoni d'escaneig de la xarxa saned de manera que el vostre "
-"ordinador central es converteixi en un servidor.\n"
-"A <b>Clients autoritzats</b>, introduïu els ordinadors centrals client que "
-"estan autoritzats a accedir a saned al servidor.\n"
-"Introduïu una llista d'ordinadors centrals client separats per comes (noms "
-"d'ordinadors centrals o adreces IP)\n"
+"Si heu connectat escàners localment i voleu fer-los accessibles a través de la xarxa,\n"
+"configureu el dimoni d'escaneig de la xarxa saned de manera que el vostre ordinador central es converteixi en un servidor.\n"
+"A <b>Clients autoritzats</b>, introduïu els ordinadors centrals client que estan autoritzats a accedir a saned al servidor.\n"
+"Introduïu una llista d'ordinadors centrals client separats per comes (noms d'ordinadors centrals o adreces IP)\n"
"o subxarxes (notació CIDR, com ara 192.168.1.0/24).\n"
"Si no s'autoritza cap ordinador central client, saned no s'activarà.\n"
"Si saned s'activa, també ho fa xinetd i configura saned.\n"
@@ -953,30 +879,23 @@
"Per usar escàners a través de la xarxa, el dimoni de xarxa de SANE (saned)\n"
"és el procés de servidor que s'ha d'executar per tal que clients remots\n"
"puguin tenir accés a l'escàner connectat al vostre amfitrió local.\n"
-"Amfitrions client contacten amb saned a través del sane-port (TCP port "
-"6566)\n"
-"però les dades d'escaneig es transfereixen a través d'un port aleatori "
-"addicional.\n"
-"Per això no és suficient només el port 6566 per escanejar a través de la "
-"xarxa.<br>\n"
+"Amfitrions client contacten amb saned a través del sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n"
+"però les dades d'escaneig es transfereixen a través d'un port aleatori addicional.\n"
+"Per això no és suficient només el port 6566 per escanejar a través de la xarxa.<br>\n"
"No obriu el sane-port 6566 o cap altre port\n"
"pel que fa a usar escàners per a la zona externa al tallafoc.\n"
-"Això és perillós perquè perquè permet accés a saned des d'amfitrions "
-"foranis\n"
+"Això és perillós perquè perquè permet accés a saned des d'amfitrions foranis\n"
"i així el tallafoc ja no ofereix protecció per al saned.\n"
-"No té sentit permetre l'accés des de la xarxa externa (per exemple, la zona "
-"externa)\n"
+"No té sentit permetre l'accés des de la xarxa externa (per exemple, la zona externa)\n"
"perquè escanejar documents requereix un accés físic a l'escàner\n"
"pels usuaris de confiança.<br>\n"
"D'altra banda, la configuració per defecte del tallafoc permet\n"
"qualsevol accés des de la xarxa interna (de confiança).\n"
-"Per fer que el saned al vostre servidor sigui accessible des de la xarxa "
-"interna,\n"
+"Per fer que el saned al vostre servidor sigui accessible des de la xarxa interna,\n"
"assigneu la interfície de xarxa que pertany a la xarxa interna\n"
"a la zona interna del tallafoc.\n"
"Useu el mòdul de configuració del tallafoc del YaST per establir aquesta\n"
-"configuració fonamental sobre seguretat de xarxa i tallafoc, i escanejar a "
-"través\n"
+"configuració fonamental sobre seguretat de xarxa i tallafoc, i escanejar a través\n"
"de la xarxa funcionarà sense cap altra configuració del tallafoc.<br>\n"
"Per a més detalls vegeu l'article de la base de dades de suport d'openSUSE\n"
"'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' a<br>\n"
@@ -991,10 +910,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the "
-"network,\n"
-"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the "
-"servers.\n"
+"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n"
+"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n"
"The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n"
"In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n"
@@ -1003,15 +920,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configuració del client</big></b><br>\n"
-"Si voleu accedir als escàners connectats a altres ordinadors centrals "
-"(servidors) de la xarxa,\n"
-"configureu el metacontrolador net per accedir-hi a través del dimoni en "
-"execució dels servidors.\n"
+"Si voleu accedir als escàners connectats a altres ordinadors centrals (servidors) de la xarxa,\n"
+"configureu el metacontrolador net per accedir-hi a través del dimoni en execució dels servidors.\n"
"Saned i el tallafoc dels servidors han de permetre l'accés.\n"
-"A <b>Servidors utilitzats</b>, introduïu els servidors que s'haurien "
-"d'utilitzar.\n"
-"Introduïu una llista dels servidors separats per comes (noms dels servidors "
-"o adreces IP).\n"
+"A <b>Servidors utilitzats</b>, introduïu els servidors que s'haurien d'utilitzar.\n"
+"Introduïu una llista dels servidors separats per comes (noms dels servidors o adreces IP).\n"
"Si no s'introdueix cap servidor, no s'activa net.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1039,13 +952,10 @@
"<b><big>Configuració de l'ordinador central local</big></b><br>\n"
"En utilitzar la xarxa de bucle de retorn, saned i el metacontrolador net\n"
"poden utilitzar-se fins i tot en el vostre ordinador central local.\n"
-"En aquest cas, el servidor i el client es troben en el mateix equip "
-"(localhost).\n"
-"Alguns escàners, com ara els escàners de port en paral·lel, necessiten "
-"privilegis d'usuari primari.\n"
+"En aquest cas, el servidor i el client es troben en el mateix equip (localhost).\n"
+"Alguns escàners, com ara els escàners de port en paral·lel, necessiten privilegis d'usuari primari.\n"
"Si introduïu <tt>localhost</tt> tant per al servidor com per al client,\n"
-"podreu accedir a l'escàner fins i tot com a usuari normal en l'ordinador "
-"central local.\n"
+"podreu accedir a l'escàner fins i tot com a usuari normal en l'ordinador central local.\n"
"</p>"
#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence:
@@ -1081,8 +991,7 @@
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
msgid ""
"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
-"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly "
-"Avasys)\n"
+"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n"
"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n"
"(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
"where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n"
@@ -1100,15 +1009,12 @@
"El controlador Image Scan el fabrica i proporciona Epson (abans Avasys)\n"
"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n"
"(abans Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
-"on es poden descarregar els paquets RPM per a 32 bits (i386) i 64 bits "
-"(x86_64)\n"
+"on es poden descarregar els paquets RPM per a 32 bits (i386) i 64 bits (x86_64)\n"
"(si accepteu els acords de llicència d'Epson/Avasys).\n"
"El controlador Image Scan conté programari privat només binari.\n"
-"Per a alguns models només està disponible en arquitectura de 32 bits "
-"(i3860),\n"
+"Per a alguns models només està disponible en arquitectura de 32 bits (i3860),\n"
"que no funciona quan teniu un sistema de 64 bits.\n"
-"Alguns escàners també tenen suport d'altres controladors (de programari "
-"lliure).\n"
+"Alguns escàners també tenen suport d'altres controladors (de programari lliure).\n"
"Quan un escàner requereix un mòdul DFSG no lliure (privat),\n"
"heu de descarregar i instal·lar dos paquets d'Epson/Avasys:\n"
"el paquet 'iscan' per al programari de base i addicionalment\n"
@@ -1117,19 +1023,13 @@
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no hi ha cap dipòsit de paquets "
-"disponible."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
+msgstr "El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no hi ha cap dipòsit de paquets disponible."
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
-msgstr ""
-"El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no està disponible al dipòsit."
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgstr "El paquet necessari %1 no està instal·lat i no està disponible al dipòsit."
#. Only a simple message because:
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
@@ -1150,18 +1050,14 @@
"with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n"
"this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n"
"gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n"
-"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is "
-"fixed.\n"
+"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n"
msgstr ""
"Ha fallat la determinació dels escàners actius.\n"
-"Si el metacontrolador net està activat mentre hi ha un problema amb la "
-"xarxa,\n"
+"Si el metacontrolador net està activat mentre hi ha un problema amb la xarxa,\n"
"l'ordre 'scanimage -L' podria no respondre. Per exemple,\n"
-"això pot passar si la comunicació amb un servidor usada pel metacontrolador "
-"net\n"
+"això pot passar si la comunicació amb un servidor usada pel metacontrolador net\n"
"es distorsiona perquè un tallafoc fa caure el trànsit de la xarxa.\n"
-"En aquest cas, inhabiliteu el metacontrolador net fins que se solucioni el "
-"problema amb la xarxa.\n"
+"En aquest cas, inhabiliteu el metacontrolador net fins que se solucioni el problema amb la xarxa.\n"
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -1339,8 +1235,7 @@
"És possible continuar, però aleshores el servei ptal podria fer que\n"
" hp-setup no funcionés correctament.\n"
"És recomanable avortar la configuració de l'escàner ara,\n"
-"aturar el servidor ptal, canviar la configuració de la impressora perquè usi "
-"HPLIP\n"
+"aturar el servidor ptal, canviar la configuració de la impressora perquè usi HPLIP\n"
"i iniciar després la configuració de l'escàner una altra vegada.\n"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
@@ -1389,8 +1284,7 @@
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner "
-"configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"S'ha iniciat hp-setup.\n"
"Heu d'acabar l'hp-setup abans de continuar la configuració de l'escàner.\n"
@@ -1443,8 +1337,7 @@
#. nor an active driver was found:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
-msgstr ""
-"No s'ha detectat cap escàner i no existeix cap escàner ni controlador actiu."
+msgstr "No s'ha detectat cap escàner i no existeix cap escàner ni controlador actiu."
#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
@@ -1470,8 +1363,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality."
-msgstr ""
-"El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat bona."
+msgstr "El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat bona."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
@@ -1493,9 +1385,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
-msgstr ""
-"El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat "
-"completa."
+msgstr "El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat completa."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
@@ -1511,8 +1401,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality."
-msgstr ""
-"El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat bàsica."
+msgstr "El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat bàsica."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
@@ -1523,8 +1412,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
-msgstr ""
-"El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat mínima."
+msgstr "El controlador %1 no mantingut podria proporcionar una funcionalitat mínima."
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
@@ -1535,8 +1423,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown."
-msgstr ""
-"Pot ser que el controlador %1 funcioni, però la funcionalitat és desconeguda."
+msgstr "Pot ser que el controlador %1 funcioni, però la funcionalitat és desconeguda."
#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload
#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown.
@@ -1546,44 +1433,32 @@
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892
msgid ""
-"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's "
-"memory.\n"
+"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
"\n"
-"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot "
-"distribute it.\n"
+"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n"
"Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n"
-"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web "
-"site.\n"
-"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular "
-"scanner.\n"
+"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n"
+"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n"
"Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n"
"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n"
"\n"
"After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n"
-"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware "
-"upload.\n"
+"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n"
"The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n"
msgstr ""
-"Un fitxer de microprogramari (firmware) conté el programari que s'ha de "
-"carregar a la memòria de l'escàner.\n"
+"Un fitxer de microprogramari (firmware) conté el programari que s'ha de carregar a la memòria de l'escàner.\n"
"Sense aquest microprogramari, l'escàner no pot funcionar.\n"
"\n"
-"Com que el fabricant de l'escàner té la llicència del microprogramari, no "
-"podem distribuir-lo.\n"
-"Normalment el fitxer de microprogramari s'emmagatzema en algun lloc del CD "
-"del fabricant.\n"
-"De forma alternativa, és possible descarregar-lo del lloc web del "
-"fabricant.\n"
-"Demaneu al fabricant com aconseguir el fitxer de microprogramari per al "
-"vostre escàner concret.\n"
+"Com que el fabricant de l'escàner té la llicència del microprogramari, no podem distribuir-lo.\n"
+"Normalment el fitxer de microprogramari s'emmagatzema en algun lloc del CD del fabricant.\n"
+"De forma alternativa, és possible descarregar-lo del lloc web del fabricant.\n"
+"Demaneu al fabricant com aconseguir el fitxer de microprogramari per al vostre escàner concret.\n"
"Trobareu informació addicional d'utilitat al lloc web de SANE:\n"
"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n"
"\n"
-"Una vegada tingueu el fitxer del microprogramari, heu de configurar el "
-"controlador manualment.\n"
-"La pàgina del manual del controlador descriu com configurar-lo per carregar "
-"el microprogramari.\n"
+"Una vegada tingueu el fitxer del microprogramari, heu de configurar el controlador manualment.\n"
+"La pàgina del manual del controlador descriu com configurar-lo per carregar el microprogramari.\n"
"L'ordre següent mostra la pàgina del manual per al controlador:\n"
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
@@ -1598,10 +1473,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Hi ha almenys una configuració d'impressora que utilitza el servei ptal.\n"
"És possible continuar, però aleshores s'aturarà el servei ptal\n"
-"i totes les cues d'impressió que utilitzen el servei ptal deixaran de "
-"funcionar.\n"
-"Si continueu, canvieu la configuració de la impressora per utilitzar el "
-"servei HPLIP.\n"
+"i totes les cues d'impressió que utilitzen el servei ptal deixaran de funcionar.\n"
+"Si continueu, canvieu la configuració de la impressora per utilitzar el servei HPLIP.\n"
#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
@@ -1613,43 +1486,34 @@
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
"\n"
-"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be "
-"initialized.\n"
+"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n"
"Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n"
"The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n"
"Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n"
"before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n"
"An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n"
-"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB "
-"fails,\n"
+"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n"
"set up the PTAL system manually.\n"
"If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n"
-"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/"
-"lp0),\n"
+"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n"
"so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n"
"\n"
"Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n"
msgstr ""
-"El controlador hpoj necessita que el sistema PTAL estigui configurat i en "
-"execució.\n"
+"El controlador hpoj necessita que el sistema PTAL estigui configurat i en execució.\n"
"Concretament, el servei ptal ha d'estar carregat i en execució.\n"
"\n"
"Abans de poder iniciar el servei ptal, s'ha d'inicialitzar el sistema PTAL.\n"
-"A més a més, el servei ptal hauria d'estar activat per iniciar-se en "
-"arrencar.\n"
+"A més a més, el servei ptal hauria d'estar activat per iniciar-se en arrencar.\n"
"El sistema PTAL i el servei hplip s'exclouen.\n"
"Per això, un servei hplip en execució s'aturarà i desactivarà\n"
"abans que s'inicialitzi, activi i iniciï el sistema PTAL.\n"
"Una inicialització automàtica del sistema PTAL només és segura per a USB.\n"
-"Si teniu un dispositiu no USB o si la inicialització automàtica per a USB "
-"falla,\n"
+"Si teniu un dispositiu no USB o si la inicialització automàtica per a USB falla,\n"
"configureu el sistema PTAL manualment.\n"
-"Si teniu un dispositiu tot en un (escàner+impressora), tingueu en compte "
-"que\n"
-"un servei ptal en execució monopolitza el fitxer del dispositiu USB (p. "
-"ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n"
-"per la qual cosa la impressora no podrà ser adreçada a través del fitxer del "
-"dispositiu USB.\n"
+"Si teniu un dispositiu tot en un (escàner+impressora), tingueu en compte que\n"
+"un servei ptal en execució monopolitza el fitxer del dispositiu USB (p. ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n"
+"per la qual cosa la impressora no podrà ser adreçada a través del fitxer del dispositiu USB.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu inicialitzar, activar i iniciar ara el sistema PTAL per a USB?\n"
@@ -1664,17 +1528,14 @@
"and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n"
"If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n"
"Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n"
-"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal "
-"service.\n"
+"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n"
msgstr ""
"Hi ha almenys una configuració d'impressora que utilitza el servei hplip.\n"
"És possible continuar, però aleshores s'aturarà el servei ptal\n"
-"i totes les cues d'impressió que utilitzen el servei hplip deixaran de "
-"funcionar.\n"
+"i totes les cues d'impressió que utilitzen el servei hplip deixaran de funcionar.\n"
"Si el controlador hpaio també admet l'escàner, no continueu.\n"
"Utilitzeu el hpoj per configurar l'escàner.\n"
-"O bé continueu i canvieu la configuració de la impressora per a utilitzar el "
-"servei ptal.\n"
+"O bé continueu i canvieu la configuració de la impressora per a utilitzar el servei ptal.\n"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
@@ -1713,9 +1574,7 @@
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
-msgstr ""
-"S'estan provant i configurant els requisits especials per a controladors "
-"concrets..."
+msgstr "S'estan provant i configurant els requisits especials per a controladors concrets..."
#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005
@@ -1792,12 +1651,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291
-msgid ""
-"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not "
-"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
-msgstr ""
-"El controlador hpoj està desactivat, però el servei ptal associat no està "
-"desactivat ja que és necessari per al sistema d'impressió CUPS."
+msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
+msgstr "El controlador hpoj està desactivat, però el servei ptal associat no està desactivat ja que és necessari per al sistema d'impressió CUPS."
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
@@ -1895,8 +1750,7 @@
#. The latter results no error.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
-msgstr ""
-"No s'ha pogut determinar la configuració de l'escaneig a través de la xarxa."
+msgstr "No s'ha pogut determinar la configuració de l'escaneig a través de la xarxa."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -1924,5 +1778,4 @@
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"Per als detalls sobre el tallafoc vegeu el text d'ajuda d'aquest diàleg"
+msgstr "Per als detalls sobre el tallafoc vegeu el text d'ajuda d'aquest diàleg"
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -31,12 +31,10 @@
"\n"
"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de "
-"partició de discos durs.\n"
+"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n"
"\n"
"Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n"
-"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu "
-"fent.\n"
+"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n"
"En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n"
"nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n"
"\n"
@@ -167,8 +165,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
-msgstr ""
-"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel."
+msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
@@ -272,8 +269,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n"
-"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, "
-"la \n"
+"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n"
"partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -321,8 +317,7 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n"
-"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació "
-"(un \n"
+"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n"
"cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -389,8 +384,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de "
-"<b>Linux</b>.\n"
+"<p>Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de <b>Linux</b>.\n"
"Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n"
"en funció d'aquest valor.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -406,8 +400,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Windows usat</b> és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de "
-"Windows.\n"
+"<b>Windows usat</b> és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
@@ -450,8 +443,7 @@
"la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n"
"\n"
"Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n"
-"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-"
-"ne espai.\n"
+"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n"
"\n"
"Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n"
"Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n"
@@ -528,9 +520,7 @@
#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
-msgstr ""
-"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició "
-"personalitzada."
+msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada."
#. Win NT / 2000
#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
@@ -622,8 +612,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n"
"\n"
-"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el "
-"procés.\n"
+"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n"
"\n"
"Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n"
@@ -668,11 +657,8 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr ""
-"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la "
-"instal·lació, si està disponible."
+msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible."
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
@@ -688,8 +674,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n"
-"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el "
-"&product;.\n"
+"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help part 2 of 3
@@ -700,8 +685,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el "
-"&product;.\n"
+"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help part 3 of 3
@@ -718,8 +702,7 @@
"<p>\n"
"Per als experts existeix l’opció <b>Particionament personalitzat</b>\n"
"que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n"
-"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de "
-"&productes;.\n"
+"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
@@ -802,8 +785,7 @@
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n"
-"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari "
-"estiguin ben establerts."
+"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts."
#. label text
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
@@ -953,10 +935,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No "
-"hi ha \n"
-"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot <b>suprimir el Windows completament,</b> "
-"o bé,\n"
+"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n"
+"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot <b>suprimir el Windows completament,</b> o bé,\n"
"<b>encongir</b> la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -971,8 +951,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es "
-"perdran \n"
+"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran \n"
"<b>de forma irreversible</b> durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n"
"partició del Windows, és <b>molt</b> recomanable fer una\n"
"<b>còpia de seguretat de les dades</b>, ja que es realitzarà una\n"
@@ -1010,8 +989,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n"
-"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a "
-"una\n"
+"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n"
"partició.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1026,10 +1004,8 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n"
-"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això "
-"probablement comportarà problemes.\n"
-"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts "
-"de muntatge.\n"
+"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n"
+"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1043,8 +1019,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n"
-"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers "
-"Linux\n"
+"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n"
"com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1059,8 +1034,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n"
-"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de "
-"fitxers Linux \n"
+"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n"
"com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1110,8 +1084,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n"
-"Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és "
-"necessària.\n"
+"Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1129,8 +1102,7 @@
"Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n"
-"Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /"
-"boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n"
+"Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n"
" Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n"
"Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n"
"0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1150,11 +1122,9 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n"
-"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició "
-"acaba\n"
+"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n"
"en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n"
-"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa "
-"que la instal·lació \n"
+"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n"
"de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1167,8 +1137,7 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n"
-"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar "
-"problemes.\n"
+"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1182,12 +1151,10 @@
"\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la "
-"instal·lació de %1\n"
+"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n"
"no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n"
"els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n"
-"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta "
-"configuració.\n"
+"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n"
"\n"
"Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n"
@@ -1253,16 +1220,14 @@
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
-"\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n"
-"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició "
-"d'intercanvi.\n"
+"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n"
"Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n"
"principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n"
"Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n"
@@ -1279,8 +1244,7 @@
"particularly in any of the following cases:\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es "
-"formatarà.\n"
+"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n"
"El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n"
"els casos següents:\n"
@@ -1301,14 +1265,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
-"points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu "
-"aquesta partició\n"
-"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de "
-"muntatge estàndard\n"
+"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n"
+"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n"
"com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n"
#. continued popup text
@@ -1377,25 +1338,20 @@
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
-"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició "
-"lògica i \n"
+"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n"
"ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
-"mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
-"extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest "
-"moment:\n"
+"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n"
"%1\n"
-"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la "
-"partició ampliada.\n"
+"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
"Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1409,8 +1365,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n"
-"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions "
-"dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
+"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795
@@ -1559,32 +1514,26 @@
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
-"disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
"this is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Munta en /etc/fstab per:</b>\n"
"normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n"
-"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de "
-"fitxers que\n"
-"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els "
-"sistemes de fitxers\n"
-"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està "
-"inhabilitada,\n"
+"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n"
+"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n"
+"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n"
"això no serà possible.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Etiqueta del volum:</b>\n"
-"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En "
-"general, només\n"
+"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n"
"és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n"
"L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n"
@@ -1707,13 +1656,11 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n"
-"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de "
-"sistema de fitxers),\n"
+"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n"
"es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n"
"\n"
"Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n"
-"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu "
-"coneixements \n"
+"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n"
"de com funciona.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu continuar?\n"
@@ -1727,8 +1674,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n"
-"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de "
-"fitxers."
+"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308
@@ -1739,8 +1685,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n"
-"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de "
-"fitxers."
+"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320
@@ -1800,8 +1745,7 @@
"Shrink the file system now?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció "
-"està\n"
+"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n"
"poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n"
"\n"
"Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?"
@@ -1811,8 +1755,7 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
-"partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n"
@@ -1872,9 +1815,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1552
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs "
-"amb Snapper.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1566
@@ -1974,19 +1915,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-"tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com "
-"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n"
+"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n"
"Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n"
-"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu "
-"totes\n"
+"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n"
"les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1996,20 +1934,16 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
-"system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de "
-"fitxers.\n"
-"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de "
-"lletres\n"
-"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, "
-"l'haureu\n"
+"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n"
+"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n"
+"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n"
"d'escriure dues vegades.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2019,15 +1953,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
-"at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha "
-"de tenir com a\n"
+"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n"
"mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n"
"(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2075,16 +2007,14 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
-"is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n"
-"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar <b>Omet</b>. En aquest "
-"cas,\n"
+"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar <b>Omet</b>. En aquest cas,\n"
"no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2105,8 +2035,7 @@
"\n"
"És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n"
"\n"
-"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu "
-"d'eliminar\n"
+"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n"
"l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
@@ -2144,8 +2073,7 @@
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n"
-"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament "
-"correcte del sistema.\n"
+"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n"
" \n"
@@ -2160,8 +2088,7 @@
"nonloopbacked file system.\n"
msgstr ""
"Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n"
-"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot"
-"\",\n"
+"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
"/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n"
"sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n"
@@ -2198,8 +2125,7 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
-msgstr ""
-"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap."
+msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap."
#. && mount!="swap" )
#. error popup text
@@ -2218,11 +2144,8 @@
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr ""
-"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un "
-"punt de muntatge."
+msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268
@@ -2331,8 +2254,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat."
+msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat."
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
@@ -2416,8 +2338,7 @@
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n"
-"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el "
-"dispositiu.</p>"
+"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu.</p>"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
@@ -2791,13 +2712,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
-"existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n"
-"volum, seleccioneu <b>Encriptar el dispositiu</b>. Canviar l'encriptació "
-"d'un volum ja existent\n"
+"volum, seleccioneu <b>Encriptar el dispositiu</b>. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n"
"n'esborrarà totes les dades.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -2897,10 +2816,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu "
-"deixar buida\n"
-"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi "
-"no es podrà\n"
+"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n"
+"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n"
"utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3011,8 +2928,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
-msgstr ""
-"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2."
+msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2."
#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
@@ -3027,8 +2943,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n"
"Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n"
-"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina "
-"de\n"
+"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n"
"redimensionar-lo. "
#. label for log view
@@ -3074,8 +2989,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n"
"del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n"
-"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums "
-"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.</p>\n"
+"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161
@@ -3560,8 +3474,7 @@
"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n"
-"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves "
-"particions.</p>\n"
+"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.</p>\n"
#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool)
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320
@@ -3639,8 +3552,7 @@
"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n"
-"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a "
-"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n"
+"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n"
"multicamí.</p>\n"
#. tab heading
@@ -3674,10 +3586,8 @@
"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n"
"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes "
-"Linux\n"
-"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han "
-"trobat.</p>\n"
+"<p>El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n"
+"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
@@ -3739,8 +3649,7 @@
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
"La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n"
-"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de "
-"volums\n"
+"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n"
"i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
@@ -3843,13 +3752,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
-"file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle</b><br>Ha de ser un camí absolut al "
-"fitxer\n"
+"<p><b>Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle</b><br>Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n"
"que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3861,8 +3768,7 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Crea un fitxer de bucle</b><br>Si aquesta opció està activada, el "
-"fitxer es\n"
+"<p><b>Crea un fitxer de bucle</b><br>Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n"
"crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. <b>NOTA:</b> si el fitxer \n"
"ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.</p>\n"
@@ -3888,10 +3794,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b>NOTA:</b> durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n"
-"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no "
-"es pot\n"
-"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per "
-"tant,\n"
+"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n"
+"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n"
"aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.</p>\n"
#. input field label
@@ -4072,9 +3976,7 @@
#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr ""
-"Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics "
-"que s'hi relacionen?"
+msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?"
#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
@@ -4082,8 +3984,7 @@
"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n"
"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\""
msgstr ""
-"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física "
-"ampliada\n"
+"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n"
"més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"."
#. error popup text
@@ -4117,14 +4018,12 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou.</p> "
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums.</p>"
#. label for input field
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
@@ -4157,8 +4056,7 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
-"higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n"
@@ -4176,13 +4074,10 @@
"Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count."
msgstr ""
"<p>Els anomenats<b>Volums Prims</b> poden ser creats\n"
-"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les "
-"necessitats \n"
-"assignades per <b>Thin Pool</b>. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida "
-"més grossa\n"
+"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n"
+"assignades per <b>Thin Pool</b>. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n"
"que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n"
-"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les "
-"necessitats d'espai.\n"
+"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n"
"Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count."
#. heading for frame
@@ -4216,36 +4111,30 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
-"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a <b>Volum normal</b>.\n"
-"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums "
-"abans que la característica de <b> Provisió Thin</b> exisistís.\n"
+"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de <b> Provisió Thin</b> exisistís.\n"
"Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
-"such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"Això significa que <b>Volums Prims</b> situa l'espai necessari segons les "
-"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'.</p>"
+"Això significa que <b>Volums Prims</b> situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</"
-"b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a <b>Volum Prim</b>.\n"
-"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats "
-"de <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
+"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
#. heading for frame
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
@@ -4299,17 +4188,13 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
-"unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
-"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de "
-"volums.\n"
+"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n"
"\n"
-"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus "
-"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n"
-"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons "
-"calgui."
+"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n"
+"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui."
#. error popup
#. error popup
@@ -4519,8 +4404,7 @@
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests "
-"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n"
+"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n"
"de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n"
"Segur que voleu sortir-ne?"
@@ -4541,12 +4425,8 @@
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet "
-"yast2-nfs-client."
+msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
+msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client."
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
@@ -4577,26 +4457,21 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
-"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n"
-"<b>NO</b> existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és "
-"possible si un dels discos falla.</p>\n"
+"<b>NO</b> existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
-"on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
-"partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 1</b> <br>Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n"
-"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades "
-"d'un disc\n"
+"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n"
"als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n"
"Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.</p>\n"
@@ -4604,16 +4479,11 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
-"disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
-"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5</b> <br>Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de "
-"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer "
-"servir en tres discos o més.\n"
-"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si "
-"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades</p>\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5</b> <br>Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n"
+"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4622,8 +4492,7 @@
"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nom del RAID</b> us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom "
-"significatiu\n"
+"<p><b>Nom del RAID</b> us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n"
"al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n"
"disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.</p>\n"
@@ -4631,16 +4500,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
-"the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</"
-"p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n"
-"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID "
-"0), la mida\n"
-"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</"
-"p>\n"
+"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n"
+"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
@@ -4703,16 +4568,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
-"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
-"the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida elemental:</b><br>És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n"
-"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable "
-"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n"
-"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental "
-"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.</p>\n"
+"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n"
+"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
@@ -4722,12 +4583,10 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
-"with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n"
-"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics "
-"amb plats rotatoris.</p>\n"
+"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -5008,23 +4867,17 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</"
-"i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
-"and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Muntatge per defecte</b> us dóna el muntatge per\n"
-"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. <i>Nom del dispostiu</i> usa "
-"el nom del \n"
-"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. <i>ID del dispositiu</i> i "
-"<i>Camí del dispositiu</i>\n"
-"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria "
-"de ser\n"
+"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. <i>Nom del dispostiu</i> usa el nom del \n"
+"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. <i>ID del dispositiu</i> i <i>Camí del dispositiu</i>\n"
+"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n"
"persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment <i>UUID</i> i\n"
-"<i>Etiqueta del volum</i> usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers."
-"</p>\n"
+"<i>Etiqueta del volum</i> usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
@@ -5033,25 +4886,19 @@
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sistema de fitxers per defecte</b> indica\n"
-"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers "
-"nous.</p>\n"
+"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
-"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
-"aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Alineació de les noves particions creades</b>\n"
-"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. <b>Cilindre</b> és "
-"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. <b>Òptim</b> "
-"alinea les \n"
-"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el "
-"nucli de Linux \n"
+"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. <b>Cilindre</b> és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. <b>Òptim</b> alinea les \n"
+"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n"
"o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -5143,8 +4990,7 @@
"all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?"
msgstr ""
"Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n"
-"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-"
-"los?"
+"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -5306,8 +5152,7 @@
msgstr ""
"El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n"
"\n"
-"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de "
-"classe\n"
+"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n"
"per línia. Exemple:"
#. popup text
@@ -5317,42 +5162,32 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?"
-msgstr ""
-"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?"
+msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
-"cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n"
-"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a "
-"molts casos\n"
+"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n"
"se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). </p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
-"the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
-"in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
-"currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret "
-"sobre\n"
-"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. "
-"Prement \n"
-"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una "
-"classe\n"
-"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar "
-"els que \n"
+"<p>Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n"
+"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n"
+"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n"
+"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n"
"ja estan seleccionats a la classe.</p>"
#. dialog help text
@@ -5378,15 +5213,11 @@
msgid ""
"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
-"follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
msgstr ""
-"<b>Intercalat</b> fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el "
-"primer de la \n"
-"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. "
-"Llavors, \n"
-"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així "
-"successivament."
+"<b>Intercalat</b> fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n"
+"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n"
+"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament."
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369
@@ -5395,39 +5226,29 @@
"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n"
"order in the RAID to be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de "
-"dispositius.\n"
-"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a "
-"odre per al RAID \n"
+"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n"
+"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n"
"que s'ha de crear.</p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
-"devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
-"expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
-"part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
-"then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
"Prement el botó \"<b>%1</b>\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n"
-"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A"
-"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n"
-"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió "
-"regular es \n"
+"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n"
+"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n"
"fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n"
-"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-"
-"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n"
+"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n"
"de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del "
-"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n"
+"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n"
"expressió regular.</p>"
#. headline text
@@ -5452,8 +5273,7 @@
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
-"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G "
-"o %.\n"
+"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n"
"El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar."
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
@@ -5464,15 +5284,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
-"Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida de Tmpfs:</b>\n"
-"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o "
-"Gigabyte o bé\n"
-"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el "
-"percentatge de la memòria.<p>"
+"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n"
+"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria.<p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
@@ -5491,8 +5308,7 @@
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prioritat d'intercanvi</b>\n"
-"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran "
-"serà la prioritat.</p>\n"
+"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
@@ -5503,13 +5319,11 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
-"installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Munta només de lectura:</b>\n"
-"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant "
-"la instal·lació\n"
+"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n"
"el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura.</p>"
#. button text
@@ -5524,8 +5338,7 @@
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sense hora d'accés</b>\n"
-"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció "
-"predeterminada és fals.</p>\n"
+"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
@@ -5539,8 +5352,7 @@
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pot ser muntat per un usuari</b>\n"
-"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és "
-"\"als\".</p>\n"
+"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
@@ -5553,17 +5365,13 @@
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></"
-"tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
-"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>No es munta durant l'inici del sistema</b>\n"
-"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el "
-"sistema.\n"
+"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n"
"S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n"
-"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <"
-"punt_muntatge></tt>\n"
+"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n"
"(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n"
"L'opció predeterminada és fals.</p>\n"
@@ -5596,20 +5404,16 @@
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
-"impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
-"</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mode de registre de dades:</b>\n"
"determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n"
"<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n"
"al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n"
-"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en "
-"el rendiment.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el "
-"rendiment.</p>\n"
+"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
@@ -5645,24 +5449,18 @@
msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari"
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
-msgid ""
-"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni "
-"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar."
+msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
+msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
-"etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Valor d’opció arbitrari:</b>\n"
-"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart "
-"camp de /etc/fstab.\n"
+"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n"
"Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5677,8 +5475,7 @@
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers</b>\n"
-"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels "
-"fitxers de les particions del Windows.</p>\n"
+"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
@@ -5689,12 +5486,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
-"systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts</b>\n"
-"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts "
-"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.</p>\n"
+"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
@@ -5705,12 +5500,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
-"is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nombre de FATS:</b>\n"
-"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de "
-"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2.</p>"
+"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
@@ -5721,14 +5514,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
-"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
-"for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida de FAT</b>\n"
-"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza "
-"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament "
-"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
+"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
@@ -5738,9 +5527,7 @@
#. popup text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a "
-"provar."
+msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
@@ -5760,12 +5547,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
-"in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Funció Hash:</b>\n"
-"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els "
-"noms de fitxers dels directoris.</p>\n"
+"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
@@ -5776,16 +5561,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
-"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
-"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
-"2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Revisió d'FS</b>\n"
-"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El "
-"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries "
-"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del "
-"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.</p>\n"
+"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5797,14 +5576,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
-"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
-"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida dels blocs</b>\n"
-"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són "
-"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la "
-"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.</p>\n"
+"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5820,8 +5595,7 @@
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida dels nodes d'identificació</b>\n"
-"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de "
-"fitxers.</p>\n"
+"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
@@ -5832,12 +5606,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
-"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació</b>\n"
-"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de "
-"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.</p>\n"
+"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
@@ -5848,16 +5620,13 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
-"or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Node alineat</b>\n"
-"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes "
-"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n"
-"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes "
-"d'identificació\n"
+"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n"
+"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n"
"normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.</p>\n"
#. label text
@@ -5879,12 +5648,10 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
-"aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida dels registres</b>\n"
-"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, "
-"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.</p>\n"
+"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
@@ -5914,24 +5681,17 @@
"RAID stripe as its argument.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Longitud del pas en blocs</b>\n"
-"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. "
-"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n"
-"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs "
-"en un llistat RAID.</p>\n"
+"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n"
+"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
-"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
-"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Mida dels blocs</b>\n"
-"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són "
-"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, "
-"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús "
-"que se n'espera.</p>\n"
+"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
@@ -5947,23 +5707,16 @@
"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n"
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
-"reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bytes per node d'identificació</b>\n"
-"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea "
-"un node d'identificació per a cada\n"
-"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la "
-"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n"
-" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de "
-"ser més petit que la mida\n"
-"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran "
-"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n"
-"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació "
-"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n"
-"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor "
-"correcte per al paràmetre.</p>\n"
+"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n"
+"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n"
+" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n"
+"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n"
+"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n"
+"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
@@ -5976,23 +5729,14 @@
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
msgstr ""
-"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és "
-"incorrecte.\n"
+"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n"
"Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n"
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
-"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
-"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
-"default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari:</b> "
-"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor "
-"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit "
-"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari:</b> s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
@@ -6020,8 +5764,7 @@
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Índex de directori:</b>\n"
-"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en "
-"directoris grans.</p>\n"
+"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
@@ -6032,13 +5775,11 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
-"really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sense historial:</b>\n"
-"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan "
-"estigueu segurs\n"
+"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n"
"del que feu.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
@@ -6167,8 +5908,7 @@
"Try again."
msgstr ""
"La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n"
-"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels "
-"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
+"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
"Torneu-ho a provar."
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
@@ -6266,10 +6006,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5177
-msgid ""
-"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
-msgstr ""
-"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús."
+msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús."
#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5203
msgid ""
@@ -6330,8 +6068,7 @@
"device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera "
-"indirecta\n"
+"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n"
"el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
@@ -6471,8 +6208,7 @@
"the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks."
msgstr ""
"L'opció <b>Bus</b> indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n"
-"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs "
-"multicamí."
+"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí."
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239
@@ -6619,29 +6355,23 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
msgid ""
"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
-"by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'opció <b>Muntat per</b> indica com està muntat\n"
-"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, "
-"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu "
-"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n"
+"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
msgid ""
"A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
-"volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n"
-"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està "
-"muntat\n"
-"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres "
-"d'aquest volum\n"
+"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n"
+"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n"
"el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -6657,8 +6387,7 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
-"it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
"Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n"
@@ -6727,8 +6456,7 @@
"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'opció <b>Bandes</b> mostra el nombre de bandes\n"
-"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la "
-"banda entre parèntesis.\n"
+"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
@@ -6764,8 +6492,7 @@
"e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n"
msgstr ""
"L'opció <b>Usat per</b> mostra si un dispositiu\n"
-"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests "
-"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n"
+"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
@@ -7025,12 +6752,8 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675
-msgid ""
-"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
-"under Windows."
-msgstr ""
-"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. "
-"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows."
+msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
+msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows."
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164
@@ -7078,10 +6801,8 @@
"enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n"
"size for the root partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a "
-"través\n"
-"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la "
-"proposta pot\n"
+"<p>El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n"
+"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n"
"habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n"
"la mida de la partició d'arrel.</p>"
@@ -7092,8 +6813,7 @@
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n"
-"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú "
-"desplegable.</p>"
+"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310
@@ -7101,8 +6821,7 @@
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en "
-"suspensió\n"
+"<p>La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n"
"al disc en la majoria de casos.</p>"
#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335
@@ -7231,23 +6950,18 @@
#~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available"
#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està "
-#~ "disponible"
+#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
-#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file "
-#~ "system,\n"
-#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /"
-#~ "boot.\n"
+#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n"
+#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n"
-#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt "
-#~ "de muntatge.\n"
+#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Export Device Graph..."
@@ -7279,8 +6993,7 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de "
-#~ "suprimir-lo.\n"
+#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n"
@@ -7334,22 +7047,16 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-#~ "tmp.\n"
-#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will "
-#~ "create \n"
-#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose "
-#~ "all \n"
+#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
+#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n"
+#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n"
#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com "
-#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n"
-#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us "
-#~ "crearà \n"
-#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que "
-#~ "perdreu totes \n"
+#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n"
+#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n"
+#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n"
#~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -7413,20 +7120,15 @@
#~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous.</p>"
#~ msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge <BR>premeu el "
-#~ "botó <B>Sí</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge <BR>premeu el botó <B>Sí</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "<P>To ignore these mount points, <BR> press <B>No</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge <BR>premeu el botó <B>No</"
-#~ "B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr "<P>Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge <BR>premeu el botó <B>No</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
#~ "for your new installation?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?"
+#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/sudo.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/sudo.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/sudo.ca.po 2014-12-16 13:16:21 UTC (rev 90873)
@@ -328,45 +328,37 @@
#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486
msgid ""
"Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"L'àlies d'amfitrió %1 s'està usant en una de les regles de sudo.\n"
-"Suprimir-lo pot resultar en un fitxer de configuració de sudo inconsistent. "
-"El voleu suprimir?\n"
+"Suprimir-lo pot resultar en un fitxer de configuració de sudo inconsistent. El voleu suprimir?\n"
#. No alias name set so far
#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"L'àlies d'usuari %1 s'està usant en una de les regles de sudo.\n"
-"Suprimir-lo pot resultar en un fitxer de configuració de sudo inconsistent. "
-"El voleu suprimir?\n"
+"Suprimir-lo pot resultar en un fitxer de configuració de sudo inconsistent. El voleu suprimir?\n"
#. No alias name set so far
#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612
msgid ""
"RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"L'àlies Executa_Com_a %1 s'està usant en una de les regles de sudo.\n"
-"Suprimir-lo pot resultar en un fitxer de configuració de sudo inconsistent. "
-"El voleu suprimir?\n"
+"Suprimir-lo pot resultar en un fitxer de configuració de sudo inconsistent. El voleu suprimir?\n"
#. No alias name set so far
#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674
msgid ""
"Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"L'àlies d'ordre %1 s'està usant en una de les regles de sudo.\n"
-"Suprimir-lo pot resultar en un fitxer de configuració de sudo inconsistent. "
-"El voleu suprimir?\n"
+"Suprimir-lo pot resultar en un fitxer de configuració de sudo inconsistent. El voleu suprimir?\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36
@@ -421,12 +413,9 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Regles per a sudo</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tLes regles per a sudo bàsicament determinen quines ordres un usuari pot "
-"executar en \n"
-"\tamfitrions especificats (optionalment també com a quin usuari). Cada regla "
-"és\n"
-"\tun conjunt que consisteix en usuari, amfitrió i llista d'ordres, amb "
-"especificacions \n"
+"\tLes regles per a sudo bàsicament determinen quines ordres un usuari pot executar en \n"
+"\tamfitrions especificats (optionalment també com a quin usuari). Cada regla és\n"
+"\tun conjunt que consisteix en usuari, amfitrió i llista d'ordres, amb especificacions \n"
"\td'Executa_com_a i etiquetes opcionals. Això es resumeix a la taula \n"
"\tsegüent. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
@@ -441,12 +430,9 @@
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La columna dels <b>Usuaris</b> denota usuaris o àlies d'usuaris locals o "
-"del sistema. \n"
-"\tLa columna <b>Amfitrions</b> determina en quins amfitrions i grups "
-"d'amfitrions \n"
-"\treferits per àlies d'amfitrió un usuari pot executar ordres "
-"especificades.\n"
+"<p>La columna dels <b>Usuaris</b> denota usuaris o àlies d'usuaris locals o del sistema. \n"
+"\tLa columna <b>Amfitrions</b> determina en quins amfitrions i grups d'amfitrions \n"
+"\treferits per àlies d'amfitrió un usuari pot executar ordres especificades.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -454,19 +440,15 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n"
-"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access "
-"privileges\n"
-"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining "
-"whether\n"
+"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n"
+"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n"
"\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"La columna <b>Executa_ com_a</b> és un\n"
-"\tparàmetre opcional, que conté el nom d'usuari (o àlies) els privilegis "
-"d'accés del qual\n"
-"\ts'usaran per executar ordres. <b>NOPASSWD</b> és una etiqueta, que "
-"determina quan\n"
+"\tparàmetre opcional, que conté el nom d'usuari (o àlies) els privilegis d'accés del qual\n"
+"\ts'usaran per executar ordres. <b>NOPASSWD</b> és una etiqueta, que determina quan\n"
"\tels usuaris s'han d'autoritzar abans d'executar ordres.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -479,8 +461,7 @@
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Un conjunt d'ordres que l'usuari pot executar en amfitrions "
-"especificats \n"
+"<p>Un conjunt d'ordres que l'usuari pot executar en amfitrions especificats \n"
"\tes resumeix a la columna <b>Ordres</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -493,10 +474,8 @@
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir una nova regla, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu les "
-"entrades adequades. \n"
-"\tEl nom d'usuari, el nom d'amfitrió i la llista d'ordres no han d'estar "
-"buits. \n"
+"<p>Per afegir una nova regla, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu les entrades adequades. \n"
+"\tEl nom d'usuari, el nom d'amfitrió i la llista d'ordres no han d'estar buits. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -504,111 +483,82 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n"
-"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> "
-"button.\n"
+"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per editar una regla existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la taula i "
-"cliqueu a \n"
-"\t<b>Edita</b>. Per esborrar-ne una, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a "
-"<b>Suprimeix</b>.\n"
+"<p>Per editar una regla existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la taula i cliqueu a \n"
+"\t<b>Edita</b>. Per esborrar-ne una, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>.\n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
#. Single User Specification help 1/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), "
-"group name prefixed\n"
+"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n"
"\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n"
-"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, "
-"groups and aliases \n"
+"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n"
"\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El <b>Nom d'usuari o Àlies</b> es pot especificar amb un nom d'usuari "
-"simple (p. e. foo), un nom de grup prefixat\n"
+"<p>El <b>Nom d'usuari o Àlies</b> es pot especificar amb un nom d'usuari simple (p. e. foo), un nom de grup prefixat\n"
"\tamb '%' (p. e. %bar), o un nom d'àlies d'usuari. Si \n"
-"\tes fa servir la paraula clau 'ALL', significa qualsevol usuari. "
-"Seleccioneu usuaris existents, grups i àlies \n"
+"\tes fa servir la paraula clau 'ALL', significa qualsevol usuari. Seleccioneu usuaris existents, grups i àlies \n"
"\tdel menú desplegable o introduïu-hi el vostre valor. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www."
-"example.com) single IP \n"
-"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host "
-"alias. If commands may be\n"
-"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched "
-"against your own hostname\n"
-"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file "
-"between multiple machines, \n"
+"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n"
+"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n"
+"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n"
+"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n"
"\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'entrada <b>Nom d'amfitrió o àlies</b> consisteix o bé d'un nom "
-"d'amfitrió(p. e. www.example.com) una adreça IP \n"
-"\túnica (p. e. 192.168.0.1), una adreça IP combinada amb una màscara de "
-"xarxa, o un àlies d'amfitrió. Si les ordres poden\n"
-"\t executar-se en qualsevol amfitrió, useu la paraula clau 'ALL'. Es "
-"comprova el nom d'amfitrió o l'aderça IP amb el vostre nom \n"
-"\td'amfitrió o adreça IP; per tant, si no teniu la intenció de compartir els "
-"fitxer /etc/sudoers entre diferents màquines, \n"
-"\tl'entrada 'ALL' o 'localhost' serà suficient per a la majoria de "
-"propòsits. \n"
+"<p>L'entrada <b>Nom d'amfitrió o àlies</b> consisteix o bé d'un nom d'amfitrió(p. e. www.example.com) una adreça IP \n"
+"\túnica (p. e. 192.168.0.1), una adreça IP combinada amb una màscara de xarxa, o un àlies d'amfitrió. Si les ordres poden\n"
+"\t executar-se en qualsevol amfitrió, useu la paraula clau 'ALL'. Es comprova el nom d'amfitrió o l'aderça IP amb el vostre nom \n"
+"\td'amfitrió o adreça IP; per tant, si no teniu la intenció de compartir els fitxer /etc/sudoers entre diferents màquines, \n"
+"\tl'entrada 'ALL' o 'localhost' serà suficient per a la majoria de propòsits. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Specification help 2/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
-"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an "
-"user, \n"
+"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n"
"\twhose access privileges \n"
-"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is "
-"the default\n"
-"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or "
-"run_as alias name\n"
-"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter "
-"your own value.\n"
+"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n"
+"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n"
+"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>L'<b>àlies o nom d'usuari Executa_com_a</b> és un paràmetre opcional que "
-"especifica un usuari, \n"
+"<p>L'<b>àlies o nom d'usuari Executa_com_a</b> és un paràmetre opcional que especifica un usuari, \n"
"\tels privilegis d'accés del qual \n"
-"\ts'usaran per executar una ordre concreta. Si està buit, és per defecte "
-"l'usuari <b>root</b>\n"
-"\tPot ser un nom d'usuari únic, un nom de grup prefixat amb '%' o un nom "
-"d'àlies Executa_com_a\n"
-"\tSeleccioneu-los dels usuaris, grups i àlies existents del menú desplegable "
-"o introduïu-hi el vostre valor.\n"
+"\ts'usaran per executar una ordre concreta. Si està buit, és per defecte l'usuari <b>root</b>\n"
+"\tPot ser un nom d'usuari únic, un nom de grup prefixat amb '%' o un nom d'àlies Executa_com_a\n"
+"\tSeleccioneu-los dels usuaris, grups i àlies existents del menú desplegable o introduïu-hi el vostre valor.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single User Specification help 3/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
-"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to "
-"authenticate\n"
-"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running "
-"particular \n"
+"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n"
+"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n"
"\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n"
"\tdisable this authentication\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sense contrasenya</b> és una etiqueta opcional. Normalment, els usuris "
-"s'han d'autenticar\n"
-"\ta si mateixos (p. e. donar la seva contrasenya, no la de root) abans "
-"d'executar una ordre \n"
-"\tconcreta. Establiu l'etiqueta Sense Contrasenya a \"Sí\" si voleu "
-"inhabilitar aquesta\n"
+"<p><b>Sense contrasenya</b> és una etiqueta opcional. Normalment, els usuris s'han d'autenticar\n"
+"\ta si mateixos (p. e. donar la seva contrasenya, no la de root) abans d'executar una ordre \n"
+"\tconcreta. Establiu l'etiqueta Sense Contrasenya a \"Sí\" si voleu inhabilitar aquesta\n"
"\tautenticació.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -617,38 +567,28 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n"
-"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be "
-"allowed \n"
-"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be "
-"run. \n"
+"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n"
+"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n"
"\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>La taula d'<b>Ordres a executar</b> és una llista d'ordres (optionalment "
-"amb\n"
-"\tparàmetres), directoris i àlies d'ordre que un usuari concret té permís "
-"per executar.\n"
-"\tSi s'usa un nom de directori, es pot executar qualsevol ordre del "
-"directori. \n"
-"\tLa paraula clau 'ALL' significa qualsevol ordre, per tant, useu-la amb "
-"prudència.\n"
+"<p>La taula d'<b>Ordres a executar</b> és una llista d'ordres (optionalment amb\n"
+"\tparàmetres), directoris i àlies d'ordre que un usuari concret té permís per executar.\n"
+"\tSi s'usa un nom de directori, es pot executar qualsevol ordre del directori. \n"
+"\tLa paraula clau 'ALL' significa qualsevol ordre, per tant, useu-la amb prudència.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
-"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with "
-"optional\n"
-"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate "
-"entry from the table\n"
+"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n"
+"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n"
"\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"Per afegir una ordre nove, cliqueu al botó <b>Afegeix</b>, empleneu el nom "
-"de l'ordre amb els paràmetres \n"
-"\topcionals i cliqueu a <b>D'acord</b>. Per suprimir l'ordre, seleccioneu "
-"l'entrada adequada de la taula\n"
+"Per afegir una ordre nove, cliqueu al botó <b>Afegeix</b>, empleneu el nom de l'ordre amb els paràmetres \n"
+"\topcionals i cliqueu a <b>D'acord</b>. Per suprimir l'ordre, seleccioneu l'entrada adequada de la taula\n"
"\ti cliqueu al botó <b>Suprimeix</b>.\n"
"\t"
@@ -656,32 +596,26 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of "
-"users that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Àlies d'usuaris</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tEn aquest diàleg, podeu configurar els vostres àlies. Un àlies d'usuari és "
-"un conjunt d'usuaris\n"
-"\tque rep un únic nom. Aquest nom s'usa després per referir-se a tots els "
-"usuaris del conjunt a la configuració de sudo.\n"
+"\tEn aquest diàleg, podeu configurar els vostres àlies. Un àlies d'usuari és un conjunt d'usuaris\n"
+"\tque rep un únic nom. Aquest nom s'usa després per referir-se a tots els usuaris del conjunt a la configuració de sudo.\n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
#. User Aliases help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir un nou àlies d'usuari, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu les "
-"entrades adequades. \n"
+"<p>Per afegir un nou àlies d'usuari, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu les entrades adequades. \n"
"\tEl nom d'àlies i la llista d'usuaris a l'àlies no han d'estar buits. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -689,14 +623,12 @@
#. User Aliases help 3/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per editar un àlies d'usuari existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la "
-"taula i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
+"<p>Per editar un àlies d'usuari existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la taula i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
"\t Per esborrar-ne un, cliqueu a <b>Elimina</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -705,32 +637,26 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of "
-"hosts that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tEn aquest diàleg, podeu configurar àlies d'amfitrió. Un àlies d'amfitrió "
-"és un conjunt d'amfitrions \n"
-"\tque té un nom únic. Aquest nom s'usa per referir-se a tots els amfitrions "
-"del conjunt a la configuració de sudo. \n"
+"\tEn aquest diàleg, podeu configurar àlies d'amfitrió. Un àlies d'amfitrió és un conjunt d'amfitrions \n"
+"\tque té un nom únic. Aquest nom s'usa per referir-se a tots els amfitrions del conjunt a la configuració de sudo. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Host Aliases help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir un nou àlies d'amfitrió, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu "
-"les entrades adequades. \n"
+"<p>Per afegir un nou àlies d'amfitrió, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu les entrades adequades. \n"
"\tEl nom d'àlies i la llista d'amfitrions a l'àlies no han d'estar buits. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -738,14 +664,12 @@
#. Host Aliases help 3/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per editar un àlies d'amfitrió existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la "
-"taula i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
+"<p>Per editar un àlies d'amfitrió existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la taula i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
"\t Per esborrar-ne un, cliqueu a <b>Elimina</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -754,32 +678,26 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of "
-"users that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Àlies Executa_com_a</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tEn aquest diàleg, podeu configurar àlies Executa_com_a. Un àlies "
-"Executa_com_a és un conjunt d'usuaris \n"
-"\tque té un nom únic. Aquest nom s'usa per referir-se a tots els usuaris del "
-"conjunt a la configuració de sudo. \n"
+"\tEn aquest diàleg, podeu configurar àlies Executa_com_a. Un àlies Executa_com_a és un conjunt d'usuaris \n"
+"\tque té un nom únic. Aquest nom s'usa per referir-se a tots els usuaris del conjunt a la configuració de sudo. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir un nou àlies Executa_com_a, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i "
-"empleneu les entrades adequades. \n"
+"<p>Per afegir un nou àlies Executa_com_a, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu les entrades adequades. \n"
"\tEl nom d'àlies i la llista d'usuaris a l'àlies no han d'estar buits. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -787,14 +705,12 @@
#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per editar un àlies d'executa_com_a existent, seleccioneu una entrada de "
-"la taula i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
+"<p>Per editar un àlies d'executa_com_a existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la taula i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
"\t Per esborrar-ne un, cliqueu a <b>Elimina</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -803,19 +719,15 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set "
-"of commands \n"
-"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is "
-"then used to refer\n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n"
+"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n"
"\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Àlies d'ordre</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tEn aquest diàleg, podeu configurar àlies d'ordre. Un àlies d'ordre és un "
-"conjunt d'ordres \n"
-"\t(optionalment amb paràmetres) que té un nom únic. Aquest nom s'usa per "
-"referir-se a totes\n"
+"\tEn aquest diàleg, podeu configurar àlies d'ordre. Un àlies d'ordre és un conjunt d'ordres \n"
+"\t(optionalment amb paràmetres) que té un nom únic. Aquest nom s'usa per referir-se a totes\n"
"\tles ordres d'aquest conjunt a la configuració de sudo. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -823,14 +735,12 @@
#. Command Aliases help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per afegir un nou àlies d'ordre, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu les "
-"entrades adequades. \n"
+"<p>Per afegir un nou àlies d'ordre, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b> i empleneu les entrades adequades. \n"
"\tEl nom d'àlies i la llista d'ordres a l'àlies no han d'estar buits. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -838,14 +748,12 @@
#. Command Aliases help 3/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click "
-"on <b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Per editar un àlies d'ordre existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la taula "
-"i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
+"<p>Per editar un àlies d'ordre existent, seleccioneu una entrada de la taula i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
"\t Per esborrar-ne un, cliqueu a <b>Elimina</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -854,19 +762,14 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with "
-"'%') or other\n"
-"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, "
-"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in "
-"this alias.\n"
+"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n"
+"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Àlies d'usuari</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tL'àlies d'usuari consisteix en un o més usuaris, grups del sistema "
-"(prefixats amb '%') o altres\n"
-"\tàlies d'usuari. És un nom únic (només ha de contenir majúscules, números i "
-"línies baixes), que s'usa \n"
+"\tL'àlies d'usuari consisteix en un o més usuaris, grups del sistema (prefixats amb '%') o altres\n"
+"\tàlies d'usuari. És un nom únic (només ha de contenir majúscules, números i línies baixes), que s'usa \n"
"\tper referir-se a tots els usuaris de l'àlies.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -875,21 +778,16 @@
#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or "
-"groups to the\n"
-"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on "
-"<b>Add</b> button.\n"
-"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, "
-"and click on\n"
+"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n"
+"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n"
+"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Introduïu un nom únic al camp de text <b>Nom d'àlies</b>. Per afegir "
-"usuaris o grups a\n"
+"<p>Introduïu un nom únic al camp de text <b>Nom d'àlies</b>. Per afegir usuaris o grups a\n"
"\tl'àlies, seleccioneu-ne del menú desplegable i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
-"\tPer eliminar un usuari de l'àlies, selecconeu-ne l'entrada corresponent de "
-"la taula i cliqueu a \n"
+"\tPer eliminar un usuari de l'àlies, selecconeu-ne l'entrada corresponent de la taula i cliqueu a \n"
"\t<b>Suprimeix</b>. Per acabar la configuració, cliqueu a <b>D'acord</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -901,39 +799,29 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one "
-"member.\n"
+"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Nota:</b> el nom de l'àlies no pot estar buit. Cada àlies ha de tenir com "
-"a mínim un membre.\n"
+"<b>Nota:</b> el nom de l'àlies no pot estar buit. Cada àlies ha de tenir com a mínim un membre.\n"
"\t"
#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP "
-"addresses\n"
-"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. "
-"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n"
-"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. "
-"It is \n"
-"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore "
-"only), which \n"
+"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n"
+"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n"
+"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n"
+"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n"
"\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Àlies d'amfitrió</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tL'àlies d'amfitrió consisteix en un o més noms d'amfitrió, adreces IP "
-"úniques, adreces IP\n"
-"\tcombinades amb una id de màscara de xarxa anotada amb punts (p. e. "
-"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) o\n"
-"\tamb la nota del número CIDR de bits (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), o altres àlies "
-"d'amfitrió. És un \n"
-"\tnom únic (només ha de contenir majúscules, números i línies baixes), que "
-"s'usa \n"
+"\tL'àlies d'amfitrió consisteix en un o més noms d'amfitrió, adreces IP úniques, adreces IP\n"
+"\tcombinades amb una id de màscara de xarxa anotada amb punts (p. e. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) o\n"
+"\tamb la nota del número CIDR de bits (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), o altres àlies d'amfitrió. És un \n"
+"\tnom únic (només ha de contenir majúscules, números i línies baixes), que s'usa \n"
"\tper referir-se a tots els amfitrions de l'àlies.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -942,16 +830,13 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277
msgid ""
"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n"
-"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you "
-"can enter\n"
+"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n"
"\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t<p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Introduïu un nom únic a l'entrada de text <b>Nom d'àlies</b>. Per afegir "
-"amfitrions a\n"
-"\tl'àlies, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>. Apareixerà una finestra emergent, on "
-"podeu introduir\n"
+"<p>Introduïu un nom únic a l'entrada de text <b>Nom d'àlies</b>. Per afegir amfitrions a\n"
+"\tl'àlies, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>. Apareixerà una finestra emergent, on podeu introduir\n"
"\tun nom d'amfitrió vàlid o adreça IP i clicar a <b>D'acord</b>.\n"
"\t<p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -959,14 +844,12 @@
#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285
msgid ""
-"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and "
-"click on\n"
+"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"Per suprimir un amfitrió de l'àlies, seleccioneu l'entrada corresponent de "
-"la taula i cliqueu a\n"
+"Per suprimir un amfitrió de l'àlies, seleccioneu l'entrada corresponent de la taula i cliqueu a\n"
"\t<b>Suprimeix</b>. Per acabar la configuració, cliqueu a <b>D'acord</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -975,23 +858,17 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more "
-"users, system groups \n"
-"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must "
-"contain \n"
-"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to "
-"refer to all users \n"
+"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n"
+"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n"
+"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n"
"\tin this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Àlies Executa_com_a</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tL'àlies Executa_com_a és molt semblant a l'àlies d'usuari. Consisteix en "
-"un o més usuaris, grups del sistema \n"
-"\t(prefixats amb '%') o altres àlies d'Executa_com_a. És un nom únic (només "
-"ha de contenir \n"
-"\tmajúscules, números i ratlles baixes), que s'usa per referir-se a tots els "
-"usuaris \n"
+"\tL'àlies Executa_com_a és molt semblant a l'àlies d'usuari. Consisteix en un o més usuaris, grups del sistema \n"
+"\t(prefixats amb '%') o altres àlies d'Executa_com_a. És un nom únic (només ha de contenir \n"
+"\tmajúscules, números i ratlles baixes), que s'usa per referir-se a tots els usuaris \n"
"\ten aquest àlies.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -1000,67 +877,49 @@
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional "
-"parameters), directories, or\n"
-"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase "
-"letters, numbers and\n"
+"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n"
+"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n"
"\tunderscore only), which is \n"
-"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally "
-"have one or more\n"
-"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these "
-"parameters only. If a \n"
+"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n"
+"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n"
"\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Àlies d'ordre</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tL'àlies d'ordre és una llista d'una o més ordres (amb paràmetres "
-"opcionals), directoris o\n"
-"\taltres àlies d'ordre. És un nom únic (només ha de contenir majúscules, "
-"números i\n"
+"\tL'àlies d'ordre és una llista d'una o més ordres (amb paràmetres opcionals), directoris o\n"
+"\taltres àlies d'ordre. És un nom únic (només ha de contenir majúscules, números i\n"
"\tguions baixos), que s'usa \n"
-"\tper referir-se a totes les ordres d'aquest àlies. Una ordra pot tenir "
-"opcionalment un o més \n"
-"\tparèmetres especificats. Si és així, els usuaris poden executar l'ordre "
-"només amb aquests paràmetres. Si \n"
-"\ts'usa un nom de directori, es pot executar qualsevol ordre del "
-"directori. \n"
+"\tper referir-se a totes les ordres d'aquest àlies. Una ordra pot tenir opcionalment un o més \n"
+"\tparèmetres especificats. Si és així, els usuaris poden executar l'ordre només amb aquests paràmetres. Si \n"
+"\ts'usa un nom de directori, es pot executar qualsevol ordre del directori. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command "
-"to the alias,\n"
-"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can "
-"enter command name\n"
-"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. "
-"Additionally, you can\n"
+"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n"
+"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n"
+"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n"
"\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Introduïu un nom únic a l'entrada de text <b>Nom d'àlies</b>. Per afegir "
-"una nova ordre a\n"
-"\tl'àlies, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>. Apareixerà una finestra emergent, on "
-"podeu introduir\n"
-"\tun nom d'ordre (o selecconar-ne un des del navegador de fitxers clicant a "
-"<b>Navega</b>.\n"
-"\tAddicionalment, podeu especifcar paràmetres d'ordre a l'entrada de text "
-"<b>Paràmeters</b>\n"
+"<p>Introduïu un nom únic a l'entrada de text <b>Nom d'àlies</b>. Per afegir una nova ordre a\n"
+"\tl'àlies, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>. Apareixerà una finestra emergent, on podeu introduir\n"
+"\tun nom d'ordre (o selecconar-ne un des del navegador de fitxers clicant a <b>Navega</b>.\n"
+"\tAddicionalment, podeu especifcar paràmetres d'ordre a l'entrada de text <b>Paràmeters</b>\n"
"\t"
#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4
#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339
msgid ""
-"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, "
-"and click on\n"
+"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"Per suprimir una ordre de l'àlies, seleccioneu l'entrada corresponent de la "
-"taula i cliqueu a\n"
+"Per suprimir una ordre de l'àlies, seleccioneu l'entrada corresponent de la taula i cliqueu a\n"
"\t<b>Suprimeix</b>. Per acabar la configuració, cliqueu a <b>D'acord</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -1072,11 +931,8 @@
#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false;
#. }
#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400
-msgid ""
-"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Aquesta regla és una regla de sistema necessària per al funcionament "
-"correcte de sudo.\n"
+msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n"
+msgstr "Aquesta regla és una regla de sistema necessària per al funcionament correcte de sudo.\n"
#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407
msgid ""
@@ -1096,11 +952,8 @@
#. end Commands
#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545
-msgid ""
-"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?"
-msgstr ""
-"Es perdran tots els canvis. Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració "
-"sense desar-la?"
+msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?"
+msgstr "Es perdran tots els canvis. Esteu segur que voleu sortir de la configuració sense desar-la?"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:12:14 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90872
Modified:
trunk/yast/ru/po/drbd.ru.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/ru/po/drbd.ru.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ru/po/drbd.ru.po 2014-12-16 13:10:25 UTC (rev 90871)
+++ trunk/yast/ru/po/drbd.ru.po 2014-12-16 13:12:14 UTC (rev 90872)
@@ -18,8 +18,7 @@
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: …
[View More]8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<"
-"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module
@@ -178,8 +177,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Прерывание инициализации:</big></b><br> \n"
-"Сейчас безопасно прервать конфигурационную утилиту нажатием <b>Прервать</b>.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"Сейчас безопасно прервать конфигурационную утилиту нажатием <b>Прервать</b>.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
@@ -221,8 +219,7 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Загрузка</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>Выберите \"Вкл.\", чтобы запустить сервер DRBD сейчас, а также "
-"запускать его при загрузке</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>Выберите \"Вкл.\", чтобы запустить сервер DRBD сейчас, а также запускать его при загрузке</p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Выберите \"Выкл.\", чтобы сервер DRBD запускался только вручную</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Включение и выключение</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Вы можете запустить или остановить сервер DRBD прямо сейчас</p>\n"
@@ -235,12 +232,10 @@
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
-"resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Для добавления, правки или удаления ресурса нажимайте кнопки «Добавить», "
-"«Редактировать» или «Удалить».</p>\n"
+"<p>Для добавления, правки или удаления ресурса нажимайте кнопки «Добавить», «Редактировать» или «Удалить».</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
@@ -256,136 +251,69 @@
#| "\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of "
-"one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is "
-"used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the "
-"device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the "
-"node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
-"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
-"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
-"parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and "
-"the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be "
-"used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or "
-"'/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
-"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>"
-"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>Параметр \"Имя\" обязателен и должен совпадать с именем хоста Linux "
-"(uname -n) одного из узлов</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Адрес:порт\": ресурсу требуется один IP-адрес на устройство, который "
-"используется для ожидания входящих подключений от партнерского устройства для "
-"связи с данным устройством. Каждому ресурсу DRBD необходим TCP-порт, "
-"используемый для подключения к партнерскому устройству узла.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Устройство\": имя узла блочного устройства описываемого ресурса. "
-"Необходимо использовать это устройство в приложении (файловой системе) и не "
-"следует использовать низкоуровневое блочное устройство, указанное в параметре "
-"disk после номера второстепенной версии.\n"
+"\t\t<p>Параметр \"Имя\" обязателен и должен совпадать с именем хоста Linux (uname -n) одного из узлов</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Адрес:порт\": ресурсу требуется один IP-адрес на устройство, который используется для ожидания входящих подключений от партнерского устройства для связи с данным устройством. Каждому ресурсу DRBD необходим TCP-порт, используемый для подключения к партнерскому устройству узла.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Устройство\": имя узла блочного устройства описываемого ресурса. Необходимо использовать это устройство в приложении (файловой системе) и не следует использовать низкоуровневое блочное устройство, указанное в параметре disk после номера второстепенной версии.\n"
"\t\tНапример: /dev/drbd_r0 minor 0</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Диск\": DRBD использует это блочное устройство для фактического "
-"хранения и получения данных. Не обращайтесь к такому устройству, когда на нем "
-"выполняется DRBD.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Метадиск\": внутренний параметр, т. е. последняя часть резервного "
-"устройства используется для хранения метаданных.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Диск\": DRBD использует это блочное устройство для фактического хранения и получения данных. Не обращайтесь к такому устройству, когда на нем выполняется DRBD.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Метадиск\": внутренний параметр, т. е. последняя часть резервного устройства используется для хранения метаданных.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local "
-"disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local "
-"disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
-"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was "
-"a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports "
-"io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
-"DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response "
-"packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and "
-"therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than "
-"connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 "
-"seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a "
-"keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
-"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
-"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
-"packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
-"write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
-"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
-"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
-"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
-"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
-"KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
-"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
-"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Протокол</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Протокол A: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, "
-"если она распространилась до локального диска и локального буфера отправки "
-"TCP.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Протокол B: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, "
-"если она распространилась до локального диска и кэша удаленного буфера.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Протокол C: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, "
-"если она распространилась до локального и удаленного дисков.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Протокол A: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, если она распространилась до локального диска и локального буфера отправки TCP.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Протокол B: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, если она распространилась до локального диска и кэша удаленного буфера.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Протокол C: операция ввода-вывода \"запись\" считается завершенной, если она распространилась до локального и удаленного дисков.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: ждать, пока не истечет время ожидания соединения<"
-"/p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: ждать, пока не истечет время ожидания "
-"соединения, если этот узел был деградировавшим кластером</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: ждать, пока не истечет время ожидания соединения</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: ждать, пока не истечет время ожидания соединения, если этот узел был деградировавшим кластером</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: действие, выполняемое, когда низкоуровневое "
-"устройство уведомляет верхние уровни об ошибке ввода-вывода</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: действие, выполняемое, когда низкоуровневое устройство уведомляет верхние уровни об ошибке ввода-вывода</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: размер буфера отправки TCP-сокета</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: максимальное количество запросов, которое "
-"обрабатывается в DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: максимальное количество запросов, которое обрабатывается в DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: если партнерский узел не отправляет ожидаемый ответный "
-"пакет за указанное время (выраженное в десятых долях секунды), партнерский "
-"узел считается вышедшим из строя, поэтому TCP/IP-соединение прекращается. Это "
-"значение должно быть ниже connect-int и ping-int. Значение по умолчанию — 60 "
-"(6 секунд), единица измерения — 0,1 секунды.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: время, в течение которого одноранговый узел должен "
-"ответить на пакет активности. Если за это время ответ не получен, узел "
-"считается вышедшим из строя. Значение по умолчанию — 500 мс, единица "
-"измерения по умолчанию — 100 мс</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: время, в течение которого одноранговый узел должен "
-"ответить на пакет активности</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: если партнерский узел не отправляет ожидаемый ответный пакет за указанное время (выраженное в десятых долях секунды), партнерский узел считается вышедшим из строя, поэтому TCP/IP-соединение прекращается. Это значение должно быть ниже connect-int и ping-int. Значение по умолчанию — 60 (6 секунд), единица измерения — 0,1 секунды.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: время, в течение которого одноранговый узел должен ответить на пакет активности. Если за это время ответ не получен, узел считается вышедшим из строя. Значение по умолчанию — 500 мс, единица измерения по умолчанию — 100 мс</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: время, в течение которого одноранговый узел должен ответить на пакет активности</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: максимальное количество блоков данных между "
-"двумя барьерами записи</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: если вторичный узел не выполняет ни одного запроса на "
-"запись в течение времени, равного count * timeout, он исключается из "
-"кластера. Значение по умолчанию — 0 (отключено).</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: чтобы обеспечить бесперебойную работу приложения на базе "
-"DRBD, можно ограничить полосу пропускания для фоновой синхронизации. Значение "
-"по умолчанию — 250 КБ/с, единица измерения по умолчанию — КБ/с.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: параметр, ограничивающий рост активного множества. "
-"Количество экстентов по умолчанию — 127 (минимум: 7; максимум: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: максимальное количество блоков данных между двумя барьерами записи</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: если вторичный узел не выполняет ни одного запроса на запись в течение времени, равного count * timeout, он исключается из кластера. Значение по умолчанию — 0 (отключено).</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: чтобы обеспечить бесперебойную работу приложения на базе DRBD, можно ограничить полосу пропускания для фоновой синхронизации. Значение по умолчанию — 250 КБ/с, единица измерения по умолчанию — КБ/с.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: параметр, ограничивающий рост активного множества. Количество экстентов по умолчанию — 127 (минимум: 7; максимум: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
@@ -393,22 +321,16 @@
msgstr "<p><b><big>Общие настройки DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
-"sanity check</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Отметьте <b>\"Отключить проверку IP\"</b> для отключения одной из "
-"санитарных проверок drbdadm</p>"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Отметьте <b>\"Отключить проверку IP\"</b> для отключения одной из санитарных проверок drbdadm</p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
-"waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
-"seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Обновление диалога:</b> Пользовательский диалог считает и отображает\n"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 14:10:25 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90871
Modified:
trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po
trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2014-12-16 12:21:11 UTC (rev 90870)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2014-12-16 13:10:25 UTC (rev 90871)
@@ -171,12 +171,8 @@
#: src/…
[View More]include/cluster/dialogs.rb:270
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to "
-"passive."
-msgstr ""
-"Seul passif ou actif peuvent être sélectionnés si plusieurs interfaces sont "
-"utilisées. Initialisé avec passif."
+msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
+msgstr "Seul passif ou actif peuvent être sélectionnés si plusieurs interfaces sont utilisées. Initialisé avec passif."
# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__66
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
@@ -275,20 +271,12 @@
msgstr "Processus :"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:740
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/"
-"authkey."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour un cluster nouvellement créé, appuyer sur le bouton ci-dessous pour "
-"générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr "Pour un cluster nouvellement créé, appuyer sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:745
-msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
-"nodes manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Pour rejoindre un cluster existant, copiez manuellement /etc/corosync/"
-"authkey depuis les autres nœuds."
+msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "Pour rejoindre un cluster existant, copiez manuellement /etc/corosync/authkey depuis les autres nœuds."
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:773
#, fuzzy
@@ -436,8 +424,7 @@
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
"Le fichier de clé %1 est généré.\n"
-"L'appui sur le bouton \"Ajouter les fichiers suggérés\" l'ajoutera à la "
-"liste de synchronisation."
+"L'appui sur le bouton \"Ajouter les fichiers suggérés\" l'ajoutera à la liste de synchronisation."
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__134
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1321
@@ -447,13 +434,11 @@
#. SaveCsync2();
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1383
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
-"cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd est un service qui aide à dupliquer un état de pare-feu entre les "
-"nœuds d'un cluster.\n"
+"Conntrackd est un service qui aide à dupliquer un état de pare-feu entre les nœuds d'un cluster.\n"
"YaST peut aider à configurer certains aspects fondamentaux de conntrackd.\n"
"Vous avez besoin de le démarrer avec ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
@@ -483,247 +468,79 @@
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
-"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
-"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
-"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
-"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
-"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
-"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
-"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but "
-"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address "
-"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address."
-"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 "
-"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must "
-"be specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
-"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
-"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
-"udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
-"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
-"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
-"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from "
-"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
-"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
-"not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
-"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
-"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
-"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
-"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
-"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
-"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
-"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
-"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></"
-"p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
-"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Adresse réseau liée</big></b><br>Ceci indique l'adresse que "
-"l'exécutable openais doit lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par "
-"un zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé sur 192.168.5.92, initialisez "
-"bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Elle peut également être une adresse IPv6 "
-"auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit "
-"être renseignée et il n'y a pas de sélection automatique de l'interface du "
-"réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme pour IPv4. Si le "
-"réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci est l'adresse de "
-"multidiffusion utilisée par l'exécutable openais. La valeur par défaut "
-"devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau "
-"devrait être consulté à propos de la mise en place d'une adresse de "
-"multidiffusion. Evitez 224.x.x.x qui est une adresse de multidiffusion de "
-"\"config\".<br>Cette adresse peut également être une adresse de "
-"multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau "
-"IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est "
-"possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les "
-"services openais configurer pour des ports UDP différents.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Adresse du membre</big></b><br>Cette liste indique tous les "
-"noeuds dans le cluster par adresse IP. Elle peut être configurée en "
-"utilisant udpu. <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud</big></b><br>Cette option de configuration "
-"est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits "
-"spécifiant l'identifiant du nœud tel que fourni par le service "
-"d'appartenance du cluster. S'il n'est pas renseigné en IPv4, l'identifiant "
-"du nœud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP sur 32 bits du système "
-"auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant d'anneau 0. La valeur de zéro "
-"pour l'identifiant de nœud est réservé et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></"
-"p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Ceci indique le mode de redondance de "
-"l'anneau qui peut prendre les valeurs vide (none), actif ou passif. Une "
-"réplication active offre une latence légèrement plus basse de la "
-"transmission à la réception dans un réseau défectueux mais avec une "
-"performance moindre. Une réplication passive peut presque doubler la vitesse "
-"du protocole totem si le protocole ne devient pas lié à un cpu. La dernière "
-"option est vide (none) auquel cas seulement une interface réseau sera "
-"utilisée pour gérer le protocole totem. Si une seule interface est "
-"renseignée, cette valeur vide (none) est automatiquement sélectionnée. Si "
-"plusieurs interfaces sont renseignées, seul actif ou passif peuvent être "
-"sélectionnés.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Votes nécessaires</big></b><br>Nombre de votes nécessaires pour "
-"définir le quorum des votes. Sera automatiquement calculé quand la section "
-"nodelist {} est présente dans corosync.conf ou peut ëtre spécifié dans la "
-"section quorum {}.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud auto-généré</big></b><br>L'identifiant de "
-"nœud est nécessaire avec IPv6. L'activation de l'identifiant automatique de "
-"nœud générera automatiquement l'identifiant du nœud.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse réseau liée</big></b><br>Ceci indique l'adresse que l'exécutable openais doit lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par un zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé sur 192.168.5.92, initialisez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Elle peut également être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a pas de sélection automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme pour IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci est l'adresse de multidiffusion utilisée par l'exécutable openais. La valeur par défaut devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau devrait être consulté à propos de la mise en place d'une adresse de multidiffusion. Evitez 224.x.x.x qui est une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\".<br>Cette adresse peut également être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les services openais configurer pour des ports UDP différents.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Adresse du membre</big></b><br>Cette liste indique tous les noeuds dans le cluster par adresse IP. Elle peut être configurée en utilisant udpu. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud</big></b><br>Cette option de configuration est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits spécifiant l'identifiant du nœud tel que fourni par le service d'appartenance du cluster. S'il n'est pas renseigné en IPv4, l'identifiant du nœud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP sur 32 bits du système auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant d'anneau 0. La valeur de zéro pour l'identifiant de nœud est réservé et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Ceci indique le mode de redondance de l'anneau qui peut prendre les valeurs vide (none), actif ou passif. Une réplication active offre une latence légèrement plus basse de la transmission à la réception dans un réseau défectueux mais avec une performance moindre. Une réplication passive peut presque doubler la vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole ne devient pas lié à un cpu. La dernière option est vide (none) auquel cas seulement une interface réseau sera utilisée pour gérer le protocole totem. Si une seule interface est renseignée, cette valeur vide (none) est automatiquement sélectionnée. Si plusieurs interfaces sont renseignées, seul actif ou passif peuvent être sélectionnés.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Votes nécessaires</big></b><br>Nombre de votes nécessaires pour définir le quorum des votes. Sera automatiquement calculé quand la section nodelist {} est présente dans corosync.conf ou peut ëtre spécifié dans la section quorum {}.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Identifiant de nœud auto-généré</big></b><br>L'identifiant de nœud est nécessaire avec IPv6. L'activation de l'identifiant automatique de nœud générera automatiquement l'identifiant du nœud.<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads "
-#| "are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the "
-#| "protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this "
-#| "directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads "
-#| "to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 "
-#| "indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best "
-#| "performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/"
-#| "SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It "
-#| "further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the "
-#| "sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. "
-#| "Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem "
-#| "which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume "
-#| "75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For "
-#| "100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of "
-#| "9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is "
-#| "enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu "
-#| "utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e "
-#| "networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is "
-#| "possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of "
-#| "60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The "
-#| "default is on. <br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The defaul
t is on. <br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are "
-"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the "
-"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this "
-"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to "
-"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates "
-"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for "
-"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
-"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
-"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 "
-"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this "
-"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces "
-"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles "
-"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks "
-"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible "
-"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A "
-"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option "
-"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame "
-"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is "
-"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this "
-"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Processus</big></b><br>Cette directive contrôle combien de "
-"processus sont utilisés pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. "
-"Si secauth est arrêté, le protocole n'utilisera jamais les envois par "
-"plusieurs processus. Si secauth est démarré, cette directive autorise les "
-"systèmes à être configurés pour utiliser plusieurs processus pour crypter et "
-"envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Une directive de processus à 0 indique "
-"que les envois par plusieurs processus ne doivent pas être utilisés. Ce "
-"mode offre de meilleures performances pour les systèmes non-SMP. La valeur "
-"par défaut est 0. <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Activer la sécurité Auth</big></b><br>Ceci spécifie que "
-"l'authentification HMAC/SHA1 doit être utilisée pour authentifier tous les "
-"messages. Il précise en outre que toutes les données doivent être cryptées "
-"avec l'algorithme de cryptage sober128 pour protéger les données contre "
-"l'interception. Activer cette options ajoute un en-tête de 36 octets à "
-"chaque message envoyé par totem ce qui réduit la bande passante totale. Le "
-"cryptage et l'authentification consomment 75% de cycles CPU dans aisexec "
-"comme mesuré avec gprof. Pour des réseaux 100Mb avec des transmissions de "
-"trames de 1500 MTU : une bande passante de 9Mb/s est possible avec une "
-"utilisation du CPU de 100% quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs à "
-"3GHz. Une bande passante de 10Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation du CPU "
-"de 20% quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Pour des "
-"réseaux 1Gb avec des transmissions avec de larges trames : une bande "
-"passante de 20Mb/s est possible quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs "
-"à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 60Mb/s est possible quand cette option est "
-"désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Cette option est activée par défaut. <br></"
-"p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Processus</big></b><br>Cette directive contrôle combien de processus sont utilisés pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Si secauth est arrêté, le protocole n'utilisera jamais les envois par plusieurs processus. Si secauth est démarré, cette directive autorise les systèmes à être configurés pour utiliser plusieurs processus pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Une directive de processus à 0 indique que les envois par plusieurs processus ne doivent pas être utilisés. Ce mode offre de meilleures performances pour les systèmes non-SMP. La valeur par défaut est 0. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Activer la sécurité Auth</big></b><br>Ceci spécifie que l'authentification HMAC/SHA1 doit être utilisée pour authentifier tous les messages. Il précise en outre que toutes les données doivent être cryptées avec l'algorithme de cryptage sober128 pour protéger les données contre l'interception. Activer cette options ajoute un en-tête de 36 octets à chaque message envoyé par totem ce qui réduit la bande passante totale. Le cryptage et l'authentification consomment 75% de cycles CPU dans aisexec comme mesuré avec gprof. Pour des réseaux 100Mb avec des transmissions de trames de 1500 MTU : une bande passante de 9Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation du CPU de 100% quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 10Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation du CPU de 20% quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Pour des réseaux 1Gb avec des transmissions avec de larges trames : une bande passante de 20Mb/s est poss
ible quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 60Mb/s est possible quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Cette option est activée par défaut. <br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
-"or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when "
-"Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Amorçage</big></b><br>Démarrer ou non le service corosync "
-"lors de l'amorçage</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big></b><br>Activer le port lorsque "
-"le pare-feu est activé</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Amorçage</big></b><br>Démarrer ou non le service corosync lors de l'amorçage</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big></b><br>Activer le port lorsque le pare-feu est activé</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
-"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
-"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
-"synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed "
-"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is "
-"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup "
-"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</"
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Hôte à synchroniser</big></b><br>Les noms d'hôtes à utiliser "
-"ici doivent être les noms des hôtes locaux des noeuds du cluster. Cela "
-"signifie que vous devez utiliser exactement la même chaîne de caractères "
-"telle qu'affichée par la commande hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Fichier à synchroniser</big></b><br>Le nom complet et absolu "
-"du fichier à synchroniser.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Clés pré-partagées</big></b><br>L'authentification est "
-"réalisée en utilisant les adresses IP et des clés pré-partagés dans Csync2. "
-"Le fichier de clés est généré avec csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Le "
-"fichier key_hagroup doit être copié à la main après sa création vers tous "
-"les membres du cluster.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Hôte à synchroniser</big></b><br>Les noms d'hôtes à utiliser ici doivent être les noms des hôtes locaux des noeuds du cluster. Cela signifie que vous devez utiliser exactement la même chaîne de caractères telle qu'affichée par la commande hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Fichier à synchroniser</big></b><br>Le nom complet et absolu du fichier à synchroniser.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Clés pré-partagées</big></b><br>L'authentification est réalisée en utilisant les adresses IP et des clés pré-partagés dans Csync2. Le fichier de clés est généré avec csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Le fichier key_hagroup doit être copié à la main après sa création vers tous les membres du cluster.</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network "
-"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for "
-"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
-"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
-"used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
-"syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Interface dédiée</big></b><br>Une interface réseau dédiée "
-"pour la synchronisation. L'interface doit supporter la multidiffusion et "
-"être activée. Vous pourriez avoir besoin de la pré-configurer. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>L'adresse IPv4 assignée à l'interface réseau "
-"dédiée. Elle est détectée automatiquement.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>L'adresse de "
-"multidiffusion utilisée pour la synchronisation.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Numéro de groupe</big></b><br>Un identifiant numérique pour "
-"indiquer le groupe à synchroniser.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Interface dédiée</big></b><br>Une interface réseau dédiée pour la synchronisation. L'interface doit supporter la multidiffusion et être activée. Vous pourriez avoir besoin de la pré-configurer. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>L'adresse IPv4 assignée à l'interface réseau dédiée. Elle est détectée automatiquement.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>L'adresse de multidiffusion utilisée pour la synchronisation.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Numéro de groupe</big></b><br>Un identifiant numérique pour indiquer le groupe à synchroniser.</p>\n"
"\t"
# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0
@@ -743,8 +560,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur "
-"<b>Interrompre</b>.</p>\n"
+"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2
#. Write dialog help 1/2
@@ -766,8 +582,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</"
-"b>.\n"
+"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur <b>Interrompre</b>.\n"
"Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -903,102 +718,30 @@
#~ msgstr "Votes attendus :"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
-#~ "corosync/authkey."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Pour le cluster nouvellement créé, appuyez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour "
-#~ "générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#~ msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+#~ msgstr "Pour le cluster nouvellement créé, appuyez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/corosync/authkey."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the "
-#~ "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should "
-#~ "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over "
-#~ "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 "
-#~ "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the "
-#~ "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of "
-#~ "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 "
-#~ "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address "
-#~ "used by openais executive. The default should work for most "
-#~ "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a "
-#~ "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config"
-#~ "\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in "
-#~ "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-#~ "nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-#~ "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the "
-#~ "openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes "
-#~ "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu "
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is "
-#~ "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 "
-#~ "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster "
-#~ "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will "
-#~ "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the "
-#~ "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value "
-#~ "of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant "
-#~ "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication "
-#~ "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-#~ "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-#~ "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't "
-#~ "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one "
-#~ "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only "
-#~ "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If "
-#~ "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may "
-#~ "be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de réseau liée</big></b><br>Ceci indique l'adresse à "
-#~ "laquelle le service openais doit être lié. Cette adresse doit toujours "
-#~ "se terminer par zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé vers "
-#~ "192.168.5.92, mettez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Ceci peut également "
-#~ "être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce "
-#~ "cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a plus de "
-#~ "sélection automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-"
-#~ "réseau spécifique comme en IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ "
-#~ "nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci est l'adresse de "
-#~ "multidiffusion utilisé par le service openais. Par défaut, cela devrait "
-#~ "fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau peut "
-#~ "se voir demander une adresse de multidiffusion à utiliser. Evitez 224.x."
-#~ "x.x car il s'agit d'une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\".<br>Ceci "
-#~ "peut aussi être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau "
-#~ "IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit "
-#~ "être renseigné.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Port de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci indique le numéro du "
-#~ "port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion "
-#~ "sur un réseau avec les services openais configurés pour des ports UDP "
-#~ "différents.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>Cette option de configuration est "
-#~ "optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits "
-#~ "spécifiant l'identifiant du noeud délivrée par le service d'appartenance "
-#~ "au cluster. Si cela n'est pas spécifié en IPv4, l'identifiant du noeud "
-#~ "sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP 32 bits du système auquel le "
-#~ "système est lié avec l'identifiant de noeud 0. La valeur d'identifiant "
-#~ "de noeud zéro est réservée et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Ceci est le mode de l'anneau de "
-#~ "redondance qui peut être inactif, actif ou passif. La réplication "
-#~ "active offre une latence légèrement inférieure de la transmission à la "
-#~ "réception dans des environnements réseau défectueux mais avec des "
-#~ "performances moindres. La réplication passive peut quasiment doubler la "
-#~ "vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole n'est pas lié au cpu. La "
-#~ "dernière option est inactif auquel cas seule une interface de réseau sera "
-#~ "utilisée dans le protocole totem. Si une et une seule interface est "
-#~ "spécifiée, l'option inactif est automatiquement choisie. Si plusieurs "
-#~ "interfaces sont spécifiées, alors seules les options actif et passif "
-#~ "peuvent être sélectionées.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de réseau liée</big></b><br>Ceci indique l'adresse à laquelle le service openais doit être lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé vers 192.168.5.92, mettez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0.<br>Ceci peut également être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a plus de sélection automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme en IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci est l'adresse de multidiffusion utilisé par le service openais. Par défaut, cela devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau peut se voir demander une adresse de multidiffusion à utiliser. Evitez 224.x.x.x car il s'agit d'une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\".<br>Ceci peut aussi être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Port de multidiffusion</big></b><br>Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les services openais configurés pour des ports UDP différents.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>Cette option de configuration est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits spécifiant l'identifiant du noeud délivrée par le service d'appartenance au cluster. Si cela n'est pas spécifié en IPv4, l'identifiant du noeud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP 32 bits du système auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant de noeud 0. La valeur d'identifiant de noeud zéro est réservée et ne doit pas être utilisée.<br></p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Ceci est le mode de l'anneau de redondance qui peut être inactif, actif ou passif. La réplication active offre une latence légèrement inférieure de la transmission à la réception dans des environnements réseau défectueux mais avec des performances moindres. La réplication passive peut quasiment doubler la vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole n'est pas lié au cpu. La dernière option est inactif auquel cas seule une interface de réseau sera utilisée dans le protocole totem. Si une et une seule interface est spécifiée, l'option inactif est automatiquement choisie. Si plusieurs interfaces sont spécifiées, alors seules les options actif et passif peuvent être sélectionées.<br></p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during "
-#~ "boot or not</p>\n"
+#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n"
#~ "\t\t\t"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Amorçage</big></b><br>Démarrer ou non le service openais "
-#~ "pendant l'amorçage</p>\n"
+#~ "\t\t\t<p><b><big>Amorçage</big></b><br>Démarrer ou non le service openais pendant l'amorçage</p>\n"
#~ "\t\t\t"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2014-12-16 12:21:11 UTC (rev 90870)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2014-12-16 13:10:25 UTC (rev 90871)
@@ -55,24 +55,19 @@
"Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
-"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez éditer ici la localisation de vos <b>dépôts de mise à jour</"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez éditer ici la localisation de vos <b>dépôts de mise à jour</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"Voici quelques exemples de la façon dont l'URL pourrait ressembler :\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> "
-"pour un serveur SMT\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
-"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> pour un serveur SUSE Manager.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> pour un serveur SMT\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> pour un serveur SUSE Manager.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"Pour plus de détails, consultez le guide de déploiement.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -106,9 +101,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgid "<p>Manage user names and passwords for Crowbar administrators.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gérer les noms d'utilisateurs et les mots de passe les administrateurs de "
-"Crowbar.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Gérer les noms d'utilisateurs et les mots de passe les administrateurs de Crowbar.</p>"
# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__12
#. textentry label
@@ -122,15 +115,11 @@
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</"
-"p>\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as "
-"space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Définissez ici un <b>modèle de réseau</b> avec une <b>politique de "
-"collage</b> pertinente.</p>\n"
-"<p>Vous pouvez également spécifier les noms d'interface pour les conduits du "
-"réseau bastion dans une liste séparés par des espaces.</p>"
+"<p>Définissez ici un <b>modèle de réseau</b> avec une <b>politique de collage</b> pertinente.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez également spécifier les noms d'interface pour les conduits du réseau bastion dans une liste séparés par des espaces.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:213
@@ -401,8 +390,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1263
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
-msgstr ""
-"L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute."
+msgstr "L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute."
#. error message
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1296
@@ -421,11 +409,8 @@
#. label (hint for user)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1385
#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Si aucun utilisateur n'est présent, l'utilisateur 'crowbar' avec un mot de "
-"passe par défaut sera utilisé."
+msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgstr "Si aucun utilisateur n'est présent, l'utilisateur 'crowbar' avec un mot de passe par défaut sera utilisé."
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
#. tab header
@@ -473,8 +458,7 @@
"\n"
"You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/"
msgstr ""
-"Le serveur d'administration SUSE Cloud a été déployé. Modifier le réseau "
-"n'est\n"
+"Le serveur d'administration SUSE Cloud a été déployé. Modifier le réseau n'est\n"
"actuellement pas pris en charge.\n"
"\n"
"Vous pouvez visiter l'interface utilisateur web de Crowbar à http://%1:3000/"
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2014-12-16 12:21:11 UTC (rev 90870)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2014-12-16 13:10:25 UTC (rev 90871)
@@ -148,41 +148,31 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
-"dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Pare-feu et SSH</big></b><br />\n"
-"Le pare-feu est un mécanisme défensif qui protège votre ordinateur des "
-"attaques réseaux.\n"
-"SSH est un service qui autorise le login sur cet ordinateur, à distance, via "
-"un client\n"
+"Le pare-feu est un mécanisme défensif qui protège votre ordinateur des attaques réseaux.\n"
+"SSH est un service qui autorise le login sur cet ordinateur, à distance, via un client\n"
"SSH dédié.</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
-"after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Ici, vous pouvez choisir si le pare-feu sera activé ou desactivé après "
-"l'installation.\n"
+"<p>Ici, vous pouvez choisir si le pare-feu sera activé ou desactivé après l'installation.\n"
"Il est recommandé de le conserver activé.</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
-"SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
-"service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Avec un pare-feu actif, vous pouvez décider d'ouvrir ou non le port dans "
-"le\n"
-"pare-feu pour le service SSH et autoriser les logins SSH distants. "
-"Indépendamment, vous pouvez aussi\n"
+"<p>Avec un pare-feu actif, vous pouvez décider d'ouvrir ou non le port dans le\n"
+"pare-feu pour le service SSH et autoriser les logins SSH distants. Indépendamment, vous pouvez aussi\n"
"activer le service SSH (il sera lancé au démarrage de l'ordinateur).</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -192,8 +182,7 @@
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir les ports VNC dans le pare-feu. Cela n'autorisera "
-"pas\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir les ports VNC dans le pare-feu. Cela n'autorisera pas\n"
"le service d'administration à distance sur un système en marche mais il sera\n"
"démarré automatiquement par l'installateur si besoin.</p>"
@@ -409,11 +398,8 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
-msgid ""
-"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Il n'y a pas d'URL définie pour les notes de version. Le test de connexion "
-"internet ne peut être effectué."
+msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'URL définie pour les notes de version. Le test de connexion internet ne peut être effectué."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -423,18 +409,14 @@
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
-"configuration,\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Le téléchargement des notes de version a échoué à cause d'une erreur du "
-"serveur.\n"
+"Le téléchargement des notes de version a échoué à cause d'une erreur du serveur.\n"
"Cela n'est pas forcement dû à une mauvaise configuration du réseau.\n"
"\n"
-"Cliquez sur 'Continuer' pour passer à l'étape suivante de l'installation. "
-"Pour sauter toutes\n"
-"les étapes nécessitant une connexion internet ou pour revenir vers la "
-"configuration du réseau,\n"
+"Cliquez sur 'Continuer' pour passer à l'étape suivante de l'installation. Pour sauter toutes\n"
+"les étapes nécessitant une connexion internet ou pour revenir vers la configuration du réseau,\n"
"cliquez sur 'Annuler'.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
@@ -644,9 +626,7 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr ""
-"Sélectionnez \"oui\" pour autoriser ou \"non\" pour interdire "
-"l'administration distante"
+msgstr "Sélectionnez \"oui\" pour autoriser ou \"non\" pour interdire l'administration distante"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__2
#. Command line output Headline
@@ -690,8 +670,7 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:71
msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination"
-msgstr ""
-"Montrer l'entrée de la table de routage pour la destination sélectionnée"
+msgstr "Montrer l'entrée de la table de routage pour la destination sélectionnée"
# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__71
#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
@@ -850,9 +829,7 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
-msgstr ""
-"Au moins les adresses IP de destination et de la passerelle doivent être "
-"spécifiés."
+msgstr "Au moins les adresses IP de destination et de la passerelle doivent être spécifiés."
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__92
#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
@@ -864,12 +841,8 @@
msgstr "Une adresse IP de destination doit être spécifiée."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
-msgid ""
-"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
-"must be specified"
-msgstr ""
-"Au moins l'un de ces paramètres (passerelle, masque, périphérique, options) "
-"doit être spécifié"
+msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
+msgstr "Au moins l'un de ces paramètres (passerelle, masque, périphérique, options) doit être spécifié"
# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
@@ -1220,8 +1193,7 @@
#. Label text
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
-msgstr ""
-"Les télécharger et les installer via la mise à jour en ligne YaST (YOU) ?"
+msgstr "Les télécharger et les installer via la mise à jour en ligne YaST (YOU) ?"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__283
#. Heading
@@ -1378,8 +1350,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options, and edit it if necessary. </p>"
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez les options du pilote bond et modifiez-les si nécessaire. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez les options du pilote bond et modifiez-les si nécessaire. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
@@ -1592,21 +1563,15 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
-"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable "
-"Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
-"to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>PRIORITÉ IFPLUGD</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> Toutes les interfaces configurées avec <b>Lors d'une connexion câblée</b> "
-"et avec IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n"
-"seront utilisées en exclusion mutuelle. Si plus d'une de ces interfaces est <"
-"b>Lors d'une connexion câblée</b>\n"
-"alors, nous devons pouvoir décider quelle interface utiliser. C'est pourquoi "
-"nous devons préciser\n"
+"<p> Toutes les interfaces configurées avec <b>Lors d'une connexion câblée</b> et avec IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n"
+"seront utilisées en exclusion mutuelle. Si plus d'une de ces interfaces est <b>Lors d'une connexion câblée</b>\n"
+"alors, nous devons pouvoir décider quelle interface utiliser. C'est pourquoi nous devons préciser\n"
"la priorité de chaque interface. </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
@@ -1633,16 +1598,13 @@
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62
msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr ""
-"Cartes sans fil Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires"
+msgstr "Cartes sans fil Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__28
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr ""
-"Cartes sans fil PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes "
-"similaires"
+msgstr "Cartes sans fil PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__29
#. Network card name (wireless)
@@ -1830,12 +1792,8 @@
msgstr "Utilisez l'option \"id\" pour déterminer le périphérique."
#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of "
-"\"id\"."
-msgstr ""
-"La valeur de \"id\" ne se trouve pas dans la plage. Utilisez l'option "
-"\"list\" pour vérifier la valeur max. de \"id\"."
+msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
+msgstr "La valeur de \"id\" ne se trouve pas dans la plage. Utilisez l'option \"list\" pour vérifier la valeur max. de \"id\"."
#. Handler for action "add"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
@@ -1942,12 +1900,10 @@
"<b>Continue</b> to configure the device. Otherwise click <b>Cancel</b> and\n"
"return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Le périphérique nécessite un firmware pour fonctionner "
-"correctement.Généralement, il\n"
+"Le périphérique nécessite un firmware pour fonctionner correctement.Généralement, il\n"
"peut être téléchargé depuis la page Web du fournisseur de votre pilote.\n"
"Si vous avez déjà téléchargé et installé le firmware, cliquez sur \n"
-"<b>Continuer</b> pour configurer le périphérique. Sinon, cliquez sur <b>"
-"Annuler</b> et\n"
+"<b>Continuer</b> pour configurer le périphérique. Sinon, cliquez sur <b>Annuler</b> et\n"
"revenez à cette boite de dialogue après avoir installé le firmware.\n"
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82
@@ -1960,18 +1916,13 @@
msgstr "Installation du microprogramme (firmware)"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script "
-"needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
-msgstr ""
-"Pour installer correctement le firmware, le script "
-"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' doit être exécuté. L'exécuter maintenant ?"
+msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
+msgstr "Pour installer correctement le firmware, le script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' doit être exécuté. L'exécuter maintenant ?"
# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__36
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Une erreur s'est produite au cours de l'installation du microprogramme."
+msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite au cours de l'installation du microprogramme."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
@@ -1991,8 +1942,7 @@
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
-msgstr ""
-"Le périphérique sélectionné dispose de STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vraiment supprimer ?"
+msgstr "Le périphérique sélectionné dispose de STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vraiment supprimer ?"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__308
#. Network setup method dialog caption
@@ -2042,9 +1992,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Configurez ici les paramètres spécifiques à votre périphérique réseau.</p>"
-"\n"
+msgstr "<p>Configurez ici les paramètres spécifiques à votre périphérique réseau.</p>\n"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
@@ -2053,78 +2001,55 @@
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Type de périphérique</b>. De nombreux types de périphériques sont "
-"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en \n"
+"<p><b>Type de périphérique</b>. De nombreux types de périphériques sont disponibles. Sélectionnez-en \n"
"un en fonction de vos besoins.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
-"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name "
-"(for\n"
+"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Les <b>Règles Udev</b> sont les règles pour le gestionnaire de "
-"périphériques du noyau\n"
-"qui permet l'association de l'adresse MAC ou du BusID de votre carte réseau à "
-"son nom (par exemple,\n"
-" eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après "
-"redémarrage.\n"
+"<p>Les <b>Règles Udev</b> sont les règles pour le gestionnaire de périphériques du noyau\n"
+"qui permet l'association de l'adresse MAC ou du BusID de votre carte réseau à son nom (par exemple,\n"
+" eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après redémarrage.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify "
-"now configured NIC. \n"
-"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start "
-"blinking for selected time.\n"
+"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
+"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Afficher l'identification de port visible<b> vous permet d'identifier "
-"physiquement le NIC maintenant configuré. \n"
-"Définissez la durée appropriée, cliquez sur <b>Clignoter</b> et la LED de "
-"votre NIC commencera à clignoter paendant la durée sélectionnée.\n"
+"<p><b>Afficher l'identification de port visible<b> vous permet d'identifier physiquement le NIC maintenant configuré. \n"
+"Définissez la durée appropriée, cliquez sur <b>Clignoter</b> et la LED de votre NIC commencera à clignoter paendant la durée sélectionnée.\n"
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
-"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if "
-"there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the "
-"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
+"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Module du noyau</b>. Entrer le nom de module du noyau (pilote)\n"
-"pour votre périphérique réseau ici. Si l'interface est déjà configurée, "
-"vérifiez si plus d'un pilote est disponible pour \n"
-"ce périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Si nécessaire, sélectionner un "
-"pilote de cette liste. Généralement, la valeur par défaut fonctionne.</p>\n"
+"pour votre périphérique réseau ici. Si l'interface est déjà configurée, vérifiez si plus d'un pilote est disponible pour \n"
+"ce périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Si nécessaire, sélectionner un pilote de cette liste. Généralement, la valeur par défaut fonctionne.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__206
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
-"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for "
-"example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while "
-"saving.</p>\n"
+"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez également spécifier des <b>options</b> pour le module noyau. "
-"Utiliser ce\n"
-"format : <i>option</i>=<i>valeur</i>. Les entrées doivent être séparées par "
-"des espaces, par exemple <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note :</b> Si deux cartes "
-"sont \n"
-"configurées avec le même nom de module, les options seront fusionnées lors de "
-"l'enregistrement.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez également spécifier des <b>options</b> pour le module noyau. Utiliser ce\n"
+"format : <i>option</i>=<i>valeur</i>. Les entrées doivent être séparées par des espaces, par exemple <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note :</b> Si deux cartes sont \n"
+"configurées avec le même nom de module, les options seront fusionnées lors de l'enregistrement.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool "
-"with these options.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous spécifiez des options via <b>Options Ethtool</b>, ifup appellera "
-"ethtool avec ces options.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Si vous spécifiez des options via <b>Options Ethtool</b>, ifup appellera ethtool avec ces options.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__208
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
@@ -2154,8 +2079,7 @@
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Les options pour le module doivent être écrites dans le format spécifié\n"
-"dans le manuel des <b>pilotes de périphériques IBM et commandes "
-"d'installation</b>.</p>"
+"dans le manuel des <b>pilotes de périphériques IBM et commandes d'installation</b>.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__204
#. Manual dialog caption
@@ -2339,42 +2263,24 @@
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrer le <b>Nom de port</b> pour cette interface (sensible à la casse).<"
-"/p>"
+msgstr "<p>Entrer le <b>Nom de port</b> pour cette interface (sensible à la casse).</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by "
-"spaces).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez les éventuelles <b>Options</b> supplémentaires pour cette interface "
-"(séparées par des espaces).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Entrez les éventuelles <b>Options</b> supplémentaires pour cette interface (séparées par des espaces).</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled "
-"for this interface.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer relais IPA</b> si le relais de l'adresse IP doit "
-"être activé pour cette interface.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer relais IPA</b> si le relais de l'adresse IP doit être activé pour cette interface.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with "
-"layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2</b> si cette "
-"carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with "
-"layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse MAC de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée "
-"pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse MAC de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
#. TextEntry label
@@ -2445,8 +2351,7 @@
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Entrer le nom du pair IUCV,\n"
-"par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à "
-"la casse).</p>\n"
+"par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à la casse).</p>\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
#. #176330, must be static
@@ -2569,24 +2474,19 @@
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
-"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the "
-"response \n"
+"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Paramètres du protocole IPv6</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Cochez <b>Activer IPv6</b> pour activer le module IPv6 du noyau.\n"
-"Il est possible d'utiliser IPv6 en même temps qu'IPv4. C'est l'option par "
-"défaut.\n"
-"Pour désactiver IPv6, décochez cette option. Le module ipv6 du noyau sera "
-"alors\n"
-"sur liste noire. Si le protocole IPv6 n'est pas utilisé sur votre réseau, le "
-"temps\n"
+"Il est possible d'utiliser IPv6 en même temps qu'IPv4. C'est l'option par défaut.\n"
+"Pour désactiver IPv6, décochez cette option. Le module ipv6 du noyau sera alors\n"
+"sur liste noire. Si le protocole IPv6 n'est pas utilisé sur votre réseau, le temps\n"
"de réponse peut être meilleur.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Toutes les modifications seront appliquées après le redémarrage.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Toutes les modifications seront appliquées après le redémarrage.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__159
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
@@ -2599,8 +2499,7 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Le routage peut être configuré dans ce dialogue.\n"
-"La <b>passerelle par défaut</b> correspond à toutes les destinations, mais de "
-"\n"
+"La <b>passerelle par défaut</b> correspond à toutes les destinations, mais de \n"
"manière approximative. S'il existe une route qui correspond à l'adresse\n"
"demandée, cette route sera empruntée en priorité. Le principe de la route\n"
"par défaut équivaut au panneau routier : \"autres directions\".</p>\n"
@@ -2609,15 +2508,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be "
-"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle et le "
-"\n"
-"masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez un tiret "
-"\"-\". Sélectionnez\n"
-"le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini devra être routé. "
-"\"-\" signifie n'importe quelle interface.</p>\n"
+"<p>Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle et le \n"
+"masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez un tiret \"-\". Sélectionnez\n"
+"le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini devra être routé. \"-\" signifie n'importe quelle interface.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
@@ -2625,8 +2520,7 @@
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activer <b>la transmission IPv4</b> (transmission des paquets depuis des "
-"réseaux externes\n"
+"<p>Activer <b>la transmission IPv4</b> (transmission des paquets depuis des réseaux externes\n"
"vers un réseau interne) si le système est un routeur.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
@@ -2636,65 +2530,47 @@
"<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n"
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activer <b>la transmission IPv6</b> (transmission des paquets depuis des "
-"réseaux externes\n"
+"<p>Activer <b>la transmission IPv6</b> (transmission des paquets depuis des réseaux externes\n"
"vers un réseau interne) si le système est un routeur.\n"
-"<b>Attention :</b> la transmission IPv6 désactive l'autoconfiguration sans "
-"état\n"
+"<b>Attention :</b> la transmission IPv6 désactive l'autoconfiguration sans état\n"
"de l'adresse IPv6 (SLAAC)."
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is "
-"not enough. \n"
+"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Important :</b> si le pare-feu est activé, activer la transmission IP "
-"ne suffit pas. \n"
-"Vous devez activer le masquerading et/ou définir au-moins une règle de "
-"redirection dans la\n"
+"<p><b>Important :</b> si le pare-feu est activé, activer la transmission IP ne suffit pas. \n"
+"Vous devez activer le masquerading et/ou définir au-moins une règle de redirection dans la\n"
"configuration du pare-feu. Utiliser le module pare-feu de YaST.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
-"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP "
-"client.\n"
-"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. "
-"\n"
-"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that "
-"assign \n"
+"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
+"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
+"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous utilisez le protocole DHCP pour obtenir une adresse IP, vérifiez "
-"si vous devez aussi\n"
-"obtenir un nom d'hôte via DHCP. Le nom d'hôte sera automatiquement défini par "
-"le client DHCP.\n"
-"Toutefois, modifier le nom d'hôte à l'exécution peut perturber le bureau "
-"graphique.\n"
-"Donc, désactiver cette option si vous vous brancher à différent réseaux qui "
-"assignent\n"
+"<p>Si vous utilisez le protocole DHCP pour obtenir une adresse IP, vérifiez si vous devez aussi\n"
+"obtenir un nom d'hôte via DHCP. Le nom d'hôte sera automatiquement défini par le client DHCP.\n"
+"Toutefois, modifier le nom d'hôte à l'exécution peut perturber le bureau graphique.\n"
+"Donc, désactiver cette option si vous vous brancher à différent réseaux qui assignent\n"
"différents noms d'hôtes.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
-"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
-"a \n"
-"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even "
-"\n"
+"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
+"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Assigner le nom d'hôte à l'IP de loopback</b> associe votre nom d'hôte "
-"avec \n"
-"l'adresse IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Ceci est "
-"une \n"
-"option utile si vous souhaitez conserver le nom d'hôte joignable même lorsque "
-"le \n"
-"réseau est inactif. Dans tous les autres cas, utilisez le avec précaution, "
-"spécialement \n"
+"<p><b>Assigner le nom d'hôte à l'IP de loopback</b> associe votre nom d'hôte avec \n"
+"l'adresse IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Ceci est une \n"
+"option utile si vous souhaitez conserver le nom d'hôte joignable même lorsque le \n"
+"réseau est inactif. Dans tous les autres cas, utilisez le avec précaution, spécialement \n"
"si votre ordinateur fournit des services réseaux.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
@@ -2702,10 +2578,8 @@
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez les serveurs de nom et la liste de recherche de domaines pour "
-"résoudre \n"
-"les noms d'hôtes. En général, ils peuvent être obtenus via le protocole "
-"DHCP.</p>\n"
+"<p>Entrez les serveurs de nom et la liste de recherche de domaines pour résoudre \n"
+"les noms d'hôtes. En général, ils peuvent être obtenus via le protocole DHCP.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__249
#. resolver dialog help
@@ -2728,53 +2602,37 @@
"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Le domaine de recherche est le nom de domaine par lequel la recherche de "
-"nom d'hôte commence.\n"
-"Le domaine de recherche primaire est généralement le même que le nom de "
-"domaine de\n"
-" votre ordinateur (par exemple suse.de). Il peut y avoir des domaines de "
-"recherche supplémentaires\n"
-" (par exemple suse.com) Séparez les domaines par des virgules ou des "
-"espaces.</p>\n"
+"<p>Le domaine de recherche est le nom de domaine par lequel la recherche de nom d'hôte commence.\n"
+"Le domaine de recherche primaire est généralement le même que le nom de domaine de\n"
+" votre ordinateur (par exemple suse.de). Il peut y avoir des domaines de recherche supplémentaires\n"
+" (par exemple suse.com) Séparez les domaines par des virgules ou des espaces.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS "
-"domain\n"
-"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially "
-"important if this \n"
-"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using "
-"the <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
+"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
+"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n"
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez le nom court pour cet ordinateur (ex : <i>mamachine</i>) et le "
-"domaine DNS\n"
-"(ex : <i>exemple.com</i>) auquel il appartient. Le domaine est très important "
-"si cet\n"
-"ordinateur est un serveur de mails. Vous pouvez afficher le nom d'hôte de "
-"votre ordinateur en utilisant\n"
+"<p>Entrez le nom court pour cet ordinateur (ex : <i>mamachine</i>) et le domaine DNS\n"
+"(ex : <i>exemple.com</i>) auquel il appartient. Le domaine est très important si cet\n"
+"ordinateur est un serveur de mails. Vous pouvez afficher le nom d'hôte de votre ordinateur en utilisant\n"
"la commande <i>hostname</i>.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
-"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
-"handled\n"
+"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez comment la configuration du DNS (serveurs de noms, liste de "
-"recherche, \n"
-"contenu du fichier <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) sera modifiée. Normalement, cela "
-"est géré \n"
-"par le script <i>netconfig</i> qui fusionne les données définies statiquement "
-"ici avec \n"
-"celles obtenues dynamiquement (ex : du client DHCP, de NetworkManager, "
-"etc.).\n"
-"Ceci est le comportement par défaut. Utilisez l'option <b>Utiliser la "
-"politique par défaut</b> \n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez comment la configuration du DNS (serveurs de noms, liste de recherche, \n"
+"contenu du fichier <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) sera modifiée. Normalement, cela est géré \n"
+"par le script <i>netconfig</i> qui fusionne les données définies statiquement ici avec \n"
+"celles obtenues dynamiquement (ex : du client DHCP, de NetworkManager, etc.).\n"
+"Ceci est le comportement par défaut. Utilisez l'option <b>Utiliser la politique par défaut</b> \n"
"est suffisante pour la plupart des configurations.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
@@ -2788,19 +2646,13 @@
"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n"
"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>En sélectionnant <b>Uniquement Manuellement</b>, <i>netconfig</i> ne sera "
-"plus autorisé \n"
-"à modifier <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Vous pouvez toutefois modifier "
-"manuellement le fichier. \n"
-"En utilisant l'option <b>Utiliser une Politique Personnalisée</b>, vous devez "
-"spécifier une chaine \n"
-"de politique personnalisée qui consiste en une liste, séparée par des "
-"virgules, des noms des interfaces,\n"
-"incluant les joker, avec STATIC et STATIC_FALLBACK comme valeurs spéciales "
-"prédéfinies.\n"
+"<p>En sélectionnant <b>Uniquement Manuellement</b>, <i>netconfig</i> ne sera plus autorisé \n"
+"à modifier <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Vous pouvez toutefois modifier manuellement le fichier. \n"
+"En utilisant l'option <b>Utiliser une Politique Personnalisée</b>, vous devez spécifier une chaine \n"
+"de politique personnalisée qui consiste en une liste, séparée par des virgules, des noms des interfaces,\n"
+"incluant les joker, avec STATIC et STATIC_FALLBACK comme valeurs spéciales prédéfinies.\n"
"Pour plus d'informations, regardez le manuel de <i>netconfig</i>. \n"
-"Note: Laisser le champ vide revient à utiliser la politique <b>Uniquement "
-"Manuellement</b>.\n"
+"Note: Laisser le champ vide revient à utiliser la politique <b>Uniquement Manuellement</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
@@ -2808,23 +2660,16 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
-"to this device.\n"
+"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration de l'adresse</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> si vous ne souhaitez "
-"pas assigner d'adresse IP à cette carte.\n"
-"Ceci est particulièrement utile pour les périphériques ethernet de type "
-"bond.</p>\n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> si vous ne souhaitez pas assigner d'adresse IP à cette carte.\n"
+"Ceci est particulièrement utile pour les périphériques ethernet de type bond.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your "
-"BIOS.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cochez <b>iBFT</b> si vous voulez conserver le réseau configuré dans votre "
-"BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Cochez <b>iBFT</b> si vous voulez conserver le réseau configuré dans votre BIOS.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__21
#. Address dialog help 2/8
@@ -2833,10 +2678,8 @@
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Adresse Dynamique</b> si vous n'avez pas d'adresse IP "
-"statique\n"
-"assignée par l'administrateur système ou par votre fournisseur d'accès à "
-"Internet.</p>\n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Adresse Dynamique</b> si vous n'avez pas d'adresse IP statique\n"
+"assignée par l'administrateur système ou par votre fournisseur d'accès à Internet.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__179
#. Address dialog help 3/8
@@ -2846,56 +2689,43 @@
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Choisissez une des méthodes d'assignation dynamique d'adresse. "
-"Sélectionnez <b>DHCP</b>\n"
-"si votre réseau dispose d'un serveur DHCP. Les adresses réseau seront ensuite "
-"\n"
+"<p>Choisissez une des méthodes d'assignation dynamique d'adresse. Sélectionnez <b>DHCP</b>\n"
+"si votre réseau dispose d'un serveur DHCP. Les adresses réseau seront ensuite \n"
"obtenues automatiquement depuis ce serveur.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
-"Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour chercher un adresse IP et l'assigner statiquement, sélectionnez \n"
-"<b> Zeroconf</b>. Pour utiliser DHCP et retomber sur zeroconf, sélectionnez <"
-"b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>\n"
+"<b> Zeroconf</b>. Pour utiliser DHCP et retomber sur zeroconf, sélectionnez <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>\n"
"Sinon, les adresses réseau doivent être assignées <b>Statiquement</b>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__24
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
-"your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez une <b>adresse IP</b> (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre "
-"ordinateur et \n"
+"<p>Entrez une <b>adresse IP</b> (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et \n"
"l'<b>adresse IP distante</b> (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"pour votre pair.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
-"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>"
-"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written "
-"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour la <b>Configuration de l'adresse statique</b>, entrez une adresse IP "
-"(par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et\n"
-"le masque réseau (habituellement <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou simplement la "
-"longueur du prefixe <tt>/24</tt>). Optionnellement, vous pouvez\n"
-"entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour cette adresse IP. Le nom d'hôte "
-"sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Pour la <b>Configuration de l'adresse statique</b>, entrez une adresse IP (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et\n"
+"le masque réseau (habituellement <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou simplement la longueur du prefixe <tt>/24</tt>). Optionnellement, vous pouvez\n"
+"entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour cette adresse IP. Le nom d'hôte sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__25
#. Address dialog help 8/8
@@ -2904,8 +2734,7 @@
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Contactez votre <b>administrateur réseau</b> pour de plus amples "
-"informations\n"
+"<p>Contactez votre <b>administrateur réseau</b> pour de plus amples informations\n"
"sur la configuration réseau.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
@@ -2928,21 +2757,15 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Zone pare-feu</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Sélectionnez la Zone pare-feu pour y mettre l'interface. Si\n"
-"vous sélectionnez une zone, le pare-feu sera activé. Si vous n'en "
-"sélectionnez\n"
+"vous sélectionnez une zone, le pare-feu sera activé. Si vous n'en sélectionnez\n"
"pas et qu'il existe d'autres interfaces à \n"
"protéger par le pare-feu, celui-ci restera\n"
-"actif mais tout le trafic sera bloqué pour cette interface. Si vous ne "
-"sélectionnez\n"
+"actif mais tout le trafic sera bloqué pour cette interface. Si vous ne sélectionnez\n"
"pas de zone et qu'il n'en existe pas d'autres, le pare-feu sera désactivé.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
-"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Interface obligatoire</b> spécifie si le service réseau indique une "
-"panne lorsque l'interface ne démarre pas lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Interface obligatoire</b> spécifie si le service réseau indique une panne lorsque l'interface ne démarre pas lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
@@ -2955,24 +2778,18 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Le Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) est la taille maximale d'un paquet,\n"
-"transféré en une trame à travers le réseau. Normalement, vous n'avez pas "
-"besoin de\n"
-"paramétrer le MTU, mais utiliser des valeurs de MTU plus faibles peuvent "
-"améliorer les performances,\n"
-"spécialement sur des connexions bas débit. Sinon, sélectionnez une des "
-"valeurs recommandées\n"
+"transféré en une trame à travers le réseau. Normalement, vous n'avez pas besoin de\n"
+"paramétrer le MTU, mais utiliser des valeurs de MTU plus faibles peuvent améliorer les performances,\n"
+"spécialement sur des connexions bas débit. Sinon, sélectionnez une des valeurs recommandées\n"
"ou définissez la votre.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
-"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Sélectionnez les périphériques esclaves pour le périphérique bond.\n"
-"Seuls les périphériques pour lesquels l'activation du périphérique est "
-"définie sur <b>jamais</b> et <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> n'est "
-"disponible.</p>"
+"Seuls les périphériques pour lesquels l'activation du périphérique est définie sur <b>jamais</b> et <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> n'est disponible.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
@@ -2999,29 +2816,21 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. "
-"Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>"
-"\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>"
-"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Le <b>Nom d'hôte à envoyer</b> spécifie une chaine utilisée pour\n"
-"l'option nom d'hôte lorsque le client DHCP envoie des messages au serveur "
-"DHCP. Certains \n"
-"serveurs DHCP mettent à jour les tables du DNS (résolution normale et "
-"inverse) \n"
+"l'option nom d'hôte lorsque le client DHCP envoie des messages au serveur DHCP. Certains \n"
+"serveurs DHCP mettent à jour les tables du DNS (résolution normale et inverse) \n"
"en fonction de ce nom d'hôte (DNS dynamique).</p>\n"
-"Certains serveurs DHCP exigent que le champs <b>Nom d'hôte à envoyer</b> "
-"contienne \n"
-"une chaine spécifique dans les messages DHCP provenant des clients. Laissez <"
-"b>AUTO</b> \n"
-"pour envoyer le nom d'hôte actuel (tel que défini dans <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>"
-"). \n"
+"Certains serveurs DHCP exigent que le champs <b>Nom d'hôte à envoyer</b> contienne \n"
+"une chaine spécifique dans les messages DHCP provenant des clients. Laissez <b>AUTO</b> \n"
+"pour envoyer le nom d'hôte actuel (tel que défini dans <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"Si vous ne voulez pas envoyer de nom d'hôte, laissez le champ vide.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
@@ -3031,8 +2840,7 @@
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Addresses supplémentaires</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Configurer les adresses supplémentaires d'une interface dans ce tableau.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<p>Configurer les adresses supplémentaires d'une interface dans ce tableau.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
@@ -3046,27 +2854,18 @@
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
-"legacy. The total\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility "
-"truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Label d'adresse IPv4</b>, précédemment appelé Nom d'alias, est "
-"optionnel et ancien.La longueur\n"
-" totale du nom de l'interface (incluant les deux points et le "
-"label) est\n"
-" limité à 15 caractères et l'utilitaire obsolète ifconfig le "
-"tronque après 9 caractères.</p>"
+"<p><b>Label d'adresse IPv4</b>, précédemment appelé Nom d'alias, est optionnel et ancien.La longueur\n"
+" totale du nom de l'interface (incluant les deux points et le label) est\n"
+" limité à 15 caractères et l'utilitaire obsolète ifconfig le tronque après 9 caractères.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>"
-"foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>N'incluez pas le nom de l'interface dans le nom de l'alias. Par exemple, "
-"entrez <b>foo</b> à la place de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>N'incluez pas le nom de l'interface dans le nom de l'alias. Par exemple, entrez <b>foo</b> à la place de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
@@ -3087,21 +2886,16 @@
"</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour votre clé, choisissez parmi trois <b>types d'entrées de clé</b>.\n"
-"<br><b>Phrase passe</b> : la clé est générée à partir de la phrase "
-"d'authentification\n"
+"<br><b>Phrase passe</b> : la clé est générée à partir de la phrase d'authentification\n"
"entrée.\n"
"<br><b>ASCII</b> : les valeurs ASCII des caractères entrés forment la\n"
"clé. Entrez cinq caractères pour les clés 64 bits, jusqu'à treize\n"
-"caractères pour les clés 128 bits, jusqu'à 16 caractères pour les clés 156 "
-"bits et\n"
+"caractères pour les clés 128 bits, jusqu'à 16 caractères pour les clés 156 bits et\n"
"jusqu'à 29 caractères pour les clés 256 bits.\n"
"<br><b>Hexadécimal</b> : Entrez directement les codes hexadécimaux de\n"
-"la clé. Entrez 10 chiffres hexadécimaux pour les clés 64 bits, 26 chiffres "
-"pour\n"
-"les clés 128 bits, 32 chiffres pour les clés 156 bits et 58 chiffres pour les "
-"clés 256 bits.\n"
-"Vous pouvez utiliser des traits d'union <tt>-</tt> pour séparer des paires ou "
-"groupes de chiffres, \n"
+"la clé. Entrez 10 chiffres hexadécimaux pour les clés 64 bits, 26 chiffres pour\n"
+"les clés 128 bits, 32 chiffres pour les clés 156 bits et 58 chiffres pour les clés 256 bits.\n"
+"Vous pouvez utiliser des traits d'union <tt>-</tt> pour séparer des paires ou groupes de chiffres, \n"
"par exemple, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.</p> \n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__58
@@ -3126,8 +2920,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Le <b>mode d'exécution</b> dépend de la topologie du réseau. Ce mode peut\n"
"être <b>Ad hoc</b> (réseau pair à pair sans point d'accès), <b>Géré</b>\n"
-"(Managed ; réseau géré par un point d'accès, parfois appelé également <i>"
-"Mode\n"
+"(Managed ; réseau géré par un point d'accès, parfois appelé également <i>Mode\n"
"infrastructure</i>) ou <b>Maître</b> (la carte réseau agit comme un point\n"
"d'accès).</p>\n"
@@ -3137,21 +2930,16 @@
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication "
-"mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Définissez le <b>Nom du réseau (ESSID)</b> utilisé pour identifier\n"
-"les cellules qui font partie du même réseau virtuel. Toutes les stations "
-"d'un\n"
-"réseau local sans fil doivent avoir le même ESSID pour communiquer entre "
-"elles. Si\n"
-"vous choisissez le mode d'opération <b>Géré</b> et aucun mode "
-"d'authentification <b>WPA</b>,\n"
-"vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide ou le définir sur <tt>any</tt> (n'importe "
-"lequel). Dans ce\n"
+"les cellules qui font partie du même réseau virtuel. Toutes les stations d'un\n"
+"réseau local sans fil doivent avoir le même ESSID pour communiquer entre elles. Si\n"
+"vous choisissez le mode d'opération <b>Géré</b> et aucun mode d'authentification <b>WPA</b>,\n"
+"vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide ou le définir sur <tt>any</tt> (n'importe lequel). Dans ce\n"
"cas, votre carte WLAN s'associe au point d'accès ayant la meilleure\n"
"puissance de signal.</p>\n"
@@ -3169,33 +2957,26 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
-"Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dans certains réseaux, vous devez définir un <b>Mode d'authentification</b>"
-".\n"
+"<p>Dans certains réseaux, vous devez définir un <b>Mode d'authentification</b>.\n"
"Cela dépend de la technologie de protection utilisée, WEP ou WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) est un système permettant de chiffrer le\n"
"trafic réseau sans fil avec une authentification facultative basée sur la\n"
-"clé de chiffrement utilisée. Dans la plupart des cas où WEP est utilisé, le "
-"mode <b>WEP - Ouvert</b> (aucune\n"
+"clé de chiffrement utilisée. Dans la plupart des cas où WEP est utilisé, le mode <b>WEP - Ouvert</b> (aucune\n"
"authentification) convient. Cela ne signifie pas que vous ne pouvez pas\n"
"utiliser le chiffrement WEP. (Dans ce cas utilisez <b>Pas de cryptage</b>).\n"
-"Certains réseaux peuvent nécessiter l'authentification <b>WEP - Clé partagée<"
-"/b>.\n"
+"Certains réseaux peuvent nécessiter l'authentification <b>WEP - Clé partagée</b>.\n"
"REMARQUE : l'authentification de clé partagée facilite l'intrusion d'un\n"
"attaquant potentiel dans votre réseau. Si vous n'avez pas besoin\n"
"spécifiquement de l'authentification de clé partagée, utilisez le \n"
-"mode <b>Ouvert</b>. Du fait que WEP s'est révélé peu sûr, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi "
-"Protected Access)\n"
-"a été défini pour corriger ces failles de sécurité. Mais tous les matériels "
-"ne prennent pas en charge le protocole \n"
-"WPA. Si vous voulez utiliser WPA, sélectionnez <b>WPA-PSK</b> ou <b>WPA-EAP<"
-"/b>comme mode \n"
+"mode <b>Ouvert</b>. Du fait que WEP s'est révélé peu sûr, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
+"a été défini pour corriger ces failles de sécurité. Mais tous les matériels ne prennent pas en charge le protocole \n"
+"WPA. Si vous voulez utiliser WPA, sélectionnez <b>WPA-PSK</b> ou <b>WPA-EAP</b>comme mode \n"
"d'authentification. Ceci n'est possible qu'en mode d'opération\n"
"<b>Géré</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -3227,10 +3008,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour utiliser WPA-PSK (parfois nommé WPA Home),\n"
"entrez la clé pré-partagée. Cette\n"
-"clé permet l'authentification et des clés de chiffrement sont générées à "
-"partir\n"
-"de celle-ci. Elles ne sont pas vulnérables aux attaques connues contre les "
-"clés WEP, mais des\n"
+"clé permet l'authentification et des clés de chiffrement sont générées à partir\n"
+"de celle-ci. Elles ne sont pas vulnérables aux attaques connues contre les clés WEP, mais des\n"
"attaques de dictionnaire restent possible. N'utilisez pas de mots\n"
"faciles à deviner comme phrase secrète.</p>\n"
@@ -3241,8 +3020,7 @@
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour utiliser WPA-EAP (parfois nommé WPA Enterprise),\n"
-"entrez certains paramètres supplémentaires dans la boîte de dialogue "
-"suivante.</p>\n"
+"entrez certains paramètres supplémentaires dans la boîte de dialogue suivante.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__64
#. Wireless dialog help
@@ -3250,8 +3028,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for "
-"all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ces valeurs seront écrites dans le fichier de configuration interface\n"
@@ -3339,8 +3116,7 @@
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>WPA-EAP utilise un serveur RADIUS pour authentifier les utilisateurs. Il "
-"existe\n"
+"<p>WPA-EAP utilise un serveur RADIUS pour authentifier les utilisateurs. Il existe\n"
"différentes méthodes dans EAP pour se connecter au serveur et\n"
" effectuer l'authentification : TLS, TTLS et PEAP.</p>\n"
@@ -3354,15 +3130,12 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour TTLS et PEAP, saisissez votre <b>Identité</b>\n"
"et votre <b>mot de passe</b> tels qu'ils sont configurés sur le serveur.\n"
-"Si vous avez des exigences spéciales pour la définition du nom d'utilisateur "
-"utilisé comme\n"
-"<b>Identity anonyme</b>, vous pouvez le faire ici. Cela n'est généralement "
-"pas nécessaire.</p>\n"
+"Si vous avez des exigences spéciales pour la définition du nom d'utilisateur utilisé comme\n"
+"<b>Identity anonyme</b>, vous pouvez le faire ici. Cela n'est généralement pas nécessaire.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
@@ -3385,18 +3158,14 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key "
-"pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>TLS utilise un <b>Certificat du client</b> à la place d'une combinaison "
-"nom d'utilisateur et\n"
-"mot de passe pour l'authentification. Il utilise une paire de clés publique "
-"et privée\n"
-" pour coder la communication de négociation. Vous aurez donc également besoin "
-"d'un\n"
+"<p>TLS utilise un <b>Certificat du client</b> à la place d'une combinaison nom d'utilisateur et\n"
+"mot de passe pour l'authentification. Il utilise une paire de clés publique et privée\n"
+" pour coder la communication de négociation. Vous aurez donc également besoin d'un\n"
" fichier de <b>Clé client</b> contenant votre clé privée et\n"
" le <b>Mot de passe de la clé client</b> de ce fichier.</p>\n"
@@ -3440,10 +3209,8 @@
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Si vous ne connaissez pas votre ID et votre mot de passe ou si vous n'avez "
-"pas\n"
-"de certificat ou de fichiers de clés, contactez votre administrateur "
-"système.\n"
+"Si vous ne connaissez pas votre ID et votre mot de passe ou si vous n'avez pas\n"
+"de certificat ou de fichiers de clés, contactez votre administrateur système.\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
#. combo box label
@@ -3458,14 +3225,10 @@
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez configurer la méthode d'authentification interne (également "
-"connue sous le nom de phase 2)\n"
-"à cet endroit. Par défaut, toutes les méthodes sont autorisées. Si vous "
-"voulez limiter les\n"
-" méthodes autorisées ou dans le cas où vous avez rencontré des difficultés "
-"concernant\n"
-" l'authentification, choisissez votre méthode d'authentification interne.</p>"
-"\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez configurer la méthode d'authentification interne (également connue sous le nom de phase 2)\n"
+"à cet endroit. Par défaut, toutes les méthodes sont autorisées. Si vous voulez limiter les\n"
+" méthodes autorisées ou dans le cas où vous avez rencontré des difficultés concernant\n"
+" l'authentification, choisissez votre méthode d'authentification interne.</p>\n"
# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__3
#. radio button group label
@@ -3478,10 +3241,8 @@
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous utilisez PEAP, vous pouvez également forcer l'utilisation d'une "
-"implémentation\n"
-"spécifique de PEAP (version 0 ou 1). Normalement, cela n'est pas nécessaire.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<p>Si vous utilisez PEAP, vous pouvez également forcer l'utilisation d'une implémentation\n"
+"spécifique de PEAP (version 0 ou 1). Normalement, cela n'est pas nécessaire.</p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__259
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
@@ -3586,8 +3347,7 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Le mode authentification WPA n'est possible que dans le mode d'exécution géré."
+msgstr "Le mode authentification WPA n'est possible que dans le mode d'exécution géré."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
@@ -3623,8 +3383,7 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
-msgstr ""
-"La clé de chiffrement doit être spécifiée pour ce mode d'authentification."
+msgstr "La clé de chiffrement doit être spécifiée pour ce mode d'authentification."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
@@ -3658,14 +3417,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for "
-"access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous voulez utiliser votre carte LAN sans fil en mode maître ou ad "
-"hoc,\n"
-"vous pouvez définir ici le <b>Canal</b> que la carte doit utiliser. Ceci "
-"n'est pas\n"
+"<p>Si vous voulez utiliser votre carte LAN sans fil en mode maître ou ad hoc,\n"
+"vous pouvez définir ici le <b>Canal</b> que la carte doit utiliser. Ceci n'est pas\n"
"nécessaire pour le mode géré--dans ce cas, la carte passera d'un canal à\n"
"un autre à la recherche de points d'accès.</p>\n"
@@ -3676,8 +3432,7 @@
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dans certains cas rares, vous voudrez peut-être définir explicitement le\n"
-"<b>débit binaire</b> de transmission. Par défaut, la vitesse la plus rapide "
-"est définie.</p>"
+"<b>débit binaire</b> de transmission. Par défaut, la vitesse la plus rapide est définie.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
@@ -3685,10 +3440,8 @@
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dans un environnement avec des <b>points d'accès</b> multiples, vous "
-"voudrez\n"
-"peut-être définir celui sur lequel effectuer la connexion en entrant son "
-"adresse MAC.</p>"
+"<p>Dans un environnement avec des <b>points d'accès</b> multiples, vous voudrez\n"
+"peut-être définir celui sur lequel effectuer la connexion en entrant son adresse MAC.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
@@ -3697,10 +3450,8 @@
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez <b>Utiliser la gestion d'énergie</b> pour activer les "
-"mécanismes\n"
-"d'économie d'énergie. Généralement, ceci est une bonne idée, spécialement si "
-"vous\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez <b>Utiliser la gestion d'énergie</b> pour activer les mécanismes\n"
+"d'économie d'énergie. Généralement, ceci est une bonne idée, spécialement si vous\n"
"utilisez un ordinateur portable parfois non relié au secteur.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
@@ -3790,13 +3541,10 @@
"one key.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dans ce dialogue, définissez vos clés WEP utilisées\n"
-"pour chiffrer vos données avant qu'elles soient transférées. Vous pouvez "
-"avoir\n"
-"jusqu'à quatre clés bien qu'une seule clé soit utilisée pour le chiffrement "
-"des\n"
+"pour chiffrer vos données avant qu'elles soient transférées. Vous pouvez avoir\n"
+"jusqu'à quatre clés bien qu'une seule clé soit utilisée pour le chiffrement des\n"
"données. Il s'agit de la clé par défaut.\n"
-"Les autres clés peuvent être utilisées pour déchiffrer des données. "
-"Généralement,\n"
+"Les autres clés peuvent être utilisées pour déchiffrer des données. Généralement,\n"
"vous n'avez qu'une clé.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
@@ -3809,12 +3557,9 @@
"value to 64.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Longueur de la clé</b> définit la longueur en bit de vos clés WEP.\n"
-"Les valeurs possibles sont 64 et 128 bit, quelquefois aussi nommés 40 et 104 "
-"bit.\n"
-"Un matériel ancien peut ne pas être capable de gérer des clés 128 bit, ainsi, "
-"si votre\n"
-"connexion sans fil LAN ne fonctionne pas, il vous sera peut-être nécessaire "
-"de\n"
+"Les valeurs possibles sont 64 et 128 bit, quelquefois aussi nommés 40 et 104 bit.\n"
+"Un matériel ancien peut ne pas être capable de gérer des clés 128 bit, ainsi, si votre\n"
+"connexion sans fil LAN ne fonctionne pas, il vous sera peut-être nécessaire de\n"
"choisir la valeur 64.</p>"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
@@ -3866,8 +3611,7 @@
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
-"Ne pas utiliser un certificat issu d'une Autorité de Certificat (AC) peut "
-"entrainer des\n"
+"Ne pas utiliser un certificat issu d'une Autorité de Certificat (AC) peut entrainer des\n"
"connexions vers des réseaux non sécurisés ou malveillants. Continuer sans AC ?"
#. error popup text
@@ -3959,18 +3703,14 @@
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>"
-").\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Paramètres d'administration à distance</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette "
-"machine à\n"
+"<p>Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette machine à\n"
"distance depuis une autre machine. Utilisez un client VNC tel que\n"
-"krdc (connectez vous à <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) ou un navigateur web "
-"supportant Java\n"
-"(connectez vous à <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>). Veuillez noter que "
-"cette forme\n"
+"krdc (connectez vous à <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) ou un navigateur web supportant Java\n"
+"(connectez vous à <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>). Veuillez noter que cette forme\n"
"d'administration à distance est moins sécuritaire que SSH.</p>\n"
# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
@@ -4095,8 +3835,7 @@
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
"Le réseau est actuellement géré par NetworkManager\n"
-"ou complètement désactivé. YaST n'est pas capable de configurer certaines "
-"options."
+"ou complètement désactivé. YaST n'est pas capable de configurer certaines options."
# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
@@ -4244,12 +3983,8 @@
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
-msgid ""
-"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it "
-"at your own risk?"
-msgstr ""
-"Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser .local comme nom de domaine à cause du "
-"multicast DNS. L'utiliser à vos risques et périls ?"
+msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
+msgstr "Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser .local comme nom de domaine à cause du multicast DNS. L'utiliser à vos risques et périls ?"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
@@ -4304,8 +4039,7 @@
"<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n"
"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse IP</b> d'un hôte, un <b>Nom d'hôte</b> et, "
-"facultativement, des\n"
+"<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse IP</b> d'un hôte, un <b>Nom d'hôte</b> et, facultativement, des\n"
"<b>Alias d'hôtes</b>, séparés par des espaces.</p>\n"
# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__18
@@ -4458,14 +4192,11 @@
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Lorsque <b>Expression régulière du préfixe de numérotation</b> est "
-"activé,\n"
-"les utilisateurs peuvent changer le préfixe de numérotation dans KInternet du "
-"moment\n"
+"<p>Lorsque <b>Expression régulière du préfixe de numérotation</b> est activé,\n"
+"les utilisateurs peuvent changer le préfixe de numérotation dans KInternet du moment\n"
"qu'il correspond à l'expression.\n"
"<tt>[09]?</tt> est une valeur recommandée qui permet <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
-"et le préfixe vide. Si l'expression est vide, les utilisateurs ne sont pas "
-"autorisés à\n"
+"et le préfixe vide. Si l'expression est vide, les utilisateurs ne sont pas autorisés à\n"
"changer le préfixe.</p>\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__308
@@ -4532,8 +4263,7 @@
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Manuellement</b> : vous contrôlez l'interface manuellement\n"
-"via 'ifup' ou 'qinternet' (voir 'Contrôlé par l'utilisateur' ci-dessous).</p>"
-"\n"
+"via 'ifup' ou 'qinternet' (voir 'Contrôlé par l'utilisateur' ci-dessous).</p>\n"
# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__24
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
@@ -4583,33 +4313,24 @@
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this "
-"startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still "
-"available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"L'utilisation de <b>Sur NFSroot</b> est semblable à <tt>auto</tt>. Les "
-"interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne seront\n"
-"pas arrêtées avec <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> fonctionne "
-"toujours.\n"
-"Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root NFS ou "
-"iSCSI.\n"
+"L'utilisation de <b>Sur NFSroot</b> est semblable à <tt>auto</tt>. Les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne seront\n"
+"pas arrêtées avec <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> fonctionne toujours.\n"
+"Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root NFS ou iSCSI.\n"
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this "
-"startmode will never\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"L'utilisation de <b>Sur NFSroot</b> est presque identique à 'auto'. Par "
-"contre, les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne se\n"
-"fermeront jamais avec 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' fonctionne "
-"toujours.\n"
-" Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root nfs ou "
-"iscsi.\n"
+"L'utilisation de <b>Sur NFSroot</b> est presque identique à 'auto'. Par contre, les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne se\n"
+"fermeront jamais avec 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' fonctionne toujours.\n"
+" Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root nfs ou iscsi.\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__87
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
@@ -4622,14 +4343,12 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> "
-"activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Activation du périphérique</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choisissez quand l'interface réseau doit être démarrée. <b>Lors de "
-"l'amorçage</b> la démarre à l'amorçage\n"
+"<p>Choisissez quand l'interface réseau doit être démarrée. <b>Lors de l'amorçage</b> la démarre à l'amorçage\n"
"du système. <b>Jamais</b> ne démarre pas le périphérique.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
@@ -4766,12 +4485,8 @@
msgstr "Confirmer le redémarrage du réseau"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
-msgid ""
-"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply "
-"the settings."
-msgstr ""
-"À cause du réseau passerelle, YaST2 a besoin de redémarrer le réseau pour "
-"appliquer les paramètres."
+msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
+msgstr "À cause du réseau passerelle, YaST2 a besoin de redémarrer le réseau pour appliquer les paramètres."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
@@ -5154,12 +4869,8 @@
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
-msgid ""
-"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked "
-"will be used."
-msgstr ""
-"Paramètre AutoYaST de réseau / géré : NetworkManager n'est pas disponible, "
-"Wicked sera utilisé."
+msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
+msgstr "Paramètre AutoYaST de réseau / géré : NetworkManager n'est pas disponible, Wicked sera utilisé."
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
@@ -5299,15 +5010,8 @@
msgstr "Pas de hwinfo"
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
-msgid ""
-"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
-"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). "
-"See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du noyau (eth0, "
-"wlan0) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un firmware "
-"absent (pour les périphériques wlan). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus "
-"d'informations."
+msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr "Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du noyau (eth0, wlan0) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un firmware absent (pour les périphériques wlan). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus d'informations."
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
msgid ""
@@ -5378,10 +5082,8 @@
"please restart it manually or log out and log in again."
msgstr ""
"Votre gestionnaire d'affichage (display manager) doit être redémarré.\n"
-"Pour que les modifications dans l'administration à distance soient prises en "
-"compte,\n"
-"veuillez le redémarrer manuellement ou vous déconnecter, puis vous "
-"reconnecter."
+"Pour que les modifications dans l'administration à distance soient prises en compte,\n"
+"veuillez le redémarrer manuellement ou vous déconnecter, puis vous reconnecter."
# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
#. description in proposal
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 13:21:11 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90870
Modified:
trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2014-12-16 11:26:37 UTC (rev 90869)
+++ trunk/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2014-12-16 12:21:11 UTC (rev 90870)
@@ -33,14 +33,6 @@
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.…
[View More]glade:3
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#| "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-#| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#| "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#| "\t "
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
@@ -53,8 +45,7 @@
"\n"
"<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>\n"
"<p>Die Installation von openSUSE auf Ihrem Computer ist komplett.\n"
-"Nachdem Sie auf <b>Beenden</b> geklickt haben, können Sie sich im System "
-"anmelden.</p>\n"
+"Nachdem Sie auf <b>Beenden</b> geklickt haben, können Sie sich im System anmelden.</p>\n"
"<p>Besuchen Sie uns unter %1.</p>\n"
"<p>Wir wünschen Ihnen viel Vergnügen!<br>Ihr openSUSE-Entwicklungsteam</p>\n"
"\t"
@@ -81,8 +72,7 @@
"openSUSE bietet ihnen eine Auswahl an Desktop-Umgebungen. Die meist\n"
"verbreitetsten Desktop-Umgebungen sind GNOME und KDE, sie werden beide\n"
"gleichwertig von openSUSE unterstützt. Beide sind einfach zu benutzen, hoch\n"
-"integriert und haben ein attraktives Aussehen. Jede Desktop-Umgebung hat "
-"einen\n"
+"integriert und haben ein attraktives Aussehen. Jede Desktop-Umgebung hat einen\n"
"eigenen Stil, ihr persönlicher Geschmack entscheidet also, welche für Sie\n"
"die passendere ist."
@@ -148,7 +138,6 @@
# SLE12
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
-#| msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: belphegor
Date: 2014-12-16 12:26:37 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90869
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ja/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ja.po
trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po
Log:
updated
Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ja/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ja.po 2014-12-16 09:41:59 UTC (rev 90868)
+++ trunk/lcn/ja/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ja.po 2014-12-16 11:26:37 UTC (rev 90869)
@@ -6,8 +6,8 …
[View More]@@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 20:33+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-16 10:14+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-16 20:25+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -143,7 +143,6 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:151(screen)
#, no-wrap
-#| msgid "Getting updates"
msgid "netconfig update"
msgstr "netconfig update"
@@ -180,15 +179,14 @@
"この警告は YaST のバグ (Factory では既に修正済み) ですので、無視してかまいま"
"せん。"
-#. bnc#900954
+#. bnc#900954 bnc#903231 bnc#904268
#: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title)
-#| msgid "Start Windows"
-msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
-msgstr "BtrFS と Windows 7"
+msgid "BtrFS and Windows XP"
+msgstr "BtrFS と Windows XP"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
-"If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an "
+"If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an "
"error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader "
"installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -228,7 +226,6 @@
# dialog title for ftp installation
#. bnc#899895
#: xml/release-notes.xml:200(title)
-#| msgid "FTP Installation"
msgid "NET Installation Using Wifi"
msgstr "無線 LAN 環境での NET インストール"
@@ -460,24 +457,24 @@
"解決に向けた作業を実施中で、解決が可能であればオンライン更新にて提供する予定"
"です。"
-#. bnc#901869
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:411(title)
+#. bnc#903998
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(title)
msgid "Missing Dependencies for virt-manager"
msgstr "virt-manager の依存性欠如について"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para)
msgid ""
"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing "
"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
-"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"virt-manager の実行時に何らかの問題が発生した場合は、 "
"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
-"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
"systemitem> の各パッケージをインストールしてみてください。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:419(para)
msgid ""
"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies "
"made explicit."
@@ -486,12 +483,11 @@
"る予定です。"
#. bnc#900813
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:425(title)
-#| msgid "No Authorization"
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(title)
msgid "Modem Authorization After Suspend"
msgstr "サスペンド後のモデム利用時の認証について"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:427(para)
msgid ""
"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected "
"via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you "
@@ -501,7 +497,7 @@
"UMTS や 3G のモデムをお使いの場合、マシンをサスペンドしてしまうと、システムは"
"再接続の際に再度 root のパスワードを尋ねるようになっています。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:433(para)
msgid ""
"You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs."
"standard:"
@@ -509,7 +505,7 @@
"このような動作を変更したい場合は、 /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard 内の下"
"記の行を修正します:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:438(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -520,11 +516,11 @@
"org.freedesktop.ModemManager.Device.Control auth_admin:auth_admin:yes\n"
" "
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:441(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:442(para)
msgid "with:"
msgstr "上記の行を下記のように変更します:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:445(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:446(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -536,11 +532,11 @@
" "
#. bnc#901511
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:452(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(title)
msgid "Package Search Missing in GTK UI of YaST"
msgstr "YaST の GTK UI にパッケージ検索機能が存在しない問題について"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you "
"are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
@@ -549,17 +545,17 @@
"XFCE をお使いの場合で、検索機能を使用したい場合は、QT インターフェイスをお使"
"いください:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:460(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
msgstr "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
#. bnc#902947
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:464(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:465(title)
msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration"
msgstr "openSUSE 13.2 以前からの cifstab の移行"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:467(para)
msgid ""
"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</"
"filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/"
@@ -569,11 +565,11 @@
"cifs 共有のマウントは廃止されました。一般的に使用される <filename>/etc/"
"fstab</filename> ファイルで設定してください。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:473(para)
msgid "The migration process requires two steps:"
msgstr "移行は下記 2 つの手順で行ないます:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:478(para)
msgid ""
"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</"
"filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
@@ -581,7 +577,7 @@
"<filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> ファイルに書かれているマウン"
"トの設定を、<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> ファイルに追記します。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
@@ -589,7 +585,7 @@
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> 内に追記した cifs マウントの各行に対して、行"
"末に <literal>0 0</literal> を追記します。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:492(para)
msgid ""
"For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/"
"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
@@ -598,11 +594,11 @@
"usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> ファイ"
"ルをお読みください。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(title)
msgid "Removing openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper After Upgrade"
msgstr "アップグレード後も openSUSE 13.1 KDE の壁紙が削除されない問題について"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:501(para)
msgid ""
"If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, "
"remove it from the user cache manually:"
@@ -610,16 +606,16 @@
"システムを更新しても openSUSE 13.1 KDE の壁紙が残ってしまった場合は、下記のよ"
"うにしてユーザキャッシュから削除してください:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:506(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
msgstr "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:509(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:510(title)
msgid "MATE Desktop official integration"
msgstr "MATE デスクトップとの公式統合について"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE "
"version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and "
@@ -631,7 +627,7 @@
"力的なデスクトップ環境で、 Linux や Unix 系オペレーティングシステムの従来の形"
"態を残した外観になっています。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:518(para)
msgid ""
"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had "
"when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar "
@@ -642,11 +638,11 @@
"供することを目指しています。"
#. bnc#901013
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:525(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(title)
msgid "Slow Start-up in GNOME"
msgstr "GNOME の起動が遅い問題について"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race "
"between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix "
@@ -659,11 +655,11 @@
"までは、 GNOME の自動ログイン機能を一時的に無効化して回避してください。"
#. bnc#850058
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:563(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(title)
msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings"
msgstr "AppArmor とパーミッション (アクセス権) 設定について"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent "
"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter "
@@ -675,12 +671,12 @@
"とがあります。パーミッション関連の問題でおかしな動作を発見した場合は、まず対"
"象のサービスに対して AppArmor を不平モードに切り替えてみることをお勧めします:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service"
msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
msgid ""
"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would "
"not allow."
@@ -688,7 +684,7 @@
"不平モードとは、全ての動作を許可するものの、許可するはずではない動作を記録す"
"るためのモードです。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:570(para)
msgid ""
"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to "
"also cover corner cases."
@@ -697,18 +693,18 @@
"AppArmor のプロファイルのうち、ごく稀に発生する問題についても、修正を行ないた"
"いと考えているためです。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:603(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "その他"
#. bnc#903243
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:607(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(title)
msgid "YaST (Qt GUI): \"Service Manager\" Icon Appears Twice"
msgstr ""
"YaST (Qt GUI): \"サービスマネージャ\" のアイコンが 2 つ表示されてしまう問題に"
"ついて"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:609(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon "
"<guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt "
@@ -720,35 +716,35 @@
"ルセンターの Qt 版でのバグで、デスクトップファイル内の <quote>hidden</quote> "
"フラグを無視してしまっているために発生しています。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:615(para)
msgid "This will get fixed with the next YaST online update."
msgstr "この問題は、次回の YaST オンライン更新で解決する予定です。"
#. bnc#809347
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:624(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:625(title)
msgid "More Information and Feedback"
msgstr "さらに詳しい情報とフィードバック"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:628(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:629(para)
msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs."
msgstr "CD 内の README をお読みください。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(para)
msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr ""
"また、特定のパッケージに対する詳細な変更点を RPM パッケージから表示するには、"
"下記のコマンドを実行します:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm"
msgstr "rpm --changelog -qp <ファイル名>.rpm"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:634(para)
msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM."
msgstr "ここで、 <ファイル名> には RPM のファイル名を指定します。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD "
"for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
@@ -757,13 +753,13 @@
"あります。ここには、更新されたパッケージに対する全ての変更点が時系列順に並ん"
"でいます。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:641(para)
msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
msgstr ""
"そのほか、 DVD の <filename>docu</filename> ディレクトリには、さらに詳しい情"
"報が書いてあります。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:644(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or "
"updated documentation."
@@ -771,7 +767,7 @@
"それ以外にも、 <ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> には追加/更"
"新されたドキュメンテーションがあります。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:649(para)
msgid ""
"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news "
"from openSUSE."
@@ -779,15 +775,15 @@
"openSUSE からの最新の製品情報を読むには、 <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse."
"org\"/> をご覧ください。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:654(para)
msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
msgstr "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:655(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE."
msgstr "openSUSE をお使いいただき、ありがとうございます。"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:657(para)
msgid "The openSUSE Team."
msgstr "openSUSE チームより"
Modified: trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po 2014-12-16 09:41:59 UTC (rev 90868)
+++ trunk/lcn/ja/po/zypper.ja.po 2014-12-16 11:26:37 UTC (rev 90869)
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-15 08:44+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:13+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-16 20:23+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -81,16 +81,16 @@
#. is base
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "はい (Y)"
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "No"
msgstr "いいえ (N)"
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@
#. translators: name (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073
-#: src/repos.cc:2490 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
+#: src/repos.cc:2488 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
#: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678
#: src/locks.cc:40
msgid "Name"
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
#. translators: type (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:977 src/repos.cc:1083
-#: src/repos.cc:2498 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
+#: src/repos.cc:2496 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
msgid "Type"
msgstr "種類"
@@ -476,199 +476,199 @@
msgid "Adding conflict: '%s'."
msgstr "競合を追加: '%s'"
-#: src/Summary.cc:505
+#: src/Summary.cc:509
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の新しいパッケージをインストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:510
+#: src/Summary.cc:514
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の新しい修正をインストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:515
+#: src/Summary.cc:519
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の新しいパターンをインストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:520
+#: src/Summary.cc:524
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の新しい製品をインストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:525
+#: src/Summary.cc:529
#, c-format
msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のソースパッケージをインストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:530
+#: src/Summary.cc:534
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションをインストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:551
+#: src/Summary.cc:555
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージを削除します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:556
+#: src/Summary.cc:560
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の修正を削除します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:561
+#: src/Summary.cc:565
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパターンを削除します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:566
+#: src/Summary.cc:570
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品を削除します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:571
+#: src/Summary.cc:575
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションを削除します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:591
+#: src/Summary.cc:595
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージをアップグレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:596
+#: src/Summary.cc:600
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の修正をアップグレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:601
+#: src/Summary.cc:605
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパターンをアップグレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:606
+#: src/Summary.cc:610
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品をアップグレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:611
+#: src/Summary.cc:615
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションをアップグレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:630
+#: src/Summary.cc:634
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージをダウングレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:635
+#: src/Summary.cc:639
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の修正をダウングレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:640
+#: src/Summary.cc:644
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパターンをダウングレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:645
+#: src/Summary.cc:649
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品をダウングレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:650
+#: src/Summary.cc:654
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションをダウングレードします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:669
+#: src/Summary.cc:673
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージを再インストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:674
+#: src/Summary.cc:678
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の修正を再インストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:679
+#: src/Summary.cc:683
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパターンを再インストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:684
+#: src/Summary.cc:688
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品を再インストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:696
+#: src/Summary.cc:700
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションを再インストールします:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:838
+#: src/Summary.cc:842
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の推奨パッケージを自動的に選択しました:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:843
+#: src/Summary.cc:847
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の推奨修正を自動的に選択しました:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:848
+#: src/Summary.cc:852
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の推奨パターンを自動的に選択しました:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:853
+#: src/Summary.cc:857
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の推奨製品を自動的に選択しました:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:858
+#: src/Summary.cc:862
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の推奨ソースパッケージを自動的に選択しました:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:863
+#: src/Summary.cc:867
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の推奨アプリケーションを自動的に選択しました:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:907
+#: src/Summary.cc:911
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only "
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@
"下記に示す %d 個のパッケージが推奨されていますが、インストールを行ないません "
"(必要なパッケージのみをインストールします):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:918
+#: src/Summary.cc:923
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's "
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@
"下記に示す %d 個のパッケージが推奨されていますが、不要であると判断される (以"
"前に手動で削除したものである) ため、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:927
+#: src/Summary.cc:933
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to "
@@ -704,25 +704,25 @@
"下記に示す %d 個のパッケージが推奨されていますが、競合または依存関係の問題が"
"あるため、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:939
+#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の修正が推奨されていますが、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:943
+#: src/Summary.cc:950
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパターンが推奨されていますが、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:947
+#: src/Summary.cc:954
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品が推奨されていますが、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:951
+#: src/Summary.cc:958
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:"
@@ -730,31 +730,31 @@
"下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションが推奨されていますが、インストールを行ない"
"ません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:990
+#: src/Summary.cc:998
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージが提案されていますが、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:995
+#: src/Summary.cc:1003
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の修正が提案されていますが、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1000
+#: src/Summary.cc:1008
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパターンが提案されていますが、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1005
+#: src/Summary.cc:1013
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品が提案されていますが、インストールを行ないません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1010
+#: src/Summary.cc:1018
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:"
@@ -762,206 +762,206 @@
"下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションが提案されていますが、インストールを行ない"
"ません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1031
+#: src/Summary.cc:1039
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージのアーキテクチャを変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1036
+#: src/Summary.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の修正のアーキテクチャを変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1041
+#: src/Summary.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパターンのアーキテクチャを変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1046
+#: src/Summary.cc:1054
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品のアーキテクチャを変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1051
+#: src/Summary.cc:1059
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションのアーキテクチャを変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1073
+#: src/Summary.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージの製造元を変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1078
+#: src/Summary.cc:1086
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の修正の製造元を変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1083
+#: src/Summary.cc:1091
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパターンの製造元を変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1088
+#: src/Summary.cc:1096
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品の製造元を変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1093
+#: src/Summary.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーションの製造元を変更します:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1114
+#: src/Summary.cc:1122
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージは、製造元でサポートしていません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1134
+#: src/Summary.cc:1142
#, c-format
msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージのサポートを得るには、追加の顧客契約が必要です:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1152
+#: src/Summary.cc:1160
#, c-format
msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のパッケージ更新はインストールされません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1157
+#: src/Summary.cc:1165
#, c-format
msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個の製品更新はインストールされません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1162
+#: src/Summary.cc:1170
#, c-format
msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] "下記に示す %d 個のアプリケーション更新はインストールされません:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1182
+#: src/Summary.cc:1190
msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2% "
msgstr "全ダウンロードサイズ: %1%, 既にキャッシュ済み: %2% "
-#: src/Summary.cc:1185
+#: src/Summary.cc:1193
msgid "Download only."
msgstr "ダウンロードのみ。"
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1191
+#: src/Summary.cc:1199
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used."
msgstr "この操作を行なうには、追加で %s の容量が必要です。"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1194
+#: src/Summary.cc:1202
msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation."
msgstr "この操作を行なうのに必要となる追加の容量や開放される容量はありません。"
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1201
+#: src/Summary.cc:1209
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed."
msgstr "この操作を行なうと、%s の容量が開放されます。"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1224
+#: src/Summary.cc:1232
msgid "package to upgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to upgrade"
msgstr[0] "個のパッケージをアップグレードします"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1235
+#: src/Summary.cc:1243
msgid "to downgrade"
msgid_plural "to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "個のダウングレード"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1238
+#: src/Summary.cc:1246
msgid "package to downgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "個のパッケージをダウングレードします"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1249
+#: src/Summary.cc:1257
msgid "new"
msgid_plural "new"
msgstr[0] "個の新規"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1252
+#: src/Summary.cc:1260
msgid "new package to install"
msgid_plural "new packages to install"
msgstr[0] "個のパッケージをインストールします"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1263
+#: src/Summary.cc:1271
msgid "to reinstall"
msgid_plural "to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "個の再インストール"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1266
+#: src/Summary.cc:1274
msgid "package to reinstall"
msgid_plural "packages to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "個のパッケージを再インストールします"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1277
+#: src/Summary.cc:1285
msgid "to remove"
msgid_plural "to remove"
msgstr[0] "個の削除"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1280
+#: src/Summary.cc:1288
msgid "package to remove"
msgid_plural "packages to remove"
msgstr[0] "個のパッケージを削除します"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1291
+#: src/Summary.cc:1299
msgid "to change vendor"
msgid_plural " to change vendor"
msgstr[0] "個の製造元変更"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1294
+#: src/Summary.cc:1302
msgid "package will change vendor"
msgid_plural "packages will change vendor"
msgstr[0] "個のパッケージの製造元を変更します"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1305
+#: src/Summary.cc:1313
msgid "to change arch"
msgid_plural "to change arch"
msgstr[0] "個のアーキテクチャ変更"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1308
+#: src/Summary.cc:1316
msgid "package will change arch"
msgid_plural "packages will change arch"
msgstr[0] "個のパッケージのアーキテクチャを変更します"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1319
+#: src/Summary.cc:1327
msgid "source package"
msgid_plural "source packages"
msgstr[0] "個のソースパッケージ"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1322
+#: src/Summary.cc:1330
msgid "source package to install"
msgid_plural "source packages to install"
msgstr[0] "個のソースパッケージをインストールします"
@@ -1171,8 +1171,8 @@
"to unblock using this file on your own risk. Empty input will discard the "
"file.\n"
msgstr ""
-"チェックサム '%1%..' のファイルが不正に改変されておらず、間違いのないことが"
-"分かっている場合で、\n"
+"チェックサム '%1%..' のファイルが不正に改変されておらず、間違いのないことが分"
+"かっている場合で、\n"
"この操作を続行したい場合は、チェックサムの冒頭 4 文字を入力し、自己責任で\n"
"保護を解除してください。何も入力しないと、対象のファイルは廃棄されます。\n"
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@
#. translators: this is a prompt text
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:88 src/callbacks/media.cc:189
-#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:180 src/utils/prompt.cc:270
+#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:169 src/utils/prompt.cc:259
msgid "Abort, retry, ignore?"
msgstr "中止(A), 再試行(R), 無視(I)?"
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@
msgid "Retrieving %s %s-%s.%s"
msgstr "%s %s-%s.%s を取得しています"
-#: src/Command.cc:190
+#: src/Command.cc:192
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown command '%s'"
msgstr "不明なコマンド '%s'"
@@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@
msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'."
msgstr "'%s' からのファイル取得中に問題が発生しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3313 src/solve-commit.cc:782
+#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3311 src/solve-commit.cc:782
#: src/solve-commit.cc:814 src/solve-commit.cc:848
msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint."
msgstr "解決へのヒントとして上記のエラーメッセージをお読みください。"
@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@
msgid "Target initialization failed:"
msgstr "ターゲットの初期化に失敗しました:"
-#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4221
+#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4241
msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem."
msgstr "root ユーザで 'zypper refresh' を実行すると問題を解決できるかもしれません。"
@@ -1661,30 +1661,30 @@
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "無効"
-#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2489 src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2487 src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "別名"
#. 'enabled' flag
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2491
+#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2489
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "有効"
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled
#. for the repository
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository
-#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2493
+#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2491
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "更新"
#. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d)
-#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2497
+#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2495
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "優先順位"
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2500
+#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2498
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
@@ -1745,16 +1745,16 @@
msgid "Error reading repositories:"
msgstr "リポジトリの読み込みでエラー:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2639
+#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2637
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open %s for writing."
msgstr "ファイル %s を書き込み用に開くことができません。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2641
+#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2639
msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?"
msgstr "書き込み許可が与えられていないではありませんか?"
-#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2648
+#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2646
#, c-format
msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s."
msgstr "%s へのリポジトリ出力処理が成功しました。"
@@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@
msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'"
msgstr "リポジトリの別名が正しくありません: '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1924
+#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1922
#, c-format
msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr "'%s' という名前のリポジトリは既に存在します。他の別名を設定してください。"
@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@
"リポジトリの種類を判別できませんでした。 指定した下記の URI が正しい場所を示"
"しているかどうか確認してください:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096
+#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3116
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
msgstr "下記の場所には有効なリポジトリが見つかりません:"
@@ -1909,8 +1909,8 @@
"GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and "
"origin of packages cannot be verified."
msgstr ""
-"リポジトリ '%1%' は、 GPG の検証を無効化するように設定されています。"
-"パッケージの正当性と作成元は検証されません。"
+"リポジトリ '%1%' は、 GPG の検証を無効化するように設定されています。パッケー"
+"ジの正当性と作成元は検証されません。"
#: src/repos.cc:1686
#, c-format
@@ -1927,40 +1927,40 @@
msgid "GPG check"
msgstr "GPG チェック"
-#: src/repos.cc:1722
+#: src/repos.cc:1720
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "メディア '%s' からデータを読み込んでいます"
-#: src/repos.cc:1729
+#: src/repos.cc:1727
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "メディア '%s' からデータを読み取る際に問題"
-#: src/repos.cc:1730
+#: src/repos.cc:1728
msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable."
msgstr "インストールメディアが有効で読み取り可能かどうか確認してください。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1737
+#: src/repos.cc:1735
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh."
msgstr "メディア '%s' からのデータ読み込みは、次回の更新まで行ないません。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1804
+#: src/repos.cc:1802
msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "指定した URI にあるファイルにアクセスする際に問題"
-#: src/repos.cc:1805
+#: src/repos.cc:1803
msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "指定した URI が有効でアクセス可能であることを確認してください。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1813
+#: src/repos.cc:1811
msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "指定した URI のファイルを処理する際に問題"
#. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated.
#. Also don't translate the '.repo' string.
-#: src/repos.cc:1816
+#: src/repos.cc:1814
msgid ""
"Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for "
"details."
@@ -1968,27 +1968,27 @@
"指定のものは本当に .repo ファイルですか? http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/"
"RepoInfo をご覧ください。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1824
+#: src/repos.cc:1822
msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "指定した URI にあるファイルを読む際に問題が発生しました"
-#: src/repos.cc:1838
+#: src/repos.cc:1836
msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping."
msgstr ""
"ファイル内に別名定義のないリポジトリが見つかりました。このリポジトリを飛ばし"
"ます。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1845
+#: src/repos.cc:1843
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' には URI が設定されていません。このリポジトリを飛ばします。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1888
+#: src/repos.cc:1886
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "リポジトリ %s を削除しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1907
+#: src/repos.cc:1905
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service "
@@ -1997,21 +1997,21 @@
"リポジトリ '%s' の別名を変更できません。このリポジトリは、別名を設定する責任"
"のあるサービス '%s' に属しています。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1918
+#: src/repos.cc:1916
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' は '%s' に名前を変更しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:1930 src/repos.cc:2172
+#: src/repos.cc:1928 src/repos.cc:2170
msgid "Error while modifying the repository:"
msgstr "リポジトリを修正する際にエラー:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1931
+#: src/repos.cc:1929
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を修正せずそのままにします。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2080
+#: src/repos.cc:2078
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the "
@@ -2020,214 +2020,214 @@
"正しくない優先順位 '%s' です。正の整数で入力してください。より大きい数字がよ"
"り低い優先順位になります。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2088
+#: src/repos.cc:2086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)"
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の優先順位を変更しませんでした (%d)"
-#: src/repos.cc:2114
+#: src/repos.cc:2112
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を有効に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2117
+#: src/repos.cc:2115
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を無効に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2124
+#: src/repos.cc:2122
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の自動更新を有効に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2127
+#: src/repos.cc:2125
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の自動更新を無効に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2134
+#: src/repos.cc:2132
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の RPM ファイルキャッシュ設定を有効にしました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2137
+#: src/repos.cc:2135
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の RPM ファイルキャッシュ設定を無効にしました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2144
+#: src/repos.cc:2142
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' に対して GPG チェックを有効にしました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2147
+#: src/repos.cc:2145
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' に対して GPG チェックを無効にしました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2153
+#: src/repos.cc:2151
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の優先順位を %d に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2159
+#: src/repos.cc:2157
#, c-format
msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' の名前を '%s' に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2165
+#: src/repos.cc:2163
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' に対して変更することは何もありません。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2173
+#: src/repos.cc:2171
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged."
msgstr "リポジトリ %s を修正せずそのままにします。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2211
+#: src/repos.cc:2209
msgid "Error reading services:"
msgstr "サービスの読み込み時にエラー:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2306
+#: src/repos.cc:2304
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI."
msgstr "サービス '%s' は別名/番号/URI のいずれでも見つかりません。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2310
+#: src/repos.cc:2308
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services."
msgstr "設定したサービスの一覧を取得するには '%s' コマンドを使用してください。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2553
+#: src/repos.cc:2551
#, c-format
msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services."
msgstr "サービスが見つかりません。 '%s' コマンドでサービスを追加することができます。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2679
+#: src/repos.cc:2677
#, c-format
msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr "'%s' という名前のサービスは既に存在します。他の別名を設定してください。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2689
+#: src/repos.cc:2687
#, c-format
msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'."
msgstr "サービス '%s' を追加する際にエラーが発生しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2695
+#: src/repos.cc:2693
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added."
msgstr "サービス '%s' は正常に追加されました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2734
+#: src/repos.cc:2732
#, c-format
msgid "Removing service '%s':"
msgstr "サービス '%s' を削除しています:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2737
+#: src/repos.cc:2735
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "サービス '%s' を削除しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2753
+#: src/repos.cc:2751
#, c-format
msgid "Refreshing service '%s'."
msgstr "サービス '%s' を更新しています。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2776
+#: src/repos.cc:2764 src/repos.cc:2774
#, c-format
msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':"
msgstr "サービス '%s' からリポジトリのインデックスファイルを取得する際にエラー:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2768 src/repos.cc:2881
+#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2879
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr "上記のエラーにより、サービス '%s' を飛ばしています。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2777
+#: src/repos.cc:2775
msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "URI が有効でアクセス可能であることを確認してください。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2835
+#: src/repos.cc:2833
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'"
msgstr "無効化されたサービス '%s' を飛ばしています。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2895
+#: src/repos.cc:2893
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services."
msgstr ""
"サービスを追加したり有効化したりするには、それぞれ '%s' コマンドや '%s' コマ"
"ンドをご利用ください。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2898
+#: src/repos.cc:2896
msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "指定したサービスは有効化されていないか設定されていません。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2900
+#: src/repos.cc:2898
msgid "There are no enabled services defined."
msgstr "有効化されているサービスが設定されていません。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2904
+#: src/repos.cc:2902
msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors."
msgstr "エラーによりサービスの更新ができませんでした。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2910
+#: src/repos.cc:2908
msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error."
msgstr "エラーにより、いくつかのサービスを更新することができませんでした。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2915
+#: src/repos.cc:2913
msgid "Specified services have been refreshed."
msgstr "指定したサービスを更新しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:2917
+#: src/repos.cc:2915
msgid "All services have been refreshed."
msgstr "全てのサービスを更新しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3039
+#: src/repos.cc:3037
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled."
msgstr "サービス '%s' を有効に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3042
+#: src/repos.cc:3040
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled."
msgstr "サービス '%s' を無効に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3049
+#: src/repos.cc:3047
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "サービス '%s' の自動更新を有効に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3052
+#: src/repos.cc:3050
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "サービス '%s' の自動更新を無効に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3058
+#: src/repos.cc:3056
#, c-format
msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "サービス '%s' の名前を '%s' に設定しました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3064
+#: src/repos.cc:3062
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] "リポジトリ '%s' はサービス '%s' の有効なリポジトリとして追加されました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3072
+#: src/repos.cc:3070
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] "リポジトリ '%s' はサービス '%s' の無効なリポジトリとして追加されました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3080
+#: src/repos.cc:3078
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] "リポジトリ '%s' はサービス '%s' の有効なリポジトリから削除されました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3088
+#: src/repos.cc:3086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -2235,50 +2235,50 @@
"'%s'"
msgstr[0] "リポジトリ '%s' はサービス '%s' の無効なリポジトリから削除されました。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3097
+#: src/repos.cc:3095
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'."
msgstr "サービス '%s' に対して変更することは何もありません。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3104
+#: src/repos.cc:3102
msgid "Error while modifying the service:"
msgstr "サービスを修正する際にエラー:"
-#: src/repos.cc:3105
+#: src/repos.cc:3103
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged."
msgstr "サービス %s を修正せずそのままにします。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3213
+#: src/repos.cc:3211
msgid "Loading repository data..."
msgstr "リポジトリのデータを読み込んでいます..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3235
+#: src/repos.cc:3233
#, c-format
msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' のデータを取り出しています..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3242
+#: src/repos.cc:3240
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' はキャッシュされていません。キャッシュしています..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3249 src/repos.cc:3287
+#: src/repos.cc:3247 src/repos.cc:3285
#, c-format
msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'"
msgstr "'%s' からのデータ読み込みの際に問題"
-#: src/repos.cc:3254
+#: src/repos.cc:3252
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' を更新できませんでした。古いキャッシュを使用します。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3259 src/repos.cc:3292
+#: src/repos.cc:3257 src/repos.cc:3290
#, c-format
msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error."
msgstr "エラーにより '%s' からの解決方法が読み取れませんでした。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3278
+#: src/repos.cc:3276
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or "
@@ -2288,16 +2288,16 @@
"お使いになることをお勧めします。"
#. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m'
-#: src/repos.cc:3289
+#: src/repos.cc:3287
#, c-format
msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so."
msgstr "それを行なう前に '%s' または '%s' を試してみてください。"
-#: src/repos.cc:3301
+#: src/repos.cc:3299
msgid "Reading installed packages..."
msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3312
+#: src/repos.cc:3310
msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:"
msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込む際にエラー:"
@@ -2443,13 +2443,13 @@
msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..."
msgstr "OK OK! すぐに終了します..."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:97
+#: src/Zypper.cc:98
msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
msgstr ""
"古い形式のコマンドラインオプション %1% が指定されています。 %2% をお使いくだ"
"さい。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:211
msgid ""
" Global Options:\n"
"\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
@@ -2461,6 +2461,7 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
"\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tWhether to use colors in output if tty supports it.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
@@ -2481,6 +2482,7 @@
"ン ID の指定\n"
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tエラーメッセージを除く出力を抑止\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tより詳細な出力\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\ttty 側で対応している場合、色を使用するかどうか\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\t表内でのテキストの省略を行なわない\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\t表形式 (整数)\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\t質問や確認を行なわず、全ての質問に既定の回答を行なっ"
@@ -2491,7 +2493,7 @@
"\t--xmlout, -x\t\tXML 形式での出力に切り替える\n"
"\t--ignore-unknown, -i\t不明なパッケージを無視する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:231
+#: src/Zypper.cc:233
msgid ""
"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n"
"\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n"
@@ -2510,7 +2512,7 @@
"る\n"
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\t指定したパッケージキャッシュディレクトリを使用する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:239
+#: src/Zypper.cc:241
msgid ""
" Repository Options:\n"
"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n"
@@ -2540,7 +2542,7 @@
"\t--no-cd\t\t\tCD/DVD のリポジトリを無視する\n"
"\t--no-remote\t\tリモートのリポジトリを無視する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:252
+#: src/Zypper.cc:254
msgid ""
" Target Options:\n"
"\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n"
@@ -2552,7 +2554,7 @@
"\t--disable-system-resolvables\n"
"\t\t\t\tインストールされたパッケージを読み込まない\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:259
+#: src/Zypper.cc:261
msgid ""
" Commands:\n"
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n"
@@ -2562,7 +2564,7 @@
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tヘルプを表示\n"
"\tshell, sh\t\t一度で複数のコマンドを入力する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:264
+#: src/Zypper.cc:266
msgid ""
" Repository Management:\n"
"\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n"
@@ -2582,7 +2584,7 @@
"\trefresh, ref\t\t全てのリポジトリを更新する\n"
"\tclean\t\t\tローカルのキャッシュを削除する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:274
+#: src/Zypper.cc:276
msgid ""
" Service Management:\n"
"\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n"
@@ -2598,7 +2600,7 @@
"\tremoveservice, rs\t指定したサービスを削除する\n"
"\trefresh-services, refs\t全てのサービスを更新する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:282
+#: src/Zypper.cc:284
msgid ""
" Software Management:\n"
"\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n"
@@ -2619,7 +2621,7 @@
"\tinstall-new-recommends, inr インストール済みのパッケージから判断される新規"
"推奨パッケージをインストールする\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:293
+#: src/Zypper.cc:295
msgid ""
" Update Management:\n"
"\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n"
@@ -2637,7 +2639,7 @@
"\tdist-upgrade, dup\tディストリビューションのアップグレードを行なう\n"
"\tpatch-check, pchk\t修正を確認する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:302
+#: src/Zypper.cc:304
msgid ""
" Querying:\n"
"\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n"
@@ -2663,7 +2665,7 @@
"\tproducts, pd\t\t利用可能な製品を表示する\n"
"\twhat-provides, wp\t指定した能力設定が提供するパッケージを表示する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:317
+#: src/Zypper.cc:319
msgid ""
" Package Locks:\n"
"\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n"
@@ -2677,7 +2679,7 @@
"\tlocks, ll\t\t現在のパッケージロックを表示する\n"
"\tcleanlocks, cl\t\t未使用のロックを削除する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:324
+#: src/Zypper.cc:326
msgid ""
" Other Commands:\n"
"\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n"
@@ -2700,7 +2702,7 @@
"\tsource-download\t\t全てのインストール済みパッケージに対し、ソース RPM を\t"
"\t\t\tローカルのディレクトリにダウンロードする\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:335
+#: src/Zypper.cc:337
msgid ""
" Usage:\n"
"\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n"
@@ -2711,61 +2713,61 @@
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:361
+#: src/Zypper.cc:363
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands."
msgstr "グローバルオプションとコマンドの一覧を取得するには '%s' と入力してください。"
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:370
+#: src/Zypper.cc:372
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help."
msgstr "コマンド固有のヘルプを取得するには '%s' と入力してください。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:526
+#: src/Zypper.cc:543
#, c-format
msgid "Verbosity: %d"
msgstr "冗長性: %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:557
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid table style %d."
msgstr "無効な表形式 %d です"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:541
+#: src/Zypper.cc:558
#, c-format
msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d"
msgstr "%d から %d までの整数を使用してください"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:558
+#: src/Zypper.cc:567
msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!"
msgstr "ユーザデータ文字列には、表示不可能な文字や改行を含めることができません!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832
+#: src/Zypper.cc:599 src/Zypper.cc:2852
msgid "Entering non-interactive mode."
msgstr "対話処理を行なわない設定にします。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:596
+#: src/Zypper.cc:605
msgid ""
"Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as "
"interactive."
msgstr "rebootSuggested フラグの設定された修正を、対話型として扱いません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:602
+#: src/Zypper.cc:611
msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode."
msgstr "'GPG 署名確認を行なわない' 設定にします。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:609
+#: src/Zypper.cc:618
#, c-format
msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
msgstr "'%s' を有効にしています。新しいリポジトリ署名鍵は自動的にインポートされます!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:622
+#: src/Zypper.cc:631
msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute."
msgstr "--root オプションで指定するパスは絶対パスでなければなりません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:638
+#: src/Zypper.cc:647
msgid ""
"The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n"
"The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n"
@@ -2774,53 +2776,53 @@
"上記のシンボリックリンクは、 /etc/products.d 内の中枢製品を正しく示していなけ"
"ればなりません。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:677
+#: src/Zypper.cc:686
msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only."
msgstr ""
"リポジトリは無効化されています。インストール済みのパッケージデータベースを使"
"用します。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:689
+#: src/Zypper.cc:698
msgid "Autorefresh disabled."
msgstr "自動更新が無効になっています。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:705
msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled."
msgstr "CD/DVD リポジトリが無効になっています。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:703
+#: src/Zypper.cc:712
msgid "Remote repositories disabled."
msgstr "リモートリポジトリが無効になっています。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:710
+#: src/Zypper.cc:719
msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables."
msgstr "インストールされている解決方法を無視しています。"
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo"
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878
+#: src/Zypper.cc:837 src/Zypper.cc:887
#, c-format
msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring."
msgstr "%s オプションはここでは意味がありません。無視します。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1033
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1042
#, c-format
msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'."
msgstr "コマンド '%s' は '%s' に置き換えられています。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1035
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' for all available options."
msgstr "利用可能なオプションについて、詳しくは '%s' をお読みください。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1060
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1069
msgid "Unexpected exception."
msgstr "予期しない例外が発生しました。"
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. second %s = "package",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1167
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1176
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n"
@@ -2930,7 +2932,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "package"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1238
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1247
#, c-format
msgid ""
"remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n"
@@ -2979,7 +2981,7 @@
"-D, --dry-run 削除をテストするだけで実際には何もしない\n"
" --details インストールの概要を詳細に表示する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1275
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1284
msgid ""
"source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3007,7 +3009,7 @@
" --download-only パッケージをダウンロードするだけでインストールは行な"
"わない\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1312
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
@@ -3048,7 +3050,7 @@
"-d, --download-only パッケージをダウンロードするだけでインストールは"
"行なわない\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1352
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
@@ -3084,7 +3086,7 @@
" --debug-solver 解決処理についてデバッグを行なう\n"
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1382
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1391
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3106,7 +3108,7 @@
"-n, --name <alias> サービスに対して詳細名を指定する\n"
#. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1405
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1414
msgid ""
"removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3125,7 +3127,7 @@
" --loose-query URI 内の問い合わせ情報 (クエリ文字列) を無視する\n"
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1441
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1450
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n"
@@ -3183,7 +3185,7 @@
"を適用する\n"
"-m, --medium-type <type> 指定した種類のサービスに対して変更を適用する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1489
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1498
msgid ""
"services (ls) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3213,7 +3215,7 @@
"-U, --sort-by-uri URI 順に並べる\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name 名前順に並べる\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1517
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1526
msgid ""
"refresh-services (refs) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3236,7 +3238,7 @@
"る\n"
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1549
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1558
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3278,7 +3280,7 @@
"-f, --refresh リポジトリの自動更新を有効にする\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1613 src/Zypper.cc:2727
msgid ""
"list-resolvables (lr)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3288,7 +3290,7 @@
"\n"
"利用可能な解決方法の種類を表示します。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1612
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1621
msgid ""
"repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3330,7 +3332,7 @@
"-A, --sort-by-alias 別名順に並べる\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name 名前順に並べる\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1644
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1653
msgid ""
"removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3348,7 +3350,7 @@
" --loose-auth URI 内の認証情報を無視する\n"
" --loose-query URI 内の問い合わせ情報 (クエリ文字列) を無視する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1663
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1672
msgid ""
"renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3365,7 +3367,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type"
#. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1705
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
@@ -3416,7 +3418,7 @@
"更を適用する\n"
"-m, --medium-type <type> 指定した種類のリポジトリに対して変更を適用する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1738
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1747
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3450,7 +3452,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> 指定したリポジトリだけを更新する\n"
"-s, --services リポジトリを更新する前にサービスも更新する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1767
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1776
msgid ""
"clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3474,7 +3476,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "patch"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1796
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1805
#, c-format
msgid ""
"list-updates (lu) [options]\n"
@@ -3514,7 +3516,7 @@
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. the second %s = "patch",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1856
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1865
#, c-format
msgid ""
"update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n"
@@ -3601,7 +3603,7 @@
"-d, --download-only パッケージをダウンロードするだけでインストールは"
"行なわない\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1926
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1935
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch [options]\n"
@@ -3681,7 +3683,7 @@
"-d, --download-only パッケージをダウンロードするだけでインストールは"
"行なわない\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1975
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1984
msgid ""
"list-patches (lp) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3710,7 +3712,7 @@
"-a, --all 必要なものだけでなく全ての修正を表示する\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> 指定したリポジトリからの修正のみを表示する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2017
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2026
#, c-format
msgid ""
"dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n"
@@ -3778,7 +3780,7 @@
"-d, --download-only パッケージをダウンロードするだけでインストールは"
"行なわない\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2078
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2087
msgid ""
"search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3861,7 +3863,7 @@
"検索文字列には * と ? のワイルドカードも指定できます。\n"
"また、検索文字列を '/' で括ると、正規表現であるものとして解釈します。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2125
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2134
msgid ""
"patch-check (pchk) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3880,7 +3882,7 @@
"\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> 指定した別名のリポジトリからの修正のみを確認する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2147
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2156
msgid ""
"patches (pch) [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3898,7 +3900,7 @@
"\n"
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> リポジトリを指定するもう一つの方法\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2178
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2187
msgid ""
"packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3934,7 +3936,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name パッケージ名で並べ替える\n"
"-R, --sort-by-repo リポジトリで並べ替える\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2219
msgid ""
"patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3956,7 +3958,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only インストール済みのパターンのみを表示する\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only インストールされていないパターンのみを表示する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2236
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2245
msgid ""
"products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3978,7 +3980,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only インストール済みのパターンのみを表示する\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only インストールされていないパターンのみを表示する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2268
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2277
#, c-format
msgid ""
"info (if) [options] <name> ...\n"
@@ -4023,7 +4025,7 @@
" --recommends 推奨するパッケージも表示する\n"
" --suggests 提案するパッケージも表示する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2301
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2310
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-info <patchname> ...\n"
@@ -4038,7 +4040,7 @@
"\n"
"これは '%s' と同じ意味です。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2320
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2329
#, c-format
msgid ""
"pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n"
@@ -4053,7 +4055,7 @@
"\n"
"これは '%s' と同じ意味です。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2339
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2348
#, c-format
msgid ""
"product-info <product_name> ...\n"
@@ -4068,7 +4070,7 @@
"\n"
"これは '%s' と同じ意味です。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2356
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2365
msgid ""
"what-provides (wp) <capability>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4082,7 +4084,7 @@
"\n"
"このコマンドにはオプションはありません。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2407
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2416
msgid ""
"moo\n"
"\n"
@@ -4096,7 +4098,7 @@
"\n"
"このコマンドにはオプションはありません。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2429
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2438
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
@@ -4119,7 +4121,7 @@
"-t, --type <type> パッケージの種類を指定する (%s) \n"
" 既定: %s\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2456
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2465
#, c-format
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
@@ -4142,7 +4144,7 @@
"-t, --type <type> パッケージの種類を指定する (%s) \n"
" 既定: %s\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2478
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2487
msgid ""
"locks (ll)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4156,7 +4158,7 @@
"\n"
"このコマンドにはオプションはありません。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2498
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2507
msgid ""
"cleanlocks (cl)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4174,7 +4176,7 @@
"-d, --only-duplicates 重複したロックのみを削除する\n"
"-e, --only-empty 何もロックしないもののみを削除する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2528
msgid ""
"targetos (tos) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4192,7 +4194,7 @@
" コマンドオプション:\n"
"-l, --label オペレーティングシステムのラベルを表示する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2549
msgid ""
"versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4209,7 +4211,7 @@
"-m, --match リリース番号が存在しないときはどんなリリースでもかまわないものと"
"する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2559
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2568
msgid ""
"licenses\n"
"\n"
@@ -4224,7 +4226,7 @@
"\n"
"このコマンドにはオプションはありません。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2578
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2587
msgid ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
@@ -4239,7 +4241,7 @@
"\n"
"このコマンドにはオプションはありません。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2601
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2610
msgid ""
"download [options] <packages>...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4281,7 +4283,7 @@
"--dry-run パッケージのダウンロードを行なわず、このコマンドで\n"
" 何が行なわれるのかを表示します。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2640
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2649
msgid ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
@@ -4312,7 +4314,7 @@
"や\n"
" 不要なものを表示します。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2667
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2676
msgid ""
"quit (exit, ^D)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4326,7 +4328,7 @@
"\n"
"このコマンドにはオプションはありません。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2684
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2693
msgid ""
"shell (sh)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4341,7 +4343,7 @@
"このコマンドにはオプションはありません。\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2711
msgid ""
"service-types (st)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4354,7 +4356,7 @@
#. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of
#. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations
#. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2740
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2749
msgid ""
"mount\n"
"\n"
@@ -4374,7 +4376,7 @@
"-n, --name <name> サービス名を指定する\n"
"-r, --recurse サブディレクトリも検索する\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2769
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2778
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n"
@@ -4388,7 +4390,7 @@
"す。\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2795
msgid ""
"ping [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4398,15 +4400,15 @@
"\n"
"このコマンドは常に 0 を返すダミー実装です。\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5115
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2819 src/Zypper.cc:5135
msgid "Unexpected program flow."
msgstr "予期しないプログラムの流れです。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2849
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2869
msgid "Non-option program arguments: "
msgstr "オプション以外のプログラム引数: "
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2904
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2924
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or "
"other software management application using PackageKit running."
@@ -4415,20 +4417,20 @@
"PackageKit を使用するソフトウエア管理アプリケーションが動作しているものと思わ"
"れます。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2910
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2930
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr "PackageKit に対して終了を知らせますか?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2939
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
msgstr "PackageKit が稼働中です (おそらく処理中です) 。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2941
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "再試行しますか?"
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2974
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2994
msgid ""
" \\\\\\\\\\\n"
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
@@ -4439,15 +4441,15 @@
" ( ∪ ∪\n"
" と_)_)"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3001
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3021
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services."
msgstr "サービスを更新するには root 権限が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3048 src/Zypper.cc:3166 src/Zypper.cc:3401
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services."
msgstr "サービスを修正するには root 権限が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3097
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3117
msgid ""
"Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI "
"points to a valid repository."
@@ -4455,12 +4457,12 @@
"リポジトリの種類を判別できませんでした。 指定した下記の URI が正しい場所を示"
"しているかどうか確認してください:"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3127
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type."
msgstr "'%s' は有効なサービス種類ではありません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3149
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
msgstr "既知のサービス種類の一覧については、 '%s' または '%s' をお読みください。"
@@ -4469,117 +4471,117 @@
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by mr command help text which will explain it
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3178 src/Zypper.cc:3552
msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required."
msgstr "別名または統合オプションを指定する必要があります。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3192
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3212
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found."
msgstr "サービス '%s' が見つかりません"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3248 src/Zypper.cc:3400 src/Zypper.cc:3484 src/Zypper.cc:3539
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories."
msgstr "システムリポジトリを修正するには root 権限が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3303 src/Zypper.cc:3666
msgid "Too few arguments."
msgstr "引数が少なすぎます。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3307
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3327
msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
msgstr ""
"1 つのパラメータのみ指定した場合は、 .repo ファイルのある URI を指定しなけれ"
"ばなりません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3337
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3357
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
msgstr "%s と %s を同時に指定することはできません。 %s の設定を使用します。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3358
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3378
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
msgstr "指定した種類は無効です:"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3360
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3380
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
msgstr "既知のリポジトリ種類の一覧については、 '%s' または '%s' をお読みください。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4703 src/utils/messages.cc:48
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3408 src/Zypper.cc:4723 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
msgstr "必要なパラメータが指定されていません。"
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no repository counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3414
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3434
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' は別名/番号/URI のいずれでも見つかりません。"
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no service counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3437
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3457
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr "サービス '%s' は別名/番号/URI のいずれでも見つかりません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3471
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3491
msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required."
msgstr "パラメータが少なすぎます。少なくとも URI と別名を指定する必要があります。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3495
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3515
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found."
msgstr "リポジトリ '%s' が見つかりません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3565
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
#, c-format
msgid "Repository %s not found."
msgstr "リポジトリ %s が見つかりません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3605
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories."
msgstr "システムリポジトリを更新するには root 権限が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3592
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3612
#, c-format
msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here."
msgstr "'%s' グローバルオプションはここでは意味がありません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3600
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3620
#, c-format
msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used."
msgstr "'%s' を使用したときはパラメータは使用できません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3626
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3646
msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches."
msgstr "ローカルキャッシュの削除には root 権限が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3647
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3667
msgid "At least one package name is required."
msgstr "少なくとも 1 つのパッケージ名を指定する必要があります。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3657
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3677
msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages."
msgstr "パッケージのインストール/削除には root 権限が必要です。"
#. translators: rug related message, shown if
#. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3669
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3689
msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository."
msgstr "パラメータを無視し、リポジトリ全体にマークを付けます。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3679
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3699
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type: %s"
msgstr "不明なパッケージ種類です: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3690
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3710
msgid "Cannot uninstall patches."
msgstr "修正をアンインストールできません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3691
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3711
msgid ""
"Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n"
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
@@ -4589,38 +4591,38 @@
"修正は単なるファイルコピーやデータベースレコードのような形でインストールされ"
"ることはありません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3722
msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented."
msgstr "ソースパッケージのアンインストールは定義されておらず、実装もされていません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3723
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3743
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it."
msgstr "'%s' は RPM ファイルのようです。ダウンロードを行ないます。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3736
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3756
#, c-format
msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping."
msgstr ""
"'%s' で指定した RPM ファイルで問題が発生しました。このリポジトリを飛ばしてい"
"ます。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3761
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3781
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?"
msgstr ""
"%s の RPM ヘッダを読み込む際に問題が発生しました。 RPM ファイルでない可能性が"
"あります。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3806
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
msgstr "RPM ファイルキャッシュ"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3803
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3823
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
msgstr "正しいパラメータが指定されていません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3837 src/Zypper.cc:3975
msgid ""
"No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. "
"Nothing can be installed."
@@ -4629,73 +4631,73 @@
"行なわれます。"
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4462
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3875 src/Zypper.cc:4482
#, c-format
msgid "%s contradicts %s"
msgstr "%s は %s を否定しています"
#. translators: meaning --force with --capability
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3864
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3884
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s"
msgstr "%s は現在 %s と一緒に使用することができません"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3908
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3928
msgid "Source package name is a required argument."
msgstr "ソースパッケージ名の指定が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3998
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4018
msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'"
msgstr "モードは 'match-exact' に設定されています"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4382 src/Zypper.cc:4483 src/Zypper.cc:4731
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4799 src/Zypper.cc:4844
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4042 src/Zypper.cc:4402 src/Zypper.cc:4503 src/Zypper.cc:4751
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4819 src/Zypper.cc:4864
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type '%s'."
msgstr "不明なパッケージ種類 '%s' です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4045
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4065
#, c-format
msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled."
msgstr "指定したリポジトリ '%s' は無効化されています。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4176 src/search.cc:594
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4196 src/search.cc:594
msgid "No packages found."
msgstr "パッケージが見つかりません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4219
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4239
msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query"
msgstr "検索の問い合わせを初期化する際、または実行する際に問題が発生しました"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4240
msgid "See the above message for a hint."
msgstr "解決へのヒントとして上記のメッセージをお読みください。"
#. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4403 src/Zypper.cc:4529
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4423 src/Zypper.cc:4549
#, c-format
msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option."
msgstr "'%s' として実行します。 '%s' オプションは使用できません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4411
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4431
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s."
msgstr "%s と %s を同時に指定することはできません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4444
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4464
msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages."
msgstr "パッケージの更新には root 権限が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4490 src/Zypper.cc:4498 src/Zypper.cc:4615
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4510 src/Zypper.cc:4518 src/Zypper.cc:4635
msgid "Operation not supported."
msgstr "指定した操作には対応していません。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4491
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4511
#, c-format
msgid "To update installed products use '%s'."
msgstr "インストール済みの製品を更新するには、 '%s' をお使いください。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4500
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4520
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the "
@@ -4705,17 +4707,17 @@
"のソースパッケージと構築依存関係をインストールするには、 '%s' をお使いくださ"
"い。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4518
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4538
msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
msgstr ""
"パラメータにパッケージを指定した場合は、複数の種類を指定することができませ"
"ん。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4655
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4675
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
msgstr "ディストリビューションのアップグレード処理を行なうには root 権限が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4676
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4696
#, c-format
msgid ""
"You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. "
@@ -4726,64 +4728,64 @@
"なおうとしています。続行する前に、これらのリポジトリに互換性があることをご確"
"認ください。このコマンドについての詳しい情報は '%s' をご覧ください。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4706 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "利用方法"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4761 src/Zypper.cc:4822
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4781 src/Zypper.cc:4842
msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks."
msgstr "パッケージロックの設定には root 権限が必要です。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4890
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4910
#, c-format
msgid "Removed %lu lock."
msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks."
msgstr[0] "%lu 個の施錠を解除しました。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4917
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4937
#, c-format
msgid "Distribution Label: %s"
msgstr "ディストリビューションラベル: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4939
#, c-format
msgid "Short Label: %s"
msgstr "短縮ラベル: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4965
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4985
#, c-format
msgid "%s matches %s"
msgstr "%s は %s と一致します"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4967
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4987
#, c-format
msgid "%s is newer than %s"
msgstr "%s は %s よりも新しくなっています"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4969
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4989
#, c-format
msgid "%s is older than %s"
msgstr "%s は %s よりも古くなっています"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5042 src/source-download.cc:220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5062 src/source-download.cc:220
#, c-format
msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'."
msgstr "ダウンロードディレクトリ '%s' を使用する権限が不足しています。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5100
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5120
msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell."
msgstr "このコマンドは zypper シェル内でのみ意味を持ちます。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5112
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5132
msgid "You already are running zypper's shell."
msgstr "既に zypper のシェルにいます。"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Description"
msgstr "説明"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5190
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5217
msgid "Resolvable Type"
msgstr "解決方法の種類"
@@ -5075,11 +5077,6 @@
msgid "Nothing to do."
msgstr "何もすることがありません。"
-#: src/Config.cc:110
-#, c-format
-msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
-msgstr "不明な設定オプション '%s'"
-
#: src/source-download.cc:211
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create or access download directory '%s'."
@@ -5209,35 +5206,35 @@
msgid "No providers of '%s' found."
msgstr "'%s' の提供元が見つかりません。"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:86
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:83
msgid "Warning: "
msgstr "警告: "
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:239 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:354 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:231 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:346 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "error"
msgstr "エラー"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:244 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:359 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:236 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:351 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "done"
msgstr "完了"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:269 src/output/OutNormal.cc:305
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:343
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:261 src/output/OutNormal.cc:297
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:335
msgid "Retrieving:"
msgstr "取得しています:"
# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel)
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:276
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:268
msgid "starting"
msgstr "開始しています"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:403
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:397
msgid "No help available for this prompt."
msgstr "このプロンプトに対するヘルプは用意されていません。"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:415
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:409
msgid "no help available for this option"
msgstr "このオプションに対するヘルプは用意されていません。"
@@ -5444,20 +5441,20 @@
msgstr "パッケージロックの解除時に問題が発生:"
#. TranslatorExplanation These are reasons for various failures.
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Not found"
msgstr "見つかりません"
# error box title
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "I/O error"
msgstr "入出力エラー"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Invalid object"
msgstr "無効なオブジェクトです。"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:166
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:167
msgid "Error"
msgstr "エラー"
@@ -5543,19 +5540,19 @@
msgstr "%s と %s はお互いに矛盾した構成です。設定を変更できませんでした。"
#. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:87
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:81
msgid "shows all options"
msgstr "全てのオプションを表示"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:149 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:138 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "yes"
msgstr "はい (y)"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:150 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:139 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "no"
msgstr "いいえ (n)"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:173 src/utils/prompt.cc:218
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:162 src/utils/prompt.cc:207
#, c-format
msgid "Retrying in %u seconds..."
msgstr "%u 秒経過すると再試行します..."
@@ -5566,34 +5563,34 @@
#. the answers must be separated by slash characters '/' and must
#. correspond to abort/retry/ignore in that order.
#. The answers should be lower case letters.
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:179 src/utils/prompt.cc:267
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:168 src/utils/prompt.cc:256
msgid "a/r/i"
msgstr "a/r/i"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:230
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:219
#, c-format
msgid "Autoselecting '%s' after %u second."
msgid_plural "Autoselecting '%s' after %u seconds."
msgstr[0] "%2$u 秒後に '%1$s' を自動選択します。"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:249
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:238
msgid "Trying again..."
msgstr "再試行しています..."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:344
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:333
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid answer '%s'."
msgstr "回答 '%s' が正しくありません。"
#. translators: the %s are: 'y', 'yes' (translated), 'n', and 'no' (translated).
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:350
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:339
#, c-format
msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you."
msgstr ""
"うまく動作しない場合、 '%2$s' に対しては '%1$s' を、 '%4$s' に対しては "
"'%3$s' を入力してください。"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:364
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:353
#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you run zypper without a terminal, use '%s' global\n"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: orion
Date: 2014-12-16 10:41:59 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90868
Modified:
trunk/lcn/it/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.it.po
Log:
Updated
Modified: trunk/lcn/it/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.it.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/it/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.it.po 2014-12-16 09:15:44 UTC (rev 90867)
+++ trunk/lcn/it/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.it.po 2014-12-16 09:41:59 UTC (rev 90868)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-…
[View More]Id-Version: RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.it\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-03 23:45+0800\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-16 10:14+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-16 17:43+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: it\n"
@@ -120,14 +120,18 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:134(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop network.service\n"
-"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop wickedd.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop "
+"network.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop "
+"wickedd.service\n"
"systemctl disable wicked.service\n"
"systemctl --force enable NetworkManager.service\n"
"systemctl start network.service"
msgstr ""
-"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop network.service\n"
-"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop wickedd.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active network.service && systemctl stop "
+"network.service\n"
+"systemctl is-active wickedd.service && systemctl stop "
+"wickedd.service\n"
"systemctl disable wicked.service\n"
"systemctl --force enable NetworkManager.service\n"
"systemctl start network.service"
@@ -187,14 +191,14 @@
"Questo avviso è un bug di YaST (ora corretto in Factory) e può essere "
"ignorato senza problemi."
-#. bnc#900954
+#. bnc#900954 bnc#903231 bnc#904268
#: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title)
-msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
-msgstr "BtrFS e Windows 7"
+msgid "BtrFS and Windows XP"
+msgstr "BtrFS e Windows XP"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
msgid ""
-"If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an "
+"If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an "
"error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader "
"installation."
msgstr ""
@@ -464,24 +468,24 @@
"show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) verranno considerati e, se possibile, "
"risolti con un aggiornamento in linea."
-#. bnc#901869
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:411(title)
+#. bnc#903998
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(title)
msgid "Missing Dependencies for virt-manager"
msgstr "Dipendenze mancanti per virt-manager"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para)
msgid ""
"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing "
"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
-"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
"systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"Se si riscontrano problemi nell'eseguire virt-manager, si provi a installare "
"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
-"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> e <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> e <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
"systemitem>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:419(para)
msgid ""
"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies "
"made explicit."
@@ -490,11 +494,11 @@
"dipendenze rese esplicite."
#. bnc#900813
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:425(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(title)
msgid "Modem Authorization After Suspend"
msgstr "Autorizzazione per il modem dopo la sospensione"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:427(para)
msgid ""
"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected "
"via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you "
@@ -504,7 +508,7 @@
"si connette tramite un modem UMTS o 3G e si sospende la macchina, il sistema "
"chiederà la password di root prima di riconnettersi."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:433(para)
msgid ""
"You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs."
"standard:"
@@ -512,7 +516,7 @@
"Si può modificare tale comportamento modificando la linea in /etc/polkit-"
"default-privs.standard:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:438(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -523,11 +527,11 @@
"org.freedesktop.ModemManager.Device.Control auth_admin:auth_admin:yes\n"
" "
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:441(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:442(para)
msgid "with:"
msgstr "con:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:445(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:446(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# ModemManager\n"
@@ -539,11 +543,11 @@
" "
#. bnc#901511
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:452(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(title)
msgid "Package Search Missing in GTK UI of YaST"
msgstr "Ricerca dei pacchetti mancante nell'interfaccia GTK di YaST"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:454(para)
msgid ""
"The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you "
"are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
@@ -552,17 +556,17 @@
"si usa GNOME o XFCE e si necessita di tale funzionalità, si usi "
"l'interfaccia QT:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:460(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
msgstr "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
#. bnc#902947
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:464(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:465(title)
msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration"
msgstr "Migrazione cifstab da openSUSE pre-13.2"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:467(para)
msgid ""
"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</"
"filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/"
@@ -572,11 +576,11 @@
"cifs all'avvio del sistema è obsoleto e sospeso. Ora viene gestito dal "
"generico <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:473(para)
msgid "The migration process requires two steps:"
msgstr "Il processo di migrazione richiede due passi:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:478(para)
msgid ""
"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</"
"filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
@@ -584,7 +588,7 @@
"Aggiungere tutti i punti di montaggio definiti in <filename>/etc/samba/"
"cifstab.rpmsave</filename> a <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:485(para)
msgid ""
"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in "
"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
@@ -592,7 +596,7 @@
"Aggiungere <literal>0 0</literal> alla fine di ogni nuova linea di montaggio "
"cifs presente in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:492(para)
msgid ""
"For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/"
"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
@@ -601,11 +605,11 @@
"packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> nel sistema "
"installato."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(title)
msgid "Removing openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper After Upgrade"
msgstr "Rimozione dello sfondo KDE 13.1 dopo l'aggiornamento"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:501(para)
msgid ""
"If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, "
"remove it from the user cache manually:"
@@ -613,16 +617,20 @@
"Se dopo l'aggiornamento del sistema appare ancora lo sfondo KDE di openSUSE "
"13.1, rimuoverlo manualmente dalla cache dell'utente:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:506(screen)
#, no-wrap
-msgid "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
-msgstr "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
+msgid ""
+"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
+"ents/images/*"
+msgstr ""
+"rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/cont"
+"ents/images/*"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:509(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:510(title)
msgid "MATE Desktop official integration"
msgstr "Integrazione ufficiale del desktop MATE"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:512(para)
msgid ""
"The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE "
"version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and "
@@ -634,7 +642,7 @@
"intuitivo ed attraente usando le metafore tradizionali per Linux e altri "
"sistemi operativi in stile Unix."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:518(para)
msgid ""
"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had "
"when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar "
@@ -645,11 +653,11 @@
"il tema Sonar."
#. bnc#901013
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:525(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(title)
msgid "Slow Start-up in GNOME"
msgstr "Avvio lento in GNOME"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:527(para)
msgid ""
"GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race "
"between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix "
@@ -663,11 +671,11 @@
"automatico di GNOME."
#. bnc#850058
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:563(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(title)
msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings"
msgstr "AppArmor e impostazioni dei permessi"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:565(para)
msgid ""
"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent "
"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter "
@@ -680,12 +688,12 @@
"convertire il profilo AppArmor per il servizio in questione in modalità "
"\"protesta\" tramite:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service"
msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$il_proprio_servizio"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
msgid ""
"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would "
"not allow."
@@ -693,7 +701,7 @@
"La modalità \"protesta\" significa: permetti tutto, ma registra le cose the "
"il profilo non permetterebbe."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:570(para)
msgid ""
"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to "
"also cover corner cases."
@@ -701,17 +709,17 @@
"Per quanto questo aiuti, lo si riporti come un bug! Vogliamo correggere i "
"profili AppArmor per funzionare anche per i casi estremi."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:603(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Varie"
#. bnc#903243
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:607(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(title)
msgid "YaST (Qt GUI): \"Service Manager\" Icon Appears Twice"
msgstr ""
"YaST (interfaccia Qt): L'icona \"Gestore dei servizi\" appare duplicata"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:609(para)
msgid ""
"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon "
"<guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt "
@@ -723,36 +731,36 @@
"bug nella versione Qt del centro di controllo di YaST che non rispetta la "
"marcatura <quote>hidden</quote> nei file desktop."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:615(para)
msgid "This will get fixed with the next YaST online update."
msgstr "Questo verrà risolto nel prossimo aggiornamento in linea di YaST."
#. bnc#809347
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:624(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:625(title)
msgid "More Information and Feedback"
msgstr "Maggiori informazioni e feedback"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:628(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:629(para)
msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs."
msgstr "Lettura dei README sui CD."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(para)
msgid ""
"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr ""
"Si possono ottenere informazioni dettagliate sulle modifiche relative ad un "
"particolare pacchetto dall'RPM:"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm"
msgstr "rpm --changelog -qp <NOMEFILE>.rpm"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:634(para)
msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM."
msgstr "<NOMEFILE> è il nome dell'RPM."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:637(para)
msgid ""
"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD "
"for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
@@ -760,14 +768,14 @@
"Si controlli il file <filename>ChangeLog</filename> presente nel DVD per un "
"log cronologico di tutte le modifiche fatte ai pacchetti aggiornati."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:641(para)
msgid ""
"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
msgstr ""
"Maggiori informazioni sono disponibili nella directory <filename>docu</"
"filename> del DVD."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:644(para)
msgid ""
"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or "
"updated documentation."
@@ -775,7 +783,7 @@
"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contiene documentazione "
"aggiuntiva o più aggiornata."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:649(para)
msgid ""
"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news "
"from openSUSE."
@@ -783,15 +791,15 @@
"Si visiti <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> per le ultime notizie sui "
"prodotti da openSUSE."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:654(para)
msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
msgstr "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:655(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE."
msgstr "Grazie per usare openSUSE."
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:657(para)
msgid "The openSUSE Team."
msgstr "Il team openSUSE."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-16 10:15:44 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90867
Modified:
trunk/lcn/50-pot/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot
Log:
update
Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/50-pot/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot 2014-12-16 01:59:36 UTC (rev 90866)
+++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.pot 2014-12-16 09:15:44 UTC (rev 90867)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-…
[View More]Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-16 10:14+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@
msgid "This warning is a bug in YaST (now fixed in Factory) and you can safely ignore it."
msgstr ""
-#. bnc#900954
+#. bnc#900954 bnc#903231 bnc#904268
#: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title)
-msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
+msgid "BtrFS and Windows XP"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
-msgid "If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
+msgid "If you have Windows XP and want to install openSUSE 13.2 with BtrFS, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para)
@@ -236,205 +236,205 @@
msgid "This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
msgstr ""
-#. bnc#901869
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:411(title)
+#. bnc#903998
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(title)
msgid "Missing Dependencies for virt-manager"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para)
-msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:413(para)
+msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1_0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:419(para)
msgid "In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made explicit."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#900813
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:425(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(title)
msgid "Modem Authorization After Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:427(para)
msgid "openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for the root password before reconnecting."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:433(para)
msgid "You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:438(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# ModemManager\norg.freedesktop.ModemManager.Device.Control auth_admin:auth_admin:yes\n "
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:441(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:442(para)
msgid "with:"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:445(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:446(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "# ModemManager\norg.freedesktop.ModemManager.Device.Control auth_admin_keep\n "
msgstr ""
#. bnc#901511
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:452(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(title)
msgid "Package Search Missing in GTK UI of YaST"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:454(para)
msgid "The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:460(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "sudo /sbin/yast2 --qt"
msgstr ""
#. bnc#902947
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:464(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:465(title)
msgid "openSUSE pre-13.2 cifstab Migration"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:467(para)
msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:473(para)
msgid "The migration process requires two steps:"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:478(para)
msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:485(para)
msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:492(para)
msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(title)
msgid "Removing openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper After Upgrade"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:501(para)
msgid "If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, remove it from the user cache manually:"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:506(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rm ~/.kde4/cache-*/plasma-wallpapers/usr/share/wallpapers/openSUSEdefault/contents/images/*"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:509(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:510(title)
msgid "MATE Desktop official integration"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:512(para)
msgid "The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and other Unix-like operating systems."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:518(para)
msgid "The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#901013
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:525(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(title)
msgid "Slow Start-up in GNOME"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:527(para)
msgid "GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable the GNOME autologin feature."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#850058
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:563(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(title)
msgid "AppArmor and Permission Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:565(para)
msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:570(para)
msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:603(title)
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""
#. bnc#903243
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:607(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(title)
msgid "YaST (Qt GUI): \"Service Manager\" Icon Appears Twice"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:609(para)
msgid "In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in the desktop files."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:615(para)
msgid "This will get fixed with the next YaST online update."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#809347
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:624(title)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:625(title)
msgid "More Information and Feedback"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:628(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:629(para)
msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(para)
msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "rpm --changelog -qp <FILENAME>.rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:633(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:634(para)
msgid "<FILENAME>. is the name of the RPM."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:637(para)
msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:641(para)
msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:644(para)
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:649(para)
msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:654(para)
msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:655(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE."
msgstr ""
-#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
+#: xml/release-notes.xml:657(para)
msgid "The openSUSE Team."
msgstr ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
16 Dec '14
Author: orion
Date: 2014-12-16 02:59:36 +0100 (Tue, 16 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90866
Modified:
trunk/lcn/it/po/zypper.it.po
Log:
Updated
Modified: trunk/lcn/it/po/zypper.it.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/it/po/zypper.it.po 2014-12-14 08:23:21 UTC (rev 90865)
+++ trunk/lcn/it/po/zypper.it.po 2014-12-16 01:59:36 UTC (rev 90866)
@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: …
[View More]2014-11-13 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-19 21:11+0800\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:13+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-16 10:01+0800\n"
"Last-Translator: Andrea Turrini <andrea.turrini(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: it\n"
@@ -82,16 +82,16 @@
#. is base
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sì"
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "No"
msgstr "No"
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@
#. translators: name (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073
-#: src/repos.cc:2490 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
+#: src/repos.cc:2488 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
#: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678
#: src/locks.cc:40
msgid "Name"
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
#. translators: type (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:977 src/repos.cc:1083
-#: src/repos.cc:2498 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
+#: src/repos.cc:2496 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
@@ -478,119 +478,119 @@
msgid "Adding conflict: '%s'."
msgstr "Aggiunta del conflitto: '%s'."
-#: src/Summary.cc:505
+#: src/Summary.cc:509
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente NUOVO pacchetto verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d NUOVI pacchetti verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:510
+#: src/Summary.cc:514
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente NUOVA patch verrà installata:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d NUOVE patch verranno installate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:515
+#: src/Summary.cc:519
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente NUOVO modello verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d NUOVI modelli verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:520
+#: src/Summary.cc:524
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente NUOVO prodotto verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d NUOVI prodotti verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:525
+#: src/Summary.cc:529
#, c-format
msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente pacchetto sorgente verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d pacchetti sorgente verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:530
+#: src/Summary.cc:534
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente applicazione verrà installata:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d applicazioni verranno installate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:551
+#: src/Summary.cc:555
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "Sarà RIMOSSO il seguente pacchetto:"
msgstr[1] "Saranno RIMOSSI i seguenti %d pacchetti:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:556
+#: src/Summary.cc:560
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "Sarà RIMOSSA la seguente patch:"
msgstr[1] "Saranno RIMOSSE le seguenti %d patch:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:561
+#: src/Summary.cc:565
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "Sarà RIMOSSO il seguente modello:"
msgstr[1] "Saranno RIMOSSI i seguenti %d modelli:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:566
+#: src/Summary.cc:570
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "Sarà RIMOSSO il seguente prodotto:"
msgstr[1] "Saranno RIMOSSI i seguenti %d prodotti:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:571
+#: src/Summary.cc:575
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] "Sarà RIMOSSA la seguente applicazione:"
msgstr[1] "Saranno RIMOSSE le seguenti %d applicazioni:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:591
+#: src/Summary.cc:595
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente pacchetto sta per essere aggiornato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d pacchetti stanno per essere aggiornati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:596
+#: src/Summary.cc:600
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente patch sta per essere aggiornata:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d patch stanno per essere aggiornate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:601
+#: src/Summary.cc:605
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente modello sta per essere aggiornato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d modelli stanno per essere aggiornati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:606
+#: src/Summary.cc:610
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente prodotto sta per essere aggiornato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d prodotti stanno per essere aggiornati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:611
+#: src/Summary.cc:615
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente applicazione sta per essere aggiornata:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d applicazioni stanno per essere aggiornate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:630
+#: src/Summary.cc:634
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d pacchetti stanno per essere portati alla versione precedente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:635
+#: src/Summary.cc:639
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"Le seguenti %d patch stanno per essere portate alla versione precedente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:640
+#: src/Summary.cc:644
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d modelli stanno per essere portati alla versione precedente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:645
+#: src/Summary.cc:649
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d prodotti stanno per essere portati alla versione precedente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:650
+#: src/Summary.cc:654
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -635,42 +635,42 @@
"Le seguenti %d applicazioni stanno per essere portate alla versione "
"precedente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:669
+#: src/Summary.cc:673
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente pacchetto verrà re-installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d pacchetti verranno re-installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:674
+#: src/Summary.cc:678
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente patch verrà re-installata:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d patch verranno re-installate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:679
+#: src/Summary.cc:683
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente modello verrà re-installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d modelli verranno re-installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:684
+#: src/Summary.cc:688
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente prodotto verrà re-installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d prodotti verranno re-installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:696
+#: src/Summary.cc:700
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente applicazione verrà re-installata:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d applicazioni verranno re-installate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:838
+#: src/Summary.cc:842
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d pacchetti raccomandati sono stati selezionati automaticamente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:843
+#: src/Summary.cc:847
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"Le seguenti %d patch raccomandate sono state selezionate automaticamente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:848
+#: src/Summary.cc:852
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d modelli raccomandati sono stati selezionati automaticamente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:853
+#: src/Summary.cc:857
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d prodotti raccomandati sono stati selezionati automaticamente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:858
+#: src/Summary.cc:862
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d pacchetti raccomandati sono stati selezionati automaticamente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:863
+#: src/Summary.cc:867
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@
"Le seguenti %d applicazioni raccomandate sono state selezionate "
"automaticamente:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:907
+#: src/Summary.cc:911
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only "
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@
"I seguenti %d pacchetti sono raccomandati, ma non verranno installati "
"(verranno installati solo i pacchetti richiesti):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:918
+#: src/Summary.cc:923
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's "
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@
"I seguenti %d pacchetti sono raccomandati, ma non verranno installati in "
"quanto non sono voluti (sono stati rimossi manualmente in precedenza):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:927
+#: src/Summary.cc:933
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to "
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@
"I seguenti %d pacchetti sono raccomandati, ma non verranno installati a "
"causa di conflitti o problemi di dipendenze:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:939
+#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@
msgstr[0] "La seguente patch è raccomandata, ma non verrà installata:"
msgstr[1] "La seguenti %d patch sono raccomandate, ma non verranno installate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:943
+#: src/Summary.cc:950
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d modelli sono raccomandati, ma non verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:947
+#: src/Summary.cc:954
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d prodotti sono raccomandati, ma non verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:951
+#: src/Summary.cc:958
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"Le seguenti %d applicazioni sono raccomandate, ma non verranno installate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:990
+#: src/Summary.cc:998
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@
msgstr[0] "Il seguente pacchetto è suggerito, ma non verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d pacchetti sono suggeriti, ma non verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:995
+#: src/Summary.cc:1003
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@
msgstr[0] "La seguente patch è suggerita, ma non verrà installata:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d patch sono suggerite, ma non verranno installate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1000
+#: src/Summary.cc:1008
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@
msgstr[0] "Il seguente modello è suggerito, ma non verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d modelli sono suggeriti, ma non verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1005
+#: src/Summary.cc:1013
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@
msgstr[0] "Il seguente prodotto è suggerito, ma non verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d prodotti sono suggeriti, ma non verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1010
+#: src/Summary.cc:1018
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -851,84 +851,84 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"Le seguenti %d applicazioni sono suggerite, ma non verranno installate:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1031
+#: src/Summary.cc:1039
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente pacchetto cambierà architettura:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d pacchetti cambieranno architettura:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1036
+#: src/Summary.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente patch cambierà architettura:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d patch cambieranno architettura:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1041
+#: src/Summary.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente modello cambierà architettura:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d modelli cambieranno architettura:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1046
+#: src/Summary.cc:1054
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente prodotto cambierà architettura:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d prodotti cambieranno architettura:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1051
+#: src/Summary.cc:1059
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente applicazione cambierà architettura:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d applicazioni cambieranno architettura:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1073
+#: src/Summary.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente pacchetto cambierà fornitore:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d pacchetti cambieranno fornitore:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1078
+#: src/Summary.cc:1086
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente patch cambierà fornitore:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d patch cambieranno fornitore:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1083
+#: src/Summary.cc:1091
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente modello cambierà fornitore:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d modelli cambieranno fornitore:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1088
+#: src/Summary.cc:1096
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente prodotto cambierà fornitore:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d prodotti cambieranno fornitore:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1093
+#: src/Summary.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] "La seguente applicazione cambierà fornitore:"
msgstr[1] "Le seguenti %d applicazioni cambieranno fornitore:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1114
+#: src/Summary.cc:1122
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente pacchetto non è supportato dal proprio fornitore:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d pacchetti non sono supportati dal proprio fornitore:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1134
+#: src/Summary.cc:1142
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
@@ -941,21 +941,21 @@
"I seguenti %d pacchetti hanno bisogno di un contratto con il cliente "
"aggiuntivo per ottenere supporto:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1152
+#: src/Summary.cc:1160
#, c-format
msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente aggiornamento di pacchetto NON verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d aggiornamenti di pacchetto NON verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1157
+#: src/Summary.cc:1165
#, c-format
msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] "Il seguente aggiornamento di prodotto NON verrà installato:"
msgstr[1] "I seguenti %d aggiornamenti di prodotto NON verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1162
+#: src/Summary.cc:1170
#, c-format
msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -963,131 +963,131 @@
msgstr[1] ""
"I seguenti %d aggiornamenti di applicazione NON verranno installati:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1182
+#: src/Summary.cc:1190
msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2% "
msgstr "Dimensione complessiva scaricata: %1%. Già nella cache: %2%."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1185
+#: src/Summary.cc:1193
msgid "Download only."
msgstr "Solo scaricamento."
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1191
+#: src/Summary.cc:1199
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used."
msgstr "Dopo l'operazione, saranno usati ulteriori %s."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1194
+#: src/Summary.cc:1202
msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation."
msgstr ""
"Nessun spazio aggiuntivo verrà usato o liberato dopo questa operazione."
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1201
+#: src/Summary.cc:1209
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed."
msgstr "Dopo l'operazione verranno liberati %s."
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1224
+#: src/Summary.cc:1232
msgid "package to upgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to upgrade"
msgstr[0] "pacchetto da aggiornare"
msgstr[1] "pacchetti da aggiornare"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1235
+#: src/Summary.cc:1243
msgid "to downgrade"
msgid_plural "to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "da portare alla versione precedente"
msgstr[1] "da portare alla versione precedente"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1238
+#: src/Summary.cc:1246
msgid "package to downgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "pacchetto da portare alla versione precedente"
msgstr[1] "pacchetti da portare alla versione precedente"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1249
+#: src/Summary.cc:1257
msgid "new"
msgid_plural "new"
msgstr[0] "nuovo"
msgstr[1] "nuovi"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1252
+#: src/Summary.cc:1260
msgid "new package to install"
msgid_plural "new packages to install"
msgstr[0] "nuovo pacchetto da installare"
msgstr[1] "nuovi pacchetti da installare"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1263
+#: src/Summary.cc:1271
msgid "to reinstall"
msgid_plural "to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "da reinstallare"
msgstr[1] "da reinstallare"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1266
+#: src/Summary.cc:1274
msgid "package to reinstall"
msgid_plural "packages to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "pacchetto da reinstallare"
msgstr[1] "pacchetti da reinstallare"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1277
+#: src/Summary.cc:1285
msgid "to remove"
msgid_plural "to remove"
msgstr[0] "da rimuovere"
msgstr[1] "da rimuovere"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1280
+#: src/Summary.cc:1288
msgid "package to remove"
msgid_plural "packages to remove"
msgstr[0] "pacchetto da rimuovere"
msgstr[1] "pacchetti da rimuovere"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1291
+#: src/Summary.cc:1299
msgid "to change vendor"
msgid_plural " to change vendor"
msgstr[0] "con cambio di fornitore"
msgstr[1] "con cambio di fornitore"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1294
+#: src/Summary.cc:1302
msgid "package will change vendor"
msgid_plural "packages will change vendor"
msgstr[0] "pacchetto che cambierà fornitore"
msgstr[1] "pacchetti che cambieranno fornitore"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1305
+#: src/Summary.cc:1313
msgid "to change arch"
msgid_plural "to change arch"
msgstr[0] "con cambio di architettura"
msgstr[1] "con cambio di architettura"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1308
+#: src/Summary.cc:1316
msgid "package will change arch"
msgid_plural "packages will change arch"
msgstr[0] "pacchetto che cambierà architettura"
msgstr[1] "pacchetti che cambieranno architettura"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1319
+#: src/Summary.cc:1327
msgid "source package"
msgid_plural "source packages"
msgstr[0] "pacchetto sorgente"
msgstr[1] "pacchetti sorgente"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1322
+#: src/Summary.cc:1330
msgid "source package to install"
msgid_plural "source packages to install"
msgstr[0] "pacchetto sorgente da installare"
@@ -1311,8 +1311,8 @@
"corretto\n"
"e dovrebbe essere usato in questa operazione, inserire i primi 4 caratteri "
"della somma di controllo\n"
-"per sbloccare l'uso di questo file a proprio rischio e pericolo. Non inserire "
-"nulla per scartare il file.\n"
+"per sbloccare l'uso di questo file a proprio rischio e pericolo. Non "
+"inserire nulla per scartare il file.\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@
#. translators: this is a prompt text
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:88 src/callbacks/media.cc:189
-#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:180 src/utils/prompt.cc:270
+#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:169 src/utils/prompt.cc:259
msgid "Abort, retry, ignore?"
msgstr "Annullare, riprovare, ignorare?"
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@
msgid "Retrieving %s %s-%s.%s"
msgstr "Recupero di %s %s-%s.%s"
-#: src/Command.cc:190
+#: src/Command.cc:192
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown command '%s'"
msgstr "Comando sconosciuto '%s'"
@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@
msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'."
msgstr "Si è verificato un problema recuperando i file da '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3313 src/solve-commit.cc:782
+#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3311 src/solve-commit.cc:782
#: src/solve-commit.cc:814 src/solve-commit.cc:848
msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint."
msgstr "Per un suggerimento, controllare il precedente messaggio di errore."
@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@
msgid "Target initialization failed:"
msgstr "Inizializzazione della destinazione fallita:"
-#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4221
+#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4241
msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem."
msgstr "Eseguire 'zypper refresh' come root potrebbe risolvere il problema."
@@ -1807,30 +1807,30 @@
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Disabilitato"
-#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2489 src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2487 src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "Alias"
#. 'enabled' flag
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2491
+#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2489
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Abilitato"
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled
#. for the repository
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository
-#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2493
+#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2491
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Aggiornamento"
#. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d)
-#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2497
+#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2495
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Priorità"
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2500
+#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2498
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
@@ -1891,16 +1891,16 @@
msgid "Error reading repositories:"
msgstr "Errore durante la lettura dei repository:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2639
+#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2637
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open %s for writing."
msgstr "Impossibile aprire %s in scrittura."
-#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2641
+#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2639
msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?"
msgstr "Forse non si dispone dei permessi di scrittura?"
-#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2648
+#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2646
#, c-format
msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s."
msgstr "I repository sono stati esportati con successo in %s."
@@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@
msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'"
msgstr "Alias del repository non valido: '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1924
+#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1922
#, c-format
msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr "Esiste già un repository di nome '%s'. Usare un altro alias."
@@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@
"Impossibile determinare il tipo del repository. Verificare che l'URI "
"definito (vedi sotto) punti ad un repository valido:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096
+#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3116
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
msgstr "Impossibile trovare un repository valido nella posizione specificata:"
@@ -2069,45 +2069,45 @@
msgstr "Verifica GPG"
# TLABEL modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:578
-#: src/repos.cc:1722
+#: src/repos.cc:1720
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "Lettura dei dati dal supporto '%s'"
# TLABEL modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:578
-#: src/repos.cc:1729
+#: src/repos.cc:1727
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "Si è verificato un problema leggendo i dati dal supporto '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:1730
+#: src/repos.cc:1728
msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable."
msgstr "Verificare che il supporto di installazione sia valido e leggibile."
# TLABEL modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:578
-#: src/repos.cc:1737
+#: src/repos.cc:1735
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh."
msgstr ""
"La lettura dei dati dal supporto '%s' è posticipata a dopo il prossimo "
"aggiornamento."
-#: src/repos.cc:1804
+#: src/repos.cc:1802
msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Si è verificato un problema accedendo al file all'URI specificato"
-#: src/repos.cc:1805
+#: src/repos.cc:1803
msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "Verificare che l'URI specificato sia valido e accessibile."
-#: src/repos.cc:1813
+#: src/repos.cc:1811
msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
"Si è verificato un problema durante l'analisi del file all'URI specificato"
#. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated.
#. Also don't translate the '.repo' string.
-#: src/repos.cc:1816
+#: src/repos.cc:1814
msgid ""
"Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for "
"details."
@@ -2115,28 +2115,28 @@
"È un file .repo? Si veda http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo per "
"ulteriori informazioni."
-#: src/repos.cc:1824
+#: src/repos.cc:1822
msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
"Si è verificato in problema mentre si tentava di leggere il file all'URI "
"specificato"
-#: src/repos.cc:1838
+#: src/repos.cc:1836
msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping."
msgstr ""
"È stato trovato un repository senza un alias definito nel file, escluso."
-#: src/repos.cc:1845
+#: src/repos.cc:1843
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping."
msgstr "Il repository '%s' non ha un URI definito, escluso."
-#: src/repos.cc:1888
+#: src/repos.cc:1886
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "Il repository '%s' è stato rimosso."
-#: src/repos.cc:1907
+#: src/repos.cc:1905
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service "
@@ -2145,21 +2145,21 @@
"Impossibile cambiare l'alias del repository '%s'. Il repository appartiene "
"al servizio '%s' che è responsabile per le impostazioni dell'alias."
-#: src/repos.cc:1918
+#: src/repos.cc:1916
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'."
msgstr "Repository '%s' rinominato come '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:1930 src/repos.cc:2172
+#: src/repos.cc:1928 src/repos.cc:2170
msgid "Error while modifying the repository:"
msgstr "Errore durante la modifica del repository:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1931
+#: src/repos.cc:1929
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged."
msgstr "Repository '%s' non modificato."
-#: src/repos.cc:2080
+#: src/repos.cc:2078
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the "
@@ -2168,204 +2168,204 @@
"Priorità '%s' non valida. Usare un numero intero positivo. Più alto sarà il "
"numero, più bassa sarà la priorità."
-#: src/repos.cc:2088
+#: src/repos.cc:2086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)"
msgstr "La priorità del repository '%s' non è stata cambiata (%d)"
-#: src/repos.cc:2114
+#: src/repos.cc:2112
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled."
msgstr "Il repository '%s' è stato abilitato con successo."
-#: src/repos.cc:2117
+#: src/repos.cc:2115
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled."
msgstr "Il repository '%s' è stato disabilitato con successo."
-#: src/repos.cc:2124
+#: src/repos.cc:2122
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "L'aggiornamento automatico è stato abilitato per il repository '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2127
+#: src/repos.cc:2125
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
"L'aggiornamento automatico è stato disabilitato per il repository '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2134
+#: src/repos.cc:2132
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
"Il mantenimento in cache dei file RPM è stato abilitato per il repository "
"'%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2137
+#: src/repos.cc:2135
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
"Il mantenimento in cache dei file RPM è stato disabilitato per il repository "
"'%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2144
+#: src/repos.cc:2142
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "La verifica GPG è stata abilitata per il repository '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2147
+#: src/repos.cc:2145
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "La verifica GPG è stata disabilitata per il repository '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2153
+#: src/repos.cc:2151
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d."
msgstr "La priorità del repository '%s' è stata impostata a %d."
-#: src/repos.cc:2159
+#: src/repos.cc:2157
#, c-format
msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "Il nome del repository '%s' è stata impostato a '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2165
+#: src/repos.cc:2163
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Niente da cambiare per il repository '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2173
+#: src/repos.cc:2171
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged."
msgstr "Repository %s non modificato."
-#: src/repos.cc:2211
+#: src/repos.cc:2209
msgid "Error reading services:"
msgstr "Errore durante la lettura dei servizi:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2306
+#: src/repos.cc:2304
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI."
msgstr ""
"Il servizio '%s' non è stato trovato tramite l'alias, il numero o l'URI."
-#: src/repos.cc:2310
+#: src/repos.cc:2308
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services."
msgstr "Usare '%s' per ottenere la lista dei servizi definiti."
-#: src/repos.cc:2553
+#: src/repos.cc:2551
#, c-format
msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services."
msgstr ""
"Nessun servizio definito. Usare il comando '%s' per aggiungere uno o più "
"servizi."
-#: src/repos.cc:2679
+#: src/repos.cc:2677
#, c-format
msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr "Esiste già un servizio con alias '%s'. Usare un altro alias."
-#: src/repos.cc:2689
+#: src/repos.cc:2687
#, c-format
msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'."
msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante l'aggiunta del servizio '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2695
+#: src/repos.cc:2693
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added."
msgstr "Il servizio '%s' è stato aggiunto con successo."
-#: src/repos.cc:2734
+#: src/repos.cc:2732
#, c-format
msgid "Removing service '%s':"
msgstr "Rimozione del servizio '%s':"
-#: src/repos.cc:2737
+#: src/repos.cc:2735
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "Il servizio '%s' è stato rimosso."
-#: src/repos.cc:2753
+#: src/repos.cc:2751
#, c-format
msgid "Refreshing service '%s'."
msgstr "Aggiornamento del servizio '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2776
+#: src/repos.cc:2764 src/repos.cc:2774
#, c-format
msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':"
msgstr ""
"Si è verificato un problema recuperando i file indice del repository per il "
"servizio '%s':"
-#: src/repos.cc:2768 src/repos.cc:2881
+#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2879
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr "Esclusione del servizio '%s' a causa dell'errore precedente."
-#: src/repos.cc:2777
+#: src/repos.cc:2775
msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "Verificare che l'URI specificato sia valido ed accessibile."
-#: src/repos.cc:2835
+#: src/repos.cc:2833
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'"
msgstr "Esclusione del servizio disabilitato '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:2895
+#: src/repos.cc:2893
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services."
msgstr "Usare i comandi '%s' o '%s' per aggiungere o abilitare i servizi."
-#: src/repos.cc:2898
+#: src/repos.cc:2896
msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "I servizi specificati non sono abilitati o definiti."
-#: src/repos.cc:2900
+#: src/repos.cc:2898
msgid "There are no enabled services defined."
msgstr "Non esistono servizi abilitati definiti."
-#: src/repos.cc:2904
+#: src/repos.cc:2902
msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors."
msgstr "Impossibile aggiornare i servizi a causa di errori."
-#: src/repos.cc:2910
+#: src/repos.cc:2908
msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error."
msgstr "Alcuni servizi non sono stati aggiornati a causa di un errore."
-#: src/repos.cc:2915
+#: src/repos.cc:2913
msgid "Specified services have been refreshed."
msgstr "I servizi specificati sono stati aggiornati."
-#: src/repos.cc:2917
+#: src/repos.cc:2915
msgid "All services have been refreshed."
msgstr "Tutti i servizi sono stati aggiornati."
-#: src/repos.cc:3039
+#: src/repos.cc:3037
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled."
msgstr "Il servizio '%s' è stato abilitato con successo."
-#: src/repos.cc:3042
+#: src/repos.cc:3040
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled."
msgstr "Il servizio %s è stato disabilitato con successo."
-#: src/repos.cc:3049
+#: src/repos.cc:3047
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "L'aggiornamento automatico è stato abilitato per il servizio '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3052
+#: src/repos.cc:3050
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "L'aggiornamento automatico è stato disabilitato per il servizio '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3058
+#: src/repos.cc:3056
#, c-format
msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "Il nome del servizio '%s' è stato impostato a '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3064
+#: src/repos.cc:3062
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@
"I repository '%s' sono stati aggiunti ai repository abilitati del servizio "
"'%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3072
+#: src/repos.cc:3070
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@
"I repository '%s' sono stati aggiunti ai repository disabilitati del "
"servizio '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3080
+#: src/repos.cc:3078
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@
"I repository '%s' sono state rimossi dai repository abilitati del servizio "
"'%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3088
+#: src/repos.cc:3086
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2414,51 +2414,51 @@
"I repository '%s' sono stati rimossi dai repository disabilitati del "
"servizio '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3097
+#: src/repos.cc:3095
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'."
msgstr "Niente da cambiare per il servizio '%s'."
-#: src/repos.cc:3104
+#: src/repos.cc:3102
msgid "Error while modifying the service:"
msgstr "Errore durante la modifica del servizio:"
-#: src/repos.cc:3105
+#: src/repos.cc:3103
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged."
msgstr "Servizio %s non modificato."
-#: src/repos.cc:3213
+#: src/repos.cc:3211
msgid "Loading repository data..."
msgstr "Lettura dei dati del repository in corso..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3235
+#: src/repos.cc:3233
#, c-format
msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..."
msgstr "Recupero dei dati del repository '%s' in corso..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3242
+#: src/repos.cc:3240
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..."
msgstr "Il repository '%s' non ha la cache. Creazione della cache in corso..."
# TLABEL modules/inst_config_x11.ycp:578
-#: src/repos.cc:3249 src/repos.cc:3287
+#: src/repos.cc:3247 src/repos.cc:3285
#, c-format
msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'"
msgstr "Si è verificato un problema leggendo i dati da '%s'"
-#: src/repos.cc:3254
+#: src/repos.cc:3252
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache."
msgstr "Il repository '%s' non può essere aggiornato. Si usa la vecchia cache."
-#: src/repos.cc:3259 src/repos.cc:3292
+#: src/repos.cc:3257 src/repos.cc:3290
#, c-format
msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error."
msgstr "Risolvibili da '%s' non letti a causa di un errore."
-#: src/repos.cc:3278
+#: src/repos.cc:3276
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or "
@@ -2468,16 +2468,16 @@
"mirror o di un server diverso."
#. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m'
-#: src/repos.cc:3289
+#: src/repos.cc:3287
#, c-format
msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so."
msgstr "Provare '%s', oppure '%s' prima di farlo."
-#: src/repos.cc:3301
+#: src/repos.cc:3299
msgid "Reading installed packages..."
msgstr "Lettura dei pacchetti installati in corso..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3312
+#: src/repos.cc:3310
msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:"
msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante la lettura dei pacchetti installati:"
@@ -2633,13 +2633,13 @@
msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..."
msgstr "OK OK! Uscita immediata..."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:97
+#: src/Zypper.cc:98
msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
msgstr ""
"Rilevata l'opzione da riga di comando %1% che è obsoleta. Usare %2% al suo "
"posto."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:211
msgid ""
" Global Options:\n"
"\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
@@ -2651,6 +2651,7 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
"\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tWhether to use colors in output if tty supports it.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
@@ -2672,6 +2673,7 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSopprime l'output ordinario, stampa solo i messaggi di "
"errore.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrementa la verbosità.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tSe usare l'output colorato nel caso sia supportato da tty.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tNon abbreviare il testo nelle tabelle.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tStile delle tabelle (intero).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tNon chiedere nulla, usa automaticamente le risposte "
@@ -2682,7 +2684,7 @@
"\t--xmlout, -x\t\tPassa all'output XML.\n"
"\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tIgnora i pacchetti sconosciuti.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:231
+#: src/Zypper.cc:233
msgid ""
"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n"
"\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n"
@@ -2701,7 +2703,7 @@
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUsa una directory alternativa per la cache dei "
"pacchetti.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:239
+#: src/Zypper.cc:241
msgid ""
" Repository Options:\n"
"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n"
@@ -2731,7 +2733,7 @@
"\t--no-cd\t\t\tIgnora i repository su CD/DVD.\n"
"\t--no-remote\t\tIgnora i repository remoti.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:252
+#: src/Zypper.cc:254
msgid ""
" Target Options:\n"
"\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n"
@@ -2743,7 +2745,7 @@
"\t--disable-system-resolvables\n"
"\t\t\t\tNon leggere i pacchetti installati.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:259
+#: src/Zypper.cc:261
msgid ""
" Commands:\n"
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n"
@@ -2753,7 +2755,7 @@
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tStampa l'aiuto.\n"
"\tshell, sh\t\tAccetta comandi multipli in una volta sola.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:264
+#: src/Zypper.cc:266
msgid ""
" Repository Management:\n"
"\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n"
@@ -2773,7 +2775,7 @@
"\trefresh, ref\t\tAggiorna tutti i repository.\n"
"\tclean\t\t\tPulisci le cache locali.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:274
+#: src/Zypper.cc:276
msgid ""
" Service Management:\n"
"\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n"
@@ -2789,7 +2791,7 @@
"\tremoveservice, rs\tRimuove il servizio specificato.\n"
"\trefresh-services, refs\tAggiorna tutti i servizi.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:282
+#: src/Zypper.cc:284
msgid ""
" Software Management:\n"
"\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n"
@@ -2811,7 +2813,7 @@
"\t\t\t\tInstalla i nuovi pacchetti raccomandati\n"
"\t\t\t\tdai pacchetti installati.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:293
+#: src/Zypper.cc:295
msgid ""
" Update Management:\n"
"\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2831,7 @@
"\tdist-upgrade, dup\tEsegue un aggiornamento della distribuzione.\n"
"\tpatch-check, pchk\tControlla la disponibilità di patch.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:302
+#: src/Zypper.cc:304
msgid ""
" Querying:\n"
"\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n"
@@ -2856,7 +2858,7 @@
"\twhat-provides, wp\tMostra i pacchetti che forniscono la capacità "
"specificata.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:317
+#: src/Zypper.cc:319
msgid ""
" Package Locks:\n"
"\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n"
@@ -2870,7 +2872,7 @@
"\tlocks, ll\t\tMostra tutti i blocchi attuali dei pacchetti.\n"
"\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tRimuovi i blocchi inutilizzati.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:324
+#: src/Zypper.cc:326
msgid ""
" Other Commands:\n"
"\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n"
@@ -2894,7 +2896,7 @@
"installati\n"
"\t\t\t\tin una directory locale.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:335
+#: src/Zypper.cc:337
msgid ""
" Usage:\n"
"\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n"
@@ -2904,7 +2906,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:361
+#: src/Zypper.cc:363
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands."
msgstr ""
@@ -2912,37 +2914,37 @@
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:370
+#: src/Zypper.cc:372
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help."
msgstr "Digitare '%s' per riceve aiuto specifico sul comando."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:526
+#: src/Zypper.cc:543
#, c-format
msgid "Verbosity: %d"
msgstr "Livello di dettaglio: %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:557
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid table style %d."
msgstr "Stile di tabella %d non valido."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:541
+#: src/Zypper.cc:558
#, c-format
msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d"
msgstr "Usare un numero intero tra %d e %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:558
+#: src/Zypper.cc:567
msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!"
msgstr ""
"La stringa di dati utente non deve contenere caratteri di nuova riga o non "
"stampabili!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832
+#: src/Zypper.cc:599 src/Zypper.cc:2852
msgid "Entering non-interactive mode."
msgstr "Attivazione modalità non interattiva."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:596
+#: src/Zypper.cc:605
msgid ""
"Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as "
"interactive."
@@ -2950,11 +2952,11 @@
"Le patch con il marcatore 'rebootSuggested' impostato non verranno trattate "
"come interattive."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:602
+#: src/Zypper.cc:611
msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode."
msgstr "Attivazione modalità senza verifica GPG."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:609
+#: src/Zypper.cc:618
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
@@ -2962,11 +2964,11 @@
"Abilitazione di '%s'. Le nuove chiavi di firma dei repository saranno "
"importate automaticamente!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:622
+#: src/Zypper.cc:631
msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute."
msgstr "Il percorso specificato nell'opzione --root deve essere assoluto."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:638
+#: src/Zypper.cc:647
msgid ""
"The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n"
"The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n"
@@ -2976,53 +2978,53 @@
"Il collegamento deve puntare al proprio file dei prodotti principale .prod "
"in /etc/products.d.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:677
+#: src/Zypper.cc:686
msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only."
msgstr ""
"Repository disabilitati, viene usato il database dei soli pacchetti "
"installati."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:689
+#: src/Zypper.cc:698
msgid "Autorefresh disabled."
msgstr "Aggiornamento automatico disabilitato."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:705
msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled."
msgstr "Repository su CD/DVD disabilitati."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:703
+#: src/Zypper.cc:712
msgid "Remote repositories disabled."
msgstr "Repository remoti disabilitati."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:710
+#: src/Zypper.cc:719
msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables."
msgstr "Esclusione dei risolvibili installati."
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo"
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878
+#: src/Zypper.cc:837 src/Zypper.cc:887
#, c-format
msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring."
msgstr "L'opzione %s non ha effetti qui, esclusa."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1033
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1042
#, c-format
msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'."
msgstr "Si comando '%s' è sostituito dal comando '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1035
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' for all available options."
msgstr "Si veda '%s' per tutte le opzioni disponibili."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1060
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1069
msgid "Unexpected exception."
msgstr "Eccezione inattesa."
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. second %s = "package",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1167
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1176
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n"
@@ -3130,7 +3132,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "package"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1238
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1247
#, c-format
msgid ""
"remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n"
@@ -3185,7 +3187,7 @@
" --details Mostra una panoramica dettagliata "
"dell'installazione.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1275
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1284
msgid ""
"source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3211,7 +3213,7 @@
"specificati.\n"
" --download-only Scarica solamente i pacchetti, non installare.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1312
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
@@ -3256,7 +3258,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Scarica solamente i pacchetti senza "
"installarli.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1352
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
@@ -3294,7 +3296,7 @@
" --debug-solver Crea un test per il risolutore per il debug.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1382
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1391
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3316,7 +3318,7 @@
"-n, --name <alias> Specifica un nome descrittivo per il servizio.\n"
#. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1405
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1414
msgid ""
"removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3335,7 +3337,7 @@
" --loose-query Ignora la stringa di interrogazione nell'URI.\n"
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1441
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1450
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n"
@@ -3402,7 +3404,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <tipo> Applica le modifiche a tutti i servizi del "
"tipo specificato.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1489
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1498
msgid ""
"services (ls) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3435,7 +3437,7 @@
"-U, --sort-by-uri Mostra l'elenco ordinato per URI.\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name Mostra l'elenco ordinato per nome.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1517
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1526
msgid ""
"refresh-services (refs) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3458,7 +3460,7 @@
"repository dei servizi.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1549
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1558
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3503,7 +3505,7 @@
"-f, --refresh Abilita l'aggiornamento automatico dei repository.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1613 src/Zypper.cc:2727
msgid ""
"list-resolvables (lr)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3513,7 +3515,7 @@
"\n"
"Mostra i tipi di risolvibili disponibili.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1612
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1621
msgid ""
"repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3557,7 +3559,7 @@
"-A, --sort-by-alias Mostra l'elenco ordinato per alias.\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name Mostra l'elenco ordinato per nome.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1644
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1653
msgid ""
"removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3575,7 +3577,7 @@
" --loose-auth Ignora i dati di autenticazione dell'utente nell'URI.\n"
" --loose-query Ignora la stringa di interrogazione nell'URI.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1663
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1672
msgid ""
"renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3592,7 +3594,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type"
#. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1705
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
@@ -3646,7 +3648,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <tipo> Applica le modifiche a tutti i repository del tipo "
"specificato.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1738
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1747
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3681,7 +3683,7 @@
"-s, --services Aggiorna anche i servizi prima di aggiornare i "
"repository.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1767
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1776
msgid ""
"clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3706,7 +3708,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "patch"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1796
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1805
#, c-format
msgid ""
"list-updates (lu) [options]\n"
@@ -3749,7 +3751,7 @@
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. the second %s = "patch",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1856
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1865
#, c-format
msgid ""
"update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n"
@@ -3840,7 +3842,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Scarica solamente i pacchetti senza "
"installarli.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1926
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1935
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch [options]\n"
@@ -3921,7 +3923,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Scarica solamente i pacchetti senza "
"installarli.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1975
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1984
msgid ""
"list-patches (lp) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3954,7 +3956,7 @@
" --date <AAAA-MM-GG> Elenca le patch rilasciate fino alla data "
"specificata.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2017
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2026
#, c-format
msgid ""
"dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n"
@@ -4021,7 +4023,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Scarica solamente i pacchetti senza "
"installarli.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2078
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2087
msgid ""
"search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4121,7 +4123,7 @@
"Se una stringa di richiesta è racchiusa tra '/', essa viene interpretata "
"come espressione regolare.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2125
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2134
msgid ""
"patch-check (pchk) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4141,7 +4143,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Verifica gli aggiornamenti solo nel repository "
"specificato.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2147
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2156
msgid ""
"patches (pch) [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4160,7 +4162,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Giusto un altro modo per specificare il "
"repository.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2178
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2187
msgid ""
"packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4197,7 +4199,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name Ordina l'elenco per nome del pacchetto.\n"
"-R, --sort-by-repo Ordina l'elenco per repository.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2219
msgid ""
"patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4219,7 +4221,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only Mostra solo i modelli installati.\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only Mostra solo i modelli che non sono installati.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2236
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2245
msgid ""
"products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4242,7 +4244,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only Mostra solo i prodotti installati.\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only Mostra solo i prodotti che non sono installati.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2268
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2277
#, c-format
msgid ""
"info (if) [options] <name> ...\n"
@@ -4287,7 +4289,7 @@
" --recommends Mostra i raccomandati.\n"
" --suggests Mostra i suggeriti.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2301
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2310
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-info <patchname> ...\n"
@@ -4302,7 +4304,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo è un alias per '%s.'\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2320
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2329
#, c-format
msgid ""
"pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n"
@@ -4317,7 +4319,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo è un alias per '%s'.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2339
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2348
#, c-format
msgid ""
"product-info <product_name> ...\n"
@@ -4332,7 +4334,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo è un alias per '%s'.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2356
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2365
msgid ""
"what-provides (wp) <capability>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4346,7 +4348,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo comando non ha opzioni aggiuntive.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2407
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2416
msgid ""
"moo\n"
"\n"
@@ -4360,7 +4362,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo comando non ha opzioni aggiuntive.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2429
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2438
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
@@ -4383,7 +4385,7 @@
"-t, --type <type> Tipo del pacchetto (%s).\n"
" Predefinito: %s.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2456
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2465
#, c-format
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
@@ -4407,7 +4409,7 @@
"-t, --type <tipo> Tipo di pacchetto (%s).\n"
" Predefinito: %s.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2478
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2487
msgid ""
"locks (ll)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4421,7 +4423,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo comando non ha opzioni aggiuntive.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2498
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2507
msgid ""
"cleanlocks (cl)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4439,7 +4441,7 @@
"-d, --only-duplicates Elimina solo i blocchi duplicati.\n"
"-e, --only-empty Elimina solo i blocchi che non bloccano nulla.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2528
msgid ""
"targetos (tos) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4457,7 +4459,7 @@
" Opzioni del comando:\n"
"-l, --label Mostra l'etichetta del sistema operativo.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2549
msgid ""
"versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4474,7 +4476,7 @@
"-m, --match Considera il numero di rilascio mancante come qualsiasi "
"rilascio.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2559
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2568
msgid ""
"licenses\n"
"\n"
@@ -4489,7 +4491,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo comando non ha opzioni aggiuntive.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2578
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2587
msgid ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
@@ -4504,7 +4506,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo comando non ha opzioni aggiuntive.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2601
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2610
msgid ""
"download [options] <packages>...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4548,7 +4550,7 @@
"--dry-run Non scaricare alcun pacchetto, riporta solamente cosa\n"
" verrebbe fatto.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2640
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2649
msgid ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
@@ -4578,7 +4580,7 @@
"--status Non scaricare alcun rpm sorgente,\n"
" ma mostra quali rpm sorgenti sono mancanti o estranei.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2667
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2676
msgid ""
"quit (exit, ^D)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4592,7 +4594,7 @@
"\n"
"Questo comando non ha opzioni aggiuntive.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2684
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2693
msgid ""
"shell (sh)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4607,7 +4609,7 @@
"Questo comando non ha opzioni aggiuntive.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2711
msgid ""
"service-types (st)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4620,7 +4622,7 @@
#. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of
#. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations
#. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2740
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2749
msgid ""
"mount\n"
"\n"
@@ -4640,7 +4642,7 @@
"-n, --name <nome> Usa la stringa data come nome del servizio.\n"
"-r, --recurse Scendi nelle sottodirectory.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2769
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2778
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n"
@@ -4654,7 +4656,7 @@
"alias per '%s'.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2795
msgid ""
"ping [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4664,15 +4666,15 @@
"\n"
"Questo comando è una implementazione fittizia che ritorna sempre 0.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5115
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2819 src/Zypper.cc:5135
msgid "Unexpected program flow."
msgstr "Flusso di programma inatteso."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2849
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2869
msgid "Non-option program arguments: "
msgstr "Argomenti del programma che non sono opzioni: "
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2904
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2924
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or "
"other software management application using PackageKit running."
@@ -4681,20 +4683,20 @@
"l'applet dell'aggiornatore o un'altra applicazione per la gestione dei "
"programmi che usa PackageKit."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2910
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2930
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr "Dire a PackageKit di uscire?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2939
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
msgstr "PackageKit è ancora in esecuzione (probabilmente occupato)."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2941
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Provare di nuovo?"
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2974
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2994
msgid ""
" \\\\\\\\\\\n"
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
@@ -4828,17 +4830,17 @@
" ,;;;;;;;;;;.\n"
" ``"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3001
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3021
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services."
msgstr "Per aggiornare i servizi sono necessari i privilegi dell'utente root."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3048 src/Zypper.cc:3166 src/Zypper.cc:3401
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services."
msgstr ""
"Per modificare i servizi di sistema sono necessari i privilegi dell'utente "
"root."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3097
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3117
msgid ""
"Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI "
"points to a valid repository."
@@ -4846,12 +4848,12 @@
"Impossibile determinare il tipo del repository. Verificare che l'URI "
"specificata punti a un repository valido."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3127
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type."
msgstr "'%s' non è un tipo di servizio valido."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3149
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
msgstr ""
@@ -4861,105 +4863,105 @@
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by mr command help text which will explain it
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3178 src/Zypper.cc:3552
msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required."
msgstr "È necessario un alias o un'opzione aggregata."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3192
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3212
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found."
msgstr "Servizio '%s' non trovato."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3248 src/Zypper.cc:3400 src/Zypper.cc:3484 src/Zypper.cc:3539
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories."
msgstr ""
"Per modificare i repository di sistema sono necessari i privilegi "
"dell'utente root."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3303 src/Zypper.cc:3666
msgid "Too few arguments."
msgstr "Troppo pochi argomenti."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3307
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3327
msgid ""
"If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
msgstr ""
"Se viene usato un solo argomento, questo deve essere un URI che punta a un "
"file .repo."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3337
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3357
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
msgstr "Impossibile usare %s insieme con %s. Viene usata l'impostazione %s."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3358
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3378
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
msgstr "Il tipo specificato non è un tipo di repository valido:"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3360
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3380
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
msgstr ""
"Si veda '%s' o '%s' per ottenere una lista dei tipi di repository conosciuti."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4703 src/utils/messages.cc:48
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3408 src/Zypper.cc:4723 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
msgstr "Manca l'argomento richiesto."
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no repository counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3414
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3434
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr "Repository '%s' non trovato tramite l'alias, il numero o l'URI."
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no service counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3437
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3457
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr "Servizio '%s' non trovato tramite l'alias, il numero o l'URI."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3471
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3491
msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required."
msgstr "Troppo pochi argomenti. È necessario inserire almeno l'URL e l'alias."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3495
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3515
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found."
msgstr "Repository '%s' non trovato."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3565
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
#, c-format
msgid "Repository %s not found."
msgstr "Repository %s non trovato."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3605
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories."
msgstr ""
"Per aggiornare i repository di sistema sono necessari i privilegi "
"dell'utente root."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3592
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3612
#, c-format
msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here."
msgstr "L'opzione globale '%s' non ha effetto qui."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3600
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3620
#, c-format
msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used."
msgstr "Gli argomenti non sono permessi se viene usato '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3626
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3646
msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches."
msgstr ""
"Per pulire le cache locali sono necessari i privilegi dell'utente root."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3647
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3667
msgid "At least one package name is required."
msgstr "È richiesto almeno un nome di pacchetto."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3657
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3677
msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages."
msgstr ""
"Per installare o disinstallare i pacchetti sono necessari i privilegi "
@@ -4967,21 +4969,21 @@
#. translators: rug related message, shown if
#. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3669
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3689
msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository."
msgstr "Esclusione degli argomenti, segnatura dell'intero repository."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3679
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3699
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type: %s"
msgstr "Tipo di pacchetto sconosciuto: %s"
# TLABEL modules/inst_target_part.ycp:680
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3690
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3710
msgid "Cannot uninstall patches."
msgstr "Impossibile disinstallare le patch."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3691
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3711
msgid ""
"Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n"
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
@@ -4992,37 +4994,37 @@
"Le patch non sono installate nel senso di file copiati, voci nel database,\n"
"o simili."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3722
msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented."
msgstr ""
"La disinstallazione di un pacchetto sorgente non definita ed implementata."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3723
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3743
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it."
msgstr "'%s' sembra un file RPM. Si proverà a scaricarlo."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3736
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3756
#, c-format
msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping."
msgstr "Problema con il file RPM specificato come '%s', escluso."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3761
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3781
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?"
msgstr ""
"C'è un problema con la lettura dell'intestazione dell'RPM di %s. È un file "
"RPM?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3806
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
msgstr "Cache semplice dei file RPM"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3803
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3823
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
msgstr "Nessun argomento valido specificato."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3837 src/Zypper.cc:3975
msgid ""
"No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. "
"Nothing can be installed."
@@ -5031,75 +5033,75 @@
"Nulla potrà essere installato."
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4462
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3875 src/Zypper.cc:4482
#, c-format
msgid "%s contradicts %s"
msgstr "%s contraddice %s"
#. translators: meaning --force with --capability
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3864
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3884
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s"
msgstr "%s non può essere attualmente usato con %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3908
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3928
msgid "Source package name is a required argument."
msgstr "Il nome del pacchetto sorgente è un argomento richiesto."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3998
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4018
msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'"
msgstr "La modalità è impostata come 'match-exact'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4382 src/Zypper.cc:4483 src/Zypper.cc:4731
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4799 src/Zypper.cc:4844
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4042 src/Zypper.cc:4402 src/Zypper.cc:4503 src/Zypper.cc:4751
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4819 src/Zypper.cc:4864
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type '%s'."
msgstr "Tipo di pacchetto sconosciuto '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4045
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4065
#, c-format
msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled."
msgstr "Il repository specificato '%s' è disabilitato."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4176 src/search.cc:594
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4196 src/search.cc:594
msgid "No packages found."
msgstr "Nessun pacchetto trovato."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4219
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4239
msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query"
msgstr ""
"Un problema è occorso inizializzando o eseguendo l'interrogazione di ricerca"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4240
msgid "See the above message for a hint."
msgstr "Si veda il messaggio precedente per un suggerimento."
#. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4403 src/Zypper.cc:4529
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4423 src/Zypper.cc:4549
#, c-format
msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option."
msgstr "Eseguendo come '%s' non è possibile usare l'opzione '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4411
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4431
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s."
msgstr "Impossibile usare %s insieme con %s."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4444
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4464
msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages."
msgstr ""
"Per aggiornare i pacchetti sono necessari i privilegi dell'utente root."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4490 src/Zypper.cc:4498 src/Zypper.cc:4615
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4510 src/Zypper.cc:4518 src/Zypper.cc:4635
msgid "Operation not supported."
msgstr "Operazione non supportata."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4491
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4511
#, c-format
msgid "To update installed products use '%s'."
msgstr "Per aggiornare i prodotti installati usare '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4500
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4520
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the "
@@ -5109,20 +5111,20 @@
"il più recente pacchetto sorgente con le sue dipendenze di compilazione, "
"usare '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4518
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4538
msgid ""
"Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
msgstr ""
"Impossibile usare tipi multipli quando pacchetti specifici sono passati come "
"argomenti."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4655
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4675
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
msgstr ""
"Per aggiornare l'intera distribuzione sono necessari i privilegi dell'utente "
"root."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4676
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4696
#, c-format
msgid ""
"You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. "
@@ -5134,68 +5136,68 @@
"prima di continuare. Si veda '%s' per maggiori informazioni riguardo questo "
"comando."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4706 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "Uso"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4761 src/Zypper.cc:4822
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4781 src/Zypper.cc:4842
msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks."
msgstr ""
"Per aggiungere i blocchi ai pacchetti sono necessari i privilegi dell'utente "
"root."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4890
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4910
#, c-format
msgid "Removed %lu lock."
msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks."
msgstr[0] "Rimosso %lu blocco."
msgstr[1] "Rimossi %lu blocchi."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4917
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4937
#, c-format
msgid "Distribution Label: %s"
msgstr "Etichetta della distribuzione: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4939
#, c-format
msgid "Short Label: %s"
msgstr "Etichetta breve: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4965
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4985
#, c-format
msgid "%s matches %s"
msgstr "%s corrisponde a %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4967
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4987
#, c-format
msgid "%s is newer than %s"
msgstr "%s è più recente di %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4969
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4989
#, c-format
msgid "%s is older than %s"
msgstr "%s è più vecchio di %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5042 src/source-download.cc:220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5062 src/source-download.cc:220
#, c-format
msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'."
msgstr ""
"Privilegi insufficienti per usare la directory degli scaricamenti '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5100
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5120
msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell."
msgstr "Questo comando ha senso solamente nella shell di zypper."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5112
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5132
msgid "You already are running zypper's shell."
msgstr "Si sta già eseguendo la shell di zypper."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrizione"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5190
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5217
msgid "Resolvable Type"
msgstr "Tipo di risolvibile"
@@ -5508,11 +5510,6 @@
msgid "Nothing to do."
msgstr "Nessuna operazione da eseguire."
-#: src/Config.cc:110
-#, c-format
-msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
-msgstr "Opzione di configurazione '%s' sconosciuta"
-
#: src/source-download.cc:211
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create or access download directory '%s'."
@@ -5643,35 +5640,35 @@
msgid "No providers of '%s' found."
msgstr "Non è stato trovato alcun fornitore per '%s'."
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:86
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:83
msgid "Warning: "
msgstr "Attenzione: "
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:239 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:354 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:231 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:346 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "error"
msgstr "errore"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:244 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:359 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:236 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:351 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "done"
msgstr "fatto"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:269 src/output/OutNormal.cc:305
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:343
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:261 src/output/OutNormal.cc:297
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:335
msgid "Retrieving:"
msgstr "Recupero di:"
# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel)
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:276
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:268
msgid "starting"
msgstr "avvio"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:403
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:397
msgid "No help available for this prompt."
msgstr "Nessun aiuto disponibile per questa richiesta."
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:415
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:409
msgid "no help available for this option"
msgstr "nessun aiuto disponibile per questa opzione"
@@ -5882,20 +5879,20 @@
msgstr "Si è verificato un problema rimuovendo il blocco dal pacchetto:"
#. TranslatorExplanation These are reasons for various failures.
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Not found"
msgstr "Non trovato"
# error box title
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "I/O error"
msgstr "Errore I/O"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Invalid object"
msgstr "Oggetto non valido"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:166
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:167
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Errore"
@@ -5989,19 +5986,19 @@
"sarà lasciata immutata."
#. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:87
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:81
msgid "shows all options"
msgstr "mostra tutte le opzioni"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:149 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:138 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "yes"
msgstr "sì"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:150 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:139 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:173 src/utils/prompt.cc:218
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:162 src/utils/prompt.cc:207
#, c-format
msgid "Retrying in %u seconds..."
msgstr "Nuovo tentativo in %u secondi..."
@@ -6012,33 +6009,33 @@
#. the answers must be separated by slash characters '/' and must
#. correspond to abort/retry/ignore in that order.
#. The answers should be lower case letters.
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:179 src/utils/prompt.cc:267
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:168 src/utils/prompt.cc:256
msgid "a/r/i"
msgstr "a/r/i"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:230
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:219
#, c-format
msgid "Autoselecting '%s' after %u second."
msgid_plural "Autoselecting '%s' after %u seconds."
msgstr[0] "Selezione automatica di '%s' dopo %u secondo."
msgstr[1] "Selezione automatica di '%s' dopo %u secondi."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:249
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:238
msgid "Trying again..."
msgstr "Nuova tentativo in corso..."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:344
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:333
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid answer '%s'."
msgstr "'%s', risposta non valida."
#. translators: the %s are: 'y', 'yes' (translated), 'n', and 'no' (translated).
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:350
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:339
#, c-format
msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you."
msgstr "Inserire '%s' per '%s' o '%s' per '%s' se null'altro funziona."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:364
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:353
#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you run zypper without a terminal, use '%s' global\n"
@@ -6201,8 +6198,8 @@
"incomplete."
msgstr ""
"Nota: se non si esegue come root la ricerca dei file è limitata ai soli file "
-"per cui si ha il permesso di accedere tramite la funzione di sistema stat"
-"(2). Il risultato potrebbe essere incompleto."
+"per cui si ha il permesso di accedere tramite la funzione di sistema "
+"stat(2). Il risultato potrebbe essere incompleto."
#: src/utils/misc.cc:510
#, c-format
@@ -6219,6 +6216,9 @@
msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'."
msgstr "L'opzione '%s' sovrascrive '%s'."
+#~ msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
+#~ msgstr "Opzione di configurazione '%s' sconosciuta"
+
#~ msgid "Ignoring failed digest verification for %s (expected %s, found %s)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Si ignora il fallimento della verifica del sommario per %s (atteso %s, "
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90865 - trunk/lcn/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 14 Dec '14
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 14 Dec '14
14 Dec '14
Author: andriykopanytsia
Date: 2014-12-14 09:23:21 +0100 (Sun, 14 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90865
Modified:
trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po
Log:
Updated Ukrainian translation of zypper
Modified: trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po 2014-12-14 00:15:32 UTC (rev 90864)
+++ trunk/lcn/uk/po/zypper.uk.po 2014-12-14 08:23:21 UTC (rev 90865)
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: zypper.uk\n"
"…
[View More]Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-13 23:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:13+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-14 10:13+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n"
"Language: uk\n"
@@ -85,16 +85,16 @@
#. is base
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Так"
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "No"
msgstr "Ні"
@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@
#. translators: name (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073
-#: src/repos.cc:2490 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
+#: src/repos.cc:2488 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
#: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678
#: src/locks.cc:40
msgid "Name"
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
#. translators: type (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:977 src/repos.cc:1083
-#: src/repos.cc:2498 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
+#: src/repos.cc:2496 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Тип"
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
msgid "Adding conflict: '%s'."
msgstr "Додавання конфлікту: '%s'."
-#: src/Summary.cc:505
+#: src/Summary.cc:509
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:"
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде встановлено %d НОВІ пакунки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде встановлено такі %d НОВИХ пакунків:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:510
+#: src/Summary.cc:514
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:"
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде встановлено %d НОВІ латки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде встановлено %d НОВИХ латок:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:515
+#: src/Summary.cc:519
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:"
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде встановлено %d НОВІ шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Буде встановлено %d НОВИХ шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:520
+#: src/Summary.cc:524
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:"
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде встановлено %d НОВІ продукти:"
msgstr[2] "Буде встановлено %d НОВИХ продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:525
+#: src/Summary.cc:529
#, c-format
msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:"
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде встановлено %d пакунки з з сирцями:"
msgstr[2] "Буде встановлено %d пакунків з з сирцями:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:530
+#: src/Summary.cc:534
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:"
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде перевстановлено %d шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Буде перевстановлено %d шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:551
+#: src/Summary.cc:555
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d пакунки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d пакунків:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:556
+#: src/Summary.cc:560
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d латки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d латок:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:561
+#: src/Summary.cc:565
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d такі шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d таких шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:566
+#: src/Summary.cc:570
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d продукти:"
msgstr[2] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d таких продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:571
+#: src/Summary.cc:575
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:"
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d такі програми:"
msgstr[2] "Буде ВИЛУЧЕНО %d таких програм:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:591
+#: src/Summary.cc:595
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде оновлено %d такі пакунки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде оновлено %d таких пакунків:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:596
+#: src/Summary.cc:600
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде оновлено %d такі латки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде оновлено %d таких латок:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:601
+#: src/Summary.cc:605
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде оновлено %d такі шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Буде оновлено %d таких шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:606
+#: src/Summary.cc:610
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде оновлено %d такі продукти:"
msgstr[2] "Буде оновлено %d таких продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:611
+#: src/Summary.cc:615
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:"
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде оновлено %d такі шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Буде оновлено %d таких шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:630
+#: src/Summary.cc:634
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d такі пакунки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d таких пакунків:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:635
+#: src/Summary.cc:639
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d такі латки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d таких латок:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:640
+#: src/Summary.cc:644
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d такі шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d таких шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:645
+#: src/Summary.cc:649
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d такі продукти:"
msgstr[2] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d таких продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:650
+#: src/Summary.cc:654
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:"
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d такі програми:"
msgstr[2] "Буде повернено до старішої версії %d таких програм:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:669
+#: src/Summary.cc:673
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде перевстановлено %d такі пакунки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде перевстановлено %d такі пакунки:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:674
+#: src/Summary.cc:678
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде перевстановлено %d такі латки:"
msgstr[2] "Буде перевстановлено %d таких латок:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:679
+#: src/Summary.cc:683
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде перевстановлено %d такі шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Буде перевстановлено %d таких шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:684
+#: src/Summary.cc:688
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде перевстановлено %d такі продукти:"
msgstr[2] "Буде перевстановлено %d таких продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:696
+#: src/Summary.cc:700
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:"
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде перевстановлено %d такі програми:"
msgstr[2] "Буде перевстановлено %d таких програм:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:838
+#: src/Summary.cc:842
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Було автоматично вибрано %d такі рекомендовані пакунки:"
msgstr[2] "Було автоматично вибрано %d таких рекомендованих пакунків:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:843
+#: src/Summary.cc:847
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Було автоматично вибрано %d такі рекомендовані латки:"
msgstr[2] "Було автоматично вибрано %d таких рекомендованих латок:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:848
+#: src/Summary.cc:852
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Було автоматично вибрано %d такі рекомендовані шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Було автоматично вибрано %d таких рекомендованих шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:853
+#: src/Summary.cc:857
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Було автоматично вибрано %d такі рекомендовані продукти:"
msgstr[2] "Було автоматично вибрано %d таких рекомендованих продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:858
+#: src/Summary.cc:862
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@
msgstr[2] ""
"Було автоматично вибрано %d таких рекомендованих пакунків з сирцями:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:863
+#: src/Summary.cc:867
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Було автоматично вибрано %d такі рекомендовані шаблони:"
msgstr[2] "Було автоматично вибрано %d таких рекомендованих шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:907
+#: src/Summary.cc:911
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only "
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@
"%d наступних пакунків рекомендовано, але їх не буде встановлено (встановимо "
"лише потрібні пакунки):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:918
+#: src/Summary.cc:923
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's "
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@
"%d наступних пакунків рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено (їх вручну "
"вилучили раніше):"
-#: src/Summary.cc:927
+#: src/Summary.cc:933
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to "
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@
"%d наступних пакунків було рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено через "
"конфлікти або проблеми із залежностями:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:939
+#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@
msgstr[1] "%d наступні латки рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено:"
msgstr[2] "%d наступних латок рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:943
+#: src/Summary.cc:950
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@
msgstr[1] "%d наступні шаблони рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено:"
msgstr[2] "%d наступних шаблонів рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:947
+#: src/Summary.cc:954
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@
msgstr[1] "%d наступні продукти рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено:"
msgstr[2] "%d наступних продуктів рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:951
+#: src/Summary.cc:958
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@
msgstr[1] "%d наступні програми рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено:"
msgstr[2] "%d наступних програм рекомендовано, але не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:990
+#: src/Summary.cc:998
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@
msgstr[1] "%d наступні пакунки запропоновано, але не буде встановлено:"
msgstr[2] "%d наступних пакунків запропоновано, але не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:995
+#: src/Summary.cc:1003
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
msgstr[1] "%d наступні латки було запропоновано, але їх не буде встановлено:"
msgstr[2] "%d наступних латок було запропоновано, але їх не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1000
+#: src/Summary.cc:1008
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@
msgstr[2] ""
"%d наступних шаблонів було запропоновано, але їх не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1005
+#: src/Summary.cc:1013
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@
msgstr[2] ""
"%d наступних продуктів було запропоновано, але їх не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1010
+#: src/Summary.cc:1018
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@
msgstr[2] ""
"%d наступних програм було запропоновано, але їх не буде встановлено:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1031
+#: src/Summary.cc:1039
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:"
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких пакунків:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких пакунків:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1036
+#: src/Summary.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:"
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких латок:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких латок:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1041
+#: src/Summary.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:"
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких шаблонів:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1046
+#: src/Summary.cc:1054
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:"
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких продуктів:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1051
+#: src/Summary.cc:1059
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:"
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких програм:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено архітектуру %d таких програм:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1073
+#: src/Summary.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:"
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких пакунків:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких пакунків:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1078
+#: src/Summary.cc:1086
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:"
@@ -937,7 +937,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких латок:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких латок:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1083
+#: src/Summary.cc:1091
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:"
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких шаблонів:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких шаблонів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1088
+#: src/Summary.cc:1096
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:"
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких продуктів:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1093
+#: src/Summary.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:"
@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких програм:"
msgstr[2] "Буде змінено постачальника %d таких програм:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1114
+#: src/Summary.cc:1122
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:"
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@
msgstr[1] "%d наступні пакунки на підтримуються їхнім постачальником:"
msgstr[2] "%d наступних пакунків на підтримуються їхнім постачальником:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1134
+#: src/Summary.cc:1142
#, c-format
msgid ""
"The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@
msgstr[2] ""
"Для отримання підтримки до %d пакунків потрібний додатковий контракт клієнта:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1152
+#: src/Summary.cc:1160
#, c-format
msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@
msgstr[1] "НЕ буде встановлено оновлення %d таких пакунків:"
msgstr[2] "НЕ буде встановлено оновлення %d таких пакунків:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1157
+#: src/Summary.cc:1165
#, c-format
msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@
msgstr[1] "НЕ буде встановлено оновлення %d таких продуктів:"
msgstr[2] "НЕ буде встановлено оновлення %d таких продуктів:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1162
+#: src/Summary.cc:1170
#, c-format
msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:"
@@ -1006,33 +1006,33 @@
msgstr[1] "НЕ буде встановлено оновлення %d таких програм:"
msgstr[2] "НЕ буде встановлено оновлення %d таких програм:"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1182
+#: src/Summary.cc:1190
msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2% "
msgstr "Загальний розмір завантаження: %1%. Уже кешовано: %2%"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1185
+#: src/Summary.cc:1193
msgid "Download only."
msgstr "Тільки завантажити."
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1191
+#: src/Summary.cc:1199
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used."
msgstr "Після дії, буде додатково використано %s."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1194
+#: src/Summary.cc:1202
msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation."
msgstr ""
"Після операції не буде додатково зайнято або вивільнено дискового простору."
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1201
+#: src/Summary.cc:1209
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed."
msgstr "Після дії, %s буде вивільнено."
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1224
+#: src/Summary.cc:1232
msgid "package to upgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to upgrade"
msgstr[0] "пакунок оновити"
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакунків оновити"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1235
+#: src/Summary.cc:1243
msgid "to downgrade"
msgid_plural "to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "вернути до старішої версії"
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@
msgstr[2] "вернути до старішої версії"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1238
+#: src/Summary.cc:1246
msgid "package to downgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to downgrade"
msgstr[0] "пакунок вернути до старішої версії"
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакунків вернути до старішої версії"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1249
+#: src/Summary.cc:1257
msgid "new"
msgid_plural "new"
msgstr[0] "новий"
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@
msgstr[2] "нових"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1252
+#: src/Summary.cc:1260
msgid "new package to install"
msgid_plural "new packages to install"
msgstr[0] "новий пакунок встановити"
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@
msgstr[2] "нових пакунків встановити"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1263
+#: src/Summary.cc:1271
msgid "to reinstall"
msgid_plural "to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "перевстановити"
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@
msgstr[2] "перевстановити"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1266
+#: src/Summary.cc:1274
msgid "package to reinstall"
msgid_plural "packages to reinstall"
msgstr[0] "пакунок перевстановити"
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакунків перевстановити"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1277
+#: src/Summary.cc:1285
msgid "to remove"
msgid_plural "to remove"
msgstr[0] "вилучити"
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@
msgstr[2] "вилучити"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1280
+#: src/Summary.cc:1288
msgid "package to remove"
msgid_plural "packages to remove"
msgstr[0] "пакунок вилучити"
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакунків вилучити"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1291
+#: src/Summary.cc:1299
msgid "to change vendor"
msgid_plural " to change vendor"
msgstr[0] "змінить постачальника"
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@
msgstr[2] "змінять постачальників"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1294
+#: src/Summary.cc:1302
msgid "package will change vendor"
msgid_plural "packages will change vendor"
msgstr[0] "пакунок змінить постачальника"
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакунків змінить постачальника"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1305
+#: src/Summary.cc:1313
msgid "to change arch"
msgid_plural "to change arch"
msgstr[0] "змінить архітектуру"
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@
msgstr[2] "змінять архітектуру"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1308
+#: src/Summary.cc:1316
msgid "package will change arch"
msgid_plural "packages will change arch"
msgstr[0] "пакунок змінить архітектуру"
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакунків змінять архітектуру"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1319
+#: src/Summary.cc:1327
msgid "source package"
msgid_plural "source packages"
msgstr[0] "пакунок з сирцями"
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@
msgstr[2] "пакунків з сирцями"
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1322
+#: src/Summary.cc:1330
msgid "source package to install"
msgid_plural "source packages to install"
msgstr[0] "пакунок з сирцями для установки"
@@ -1341,8 +1341,8 @@
" expected %3%\n"
" but got %4%\n"
msgstr ""
-"Перевірка дайджесту для %1% зазнала невдачі.\n "
-"[%2%]\n"
+"Перевірка дайджесту для %1% зазнала невдачі.\n"
+" [%2%]\n"
"\n"
" очікувалось %3%\n"
" знайдено %4%\n"
@@ -1356,13 +1356,12 @@
"to unblock using this file on your own risk. Empty input will discard the "
"file.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Однак, якщо ви переконалися, що файл з контрольною сумою '%1%..' є безпечним, "
-"правильним\n"
+"Однак, якщо ви переконалися, що файл з контрольною сумою '%1%..' є "
+"безпечним, правильним\n"
"і повинен бути використаний протягом цієї операції, введіть перші 4 символи "
"контрольної суми\n"
"щоб розблокувати, використовуючи цей файл на свій страх і ризик. Порожнє "
-"введення відхилить "
-" файл.\n"
+"введення відхилить файл.\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
@@ -1512,7 +1511,7 @@
#. translators: this is a prompt text
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:88 src/callbacks/media.cc:189
-#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:180 src/utils/prompt.cc:270
+#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:169 src/utils/prompt.cc:259
msgid "Abort, retry, ignore?"
msgstr "Перервати, спробувати знов, ігнорувати?"
@@ -1645,7 +1644,7 @@
msgid "Retrieving %s %s-%s.%s"
msgstr "Звантаження %s %s-%s.%s"
-#: src/Command.cc:190
+#: src/Command.cc:192
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown command '%s'"
msgstr "Невідома команда «%s»"
@@ -1692,7 +1691,7 @@
msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'."
msgstr "Проблема зі звантаженням файлів з «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3313 src/solve-commit.cc:782
+#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3311 src/solve-commit.cc:782
#: src/solve-commit.cc:814 src/solve-commit.cc:848
msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint."
msgstr ""
@@ -1838,7 +1837,7 @@
msgid "Target initialization failed:"
msgstr "Не вдалося започаткувати ціль:"
-#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4221
+#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4241
msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem."
msgstr ""
"Виконання команди «zypper refresh» від адміністратора може зарадити проблемі."
@@ -1858,30 +1857,30 @@
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Вимкнено"
-#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2489 src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2487 src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "Псевдонім"
#. 'enabled' flag
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2491
+#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2489
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Увімкнено"
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled
#. for the repository
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository
-#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2493
+#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2491
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Оновити"
#. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d)
-#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2497
+#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2495
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Пріоритет"
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2500
+#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2498
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
@@ -1942,16 +1941,16 @@
msgid "Error reading repositories:"
msgstr "Помилка читання сховищ:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2639
+#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2637
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open %s for writing."
msgstr "Неможливо відкрити %s для запису."
-#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2641
+#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2639
msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?"
msgstr "Можливо ви не маєте прав запису?"
-#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2648
+#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2646
#, c-format
msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s."
msgstr "Сховища було успішно експортовано до %s."
@@ -2060,7 +2059,7 @@
msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'"
msgstr "Неправильне псевдо сховища «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1924
+#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1922
#, c-format
msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr "Вже існує сховище з назвою «%s». Будь ласка, введіть інший псевдонім."
@@ -2073,7 +2072,7 @@
"Не вдалося визначити тип сховища. Будь ласка, перевірте чи зазначені адреси "
"URI (див. нижче) вказують на чинне сховище:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096
+#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3116
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
msgstr "Не вдається знайти в цьому місці чинне сховище:"
@@ -2096,8 +2095,8 @@
"GPG checking is disabled in configuration of repository '%1%'. Integrity and "
"origin of packages cannot be verified."
msgstr ""
-"Перевірка GPG вимкнена у конфігурації сховища '%1%'. Цілісність та походження "
-"пакунків не можна перевірити."
+"Перевірка GPG вимкнена у конфігурації сховища '%1%'. Цілісність та "
+"походження пакунків не можна перевірити."
#: src/repos.cc:1686
#, c-format
@@ -2114,42 +2113,42 @@
msgid "GPG check"
msgstr "Перевірка GPG"
-#: src/repos.cc:1722
+#: src/repos.cc:1720
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "Читання даних з носія «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:1729
+#: src/repos.cc:1727
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr "Проблема з читанням даних з носія «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:1730
+#: src/repos.cc:1728
msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable."
msgstr ""
"Перевірте чи носій, з якого проводилося встановлення, правильно записаний і "
"придатний до читання."
-#: src/repos.cc:1737
+#: src/repos.cc:1735
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh."
msgstr "Читання даних з носія «%s» відкладено до наступного освіження."
-#: src/repos.cc:1804
+#: src/repos.cc:1802
msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Помилка доступу до файла за вказаною адресою URI"
-#: src/repos.cc:1805
+#: src/repos.cc:1803
msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "Будь ласка, перевірте чи чинна і доступна вказана адреса URI."
-#: src/repos.cc:1813
+#: src/repos.cc:1811
msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr "Помилка аналізу файла за вказаною адресою URI"
#. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated.
#. Also don't translate the '.repo' string.
-#: src/repos.cc:1816
+#: src/repos.cc:1814
msgid ""
"Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for "
"details."
@@ -2157,28 +2156,28 @@
"Чи це файл .repo? Для подробиць дивіться http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/"
"RepoInfo."
-#: src/repos.cc:1824
+#: src/repos.cc:1822
msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
"Трапилась проблема під час спроби читання файла за вказаною адресою URI"
-#: src/repos.cc:1838
+#: src/repos.cc:1836
msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping."
msgstr ""
"У файлі знайдено запис для сховища без встановленого псевдоніма, його "
"пропущено."
-#: src/repos.cc:1845
+#: src/repos.cc:1843
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» не має визначеного URI, його пропущено."
-#: src/repos.cc:1888
+#: src/repos.cc:1886
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» було вилучено."
-#: src/repos.cc:1907
+#: src/repos.cc:1905
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service "
@@ -2187,21 +2186,21 @@
"Неможливо змінити псевдонім сховища «%s». Сховище належить службі «%s», яка "
"відповідає за встановлення його псевдоніму."
-#: src/repos.cc:1918
+#: src/repos.cc:1916
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» перейменоване на «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:1930 src/repos.cc:2172
+#: src/repos.cc:1928 src/repos.cc:2170
msgid "Error while modifying the repository:"
msgstr "Помилка зміни сховища:"
-#: src/repos.cc:1931
+#: src/repos.cc:1929
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» буде залишене без змін."
-#: src/repos.cc:2080
+#: src/repos.cc:2078
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the "
@@ -2210,196 +2209,196 @@
"Нечинний пріоритет «%s». Для зазначення пріоритету використовуйте додатне "
"ціле число. Чим вище число, тим нижчий пріоритет."
-#: src/repos.cc:2088
+#: src/repos.cc:2086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)"
msgstr "Пріоритет сховища «%s» було залишено без змін (%d)"
-#: src/repos.cc:2114
+#: src/repos.cc:2112
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» було успішно увімкнено."
-#: src/repos.cc:2117
+#: src/repos.cc:2115
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» було успішно вимкнено."
-#: src/repos.cc:2124
+#: src/repos.cc:2122
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Для сховища \"%s\" було увімкнено автоматичне освіження."
-#: src/repos.cc:2127
+#: src/repos.cc:2125
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Для сховища «%s» було вимкнено автоматичне освіження."
-#: src/repos.cc:2134
+#: src/repos.cc:2132
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Для сховища \"%s\" було увімкнено кешування файлів RPM."
-#: src/repos.cc:2137
+#: src/repos.cc:2135
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Для сховища «%s» було вимкнено кешування файлів RPM."
-#: src/repos.cc:2144
+#: src/repos.cc:2142
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Для сховища \"%s\" було увімкнено перевірку GPG."
-#: src/repos.cc:2147
+#: src/repos.cc:2145
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Для сховища «%s» було вимкнено перевірку GPG."
-#: src/repos.cc:2153
+#: src/repos.cc:2151
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d."
msgstr "Пріоритет сховища «%s» було встановлено у значення %d."
-#: src/repos.cc:2159
+#: src/repos.cc:2157
#, c-format
msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "Назву сховища «%s» було встановлено у значення «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:2165
+#: src/repos.cc:2163
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'."
msgstr "Нічого не змінено для сховища «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:2173
+#: src/repos.cc:2171
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged."
msgstr "Сховище %s буде залишене без змін."
-#: src/repos.cc:2211
+#: src/repos.cc:2209
msgid "Error reading services:"
msgstr "Помилка читання служб:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2306
+#: src/repos.cc:2304
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI."
msgstr "Службу «%s» не знайдено за її псевдонімом, номером або URI."
-#: src/repos.cc:2310
+#: src/repos.cc:2308
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services."
msgstr "Вживайте «%s», щоб отримати список визначених сховищ."
-#: src/repos.cc:2553
+#: src/repos.cc:2551
#, c-format
msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services."
msgstr ""
"Не визначено жодної служби. Вживайте команду «%s», щоб додати одну або "
"більше служб."
-#: src/repos.cc:2679
+#: src/repos.cc:2677
#, c-format
msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr "Вже існує сховище з назвою «%s». Будь ласка, введіть інший псевдонім."
-#: src/repos.cc:2689
+#: src/repos.cc:2687
#, c-format
msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'."
msgstr "Помилка під час додавання служби «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:2695
+#: src/repos.cc:2693
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added."
msgstr "Успішно додано службу «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:2734
+#: src/repos.cc:2732
#, c-format
msgid "Removing service '%s':"
msgstr "Вилучення служби «%s»:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2737
+#: src/repos.cc:2735
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been removed."
msgstr "Службу «%s» було вилучено."
-#: src/repos.cc:2753
+#: src/repos.cc:2751
#, c-format
msgid "Refreshing service '%s'."
msgstr "Освіження служби «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2776
+#: src/repos.cc:2764 src/repos.cc:2774
#, c-format
msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':"
msgstr "Проблема отримання файла індексу сховища для служби «%s»:"
-#: src/repos.cc:2768 src/repos.cc:2881
+#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2879
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr "Пропускається служба «%s» через помилку вище."
-#: src/repos.cc:2777
+#: src/repos.cc:2775
msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr "Будь ласка, перевірте чи чинна і доступна вказана адреса URI."
-#: src/repos.cc:2835
+#: src/repos.cc:2833
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'"
msgstr "Пропускається вимкнена служба «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:2895
+#: src/repos.cc:2893
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services."
msgstr "Для додавання або увімкнення служб вживайте команди «%s» або «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:2898
+#: src/repos.cc:2896
msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined."
msgstr "Вказані служби не увімкнено або не визначено."
-#: src/repos.cc:2900
+#: src/repos.cc:2898
msgid "There are no enabled services defined."
msgstr "Немає визначених увімкнених служб."
-#: src/repos.cc:2904
+#: src/repos.cc:2902
msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors."
msgstr "Через помилки не вдалось освіжити служби."
-#: src/repos.cc:2910
+#: src/repos.cc:2908
msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error."
msgstr "Деякі служби не було освіжено через помилку."
-#: src/repos.cc:2915
+#: src/repos.cc:2913
msgid "Specified services have been refreshed."
msgstr "Вказані служби було освіжено."
-#: src/repos.cc:2917
+#: src/repos.cc:2915
msgid "All services have been refreshed."
msgstr "Всі служби було освіжено."
-#: src/repos.cc:3039
+#: src/repos.cc:3037
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled."
msgstr "Службу «%s» було успішно увімкнено."
-#: src/repos.cc:3042
+#: src/repos.cc:3040
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled."
msgstr "Службу «%s» було успішно вимкнено."
-#: src/repos.cc:3049
+#: src/repos.cc:3047
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "Для служби «%s» було увімкнено автоматичне освіження."
-#: src/repos.cc:3052
+#: src/repos.cc:3050
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'."
msgstr "Для служби «%s» було вимкнено автоматичне освіження."
-#: src/repos.cc:3058
+#: src/repos.cc:3056
#, c-format
msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr "Назву служби «%s» було встановлено до «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:3064
+#: src/repos.cc:3062
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -2408,7 +2407,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Сховища «%s» були додані до увімкнених сховищ служби «%s»"
msgstr[2] "Сховища «%s» були додані до увімкнених сховищ служби «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:3072
+#: src/repos.cc:3070
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural ""
@@ -2417,7 +2416,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Сховища «%s» були додані до вимкнених сховищ служби «%s»"
msgstr[2] "Сховища «%s» були додані до вимкнених сховищ служби «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:3080
+#: src/repos.cc:3078
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2427,7 +2426,7 @@
msgstr[1] "Сховища «%s» було вилучено з увімкнених сховищ служби «%s»"
msgstr[2] "Сховища «%s» було вилучено з увімкнених сховищ служби «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:3088
+#: src/repos.cc:3086
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
@@ -2438,50 +2437,50 @@
msgstr[1] "Сховища «%s» були вилучені з вимкнених сховищ служби «%s»"
msgstr[2] "Сховища «%s» були вилучені з вимкнених сховищ служби «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:3097
+#: src/repos.cc:3095
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'."
msgstr "Нічого не змінено для служби «%s»."
-#: src/repos.cc:3104
+#: src/repos.cc:3102
msgid "Error while modifying the service:"
msgstr "Помилка зміни служби:"
-#: src/repos.cc:3105
+#: src/repos.cc:3103
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged."
msgstr "Службу %s буде залишене без змін."
-#: src/repos.cc:3213
+#: src/repos.cc:3211
msgid "Loading repository data..."
msgstr "Завантаження даних сховища..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3235
+#: src/repos.cc:3233
#, c-format
msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..."
msgstr "Отримання даних сховища «%s»..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3242
+#: src/repos.cc:3240
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» відсутнє у кеші. Кешування..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3249 src/repos.cc:3287
+#: src/repos.cc:3247 src/repos.cc:3285
#, c-format
msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'"
msgstr "Проблема завантаження даних з «%s»"
-#: src/repos.cc:3254
+#: src/repos.cc:3252
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache."
msgstr "Неможливо оновити сховище '%s'. Використовується старий кеш."
-#: src/repos.cc:3259 src/repos.cc:3292
+#: src/repos.cc:3257 src/repos.cc:3290
#, c-format
msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error."
msgstr "Потрібні пакунки з «%s» не завантажено через помилку."
-#: src/repos.cc:3278
+#: src/repos.cc:3276
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or "
@@ -2491,16 +2490,16 @@
"або дзеркало."
#. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m'
-#: src/repos.cc:3289
+#: src/repos.cc:3287
#, c-format
msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so."
msgstr "Спробуйте «%s» або, навіть, «%s» перш ніж це робити."
-#: src/repos.cc:3301
+#: src/repos.cc:3299
msgid "Reading installed packages..."
msgstr "Читання встановлених пакунків..."
-#: src/repos.cc:3312
+#: src/repos.cc:3310
msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:"
msgstr "Під час читання встановлених пакунків виникла проблема:"
@@ -2651,13 +2650,13 @@
msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..."
msgstr "Добре, добре! Негайний вихід..."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:97
+#: src/Zypper.cc:98
msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
msgstr ""
"Виявлений старий параметри командного рядка %1%. Будь ласка, вживайте "
"натомість %2%."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:211
msgid ""
" Global Options:\n"
"\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
@@ -2669,6 +2668,7 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
"\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tWhether to use colors in output if tty supports it.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
@@ -2687,8 +2687,11 @@
"типового.\n"
"\t--userdata <string>\tВизначений користувачем ідентифікатор операції, "
"використовуваний в історії і модулях.\n"
-"\t--quiet, -q\t\tДрукувати тільки повідомлення про помилки.\n"
+"\t--quiet, -q\t\tДрукувати тільки повідомлення про\n "
+"\t\t\t\tпомилки.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tДокладна інформація.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tчи вживати кольори у виведенні, якщо це підтримується у "
+"tty.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tНе скорочувати текст у таблицях.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tВ стилі таблиці (ціле число).\n"
"\t--non-interactive\tНічого не питати, автоматично вживати типові \t\t\t"
@@ -2699,7 +2702,7 @@
"\t--xmlout, -x\t\tПеремкнутися на виведення у XML.\n"
"\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tНехтувати невідомими пакунками.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:231
+#: src/Zypper.cc:233
msgid ""
"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n"
"\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n"
@@ -2719,7 +2722,7 @@
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tВикористовувати альтернативний каталог кешу "
"пакунків.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:239
+#: src/Zypper.cc:241
msgid ""
" Repository Options:\n"
"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n"
@@ -2749,7 +2752,7 @@
"\t--no-cd\t\t\tІгнорувати сховища КД/DVD.\n"
"\t--no-remote\t\tІгнорувати віддалені сховища.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:252
+#: src/Zypper.cc:254
msgid ""
" Target Options:\n"
"\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n"
@@ -2761,7 +2764,7 @@
"\t--disable-system-resolvables\n"
"\t\t\t\tНе читати встановлені пакунки.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:259
+#: src/Zypper.cc:261
msgid ""
" Commands:\n"
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n"
@@ -2771,7 +2774,7 @@
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tПоказати довідку.\n"
"\tshell, sh\t\tПриймати по декілька команд одразу.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:264
+#: src/Zypper.cc:266
msgid ""
" Repository Management:\n"
"\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n"
@@ -2791,7 +2794,7 @@
"\trefresh, ref\t\tОсвіжити дані про всі сховища.\n"
"\tclean\t\t\tОчистити локальний кеш.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:274
+#: src/Zypper.cc:276
msgid ""
" Service Management:\n"
"\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n"
@@ -2807,7 +2810,7 @@
"\tremoveservice, rs\t\tВилучити вказану службу.\n"
"\trefresh-services, refs\t\tОсвіжити дані про всі служби.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:282
+#: src/Zypper.cc:284
msgid ""
" Software Management:\n"
"\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n"
@@ -2829,7 +2832,7 @@
"\t\t\t\tВстановити недавно додані пакунки, які були\n"
"\t\t\t\tрекомендовані встановленими пакунками.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:293
+#: src/Zypper.cc:295
msgid ""
" Update Management:\n"
"\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n"
@@ -2847,7 +2850,7 @@
"\tdist-upgrade, dup\tВиконати оновлення дистрибутиву.\n"
"\tpatch-check, pchk\tПеревірити наявність латок оновлення.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:302
+#: src/Zypper.cc:304
msgid ""
" Querying:\n"
"\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n"
@@ -2874,7 +2877,7 @@
"\twhat-provides, wp\tНадати список пакунків, що надають певну "
"функціональність.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:317
+#: src/Zypper.cc:319
msgid ""
" Package Locks:\n"
"\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n"
@@ -2888,7 +2891,7 @@
"\tlocks, ll\t\tНадати список замків пакунка.\n"
"\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tВилучити непотрібні замки.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:324
+#: src/Zypper.cc:326
msgid ""
" Other Commands:\n"
"\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n"
@@ -2910,7 +2913,7 @@
"\tsource-download\t\tЗавантажити сирцеві rpm для усіх встановлених пакунків\n"
"\t\t\t\tу локальний каталог.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:335
+#: src/Zypper.cc:337
msgid ""
" Usage:\n"
"\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n"
@@ -2920,55 +2923,55 @@
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:361
+#: src/Zypper.cc:363
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands."
msgstr "Введіть «%s», щоб прочитати список основних параметрів і команд."
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:370
+#: src/Zypper.cc:372
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help."
msgstr "Введіть «%s», щоб прочитати довідку з окремої команди."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:526
+#: src/Zypper.cc:543
#, c-format
msgid "Verbosity: %d"
msgstr "Багатослівність: %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:557
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid table style %d."
msgstr "Непридатний стиль таблиці %d."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:541
+#: src/Zypper.cc:558
#, c-format
msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d"
msgstr "Використовуйте ціле число від %d до %d"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:558
+#: src/Zypper.cc:567
msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!"
msgstr ""
"Рядок користувацьких даних не повинен містити недруковані символи і символи "
"нового рядка!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832
+#: src/Zypper.cc:599 src/Zypper.cc:2852
msgid "Entering non-interactive mode."
msgstr "Початок неінтерактивного режиму."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:596
+#: src/Zypper.cc:605
msgid ""
"Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as "
"interactive."
msgstr ""
"Латки з прапором rebootSuggested не будуть оброблятися як інтерактивні."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:602
+#: src/Zypper.cc:611
msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode."
msgstr "Входження до режиму \"no-gpg-checks\"."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:609
+#: src/Zypper.cc:618
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
@@ -2976,11 +2979,11 @@
"Буде увімкнено «%s». Нові ключі підписування сховищ будуть імпортуватись "
"автоматично!"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:622
+#: src/Zypper.cc:631
msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute."
msgstr "Шлях, що визначається параметром --root, має бути абсолютним."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:638
+#: src/Zypper.cc:647
msgid ""
"The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n"
"The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n"
@@ -2988,52 +2991,52 @@
"Символічне посилання /etc/products.d/baseproduct неправильне або відсутнє!\n"
"Посилання має вказувати на .prod-файл основних продуктів у /etc/products.d.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:677
+#: src/Zypper.cc:686
msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only."
msgstr ""
"Сховища вимкнено, буде вживатись тільки база даних встановлених пакунків."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:689
+#: src/Zypper.cc:698
msgid "Autorefresh disabled."
msgstr "Автоосвіження вимкнено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:705
msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled."
msgstr "Сховища КД/DVD вимкнено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:703
+#: src/Zypper.cc:712
msgid "Remote repositories disabled."
msgstr "Віддалені сховища вимкнено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:710
+#: src/Zypper.cc:719
msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables."
msgstr "Ігнорування встановлених залежності."
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo"
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878
+#: src/Zypper.cc:837 src/Zypper.cc:887
#, c-format
msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring."
msgstr "Параметр %s у цьому випадку не працюватиме, його пропущено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1033
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1042
#, c-format
msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'."
msgstr "Команду '%s' замінено на '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1035
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' for all available options."
msgstr "Усі доступні параметри наведені в '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1060
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1069
msgid "Unexpected exception."
msgstr "Непередбачений виняток."
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. second %s = "package",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1167
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1176
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n"
@@ -3138,7 +3141,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "package"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1238
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1247
#, c-format
msgid ""
"remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n"
@@ -3192,7 +3195,7 @@
"не вилучати.\n"
"--details Показати детальний огляд встановлення.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1275
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1284
msgid ""
"source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3217,7 +3220,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Встановити пакунки лише з зазначених сховищ.\n"
" -- download only тільки завантажити пакунки, не встановлюючи їх.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1312
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
@@ -3259,7 +3262,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Тільки звантажити пакунки, але не "
"встановлювати.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1352
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
@@ -3296,7 +3299,7 @@
"розв'язувальної програми.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1382
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1391
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3318,7 +3321,7 @@
"-n, --name <псевдонім> Вказати описову назву служби.\n"
#. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1405
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1414
msgid ""
"removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3337,7 +3340,7 @@
" --loose-query\tІгнорувати рядок запиту в URL\n"
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1441
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1450
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n"
@@ -3393,7 +3396,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> Застосувати зміни до всіх служб вказаного "
"типу.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1489
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1498
msgid ""
"services (ls) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3422,7 +3425,7 @@
"-U, --sort-by-uri Впорядкувати список за URI.\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name Впорядкувати список за назвами.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1517
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1526
msgid ""
"refresh-services (refs) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3445,7 +3448,7 @@
"сховищ.\n"
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1549
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1558
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -3489,7 +3492,7 @@
"-f, --refresh Увімкнути автоосвіження сховища.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1613 src/Zypper.cc:2727
msgid ""
"list-resolvables (lr)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3499,7 +3502,7 @@
"\n"
"Надає список типів розв'язань.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1612
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1621
msgid ""
"repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3541,7 +3544,7 @@
"-A, --sort-by-alias Впорядкувати список за псевдонімами.\n"
"-N, --sort-by-name Впорядкувати список за назвами.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1644
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1653
msgid ""
"removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3559,7 +3562,7 @@
" --loose-auth\tІгнорувати дані автентифікації користувача у URL\n"
" --loose-query\tІгнорувати рядок запиту у URL\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1663
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1672
msgid ""
"renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3576,7 +3579,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type"
#. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1705
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
@@ -3626,7 +3629,7 @@
"-t, --remote Застосувати зміни до всіх віддалених сховищ.\n"
"-m, --medium-type <тип> Застосувати зміни до сховищ з вказаним типом.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1738
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1747
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3658,7 +3661,7 @@
"-r, --repo <псевдонім|#|URI> Оновити дані лише для вказаних сховищ.\n"
"-s, --services Оновити також служби перед оновленням сховищ.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1767
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1776
msgid ""
"clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3683,7 +3686,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "patch"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1796
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1805
#, c-format
msgid ""
"list-updates (lu) [options]\n"
@@ -3725,7 +3728,7 @@
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. the second %s = "patch",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1856
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1865
#, c-format
msgid ""
"update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n"
@@ -3809,7 +3812,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Тільки звантажити пакунки, але не "
"встановлювати.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1926
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1935
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch [options]\n"
@@ -3891,7 +3894,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Тільки звантажити пакунки, але не "
"встановлювати.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1975
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1984
msgid ""
"list-patches (lp) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3919,7 +3922,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Список тільки пакунків з вказаного сховища.\n"
" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> Список латок, які випущені до вказаної дати\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2017
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2026
#, c-format
msgid ""
"dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n"
@@ -3986,7 +3989,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Тільки звантажити пакунки, але не "
"встановлювати.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2078
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2087
msgid ""
"search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4074,7 +4077,7 @@
"Якщо рядок пошуку завершується '/', то він інтерпретується як регулярний "
"вираз.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2125
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2134
msgid ""
"patch-check (pchk) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4094,7 +4097,7 @@
"-r, --repo <псевдонім|#|URI> Перевіряти наявність латок тільки у вказаному "
"сховищі.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2147
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2156
msgid ""
"patches (pch) [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4112,7 +4115,7 @@
"\n"
"-r, --repo <псевдонім|#|URI> Ще один спосіб вказати сховище.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2178
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2187
msgid ""
"packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4147,7 +4150,7 @@
"n-N, --sort-by-name Впорядкувати список за назвами пакунків.\n"
"-R, --sort-by-repo Впорядкувати список за сховищами.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2219
msgid ""
"patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4169,7 +4172,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only Показати лише встановлені шаблони.\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only Показати лише невстановлені шаблони.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2236
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2245
msgid ""
"products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4191,7 +4194,7 @@
"-i, --installed-only Показати лише встановлені продукти.\n"
"-u, --uninstalled-only Показати лише невстановлені продукти.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2268
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2277
#, c-format
msgid ""
"info (if) [options] <name> ...\n"
@@ -4235,7 +4238,7 @@
" --recommends Показати також рекомендовані. --"
"suggests Показати пропоновані пакунки.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2301
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2310
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-info <patchname> ...\n"
@@ -4250,7 +4253,7 @@
"\n"
"Це псевдо для «%s».\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2320
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2329
#, c-format
msgid ""
"pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n"
@@ -4265,7 +4268,7 @@
"\n"
"Це псевдо для «%s».\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2339
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2348
#, c-format
msgid ""
"product-info <product_name> ...\n"
@@ -4280,7 +4283,7 @@
"\n"
"Це псевдо для «%s».\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2356
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2365
msgid ""
"what-provides (wp) <capability>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4294,7 +4297,7 @@
"\n"
"Ця команда не має додаткових параметрів.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2407
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2416
msgid ""
"moo\n"
"\n"
@@ -4308,7 +4311,7 @@
"\n"
"Ця команда не має додаткових параметрів.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2429
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2438
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
@@ -4331,7 +4334,7 @@
"-t, --type <тип> Тип пакунка (%s).\n"
" Типовий: %s.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2456
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2465
#, c-format
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
@@ -4354,7 +4357,7 @@
"-t, --type <type> Тип пакунка (%s).\n"
" Типово: %s.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2478
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2487
msgid ""
"locks (ll)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4368,7 +4371,7 @@
"\n"
"Ця команда не має додаткових параметрів.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2498
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2507
msgid ""
"cleanlocks (cl)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4386,7 +4389,7 @@
"-d, --only-duplicates Очистити тільки замки-дублікати.\n"
"-e, --only-empty Очистити тільки замки, які нічого не блокують.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2528
msgid ""
"targetos (tos) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4404,7 +4407,7 @@
"Параметри команди:\n"
"-l, --label Показувати мітку операційної системи.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2549
msgid ""
"versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n"
"\n"
@@ -4420,7 +4423,7 @@
" Параметри команди:\n"
"-m, --match Приймає відсутній номер версії як будь-який випуск.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2559
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2568
msgid ""
"licenses\n"
"\n"
@@ -4434,7 +4437,7 @@
"\n"
"Ця команда не має додаткових параметрів.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2578
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2587
msgid ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
@@ -4449,7 +4452,7 @@
"\n"
"Ця команда не має додаткових параметрів.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2601
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2610
msgid ""
"download [options] <packages>...\n"
"\n"
@@ -4488,7 +4491,7 @@
"--dry-run Не завантажувати пакети, тільки повідомити про те, що\n"
"було б зроблено.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2640
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2649
msgid ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
@@ -4516,7 +4519,7 @@
"--status Не завантажувати rpm із сирцями, але\n"
"показати, які rpm відсутні або є зайвими.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2667
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2676
msgid ""
"quit (exit, ^D)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4530,7 +4533,7 @@
"\n"
"Ця команда не має додаткових параметрів.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2684
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2693
msgid ""
"shell (sh)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4545,7 +4548,7 @@
"Ця команда не має додаткових параметрів.\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2711
msgid ""
"service-types (st)\n"
"\n"
@@ -4558,7 +4561,7 @@
#. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of
#. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations
#. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2740
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2749
msgid ""
"mount\n"
"\n"
@@ -4579,7 +4582,7 @@
"-n, --name <назва> Використовувати вказаний рядок як назву служби.\n"
"-r, --recurse Рекурсія за підкаталогами.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2769
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2778
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n"
@@ -4592,7 +4595,7 @@
"Шукає латки, що відповідають заданим рядкам пошуку. Це псевдо для \"%s\".\n"
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2795
msgid ""
"ping [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -4602,15 +4605,15 @@
"\n"
"Ця команда має порожнє впровадження, яке завжди повертає 0.\n"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5115
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2819 src/Zypper.cc:5135
msgid "Unexpected program flow."
msgstr "Неочікуваний перебіг виконання програми"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2849
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2869
msgid "Non-option program arguments: "
msgstr "Аргументи програми (не-параметри): "
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2904
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2924
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or "
"other software management application using PackageKit running."
@@ -4618,20 +4621,20 @@
"PackageKit блокує zypper. Це відбувається, якщо у вас запущений аплет "
"оновлення або інша програма для управління, яка використовує PackageKit."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2910
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2930
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr "Завершити PackageKit?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2939
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
msgstr "PackageKit досі запущений (можливо, зайнятий)."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2941
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Повторна спроба?"
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2974
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2994
msgid ""
" \\\\\\\\\\\n"
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
@@ -4641,15 +4644,15 @@
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
"__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3001
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3021
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services."
msgstr "Для освіження служб потрібні привілеї адміністратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3048 src/Zypper.cc:3166 src/Zypper.cc:3401
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services."
msgstr "Для зміни системних служб потрібні привілеї адміністратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3097
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3117
msgid ""
"Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI "
"points to a valid repository."
@@ -4657,12 +4660,12 @@
"Не вдалося визначити тип сховища. Будь ласка, перевірте чи зазначені адреси "
"URI (див. нижче) вказують на чинне сховище."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3127
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type."
msgstr "«%s» не є чинним типом служби."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3149
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
msgstr "Щоб отримати список відомих типів служб, скористайтесь «%s» або «%s»."
@@ -4671,119 +4674,119 @@
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by mr command help text which will explain it
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3178 src/Zypper.cc:3552
msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required."
msgstr "Потрібен псевдонім або сукупність параметрів сховища."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3192
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3212
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found."
msgstr "Службу «%s» не знайдено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3248 src/Zypper.cc:3400 src/Zypper.cc:3484 src/Zypper.cc:3539
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories."
msgstr "Для зміни системних сховищ потрібні привілеї адміністратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3303 src/Zypper.cc:3666
msgid "Too few arguments."
msgstr "Замало аргументів."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3307
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3327
msgid ""
"If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
msgstr ""
"Якщо використано лише один аргумент, це має бути URI, що вказує на файл ."
"repo."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3337
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3357
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
msgstr "Не можна використовувати %s разом з %s. Використано параметри з %s."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3358
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3378
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
msgstr "Вказаний тип не є чинним типом сховища:"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3360
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3380
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
msgstr "Щоб отримати список відомих типів сховищ, скористайтесь «%s» або «%s»."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4703 src/utils/messages.cc:48
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3408 src/Zypper.cc:4723 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
msgstr "Потрібний аргумент відсутній."
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no repository counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3414
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3434
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» не знайдено за його псевдонімом, номером або URL."
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no service counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3437
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3457
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» не знайдено за його псевдонімом, номером або URL."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3471
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3491
msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required."
msgstr "Замало аргументів. Потрібні, принаймні, адреса URI і псевдонім."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3495
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3515
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found."
msgstr "Сховище «%s» не знайдено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3565
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
#, c-format
msgid "Repository %s not found."
msgstr "Сховище %s не знайдено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3605
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories."
msgstr "Для освіження системних сховищ потрібні привілеї адміністратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3592
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3612
#, c-format
msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here."
msgstr "Глобальний параметр «%s» тут не працюватиме."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3600
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3620
#, c-format
msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used."
msgstr "Аргументи не дозволені, якщо використовується «%s»."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3626
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3646
msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches."
msgstr "Для очищення локального кешу потрібні привілеї адміністратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3647
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3667
msgid "At least one package name is required."
msgstr "Потрібна хоча б одна назва пакунка."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3657
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3677
msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages."
msgstr ""
"Для встановлення і вилучення пакунків потрібні привілеї адміністратора."
#. translators: rug related message, shown if
#. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3669
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3689
msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository."
msgstr "Аргументи буде зігноровано; позначається ціле сховище."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3679
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3699
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type: %s"
msgstr "Невідомий тип пакунка: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3690
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3710
msgid "Cannot uninstall patches."
msgstr "Неможливо прибрати пакунки."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3691
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3711
msgid ""
"Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n"
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
@@ -4793,34 +4796,34 @@
"Латки не встановлюються в значенні копіювання файлів, записів баз даних,\n"
"чи чогось подібного."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3722
msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented."
msgstr "Вилучення пакунку з сирцями не визначено і не впроваджено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3723
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3743
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it."
msgstr "\"%s\" схожий на файл RPM. Спробуємо його звантажити."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3736
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3756
#, c-format
msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping."
msgstr "Проблема з файлом RPM, заданим як \"%s\", його пропущено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3761
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3781
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?"
msgstr "Проблема під час читання заголовка RPM %s. Можливо, це не файл RPM?"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3806
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
msgstr "Кеш простих файлів RPM"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3803
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3823
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
msgstr "Не вказано чинні аргументи."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3837 src/Zypper.cc:3975
msgid ""
"No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. "
"Nothing can be installed."
@@ -4829,73 +4832,73 @@
"залежностей. Нічого неможливо встановити."
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4462
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3875 src/Zypper.cc:4482
#, c-format
msgid "%s contradicts %s"
msgstr "%s суперечить %s"
#. translators: meaning --force with --capability
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3864
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3884
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s"
msgstr "%s на даний момент не може використовуватися з %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3908
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3928
msgid "Source package name is a required argument."
msgstr "Назва пакунка з сирцями - це потрібний аргумент."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3998
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4018
msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'"
msgstr "Зазначений режим точного збігу (match-exact)"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4382 src/Zypper.cc:4483 src/Zypper.cc:4731
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4799 src/Zypper.cc:4844
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4042 src/Zypper.cc:4402 src/Zypper.cc:4503 src/Zypper.cc:4751
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4819 src/Zypper.cc:4864
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type '%s'."
msgstr "Невідомий тип пакунка «%s»."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4045
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4065
#, c-format
msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled."
msgstr "Віддалене сховище '%s' вимкнено."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4176 src/search.cc:594
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4196 src/search.cc:594
msgid "No packages found."
msgstr "Не знайдено пакунків."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4219
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4239
msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query"
msgstr "Під час започаткування та виконання пошукового запиту сталася помилка"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4240
msgid "See the above message for a hint."
msgstr "Прочитайте повідомлення розміщене вище, щоб зрозуміти ситуацію краще."
#. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4403 src/Zypper.cc:4529
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4423 src/Zypper.cc:4549
#, c-format
msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option."
msgstr "Виконується як «%s», неможливо вживати параметр «%s»."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4411
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4431
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s."
msgstr "Не можна використовувати %s разом з %s."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4444
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4464
msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages."
msgstr "Для оновлення пакунків потрібні привілеї адміністратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4490 src/Zypper.cc:4498 src/Zypper.cc:4615
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4510 src/Zypper.cc:4518 src/Zypper.cc:4635
msgid "Operation not supported."
msgstr "Операція не підтримується."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4491
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4511
#, c-format
msgid "To update installed products use '%s'."
msgstr "Для оновлення встановлених продуктів використовуйте '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4500
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4520
#, c-format
msgid ""
"Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the "
@@ -4904,19 +4907,19 @@
"Zypper не стежить за встановленими пакунками із сирцями. Для установки "
"найновішого пакунку з сирцями і залежностей для збирання використовуйте '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4518
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4538
msgid ""
"Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
msgstr ""
"Неможливо використовувати кілька типів при вказівці конкретних пакунків як "
"аргументів."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4655
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4675
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
msgstr ""
"Для проведення оновлення дистрибутива вам слід мати привілеї адміністратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4676
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4696
#, c-format
msgid ""
"You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. "
@@ -4927,16 +4930,16 @@
"увімкнених сховищ. Перед тим як продовжити переконайтесь, що ці сховища між "
"собою сумісні. Для детальнішої інформації про цю команду дивіться «%s»."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4706 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
msgid "Usage"
msgstr "Вжиток"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4761 src/Zypper.cc:4822
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4781 src/Zypper.cc:4842
msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks."
msgstr "Для блокування пакунків потрібні привілеї адміністратора."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4890
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4910
#, c-format
msgid "Removed %lu lock."
msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks."
@@ -4944,49 +4947,49 @@
msgstr[1] "Вилучено %lu блокування."
msgstr[2] "Вилучено %lu блокувань."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4917
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4937
#, c-format
msgid "Distribution Label: %s"
msgstr "Мітка дистрибутива: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4939
#, c-format
msgid "Short Label: %s"
msgstr "Коротка мітка: %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4965
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4985
#, c-format
msgid "%s matches %s"
msgstr "%s збігається з %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4967
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4987
#, c-format
msgid "%s is newer than %s"
msgstr "%s новіший за %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4969
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4989
#, c-format
msgid "%s is older than %s"
msgstr "%s старіший за %s"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5042 src/source-download.cc:220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5062 src/source-download.cc:220
#, c-format
msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'."
msgstr "Недостатньо привілеїв для використання каталогу завантаження '%s'."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5100
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5120
msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell."
msgstr "Ця команда має сенс тільки в оболонці zypper."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5112
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5132
msgid "You already are running zypper's shell."
msgstr "У вас вже запущено оболонку zypper."
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Опис"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5190
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5217
msgid "Resolvable Type"
msgstr "Тип розв'язувача"
@@ -5299,11 +5302,6 @@
msgid "Nothing to do."
msgstr "Нема що робити."
-#: src/Config.cc:110
-#, c-format
-msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
-msgstr "Невідомий параметр «%s»"
-
#: src/source-download.cc:211
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create or access download directory '%s'."
@@ -5433,35 +5431,35 @@
msgid "No providers of '%s' found."
msgstr "Не знайдено пакунків з вмістом «%s»."
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:86
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:83
msgid "Warning: "
msgstr "Попередження: "
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:239 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:354 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:231 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:346 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "error"
msgstr "помилка"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:244 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:359 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:236 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:351 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "done"
msgstr "завершено"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:269 src/output/OutNormal.cc:305
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:343
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:261 src/output/OutNormal.cc:297
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:335
msgid "Retrieving:"
msgstr "Звантаження:"
# window title for kernel loading (see txt_load_kernel)
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:276
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:268
msgid "starting"
msgstr "запуск"
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:403
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:397
msgid "No help available for this prompt."
msgstr "Для цього запрошення немає довідки."
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:415
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:409
msgid "no help available for this option"
msgstr "для цього параметра немає довідки"
@@ -5668,20 +5666,20 @@
msgstr "Проблема зняття блокування пакунка:"
#. TranslatorExplanation These are reasons for various failures.
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Not found"
msgstr "Не знайдено"
# error box title
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "I/O error"
msgstr "Помилка вводу/виводу"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Invalid object"
msgstr "Нечинний об'єкт"
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:166
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:167
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Помилка"
@@ -5773,19 +5771,19 @@
"залишено без зміни."
#. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:87
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:81
msgid "shows all options"
msgstr "показати усі параметри"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:149 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:138 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "yes"
msgstr "так"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:150 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:139 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "no"
msgstr "ні"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:173 src/utils/prompt.cc:218
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:162 src/utils/prompt.cc:207
#, c-format
msgid "Retrying in %u seconds..."
msgstr "Повторна спроба через %u сек. ..."
@@ -5796,11 +5794,11 @@
#. the answers must be separated by slash characters '/' and must
#. correspond to abort/retry/ignore in that order.
#. The answers should be lower case letters.
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:179 src/utils/prompt.cc:267
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:168 src/utils/prompt.cc:256
msgid "a/r/i"
msgstr "п/с/і"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:230
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:219
#, c-format
msgid "Autoselecting '%s' after %u second."
msgid_plural "Autoselecting '%s' after %u seconds."
@@ -5808,22 +5806,22 @@
msgstr[1] "Автоматичний вибір «%s» після %u секунд."
msgstr[2] "Автоматичний вибір «%s» після %u секунд."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:249
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:238
msgid "Trying again..."
msgstr "Повторна спроба..."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:344
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:333
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid answer '%s'."
msgstr "Нечинна відповідь «%s»."
#. translators: the %s are: 'y', 'yes' (translated), 'n', and 'no' (translated).
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:350
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:339
#, c-format
msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you."
msgstr "Введіть «%s» для «%s» або «%s» для «%s», якщо ніщо інше не допомагає."
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:364
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:353
#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you run zypper without a terminal, use '%s' global\n"
@@ -6005,6 +6003,9 @@
msgid "Option '%s' overrides '%s'."
msgstr "Параметр \"%s\" скасовує \"%s\"."
+#~ msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
+#~ msgstr "Невідомий параметр «%s»"
+
#~ msgid "Ignoring failed digest verification for %s (expected %s, found %s)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ігнорується невдала перевірка дайджесту %s (очікувалось %s, знайдено %s)."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90864 - branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 14 Dec '14
by mlandres@svn2.opensuse.org 14 Dec '14
14 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-14 01:15:32 +0100 (Sun, 14 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90864
Modified:
branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
Log:
c89733eb500b6d615b5a125f1968993c6bfee875 (HEAD, tag: 1.11.17, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) changes 1.11.17
Modified: branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-14 00:14:02 UTC (rev 90863)
+++ branches/SLE12/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-…
[View More]14 00:15:32 UTC (rev 90864)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 01:14+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:15+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -78,16 +78,16 @@
#. is base
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
#. translators: name (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073
-#: src/repos.cc:2490 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
+#: src/repos.cc:2488 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
#: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678
#: src/locks.cc:40
msgid "Name"
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
#. translators: type (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:977 src/repos.cc:1083
-#: src/repos.cc:2498 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
+#: src/repos.cc:2496 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -441,543 +441,543 @@
msgid "Adding conflict: '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:505
+#: src/Summary.cc:509
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:510
+#: src/Summary.cc:514
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:515
+#: src/Summary.cc:519
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:520
+#: src/Summary.cc:524
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:525
+#: src/Summary.cc:529
#, c-format
msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:530
+#: src/Summary.cc:534
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:551
+#: src/Summary.cc:555
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:556
+#: src/Summary.cc:560
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:561
+#: src/Summary.cc:565
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:566
+#: src/Summary.cc:570
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:571
+#: src/Summary.cc:575
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:591
+#: src/Summary.cc:595
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:596
+#: src/Summary.cc:600
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:601
+#: src/Summary.cc:605
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:606
+#: src/Summary.cc:610
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:611
+#: src/Summary.cc:615
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:630
+#: src/Summary.cc:634
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:635
+#: src/Summary.cc:639
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:640
+#: src/Summary.cc:644
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:645
+#: src/Summary.cc:649
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:650
+#: src/Summary.cc:654
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:669
+#: src/Summary.cc:673
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:674
+#: src/Summary.cc:678
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:679
+#: src/Summary.cc:683
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:684
+#: src/Summary.cc:688
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:696
+#: src/Summary.cc:700
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:838
+#: src/Summary.cc:842
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:843
+#: src/Summary.cc:847
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:848
+#: src/Summary.cc:852
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:853
+#: src/Summary.cc:857
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:858
+#: src/Summary.cc:862
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:863
+#: src/Summary.cc:867
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:907
+#: src/Summary.cc:911
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:918
+#: src/Summary.cc:923
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's unwanted (was manually removed before):"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because they are unwanted (were manually removed before):"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:927
+#: src/Summary.cc:933
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:939
+#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:943
+#: src/Summary.cc:950
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:947
+#: src/Summary.cc:954
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:951
+#: src/Summary.cc:958
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:990
+#: src/Summary.cc:998
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:995
+#: src/Summary.cc:1003
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1000
+#: src/Summary.cc:1008
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1005
+#: src/Summary.cc:1013
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1010
+#: src/Summary.cc:1018
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1031
+#: src/Summary.cc:1039
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1036
+#: src/Summary.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1041
+#: src/Summary.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1046
+#: src/Summary.cc:1054
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1051
+#: src/Summary.cc:1059
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1073
+#: src/Summary.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1078
+#: src/Summary.cc:1086
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1083
+#: src/Summary.cc:1091
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1088
+#: src/Summary.cc:1096
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1093
+#: src/Summary.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1114
+#: src/Summary.cc:1122
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1134
+#: src/Summary.cc:1142
#, c-format
msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1152
+#: src/Summary.cc:1160
#, c-format
msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1157
+#: src/Summary.cc:1165
#, c-format
msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1162
+#: src/Summary.cc:1170
#, c-format
msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1182
+#: src/Summary.cc:1190
msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2% "
msgstr ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1185
+#: src/Summary.cc:1193
msgid "Download only."
msgstr ""
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1191
+#: src/Summary.cc:1199
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1194
+#: src/Summary.cc:1202
msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation."
msgstr ""
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1201
+#: src/Summary.cc:1209
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed."
msgstr ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1224
+#: src/Summary.cc:1232
msgid "package to upgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to upgrade"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1235
+#: src/Summary.cc:1243
msgid "to downgrade"
msgid_plural "to downgrade"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1238
+#: src/Summary.cc:1246
msgid "package to downgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to downgrade"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1249
+#: src/Summary.cc:1257
msgid "new"
msgid_plural "new"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1252
+#: src/Summary.cc:1260
msgid "new package to install"
msgid_plural "new packages to install"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1263
+#: src/Summary.cc:1271
msgid "to reinstall"
msgid_plural "to reinstall"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1266
+#: src/Summary.cc:1274
msgid "package to reinstall"
msgid_plural "packages to reinstall"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1277
+#: src/Summary.cc:1285
msgid "to remove"
msgid_plural "to remove"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1280
+#: src/Summary.cc:1288
msgid "package to remove"
msgid_plural "packages to remove"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1291
+#: src/Summary.cc:1299
msgid "to change vendor"
msgid_plural " to change vendor"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1294
+#: src/Summary.cc:1302
msgid "package will change vendor"
msgid_plural "packages will change vendor"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1305
+#: src/Summary.cc:1313
msgid "to change arch"
msgid_plural "to change arch"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1308
+#: src/Summary.cc:1316
msgid "package will change arch"
msgid_plural "packages will change arch"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1319
+#: src/Summary.cc:1327
msgid "source package"
msgid_plural "source packages"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1322
+#: src/Summary.cc:1330
msgid "source package to install"
msgid_plural "source packages to install"
msgstr[0] ""
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@
#. translators: this is a prompt text
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:88 src/callbacks/media.cc:189
-#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:180 src/utils/prompt.cc:270
+#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:169 src/utils/prompt.cc:259
msgid "Abort, retry, ignore?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@
msgid "Retrieving %s %s-%s.%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Command.cc:190
+#: src/Command.cc:192
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown command '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@
msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3313 src/solve-commit.cc:782
+#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3311 src/solve-commit.cc:782
#: src/solve-commit.cc:814 src/solve-commit.cc:848
msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint."
msgstr ""
@@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@
msgid "Target initialization failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4221
+#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4241
msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem."
msgstr ""
@@ -1596,30 +1596,30 @@
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2489 src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2487 src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Alias"
msgstr ""
#. 'enabled' flag
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2491
+#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2489
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled
#. for the repository
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository
-#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2493
+#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2491
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d)
-#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2497
+#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2495
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2500
+#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2498
msgid "URI"
msgstr ""
@@ -1680,16 +1680,16 @@
msgid "Error reading repositories:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2639
+#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2637
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open %s for writing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2641
+#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2639
msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2648
+#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2646
#, c-format
msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s."
msgstr ""
@@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@
msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1924
+#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1922
#, c-format
msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr ""
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@
msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096
+#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3116
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1842,359 +1842,359 @@
msgid "GPG check"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1722
+#: src/repos.cc:1720
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1729
+#: src/repos.cc:1727
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1730
+#: src/repos.cc:1728
msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1737
+#: src/repos.cc:1735
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1804
+#: src/repos.cc:1802
msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1805
+#: src/repos.cc:1803
msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1813
+#: src/repos.cc:1811
msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated.
#. Also don't translate the '.repo' string.
-#: src/repos.cc:1816
+#: src/repos.cc:1814
msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1824
+#: src/repos.cc:1822
msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1838
+#: src/repos.cc:1836
msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1845
+#: src/repos.cc:1843
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1888
+#: src/repos.cc:1886
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1907
+#: src/repos.cc:1905
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1918
+#: src/repos.cc:1916
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1930 src/repos.cc:2172
+#: src/repos.cc:1928 src/repos.cc:2170
msgid "Error while modifying the repository:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1931
+#: src/repos.cc:1929
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2080
+#: src/repos.cc:2078
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2088
+#: src/repos.cc:2086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2114
+#: src/repos.cc:2112
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2117
+#: src/repos.cc:2115
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2124
+#: src/repos.cc:2122
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2127
+#: src/repos.cc:2125
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2134
+#: src/repos.cc:2132
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2137
+#: src/repos.cc:2135
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2144
+#: src/repos.cc:2142
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2147
+#: src/repos.cc:2145
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2153
+#: src/repos.cc:2151
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2159
+#: src/repos.cc:2157
#, c-format
msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2165
+#: src/repos.cc:2163
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2173
+#: src/repos.cc:2171
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2211
+#: src/repos.cc:2209
msgid "Error reading services:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2306
+#: src/repos.cc:2304
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2310
+#: src/repos.cc:2308
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2553
+#: src/repos.cc:2551
#, c-format
msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2679
+#: src/repos.cc:2677
#, c-format
msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2689
+#: src/repos.cc:2687
#, c-format
msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2695
+#: src/repos.cc:2693
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2734
+#: src/repos.cc:2732
#, c-format
msgid "Removing service '%s':"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2737
+#: src/repos.cc:2735
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2753
+#: src/repos.cc:2751
#, c-format
msgid "Refreshing service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2776
+#: src/repos.cc:2764 src/repos.cc:2774
#, c-format
msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2768 src/repos.cc:2881
+#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2879
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2777
+#: src/repos.cc:2775
msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2835
+#: src/repos.cc:2833
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2895
+#: src/repos.cc:2893
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2898
+#: src/repos.cc:2896
msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2900
+#: src/repos.cc:2898
msgid "There are no enabled services defined."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2904
+#: src/repos.cc:2902
msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2910
+#: src/repos.cc:2908
msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2915
+#: src/repos.cc:2913
msgid "Specified services have been refreshed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2917
+#: src/repos.cc:2915
msgid "All services have been refreshed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3039
+#: src/repos.cc:3037
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3042
+#: src/repos.cc:3040
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3049
+#: src/repos.cc:3047
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3052
+#: src/repos.cc:3050
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3058
+#: src/repos.cc:3056
#, c-format
msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3064
+#: src/repos.cc:3062
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3072
+#: src/repos.cc:3070
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3080
+#: src/repos.cc:3078
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3088
+#: src/repos.cc:3086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3097
+#: src/repos.cc:3095
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3104
+#: src/repos.cc:3102
msgid "Error while modifying the service:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3105
+#: src/repos.cc:3103
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3213
+#: src/repos.cc:3211
msgid "Loading repository data..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3235
+#: src/repos.cc:3233
#, c-format
msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3242
+#: src/repos.cc:3240
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3249 src/repos.cc:3287
+#: src/repos.cc:3247 src/repos.cc:3285
#, c-format
msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3254
+#: src/repos.cc:3252
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3259 src/repos.cc:3292
+#: src/repos.cc:3257 src/repos.cc:3290
#, c-format
msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3278
+#: src/repos.cc:3276
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server."
msgstr ""
#. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m'
-#: src/repos.cc:3289
+#: src/repos.cc:3287
#, c-format
msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3301
+#: src/repos.cc:3299
msgid "Reading installed packages..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3312
+#: src/repos.cc:3310
msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2336,11 +2336,11 @@
msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:97
+#: src/Zypper.cc:98
msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:211
msgid ""
" Global Options:\n"
"\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
@@ -2351,6 +2351,7 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
"\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tWhether to use colors in output if tty supports it.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
@@ -2362,7 +2363,7 @@
"\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tIgnore unknown packages.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:231
+#: src/Zypper.cc:233
msgid ""
"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n"
"\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n"
@@ -2372,7 +2373,7 @@
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative package cache directory.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:239
+#: src/Zypper.cc:241
msgid ""
" Repository Options:\n"
"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n"
@@ -2387,7 +2388,7 @@
"\t--no-remote\t\tIgnore remote repositories.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:252
+#: src/Zypper.cc:254
msgid ""
" Target Options:\n"
"\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n"
@@ -2395,14 +2396,14 @@
"\t\t\t\tDo not read installed packages.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:259
+#: src/Zypper.cc:261
msgid ""
" Commands:\n"
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n"
"\tshell, sh\t\tAccept multiple commands at once.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:264
+#: src/Zypper.cc:266
msgid ""
" Repository Management:\n"
"\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n"
@@ -2414,7 +2415,7 @@
"\tclean\t\t\tClean local caches.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:274
+#: src/Zypper.cc:276
msgid ""
" Service Management:\n"
"\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n"
@@ -2424,7 +2425,7 @@
"\trefresh-services, refs\tRefresh all services.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:282
+#: src/Zypper.cc:284
msgid ""
" Software Management:\n"
"\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n"
@@ -2437,7 +2438,7 @@
"\t\t\t\tby installed packages.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:293
+#: src/Zypper.cc:295
msgid ""
" Update Management:\n"
"\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n"
@@ -2448,7 +2449,7 @@
"\tpatch-check, pchk\tCheck for patches.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:302
+#: src/Zypper.cc:304
msgid ""
" Querying:\n"
"\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n"
@@ -2463,7 +2464,7 @@
"\twhat-provides, wp\tList packages providing specified capability.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:317
+#: src/Zypper.cc:319
msgid ""
" Package Locks:\n"
"\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n"
@@ -2472,7 +2473,7 @@
"\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tRemove unused locks.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:324
+#: src/Zypper.cc:326
msgid ""
" Other Commands:\n"
"\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n"
@@ -2484,7 +2485,7 @@
"\t\t\t\tto a local directory.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:335
+#: src/Zypper.cc:337
msgid ""
" Usage:\n"
"\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n"
@@ -2492,109 +2493,109 @@
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:361
+#: src/Zypper.cc:363
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:370
+#: src/Zypper.cc:372
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:526
+#: src/Zypper.cc:543
#, c-format
msgid "Verbosity: %d"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:557
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid table style %d."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:541
+#: src/Zypper.cc:558
#, c-format
msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:558
+#: src/Zypper.cc:567
msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832
+#: src/Zypper.cc:599 src/Zypper.cc:2852
msgid "Entering non-interactive mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:596
+#: src/Zypper.cc:605
msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:602
+#: src/Zypper.cc:611
msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:609
+#: src/Zypper.cc:618
#, c-format
msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:622
+#: src/Zypper.cc:631
msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:638
+#: src/Zypper.cc:647
msgid ""
"The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n"
"The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:677
+#: src/Zypper.cc:686
msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:689
+#: src/Zypper.cc:698
msgid "Autorefresh disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:705
msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:703
+#: src/Zypper.cc:712
msgid "Remote repositories disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:710
+#: src/Zypper.cc:719
msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables."
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo"
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878
+#: src/Zypper.cc:837 src/Zypper.cc:887
#, c-format
msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1033
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1042
#, c-format
msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1035
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' for all available options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1060
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1069
msgid "Unexpected exception."
msgstr ""
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. second %s = "package",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1167
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1176
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n"
@@ -2639,7 +2640,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "package"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1238
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1247
#, c-format
msgid ""
"remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n"
@@ -2665,7 +2666,7 @@
" --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1275
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1284
msgid ""
"source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2678,7 +2679,7 @@
" --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1312
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
@@ -2698,7 +2699,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1352
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
@@ -2716,7 +2717,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1382
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1391
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -2730,7 +2731,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1405
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1414
msgid ""
"removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2742,7 +2743,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1441
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1450
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n"
@@ -2771,7 +2772,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to services of specified type.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1489
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1498
msgid ""
"services (ls) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -2788,7 +2789,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1517
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1526
msgid ""
"refresh-services (refs) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -2801,7 +2802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1549
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1558
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -2824,14 +2825,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1613 src/Zypper.cc:2727
msgid ""
"list-resolvables (lr)\n"
"\n"
"List available resolvable types.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1612
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1621
msgid ""
"repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2853,7 +2854,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1644
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1653
msgid ""
"removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2864,7 +2865,7 @@
" --loose-query Ignore query string in the URI.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1663
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1672
msgid ""
"renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2875,7 +2876,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type"
#. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1705
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
@@ -2902,7 +2903,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to repositories of specified type.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1738
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1747
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2918,7 +2919,7 @@
"-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1767
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1776
msgid ""
"clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2933,7 +2934,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "patch"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1796
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1805
#, c-format
msgid ""
"list-updates (lu) [options]\n"
@@ -2955,7 +2956,7 @@
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. the second %s = "patch",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1856
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1865
#, c-format
msgid ""
"update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n"
@@ -2994,7 +2995,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1926
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1935
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch [options]\n"
@@ -3028,7 +3029,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1975
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1984
msgid ""
"list-patches (lp) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3044,7 +3045,7 @@
" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> List patches issued up to the specified date\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2017
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2026
#, c-format
msgid ""
"dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n"
@@ -3073,7 +3074,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2078
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2087
msgid ""
"search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3109,7 +3110,7 @@
"If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2125
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2134
msgid ""
"patch-check (pchk) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3120,7 +3121,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2147
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2156
msgid ""
"patches (pch) [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3131,7 +3132,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2178
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2187
msgid ""
"packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3150,7 +3151,7 @@
"-R, --sort-by-repo Sort the list by repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2219
msgid ""
"patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3163,7 +3164,7 @@
"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only patterns which are not installed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2236
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2245
msgid ""
"products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3176,7 +3177,7 @@
"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only products which are not installed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2268
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2277
#, c-format
msgid ""
"info (if) [options] <name> ...\n"
@@ -3199,7 +3200,7 @@
" --suggests Show suggests.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2301
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2310
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-info <patchname> ...\n"
@@ -3209,7 +3210,7 @@
"This is an alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2320
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2329
#, c-format
msgid ""
"pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n"
@@ -3219,7 +3220,7 @@
"This is an alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2339
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2348
#, c-format
msgid ""
"product-info <product_name> ...\n"
@@ -3229,7 +3230,7 @@
"This is an alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2356
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2365
msgid ""
"what-provides (wp) <capability>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3238,7 +3239,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2407
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2416
msgid ""
"moo\n"
"\n"
@@ -3247,7 +3248,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2429
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2438
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
@@ -3260,7 +3261,7 @@
" Default: %s.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2456
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2465
#, c-format
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
@@ -3273,7 +3274,7 @@
" Default: %s.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2478
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2487
msgid ""
"locks (ll)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3282,7 +3283,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2498
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2507
msgid ""
"cleanlocks (cl)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3293,7 +3294,7 @@
"-e, --only-empty Clean only locks which doesn't lock anything.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2528
msgid ""
"targetos (tos) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3304,7 +3305,7 @@
"-l, --label Show the operating system label.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2549
msgid ""
"versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3314,7 +3315,7 @@
"-m, --match Takes missing release number as any release.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2559
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2568
msgid ""
"licenses\n"
"\n"
@@ -3323,7 +3324,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2578
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2587
msgid ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
@@ -3332,7 +3333,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2601
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2610
msgid ""
"download [options] <packages>...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3353,7 +3354,7 @@
" would be done.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2640
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2649
msgid ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
@@ -3369,7 +3370,7 @@
" but show which source rpms are missing or extraneous.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2667
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2676
msgid ""
"quit (exit, ^D)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3378,7 +3379,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2684
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2693
msgid ""
"shell (sh)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3388,7 +3389,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2711
msgid ""
"service-types (st)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3398,7 +3399,7 @@
#. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of
#. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations
#. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2740
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2749
msgid ""
"mount\n"
"\n"
@@ -3410,7 +3411,7 @@
"-r, --recurse Dive into subdirectories.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2769
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2778
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n"
@@ -3419,63 +3420,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2795
msgid ""
"ping [options]\n"
"\n"
"This command has dummy implementation which always returns 0.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5115
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2819 src/Zypper.cc:5135
msgid "Unexpected program flow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2849
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2869
msgid "Non-option program arguments: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2904
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2924
msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2910
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2930
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2939
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2941
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2974
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2994
msgid ""
" \\\\\\\\\\\n"
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
"__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3001
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3021
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3048 src/Zypper.cc:3166 src/Zypper.cc:3401
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3097
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3117
msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3127
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3149
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
msgstr ""
@@ -3484,296 +3485,296 @@
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by mr command help text which will explain it
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3178 src/Zypper.cc:3552
msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3192
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3212
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3248 src/Zypper.cc:3400 src/Zypper.cc:3484 src/Zypper.cc:3539
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3303 src/Zypper.cc:3666
msgid "Too few arguments."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3307
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3327
msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3337
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3357
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3358
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3378
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3360
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3380
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4703 src/utils/messages.cc:48
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3408 src/Zypper.cc:4723 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no repository counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3414
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3434
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no service counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3437
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3457
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3471
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3491
msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3495
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3515
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3565
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
#, c-format
msgid "Repository %s not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3605
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3592
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3612
#, c-format
msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3600
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3620
#, c-format
msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3626
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3646
msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3647
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3667
msgid "At least one package name is required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3657
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3677
msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages."
msgstr ""
#. translators: rug related message, shown if
#. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3669
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3689
msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3679
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3699
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3690
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3710
msgid "Cannot uninstall patches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3691
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3711
msgid ""
"Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n"
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
"or similar."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3722
msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3723
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3743
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3736
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3756
#, c-format
msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3761
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3781
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3806
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3803
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3823
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3837 src/Zypper.cc:3975
msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed."
msgstr ""
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4462
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3875 src/Zypper.cc:4482
#, c-format
msgid "%s contradicts %s"
msgstr ""
#. translators: meaning --force with --capability
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3864
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3884
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3908
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3928
msgid "Source package name is a required argument."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3998
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4018
msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4382 src/Zypper.cc:4483 src/Zypper.cc:4731
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4799 src/Zypper.cc:4844
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4042 src/Zypper.cc:4402 src/Zypper.cc:4503 src/Zypper.cc:4751
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4819 src/Zypper.cc:4864
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4045
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4065
#, c-format
msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4176 src/search.cc:594
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4196 src/search.cc:594
msgid "No packages found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4219
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4239
msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4240
msgid "See the above message for a hint."
msgstr ""
#. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4403 src/Zypper.cc:4529
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4423 src/Zypper.cc:4549
#, c-format
msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4411
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4431
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4444
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4464
msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4490 src/Zypper.cc:4498 src/Zypper.cc:4615
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4510 src/Zypper.cc:4518 src/Zypper.cc:4635
msgid "Operation not supported."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4491
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4511
#, c-format
msgid "To update installed products use '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4500
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4520
#, c-format
msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4518
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4538
msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4655
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4675
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4676
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4696
#, c-format
msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4706 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4761 src/Zypper.cc:4822
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4781 src/Zypper.cc:4842
msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4890
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4910
#, c-format
msgid "Removed %lu lock."
msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4917
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4937
#, c-format
msgid "Distribution Label: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4939
#, c-format
msgid "Short Label: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4965
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4985
#, c-format
msgid "%s matches %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4967
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4987
#, c-format
msgid "%s is newer than %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4969
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4989
#, c-format
msgid "%s is older than %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5042 src/source-download.cc:220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5062 src/source-download.cc:220
#, c-format
msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5100
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5120
msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5112
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5132
msgid "You already are running zypper's shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5190
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5217
msgid "Resolvable Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -4036,11 +4037,6 @@
msgid "Nothing to do."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Config.cc:110
-#, c-format
-msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/source-download.cc:211
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create or access download directory '%s'."
@@ -4168,34 +4164,34 @@
msgid "No providers of '%s' found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:86
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:83
msgid "Warning: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:239 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:354 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:231 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:346 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "error"
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:244 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:359 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:236 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:351 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "done"
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:269 src/output/OutNormal.cc:305
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:343
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:261 src/output/OutNormal.cc:297
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:335
msgid "Retrieving:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:276
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:268
msgid "starting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:403
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:397
msgid "No help available for this prompt."
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:415
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:409
msgid "no help available for this option"
msgstr ""
@@ -4388,19 +4384,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation These are reasons for various failures.
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "I/O error"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Invalid object"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:166
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:167
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -4478,19 +4474,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:87
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:81
msgid "shows all options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:149 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:138 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:150 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:139 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:173 src/utils/prompt.cc:218
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:162 src/utils/prompt.cc:207
#, c-format
msgid "Retrying in %u seconds..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4501,33 +4497,33 @@
#. the answers must be separated by slash characters '/' and must
#. correspond to abort/retry/ignore in that order.
#. The answers should be lower case letters.
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:179 src/utils/prompt.cc:267
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:168 src/utils/prompt.cc:256
msgid "a/r/i"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:230
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:219
#, c-format
msgid "Autoselecting '%s' after %u second."
msgid_plural "Autoselecting '%s' after %u seconds."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:249
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:238
msgid "Trying again..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:344
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:333
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid answer '%s'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: the %s are: 'y', 'yes' (translated), 'n', and 'no' (translated).
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:350
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:339
#, c-format
msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you."
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:364
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:353
#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you run zypper without a terminal, use '%s' global\n"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
14 Dec '14
Author: mlandres
Date: 2014-12-14 01:14:02 +0100 (Sun, 14 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90863
Modified:
trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
Log:
c89733eb500b6d615b5a125f1968993c6bfee875 (HEAD, tag: 1.11.17, origin/master, origin/HEAD, master) changes 1.11.17
Modified: trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-12 19:50:14 UTC (rev 90862)
+++ trunk/lcn/50-pot/zypper.pot 2014-12-14 00:14:02 UTC (rev 90863)
@@ -8,7 …
[View More]+8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 01:13+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-12-14 01:13+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -78,16 +78,16 @@
#. is base
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#: src/info.cc:206 src/info.cc:269 src/info.cc:275 src/info.cc:283
#: src/info.cc:342 src/info.cc:343 src/info.cc:435 src/info.cc:437
-#: src/Table.h:259 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
-#: src/repos.cc:2423 src/repos.cc:2425 src/solve-commit.cc:260
+#: src/Table.h:260 src/repos.cc:1020 src/repos.cc:1022 src/repos.cc:1079
+#: src/repos.cc:2421 src/repos.cc:2423 src/solve-commit.cc:260
#: src/search.cc:660
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
#. translators: name (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:941 src/repos.cc:1073
-#: src/repos.cc:2490 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
+#: src/repos.cc:2488 src/update.cc:262 src/update.cc:502 src/update.cc:688
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149 src/search.cc:57 src/search.cc:69 src/search.cc:252
#: src/search.cc:345 src/search.cc:464 src/search.cc:606 src/search.cc:678
#: src/locks.cc:40
msgid "Name"
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
#. translators: type (general header)
#: src/info.cc:357 src/repos.cc:853 src/repos.cc:977 src/repos.cc:1083
-#: src/repos.cc:2498 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
+#: src/repos.cc:2496 src/search.cc:71 src/search.cc:255 src/locks.cc:44
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -441,543 +441,543 @@
msgid "Adding conflict: '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:505
+#: src/Summary.cc:509
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:510
+#: src/Summary.cc:514
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW patch is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patches are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:515
+#: src/Summary.cc:519
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW pattern is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW patterns are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:520
+#: src/Summary.cc:524
#, c-format
msgid "The following NEW product is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW products are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:525
+#: src/Summary.cc:529
#, c-format
msgid "The following source package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d source packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:530
+#: src/Summary.cc:534
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:551
+#: src/Summary.cc:555
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:556
+#: src/Summary.cc:560
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:561
+#: src/Summary.cc:565
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:566
+#: src/Summary.cc:570
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:571
+#: src/Summary.cc:575
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:591
+#: src/Summary.cc:595
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:596
+#: src/Summary.cc:600
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:601
+#: src/Summary.cc:605
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:606
+#: src/Summary.cc:610
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:611
+#: src/Summary.cc:615
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be upgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be upgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:630
+#: src/Summary.cc:634
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:635
+#: src/Summary.cc:639
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:640
+#: src/Summary.cc:644
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:645
+#: src/Summary.cc:649
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:650
+#: src/Summary.cc:654
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be downgraded:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be downgraded:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:669
+#: src/Summary.cc:673
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:674
+#: src/Summary.cc:678
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:679
+#: src/Summary.cc:683
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:684
+#: src/Summary.cc:688
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:696
+#: src/Summary.cc:700
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to be reinstalled:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be reinstalled:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:838
+#: src/Summary.cc:842
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:843
+#: src/Summary.cc:847
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:848
+#: src/Summary.cc:852
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:853
+#: src/Summary.cc:857
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:858
+#: src/Summary.cc:862
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended source package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:863
+#: src/Summary.cc:867
#, c-format
msgid "The following recommended application was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural "The following %d recommended applications were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:907
+#: src/Summary.cc:911
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only required packages will be installed):"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:918
+#: src/Summary.cc:923
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed because it's unwanted (was manually removed before):"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because they are unwanted (were manually removed before):"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:927
+#: src/Summary.cc:933
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to conflicts or dependency issues:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:939
+#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:943
+#: src/Summary.cc:950
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:947
+#: src/Summary.cc:954
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:951
+#: src/Summary.cc:958
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:990
+#: src/Summary.cc:998
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:995
+#: src/Summary.cc:1003
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1000
+#: src/Summary.cc:1008
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1005
+#: src/Summary.cc:1013
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1010
+#: src/Summary.cc:1018
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1031
+#: src/Summary.cc:1039
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1036
+#: src/Summary.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1041
+#: src/Summary.cc:1049
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1046
+#: src/Summary.cc:1054
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1051
+#: src/Summary.cc:1059
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change architecture:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1073
+#: src/Summary.cc:1081
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1078
+#: src/Summary.cc:1086
#, c-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1083
+#: src/Summary.cc:1091
#, c-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1088
+#: src/Summary.cc:1096
#, c-format
msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1093
+#: src/Summary.cc:1101
#, c-format
msgid "The following application is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to change vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1114
+#: src/Summary.cc:1122
#, c-format
msgid "The following package is not supported by its vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are not supported by their vendor:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1134
+#: src/Summary.cc:1142
#, c-format
msgid "The following package needs additional customer contract to get support:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1152
+#: src/Summary.cc:1160
#, c-format
msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1157
+#: src/Summary.cc:1165
#, c-format
msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1162
+#: src/Summary.cc:1170
#, c-format
msgid "The following application update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d application updates will NOT be installed:"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1182
+#: src/Summary.cc:1190
msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2% "
msgstr ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1185
+#: src/Summary.cc:1193
msgid "Download only."
msgstr ""
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1191
+#: src/Summary.cc:1199
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, additional %s will be used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Summary.cc:1194
+#: src/Summary.cc:1202
msgid "No additional space will be used or freed after the operation."
msgstr ""
#. TrasnlatorExplanation %s will be substituted by a byte count e.g. 212 K
-#: src/Summary.cc:1201
+#: src/Summary.cc:1209
#, c-format
msgid "After the operation, %s will be freed."
msgstr ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1224
+#: src/Summary.cc:1232
msgid "package to upgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to upgrade"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1235
+#: src/Summary.cc:1243
msgid "to downgrade"
msgid_plural "to downgrade"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1238
+#: src/Summary.cc:1246
msgid "package to downgrade"
msgid_plural "packages to downgrade"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1249
+#: src/Summary.cc:1257
msgid "new"
msgid_plural "new"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1252
+#: src/Summary.cc:1260
msgid "new package to install"
msgid_plural "new packages to install"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1263
+#: src/Summary.cc:1271
msgid "to reinstall"
msgid_plural "to reinstall"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1266
+#: src/Summary.cc:1274
msgid "package to reinstall"
msgid_plural "packages to reinstall"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1277
+#: src/Summary.cc:1285
msgid "to remove"
msgid_plural "to remove"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1280
+#: src/Summary.cc:1288
msgid "package to remove"
msgid_plural "packages to remove"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1291
+#: src/Summary.cc:1299
msgid "to change vendor"
msgid_plural " to change vendor"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1294
+#: src/Summary.cc:1302
msgid "package will change vendor"
msgid_plural "packages will change vendor"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 to ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1305
+#: src/Summary.cc:1313
msgid "to change arch"
msgid_plural "to change arch"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 packages ..."
-#: src/Summary.cc:1308
+#: src/Summary.cc:1316
msgid "package will change arch"
msgid_plural "packages will change arch"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1319
+#: src/Summary.cc:1327
msgid "source package"
msgid_plural "source packages"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. translators: this text will be preceded by a number e.g. "5 new to install"
-#: src/Summary.cc:1322
+#: src/Summary.cc:1330
msgid "source package to install"
msgid_plural "source packages to install"
msgstr[0] ""
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@
#. translators: this is a prompt text
#: src/callbacks/media.cc:88 src/callbacks/media.cc:189
-#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:180 src/utils/prompt.cc:270
+#: src/callbacks/media.cc:272 src/utils/prompt.cc:169 src/utils/prompt.cc:259
msgid "Abort, retry, ignore?"
msgstr ""
@@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@
msgid "Retrieving %s %s-%s.%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Command.cc:190
+#: src/Command.cc:192
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown command '%s'"
msgstr ""
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@
msgid "Problem retrieving files from '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3313 src/solve-commit.cc:782
+#: src/repos.cc:197 src/repos.cc:3311 src/solve-commit.cc:782
#: src/solve-commit.cc:814 src/solve-commit.cc:848
msgid "Please see the above error message for a hint."
msgstr ""
@@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@
msgid "Target initialization failed:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4221
+#: src/repos.cc:833 src/Zypper.cc:4241
msgid "Running 'zypper refresh' as root might resolve the problem."
msgstr ""
@@ -1596,30 +1596,30 @@
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2489 src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/repos.cc:930 src/repos.cc:1072 src/repos.cc:2487 src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Alias"
msgstr ""
#. 'enabled' flag
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2491
+#: src/repos.cc:949 src/repos.cc:1079 src/repos.cc:1700 src/repos.cc:2489
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled
#. for the repository
#. translators: 'zypper repos' column - whether autorefresh is enabled for the repository
-#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2493
+#: src/repos.cc:957 src/repos.cc:2491
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. translators: repository priority (in zypper repos -p or -d)
-#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2497
+#: src/repos.cc:967 src/repos.cc:1080 src/repos.cc:2495
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. translators: property name; short; used like "Name: value"
-#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2500
+#: src/repos.cc:984 src/repos.cc:1074 src/repos.cc:1706 src/repos.cc:2498
msgid "URI"
msgstr ""
@@ -1680,16 +1680,16 @@
msgid "Error reading repositories:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2639
+#: src/repos.cc:1171 src/repos.cc:2637
#, c-format
msgid "Can't open %s for writing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2641
+#: src/repos.cc:1173 src/repos.cc:2639
msgid "Maybe you do not have write permissions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2648
+#: src/repos.cc:1180 src/repos.cc:2646
#, c-format
msgid "Repositories have been successfully exported to %s."
msgstr ""
@@ -1796,7 +1796,7 @@
msgid "Invalid repository alias: '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1924
+#: src/repos.cc:1630 src/repos.cc:1922
#, c-format
msgid "Repository named '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr ""
@@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@
msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Please check if the defined URIs (see below) point to a valid repository:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3096
+#: src/repos.cc:1651 src/Zypper.cc:3116
msgid "Can't find a valid repository at given location:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1842,359 +1842,359 @@
msgid "GPG check"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1722
+#: src/repos.cc:1720
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1729
+#: src/repos.cc:1727
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading data from '%s' media"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1730
+#: src/repos.cc:1728
msgid "Please check if your installation media is valid and readable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1737
+#: src/repos.cc:1735
#, c-format
msgid "Reading data from '%s' media is delayed until next refresh."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1804
+#: src/repos.cc:1802
msgid "Problem accessing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1805
+#: src/repos.cc:1803
msgid "Please check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1813
+#: src/repos.cc:1811
msgid "Problem parsing the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation don't translate the URI if the URI itself is not translated.
#. Also don't translate the '.repo' string.
-#: src/repos.cc:1816
+#: src/repos.cc:1814
msgid "Is it a .repo file? See http://en.opensuse.org/Standards/RepoInfo for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1824
+#: src/repos.cc:1822
msgid "Problem encountered while trying to read the file at the specified URI"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1838
+#: src/repos.cc:1836
msgid "Repository with no alias defined found in the file, skipping."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1845
+#: src/repos.cc:1843
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has no URI defined, skipping."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1888
+#: src/repos.cc:1886
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1907
+#: src/repos.cc:1905
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot change alias of '%s' repository. The repository belongs to service '%s' which is responsible for setting its alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1918
+#: src/repos.cc:1916
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' renamed to '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1930 src/repos.cc:2172
+#: src/repos.cc:1928 src/repos.cc:2170
msgid "Error while modifying the repository:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:1931
+#: src/repos.cc:1929
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository '%s' unchanged."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2080
+#: src/repos.cc:2078
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid priority '%s'. Use a positive integer number. The greater the number, the lower the priority."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2088
+#: src/repos.cc:2086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been left unchanged (%d)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2114
+#: src/repos.cc:2112
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2117
+#: src/repos.cc:2115
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been successfully disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2124
+#: src/repos.cc:2122
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2127
+#: src/repos.cc:2125
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2134
+#: src/repos.cc:2132
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2137
+#: src/repos.cc:2135
#, c-format
msgid "RPM files caching has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2144
+#: src/repos.cc:2142
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been enabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2147
+#: src/repos.cc:2145
#, c-format
msgid "GPG check has been disabled for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2153
+#: src/repos.cc:2151
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' priority has been set to %d."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2159
+#: src/repos.cc:2157
#, c-format
msgid "Name of repository '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2165
+#: src/repos.cc:2163
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for repository '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2173
+#: src/repos.cc:2171
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving repository %s unchanged."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2211
+#: src/repos.cc:2209
msgid "Error reading services:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2306
+#: src/repos.cc:2304
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by its alias, number, or URI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2310
+#: src/repos.cc:2308
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' to get the list of defined services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2553
+#: src/repos.cc:2551
#, c-format
msgid "No services defined. Use the '%s' command to add one or more services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2679
+#: src/repos.cc:2677
#, c-format
msgid "Service aliased '%s' already exists. Please use another alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2689
+#: src/repos.cc:2687
#, c-format
msgid "Error occured while adding service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2695
+#: src/repos.cc:2693
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been successfully added."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2734
+#: src/repos.cc:2732
#, c-format
msgid "Removing service '%s':"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2737
+#: src/repos.cc:2735
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been removed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2753
+#: src/repos.cc:2751
#, c-format
msgid "Refreshing service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2776
+#: src/repos.cc:2764 src/repos.cc:2774
#, c-format
msgid "Problem retrieving the repository index file for service '%s':"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2768 src/repos.cc:2881
+#: src/repos.cc:2766 src/repos.cc:2879
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping service '%s' because of the above error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2777
+#: src/repos.cc:2775
msgid "Check if the URI is valid and accessible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2835
+#: src/repos.cc:2833
#, c-format
msgid "Skipping disabled service '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2895
+#: src/repos.cc:2893
#, c-format
msgid "Use '%s' or '%s' commands to add or enable services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2898
+#: src/repos.cc:2896
msgid "Specified services are not enabled or defined."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2900
+#: src/repos.cc:2898
msgid "There are no enabled services defined."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2904
+#: src/repos.cc:2902
msgid "Could not refresh the services because of errors."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2910
+#: src/repos.cc:2908
msgid "Some of the services have not been refreshed because of an error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2915
+#: src/repos.cc:2913
msgid "Specified services have been refreshed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:2917
+#: src/repos.cc:2915
msgid "All services have been refreshed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3039
+#: src/repos.cc:3037
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3042
+#: src/repos.cc:3040
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' has been sucessfully disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3049
+#: src/repos.cc:3047
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been enabled for service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3052
+#: src/repos.cc:3050
#, c-format
msgid "Autorefresh has been disabled for service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3058
+#: src/repos.cc:3056
#, c-format
msgid "Name of service '%s' has been set to '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3064
+#: src/repos.cc:3062
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3072
+#: src/repos.cc:3070
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been added to disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3080
+#: src/repos.cc:3078
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from enabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3088
+#: src/repos.cc:3086
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' has been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgid_plural "Repositories '%s' have been removed from disabled repositories of service '%s'"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3097
+#: src/repos.cc:3095
#, c-format
msgid "Nothing to change for service '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3104
+#: src/repos.cc:3102
msgid "Error while modifying the service:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3105
+#: src/repos.cc:3103
#, c-format
msgid "Leaving service %s unchanged."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3213
+#: src/repos.cc:3211
msgid "Loading repository data..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3235
+#: src/repos.cc:3233
#, c-format
msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3242
+#: src/repos.cc:3240
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not cached. Caching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3249 src/repos.cc:3287
+#: src/repos.cc:3247 src/repos.cc:3285
#, c-format
msgid "Problem loading data from '%s'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3254
+#: src/repos.cc:3252
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' could not be refreshed. Using old cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3259 src/repos.cc:3292
+#: src/repos.cc:3257 src/repos.cc:3290
#, c-format
msgid "Resolvables from '%s' not loaded because of error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3278
+#: src/repos.cc:3276
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' appears to be outdated. Consider using a different mirror or server."
msgstr ""
#. translators: the first %s is 'zypper refresh' and the second 'zypper clean -m'
-#: src/repos.cc:3289
+#: src/repos.cc:3287
#, c-format
msgid "Try '%s', or even '%s' before doing so."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3301
+#: src/repos.cc:3299
msgid "Reading installed packages..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/repos.cc:3312
+#: src/repos.cc:3310
msgid "Problem occured while reading the installed packages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2336,11 +2336,11 @@
msgid "OK OK! Exiting immediately..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:97
+#: src/Zypper.cc:98
msgid "Legacy commandline option %1% detected. Please use %2% instead."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:211
msgid ""
" Global Options:\n"
"\t--help, -h\t\tHelp.\n"
@@ -2351,6 +2351,7 @@
"\t--quiet, -q\t\tSuppress normal output, print only error\n"
"\t\t\t\tmessages.\n"
"\t--verbose, -v\t\tIncrease verbosity.\n"
+"\t--[no-]color\t\tWhether to use colors in output if tty supports it.\n"
"\t--no-abbrev, -A\t\tDo not abbreviate text in tables.\n"
"\t--table-style, -s\tTable style (integer).\n"
"\t--non-interactive, -n\tDo not ask anything, use default answers\n"
@@ -2362,7 +2363,7 @@
"\t--ignore-unknown, -i\tIgnore unknown packages.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:231
+#: src/Zypper.cc:233
msgid ""
"\t--reposd-dir, -D <dir>\tUse alternative repository definition file\n"
"\t\t\t\tdirectory.\n"
@@ -2372,7 +2373,7 @@
"\t--pkg-cache-dir <dir>\tUse alternative package cache directory.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:239
+#: src/Zypper.cc:241
msgid ""
" Repository Options:\n"
"\t--no-gpg-checks\t\tIgnore GPG check failures and continue.\n"
@@ -2387,7 +2388,7 @@
"\t--no-remote\t\tIgnore remote repositories.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:252
+#: src/Zypper.cc:254
msgid ""
" Target Options:\n"
"\t--root, -R <dir>\tOperate on a different root directory.\n"
@@ -2395,14 +2396,14 @@
"\t\t\t\tDo not read installed packages.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:259
+#: src/Zypper.cc:261
msgid ""
" Commands:\n"
"\thelp, ?\t\t\tPrint help.\n"
"\tshell, sh\t\tAccept multiple commands at once.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:264
+#: src/Zypper.cc:266
msgid ""
" Repository Management:\n"
"\trepos, lr\t\tList all defined repositories.\n"
@@ -2414,7 +2415,7 @@
"\tclean\t\t\tClean local caches.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:274
+#: src/Zypper.cc:276
msgid ""
" Service Management:\n"
"\tservices, ls\t\tList all defined services.\n"
@@ -2424,7 +2425,7 @@
"\trefresh-services, refs\tRefresh all services.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:282
+#: src/Zypper.cc:284
msgid ""
" Software Management:\n"
"\tinstall, in\t\tInstall packages.\n"
@@ -2437,7 +2438,7 @@
"\t\t\t\tby installed packages.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:293
+#: src/Zypper.cc:295
msgid ""
" Update Management:\n"
"\tupdate, up\t\tUpdate installed packages with newer versions.\n"
@@ -2448,7 +2449,7 @@
"\tpatch-check, pchk\tCheck for patches.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:302
+#: src/Zypper.cc:304
msgid ""
" Querying:\n"
"\tsearch, se\t\tSearch for packages matching a pattern.\n"
@@ -2463,7 +2464,7 @@
"\twhat-provides, wp\tList packages providing specified capability.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:317
+#: src/Zypper.cc:319
msgid ""
" Package Locks:\n"
"\taddlock, al\t\tAdd a package lock.\n"
@@ -2472,7 +2473,7 @@
"\tcleanlocks, cl\t\tRemove unused locks.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:324
+#: src/Zypper.cc:326
msgid ""
" Other Commands:\n"
"\tversioncmp, vcmp\tCompare two version strings.\n"
@@ -2484,7 +2485,7 @@
"\t\t\t\tto a local directory.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:335
+#: src/Zypper.cc:337
msgid ""
" Usage:\n"
"\tzypper [--global-options] <command> [--command-options] [arguments]\n"
@@ -2492,109 +2493,109 @@
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:361
+#: src/Zypper.cc:363
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get a list of global options and commands."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "help" or "zypper help" depending on whether
#. zypper shell is running or not
-#: src/Zypper.cc:370
+#: src/Zypper.cc:372
#, c-format
msgid "Type '%s' to get command-specific help."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:526
+#: src/Zypper.cc:543
#, c-format
msgid "Verbosity: %d"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:557
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid table style %d."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:541
+#: src/Zypper.cc:558
#, c-format
msgid "Use an integer number from %d to %d"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:558
+#: src/Zypper.cc:567
msgid "User data string must not contain nonprintable or newline characters!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:590 src/Zypper.cc:2832
+#: src/Zypper.cc:599 src/Zypper.cc:2852
msgid "Entering non-interactive mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:596
+#: src/Zypper.cc:605
msgid "Patches having the flag rebootSuggested set will not be treated as interactive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:602
+#: src/Zypper.cc:611
msgid "Entering 'no-gpg-checks' mode."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:609
+#: src/Zypper.cc:618
#, c-format
msgid "Turning on '%s'. New repository signing keys will be automatically imported!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:622
+#: src/Zypper.cc:631
msgid "The path specified in the --root option must be absolute."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:638
+#: src/Zypper.cc:647
msgid ""
"The /etc/products.d/baseproduct symlink is dangling or missing!\n"
"The link must point to your core products .prod file in /etc/products.d.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:677
+#: src/Zypper.cc:686
msgid "Repositories disabled, using the database of installed packages only."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:689
+#: src/Zypper.cc:698
msgid "Autorefresh disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:705
msgid "CD/DVD repositories disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:703
+#: src/Zypper.cc:712
msgid "Remote repositories disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:710
+#: src/Zypper.cc:719
msgid "Ignoring installed resolvables."
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--plus-repo"
#. TranslatorExplanation The %s is "--option-name"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:828 src/Zypper.cc:878
+#: src/Zypper.cc:837 src/Zypper.cc:887
#, c-format
msgid "The %s option has no effect here, ignoring."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1033
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1042
#, c-format
msgid "Command '%s' is replaced by '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1035
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1044
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' for all available options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1060
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1069
msgid "Unexpected exception."
msgstr ""
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. second %s = "package",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-advance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1167
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1176
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install (in) [options] <capability|rpm_file_uri> ...\n"
@@ -2639,7 +2640,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "package"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1238
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1247
#, c-format
msgid ""
"remove (rm) [options] <capability> ...\n"
@@ -2665,7 +2666,7 @@
" --details Show the detailed installation summary.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1275
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1284
msgid ""
"source-install (si) [options] <name> ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2678,7 +2679,7 @@
" --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1312
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1321
#, c-format
msgid ""
"verify (ve) [options]\n"
@@ -2698,7 +2699,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1352
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1361
#, c-format
msgid ""
"install-new-recommends (inr) [options]\n"
@@ -2716,7 +2717,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: the %s = "ris" (the only service type currently supported)
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1382
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1391
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addservice (as) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -2730,7 +2731,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1405
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1414
msgid ""
"removeservice (rs) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2742,7 +2743,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is "--all" and "--all"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1441
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1450
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyservice (ms) <options> <alias|#|URI>\n"
@@ -2771,7 +2772,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to services of specified type.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1489
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1498
msgid ""
"services (ls) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -2788,7 +2789,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1517
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1526
msgid ""
"refresh-services (refs) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -2801,7 +2802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: the %s = "yast2, rpm-md, plaindir"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1549
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1558
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addrepo (ar) [options] <URI> <alias>\n"
@@ -2824,14 +2825,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1604 src/Zypper.cc:2718
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1613 src/Zypper.cc:2727
msgid ""
"list-resolvables (lr)\n"
"\n"
"List available resolvable types.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1612
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1621
msgid ""
"repos (lr) [options] [repo] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2853,7 +2854,7 @@
"-N, --sort-by-name Sort the list by name.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1644
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1653
msgid ""
"removerepo (rr) [options] <alias|#|URI>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2864,7 +2865,7 @@
" --loose-query Ignore query string in the URI.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1663
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1672
msgid ""
"renamerepo (nr) [options] <alias|#|URI> <new-alias>\n"
"\n"
@@ -2875,7 +2876,7 @@
#. translators: %s is "--all|--remote|--local|--medium-type"
#. and "--all, --remote, --local, --medium-type"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1696
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1705
#, c-format
msgid ""
"modifyrepo (mr) <options> <alias|#|URI> ...\n"
@@ -2902,7 +2903,7 @@
"-m, --medium-type <type> Apply changes to repositories of specified type.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1738
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1747
msgid ""
"refresh (ref) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2918,7 +2919,7 @@
"-s, --services Refresh also services before refreshing repos.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1767
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1776
msgid ""
"clean (cc) [alias|#|URI] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -2933,7 +2934,7 @@
#. TranslatorExplanation the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product"
#. and the second %s = "patch"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1796
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1805
#, c-format
msgid ""
"list-updates (lu) [options]\n"
@@ -2955,7 +2956,7 @@
#. translators: the first %s = "package, patch, pattern, product",
#. the second %s = "patch",
#. and the third %s = "only, in-avance, in-heaps, as-needed"
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1856
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1865
#, c-format
msgid ""
"update (up) [options] [packagename] ...\n"
@@ -2994,7 +2995,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1926
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1935
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch [options]\n"
@@ -3028,7 +3029,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:1975
+#: src/Zypper.cc:1984
msgid ""
"list-patches (lp) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3044,7 +3045,7 @@
" --date <YYYY-MM-DD> List patches issued up to the specified date\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2017
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2026
#, c-format
msgid ""
"dist-upgrade (dup) [options]\n"
@@ -3073,7 +3074,7 @@
"-d, --download-only Only download the packages, do not install.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2078
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2087
msgid ""
"search (se) [options] [querystring] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3109,7 +3110,7 @@
"If a search string is enclosed in '/', it's interpreted as a regular expression.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2125
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2134
msgid ""
"patch-check (pchk) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3120,7 +3121,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Check for patches only in the specified repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2147
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2156
msgid ""
"patches (pch) [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3131,7 +3132,7 @@
"-r, --repo <alias|#|URI> Just another means to specify repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2178
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2187
msgid ""
"packages (pa) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3150,7 +3151,7 @@
"-R, --sort-by-repo Sort the list by repository.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2210
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2219
msgid ""
"patterns (pt) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3163,7 +3164,7 @@
"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only patterns which are not installed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2236
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2245
msgid ""
"products (pd) [options] [repository] ...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3176,7 +3177,7 @@
"-u, --uninstalled-only Show only products which are not installed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2268
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2277
#, c-format
msgid ""
"info (if) [options] <name> ...\n"
@@ -3199,7 +3200,7 @@
" --suggests Show suggests.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2301
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2310
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-info <patchname> ...\n"
@@ -3209,7 +3210,7 @@
"This is an alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2320
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2329
#, c-format
msgid ""
"pattern-info <pattern_name> ...\n"
@@ -3219,7 +3220,7 @@
"This is an alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2339
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2348
#, c-format
msgid ""
"product-info <product_name> ...\n"
@@ -3229,7 +3230,7 @@
"This is an alias for '%s'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2356
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2365
msgid ""
"what-provides (wp) <capability>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3238,7 +3239,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2407
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2416
msgid ""
"moo\n"
"\n"
@@ -3247,7 +3248,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2429
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2438
#, c-format
msgid ""
"addlock (al) [options] <packagename> ...\n"
@@ -3260,7 +3261,7 @@
" Default: %s.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2456
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2465
#, c-format
msgid ""
"removelock (rl) [options] <lock-number|packagename> ...\n"
@@ -3273,7 +3274,7 @@
" Default: %s.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2478
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2487
msgid ""
"locks (ll)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3282,7 +3283,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2498
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2507
msgid ""
"cleanlocks (cl)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3293,7 +3294,7 @@
"-e, --only-empty Clean only locks which doesn't lock anything.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2528
msgid ""
"targetos (tos) [options]\n"
"\n"
@@ -3304,7 +3305,7 @@
"-l, --label Show the operating system label.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2540
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2549
msgid ""
"versioncmp (vcmp) <version1> <version2>\n"
"\n"
@@ -3314,7 +3315,7 @@
"-m, --match Takes missing release number as any release.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2559
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2568
msgid ""
"licenses\n"
"\n"
@@ -3323,7 +3324,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2578
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2587
msgid ""
"ps\n"
"\n"
@@ -3332,7 +3333,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2601
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2610
msgid ""
"download [options] <packages>...\n"
"\n"
@@ -3353,7 +3354,7 @@
" would be done.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2640
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2649
msgid ""
"source-download\n"
"\n"
@@ -3369,7 +3370,7 @@
" but show which source rpms are missing or extraneous.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2667
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2676
msgid ""
"quit (exit, ^D)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3378,7 +3379,7 @@
"This command has no additional options.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2684
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2693
msgid ""
"shell (sh)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3388,7 +3389,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2711
msgid ""
"service-types (st)\n"
"\n"
@@ -3398,7 +3399,7 @@
#. trunslators: this is a rug-compatibility command (equivalent of
#. 'zypper addrepo -t plaindir URI'). You can refer to rug's translations
#. for how to translate specific terms like channel or service if in doubt.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2740
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2749
msgid ""
"mount\n"
"\n"
@@ -3410,7 +3411,7 @@
"-r, --recurse Dive into subdirectories.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2769
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2778
#, c-format
msgid ""
"patch-search [options] [querystring...]\n"
@@ -3419,63 +3420,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: this is just a legacy command
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2795
msgid ""
"ping [options]\n"
"\n"
"This command has dummy implementation which always returns 0.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2799 src/Zypper.cc:5115
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2819 src/Zypper.cc:5135
msgid "Unexpected program flow."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2849
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2869
msgid "Non-option program arguments: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2904
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2924
msgid "PackageKit is blocking zypper. This happens if you have an updater applet or other software management application using PackageKit running."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2910
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2930
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2939
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2941
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
-#: src/Zypper.cc:2974
+#: src/Zypper.cc:2994
msgid ""
" \\\\\\\\\\\n"
" \\\\\\\\\\\\\\__o\n"
"__\\\\\\\\\\\\\\'/_"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3001
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3021
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3028 src/Zypper.cc:3146 src/Zypper.cc:3381
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3048 src/Zypper.cc:3166 src/Zypper.cc:3401
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system services."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3097
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3117
msgid "Could not determine the type of the repository. Check if the specified URI points to a valid repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3127
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3147
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' is not a valid service type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3149
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known service types."
msgstr ""
@@ -3484,296 +3485,296 @@
#. followed by ms command help text which will explain it
#. translators: aggregate option is e.g. "--all". This message will be
#. followed by mr command help text which will explain it
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3158 src/Zypper.cc:3532
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3178 src/Zypper.cc:3552
msgid "Alias or an aggregate option is required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3192
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3212
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3228 src/Zypper.cc:3380 src/Zypper.cc:3464 src/Zypper.cc:3519
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3248 src/Zypper.cc:3400 src/Zypper.cc:3484 src/Zypper.cc:3539
msgid "Root privileges are required for modifying system repositories."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3283 src/Zypper.cc:3646
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3303 src/Zypper.cc:3666
msgid "Too few arguments."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3307
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3327
msgid "If only one argument is used, it must be a URI pointing to a .repo file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3337
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3357
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s. Using the %s setting."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3358
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3378
msgid "Specified type is not a valid repository type:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3360
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3380
#, c-format
msgid "See '%s' or '%s' to get a list of known repository types."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3388 src/Zypper.cc:4703 src/utils/messages.cc:48
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3408 src/Zypper.cc:4723 src/utils/messages.cc:48
msgid "Required argument missing."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no repository counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3414
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3434
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr ""
#. translators: %s is the supplied command line argument which
#. for which no service counterpart was found
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3437
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3457
#, c-format
msgid "Service '%s' not found by alias, number or URI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3471
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3491
msgid "Too few arguments. At least URI and alias are required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3495
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3515
#, c-format
msgid "Repository '%s' not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3565
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
#, c-format
msgid "Repository %s not found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3585
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3605
msgid "Root privileges are required for refreshing system repositories."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3592
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3612
#, c-format
msgid "The '%s' global option has no effect here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3600
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3620
#, c-format
msgid "Arguments are not allowed if '%s' is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3626
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3646
msgid "Root privileges are required for cleaning local caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3647
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3667
msgid "At least one package name is required."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3657
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3677
msgid "Root privileges are required for installing or uninstalling packages."
msgstr ""
#. translators: rug related message, shown if
#. 'zypper in --entire-catalog foorepo someargument' is specified
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3669
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3689
msgid "Ignoring arguments, marking the entire repository."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3679
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3699
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3690
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3710
msgid "Cannot uninstall patches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3691
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3711
msgid ""
"Installed status of a patch is determined solely based on its dependencies.\n"
"Patches are not installed in sense of copied files, database records,\n"
"or similar."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3702
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3722
msgid "Uninstallation of a source package not defined and implemented."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3723
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3743
#, c-format
msgid "'%s' looks like an RPM file. Will try to download it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3736
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3756
#, c-format
msgid "Problem with the RPM file specified as '%s', skipping."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3761
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3781
#, c-format
msgid "Problem reading the RPM header of %s. Is it an RPM file?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3786
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3806
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3803
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3823
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3817 src/Zypper.cc:3955
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3837 src/Zypper.cc:3975
msgid "No repositories defined. Operating only with the installed resolvables. Nothing can be installed."
msgstr ""
#. translators: meaning --capability contradicts --force/--name
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3855 src/Zypper.cc:4462
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3875 src/Zypper.cc:4482
#, c-format
msgid "%s contradicts %s"
msgstr ""
#. translators: meaning --force with --capability
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3864
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3884
#, c-format
msgid "%s cannot currently be used with %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3908
+#: src/Zypper.cc:3928
msgid "Source package name is a required argument."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:3998
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4018
msgid "Mode is set to 'match-exact'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4022 src/Zypper.cc:4382 src/Zypper.cc:4483 src/Zypper.cc:4731
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4799 src/Zypper.cc:4844
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4042 src/Zypper.cc:4402 src/Zypper.cc:4503 src/Zypper.cc:4751
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4819 src/Zypper.cc:4864
#, c-format
msgid "Unknown package type '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4045
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4065
#, c-format
msgid "Specified repository '%s' is disabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4176 src/search.cc:594
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4196 src/search.cc:594
msgid "No packages found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4219
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4239
msgid "Problem occurred initializing or executing the search query"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4240
msgid "See the above message for a hint."
msgstr ""
#. translators: Running as 'rug', cannot use 'best-effort' option.
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4403 src/Zypper.cc:4529
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4423 src/Zypper.cc:4549
#, c-format
msgid "Running as '%s', cannot use '%s' option."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4411
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4431
#, c-format
msgid "Cannot use %s together with %s."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4444
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4464
msgid "Root privileges are required for updating packages."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4490 src/Zypper.cc:4498 src/Zypper.cc:4615
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4510 src/Zypper.cc:4518 src/Zypper.cc:4635
msgid "Operation not supported."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4491
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4511
#, c-format
msgid "To update installed products use '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4500
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4520
#, c-format
msgid "Zypper does not keep track of installed source packages. To install the latest source package and its build dependencies, use '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4518
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4538
msgid "Cannot use multiple types when specific packages are given as arguments."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4655
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4675
msgid "Root privileges are required for performing a distribution upgrade."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4676
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4696
#, c-format
msgid "You are about to do a distribution upgrade with all enabled repositories. Make sure these repositories are compatible before you continue. See '%s' for more information about this command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4706 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4726 src/utils/messages.cc:40 src/utils/messages.cc:50
#: src/utils/messages.cc:68
msgid "Usage"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4761 src/Zypper.cc:4822
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4781 src/Zypper.cc:4842
msgid "Root privileges are required for adding of package locks."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4890
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4910
#, c-format
msgid "Removed %lu lock."
msgid_plural "Removed %lu locks."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4917
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4937
#, c-format
msgid "Distribution Label: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4919
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4939
#, c-format
msgid "Short Label: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4965
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4985
#, c-format
msgid "%s matches %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4967
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4987
#, c-format
msgid "%s is newer than %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:4969
+#: src/Zypper.cc:4989
#, c-format
msgid "%s is older than %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5042 src/source-download.cc:220
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5062 src/source-download.cc:220
#, c-format
msgid "Insufficient privileges to use download directory '%s'."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5100
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5120
msgid "This command only makes sense in the zypper shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5112
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5132
msgid "You already are running zypper's shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5129
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5149
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
-#: src/Zypper.cc:5190
+#: src/Zypper.cc:5217
msgid "Resolvable Type"
msgstr ""
@@ -4036,11 +4037,6 @@
msgid "Nothing to do."
msgstr ""
-#: src/Config.cc:110
-#, c-format
-msgid "Unknown configuration option '%s'"
-msgstr ""
-
#: src/source-download.cc:211
#, c-format
msgid "Can't create or access download directory '%s'."
@@ -4168,34 +4164,34 @@
msgid "No providers of '%s' found."
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:86
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:83
msgid "Warning: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:239 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:354 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:231 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:346 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "error"
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:244 src/output/OutNormal.cc:247
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:359 src/output/OutNormal.cc:362
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:236 src/output/OutNormal.cc:239
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:351 src/output/OutNormal.cc:354
msgid "done"
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:269 src/output/OutNormal.cc:305
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:343
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:261 src/output/OutNormal.cc:297
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:335
msgid "Retrieving:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:276
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:268
msgid "starting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:403
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:397
msgid "No help available for this prompt."
msgstr ""
-#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:415
+#: src/output/OutNormal.cc:409
msgid "no help available for this option"
msgstr ""
@@ -4388,19 +4384,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. TranslatorExplanation These are reasons for various failures.
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Not found"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "I/O error"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:159
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:160
msgid "Invalid object"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.h:166
+#: src/utils/prompt.h:167
msgid "Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -4478,19 +4474,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: Press '?' to see all options embedded in this prompt: "Continue? [y/n/? shows all options] (y):"
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:87
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:81
msgid "shows all options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:149 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:138 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:150 src/utils/prompt.cc:279 src/utils/prompt.cc:351
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:139 src/utils/prompt.cc:268 src/utils/prompt.cc:340
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:173 src/utils/prompt.cc:218
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:162 src/utils/prompt.cc:207
#, c-format
msgid "Retrying in %u seconds..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4501,33 +4497,33 @@
#. the answers must be separated by slash characters '/' and must
#. correspond to abort/retry/ignore in that order.
#. The answers should be lower case letters.
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:179 src/utils/prompt.cc:267
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:168 src/utils/prompt.cc:256
msgid "a/r/i"
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:230
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:219
#, c-format
msgid "Autoselecting '%s' after %u second."
msgid_plural "Autoselecting '%s' after %u seconds."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:249
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:238
msgid "Trying again..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:344
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:333
#, c-format
msgid "Invalid answer '%s'."
msgstr ""
#. translators: the %s are: 'y', 'yes' (translated), 'n', and 'no' (translated).
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:350
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:339
#, c-format
msgid "Enter '%s' for '%s' or '%s' for '%s' if nothing else works for you."
msgstr ""
-#: src/utils/prompt.cc:364
+#: src/utils/prompt.cc:353
#, c-format
msgid ""
"If you run zypper without a terminal, use '%s' global\n"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
12 Dec '14
Author: harmie
Date: 2014-12-12 20:50:14 +0100 (Fri, 12 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90862
Modified:
trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po
trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po
Log:
update from harmie
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po 2014-12-12 11:00:17 UTC (rev 90861)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nfs_server.fi.po 2014-12-12 19:50:14 UTC (rev 90862)
@@ -12,…
[View More]15 +12,15 @@
# Jyri Palokangas <jmp(a)opensuse.fi>, 2007, 2012, 2013.
# Erkka Hakkarainen <erkka.hakkarainen(a)pp.inet.fi>, 2007.
# Mikko Piippo <mikko.piippo(a)opensuse.fi>, 2008.
-# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2009, 2012.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2009, 2012, 2014.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:41+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-12 20:44+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -73,8 +73,12 @@
msgstr "Vientivalinnat (katso 'man exports')"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113
-msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc."
-msgstr "Domain-määritys NFSv4 ID mapping:ille, kuten 'localdomain' tai 'abc.com' tai muu sellainen."
+msgid ""
+"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' "
+"etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Domain-määritys NFSv4 ID mapping:ille, kuten 'localdomain' tai 'abc.com' tai "
+"muu sellainen."
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119
msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4."
@@ -82,7 +86,8 @@
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125
msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS."
-msgstr "Kyllä/Ei valinta Secure NFS -tuen käyttöönotolle/käytöstä poistamiselle."
+msgstr ""
+"Kyllä/Ei valinta Secure NFS -tuen käyttöönotolle/käytöstä poistamiselle."
#. summary text
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
@@ -117,12 +122,19 @@
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
-msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
-msgstr "Toimialuetta ei voi asettaa ilman NFSv4:n käyttöönottoa. Käytä tähän 'set enablev4' -komentoa."
+msgid ""
+"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
+msgstr ""
+"Toimialuetta ei voi asettaa ilman NFSv4:n käyttöönottoa. Käytä tähän 'set "
+"enablev4' -komentoa."
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
-msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
-msgstr "Komentoa 'set' tulee käyttää muodossa 'set option=value'. Käytä 'set help' saadaksesi lisätietoa käytettävissä olevista valinnoista."
+msgid ""
+"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to "
+"get information about available options."
+msgstr ""
+"Komentoa 'set' tulee käyttää muodossa 'set option=value'. Käytä 'set help' "
+"saadaksesi lisätietoa käytettävissä olevista valinnoista."
#. Then no need to check for conflict.
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205
@@ -242,8 +254,12 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
-msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
-msgstr "Tiedoston /etc/idmapd.conf lukeminen ei onnistu. Toimialueeksi määritetään oletustoimialue 'localdomain'"
+msgid ""
+"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the "
+"domain to 'localdomain'."
+msgstr ""
+"Tiedoston /etc/idmapd.conf lukeminen ei onnistu. Toimialueeksi määritetään "
+"oletustoimialue 'localdomain'"
#. Help, part 1 of 2
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
@@ -260,27 +276,37 @@
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Jos valitset <B>Käynnistä NFS-palvelin</B>, napsauttamalla <B>Seuraava</B> avautuu\n"
+"<P>Jos valitset <B>Käynnistä NFS-palvelin</B>, napsauttamalla <B>Seuraava</B> "
+"avautuu\n"
"määritysikkuna, jossa voit määritellä vietävät hakemistot.</P>"
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
-"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
-"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n"
+"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. "
+"Leave\n"
+"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you "
+"are not sure.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Jos palvelimen on käsiteltävä NFSv4-asiakkaita, ota käyttöön <B>Ota NFSv4 käyttöön</B>,\n"
-" ja täytä NFSv4-toimialueen nimi tekstiruutuun tunnusten vastaavuustaustaohjelman käyttöön. Jätä arvoksi\n"
-" localdomain tai katso lisätietoja idmapd- ja idmapd.conf-man-sivuilta, jos et ole varma.</P>\n"
+"<P>Jos palvelimen on käsiteltävä NFSv4-asiakkaita, ota käyttöön <B>Ota NFSv4 "
+"käyttöön</B>,\n"
+" ja täytä NFSv4-toimialueen nimi tekstiruutuun tunnusten "
+"vastaavuustaustaohjelman käyttöön. Jätä arvoksi\n"
+" localdomain tai katso lisätietoja idmapd- ja idmapd.conf-man-sivuilta, jos "
+"et ole varma.</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
-"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
+"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have "
+"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Jos palvelin ja asiakas on todennettava käyttämällä GSS-kirjastoa, ota käyttöön \n"
-"<B>Ota GSS-suojaus</B> -valinta. GSS-APIn käyttäminen edellyttää tällä hetkellä sitä, että järjestelmässä on Kerberos ja gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)</P>\n"
+"<P>Jos palvelin ja asiakas on todennettava käyttämällä GSS-kirjastoa, ota "
+"käyttöön \n"
+"<B>Ota GSS-suojaus</B> -valinta. GSS-APIn käyttäminen edellyttää tällä "
+"hetkellä sitä, että järjestelmässä on Kerberos ja gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)<"
+"/P>\n"
#. frame label
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
@@ -337,13 +363,15 @@
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><b>Kone / jokerimerkki</b> asettaa mitkä palvelimet saavat käyttää valittua hakemistoa.\n"
+"<P><b>Kone / jokerimerkki</b> asettaa mitkä palvelimet saavat käyttää "
+"valittua hakemistoa.\n"
"Se voi olla yksittäinen kone, ryhmiä, jokerimerkkejä\n"
"tai IP-verkkoja.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 3 of 4
#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
-msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Syötä tähti (<tt>*</tt>) määrittääksesi kaikki koneet.</p>"
#. Help, part 4 of 4
@@ -457,14 +485,17 @@
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
-msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
-msgstr "Palvelun svcgssd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista, että kerberos- ja gssapi (nfs-utils) -asetukset ovat kunnossa."
+msgid ""
+"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is "
+"correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Palvelun svcgssd käynnistäminen ei onnistunut. Tarkista, että kerberos- ja "
+"gssapi (nfs-utils) -asetukset ovat kunnossa."
#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "Palvelun idmapd käynnistäminen uudelleen ei onnistunut."
+msgstr "Palvelun 'svcgssd' uudelleen käynnistäminen ei onnistunut."
#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po 2014-12-12 11:00:17 UTC (rev 90861)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/nis_server.fi.po 2014-12-12 19:50:14 UTC (rev 90862)
@@ -10,19 +10,20 @@
# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009.
# Mikko Piippo <mikko.piippo(a)opensuse.fi>, 2008.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nis_server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-01 15:28+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-12 20:43+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
# workflow: "Kein X11 konfigurieren"
@@ -176,7 +177,8 @@
"<p>Select if your <i>passwd</i> file should be merged with the <i>shadow</i>\n"
"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Valitse jos <i>passwd</i> -tiedosto tulisi yhdistää <i>shadow</i> -tiedostoon\n"
+"<p>Valitse jos <i>passwd</i> -tiedosto tulisi yhdistää <i>shadow</i> "
+"-tiedostoon\n"
"(mahdollista vain jos <i>shadow</i> -tiedosto on olemassa).</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
@@ -230,10 +232,12 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n"
+"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this "
+"machine as a server, check\n"
"the corresponding option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b>. Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas joka käyttää tätä konetta palvelimena, valitse\n"
+"<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b>. Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas joka käyttää "
+"tätä konetta palvelimena, valitse\n"
"vastaava valinta.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
@@ -259,7 +263,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><i>Salli muutokset salasanoihin</i> antaa käyttäjien vaihtaa \n"
"salasanojaan kun NIS on läsnä. Painikkeiden jotka sallivat\n"
-"vaihtaa kirjautumiskonsolia tai GECOS (koko nimi ja liittyvät tiedot) voidaan\n"
+"vaihtaa kirjautumiskonsolia tai GECOS (koko nimi ja liittyvät tiedot) "
+"voidaan\n"
"käyttää asettamaan näitä enemmän tarkkoja valintoja.</p>\n"
#. To translators: checkbox label
@@ -330,13 +335,15 @@
"<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n"
"from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n"
-"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>.\n"
+"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>"
+".\n"
"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Palomuuri asetukset</b><br>\n"
"Avataksesi palomuurin sallimaan NIS-palvelimeen pääsyn\n"
"etäkoneesta, aseta <b>Avaa portti palomuurista</b>.\n"
-"Valitaksesi liitännän jolle portti avataan, napsauta <b>Palomuurin tiedot</b>.\n"
+"Valitaksesi liitännän jolle portti avataan, napsauta <b>Palomuurin tiedot</b>"
+".\n"
"Tämä valinta on saatavilla vain jos palomuuri on käytössä.</p>\n"
#. To translators: popup dialog heading
@@ -376,7 +383,8 @@
"to the bitwise <i>AND</i> of the host's address and the <b>netmask</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Konenimi on sallittu, jos <b>verkko</b> saadaan loogisella\n"
-"<i>JA</i>-operaattorilla koneen osoitteen ja <b>aliverkon peitteen</b> binääriesitysmuodosta.</p>"
+"<i>JA</i>-operaattorilla koneen osoitteen ja <b>aliverkon peitteen</b> "
+"binääriesitysmuodosta.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185
@@ -385,7 +393,8 @@
"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Merkintä <b>verkonpeitto</b> <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> ja <b>verkko</b>\n"
-"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> täytyy olla olemassa salliaksesi yhteydet paikalliselta koneelta.</p>\n"
+"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> täytyy olla olemassa salliaksesi yhteydet paikalliselta "
+"koneelta.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192
@@ -413,27 +422,33 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62
-msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b> ja IP-<b>osoite</b> tai NIS-isäntäpalvelimen konenimi.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the "
+"master NIS server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Anna NIS-<b>toimialue</b> ja IP-<b>osoite</b> tai NIS-isäntäpalvelimen "
+"konenimi.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
-msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas, joka käyttää konetta palvelimena, valitse vastaava valinta.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check "
+"the corresponding option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Jos tämä kone on myös NIS-asiakas, joka käyttää konetta palvelimena, "
+"valitse vastaava valinta.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name"
msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
-msgstr "NIS-&toimialue nimi"
+msgstr "NIS-&toimialue nimi:"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "NIS Master Server: "
msgid "NIS &Master Server:"
-msgstr "NIS-isäntäpalvelin: "
+msgstr "NIS-&isäntäpalvelin:"
#. To translators: dialog label
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109
@@ -462,8 +477,14 @@
#. help text 1/1
#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175
-msgid "<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Tässä annat NIS-palvelimen rengeiksi määritettävien koneiden nimet. Käytä <i>Lisää</i> lisätäksesi uuden, <i>Muokkaa</i> vaihtaaksesi olemassa olevaa ja <i>Poista</i> poistaaksesi merkinnän.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use <i>"
+"Add</i> to add a new one, <i>Edit</i> to change an existing entry, and <i>"
+"Delete</i> to remove an entry.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tässä annat NIS-palvelimen rengeiksi määritettävien koneiden nimet. Käytä "
+"<i>Lisää</i> lisätäksesi uuden, <i>Muokkaa</i> vaihtaaksesi olemassa olevaa "
+"ja <i>Poista</i> poistaaksesi merkinnän.</p>"
#. To translators: selection box label
#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234
Modified: trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2014-12-12 11:00:17 UTC (rev 90861)
+++ trunk/yast/fi/po/ntp-client.fi.po 2014-12-12 19:50:14 UTC (rev 90862)
@@ -13,14 +13,14 @@
# Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013.
# Harri Miettinen <harri.miettinen(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010.
# Katariina Kemppainen <katariina(a)opensuse.fi>, 2010.
-# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011.
+# Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>, 2011, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 12:39+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas <jyri.palokangas(a)opensuse.org>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-12 20:42+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Harri Miettinen <harmie(a)opensuse.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n"
"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -36,22 +36,42 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
-msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Napsauta <b>Tahdista nyt</b> saattaaksesi järjestelmäsi aika oikein NTP-palvelimen avulla. Jos haluat käyttää NTP-protokollaa pysyvästi, napsauta <b>Tallenna NTP-määritys</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using "
+"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable "
+"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Napsauta <b>Tahdista nyt</b> saattaaksesi järjestelmäsi aika oikein "
+"NTP-palvelimen avulla. Jos haluat käyttää NTP-protokollaa pysyvästi, napsauta "
+"<b>Tallenna NTP-määritys</b>.</p>"
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98
-msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Ottamalla käyttöön <b>Suorita NTP-demonina</b> vaihtoehdon NTP-palvelu käynnistetään demonina. Muutoin järjestelmän aika synkronoidaan aika ajoin. Oletus aikaväli on 15 minuuttia. Voit vaihtaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen <b>yast2 ntp-asiakas moduulilla</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started "
+"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The "
+"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>"
+"yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Ottamalla käyttöön <b>Suorita NTP-demonina</b> vaihtoehdon NTP-palvelu "
+"käynnistetään demonina. Muutoin järjestelmän aika synkronoidaan aika ajoin. "
+"Oletus aikaväli on 15 minuuttia. Voit vaihtaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen <b>"
+"yast2 ntp-asiakas moduulilla</b>.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
-msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Määritä</b>-painikkeella avaat NTP-määrityksen lisämääritykset.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Määritä</b>-painikkeella avaat NTP-määrityksen lisämääritykset.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Tahdistaminen NTP-palvelimen kanssa onnistuu vain jos verkko on määritetty.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is "
+"configured.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tahdistaminen NTP-palvelimen kanssa onnistuu vain jos verkko on "
+"määritetty.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
@@ -100,21 +120,23 @@
#. update time widgets
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
-msgstr "Yhteyttä LDAP-palvelimeen ei voi muodostaa."
+msgstr "Yhteys valittuun NTP-palvelimeen epäonnistui."
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
-msgstr "Testikysely palvelimelta '%1' epäonnistui. Jos palvelin ei ole vielä käytettävissä tai verkkoa ei ole määritetty napsauta 'Ei' ohittaaksesi. Palaa NTP-palvelimen määritykseen?"
+msgstr ""
+"Testikysely palvelimelta '%1' epäonnistui.\n"
+"Jos palvelin ei ole vielä käytettävissä tai verkkoa ei ole määritetty "
+"napsauta 'Ei' ohittaaksesi.\n"
+"Palaa NTP-palvelimen määritykseen?"
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17
@@ -615,11 +637,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Keskeytetään tallennus:</big></b><br>\n"
"Keskeytä tallennus painamalla <b>Keskeytä</b>.\n"
-"Näytettävä lisäikkuna kertoo, onko tallentamisen keskeyttäminen turvallista.</p>"
+"Näytettävä lisäikkuna kertoo, onko tallentamisen keskeyttäminen turvallista.<"
+"/p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n"
#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
@@ -630,14 +652,21 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be "
+"activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is "
+"15 minutes by default.\n"
" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Käynnistä NTP-demoni</big></b><br>\n"
"Valitse, käynnistetäänkö NTP-demoni heti ja aina järjestelmän käynnistyessä.\n"
-"NTP-demoni selvittää palvelinnimet valmistelun yhteydessä. Verkkoyhteytesi pitää\n"
+"NTP-demoni selvittää palvelinnimet valmistelun yhteydessä. Verkkoyhteytesi "
+"pitää\n"
"olla käynnistetty ennen kuin NTP-demoni käynnistyy.</p>\n"
+"Valitsemalla <b>Synkronoi ilman demonia</b> NTP-demonia ei aktivoida.\n"
+"Järjestelmän aika tarkistetaan säännöllisesti. Tarkistustiheys on "
+"muokattavissa. Oletuksena se on 15 minuuttia.\n"
+"Voit muuttaa tämän asennuksen jälkeen."
#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
@@ -655,14 +684,20 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
-"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
-"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
+"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote "
+"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
+"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf<"
+"/tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
+"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This "
+"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Turvallinen NTP määritys</big></b><br>\n"
-"Valitsemalla <b>Rajoita NTP-palvelu vain määritettyihin palvelimiin</b> estät kaikkia etäkoneita tarkastelemasta ja muokkaamasta NTP-asetuksia\n"
-"tietokoneellasi. Tällä tavalla NTP-palvelu rajoitetaan vain palvelimiin, jotka on luetteloitu <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>-tiedostossa ja localhost:iin.<br> \n"
-"Pääsynhallintaliput voidaan hienosäätää muokkaamalla vastaavia palvelin merkintöjä palvelinten yhteenvetotaulussa.\n"
+"Valitsemalla <b>Rajoita NTP-palvelu vain määritettyihin palvelimiin</b> estät "
+"kaikkia etäkoneita tarkastelemasta ja muokkaamasta NTP-asetuksia\n"
+"tietokoneellasi. Tällä tavalla NTP-palvelu rajoitetaan vain palvelimiin, "
+"jotka on luetteloitu <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>-tiedostossa ja localhost:iin.<br> \n"
+"Pääsynhallintaliput voidaan hienosäätää muokkaamalla vastaavia palvelin "
+"merkintöjä palvelinten yhteenvetotaulussa.\n"
"Tämä valinta ei ole käytettävissä jos NTP on määritetty DHCP:llä.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -677,21 +712,26 @@
"<p><b><big>Määritys DHCP:n avulla</big></b><br>\n"
"Hakeaksesi NTP-palvelinten tiedot DHCP-yhteyskäytännöllä verkkopalvelimelta\n"
"käsin asettamisen sijaan valitse <b>Määritä NTP-demoni DHCP:n avulla</b>.\n"
-"Kysy verkkosi ylläpitäjältä tarjoaako DHCP-palvelin NTP-palvelinten tiedot.</p>"
+"Kysy verkkosi ylläpitäjältä tarjoaako DHCP-palvelin NTP-palvelinten tiedot.<"
+"/p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
-"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n"
+"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new "
+"synchronization\n"
"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Määritetyt palvelimet</big></b><br>\n"
-"Mukauttaaksesi NTP-palvelimia, kollegoita, paikallisia kelloja ja NTP-lähetystä\n"
-"valitse vastaava rivi ja napsauta <b>Muokkaa</b>. Lisätäksesi uuden tahdistuskollegan\n"
-"napsauta <b>Lisää</b>. Poistaaksesi tahdistuskollegan valitse se ja napsauta <b>Poista</b>.</p>"
+"Mukauttaaksesi NTP-palvelimia, kollegoita, paikallisia kelloja ja "
+"NTP-lähetystä\n"
+"valitse vastaava rivi ja napsauta <b>Muokkaa</b>. Lisätäksesi uuden "
+"tahdistuskollegan\n"
+"napsauta <b>Lisää</b>. Poistaaksesi tahdistuskollegan valitse se ja napsauta "
+"<b>Poista</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
@@ -700,13 +740,15 @@
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Näytä loki</big></b><br>\n"
-"Jos haluat näyttää NTP-taustaohjelman lokit, napsauta <b>Näytä loki</b> -painiketta.</p>\n"
+"Jos haluat näyttää NTP-taustaohjelman lokit, napsauta <b>Näytä loki</b> "
+"-painiketta.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
+"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or "
+"against\n"
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Asiantuntijamääritys</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -736,7 +778,8 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
-"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
+"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link "
+"to \n"
"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n"
"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n"
"click <b>Browse</b>.\n"
@@ -744,9 +787,12 @@
"it must be created manually.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Laite</big></b><br>\n"
-"Saadaksesi kellon toimimaan saattaa olla tarpeellista luoda erityinen symbolinen linkki\n"
-"laitteeseen, johon kello on kytketty. Tehdäksesi tämän valitse <b>Luo Symlink</b> ja\n"
-"aseta <b>Laite</b>. Selaillaksesi laitteita napsauta <b>Selaile</b>. Joillekin kellotyypeille\n"
+"Saadaksesi kellon toimimaan saattaa olla tarpeellista luoda erityinen "
+"symbolinen linkki\n"
+"laitteeseen, johon kello on kytketty. Tehdäksesi tämän valitse <b>Luo "
+"Symlink</b> ja\n"
+"aseta <b>Laite</b>. Selaillaksesi laitteita napsauta <b>Selaile</b>. "
+"Joillekin kellotyypeille\n"
"ei ole tarvetta perustaa symbolista linkkiä tai se pitää luoda käsin.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
@@ -768,8 +814,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>NTP-palvelimen osoite</big></b><br>\n"
"Asettaaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen käytä <b>Osoite</b>-kenttää.\n"
-"Saadaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen kysy verkon ylläpitäjältä tai palveluntarjoajaltasi.\n"
-"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n"
+"Saadaksesi NTP-palvelimen osoitteen kysy verkon ylläpitäjältä tai "
+"palveluntarjoajaltasi.\n"
+"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>"
+"ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n"
"Kansainvälisiä NTP-palvelimia on esim. <tt>time.nist.gov</tt>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
@@ -781,8 +829,10 @@
"choose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Palvelimen valitseminen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Valitaksesi paikallisesta verkosta löytyneistä NTP-palvelimista tai tunnettujen\n"
-"NTP-palvelinten luettelosta napsauta <b>Valitse</b> ja valitse <b>Paikallinen NTP-palvelin</b> tai <b>Julkinen NTP-palvelin</b>.</p>"
+"Valitaksesi paikallisesta verkosta löytyneistä NTP-palvelimista tai "
+"tunnettujen\n"
+"NTP-palvelinten luettelosta napsauta <b>Valitse</b> ja valitse <b>Paikallinen "
+"NTP-palvelin</b> tai <b>Julkinen NTP-palvelin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
@@ -792,7 +842,8 @@
"click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Palvelimen saavutettavuuden testaus</big></b><br>\n"
-"Testataksesi onko valittu palvelin päällä ja vastaa oikein napsauta <b>Testaa</b>.</p>"
+"Testataksesi onko valittu palvelin päällä ja vastaa oikein napsauta <b>"
+"Testaa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
@@ -802,7 +853,8 @@
"use <b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Osoite</big></b><br>\n"
-"Asettaaksesi palvelimen osoitteen keskinäistä tahdistusta varten valitse <b>Osoite</b>.</p>"
+"Asettaaksesi palvelimen osoitteen keskinäistä tahdistusta varten valitse <b>"
+"Osoite</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
@@ -822,7 +874,8 @@
"<b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Osoite</big></b><br>\n"
-"Asettaaksesi osoitteen josta tulevat paketit hyväksytään valitse <b>Osoite</b>.</p>"
+"Asettaaksesi osoitteen josta tulevat paketit hyväksytään valitse <b>Osoite</b>"
+".</p>"
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
@@ -842,7 +895,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
-"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n"
+"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the "
+"remote\n"
"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n"
"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n"
@@ -850,8 +904,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Pääsyn valvontavalinnat</big></b><br>\n"
"Tässä määritellään käyttövaltuusliput (<b><i>restrict</i></b>-direktiivi\n"
-"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) tiedostossa, jotka määrittävät mitä komentoja etäpalvelimet\n"
-"voivat suorittaa tämän koneen NTP-demonilla. Oletuksena se on asetettu \"<i>notrap\n"
+"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) tiedostossa, jotka määrittävät mitä komentoja "
+"etäpalvelimet\n"
+"voivat suorittaa tämän koneen NTP-demonilla. Oletuksena se on asetettu \"<i>"
+"notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>\" Tämä valinta on käytössä vain, mikäli\n"
"<b>Rajoita NTP-palvelu määriteltyihin palvelimiin</b> on valittuna\n"
"<b>tietoturva-asetuksissa</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -870,35 +926,43 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-palvelimen tahdistusta varten valitse <b>Palvelin</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-palvelimen tahdistusta varten valitse <b>Palvelin</b>.</p>"
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-kollegan jonka kanssa tahdistetaan keskinäisesti, valitse <b>Kollega</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Lisätäksesi NTP-kollegan jonka kanssa tahdistetaan keskinäisesti, valitse "
+"<b>Kollega</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Määrittääksesi tietokoneeseesi suoraan liitetyn paikallisen kellon valitse <b>Radiokello</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Määrittääksesi tietokoneeseesi suoraan liitetyn paikallisen kellon valitse "
+"<b>Radiokello</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Lähettääksesi aikatietoa verkkoosi valitse <b>Lähtevä lähetys</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Lähettääksesi aikatietoa verkkoosi valitse <b>Lähtevä lähetys</b>.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Vastaanottaaksesi NTP-paketteja verkon toisilta palvelimilta ja asettaaksesi niiden avulla paikallisen ajan valitse <b>Saapuva lähetys<b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Vastaanottaaksesi NTP-paketteja verkon toisilta palvelimilta ja "
+"asettaaksesi niiden avulla paikallisen ajan valitse <b>Saapuva lähetys<b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
@@ -921,7 +985,8 @@
"Then select a server from the list of found servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Palvelimen etsintä paikallisesta verkosta</b></big><br>\n"
-"Etsiäksesi NTP-palvelimia paikallisesta verkosta käyttäen SLP-yhteyskäytäntöä\n"
+"Etsiäksesi NTP-palvelimia paikallisesta verkosta käyttäen "
+"SLP-yhteyskäytäntöä\n"
"(Service Location Protocol) napsauta <b>Etsi</b>.\n"
"Valitse sitten palvelin löydetyistä palvelimista.</p>"
@@ -929,11 +994,13 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
+"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To "
+"display\n"
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Julkisen NTP-palvelimen valinta</b></big><br>\n"
-"Valitse NTP-palvelin <b>Julkiset NTP-palvelimet</b> -luettelosta. Näyttääksesi\n"
+"Valitse NTP-palvelin <b>Julkiset NTP-palvelimet</b> -luettelosta. "
+"Näyttääksesi\n"
"vain tietyn maan NTP-palvelimet valitse <b>Maa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
@@ -951,11 +1018,14 @@
"<p><big><b>Huomautus</b></big><br>\n"
"Luetellut NTP-palvelimet eivät välttämättä ole käytettävissä kaikista maista\n"
"vaan pelkästään tietystä maasta tai alueelta käsin. Ennen kuin käytät mitään\n"
-"NTP-palvelinta luettelosta, kysy järjestelmäsi ylläpitäjältä tai palveluntarjoajaltasi\n"
-"onko sinua lähempänä NTP-palvelinta ja suosi näitä palvelimia luettelossa olevien\n"
+"NTP-palvelinta luettelosta, kysy järjestelmäsi ylläpitäjältä tai "
+"palveluntarjoajaltasi\n"
+"onko sinua lähempänä NTP-palvelinta ja suosi näitä palvelimia luettelossa "
+"olevien\n"
"palvelinten sijaan. Voit etsiä lähellä sijaitsevaa palvelimia myös täältä\n"
"<i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>.\n"
-"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n"
+"Suomessa palveluntarjoajilla on yleensä NTP-palvelin, kuten <tt>"
+"ntp.kolumbus.fi</tt>.\n"
"Kansainvälisiä NTP-palvelimia on esim. <tt>time.nist.gov</tt> </p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -974,36 +1044,44 @@
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n"
-"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n"
+"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means "
+"that\n"
"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Käytä satunnaista palvelinta</b></big><br>\n"
"Tämän palvelun tarjoaa pool.ntp.org. Jos valitset tämän,\n"
"kolme eri palvelinta lisätään määritykseen. Palvelimien nimet ovat\n"
-"pysyviä, mutta ne muuttavat DNS-merkintäänsä (IP) joka tunti. Tämä tarkoittaa, että\n"
+"pysyviä, mutta ne muuttavat DNS-merkintäänsä (IP) joka tunti. Tämä "
+"tarkoittaa, että\n"
"NTP-palvelusi tahdistetaan joka tunti eri palvelimien kanssa.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
-"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
-"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
+"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various "
+"calibration\n"
+"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the "
+"particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Kello-ohjaimen kalibrointi</b></big><br>\n"
-"Kello-ohjain saattaa vaatia kalibroinnin. Tässä valintaikkunassa voidaan asettaa\n"
-"erilaisia kalibrointivalintoja. Tietyn valinnan merkitys riippuu ohjaimesta. Kaikki\n"
+"Kello-ohjain saattaa vaatia kalibroinnin. Tässä valintaikkunassa voidaan "
+"asettaa\n"
+"erilaisia kalibrointivalintoja. Tietyn valinnan merkitys riippuu ohjaimesta. "
+"Kaikki\n"
"ohjaimet eivät käytä kaikkia valintoja.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i"
+">.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"Lisätietoja käytettävissä olevista valinnoista saat asentamalla paketin\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> ja lukemalla <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> ja lukemalla <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.h"
+"tm</i>.</p>\n"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
12 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-12 12:00:17 +0100 (Fri, 12 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90861
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po
Log:
dns-server.ca.po: more (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po 2014-12-10 19:00:18 UTC (rev 90860)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/dns-server.ca.po 2014-12-12 11:00:17 UTC (rev 90861)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"…
[View More]Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-10 20:50+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-12 20:58+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -1800,6 +1800,12 @@
"or display the log of the DNS server,\n"
"use <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Funcions avançades</big></b><br>\n"
+"Per editar les opcions globals,\n"
+"ajustar els paràmatres del tallafoc,\n"
+"gestionar les claus TSIG per a actualitzacions dinàmiques de les zones,\n"
+"o mostrar el registre del servidor DNS,\n"
+"useu <b>Avançat</b>.</p>"
#. zone dialog
#. help 1/5
@@ -1864,6 +1870,12 @@
"<b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Servidors mestres</big></b><br>\n"
+"Establiu les adreces IP dels servidors de noms mestres per a aquesta zona. "
+"Useu <b>Afegeix</b>\n"
+"per afegir un nou servidor de noms. Seleccioneu-ne un d'existent i cliqueu a "
+"<b>Suprimeix</b>\n"
+"per eliminar-lo.</p>"
#. help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106
@@ -1875,6 +1887,13 @@
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Tipus de zona</big></b><br>\n"
+"Per fer que aquest servidor de noms sigui la font primària de dades de la "
+"zona,\n"
+"seleccioneu <b>Mestre</b>. Per fer-lo el servidor de noms secundari, "
+"seleccioneu <b>Esclau</b>\n"
+"o <b>Stub</b>, així les dades de la zona seran un mirall de les del\n"
+"servidor mestre.</p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
@@ -1895,6 +1914,11 @@
"Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n"
"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Classes d'interfície</big></b><br>\n"
+"Seleccioneu quines classes d'interfície haurien de tenir accés al servidor "
+"DNS. Les\n"
+"classes d'interfície estan definides al component de configuració del "
+"tallafoc.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -1957,6 +1981,10 @@
"the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>El número de <b>sèrie</b> s'usa per determinar si la zona ha canviat als\n"
+"servidors mestres (per tant, els servidors esclaus no necessiten "
+"sincronitzar sempre\n"
+"la zona sencera).</p>\n"
#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7
@@ -1985,6 +2013,11 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>La <b>caducitat</b> significa el període després del qual la zona caduca "
+"als servidors\n"
+"esclaus i els servidors esclaus deixen d'enviar respostes fins que es "
+"sincronitza.\n"
+"</p>"
#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7
@@ -2054,6 +2087,10 @@
"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n"
"it cannot answer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Reenviadors</big></b><br>\n"
+"Els reenviadors són servidors DNS als quals el vostre servidor DNS hauria "
+"d'enviar\n"
+"consultes que no pot respondre.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full
@@ -2088,6 +2125,10 @@
"<p>To modify a configured option, select it in the table,\n"
"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per afegir opcions noves, seleccioneu l'<b>Opció</b>,\n"
+"introduïu-ne el <b>Valor</b> i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Per modificar una opció configurada, seleccioneu-la a la taula,\n"
+"canvieu-ne el <b>Valor</b> i cliqueu a <b>Canvia</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236
@@ -2162,6 +2203,10 @@
"changing the configuration of the DNS server. This is needed\n"
"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Claus TSIG</big></b><br>\n"
+"Les claus TSIG s'usen per a l'autenticació quan es canvia remotament\n"
+"la configuració del servidor DNS. Això és necessari\n"
+"per a les actualitzacions dinàmiques de les zones DNS (DDNS).</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281
@@ -2288,6 +2333,9 @@
"If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n"
"from the current on in the <b>Connected Reverse Zones</b> field.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Si aquesta no és una zona inversa, podeu veure quines zones es generen\n"
+"des de l'actual al camp <b>Zones inverses connectades</b>.</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
10 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-10 20:00:18 +0100 (Wed, 10 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90860
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po
Log:
dhcp-server.ca.po: more (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2014-12-09 19:00:16 UTC (rev 90859)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2014-12-10 19:00:18 UTC (rev 90860)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@…
[View More]
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-09 19:54+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-10 20:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.4\n"
#. command line help text for DHCP server module
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25
@@ -1008,6 +1008,11 @@
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per afegir un <b>nou servidor de noms</b>, cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>,\n"
+"empleneu-ne el formulari i cliqueu a <b>D'acord</b>. Si el nou servidor de\n"
+"noms s'inclou a la zona DNS actual, introduïu-ne també l'adreça IP. Això "
+"és \n"
+"obligatori perquè s'usa durant la creació de la zona.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4)
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5)
@@ -1039,6 +1044,10 @@
"to <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> with IP addresses from <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Gamma dels registres DNS</big></b><br />\n"
+"Per exemple, creeu un conjunt de noms d'amfitrió des de <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
+"a <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> amb adreces IP des de <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
+"a <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95
@@ -1777,6 +1786,10 @@
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Opcions específiques de grup</big></b><br>\n"
+"Establiu el nom del grup de declaracions a <b>Nom del grup</b>. \n"
+"És només per a la vostra identificació.\n"
+"El nom no afecta el comportament del servidor DHCP.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
@@ -1786,6 +1799,10 @@
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Conjunt d'adreces</big></b><br>\n"
+"Establiu el nom del conjunt (pool) d'adreces a <b>Nom del conjunt</b>. \n"
+"És només per a la vostra identificació.\n"
+"El nom no afecta el comportament del servidor DHCP.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
@@ -1795,6 +1812,11 @@
"It is just for your identification.\n"
"The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Xarxa compartida</big></b><br>\n"
+"Establiu el nom per a la xarxa compartida a <b>Nom de la xarxa compartida</"
+"b>. \n"
+"És només per a la vostra identificació.\n"
+"El nom no afecte el comportament del servidor DHCP.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
@@ -1860,6 +1882,11 @@
"DNS work properly. To do it automatically, set\n"
"<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Paràmetres globals del servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
+"S'han d'actualitzar els paràmetres globals del servidor DHCP per fer que "
+"el \n"
+"DNS dinàmic funcioni correctament. Per fer-ho automàticament, establiu\n"
+"<b>Actualitza els paràmetres globals de DNS dinàmic</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
@@ -1870,6 +1897,12 @@
"DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Zones per actualitzar</big></b><br>\n"
+"Especifiqueu les zones de reenviament i inverses a actualitzar. Per a totes "
+"dues, especifiqueu també \n"
+"el seu servidor de noms primari. Si el servidor de noms s'executa al mateix "
+"amfitrió que el servidor DHCP,\n"
+"podeu deixar els camps en blanc.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
@@ -1990,6 +2023,10 @@
"netmask, minimum and maximum IP addresses available for the clients.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big> Informació de subxarxa</big></b></br>\n"
+"Vegeu informatció sobre la subxarxa actual, com ara l'adreça,\n"
+"la màscara, adreces IP mínimes i màximes disponibles per als clients.\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
@@ -2021,6 +2058,8 @@
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Màxim</b> (valor opcional) estableix el període de temps màxim\n"
+"durant el qual aquesta IP està bloquejada per al client al servidor DHCP.</p>"
#. Help text
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
@@ -2052,6 +2091,11 @@
"<p>To modify a configured host, select it in the table,\n"
"change all values, and click <b>Change in List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per afegir un nou amfitrió, establiu-ne el <b>nom</b>,\n"
+"l'<b>adreça de maquinari</b> i l'<b>adreça IP</b>\n"
+"i cliqueu a <b>afegeix</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Per modificar un amfitrió configurat, seleccioneu-lo a la taula,\n"
+"canvieu-ne els valors i cliqueu a <b>Canvia a la llista</b>.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
@@ -2105,6 +2149,9 @@
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
"subnet, select <b>Pool of Addresses</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per afegir un conjunt d'adreces (pool) que sigui tractat\n"
+"de manera diferent a d'altres tot i que siguin dins de la mateixa\n"
+"subxarxa, seleccioneu <b>Conjunt d'adreces</b>.</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
09 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-09 20:00:16 +0100 (Tue, 09 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90859
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po
Log:
dhcp-server.ca.po: more (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2014-12-07 19:04:59 UTC (rev 90858)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/dhcp-server.ca.po 2014-12-09 19:00:16 UTC (rev 90859)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@…
[View More]
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-03 21:04+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-09 19:54+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -109,7 +109,9 @@
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
-msgstr "Imprimeix la interfície usada actualment i llista altres interfícies disponibles"
+msgstr ""
+"Imprimeix la interfície usada actualment i llista altres interfícies "
+"disponibles"
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
@@ -547,10 +549,12 @@
#. at least minimal configuration
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
msgid ""
-"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP "
+"address \n"
"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
-"Una o més interfícies de xarxa seleccionades no està configurada (no adreça IP i \n"
+"Una o més interfícies de xarxa seleccionades no està configurada (no adreça "
+"IP i \n"
"màscara de xarxa assignades)."
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
@@ -752,10 +756,12 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
msgid ""
-"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
+"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP "
+"server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
-"La gamma d'adreces de DHCP dinàmic ha de ser a la mateixa xarxa que el servidor DHCP.\n"
+"La gamma d'adreces de DHCP dinàmic ha de ser a la mateixa xarxa que el "
+"servidor DHCP.\n"
"La IP %1 no coincideix amb la xarxa %2/%3."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
@@ -898,13 +904,15 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
-msgstr "L'opció de línia d'ordres del servidor DHCP \"-%1\" requereix un argument"
+msgstr ""
+"L'opció de línia d'ordres del servidor DHCP \"-%1\" requereix un argument"
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
-"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n"
+"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and "
+"write\n"
"/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n"
"changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n"
" \n"
@@ -925,7 +933,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n"
-"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n"
+"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how "
+"hostnames\n"
"are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n"
"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n"
@@ -949,10 +958,12 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n"
-"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n"
+"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be "
+"changed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>El <b>Nou nom de zona</b> o el <b>Nom de zona inversa</b>\n"
-"s'agafen del servidor DHCP actual i dels paràmetres de xarxa i no es poden canviar.</p>\n"
+"s'agafen del servidor DHCP actual i dels paràmetres de xarxa i no es poden "
+"canviar.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46
@@ -970,6 +981,10 @@
"Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n"
"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>Servidors de noms</b></big><br />\n"
+"Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la correcta funcionalitat del "
+"servidor DNS.\n"
+"Administren tots els registres de zona DNS.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56
@@ -988,7 +1003,8 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
-"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
+"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the "
+"current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1010,7 +1026,8 @@
"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
-"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
+"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to "
+"use\n"
"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1067,6 +1084,12 @@
"<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n"
"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"La <b>Subxarxa acutal</b> i la <b>Màscara de xarxa</b> mostren els "
+"paràmetres actuals de xarxa.\n"
+"El <b>domini</b> s'agafa de la configuració actual de DHCP.\n"
+"La <b>primera adreça IP</b> i la <b>segona adreça IP</b> coincideixen amb la "
+"gamma\n"
+"actual de DHCP dinàmic.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133
@@ -1085,10 +1108,13 @@
"<p>\n"
" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n"
"click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n"
+"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the "
+"corresponding\n"
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range "
+"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, "
+"select\n"
"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1368,9 +1394,15 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
msgid ""
"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n"
-"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n"
+"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server "
+"defined. \n"
"Really use the current settings?\n"
msgstr ""
+"No s'ha proporcionat cap adreça IP per a un servidor de noms a la zona DNS "
+"actual.\n"
+"Això pot no funcionar perquè cada zona necessita el nom i la IP del seu "
+"servidor de noms definit.\n"
+"Realment voleu usar els paràmetres actuals?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255
@@ -1631,7 +1663,8 @@
"<b>Available Interfaces</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interfícies de xarxa</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seleccioneu les interfícies de xarxa que el servidor DHCP hauria d'escoltar des\n"
+"Seleccioneu les interfícies de xarxa que el servidor DHCP hauria d'escoltar "
+"des\n"
"de les <b>Interfícies disponibles</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
@@ -1659,7 +1692,8 @@
"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Servidor DHCP</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Per executar el servidor DHCP cada vegada que s'engega l'ordinador, establiu\n"
+"<p>Per executar el servidor DHCP cada vegada que s'engega l'ordinador, "
+"establiu\n"
"<b>Inicia el servidor DHCP</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
@@ -1672,7 +1706,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Per executar el dimoni DHCP en mode Chroot jail, activeu l'opció\n"
-"<b>Executa el servidor DHCP en Chroot jail</b>. És més segur i molt recomanable\n"
+"<b>Executa el servidor DHCP en Chroot jail</b>. És més segur i molt "
+"recomanable\n"
"que inicieu els dimonis en mode Chroot jail.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -1695,8 +1730,10 @@
"the new declaration and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Declaracions configurades</b> mostra les opcions de configuració en ús.\n"
-"Per modificar una declaració existent, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Edita</b>.\n"
+"<p><b>Declaracions configurades</b> mostra les opcions de configuració en "
+"ús.\n"
+"Per modificar una declaració existent, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Edita</"
+"b>.\n"
"Per afegir-ne una de nova, seleccioneu una declaració que hauria d'incloure\n"
"la nova i cliqueu a <b>Afegeix</b>.\n"
"Per esborrar una declaració, seleccioneu-la i cliqueu a <b>Suprimeix</b>.</p>"
@@ -1718,7 +1755,8 @@
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuració de subxarxa</big></b><br>\n"
-"Establiu l'<b>adreça de xarxa</b> i la <b>màscara de xarxa</b> de la subxarxa.</p>"
+"Establiu l'<b>adreça de xarxa</b> i la <b>màscara de xarxa</b> de la "
+"subxarxa.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
@@ -1789,7 +1827,8 @@
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Per ajustar el DNS dinàmic per a amfitrions d'aquesta subxarxa, useu <b>DNS dinàmic</b>.</p>"
+"Per ajustar el DNS dinàmic per a amfitrions d'aquesta subxarxa, useu <b>DNS "
+"dinàmic</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
@@ -1798,6 +1837,10 @@
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
"<b>Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Habilitació de DNS dinàmic</big></b><br>\n"
+"Per habilitar actualitzacions DNS dinàmiques per a aquesta subxarxa, "
+"establiu\n"
+"<b>Habilita DNS dinàmic per a aquesta subxarxa</b>.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
@@ -1823,7 +1866,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
-"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
+"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the "
+"DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1831,8 +1875,10 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
-"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
-"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
+"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
+"with \n"
+"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible "
+"options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1840,10 +1886,12 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Selecció de la targeta de xarxa</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seleccioneu una o més targetes de xarxa de la llista a usar pel servidor DHCP.</p>\n"
+"Seleccioneu una o més targetes de xarxa de la llista a usar pel servidor "
+"DHCP.</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
@@ -1852,7 +1900,8 @@
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
"Opcionalment, també podeu especificar el <b>Nom de servidor DHCP</b>\n"
-"(el nom de l'objecte dhcpServer LDAP), si és diferent del vostre nom d'amfitrió.\n"
+"(el nom de l'objecte dhcpServer LDAP), si és diferent del vostre nom "
+"d'amfitrió.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
@@ -1870,7 +1919,8 @@
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>El <b>nom de domini</b> estableix el domini per al qual el servidor DHCP \n"
+"<p>El <b>nom de domini</b> estableix el domini per al qual el servidor "
+"DHCP \n"
"arrenda adreces IP a clients.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
@@ -1880,6 +1930,10 @@
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
"These values must be IP addresses.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>La <b>IP del servidor de noms primari</b> i la <b>IP del servidor de "
+"noms secundari</b> \n"
+"ofereixen aquests servidors de noms als clients DHCP.\n"
+"Aquests valors han de ser adreces IP.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
@@ -1896,11 +1950,16 @@
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>El <b>servidor d'hora</b> diu als clients d'usar aquest\n"
+"servidor per a la sincronització de l'hora.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
-msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Servidor d'impressió</b> ofereix aquest servidor com a servidor d'impressió per defecte.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Servidor d'impressió</b> ofereix aquest servidor com a servidor "
+"d'impressió per defecte.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
@@ -1908,13 +1967,20 @@
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>El <b>Servidor WINS </b> ofereix aquest servidor com a servidor WINS\n"
+"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
+"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
+"expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>El <b>Temps d'arrendament per defecte</b> estableix el temps després del "
+"qual\n"
+" la IP arrendada caduca i el client ha de demanar una IP una altra vegada.</"
+"p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
@@ -1930,7 +1996,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
-"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
+"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the "
+"same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
@@ -1943,6 +2010,10 @@
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Temps d'arrendament</big></b><br>\n"
+"Establiu el temps d'arrendament <b>per defecte</b> per a la gamma d'adreça "
+"IP actual,\n"
+"que estableix el temps de refresc IP òptim per als clients.<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
@@ -1969,7 +2040,8 @@
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Gestió d'amfitrió</b></big><br>\n"
-"Utilitzeu aquest diàleg per editar amfitrions amb adreça estàtica vinculant.</p>"
+"Utilitzeu aquest diàleg per editar amfitrions amb adreça estàtica vinculant."
+"</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
@@ -1984,7 +2056,8 @@
#. host management help 1/3
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Per eliminar un amfitrió, seleccioneu <b>Suprimeix de la llista</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Per eliminar un amfitrió, seleccioneu <b>Suprimeix de la llista</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/7
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
@@ -2040,6 +2113,10 @@
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
"select <b>Class</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per crear una classe de condició que es pugui usar per\n"
+"gestionar els clients de manera diferent segons la classe a la qual "
+"pertanyen,\n"
+"seleccioneu <b>Classe</b>.</p>"
#. selection box
#. selection box
@@ -2183,7 +2260,8 @@
"%1\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone."
msgstr ""
-"Les interfícies de xarxa llistades a sota no es mencionen a cap zona del tallafoc.\n"
+"Les interfícies de xarxa llistades a sota no es mencionen a cap zona del "
+"tallafoc.\n"
"%1\n"
"Executeu la configuració del tallafoc del YaST per assignar-les a una zona."
@@ -2415,7 +2493,7 @@
"\n"
"Avorntant ara."
-#. error report
+#. error report
#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
@@ -2527,7 +2605,7 @@
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "S'ha produït un error en crear %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "S'ha produït un error en actualitzar %1."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
07 Dec '14
Author: xein
Date: 2014-12-07 20:04:59 +0100 (Sun, 07 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90858
Modified:
trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po
Log:
Update Korean translation
Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-12-07 19:00:19 UTC (rev 90857)
+++ trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-12-07 19:04:59 UTC (rev 90858)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: base.ko\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: …
[View More]2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-08 03:57+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-08 04:04+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language: ko\n"
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:870
msgid "<Error: invalid help>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<오류: 잘못된 도움말>"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
@@ -460,14 +460,11 @@
#. last part of the question (variable)
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:182
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Do you really want\n"
#| "to quit the installation?"
msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?"
-msgstr ""
-"정말로 설치를\n"
-"종료하시겠습니까?"
+msgstr "정말로 설치를 계속하거나 중단하시겠습니까?"
# Button that will continue with the installation
#. button label
@@ -531,7 +528,6 @@
#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
#. bugzilla #332436
#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "An internal error occured when integrating additional workflow."
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "추가 작업을 통합하는 동안 내부 오류가 발생했습니다."
@@ -1093,10 +1089,9 @@
# NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Controlling YaST2 ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
-msgstr "YaST ncurses와 함께 keyboard 제어중"
+msgstr "YaST ncurses 와 함께 Keyboard 제어"
# NCurses Control Center help 1/
#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
@@ -4147,7 +4142,7 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:662
msgid "Show This Report"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "이 보고서 확인"
# Button label
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
07 Dec '14
Author: xein
Date: 2014-12-07 20:00:19 +0100 (Sun, 07 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90857
Modified:
trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po
trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po
Log:
Update Korean translation
Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-12-07 16:47:09 UTC (rev 90856)
+++ trunk/yast/ko/po/base.ko.po 2014-12-07 19:00:19 UTC (rev 90857)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: base.ko\n"
"Report-Msgid-…
[View More]Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:22+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-14 17:35+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-08 03:57+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language: ko\n"
@@ -13,9 +13,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Poedit-Language: Korean\n"
-"X-Poedit-Country: KOREA, REPUBLIC OF\n"
"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question
#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system.
@@ -81,12 +80,15 @@
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' 도움말'을 사용하십시오."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr "사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"사용가능한 명령들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 도움말'을 사용하십"
+"시오."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371
@@ -132,7 +134,9 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시"
+"오."
# translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
# %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
@@ -140,7 +144,9 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr "사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용하십시오."
+msgstr ""
+"사용가능한 옵션들의 목록을 완벽하게 하기 위해서 ' yast2 %1 %2 도움말' 을 사용"
+"하십시오."
# translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
@@ -192,7 +198,6 @@
# translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:749
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This is a YaST2 module."
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "이것은 YaST 모듈입니다."
@@ -252,17 +257,27 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr " 사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시오. "
+msgstr ""
+" 사용 가능한 옵션들의 목록을 위해서 'yast2 %1 <명령> 도움말'을 운영 하십시"
+"오. "
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오."
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
+"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 누락되었습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명"
+"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오."
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
+"command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"대상 파일 이름('xmlfile' 옵션)이 비어 있습니다. xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 명"
+"령줄 옵션을 사용하십시오."
# translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
@@ -547,7 +562,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>서비스 시작</big></b><br>\n"
"컴퓨터를 켤 때마다 서비스가 시작되도록 하려면\n"
-" <b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.</p>"
+" <b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하십시오. 그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하십시오.</"
+"p>"
# Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
# Final step of the isntallation wizard - 2/4
@@ -566,7 +582,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>서비스 시작</big></b><br>\n"
"컴퓨터를 켤 때마다 서비스가 시작되도록 하려면\n"
-"<b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하세요. xinetd 데몬과 함께 시작하려면, <b>%3</b>을 설정하시고,\n"
+"<b>%1</b>을(를) 설정하세요. xinetd 데몬과 함께 시작하려면, <b>%3</b>을 설정하"
+"시고,\n"
"그렇지 않으면 <b>%2</b>을(를) 설정하세요.</p>"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
@@ -1060,10 +1077,9 @@
msgstr "YaST 제어판"
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Rundi"
msgid "Run"
-msgstr "룬디어"
+msgstr "실행"
#. show popup when running as non-root
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
@@ -1100,7 +1116,11 @@
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334
-msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
+"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
+"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
+"on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
# NCurses Control Center help 2/9
@@ -1161,7 +1181,8 @@
#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
+"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>기능 키</i><br>\n"
"F 키를 사용하면 주 기능에 빠르게 접근 할 수 있습니다.\n"
@@ -1688,13 +1709,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgid "Updating system configuration..."
-msgstr "구성 업데이트 중..."
+msgstr "시스템 구성 업데이트 중..."
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "This may take a while"
msgid "This may take a while."
msgstr "약간의 시간이 소요될 수 있습니다."
@@ -1918,7 +1937,6 @@
#. translators: warnings summary header
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Warning:"
#| msgid_plural "Warnings:"
msgid "Warning:"
@@ -1926,7 +1944,6 @@
#. translators: errors summary header
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:720
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error:"
#| msgid_plural "Errors:"
msgid "Error:"
@@ -1936,7 +1953,6 @@
#. translators: message summary header
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:738
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:756
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Message:"
#| msgid_plural "Messages:"
msgid "Message:"
@@ -2061,12 +2077,14 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
+"information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>새 GPG 키 만들기</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>가 시작됩니다. 자세한 내용은 <tt>gpg</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>가 시작됩니다. 자세한 내용은 <tt>gpg</tt> 매뉴얼 페이지"
+"를 참조하십시오.\n"
" 취소하려면 Ctrl+C를 누르십시오.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -2264,7 +2282,8 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be unselected:\n"
+#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be "
+#| "unselected:\n"
#| "%1"
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
@@ -3079,79 +3098,116 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr "새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 내부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 내부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습"
+"니다."
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr "새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 외부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"새 네트워크 장치 '%1'이(가) 발견되었으며, 외부 방화벽 인터페이스로 추가되었습"
+"니다."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 꾸러미가 설지되지 않았습니다. 방화벽이 비활성화 될것입니다."
+msgstr ""
+"SuSEfirewall2 꾸러미가 설지되지 않았습니다. 방화벽이 비활성화 될것입니다."
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582
-msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "방화벽 활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">비 활성화</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
+"\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"방화벽 활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">비 활성화</"
+"a>)"
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587
-msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "방화벽 비활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">활성화</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
+"\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"방화벽 비활성화 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">활성화</"
+"a>)"
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621
-msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)"
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626
-msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"SSH 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">열기</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</"
+#| "a>), but there are still no network interfaces configured"
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
+"but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
-msgstr "SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>), 하지만 네트워크 구성이 아직 없습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"SSH 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">닫기</a>), 하"
+"지만 네트워크 구성이 아직 없습니다."
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661
-msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
-msgstr "SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
+"on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703
-msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">닫기</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 열림 (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">닫"
+"기</a>)"
# label in proposal text
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708
-msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">열기</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"원격 관리 (VNC) 포트가 닫힘 (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">열"
+"기</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718
-msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "원격 관리(VNC)를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 VNC 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
+"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"원격 관리(VNC)를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 VNC 포트가 열리지 않"
+"았습니다."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736
@@ -3170,9 +3226,14 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
-msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH "
+#| "port on the firewall."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
+"needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"SSH를 통해 시스템을 설치 중이지만 방화벽에서 SSH 포트가 열리지 않았습니다."
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
@@ -3316,7 +3377,8 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-#| "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
+#| "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
+#| "module."
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
@@ -3360,7 +3422,8 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:669
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
+"module."
msgstr ""
"꾸러미 실패를 무시하면 시스템이 망가질 가능성이 있습니다.\n"
"잠시 후 소프트웨어 관리 모듈을 실행하여 시스템을 확인하세요."
@@ -3369,8 +3432,10 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
+"changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
+"from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>지정한 URL의 소스에서 다른 미디어 ID를 제공합니다.\n"
@@ -3694,7 +3759,9 @@
#. message in a progress popup
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2211
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr "꾸러미 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 작업은 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있습니다."
+msgstr ""
+"꾸러미 데이터베이스를 다시 만들고 있습니다. 이 작업은 시간이 많이 걸릴 수 있"
+"습니다."
#. progress bar label
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2216
@@ -3908,7 +3975,8 @@
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
+"installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
@@ -3925,15 +3993,20 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
+"to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
+"the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t 이 대화 상자에서는 이 시스템의 작업 및 설치할 소프트웨어를 정의할 수 있습니다.\n"
-"\t\t 이 시스템에 대해 사용할 수 있는 작업 및 소프트웨어는 왼쪽 열에 카테고리별로\n"
-"\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시오.\n"
+"\t\t 이 대화 상자에서는 이 시스템의 작업 및 설치할 소프트웨어를 정의할 수 있"
+"습니다.\n"
+"\t\t 이 시스템에 대해 사용할 수 있는 작업 및 소프트웨어는 왼쪽 열에 카테고리"
+"별로\n"
+"\t\t 표시됩니다. 항목에 대한 설명을 보려면 목록에서 해당 항목을 선택하십시"
+"오.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338
@@ -3965,7 +4038,8 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
+"disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3973,11 +4047,13 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t 오른쪽 맨 아래의 디스크 사용 표시는 요청한 변경 작업을 모두 수행한 후에\n"
+"\t\t 오른쪽 맨 아래의 디스크 사용 표시는 요청한 변경 작업을 모두 수행한 후"
+"에\n"
" \t\t 남게 되는 디스크 공간을 보여 줍니다.\n"
" \t\t 하드 디스크 파티션이 꽉 차거나 거의 차면 시스템 성능이\n"
" \t\t 저하되고 어떤 경우에는 심각한 문제를 일으킬 수 있습니다.\n"
-" \t\t 시스템이 올바로 실행되기 위해서는 사용 가능한 디스크 공간이 어느 정도 필요합니다.\n"
+" \t\t 시스템이 올바로 실행되기 위해서는 사용 가능한 디스크 공간이 어느 정도 "
+"필요합니다.\n"
" \t\t </p>"
#. Dialog title
@@ -4075,10 +4151,9 @@
# Button label
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:663
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "&Finish"
msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "완료(&F)"
+msgstr "완료"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:664
#, fuzzy
@@ -4088,15 +4163,20 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed packages.</P>"
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>설치 요약</B></BIG><BR>이곳에 설치된 꾸러미의 간략한 소개가 있습니다.</P>"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<P><BIG><B>Installation Summary</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of "
+#| "installed packages.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
+"or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>설치 요약</B></BIG><BR>이곳에 설치된 꾸러미의 간략한 소개가 있습니"
+"다.</P>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation Error"
msgid "Installation Report"
-msgstr "설치 오류"
+msgstr "설치 보고"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:699
msgid "Installed Packages"
@@ -4154,8 +4234,10 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "The file %1 from repository %2\n"
#| "%3\n"
-#| "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
+#| "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the "
+#| "file\n"
+#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system "
+#| "at risk.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "Use it anyway?"
msgid ""
@@ -4188,8 +4270,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
-#| "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the list of checksums\n"
-#| "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n"
+#| "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the "
+#| "list of checksums\n"
+#| "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package "
+#| "may put\n"
#| "the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "Install it anyway?"
@@ -4214,14 +4298,16 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "No checksum for file %1 was found the repository.\n"
#| "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-#| "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
+#| "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
+#| "Using the file\n"
#| "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "Use it anyway?"
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
+"Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
@@ -4269,10 +4355,9 @@
#. GPG key property
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:659
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ID: %1"
msgid "ID: "
-msgstr "ID: %1"
+msgstr "ID: "
# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:140
# Proposal for uml user name
@@ -4304,9 +4389,11 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "Package %1 from repository %2\n"
#| "%3\n"
-#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n"
+#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: "
+#| "%4\n"
#| "\n"
-#| "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n"
+#| "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an "
+#| "attacker\n"
#| "since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n"
#| "for the integrity and security of your system.\n"
#| "\n"
@@ -4338,7 +4425,8 @@
#| msgid ""
#| "File %1 from repository %2\n"
#| "%3\n"
-#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %4\n"
+#| "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: "
+#| "%4\n"
#| "\n"
#| "This means that the file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n"
#| "since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n"
@@ -4491,7 +4579,7 @@
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:910
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
-msgstr "신뢰되지 않은 공개 키로 서명됨"
+msgstr "검증되지 않은 공개 키로 서명됨"
#. push button
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:919
@@ -4509,7 +4597,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>키 소유자는 시스템이 신뢰할 업데이트,\n"
"꾸러미 및 꾸러미 저장소를 배포하고 추가 경고 없이\n"
-"설치 및 업데이트를 제공할 수도 있습니다. 따라서 신뢰된\n"
+"설치 및 업데이트를 제공할 수도 있습니다. 따라서 검증된\n"
"키 모음으로 키를 가져오면 시스템의 소프트웨어에 대해\n"
"키 소유자가 어느 정도의 제어력을 갖게 됩니다.</p>"
@@ -4523,7 +4611,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
+"used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>신뢰한(가져온) 키에 의해 서명되지 않은\n"
"모든 꾸러미에 대해 경고 대화 상자가 열립니다. 키를 가져오지 않으면\n"
@@ -4564,26 +4653,22 @@
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n"
#| "Expiry date: %1"
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
-msgstr ""
-"경고: 키가 만료되었습니다!\n"
-"만료 날짜: %1"
+msgstr "경고: 키가 만료되었습니다!"
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
-msgstr "신뢰되지 않은 GnuPG 키 가져오기"
+msgstr "검증되지 않은 GnuPG 키 가져오기"
#. push button
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Trust"
msgid "&Trust"
-msgstr "신뢰"
+msgstr "신뢰(&T)"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
@@ -4634,7 +4719,8 @@
#| "but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
+#| "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system "
+#| "at risk.\n"
#| "\n"
#| "Use it anyway?"
msgid ""
@@ -4643,7 +4729,8 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
+"risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4705,15 +4792,21 @@
msgstr "<p>꾸러미를 설치하는 동안 기다려 주십시오.</p>"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648
-msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>설치 중단</B> 꾸러미 설치는 <B>중단</B> 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니다. 하지만, 이로인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 않아 부팅이 안될 수도 있습니다.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
+"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
+"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
+"installed.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>설치 중단</B> 꾸러미 설치는 <B>중단</B> 버튼을 눌러 중단할 수 있습니"
+"다. 하지만, 이로인해 시스템이 불안정하거나, 기초 시스템 구성요소가 설치되지 "
+"않아 부팅이 안될 수도 있습니다.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Release &Notes"
msgid "%s Release Notes"
-msgstr "버전 변경사항(&N)"
+msgstr "%s 출시 정보"
#. tab
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678
@@ -5531,7 +5624,8 @@
"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
msgstr ""
"올바른 네트워크 정의는 모든 네트워크에 대해\n"
-"IP, IP/네트워크 마스크, IP/네트워크 마스크_비트 또는 0/0을 포함할 수 있습니다.\n"
+"IP, IP/네트워크 마스크, IP/네트워크 마스크_비트 또는 0/0을 포함할 수 있습니"
+"다.\n"
" \n"
" 예:\n"
" IP: 192.168.0.1\n"
@@ -5553,26 +5647,23 @@
# MegaByte abbreviated
#. MegaByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "MB"
msgid "MiB"
-msgstr "MB"
+msgstr "MiB"
# GigaByte abbreviated
#. GigaByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:150
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "GB"
msgid "GiB"
-msgstr "GB"
+msgstr "GiB"
# TeraByte abbreviated
#. TeraByte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:152
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "TB"
msgid "TiB"
-msgstr "TB"
+msgstr "TiB"
#. covert a number to download rate string
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
@@ -5700,7 +5791,6 @@
#. fallback name for the dialog title
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1228
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1277
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Modules"
msgid "Module"
msgstr "모듈"
@@ -6372,13 +6462,15 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
+"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"%1 역방향 IPv4 주소는 잘못되었습니다.\n"
"\n"
" 유효한 역방향 IPv4는 0-255 범위의 네 개의 정수로 구성되고\n"
" 각 정수는 점으로 구분되며 그 뒤에 '.in-addr.arpa.'와 같은 문자열이 옵니다.\n"
-" 예를 들어 IPv4 주소 '192.168.32.1'의 경우 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'가 될 수 있습니다.\n"
+" 예를 들어 IPv4 주소 '192.168.32.1'의 경우 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'가 될 "
+"수 있습니다.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa')
@@ -6514,255 +6606,3 @@
#~ msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..."
#~ msgstr "설치된 서비스의 동적 정의 읽는 중..."
-
-# src/isdn/interface.ycp:87
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "No running network detected!"
-#~ msgid "No running network detected."
-#~ msgstr "실행 중인 네트워크 검색된것 없음!"
-
-#~ msgid "or continue without network."
-#~ msgstr "또는 네트워크 없이 계속합니다."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n"
-#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "현재 시스템에 일관성이 없습니다.\n"
-#~ "일부 꾸러미의 의존성이 해결되지 않았습니다."
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-#~ msgstr "의존성을 자동으로 해결하는데 실패했습니다. 필요한 의존성을 수동으로 해결하세요."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-#~| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-#~| "in the package manager."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-#~ "in the software manager."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Yast 가 일부 꾸러미를 자동으로 추가 또는 제거했습니다.\n"
-#~ "꾸러미 관리자에서 변동된 부분을 확인하세요\n"
-#~ "."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n"
-#~| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "꾸러미 관리자를 시작하여 문제점을 수정하거나\n"
-#~ "확인된 꾸러미가 설치 준비 되었는지 확인하였습니까?"
-
-#~ msgid "Installed Size"
-#~ msgstr "설치된 크기"
-
-# popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-# Error message.
-# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d,
-# eg. nfsserver
-#~ msgid "Empty service name: %1."
-#~ msgstr "비어있는 서비스 이름: %1"
-
-# Error message.
-# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d,
-# eg. nfsserver
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Service %1 does not exist."
-#~ msgid "Service %1 does not exist in %2."
-#~ msgstr "%1 서비스는 존재하지 않습니다."
-
-# Error message.
-# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d,
-# Disabling means that the service should not start
-# in appropriate runlevels, eg. at boot time.
-# %2 is the stderr output of insserv(8)
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "Unable to disable service %1:\n"
-#~| "%2"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unable to query '%1' unit Id\n"
-#~ "Command returned: %2\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "%1 서비스 비활성화 할수 없음:\n"
-#~ "%2"
-
-# Error message.
-# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d,
-# Disabling means that the service should not start
-# in appropriate runlevels, eg. at boot time.
-# %2 is the stderr output of insserv(8)
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "Unable to disable service %1:\n"
-#~| "%2"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unable to disable service %1\n"
-#~ "Command '%2' returned:%3\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "%1 서비스 비활성화 할수 없음:\n"
-#~ "%2"
-
-# Error message.
-# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d,
-# Enabling means that the service should start
-# in appropriate runlevels, eg. at boot time.
-# %2 is the stderr output of insserv(8)
-# %3 is a comma separated list of runlevels
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "Unable to enable service %1 in runlevels %2:\n"
-#~| "%3"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unable to enable service %1\n"
-#~ "Command %2 returned\n"
-#~ "%3"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "런레벨 %2에서는 서비스 %1을 활성화 할수 없음:\n"
-#~ "%3"
-
-# TextEntry label
-#~ msgid "&Enter Password:"
-#~ msgstr "열쇠글 입력(&E):"
-
-# Label text
-#~ msgid "Scanning for hosts in the local network..."
-#~ msgstr "이 로컬 네트워크안에서 호스트 검색 중..."
-
-# SelectionBox label
-#~ msgid "&Available Hosts:"
-#~ msgstr "유효한 호스트(&A):"
-
-# src/config/dns.y2cc:11
-# TextEntry label
-#~ msgid "&Host:"
-#~ msgstr "호스트(&H):"
-
-# TextEntry label
-#~ msgid "&User name:"
-#~ msgstr "사용자 이름(&U):"
-
-# TextEntry label
-#~ msgid "&Module to Start:"
-#~ msgstr "시작할 모듈(&M):"
-
-# ComboBox label
-#~ msgid "Connection &Protocol:"
-#~ msgstr "연결 프로토콜(&P):"
-
-# PushButton label
-#~ msgid "&Launch"
-#~ msgstr "시작(&L)"
-
-# ComboBox label
-#~ msgid "Select the Serial &Interface to Use:"
-#~ msgstr "직렬 인터페이스를 사용하기 위한 선택(&I):"
-
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "설치요약"
-
-# 10^3 bytes
-#~ msgid "kB"
-#~ msgstr "kB"
-
-# error message
-#~ msgid "Cannot enable service '%1'."
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 서비스를 활성화 할 수 없습니다."
-
-# error message
-#~ msgid "Cannot disable service '%1'."
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 서비스를 비활성화 할 수 없습니다."
-
-#~ msgid "Post-Installation log (SUSEconfig)"
-#~ msgstr "설치후 로그 (SUSEconfig)"
-
-# Error message.
-# %1 is a name of an init script in /etc/init.d,
-# Enabling means that the service should start
-# in appropriate runlevels, eg. at boot time.
-# %2 is the stderr output of insserv(8)
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unable to enable service %1:\n"
-#~ "%2"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "%1 서비스 활성화 할수 없음:\n"
-#~ "%2"
-
-# Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#~ msgid "YaST2 Control Center"
-#~ msgstr "YaST 제어판"
-
-#~ msgid "Import Public GnuPG Key"
-#~ msgstr "공개 GnuPG 키 가져오기"
-
-#~ msgid "&Import"
-#~ msgstr "가져오기(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Do &Not Import"
-#~ msgstr "가져오지 않음(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository %1 \n"
-#~ "%2:\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "%3\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
-#~ "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
-#~ "You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n"
-#~ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "저장소 %1 에서 GnuPG 키가 발견되었습니다\n"
-#~ "%2:\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "%3\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "신뢰된 공개 키 모음으로 이것을 가져오도록 선택할\n"
-#~ "수 있습니다. 이는 키 소유자를 신뢰한다는 뜻입니다.\n"
-#~ "키를 가져오기 전에 해당 소유자를 신뢰할 수 있는지,\n"
-#~ "키가 정말로 그 소유자에게 속하는 것인지 확인해야 합니다."
-
-#~ msgid "A&vailable are:"
-#~ msgstr "사용 가능(&V):"
-
-#~ msgid "Re&start detection"
-#~ msgstr "검색 재시도(&s)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Configure..."
-#~ msgstr "설정(&C)..."
-
-#~ msgid "C&hange..."
-#~ msgstr "변경(&C)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium."
-#~ msgstr "꾸러미 %1 를 해당 매체에서 찾을 수 없습니다."
-
-#~ msgid "Package %1 could not be downloaded (input/output error)."
-#~ msgstr "%1 꾸러미를 내려받기 할 수 없음(입력/출력 오류)"
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to download delta RPM"
-#~ msgstr "델타 RPM을 다운로드하지 못했습니다."
-
-# message popup
-#~ msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM"
-#~ msgstr "델타 RPM을 적용하지 못했습니다."
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM"
-#~ msgstr "패치 RPM을 다운로드하지 못했습니다."
-
-# error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Download failed:\n"
-#~ " %1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "다운로드 실패:\n"
-#~ " %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Accessing the Softwaree Management Failed"
-#~ msgstr "꾸러미 관리자 접근에 실패"
Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2014-12-07 16:47:09 UTC (rev 90856)
+++ trunk/yast/ko/po/firewall.ko.po 2014-12-07 19:00:19 UTC (rev 90857)
@@ -6,16 +6,14 @@
"Project-Id-Version: firewall.ko\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-11-04 16:55+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-08 03:58+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language: ko\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
-"X-Poedit-Language: Korean\n"
-"X-Poedit-Country: KOREA, REPUBLIC OF\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
@@ -253,8 +251,10 @@
" 클릭하여 네트워크 장치를 방화벽 영역에 할당합니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
" <p><tt>any</tt>와 같은 특수 문자열을 입력하려면 \n"
-" <b>사용자 정의</b>를 사용하십시오. 아직 구성하지 않은 인터페이스도 여기서 입력할 수 있습니다.\n"
-" 마스커레이딩이 필요한 경우에는 <tt>any</tt> 문자열을 사용할 수 없습니다.</p>\n"
+" <b>사용자 정의</b>를 사용하십시오. 아직 구성하지 않은 인터페이스도 여기서 입"
+"력할 수 있습니다.\n"
+" 마스커레이딩이 필요한 경우에는 <tt>any</tt> 문자열을 사용할 수 없습니다.</"
+"p>\n"
" \n"
" <p>모든 네트워크 장치를 방화벽 영역에 할당해야 합니다.\n"
" 할당되지 않은 인터페이스를 통한 네트워크 트래픽은 차단됩니다.</p>\n"
@@ -275,15 +275,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n"
-#| "<br>Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
+#| "<br>Here, specify services or ports that should be accessible from the "
+#| "network.\n"
#| "Networks are divided into firewall zones.</p>\n"
#| "\n"
#| "<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
#| "<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#| "To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+#| "To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed "
+#| "Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
#| "\n"
#| "<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, remove \n"
-#| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected from this zone.</p>\n"
+#| "protection from the zone. All services and ports would be unprotected "
+#| "from this zone.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n"
"<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
@@ -291,10 +294,12 @@
"\n"
"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed "
+"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n"
-"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n"
+"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network "
+"will\n"
"be unprotected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>허용된 서비스</big></b>\n"
@@ -303,7 +308,8 @@
"\n"
"<p>서비스를 허용하려면 <b>영역</b> 및\n"
"<b>허용할 서비스</b>를 선택하고<b>추가</b>를 누릅니다.\n"
-"허용된 서비스를 제거하려면 <b>영역</b> 및 <b>허용된 서비스</b>를 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n"
+"허용된 서비스를 제거하려면 <b>영역</b> 및 <b>허용된 서비스</b>를 선택하고 <b>"
+"삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>내부 영역에서 방화벽 보호</b>의 선택을 해제하면 영역에서 보호가\n"
"제거됩니다. 이 영역에서는 모든 서비스와 포트가 보호되지 않습니다.</p>\n"
@@ -312,20 +318,25 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n"
-"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n"
+"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC "
+"ports and\n"
"IP protocols.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
-"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
+"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or "
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>고급</b>을 사용하면 추가로 설정을 구성할 수 있습니다.\n"
-"항목은 공백으로 구분해야 합니다. 여기서는 TCP, UDP, RPC 포트 및 IP 프로토콜을\n"
+"항목은 공백으로 구분해야 합니다. 여기서는 TCP, UDP, RPC 포트 및 IP 프로토콜"
+"을\n"
" 사용할 수 있습니다.</p>\n"
-" <p>TCP 및 UDP 포트는 포트 이름(<tt>ftp-data</tt>), 포트 번호(<tt>3128</tt>)\n"
+" <p>TCP 및 UDP 포트는 포트 이름(<tt>ftp-data</tt>), 포트 번호(<tt>3128</"
+"tt>)\n"
" 및 포트 범위(<tt>8000:8520</tt>)로 입력할 수 있습니다.\n"
-" RPC 포트는 서비스 이름(<tt>portmap</tt> 또는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)으로 입력해야 합니다.\n"
+" RPC 포트는 서비스 이름(<tt>portmap</tt> 또는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)으로 입력해"
+"야 합니다.\n"
" IP 프로토콜은 프로토콜 이름(<tt>esp</tt>)으로 입력할 수 있습니다.\n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -333,73 +344,99 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
-"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n"
+"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your "
+"firewall and allows\n"
+"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, "
+"transparently. Requests\n"
"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n"
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
"to the external network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>마스커레이딩</big></b>\n"
-"<br>마스커레이딩이란 내부 네트워크를 방화벽 뒤에 숨긴 채 내부 네트워크가 인터넷과 같은\n"
+"<br>마스커레이딩이란 내부 네트워크를 방화벽 뒤에 숨긴 채 내부 네트워크가 인터"
+"넷과 같은\n"
"외부 네트워크에 투명하게 접근 할 수 있도록 지원하는 기능입니다. \n"
"외부 네트워크에서 내부 네트워크로의 요청은 차단됩니다.\n"
-"외부 네트워크에 대해 네트워크를 마스커레이드하려면 <b>네트워크 마스커레이드</b>를\n"
+"외부 네트워크에 대해 네트워크를 마스커레이드하려면 <b>네트워크 마스커레이드</"
+"b>를\n"
"선택합니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n"
-"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n"
-"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n"
+"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal "
+"network, it is possible to\n"
+"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal "
+"IP. \n"
+"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form."
+"</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</"
+"b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"외부 네트워크로부터의 요청이 내부 네트워크에 도달하지는 못하더라도, 방화벽의\n"
+"외부 네트워크로부터의 요청이 내부 네트워크에 도달하지는 못하더라도, 방화벽"
+"의\n"
"요청된 포트를 내부 IP 중 하나로 리디렉션할 수는 있습니다. \n"
-"새 리디렉션 규칙을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고 리디렉션 양식을 작성합니다.</p>\n"
+"새 리디렉션 규칙을 추가하려면 <b>추가</b>를 클릭하고 리디렉션 양식을 작성합니"
+"다.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>리디렉션 규칙을 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 규칙을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 누릅니다.</p>\n"
+"<p>리디렉션 규칙을 제거하려면 테이블에서 해당 규칙을 선택하고 <b>삭제</b>를 "
+"누릅니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
+"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to "
+"find \n"
"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n"
-"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
+"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues "
+"using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n"
-"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n"
+"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add "
+"needed broadcast\n"
+"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated "
+"ports for\n"
"particular zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n"
-"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n"
+"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of "
+"packets in wider networks.\n"
+"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast "
+"Packets</b>\n"
"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>브로드캐스트 구성</big></b>\n"
"<br>브로드캐스트 패킷은 주변 컴퓨터를 찾거나 네트워크의 각 컴퓨터에\n"
" 정보를 전송하기 위해 네트워크 전체로 전송되는 특수 UDP 패킷입니다.\n"
-" 예를 들어 CUPS 서버는 브로드캐스트 패킷을 사용하여 인쇄 대기열에 대한 정보를 제공합니다.</p>\n"
+" 예를 들어 CUPS 서버는 브로드캐스트 패킷을 사용하여 인쇄 대기열에 대한 정보"
+"를 제공합니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>허용된 인터페이스에서 선택한 SuSEfirewall2 서비스는 필요한 브로드캐스트 포트를 여기서 \n"
-" 자동으로 추가합니다. 다른 항목을 추가하거나 제거하려면 공백으로 구분된, 특정 영역에 대한\n"
+" <p>허용된 인터페이스에서 선택한 SuSEfirewall2 서비스는 필요한 브로드캐스트 "
+"포트를 여기서 \n"
+" 자동으로 추가합니다. 다른 항목을 추가하거나 제거하려면 공백으로 구분된, 특"
+"정 영역에 대한\n"
" 포트 목록을 편집할 수 있습니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>다른 손실된 브로드캐스트 패킷은 로그에 기록됩니다. 규모가 큰 네트워크에는 상당히 많은 패킷이 존재할 수 있습니다.\n"
-" 이러한 패킷의 로깅을 억제하려면 원하는 영역에 대해 <b>허용되지 않은 브로드캐스트 패킷 기록</b>을\n"
+" <p>다른 손실된 브로드캐스트 패킷은 로그에 기록됩니다. 규모가 큰 네트워크에"
+"는 상당히 많은 패킷이 존재할 수 있습니다.\n"
+" 이러한 패킷의 로깅을 억제하려면 원하는 영역에 대해 <b>허용되지 않은 브로드캐"
+"스트 패킷 기록</b>을\n"
" 선택 취소합니다.</p>\n"
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n"
-"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n"
+"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their "
+"reply\n"
+"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP "
+"browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
-"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n"
+"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the "
+"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also "
+"choose from\n"
"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -407,40 +444,53 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
+"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks "
+"through untrusted networks, such as\n"
"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n"
"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n"
-"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n"
+"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the "
+"internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec 지원</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec은 신뢰된 호스트 또는 인터넷과 같이 신뢰되지 않은 네트워크를 통한 네트워크 간에 이루어지는 암호화된\n"
+"<br>IPsec은 검증된 호스트 또는 인터넷과 같이 검증되지 않은 네트워크를 통한 네"
+"트워크 간에 이루어지는 암호화된\n"
"통신입니다. 이 대화 상자에서 <b>활성화</b>를 사용하면 외부 영역에\n"
"대한 IPsec이 열립니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
" <p><b>세부 사항</b>에서는 성공적으로 암호 해독된 IPsec 패킷의 처리\n"
-" 방법을 구성합니다. 예를 들어 이러한 패킷을 내부 영역에서 온 것처럼 처리할 수 있습니다.</p>\n"
+" 방법을 구성합니다. 예를 들어 이러한 패킷을 내부 영역에서 온 것처럼 처리할 "
+"수 있습니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
-"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n"
+"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. "
+"Here,\n"
+"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not "
+"logged at all.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
-"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n"
-"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n"
+"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and "
+"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
+"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> "
+"for logging every\n"
+"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do "
+"Not Log Any</b>\n"
"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>로깅 레벨</big></b>\n"
"<br>이것은 IP 패킷 로깅 설정을 위한 기본 구성 대화 상자입니다. 여기서는\n"
-" 들어오는 연결 패킷에 대한 로깅을 구성할 수 있습니다. 나가는 연결 패킷은 기록되지 않습니다.</p>\n"
+" 들어오는 연결 패킷에 대한 로깅을 구성할 수 있습니다. 나가는 연결 패킷은 기록"
+"되지 않습니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>기록된 IP 패킷에는 두 그룹이 있습니다. <b>허용된 패킷</b>과 <b>허용되지 않은 패킷</b>이 그것입니다.\n"
-" 각 그룹에 대해 세 가지 로깅 레벨 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 모든 패킷을 기록하려면 <b>모두 기록</b>을,\n"
-" 관심이 있는 내용만 기록하려면 <b>중요한 내용만 기록</b>을, 기록하지 않으려면 <b>기록하지 않음</b>을\n"
+" <p>기록된 IP 패킷에는 두 그룹이 있습니다. <b>허용된 패킷</b>과 <b>허용되지 "
+"않은 패킷</b>이 그것입니다.\n"
+" 각 그룹에 대해 세 가지 로깅 레벨 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. 모든 패킷을 기록"
+"하려면 <b>모두 기록</b>을,\n"
+" 관심이 있는 내용만 기록하려면 <b>중요한 내용만 기록</b>을, 기록하지 않으려"
+"면 <b>기록하지 않음</b>을\n"
" 선택합니다. 최소한 중요하게 허용된 패킷은 기록해야 합니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help
@@ -448,18 +498,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n"
"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
-"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n"
+"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each "
+"firewall zone.\n"
"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n"
"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n"
+"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the "
+"following items in the summary:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration "
+"name and device name.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n"
-"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
+"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed "
+"network services, additional\n"
+"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC "
+"(Remote Procedure Call)\n"
"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>요약</big></b>\n"
@@ -470,12 +525,16 @@
" <p><b>방화벽 시작</b>은 방화벽이 <b>부팅 과정</b> 중에 시작되는지 또는\n"
" <b>수동</b>으로만 시작되는지를 보여줍니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>방화벽 영역에 네트워크 인터페이스가 할당되어 있어야 요약에 다음 항목이 열거됩니다.</p>\n"
+" <p>방화벽 영역에 네트워크 인터페이스가 할당되어 있어야 요약에 다음 항목이 열"
+"거됩니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p><b>인터페이스</b>: 모든 인터페이스는 해당 구성 이름 및 장치 이름을 사용하여 열거됩니다.</p>\n"
+" <p><b>인터페이스</b>: 모든 인터페이스는 해당 구성 이름 및 장치 이름을 사용하"
+"여 열거됩니다.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p><b>기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜</b>: 여기에는 모든 허용된 네트워크 서비스,\n"
-" TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP(User Datagram Protocol), RPC(Remote Procedure Call)\n"
+" <p><b>기타 서비스, 포트 및 프로토콜</b>: 여기에는 모든 허용된 네트워크 서비"
+"스,\n"
+" TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP(User Datagram Protocol), RPC(Remote "
+"Procedure Call)\n"
" 포트 및 IP(Internet Protocol) 프로토콜이 열거됩니다.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6
@@ -504,10 +563,12 @@
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces."
+"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RPC 포트</b> 는 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>, \n"
-"<tt>ypbind</tt>, 혹은 <tt>portmap</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 RPC 서비스 목록입니다.</p>"
+"<tt>ypbind</tt>, 혹은 <tt>portmap</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 RPC 서비스 목"
+"록입니다.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6
#. please, do not modify examples
@@ -519,7 +580,8 @@
"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>IP 프로토콜</b> 은 <tt>esp</tt>, \n"
-"<tt>smp</tt>, 혹은 <tt>chaos</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 프로토콜 목록입니다.\n"
+"<tt>smp</tt>, 혹은 <tt>chaos</tt> 와 같이 공백으로 구분된 프로토콜 목록입니"
+"다.\n"
"현재 사용되는 프로토콜 목록\n"
"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>"
@@ -527,7 +589,8 @@
#. please, do not modify examples
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n"
+"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that "
+"represent\n"
"all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n"
"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n"
"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
@@ -553,13 +616,16 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-#| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>"
+#| "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from "
+#| "network attacks.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n"
+"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
+"attacks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>방화벽</big></b><br />\n"
-"방화벽은 네트워크 상의 공격자로부터 사용하는 컴퓨터를 보호하기 위한 네트워크 방어 시스템입니다.</p>"
+"방화벽은 네트워크 상의 공격자로부터 사용하는 컴퓨터를 보호하기 위한 네트워크 "
+"방어 시스템입니다.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223
@@ -1207,9 +1273,15 @@
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>"
-msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
-msgstr "네트워크: <i>%1</i>, 프로토콜: <i>%2</i>, 포트 목적지: <i>%3</i>, 포트 소스: <i>%4</i>"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, "
+#| "Source port: <i>%4</i>"
+msgid ""
+"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source "
+"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
+msgstr ""
+"네트워크: <i>%1</i>, 프로토콜: <i>%2</i>, 포트 목적지: <i>%3</i>, 포트 소스: "
+"<i>%4</i>"
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504
@@ -1255,7 +1327,8 @@
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration is written"
-msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
msgstr "구성을 기록한 후 방화벽이 <b>중지됨</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
@@ -1396,8 +1469,11 @@
#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
-msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
-msgstr "마스커레이딩을 설정하려면 적어도 하나의 외부 인터페이스 및 하나의 다른 인터페이스가 필요합니다."
+msgid ""
+"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
+msgstr ""
+"마스커레이딩을 설정하려면 적어도 하나의 외부 인터페이스 및 하나의 다른 인터페"
+"이스가 필요합니다."
# src/dsl/dialogs.ycp:478
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
@@ -2174,7 +2250,8 @@
#~ "or 0/0"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "잘못된 네트워크 정의 '%1'.\n"
-#~ "네트워크는 IP 주소나 슬래시(/)와 넷마스크가 들어간 IP 주소를 쓸 수 있습니다.\n"
+#~ "네트워크는 IP 주소나 슬래시(/)와 넷마스크가 들어간 IP 주소를 쓸 수 있습니"
+#~ "다.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "예: 192.168.0.1\n"
#~ "혹은 192.168.0.0/20\n"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
07 Dec '14
Author: xein
Date: 2014-12-07 17:47:09 +0100 (Sun, 07 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90856
Modified:
trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po
Log:
Translation for korean
Modified: trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po 2014-12-07 16:45:51 UTC (rev 90855)
+++ trunk/yast/ko/po/xpram.ko.po 2014-12-07 16:47:09 UTC (rev 90856)
@@ -9,17 +9,16 @@
"Project-Id-Version: xpram.ko\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-…
[View More]Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-20 10:20+0900\n"
-"Last-Translator: YunSeok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-15 21:28+0900\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language: ko\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Poedit-Language: Korean\n"
-"X-Poedit-Country: KOREA, REPUBLIC OF\n"
"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
# Command line help text for the Xipsec module
#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module
@@ -61,8 +60,16 @@
#. help text for XPRAM 2/4
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53
-msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>이 도구는 현재 하나의 파티션에 전체 XPRAM을 할당하는 기능만 지원합니다. 여러 파티션을 가지려면 리눅스 커널 2.6 - 2004년 4월 스트림의 \"장치 드라이버, 기능 및 명령 2004년 11월 30일\"을 참조하십시오.</p><p>이 경우 이 모듈에서 XPRAM을 비활성화하십시오.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one "
+"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features "
+"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 "
+"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>이 도구는 현재 하나의 파티션에 전체 XPRAM을 할당하는 기능만 지원합니다. 여"
+"러 파티션을 가지려면 리눅스 커널 2.6 - 2004년 4월 스트림의 \"장치 드라이버, "
+"기능 및 명령 2004년 11월 30일\"을 참조하십시오.</p><p>이 경우 이 모듈에서 "
+"XPRAM을 비활성화하십시오.</p>"
# ********************
# End of GUI elements
@@ -74,7 +81,8 @@
#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>마운트 포인트</b>에 대해 정확한 마운트 포인트를 선택하십시오.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>마운트 포인트</b>에 대해 정확한 마운트 포인트를 선택하십시오.</p>"
#. help text for XPRAM 4/4
#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
@@ -155,15 +163,13 @@
msgstr "완료됨"
#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error stopping xpram. Please try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
-msgstr "xpram 중지 오류. 수동으로 \"rcxpram stop\"을 수행해보십시오."
+msgstr "xpram 중지 오류. 수동으로 \"rcxpram stop\" 을 시도해보세요."
#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Error starting xpram. Please try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
-msgstr "xpram 시작 오류. 수동으로 \"rcxpram start\"를 수행해보십시오."
+msgstr "xpram 시작 오류. 수동으로 \"rcxpram stop\" 를 시도해보세요."
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
07 Dec '14
Author: xein
Date: 2014-12-07 17:45:51 +0100 (Sun, 07 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90855
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ko/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ko.po
Log:
Translation for Korean
Modified: trunk/lcn/ko/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ko.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ko/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ko.po 2014-12-06 05:58:04 UTC (rev 90854)
+++ trunk/lcn/ko/po/RELEASE-NOTES-openSUSE.ko.po 2014-12-07 16:45:51 UTC (rev 90855)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-…
[View More]Version: RELEASE-NOTES.ko\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: translation(a)suse.de\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-03 15:57+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 10:16+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-08 01:44+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yunseok Choi <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Korean <xein(a)naver.com>\n"
"Language: ko\n"
@@ -21,14 +21,13 @@
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:10(title)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Prerelease Notes"
msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "프리릴리즈 노트"
+msgstr "릴리즈 노트"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:12(releaseinfo)
msgid "@VERSION@"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "@VERSION@"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:13(productname)
msgid "openSUSE"
@@ -36,17 +35,27 @@
#: xml/release-notes.xml:14(productnumber)
msgid "13.2"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "13.2"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:17(para)
-msgid "openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
+msgid ""
+"openSUSE is a free and Linux-based operating system for your PC, Laptop or "
+"Server. You can surf the web, manage your e-mails and photos, do office "
+"work, play videos or music and have a lot of fun!"
msgstr ""
+"오픈수세는 비용없이 당신의 컴퓨터, 노트북 혹은 서버에 대해 리눅스 기반의 OS "
+"를 제공합니다. 이를 이용해서 당신은 웹을 검색하거나, 메일과 사진을 관리할 수 "
+"있고, 사무실에서 일을 하거나 비디오를 또는 음악을 재생할 수 있습니다."
#. Previous Release Notes
#: xml/release-notes.xml:51(para)
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>"
-msgstr "이전 버전에서 현재 버전으로 업그레이드 했다면, 이 링크를 통해 릴리즈 정보를 확인 하세요: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/Release_Notes\"/>"
+msgid ""
+"If you upgrade from an older version to this openSUSE release, see previous "
+"release notes listed here: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:"
+"Release_Notes\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"이전 버전에서 현재 버전으로 업그레이드 했다면, 이 링크를 통해 릴리즈 정보를 "
+"확인 하세요: <ulink url=\"http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Release_Notes\"/>"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:90(title)
msgid "Installation"
@@ -55,20 +64,26 @@
#. bnc#903242
#: xml/release-notes.xml:102(title)
msgid "Live CD Installer and Keyboard Settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "라이브 CD 설치와 키보드 설정"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:103(para)
-msgid "The Live CD installer presents a problem related with the keyboard settings. If the user changes from the QWERTY keyboard layout (the default en-US variant), this setting will not be properly applied, and the new system will stay with a QWERTY pre-configuration."
+msgid ""
+"The Live CD installer presents a problem related with the keyboard settings. "
+"If the user changes from the QWERTY keyboard layout (the default en-US "
+"variant), this setting will not be properly applied, and the new system will "
+"stay with a QWERTY pre-configuration."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:109(para)
-msgid "As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool after the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
+msgid ""
+"As a workaround, use the <command>localectl</command> command-line tool "
+"after the installation. For example (to install a German keyboard layout):"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:115(screen)
#, no-wrap
msgid "localectl set-x11-keymap de pc105 nodeadkeys"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "localectl set-x11-keymap de pc105 nodeadkeys"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:116(para)
msgid "This issue is not present in the DVD Installer."
@@ -80,7 +95,10 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:124(para)
-msgid "After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, if you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
+msgid ""
+"After updating from 13.1 to 13.2 using YaST, there are good chances that the "
+"new Wicked network method is running together with the old NetworkManager, "
+"if you are using a laptop with a wifi connection."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:130(para)
@@ -98,7 +116,8 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:140(para)
-msgid "Then check whether the currently selected service is actually NetworkManager:"
+msgid ""
+"Then check whether the currently selected service is actually NetworkManager:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:145(screen)
@@ -111,13 +130,15 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:151(screen)
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
#| msgid "Getting updates"
msgid "netconfig update"
-msgstr "업데이트 가져오는 중"
+msgstr "netconfig 업데이트"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:153(para)
-msgid "Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also <command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
+msgid ""
+"Or reboot after the <command>systemctl</command> commands to restart also "
+"<command>wpa_suplicant</command>."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#898023
@@ -126,26 +147,37 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:162(para)
-msgid "During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing please select above location.</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"During the initial installation, in the summary view of YaST, a warning as "
+"follows can appear bellow the bootloader section: <quote>Warning: No "
+"location for bootloader stage1 selected. Unless you know what are you doing "
+"please select above location.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:168(para)
-msgid "This warning is a bug in YaST (now fixed in Factory) and you can safely ignore it."
+msgid ""
+"This warning is a bug in YaST (now fixed in Factory) and you can safely "
+"ignore it."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#900954
#: xml/release-notes.xml:175(title)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Start Windows"
msgid "BtrFS and Windows 7"
-msgstr "윈도우 시작"
+msgstr "BtrFS 와 윈도우 7"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:176(para)
-msgid "If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader installation."
+msgid ""
+"If you have Windows XP and you want to install openSUSE 13.2 with Btrfs, an "
+"error message in YaST will inform you about problems during the bootloader "
+"installation."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:181(para)
-msgid "The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for 13.2."
+msgid ""
+"The safest option is to install in a partition with Ext4 instead of BtrFS. "
+"There is a fix that will reach Factory soon, but will be not present for "
+"13.2."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#897847
@@ -154,18 +186,24 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:190(para)
-msgid "A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded bootloader during the installation."
+msgid ""
+"A bug in YaST prevents the branding in GRUB2 bootloader when installed from "
+"the LiveCD medium. Note, the preferred way to install openSUSE 13.2 is using "
+"the DVD or the NET install. Both mediums generate a proper branded "
+"bootloader during the installation."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#899895
#: xml/release-notes.xml:200(title)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "FTP Installation"
msgid "NET Installation Using Wifi"
-msgstr "FTP 설치"
+msgstr "Wifi 를 사용하여 NET 설치"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:201(para)
-msgid "Performing the NET install using Wifi presents some problems in YaST. Fixing this is work in progress and will be soon available. Meanwhile the only option is to use a wire connection to complete the NET installation."
+msgid ""
+"Performing the NET install using Wifi presents some problems in YaST. Fixing "
+"this is work in progress and will be soon available. Meanwhile the only "
+"option is to use a wire connection to complete the NET installation."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:210(title)
@@ -177,11 +215,25 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:280(para)
-msgid "Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication that your system boots using UEFI."
+msgid ""
+"Prior to installing openSUSE on a system that boots using UEFI (Unified "
+"Extensible Firmware Interface), you are urgently advised to check for any "
+"firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends and, if available, to "
+"install such an update. A pre-installed Windows 8 is a strong indication "
+"that your system boots using UEFI."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:288(para)
-msgid "<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware updates the hardware vendor recommends."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Background:</emphasis> Some UEFI firmware has bugs that cause it "
+"to break if too much data gets written to the UEFI storage area. Nobody "
+"really knows how much \"too much\" is, though. openSUSE minimizes the risk "
+"by not writing more than the bare minimum required to boot the OS. The "
+"minimum means telling the UEFI firmware about the location of the openSUSE "
+"boot loader. Upstream Linux Kernel features that use the UEFI storage area "
+"for storing boot and crash information (<literal>pstore</literal>) have been "
+"disabled by default. Nevertheless, it is recommended to install any firmware "
+"updates the hardware vendor recommends."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#850056
@@ -190,19 +242,35 @@
msgstr "UEFI, GPT, 와 MS-DOS 파티션들"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:306(para)
-msgid "Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify devices and partition types."
+msgid ""
+"Together with the EFI/UEFI specification, a new style of partitioning "
+"arrived: GPT (GUID Partition Table). This new schema uses globally unique "
+"identifiers (128-bit values displayed in 32 hexadecimal digits) to identify "
+"devices and partition types."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:312(para)
-msgid "Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and creating a new entry that replaces the first one."
+msgid ""
+"Additionally, the UEFI specification also allows legacy MBR (MS-DOS) "
+"partitions. The Linux boot loaders (ELILO or GRUB2) try to automatically "
+"generate a GUID for those legacy partitions, and write them to the firmware. "
+"Such a GUID can change frequently, causing a rewrite in the firmware. A "
+"rewrite consist of two different operation: removing the old entry and "
+"creating a new entry that replaces the first one."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:321(para)
-msgid "Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-bootable system."
+msgid ""
+"Modern firmware has a garbage collector that collects deleted entries and "
+"frees the memory reserved for old entries. A problem arises when faulty "
+"firmware does not collect and free those entries; this may end up with a non-"
+"bootable system."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:327(para)
-msgid "The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to avoid this problem completely."
+msgid ""
+"The workaround is simple: convert the legacy MBR partition to the new GPT to "
+"avoid this problem completely."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#850052
@@ -215,7 +283,12 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:339(para)
-msgid "The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release."
+msgid ""
+"The new version of the shim loader allows more machines to boot with Secure "
+"Boot enabled than with openSUSE 13.1. Nevertheless, in case of trouble, "
+"first update the BIOS of your machine to the latest version. If the BIOS "
+"update does not help, report the model of your machine to the wiki (http://"
+"en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:UEFI) Then we can track it for the next release."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:352(title)
@@ -232,11 +305,23 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:364(para)
-msgid "On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or upgraded."
+msgid ""
+"On some systems with NVIDIA cards, the installer may show garbage on the top "
+"part of the screen due to problems with the default nouveau driver. If you "
+"are affected by this problem, you can disable the nouveau kernel module to "
+"run the installer and then enable it again once the system is installed or "
+"upgraded."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:371(para)
-msgid "To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
+msgid ""
+"To disable the kernel module, once you boot from the installation media, "
+"select the 'Installation' entry in grub and press 'e' to edit the "
+"parameters. Then go to the line starting with 'linux' (or 'linuxefi') and "
+"add <literal>brokenmodules=nouveau</literal> at the end. Now press F10 to "
+"continue booting with the new parameter. After the system is installed, you "
+"can re-enable the nouveau module by editing <filename>/etc/modprobe.d/50-"
+"blacklist.conf</filename> and removing the entry that blacklists nouveau."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:384(title)
@@ -244,7 +329,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:385(para)
-msgid "For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumblew…">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumblew…</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"For more information about the AMD FGLRX drivers in openSUSE 13.2 and its "
+"status, see <ulink url=\"https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/fglrx-"
+"warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/\">https://lizards.opensuse.org/2014/11/01/"
+"fglrx-warning-opensuse-13-2-tumbleweed/</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#899610
@@ -253,11 +342,19 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:395(para)
-msgid "If you see two mouse pointers and have two graphic boards, where one is an Intel board, try uninstalling <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</systemitem> and thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse pointer."
+msgid ""
+"If you see two mouse pointers and have two graphic boards, where one is an "
+"Intel board, try uninstalling <systemitem>xf86-video-intel</systemitem> and "
+"thus using the other one only. This will make disappear the static mouse "
+"pointer."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:402(para)
-msgid "This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, addressed with an online update."
+msgid ""
+"This and other issues with the Intel driver like (see <ulink url=\"http://"
+"bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=901506\">http://bugzilla.opensuse.org/"
+"show_bug.cgi?id=901506</ulink>) will be worked on and, if possible, "
+"addressed with an online update."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#901869
@@ -266,26 +363,36 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:412(para)
-msgid "If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing <systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</systemitem>."
+msgid ""
+"If you find a problem executing virt-manager, try installing "
+"<systemitem>typelib-1_0-Gtk-3_0</systemitem>, <systemitem>typelib-1_0-"
+"SpiceClientGtk-3_0</systemitem> and <systemitem>typelib-1-0-GtkVnc-2_0</"
+"systemitem>."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:418(para)
-msgid "In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies made explicit."
+msgid ""
+"In the online update there will be a new version with those dependencies "
+"made explicit."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#900813
#: xml/release-notes.xml:425(title)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "No Authorization"
msgid "Modem Authorization After Suspend"
-msgstr "인증 없음"
+msgstr "모뎀 인증 후 대기모드"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:426(para)
-msgid "openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you for the root password before reconnecting."
+msgid ""
+"openSUSE 13.2 is a more strict in security tha 13.1. If you are connected "
+"via a UMTS or 3G modem and you suspend the machine, the system will ask you "
+"for the root password before reconnecting."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:432(para)
-msgid "You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs.standard:"
+msgid ""
+"You can change this behavior changing a line in /etc/polkit-default-privs."
+"standard:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:437(screen)
@@ -314,7 +421,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:453(para)
-msgid "The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
+msgid ""
+"The GTK interface of YaST does not feature a package search box. So if you "
+"are in GNOME or XFCE and you need this feature, use QT interface instead:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:459(screen)
@@ -328,7 +437,10 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:466(para)
-msgid "Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
+msgid ""
+"Mounting cifs shares at systems start via <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab</"
+"filename> has been discontinued and obsoleted. Now the generic <filename>/"
+"etc/fstab</filename> handles it."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:472(para)
@@ -336,15 +448,21 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:477(para)
-msgid "Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Append all your mount points from <filename>/etc/samba/cifstab.rpmsave</"
+"filename> to <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:484(para)
-msgid "Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Add <literal>0 0</literal> to the end of each new cifs mount line in "
+"<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:491(para)
-msgid "For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
+msgid ""
+"For more information and examples, see <filename>/usr/share/doc/packages/"
+"cifs-utils/README.cifstab.migration</filename> in the installed system."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:499(title)
@@ -352,7 +470,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:500(para)
-msgid "If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, remove it from the user cache manually:"
+msgid ""
+"If the openSUSE 13.1 KDE Wallpaper still appears after the system upgrade, "
+"remove it from the user cache manually:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:505(screen)
@@ -365,11 +485,18 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:511(para)
-msgid "The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and other Unix-like operating systems."
+msgid ""
+"The MATE desktop is now officially available under openSUSE 13.2 with MATE "
+"version 1.8.1, the latest stable release. It provides an intuitive and "
+"attractive desktop environment using traditional metaphors for Linux and "
+"other Unix-like operating systems."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:517(para)
-msgid "The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar theme."
+msgid ""
+"The objective, for openSUSE, is to provide the same experience users had "
+"when they used GNOME under openSUSE 11.4, with the main-menu and the Sonar "
+"theme."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#901013
@@ -378,7 +505,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:526(para)
-msgid "GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily disable the GNOME autologin feature."
+msgid ""
+"GNOME autologin can cause a slow boot process. Probably there is a race "
+"between services not correctly marked to depend on each other. Until the fix "
+"will be available as an online update, a workaround is to temporarily "
+"disable the GNOME autologin feature."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#850058
@@ -387,7 +518,11 @@
msgstr "AppArmor 와 권한 설정"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:564(para)
-msgid "AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the affected service to complain mode with:"
+msgid ""
+"AppArmor is enabled by default. This means more security, but might prevent "
+"services from working if you run them in unexpected ways. If you encounter "
+"strange permission problems, try to switch the AppArmor profile for the "
+"affected service to complain mode with:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:567(screen)
@@ -396,11 +531,15 @@
msgstr "aa-complain /usr/bin/$your_service"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:568(para)
-msgid "Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would not allow."
+msgid ""
+"Complain mode means: allow everything, and log things that the profile would "
+"not allow."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:569(para)
-msgid "Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to also cover corner cases."
+msgid ""
+"Even if it helps, report it as a bug! We want to fix AppArmor profiles to "
+"also cover corner cases."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:602(title)
@@ -413,7 +552,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:608(para)
-msgid "In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon <guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</quote> flag in the desktop files."
+msgid ""
+"In the <guimenu>System</guimenu> section of YaST (Qt GUI) the icon "
+"<guimenu>Service Manager</guimenu> appears twice. There is a bug in the Qt "
+"version of the YaST Control Center that does not honor the <quote>hidden</"
+"quote> flag in the desktop files."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:614(para)
@@ -422,17 +565,17 @@
#. bnc#809347
#: xml/release-notes.xml:624(title)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Memory Information"
msgid "More Information and Feedback"
-msgstr "메모리 정보"
+msgstr "추가 정보와 의견"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:628(para)
msgid "Read the READMEs on the CDs."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:631(para)
-msgid "Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
+msgid ""
+"Get detailed changelog information about a particular package from the RPM:"
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:632(screen)
@@ -445,34 +588,42 @@
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:636(para)
-msgid "Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
+msgid ""
+"Check the <filename>ChangeLog</filename> file in the top level of the DVD "
+"for a chronological log of all changes made to the updated packages."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:640(para)
-msgid "Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
+msgid ""
+"Find more information in the <filename>docu</filename> directory on the DVD."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:643(para)
-msgid "<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or updated documentation."
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"https://activedoc.opensuse.org/\"/> contains additional or "
+"updated documentation."
msgstr ""
#: xml/release-notes.xml:648(para)
-msgid "Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news from openSUSE."
+msgid ""
+"Visit <ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> for the latest product news "
+"from openSUSE."
msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://www.opensuse.org\"/> 를 방문하여 오픈수세 최신정보를 만나"
+"보세요."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:653(para)
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Copyright © 2013 SUSE LLC"
msgid "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
-msgstr "Copyright © 2013 SUSE LLC"
+msgstr "Copyright © 2014 SUSE LLC"
#: xml/release-notes.xml:655(para)
msgid "Thanks for using openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "오픈수세를 사용해주셔서 감사합니다."
#: xml/release-notes.xml:656(para)
msgid "The openSUSE Team."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "openSUSE 팀."
#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
#: xml/release-notes.xml:0(None)
@@ -490,14 +641,25 @@
#~ msgstr "버전: 13.1.8 (2013-11-19)"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file."
-#~ msgstr "이 문서를 자유 소프트웨어 재단 발행의 GNU 자유 문서 이용 허가 계약서(버전 1.2나 그 이후 버전 중 하나)가 정하는 조건 아래 복사, 배포 혹은 수정 하는것을 허락합니다. 변경 할 수 없는 부준, 겉표지 글, 뒷표지 글은 없습니다. 이 이용 허가 계약서는 <filename>fdl.txt</filename> 파일에 있습니다."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document "
+#~ "under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any "
+#~ "later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no "
+#~ "Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy "
+#~ "of the license is included as the <filename>fdl.txt</filename> file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "이 문서를 자유 소프트웨어 재단 발행의 GNU 자유 문서 이용 허가 계약서(버전 "
+#~ "1.2나 그 이후 버전 중 하나)가 정하는 조건 아래 복사, 배포 혹은 수정 하는것"
+#~ "을 허락합니다. 변경 할 수 없는 부준, 겉표지 글, 뒷표지 글은 없습니다. 이 "
+#~ "이용 허가 계약서는 <filename>fdl.txt</filename> 파일에 있습니다."
#~ msgid "These release notes cover the following areas:"
#~ msgstr "이 출시 정보에는 다음의 분야에 관한 정보가 있습니다."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the system from scratch."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"installation\"/>: Read this if you want to install the "
+#~ "system from scratch."
#~ msgstr "설치: 스크래치로부터 시스템에 설치하려면 이것을 확인하세요."
#, fuzzy
@@ -505,12 +667,20 @@
#~ msgstr "일반: 모든 사용자를 대상으로 한 정보 입니다."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version."
-#~ msgstr "시스템 업그레이드: 이전 버전의 오픈수세에서 업그레이드를 한 경우 처리된 이슈에 관련된 것들입니다."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"upgrade\"/>: Issues related to the process if you run a "
+#~ "system upgrade from the previous release to this openSUSE version."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "시스템 업그레이드: 이전 버전의 오픈수세에서 업그레이드를 한 경우 처리된 이"
+#~ "슈에 관련된 것들입니다."
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user."
-#~ msgstr "기술: 이 장에는 상급 사용자를 위한 기술적인 변경 사항이나 개선 사항이 기록되어 있습니다."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<xref linkend=\"technical\"/>: This section contains a number of "
+#~ "technical changes and enhancements for the experienced user."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "기술: 이 장에는 상급 사용자를 위한 기술적인 변경 사항이나 개선 사항이 기록"
+#~ "되어 있습니다."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "For Detailed Installation Information"
@@ -562,7 +732,6 @@
#~ msgid "yast2-tv"
#~ msgstr "yast2-tv"
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Network Interface"
#~ msgid "Duplicated Network Interfaces"
#~ msgstr "네트워크 인터페이스"
@@ -571,7 +740,6 @@
#~ msgid "Samba Version 4.1"
#~ msgstr "삼바 버전 4.1"
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Configure now"
#~ msgid "Configuring Postfix"
#~ msgstr "지금 설정"
@@ -583,7 +751,6 @@
#~ msgid "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron"
#~ msgstr "/etc/cron.daily/mlocate.cron"
-#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Invalid root device."
#~ msgid "as root once."
#~ msgstr "잘못된 root 장치 입니다."
@@ -606,12 +773,24 @@
#~ msgstr "자동 설치"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<emphasis>Reference</emphasis> covers administration, and system configuration in detail and explains how to set up various network services."
-#~ msgstr "참조 길잡이에서는 시스템 개괄이나, 시스템 관리, 시스템 구성에 관한 자세한 설명과 함께 다양한 방식의 네트워크 서비스 설정 방법에 대해서도 언급하고 있습니다."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<emphasis>Reference</emphasis> covers administration, and system "
+#~ "configuration in detail and explains how to set up various network "
+#~ "services."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "참조 길잡이에서는 시스템 개괄이나, 시스템 관리, 시스템 구성에 관한 자세한 "
+#~ "설명과 함께 다양한 방식의 네트워크 서비스 설정 방법에 대해서도 언급하고 있"
+#~ "습니다."
-#~| msgid "The Security Guide introduces basic concepts of system security, covering both local and network security aspects."
-#~ msgid "The <emphasis>Security Guide</emphasis> introduces basic concepts of system security, covering both local and network security aspects."
-#~ msgstr "보안 길잡이에는 시스템 보안에 관한 기본 개념이나, 로컬 환경과 네트워크 환경에서의 보안 개요가 포함되어 있습니다."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The Security Guide introduces basic concepts of system security, "
+#~| "covering both local and network security aspects."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The <emphasis>Security Guide</emphasis> introduces basic concepts of "
+#~ "system security, covering both local and network security aspects."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "보안 길잡이에는 시스템 보안에 관한 기본 개념이나, 로컬 환경과 네트워크 환"
+#~ "경에서의 보안 개요가 포함되어 있습니다."
#~| msgid "KNetworkManager"
#~ msgid "To enable NetworkManager, use:"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r90854 - trunk/packages/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 06 Dec '14
by andriykopanytsia@svn2.opensuse.org 06 Dec '14
06 Dec '14
Author: andriykopanytsia
Date: 2014-12-06 06:58:04 +0100 (Sat, 06 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90854
Modified:
trunk/packages/uk/po/base2.uk.po
Log:
Updated Ukrainian translation
Modified: trunk/packages/uk/po/base2.uk.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/packages/uk/po/base2.uk.po 2014-12-04 12:08:35 UTC (rev 90853)
+++ trunk/packages/uk/po/base2.uk.po 2014-12-06 05:58:04 UTC (rev 90854)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-…
[View More]07-19 02:17:16\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-29 10:32+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-06 07:45+0200\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8-bit\n"
"Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n"
@@ -4665,6 +4665,26 @@
"memory statistics about processes, memory, paging, block I/O, traps, and CPU "
"activity."
msgstr ""
+"Пакунок procps містить набір системних утиліт, які надають інформацію про "
+"систему. "
+" Procps включає ps, free, skill, snice, tload, top, uptime, "
+"vmstat, w та watch. Команда ps відображає знімок запущених процесів. "
+" Команда top забезпечує повторювані оновлення станів запущених процесів. "
+" Команда free відображає обсяг вільної та використаної пам'яті на вашій "
+"системі. "
+" Команда skill надсилає сигнал завершити (чи "
+"інший особливий сигнал) до вказаного набору процесів. Команда snice "
+"вживається для зміни пріоритету планування вказаних процесів. Команда tload "
+"виводить графік середнього навантаження поточної системи на вказаний порт "
+"tty. Команда uptime відобрає поточний час, тривалість роботи системи, "
+" число користувачів, які увійшли, та середнє навантаження системи за останню "
+"хвилину, п'ять та "
+"п'ятдесят хвилин. Команда w відображає список користувачів, "
+"які увійшли у систему і що вони виконують. Програма watch "
+"переглядає запущену програму. Команада vmstat показує статистику віртуальної "
+"пам'яті "
+"щодо процесів, пам'яті, поділу пам'яті на сторінки, блокування вводу/виводу, "
+"схеми перерв та діяльності ЦП."
#. summary(procps)
msgid "The ps utilities for /proc"
@@ -5011,6 +5031,27 @@
"The package contains the library that can decode and encode Theora streams. "
"Theora is also able to playback VP3 streams."
msgstr ""
+"Theora — це вільний та відкритий формат стиснення відео із фонду Xiph.org. "
+"Як і усі наші мультимедійні технології, його можна використовувати "
+"для розповсюдження фільмів та відео у мережі та на диску без ліцензійних "
+"платежів та блокувань "
+"від виробника, що притаманно іншим форматам.\n"
+"\n"
+"Theora масштабує від поштової марки до роздільності HD і вважається особливо "
+"корисною на низьких бітових швидкостях. Вона належить до того ж класу, що й "
+"MPEG-4/"
+"DiVX, та як і аудіокодек Vorbis володіє багатьма можливостями для "
+"вдосконалення "
+"при розвитку технології кодувальника.\n"
+"\n"
+"Theora перебуває у повному публічному доступі із 3 листопада 2008 року. "
+"Формат потоку бітів "
+"для Theora I був заморожений у четвер, 1 липня 2004 року. Усі потоки бітів, "
+"закодовані з цієї дати будуть "
+"залишатися сумісними із майбутніми випусками.\n"
+"\n"
+"Пакунок містить бібліотеку, яка може кодувати та декодувати потоки Theora. "
+"Theora також здатна відтворювати потоки VP3."
#. summary(libtheora:libtheora0)
msgid "Theora video compression codec"
@@ -5158,6 +5199,22 @@
"initialize Cookie-headers in _HTTP::Request_ objects. The state of a _HTTP::"
"Cookies_ object can be saved in and restored from files."
msgstr ""
+"Цей клас призначений для об'єктів, які представляє \"cookie jar\" -- тобто "
+"бази даних усіх кук HTTP про які знає заданий об'єкт LWP::UserAgent.\n"
+"\n"
+"Куки — це загальний механізм, який з'єднання зі сторони сервера можуть "
+"вживати для розміщення та збирання інформації на з'єднанні зі сторони "
+"клієнта. "
+"Подробиці про куки можна знайти на <URL:http://curl.haxx.se/rfc/"
+"cookie_spec.html> та <URL:http://www.cookiecentral.com/>. Цей модуль також "
+"впроваджує "
+"новий стиль кук, описаний у _RFC 2965_. Два варіанти "
+"кук повинні бути у змозі співіснувати.\n"
+"\n"
+"Примірники класу _HTTP::Cookies_ здатні розмістити збірку Set-"
+"Cookie2: та Set-Cookie: headers, а також вжити цю інформацію для "
+"започаткування Cookie-headers у об'єктах _HTTP::Request_. Стан об'єкту _HTTP::"
+"Cookies_ можна зберегти та відновити із файлів."
#. description(pam_ldap)
msgid ""
@@ -7665,6 +7722,25 @@
"content: newlines are automatically inserted around elements and elements "
"can optionally be indented based as their nesting level."
msgstr ""
+"XML::Writer — це допоміжний модуль для програм Perl, який записує XML "
+"документ. "
+"Він обробляє усі дії для значень атрибутів та даних символів, а також будує "
+"різні типи розмітки, на кшталт тегів, коментарів та опрацювання вказівок.\n"
+"\n"
+"Стандартно модуль виконує кілька перевірка правильності оформлення, щоб "
+"зловити"
+"помилки при виведенні. Така поведінка може бути дуже корисною під час"
+"розробки та налагодження, але її можна вимкнути для готового коду.\n"
+"\n"
+"Модуль може працювати або у звичайному режимі або у режимі обробки простору "
+"імен. "
+"У режимі простору імен модуль сам генерує оголошення простору імен "
+" і буде виконувати додаткові перевірки на вивід.\n"
+"\n"
+"Додаткова підтримка надається на спрощених даних у режимі без змішаного"
+"змісту: символи нового рядка автоматично вставляються навколо елементів і "
+"елементи "
+"за наявності вказівки можуть мати відступ на основі їхнього рівня вкладеності."
#. summary(libxslt:libxslt1)
msgid "XSL Transformation Library"
@@ -8709,6 +8785,22 @@
"By default, nss-mdns tries to contact a running avahi-daemon to resolve "
"hostnames and addresses and makes use of its superior record cacheing."
msgstr ""
+"nss-mdns - це втулка для функції GNU Name Service Switch (NSS) із бібліотеки "
+" GNU C (glibc), яка забезпечує розподіл назв вузлів через Multicast DNS "
+"(aka Zeroconf, aka Apple Rendezvous, aka Apple Bonjour), та дозволяє "
+"ефективно "
+"розподіляти назви через спільні програми Unix/Linux у спеціальній області "
+"mDNS "
+" .local.\n"
+"\n"
+"nss-mdns надає тільки функціональність клієнта, яка означає, що ви маєте "
+"запустити фонову службу відповідача mDNS окремо від nss-mdns, коли ви хочете "
+"зареєструвати "
+"локальну назву вузлів через mDNS. Я рекомендую Avahi.\n"
+"\n"
+"Типово nss-mdns намагається зв'язатися із запущеним avahi-daemon, щоби "
+"розподілити "
+"назви вузлів та адрес і використовує покращене кешування запису."
#. description(xf86-video-nv)
msgid ""
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
04 Dec '14
Author: elchevive
Date: 2014-12-04 13:08:35 +0100 (Thu, 04 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90853
Modified:
trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/zypper.pt_BR.po
Log:
updates
Modified: trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/zypper.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/zypper.pt_BR.po 2014-12-02 19:15:12 UTC (rev 90852)
+++ trunk/lcn/pt_BR/po/zypper.pt_BR.po 2014-12-04 12:08:35 UTC (rev 90853)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: zypper\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-…
[View More]Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-02 13:35-0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-04 09:10-0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti <elchevive(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <opensuse-pt(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
@@ -1273,6 +1273,11 @@
" expected %3%\n"
" but got %4%\n"
msgstr ""
+"Falha na verificação do resumo para o arquivo '%1%'\n"
+"[%2%]\n"
+"\n"
+" esperado %3%\n"
+" encontrado %4%\n"
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:350
msgid ""
@@ -1283,26 +1288,35 @@
"to unblock using this file on your own risk. Empty input will discard the "
"file.\n"
msgstr ""
+"No entanto se você tem certeza que o arquivo com a soma de verificação '%1%"
+"..' "
+"é seguro,\n"
+"correto e deve ser usado nesta operação, digite os 4 primeiros caracteres da "
+"soma "
+"de verificação\n"
+"para desbloquear o uso deste arquivo por sua conta e risco. Uma entrada vazia "
+"irá "
+"descartar o arquivo.\n"
#. translators: A prompt option
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:357
msgid "discard"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "descartar"
#. translators: A prompt option help text
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:359
msgid "Unblock using this file on your own risk."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desbloquear o uso deste arquivo por sua conta e risco."
#. translators: A prompt option help text
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:361
msgid "Discard the file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Descartar o arquivo."
#. translators: A prompt text
#: src/callbacks/keyring.h:366
msgid "Unblock or discard?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desbloquear ou descartar?"
#. TranslatorExplanation speaking of a script - "Running: script file name (package name, script dir)"
#: src/callbacks/rpm.h:138
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
02 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-02 20:15:12 +0100 (Tue, 02 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90852
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po
Log:
s390.ca.po: done (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-12-02 19:00:12 UTC (rev 90851)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-12-02 19:15:12 UTC (rev 90852)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@…
[View More]memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-02 17:45+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-02 20:07+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -681,6 +681,10 @@
"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or "
"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Els grups existents es poden afegir o suprimir de l'autorització TS-"
+"Shell.\n"
+"Seleccioneu els grups de la taula i cliqueu a <b>Seleccioneu o desmarqueu</"
+"b>. L'estat actual es mostra a la columna <b>Aut. TS</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
@@ -721,6 +725,8 @@
"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users "
"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
msgstr ""
+"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users "
+"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
@@ -889,7 +895,7 @@
#. table header
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547
msgid "TS-Auth"
-msgstr "TS-Auth"
+msgstr "Aut. TS"
#. table header
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549
@@ -1070,6 +1076,9 @@
"i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are "
"available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"Per exemple, si definiu deu instàncies amb el prefix "<i>lxterm</"
+"i>", les ID de terminal de <i>lxterm0</i> a <i>lxterm9</i> estan "
+"disponibles.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
@@ -1456,6 +1465,10 @@
"<b>Channel ID</b> of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n"
"(<b>WWPN</b>) and the <b>LUN</b> number.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Adfegeix un dispositiu ZFCP</big></b><br>\n"
+"Introduïu l'identificador del dispositiu a afegir, la\n"
+"<b>ID del canal</b> del controlador ZFCP, el número de port mundial\n"
+"(<b>WWPN</b>) i el número <b>LUN</b>.</p>\n"
#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
@@ -1470,6 +1483,14 @@
"with\n"
"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>La <b>ID del canal</b> s'ha d'introduir en minúscules en un format "
+"compatible amb sysfs\n"
+"0.0.<devno>, com ara <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>El WWPN s'ha d'introduir en minúscules com a valor hex. de 16 dígits, com "
+"ara\n"
+"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>El LUN s'ha d'introduir en minúscules com a valor hex. de 16 dígits amb\n"
+"zeros a la cua, com ara <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p>"
#. popup label
#. popup label
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
02 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-02 20:00:12 +0100 (Tue, 02 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90851
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po
Log:
s390.ca.po: more (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-12-01 19:18:04 UTC (rev 90850)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-12-02 19:00:12 UTC (rev 90851)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@…
[View More]memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-01 20:03+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-02 17:45+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -590,6 +590,9 @@
"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all "
"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Cada ID z/VM es pot seleccionar manualment a l'apartat <b>Selecció</b>, "
+"definit per un <b>Regex</b> o carregat des d'un <b>Fitxer</b> que conté tots "
+"els z/VM IDs separats per salts de línia.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
@@ -633,6 +636,10 @@
"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting "
"them on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per crear un usuari nou de TS-Shell cal el <b>Nom d'usuari</b>, "
+"<b>Directori Home</b> i la <b>Contrasenya</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>També és possible especificar <b>Grups addicionals</b> seleccionant-"
+"los a la dreta.</p>"
#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
@@ -693,6 +700,10 @@
"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has "
"to be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Es podrien crear nous grups introduint-ne el nom al camp <b>Nou Grup</b> "
+"i confirmar-lo amb <b>Crea</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>Per eliminar grups creats prèviament s'ha d'usar el diàleg <b>Usuaris "
+"YaST</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
@@ -1047,6 +1058,10 @@
"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance."
"<br>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Diverses <b>instàncies IUCVtty</b> es poden executar per proveir "
+"múltiples dispostius de terminal. Les instàncies es distingeixen per una ID "
+"de terminal, que és la combinació del <b>Prefix ID de Terminal</b> i el "
+"número de la instància.<br>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
@@ -1068,6 +1083,9 @@
"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and "
"login programs.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>El controlador de dispostiu z/VM IUCV HVC és un mòdul del nucli i usa "
+"nodes de dispositiu per habilitar fins a vuit dispostius de terminal HVC per "
+"communicar-se amb getty i programes d'entrada.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
@@ -1125,7 +1143,7 @@
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix"
-msgstr "&Prefix Terminal ID "
+msgstr "&Prefix ID de Terminal "
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
msgid "I&UCVtty instances"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
01 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-01 20:18:04 +0100 (Mon, 01 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90850
Modified:
trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po
Log:
s390.ca.po: more (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-12-01 19:01:44 UTC (rev 90849)
+++ trunk/yast/ca/po/s390.ca.po 2014-12-01 19:18:04 UTC (rev 90850)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@…
[View More]memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-11 20:22+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-01 20:03+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -432,6 +432,9 @@
"To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n"
"identifier.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Afegeix un nou disc DASD</big></b><br>\n"
+"Per afegir un disc, introduïu la <b>ID del canal</b> del disc DASD com\n"
+"a identificador.</p>"
#. Disk add help 1/3
#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
@@ -511,6 +514,9 @@
"<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n"
"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p><b>dumpdevice</b>després d'un disc indica que es pot usar com a \n"
+"dispositiu d'abocament. Els dispositius multivolum s'indiquen amb una llista "
+"d'ID DASD.</p>"
#. Dump dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
@@ -560,6 +566,9 @@
"<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n"
"<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per configurar el servidor de terminal IUCV, especifiqueu la ID z/VM a "
+"usar.\n"
+"<br>Se separen per salts de línia.</p>\n"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
@@ -571,6 +580,8 @@
"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user "
"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>TS-Shell permet especificar l'<b>Autorització</b> per a cada usuari i "
+"grup de TS-Shell. Els drets d'un grup els hereten els membres.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
@@ -597,6 +608,9 @@
"change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>Per afegir o suprimir grups de la taula d'autorització de TS-Shell o per "
+"canviar\n"
+"la pertinença dels usuaris, aneu a <b>Gestiona els grups</b>.</p>"
#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
@@ -1091,6 +1105,9 @@
"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the "
"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
+"Si els missatges del nucli s'han de mostrar a ttyS0, afegiu manualment "
+"<b>console=ttyS0</b> a la selecció actual de paràmetres d'arrencada del "
+"nucli al <b>mòdul del carregador d'arrencada del YaST</b>.</p>"
#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
@@ -1208,6 +1225,9 @@
"available\n"
"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>"
msgstr ""
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> Aboca el Linux i reinicia el sistema. Aquesta opció només "
+"està disponible\n"
+"a LPAR amb màquines z9(r) i posteriors i a z/VMversion 5.3 i posteriors.<br>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
@@ -1223,6 +1243,10 @@
"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</"
"p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>El temps definit a <b>Retard en minuts</b> ajorna l'activació de l'acció "
+"de pànic especificada per a un sistema iniciat de nou per prevenir bucles. "
+"Si el sistema falla abans que el temps hagi passat, es fa l'acció per "
+"defecte (aturar).</p>"
#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
01 Dec '14
Author: vertaal
Date: 2014-12-01 20:01:44 +0100 (Mon, 01 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90849
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po
Log:
zypper.ca.po: done (Dmedina)
Committed with Vertaal on behalf of Dmedina
Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2014-12-01 13:53:32 UTC (rev 90848)
+++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2014-12-01 19:01:44 UTC (rev 90849)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: @…
[View More]PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 01:13+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-19 19:36+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-01 19:39+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -4584,7 +4584,7 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:2910
msgid "Tell PackageKit to quit?"
-msgstr "Demano que el PackageKit s'aturi?"
+msgstr "Demano al PackageKit que ho deixi estar?"
#: src/Zypper.cc:2919
msgid "PackageKit is still running (probably busy)."
@@ -4592,7 +4592,7 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:2921
msgid "Try again?"
-msgstr "Tornar-ho a provar?"
+msgstr "Ho torno a intentar?"
#. TranslatorExplanation this is a hedgehog, paint another animal, if you want
#: src/Zypper.cc:2974
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
01 Dec '14
Author: guillaume_g
Date: 2014-12-01 14:53:32 +0100 (Mon, 01 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90848
Modified:
trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
Log:
Translation (fr)
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2014-12-01 13:45:01 UTC (rev 90847)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2014-12-01 13:53:32 UTC (rev 90848)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-…
[View More]Creation-Date: 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-01 14:44+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-01 14:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
@@ -148,31 +148,41 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
+"attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
+"dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Pare-feu et SSH</big></b><br />\n"
-"Le pare-feu est un mécanisme défensif qui protège votre ordinateur des attaques réseaux.\n"
-"SSH est un service qui autorise le login sur cet ordinateur, à distance, via un client\n"
+"Le pare-feu est un mécanisme défensif qui protège votre ordinateur des "
+"attaques réseaux.\n"
+"SSH est un service qui autorise le login sur cet ordinateur, à distance, via "
+"un client\n"
"SSH dédié.</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:197
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
+"after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Ici, vous pouvez choisir si le pare-feu sera activé ou desactivé après l'installation.\n"
+"<p>Ici, vous pouvez choisir si le pare-feu sera activé ou desactivé après "
+"l'installation.\n"
"Il est recommandé de le conserver activé.</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:200
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
+"SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
+"service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Avec un pare-feu actif, vous pouvez décider d'ouvrir ou non le port dans le\n"
-"pare-feu pour le service SSH et autoriser les logins SSH distants. Indépendamment, vous pouvez aussi\n"
+"<p>Avec un pare-feu actif, vous pouvez décider d'ouvrir ou non le port dans "
+"le\n"
+"pare-feu pour le service SSH et autoriser les logins SSH distants. "
+"Indépendamment, vous pouvez aussi\n"
"activer le service SSH (il sera lancé au démarrage de l'ordinateur).</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -182,7 +192,8 @@
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir les ports VNC dans le pare-feu. Cela n'autorisera pas\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir les ports VNC dans le pare-feu. Cela n'autorisera "
+"pas\n"
"le service d'administration à distance sur un système en marche mais il sera\n"
"démarré automatiquement par l'installateur si besoin.</p>"
@@ -398,8 +409,11 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892
-msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'URL définie pour les notes de version. Le test de connexion internet ne peut être effectué."
+msgid ""
+"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr ""
+"Il n'y a pas d'URL définie pour les notes de version. Le test de connexion "
+"internet ne peut être effectué."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -409,14 +423,18 @@
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
+"configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Le téléchargement des notes de version a échoué à cause d'une erreur du serveur.\n"
+"Le téléchargement des notes de version a échoué à cause d'une erreur du "
+"serveur.\n"
"Cela n'est pas forcement dû à une mauvaise configuration du réseau.\n"
"\n"
-"Cliquez sur 'Continuer' pour passer à l'étape suivante de l'installation. Pour sauter toutes\n"
-"les étapes nécessitant une connexion internet ou pour revenir vers la configuration du réseau,\n"
+"Cliquez sur 'Continuer' pour passer à l'étape suivante de l'installation. "
+"Pour sauter toutes\n"
+"les étapes nécessitant une connexion internet ou pour revenir vers la "
+"configuration du réseau,\n"
"cliquez sur 'Annuler'.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
@@ -626,7 +644,9 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr "Sélectionnez \"oui\" pour autoriser ou \"non\" pour interdire l'administration distante"
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez \"oui\" pour autoriser ou \"non\" pour interdire "
+"l'administration distante"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__2
#. Command line output Headline
@@ -670,7 +690,8 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:71
msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination"
-msgstr "Montrer l'entrée de la table de routage pour la destination sélectionnée"
+msgstr ""
+"Montrer l'entrée de la table de routage pour la destination sélectionnée"
# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__71
#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
@@ -829,7 +850,9 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:324
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
-msgstr "Au moins les adresses IP de destination et de la passerelle doivent être spécifiés."
+msgstr ""
+"Au moins les adresses IP de destination et de la passerelle doivent être "
+"spécifiés."
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__92
#: src/clients/routing.rb:333
@@ -841,8 +864,12 @@
msgstr "Une adresse IP de destination doit être spécifiée."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:354
-msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
-msgstr "Au moins l'un de ces paramètres (passerelle, masque, périphérique, options) doit être spécifié"
+msgid ""
+"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
+"must be specified"
+msgstr ""
+"Au moins l'un de ces paramètres (passerelle, masque, périphérique, options) "
+"doit être spécifié"
# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24
#: src/clients/routing.rb:376
@@ -1193,7 +1220,8 @@
#. Label text
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
-msgstr "Les télécharger et les installer via la mise à jour en ligne YaST (YOU) ?"
+msgstr ""
+"Les télécharger et les installer via la mise à jour en ligne YaST (YOU) ?"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__283
#. Heading
@@ -1350,7 +1378,8 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options, and edit it if necessary. </p>"
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez les options du pilote bond et modifiez-les si nécessaire. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Sélectionnez les options du pilote bond et modifiez-les si nécessaire. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
@@ -1563,15 +1592,21 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
+"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable "
+"Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
+"to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>PRIORITÉ IFPLUGD</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> Toutes les interfaces configurées avec <b>Lors d'une connexion câblée</b> et avec IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n"
-"seront utilisées en exclusion mutuelle. Si plus d'une de ces interfaces est <b>Lors d'une connexion câblée</b>\n"
-"alors, nous devons pouvoir décider quelle interface utiliser. C'est pourquoi nous devons préciser\n"
+"<p> Toutes les interfaces configurées avec <b>Lors d'une connexion câblée</b> "
+"et avec IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n"
+"seront utilisées en exclusion mutuelle. Si plus d'une de ces interfaces est <"
+"b>Lors d'une connexion câblée</b>\n"
+"alors, nous devons pouvoir décider quelle interface utiliser. C'est pourquoi "
+"nous devons préciser\n"
"la priorité de chaque interface. </p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
@@ -1598,13 +1633,16 @@
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62
msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr "Cartes sans fil Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires"
+msgstr ""
+"Cartes sans fil Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__28
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr "Cartes sans fil PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires"
+msgstr ""
+"Cartes sans fil PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes "
+"similaires"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__29
#. Network card name (wireless)
@@ -1792,8 +1830,12 @@
msgstr "Utilisez l'option \"id\" pour déterminer le périphérique."
#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101
-msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
-msgstr "La valeur de \"id\" ne se trouve pas dans la plage. Utilisez l'option \"list\" pour vérifier la valeur max. de \"id\"."
+msgid ""
+"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of "
+"\"id\"."
+msgstr ""
+"La valeur de \"id\" ne se trouve pas dans la plage. Utilisez l'option "
+"\"list\" pour vérifier la valeur max. de \"id\"."
#. Handler for action "add"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
@@ -1900,10 +1942,12 @@
"<b>Continue</b> to configure the device. Otherwise click <b>Cancel</b> and\n"
"return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Le périphérique nécessite un firmware pour fonctionner correctement.Généralement, il\n"
+"Le périphérique nécessite un firmware pour fonctionner "
+"correctement.Généralement, il\n"
"peut être téléchargé depuis la page Web du fournisseur de votre pilote.\n"
"Si vous avez déjà téléchargé et installé le firmware, cliquez sur \n"
-"<b>Continuer</b> pour configurer le périphérique. Sinon, cliquez sur <b>Annuler</b> et\n"
+"<b>Continuer</b> pour configurer le périphérique. Sinon, cliquez sur <b>"
+"Annuler</b> et\n"
"revenez à cette boite de dialogue après avoir installé le firmware.\n"
# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82
@@ -1916,13 +1960,18 @@
msgstr "Installation du microprogramme (firmware)"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234
-msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
-msgstr "Pour installer correctement le firmware, le script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' doit être exécuté. L'exécuter maintenant ?"
+msgid ""
+"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script "
+"needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
+msgstr ""
+"Pour installer correctement le firmware, le script "
+"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' doit être exécuté. L'exécuter maintenant ?"
# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__36
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
-msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite au cours de l'installation du microprogramme."
+msgstr ""
+"Une erreur s'est produite au cours de l'installation du microprogramme."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403
@@ -1942,7 +1991,8 @@
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
-msgstr "Le périphérique sélectionné dispose de STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vraiment supprimer ?"
+msgstr ""
+"Le périphérique sélectionné dispose de STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vraiment supprimer ?"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__308
#. Network setup method dialog caption
@@ -1992,7 +2042,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n"
"your network device here.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Configurez ici les paramètres spécifiques à votre périphérique réseau.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Configurez ici les paramètres spécifiques à votre périphérique réseau.</p>"
+"\n"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID
@@ -2001,55 +2053,78 @@
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Type de périphérique</b>. De nombreux types de périphériques sont disponibles. Sélectionnez-en \n"
+"<p><b>Type de périphérique</b>. De nombreux types de périphériques sont "
+"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en \n"
"un en fonction de vos besoins.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
-"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
+"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name "
+"(for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Les <b>Règles Udev</b> sont les règles pour le gestionnaire de périphériques du noyau\n"
-"qui permet l'association de l'adresse MAC ou du BusID de votre carte réseau à son nom (par exemple,\n"
-" eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après redémarrage.\n"
+"<p>Les <b>Règles Udev</b> sont les règles pour le gestionnaire de "
+"périphériques du noyau\n"
+"qui permet l'association de l'adresse MAC ou du BusID de votre carte réseau à "
+"son nom (par exemple,\n"
+" eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après "
+"redémarrage.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:106
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
-"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
+"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify "
+"now configured NIC. \n"
+"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start "
+"blinking for selected time.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Afficher l'identification de port visible<b> vous permet d'identifier physiquement le NIC maintenant configuré. \n"
-"Définissez la durée appropriée, cliquez sur <b>Clignoter</b> et la LED de votre NIC commencera à clignoter paendant la durée sélectionnée.\n"
+"<p><b>Afficher l'identification de port visible<b> vous permet d'identifier "
+"physiquement le NIC maintenant configuré. \n"
+"Définissez la durée appropriée, cliquez sur <b>Clignoter</b> et la LED de "
+"votre NIC commencera à clignoter paendant la durée sélectionnée.\n"
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
-"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
+"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if "
+"there is more than one driver available for\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the "
+"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Module du noyau</b>. Entrer le nom de module du noyau (pilote)\n"
-"pour votre périphérique réseau ici. Si l'interface est déjà configurée, vérifiez si plus d'un pilote est disponible pour \n"
-"ce périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Si nécessaire, sélectionner un pilote de cette liste. Généralement, la valeur par défaut fonctionne.</p>\n"
+"pour votre périphérique réseau ici. Si l'interface est déjà configurée, "
+"vérifiez si plus d'un pilote est disponible pour \n"
+"ce périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Si nécessaire, sélectionner un "
+"pilote de cette liste. Généralement, la valeur par défaut fonctionne.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__206
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
-"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
+"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for "
+"example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while "
+"saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez également spécifier des <b>options</b> pour le module noyau. Utiliser ce\n"
-"format : <i>option</i>=<i>valeur</i>. Les entrées doivent être séparées par des espaces, par exemple <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note :</b> Si deux cartes sont \n"
-"configurées avec le même nom de module, les options seront fusionnées lors de l'enregistrement.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez également spécifier des <b>options</b> pour le module noyau. "
+"Utiliser ce\n"
+"format : <i>option</i>=<i>valeur</i>. Les entrées doivent être séparées par "
+"des espaces, par exemple <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note :</b> Si deux cartes "
+"sont \n"
+"configurées avec le même nom de module, les options seront fusionnées lors de "
+"l'enregistrement.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:132
-msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Si vous spécifiez des options via <b>Options Ethtool</b>, ifup appellera ethtool avec ces options.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool "
+"with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Si vous spécifiez des options via <b>Options Ethtool</b>, ifup appellera "
+"ethtool avec ces options.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__208
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
@@ -2079,7 +2154,8 @@
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Les options pour le module doivent être écrites dans le format spécifié\n"
-"dans le manuel des <b>pilotes de périphériques IBM et commandes d'installation</b>.</p>"
+"dans le manuel des <b>pilotes de périphériques IBM et commandes "
+"d'installation</b>.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__204
#. Manual dialog caption
@@ -2263,24 +2339,42 @@
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:968
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Entrer le <b>Nom de port</b> pour cette interface (sensible à la casse).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Entrer le <b>Nom de port</b> pour cette interface (sensible à la casse).<"
+"/p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972
-msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Entrez les éventuelles <b>Options</b> supplémentaires pour cette interface (séparées par des espaces).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by "
+"spaces).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Entrez les éventuelles <b>Options</b> supplémentaires pour cette interface "
+"(séparées par des espaces).</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer relais IPA</b> si le relais de l'adresse IP doit être activé pour cette interface.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled "
+"for this interface.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer relais IPA</b> si le relais de l'adresse IP doit "
+"être activé pour cette interface.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with "
+"layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2</b> si cette "
+"carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981
-msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse MAC de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with "
+"layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse MAC de la couche 2</b> si cette carte a été configurée "
+"pour prendre la couche 2 en charge.</p>"
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127
#. TextEntry label
@@ -2351,7 +2445,8 @@
"for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Entrer le nom du pair IUCV,\n"
-"par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à la casse).</p>\n"
+"par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à "
+"la casse).</p>\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237
#. #176330, must be static
@@ -2474,19 +2569,24 @@
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
-"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
+"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the "
+"response \n"
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Paramètres du protocole IPv6</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Cochez <b>Activer IPv6</b> pour activer le module IPv6 du noyau.\n"
-"Il est possible d'utiliser IPv6 en même temps qu'IPv4. C'est l'option par défaut.\n"
-"Pour désactiver IPv6, décochez cette option. Le module ipv6 du noyau sera alors\n"
-"sur liste noire. Si le protocole IPv6 n'est pas utilisé sur votre réseau, le temps\n"
+"Il est possible d'utiliser IPv6 en même temps qu'IPv4. C'est l'option par "
+"défaut.\n"
+"Pour désactiver IPv6, décochez cette option. Le module ipv6 du noyau sera "
+"alors\n"
+"sur liste noire. Si le protocole IPv6 n'est pas utilisé sur votre réseau, le "
+"temps\n"
"de réponse peut être meilleur.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Toutes les modifications seront appliquées après le redémarrage.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Toutes les modifications seront appliquées après le redémarrage.</p>"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__159
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
@@ -2499,7 +2599,8 @@
"to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Le routage peut être configuré dans ce dialogue.\n"
-"La <b>passerelle par défaut</b> correspond à toutes les destinations, mais de \n"
+"La <b>passerelle par défaut</b> correspond à toutes les destinations, mais de "
+"\n"
"manière approximative. S'il existe une route qui correspond à l'adresse\n"
"demandée, cette route sera empruntée en priorité. Le principe de la route\n"
"par défaut équivaut au panneau routier : \"autres directions\".</p>\n"
@@ -2508,11 +2609,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be "
+"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle et le \n"
-"masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez un tiret \"-\". Sélectionnez\n"
-"le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini devra être routé. \"-\" signifie n'importe quelle interface.</p>\n"
+"<p>Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle et le "
+"\n"
+"masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez un tiret "
+"\"-\". Sélectionnez\n"
+"le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini devra être routé. "
+"\"-\" signifie n'importe quelle interface.</p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102
@@ -2520,7 +2625,8 @@
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activer <b>la transmission IPv4</b> (transmission des paquets depuis des réseaux externes\n"
+"<p>Activer <b>la transmission IPv4</b> (transmission des paquets depuis des "
+"réseaux externes\n"
"vers un réseau interne) si le système est un routeur.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106
@@ -2530,47 +2636,65 @@
"<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n"
"autoconfiguration (SLAAC)."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activer <b>la transmission IPv6</b> (transmission des paquets depuis des réseaux externes\n"
+"<p>Activer <b>la transmission IPv6</b> (transmission des paquets depuis des "
+"réseaux externes\n"
"vers un réseau interne) si le système est un routeur.\n"
-"<b>Attention :</b> la transmission IPv6 désactive l'autoconfiguration sans état\n"
+"<b>Attention :</b> la transmission IPv6 désactive l'autoconfiguration sans "
+"état\n"
"de l'adresse IPv6 (SLAAC)."
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
+"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is "
+"not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Important :</b> si le pare-feu est activé, activer la transmission IP ne suffit pas. \n"
-"Vous devez activer le masquerading et/ou définir au-moins une règle de redirection dans la\n"
+"<p><b>Important :</b> si le pare-feu est activé, activer la transmission IP "
+"ne suffit pas. \n"
+"Vous devez activer le masquerading et/ou définir au-moins une règle de "
+"redirection dans la\n"
"configuration du pare-feu. Utiliser le module pare-feu de YaST.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
-"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
-"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
-"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
+"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP "
+"client.\n"
+"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. "
+"\n"
+"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that "
+"assign \n"
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous utilisez le protocole DHCP pour obtenir une adresse IP, vérifiez si vous devez aussi\n"
-"obtenir un nom d'hôte via DHCP. Le nom d'hôte sera automatiquement défini par le client DHCP.\n"
-"Toutefois, modifier le nom d'hôte à l'exécution peut perturber le bureau graphique.\n"
-"Donc, désactiver cette option si vous vous brancher à différent réseaux qui assignent\n"
+"<p>Si vous utilisez le protocole DHCP pour obtenir une adresse IP, vérifiez "
+"si vous devez aussi\n"
+"obtenir un nom d'hôte via DHCP. Le nom d'hôte sera automatiquement défini par "
+"le client DHCP.\n"
+"Toutefois, modifier le nom d'hôte à l'exécution peut perturber le bureau "
+"graphique.\n"
+"Donc, désactiver cette option si vous vous brancher à différent réseaux qui "
+"assignent\n"
"différents noms d'hôtes.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
-"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
-"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
+"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
+"a \n"
+"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even "
+"\n"
"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Assigner le nom d'hôte à l'IP de loopback</b> associe votre nom d'hôte avec \n"
-"l'adresse IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Ceci est une \n"
-"option utile si vous souhaitez conserver le nom d'hôte joignable même lorsque le \n"
-"réseau est inactif. Dans tous les autres cas, utilisez le avec précaution, spécialement \n"
+"<p><b>Assigner le nom d'hôte à l'IP de loopback</b> associe votre nom d'hôte "
+"avec \n"
+"l'adresse IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Ceci est "
+"une \n"
+"option utile si vous souhaitez conserver le nom d'hôte joignable même lorsque "
+"le \n"
+"réseau est inactif. Dans tous les autres cas, utilisez le avec précaution, "
+"spécialement \n"
"si votre ordinateur fournit des services réseaux.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
@@ -2578,8 +2702,10 @@
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez les serveurs de nom et la liste de recherche de domaines pour résoudre \n"
-"les noms d'hôtes. En général, ils peuvent être obtenus via le protocole DHCP.</p>\n"
+"<p>Entrez les serveurs de nom et la liste de recherche de domaines pour "
+"résoudre \n"
+"les noms d'hôtes. En général, ils peuvent être obtenus via le protocole "
+"DHCP.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__249
#. resolver dialog help
@@ -2602,37 +2728,53 @@
"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
"(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Le domaine de recherche est le nom de domaine par lequel la recherche de nom d'hôte commence.\n"
-"Le domaine de recherche primaire est généralement le même que le nom de domaine de\n"
-" votre ordinateur (par exemple suse.de). Il peut y avoir des domaines de recherche supplémentaires\n"
-" (par exemple suse.com) Séparez les domaines par des virgules ou des espaces.</p>\n"
+"<p>Le domaine de recherche est le nom de domaine par lequel la recherche de "
+"nom d'hôte commence.\n"
+"Le domaine de recherche primaire est généralement le même que le nom de "
+"domaine de\n"
+" votre ordinateur (par exemple suse.de). Il peut y avoir des domaines de "
+"recherche supplémentaires\n"
+" (par exemple suse.com) Séparez les domaines par des virgules ou des "
+"espaces.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
-"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
-"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS "
+"domain\n"
+"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially "
+"important if this \n"
+"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using "
+"the <i>hostname</i> \n"
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez le nom court pour cet ordinateur (ex : <i>mamachine</i>) et le domaine DNS\n"
-"(ex : <i>exemple.com</i>) auquel il appartient. Le domaine est très important si cet\n"
-"ordinateur est un serveur de mails. Vous pouvez afficher le nom d'hôte de votre ordinateur en utilisant\n"
+"<p>Entrez le nom court pour cet ordinateur (ex : <i>mamachine</i>) et le "
+"domaine DNS\n"
+"(ex : <i>exemple.com</i>) auquel il appartient. Le domaine est très important "
+"si cet\n"
+"ordinateur est un serveur de mails. Vous pouvez afficher le nom d'hôte de "
+"votre ordinateur en utilisant\n"
"la commande <i>hostname</i>.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
-"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
+"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
+"handled\n"
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez comment la configuration du DNS (serveurs de noms, liste de recherche, \n"
-"contenu du fichier <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) sera modifiée. Normalement, cela est géré \n"
-"par le script <i>netconfig</i> qui fusionne les données définies statiquement ici avec \n"
-"celles obtenues dynamiquement (ex : du client DHCP, de NetworkManager, etc.).\n"
-"Ceci est le comportement par défaut. Utilisez l'option <b>Utiliser la politique par défaut</b> \n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez comment la configuration du DNS (serveurs de noms, liste de "
+"recherche, \n"
+"contenu du fichier <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) sera modifiée. Normalement, cela "
+"est géré \n"
+"par le script <i>netconfig</i> qui fusionne les données définies statiquement "
+"ici avec \n"
+"celles obtenues dynamiquement (ex : du client DHCP, de NetworkManager, "
+"etc.).\n"
+"Ceci est le comportement par défaut. Utilisez l'option <b>Utiliser la "
+"politique par défaut</b> \n"
"est suffisante pour la plupart des configurations.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
@@ -2646,13 +2788,19 @@
"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n"
"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>En sélectionnant <b>Uniquement Manuellement</b>, <i>netconfig</i> ne sera plus autorisé \n"
-"à modifier <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Vous pouvez toutefois modifier manuellement le fichier. \n"
-"En utilisant l'option <b>Utiliser une Politique Personnalisée</b>, vous devez spécifier une chaine \n"
-"de politique personnalisée qui consiste en une liste, séparée par des virgules, des noms des interfaces,\n"
-"incluant les joker, avec STATIC et STATIC_FALLBACK comme valeurs spéciales prédéfinies.\n"
+"<p>En sélectionnant <b>Uniquement Manuellement</b>, <i>netconfig</i> ne sera "
+"plus autorisé \n"
+"à modifier <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Vous pouvez toutefois modifier "
+"manuellement le fichier. \n"
+"En utilisant l'option <b>Utiliser une Politique Personnalisée</b>, vous devez "
+"spécifier une chaine \n"
+"de politique personnalisée qui consiste en une liste, séparée par des "
+"virgules, des noms des interfaces,\n"
+"incluant les joker, avec STATIC et STATIC_FALLBACK comme valeurs spéciales "
+"prédéfinies.\n"
"Pour plus d'informations, regardez le manuel de <i>netconfig</i>. \n"
-"Note: Laisser le champ vide revient à utiliser la politique <b>Uniquement Manuellement</b>.\n"
+"Note: Laisser le champ vide revient à utiliser la politique <b>Uniquement "
+"Manuellement</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
@@ -2660,16 +2808,23 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
+"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
+"to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration de l'adresse</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> si vous ne souhaitez pas assigner d'adresse IP à cette carte.\n"
-"Ceci est particulièrement utile pour les périphériques ethernet de type bond.</p>\n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> si vous ne souhaitez "
+"pas assigner d'adresse IP à cette carte.\n"
+"Ceci est particulièrement utile pour les périphériques ethernet de type "
+"bond.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179
-msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Cochez <b>iBFT</b> si vous voulez conserver le réseau configuré dans votre BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your "
+"BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Cochez <b>iBFT</b> si vous voulez conserver le réseau configuré dans votre "
+"BIOS.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__21
#. Address dialog help 2/8
@@ -2678,8 +2833,10 @@
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Adresse Dynamique</b> si vous n'avez pas d'adresse IP statique\n"
-"assignée par l'administrateur système ou par votre fournisseur d'accès à Internet.</p>\n"
+"<p>Sélectionnez <b>Adresse Dynamique</b> si vous n'avez pas d'adresse IP "
+"statique\n"
+"assignée par l'administrateur système ou par votre fournisseur d'accès à "
+"Internet.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__179
#. Address dialog help 3/8
@@ -2689,43 +2846,56 @@
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Choisissez une des méthodes d'assignation dynamique d'adresse. Sélectionnez <b>DHCP</b>\n"
-"si votre réseau dispose d'un serveur DHCP. Les adresses réseau seront ensuite \n"
+"<p>Choisissez une des méthodes d'assignation dynamique d'adresse. "
+"Sélectionnez <b>DHCP</b>\n"
+"si votre réseau dispose d'un serveur DHCP. Les adresses réseau seront ensuite "
+"\n"
"obtenues automatiquement depuis ce serveur.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
+"Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>"
+"\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour chercher un adresse IP et l'assigner statiquement, sélectionnez \n"
-"<b> Zeroconf</b>. Pour utiliser DHCP et retomber sur zeroconf, sélectionnez <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>\n"
+"<b> Zeroconf</b>. Pour utiliser DHCP et retomber sur zeroconf, sélectionnez <"
+"b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>\n"
"Sinon, les adresses réseau doivent être assignées <b>Statiquement</b>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__24
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
+"your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez une <b>adresse IP</b> (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et \n"
+"<p>Entrez une <b>adresse IP</b> (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre "
+"ordinateur et \n"
"l'<b>adresse IP distante</b> (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"pour votre pair.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
+"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>"
+"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written "
+"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pour la <b>Configuration de l'adresse statique</b>, entrez une adresse IP (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et\n"
-"le masque réseau (habituellement <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou simplement la longueur du prefixe <tt>/24</tt>). Optionnellement, vous pouvez\n"
-"entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour cette adresse IP. Le nom d'hôte sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Pour la <b>Configuration de l'adresse statique</b>, entrez une adresse IP "
+"(par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et\n"
+"le masque réseau (habituellement <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou simplement la "
+"longueur du prefixe <tt>/24</tt>). Optionnellement, vous pouvez\n"
+"entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour cette adresse IP. Le nom d'hôte "
+"sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__25
#. Address dialog help 8/8
@@ -2734,7 +2904,8 @@
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Contactez votre <b>administrateur réseau</b> pour de plus amples informations\n"
+"<p>Contactez votre <b>administrateur réseau</b> pour de plus amples "
+"informations\n"
"sur la configuration réseau.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
@@ -2757,15 +2928,21 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Zone pare-feu</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Sélectionnez la Zone pare-feu pour y mettre l'interface. Si\n"
-"vous sélectionnez une zone, le pare-feu sera activé. Si vous n'en sélectionnez\n"
+"vous sélectionnez une zone, le pare-feu sera activé. Si vous n'en "
+"sélectionnez\n"
"pas et qu'il existe d'autres interfaces à \n"
"protéger par le pare-feu, celui-ci restera\n"
-"actif mais tout le trafic sera bloqué pour cette interface. Si vous ne sélectionnez\n"
+"actif mais tout le trafic sera bloqué pour cette interface. Si vous ne "
+"sélectionnez\n"
"pas de zone et qu'il n'en existe pas d'autres, le pare-feu sera désactivé.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
-msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Interface obligatoire</b> spécifie si le service réseau indique une panne lorsque l'interface ne démarre pas lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
+"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Interface obligatoire</b> spécifie si le service réseau indique une "
+"panne lorsque l'interface ne démarre pas lors de l'amorçage.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229
msgid ""
@@ -2778,18 +2955,24 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Le Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) est la taille maximale d'un paquet,\n"
-"transféré en une trame à travers le réseau. Normalement, vous n'avez pas besoin de\n"
-"paramétrer le MTU, mais utiliser des valeurs de MTU plus faibles peuvent améliorer les performances,\n"
-"spécialement sur des connexions bas débit. Sinon, sélectionnez une des valeurs recommandées\n"
+"transféré en une trame à travers le réseau. Normalement, vous n'avez pas "
+"besoin de\n"
+"paramétrer le MTU, mais utiliser des valeurs de MTU plus faibles peuvent "
+"améliorer les performances,\n"
+"spécialement sur des connexions bas débit. Sinon, sélectionnez une des "
+"valeurs recommandées\n"
"ou définissez la votre.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
+"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Sélectionnez les périphériques esclaves pour le périphérique bond.\n"
-"Seuls les périphériques pour lesquels l'activation du périphérique est définie sur <b>jamais</b> et <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> n'est disponible.</p>"
+"Seuls les périphériques pour lesquels l'activation du périphérique est "
+"définie sur <b>jamais</b> et <b>Aucune configuration d'adresse</b> n'est "
+"disponible.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
@@ -2816,21 +2999,29 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. "
+"Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>"
+"\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>"
+"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Le <b>Nom d'hôte à envoyer</b> spécifie une chaine utilisée pour\n"
-"l'option nom d'hôte lorsque le client DHCP envoie des messages au serveur DHCP. Certains \n"
-"serveurs DHCP mettent à jour les tables du DNS (résolution normale et inverse) \n"
+"l'option nom d'hôte lorsque le client DHCP envoie des messages au serveur "
+"DHCP. Certains \n"
+"serveurs DHCP mettent à jour les tables du DNS (résolution normale et "
+"inverse) \n"
"en fonction de ce nom d'hôte (DNS dynamique).</p>\n"
-"Certains serveurs DHCP exigent que le champs <b>Nom d'hôte à envoyer</b> contienne \n"
-"une chaine spécifique dans les messages DHCP provenant des clients. Laissez <b>AUTO</b> \n"
-"pour envoyer le nom d'hôte actuel (tel que défini dans <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"Certains serveurs DHCP exigent que le champs <b>Nom d'hôte à envoyer</b> "
+"contienne \n"
+"une chaine spécifique dans les messages DHCP provenant des clients. Laissez <"
+"b>AUTO</b> \n"
+"pour envoyer le nom d'hôte actuel (tel que défini dans <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>"
+"). \n"
"Si vous ne voulez pas envoyer de nom d'hôte, laissez le champ vide.</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
@@ -2840,7 +3031,8 @@
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Addresses supplémentaires</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Configurer les adresses supplémentaires d'une interface dans ce tableau.</p>\n"
+"<p>Configurer les adresses supplémentaires d'une interface dans ce tableau.<"
+"/p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268
@@ -2854,18 +3046,27 @@
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
+"legacy. The total\n"
" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility "
+"truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Label d'adresse IPv4</b>, précédemment appelé Nom d'alias, est optionnel et ancien.La longueur\n"
-" totale du nom de l'interface (incluant les deux points et le label) est\n"
-" limité à 15 caractères et l'utilitaire obsolète ifconfig le tronque après 9 caractères.</p>"
+"<p><b>Label d'adresse IPv4</b>, précédemment appelé Nom d'alias, est "
+"optionnel et ancien.La longueur\n"
+" totale du nom de l'interface (incluant les deux points et le "
+"label) est\n"
+" limité à 15 caractères et l'utilitaire obsolète ifconfig le "
+"tronque après 9 caractères.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>N'incluez pas le nom de l'interface dans le nom de l'alias. Par exemple, entrez <b>foo</b> à la place de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>"
+"foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>N'incluez pas le nom de l'interface dans le nom de l'alias. Par exemple, "
+"entrez <b>foo</b> à la place de <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
@@ -2886,16 +3087,21 @@
"</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour votre clé, choisissez parmi trois <b>types d'entrées de clé</b>.\n"
-"<br><b>Phrase passe</b> : la clé est générée à partir de la phrase d'authentification\n"
+"<br><b>Phrase passe</b> : la clé est générée à partir de la phrase "
+"d'authentification\n"
"entrée.\n"
"<br><b>ASCII</b> : les valeurs ASCII des caractères entrés forment la\n"
"clé. Entrez cinq caractères pour les clés 64 bits, jusqu'à treize\n"
-"caractères pour les clés 128 bits, jusqu'à 16 caractères pour les clés 156 bits et\n"
+"caractères pour les clés 128 bits, jusqu'à 16 caractères pour les clés 156 "
+"bits et\n"
"jusqu'à 29 caractères pour les clés 256 bits.\n"
"<br><b>Hexadécimal</b> : Entrez directement les codes hexadécimaux de\n"
-"la clé. Entrez 10 chiffres hexadécimaux pour les clés 64 bits, 26 chiffres pour\n"
-"les clés 128 bits, 32 chiffres pour les clés 156 bits et 58 chiffres pour les clés 256 bits.\n"
-"Vous pouvez utiliser des traits d'union <tt>-</tt> pour séparer des paires ou groupes de chiffres, \n"
+"la clé. Entrez 10 chiffres hexadécimaux pour les clés 64 bits, 26 chiffres "
+"pour\n"
+"les clés 128 bits, 32 chiffres pour les clés 156 bits et 58 chiffres pour les "
+"clés 256 bits.\n"
+"Vous pouvez utiliser des traits d'union <tt>-</tt> pour séparer des paires ou "
+"groupes de chiffres, \n"
"par exemple, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.</p> \n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__58
@@ -2920,7 +3126,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Le <b>mode d'exécution</b> dépend de la topologie du réseau. Ce mode peut\n"
"être <b>Ad hoc</b> (réseau pair à pair sans point d'accès), <b>Géré</b>\n"
-"(Managed ; réseau géré par un point d'accès, parfois appelé également <i>Mode\n"
+"(Managed ; réseau géré par un point d'accès, parfois appelé également <i>"
+"Mode\n"
"infrastructure</i>) ou <b>Maître</b> (la carte réseau agit comme un point\n"
"d'accès).</p>\n"
@@ -2930,16 +3137,21 @@
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication "
+"mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Définissez le <b>Nom du réseau (ESSID)</b> utilisé pour identifier\n"
-"les cellules qui font partie du même réseau virtuel. Toutes les stations d'un\n"
-"réseau local sans fil doivent avoir le même ESSID pour communiquer entre elles. Si\n"
-"vous choisissez le mode d'opération <b>Géré</b> et aucun mode d'authentification <b>WPA</b>,\n"
-"vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide ou le définir sur <tt>any</tt> (n'importe lequel). Dans ce\n"
+"les cellules qui font partie du même réseau virtuel. Toutes les stations "
+"d'un\n"
+"réseau local sans fil doivent avoir le même ESSID pour communiquer entre "
+"elles. Si\n"
+"vous choisissez le mode d'opération <b>Géré</b> et aucun mode "
+"d'authentification <b>WPA</b>,\n"
+"vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide ou le définir sur <tt>any</tt> (n'importe "
+"lequel). Dans ce\n"
"cas, votre carte WLAN s'associe au point d'accès ayant la meilleure\n"
"puissance de signal.</p>\n"
@@ -2957,26 +3169,33 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
+"Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dans certains réseaux, vous devez définir un <b>Mode d'authentification</b>.\n"
+"<p>Dans certains réseaux, vous devez définir un <b>Mode d'authentification</b>"
+".\n"
"Cela dépend de la technologie de protection utilisée, WEP ou WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) est un système permettant de chiffrer le\n"
"trafic réseau sans fil avec une authentification facultative basée sur la\n"
-"clé de chiffrement utilisée. Dans la plupart des cas où WEP est utilisé, le mode <b>WEP - Ouvert</b> (aucune\n"
+"clé de chiffrement utilisée. Dans la plupart des cas où WEP est utilisé, le "
+"mode <b>WEP - Ouvert</b> (aucune\n"
"authentification) convient. Cela ne signifie pas que vous ne pouvez pas\n"
"utiliser le chiffrement WEP. (Dans ce cas utilisez <b>Pas de cryptage</b>).\n"
-"Certains réseaux peuvent nécessiter l'authentification <b>WEP - Clé partagée</b>.\n"
+"Certains réseaux peuvent nécessiter l'authentification <b>WEP - Clé partagée<"
+"/b>.\n"
"REMARQUE : l'authentification de clé partagée facilite l'intrusion d'un\n"
"attaquant potentiel dans votre réseau. Si vous n'avez pas besoin\n"
"spécifiquement de l'authentification de clé partagée, utilisez le \n"
-"mode <b>Ouvert</b>. Du fait que WEP s'est révélé peu sûr, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
-"a été défini pour corriger ces failles de sécurité. Mais tous les matériels ne prennent pas en charge le protocole \n"
-"WPA. Si vous voulez utiliser WPA, sélectionnez <b>WPA-PSK</b> ou <b>WPA-EAP</b>comme mode \n"
+"mode <b>Ouvert</b>. Du fait que WEP s'est révélé peu sûr, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi "
+"Protected Access)\n"
+"a été défini pour corriger ces failles de sécurité. Mais tous les matériels "
+"ne prennent pas en charge le protocole \n"
+"WPA. Si vous voulez utiliser WPA, sélectionnez <b>WPA-PSK</b> ou <b>WPA-EAP<"
+"/b>comme mode \n"
"d'authentification. Ceci n'est possible qu'en mode d'opération\n"
"<b>Géré</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -3008,8 +3227,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour utiliser WPA-PSK (parfois nommé WPA Home),\n"
"entrez la clé pré-partagée. Cette\n"
-"clé permet l'authentification et des clés de chiffrement sont générées à partir\n"
-"de celle-ci. Elles ne sont pas vulnérables aux attaques connues contre les clés WEP, mais des\n"
+"clé permet l'authentification et des clés de chiffrement sont générées à "
+"partir\n"
+"de celle-ci. Elles ne sont pas vulnérables aux attaques connues contre les "
+"clés WEP, mais des\n"
"attaques de dictionnaire restent possible. N'utilisez pas de mots\n"
"faciles à deviner comme phrase secrète.</p>\n"
@@ -3020,7 +3241,8 @@
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour utiliser WPA-EAP (parfois nommé WPA Enterprise),\n"
-"entrez certains paramètres supplémentaires dans la boîte de dialogue suivante.</p>\n"
+"entrez certains paramètres supplémentaires dans la boîte de dialogue "
+"suivante.</p>\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__64
#. Wireless dialog help
@@ -3028,7 +3250,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for "
+"all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ces valeurs seront écrites dans le fichier de configuration interface\n"
@@ -3116,7 +3339,8 @@
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>WPA-EAP utilise un serveur RADIUS pour authentifier les utilisateurs. Il existe\n"
+"<p>WPA-EAP utilise un serveur RADIUS pour authentifier les utilisateurs. Il "
+"existe\n"
"différentes méthodes dans EAP pour se connecter au serveur et\n"
" effectuer l'authentification : TLS, TTLS et PEAP.</p>\n"
@@ -3130,12 +3354,15 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<"
+"/p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pour TTLS et PEAP, saisissez votre <b>Identité</b>\n"
"et votre <b>mot de passe</b> tels qu'ils sont configurés sur le serveur.\n"
-"Si vous avez des exigences spéciales pour la définition du nom d'utilisateur utilisé comme\n"
-"<b>Identity anonyme</b>, vous pouvez le faire ici. Cela n'est généralement pas nécessaire.</p>\n"
+"Si vous avez des exigences spéciales pour la définition du nom d'utilisateur "
+"utilisé comme\n"
+"<b>Identity anonyme</b>, vous pouvez le faire ici. Cela n'est généralement "
+"pas nécessaire.</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111
@@ -3158,14 +3385,18 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key "
+"pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>TLS utilise un <b>Certificat du client</b> à la place d'une combinaison nom d'utilisateur et\n"
-"mot de passe pour l'authentification. Il utilise une paire de clés publique et privée\n"
-" pour coder la communication de négociation. Vous aurez donc également besoin d'un\n"
+"<p>TLS utilise un <b>Certificat du client</b> à la place d'une combinaison "
+"nom d'utilisateur et\n"
+"mot de passe pour l'authentification. Il utilise une paire de clés publique "
+"et privée\n"
+" pour coder la communication de négociation. Vous aurez donc également besoin "
+"d'un\n"
" fichier de <b>Clé client</b> contenant votre clé privée et\n"
" le <b>Mot de passe de la clé client</b> de ce fichier.</p>\n"
@@ -3209,8 +3440,10 @@
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Si vous ne connaissez pas votre ID et votre mot de passe ou si vous n'avez pas\n"
-"de certificat ou de fichiers de clés, contactez votre administrateur système.\n"
+"Si vous ne connaissez pas votre ID et votre mot de passe ou si vous n'avez "
+"pas\n"
+"de certificat ou de fichiers de clés, contactez votre administrateur "
+"système.\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146
#. combo box label
@@ -3225,10 +3458,14 @@
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez configurer la méthode d'authentification interne (également connue sous le nom de phase 2)\n"
-"à cet endroit. Par défaut, toutes les méthodes sont autorisées. Si vous voulez limiter les\n"
-" méthodes autorisées ou dans le cas où vous avez rencontré des difficultés concernant\n"
-" l'authentification, choisissez votre méthode d'authentification interne.</p>\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez configurer la méthode d'authentification interne (également "
+"connue sous le nom de phase 2)\n"
+"à cet endroit. Par défaut, toutes les méthodes sont autorisées. Si vous "
+"voulez limiter les\n"
+" méthodes autorisées ou dans le cas où vous avez rencontré des difficultés "
+"concernant\n"
+" l'authentification, choisissez votre méthode d'authentification interne.</p>"
+"\n"
# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__3
#. radio button group label
@@ -3241,8 +3478,10 @@
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous utilisez PEAP, vous pouvez également forcer l'utilisation d'une implémentation\n"
-"spécifique de PEAP (version 0 ou 1). Normalement, cela n'est pas nécessaire.</p>\n"
+"<p>Si vous utilisez PEAP, vous pouvez également forcer l'utilisation d'une "
+"implémentation\n"
+"spécifique de PEAP (version 0 ou 1). Normalement, cela n'est pas nécessaire.<"
+"/p>\n"
# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__259
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
@@ -3347,7 +3586,8 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
-msgstr "Le mode authentification WPA n'est possible que dans le mode d'exécution géré."
+msgstr ""
+"Le mode authentification WPA n'est possible que dans le mode d'exécution géré."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
@@ -3383,7 +3623,8 @@
#. Popup text
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
-msgstr "La clé de chiffrement doit être spécifiée pour ce mode d'authentification."
+msgstr ""
+"La clé de chiffrement doit être spécifiée pour ce mode d'authentification."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
@@ -3417,11 +3658,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for "
+"access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Si vous voulez utiliser votre carte LAN sans fil en mode maître ou ad hoc,\n"
-"vous pouvez définir ici le <b>Canal</b> que la carte doit utiliser. Ceci n'est pas\n"
+"<p>Si vous voulez utiliser votre carte LAN sans fil en mode maître ou ad "
+"hoc,\n"
+"vous pouvez définir ici le <b>Canal</b> que la carte doit utiliser. Ceci "
+"n'est pas\n"
"nécessaire pour le mode géré--dans ce cas, la carte passera d'un canal à\n"
"un autre à la recherche de points d'accès.</p>\n"
@@ -3432,7 +3676,8 @@
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dans certains cas rares, vous voudrez peut-être définir explicitement le\n"
-"<b>débit binaire</b> de transmission. Par défaut, la vitesse la plus rapide est définie.</p>"
+"<b>débit binaire</b> de transmission. Par défaut, la vitesse la plus rapide "
+"est définie.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714
@@ -3440,8 +3685,10 @@
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dans un environnement avec des <b>points d'accès</b> multiples, vous voudrez\n"
-"peut-être définir celui sur lequel effectuer la connexion en entrant son adresse MAC.</p>"
+"<p>Dans un environnement avec des <b>points d'accès</b> multiples, vous "
+"voudrez\n"
+"peut-être définir celui sur lequel effectuer la connexion en entrant son "
+"adresse MAC.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718
@@ -3450,8 +3697,10 @@
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Vous pouvez <b>Utiliser la gestion d'énergie</b> pour activer les mécanismes\n"
-"d'économie d'énergie. Généralement, ceci est une bonne idée, spécialement si vous\n"
+"<p>Vous pouvez <b>Utiliser la gestion d'énergie</b> pour activer les "
+"mécanismes\n"
+"d'économie d'énergie. Généralement, ceci est une bonne idée, spécialement si "
+"vous\n"
"utilisez un ordinateur portable parfois non relié au secteur.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5
@@ -3541,10 +3790,13 @@
"one key.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dans ce dialogue, définissez vos clés WEP utilisées\n"
-"pour chiffrer vos données avant qu'elles soient transférées. Vous pouvez avoir\n"
-"jusqu'à quatre clés bien qu'une seule clé soit utilisée pour le chiffrement des\n"
+"pour chiffrer vos données avant qu'elles soient transférées. Vous pouvez "
+"avoir\n"
+"jusqu'à quatre clés bien qu'une seule clé soit utilisée pour le chiffrement "
+"des\n"
"données. Il s'agit de la clé par défaut.\n"
-"Les autres clés peuvent être utilisées pour déchiffrer des données. Généralement,\n"
+"Les autres clés peuvent être utilisées pour déchiffrer des données. "
+"Généralement,\n"
"vous n'avez qu'une clé.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
@@ -3557,9 +3809,12 @@
"value to 64.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Longueur de la clé</b> définit la longueur en bit de vos clés WEP.\n"
-"Les valeurs possibles sont 64 et 128 bit, quelquefois aussi nommés 40 et 104 bit.\n"
-"Un matériel ancien peut ne pas être capable de gérer des clés 128 bit, ainsi, si votre\n"
-"connexion sans fil LAN ne fonctionne pas, il vous sera peut-être nécessaire de\n"
+"Les valeurs possibles sont 64 et 128 bit, quelquefois aussi nommés 40 et 104 "
+"bit.\n"
+"Un matériel ancien peut ne pas être capable de gérer des clés 128 bit, ainsi, "
+"si votre\n"
+"connexion sans fil LAN ne fonctionne pas, il vous sera peut-être nécessaire "
+"de\n"
"choisir la valeur 64.</p>"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93
@@ -3611,7 +3866,8 @@
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
-"Ne pas utiliser un certificat issu d'une Autorité de Certificat (AC) peut entrainer des\n"
+"Ne pas utiliser un certificat issu d'une Autorité de Certificat (AC) peut "
+"entrainer des\n"
"connexions vers des réseaux non sécurisés ou malveillants. Continuer sans AC ?"
#. error popup text
@@ -3703,14 +3959,18 @@
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>"
+").\n"
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Paramètres d'administration à distance</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette machine à\n"
+"<p>Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette "
+"machine à\n"
"distance depuis une autre machine. Utilisez un client VNC tel que\n"
-"krdc (connectez vous à <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) ou un navigateur web supportant Java\n"
-"(connectez vous à <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>). Veuillez noter que cette forme\n"
+"krdc (connectez vous à <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) ou un navigateur web "
+"supportant Java\n"
+"(connectez vous à <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>). Veuillez noter que "
+"cette forme\n"
"d'administration à distance est moins sécuritaire que SSH.</p>\n"
# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
@@ -3835,7 +4095,8 @@
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
"Le réseau est actuellement géré par NetworkManager\n"
-"ou complètement désactivé. YaST n'est pas capable de configurer certaines options."
+"ou complètement désactivé. YaST n'est pas capable de configurer certaines "
+"options."
# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
@@ -3983,8 +4244,12 @@
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502
-msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
-msgstr "Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser .local comme nom de domaine à cause du multicast DNS. L'utiliser à vos risques et périls ?"
+msgid ""
+"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it "
+"at your own risk?"
+msgstr ""
+"Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser .local comme nom de domaine à cause du "
+"multicast DNS. L'utiliser à vos risques et périls ?"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527
@@ -4039,7 +4304,8 @@
"<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n"
"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse IP</b> d'un hôte, un <b>Nom d'hôte</b> et, facultativement, des\n"
+"<p>Entrez l'<b>Adresse IP</b> d'un hôte, un <b>Nom d'hôte</b> et, "
+"facultativement, des\n"
"<b>Alias d'hôtes</b>, séparés par des espaces.</p>\n"
# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__18
@@ -4192,11 +4458,14 @@
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Lorsque <b>Expression régulière du préfixe de numérotation</b> est activé,\n"
-"les utilisateurs peuvent changer le préfixe de numérotation dans KInternet du moment\n"
+"<p>Lorsque <b>Expression régulière du préfixe de numérotation</b> est "
+"activé,\n"
+"les utilisateurs peuvent changer le préfixe de numérotation dans KInternet du "
+"moment\n"
"qu'il correspond à l'expression.\n"
"<tt>[09]?</tt> est une valeur recommandée qui permet <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
-"et le préfixe vide. Si l'expression est vide, les utilisateurs ne sont pas autorisés à\n"
+"et le préfixe vide. Si l'expression est vide, les utilisateurs ne sont pas "
+"autorisés à\n"
"changer le préfixe.</p>\n"
# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__308
@@ -4263,7 +4532,8 @@
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Manuellement</b> : vous contrôlez l'interface manuellement\n"
-"via 'ifup' ou 'qinternet' (voir 'Contrôlé par l'utilisateur' ci-dessous).</p>\n"
+"via 'ifup' ou 'qinternet' (voir 'Contrôlé par l'utilisateur' ci-dessous).</p>"
+"\n"
# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__24
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
@@ -4313,24 +4583,33 @@
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this "
+"startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still "
+"available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"L'utilisation de <b>Sur NFSroot</b> est semblable à <tt>auto</tt>. Les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne seront\n"
-"pas arrêtées avec <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> fonctionne toujours.\n"
-"Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root NFS ou iSCSI.\n"
+"L'utilisation de <b>Sur NFSroot</b> est semblable à <tt>auto</tt>. Les "
+"interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne seront\n"
+"pas arrêtées avec <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> fonctionne "
+"toujours.\n"
+"Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root NFS ou "
+"iSCSI.\n"
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this "
+"startmode will never\n"
"be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
"Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"L'utilisation de <b>Sur NFSroot</b> est presque identique à 'auto'. Par contre, les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne se\n"
-"fermeront jamais avec 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' fonctionne toujours.\n"
-" Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root nfs ou iscsi.\n"
+"L'utilisation de <b>Sur NFSroot</b> est presque identique à 'auto'. Par "
+"contre, les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne se\n"
+"fermeront jamais avec 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' fonctionne "
+"toujours.\n"
+" Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root nfs ou "
+"iscsi.\n"
# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__87
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
@@ -4343,12 +4622,14 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> "
+"activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Activation du périphérique</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choisissez quand l'interface réseau doit être démarrée. <b>Lors de l'amorçage</b> la démarre à l'amorçage\n"
+"<p>Choisissez quand l'interface réseau doit être démarrée. <b>Lors de "
+"l'amorçage</b> la démarre à l'amorçage\n"
"du système. <b>Jamais</b> ne démarre pas le périphérique.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
@@ -4485,8 +4766,12 @@
msgstr "Confirmer le redémarrage du réseau"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26
-msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
-msgstr "À cause du réseau passerelle, YaST2 a besoin de redémarrer le réseau pour appliquer les paramètres."
+msgid ""
+"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply "
+"the settings."
+msgstr ""
+"À cause du réseau passerelle, YaST2 a besoin de redémarrer le réseau pour "
+"appliquer les paramètres."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97
@@ -4869,8 +5154,12 @@
#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
#. @return true on success
#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr "Paramètre AutoYaST de réseau / géré : NetworkManager n'est pas disponible, Wicked sera utilisé."
+msgid ""
+"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked "
+"will be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Paramètre AutoYaST de réseau / géré : NetworkManager n'est pas disponible, "
+"Wicked sera utilisé."
# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
@@ -5010,8 +5299,15 @@
msgstr "Pas de hwinfo"
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1416
-msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr "Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du noyau (eth0, wlan0) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un firmware absent (pour les périphériques wlan). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus d'informations."
+msgid ""
+"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
+"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). "
+"See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du noyau (eth0, "
+"wlan0) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un firmware "
+"absent (pour les périphériques wlan). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus "
+"d'informations."
#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1422
msgid ""
@@ -5081,6 +5377,11 @@
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
"please restart it manually or log out and log in again."
msgstr ""
+"Votre gestionnaire d'affichage (display manager) doit être redémarré.\n"
+"Pour que les modifications dans l'administration à distance soient prises en "
+"compte,\n"
+"veuillez le redémarrer manuellement ou vous déconnecter, puis vous "
+"reconnecter."
# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0
#. description in proposal
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0
01 Dec '14
Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-12-01 14:45:01 +0100 (Mon, 01 Dec 2014)
New Revision: 90847
Modified:
trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
Log:
bnc#903881
Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2014-11-29 08:37:47 UTC (rev 90846)
+++ trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2014-12-01 13:45:01 UTC (rev 90847)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date:…
[View More] 2014-10-29 16:21+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 08:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-01 14:44+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: French <opensuse-fr(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: fr\n"
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:287
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Le service SSH sera activé (<a href=\"%1\">désactiver</a>)"
+msgstr "Le service SSH sera activé (<a href=\"%s\">désactiver</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:291
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org
To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org
[View Less]
1
0